Page 1
Page 2
Page 3
The Project Gutenberg eBook of A history of commerce
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
will have to check the laws of the country where you are located
before using this eBook.
Title: A history of commerce
Author: Clive Day
Release date: March 30, 2023 [eBook #70410]
Language: English
Original publication: United States: Longmans, Green, and co., 1922
Other information and formats: www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/70410
Credits: Turgut Dincer, Brian Wilcox and the Online Distributed
Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
produced from images generously made available by The
Internet Archive)
*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A HISTORY OF
COMMERCE ***
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
will have to check the laws of the country where you are located
before using this eBook.
Title: A history of commerce
Author: Clive Day
Release date: March 30, 2023 [eBook #70410]
Language: English
Original publication: United States: Longmans, Green, and co., 1922
Other information and formats: www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/70410
Credits: Turgut Dincer, Brian Wilcox and the Online Distributed
Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
produced from images generously made available by The
Internet Archive)
*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A HISTORY OF
COMMERCE ***
Page 4
A
HISTORY OF COMMERCE
BY
CLIVE DAY, Ph.D.
KNOX PROFESSOR OF POLITICAL ECONOMY IN YALE UNIVERSITY
REVISED AND ENLARGED
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.
55 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK
39 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON
TORONTO, BOMBAY, CALCUTTA AND MADRAS
1925
Copyright, 1907, by
Longmans, Green, and Co.
Copyright, 1914, by
Longmans, Green, and Co.
Copyright, 1922, by
Longmans, Green, and Co.
First Edition, May, 1907
Reprinted, April, 1908; June, 1909; August, 1910
August, 1912
New Edition, June, 1914
Reprinted, February, 1916; April, 1917
HISTORY OF COMMERCE
BY
CLIVE DAY, Ph.D.
KNOX PROFESSOR OF POLITICAL ECONOMY IN YALE UNIVERSITY
REVISED AND ENLARGED
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.
55 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK
39 PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON
TORONTO, BOMBAY, CALCUTTA AND MADRAS
1925
Copyright, 1907, by
Longmans, Green, and Co.
Copyright, 1914, by
Longmans, Green, and Co.
Copyright, 1922, by
Longmans, Green, and Co.
First Edition, May, 1907
Reprinted, April, 1908; June, 1909; August, 1910
August, 1912
New Edition, June, 1914
Reprinted, February, 1916; April, 1917
Page 5
August, 1919
September, 1920
August, 1921
New Edition thoroughly revised, September, 1922
Reprinted, February, 1923; January, 1924,
May, 1925
MADE IN THE UNITED STATES
To
E. L. D.
September, 1920
August, 1921
New Edition thoroughly revised, September, 1922
Reprinted, February, 1923; January, 1924,
May, 1925
MADE IN THE UNITED STATES
To
E. L. D.
Page 6
PREFACE
The year 1914 marks one of the great turning points in history. I have
accordingly revised the part of this book covering the recent period to close
the narrative at that date, and have added another part, covering the history
of commerce in the war and in the two or three years of peace immediately
following. The commerce of the great nations of the world has departed
since 1914 far from its accustomed paths and forms. In my attempt to make
intelligible the commercial changes of the time I have had to take account
of matters in public finance, currency and foreign exchange which are
usually treated apart from the history of international trade. I have thought it
better, by touching on these outside subjects, to show the reasons for the
course which commerce has followed, rather than to omit the reasons
because they are hard for the student of the history of commerce to
understand.
Clive Day
The year 1914 marks one of the great turning points in history. I have
accordingly revised the part of this book covering the recent period to close
the narrative at that date, and have added another part, covering the history
of commerce in the war and in the two or three years of peace immediately
following. The commerce of the great nations of the world has departed
since 1914 far from its accustomed paths and forms. In my attempt to make
intelligible the commercial changes of the time I have had to take account
of matters in public finance, currency and foreign exchange which are
usually treated apart from the history of international trade. I have thought it
better, by touching on these outside subjects, to show the reasons for the
course which commerce has followed, rather than to omit the reasons
because they are hard for the student of the history of commerce to
understand.
Clive Day
Page 7
CONTENTS
PART I
ANCIENT COMMERCE
CHAPTER PAGE
I. General Conditions 1
II. Oriental Period 9
III. Greek Period 17
IV. Roman Period 26
PART II
MEDIEVAL COMMERCE
V. Conditions about the Year 1000 31
VI. Town Trade 41
VII. Land Trade 54
VIII. Fairs 63
IX. Sea Trade 70
X. The Levant Trade 79
XI. Commerce of Southern Europe 90
XII. Commerce of Northern Europe 102
XIII. Development of the Medieval Organization of Commerce 113
XIV. Commerce and Politics in the Later Middle Ages 123
PART III
MODERN COMMERCE
XV. Exploration and Discovery 128
XVI. Development of the Economic Organization 139
XVII. Credit and Crises 150
XVIII. The Modern State and the Mercantile System 161
PART I
ANCIENT COMMERCE
CHAPTER PAGE
I. General Conditions 1
II. Oriental Period 9
III. Greek Period 17
IV. Roman Period 26
PART II
MEDIEVAL COMMERCE
V. Conditions about the Year 1000 31
VI. Town Trade 41
VII. Land Trade 54
VIII. Fairs 63
IX. Sea Trade 70
X. The Levant Trade 79
XI. Commerce of Southern Europe 90
XII. Commerce of Northern Europe 102
XIII. Development of the Medieval Organization of Commerce 113
XIV. Commerce and Politics in the Later Middle Ages 123
PART III
MODERN COMMERCE
XV. Exploration and Discovery 128
XVI. Development of the Economic Organization 139
XVII. Credit and Crises 150
XVIII. The Modern State and the Mercantile System 161
Page 8
XIX. Spain and Portugal 174
XX. The Netherlands 190
XXI. England: Survey of Commercial Development 199
XXII. England: Exports 209
XXIII. England: Imports; Shipping; Policy 219
XXIV. France: Survey of Commercial Development 229
XXV. France: Policy 242
XXVI. The German States 250
XXVII. Italy and Minor States 263
PART IV
RECENT COMMERCE
XXVIII. Commerce and Coal 270
XXIX. Machinery and Manufactures 280
XXX. Roads and Railroads 290
XXXI. Means of Navigation and Communication 302
XXXII. The Wares of Commerce 317
XXXIII. The Modern Organization 329
XXXIV. Commercial Policy 345
XXXV. England: Commercial Development, 1800-1850 357
XXXVI. England: Reform of Commercial Policy 368
XXXVII. England: Commercial Development, 1850-1914 376
XXXVIII. England: Pre-War Problems 386
XXXIX. German States 400
XL. Germany Under the Empire 408
XLI. France 422
XLII. Minor States of Central and Northern Europe 431
XLIII. States of Southern Europe 442
XX. The Netherlands 190
XXI. England: Survey of Commercial Development 199
XXII. England: Exports 209
XXIII. England: Imports; Shipping; Policy 219
XXIV. France: Survey of Commercial Development 229
XXV. France: Policy 242
XXVI. The German States 250
XXVII. Italy and Minor States 263
PART IV
RECENT COMMERCE
XXVIII. Commerce and Coal 270
XXIX. Machinery and Manufactures 280
XXX. Roads and Railroads 290
XXXI. Means of Navigation and Communication 302
XXXII. The Wares of Commerce 317
XXXIII. The Modern Organization 329
XXXIV. Commercial Policy 345
XXXV. England: Commercial Development, 1800-1850 357
XXXVI. England: Reform of Commercial Policy 368
XXXVII. England: Commercial Development, 1850-1914 376
XXXVIII. England: Pre-War Problems 386
XXXIX. German States 400
XL. Germany Under the Empire 408
XLI. France 422
XLII. Minor States of Central and Northern Europe 431
XLIII. States of Southern Europe 442
Page 9
XLIV. Eastern Europe 454
PART V
UNITED STATES
XLV. Organization of Production, 1789 469
XLVI. Internal Trade and Foreign Commerce, 1789 485
XLVII. Commerce and Policy, 1789-1815 498
XLVIII. National Expansion, 1815-1860 511
XLIX. Exports, 1815-1860 530
L. Imports, Policy, Direction of Commerce, 1815-1860 540
LI. National Development, 1860-1914 552
LII. Exports, 1860-1914 566
LIII. Imports, Policy, Direction of Commerce, 1860-1914 578
PART VI
WORLD WAR
LIV. Commerce and the World War, 1914-1918 593
LV. United Kingdom, 1914-1920 607
LVI. France and the Problem of Reparations 622
LVII. Central and Eastern Europe, 1914-1920 634
LVIII. United States, 1914-1920 648
Index 671
LIST OF MAPS
NO. PAGE
1. The Ancient World (colored) Facing 9
2. Roman Roads in Southern Britain 28
3. Tolls on the River Loire 58
4. The Fairs of Champagne 66
5. Trade Routes between Asia and Europe 85
6. The Venetian Empire 91
PART V
UNITED STATES
XLV. Organization of Production, 1789 469
XLVI. Internal Trade and Foreign Commerce, 1789 485
XLVII. Commerce and Policy, 1789-1815 498
XLVIII. National Expansion, 1815-1860 511
XLIX. Exports, 1815-1860 530
L. Imports, Policy, Direction of Commerce, 1815-1860 540
LI. National Development, 1860-1914 552
LII. Exports, 1860-1914 566
LIII. Imports, Policy, Direction of Commerce, 1860-1914 578
PART VI
WORLD WAR
LIV. Commerce and the World War, 1914-1918 593
LV. United Kingdom, 1914-1920 607
LVI. France and the Problem of Reparations 622
LVII. Central and Eastern Europe, 1914-1920 634
LVIII. United States, 1914-1920 648
Index 671
LIST OF MAPS
NO. PAGE
1. The Ancient World (colored) Facing 9
2. Roman Roads in Southern Britain 28
3. Tolls on the River Loire 58
4. The Fairs of Champagne 66
5. Trade Routes between Asia and Europe 85
6. The Venetian Empire 91
Page 10
7. Trade Routes between Germany and Italy 94
8. The Hanseatic Commercial Empire about 1400 106
9. Commercial Geography of Europe about 1250 108
10. Trade Relations of a German Merchant about 1400 114
11. A Medieval Map of the World The Laurentian Portolano
of 1351. Reproduced by permission from Beazley’s
“Prince Henry, the Navigator,” (Putnams). Facing 129
12. Discoveries of the Portuguese 131
13. Map of the Known World in the Time of Columbus 132
14. European Powers in America (colored) Facing 166
15. The Spanish Monarchy 175
16. European Powers in the East about 1700 193
17. Spheres of Trade of English Companies in the Early
Seventeenth Century 203
18. The French Colonial Empire 237
19. Germany in the Eighteenth Century 251
20. Italy, 1515 263
21. Waterways of North Central Europe 294
22. Growth of the European Railroads 298
23. The British Empire, 1902 (colored) Facing 362
24. Development of the German Zollverein 403
25. The Trans-Siberian Railroad 463
26. North America in 1782 470
27. United States, Acquisition of Territory, 1783-1853 513
28. River Transportation in 1860 517
29. Canals of the United States Facing 520
30. Railroads, 1830-1850 524
31. Railroads, 1850-1860 525
8. The Hanseatic Commercial Empire about 1400 106
9. Commercial Geography of Europe about 1250 108
10. Trade Relations of a German Merchant about 1400 114
11. A Medieval Map of the World The Laurentian Portolano
of 1351. Reproduced by permission from Beazley’s
“Prince Henry, the Navigator,” (Putnams). Facing 129
12. Discoveries of the Portuguese 131
13. Map of the Known World in the Time of Columbus 132
14. European Powers in America (colored) Facing 166
15. The Spanish Monarchy 175
16. European Powers in the East about 1700 193
17. Spheres of Trade of English Companies in the Early
Seventeenth Century 203
18. The French Colonial Empire 237
19. Germany in the Eighteenth Century 251
20. Italy, 1515 263
21. Waterways of North Central Europe 294
22. Growth of the European Railroads 298
23. The British Empire, 1902 (colored) Facing 362
24. Development of the German Zollverein 403
25. The Trans-Siberian Railroad 463
26. North America in 1782 470
27. United States, Acquisition of Territory, 1783-1853 513
28. River Transportation in 1860 517
29. Canals of the United States Facing 520
30. Railroads, 1830-1850 524
31. Railroads, 1850-1860 525
Page 11
32. Products of the United States 568
33. Course of Steamship Lines in 1880 587
33. Course of Steamship Lines in 1880 587
Page 12
A HISTORY OF COMMERCE
Page 13
PART I.—ANCIENT COMMERCE
Page 14
CHAPTER I
GENERAL CONDITIONS
1. The purposes of commerce.—The reader will follow more
intelligently the history of commerce if he will stop a moment at the start to
consider the purposes of commerce and the difficulties which must be
overcome if it is to be successfully carried on.
As to the purposes we may be brief. The largest part of the time and
energy of the ordinary man is consumed in getting the material things which
furnish him with the means of subsistence and of culture. We are
accustomed to think of the farmer and the manufacturer as charged
especially with supplying our material wants, but a little reflection will
show that the work of these classes, without the aid of another class, would
be of little use to us. The food and clothing and tools and other desirable
articles which they produce are valuable only when they are put into the
hands of a man who wants them and can use them. Articles which we all
should pronounce desirable, the ripe fruit of the farmer and the finished
product of the manufacturer, have still only the possibility of good in them;
and this possibility is realized only when they are put in the place where
they are wanted at the time when they are wanted. It is the business of the
merchant to attend to the proper distribution of wares, in place and time. He
does not change the form of things, like the farmer or the manufacturer, but
he is as truly a producer as they are.
Ice may be manufactured in summer by the ammonia process, or it may
be saved from the preceding winter, or it may be brought in summer from
Greenland. To the consumer it makes no difference which one of these
methods is employed; he wants his ice in summer, and the trader who
satisfies his wants by saving or transporting the ice is as useful a member of
society as the manufacturer who makes the ice.
2. Obstacles to the development of commerce. (1) Personal.—Great as
are the advantages of commerce, ages of progress were required to give it
the position which it holds in the modern world. It has had to make its way
against innumerable obstacles; and to some of these obstacles the reader is
asked now to give his attention.
GENERAL CONDITIONS
1. The purposes of commerce.—The reader will follow more
intelligently the history of commerce if he will stop a moment at the start to
consider the purposes of commerce and the difficulties which must be
overcome if it is to be successfully carried on.
As to the purposes we may be brief. The largest part of the time and
energy of the ordinary man is consumed in getting the material things which
furnish him with the means of subsistence and of culture. We are
accustomed to think of the farmer and the manufacturer as charged
especially with supplying our material wants, but a little reflection will
show that the work of these classes, without the aid of another class, would
be of little use to us. The food and clothing and tools and other desirable
articles which they produce are valuable only when they are put into the
hands of a man who wants them and can use them. Articles which we all
should pronounce desirable, the ripe fruit of the farmer and the finished
product of the manufacturer, have still only the possibility of good in them;
and this possibility is realized only when they are put in the place where
they are wanted at the time when they are wanted. It is the business of the
merchant to attend to the proper distribution of wares, in place and time. He
does not change the form of things, like the farmer or the manufacturer, but
he is as truly a producer as they are.
Ice may be manufactured in summer by the ammonia process, or it may
be saved from the preceding winter, or it may be brought in summer from
Greenland. To the consumer it makes no difference which one of these
methods is employed; he wants his ice in summer, and the trader who
satisfies his wants by saving or transporting the ice is as useful a member of
society as the manufacturer who makes the ice.
2. Obstacles to the development of commerce. (1) Personal.—Great as
are the advantages of commerce, ages of progress were required to give it
the position which it holds in the modern world. It has had to make its way
against innumerable obstacles; and to some of these obstacles the reader is
asked now to give his attention.
Page 15
There is, first of all, the difficulty which we may term personal. A man
now accepts trade as a matter of course. He devotes himself to some special
line of production, the growing of wheat or the making of shoes, feeling
sure that he can exchange his surplus for whatever else he wants, and
making his exchanges without hesitation. An uncivilized man, however, is
accustomed to satisfy his wants in only two ways, by his own labor in
production or by robbing another man. He is suspicious of any offer to
exchange wares, and is unwilling to apply himself to any special line of
production that would make him dependent on trade. The ignorance and
suspicions of men were in early times the greatest hindrances to the rise of
commerce, as they are still in backward portions of the world; it has
required generations of experience to teach men wants for things which
they did not themselves produce, and to teach them to satisfy these wants
by exchange. Commerce took on definite proportions and became of
considerable importance only when a special class of traders and merchants
arose, who made it their business to study wants, to inspire new ones, and to
provide the means of satisfying them.
3. (2) Physical obstacles.—Another difficulty in the pursuit of
commerce, which we may term physical, appears in the exchange of articles
which are produced at some distance from each other, so that they need to
be transported by land or sea. A farmer who sets out for the city with a load
of grain will have to count carefully the cost of getting it to market. Assume
that he feeds himself and his horses from his wagon-load; evidently, if the
road is long, or so bad that progress is slow and many horses are necessary,
he may find all the wheat consumed on the journey before he has secured a
purchaser. In this aspect the facilities for transportation, whether by land or
water, by pack-animal, cart, canal boat or steamer, are of great importance.
It has been estimated that a human burden bearer would require more than a
day and a half to move a ton of goods a mile; a strong pack-horse can carry
three hundredweight a considerable number of miles in a day; while on
first-rate level roads a horse can drag a ton even further. Another factor in
this question is the character of the ware. A farmer who could not afford to
bring wheat to market might still find it profitable to bring butter, which has
much greater value in the same bulk, so that the profits on a wagon-load
might pay the expenses of the journey. Gold can be exported from the
interior of Alaska under difficulties which would make the transportation of
any other product impossible.
now accepts trade as a matter of course. He devotes himself to some special
line of production, the growing of wheat or the making of shoes, feeling
sure that he can exchange his surplus for whatever else he wants, and
making his exchanges without hesitation. An uncivilized man, however, is
accustomed to satisfy his wants in only two ways, by his own labor in
production or by robbing another man. He is suspicious of any offer to
exchange wares, and is unwilling to apply himself to any special line of
production that would make him dependent on trade. The ignorance and
suspicions of men were in early times the greatest hindrances to the rise of
commerce, as they are still in backward portions of the world; it has
required generations of experience to teach men wants for things which
they did not themselves produce, and to teach them to satisfy these wants
by exchange. Commerce took on definite proportions and became of
considerable importance only when a special class of traders and merchants
arose, who made it their business to study wants, to inspire new ones, and to
provide the means of satisfying them.
3. (2) Physical obstacles.—Another difficulty in the pursuit of
commerce, which we may term physical, appears in the exchange of articles
which are produced at some distance from each other, so that they need to
be transported by land or sea. A farmer who sets out for the city with a load
of grain will have to count carefully the cost of getting it to market. Assume
that he feeds himself and his horses from his wagon-load; evidently, if the
road is long, or so bad that progress is slow and many horses are necessary,
he may find all the wheat consumed on the journey before he has secured a
purchaser. In this aspect the facilities for transportation, whether by land or
water, by pack-animal, cart, canal boat or steamer, are of great importance.
It has been estimated that a human burden bearer would require more than a
day and a half to move a ton of goods a mile; a strong pack-horse can carry
three hundredweight a considerable number of miles in a day; while on
first-rate level roads a horse can drag a ton even further. Another factor in
this question is the character of the ware. A farmer who could not afford to
bring wheat to market might still find it profitable to bring butter, which has
much greater value in the same bulk, so that the profits on a wagon-load
might pay the expenses of the journey. Gold can be exported from the
interior of Alaska under difficulties which would make the transportation of
any other product impossible.
Page 16
4. (3) Risk of loss at the hand of public enemies or robbers.—The
carrier of merchandise has to face not only physical difficulties, but also
dangers from another source. From time to time we read in the modern
newspaper of high rates charged for war insurance, when ship or cargo may
be captured and confiscated by an enemy on the sea. The merchant must
count his insurance charges before he can figure out his profits. This
illustration will make clear the character of one of the obstacles to
commerce, which we may term military, by some stretching of the current
meaning of the word. It gives, however, no idea of the extent of this danger
in earlier times, when not only were wars far more common, but when even
in times of peace the state was so weak that the merchant, in every mile of
his progress, was exposed to attack by highwaymen on land and by pirates
at sea. Either the merchant must bear his own risks, or pay somebody to
protect him against them. In either case the result would be the same, the
necessity of charging higher prices for the wares, and so making sales less
attractive and less common.
5. (4) Political restrictions.—Still another element can be distinguished
in history, which seems often to be an obstacle to the development of
commerce. This element may be termed the political. A man is not only a
producer and consumer; he is also, whether he is conscious of it or not, a
member of the state, and subject to some kind of political organization
which restrains and directs him in his economic life. His efforts to further
his own interests are restricted by laws meant to protect the interests of the
people as a whole against the selfishness of individuals. A merchant in the
United States who proposes to import some ware from another country will
find that he must pay not only the natural transportation and insurance
charges, but possibly also a customs duty in addition, that would make the
exchange unprofitable. If he proposed to import a foreign ship for use in the
American coasting trade he would find that he is absolutely prohibited from
doing this, no matter how much he might be willing to pay as duty.
These restraints are imposed nowadays, not because the government
assumes that individuals cannot take care of themselves and is afraid that
they may lose money by making purchases abroad, but because it thinks
that they may hurt the interests of producers in the home market, whom it
proposes to protect. We shall find that governments in earlier times
restrained the flow of commerce to protect not only producers but also
consumers and even the merchants themselves; and that regulations were
carrier of merchandise has to face not only physical difficulties, but also
dangers from another source. From time to time we read in the modern
newspaper of high rates charged for war insurance, when ship or cargo may
be captured and confiscated by an enemy on the sea. The merchant must
count his insurance charges before he can figure out his profits. This
illustration will make clear the character of one of the obstacles to
commerce, which we may term military, by some stretching of the current
meaning of the word. It gives, however, no idea of the extent of this danger
in earlier times, when not only were wars far more common, but when even
in times of peace the state was so weak that the merchant, in every mile of
his progress, was exposed to attack by highwaymen on land and by pirates
at sea. Either the merchant must bear his own risks, or pay somebody to
protect him against them. In either case the result would be the same, the
necessity of charging higher prices for the wares, and so making sales less
attractive and less common.
5. (4) Political restrictions.—Still another element can be distinguished
in history, which seems often to be an obstacle to the development of
commerce. This element may be termed the political. A man is not only a
producer and consumer; he is also, whether he is conscious of it or not, a
member of the state, and subject to some kind of political organization
which restrains and directs him in his economic life. His efforts to further
his own interests are restricted by laws meant to protect the interests of the
people as a whole against the selfishness of individuals. A merchant in the
United States who proposes to import some ware from another country will
find that he must pay not only the natural transportation and insurance
charges, but possibly also a customs duty in addition, that would make the
exchange unprofitable. If he proposed to import a foreign ship for use in the
American coasting trade he would find that he is absolutely prohibited from
doing this, no matter how much he might be willing to pay as duty.
These restraints are imposed nowadays, not because the government
assumes that individuals cannot take care of themselves and is afraid that
they may lose money by making purchases abroad, but because it thinks
that they may hurt the interests of producers in the home market, whom it
proposes to protect. We shall find that governments in earlier times
restrained the flow of commerce to protect not only producers but also
consumers and even the merchants themselves; and that regulations were
Page 17
imposed, of such variety and such strictness, that they made a very
important element in the commercial life of peoples. The church as well as
the state interfered with the course of exchange in the Middle Ages, and
thought it necessary to safeguard public morals by many restrictions which
have since disappeared.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Consider some articles of your clothing; try to ascertain from what
different sources the materials were gathered by the merchant for the
manufacturer, and how the finished product reached you. Do the like for a
common implement, a lead-pencil or pocket knife, or an article of furniture.
What countries were drawn upon to supply the food and setting of your
breakfast table? [Compare The cost of a dinner, Outlook, March 13, 1897,
quoted in Clow’s Introduction to the Study of Commerce, Silver, Burdett &
Co., 193-194.]
2. What articles would you have to do without if your supply were
limited to the things produced within a radius of 10 miles of your home?
Within a radius of 100? Within a radius of 1,000?
3. Ice was given as an example of a ware which varies greatly at different
times. Are all wares subject to such variation? [If you find what seems to be
an exception, verify it by the wholesale prices quoted in newspapers.]
4. What is the use of grain elevators and wheat speculators?
5. Can you detect any difference between city people and country people
in making a bargain?
6. What has been the attitude of the North American Indians to trade?
With what wares have traders had to tempt them?
7. Arrange the following articles in the degree of their transportability,
i.e., according to the distance which they may be carried with profit: raw
cotton, coal, potatoes, silver, building stone, gold, wheat, cotton cloth,
diamonds, hay, coffee, salt, silk ribbons, copper. [The price per pound of
many of these wares is given in the newspaper.]
8. Give an instance of articles wasting, unused for lack of good wagon-
roads; for lack of railroads.
9. In what regions has piracy persisted to recent times? [Read some
description of Borneo or of the Philippine Islands, or a description of
Chinese junk trading and Chinese river life.]
important element in the commercial life of peoples. The church as well as
the state interfered with the course of exchange in the Middle Ages, and
thought it necessary to safeguard public morals by many restrictions which
have since disappeared.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Consider some articles of your clothing; try to ascertain from what
different sources the materials were gathered by the merchant for the
manufacturer, and how the finished product reached you. Do the like for a
common implement, a lead-pencil or pocket knife, or an article of furniture.
What countries were drawn upon to supply the food and setting of your
breakfast table? [Compare The cost of a dinner, Outlook, March 13, 1897,
quoted in Clow’s Introduction to the Study of Commerce, Silver, Burdett &
Co., 193-194.]
2. What articles would you have to do without if your supply were
limited to the things produced within a radius of 10 miles of your home?
Within a radius of 100? Within a radius of 1,000?
3. Ice was given as an example of a ware which varies greatly at different
times. Are all wares subject to such variation? [If you find what seems to be
an exception, verify it by the wholesale prices quoted in newspapers.]
4. What is the use of grain elevators and wheat speculators?
5. Can you detect any difference between city people and country people
in making a bargain?
6. What has been the attitude of the North American Indians to trade?
With what wares have traders had to tempt them?
7. Arrange the following articles in the degree of their transportability,
i.e., according to the distance which they may be carried with profit: raw
cotton, coal, potatoes, silver, building stone, gold, wheat, cotton cloth,
diamonds, hay, coffee, salt, silk ribbons, copper. [The price per pound of
many of these wares is given in the newspaper.]
8. Give an instance of articles wasting, unused for lack of good wagon-
roads; for lack of railroads.
9. In what regions has piracy persisted to recent times? [Read some
description of Borneo or of the Philippine Islands, or a description of
Chinese junk trading and Chinese river life.]
Page 18
10. What effect did the Civil War have on American commerce? [See
reference in chap. 51.]
11. In what regions of the world is land trade still unsafe?
12. To what restrictions, if any, does an American merchant have to
submit who desires to trade in one of the following wares: cigars,
gunpowder, whisky, lottery tickets, imported iron, cigarettes, improper
literature?
13. Government restrictions now are due usually to one of three objects:
(1) collection of revenue, (2) protection of other producers, (3) protection of
the consumer and the public. Classify the wares above according to the
object of the legislation.
14. Read Bourne, Romance of trade, 96-137, on the close relations of
politics and commerce.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
The reader will find at the end of most of the following chapters titles of
books suggested for further reading and study; titles of books that are
warmly recommended are marked by an asterisk, titles that are particularly
noteworthy are marked by two asterisks. In all cases the references are
restricted to books available in English. The prices given are in most cases
those at which the book was sold before the war, and are retained as giving
some indication of the relative expense involved in the purchase of the
books; prices have changed so much during and after the war that an
attempt to list current prices appears impracticable.
Bibliography.—The best available bibliography of English books on the
history of commerce is Sonnenschein’s Bibliography of social and political
economy, London, 1897, reprinted from The Best Books and The Reader’s
Guide. Useful bibliographical information will be found also in Palgrave’s
Dictionary, and in the Subject Index of the British Museum Library, which
has been published at brief intervals since 1902, and which lists all the new
books added to the Library. The American Economic Review, established in
1911, is a quarterly publication which has devoted particular attention to the
bibliography of economic subjects, and which should be consulted for the
announcement of new books, the summary of articles in periodicals, and the
appreciation of important works in book reviews. The American Library
Association Catalogue, which has appeared in various editions, gives full
reference in chap. 51.]
11. In what regions of the world is land trade still unsafe?
12. To what restrictions, if any, does an American merchant have to
submit who desires to trade in one of the following wares: cigars,
gunpowder, whisky, lottery tickets, imported iron, cigarettes, improper
literature?
13. Government restrictions now are due usually to one of three objects:
(1) collection of revenue, (2) protection of other producers, (3) protection of
the consumer and the public. Classify the wares above according to the
object of the legislation.
14. Read Bourne, Romance of trade, 96-137, on the close relations of
politics and commerce.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
The reader will find at the end of most of the following chapters titles of
books suggested for further reading and study; titles of books that are
warmly recommended are marked by an asterisk, titles that are particularly
noteworthy are marked by two asterisks. In all cases the references are
restricted to books available in English. The prices given are in most cases
those at which the book was sold before the war, and are retained as giving
some indication of the relative expense involved in the purchase of the
books; prices have changed so much during and after the war that an
attempt to list current prices appears impracticable.
Bibliography.—The best available bibliography of English books on the
history of commerce is Sonnenschein’s Bibliography of social and political
economy, London, 1897, reprinted from The Best Books and The Reader’s
Guide. Useful bibliographical information will be found also in Palgrave’s
Dictionary, and in the Subject Index of the British Museum Library, which
has been published at brief intervals since 1902, and which lists all the new
books added to the Library. The American Economic Review, established in
1911, is a quarterly publication which has devoted particular attention to the
bibliography of economic subjects, and which should be consulted for the
announcement of new books, the summary of articles in periodicals, and the
appreciation of important works in book reviews. The American Library
Association Catalogue, which has appeared in various editions, gives full
Page 19
bibliographical information about popular books which are on sale in the
American market.
In default of a general bibliography the student must refer to books
describing conditions in England. The most complete and scholarly
bibliography is that given by Cunningham, in appendixes to his Growth,
etc. References which to most students will be more useful are given in
Traill’s Social England. Both these sources cover the whole period, into the
nineteenth century. For the medieval period the general student has a
bibliography approaching near to perfection by Charles Gross, Sources and
literature of English history, London and N. Y., 1900, and the student of the
history of commerce will find many references in the Select bibliography of
English mediaeval economic history, edited by Hubert Hall, London, 1914.
A revision of C. K. Adams, Manual of historical literature, which has been
undertaken by the American Historical Association will be of great value
when completed.
Manuals.—Cheesman A. Herrick, **History of Commerce and industry,
N. Y., 1917, resembles in plan the present book. Bibliographies are
appended to the different chapters. Two English manuals on the history of
commerce, H. de B. Gibbins, *History of commerce in Europe, London,
Macmillan, 1891, and J. R. V. Marchant, Commercial history, London,
Pitman [about 1901], suffer from the attempt to compress an immense
number of facts into a small compass. William C. Webster, *General history
of commerce, Boston, Ginn, 1903, $1.40, marks a decided advance in the
selection and presentation of material, but is lacking in scholarship; the
present writer discusses this book in detail in Yale Review, Feb., 1904, vol.
12, p. 436 ff. It has scattered bibliographies, unclassified. George W.
Sanford, *Outlines of the history of commerce, Chicago, Powers & Lyons,
1902, occupies a place by itself, and should be of decided value in
supplementing any manual. It gives topical outlines of the different chapters
in the history of commerce, suggestions and references for reading, and
skeleton maps for the student to fill in. It seeks to give no information
directly.
General Works.—Of the general works on the history of commerce
most are old and out of print. Of these only one need be noted here,
Lindsay’s *History, of which the first volume covers ancient and medieval
times. This will be of value to any school library, if it can be procured. John
Yeats, Growth and vicissitudes of commerce, Boston, Boyle, covers the
American market.
In default of a general bibliography the student must refer to books
describing conditions in England. The most complete and scholarly
bibliography is that given by Cunningham, in appendixes to his Growth,
etc. References which to most students will be more useful are given in
Traill’s Social England. Both these sources cover the whole period, into the
nineteenth century. For the medieval period the general student has a
bibliography approaching near to perfection by Charles Gross, Sources and
literature of English history, London and N. Y., 1900, and the student of the
history of commerce will find many references in the Select bibliography of
English mediaeval economic history, edited by Hubert Hall, London, 1914.
A revision of C. K. Adams, Manual of historical literature, which has been
undertaken by the American Historical Association will be of great value
when completed.
Manuals.—Cheesman A. Herrick, **History of Commerce and industry,
N. Y., 1917, resembles in plan the present book. Bibliographies are
appended to the different chapters. Two English manuals on the history of
commerce, H. de B. Gibbins, *History of commerce in Europe, London,
Macmillan, 1891, and J. R. V. Marchant, Commercial history, London,
Pitman [about 1901], suffer from the attempt to compress an immense
number of facts into a small compass. William C. Webster, *General history
of commerce, Boston, Ginn, 1903, $1.40, marks a decided advance in the
selection and presentation of material, but is lacking in scholarship; the
present writer discusses this book in detail in Yale Review, Feb., 1904, vol.
12, p. 436 ff. It has scattered bibliographies, unclassified. George W.
Sanford, *Outlines of the history of commerce, Chicago, Powers & Lyons,
1902, occupies a place by itself, and should be of decided value in
supplementing any manual. It gives topical outlines of the different chapters
in the history of commerce, suggestions and references for reading, and
skeleton maps for the student to fill in. It seeks to give no information
directly.
General Works.—Of the general works on the history of commerce
most are old and out of print. Of these only one need be noted here,
Lindsay’s *History, of which the first volume covers ancient and medieval
times. This will be of value to any school library, if it can be procured. John
Yeats, Growth and vicissitudes of commerce, Boston, Boyle, covers the
Page 20
whole subject, from ancient to recent times, in a volume of about 400
pages; it was compiled about 1870, from other compilations, and is not to
be trusted entirely, but is about the only book of its kind now in the market.
Bourne’s *Romance of trade and Oxley’s *Romance of commerce answer
well to the description Bourne gives of his book, “an interesting gossip-
book about commerce”; both books contain readable discussions of various
topics in the history of commerce, and references will be given to them
hereafter. Morris, History of colonization, 2 vols., N. Y. Macmillan, 1900,
would be a valuable book to the teacher if it were well done, as it covers the
history of colonization and commerce from earliest times to the present. It
is, however, so badly constructed and so unreliable that it cannot be
recommended. See the reviews in The Nation, Yale Review, American
Historical Review. A far better book on the subject is A. G. Keller,
**Colonization, N. Y. 1908.
The book which I recommend most strongly to teachers who are
restricted in their choice is Cunningham’s **Growth; it will enable the
teacher to dispense with many other books, and no other book could be
substituted for it. Ashley’s *Economic history, always desirable, is less
necessary for the purposes in view here. Ashley’s **Economic Organization
of England, London, 1914, is an admirable survey of English economic
history and is well suited to serve as collateral reading, but has little on the
history of commerce proper. If Cunningham’s large work is provided, the
teacher and student can afford to neglect the smaller manuals on English
economic history by Cunningham and MacArthur, Warner, Price, Cheyney
(revised edition, 1920), Usher, and others. Frederic A. Ogg *Economic
development of modern Europe, N. Y., 1917, deserves separate mention
since it embraces not only England, but also the more important countries
on the Continent; it covers the earlier periods briefly, but treats the
nineteenth century fully, and has extensive bibliographies.
Many of the general histories of Europe and England can be used to
advantage by the teacher or student of the history of commerce. The only
work, however, which can receive special mention here is Traill’s *Social
England; chapters contributed by various writers cover the history of
commerce from earliest times to 1885.
Maps.—The student must look to the general historical atlas for help in
studying the history of commerce. He will find that the more elaborate
atlases are hardly worth the extra expense for his purposes.
pages; it was compiled about 1870, from other compilations, and is not to
be trusted entirely, but is about the only book of its kind now in the market.
Bourne’s *Romance of trade and Oxley’s *Romance of commerce answer
well to the description Bourne gives of his book, “an interesting gossip-
book about commerce”; both books contain readable discussions of various
topics in the history of commerce, and references will be given to them
hereafter. Morris, History of colonization, 2 vols., N. Y. Macmillan, 1900,
would be a valuable book to the teacher if it were well done, as it covers the
history of colonization and commerce from earliest times to the present. It
is, however, so badly constructed and so unreliable that it cannot be
recommended. See the reviews in The Nation, Yale Review, American
Historical Review. A far better book on the subject is A. G. Keller,
**Colonization, N. Y. 1908.
The book which I recommend most strongly to teachers who are
restricted in their choice is Cunningham’s **Growth; it will enable the
teacher to dispense with many other books, and no other book could be
substituted for it. Ashley’s *Economic history, always desirable, is less
necessary for the purposes in view here. Ashley’s **Economic Organization
of England, London, 1914, is an admirable survey of English economic
history and is well suited to serve as collateral reading, but has little on the
history of commerce proper. If Cunningham’s large work is provided, the
teacher and student can afford to neglect the smaller manuals on English
economic history by Cunningham and MacArthur, Warner, Price, Cheyney
(revised edition, 1920), Usher, and others. Frederic A. Ogg *Economic
development of modern Europe, N. Y., 1917, deserves separate mention
since it embraces not only England, but also the more important countries
on the Continent; it covers the earlier periods briefly, but treats the
nineteenth century fully, and has extensive bibliographies.
Many of the general histories of Europe and England can be used to
advantage by the teacher or student of the history of commerce. The only
work, however, which can receive special mention here is Traill’s *Social
England; chapters contributed by various writers cover the history of
commerce from earliest times to 1885.
Maps.—The student must look to the general historical atlas for help in
studying the history of commerce. He will find that the more elaborate
atlases are hardly worth the extra expense for his purposes.
Page 21
William R. Shepherd, **Historical Atlas, N. Y., Holt, revised ed. 1921,
includes considerable economic material, is provided with a full index of
places, and will serve all ordinary needs.
The outline maps of the McKinley Publishing Company (Philadelphia),
and the Rand McNally Co., will be found valuable for the use both of
teacher and class.
In many cases a modern atlas is more desirable than a historical atlas.
Longmans’ **School atlas, N. Y., 1901, is an admirable work, which should
be in the hands of every student, and the Century **Atlas is indispensable
for reference purposes.
THE ANCIENT WORLD
includes considerable economic material, is provided with a full index of
places, and will serve all ordinary needs.
The outline maps of the McKinley Publishing Company (Philadelphia),
and the Rand McNally Co., will be found valuable for the use both of
teacher and class.
In many cases a modern atlas is more desirable than a historical atlas.
Longmans’ **School atlas, N. Y., 1901, is an admirable work, which should
be in the hands of every student, and the Century **Atlas is indispensable
for reference purposes.
THE ANCIENT WORLD
Page 22
CHAPTER II
ORIENTAL PERIOD
6. Prehistoric commerce. Ancient Egypt.—The origins of commerce
are lost in obscurity. Before people are sufficiently civilized to leave written
records of their doings they engage in trade; we can observe this among
savage tribes at the present day, and we know that it held true of the past,
from finding among the traces of primitive man ornaments and weapons far
from the places where they were made. Such evidences, interesting as they
are, belong to the prehistoric period, and this sketch of early commerce
must begin with the peoples who had acquired the art of writing and have
left us records from which we can gain some idea of their history.
First among these peoples, in point of time, were the Egyptians. Three
thousand years before Christ, at the time when the great pyramids were
built, this people had already attained a developed civilization, which, in the
opinion of modern scholars, can be traced back even thousands of years
more. The Egyptians, however, were not a commercial people. Their main
resource was agriculture, and though they developed some of the industrial
arts to great efficiency they used the products for direct consumption rather
than for trade. Their country, a strip of the Nile valley over five hundred
miles long, and but a few miles wide, was so much alike in its different
parts that it offered little inducement to internal exchange over great
distances; while its isolation by deserts was a bar to the growth of foreign
commerce. The sea, in this early period, was a hindrance, rather than a help,
to communication.
7. Rise of Egyptian commerce; characteristic wares.—Egypt never
became a commercial country so long as it remained under its native rulers.
With the period known as the New Empire, however, beginning about 1600
b.c., commerce at least became more important than it had been before.
Regular communication was established with Asia, and caravans brought to
the country the products of Phœnicia, Syria, and the Red Sea district.
Before the eyes of Joseph and his brethren “behold, a company of
Ishmaelites came from Gilead with their camels bearing spicery and balm
and myrrh, going to carry it down to Egypt”; to this caravan Joseph was
sold as a slave. The wares named here were characteristic imports of Egypt;
ORIENTAL PERIOD
6. Prehistoric commerce. Ancient Egypt.—The origins of commerce
are lost in obscurity. Before people are sufficiently civilized to leave written
records of their doings they engage in trade; we can observe this among
savage tribes at the present day, and we know that it held true of the past,
from finding among the traces of primitive man ornaments and weapons far
from the places where they were made. Such evidences, interesting as they
are, belong to the prehistoric period, and this sketch of early commerce
must begin with the peoples who had acquired the art of writing and have
left us records from which we can gain some idea of their history.
First among these peoples, in point of time, were the Egyptians. Three
thousand years before Christ, at the time when the great pyramids were
built, this people had already attained a developed civilization, which, in the
opinion of modern scholars, can be traced back even thousands of years
more. The Egyptians, however, were not a commercial people. Their main
resource was agriculture, and though they developed some of the industrial
arts to great efficiency they used the products for direct consumption rather
than for trade. Their country, a strip of the Nile valley over five hundred
miles long, and but a few miles wide, was so much alike in its different
parts that it offered little inducement to internal exchange over great
distances; while its isolation by deserts was a bar to the growth of foreign
commerce. The sea, in this early period, was a hindrance, rather than a help,
to communication.
7. Rise of Egyptian commerce; characteristic wares.—Egypt never
became a commercial country so long as it remained under its native rulers.
With the period known as the New Empire, however, beginning about 1600
b.c., commerce at least became more important than it had been before.
Regular communication was established with Asia, and caravans brought to
the country the products of Phœnicia, Syria, and the Red Sea district.
Before the eyes of Joseph and his brethren “behold, a company of
Ishmaelites came from Gilead with their camels bearing spicery and balm
and myrrh, going to carry it down to Egypt”; to this caravan Joseph was
sold as a slave. The wares named here were characteristic imports of Egypt;
Page 23
among others were precious woods, ivory, gold, wine, and oil. Among the
exports of the country were grain, linen, and manufactured wares like
weapons, rings, and chains. Even to a late period trade was carried on by
barter, the use of coins being rare, and many of the imports came as tribute,
for which the Egyptians needed to make no return.
8. Development of Egyptian commerce in a later period.—Only in the
last period of Egyptian independence, a few centuries before the country
was conquered by Alexander, did commerce bind it closely to other portions
of the ancient world. The government, which formerly had discouraged
trade, now permitted and encouraged it; Greek merchants came in
considerable numbers to Egypt; and an active commerce sprang up. It is
said that Necho, the king who ruled about 600 b.c., sent out Phœnician
sailors to attempt the circumnavigation of Africa; and the same king took up
the work of cutting a canal across the isthmus of Suez which was completed
shortly afterward. The canal was allowed to fill up with sand, but was
reopened later, and its course may be distinctly traced, it is said, along the
route of the modern canal.
9. Rise of commerce in the Mesopotamian Valley.—The district
northwest of the Persian Gulf, centering in the river valleys of the Tigris
and Euphrates, offered opportunities for the rise of civilization which led to
the establishment of settled governments while Egypt was still living
secluded from the rest of the world. This district was rich in agricultural
products, but lacked the metals, some of the building materials, and other of
the raw materials of industry. Though it was bordered in part by deserts,
communication with other districts was far easier than in the case of Egypt;
and commerce with other countries early acquired an importance here
which Egyptian commerce attained only in the last period of the country’s
history. Ancient Babylon, which rose to importance some time after 3000
b.c., under a Semitic people (with a language akin to that of the Jews), was
a market-place for wares brought not only from the South (Arabia) and
West (Syria), but also from the East (Iran, the later Persia). Clay tablets,
used like modern paper for the preservation of records, have been
discovered and deciphered in modern times, and show an active trade in the
precious metals, grain, wool, building materials, etc.
10. Development of commerce under the Assyrian and Persian
empires.—Military expeditions extended the commercial relations of the
people of this district; and the conquests of an Assyrian, who founded a
exports of the country were grain, linen, and manufactured wares like
weapons, rings, and chains. Even to a late period trade was carried on by
barter, the use of coins being rare, and many of the imports came as tribute,
for which the Egyptians needed to make no return.
8. Development of Egyptian commerce in a later period.—Only in the
last period of Egyptian independence, a few centuries before the country
was conquered by Alexander, did commerce bind it closely to other portions
of the ancient world. The government, which formerly had discouraged
trade, now permitted and encouraged it; Greek merchants came in
considerable numbers to Egypt; and an active commerce sprang up. It is
said that Necho, the king who ruled about 600 b.c., sent out Phœnician
sailors to attempt the circumnavigation of Africa; and the same king took up
the work of cutting a canal across the isthmus of Suez which was completed
shortly afterward. The canal was allowed to fill up with sand, but was
reopened later, and its course may be distinctly traced, it is said, along the
route of the modern canal.
9. Rise of commerce in the Mesopotamian Valley.—The district
northwest of the Persian Gulf, centering in the river valleys of the Tigris
and Euphrates, offered opportunities for the rise of civilization which led to
the establishment of settled governments while Egypt was still living
secluded from the rest of the world. This district was rich in agricultural
products, but lacked the metals, some of the building materials, and other of
the raw materials of industry. Though it was bordered in part by deserts,
communication with other districts was far easier than in the case of Egypt;
and commerce with other countries early acquired an importance here
which Egyptian commerce attained only in the last period of the country’s
history. Ancient Babylon, which rose to importance some time after 3000
b.c., under a Semitic people (with a language akin to that of the Jews), was
a market-place for wares brought not only from the South (Arabia) and
West (Syria), but also from the East (Iran, the later Persia). Clay tablets,
used like modern paper for the preservation of records, have been
discovered and deciphered in modern times, and show an active trade in the
precious metals, grain, wool, building materials, etc.
10. Development of commerce under the Assyrian and Persian
empires.—Military expeditions extended the commercial relations of the
people of this district; and the conquests of an Assyrian, who founded a
Page 24
great empire about 745 b.c., were guided in part by commercial
considerations. Babylon, Armenia, Syria, and parts of Iran and Palestine,
were brought under one rule; peoples on the frontiers were held in check,
and order was fairly well maintained within; so that merchants could
traverse the different parts of the empire, and meet at its capital, Nineveh, to
exchange their wares. The Assyrian empire was made by the sword, and it
fell by the sword after a brief duration; but its place was taken by
succeeding states, and commerce continued to grow. The Persian empire,
which enjoyed its full power for about two hundred years, until its
destruction by Alexander in 330 b.c., included an area more than half that of
modern Europe; it stretched from the Mediterranean on the West to the
Indus on the East, from the Indian Ocean and the Persian Gulf to the Black
and Caspian seas. Within these boundaries lay some of the richest regions
of the ancient world, the products of which could now be exchanged
without passing from under the protection of the Great King.
11. Relative insignificance of the commerce of the ancient empires.
The Jews. The Phœnicians.—In the Oriental states which we have hitherto
considered, commerce never grew to a position of decisive importance in
the national life, however great it may seem when we compare it with its
meager beginnings. It served mainly the needs of luxury, and left untouched
the economic position of the mass of the people. If we seek in the ancient
Orient a people whose very existence depended on trade we must look
further. We do not find the Jews to have been such a people, though we are
accustomed nowadays to think of them as devoted largely to the pursuit of
trade. The descriptions of the Bible show that they lived mainly a pastoral
and agricultural life; and down to the time of the Roman Empire they
counted for little in the world of commerce. A truly commercial people we
do find, however, in near neighbors of the Jews, the Phœnicians, who
inhabited a strip of land on the coast of Syria and Palestine, scarcely ten
miles wide in most places and little over a hundred miles long. They could
gain a scanty food supply from the level ground, and had timber in
abundance on the mountains that separated them from the interior, but had
to look to trade with other peoples for the means of growth which their
home denied them.
12. Commerce of the Phœnicians. Beginnings of sea-trade.—From
raw materials which were in many cases procured from other countries they
manufactured products which found a market throughout the ancient world.
considerations. Babylon, Armenia, Syria, and parts of Iran and Palestine,
were brought under one rule; peoples on the frontiers were held in check,
and order was fairly well maintained within; so that merchants could
traverse the different parts of the empire, and meet at its capital, Nineveh, to
exchange their wares. The Assyrian empire was made by the sword, and it
fell by the sword after a brief duration; but its place was taken by
succeeding states, and commerce continued to grow. The Persian empire,
which enjoyed its full power for about two hundred years, until its
destruction by Alexander in 330 b.c., included an area more than half that of
modern Europe; it stretched from the Mediterranean on the West to the
Indus on the East, from the Indian Ocean and the Persian Gulf to the Black
and Caspian seas. Within these boundaries lay some of the richest regions
of the ancient world, the products of which could now be exchanged
without passing from under the protection of the Great King.
11. Relative insignificance of the commerce of the ancient empires.
The Jews. The Phœnicians.—In the Oriental states which we have hitherto
considered, commerce never grew to a position of decisive importance in
the national life, however great it may seem when we compare it with its
meager beginnings. It served mainly the needs of luxury, and left untouched
the economic position of the mass of the people. If we seek in the ancient
Orient a people whose very existence depended on trade we must look
further. We do not find the Jews to have been such a people, though we are
accustomed nowadays to think of them as devoted largely to the pursuit of
trade. The descriptions of the Bible show that they lived mainly a pastoral
and agricultural life; and down to the time of the Roman Empire they
counted for little in the world of commerce. A truly commercial people we
do find, however, in near neighbors of the Jews, the Phœnicians, who
inhabited a strip of land on the coast of Syria and Palestine, scarcely ten
miles wide in most places and little over a hundred miles long. They could
gain a scanty food supply from the level ground, and had timber in
abundance on the mountains that separated them from the interior, but had
to look to trade with other peoples for the means of growth which their
home denied them.
12. Commerce of the Phœnicians. Beginnings of sea-trade.—From
raw materials which were in many cases procured from other countries they
manufactured products which found a market throughout the ancient world.
Page 25
Their cloths and glass were celebrated; they exported large amounts of
metal ware; and they had a monopoly of the purple dye extracted from a
species of shell-fish, which was highly prized throughout this period. These
wares were but a few of those in which they regularly traded; the reader
who would have a more detailed account of the wares of Phœnician
commerce, especially the imports, is advised to study the description in the
Bible. They maintained an active exchange with peoples to the South, East,
and North of them by caravan routes, while they were the first people of
antiquity to secure such mastery over the sea that it could be made the
medium of regular and extensive transportation. The beginning of these sea
voyages is lost in the obscurity of the past. We know that they were highly
developed by 1500 b.c., when Sidon was the leading Phœnician city, and
that they did not cease to extend when the primacy of the Phœnician cities
passed to Tyre. The Phœnicians taught the art of navigation to the ancient
world. Their ships were long the accepted models of construction, and the
Greeks learned from them to direct their course at night by the North, or, as
the Greeks called it, the Phœnician star.
13. Development of sea-trade; wares of Phœnician commerce.—
Beginning, presumably, with fishing and short coasting trips, and reluctant
always to venture out in the stormy season, they had reached the islands of
Cyprus and Rhodes, and had established regular commerce with Greece in
the heroic age of Greek history, say before 1000 b.c. From this point their
progress was rapid, and soon they had traversed the whole Mediterranean,
and passed outside it into the Atlantic. The means of cheap transportation
which they controlled gave them an immense economic advantage. We may
accept as a product of the imagination the story that on their arrival in Spain
they found silver so plentiful that they not only filled their ships but made
their utensils, even their anchors, from it; still the story shadows forth a
truth. They found wares in some districts cheap and begging a market
because of their abundance, which were rare and highly prized elsewhere;
and they could make great profits by exchanging wares so as to put each
where it was most wanted. From the island which we now call England they
procured tin, which is a very rare metal in Europe, and which was
especially desired as a component of the important alloy bronze. They got
copper in Cyprus and Spain, also silver and iron in Spain, and gold and
ivory in Africa. They carried westward the wares of the Orient (cf. our
words cinnamon, cassia, hyssop, cumin, manna, all from Hebrew forms),
metal ware; and they had a monopoly of the purple dye extracted from a
species of shell-fish, which was highly prized throughout this period. These
wares were but a few of those in which they regularly traded; the reader
who would have a more detailed account of the wares of Phœnician
commerce, especially the imports, is advised to study the description in the
Bible. They maintained an active exchange with peoples to the South, East,
and North of them by caravan routes, while they were the first people of
antiquity to secure such mastery over the sea that it could be made the
medium of regular and extensive transportation. The beginning of these sea
voyages is lost in the obscurity of the past. We know that they were highly
developed by 1500 b.c., when Sidon was the leading Phœnician city, and
that they did not cease to extend when the primacy of the Phœnician cities
passed to Tyre. The Phœnicians taught the art of navigation to the ancient
world. Their ships were long the accepted models of construction, and the
Greeks learned from them to direct their course at night by the North, or, as
the Greeks called it, the Phœnician star.
13. Development of sea-trade; wares of Phœnician commerce.—
Beginning, presumably, with fishing and short coasting trips, and reluctant
always to venture out in the stormy season, they had reached the islands of
Cyprus and Rhodes, and had established regular commerce with Greece in
the heroic age of Greek history, say before 1000 b.c. From this point their
progress was rapid, and soon they had traversed the whole Mediterranean,
and passed outside it into the Atlantic. The means of cheap transportation
which they controlled gave them an immense economic advantage. We may
accept as a product of the imagination the story that on their arrival in Spain
they found silver so plentiful that they not only filled their ships but made
their utensils, even their anchors, from it; still the story shadows forth a
truth. They found wares in some districts cheap and begging a market
because of their abundance, which were rare and highly prized elsewhere;
and they could make great profits by exchanging wares so as to put each
where it was most wanted. From the island which we now call England they
procured tin, which is a very rare metal in Europe, and which was
especially desired as a component of the important alloy bronze. They got
copper in Cyprus and Spain, also silver and iron in Spain, and gold and
ivory in Africa. They carried westward the wares of the Orient (cf. our
words cinnamon, cassia, hyssop, cumin, manna, all from Hebrew forms),
Page 26
and manufactures, which not only gratified the momentary needs of
Europeans but served also as models for imitation.
14. Establishment of colonies by the Phœnicians. Carthage.—The
Phœnicians are noteworthy not only as the greatest merchants and the first
navigators of the ancient world; they were the leaders also in the founding
of colonies. At points important for commercial or naval reasons they
established stations which enabled them to trade in security with the natives
and to control the sea. Gades, for instance (the modern Cadiz), near the
straits of Gibraltar, was a rallying-point from which the Carthaginians
extended their voyages to the tin islands in the North, and far down the
Atlantic coast of Africa on the South. Similar stations were established on
many of the Mediterranean islands (Malta, Sicily, Sardinia, Balearics); and
one founded on the north coast of Africa, Carthage (near the site of modern
Tunis), grew to especial importance. The power of the Phœnicians declined,
a few centuries after 1000 b.c., partly by reason of internal dissensions and
the attacks of land-powers like Assyria, partly by reason of the commercial
rivalry of the Greeks, who had risen to an independent position and cut the
lines of communication between East and West. In this period Carthage fell
heir to the Phœnician establishments in the western Mediterranean, and
maintained its power and policy on substantially similar lines until it
received its great defeats at the hands of Rome.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. What evidences of prehistoric commerce are given by Indian arrow-
heads, wampum, Indian ornaments, or the relics of the mound-builders?
2. What modern countries have the strip-form of Egypt? [See a map of
South America.]
3. Are there any modern countries like Egypt in the uniformity of their
conditions and products, diminishing the stimulus to internal trade? [Study,
for example, conditions in Alaska, Nevada, or Australia.]
4. Are any of the exports of ancient Egypt still characteristic wares of the
country? [See the Statesman’s Year-Book, index under words Egypt,
commerce.]
5. What can you infer as to the security of trade from the fact that it was
carried on by caravans, bands of merchants?
Europeans but served also as models for imitation.
14. Establishment of colonies by the Phœnicians. Carthage.—The
Phœnicians are noteworthy not only as the greatest merchants and the first
navigators of the ancient world; they were the leaders also in the founding
of colonies. At points important for commercial or naval reasons they
established stations which enabled them to trade in security with the natives
and to control the sea. Gades, for instance (the modern Cadiz), near the
straits of Gibraltar, was a rallying-point from which the Carthaginians
extended their voyages to the tin islands in the North, and far down the
Atlantic coast of Africa on the South. Similar stations were established on
many of the Mediterranean islands (Malta, Sicily, Sardinia, Balearics); and
one founded on the north coast of Africa, Carthage (near the site of modern
Tunis), grew to especial importance. The power of the Phœnicians declined,
a few centuries after 1000 b.c., partly by reason of internal dissensions and
the attacks of land-powers like Assyria, partly by reason of the commercial
rivalry of the Greeks, who had risen to an independent position and cut the
lines of communication between East and West. In this period Carthage fell
heir to the Phœnician establishments in the western Mediterranean, and
maintained its power and policy on substantially similar lines until it
received its great defeats at the hands of Rome.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. What evidences of prehistoric commerce are given by Indian arrow-
heads, wampum, Indian ornaments, or the relics of the mound-builders?
2. What modern countries have the strip-form of Egypt? [See a map of
South America.]
3. Are there any modern countries like Egypt in the uniformity of their
conditions and products, diminishing the stimulus to internal trade? [Study,
for example, conditions in Alaska, Nevada, or Australia.]
4. Are any of the exports of ancient Egypt still characteristic wares of the
country? [See the Statesman’s Year-Book, index under words Egypt,
commerce.]
5. What can you infer as to the security of trade from the fact that it was
carried on by caravans, bands of merchants?
Page 27
6. What physical barriers obstructed Egyptian commerce? [See map 33 of
Longmans’ School atlas, noting the deserts and the cataracts of the Nile.]
7. Write an essay on the economic conditions of Egypt, from references
to that country in the Bible.
8. What countries of the modern world fill the space occupied by the
ancient empires of the East? What commerce do they carry on? [See
Statesman’s Year-Book.]
9. Can you suggest any reasons why the commerce of these regions
seems now much less important than in ancient times?
10. Write an essay on the economic conditions of later Babylon, from
descriptions in the Bible. [See Babylon, in the subject-index of the Oxford
Bible.]
11. Write an essay on the economic life of the Jews from the descriptions
of the Bible.
12. Write a similar essay on the Phœnicians. [See Sidon and Tyre in the
subject-index.]
13. Show the similarity of conditions in Phœnicia and in Norway, forcing
the inhabitants of both countries to the sea. [Study the physical
characteristics of Norway in a geography, and note the history of the
Vikings, and the importance of commerce and navigation in modern
Norway.]
14. Write a report, from information to be got from the Encyclopædia
Britannica, on one of the following subjects:—
(a) The commerce and manufactures of the Phœnicians. [See the index in
the last volume of the ninth edition, under Phœnicians.]
(b) The manufacture and trade in glass in the ancient world. [See vol. 10,
p. 647.]
(c) The Phœnician purple. [See the references under the word Purple, vol.
20, p. 116, and the index.]
(d) Early navigation. [See the index.]
15. Wares of Phœnician commerce. [Bible, Ezekiel, chap. 27.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Ancient Commerce.—The best available survey of the economic
development of the ancient world is Cunningham’s **Western civilization
in its economic aspects, vol. 1, Ancient times, Cambridge (N. Y.)
Longmans’ School atlas, noting the deserts and the cataracts of the Nile.]
7. Write an essay on the economic conditions of Egypt, from references
to that country in the Bible.
8. What countries of the modern world fill the space occupied by the
ancient empires of the East? What commerce do they carry on? [See
Statesman’s Year-Book.]
9. Can you suggest any reasons why the commerce of these regions
seems now much less important than in ancient times?
10. Write an essay on the economic conditions of later Babylon, from
descriptions in the Bible. [See Babylon, in the subject-index of the Oxford
Bible.]
11. Write an essay on the economic life of the Jews from the descriptions
of the Bible.
12. Write a similar essay on the Phœnicians. [See Sidon and Tyre in the
subject-index.]
13. Show the similarity of conditions in Phœnicia and in Norway, forcing
the inhabitants of both countries to the sea. [Study the physical
characteristics of Norway in a geography, and note the history of the
Vikings, and the importance of commerce and navigation in modern
Norway.]
14. Write a report, from information to be got from the Encyclopædia
Britannica, on one of the following subjects:—
(a) The commerce and manufactures of the Phœnicians. [See the index in
the last volume of the ninth edition, under Phœnicians.]
(b) The manufacture and trade in glass in the ancient world. [See vol. 10,
p. 647.]
(c) The Phœnician purple. [See the references under the word Purple, vol.
20, p. 116, and the index.]
(d) Early navigation. [See the index.]
15. Wares of Phœnician commerce. [Bible, Ezekiel, chap. 27.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Ancient Commerce.—The best available survey of the economic
development of the ancient world is Cunningham’s **Western civilization
in its economic aspects, vol. 1, Ancient times, Cambridge (N. Y.)
Page 28
Macmillan, 1898; this may be used for parallel reading throughout. On
Egypt, Adolf Erman, Life in ancient Egypt, London, 1894, is interesting and
reliable. Readers of English are fortunate also in having a translation of
Holm’s *History of Greece, N. Y., Macmillan, 1894, 4 vols.; it may be
made to serve as a history of commerce in the Mediterranean down to the
second century. The popular books on Alexander’s conquests and their
results, by Wheeler and Mahaffy, give, unfortunately, little attention to
economic affairs. P. V. N. Myers, *History of Greece, Boston, Ginn, 1895,
is a convenient manual for general reading. Alfred E. Zimmern, **The
Greek Commonwealth, revised ed., Oxford, 1915, is an interesting account
of the economic and political factors in Athens of the fifth century.
On economic development in the Roman world the student has now
available a good manual by Tenney Frank, **An economic history of
Rome, Baltimore, 1920. A detailed account of conditions in the provinces is
provided by Mommsen’s *Provinces of the Roman Empire, N. Y., Scribner,
1887, 2 vols., $6. The current Roman histories give a distorted idea of
Roman commerce by viewing it from the capital.
Maps.—In default of an atlas of the history of commerce students must
seek the maps scattered through special works, or rely upon an ordinary
historical atlas. Justus Perthes’ *Atlas antiquus (about $.75) can be
recommended for use in ancient history; it is admirably executed, and is
provided with an index.
Egypt, Adolf Erman, Life in ancient Egypt, London, 1894, is interesting and
reliable. Readers of English are fortunate also in having a translation of
Holm’s *History of Greece, N. Y., Macmillan, 1894, 4 vols.; it may be
made to serve as a history of commerce in the Mediterranean down to the
second century. The popular books on Alexander’s conquests and their
results, by Wheeler and Mahaffy, give, unfortunately, little attention to
economic affairs. P. V. N. Myers, *History of Greece, Boston, Ginn, 1895,
is a convenient manual for general reading. Alfred E. Zimmern, **The
Greek Commonwealth, revised ed., Oxford, 1915, is an interesting account
of the economic and political factors in Athens of the fifth century.
On economic development in the Roman world the student has now
available a good manual by Tenney Frank, **An economic history of
Rome, Baltimore, 1920. A detailed account of conditions in the provinces is
provided by Mommsen’s *Provinces of the Roman Empire, N. Y., Scribner,
1887, 2 vols., $6. The current Roman histories give a distorted idea of
Roman commerce by viewing it from the capital.
Maps.—In default of an atlas of the history of commerce students must
seek the maps scattered through special works, or rely upon an ordinary
historical atlas. Justus Perthes’ *Atlas antiquus (about $.75) can be
recommended for use in ancient history; it is admirably executed, and is
provided with an index.
Page 29
CHAPTER III
GREEK PERIOD
15. Greece, physical character and products.—The mention of the
Greeks at the close of the last chapter introduces us to a people who were,
for a time, the leading merchants of the Mediterranean. The peninsular part
of Greece has an area less than that of the State of Maine, little more than
half that of the State of New York. It is, however, most richly diversified
geographically, and no country in the world of an equal area, it is said,
presents so many islands, bays, peninsulas, and harbors. The coast line of
this little country is longer than that of Spain. No point is more than a few
miles from the coast, and there are few points on the coast from which an
observer does not see an island. In the Greek sea, moreover, every island is
in plain sight either of the mainland or of another island, and in the good
season the winds are very regular. Favoring conditions such as these are of
vast importance in the early days of navigation, when sailors faced real
perils due to their inexperience, and perils of the imagination which were
even greater. At home the Greeks inhabited a country which was not rich
enough to support them without exertion, but was, on the other hand, not so
poor as to force them to use all their ingenuity in finding the means of
subsistence. They could easily produce a surplus of oil and wine, but found
a deficiency of other products, especially grain and, in the early period,
manufactured wares.
16. Rise of Greek commerce. Colonies.—Though it would be hard to
conceive a better nursery for the growth of commerce than existed under
the conditions here described, the Greeks, when we first get knowledge of
them, about 1000 b.c., were not yet ready to take advantage of their
opportunities. There was some commerce, it is true, but it lay entirely in the
hands of the Phœnicians, who brought utensils and cloth and took away
timber and metals. Little by little the Greeks rose to commercial
prominence, and gained the place formerly held by the Phœnicians. A
striking feature of this revolution was the Greek colonial movement, which
covered some five hundred years, and ended about 600 b.c. Greek
emigrants settled throughout the Ægean Sea and established themselves as a
fringe on the coast of Asia Minor and about the Black Sea; in the West they
GREEK PERIOD
15. Greece, physical character and products.—The mention of the
Greeks at the close of the last chapter introduces us to a people who were,
for a time, the leading merchants of the Mediterranean. The peninsular part
of Greece has an area less than that of the State of Maine, little more than
half that of the State of New York. It is, however, most richly diversified
geographically, and no country in the world of an equal area, it is said,
presents so many islands, bays, peninsulas, and harbors. The coast line of
this little country is longer than that of Spain. No point is more than a few
miles from the coast, and there are few points on the coast from which an
observer does not see an island. In the Greek sea, moreover, every island is
in plain sight either of the mainland or of another island, and in the good
season the winds are very regular. Favoring conditions such as these are of
vast importance in the early days of navigation, when sailors faced real
perils due to their inexperience, and perils of the imagination which were
even greater. At home the Greeks inhabited a country which was not rich
enough to support them without exertion, but was, on the other hand, not so
poor as to force them to use all their ingenuity in finding the means of
subsistence. They could easily produce a surplus of oil and wine, but found
a deficiency of other products, especially grain and, in the early period,
manufactured wares.
16. Rise of Greek commerce. Colonies.—Though it would be hard to
conceive a better nursery for the growth of commerce than existed under
the conditions here described, the Greeks, when we first get knowledge of
them, about 1000 b.c., were not yet ready to take advantage of their
opportunities. There was some commerce, it is true, but it lay entirely in the
hands of the Phœnicians, who brought utensils and cloth and took away
timber and metals. Little by little the Greeks rose to commercial
prominence, and gained the place formerly held by the Phœnicians. A
striking feature of this revolution was the Greek colonial movement, which
covered some five hundred years, and ended about 600 b.c. Greek
emigrants settled throughout the Ægean Sea and established themselves as a
fringe on the coast of Asia Minor and about the Black Sea; in the West they
Page 30
chose by preference the shores of southern Italy and Sicily, but founded
colonies as far as Malaga in modern Spain, and created a great commercial
center on the site of modern Marseilles. The colonies kept up an active
intercourse with the mother country, and Greek sailors and merchants
ousted the Phœnicians from their commanding position. The Greeks at
home began to produce wares for export, seeking customers not only
among the colonists but in other markets also; they emancipated themselves
from their former dependence on Oriental manufactures, and developed the
clay, bronze, and woolen industries to a point not dreamed of before.
17. Rapid development in the fifth century, B.C.—In this, which may
be termed the preparatory period of Greek commerce, the leadership rested
with the Greek colonies in Asia; Miletos was the first of the Greek cities in
commercial importance. The advance of the Persian kings about 500 broke
the power of the Greek colonies in the East; at the same time the western
colonies, especially Syracuse, grew rapidly in importance, and forced
Carthage to recognize their supremacy in the northern Mediterranean. The
mother country itself was, however, that part of the Greek world which
showed the most striking gains. The successful resistance to the Persians
was followed by a remarkable development not only in politics but in
industry and commerce as well, and Greece now took for two centuries the
position which England occupies in the modern world. The little island of
Ægina (near Athens), rocky and sterile, supporting to-day but 6,000
inhabitants, became for a time the most important market of the Greek
world; it amassed fabulous riches by a commerce penetrating all seas, aided
by an artificial harbor and a strong war navy. Another great commercial
city, destined to a longer career, was Corinth; this city was the natural
medium of trade with the western colonies, not only because it offered an
opportunity to reach them without rounding the dreaded promontory of the
southern tip of Greece, but also because some of the leading colonies of the
West were Corinthian or closely allied to the Corinthians.
18. Rise of Athens to leadership. Exports.—The city of Athens, which
had developed rapidly in the century preceding the Persian wars, rose to the
first place among the Greek cities in the century in which they occurred
(500-400 b.c.). The Athenians broke the power of Ægina in armed conflict,
and appropriated its commerce; the Athenian sea-port, the Piræus, became
the leading commercial port of the Greek world, and remained so until the
Macedonian period (about 300). Readers must be referred to one of the
colonies as far as Malaga in modern Spain, and created a great commercial
center on the site of modern Marseilles. The colonies kept up an active
intercourse with the mother country, and Greek sailors and merchants
ousted the Phœnicians from their commanding position. The Greeks at
home began to produce wares for export, seeking customers not only
among the colonists but in other markets also; they emancipated themselves
from their former dependence on Oriental manufactures, and developed the
clay, bronze, and woolen industries to a point not dreamed of before.
17. Rapid development in the fifth century, B.C.—In this, which may
be termed the preparatory period of Greek commerce, the leadership rested
with the Greek colonies in Asia; Miletos was the first of the Greek cities in
commercial importance. The advance of the Persian kings about 500 broke
the power of the Greek colonies in the East; at the same time the western
colonies, especially Syracuse, grew rapidly in importance, and forced
Carthage to recognize their supremacy in the northern Mediterranean. The
mother country itself was, however, that part of the Greek world which
showed the most striking gains. The successful resistance to the Persians
was followed by a remarkable development not only in politics but in
industry and commerce as well, and Greece now took for two centuries the
position which England occupies in the modern world. The little island of
Ægina (near Athens), rocky and sterile, supporting to-day but 6,000
inhabitants, became for a time the most important market of the Greek
world; it amassed fabulous riches by a commerce penetrating all seas, aided
by an artificial harbor and a strong war navy. Another great commercial
city, destined to a longer career, was Corinth; this city was the natural
medium of trade with the western colonies, not only because it offered an
opportunity to reach them without rounding the dreaded promontory of the
southern tip of Greece, but also because some of the leading colonies of the
West were Corinthian or closely allied to the Corinthians.
18. Rise of Athens to leadership. Exports.—The city of Athens, which
had developed rapidly in the century preceding the Persian wars, rose to the
first place among the Greek cities in the century in which they occurred
(500-400 b.c.). The Athenians broke the power of Ægina in armed conflict,
and appropriated its commerce; the Athenian sea-port, the Piræus, became
the leading commercial port of the Greek world, and remained so until the
Macedonian period (about 300). Readers must be referred to one of the
Page 31
narrative histories of Greece for an account of the way in which Athens
built up its empire in the Ægean Sea, and for the story of the varied fortunes
of its political power. Even in times of defeat, when its war-navy was
scattered and its leagues and alliances broken up, it was still able to control
a large part of the trade of the Ægean and Black seas, and maintained an
important commerce with the South and West. The favorable situation of
the city, and the ability and energy of its navigators and business men,
enabled it to conduct a large carrying trade for other peoples, and many of
the exports were foreign wares which were merely transshipped in the
Piræus. Of native wares it exported silver and coin, from the mines near the
city, some natural products (oil, figs, honey, wool, marble) of comparatively
slight importance, and especially manufactured wares, of which pottery was
the chief.
19. Athenian imports and policy.—The chief import was wheat, on
which Athens was then as dependent as England is now; the city had grown
so great by trade that the surrounding country was unable to support it. The
great granary of Athens was the level country north of the Black Sea, and
the Athenians made extraordinary efforts to control the narrow entrance to
the Black Sea, that they might assure their food supply. They were not
entirely dependent on this source, however, and imported wheat also from
Sicily, Egypt, Syria, and the mainland to the North. Among the other
imports were ship-building materials, salt fish, slaves, raw materials for the
Athenian manufacturers, and articles of luxury. The breadth of the Athenian
trade is pictured in the statement of a contemporary: “What delicacies there
are in Sicily, or Lower Italy, or Cyprus, or Egypt, or Lydia, or on the
Pontus, or in Peloponnesus, or anywhere else, they all are brought to Athens
by her control of the sea.”
The commercial policy of the Athenians was framed with an eye
especially to the interests of the consumer. What duties were levied were
low, and had no leaning to “protection” in the modern sense. The export of
articles especially desired (wheat, ship-building materials) was restricted in
the hope of keeping up the home supply, and commercial advantages were
granted or withheld with the idea of exercising political pressure on other
states; but nothing like modern protectionism can be found in the
commercial policy of this period.
20. Contrast of the ancient and modern world; effect of Macedonian
and Roman conquests.—In the course of our narrative we are now
built up its empire in the Ægean Sea, and for the story of the varied fortunes
of its political power. Even in times of defeat, when its war-navy was
scattered and its leagues and alliances broken up, it was still able to control
a large part of the trade of the Ægean and Black seas, and maintained an
important commerce with the South and West. The favorable situation of
the city, and the ability and energy of its navigators and business men,
enabled it to conduct a large carrying trade for other peoples, and many of
the exports were foreign wares which were merely transshipped in the
Piræus. Of native wares it exported silver and coin, from the mines near the
city, some natural products (oil, figs, honey, wool, marble) of comparatively
slight importance, and especially manufactured wares, of which pottery was
the chief.
19. Athenian imports and policy.—The chief import was wheat, on
which Athens was then as dependent as England is now; the city had grown
so great by trade that the surrounding country was unable to support it. The
great granary of Athens was the level country north of the Black Sea, and
the Athenians made extraordinary efforts to control the narrow entrance to
the Black Sea, that they might assure their food supply. They were not
entirely dependent on this source, however, and imported wheat also from
Sicily, Egypt, Syria, and the mainland to the North. Among the other
imports were ship-building materials, salt fish, slaves, raw materials for the
Athenian manufacturers, and articles of luxury. The breadth of the Athenian
trade is pictured in the statement of a contemporary: “What delicacies there
are in Sicily, or Lower Italy, or Cyprus, or Egypt, or Lydia, or on the
Pontus, or in Peloponnesus, or anywhere else, they all are brought to Athens
by her control of the sea.”
The commercial policy of the Athenians was framed with an eye
especially to the interests of the consumer. What duties were levied were
low, and had no leaning to “protection” in the modern sense. The export of
articles especially desired (wheat, ship-building materials) was restricted in
the hope of keeping up the home supply, and commercial advantages were
granted or withheld with the idea of exercising political pressure on other
states; but nothing like modern protectionism can be found in the
commercial policy of this period.
20. Contrast of the ancient and modern world; effect of Macedonian
and Roman conquests.—In the course of our narrative we are now
Page 32
approaching a point when a great change came over the ancient world. The
isolation of the earlier states of antiquity is their most striking feature. Each
one lives only unto itself. It rises in civilization and then declines, without
sharing its gains and losses with other states. It may conquer and hold them
for a time, it is true, but it rules them as foreign territory, with alien
interests; and the great empires crumble as readily as they are made. This
characteristic of ancient history is one of its main difficulties to the student,
for it deprives him of any bond of connection between the peoples, and
forces him to pass from one to another of them, until he feels lost in the
complexity of the narrative.
The modern world, with its common fund of culture and its community
of interests uniting different peoples, could arise from these conditions only
after long centuries of struggle. The unity of the Christian faith was needed
to confirm the union of peoples in a common civilization. The process of
union begins, however, at the point which we have reached; the great
conquests of Alexander of Macedon, and those of Rome, did much to break
down the barriers between peoples, and to prepare them for the acceptance
of a common civilization and a common religion. It is to be hoped that the
student knows already something of the narrative of those conquests. We
shall have to confine ourselves to the results as they appear in the history of
commerce. Here the reader can merely be reminded that Alexander united
the eastern world into an empire extending from Greece to India, a little
before 300 b.c., and that the Romans began about 200 b.c. to extend their
authority outside the Italian peninsula, and before the birth of Christ had
subjected to it practically all the peoples whose history we have been
studying.
21. Effect of Alexander’s conquests on commerce; decline of Greece.
—In appearance the empire of Alexander outlived its founder but a few
years, and then dissolved. Alexander, however, was a civilizer as well as a
conqueror; he endowed the East with a common fund of Greek culture; and
however distinct or hostile the states might seem thereafter the peoples were
united as they had never been before. Commerce took on a new aspect.
Greece, which before had been at the center of the great commercial
movements, was now left on the western edge. Greek merchants could for a
time use their former commanding position to share in the great commercial
development, but in the long run their struggle was hopeless. The most
energetic Greeks left their home to settle in eastern countries which were
isolation of the earlier states of antiquity is their most striking feature. Each
one lives only unto itself. It rises in civilization and then declines, without
sharing its gains and losses with other states. It may conquer and hold them
for a time, it is true, but it rules them as foreign territory, with alien
interests; and the great empires crumble as readily as they are made. This
characteristic of ancient history is one of its main difficulties to the student,
for it deprives him of any bond of connection between the peoples, and
forces him to pass from one to another of them, until he feels lost in the
complexity of the narrative.
The modern world, with its common fund of culture and its community
of interests uniting different peoples, could arise from these conditions only
after long centuries of struggle. The unity of the Christian faith was needed
to confirm the union of peoples in a common civilization. The process of
union begins, however, at the point which we have reached; the great
conquests of Alexander of Macedon, and those of Rome, did much to break
down the barriers between peoples, and to prepare them for the acceptance
of a common civilization and a common religion. It is to be hoped that the
student knows already something of the narrative of those conquests. We
shall have to confine ourselves to the results as they appear in the history of
commerce. Here the reader can merely be reminded that Alexander united
the eastern world into an empire extending from Greece to India, a little
before 300 b.c., and that the Romans began about 200 b.c. to extend their
authority outside the Italian peninsula, and before the birth of Christ had
subjected to it practically all the peoples whose history we have been
studying.
21. Effect of Alexander’s conquests on commerce; decline of Greece.
—In appearance the empire of Alexander outlived its founder but a few
years, and then dissolved. Alexander, however, was a civilizer as well as a
conqueror; he endowed the East with a common fund of Greek culture; and
however distinct or hostile the states might seem thereafter the peoples were
united as they had never been before. Commerce took on a new aspect.
Greece, which before had been at the center of the great commercial
movements, was now left on the western edge. Greek merchants could for a
time use their former commanding position to share in the great commercial
development, but in the long run their struggle was hopeless. The most
energetic Greeks left their home to settle in eastern countries which were
Page 33
richer, more populous, and closer to the great currents of trade. Corinth was
the only city which managed to maintain and extend its trade. Athens
declined rapidly in commercial importance; and grass grew and cows were
pastured in the streets of other towns which had once been important
markets.
22. Rise of great cities.—Some indication of the development of
commerce, and of the rearrangement of its important centers, can be got
from a study of the great cities of the ancient world. Before the time of
Alexander there were only three cities of the Mediterranean with a
population of over 100,000, Syracuse, Athens, Carthage; none of these had
a population far above that figure. About 200 b.c., scarcely more than a
century afterward, there were four cities with a population over 200,000,
Alexandria, Seleukia, Antioch, Carthage; one city with a population far
above 100,000, Syracuse; and of cities with a population about 100,000
there were Corinth, Rome, Rhodes, Ephesos, and possibly others. The
names of some of these cities are already familiar to us. Carthage was
enjoying its last century of commercial greatness, before Rome robbed it of
its influence in the northern Mediterranean. Syracuse was the chief Greek
colony of the West, destined also to fall under the Roman power just before
200. Other names, however, are entirely new to history, or first became of
great importance at this time, and the best idea of the commerce of the
period can be got by considering the reasons for their greatness.
23. Alexandria, Seleukia, Antioch.—Alexandria, as its name suggests,
was founded by the Macedonian conqueror. It was situated on a tongue of
land between a lagoon and the sea, near the most western of the mouths of
the Nile. It had a double harbor, formed by the island Pharos, which has
given the name for lighthouse in some of the modern languages (French,
phare, Italian, fáro), as the most celebrated lighthouse of antiquity was
erected there. Alexandria furnished the only good harbor for large vessels
on the coast of Egypt; it had access to the Nile, tapping one of the great
granaries of antiquity, and connected with the Red Sea through the canal
that ran from the Nile to the Bitter Lakes. It was at the point where the sea-
route from the far East reached the Mediterranean, and it became by right
the greatest market and the largest city that the world had known.
Next to it in size and importance came two other cities, Seleukia and
Antioch, which were founded even later than Alexandria. Seleukia, on the
Tigris, took the place of the earlier Babylon and the later Bagdad; it was
the only city which managed to maintain and extend its trade. Athens
declined rapidly in commercial importance; and grass grew and cows were
pastured in the streets of other towns which had once been important
markets.
22. Rise of great cities.—Some indication of the development of
commerce, and of the rearrangement of its important centers, can be got
from a study of the great cities of the ancient world. Before the time of
Alexander there were only three cities of the Mediterranean with a
population of over 100,000, Syracuse, Athens, Carthage; none of these had
a population far above that figure. About 200 b.c., scarcely more than a
century afterward, there were four cities with a population over 200,000,
Alexandria, Seleukia, Antioch, Carthage; one city with a population far
above 100,000, Syracuse; and of cities with a population about 100,000
there were Corinth, Rome, Rhodes, Ephesos, and possibly others. The
names of some of these cities are already familiar to us. Carthage was
enjoying its last century of commercial greatness, before Rome robbed it of
its influence in the northern Mediterranean. Syracuse was the chief Greek
colony of the West, destined also to fall under the Roman power just before
200. Other names, however, are entirely new to history, or first became of
great importance at this time, and the best idea of the commerce of the
period can be got by considering the reasons for their greatness.
23. Alexandria, Seleukia, Antioch.—Alexandria, as its name suggests,
was founded by the Macedonian conqueror. It was situated on a tongue of
land between a lagoon and the sea, near the most western of the mouths of
the Nile. It had a double harbor, formed by the island Pharos, which has
given the name for lighthouse in some of the modern languages (French,
phare, Italian, fáro), as the most celebrated lighthouse of antiquity was
erected there. Alexandria furnished the only good harbor for large vessels
on the coast of Egypt; it had access to the Nile, tapping one of the great
granaries of antiquity, and connected with the Red Sea through the canal
that ran from the Nile to the Bitter Lakes. It was at the point where the sea-
route from the far East reached the Mediterranean, and it became by right
the greatest market and the largest city that the world had known.
Next to it in size and importance came two other cities, Seleukia and
Antioch, which were founded even later than Alexandria. Seleukia, on the
Tigris, took the place of the earlier Babylon and the later Bagdad; it was
Page 34
situated in a rich plain at the points where the routes from the Persian Gulf
and the Persian highlands met on their way westward. Antioch was at the
focus of the routes by which the trade with inner Asia was carried on.
Situated at a point where the Euphrates approaches to within a few days’
march of the coast, and where the valley of the Orontes offers the best
means of reaching the sea from the interior, it had the full benefit of the
revival of eastern commerce which followed the conquests of Alexander
and the enlightened rule of his successors.
24. Rhodes.—Only one other city, Rhodes, deserves especial attention,
and this not because of its size alone but also because it was so specifically
a commercial city. The little island could offer but scanty products to
commerce, but it enjoyed an exceptionally favorable position, where
navigators from Egypt and Syria, avoiding the dangers of the open sea,
would put in for shelter and to trade. Rhodes followed a far-sighted foreign
policy, guided by the idea of securing the greatest freedom of trade; it
policed the seas and repressed piracy with vigor; and established a code of
mercantile law which was celebrated as a model and which invited dealings
in its market. The Rhodians were skilful navigators, and developed the
principles of commercial association to a point of high efficiency. It is little
cause for wonder, therefore, that commerce flowed hither from all parts of
the eastern Mediterranean and even from the Black Sea; that foreign
merchants sent their sons there to learn the conduct of commerce; and that
great riches were accumulated, of which one evidence was furnished by the
many colossi, gigantic statues, about the city.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Prove the statement in the text, regarding the Greek islands. Take a
good map, measure off on the scale 25 miles, the distance at which hills of
about 125 feet are visible (the Greek islands are mountainous and the air
very clear), and show by what stepping-stones timid sailors could advance.
2. Study in detail the influence of the physical characteristics of Greece
on the people and their history. [See Myers, chap. 1; Holm, vol. 1, chap. 2.]
3. Write a report on the evidences of early civilization and trade. [Holm,
vol. 1, chap. 8.]
4. Write a report on the early commerce carried on by Phœnicians.
[Holm, vol. 1, chap. 9.]
and the Persian highlands met on their way westward. Antioch was at the
focus of the routes by which the trade with inner Asia was carried on.
Situated at a point where the Euphrates approaches to within a few days’
march of the coast, and where the valley of the Orontes offers the best
means of reaching the sea from the interior, it had the full benefit of the
revival of eastern commerce which followed the conquests of Alexander
and the enlightened rule of his successors.
24. Rhodes.—Only one other city, Rhodes, deserves especial attention,
and this not because of its size alone but also because it was so specifically
a commercial city. The little island could offer but scanty products to
commerce, but it enjoyed an exceptionally favorable position, where
navigators from Egypt and Syria, avoiding the dangers of the open sea,
would put in for shelter and to trade. Rhodes followed a far-sighted foreign
policy, guided by the idea of securing the greatest freedom of trade; it
policed the seas and repressed piracy with vigor; and established a code of
mercantile law which was celebrated as a model and which invited dealings
in its market. The Rhodians were skilful navigators, and developed the
principles of commercial association to a point of high efficiency. It is little
cause for wonder, therefore, that commerce flowed hither from all parts of
the eastern Mediterranean and even from the Black Sea; that foreign
merchants sent their sons there to learn the conduct of commerce; and that
great riches were accumulated, of which one evidence was furnished by the
many colossi, gigantic statues, about the city.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Prove the statement in the text, regarding the Greek islands. Take a
good map, measure off on the scale 25 miles, the distance at which hills of
about 125 feet are visible (the Greek islands are mountainous and the air
very clear), and show by what stepping-stones timid sailors could advance.
2. Study in detail the influence of the physical characteristics of Greece
on the people and their history. [See Myers, chap. 1; Holm, vol. 1, chap. 2.]
3. Write a report on the evidences of early civilization and trade. [Holm,
vol. 1, chap. 8.]
4. Write a report on the early commerce carried on by Phœnicians.
[Holm, vol. 1, chap. 9.]
Page 35
5. Make a careful study of the Greek colonial movement, noting, (a) the
motives to colonization, (b) the extent of Greek colonies, (c) the relations
with the mother-country, (d) the mode of life in the colonies, (e) the
influence on the commercial development of the different parts of Greece.
[Myers, chap. 5; Holm, vol. 1, chaps. 12, 13, 14, 21, 25.]
6. Write a report on the history of the Greek colonies of the West,
especially Syracuse and its contest with Carthage. [Holm, vol. 1, chap. 25;
vol. 2, chap. 6, 29; Freeman, Story of Sicily, N. Y., Putnam, 1892, $1.50.] ·
7. Study the growth of the sea-power and empire of Athens, indicating on
a map the allied or subject cities. [Myers, chaps. 15, 16; Holm, vol. 2, esp.
chap. 17.]
8. Contrast Athenian exports of this period with the exports of modern
Greece. [Statesman’s Year-Book.]
9. What is the leading port of modern Greece? [Same.]
10. Write an essay comparing the Athenian and the British empires,
noting, (a) advantages of geographical position, (b) products of the home
country, exports and imports, (c) naval power and naval stations, (d) policy
to members of the empire, (e) commercial policy of the home country. [See
Myers or Holm, and the chapters in this book on England; compare E. A.
Freeman, Greater Greece and Greater Britain, London, 1886.]
11. Compare the imports of ancient and of modern Greece. [Statesman’s
Year-Book.]
12. Make a chart, naming on a horizontal line the leading states of
antiquity, from Egypt to Rome, placing dates (3000, 1500, 1000, etc.) in a
column at the left, and indicating changes in the history of each state in the
appropriate place in its column.
13. Draw a map showing the extent of Alexander’s conquests, and
comparing the empire with earlier Oriental empires. [See the maps in
Myers, and if no good historical atlas is available consult the maps in the
Oxford Bible, teacher’s edition.]
14. Study the influence of the Macedonian conquests on civilization and
commerce. [Myers, chaps. 25, 26, 27; Holm, vol. 3, esp. chap. 27.]
15. Write a report on the economic decline of Greece after the
Macedonian conquest. [Holm, vol. 4.]
16. Is England exposed to such a change in the currents of trade as
furthered the decline of Greece?
motives to colonization, (b) the extent of Greek colonies, (c) the relations
with the mother-country, (d) the mode of life in the colonies, (e) the
influence on the commercial development of the different parts of Greece.
[Myers, chap. 5; Holm, vol. 1, chaps. 12, 13, 14, 21, 25.]
6. Write a report on the history of the Greek colonies of the West,
especially Syracuse and its contest with Carthage. [Holm, vol. 1, chap. 25;
vol. 2, chap. 6, 29; Freeman, Story of Sicily, N. Y., Putnam, 1892, $1.50.] ·
7. Study the growth of the sea-power and empire of Athens, indicating on
a map the allied or subject cities. [Myers, chaps. 15, 16; Holm, vol. 2, esp.
chap. 17.]
8. Contrast Athenian exports of this period with the exports of modern
Greece. [Statesman’s Year-Book.]
9. What is the leading port of modern Greece? [Same.]
10. Write an essay comparing the Athenian and the British empires,
noting, (a) advantages of geographical position, (b) products of the home
country, exports and imports, (c) naval power and naval stations, (d) policy
to members of the empire, (e) commercial policy of the home country. [See
Myers or Holm, and the chapters in this book on England; compare E. A.
Freeman, Greater Greece and Greater Britain, London, 1886.]
11. Compare the imports of ancient and of modern Greece. [Statesman’s
Year-Book.]
12. Make a chart, naming on a horizontal line the leading states of
antiquity, from Egypt to Rome, placing dates (3000, 1500, 1000, etc.) in a
column at the left, and indicating changes in the history of each state in the
appropriate place in its column.
13. Draw a map showing the extent of Alexander’s conquests, and
comparing the empire with earlier Oriental empires. [See the maps in
Myers, and if no good historical atlas is available consult the maps in the
Oxford Bible, teacher’s edition.]
14. Study the influence of the Macedonian conquests on civilization and
commerce. [Myers, chaps. 25, 26, 27; Holm, vol. 3, esp. chap. 27.]
15. Write a report on the economic decline of Greece after the
Macedonian conquest. [Holm, vol. 4.]
16. Is England exposed to such a change in the currents of trade as
furthered the decline of Greece?
Page 36
17. Why do great cities rarely grow up without the aid of commerce?
[The answer to this question is suggested in a later chapter, but the student
should be able to work it out himself.]
18. Are there any exceptions? What is the commerce of Washington, D.
C.? Is there any one of the cities named in this section which may have
owed its size to something beside commerce?
19. Has there been any later period in which great cities have risen
suddenly, as in this period after Alexander?
20. Write a commercial history of Carthage from the information to be
got in a Roman history, or in the Encyclopædia Britannica. Write a
commercial history of Syracuse in the Roman period, from the same
sources.
21. Write a report on the commerce and civilization of one of the cities,
using Holm, vol. 4, and the encyclopedia.
22. Endeavor to trace the later history of one of these cities, and to
discover its population now, using the encyclopedia and a geographical
gazetteer.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
See chapter ii.
[The answer to this question is suggested in a later chapter, but the student
should be able to work it out himself.]
18. Are there any exceptions? What is the commerce of Washington, D.
C.? Is there any one of the cities named in this section which may have
owed its size to something beside commerce?
19. Has there been any later period in which great cities have risen
suddenly, as in this period after Alexander?
20. Write a commercial history of Carthage from the information to be
got in a Roman history, or in the Encyclopædia Britannica. Write a
commercial history of Syracuse in the Roman period, from the same
sources.
21. Write a report on the commerce and civilization of one of the cities,
using Holm, vol. 4, and the encyclopedia.
22. Endeavor to trace the later history of one of these cities, and to
discover its population now, using the encyclopedia and a geographical
gazetteer.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
See chapter ii.
Page 37
CHAPTER IV
ROMAN PERIOD
25. The Roman state; Rome not a commercial city.—In entering on
the period of Roman domination we need spend no time over the earlier
history of the city which came to rule the world. The Romans were not a
commercial people. Even in the last two centuries b.c., when Rome
extended her sway over the eastern countries which have already been
noticed, and subjected a large part of the West as well, Rome did not
become a commercial center. The city grew to unparalleled size, it is true,
and required immense imports of food to support the population. These
imports came, however, as taxes and tribute to the conquerors. Rome
supplied no exports of considerable amount, and built up no great carrying
and forwarding trade such as would have made the city the center for the
exchanges of other people. The service which the Romans gave to the world
of their time, and for which they received such rich reward, was not
economic but political in character; they were the greatest organizers and
administrators of antiquity, and by their skill in the arts of war and
government succeeded in living on the labor of subject peoples. They were
not mere parasites. They earned all that they received by one great
contribution, “pax Romana,” Roman peace, which continued almost
unbroken for centuries, and which furnished an opportunity for commercial
development before unknown.
26. Development of commerce in the Roman East.—The study of
commerce in the Roman period resolves itself, as suggested above, into a
study of commerce in the different regions of which the great Roman state
was composed. In the East commerce developed on the lines which have
already been described; Alexandria and Antioch continued to be great
markets for Oriental wares, coming now even from India and China; and
Carthage remained an important outlet for the African trade. Asia Minor,
northern Africa, and southeastern Europe reached the very pinnacle of their
historical development in the Roman period; these countries have never
since attained to anything like the prosperity they then enjoyed. We shall
not have the time hereafter to notice the commerce of these regions in
detail; the reader may take it for granted that merchants struggled
ROMAN PERIOD
25. The Roman state; Rome not a commercial city.—In entering on
the period of Roman domination we need spend no time over the earlier
history of the city which came to rule the world. The Romans were not a
commercial people. Even in the last two centuries b.c., when Rome
extended her sway over the eastern countries which have already been
noticed, and subjected a large part of the West as well, Rome did not
become a commercial center. The city grew to unparalleled size, it is true,
and required immense imports of food to support the population. These
imports came, however, as taxes and tribute to the conquerors. Rome
supplied no exports of considerable amount, and built up no great carrying
and forwarding trade such as would have made the city the center for the
exchanges of other people. The service which the Romans gave to the world
of their time, and for which they received such rich reward, was not
economic but political in character; they were the greatest organizers and
administrators of antiquity, and by their skill in the arts of war and
government succeeded in living on the labor of subject peoples. They were
not mere parasites. They earned all that they received by one great
contribution, “pax Romana,” Roman peace, which continued almost
unbroken for centuries, and which furnished an opportunity for commercial
development before unknown.
26. Development of commerce in the Roman East.—The study of
commerce in the Roman period resolves itself, as suggested above, into a
study of commerce in the different regions of which the great Roman state
was composed. In the East commerce developed on the lines which have
already been described; Alexandria and Antioch continued to be great
markets for Oriental wares, coming now even from India and China; and
Carthage remained an important outlet for the African trade. Asia Minor,
northern Africa, and southeastern Europe reached the very pinnacle of their
historical development in the Roman period; these countries have never
since attained to anything like the prosperity they then enjoyed. We shall
not have the time hereafter to notice the commerce of these regions in
detail; the reader may take it for granted that merchants struggled
Page 38
strenuously to keep the place they had reached, and that decline came
slowly, when it did come later.
Our attention must be directed hereafter mainly to the West. It was there
that the most important states of modern Europe arose, and there that
commerce grew up in its modern form. Our chief interest must be to know
what progress the peoples of the West made under Roman rule, and how far
commerce had developed among them.
27. Backward condition of the people of the West.—The peoples of the
West were far behind those of the East in civilization. They have sometimes
been compared to the American Indians, and though the comparison is
inexact in detail and may easily mislead, it gives still a rough indication of
their backwardness. They lived more from the products of their flocks and
herds than from agriculture, when the Romans came in contact with them;
they had practically no towns, and no considerable trade.
The five hundred years (roughly) of Roman rule made some striking
changes in the Roman provinces of the West (modern Spain, France,
England; not Germany or countries farther east). It kept the people in order,
and gave them an opportunity to acquire the elements of a higher
civilization. The fact that modern Spanish and French are based on Latin
remains always a striking testimony to the Roman influence on the
provincials.
28. Limited influence of Rome on the commercial development of the
West.—It is easy, however, to overestimate the results of this influence,
especially so far as regards economic progress. Rome gave her subject
peoples of the West a chance at commercial development, but none had
sought it and few were ready to profit by it. The Roman government
constructed a system of military roads, models of their kind, which enabled
troops and messengers to reach speedily the different provinces. Romans
settled in the provinces as officials or private gentlemen, and Roman culture
was acquired by the wealthy provincials; cities and large landed estates
formed centers of industry and exchanged manufactured products for the
raw materials of the surrounding districts.
slowly, when it did come later.
Our attention must be directed hereafter mainly to the West. It was there
that the most important states of modern Europe arose, and there that
commerce grew up in its modern form. Our chief interest must be to know
what progress the peoples of the West made under Roman rule, and how far
commerce had developed among them.
27. Backward condition of the people of the West.—The peoples of the
West were far behind those of the East in civilization. They have sometimes
been compared to the American Indians, and though the comparison is
inexact in detail and may easily mislead, it gives still a rough indication of
their backwardness. They lived more from the products of their flocks and
herds than from agriculture, when the Romans came in contact with them;
they had practically no towns, and no considerable trade.
The five hundred years (roughly) of Roman rule made some striking
changes in the Roman provinces of the West (modern Spain, France,
England; not Germany or countries farther east). It kept the people in order,
and gave them an opportunity to acquire the elements of a higher
civilization. The fact that modern Spanish and French are based on Latin
remains always a striking testimony to the Roman influence on the
provincials.
28. Limited influence of Rome on the commercial development of the
West.—It is easy, however, to overestimate the results of this influence,
especially so far as regards economic progress. Rome gave her subject
peoples of the West a chance at commercial development, but none had
sought it and few were ready to profit by it. The Roman government
constructed a system of military roads, models of their kind, which enabled
troops and messengers to reach speedily the different provinces. Romans
settled in the provinces as officials or private gentlemen, and Roman culture
was acquired by the wealthy provincials; cities and large landed estates
formed centers of industry and exchanged manufactured products for the
raw materials of the surrounding districts.
Page 39
ROMAN ROADS IN SOUTHERN BRITAIN
The course of some of the roads is uncertain, and the number would be increased or diminished
according to the authority followed. The map gives, however, a fair picture of the Roman road
system; it was, evidently, not so extensive as our modern railroad system.
The roads, however, seem to have served mainly Roman purposes, and
the cities and culture depended mainly on Roman influence for their
support. The mass of the people remained passive, and advanced slowly.
Most of them lived by agriculture in the country districts, producing the
things necessary for their own subsistence and a small surplus for the
Roman tax-gatherer; they received for their surplus no wares which would
have formed the basis of commerce. However much Rome did to efface the
differences of race, language, and national tradition, such differences
remained to hinder commerce; and peoples were still separated by great
distances and by serious physical barriers. The commercial development of
the West, though it may seem great in comparison with conditions in the
following period of disorder, was very limited even at the height of Roman
power.
The course of some of the roads is uncertain, and the number would be increased or diminished
according to the authority followed. The map gives, however, a fair picture of the Roman road
system; it was, evidently, not so extensive as our modern railroad system.
The roads, however, seem to have served mainly Roman purposes, and
the cities and culture depended mainly on Roman influence for their
support. The mass of the people remained passive, and advanced slowly.
Most of them lived by agriculture in the country districts, producing the
things necessary for their own subsistence and a small surplus for the
Roman tax-gatherer; they received for their surplus no wares which would
have formed the basis of commerce. However much Rome did to efface the
differences of race, language, and national tradition, such differences
remained to hinder commerce; and peoples were still separated by great
distances and by serious physical barriers. The commercial development of
the West, though it may seem great in comparison with conditions in the
following period of disorder, was very limited even at the height of Roman
power.
Page 40
29. Decline of Roman power and of commerce in the West.—The time
came soon when the provincials could no longer look to Rome for
protection and stimulus. In the third century, a.d., the Roman government
began to go to pieces. It lacked the force to repress internal revolts in the
provinces, and to repel the inroads of barbarians on the frontiers. The
process of decline had already proceeded far before the “Fall of Rome”
(476), when even the shadow of authority passed from the Roman Emperor
of the West. The remnants of Roman rule centered henceforth about the
eastern capital, Constantinople. In the West barbarian chieftains established
government of a kind on the fragments of the Roman state, but endeavored
in vain to follow the models which the Romans had set them. The motives
to commerce grew weaker as Roman culture disappeared, and the obstacles
to commerce increased rapidly with the decline in public order. Brigandage
and piracy became more profitable than honest industry; roads and bridges
deteriorated; the course of rivers was obstructed. Even a great ruler like
Charlemagne, who had himself crowned Emperor in 800, could do little to
stay the process of decline, and weaker successors could do still less. The
last remnants of the Roman organization seemed to have passed away, and
the European world passed into the “Dark Ages.”
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Endeavor to verify the statements in the text by studying the
descriptions of Roman commerce in the current Roman histories. Ask the
following questions of them. What wares, beside manuscript books and a
few other items of no great importance, did the people of Rome produce for
export? What wares beside food for the people and luxuries for the rich did
they import?
2. Show how the taxes and tribute from conquered provinces can be
regarded as war-insurance.
3. Write a report on the civilization and commerce of one of the
provinces of the Roman Empire. [See Mommsen, Provinces, esp. vol. 1,
chap. 7, Greek Europe; chap. 8, Asia Minor; vol. 2, chap. 12, Egypt; chap.
13, the African Provinces.]
4. Write a similar report on one of the provinces of the West. [Vol. 1,
chap. 2, Spain; chap. 3, Gaul; chap. 4, Germany; chap. 5, Britain.]
came soon when the provincials could no longer look to Rome for
protection and stimulus. In the third century, a.d., the Roman government
began to go to pieces. It lacked the force to repress internal revolts in the
provinces, and to repel the inroads of barbarians on the frontiers. The
process of decline had already proceeded far before the “Fall of Rome”
(476), when even the shadow of authority passed from the Roman Emperor
of the West. The remnants of Roman rule centered henceforth about the
eastern capital, Constantinople. In the West barbarian chieftains established
government of a kind on the fragments of the Roman state, but endeavored
in vain to follow the models which the Romans had set them. The motives
to commerce grew weaker as Roman culture disappeared, and the obstacles
to commerce increased rapidly with the decline in public order. Brigandage
and piracy became more profitable than honest industry; roads and bridges
deteriorated; the course of rivers was obstructed. Even a great ruler like
Charlemagne, who had himself crowned Emperor in 800, could do little to
stay the process of decline, and weaker successors could do still less. The
last remnants of the Roman organization seemed to have passed away, and
the European world passed into the “Dark Ages.”
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Endeavor to verify the statements in the text by studying the
descriptions of Roman commerce in the current Roman histories. Ask the
following questions of them. What wares, beside manuscript books and a
few other items of no great importance, did the people of Rome produce for
export? What wares beside food for the people and luxuries for the rich did
they import?
2. Show how the taxes and tribute from conquered provinces can be
regarded as war-insurance.
3. Write a report on the civilization and commerce of one of the
provinces of the Roman Empire. [See Mommsen, Provinces, esp. vol. 1,
chap. 7, Greek Europe; chap. 8, Asia Minor; vol. 2, chap. 12, Egypt; chap.
13, the African Provinces.]
4. Write a similar report on one of the provinces of the West. [Vol. 1,
chap. 2, Spain; chap. 3, Gaul; chap. 4, Germany; chap. 5, Britain.]
Page 41
5. Study the civilization of Roman Britain, distinguishing carefully the
life of the upper (Roman) classes, and the life of the common people. What
effect would this contrast of classes have on the extent and character of
commerce in the Roman period? [Consult manuals of English history.]
6. Study the economic and political factors in the fall of Rome.
[Cunningham, West. civ., vol. 1, p. 170 ff.; Adams, Civ., chap. 4.]
7. Compare the fall of Rome with the growth of political corruption in
some modern cities, as affecting the prosperity of commerce.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
See chapter ii.
life of the upper (Roman) classes, and the life of the common people. What
effect would this contrast of classes have on the extent and character of
commerce in the Roman period? [Consult manuals of English history.]
6. Study the economic and political factors in the fall of Rome.
[Cunningham, West. civ., vol. 1, p. 170 ff.; Adams, Civ., chap. 4.]
7. Compare the fall of Rome with the growth of political corruption in
some modern cities, as affecting the prosperity of commerce.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
See chapter ii.
Page 42
PART II.—MEDIEVAL COMMERCE
Page 43
CHAPTER V
CONDITIONS ABOUT THE YEAR 1000
30. Political conditions affecting commerce; the modern system of
government.—The reader who studies the history of commerce in the
medieval period faces a system of government entirely different from that
of modern times, which he must understand before he can appreciate the
peculiar conditions of commerce then. We can illustrate the modern method
of government by taking a country, say France, for an example. We wish to
understand the relations of the capital, Paris, to other parts of the country,
say the district around Bordeaux, in the southwest corner. An observer of
this country will find that Paris and Bordeaux are united by different means
of communication and transportation, telegraphs and posts, railroads,
highways and canals, which are constantly employed in the service of
government. On the path from the province to the capital go the reports of
the officials who are in charge of the government of Bordeaux; and, if they
fail in their duties, petitions and complaints from private citizens, asking
relief, will take the same path. By this path, also, the taxes collected at
Bordeaux will stream to the treasury at Paris, to be employed in maintaining
the government. Part of these taxes will be expended at Paris, to support the
officials who live in the capital, the central army, etc. Part, however, must
be used to fulfil the local needs of Bordeaux; and on the road from the
capital to the province we shall find money and wares, going as salaries to
officials, appropriations for public works and the like. On this road,
furthermore, we shall find a stream of messages, sent by the central
government to its local subordinates, directing them in their work; these
messages will answer the reports of officials and the petitions and
complaints of subjects.
31. Impossibility of applying modern methods of government in the
period after the fall of Rome.—The system of government, thus roughly
outlined, was the system used in the period when Rome was still strong. But
when the power of Rome declined it became constantly more difficult to
maintain a system of the kind; every obstacle to the free passage of men and
wares weakened the hold of the government on its provinces. The roads
grew worse, and while they were still passable the danger of traversing
CONDITIONS ABOUT THE YEAR 1000
30. Political conditions affecting commerce; the modern system of
government.—The reader who studies the history of commerce in the
medieval period faces a system of government entirely different from that
of modern times, which he must understand before he can appreciate the
peculiar conditions of commerce then. We can illustrate the modern method
of government by taking a country, say France, for an example. We wish to
understand the relations of the capital, Paris, to other parts of the country,
say the district around Bordeaux, in the southwest corner. An observer of
this country will find that Paris and Bordeaux are united by different means
of communication and transportation, telegraphs and posts, railroads,
highways and canals, which are constantly employed in the service of
government. On the path from the province to the capital go the reports of
the officials who are in charge of the government of Bordeaux; and, if they
fail in their duties, petitions and complaints from private citizens, asking
relief, will take the same path. By this path, also, the taxes collected at
Bordeaux will stream to the treasury at Paris, to be employed in maintaining
the government. Part of these taxes will be expended at Paris, to support the
officials who live in the capital, the central army, etc. Part, however, must
be used to fulfil the local needs of Bordeaux; and on the road from the
capital to the province we shall find money and wares, going as salaries to
officials, appropriations for public works and the like. On this road,
furthermore, we shall find a stream of messages, sent by the central
government to its local subordinates, directing them in their work; these
messages will answer the reports of officials and the petitions and
complaints of subjects.
31. Impossibility of applying modern methods of government in the
period after the fall of Rome.—The system of government, thus roughly
outlined, was the system used in the period when Rome was still strong. But
when the power of Rome declined it became constantly more difficult to
maintain a system of the kind; every obstacle to the free passage of men and
wares weakened the hold of the government on its provinces. The roads
grew worse, and while they were still passable the danger of traversing
Page 44
them increased, so that the expense of maintaining this government became
prohibitive. The reports from officials and the petitions from subjects were
delayed or lost; only a small part of the local taxes reached the treasury at
the center. The central government, on its side, found that it had no longer
the means to pay the bills for salaries and public works in the provinces,
and found that its commands were not received there, or were not obeyed,
because the government could no longer send officials and troops to force
obedience.
32. The feudal system; rise and character.—The time came, finally,
when the government had to recognize publicly the change in conditions,
and to adopt a system of quite a different kind, known as the feudal system.
In substance it told the man who before had been a salaried official that it
could no longer pay salaries, and that he must support himself henceforth
from the revenues of land which would formerly have gone to it as taxes. It
maintained still a nominal superiority, and exacted from the feudal lords
who now assumed the responsibility of government certain payments for
general public service, occasionally a sum of money and more frequently
personal service of a military or judicial kind. Practically, however, the state
had split into little pieces; the central government had lost the right even to
nominate the successor of an official, and each was succeeded in the duties
and profits of government by his son, as though he had been a petty king. It
is impossible to state accurately the number of little governments of this
kind that existed in the different countries of Europe; in France, in the tenth
century, it is supposed to have exceeded 10,000. The character of
government varied greatly, of course, according to local conditions, not
only in different countries but in different parts of the same country, but it
was everywhere extremely low when measured by modern standards. This
will be apparent as we survey the conditions under which commerce was
carried on in the period known as the Dark Ages.
33. Difficulties and dangers of transportation.—Attempt was made to
maintain the roads, which of course are essential to trade by sea as well as
by land, by making the proprietors through whose land they ran responsible
for their repair. Many of the proprietors managed to escape contribution,
and what work was done was largely wasted, through ignorance and lack of
proper superintendence. We shall see that even in later periods the roads
were bad; in this early time they were so bad that they seem to have been
prohibitive. The reports from officials and the petitions from subjects were
delayed or lost; only a small part of the local taxes reached the treasury at
the center. The central government, on its side, found that it had no longer
the means to pay the bills for salaries and public works in the provinces,
and found that its commands were not received there, or were not obeyed,
because the government could no longer send officials and troops to force
obedience.
32. The feudal system; rise and character.—The time came, finally,
when the government had to recognize publicly the change in conditions,
and to adopt a system of quite a different kind, known as the feudal system.
In substance it told the man who before had been a salaried official that it
could no longer pay salaries, and that he must support himself henceforth
from the revenues of land which would formerly have gone to it as taxes. It
maintained still a nominal superiority, and exacted from the feudal lords
who now assumed the responsibility of government certain payments for
general public service, occasionally a sum of money and more frequently
personal service of a military or judicial kind. Practically, however, the state
had split into little pieces; the central government had lost the right even to
nominate the successor of an official, and each was succeeded in the duties
and profits of government by his son, as though he had been a petty king. It
is impossible to state accurately the number of little governments of this
kind that existed in the different countries of Europe; in France, in the tenth
century, it is supposed to have exceeded 10,000. The character of
government varied greatly, of course, according to local conditions, not
only in different countries but in different parts of the same country, but it
was everywhere extremely low when measured by modern standards. This
will be apparent as we survey the conditions under which commerce was
carried on in the period known as the Dark Ages.
33. Difficulties and dangers of transportation.—Attempt was made to
maintain the roads, which of course are essential to trade by sea as well as
by land, by making the proprietors through whose land they ran responsible
for their repair. Many of the proprietors managed to escape contribution,
and what work was done was largely wasted, through ignorance and lack of
proper superintendence. We shall see that even in later periods the roads
were bad; in this early time they were so bad that they seem to have been
Page 45
mere tracks, of service to passengers on foot or on horseback, but of little
use for wagon traffic.
The merchant suffered even more, however, from bad men than from bad
roads. Government was so weak that robbery was common; people were so
ignorant of everything outside the narrow sphere of local interests that they
suspected every stranger, and too often with reason. There is a whole series
of English laws, beginning about 700 and continuing for centuries, of which
this is an early example; “If a man come from afar, or a stranger, go out of
the highway, and he then neither shout nor blow a horn; he is to be
accounted a thief, either to be slain or to be redeemed.”
34. Restrictions imposed to insure security. The market.—The
dangers of travel required a merchant to go in company with others, and the
danger that a merchant would himself turn robber made it necessary for him
to subject himself constantly to public supervision, and to get residents who
would act as sureties for his good behavior. In England, even in the eleventh
century, the central government thought it necessary to pass a law “that
every man above twelve years of age make oath that he will neither be a
thief nor cognizant of theft.” Such a general statute would surely be of little
use.
Many other statutes of a more specific nature were passed, which may
have helped to repress robbery, but which must have hampered trade at the
same time. The idea in general was to force a man to make his purchases in
public, so that if he appeared at home with new wares he could get
witnesses to prove that he came honestly by them. Cattle formed a large
part of the personal property in early times, and as these could readily be
stolen, many laws were passed restricting the trade in cattle. Other things
were included in the restriction, however, as the need of protecting
commerce became more apparent. In England, in the tenth century, a man
was not allowed to buy or sell any goods above the value of twenty pence,
unless he did it within a town where a public official and witnesses could
legitimate the bargain. In this practice is found the origin of the market, a
medieval institution of which more will be said later. A market was a place
appointed by the government, where bargains could properly be made; and
only small exchanges of household produce could be made outside it, in the
open country. Beginning in the need that was felt to prevent thieving it
developed as a public institution, which the people found it profitable to
extend as a means of collecting tolls and of regulating internal trade.
use for wagon traffic.
The merchant suffered even more, however, from bad men than from bad
roads. Government was so weak that robbery was common; people were so
ignorant of everything outside the narrow sphere of local interests that they
suspected every stranger, and too often with reason. There is a whole series
of English laws, beginning about 700 and continuing for centuries, of which
this is an early example; “If a man come from afar, or a stranger, go out of
the highway, and he then neither shout nor blow a horn; he is to be
accounted a thief, either to be slain or to be redeemed.”
34. Restrictions imposed to insure security. The market.—The
dangers of travel required a merchant to go in company with others, and the
danger that a merchant would himself turn robber made it necessary for him
to subject himself constantly to public supervision, and to get residents who
would act as sureties for his good behavior. In England, even in the eleventh
century, the central government thought it necessary to pass a law “that
every man above twelve years of age make oath that he will neither be a
thief nor cognizant of theft.” Such a general statute would surely be of little
use.
Many other statutes of a more specific nature were passed, which may
have helped to repress robbery, but which must have hampered trade at the
same time. The idea in general was to force a man to make his purchases in
public, so that if he appeared at home with new wares he could get
witnesses to prove that he came honestly by them. Cattle formed a large
part of the personal property in early times, and as these could readily be
stolen, many laws were passed restricting the trade in cattle. Other things
were included in the restriction, however, as the need of protecting
commerce became more apparent. In England, in the tenth century, a man
was not allowed to buy or sell any goods above the value of twenty pence,
unless he did it within a town where a public official and witnesses could
legitimate the bargain. In this practice is found the origin of the market, a
medieval institution of which more will be said later. A market was a place
appointed by the government, where bargains could properly be made; and
only small exchanges of household produce could be made outside it, in the
open country. Beginning in the need that was felt to prevent thieving it
developed as a public institution, which the people found it profitable to
extend as a means of collecting tolls and of regulating internal trade.
Page 46
35. Society organized to exist with the minimum of commerce; the
medieval village.—The striking and important feature in the life of
European peoples at this period was not the large amount of commerce
carried on, but the small amount. The people were organized on a system
which enabled them to support life with the least commerce possible.
Instead of being concentrated in towns, they were isolated in little groups,
often called manors, one of which would be composed often of less than
100 people, who got their living from the square mile or so of land
surrounding them. It is not necessary here to discuss the social and political
life of these little groups, though it is proper to remark that often some of
the inhabitants were slaves, and many more were only half-free, like the
Russian serfs of the nineteenth century.
36. Self-sufficiency of the villages; low stage of the arts of production.
—The economic life of these village groups is the side in which we are
interested, and the chief point in that was the self-sufficiency of each group.
A village tried to produce everything that it wanted, to be free from the
uncertainty and expense of trade. We find, then, that almost all the people in
a village were agriculturists, and these raised the necessary food supply by
methods which were always crude, and were often very cumbersome and
wasteful. The stock was of such a poor breed that a grown ox seems to have
been little larger than a calf of the present day, and the fleece of a sheep
weighed often less than two ounces. Many of the stock had to be killed
before winter, as there was no proper fodder to keep them, and those that
survived were often so weak in the spring that they had to be dragged to
pasture on a sledge. Insufficient stock meant insufficient manure, and
though the fields were allowed to lie fallow every third year they were
exhausted by constant crops of cereals, and gave a yield of only about six
bushels of wheat an acre, of which two had to be retained for seed.
Not only the food but nearly everything else had to be raised where it
was to be consumed. Houses were constructed of materials from the forest,
clothes were made out of flax and wool from the village fields, furniture
and implements were made at home. Nearly every village had a mill,
usually run by water, to grind its meal or flour; some villages had a smith or
carpenter; few special artisans beside those suggested were to be found in
the ordinary manor.
37. Evils resulting from the lack of commerce.—Before we proceed to
describe the growth of European commerce from such origins it will be
medieval village.—The striking and important feature in the life of
European peoples at this period was not the large amount of commerce
carried on, but the small amount. The people were organized on a system
which enabled them to support life with the least commerce possible.
Instead of being concentrated in towns, they were isolated in little groups,
often called manors, one of which would be composed often of less than
100 people, who got their living from the square mile or so of land
surrounding them. It is not necessary here to discuss the social and political
life of these little groups, though it is proper to remark that often some of
the inhabitants were slaves, and many more were only half-free, like the
Russian serfs of the nineteenth century.
36. Self-sufficiency of the villages; low stage of the arts of production.
—The economic life of these village groups is the side in which we are
interested, and the chief point in that was the self-sufficiency of each group.
A village tried to produce everything that it wanted, to be free from the
uncertainty and expense of trade. We find, then, that almost all the people in
a village were agriculturists, and these raised the necessary food supply by
methods which were always crude, and were often very cumbersome and
wasteful. The stock was of such a poor breed that a grown ox seems to have
been little larger than a calf of the present day, and the fleece of a sheep
weighed often less than two ounces. Many of the stock had to be killed
before winter, as there was no proper fodder to keep them, and those that
survived were often so weak in the spring that they had to be dragged to
pasture on a sledge. Insufficient stock meant insufficient manure, and
though the fields were allowed to lie fallow every third year they were
exhausted by constant crops of cereals, and gave a yield of only about six
bushels of wheat an acre, of which two had to be retained for seed.
Not only the food but nearly everything else had to be raised where it
was to be consumed. Houses were constructed of materials from the forest,
clothes were made out of flax and wool from the village fields, furniture
and implements were made at home. Nearly every village had a mill,
usually run by water, to grind its meal or flour; some villages had a smith or
carpenter; few special artisans beside those suggested were to be found in
the ordinary manor.
37. Evils resulting from the lack of commerce.—Before we proceed to
describe the growth of European commerce from such origins it will be
Page 47
well to stop and consider the results of a system which was based on the
lack of commerce. With regard to the main product, food staples, the result
was an alternation of waste and want. A good year brought a surplus for
which there was no market outside the village, and which could not be
worked up inside for lack of manufacturing skill and implements. A bad
harvest, on the other hand, meant serious suffering, because there was no
opportunity to buy food supplies outside the manor and bring them to it.
Nearly every year was marked by a famine in one part or another of a
country, and famine was often followed by pestilence. Diseases now almost
unknown in the civilized world, like leprosy and ergotism or St. Anthony’s
fire, were not infrequent. The food at best was coarse and monotonous; the
houses were mere hovels of boughs and mud; the clothes were a few
garments of rude stuff. Nothing better could be procured so long as
everything had to be produced on the spot and made ready for use by the
people themselves. Finally, these people were coarse and ignorant, with
little regard for personal cleanliness or for moral laws, and with practically
no interests outside the narrow bounds of the little village in which they
lived.
38. Exceptional instances of higher organization of industry.—These
conditions existed all over western Europe, and may be taken as typical of
the period about the year 1000. Though they determined the commerce, or
better the lack of commerce, at this time, they were not absolutely
universal. Great feudal princes and great monasteries owned each a
considerable number of villages or manors, and tried to introduce a more
advanced economic system among them. A great lord would have his
shoemaker and tailor, his saddler, swordsmith, etc.; and would have a
considerable number of women gathered in a sort of factory making
clothes. It is noteworthy, however, that the difficulties of transportation
were so great that for a long time to come it was not practicable to
concentrate the food supplies of a large group of manors in one place, and
the owner would have to go to the food instead of having it brought to him.
So we read of the kings and princes being always on the road, traveling
with court and retinue from one manor to another, eating up the surplus that
had accumulated and then moving on.
39. Common wares of commerce in the period of the manor.—
Absolute self-sufficiency was impossible; it was the ideal at which the
managers of the manor aimed, but there were few manors which could
lack of commerce. With regard to the main product, food staples, the result
was an alternation of waste and want. A good year brought a surplus for
which there was no market outside the village, and which could not be
worked up inside for lack of manufacturing skill and implements. A bad
harvest, on the other hand, meant serious suffering, because there was no
opportunity to buy food supplies outside the manor and bring them to it.
Nearly every year was marked by a famine in one part or another of a
country, and famine was often followed by pestilence. Diseases now almost
unknown in the civilized world, like leprosy and ergotism or St. Anthony’s
fire, were not infrequent. The food at best was coarse and monotonous; the
houses were mere hovels of boughs and mud; the clothes were a few
garments of rude stuff. Nothing better could be procured so long as
everything had to be produced on the spot and made ready for use by the
people themselves. Finally, these people were coarse and ignorant, with
little regard for personal cleanliness or for moral laws, and with practically
no interests outside the narrow bounds of the little village in which they
lived.
38. Exceptional instances of higher organization of industry.—These
conditions existed all over western Europe, and may be taken as typical of
the period about the year 1000. Though they determined the commerce, or
better the lack of commerce, at this time, they were not absolutely
universal. Great feudal princes and great monasteries owned each a
considerable number of villages or manors, and tried to introduce a more
advanced economic system among them. A great lord would have his
shoemaker and tailor, his saddler, swordsmith, etc.; and would have a
considerable number of women gathered in a sort of factory making
clothes. It is noteworthy, however, that the difficulties of transportation
were so great that for a long time to come it was not practicable to
concentrate the food supplies of a large group of manors in one place, and
the owner would have to go to the food instead of having it brought to him.
So we read of the kings and princes being always on the road, traveling
with court and retinue from one manor to another, eating up the surplus that
had accumulated and then moving on.
39. Common wares of commerce in the period of the manor.—
Absolute self-sufficiency was impossible; it was the ideal at which the
managers of the manor aimed, but there were few manors which could
Page 48
supply all the necessaries of life. The list, however, of articles which had to
be procured by commerce with the outside world was small. Salt was one
item, of special importance as it was so difficult to keep live stock through
the winter, and the animals had to be killed and salted down. Iron was
necessary for various implements, though it was so expensive that it was
spared in every possible way. Other articles had to be bought as occasion
arose, stones for the mill or tar to keep the murrain from sheep. These wares
were essential to existence; by channels so obscure that they cannot now be
traced they reached the places where they were wanted, and were purchased
with part of the manor’s scanty surplus. Cattle and horses formed also, as is
natural, common objects of exchange.
40. The slave trade in Europe.—One ware which had long been an
object of commerce was of especial importance in the period just after the
fall of Rome, and, indeed, for some time later; this was slaves. The slave
trade extended over all Europe, and had great markets on the
Mediterranean, the North, and the Baltic seas. Merchants drove troops of
slaves in chains from one country to another, or exported them in lots of
100 or more. In the slave markets of the Baltic as many as 700 are said to
have been put up for sale at once. A number of English laws regulated the
slave trade of the time. It seems to have been largely confined to convicts,
but a law of Alfred provided that a father should not sell his daughter to
servitude among strange people. Later the English laws forbade the trade
entirely, but we read of Bristol merchants in the eleventh century who not
only bought slaves all over England for export to Ireland, but bred them as
well; and the trade persisted in various sections even later.
41. Distant commerce confined to rare luxuries.—Under conditions
such as these the term “foreign commerce” in its modern sense is
meaningless. The areas which now form the countries of Europe did not
specialize in the production of different wares, so that we can trace a regular
exchange of products between them. Most of the common wares of
commerce circulated inside a restricted area. Only the rich could afford to
pay for the transportation of wares over any distance, and they would spend
their money only for valuable luxuries. The dignitaries of the church, by
reason of their higher culture and connection with a universal organization,
created a demand for a few foreign wares, and the governing classes wanted
some things which could not be produced at home. Wines and spices were
be procured by commerce with the outside world was small. Salt was one
item, of special importance as it was so difficult to keep live stock through
the winter, and the animals had to be killed and salted down. Iron was
necessary for various implements, though it was so expensive that it was
spared in every possible way. Other articles had to be bought as occasion
arose, stones for the mill or tar to keep the murrain from sheep. These wares
were essential to existence; by channels so obscure that they cannot now be
traced they reached the places where they were wanted, and were purchased
with part of the manor’s scanty surplus. Cattle and horses formed also, as is
natural, common objects of exchange.
40. The slave trade in Europe.—One ware which had long been an
object of commerce was of especial importance in the period just after the
fall of Rome, and, indeed, for some time later; this was slaves. The slave
trade extended over all Europe, and had great markets on the
Mediterranean, the North, and the Baltic seas. Merchants drove troops of
slaves in chains from one country to another, or exported them in lots of
100 or more. In the slave markets of the Baltic as many as 700 are said to
have been put up for sale at once. A number of English laws regulated the
slave trade of the time. It seems to have been largely confined to convicts,
but a law of Alfred provided that a father should not sell his daughter to
servitude among strange people. Later the English laws forbade the trade
entirely, but we read of Bristol merchants in the eleventh century who not
only bought slaves all over England for export to Ireland, but bred them as
well; and the trade persisted in various sections even later.
41. Distant commerce confined to rare luxuries.—Under conditions
such as these the term “foreign commerce” in its modern sense is
meaningless. The areas which now form the countries of Europe did not
specialize in the production of different wares, so that we can trace a regular
exchange of products between them. Most of the common wares of
commerce circulated inside a restricted area. Only the rich could afford to
pay for the transportation of wares over any distance, and they would spend
their money only for valuable luxuries. The dignitaries of the church, by
reason of their higher culture and connection with a universal organization,
created a demand for a few foreign wares, and the governing classes wanted
some things which could not be produced at home. Wines and spices were
Page 49
brought up from southern Europe, along the river routes and over the passes
of the Alps, and furs were brought down from the North.
Distant sea voyages were still uncommon. An English law of about 900
provided that “if a merchant thrived so that he fared thrice over the wide sea
by his own vessel” he might be promoted to a higher social class; and later
laws refer to merchant ships again. The Scandinavians have left records of
adventurous voyages to the North and West, and a vast number of silver
coins found in Russia and the Baltic countries shows that a land trade with
southwestern Asia persisted in the period of which we treat. It is only
toward the close of this period, however, that we begin to get details about
distant commerce, and can see that it is firmly established. The Institutes of
London, issued in the eleventh century, and regulating the commerce of the
town, mention ships coming from Flanders, from Rouen and other places in
France, and from Germany. Foreign merchants bought wool and pigs, and
sold wine, furs, spices, gloves, and fish.
42. Character of the merchant in the early Middle Ages.—We know
even less of the person of the merchant, in this period (about 1000 a.d.),
than of the wares that he carried. It is certain, at any rate, that the merchant
was not the specialist that he afterwards became, but was a jack-of-all-
trades. He might be wholesaler and retailer, transporter and pedler, and
often an artisan too. Nothing like the country store of the present day
existed, and trade outside the few centers where markets had been
established was carried on by pedlers, who carried their wares on the back
or on a pack animal. Every merchant was sure to be something of a soldier,
as he was thrown largely on his own resources for self-defence; and he
often assumed the garb of a missionary or pilgrim to get the help of the
church in carrying on his trade. The pilgrim was exempt from many
burdens laid on the ordinary traveler or merchant, and though this
exemption had later to be abolished, because it was so frequently abused, it
seems to have been of great use in helping commerce through its early
stages.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Modern France has, approximately, an area of 200,000 square miles.
Calculate the average size of the feudal state about the year 1000, and
compare it with the county in which you live.
of the Alps, and furs were brought down from the North.
Distant sea voyages were still uncommon. An English law of about 900
provided that “if a merchant thrived so that he fared thrice over the wide sea
by his own vessel” he might be promoted to a higher social class; and later
laws refer to merchant ships again. The Scandinavians have left records of
adventurous voyages to the North and West, and a vast number of silver
coins found in Russia and the Baltic countries shows that a land trade with
southwestern Asia persisted in the period of which we treat. It is only
toward the close of this period, however, that we begin to get details about
distant commerce, and can see that it is firmly established. The Institutes of
London, issued in the eleventh century, and regulating the commerce of the
town, mention ships coming from Flanders, from Rouen and other places in
France, and from Germany. Foreign merchants bought wool and pigs, and
sold wine, furs, spices, gloves, and fish.
42. Character of the merchant in the early Middle Ages.—We know
even less of the person of the merchant, in this period (about 1000 a.d.),
than of the wares that he carried. It is certain, at any rate, that the merchant
was not the specialist that he afterwards became, but was a jack-of-all-
trades. He might be wholesaler and retailer, transporter and pedler, and
often an artisan too. Nothing like the country store of the present day
existed, and trade outside the few centers where markets had been
established was carried on by pedlers, who carried their wares on the back
or on a pack animal. Every merchant was sure to be something of a soldier,
as he was thrown largely on his own resources for self-defence; and he
often assumed the garb of a missionary or pilgrim to get the help of the
church in carrying on his trade. The pilgrim was exempt from many
burdens laid on the ordinary traveler or merchant, and though this
exemption had later to be abolished, because it was so frequently abused, it
seems to have been of great use in helping commerce through its early
stages.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Modern France has, approximately, an area of 200,000 square miles.
Calculate the average size of the feudal state about the year 1000, and
compare it with the county in which you live.
Page 50
2. Can you suggest anything in cow-boy life on the plains of the West
reminding you of feudal conditions, when the State was weak?
3. What district, known to you, has the least commerce with the outside
world?
4. How does the yield of wheat, as given in the text, compare with the
yield in different parts of the U. S.? [See Abstract of the United States
Census.]
5. Show why the lack of commerce requires small groups of people to
produce everything for themselves, and why this self-sufficiency involves a
low standard of living.
6. How does commerce remedy the waste and want which are
characteristic of self-sufficiency? Why cannot people plan to produce just
enough food?
7. Report on the wares and workmen collected on the estates of a great
king. [Falkner, Statistical documents of the Middle Ages, Philadelphia,
1896, 10 cents, pp. 2-5.]
8. Name some wares, important in the stock of even the smallest country
store, which did not appear in commerce in the period of the manor. Show
the necessity of each one of the wares mentioned in the text.
9. Why could a profitable commerce in slaves be carried on when other
wares did not pay the merchant?
10. What are the luxuries which a trader now can afford to pack into the
uncivilized districts of Africa and America?
BIBLIOGRAPHY
References on the rise and character of feudalism may be found in many
manuals of European history; among others Emerton, Introduction, 236;
Mediæval Europe, 477; Robinson, Middle Ages, 119. Brief accounts,
mainly for the student of political history, may be found in the above, in
Adams, European Hist., 185-191; and in the same author’s *Civilization,
chap. 9. The best account of the feudal system in English is Seignobos,
**Feudal regime, N. Y., Holt, 1903.
Most of the books describing conditions in this period treat them either
from the political or the agrarian standpoint; the writer knows nothing,
suitable for student’s reading, discussing the origins of commerce at this
reminding you of feudal conditions, when the State was weak?
3. What district, known to you, has the least commerce with the outside
world?
4. How does the yield of wheat, as given in the text, compare with the
yield in different parts of the U. S.? [See Abstract of the United States
Census.]
5. Show why the lack of commerce requires small groups of people to
produce everything for themselves, and why this self-sufficiency involves a
low standard of living.
6. How does commerce remedy the waste and want which are
characteristic of self-sufficiency? Why cannot people plan to produce just
enough food?
7. Report on the wares and workmen collected on the estates of a great
king. [Falkner, Statistical documents of the Middle Ages, Philadelphia,
1896, 10 cents, pp. 2-5.]
8. Name some wares, important in the stock of even the smallest country
store, which did not appear in commerce in the period of the manor. Show
the necessity of each one of the wares mentioned in the text.
9. Why could a profitable commerce in slaves be carried on when other
wares did not pay the merchant?
10. What are the luxuries which a trader now can afford to pack into the
uncivilized districts of Africa and America?
BIBLIOGRAPHY
References on the rise and character of feudalism may be found in many
manuals of European history; among others Emerton, Introduction, 236;
Mediæval Europe, 477; Robinson, Middle Ages, 119. Brief accounts,
mainly for the student of political history, may be found in the above, in
Adams, European Hist., 185-191; and in the same author’s *Civilization,
chap. 9. The best account of the feudal system in English is Seignobos,
**Feudal regime, N. Y., Holt, 1903.
Most of the books describing conditions in this period treat them either
from the political or the agrarian standpoint; the writer knows nothing,
suitable for student’s reading, discussing the origins of commerce at this
Page 51
time. See, therefore, Cunningham, Growth, vol. 1, book 1, or the smaller
manuals on English economic history.
manuals on English economic history.
Page 52
CHAPTER VI
TOWN TRADE
43. Significance of towns in the economic organization; decline of the
Roman towns.—In the latter part of the Middle Ages, beginning after the
year 1000, a striking change took place in the life of Europe; the people
advanced so rapidly in their economic and political organization that we can
make this a new era in their history. It will be necessary to notice the
important changes in detail, but we can summarize them now, from the
economic standpoint, by saying that people advanced from the stage of the
village or manor to that of the town. A town, as the word will be used here,
means a group of at least several hundred, perhaps several thousand people,
settled closely together, and maintaining themselves in large part by
manufactures and trade. Such towns had existed, as noted above, in the
Roman Empire of the West. In Roman Gaul (modern France) there were
over one hundred of them. They depended for their existence, however, on
the stimulus of Roman culture, and on the security which good government
could afford to their trade. A manufacturing class evidently could not eat the
wares it made, and needed the chance to exchange them for food products
from the country districts if it was to maintain itself. In the period before,
during, and after the German invasions the chance for exchange grew
steadily less, as we have seen. Some of the towns were entirely destroyed in
the period of disorder which followed the fall of the Roman government.
London, for instance, which had been a flourishing town under Roman rule,
must have become a mere heap of rubbish, for when it was rebuilt in later
times no attempt was made to follow the lines of the old streets, and new
streets were laid out over the ruins of former houses. When a town was not
actually destroyed it ceased to live; the inhabitants had to take to agriculture
to support themselves, and the town shrank to a mere village, which could
not be distinguished from the manors about it. Of more than 500 modern
French cities scarcely 80 can be traced back to the Roman period, and all of
these lost their identity as towns and became simple villages in the
intervening time.
44. Rise of towns after 1000; conditions determining their location.—
We read of towns in Europe before the year 1000 but they scarcely deserve
TOWN TRADE
43. Significance of towns in the economic organization; decline of the
Roman towns.—In the latter part of the Middle Ages, beginning after the
year 1000, a striking change took place in the life of Europe; the people
advanced so rapidly in their economic and political organization that we can
make this a new era in their history. It will be necessary to notice the
important changes in detail, but we can summarize them now, from the
economic standpoint, by saying that people advanced from the stage of the
village or manor to that of the town. A town, as the word will be used here,
means a group of at least several hundred, perhaps several thousand people,
settled closely together, and maintaining themselves in large part by
manufactures and trade. Such towns had existed, as noted above, in the
Roman Empire of the West. In Roman Gaul (modern France) there were
over one hundred of them. They depended for their existence, however, on
the stimulus of Roman culture, and on the security which good government
could afford to their trade. A manufacturing class evidently could not eat the
wares it made, and needed the chance to exchange them for food products
from the country districts if it was to maintain itself. In the period before,
during, and after the German invasions the chance for exchange grew
steadily less, as we have seen. Some of the towns were entirely destroyed in
the period of disorder which followed the fall of the Roman government.
London, for instance, which had been a flourishing town under Roman rule,
must have become a mere heap of rubbish, for when it was rebuilt in later
times no attempt was made to follow the lines of the old streets, and new
streets were laid out over the ruins of former houses. When a town was not
actually destroyed it ceased to live; the inhabitants had to take to agriculture
to support themselves, and the town shrank to a mere village, which could
not be distinguished from the manors about it. Of more than 500 modern
French cities scarcely 80 can be traced back to the Roman period, and all of
these lost their identity as towns and became simple villages in the
intervening time.
44. Rise of towns after 1000; conditions determining their location.—
We read of towns in Europe before the year 1000 but they scarcely deserve
Page 53
the name; they were rather the germs from which towns were later to
spring. Considerable numbers of people would collect in the place where
some great feudal lord spent most of his time, or where a monastery had
been founded; garrisons would be established at places suitable for military
operations. We must regard such groups, however, as supported by taxation
rather than by the trade of individuals, from which most urban groups arise.
Trade of this kind became, however, so considerable after the year 1000 that
real towns grew up in constantly increasing numbers. Their position was
determined by two important conditions of existence, political protection
and the chance for profitable trade. People found the former by nestling
under the walls of some castle or monastery; the many French towns which
bear the name of some saint show how much the protection of the church
was prized. The latter object was generally attained by founding the town at
some break in a line of transportation, where goods had to be transshipped
and where merchants would naturally congregate to rest and exchange their
wares (cf. Ox-ford, Cam-bridge, etc.). We find the most considerable towns,
therefore, along the seacoast and rivers, and at breaks or intersections of the
land routes.
45. Development of manufacturing in the towns.—The rise of the
towns brought with it, as has been suggested, a new era in manufactures. In
the ordinary village it did not pay men to specialize in the production of
wares, as the market was so small. A shoemaker, for instance, could not
make a living by selling 50 or 100 pairs of shoes a year. If we think,
however, of a village growing into a town surrounded by a considerable
country population, we see that the market has widened into an area of size
sufficient to support a number of specialists. Manufacturing became a
profession to which men devoted most of their time. A man could learn his
trade much more thoroughly, and could afford to make the tools which
would enable him to exercise it most efficiently. The result was an increase
in production which enabled the people on a given area to live far more
comfortably than they had done before.
46. Effect of the towns in improving the conditions in the country.—
This movement was bound to change the conditions of life in the country
districts. The people there were freed from the necessity of devoting part of
their time to work which they never did well; they could apply most of their
energy to agriculture, and could use the surplus crop which they thus
obtained, for a profitable exchange with the artisans of the town. The
spring. Considerable numbers of people would collect in the place where
some great feudal lord spent most of his time, or where a monastery had
been founded; garrisons would be established at places suitable for military
operations. We must regard such groups, however, as supported by taxation
rather than by the trade of individuals, from which most urban groups arise.
Trade of this kind became, however, so considerable after the year 1000 that
real towns grew up in constantly increasing numbers. Their position was
determined by two important conditions of existence, political protection
and the chance for profitable trade. People found the former by nestling
under the walls of some castle or monastery; the many French towns which
bear the name of some saint show how much the protection of the church
was prized. The latter object was generally attained by founding the town at
some break in a line of transportation, where goods had to be transshipped
and where merchants would naturally congregate to rest and exchange their
wares (cf. Ox-ford, Cam-bridge, etc.). We find the most considerable towns,
therefore, along the seacoast and rivers, and at breaks or intersections of the
land routes.
45. Development of manufacturing in the towns.—The rise of the
towns brought with it, as has been suggested, a new era in manufactures. In
the ordinary village it did not pay men to specialize in the production of
wares, as the market was so small. A shoemaker, for instance, could not
make a living by selling 50 or 100 pairs of shoes a year. If we think,
however, of a village growing into a town surrounded by a considerable
country population, we see that the market has widened into an area of size
sufficient to support a number of specialists. Manufacturing became a
profession to which men devoted most of their time. A man could learn his
trade much more thoroughly, and could afford to make the tools which
would enable him to exercise it most efficiently. The result was an increase
in production which enabled the people on a given area to live far more
comfortably than they had done before.
46. Effect of the towns in improving the conditions in the country.—
This movement was bound to change the conditions of life in the country
districts. The people there were freed from the necessity of devoting part of
their time to work which they never did well; they could apply most of their
energy to agriculture, and could use the surplus crop which they thus
obtained, for a profitable exchange with the artisans of the town. The
Page 54
growth of towns affected them in another way. In the purely manorial
period a serf could not better his condition by running away; he had
nowhere to go except to other manors like the one he had left, where his
condition might actually be worse than before. In the towns, however,
practically all the population were free; the artisans were numerous and
intelligent enough to provide for their own protection, and did not need to
subject themselves to a lord. The towns were islands of freedom in a sea of
serfdom or of half-freedom. The custom established itself that a serf who
could escape from his lord, and who lived a year and a day within the walls
of a town, became a free man, and could not be reduced to his former
position. Landlords found that they must bid against the attractions of the
town if they were to keep the laborers in the country, and agreed to lighten
their burdens if they would stay. Many influences worked together, and the
results were modified by many factors, especially of a political kind, in
various countries, but the upward movement of the country population was
general throughout western Europe. Free men produced more than serfs,
and this was another influence increasing the surplus of the country
districts, and furthering trade thereby.
47. The “foreign” trade of this period was that between towns, even
in the same country.—The student who has begun the history of
commerce with the notion, as common as it is erroneous, that the foreign
trade of a country is more important than its internal trade, and who is
impatient to arrive at the description of this foreign trade, will be
disappointed to learn that even in the latter part of the Middle Ages it
scarcely existed in the modern sense. We mean now by foreign trade that
between states—between the United States and Germany, for example. In
the manorial period, as has been suggested, foreign trade was rather that
which existed between manors. In the period under discussion it was that
which existed between towns. The towns existing inside the boundaries of a
modern European country did not, it is true, differ as much among
themselves, in their products, as they differed, taking them altogether, from
the towns of another country. But the expense of transportation restricted
most trade still to a comparatively small radius, and the town, rather than
the country, was the natural trading unit. The radius of profitable trade, for
most articles, was so small that an English town would have its most
important commercial relations with the other English towns rather than
with the towns of foreign countries. The town, moreover, was the unit for
period a serf could not better his condition by running away; he had
nowhere to go except to other manors like the one he had left, where his
condition might actually be worse than before. In the towns, however,
practically all the population were free; the artisans were numerous and
intelligent enough to provide for their own protection, and did not need to
subject themselves to a lord. The towns were islands of freedom in a sea of
serfdom or of half-freedom. The custom established itself that a serf who
could escape from his lord, and who lived a year and a day within the walls
of a town, became a free man, and could not be reduced to his former
position. Landlords found that they must bid against the attractions of the
town if they were to keep the laborers in the country, and agreed to lighten
their burdens if they would stay. Many influences worked together, and the
results were modified by many factors, especially of a political kind, in
various countries, but the upward movement of the country population was
general throughout western Europe. Free men produced more than serfs,
and this was another influence increasing the surplus of the country
districts, and furthering trade thereby.
47. The “foreign” trade of this period was that between towns, even
in the same country.—The student who has begun the history of
commerce with the notion, as common as it is erroneous, that the foreign
trade of a country is more important than its internal trade, and who is
impatient to arrive at the description of this foreign trade, will be
disappointed to learn that even in the latter part of the Middle Ages it
scarcely existed in the modern sense. We mean now by foreign trade that
between states—between the United States and Germany, for example. In
the manorial period, as has been suggested, foreign trade was rather that
which existed between manors. In the period under discussion it was that
which existed between towns. The towns existing inside the boundaries of a
modern European country did not, it is true, differ as much among
themselves, in their products, as they differed, taking them altogether, from
the towns of another country. But the expense of transportation restricted
most trade still to a comparatively small radius, and the town, rather than
the country, was the natural trading unit. The radius of profitable trade, for
most articles, was so small that an English town would have its most
important commercial relations with the other English towns rather than
with the towns of foreign countries. The town, moreover, was the unit for
Page 55
regulating trade. Each town would have its own customs tariff, and to a
merchant of London it made little difference whether he traded with
Southampton or with Paris; national regulation was less important than
municipal. Climatic and historical influences, it is true, made a clearly
marked distinction between the great sections of Europe, the North and the
South, the East and the West, and we shall have to take up some of these
sections in detail; but we shall use our time most effectively by spending it
not on the features of trade in the different modern countries considered
separately, but on the characteristics of trade common to all the advanced
countries.
48. Small size of the medieval towns.—A point deserving special
emphasis in the description of the medieval town is this, that though the
town comprised practically all the mercantile and manufacturing population
of a country, and though it marked a tremendous advance over the village,
yet the town was a very small affair when measured by modern standards.
In England in the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries the average size of the
first class of towns was probably below 5,000 inhabitants; few had more
than 10,000 and many had less than 1,000. On the Continent, in the last
centuries of the Middle Ages, even celebrated cities like Nuremberg and
Strassburg had not over 20,000 inhabitants. Frankfort on the Main had
scarcely 10,000, and other cities which played a great part in economic and
political history had even less.
49. Rural characteristics of the towns.—Another misconception must
be guarded against. Though the town was a distinctly industrial group in
comparison with the village, yet each town had grown from a village, and
retained many features of its agricultural infancy even to a late period. Most
of the townspeople owned some land which they used for garden plots, and
every town had considerable amounts of arable and pasture land outside the
walls which was used for the benefit of the townspeople if not actually
worked by them. In Coblentz, in the thirteenth century, work on the city
walls was stopped during harvest by lack of labor, and in London at the
same period people were allowed to keep pigs “within their houses,” and
the attempt to keep vagrant swine off the streets was a distinct failure.
50. General description of a town.—There were generally a few streets
that were broad and straight, as they were the old highways on which the
town had grown up. The attempt was made to keep these clear of
encroaching houses and shops by sending a horseman through them once a
merchant of London it made little difference whether he traded with
Southampton or with Paris; national regulation was less important than
municipal. Climatic and historical influences, it is true, made a clearly
marked distinction between the great sections of Europe, the North and the
South, the East and the West, and we shall have to take up some of these
sections in detail; but we shall use our time most effectively by spending it
not on the features of trade in the different modern countries considered
separately, but on the characteristics of trade common to all the advanced
countries.
48. Small size of the medieval towns.—A point deserving special
emphasis in the description of the medieval town is this, that though the
town comprised practically all the mercantile and manufacturing population
of a country, and though it marked a tremendous advance over the village,
yet the town was a very small affair when measured by modern standards.
In England in the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries the average size of the
first class of towns was probably below 5,000 inhabitants; few had more
than 10,000 and many had less than 1,000. On the Continent, in the last
centuries of the Middle Ages, even celebrated cities like Nuremberg and
Strassburg had not over 20,000 inhabitants. Frankfort on the Main had
scarcely 10,000, and other cities which played a great part in economic and
political history had even less.
49. Rural characteristics of the towns.—Another misconception must
be guarded against. Though the town was a distinctly industrial group in
comparison with the village, yet each town had grown from a village, and
retained many features of its agricultural infancy even to a late period. Most
of the townspeople owned some land which they used for garden plots, and
every town had considerable amounts of arable and pasture land outside the
walls which was used for the benefit of the townspeople if not actually
worked by them. In Coblentz, in the thirteenth century, work on the city
walls was stopped during harvest by lack of labor, and in London at the
same period people were allowed to keep pigs “within their houses,” and
the attempt to keep vagrant swine off the streets was a distinct failure.
50. General description of a town.—There were generally a few streets
that were broad and straight, as they were the old highways on which the
town had grown up. The attempt was made to keep these clear of
encroaching houses and shops by sending a horseman through them once a
Page 56
year with a spear held horizontally, and by forcing the removal of
obstructions. Most of the streets, however, had grown up from village by-
paths and were narrow and crooked. They were rarely paved, and as they
served as the repository for all kinds of offal and garbage we can
understand why the townspeople wore wooden overshoes when they went
out, and even the saints in the pictures were painted with them on. The
houses were of wood in the early period, and there were no chimneys, so
that fires were frequent and disastrous until they forced people to a better
mode of building. Travelers in Europe now remark upon the picturesque
beauty of the old houses, and upon the merits of their construction, but it
should be noted that most of these relics date from the very end of the
Middle Ages and that they were the select few of their time, and give no
indication of the character of the average house. Most of the people lived in
narrow quarters, dark and drafty, unsuited for good work places and
unwholesome as habitations. Wares were exposed for sale either in the open
market-places which are so common in European towns, or in little shops
like pedlers’ booths at the front of the house. The municipal government
spent little or nothing for public works or police protection; it tried to make
the inhabitants share in performing all absolutely necessary duties, but
succeeded so ill that all the towns were sinks of disease, and breach of the
peace was a constant occurrence.
51. Improvement in conditions in the later Middle Ages.—In the early
period of the towns, say before 1300, conditions were distinctly worse than
they were in the last two centuries of the Middle Ages, when commerce had
attained such development that it brought great wealth to some and
comparative comfort to many among the city people. The town of
Colchester, in England, ranked as one of importance in 1295, but a tax roll
of that date shows a striking poverty in the stock in trade assessed for
taxation, in the small value of household furniture, in the insignificant
amount of most of the assessments, and in the preponderance of rural
wealth like live-stock and agricultural produce over other kinds of personal
property. In the fourteenth century, however, the population of the town
doubled, and in the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries the towns of England
in general freed themselves from the worst features of medieval squalor,
accumulated wealth, and expended large sums in building and
improvements.
obstructions. Most of the streets, however, had grown up from village by-
paths and were narrow and crooked. They were rarely paved, and as they
served as the repository for all kinds of offal and garbage we can
understand why the townspeople wore wooden overshoes when they went
out, and even the saints in the pictures were painted with them on. The
houses were of wood in the early period, and there were no chimneys, so
that fires were frequent and disastrous until they forced people to a better
mode of building. Travelers in Europe now remark upon the picturesque
beauty of the old houses, and upon the merits of their construction, but it
should be noted that most of these relics date from the very end of the
Middle Ages and that they were the select few of their time, and give no
indication of the character of the average house. Most of the people lived in
narrow quarters, dark and drafty, unsuited for good work places and
unwholesome as habitations. Wares were exposed for sale either in the open
market-places which are so common in European towns, or in little shops
like pedlers’ booths at the front of the house. The municipal government
spent little or nothing for public works or police protection; it tried to make
the inhabitants share in performing all absolutely necessary duties, but
succeeded so ill that all the towns were sinks of disease, and breach of the
peace was a constant occurrence.
51. Improvement in conditions in the later Middle Ages.—In the early
period of the towns, say before 1300, conditions were distinctly worse than
they were in the last two centuries of the Middle Ages, when commerce had
attained such development that it brought great wealth to some and
comparative comfort to many among the city people. The town of
Colchester, in England, ranked as one of importance in 1295, but a tax roll
of that date shows a striking poverty in the stock in trade assessed for
taxation, in the small value of household furniture, in the insignificant
amount of most of the assessments, and in the preponderance of rural
wealth like live-stock and agricultural produce over other kinds of personal
property. In the fourteenth century, however, the population of the town
doubled, and in the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries the towns of England
in general freed themselves from the worst features of medieval squalor,
accumulated wealth, and expended large sums in building and
improvements.
Page 57
52. Town organization. The merchant gilds.—Much more might be
said about the general characteristics of the medieval town, but the student
of the history of commerce must devote most of his time to its economic
life. He must prepare himself to accept and understand conditions quite
different from those of modern times, and must try to realize how much the
world has gained by the advance of the commercial organization from these
early stages. In every town the merchants and manufacturers were
organized in gilds and subject to strict regulation. The Anglo-Saxon word
gild means “a contribution to a common fund,” and came to be applied to
the society itself. Societies had existed in the first part of the Middle Ages
with social and religious objects, and about the eleventh century, with the
springing up of trade, commercial gilds became more and more common. It
is supposed that the dangers and difficulties of trade were then so great that
merchants united in bands for a journey, as caravans are now formed in the
unsettled countries of the East. A collection of early gild rules shows that
the members were subject to regulations like the following: Every one was
obliged to carry armor, a bow and twelve arrows on penalty of a fine; they
must stand by and help each other when they set out for a journey; in case
one member had not sold his wares the others must wait one day for him; if
one was imprisoned or lost his wares on the road the others must ransom
him. The organization was probably temporary at first, and the company of
merchants dissolved at the end of the trip; but as such caravans became
more regular at any place there grew the tendency to permanence of
organization. These merchant gilds were at first also private associations,
formed voluntarily by the merchants to protect themselves; but they
received public recognition and became a part of the town government as
the town saw the advantage it could get from them in pushing its trade and
protecting it against the efforts of rivals. They included not only
professional merchants, but all who bought and sold, including many
artisans. Of the nine members who belonged to the Shrewsbury merchant
gild in its earliest period two were fishermen and one was a butcher.
53. Position of the merchant gilds; their privilege of monopoly.—
These merchant gilds did not exist in all parts of Europe, and differed much
from each other in the various regions where they did exist. In England,
which we shall choose to illustrate their operation, they became regular
parts of the town government. They were granted one most important
privilege, the exclusive right of trading within the town. “Foreigners,”
said about the general characteristics of the medieval town, but the student
of the history of commerce must devote most of his time to its economic
life. He must prepare himself to accept and understand conditions quite
different from those of modern times, and must try to realize how much the
world has gained by the advance of the commercial organization from these
early stages. In every town the merchants and manufacturers were
organized in gilds and subject to strict regulation. The Anglo-Saxon word
gild means “a contribution to a common fund,” and came to be applied to
the society itself. Societies had existed in the first part of the Middle Ages
with social and religious objects, and about the eleventh century, with the
springing up of trade, commercial gilds became more and more common. It
is supposed that the dangers and difficulties of trade were then so great that
merchants united in bands for a journey, as caravans are now formed in the
unsettled countries of the East. A collection of early gild rules shows that
the members were subject to regulations like the following: Every one was
obliged to carry armor, a bow and twelve arrows on penalty of a fine; they
must stand by and help each other when they set out for a journey; in case
one member had not sold his wares the others must wait one day for him; if
one was imprisoned or lost his wares on the road the others must ransom
him. The organization was probably temporary at first, and the company of
merchants dissolved at the end of the trip; but as such caravans became
more regular at any place there grew the tendency to permanence of
organization. These merchant gilds were at first also private associations,
formed voluntarily by the merchants to protect themselves; but they
received public recognition and became a part of the town government as
the town saw the advantage it could get from them in pushing its trade and
protecting it against the efforts of rivals. They included not only
professional merchants, but all who bought and sold, including many
artisans. Of the nine members who belonged to the Shrewsbury merchant
gild in its earliest period two were fishermen and one was a butcher.
53. Position of the merchant gilds; their privilege of monopoly.—
These merchant gilds did not exist in all parts of Europe, and differed much
from each other in the various regions where they did exist. In England,
which we shall choose to illustrate their operation, they became regular
parts of the town government. They were granted one most important
privilege, the exclusive right of trading within the town. “Foreigners,”
Page 58
which meant at this period the people from any other town, whether English
or not, were allowed to bring their wares to the town and to sell them
wholesale, but they were forbidden to purchase wares which the
townspeople wanted for themselves, and they were not allowed to keep
shops and to sell retail. The gilds were not like modern “trusts,” for, in the
first place, their membership was very broad, and, in the second, they were
associations of men, not of capital, and there was no division of profits
among the members. There was a strong feeling of solidarity among the
members, however, and competition between them was discouraged. In
some places there was a law that if a gildsman made a bargain for any ware
another gildsman had the right to share in it if he gave security that he could
pay for the portion he desired.
54. Development of manufactures in the towns; the common
handicrafts.—The growth of towns led, as has been said, to a
specialization in manufactures which was impossible before. All the
industries that had been carried on in villages were continued in towns by
professional craftsmen, and new ones were added as the demand for them
grew. There were from a dozen to a score of handicrafts which supported
for centuries the staple manufacturing groups of the towns: butchers,
bakers, brewers, blacksmiths, goldsmiths, coppersmiths, masons,
carpenters, cabinet-makers, wheelwrights, skinners or furriers, tanners,
shoemakers, saddlers and harness-makers, weavers, dyers, fullers, and
tailors. Most of these terms will be familiar to the reader. Coppersmiths
took the place of the modern tinsmiths before the introduction of tinned
iron. Fullers improved the texture of cloth after it had been woven, by
beating and washing it with fuller’s earth, a clay which absorbs the grease
from the wool; the cloth loses in length and breadth but gains in body and
thickness.
55. The craft gilds.—The craftsmen, like the traders, were organized in
gilds, which followed shortly after the rise of merchant gilds. The general
reason for their existence was the desire on the part of members of a
particular craft to be free to regulate their professional affairs as they
pleased, and the willingness on the part of the public authorities to grant
them this privilege when it seemed to promise better work and better
products for the consumer. To insure efficient regulation the grant of
monopoly was necessary, and accordingly no one was allowed to practise a
craft who did not belong to the appropriate gild. We shall see that the
or not, were allowed to bring their wares to the town and to sell them
wholesale, but they were forbidden to purchase wares which the
townspeople wanted for themselves, and they were not allowed to keep
shops and to sell retail. The gilds were not like modern “trusts,” for, in the
first place, their membership was very broad, and, in the second, they were
associations of men, not of capital, and there was no division of profits
among the members. There was a strong feeling of solidarity among the
members, however, and competition between them was discouraged. In
some places there was a law that if a gildsman made a bargain for any ware
another gildsman had the right to share in it if he gave security that he could
pay for the portion he desired.
54. Development of manufactures in the towns; the common
handicrafts.—The growth of towns led, as has been said, to a
specialization in manufactures which was impossible before. All the
industries that had been carried on in villages were continued in towns by
professional craftsmen, and new ones were added as the demand for them
grew. There were from a dozen to a score of handicrafts which supported
for centuries the staple manufacturing groups of the towns: butchers,
bakers, brewers, blacksmiths, goldsmiths, coppersmiths, masons,
carpenters, cabinet-makers, wheelwrights, skinners or furriers, tanners,
shoemakers, saddlers and harness-makers, weavers, dyers, fullers, and
tailors. Most of these terms will be familiar to the reader. Coppersmiths
took the place of the modern tinsmiths before the introduction of tinned
iron. Fullers improved the texture of cloth after it had been woven, by
beating and washing it with fuller’s earth, a clay which absorbs the grease
from the wool; the cloth loses in length and breadth but gains in body and
thickness.
55. The craft gilds.—The craftsmen, like the traders, were organized in
gilds, which followed shortly after the rise of merchant gilds. The general
reason for their existence was the desire on the part of members of a
particular craft to be free to regulate their professional affairs as they
pleased, and the willingness on the part of the public authorities to grant
them this privilege when it seemed to promise better work and better
products for the consumer. To insure efficient regulation the grant of
monopoly was necessary, and accordingly no one was allowed to practise a
craft who did not belong to the appropriate gild. We shall see that the
Page 59
monopoly was greatly abused in later times and was a serious hindrance to
the development of manufacturing. At the start, however, the craft gilds
were liberal; they desired a large number of members to increase their
political importance, and admitted them freely; inside the gild the class
distinctions were at first unimportant. “The regulations drawn up by the
crafts aimed at the prevention of fraud, and the observance of certain
standards of size and quality in the wares produced. Articles made in
violation of these rules were called ‘false,’ just as clipped or counterfeit
coin was ‘false money.’ For such ‘false work’ the makers were punished by
fines (one half going to the craft, the other half to the town funds), and,
upon the third or fourth offence, by expulsion from the trade. Penalties were
provided, as far as possible, for every sort of deceitful device; such as
putting better wares at the top of a bale than below, moistening groceries so
as to make them heavier, selling second-hand furs for new, soldering
together broken swords, selling sheep leather for doe leather, and many
other like tricks.”
56. Town policy; imports, exports, protection.—Every town felt a
community of interests among its inhabitants and a competition with the
inhabitants of other towns, which expressed themselves in a town policy
very like the national commercial policy of the modern state. We can
consider this municipal policy under several different heads.
(1) Every town had what may be called a “revenue tariff,” consisting of
duties levied on articles brought within the walls, with additional dues for
the use of the market. As an example we can cite a brief extract from one of
the London tariffs, giving the customs on victuals. “Every load of poultry
that comes upon horse, shall pay three farthings, the franchise excepted.... If
a man or woman brings any manner of poultry upon horse, and lets it touch
the ground, such person shall pay for stallage three farthings. And if a man
carries it upon his back and places it upon the ground, he shall pay one half-
penny, of whatever franchise he may be.” It is interesting to note that this
custom still survives in some European cities (octroi).
(2) Prohibitions to export goods, now rare in national policy (though
suggested recently to keep English coal at home), were common in the town
policy, when the supply of necessaries was small. “No butcher, or wife of a
butcher, shall sell tallow or lard to a strange person for carrying to the parts
beyond sea; by reason of the great dearness and scarcity that has been
the development of manufacturing. At the start, however, the craft gilds
were liberal; they desired a large number of members to increase their
political importance, and admitted them freely; inside the gild the class
distinctions were at first unimportant. “The regulations drawn up by the
crafts aimed at the prevention of fraud, and the observance of certain
standards of size and quality in the wares produced. Articles made in
violation of these rules were called ‘false,’ just as clipped or counterfeit
coin was ‘false money.’ For such ‘false work’ the makers were punished by
fines (one half going to the craft, the other half to the town funds), and,
upon the third or fourth offence, by expulsion from the trade. Penalties were
provided, as far as possible, for every sort of deceitful device; such as
putting better wares at the top of a bale than below, moistening groceries so
as to make them heavier, selling second-hand furs for new, soldering
together broken swords, selling sheep leather for doe leather, and many
other like tricks.”
56. Town policy; imports, exports, protection.—Every town felt a
community of interests among its inhabitants and a competition with the
inhabitants of other towns, which expressed themselves in a town policy
very like the national commercial policy of the modern state. We can
consider this municipal policy under several different heads.
(1) Every town had what may be called a “revenue tariff,” consisting of
duties levied on articles brought within the walls, with additional dues for
the use of the market. As an example we can cite a brief extract from one of
the London tariffs, giving the customs on victuals. “Every load of poultry
that comes upon horse, shall pay three farthings, the franchise excepted.... If
a man or woman brings any manner of poultry upon horse, and lets it touch
the ground, such person shall pay for stallage three farthings. And if a man
carries it upon his back and places it upon the ground, he shall pay one half-
penny, of whatever franchise he may be.” It is interesting to note that this
custom still survives in some European cities (octroi).
(2) Prohibitions to export goods, now rare in national policy (though
suggested recently to keep English coal at home), were common in the town
policy, when the supply of necessaries was small. “No butcher, or wife of a
butcher, shall sell tallow or lard to a strange person for carrying to the parts
beyond sea; by reason of the great dearness and scarcity that has been
Page 60
thereof in the City of late.” “No person shall carry corn or malt out of the
City, under penalty of forfeiture.”
(3) The modern idea of protection was applied by the towns in a number
of different ways. Bread from one part of London could not be sold in
another part, which formed a separate jurisdiction. The protection at this
period was attained more commonly, however, by aiming it against persons
rather than wares; the merchant always accompanied his wares at this
period, so it was easy to discriminate against “foreigners,” by making them
pay special dues from which members “of the franchise,” i.e., townspeople,
were excepted, and by restricting their chances for profit. Reference has
been made above to the monopoly of retail trade reserved to townspeople
and designed to protect the “home market.”
57. The market and its regulations.—(4) The market was an institution
used in this period to regulate trade for the benefit of the townspeople; the
name is applied now especially to meat shops simply because regulations
were imposed on butchers after other dealers were freed from them. The
townspeople were afraid that traders bringing provisions for sale could
impose on their needs and force higher prices by making separate individual
bargains. Therefore they required the country people to bring their
provisions to a certain place (market-place) at a certain time, that they
might have the benefit of competition among sellers; and tried to force the
traders to sell out their stock before the close of the market. That all the
townspeople might have an equal chance they were forbidden to buy goods
on their way to market (“forestalling”); to buy larger amounts than they
needed (“engrossing”); and to buy goods for retailing before the ordinary
consumers had supplied their needs (“regrating”). After the close of the
market the town shop-keepers looked after the needs of retail trade.
Ignorance and distrust were still so powerful in the town period that
merchants were subject to constant supervision; they had to employ
officials to weigh and measure for them, and could not employ brokers to
hunt up customers unless the agents were also officials acting under oath.
58. Attempts to regulate prices. The assize of bread.—The town
government went even so far as to set the prices at which wares must be
sold. We are familiar, nowadays, with instances of the regulation of prices
by public authority, as in the case of hack fares. Such instances, however,
are now exceptional, while in the Middle Ages innumerable attempts at
public regulation, covering practically all wares, were made at different
City, under penalty of forfeiture.”
(3) The modern idea of protection was applied by the towns in a number
of different ways. Bread from one part of London could not be sold in
another part, which formed a separate jurisdiction. The protection at this
period was attained more commonly, however, by aiming it against persons
rather than wares; the merchant always accompanied his wares at this
period, so it was easy to discriminate against “foreigners,” by making them
pay special dues from which members “of the franchise,” i.e., townspeople,
were excepted, and by restricting their chances for profit. Reference has
been made above to the monopoly of retail trade reserved to townspeople
and designed to protect the “home market.”
57. The market and its regulations.—(4) The market was an institution
used in this period to regulate trade for the benefit of the townspeople; the
name is applied now especially to meat shops simply because regulations
were imposed on butchers after other dealers were freed from them. The
townspeople were afraid that traders bringing provisions for sale could
impose on their needs and force higher prices by making separate individual
bargains. Therefore they required the country people to bring their
provisions to a certain place (market-place) at a certain time, that they
might have the benefit of competition among sellers; and tried to force the
traders to sell out their stock before the close of the market. That all the
townspeople might have an equal chance they were forbidden to buy goods
on their way to market (“forestalling”); to buy larger amounts than they
needed (“engrossing”); and to buy goods for retailing before the ordinary
consumers had supplied their needs (“regrating”). After the close of the
market the town shop-keepers looked after the needs of retail trade.
Ignorance and distrust were still so powerful in the town period that
merchants were subject to constant supervision; they had to employ
officials to weigh and measure for them, and could not employ brokers to
hunt up customers unless the agents were also officials acting under oath.
58. Attempts to regulate prices. The assize of bread.—The town
government went even so far as to set the prices at which wares must be
sold. We are familiar, nowadays, with instances of the regulation of prices
by public authority, as in the case of hack fares. Such instances, however,
are now exceptional, while in the Middle Ages innumerable attempts at
public regulation, covering practically all wares, were made at different
Page 61
times and places. Most of them were soon given up, because they defeated
their own object; when the price was set too low the ware was no longer
offered, and people suffered more by going without than by paying the
higher price. Thus it was found unwise to set a price for a necessary like
wheat; and high wheat prices were allowed to work their own cure by the
inducement they offered to an increase in supply. It was as hopeless to set a
fixed price for bread, but the government determined that at least the baker
should not make improper profits from the necessities of his customers. It
established, therefore, the “assize of bread,” a sliding-scale which fixed the
weight or the price of a loaf according to the market price of wheat, and so
restricted the power of the baker to raise his charges unduly. The same
system was applied to ale, and assizes of this kind have lasted down to the
nineteenth century in some countries.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Show what would happen to our modern cities if there were an
interruption of commerce, either physical (perhaps the giving out of coal) or
political (wars, strikes attended with violence, etc.).
2. Study the effect on a modern city of such a brief interruption as a great
blizzard.
3. Find the reasons for the rise and growth of the following: London,
York, Paris, St. Omer, Lille, St. Denis, Lyons, Bruges, St. Cloud. [Use a
geography and the encyclopedia.]
4. Starting from the statements in the text, that in a manor of 100
inhabitants the only specialists were perhaps miller and smith, try to think
of specialists who would appear as the group grew in size to 1,000; to
10,000; to 100,000; to 1,000,000. For example, when would the following
appear: watch-maker, artificial limb-maker, shoe-maker, saddler? [The
business directory of a city may supply helpful suggestions.]
5. How has the growth of cities in the U. S. affected the agriculture of the
surrounding districts and the welfare of the farmers?
6. Compare the size of medieval towns with that of towns and villages
familiar to you, and try to realize the conditions if all the larger cities were
swept off the map. [See Abstract of the Census of U. S. giving the
population of all places having 2,500 or more inhabitants, arranged by
States.]
their own object; when the price was set too low the ware was no longer
offered, and people suffered more by going without than by paying the
higher price. Thus it was found unwise to set a price for a necessary like
wheat; and high wheat prices were allowed to work their own cure by the
inducement they offered to an increase in supply. It was as hopeless to set a
fixed price for bread, but the government determined that at least the baker
should not make improper profits from the necessities of his customers. It
established, therefore, the “assize of bread,” a sliding-scale which fixed the
weight or the price of a loaf according to the market price of wheat, and so
restricted the power of the baker to raise his charges unduly. The same
system was applied to ale, and assizes of this kind have lasted down to the
nineteenth century in some countries.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Show what would happen to our modern cities if there were an
interruption of commerce, either physical (perhaps the giving out of coal) or
political (wars, strikes attended with violence, etc.).
2. Study the effect on a modern city of such a brief interruption as a great
blizzard.
3. Find the reasons for the rise and growth of the following: London,
York, Paris, St. Omer, Lille, St. Denis, Lyons, Bruges, St. Cloud. [Use a
geography and the encyclopedia.]
4. Starting from the statements in the text, that in a manor of 100
inhabitants the only specialists were perhaps miller and smith, try to think
of specialists who would appear as the group grew in size to 1,000; to
10,000; to 100,000; to 1,000,000. For example, when would the following
appear: watch-maker, artificial limb-maker, shoe-maker, saddler? [The
business directory of a city may supply helpful suggestions.]
5. How has the growth of cities in the U. S. affected the agriculture of the
surrounding districts and the welfare of the farmers?
6. Compare the size of medieval towns with that of towns and villages
familiar to you, and try to realize the conditions if all the larger cities were
swept off the map. [See Abstract of the Census of U. S. giving the
population of all places having 2,500 or more inhabitants, arranged by
States.]
Page 62
7. (a) Make a list of the ten or fifteen largest towns in modern England.
[Statesman’s Year-Book, index, England, cities and towns.] (b) Compare
this with a list of towns in early times and discover what large towns are of
recent origin. [Cheyney, English towns, pp. 35-39. Beware of the large
figures of population, p. 38; they are misleading.]
8. Write a report on the economic and social life of a medieval town. [See
M. D. Harris, Life, or the original local customs in Cheyney, English towns,
pp. 2-6.]
9. Write a similar report on the merchant gilds. [Harris, Life, chap. 7;
Cheyney, English towns, pp. 12-20.]
10. Reviewing the list of trades in the text, try to realize how the people
managed in the manorial period, when professional specialists in these
trades were lacking.
11. Study the list of craft gilds in York, 1415; find from dictionary and
encyclopædia the meaning of each trade mentioned; arrange them in
classes, as for example: food, clothing, building utensils, personal service,
etc. [Cheyney, English towns, pp. 29-32.]
12. Write a report on the town artisans and the craft gilds. [Harris, Life,
chap. 13; Cheyney, English towns, pp. 21-29.]
13. Compare medieval and modern ideas on the regulation of trade.
[Farrer, The State in its relation to trade, N. Y., Macmillan, 1902, $1.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Gross, Sources, §§ 24a, 72.
General.—For the significance of towns in the development of the
industrial organization the student may be referred to two important books,
differing in details: Schmoller, Merc. system; Bücher, Indust. evolution.
Chapters on the rise of towns and town life will be found in Adams, *Civ.;
Emerton, Med. Eur.; Robinson, Middle Ages; Munro, Hist.; etc. Greater
emphasis is, of course, laid on the economic (including commercial) aspects
of town life in **Ashley and *Cunningham. Jessopp, *Coming, gives a
vivid picture of urban and rural life of the period. Mary D. Harris, **Life in
an old English town (Coventry), London, 1898 (N. Y., Macmillan, $1.75),
should be very useful to student and teacher. Green, **English Towns, is
valuable and interesting for the English towns of the fifteenth century.
[Statesman’s Year-Book, index, England, cities and towns.] (b) Compare
this with a list of towns in early times and discover what large towns are of
recent origin. [Cheyney, English towns, pp. 35-39. Beware of the large
figures of population, p. 38; they are misleading.]
8. Write a report on the economic and social life of a medieval town. [See
M. D. Harris, Life, or the original local customs in Cheyney, English towns,
pp. 2-6.]
9. Write a similar report on the merchant gilds. [Harris, Life, chap. 7;
Cheyney, English towns, pp. 12-20.]
10. Reviewing the list of trades in the text, try to realize how the people
managed in the manorial period, when professional specialists in these
trades were lacking.
11. Study the list of craft gilds in York, 1415; find from dictionary and
encyclopædia the meaning of each trade mentioned; arrange them in
classes, as for example: food, clothing, building utensils, personal service,
etc. [Cheyney, English towns, pp. 29-32.]
12. Write a report on the town artisans and the craft gilds. [Harris, Life,
chap. 13; Cheyney, English towns, pp. 21-29.]
13. Compare medieval and modern ideas on the regulation of trade.
[Farrer, The State in its relation to trade, N. Y., Macmillan, 1902, $1.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Gross, Sources, §§ 24a, 72.
General.—For the significance of towns in the development of the
industrial organization the student may be referred to two important books,
differing in details: Schmoller, Merc. system; Bücher, Indust. evolution.
Chapters on the rise of towns and town life will be found in Adams, *Civ.;
Emerton, Med. Eur.; Robinson, Middle Ages; Munro, Hist.; etc. Greater
emphasis is, of course, laid on the economic (including commercial) aspects
of town life in **Ashley and *Cunningham. Jessopp, *Coming, gives a
vivid picture of urban and rural life of the period. Mary D. Harris, **Life in
an old English town (Coventry), London, 1898 (N. Y., Macmillan, $1.75),
should be very useful to student and teacher. Green, **English Towns, is
valuable and interesting for the English towns of the fifteenth century.
Page 63
Sources.—Cheyney, **English towns and gilds, Penn. Translations,
Phila., 1895, $.20, gives an excellent selection, which can be used to
advantage with advanced students.
Phila., 1895, $.20, gives an excellent selection, which can be used to
advantage with advanced students.
Page 64
CHAPTER VII
LAND TRADE
59. Roads neglected, or left to benevolent associations.—The
maintenance of the roads was still left to local authorities. We find in the
court records of manors that the people reported stretches of road which
were in bad condition, and ordered that they should be repaired under
penalty of fine; but a road had to be very bad before it attracted attention,
and received little care at best. The clergy were the leaders in maintaining
the roads, for their estates were scattered and they felt the need of
transportation as none other but merchants did. Pious persons also devoted
themselves to this object, as a meritorious work like visiting the sick or
caring for the poor; they formed associations to keep roads in repair, and
left bequests to allow the work to be carried on after their death. The Alpine
hospices, which are so familiar to visitors in Switzerland now, were
established by religious orders to help travelers and merchants on their way.
60. Difficulties of transportation by road.—A feudal lawyer
distinguished in theory five kinds of roads: the path, the wagon road of
eight feet, the road of sixteen feet, the highway of thirty-two feet, and the
Roman roads of sixty-four feet. There was nothing in reality to correspond
to this distinction. The Roman roads were still in use, but they were too
much worn and too few in number to raise the general level of
transportation. When an English king wanted to transport provisions to
Scotland about 1300, he required four horses, or, in the northern counties,
eight oxen to a wagon. Transportation by wagon was so difficult that pack
animals were still in general use and travelers nearly always went on
horseback, both men and women riding astride, and twenty miles being
considered a fair day’s journey. The town of Bristol was granted a county
court in 1373 to save the townspeople the journey to Gloucester, “distant
thirty miles of road, deep, especially in winter time, and dangerous to
passengers.” At the very end of this period (1499) a glover traveling to
market at Aylesbury was drowned with his horse in a pit which a miller had
dug to get clay from the road. A court acquitted the miller on the ground
that he had no malicious intent, and really did not know of any other place
where he could get the kind of clay he wanted.
LAND TRADE
59. Roads neglected, or left to benevolent associations.—The
maintenance of the roads was still left to local authorities. We find in the
court records of manors that the people reported stretches of road which
were in bad condition, and ordered that they should be repaired under
penalty of fine; but a road had to be very bad before it attracted attention,
and received little care at best. The clergy were the leaders in maintaining
the roads, for their estates were scattered and they felt the need of
transportation as none other but merchants did. Pious persons also devoted
themselves to this object, as a meritorious work like visiting the sick or
caring for the poor; they formed associations to keep roads in repair, and
left bequests to allow the work to be carried on after their death. The Alpine
hospices, which are so familiar to visitors in Switzerland now, were
established by religious orders to help travelers and merchants on their way.
60. Difficulties of transportation by road.—A feudal lawyer
distinguished in theory five kinds of roads: the path, the wagon road of
eight feet, the road of sixteen feet, the highway of thirty-two feet, and the
Roman roads of sixty-four feet. There was nothing in reality to correspond
to this distinction. The Roman roads were still in use, but they were too
much worn and too few in number to raise the general level of
transportation. When an English king wanted to transport provisions to
Scotland about 1300, he required four horses, or, in the northern counties,
eight oxen to a wagon. Transportation by wagon was so difficult that pack
animals were still in general use and travelers nearly always went on
horseback, both men and women riding astride, and twenty miles being
considered a fair day’s journey. The town of Bristol was granted a county
court in 1373 to save the townspeople the journey to Gloucester, “distant
thirty miles of road, deep, especially in winter time, and dangerous to
passengers.” At the very end of this period (1499) a glover traveling to
market at Aylesbury was drowned with his horse in a pit which a miller had
dug to get clay from the road. A court acquitted the miller on the ground
that he had no malicious intent, and really did not know of any other place
where he could get the kind of clay he wanted.
Page 65
61. Lack of bridges.—Bridges were still rare. Those which the Romans
had built fell into ruins; they were rebuilt in wood, or replaced by bridges of
boats, by simple ferries, or by mere fords. Complaint was made to the
English Parliament in 1376 that nobody was bound to maintain the bridge
over the Trent near Nottingham; the bridge was “ruinous,” and “oftentimes
have several persons been drowned, as well horsemen, as carts, man and
harness”: Parliament refused authority to keep the bridge in repair. A large
number of towns had grown up on rivers, as is shown, for instance, by the
number of English town names ending in -ford, -bridge, -ferry; and the
difficulty and danger of crossing the streams were serious obstacles to trade.
Pious and public-spirited people took up the work which the government
was still unable to undertake, and devoted their time and money to the
construction and repair of bridges; the church assisted by the grant of
indulgences (remitting church punishments for sins) to those who
contributed. Even now the religious character of some of the European
bridges is attested by the chapels built on or near them.
62. Advantages of river transportation.—The difficulties of land
transport led to the use of river navigation wherever it was practicable. It is
said that the flow of many European rivers was more full in the Middle
Ages than it is now, and though the course was apt to be obstructed by mill
dams and fish-weirs, and little was done to preserve the channel, merchants
could transport by rivers bulky articles which would not have paid for their
carriage on land. A single boat, it is estimated, carried as much as 500 pack
animals would take, and it often paid to go far out of the shortest way to a
market to follow navigable water. It was cheaper, for instance, to bring salt
from Lüneburg to Brandenburg by way of Lübeck and Stettin, though the
direct land route was of course far shorter.
63. Danger of violence on the road.—The physical difficulties of travel
were accompanied by danger of violence of which people nowadays have
little conception. The church attempted to secure the safety of merchants,
and cooperated with the political authorities in maintaining the “Peace of
God,” and in repressing disorder. The feudal system had developed into a
more efficient system of government in its later period, and something like
the modern state rose from it before the close of the Middle Ages. But in
spite of all efforts highway robbery and violence were regular and normal
occurrences, even in the more advanced countries. In many parts of Europe
merchants still traveled in temporary bands or “caravans,” for better
had built fell into ruins; they were rebuilt in wood, or replaced by bridges of
boats, by simple ferries, or by mere fords. Complaint was made to the
English Parliament in 1376 that nobody was bound to maintain the bridge
over the Trent near Nottingham; the bridge was “ruinous,” and “oftentimes
have several persons been drowned, as well horsemen, as carts, man and
harness”: Parliament refused authority to keep the bridge in repair. A large
number of towns had grown up on rivers, as is shown, for instance, by the
number of English town names ending in -ford, -bridge, -ferry; and the
difficulty and danger of crossing the streams were serious obstacles to trade.
Pious and public-spirited people took up the work which the government
was still unable to undertake, and devoted their time and money to the
construction and repair of bridges; the church assisted by the grant of
indulgences (remitting church punishments for sins) to those who
contributed. Even now the religious character of some of the European
bridges is attested by the chapels built on or near them.
62. Advantages of river transportation.—The difficulties of land
transport led to the use of river navigation wherever it was practicable. It is
said that the flow of many European rivers was more full in the Middle
Ages than it is now, and though the course was apt to be obstructed by mill
dams and fish-weirs, and little was done to preserve the channel, merchants
could transport by rivers bulky articles which would not have paid for their
carriage on land. A single boat, it is estimated, carried as much as 500 pack
animals would take, and it often paid to go far out of the shortest way to a
market to follow navigable water. It was cheaper, for instance, to bring salt
from Lüneburg to Brandenburg by way of Lübeck and Stettin, though the
direct land route was of course far shorter.
63. Danger of violence on the road.—The physical difficulties of travel
were accompanied by danger of violence of which people nowadays have
little conception. The church attempted to secure the safety of merchants,
and cooperated with the political authorities in maintaining the “Peace of
God,” and in repressing disorder. The feudal system had developed into a
more efficient system of government in its later period, and something like
the modern state rose from it before the close of the Middle Ages. But in
spite of all efforts highway robbery and violence were regular and normal
occurrences, even in the more advanced countries. In many parts of Europe
merchants still traveled in temporary bands or “caravans,” for better
Page 66
protection, and students going to college in England were encouraged to
carry arms on the journey.
64. Complicity of feudal lords in robbery.—The King of France tried
in vain, in the thirteenth century, to make feudal lords responsible for
crimes committed in their territories. The lords were often accomplices in
the crimes; the King himself was not always above suspicion; and even
dignitaries of the church or heroes of the crusades turned highway robbers
on occasion. An indication of the conditions is given by a complaint of the
English House of Commons in 1348. “Whereas it is notoriously known
throughout all the shires of England that robbers, thieves, and other
malefactors on foot and on horseback, go and ride on the highway through
all the land in divers places, committing larcenies and robberies; may it
please our lord the king to charge the nobility of the land that none such be
maintained by them, privately nor openly; but that they help to arrest and
take such bad fellows.” A century before, two merchants from the continent
had been robbed in Hampshire; the culprits were arrested, but could not be
convicted for a long time; finally more than sixty persons were executed for
complicity in this and similar crimes, the number including many men of
position, numerous royal officials and some even of the king’s household.
Shakespeare’s story of Prince Hal’s exploits on the road may not be true,
but it is not at all improbable.
65. Tolls imposed by feudal authorities.—It would be a great mistake to
suppose that the merchant’s expense comprised only the sums necessary to
transport his goods over bad roads and to protect himself against robbers. In
addition every merchant had to pay the feudal tolls: tolls for the repair of a
road which was not kept up, and tolls for protection which he had to furnish
himself. Feudal lords were everywhere, and every feudal lord tried to make
money out of the movement of men and goods. As early as the time of
Charlemagne (809) we find the central government attempting to keep the
ways of commerce open. Charlemagne forbade the compelling of travelers
to use bridges when there were short-cuts, or the building of bridges in dry
places to extort passage money from travelers, or the stretching of ropes
across streams to force ships to pay for the right of passage with money or
wares. The attempt was vain. The power of the central government fell into
the hands of local lords, and was exercised by them without regard to any
but selfish and local interests.
carry arms on the journey.
64. Complicity of feudal lords in robbery.—The King of France tried
in vain, in the thirteenth century, to make feudal lords responsible for
crimes committed in their territories. The lords were often accomplices in
the crimes; the King himself was not always above suspicion; and even
dignitaries of the church or heroes of the crusades turned highway robbers
on occasion. An indication of the conditions is given by a complaint of the
English House of Commons in 1348. “Whereas it is notoriously known
throughout all the shires of England that robbers, thieves, and other
malefactors on foot and on horseback, go and ride on the highway through
all the land in divers places, committing larcenies and robberies; may it
please our lord the king to charge the nobility of the land that none such be
maintained by them, privately nor openly; but that they help to arrest and
take such bad fellows.” A century before, two merchants from the continent
had been robbed in Hampshire; the culprits were arrested, but could not be
convicted for a long time; finally more than sixty persons were executed for
complicity in this and similar crimes, the number including many men of
position, numerous royal officials and some even of the king’s household.
Shakespeare’s story of Prince Hal’s exploits on the road may not be true,
but it is not at all improbable.
65. Tolls imposed by feudal authorities.—It would be a great mistake to
suppose that the merchant’s expense comprised only the sums necessary to
transport his goods over bad roads and to protect himself against robbers. In
addition every merchant had to pay the feudal tolls: tolls for the repair of a
road which was not kept up, and tolls for protection which he had to furnish
himself. Feudal lords were everywhere, and every feudal lord tried to make
money out of the movement of men and goods. As early as the time of
Charlemagne (809) we find the central government attempting to keep the
ways of commerce open. Charlemagne forbade the compelling of travelers
to use bridges when there were short-cuts, or the building of bridges in dry
places to extort passage money from travelers, or the stretching of ropes
across streams to force ships to pay for the right of passage with money or
wares. The attempt was vain. The power of the central government fell into
the hands of local lords, and was exercised by them without regard to any
but selfish and local interests.
Page 67
66. Variety and number of tolls.—The variety of feudal tolls is almost
inconceivable. Attempts by scholars to classify them as we should modern
fees and taxes are useless, because no principle underlay the system. A
French scholar has made a list of seventeen different kinds of tolls, but this
is rough and incomplete. We can say in general that tolls were levied
everywhere and on everything. Even a jongleur, the equivalent to the
modern organ-grinder, could not pass the gates of Paris without making his
monkey show off to pay his own way. A man had to pay toll not only when
he went over a bridge; he had to pay a toll when he went under it, and could
not escape the toll by going around it.
Places at which tolls were levied are marked by a line across the river, or, when many were levied at
one place, by lines drawn near the river. The tolls as shown were established at different times
down to the seventeenth century, and affected different wares; so that a merchant did not have to
pay all of them at any time. The map of the Hudson is inserted as a help in estimating distances.
In the thirteenth century there were on one side of the Rhone four toll-
stations on a stretch of little over thirty miles. In the fourteenth century
there were 74 tolls on the Loire, from Roanne to Nantes; 12 on the Allier;
10 on the Sarth; 60 on the Rhone and Saone; 70 on the Garonne or on the
inconceivable. Attempts by scholars to classify them as we should modern
fees and taxes are useless, because no principle underlay the system. A
French scholar has made a list of seventeen different kinds of tolls, but this
is rough and incomplete. We can say in general that tolls were levied
everywhere and on everything. Even a jongleur, the equivalent to the
modern organ-grinder, could not pass the gates of Paris without making his
monkey show off to pay his own way. A man had to pay toll not only when
he went over a bridge; he had to pay a toll when he went under it, and could
not escape the toll by going around it.
Places at which tolls were levied are marked by a line across the river, or, when many were levied at
one place, by lines drawn near the river. The tolls as shown were established at different times
down to the seventeenth century, and affected different wares; so that a merchant did not have to
pay all of them at any time. The map of the Hudson is inserted as a help in estimating distances.
In the thirteenth century there were on one side of the Rhone four toll-
stations on a stretch of little over thirty miles. In the fourteenth century
there were 74 tolls on the Loire, from Roanne to Nantes; 12 on the Allier;
10 on the Sarth; 60 on the Rhone and Saone; 70 on the Garonne or on the
Page 68
land-routes between la Reole and Narbonne; 9 on the Seine between the
Grand Pont of Paris and the Roche-Guyon. There were 13 toll-stations on
the Rhine between Mainz and Cologne. In a few hours’ walk around
Nuremberg one passed 10 stations.
The traveler abroad, whose route follows the line of medieval trade, is
struck with the number of feudal castles which he passes. He admires the
picturesque ruins, perhaps, without realizing that each castle was once a toll
station and without reflecting that the Hudson shows a higher stage of
civilization than the Rhine.
67. Abuses of the tolls.—The burden of the tolls was aggravated by the
fact, already suggested, that the merchant got nothing in return except the
right to look out for himself. The merchants were forced to associate to do
what the river lords neglected: keep up the tow-paths, drag the river-bed,
build warehouses and wharves. The merchant might pay a lord for a safe-
conduct which was supposed to assure him protection in a certain territory,
and then be robbed by the lord himself.
According to the feudal theory exemption from tolls must be granted in
certain cases. Supplies for the army and navy, for the king and higher
officials, for churches, hospitals, and monasteries, should pay no toll.
Scholars at the universities enjoyed in theory an immunity which they could
not secure in fact. The merchant, however, was always regarded as fair prey,
and wares of commerce which were supposed to be exempt, as in France,
for instance, wares on their way to Lyons fair, enjoyed only partial
immunity. A sixteenth-century French writer instances as an example of the
oppression of tolls the case of a merchant who shipped to the East some
cloth that was wet on the voyage and had to be sent back to Paris to be
redyed; all along the road in France the tolls had to be paid over again. The
collectors levied toll even on grain that was being taken to mill, on cattle
that were to be used as plow animals, on agricultural implements and
manure.
68. Development of the toll system.—With the growth of commerce the
toll-stations of course increased in value; and the practice grew up of
leasing them to contractors, who paid a high sum for the privilege and had
to devise, an old author tells us, “ten thousand new and unusual tyrannies,
frauds and exactions” to make any profit for themselves. Many kept
taverns, and managed to detain the merchant for days on various pretexts,
such as absence of the proper official. Some made the merchant pay to be
Grand Pont of Paris and the Roche-Guyon. There were 13 toll-stations on
the Rhine between Mainz and Cologne. In a few hours’ walk around
Nuremberg one passed 10 stations.
The traveler abroad, whose route follows the line of medieval trade, is
struck with the number of feudal castles which he passes. He admires the
picturesque ruins, perhaps, without realizing that each castle was once a toll
station and without reflecting that the Hudson shows a higher stage of
civilization than the Rhine.
67. Abuses of the tolls.—The burden of the tolls was aggravated by the
fact, already suggested, that the merchant got nothing in return except the
right to look out for himself. The merchants were forced to associate to do
what the river lords neglected: keep up the tow-paths, drag the river-bed,
build warehouses and wharves. The merchant might pay a lord for a safe-
conduct which was supposed to assure him protection in a certain territory,
and then be robbed by the lord himself.
According to the feudal theory exemption from tolls must be granted in
certain cases. Supplies for the army and navy, for the king and higher
officials, for churches, hospitals, and monasteries, should pay no toll.
Scholars at the universities enjoyed in theory an immunity which they could
not secure in fact. The merchant, however, was always regarded as fair prey,
and wares of commerce which were supposed to be exempt, as in France,
for instance, wares on their way to Lyons fair, enjoyed only partial
immunity. A sixteenth-century French writer instances as an example of the
oppression of tolls the case of a merchant who shipped to the East some
cloth that was wet on the voyage and had to be sent back to Paris to be
redyed; all along the road in France the tolls had to be paid over again. The
collectors levied toll even on grain that was being taken to mill, on cattle
that were to be used as plow animals, on agricultural implements and
manure.
68. Development of the toll system.—With the growth of commerce the
toll-stations of course increased in value; and the practice grew up of
leasing them to contractors, who paid a high sum for the privilege and had
to devise, an old author tells us, “ten thousand new and unusual tyrannies,
frauds and exactions” to make any profit for themselves. Many kept
taverns, and managed to detain the merchant for days on various pretexts,
such as absence of the proper official. Some made the merchant pay to be
Page 69
relieved of the necessity of having his wares unpacked and weighed and
measured in detail. Many kept the tariff secret, and extorted what they could
on every occasion. Some lived far from the highway, and some put their
offices by design on impracticable roads, and fined the merchants heavily
who went by another route.
On some routes, as along the middle Rhine, Bingen to Coblenz, it was
almost impossible for commerce to be carried on except along the river, and
very heavy tolls could be levied here without danger of the merchants
escaping; but under other conditions the collectors established wings, as
they were called, secondary offices on the side-roads to prevent evasion of
the toll. Some collectors established regular pools, to use the modern term
applied to railroad combination; twenty-five or thirty of them, representing
perhaps five or six separate toll-areas, associated and agreed upon their
rates; then they pooled and divided their profits.
69. Constraint of trade by tolls.—The establishment of toll-stations put
an artificial constraint on trade, which kept it in the paths most convenient
for the collectors, not most suitable to the merchants. Lords would not
allow new and better roads to be built, for fear that profits on the old roads
would be impaired. The compulsion to follow certain routes (German
Strassenzwang) became a serious evil as commerce developed and sought
new openings; and the loss to the public was far greater than any gain by
the toll receiver.
Peculiarly noxious customs clustered around the rights which feudal
lords claimed for themselves in the period when the central government was
powerless. The right to a wrecked ship, which had once been the
prerogative of the king, could be distorted so that the whole cargo of a
Regensburg ship was confiscated in 1396 because a single little cask had
fallen off into the Danube. It was an accepted rule in Germany that if a
wagon broke down so that the axle touched the ground it became a part of
the land and belonged to the lord of the territory; break-downs must have
been frequent, in view of the wretched condition of the roads, and it has
been suggested that lords sought to cause them by traps and pitfalls.
70. Burden of the tolls on trade.—The most evident effect of the tolls
was the additional cost of transportation which must be paid, of course, by
the consumer. The price of a ware might rise, within a comparatively short
distance, so much that it could not be sold at all. It has been estimated that
in the fourteenth century the Rhine tolls merely on the stretch between
measured in detail. Many kept the tariff secret, and extorted what they could
on every occasion. Some lived far from the highway, and some put their
offices by design on impracticable roads, and fined the merchants heavily
who went by another route.
On some routes, as along the middle Rhine, Bingen to Coblenz, it was
almost impossible for commerce to be carried on except along the river, and
very heavy tolls could be levied here without danger of the merchants
escaping; but under other conditions the collectors established wings, as
they were called, secondary offices on the side-roads to prevent evasion of
the toll. Some collectors established regular pools, to use the modern term
applied to railroad combination; twenty-five or thirty of them, representing
perhaps five or six separate toll-areas, associated and agreed upon their
rates; then they pooled and divided their profits.
69. Constraint of trade by tolls.—The establishment of toll-stations put
an artificial constraint on trade, which kept it in the paths most convenient
for the collectors, not most suitable to the merchants. Lords would not
allow new and better roads to be built, for fear that profits on the old roads
would be impaired. The compulsion to follow certain routes (German
Strassenzwang) became a serious evil as commerce developed and sought
new openings; and the loss to the public was far greater than any gain by
the toll receiver.
Peculiarly noxious customs clustered around the rights which feudal
lords claimed for themselves in the period when the central government was
powerless. The right to a wrecked ship, which had once been the
prerogative of the king, could be distorted so that the whole cargo of a
Regensburg ship was confiscated in 1396 because a single little cask had
fallen off into the Danube. It was an accepted rule in Germany that if a
wagon broke down so that the axle touched the ground it became a part of
the land and belonged to the lord of the territory; break-downs must have
been frequent, in view of the wretched condition of the roads, and it has
been suggested that lords sought to cause them by traps and pitfalls.
70. Burden of the tolls on trade.—The most evident effect of the tolls
was the additional cost of transportation which must be paid, of course, by
the consumer. The price of a ware might rise, within a comparatively short
distance, so much that it could not be sold at all. It has been estimated that
in the fourteenth century the Rhine tolls merely on the stretch between
Page 70
Bingen and Coblenz amounted to two thirds of the value of the wares. Even
in the fifteenth century, and after some reform had been effected in the
French tolls, the price of goods was doubled by carriage from Nantes to
Orleans on the Loire or from Honfleur to Paris on the Seine.
Besides the loss of money there was the loss of time; a merchant might
arrive at his destination too late to find a market for his wares, or might find
that they had deteriorated on the road. The monks of Beauvais took three
pennyworths from each horse load that passed by, and on fast days they
spent so much time in selecting their fish that the rest of the load spoiled
before it reached Paris.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Make a study of the roads in your own State, noting (a) the extent of
good and of bad roads, (b) the effect on transportation, (c) the system under
which the roads are maintained, (d) organized attempts at improvement.
Study the system of New Jersey and its effects. [Documents aiding in this
study may be obtained from the Department of Agriculture, Washington,
and probably from the government of your own State—apply to State
Librarian for information.]
2. To what extent is river navigation practised in your State? Was it not
more important before the introduction of railways?
3. Estimate the distance between the points named in the text, sect. 62, by
land and by water.
4. Have we had in the U. S. in recent times any similar dangers of
violence in transportation? [Read the history of gold-mining in California,
in H. H. Bancroft or other available books.]
5. Robber knights in medieval Germany. [Baring-Gould, Story, chap. 22.]
6. Read the first part of Shakespeare, Henry IV, about the exploits of
Prince Hal and Falstaff on the highway.
7. What would be the effect on trade in your State if tolls were levied on
the border of every county, or even inside the counties?
8. Using a good map find from the scale of miles the length of one of the
stretches mentioned in sect. 66 (for example, Mainz to Cologne), and insert
the toll stations; then transfer this, changing the scale if necessary, to some
road or railroad entering the place where you live.
in the fifteenth century, and after some reform had been effected in the
French tolls, the price of goods was doubled by carriage from Nantes to
Orleans on the Loire or from Honfleur to Paris on the Seine.
Besides the loss of money there was the loss of time; a merchant might
arrive at his destination too late to find a market for his wares, or might find
that they had deteriorated on the road. The monks of Beauvais took three
pennyworths from each horse load that passed by, and on fast days they
spent so much time in selecting their fish that the rest of the load spoiled
before it reached Paris.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Make a study of the roads in your own State, noting (a) the extent of
good and of bad roads, (b) the effect on transportation, (c) the system under
which the roads are maintained, (d) organized attempts at improvement.
Study the system of New Jersey and its effects. [Documents aiding in this
study may be obtained from the Department of Agriculture, Washington,
and probably from the government of your own State—apply to State
Librarian for information.]
2. To what extent is river navigation practised in your State? Was it not
more important before the introduction of railways?
3. Estimate the distance between the points named in the text, sect. 62, by
land and by water.
4. Have we had in the U. S. in recent times any similar dangers of
violence in transportation? [Read the history of gold-mining in California,
in H. H. Bancroft or other available books.]
5. Robber knights in medieval Germany. [Baring-Gould, Story, chap. 22.]
6. Read the first part of Shakespeare, Henry IV, about the exploits of
Prince Hal and Falstaff on the highway.
7. What would be the effect on trade in your State if tolls were levied on
the border of every county, or even inside the counties?
8. Using a good map find from the scale of miles the length of one of the
stretches mentioned in sect. 66 (for example, Mainz to Cologne), and insert
the toll stations; then transfer this, changing the scale if necessary, to some
road or railroad entering the place where you live.
Page 71
9. Modern railroad officials are sometimes called “robber barons.”
Assuming the truth of charges made against them, discuss the
appropriateness of the term, indicating points of likeness and of difference
with respect to medieval nobles.
10. Compare medieval and modern compulsion in the choice of routes.
What is alleged to be the attitude of transcontinental railroads to the
construction of the Panama Canal?
11. Using the method suggested in sect. 66 apply the statements in sect.
70 to conditions at home, and show how much medieval tolls would add to
the present low charges of transportation.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
By far the best reference that can be given is Jusserand, **English
wayfaring life. If a library containing older books is available much of
interest will be found in Smiles, *Lives of the engineers, London, 1862, vol.
1. A good study will be found also in the Economic Review, vol. 7, July,
1897: Alice Law, English towns and roads in the thirteenth century.
Assuming the truth of charges made against them, discuss the
appropriateness of the term, indicating points of likeness and of difference
with respect to medieval nobles.
10. Compare medieval and modern compulsion in the choice of routes.
What is alleged to be the attitude of transcontinental railroads to the
construction of the Panama Canal?
11. Using the method suggested in sect. 66 apply the statements in sect.
70 to conditions at home, and show how much medieval tolls would add to
the present low charges of transportation.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
By far the best reference that can be given is Jusserand, **English
wayfaring life. If a library containing older books is available much of
interest will be found in Smiles, *Lives of the engineers, London, 1862, vol.
1. A good study will be found also in the Economic Review, vol. 7, July,
1897: Alice Law, English towns and roads in the thirteenth century.
Page 72
CHAPTER VIII
FAIRS
71. Fairs; the reason for their existence.—The foregoing description of
medieval commerce will have shown that trade was far less extensive than
it is now, and will suggest the reason for one of the characteristic trading
institutions of the time—the fairs.
Every person with wares to sell seeks a purchaser who desires those
particular wares and who will give him in exchange something that he
himself desires. Nowadays, for instance, a farmer brings his country
products to the city, seeks out a produce merchant who will give him money
for it, makes his purchases at the dry goods store with the money, and
returns contented; he has exchanged his surplus for what he lacks. If there is
no special store where he can sell his produce he must seek out buyers by
going around to the separate houses, and if there is no general store where
he can make his purchases he must again hunt up the individuals who make
or sell what he desires. Where exchange is still relatively rare it may be a
very troublesome process to find the buyers and sellers of particular wares,
and the following device has almost always been adopted to meet the
difficulty; people who desire to trade agree to meet at a certain time and
place, so that there will be every chance that buyer and seller will find each
other and secure that coincidence of supply and demand which exchange
implies. The current of trade is dammed for a time as it were; then allowed
to flow in much greater volume for a little while, then dammed again.
72. Comparison of fairs with markets and modern exchanges.—Even
now the old custom of “market days” persists in some places, and once it
was universal; townspeople and country people agreed on a certain day, and
met in the market-place then to exchange their wares. A fair is the same
kind of institution as a market, and grew up for similar reasons, but it
represented a further step of development, for it attracted buyers and sellers
from a far greater area, and served the needs of wholesale as well as retail
trade. The fair is, of course, much less advanced than the modern exchanges
(stock and produce), from the fact that it was intermittent instead of being
continuous, as well as for other reasons; but in the Middle Ages it was the
FAIRS
71. Fairs; the reason for their existence.—The foregoing description of
medieval commerce will have shown that trade was far less extensive than
it is now, and will suggest the reason for one of the characteristic trading
institutions of the time—the fairs.
Every person with wares to sell seeks a purchaser who desires those
particular wares and who will give him in exchange something that he
himself desires. Nowadays, for instance, a farmer brings his country
products to the city, seeks out a produce merchant who will give him money
for it, makes his purchases at the dry goods store with the money, and
returns contented; he has exchanged his surplus for what he lacks. If there is
no special store where he can sell his produce he must seek out buyers by
going around to the separate houses, and if there is no general store where
he can make his purchases he must again hunt up the individuals who make
or sell what he desires. Where exchange is still relatively rare it may be a
very troublesome process to find the buyers and sellers of particular wares,
and the following device has almost always been adopted to meet the
difficulty; people who desire to trade agree to meet at a certain time and
place, so that there will be every chance that buyer and seller will find each
other and secure that coincidence of supply and demand which exchange
implies. The current of trade is dammed for a time as it were; then allowed
to flow in much greater volume for a little while, then dammed again.
72. Comparison of fairs with markets and modern exchanges.—Even
now the old custom of “market days” persists in some places, and once it
was universal; townspeople and country people agreed on a certain day, and
met in the market-place then to exchange their wares. A fair is the same
kind of institution as a market, and grew up for similar reasons, but it
represented a further step of development, for it attracted buyers and sellers
from a far greater area, and served the needs of wholesale as well as retail
trade. The fair is, of course, much less advanced than the modern exchanges
(stock and produce), from the fact that it was intermittent instead of being
continuous, as well as for other reasons; but in the Middle Ages it was the
Page 73
means by which commerce grew strong, and the prosperity of commerce
could be measured by the prosperity of fairs.
The fairs always attracted people for social as well as business purposes;
life in the Middle Ages would be regarded as insufferably dull at the present
time, and both townspeople and country people enjoyed the excitement
which the fair brought with it. There were “side-shows” in plenty, then;
wild animals, trained dogs, and monstrosities, poets and musicians, actors
and clowns, dancing and gambling halls; and there was a good opportunity
to turn a penny dishonestly as well as honestly. The court roll of the English
fairs of St. Ives tells us of a defendant who was caught selling a ring of
brass for 51⁄2d., saying “that the ring was of the purest gold, and that he and
a one-eyed man found it on the last Sunday in the Church of St. Ives, near
the Cross.”
73. Privileges of merchants trading at a fair.—The fair ordinarily grew
up under the protection of some feudal lord, secular or ecclesiastical, who
endeavored in every way to further its growth that he might increase his
revenue from the taxes he imposed on it. The lord of a fair endeavored to
attract merchants by guaranteeing them protection on their way, and there
were many cases in which the lord took up the cause of merchants of his
fair who had been robbed or maltreated by others, and forced restitution.
Furthermore, he endeavored to secure exemption from tolls for wares on the
way to his fair, and sometimes merchants on their way to a fair were freed
from the attachment of the person for debt. Inside the fair a freedom of
trade was allowed which was unusual at the time, and various special
privileges were granted the merchants. The most important of these was a
special court in which cases of breach of contract and the like could be
tried. It was called the Court of Pie Powder (Pie, French pied, foot; curia
pedis pulverizati, court of dusty foot) from the dusty feet of the merchants,
or, as some said, because justice was done as speedily as dust would fall
from the foot. At any rate this court did give a rough and ready means of
settling commercial disputes by referring them to a committee of traders,
which was highly prized because commercial law was still in its infancy,
and no justice could be looked for in a manorial or a feudal court.
74. Great fairs in Europe. The fairs of Champagne.—It would be
possible to give a long list of fairs, for every country of Europe had them in
varying number at different times. The oldest was probably that of St. Denis
at Paris, which may have been founded (as its patrons alleged) in the
could be measured by the prosperity of fairs.
The fairs always attracted people for social as well as business purposes;
life in the Middle Ages would be regarded as insufferably dull at the present
time, and both townspeople and country people enjoyed the excitement
which the fair brought with it. There were “side-shows” in plenty, then;
wild animals, trained dogs, and monstrosities, poets and musicians, actors
and clowns, dancing and gambling halls; and there was a good opportunity
to turn a penny dishonestly as well as honestly. The court roll of the English
fairs of St. Ives tells us of a defendant who was caught selling a ring of
brass for 51⁄2d., saying “that the ring was of the purest gold, and that he and
a one-eyed man found it on the last Sunday in the Church of St. Ives, near
the Cross.”
73. Privileges of merchants trading at a fair.—The fair ordinarily grew
up under the protection of some feudal lord, secular or ecclesiastical, who
endeavored in every way to further its growth that he might increase his
revenue from the taxes he imposed on it. The lord of a fair endeavored to
attract merchants by guaranteeing them protection on their way, and there
were many cases in which the lord took up the cause of merchants of his
fair who had been robbed or maltreated by others, and forced restitution.
Furthermore, he endeavored to secure exemption from tolls for wares on the
way to his fair, and sometimes merchants on their way to a fair were freed
from the attachment of the person for debt. Inside the fair a freedom of
trade was allowed which was unusual at the time, and various special
privileges were granted the merchants. The most important of these was a
special court in which cases of breach of contract and the like could be
tried. It was called the Court of Pie Powder (Pie, French pied, foot; curia
pedis pulverizati, court of dusty foot) from the dusty feet of the merchants,
or, as some said, because justice was done as speedily as dust would fall
from the foot. At any rate this court did give a rough and ready means of
settling commercial disputes by referring them to a committee of traders,
which was highly prized because commercial law was still in its infancy,
and no justice could be looked for in a manorial or a feudal court.
74. Great fairs in Europe. The fairs of Champagne.—It would be
possible to give a long list of fairs, for every country of Europe had them in
varying number at different times. The oldest was probably that of St. Denis
at Paris, which may have been founded (as its patrons alleged) in the
Page 74
seventh century, and which was certainly in active operation long before the
time of Charlemagne. In a later period another Paris fair, that of St.
Germain, became more important, and later still the fairs in the French
province of Champagne became the most flourishing in Europe. The
prosperity of these fairs was due in part to their geographical position,
which made them a natural trade center and distributing point when
commerce on land was more important than that on sea, but still more,
apparently, to the good government and wise policy of the Counts of
Champagne. The Counts gave sufficient protection both at home and
abroad, maintained regular and reasonable dues, and did everything to
stimulate the confidence of the merchant class. They got an enviable
reputation by their strictness in forcing the proper execution of contracts
made at the fairs, and took such precautions to assure the payment of debts
contracted there that some merchants (or bankers) went to the fairs simply
to loan money.
time of Charlemagne. In a later period another Paris fair, that of St.
Germain, became more important, and later still the fairs in the French
province of Champagne became the most flourishing in Europe. The
prosperity of these fairs was due in part to their geographical position,
which made them a natural trade center and distributing point when
commerce on land was more important than that on sea, but still more,
apparently, to the good government and wise policy of the Counts of
Champagne. The Counts gave sufficient protection both at home and
abroad, maintained regular and reasonable dues, and did everything to
stimulate the confidence of the merchant class. They got an enviable
reputation by their strictness in forcing the proper execution of contracts
made at the fairs, and took such precautions to assure the payment of debts
contracted there that some merchants (or bankers) went to the fairs simply
to loan money.
Page 75
Page 76
Most of the traffic of the Champagne fairs went North and South, by way of Flanders and of Italy.
Merchants from Normandy ascended the river Oise to its junction with the land route. The route of
German merchants is unknown, but most of them probably went by way of Bruges.
75. Trade at the Champagne fairs; other continental fairs.—In the
thirteenth century, the period of their greatest prosperity, six fairs were held
at different places in Champagne, of which Troyes and Provins, southeast of
Paris, were the most important. Each lasted over six weeks, and, following
in rotation, they supplied an almost continuous market. Here one might find
all the wares which formed the objects of commerce in Europe; textiles of
silk, wool, and linen; minor manufactures and jewelry; drugs and spices;
raw materials like salt and metals; leather, skins, and furs; foods and drinks,
live stock and slaves. The bulk of the trading was done by merchants from
various parts of France and Flanders (modern Belgium) and by Italians who
came up over the Alpine passes; there were also Germans and Spanish, and,
in less number, English, Dutch, and Swiss. Wares came from more distant
countries, Scandinavia and the eastern Mediterranean, but changed hands
on the way.
The fairs declined as heavier dues were imposed, and especially when
Champagne was brought directly under the French king, about 1300; wars
diverted the merchants from Champagne to Flanders, and the growth of sea-
trade favored this same movement. The Champagne fairs dwindled to
insignificance, and their place was taken by the fairs of Bruges and
Cologne, of Frankfurt on the Main, Geneva, and Lyons.
76. English fairs.—England was near the circumference of trade in this
period, instead of being at the center as it now is, and its commerce was not
so highly developed as that of some of the Continental countries. The
English fairs, therefore, were of less importance, and in most cases did not
attract merchants from distant countries. The largest English fair was
Stourbridge Fair held about a mile from Cambridge, in an excellent position
for trade with the low countries across the Channel, and for the distribution
of goods through the thickly populated districts of England. Another great
English fair was that of Winchester, held each year for sixteen days,
beginning on August 31st. “The hill-top was quickly covered with streets of
wooden shops; in one the merchants from Flanders, in another those of
Caen or some other Norman town, in another the merchants from Bristol.
Here were placed the goldsmiths in a row, and there the drapers; while
around the whole was a wooden palisade with guarded entrance,—
Merchants from Normandy ascended the river Oise to its junction with the land route. The route of
German merchants is unknown, but most of them probably went by way of Bruges.
75. Trade at the Champagne fairs; other continental fairs.—In the
thirteenth century, the period of their greatest prosperity, six fairs were held
at different places in Champagne, of which Troyes and Provins, southeast of
Paris, were the most important. Each lasted over six weeks, and, following
in rotation, they supplied an almost continuous market. Here one might find
all the wares which formed the objects of commerce in Europe; textiles of
silk, wool, and linen; minor manufactures and jewelry; drugs and spices;
raw materials like salt and metals; leather, skins, and furs; foods and drinks,
live stock and slaves. The bulk of the trading was done by merchants from
various parts of France and Flanders (modern Belgium) and by Italians who
came up over the Alpine passes; there were also Germans and Spanish, and,
in less number, English, Dutch, and Swiss. Wares came from more distant
countries, Scandinavia and the eastern Mediterranean, but changed hands
on the way.
The fairs declined as heavier dues were imposed, and especially when
Champagne was brought directly under the French king, about 1300; wars
diverted the merchants from Champagne to Flanders, and the growth of sea-
trade favored this same movement. The Champagne fairs dwindled to
insignificance, and their place was taken by the fairs of Bruges and
Cologne, of Frankfurt on the Main, Geneva, and Lyons.
76. English fairs.—England was near the circumference of trade in this
period, instead of being at the center as it now is, and its commerce was not
so highly developed as that of some of the Continental countries. The
English fairs, therefore, were of less importance, and in most cases did not
attract merchants from distant countries. The largest English fair was
Stourbridge Fair held about a mile from Cambridge, in an excellent position
for trade with the low countries across the Channel, and for the distribution
of goods through the thickly populated districts of England. Another great
English fair was that of Winchester, held each year for sixteen days,
beginning on August 31st. “The hill-top was quickly covered with streets of
wooden shops; in one the merchants from Flanders, in another those of
Caen or some other Norman town, in another the merchants from Bristol.
Here were placed the goldsmiths in a row, and there the drapers; while
around the whole was a wooden palisade with guarded entrance,—
Page 77
precautions which did not always prevent enterprising adventurers from
escaping payment of toll by digging a way in for themselves under the
wall.... All trade was compulsorily suspended at Winchester, and within a
‘seven-league circuit,’ guards being stationed at outlying posts, on bridges
and other places of passage, to see that the monopoly was not infringed. At
Southhampton, outside the circuit, nothing was to be sold during the fair-
time but victuals, and even the very craftsmen of Winchester were bound to
transfer themselves to the hill and there carry on their occupation during the
fair. There was a graduated scale of tolls and duties; all merchants of
London, Winchester, or Wallingford who entered during the first week were
free from entrance tolls; after that date newcomers paid tolls, except the
members of the merchant gild of Winchester.”
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Following the reasons given in sect. 71 to explain the rise of fairs,
show why they have declined in recent times. What effect will the extension
of railroads and the development of trade between Asia and Europe have
upon the fairs of Nijni Novgorod?
2. Set down all the points of likeness and of difference, so far as they
occur to you, of: market, fair, produce or stock exchange.
3. Study the history of fairs in your own State. Did the “county fair” once
have more economic importance than it has now?
4. Does a modern stock-exchange seek to attract customers by offering
guarantees of special security, as in the case of fairs? [Study the rules of the
exchange, and the pains taken to secure honesty and solvency of members.]
5. Study, on a good map, the advantages of location (transportation by
land and water, nearness to advanced commercial people) of the
Champagne towns; of their successors in commercial importance.
6. Indicate on a sketch map of England the position of medieval fairs.
[See the index of Cunningham or Ashley]
7. Write a report on English fairs in the Middle Ages [same reference.]
8. Write a report on one of the following topics:
(a) The great fairs of Europe. [Horne, Harper’s Magazine, vol. 46, p.
376.]
(b) The fair of Nijni Novgorod. [T. Child, Harper’s Magazine, vol. 79, p.
670.]
escaping payment of toll by digging a way in for themselves under the
wall.... All trade was compulsorily suspended at Winchester, and within a
‘seven-league circuit,’ guards being stationed at outlying posts, on bridges
and other places of passage, to see that the monopoly was not infringed. At
Southhampton, outside the circuit, nothing was to be sold during the fair-
time but victuals, and even the very craftsmen of Winchester were bound to
transfer themselves to the hill and there carry on their occupation during the
fair. There was a graduated scale of tolls and duties; all merchants of
London, Winchester, or Wallingford who entered during the first week were
free from entrance tolls; after that date newcomers paid tolls, except the
members of the merchant gild of Winchester.”
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Following the reasons given in sect. 71 to explain the rise of fairs,
show why they have declined in recent times. What effect will the extension
of railroads and the development of trade between Asia and Europe have
upon the fairs of Nijni Novgorod?
2. Set down all the points of likeness and of difference, so far as they
occur to you, of: market, fair, produce or stock exchange.
3. Study the history of fairs in your own State. Did the “county fair” once
have more economic importance than it has now?
4. Does a modern stock-exchange seek to attract customers by offering
guarantees of special security, as in the case of fairs? [Study the rules of the
exchange, and the pains taken to secure honesty and solvency of members.]
5. Study, on a good map, the advantages of location (transportation by
land and water, nearness to advanced commercial people) of the
Champagne towns; of their successors in commercial importance.
6. Indicate on a sketch map of England the position of medieval fairs.
[See the index of Cunningham or Ashley]
7. Write a report on English fairs in the Middle Ages [same reference.]
8. Write a report on one of the following topics:
(a) The great fairs of Europe. [Horne, Harper’s Magazine, vol. 46, p.
376.]
(b) The fair of Nijni Novgorod. [T. Child, Harper’s Magazine, vol. 79, p.
670.]
Page 78
(c) Kentucky fairs. [James Lane Allen, Harper’s Magazine, vol. 79, p.
553.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Gross, Sources, has no separate section on fairs, but includes a number of
books on them, to be found by consulting the index. A bibliography will be
found also in the article **Fairs, by John Macdonald, in the Encyc. Brit.;
this article can be heartily recommended to teacher and student. For modern
fairs see Poole’ s Index of Periodical Lit. Bourne, Romance of trade,
devotes chap. 3 to fairs.
553.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Gross, Sources, has no separate section on fairs, but includes a number of
books on them, to be found by consulting the index. A bibliography will be
found also in the article **Fairs, by John Macdonald, in the Encyc. Brit.;
this article can be heartily recommended to teacher and student. For modern
fairs see Poole’ s Index of Periodical Lit. Bourne, Romance of trade,
devotes chap. 3 to fairs.
Page 79
CHAPTER IX
SEA TRADE
77. Rise of sea commerce. The Scandinavians.—We might suppose, in
view of the difficulties and dangers of travel on land, that the trade of
Europe would have been forced to the sea during the feudal period. In the
last two centuries of the Middle Ages there was, in fact, a growth of
maritime commerce which prepared the way for the great discoveries and
the oceanic period of modern commerce. Before this period, however, the
means of navigation were still so slight that regular and extended commerce
on the sea was the exception rather than the rule.
In Northern Europe the Scandinavians were the leaders in the
development of navigation. We get an idea of the ships that they used from
one which was discovered a few years ago in a burial mound in southern
Norway, where it had been preserved since the ninth century, it is supposed.
It is an open boat, clinker built, and fashioned to go in either direction; it is
about 75 feet long, and has places for 15 oars on each side, but no
arrangement for a sail. Similar boats, with the addition of a rudder and
hutch at each end, are still used in the Lofoten Islands. They are well suited
to carry passengers along the coast, but have small cargo capacity, and, of
course, are unfit for long sea voyages. The Scandinavian Vikings, indeed,
used them mainly for raiding and piracy, and in them harried for centuries
the coasts of western Europe, with a recklessness which accorded with their
warlike character. A chronicle speaks of Danes who were tossed about for
nearly a month before they made their landing in England. Along with these
war vessels the Scandinavians must have had some cargo-ships, the details
of which are unknown to us; a modern writer conceives them to have been
clumsy and slow, “tub-shaped, round-bowed, and flat-bottomed.” Sailing
ships were certainly used from a very early period.
78. Development of shipping in Northern Europe.—The Bayeux
tapestry, which pictures the events of the conquest of England by the
Normans in 1066, shows what was substantially the Viking type of vessel to
have been used in that expedition; the boats were undecked, and several
foundered at anchor before starting. A modern writer thinks that few were
over 30 tons in size, and that none carried over 40 or 50 men. About two
SEA TRADE
77. Rise of sea commerce. The Scandinavians.—We might suppose, in
view of the difficulties and dangers of travel on land, that the trade of
Europe would have been forced to the sea during the feudal period. In the
last two centuries of the Middle Ages there was, in fact, a growth of
maritime commerce which prepared the way for the great discoveries and
the oceanic period of modern commerce. Before this period, however, the
means of navigation were still so slight that regular and extended commerce
on the sea was the exception rather than the rule.
In Northern Europe the Scandinavians were the leaders in the
development of navigation. We get an idea of the ships that they used from
one which was discovered a few years ago in a burial mound in southern
Norway, where it had been preserved since the ninth century, it is supposed.
It is an open boat, clinker built, and fashioned to go in either direction; it is
about 75 feet long, and has places for 15 oars on each side, but no
arrangement for a sail. Similar boats, with the addition of a rudder and
hutch at each end, are still used in the Lofoten Islands. They are well suited
to carry passengers along the coast, but have small cargo capacity, and, of
course, are unfit for long sea voyages. The Scandinavian Vikings, indeed,
used them mainly for raiding and piracy, and in them harried for centuries
the coasts of western Europe, with a recklessness which accorded with their
warlike character. A chronicle speaks of Danes who were tossed about for
nearly a month before they made their landing in England. Along with these
war vessels the Scandinavians must have had some cargo-ships, the details
of which are unknown to us; a modern writer conceives them to have been
clumsy and slow, “tub-shaped, round-bowed, and flat-bottomed.” Sailing
ships were certainly used from a very early period.
78. Development of shipping in Northern Europe.—The Bayeux
tapestry, which pictures the events of the conquest of England by the
Normans in 1066, shows what was substantially the Viking type of vessel to
have been used in that expedition; the boats were undecked, and several
foundered at anchor before starting. A modern writer thinks that few were
over 30 tons in size, and that none carried over 40 or 50 men. About two
Page 80
centuries later the seals of Sandwich and Dover show a ship still undecked,
but provided with a rudder working over the side, fighting platforms at bow
and stern, and a mast with a crow’s-nest at the top. It is doubtful how far we
can trust representations such as these on the tapestry and seal, which were
often executed by persons unfamiliar with the object and were sure to be
conventional. We can, if we choose, follow the statements in the chronicles,
which would make the ships much larger, holding a hundred men or even
several hundred; the chronicles are notorious, however, for the constant
exaggeration in matters of statistics, and the truth lies probably somewhere
in between our two sources of information. Down to the fifteenth century
the single mast with the square sail was the usual rig. Some vessels,
however, carried two masts, one near the center and one toward the bow,
and could spread six sails. For shorter trips and for the coasting trade
smaller boats were used, sometimes propelled only by oars.
79. Development of shipping in the Mediterranean.—Navigation
developed more rapidly in the Mediterranean, especially after the beginning
of the Crusades, than in northern Europe. It is hard to believe the statements
according to which the Mediterranean ships carried 1,000 or even 1,500
pilgrims, after all allowance is made for the crowding which would be
permitted at this time, but the Mediterranean ships undoubtedly surpassed
others in size and equipment. Venice presented to France in 1268 some
ships which measured 110 by 40 feet, which were 111⁄2 feet deep in the hold
and had a height between decks of 61⁄2 feet. These ships carried a
complement of over 100 men, and must have measured 400 or 500 tons,
while English ships of the period rarely exceeded 50 or 100. Mediterranean
shipping regulations of about this date show advanced ideas concerning the
construction, the equipment, and the loading of ships; all ships were
inspected and none could sail which did not comply with the regulations.
The ship-builders of the Mediterranean ports retained the type of the
classical galley, depending mainly upon oars for its propulsion. The hull
was much longer than in the northern type of sailing ships and did not rise
far above the water; both characteristics depended on the need of placing
the oarsmen where they could work to advantage. The three square sails
were a comparatively late improvement on the earlier rig, which consisted
ordinarily of one sail; a fair wind was utilized for helping the boat on its
course, but the chief reliance was placed on the oars.
but provided with a rudder working over the side, fighting platforms at bow
and stern, and a mast with a crow’s-nest at the top. It is doubtful how far we
can trust representations such as these on the tapestry and seal, which were
often executed by persons unfamiliar with the object and were sure to be
conventional. We can, if we choose, follow the statements in the chronicles,
which would make the ships much larger, holding a hundred men or even
several hundred; the chronicles are notorious, however, for the constant
exaggeration in matters of statistics, and the truth lies probably somewhere
in between our two sources of information. Down to the fifteenth century
the single mast with the square sail was the usual rig. Some vessels,
however, carried two masts, one near the center and one toward the bow,
and could spread six sails. For shorter trips and for the coasting trade
smaller boats were used, sometimes propelled only by oars.
79. Development of shipping in the Mediterranean.—Navigation
developed more rapidly in the Mediterranean, especially after the beginning
of the Crusades, than in northern Europe. It is hard to believe the statements
according to which the Mediterranean ships carried 1,000 or even 1,500
pilgrims, after all allowance is made for the crowding which would be
permitted at this time, but the Mediterranean ships undoubtedly surpassed
others in size and equipment. Venice presented to France in 1268 some
ships which measured 110 by 40 feet, which were 111⁄2 feet deep in the hold
and had a height between decks of 61⁄2 feet. These ships carried a
complement of over 100 men, and must have measured 400 or 500 tons,
while English ships of the period rarely exceeded 50 or 100. Mediterranean
shipping regulations of about this date show advanced ideas concerning the
construction, the equipment, and the loading of ships; all ships were
inspected and none could sail which did not comply with the regulations.
The ship-builders of the Mediterranean ports retained the type of the
classical galley, depending mainly upon oars for its propulsion. The hull
was much longer than in the northern type of sailing ships and did not rise
far above the water; both characteristics depended on the need of placing
the oarsmen where they could work to advantage. The three square sails
were a comparatively late improvement on the earlier rig, which consisted
ordinarily of one sail; a fair wind was utilized for helping the boat on its
course, but the chief reliance was placed on the oars.
Page 81
80. Backwardness of the art of navigation.—The control of a ship is as
important as its construction, if it is to serve commerce, and the growth of
maritime commerce in the last centuries of the Middle Ages was due as
much to improvements in the art of navigation as to superior ship building.
During the early Middle Ages, as in ancient times, ship captains took their
lives in their hands when they ventured out of sight of a familiar coast. The
only means they had for determining their position at sea was “dead-
reckoning,” i.e., estimating the distance that they had traveled from a
known point, and the course that they had steered; and to know their course
they had to rely upon the stars, which of course were obscured in stormy
weather, when their help was most wanted. It was customary, on voyages in
the open sea, to sail due north or south to the parallel of the destination,
then to turn at right angles and sail due east or west; errors in the course of
8 or even 10 degrees were not uncommon. The means of fixing the course
in any weather, the mariner’s compass, which was discovered by the
Chinese, and is supposed to have been known to the Arabs at this time, was
still unknown in Europe.
81. Introduction of the compass, and of navigators’ directories.—The
first documentary evidence of acquaintance with the compass in the West
dates from a little before 1200; and within fifty years we find it mentioned
in nearly a dozen different places, both in the North and South of Europe. It
has been suggested that Mediterranean sailors may have been the first to
learn of the compass, from the Arabs, but that they could not use it in its
early form of a magnetized needle floated on water by a rush or cork,
because of the choppy seas; later the needle was balanced, as at present, on
a point. In 1300 the compass was in general use. It is possible to exaggerate
its importance as a cause of the great maritime explorations; for without it
the Northmen had made their distant expeditions to the North and West, and
with it the Portuguese crept along the west coast of Africa only slowly and
timidly for a considerable period. As a means to regular navigation,
however, it was indispensable; and the great extension of commercial
voyages in the last two centuries of the Middle Ages is inconceivable
without it. Medieval types of “sailing directions” now came into use; these
were manuals telling the sailor about the coast, the tides, the bottom, and
other features of the route he was to traverse. One of them, written probably
before 1400, covered the whole West of Europe from Spain to the mouth of
the Finnish gulf, enabling the mariner who was provided with a compass
important as its construction, if it is to serve commerce, and the growth of
maritime commerce in the last centuries of the Middle Ages was due as
much to improvements in the art of navigation as to superior ship building.
During the early Middle Ages, as in ancient times, ship captains took their
lives in their hands when they ventured out of sight of a familiar coast. The
only means they had for determining their position at sea was “dead-
reckoning,” i.e., estimating the distance that they had traveled from a
known point, and the course that they had steered; and to know their course
they had to rely upon the stars, which of course were obscured in stormy
weather, when their help was most wanted. It was customary, on voyages in
the open sea, to sail due north or south to the parallel of the destination,
then to turn at right angles and sail due east or west; errors in the course of
8 or even 10 degrees were not uncommon. The means of fixing the course
in any weather, the mariner’s compass, which was discovered by the
Chinese, and is supposed to have been known to the Arabs at this time, was
still unknown in Europe.
81. Introduction of the compass, and of navigators’ directories.—The
first documentary evidence of acquaintance with the compass in the West
dates from a little before 1200; and within fifty years we find it mentioned
in nearly a dozen different places, both in the North and South of Europe. It
has been suggested that Mediterranean sailors may have been the first to
learn of the compass, from the Arabs, but that they could not use it in its
early form of a magnetized needle floated on water by a rush or cork,
because of the choppy seas; later the needle was balanced, as at present, on
a point. In 1300 the compass was in general use. It is possible to exaggerate
its importance as a cause of the great maritime explorations; for without it
the Northmen had made their distant expeditions to the North and West, and
with it the Portuguese crept along the west coast of Africa only slowly and
timidly for a considerable period. As a means to regular navigation,
however, it was indispensable; and the great extension of commercial
voyages in the last two centuries of the Middle Ages is inconceivable
without it. Medieval types of “sailing directions” now came into use; these
were manuals telling the sailor about the coast, the tides, the bottom, and
other features of the route he was to traverse. One of them, written probably
before 1400, covered the whole West of Europe from Spain to the mouth of
the Finnish gulf, enabling the mariner who was provided with a compass
Page 82
(used for determining the time of tides) to navigate the coast with a fair
degree of safety.
82. Limits of early trading voyages.—Maritime voyages were made to
suit the conditions of the time. In the first part of the period under
discussion (say before 1300), they were attempted only for short distances
and in the part of the year when severe storms were rare. “To sail after
Martinmas (November 11) is to tempt God,” writes an old chronicler; and
in the early days of the Hanseatic League there was a regulation by which
ships were not to sail after November 11, and were to be in port if possible
before that time. Some time afterwards an amendment was adopted which
allowed ships laden with beer, herrings, or dried cod to sail as late as
December 6, because the cargo was perishable or was needed for the Lenten
market. The extent of the voyage was at first short. The sailors of Bordeaux
would go as far as the coast of Brittany and Normandy; the Normans would
go as far as England and Flanders; and so the chain of voyages was kept up.
83. Medieval seaports; contrast with modern.—Vessels were so small
that they needed no great depth of water in their harbors, and could ascend
rivers for a considerable distance. So the English town of Bawtry, lying on
the little river Idle, which flows into the Trent, which flows into the
Humber, which flows into the North Sea, was called in an official document
“the port of Bawtry”; and the town of York, situated on the river Ouse,
another branch of the Humber, claimed the right to share in wrecks at sea,
as though it were on the seaboard. Ports of this kind were actually preferred
to those on the coast which form the great harbors of modern times, for they
gave access to the interior markets without the expense of land
transportation, and they offered better security not only against tempests but
also against pirates. Towns like Rouen on the Seine, Nantes on the Loire,
Bordeaux on the Garonne, Narbonne and Aigues Mortes (“Dead waters”),
on lagoons of the Mediterranean coast, were the great French ports of the
early period.
84. Decline of medieval seaports in later times.—Occasionally a
medieval port would keep its importance later; from the list above we can
select Bordeaux, and there are a number of other examples in Europe—
London, Antwerp, and Hamburg, for instance. Often, however, the port was
superseded by another on the same river but nearer the sea; the trade of
Rouen went to Havre; the trade of the Humber river system has gone to
Hull; the commerce of Bremen has gone to Bremerhafen. The town of
degree of safety.
82. Limits of early trading voyages.—Maritime voyages were made to
suit the conditions of the time. In the first part of the period under
discussion (say before 1300), they were attempted only for short distances
and in the part of the year when severe storms were rare. “To sail after
Martinmas (November 11) is to tempt God,” writes an old chronicler; and
in the early days of the Hanseatic League there was a regulation by which
ships were not to sail after November 11, and were to be in port if possible
before that time. Some time afterwards an amendment was adopted which
allowed ships laden with beer, herrings, or dried cod to sail as late as
December 6, because the cargo was perishable or was needed for the Lenten
market. The extent of the voyage was at first short. The sailors of Bordeaux
would go as far as the coast of Brittany and Normandy; the Normans would
go as far as England and Flanders; and so the chain of voyages was kept up.
83. Medieval seaports; contrast with modern.—Vessels were so small
that they needed no great depth of water in their harbors, and could ascend
rivers for a considerable distance. So the English town of Bawtry, lying on
the little river Idle, which flows into the Trent, which flows into the
Humber, which flows into the North Sea, was called in an official document
“the port of Bawtry”; and the town of York, situated on the river Ouse,
another branch of the Humber, claimed the right to share in wrecks at sea,
as though it were on the seaboard. Ports of this kind were actually preferred
to those on the coast which form the great harbors of modern times, for they
gave access to the interior markets without the expense of land
transportation, and they offered better security not only against tempests but
also against pirates. Towns like Rouen on the Seine, Nantes on the Loire,
Bordeaux on the Garonne, Narbonne and Aigues Mortes (“Dead waters”),
on lagoons of the Mediterranean coast, were the great French ports of the
early period.
84. Decline of medieval seaports in later times.—Occasionally a
medieval port would keep its importance later; from the list above we can
select Bordeaux, and there are a number of other examples in Europe—
London, Antwerp, and Hamburg, for instance. Often, however, the port was
superseded by another on the same river but nearer the sea; the trade of
Rouen went to Havre; the trade of the Humber river system has gone to
Hull; the commerce of Bremen has gone to Bremerhafen. The town of
Page 83
Bruges, in Flanders (modern Belgium), once the most important port in
Europe, is situated at a distance of seven miles from the sea, and this might
be seven hundred as far as its present oceanic commerce is concerned. Its
trade has been taken by seaports giving easy access to large vessels; in the
same way the trade of Narbonne and Aigues Mortes has passed to
Marseilles.
85. Development of maritime commerce; persistence of medieval
ideas.—After about 1300 the distances covered by sea voyages grew much
greater. Galleys were sailed and rowed from Venice all the way to Bruges,
and met there vessels from the far North and East of Europe; English sailors
traded regularly with southern France, Spain, and the Scandinavian
countries. The expense of transportation by sea, however, was still great.
The price of spices was in Bruges two or three fold what it was in Venice;
and English wool transported to Florence sold there for two to twelve times
as much as it brought at home. It is hard for us, in modern times, to realize
such facts, but the student should note them carefully, for they go far toward
explaining the slight development of commerce even in the latter part of the
Middle Ages.
The high cost of transportation is itself a fact demanding explanation.
Inefficient ship-building and navigation would account for it in large part,
but other factors are still to be considered. These distant voyages were
carried on in the face not only of real dangers serious enough, but also of
far greater dangers imagined by ignorant and credulous men. An English
chronicler says that in 1406, when English ships were going to Bordeaux,
they entered an unfrequented sea, and four vessels from Lynn were
engulfed in a whirlpool which swallowed up the flood and vomited it forth
again three times a day. The Arabian Nights have been called sober and
realistic in comparison with the ideas held by the medieval mariner of the
wonders and dangers of the unknown parts of the world.
86. Piracy.—At sea, as on land, the merchant faced dangers of violence
which were probably as serious an obstacle to the growth of commerce as
the physical difficulties of navigation. Ships went always armed, and sailed
when possible in fleets for better protection. Sometimes one that had
ventured out alone could beat off its enemies, as in the case of a trading ship
from Stralsund which was attacked in 1391 but won a complete victory, and
brought back (it is said) 100 pirates, packed in casks with only the heads
sticking out, for a bloody punishment. Pirates came from every source. An
Europe, is situated at a distance of seven miles from the sea, and this might
be seven hundred as far as its present oceanic commerce is concerned. Its
trade has been taken by seaports giving easy access to large vessels; in the
same way the trade of Narbonne and Aigues Mortes has passed to
Marseilles.
85. Development of maritime commerce; persistence of medieval
ideas.—After about 1300 the distances covered by sea voyages grew much
greater. Galleys were sailed and rowed from Venice all the way to Bruges,
and met there vessels from the far North and East of Europe; English sailors
traded regularly with southern France, Spain, and the Scandinavian
countries. The expense of transportation by sea, however, was still great.
The price of spices was in Bruges two or three fold what it was in Venice;
and English wool transported to Florence sold there for two to twelve times
as much as it brought at home. It is hard for us, in modern times, to realize
such facts, but the student should note them carefully, for they go far toward
explaining the slight development of commerce even in the latter part of the
Middle Ages.
The high cost of transportation is itself a fact demanding explanation.
Inefficient ship-building and navigation would account for it in large part,
but other factors are still to be considered. These distant voyages were
carried on in the face not only of real dangers serious enough, but also of
far greater dangers imagined by ignorant and credulous men. An English
chronicler says that in 1406, when English ships were going to Bordeaux,
they entered an unfrequented sea, and four vessels from Lynn were
engulfed in a whirlpool which swallowed up the flood and vomited it forth
again three times a day. The Arabian Nights have been called sober and
realistic in comparison with the ideas held by the medieval mariner of the
wonders and dangers of the unknown parts of the world.
86. Piracy.—At sea, as on land, the merchant faced dangers of violence
which were probably as serious an obstacle to the growth of commerce as
the physical difficulties of navigation. Ships went always armed, and sailed
when possible in fleets for better protection. Sometimes one that had
ventured out alone could beat off its enemies, as in the case of a trading ship
from Stralsund which was attacked in 1391 but won a complete victory, and
brought back (it is said) 100 pirates, packed in casks with only the heads
sticking out, for a bloody punishment. Pirates came from every source. An
Page 84
ordinary merchantman would turn pirate if it met a weaker vessel from
some town which was so far distant or so weak that reprisals need not be
feared. A mariner of Winchelsea in England, who had seized and plundered
a vessel owned by Dorsetshire merchants, became mayor of Winchelsea a
few years later, and in the fifteenth century a Canterbury abbot was
convicted of plundering a wine ship and was forced to make restitution.
Even ships sent out by the public authorities for protection against pirates
attacked and plundered ships not only of other nationalities but of their own
too. Six ships which had been organized in 1316 to protect Berwick from
freebooters harried the English coast to the south, and the fleet of the
Cinque Ports (five towns on the English Channel), used its spare time in
preying on English commerce and attacking English towns.
87. Organized piracy; privateering.—Piracy became a regular
profession, in which partners organized for greater efficiency. The “Victual
Brothers” formed an organization, modeled after that of the Knights
Templars, for carrying on piracy; their motto was “God’s friend and all the
world’s enemy.” They had a stronghold at Gotland, in the Baltic Sea, and
were long a terror to traders and fishermen; their power was broken in 1394
only by a fleet of thirty-five ships sent against them. A fleet of Venetian
galleys on their way north were attacked off Lisbon in 1485 by a piratical
expedition of six ships, which killed and wounded over four hundred men
and took enormous booty; it is said that the discoverer Christopher
Columbus was one of the corsairs. War at sea was carried on even more
barbarously than war on land. Crews and passengers of captured merchant
vessels, whether taken after resistance or not, were frequently tossed
overboard, sometimes with their hands tied behind their backs, or were
hung to the yards, or murdered on the deck in cold blood.
An appearance of legitimacy was given to the attack on merchant vessels
in time of war; “letters of marque” were not considered necessary to justify
attacks by private vessels against merchant vessels of the enemy, and as war
was the rule rather than the exception in Europe privateering was nearly
constant. During the Hundred Years’ War between England and France, in
spite of booms and chains, watches and beacons, almost every town on the
south coast of England was sacked and burnt by French privateers. Even at
London the streets which opened on the river were defended by chains, to
hinder a landing within the city, and the people thought of building high
some town which was so far distant or so weak that reprisals need not be
feared. A mariner of Winchelsea in England, who had seized and plundered
a vessel owned by Dorsetshire merchants, became mayor of Winchelsea a
few years later, and in the fifteenth century a Canterbury abbot was
convicted of plundering a wine ship and was forced to make restitution.
Even ships sent out by the public authorities for protection against pirates
attacked and plundered ships not only of other nationalities but of their own
too. Six ships which had been organized in 1316 to protect Berwick from
freebooters harried the English coast to the south, and the fleet of the
Cinque Ports (five towns on the English Channel), used its spare time in
preying on English commerce and attacking English towns.
87. Organized piracy; privateering.—Piracy became a regular
profession, in which partners organized for greater efficiency. The “Victual
Brothers” formed an organization, modeled after that of the Knights
Templars, for carrying on piracy; their motto was “God’s friend and all the
world’s enemy.” They had a stronghold at Gotland, in the Baltic Sea, and
were long a terror to traders and fishermen; their power was broken in 1394
only by a fleet of thirty-five ships sent against them. A fleet of Venetian
galleys on their way north were attacked off Lisbon in 1485 by a piratical
expedition of six ships, which killed and wounded over four hundred men
and took enormous booty; it is said that the discoverer Christopher
Columbus was one of the corsairs. War at sea was carried on even more
barbarously than war on land. Crews and passengers of captured merchant
vessels, whether taken after resistance or not, were frequently tossed
overboard, sometimes with their hands tied behind their backs, or were
hung to the yards, or murdered on the deck in cold blood.
An appearance of legitimacy was given to the attack on merchant vessels
in time of war; “letters of marque” were not considered necessary to justify
attacks by private vessels against merchant vessels of the enemy, and as war
was the rule rather than the exception in Europe privateering was nearly
constant. During the Hundred Years’ War between England and France, in
spite of booms and chains, watches and beacons, almost every town on the
south coast of England was sacked and burnt by French privateers. Even at
London the streets which opened on the river were defended by chains, to
hinder a landing within the city, and the people thought of building high
Page 85
stone towers on both sides of the river, with a chain stretched between them,
to defend the shipping from night attacks.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Ships and exploits of the Vikings. [Beazley, Prince Henry, chap. 2; C.
F. Keary, The Vikings in western Christendom, N. Y., 1891, chaps. 5, 6, 9.]
2. In connection with the small vessels of the early Middle Ages the
reader is reminded of the exploits of various “captains” of the present day
who cross the ocean alone, and he might profitably hunt up a description of
one of the boats employed and compare it with the description in the text. A
ton is 100 cubic feet of internal volume.
3. If the reader lives at a trading port he should ascertain the tonnage and
rig of the vessels ordinarily employed, and thus prepare himself to
understand the conditions of medieval navigation.
4. Compare the medieval galley with the ancient galley described in
classical histories. [Beware of pictures given in the text-books; many are
pure products of the imagination.]
5. Write a report on the history of the compass. [Encyclopædia
Britannica; consult Poole’s Index for articles in recent periodicals.]
6. Measure distances in sect. 82, and apply them to the sea- or lake-coast
of the U. S.
7. Indicate on an outline map of Europe the position of the ports named,
in sect. 82, using the conventional signs of death (†) and birth (*) to show
those that declined and those that gained in importance.
8. Write a report on the credulity of early sailors. [Voyages of Sinbad the
Sailor in the Arabian Nights, a popular romance of the Indian trade in the
ninth century; Voyages of Sir John de Mandeville, N. Y., Macmillan, 1900,
$1.50; Selections in Cassell’s Library, paper, $.10.]
9. What is the difference between a government war-vessel, a privateer,
and a pirate? [Dictionary and encyclopedia, or some manual of international
law.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Articles and bibliographies by *Clowes in Traill’s Social England; John
Fiske, *Discovery of America; Alice Law, Notes on English medieval
to defend the shipping from night attacks.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Ships and exploits of the Vikings. [Beazley, Prince Henry, chap. 2; C.
F. Keary, The Vikings in western Christendom, N. Y., 1891, chaps. 5, 6, 9.]
2. In connection with the small vessels of the early Middle Ages the
reader is reminded of the exploits of various “captains” of the present day
who cross the ocean alone, and he might profitably hunt up a description of
one of the boats employed and compare it with the description in the text. A
ton is 100 cubic feet of internal volume.
3. If the reader lives at a trading port he should ascertain the tonnage and
rig of the vessels ordinarily employed, and thus prepare himself to
understand the conditions of medieval navigation.
4. Compare the medieval galley with the ancient galley described in
classical histories. [Beware of pictures given in the text-books; many are
pure products of the imagination.]
5. Write a report on the history of the compass. [Encyclopædia
Britannica; consult Poole’s Index for articles in recent periodicals.]
6. Measure distances in sect. 82, and apply them to the sea- or lake-coast
of the U. S.
7. Indicate on an outline map of Europe the position of the ports named,
in sect. 82, using the conventional signs of death (†) and birth (*) to show
those that declined and those that gained in importance.
8. Write a report on the credulity of early sailors. [Voyages of Sinbad the
Sailor in the Arabian Nights, a popular romance of the Indian trade in the
ninth century; Voyages of Sir John de Mandeville, N. Y., Macmillan, 1900,
$1.50; Selections in Cassell’s Library, paper, $.10.]
9. What is the difference between a government war-vessel, a privateer,
and a pirate? [Dictionary and encyclopedia, or some manual of international
law.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Articles and bibliographies by *Clowes in Traill’s Social England; John
Fiske, *Discovery of America; Alice Law, Notes on English medieval
Page 86
shipping, in the Economic Review, 1898, vol. 8; Cornewall-Jones, The
British merchant service; Lindsay, History, vol. 2.
British merchant service; Lindsay, History, vol. 2.
Page 87
CHAPTER X
THE LEVANT TRADE
88. Wares of the Levant trade. Slaves.—The “colonial products” of the
modern world (tea, coffee, spices, etc.) have familiarized us with a class of
wares which cannot be produced at home and are imported from distant
countries. In the commerce of medieval Europe there were wares like these
which could not be produced near the place where they were to be
consumed, because of the severe climate, or the lack of technical skill, and
yet which were eagerly desired by the upper classes. These wares were
obtained from Asia, and formed the basis for an Oriental trade which was
one of the most important branches of medieval commerce. There was one
ware of Oriental trade in which there was a reciprocal exchange; this was
slaves. Slaves were exported from Europe to the great market at Cairo in
Egypt, and were imported from western Asia and Africa. At the very end of
the fifteenth century there were said to be 3,000 slaves in the single city of
Venice. Most of the wares, however, flowed in only one direction; and to
give an idea of the character and importance of the trade we shall preface
our narrative of its development by a description of the chief products
imported into Europe.
89. Spices.—Among the raw materials a very important place was taken
by spices, the product of tropical plants and trees which thrive only in a few
parts of the world even now. The food of the common people in the Middle
Ages would seem intolerably coarse and monotonous to a modern laborer,
on whose table appear regularly products from all parts of the world; and
even the diet of the rich needed a great deal of condiment if it was to be
palatable. A staple import, then, was pepper, the berry of a vine growing in
India and in the islands of Asia, which was used in Europe by all who could
afford the luxury of a seasoning. For common use the price was prohibitive.
Cloves, from the Molucca Islands, were even more expensive, costing two
and three times as much as pepper; they were used for seasoning food and
drink, and also as medicine. Cinnamon, nutmegs, and mace served similar
purpose, and ginger took a place among medieval luxuries of this kind
second only to pepper.
THE LEVANT TRADE
88. Wares of the Levant trade. Slaves.—The “colonial products” of the
modern world (tea, coffee, spices, etc.) have familiarized us with a class of
wares which cannot be produced at home and are imported from distant
countries. In the commerce of medieval Europe there were wares like these
which could not be produced near the place where they were to be
consumed, because of the severe climate, or the lack of technical skill, and
yet which were eagerly desired by the upper classes. These wares were
obtained from Asia, and formed the basis for an Oriental trade which was
one of the most important branches of medieval commerce. There was one
ware of Oriental trade in which there was a reciprocal exchange; this was
slaves. Slaves were exported from Europe to the great market at Cairo in
Egypt, and were imported from western Asia and Africa. At the very end of
the fifteenth century there were said to be 3,000 slaves in the single city of
Venice. Most of the wares, however, flowed in only one direction; and to
give an idea of the character and importance of the trade we shall preface
our narrative of its development by a description of the chief products
imported into Europe.
89. Spices.—Among the raw materials a very important place was taken
by spices, the product of tropical plants and trees which thrive only in a few
parts of the world even now. The food of the common people in the Middle
Ages would seem intolerably coarse and monotonous to a modern laborer,
on whose table appear regularly products from all parts of the world; and
even the diet of the rich needed a great deal of condiment if it was to be
palatable. A staple import, then, was pepper, the berry of a vine growing in
India and in the islands of Asia, which was used in Europe by all who could
afford the luxury of a seasoning. For common use the price was prohibitive.
Cloves, from the Molucca Islands, were even more expensive, costing two
and three times as much as pepper; they were used for seasoning food and
drink, and also as medicine. Cinnamon, nutmegs, and mace served similar
purpose, and ginger took a place among medieval luxuries of this kind
second only to pepper.
Page 88
90. Drugs; perfumes; sugar.—Beside the spices which were employed
in medicine by medieval apothecaries many wares were imported which
served solely or mainly for drugs. Among them were rhubarb, aloes,
balsam, borax, gum tragacanth, gum benzoin, cubebs, cardamoms,
camphor, etc.
Sugar belongs in this list of wares, on the border-line between medicines
and table delicacies. It was far too costly to be an article of common
consumption, and the gift of a small piece of loaf sugar implied far more
devotion than would be evidenced now by a present of the finest
confectionery. It found its main employment in medicine, therefore, and
though it was used in increasing quantities for sweetening food and drink
and for preserving, native honey was the medium commonly used.
91. Precious stones; preponderance in general of luxuries over
articles of general utility.—Another category of wares, which found a
ready market among the upper classes of medieval Europe was precious
stones. The part of Europe which now produces a considerable quantity of
these, the region of the Ural Mountains, was still unexplored; the source of
supply in the New World was of course unknown; and Europe looked
entirely to Asia and Egypt for its supply. Diamonds, emeralds, rubies,
sapphires, lapis lazuli, etc., were collected in various parts of the East,
passed through innumerable hands, and finally found a resting-place among
the jewels of some great lord or lady of the West. Pearls came from the
Indian Ocean, and ivory from Africa, through the hands of Asiatic traders.
Europe was able to make a return in kind from the Mediterranean coral
fisheries; the greater part of European coral was exported to meet the
demand in the East, being carried to Egypt by Spanish or Italian ships, and
distributed from there to India and China.
The reader who has followed thus far this category of eastern products
must be struck by the preponderance in it of costly luxuries over articles of
general consumption. The expenses of transportation over great distances
and through dangerous districts were, in fact, so great that most of the
Eastern wares had necessarily to comprise great value in a small bulk, and
sought their market only among the upper classes of Europe, who could
afford to pay well to gratify their desires.
92. Dyestuffs; alum.—Among the raw material brought from the East
there was only one important class of wares which served manufacturing
industries, the dyestuffs. Indigo (Greek, Indikon, Indian) came from the
in medicine by medieval apothecaries many wares were imported which
served solely or mainly for drugs. Among them were rhubarb, aloes,
balsam, borax, gum tragacanth, gum benzoin, cubebs, cardamoms,
camphor, etc.
Sugar belongs in this list of wares, on the border-line between medicines
and table delicacies. It was far too costly to be an article of common
consumption, and the gift of a small piece of loaf sugar implied far more
devotion than would be evidenced now by a present of the finest
confectionery. It found its main employment in medicine, therefore, and
though it was used in increasing quantities for sweetening food and drink
and for preserving, native honey was the medium commonly used.
91. Precious stones; preponderance in general of luxuries over
articles of general utility.—Another category of wares, which found a
ready market among the upper classes of medieval Europe was precious
stones. The part of Europe which now produces a considerable quantity of
these, the region of the Ural Mountains, was still unexplored; the source of
supply in the New World was of course unknown; and Europe looked
entirely to Asia and Egypt for its supply. Diamonds, emeralds, rubies,
sapphires, lapis lazuli, etc., were collected in various parts of the East,
passed through innumerable hands, and finally found a resting-place among
the jewels of some great lord or lady of the West. Pearls came from the
Indian Ocean, and ivory from Africa, through the hands of Asiatic traders.
Europe was able to make a return in kind from the Mediterranean coral
fisheries; the greater part of European coral was exported to meet the
demand in the East, being carried to Egypt by Spanish or Italian ships, and
distributed from there to India and China.
The reader who has followed thus far this category of eastern products
must be struck by the preponderance in it of costly luxuries over articles of
general consumption. The expenses of transportation over great distances
and through dangerous districts were, in fact, so great that most of the
Eastern wares had necessarily to comprise great value in a small bulk, and
sought their market only among the upper classes of Europe, who could
afford to pay well to gratify their desires.
92. Dyestuffs; alum.—Among the raw material brought from the East
there was only one important class of wares which served manufacturing
industries, the dyestuffs. Indigo (Greek, Indikon, Indian) came from the
Page 89
East as its name implies, the chief staple for it being Bagdad. It gives a fast
and deep blue and had been imported in Europe even in ancient times; with
the revival of commerce after the Crusades it became again an article of
commerce, and was used constantly thereafter as a dyestuff, in spite of the
attempt to substitute for it the native woad, an herb of the mustard family.
Some of the red dyes were produced in Europe, notably madder, mentioned
in one of Charlemagne’s laws, and the scarlet or carmine obtained from the
kermes insect in Southern France and Spain. Both of these dyes were
imported to some extent, however, and another red dye which was an
important import was Brazil-wood. The name suggests an American origin,
but was given it in fact because its redness made it seem like glowing coals
(cf. English brazier), and the South American country received its name
later from the tree found growing in it. Brazil-wood was brought to Europe
in blocks and was then ground up for use in dyeing and painting. A common
yellow dye of the Middle Ages, saffron, was also imported when the best
quality was desired, and yellow arsenic (orpiment) was used as a pigment.
Lac (shellac) was used for a dye as well as for varnish. More important than
any of the separate dyes was alum, which came to be regarded as
indispensable for fixing the color when wool or silk had been dyed in the
piece. This was procured mainly in Asia Minor, and was one of the most
highly prized products of the eastern trade.
93. Other raw materials of industry.—In comparison with the dyes
most other raw materials of industry were unimportant as objects of trade.
Cotton (Arabic kotn) was imported both in its finished form and as a raw
material. The cotton manufacture in Europe had, of course, nothing like its
present importance, but it was already well established in Germany, where a
staple cloth was made out of a mixture of cotton and flax, and it required
more of the raw cotton than the plantations of southern Europe could
supply. Small amounts of flax were imported from Egypt, because of the
superior quality of the product.
Silk was, however, the only textile material which was a very important
ware in its raw form. The culture of the silkworm, which had been carried
on for centuries in China, but so far as possible had been kept a secret from
other peoples, spread gradually to the West and was introduced into Europe
by the Emperor Justinian in the sixth century. The Arabians introduced
mulberry plantations and the raising of silkworms into Sicily and Spain, and
the culture thrived so far as to leave a surplus for export after supplying the
and deep blue and had been imported in Europe even in ancient times; with
the revival of commerce after the Crusades it became again an article of
commerce, and was used constantly thereafter as a dyestuff, in spite of the
attempt to substitute for it the native woad, an herb of the mustard family.
Some of the red dyes were produced in Europe, notably madder, mentioned
in one of Charlemagne’s laws, and the scarlet or carmine obtained from the
kermes insect in Southern France and Spain. Both of these dyes were
imported to some extent, however, and another red dye which was an
important import was Brazil-wood. The name suggests an American origin,
but was given it in fact because its redness made it seem like glowing coals
(cf. English brazier), and the South American country received its name
later from the tree found growing in it. Brazil-wood was brought to Europe
in blocks and was then ground up for use in dyeing and painting. A common
yellow dye of the Middle Ages, saffron, was also imported when the best
quality was desired, and yellow arsenic (orpiment) was used as a pigment.
Lac (shellac) was used for a dye as well as for varnish. More important than
any of the separate dyes was alum, which came to be regarded as
indispensable for fixing the color when wool or silk had been dyed in the
piece. This was procured mainly in Asia Minor, and was one of the most
highly prized products of the eastern trade.
93. Other raw materials of industry.—In comparison with the dyes
most other raw materials of industry were unimportant as objects of trade.
Cotton (Arabic kotn) was imported both in its finished form and as a raw
material. The cotton manufacture in Europe had, of course, nothing like its
present importance, but it was already well established in Germany, where a
staple cloth was made out of a mixture of cotton and flax, and it required
more of the raw cotton than the plantations of southern Europe could
supply. Small amounts of flax were imported from Egypt, because of the
superior quality of the product.
Silk was, however, the only textile material which was a very important
ware in its raw form. The culture of the silkworm, which had been carried
on for centuries in China, but so far as possible had been kept a secret from
other peoples, spread gradually to the West and was introduced into Europe
by the Emperor Justinian in the sixth century. The Arabians introduced
mulberry plantations and the raising of silkworms into Sicily and Spain, and
the culture thrived so far as to leave a surplus for export after supplying the
Page 90
home manufactures. Christian peoples, however, did not succeed so well in
the culture; France could as yet furnish no appreciable quantity of raw silk,
and the output in Italy was unsatisfactory both in respect to quality and
quantity. The growing silk manufacture in Europe had therefore to meet its
deficiency by trade with the East, getting part of its supply of raw material
from China and Persia, but the bulk from the countries about the Caspian
Sea.
94. Textile imports; exports from Europe.—Among manufactures
imported from the East textiles held the most important place. Europe was
strong enough in the manufacture of linen and woolen goods to export them
in considerable quantities to Asia, but it lacked in the manufacture of cotton
and silk not only raw material but the technical skill to compete with the
artisans of the East; and imported large quantities of finished cloth.
Dignitaries of the church and the merchant princes of the late Middle Ages
demanded for clothing and for furniture fabrics of finer quality and of
greater quantity than the looms established by the Mohammedans in Spain
and Sicily could supply, and sought them chiefly in the countries bordering
the eastern end of the Mediterranean. From this district came a great variety
of silks, woven often as brocades with gold or silver threads, and the early
types of velvet and satin. Silk goods formed the chief but not the sole
constituent of the textile imports; with them came fine cottons from India,
cloth made from the hair of camels and other animals, and linen from Egypt
and Syria, which surpassed all of western make. Europe depended also on
the East for fine china and glass.
Before the end of the Middle Ages the Italian silk manufacture had
grown strong enough to turn the tide, and to export to the East. Through the
greater part of this period, however, the only European textiles exported to
Asia were the woolens and common linens which were produced in
England, Flanders, and other of the more advanced countries. Besides these
manufactures the main exports consisted of raw materials: wool, hides,
metals (gold, silver, and tin), and food stuffs.
95. Revival of Oriental trade about 1000, under the leadership of
Italians.—As commerce with the East had lasted throughout the period of
Roman rule, and had cultivated tastes among rich Romans and provincials
which could only be satisfied by its continuance, we find evidence even in
the Dark Ages that it was still carried on. A document dated 716 shows that
the rich monastery of Corby in northern France received pepper, cloves, and
the culture; France could as yet furnish no appreciable quantity of raw silk,
and the output in Italy was unsatisfactory both in respect to quality and
quantity. The growing silk manufacture in Europe had therefore to meet its
deficiency by trade with the East, getting part of its supply of raw material
from China and Persia, but the bulk from the countries about the Caspian
Sea.
94. Textile imports; exports from Europe.—Among manufactures
imported from the East textiles held the most important place. Europe was
strong enough in the manufacture of linen and woolen goods to export them
in considerable quantities to Asia, but it lacked in the manufacture of cotton
and silk not only raw material but the technical skill to compete with the
artisans of the East; and imported large quantities of finished cloth.
Dignitaries of the church and the merchant princes of the late Middle Ages
demanded for clothing and for furniture fabrics of finer quality and of
greater quantity than the looms established by the Mohammedans in Spain
and Sicily could supply, and sought them chiefly in the countries bordering
the eastern end of the Mediterranean. From this district came a great variety
of silks, woven often as brocades with gold or silver threads, and the early
types of velvet and satin. Silk goods formed the chief but not the sole
constituent of the textile imports; with them came fine cottons from India,
cloth made from the hair of camels and other animals, and linen from Egypt
and Syria, which surpassed all of western make. Europe depended also on
the East for fine china and glass.
Before the end of the Middle Ages the Italian silk manufacture had
grown strong enough to turn the tide, and to export to the East. Through the
greater part of this period, however, the only European textiles exported to
Asia were the woolens and common linens which were produced in
England, Flanders, and other of the more advanced countries. Besides these
manufactures the main exports consisted of raw materials: wool, hides,
metals (gold, silver, and tin), and food stuffs.
95. Revival of Oriental trade about 1000, under the leadership of
Italians.—As commerce with the East had lasted throughout the period of
Roman rule, and had cultivated tastes among rich Romans and provincials
which could only be satisfied by its continuance, we find evidence even in
the Dark Ages that it was still carried on. A document dated 716 shows that
the rich monastery of Corby in northern France received pepper, cloves, and
Page 91
other spices from southern France; and Marseilles maintained its
commercial relations with the East. The trade in this period, however, was
carried on almost entirely by Syrians and Jews; the peoples of western
Europe had not yet learned to profit by active participation in it, and it had
sunk to comparative insignificance. The revival came about the year 1000
with the general awakening of economic life in Europe which had for its
most striking feature the growth of towns. As the possibilities for trade
became greater, and the demand for luxuries kept pace with them, the
eastern trade felt a powerful stimulus, and grew rapidly in importance. It
was now carried on mainly by the people who were destined to control it
until the great discoveries left them outside the path of progress,—the
Italians. A group of towns in the far south of the Italian peninsula, Bari,
Trani, Brindisi, and Taranto, took advantage of their nearness to the Levant
(the eastern end of the Mediterranean) to establish commercial relations
which returned large profits and developed into a considerable trade.
Another group of towns near the Bay of Naples, of which Amalfi was the
chief, shared in the profits of this trade, and still another town, standing
alone near the head of the Adriatic Sea, Venice, began already to assume the
commanding position in the Oriental trade which she was destined to make
good against all rivals.
96. Routes between Asia and Europe.—The main routes serving as the
paths of trade between Asia and Europe during the Middle Ages were three
in number. The central route, the oldest and for much of this period the most
important, began at the head of the Persian Gulf; after the foundation of
Bagdad near the site of ancient Babylon (about 750 a.d.) it found there its
first important stopping-place. Thence a caravan route led around and
through the desert to Damascus, where it branched off to the coast of
ancient Phœnicia in one direction, to Egypt in the other. Aside from partial
interruptions this route was used steadily until near the close of the Middle
Ages, when it was partially blocked and commerce was forced to the south.
commercial relations with the East. The trade in this period, however, was
carried on almost entirely by Syrians and Jews; the peoples of western
Europe had not yet learned to profit by active participation in it, and it had
sunk to comparative insignificance. The revival came about the year 1000
with the general awakening of economic life in Europe which had for its
most striking feature the growth of towns. As the possibilities for trade
became greater, and the demand for luxuries kept pace with them, the
eastern trade felt a powerful stimulus, and grew rapidly in importance. It
was now carried on mainly by the people who were destined to control it
until the great discoveries left them outside the path of progress,—the
Italians. A group of towns in the far south of the Italian peninsula, Bari,
Trani, Brindisi, and Taranto, took advantage of their nearness to the Levant
(the eastern end of the Mediterranean) to establish commercial relations
which returned large profits and developed into a considerable trade.
Another group of towns near the Bay of Naples, of which Amalfi was the
chief, shared in the profits of this trade, and still another town, standing
alone near the head of the Adriatic Sea, Venice, began already to assume the
commanding position in the Oriental trade which she was destined to make
good against all rivals.
96. Routes between Asia and Europe.—The main routes serving as the
paths of trade between Asia and Europe during the Middle Ages were three
in number. The central route, the oldest and for much of this period the most
important, began at the head of the Persian Gulf; after the foundation of
Bagdad near the site of ancient Babylon (about 750 a.d.) it found there its
first important stopping-place. Thence a caravan route led around and
through the desert to Damascus, where it branched off to the coast of
ancient Phœnicia in one direction, to Egypt in the other. Aside from partial
interruptions this route was used steadily until near the close of the Middle
Ages, when it was partially blocked and commerce was forced to the south.
Page 92
TRADE ROUTES BETWEEN ASIA AND EUROPE
The map shows only the chief lines of trade, omitting side routes for the sake of clearness. See the
text, sect. 96, for description of the uses to which the routes were put.
The southern route, reaching Europe through Egypt, was mainly
maritime. It had to contend with two great difficulties: the great stretch of
open water presented by the Indian Ocean, and the difficulty of navigation
in the Red Sea, on the west coast of which strong north winds blow through
much of the year. The first of these difficulties became less serious in the
Christian era, as navigators learned to time their voyages to suit the
monsoons, the winds blowing at regular seasons in the Indian Ocean.
Vessels could leave an Egyptian port in July and reach India by the
southwest monsoon in little over two months. The second difficulty was
obviated by starting for the East not from the Gulf of Suez but from a point
part way down the coast (Berenice), reached by a trip on the Nile and by
caravan. This route became of greatest importance at the close of the
Middle Ages.
The map shows only the chief lines of trade, omitting side routes for the sake of clearness. See the
text, sect. 96, for description of the uses to which the routes were put.
The southern route, reaching Europe through Egypt, was mainly
maritime. It had to contend with two great difficulties: the great stretch of
open water presented by the Indian Ocean, and the difficulty of navigation
in the Red Sea, on the west coast of which strong north winds blow through
much of the year. The first of these difficulties became less serious in the
Christian era, as navigators learned to time their voyages to suit the
monsoons, the winds blowing at regular seasons in the Indian Ocean.
Vessels could leave an Egyptian port in July and reach India by the
southwest monsoon in little over two months. The second difficulty was
obviated by starting for the East not from the Gulf of Suez but from a point
part way down the coast (Berenice), reached by a trip on the Nile and by
caravan. This route became of greatest importance at the close of the
Middle Ages.
Page 93
The third route, entirely overland, led from India across the mountains to
the River Oxus, where it was joined by a caravan route from China.
Branching near Bokhara, one part led to the Caspian Sea and up the Volga,
another left the Caspian to the north and reached Europe at the Black Sea
(Trebizond, Constantinople). This route traversed high mountain passes and
long desert stretches, and was suitable only for the carriage of valuable
articles of small bulk. For about two centuries after 1250 it was kept open
by the Mongols or Tartars, who lived on good terms with the Christians;
then it was blocked by the Turks.
97. Character of the crusades; number of crusaders.—To assign to
economic motives the chief part in the crusades would be a distortion of the
great movement which marked the life of Europe in the two centuries
following 1100. Not hope of gain but vague ideals of this life and the life to
come drove hundreds of thousands of men to the perilous journey to the
Holy Land from which so few returned. Indirectly commerce had its share
in this movement; it had drawn the peoples closer together, stimulated
curiosity and broadened interests. Men sought an outlet for their surplus
energy, and a relief from the monotony of medieval life; ascetic ideals
imposed upon them holy tasks which they could fulfil to the benefit of their
souls. The effect can be traced in an increase in the pilgrimages of
individuals to holy places. The people of Europe needed only organization
and a leader to unite their scattered forces; they found their organization in
the church, their leader in the Pope and his delegates, their goal in the
delivery of the Holy Sepulcher from the hands of the infidels who were
abusing Christian pilgrims.
Any estimate of the numbers who engaged in the crusades must be pure
guesswork. The statistics of medieval chronicles, always notoriously
inaccurate, seem to reach the acme of unreliability in the figures of the
crusaders engaged in the different expeditions. The main body of the first
crusade, which started in 1095, was compared in number with the sands of
the seashore or the stars in heaven; even moderate contemporaries made it
600,000 or at least 300,000 strong; perhaps it was really 100,000. There
were six or eight separate expeditions lasting down to 1270, and we may
say that a million men, roughly speaking, and probably many less rather
than more, took part.
98. Commercial aspect of the crusades.—Even the transportation of
this number of men, with their baggage and equipment, must have been a
the River Oxus, where it was joined by a caravan route from China.
Branching near Bokhara, one part led to the Caspian Sea and up the Volga,
another left the Caspian to the north and reached Europe at the Black Sea
(Trebizond, Constantinople). This route traversed high mountain passes and
long desert stretches, and was suitable only for the carriage of valuable
articles of small bulk. For about two centuries after 1250 it was kept open
by the Mongols or Tartars, who lived on good terms with the Christians;
then it was blocked by the Turks.
97. Character of the crusades; number of crusaders.—To assign to
economic motives the chief part in the crusades would be a distortion of the
great movement which marked the life of Europe in the two centuries
following 1100. Not hope of gain but vague ideals of this life and the life to
come drove hundreds of thousands of men to the perilous journey to the
Holy Land from which so few returned. Indirectly commerce had its share
in this movement; it had drawn the peoples closer together, stimulated
curiosity and broadened interests. Men sought an outlet for their surplus
energy, and a relief from the monotony of medieval life; ascetic ideals
imposed upon them holy tasks which they could fulfil to the benefit of their
souls. The effect can be traced in an increase in the pilgrimages of
individuals to holy places. The people of Europe needed only organization
and a leader to unite their scattered forces; they found their organization in
the church, their leader in the Pope and his delegates, their goal in the
delivery of the Holy Sepulcher from the hands of the infidels who were
abusing Christian pilgrims.
Any estimate of the numbers who engaged in the crusades must be pure
guesswork. The statistics of medieval chronicles, always notoriously
inaccurate, seem to reach the acme of unreliability in the figures of the
crusaders engaged in the different expeditions. The main body of the first
crusade, which started in 1095, was compared in number with the sands of
the seashore or the stars in heaven; even moderate contemporaries made it
600,000 or at least 300,000 strong; perhaps it was really 100,000. There
were six or eight separate expeditions lasting down to 1270, and we may
say that a million men, roughly speaking, and probably many less rather
than more, took part.
98. Commercial aspect of the crusades.—Even the transportation of
this number of men, with their baggage and equipment, must have been a
Page 94
great stimulus to the growth of Mediterranean shipping. The first crusade
went almost entirely by land, but the sufferings and losses were so great that
crusaders were driven to the sea route, and this became gradually the
regular way of reaching the Holy Land. Italian merchants accompanied the
expedition from the beginning, not as real crusaders but as contractors for
transportation and supplies, turning both the needs and the successes of the
crusaders to their commercial profit. A fleet from Genoa and Pisa
accompanied the first crusade along the coast of Syria, selling provisions.
The Venetians waited until Jerusalem had been taken; then fitted out a fleet
which fought the Pisans, quarreled with the Greeks, and in return for very
slight services rendered to the crusaders demanded that in every city
captured they should have a market, church, and freedom from taxes.
“Whilst the warriors of Christendom were fighting for glory, for kingdoms,
or for the tomb of Christ, the merchants of Venice fought for counting-
houses, stores, or commercial privileges.” “The other crusaders obeyed the
new impulse, the Venetians utilized it.”
The fourth crusade, starting soon after 1200, was fairly captured by the
Venetians and turned into a commercial expedition for their profit. When
the time for starting came, the feudal knights, improvident as ever, could
not pay the sum agreed on for their transportation, and Venice used her
power over them as debtors to force them to aid her, first to capture Zara on
the Adriatic, a Christian city but a commercial rival, then to take
Constantinople itself, the key to the trade of the Black Sea. The crusade
accomplished nothing against the infidels; it was merely a means by which
Venice built up her commercial and colonial empire at the expense of other
Christians.
99. Effect of the crusades on knowledge of the East and of eastern
wares.—Aside from the help which the crusades gave the Italians in
building up their fleets and in establishing trading posts or colonies in the
East, they were of no less importance in extending the market for eastern
wares in Europe. The crusaders lost their provincialism, and acquired new
fashions (shaving the beard and bathing); they became acquainted with fine
stuffs and dyes and were no longer satisfied with the coarse products of
home. The European vocabulary was not large enough to give names to the
new acquisitions, and we can trace back to this period many words which
were borrowed from Arabic, the common language of the Mohammedans:
alcove, sofa, mattress, talisman, elixir; many of commercial significance,
went almost entirely by land, but the sufferings and losses were so great that
crusaders were driven to the sea route, and this became gradually the
regular way of reaching the Holy Land. Italian merchants accompanied the
expedition from the beginning, not as real crusaders but as contractors for
transportation and supplies, turning both the needs and the successes of the
crusaders to their commercial profit. A fleet from Genoa and Pisa
accompanied the first crusade along the coast of Syria, selling provisions.
The Venetians waited until Jerusalem had been taken; then fitted out a fleet
which fought the Pisans, quarreled with the Greeks, and in return for very
slight services rendered to the crusaders demanded that in every city
captured they should have a market, church, and freedom from taxes.
“Whilst the warriors of Christendom were fighting for glory, for kingdoms,
or for the tomb of Christ, the merchants of Venice fought for counting-
houses, stores, or commercial privileges.” “The other crusaders obeyed the
new impulse, the Venetians utilized it.”
The fourth crusade, starting soon after 1200, was fairly captured by the
Venetians and turned into a commercial expedition for their profit. When
the time for starting came, the feudal knights, improvident as ever, could
not pay the sum agreed on for their transportation, and Venice used her
power over them as debtors to force them to aid her, first to capture Zara on
the Adriatic, a Christian city but a commercial rival, then to take
Constantinople itself, the key to the trade of the Black Sea. The crusade
accomplished nothing against the infidels; it was merely a means by which
Venice built up her commercial and colonial empire at the expense of other
Christians.
99. Effect of the crusades on knowledge of the East and of eastern
wares.—Aside from the help which the crusades gave the Italians in
building up their fleets and in establishing trading posts or colonies in the
East, they were of no less importance in extending the market for eastern
wares in Europe. The crusaders lost their provincialism, and acquired new
fashions (shaving the beard and bathing); they became acquainted with fine
stuffs and dyes and were no longer satisfied with the coarse products of
home. The European vocabulary was not large enough to give names to the
new acquisitions, and we can trace back to this period many words which
were borrowed from Arabic, the common language of the Mohammedans:
alcove, sofa, mattress, talisman, elixir; many of commercial significance,
Page 95
bazar, tariff, corvette, barracks. Not only the words but the things
themselves became native in many cases; the crusades spread in Europe the
cultivation of the lemon, apricot, watermelon, rice, and sugar cane.
European literature described the marvels of the Orient, the silks of Syria,
the tapestries of Persia, the precious stones and perfumes of Arabia; the
names of eastern countries became familiar and knowledge of geography
widened rapidly.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Selecting any one among the more important wares, sects. 88-94, write
a report on its production, uses, value, and history as an article of
commerce. [Encyclopedia; commercial geographies; encyclopedias of
commerce and of manufactures, as those by McCulloch, Waterston,
Homans, Ure.]
2. Taking British India as a characteristic source for the Eastern wares,
contrast the exports then and now. [Statesman’s Year-Book, index, India,
exports.]
3. What seaports of those named in sect. 95 are still of importance?
[Statesman’s Year-Book, index, Italy, shipping.]
4. What evidences have the other ports left of their former greatness?
[Encyc.; *Baedeker’s guide-books.]
5. Which one of the three routes, sect. 96, is now the most important?
6. What railways have been constructed or proposed along the line of
ancient routes? [See a good atlas, and note the proposed railway from Asia
Minor through the Mesopotamian valley to the Persian gulf. What effect
may this railway have on the importance of Constantinople?]
7. Read a description of one of the ancient centers of trade in modern
times. [Consult books by modern travelers in south-western Asia.]
8. Where now can be found pilgrimages like those of the Christians to
Jerusalem? What is their commercial influence? [See Mecca in the
encyclopedia; and in Poole’s Index.]
9. How does the average number of crusaders going per year to Palestine
compare with the number of Americans going abroad?
10. Prepare, from descriptions in the current history manuals or from a
historical atlas (Droysen’s, for example), a map showing the route of each
themselves became native in many cases; the crusades spread in Europe the
cultivation of the lemon, apricot, watermelon, rice, and sugar cane.
European literature described the marvels of the Orient, the silks of Syria,
the tapestries of Persia, the precious stones and perfumes of Arabia; the
names of eastern countries became familiar and knowledge of geography
widened rapidly.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Selecting any one among the more important wares, sects. 88-94, write
a report on its production, uses, value, and history as an article of
commerce. [Encyclopedia; commercial geographies; encyclopedias of
commerce and of manufactures, as those by McCulloch, Waterston,
Homans, Ure.]
2. Taking British India as a characteristic source for the Eastern wares,
contrast the exports then and now. [Statesman’s Year-Book, index, India,
exports.]
3. What seaports of those named in sect. 95 are still of importance?
[Statesman’s Year-Book, index, Italy, shipping.]
4. What evidences have the other ports left of their former greatness?
[Encyc.; *Baedeker’s guide-books.]
5. Which one of the three routes, sect. 96, is now the most important?
6. What railways have been constructed or proposed along the line of
ancient routes? [See a good atlas, and note the proposed railway from Asia
Minor through the Mesopotamian valley to the Persian gulf. What effect
may this railway have on the importance of Constantinople?]
7. Read a description of one of the ancient centers of trade in modern
times. [Consult books by modern travelers in south-western Asia.]
8. Where now can be found pilgrimages like those of the Christians to
Jerusalem? What is their commercial influence? [See Mecca in the
encyclopedia; and in Poole’s Index.]
9. How does the average number of crusaders going per year to Palestine
compare with the number of Americans going abroad?
10. Prepare, from descriptions in the current history manuals or from a
historical atlas (Droysen’s, for example), a map showing the route of each
Page 96
crusade; number each route that the development of the sea-route may be
more apparent.
11. Show the development of Venice in the period of the crusades, by
comparing her commerce and power at the two dates limiting the period.
[References in next chapter.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Aside from the current manuals of the history of commerce very little has
appeared in English on the routes and wares of the Levant trade. Lincoln
Hutchinson, *Oriental trade and the rise of the Lombard Communes,
Quarterly Journal of Economics, 1901-2, 16: 413-432 (esp. 415-421), can
be recommended; and Cheyney, **Eur. background, has two excellent
chapters on the subject (Levant wares in chap. 1; routes in chap. 2).
The reader will have to rely largely on accounts of the crusades, in which
there are incidental references to commerce: Adams, *Civ.; Robinson (*
bibliography); Emerton, Med. Eur. (bibliog.); etc.
more apparent.
11. Show the development of Venice in the period of the crusades, by
comparing her commerce and power at the two dates limiting the period.
[References in next chapter.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Aside from the current manuals of the history of commerce very little has
appeared in English on the routes and wares of the Levant trade. Lincoln
Hutchinson, *Oriental trade and the rise of the Lombard Communes,
Quarterly Journal of Economics, 1901-2, 16: 413-432 (esp. 415-421), can
be recommended; and Cheyney, **Eur. background, has two excellent
chapters on the subject (Levant wares in chap. 1; routes in chap. 2).
The reader will have to rely largely on accounts of the crusades, in which
there are incidental references to commerce: Adams, *Civ.; Robinson (*
bibliography); Emerton, Med. Eur. (bibliog.); etc.
Page 97
CHAPTER XI
COMMERCE OF SOUTHERN EUROPE
100. Position of Venice; early history.—The course of the eastern trade
can best be followed in connection with the fortunes of the city of Venice
which still shows, in the splendid palaces lining its canals, the evidence of
its former greatness.
The beginnings of the city are traced back to the period of barbarian
invasions when fugitives from the mainland sought shelter on the islands a
short distance from shore. The inhabitants, thus protected from the
unending wars of the feudal period, were at the same time forced to seek
their living on the sea, first as fishermen but more and more as merchants.
The Italian conquests of the Emperor Justinian (about 500 a.d.), brought
them into relations with Constantinople which were maintained by trade
and frequent embassies. Even before the year 1000 the Venetians had won a
secure position in Constantinople by an imperial charter which granted
them, among other privileges, freedom from the vexatious tolls and delays
imposed by subordinate customs officers. Still more important was a charter
of 1082, which granted lands and buildings in Constantinople for a special
Venetian quarter, which freed the Venetians from all taxes and at the same
time required their trade rivals, the Amalfitani, to pay taxes to them for the
right to trade.
101. Expansion of Venetian empire during the crusades.—Before the
crusades, therefore, Venice had a commanding position in the eastern trade.
It confirmed this position by a series of bitter struggles with its rivals,
especially the cities of Genoa and Pisa which were rising to great
prominence. These cities imperiled for a time Venetian control of the Black
Sea trade at Constantinople; but the outcome of the fourth crusade (1204),
was a victory for Venice which left her supremacy for the time
unquestioned.
COMMERCE OF SOUTHERN EUROPE
100. Position of Venice; early history.—The course of the eastern trade
can best be followed in connection with the fortunes of the city of Venice
which still shows, in the splendid palaces lining its canals, the evidence of
its former greatness.
The beginnings of the city are traced back to the period of barbarian
invasions when fugitives from the mainland sought shelter on the islands a
short distance from shore. The inhabitants, thus protected from the
unending wars of the feudal period, were at the same time forced to seek
their living on the sea, first as fishermen but more and more as merchants.
The Italian conquests of the Emperor Justinian (about 500 a.d.), brought
them into relations with Constantinople which were maintained by trade
and frequent embassies. Even before the year 1000 the Venetians had won a
secure position in Constantinople by an imperial charter which granted
them, among other privileges, freedom from the vexatious tolls and delays
imposed by subordinate customs officers. Still more important was a charter
of 1082, which granted lands and buildings in Constantinople for a special
Venetian quarter, which freed the Venetians from all taxes and at the same
time required their trade rivals, the Amalfitani, to pay taxes to them for the
right to trade.
101. Expansion of Venetian empire during the crusades.—Before the
crusades, therefore, Venice had a commanding position in the eastern trade.
It confirmed this position by a series of bitter struggles with its rivals,
especially the cities of Genoa and Pisa which were rising to great
prominence. These cities imperiled for a time Venetian control of the Black
Sea trade at Constantinople; but the outcome of the fourth crusade (1204),
was a victory for Venice which left her supremacy for the time
unquestioned.
Page 98
THE VENETIAN EMPIRE
In the share taken by them in the partition of the Eastern Empire the
Venetians showed that common sense which is always found at the bottom
of all their actions. They left to the crusaders the inland provinces and took
for themselves the coast-towns and islands which promised the best
commercial returns and were easiest to defend. In Constantinople itself they
took a large part of the city, in which their podestat ruled almost as an
independent sovereign. At places commanding the all-important sea route to
the East, in the Peloponnesus or Morea, in Crete and in Eubœa, naval
stations were established under the control of officers sent out by the home
government. The strict rules by which these officers were governed gives an
insight into the discipline which existed in the Venetian foreign service. In
every place in which the Venetians founded a principality their capital was
surrounded by Italian colonies; there where one found formerly only nests
of pirates, the terror of Venetian commerce, one found now friendly ports,
refuges fortified and secure, where Venetian captains and merchants, certain
of a good reception, could ask asylum and protection.
In the share taken by them in the partition of the Eastern Empire the
Venetians showed that common sense which is always found at the bottom
of all their actions. They left to the crusaders the inland provinces and took
for themselves the coast-towns and islands which promised the best
commercial returns and were easiest to defend. In Constantinople itself they
took a large part of the city, in which their podestat ruled almost as an
independent sovereign. At places commanding the all-important sea route to
the East, in the Peloponnesus or Morea, in Crete and in Eubœa, naval
stations were established under the control of officers sent out by the home
government. The strict rules by which these officers were governed gives an
insight into the discipline which existed in the Venetian foreign service. In
every place in which the Venetians founded a principality their capital was
surrounded by Italian colonies; there where one found formerly only nests
of pirates, the terror of Venetian commerce, one found now friendly ports,
refuges fortified and secure, where Venetian captains and merchants, certain
of a good reception, could ask asylum and protection.
Page 99
102. Extent of Venetian commerce.—Thanks to the colonial empire
which they established the Venetians controlled the trade of the eastern
Mediterranean more efficiently than Great Britain has controlled the world
commerce of the nineteenth century; the field of operations was narrower,
and “trade followed the flag” in those early times as it has never done since.
Foreigners might trade if they would pay sufficiently for the privilege;
without this recognition of their inferiority they were public enemies to be
given short shrift.
Venice established her colonies or trading factories not only along the
shore of the eastern Mediterranean and the Black Sea; Venetian merchants
penetrated deep into Russia, and into Central Asia through the Crimea. So
bold were their enterprises that the home government, fearful for its
interests, passed a law to limit their extent. “Dalmatia, Albania, Romania,
Greece, Trebizond, Syria, Armenia, Egypt, Cyprus, Candia, Apulia, Sicily
and other countries, kingdoms and islands were the fruitful gardens, the
proud castles of our people, where they found again profit, pleasure,
security.” The old chronicler names but one side of the equation of trade;
the products from all these countries and from the far East behind them
were brought to Venice to be exchanged for the products of the West.
Martino da Canale says of an earlier period what must at any rate have been
true of his own (thirteenth century): “The Venetians went about the sea here
and there, and across the sea and in all places, and bought merchandise and
brought it to Venice from every side. Then there came to Venice Germans
and Bavarians, French and Lombards, Tuscans and Hungarians, and every
people that lives by merchandise, and they took it to their countries.”
103. Development of the institutions of commerce in Venice.—
Reference has been made in an earlier chapter to the Venetian regulations
on the building, rigging, and manning of ships, which anticipated by many
centuries similar legislation in the countries of northern Europe. The extent
of her commercial relations led Venice to a development of book-keeping
and banking which made her in these important branches the instructor of
Europe, to whom the sons of wealthy merchants in other countries were
sent to school. The reader will appreciate how great is the debt of other
countries to Italy when he reflects on the number of Italian words having to
do with commerce and banking which have become current in general
commercial use; among them are conto, conto corrente, porto, risico,
disconto, brutto, netto, deposito, folio, bilanza, etc.
which they established the Venetians controlled the trade of the eastern
Mediterranean more efficiently than Great Britain has controlled the world
commerce of the nineteenth century; the field of operations was narrower,
and “trade followed the flag” in those early times as it has never done since.
Foreigners might trade if they would pay sufficiently for the privilege;
without this recognition of their inferiority they were public enemies to be
given short shrift.
Venice established her colonies or trading factories not only along the
shore of the eastern Mediterranean and the Black Sea; Venetian merchants
penetrated deep into Russia, and into Central Asia through the Crimea. So
bold were their enterprises that the home government, fearful for its
interests, passed a law to limit their extent. “Dalmatia, Albania, Romania,
Greece, Trebizond, Syria, Armenia, Egypt, Cyprus, Candia, Apulia, Sicily
and other countries, kingdoms and islands were the fruitful gardens, the
proud castles of our people, where they found again profit, pleasure,
security.” The old chronicler names but one side of the equation of trade;
the products from all these countries and from the far East behind them
were brought to Venice to be exchanged for the products of the West.
Martino da Canale says of an earlier period what must at any rate have been
true of his own (thirteenth century): “The Venetians went about the sea here
and there, and across the sea and in all places, and bought merchandise and
brought it to Venice from every side. Then there came to Venice Germans
and Bavarians, French and Lombards, Tuscans and Hungarians, and every
people that lives by merchandise, and they took it to their countries.”
103. Development of the institutions of commerce in Venice.—
Reference has been made in an earlier chapter to the Venetian regulations
on the building, rigging, and manning of ships, which anticipated by many
centuries similar legislation in the countries of northern Europe. The extent
of her commercial relations led Venice to a development of book-keeping
and banking which made her in these important branches the instructor of
Europe, to whom the sons of wealthy merchants in other countries were
sent to school. The reader will appreciate how great is the debt of other
countries to Italy when he reflects on the number of Italian words having to
do with commerce and banking which have become current in general
commercial use; among them are conto, conto corrente, porto, risico,
disconto, brutto, netto, deposito, folio, bilanza, etc.
Page 100
104. Venetian commercial policy.—The Venetian commercial policy
may be described briefly as the maintenance of as strict a monopoly as
possible in the trade east of Italy, and the regulation of trade between Venice
and the North or West which would give the Venetians the greatest
advantage when they sold their Oriental wares to other Europeans. This
policy, as well as the material character of the commerce, can be studied in
connection with the two great branches of Venetian trade in Europe, the
overland commerce with Germany, and the sea commerce with
northwestern Europe.
may be described briefly as the maintenance of as strict a monopoly as
possible in the trade east of Italy, and the regulation of trade between Venice
and the North or West which would give the Venetians the greatest
advantage when they sold their Oriental wares to other Europeans. This
policy, as well as the material character of the commerce, can be studied in
connection with the two great branches of Venetian trade in Europe, the
overland commerce with Germany, and the sea commerce with
northwestern Europe.
Page 101
TRADE ROUTES BETWEEN GERMANY AND ITALY
The different routes varied in importance at different periods, and some routes were used besides
those indicated on the map. The Brenner Pass was always of great importance to Venetian trade;
the St. Gothard Pass was not opened until the thirteenth century.
The different routes varied in importance at different periods, and some routes were used besides
those indicated on the map. The Brenner Pass was always of great importance to Venetian trade;
the St. Gothard Pass was not opened until the thirteenth century.
Page 102
105. Overland trade with Germany.—As the Venetians were
essentially a sea-faring people, and as it was easier to reach the large cities
of central and southern Germany by land than by sea, they took the passive
part in their German trade, staying at home and allowing the Germans to
come to them for wares. The trip overland from central Germany took
roughly two weeks or a little less; trade letters of the fifteenth century were
a month or more on the way between Venice and Bruges. Different routes
were chosen according to the starting-point of the journey. The chief route
was that leading over the Brenner, one of the lowest of the great Alpine
passes, lying between Augsburg in Germany and Verona in Italy; but very
often the merchant struck off to the East before reaching Verona into the
valley of the Drave or the Brenta. Coming from the East, from Vienna, for
instance, the Semmering pass was commonly chosen.
106. Strict control over German merchants in Venice.—On reaching
Venice the merchant was put at once under strict supervision. He could not
choose his own lodgings, but must stay at the “Fondaco dei Tedeschi”
(German factory, using that word in its earlier sense of a trading post). This
was a building (in its later form a handsome palace now used as a
government office) which belonged to the city, and which served at once as
a hotel, a warehouse, and an office for controlling the trade. When a
merchant arrived he was disarmed and given a room; a careful list was
made of all his wares, which served as a basis for the government dues; and
an inspector was assigned to him. This inspector acted as an interpreter and
as a broker, helping the merchant make his bargains, but it would be a great
mistake to suppose that he was appointed mainly to serve the merchant’s
convenience; his main business was to “shadow” the merchant constantly,
to see that he broke none of the numerous regulations designed to assure to
the government its dues and to the Venetian people their profits. Germans
could bring to Venice only the wares of their own country and of
northeastern Europe, because the Venetians wanted to carry on themselves
the trade with Flanders; Germans could trade with no other foreigners in
Venice, and could not trade even among themselves, in order that the
Venetians might have the sole market; they must sell out their whole stock
in Venice, without the option of withdrawing part of it and carrying it
further. One is tempted to ask why the Germans came to Venice at all, to
submit to such severe restrictions. The answer is easy; they had no other
essentially a sea-faring people, and as it was easier to reach the large cities
of central and southern Germany by land than by sea, they took the passive
part in their German trade, staying at home and allowing the Germans to
come to them for wares. The trip overland from central Germany took
roughly two weeks or a little less; trade letters of the fifteenth century were
a month or more on the way between Venice and Bruges. Different routes
were chosen according to the starting-point of the journey. The chief route
was that leading over the Brenner, one of the lowest of the great Alpine
passes, lying between Augsburg in Germany and Verona in Italy; but very
often the merchant struck off to the East before reaching Verona into the
valley of the Drave or the Brenta. Coming from the East, from Vienna, for
instance, the Semmering pass was commonly chosen.
106. Strict control over German merchants in Venice.—On reaching
Venice the merchant was put at once under strict supervision. He could not
choose his own lodgings, but must stay at the “Fondaco dei Tedeschi”
(German factory, using that word in its earlier sense of a trading post). This
was a building (in its later form a handsome palace now used as a
government office) which belonged to the city, and which served at once as
a hotel, a warehouse, and an office for controlling the trade. When a
merchant arrived he was disarmed and given a room; a careful list was
made of all his wares, which served as a basis for the government dues; and
an inspector was assigned to him. This inspector acted as an interpreter and
as a broker, helping the merchant make his bargains, but it would be a great
mistake to suppose that he was appointed mainly to serve the merchant’s
convenience; his main business was to “shadow” the merchant constantly,
to see that he broke none of the numerous regulations designed to assure to
the government its dues and to the Venetian people their profits. Germans
could bring to Venice only the wares of their own country and of
northeastern Europe, because the Venetians wanted to carry on themselves
the trade with Flanders; Germans could trade with no other foreigners in
Venice, and could not trade even among themselves, in order that the
Venetians might have the sole market; they must sell out their whole stock
in Venice, without the option of withdrawing part of it and carrying it
further. One is tempted to ask why the Germans came to Venice at all, to
submit to such severe restrictions. The answer is easy; they had no other
Page 103
place to go to, for the wares they wanted. Thanks to her position and to her
skill in trade and war Venice had a monopoly of Oriental wares which
enabled her for some time to make what regulations she pleased without
fear of losing her customers.
107. Importance of the trade between Venice and Germany.—The
German trade in Venice amounted, according to an estimate of the fifteenth
century, to a million ducats a year, and the ducat of this period was worth
considerably more than the modern dollar. It supplied Germany with the
coveted eastern wares which we have already enumerated, and, moreover,
with some of the products of Venetian manufactures, which were then
highly developed and which were stimulated by protective tariffs. These
manufactures included glass, which is even now a specialty of the city, fine
textiles, weapons, paper, etc. The Venetian trade, on the other hand,
furnished to Germany a market for her metals (gold, silver, iron, copper,
lead, tin), furs, twine, rosaries, and manufactures of leather and horn, and
the coarser textiles.
108. Commerce by sea with northwestern Europe.—With the
countries west of Germany Venice carried on an “active” commerce; that is,
instead of waiting for foreigners to come to her she brought the wares to
them, as she could well do by the sea route. The crusade of 1204, to which
we have already referred as a turning-point in Venetian development, was
composed in large part of knights from northwestern Europe, and the
relations established then with Flanders, Champagne, and neighboring
districts, were continued by trade. The first reference to Venice discovered
in English documents is dated 1201, but before the close of the thirteenth
century a brisk commerce with England had grown up; at one time in the
reign of Edward I over 2,000 sacks of wool were found in the possession of
Italian trading companies. The trade followed at first the land route across
France, but soon took to the sea, and though the land traffic was never
wholly abandoned it became less important and was discouraged by special
dues.
109. Regulation of this commerce; the Flanders galleys.—Soon after
1300 the government took charge of this trade and regulated it on principles
which were followed for the two hundred years during which it remained
important. Separate voyages were, as a rule, prevented, and Venetian
merchants who wished to participate in the trade must join in the fleet of
“Flanders galleys” which sailed at intervals (usually once a year), as the
skill in trade and war Venice had a monopoly of Oriental wares which
enabled her for some time to make what regulations she pleased without
fear of losing her customers.
107. Importance of the trade between Venice and Germany.—The
German trade in Venice amounted, according to an estimate of the fifteenth
century, to a million ducats a year, and the ducat of this period was worth
considerably more than the modern dollar. It supplied Germany with the
coveted eastern wares which we have already enumerated, and, moreover,
with some of the products of Venetian manufactures, which were then
highly developed and which were stimulated by protective tariffs. These
manufactures included glass, which is even now a specialty of the city, fine
textiles, weapons, paper, etc. The Venetian trade, on the other hand,
furnished to Germany a market for her metals (gold, silver, iron, copper,
lead, tin), furs, twine, rosaries, and manufactures of leather and horn, and
the coarser textiles.
108. Commerce by sea with northwestern Europe.—With the
countries west of Germany Venice carried on an “active” commerce; that is,
instead of waiting for foreigners to come to her she brought the wares to
them, as she could well do by the sea route. The crusade of 1204, to which
we have already referred as a turning-point in Venetian development, was
composed in large part of knights from northwestern Europe, and the
relations established then with Flanders, Champagne, and neighboring
districts, were continued by trade. The first reference to Venice discovered
in English documents is dated 1201, but before the close of the thirteenth
century a brisk commerce with England had grown up; at one time in the
reign of Edward I over 2,000 sacks of wool were found in the possession of
Italian trading companies. The trade followed at first the land route across
France, but soon took to the sea, and though the land traffic was never
wholly abandoned it became less important and was discouraged by special
dues.
109. Regulation of this commerce; the Flanders galleys.—Soon after
1300 the government took charge of this trade and regulated it on principles
which were followed for the two hundred years during which it remained
important. Separate voyages were, as a rule, prevented, and Venetian
merchants who wished to participate in the trade must join in the fleet of
“Flanders galleys” which sailed at intervals (usually once a year), as the
Page 104
opportunity for trade seemed favorable. On these occasions the Venetian
senate voted a certain number of galleys for the voyage, and auctioned off
the right to freight them. Each galley was propelled by 180 oarsmen, and
carried for its protection a force of archers commanded by four young
patricians who were sent out that in this way they might see the world and
learn to serve their native city. The cargo was carried on the account of
private merchants, but the supreme control of the fleet was vested in a
captain appointed by the Venetian government, and bound to follow its
instructions. The voyage to Flanders and back occupied the greater part of a
year, as the galleys touched and traded at many ports along the way. The
route generally taken included the following stopping-places: Capo d’Istria
(Pola), Corfu, Otranto, Syracuse, Messina, Naples, Majorca, the principal
ports of Spain and Morocco, and Lisbon. In the English Channel the fleet
divided, some galleys going to Southampton or London, others to Sluys (the
port of Bruges, connected with it by a short canal), Middelburg, and
Antwerp. The chief objective was the city of Bruges, the great market
where the trade of northern Europe, in the hands of the Hanseatic
merchants, and the trade of southern Europe in the hands of the Venetians,
came together.
110. Development of other cities in Italy; freedom and vigor of their
policy.—Space forbids the consideration in detail of the history and policy
of other Italian cities, of which some rose to the first rank in commerce,
though none attained to the greatness of Venice. The lack of a central
government in the peninsula enabled each city to frame its policy solely
with an eye to its own interests. The Italian cities were able to free
themselves from the laws and customs that had been necessary in an earlier
time, but which lay like fetters on developing trade and industry. The city of
Florence, for instance, showed a liberality in its policy regarding land
tenure, industry, domestic and foreign commerce, which was strikingly
modern. The result was an extraordinarily rapid development in commerce,
manufacture and finance, but also, unfortunately, a jealous rivalry between
the cities, which expressed itself not only in commercial competition but
also in destructive wars.
111. Genoa.—Genoa, situated in a position corresponding to that of
Venice on the other side of the Italian peninsula, grew great like her in the
course of the crusades. In conflict with Pisa, which had become a
threatening commercial rival, Genoa was a complete victor by the naval
senate voted a certain number of galleys for the voyage, and auctioned off
the right to freight them. Each galley was propelled by 180 oarsmen, and
carried for its protection a force of archers commanded by four young
patricians who were sent out that in this way they might see the world and
learn to serve their native city. The cargo was carried on the account of
private merchants, but the supreme control of the fleet was vested in a
captain appointed by the Venetian government, and bound to follow its
instructions. The voyage to Flanders and back occupied the greater part of a
year, as the galleys touched and traded at many ports along the way. The
route generally taken included the following stopping-places: Capo d’Istria
(Pola), Corfu, Otranto, Syracuse, Messina, Naples, Majorca, the principal
ports of Spain and Morocco, and Lisbon. In the English Channel the fleet
divided, some galleys going to Southampton or London, others to Sluys (the
port of Bruges, connected with it by a short canal), Middelburg, and
Antwerp. The chief objective was the city of Bruges, the great market
where the trade of northern Europe, in the hands of the Hanseatic
merchants, and the trade of southern Europe in the hands of the Venetians,
came together.
110. Development of other cities in Italy; freedom and vigor of their
policy.—Space forbids the consideration in detail of the history and policy
of other Italian cities, of which some rose to the first rank in commerce,
though none attained to the greatness of Venice. The lack of a central
government in the peninsula enabled each city to frame its policy solely
with an eye to its own interests. The Italian cities were able to free
themselves from the laws and customs that had been necessary in an earlier
time, but which lay like fetters on developing trade and industry. The city of
Florence, for instance, showed a liberality in its policy regarding land
tenure, industry, domestic and foreign commerce, which was strikingly
modern. The result was an extraordinarily rapid development in commerce,
manufacture and finance, but also, unfortunately, a jealous rivalry between
the cities, which expressed itself not only in commercial competition but
also in destructive wars.
111. Genoa.—Genoa, situated in a position corresponding to that of
Venice on the other side of the Italian peninsula, grew great like her in the
course of the crusades. In conflict with Pisa, which had become a
threatening commercial rival, Genoa was a complete victor by the naval
Page 105
victory of Maloria in 1284. Against Venice the city was not so fortunate.
Genoa recovered in part from the blow dealt her by Venice in the fourth
crusade, when the Greek empire was re-established at Constantinople
(1261), and won some important naval victories in the constant succession
of wars culminating in the battle of Chioggia in 1380. The Genoese
managed always to secure a share of the Oriental trade; they helped to
establish the system of joint stock companies; and contributed to the
development of banking and public finance. They lacked, however, the
advantages of the Venetian situation, both as regarded their opportunity for
trade and their capacity for defence. They were drawn into the net of
continental politics, and as at home they had never shown the ability of the
Venetians to pacify or to crush rival factions, their force was wasted in
useless political conflicts.
112. Inland cities; Florence.—Besides the two great seaports of Venice
and Genoa other cities of northern Italy grew rich by industry and
commerce at this period, notably Milan. The chief commercial city in the
interior, however, was Florence in central Italy. Though Florence had no
seaport of its own until after 1400, when it overpowered Pisa and Leghorn,
it carried on an extensive commerce in its chief product, wool and silk
textiles. Great trading houses bought up the raw material through agents
settled in markets like Bruges, or traveling for years at a time, and sold the
finished product through a similar network of agencies. The amount of
manufacturing and commerce in the city stimulated the development of
banking institutions, and Florentine bankers gained not only a regal position
at home, but also a commanding voice in international politics.
113. Other Mediterranean cities; Marseilles, Barcelona.—On the
Mediterranean coast of France the only great port at this period was
Marseilles, which had developed rapidly in the course of the crusades. It
exported to Italy and the East French textiles (woolen and linen), wood,
metals, wine, oil, soap, etc.
In Spain the Arabs had developed the arts of civilization to a point which
was far above that of the contemporary Christian states. Toward the close of
the Middle Ages, however, the contest between them and the Christian
kings for the supremacy of the peninsula absorbed the best energies of both
parties, and caused an actual decline in material civilization. One city,
however, Barcelona, carried on a very extensive commerce, and was one of
the most important ports of the Mediterranean. Its inhabitants enjoyed
Genoa recovered in part from the blow dealt her by Venice in the fourth
crusade, when the Greek empire was re-established at Constantinople
(1261), and won some important naval victories in the constant succession
of wars culminating in the battle of Chioggia in 1380. The Genoese
managed always to secure a share of the Oriental trade; they helped to
establish the system of joint stock companies; and contributed to the
development of banking and public finance. They lacked, however, the
advantages of the Venetian situation, both as regarded their opportunity for
trade and their capacity for defence. They were drawn into the net of
continental politics, and as at home they had never shown the ability of the
Venetians to pacify or to crush rival factions, their force was wasted in
useless political conflicts.
112. Inland cities; Florence.—Besides the two great seaports of Venice
and Genoa other cities of northern Italy grew rich by industry and
commerce at this period, notably Milan. The chief commercial city in the
interior, however, was Florence in central Italy. Though Florence had no
seaport of its own until after 1400, when it overpowered Pisa and Leghorn,
it carried on an extensive commerce in its chief product, wool and silk
textiles. Great trading houses bought up the raw material through agents
settled in markets like Bruges, or traveling for years at a time, and sold the
finished product through a similar network of agencies. The amount of
manufacturing and commerce in the city stimulated the development of
banking institutions, and Florentine bankers gained not only a regal position
at home, but also a commanding voice in international politics.
113. Other Mediterranean cities; Marseilles, Barcelona.—On the
Mediterranean coast of France the only great port at this period was
Marseilles, which had developed rapidly in the course of the crusades. It
exported to Italy and the East French textiles (woolen and linen), wood,
metals, wine, oil, soap, etc.
In Spain the Arabs had developed the arts of civilization to a point which
was far above that of the contemporary Christian states. Toward the close of
the Middle Ages, however, the contest between them and the Christian
kings for the supremacy of the peninsula absorbed the best energies of both
parties, and caused an actual decline in material civilization. One city,
however, Barcelona, carried on a very extensive commerce, and was one of
the most important ports of the Mediterranean. Its inhabitants enjoyed
Page 106
unusual freedom under the kings of Aragon and were reputed to be among
the best sailors of their time; they had trading stations along the coast of the
Mediterranean as far as Egypt and Syria, and as merchants or pirates
frequented the Grecian archipelago.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Study: (a) the position of Venice in the Mediterranean; (b) the
peculiarities of the site of the city; and write a report on the influence of
these factors on the history of Venice in its different periods.
[Encyclopedia.]
2. Compare the policy pursued by Venice toward Amalfi in
Constantinople to the early policy of the Standard Oil Company. [See the
account of railroad rebates in accounts of the Standard Oil Company by
Lloyd or Tarbell.]
3. Compare the Venetian and the Athenian sea-empires in respect to (a)
extent, (b) duration, (c) policy. [See chapter 2, and for further information
on Venetian history see Brown.]
4. Make a map showing Venetian trade relations in the fifteenth century.
[Falkner, Statistical Documents, V.]
5. Summarize the account of commercial transactions at that period.
[Same.]
6. Write a report on the contributions of the Italians to book-keeping. [Cf.
Beckmann, Hist. of inventions, Bohn’s Library, vol. 1, pp. 1-5.]
7. Write a similar report on their contributions to banking. [Encyc.,
Palgrave’s Dict., or some history of banking.]
8. Write out the English equivalents of the Italian words in sect. 103.
9. What resemblance can you find between Venetian policy toward
Germans, and Boer policy toward English in the South African Republic?
[See one of the many accounts of conditions preceding the war in South
Africa.]
10. From the description in sect. 109 draw on an outline map the route of
the Flanders galleys.
11. Write a report on the political conditions in Italy in the last centuries
of the Middle Ages. [Current manuals of European history; Burckhardt,
Civilisation of the Renaissance, London, 1878.]
12. Write a report on the rivalry of Venice and Genoa. [Brown, Venice.]
the best sailors of their time; they had trading stations along the coast of the
Mediterranean as far as Egypt and Syria, and as merchants or pirates
frequented the Grecian archipelago.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Study: (a) the position of Venice in the Mediterranean; (b) the
peculiarities of the site of the city; and write a report on the influence of
these factors on the history of Venice in its different periods.
[Encyclopedia.]
2. Compare the policy pursued by Venice toward Amalfi in
Constantinople to the early policy of the Standard Oil Company. [See the
account of railroad rebates in accounts of the Standard Oil Company by
Lloyd or Tarbell.]
3. Compare the Venetian and the Athenian sea-empires in respect to (a)
extent, (b) duration, (c) policy. [See chapter 2, and for further information
on Venetian history see Brown.]
4. Make a map showing Venetian trade relations in the fifteenth century.
[Falkner, Statistical Documents, V.]
5. Summarize the account of commercial transactions at that period.
[Same.]
6. Write a report on the contributions of the Italians to book-keeping. [Cf.
Beckmann, Hist. of inventions, Bohn’s Library, vol. 1, pp. 1-5.]
7. Write a similar report on their contributions to banking. [Encyc.,
Palgrave’s Dict., or some history of banking.]
8. Write out the English equivalents of the Italian words in sect. 103.
9. What resemblance can you find between Venetian policy toward
Germans, and Boer policy toward English in the South African Republic?
[See one of the many accounts of conditions preceding the war in South
Africa.]
10. From the description in sect. 109 draw on an outline map the route of
the Flanders galleys.
11. Write a report on the political conditions in Italy in the last centuries
of the Middle Ages. [Current manuals of European history; Burckhardt,
Civilisation of the Renaissance, London, 1878.]
12. Write a report on the rivalry of Venice and Genoa. [Brown, Venice.]
Page 107
13. Write a report on the chief periods in the history of Genoa.
[Encyclopedia.]
14. Study the history of the Medici family as showing the character of
commercial and political life in Florence. [Encyclopedia; various
biographies.]
15. Write a brief report on the commercial history of Marseilles or of
Barcelona. [Encyclopedia.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
A bibliography of the history of Venice is given by Brown, pp. xix-xxiii.
A good brief survey of Venetian history, with a description of the modern
city and a map, will be found in the Encyc. Brit. The history in the Story of
the Nations series cannot be recommended. The best book for our purposes
is Horatio F. Brown, *Venice, N. Y., Putnam, 1893. The history of other
Italian cities is treated, with some attention to commerce, in Bella Duffy,
The Tuscan republics with Genoa, N. Y., Putnam, 1893.
[Encyclopedia.]
14. Study the history of the Medici family as showing the character of
commercial and political life in Florence. [Encyclopedia; various
biographies.]
15. Write a brief report on the commercial history of Marseilles or of
Barcelona. [Encyclopedia.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
A bibliography of the history of Venice is given by Brown, pp. xix-xxiii.
A good brief survey of Venetian history, with a description of the modern
city and a map, will be found in the Encyc. Brit. The history in the Story of
the Nations series cannot be recommended. The best book for our purposes
is Horatio F. Brown, *Venice, N. Y., Putnam, 1893. The history of other
Italian cities is treated, with some attention to commerce, in Bella Duffy,
The Tuscan republics with Genoa, N. Y., Putnam, 1893.
Page 108
CHAPTER XII
COMMERCE OF NORTHERN EUROPE
114. Development of commerce in South and North.—Medieval
commerce reached its highest development on opposite sides of the
continent of Europe, in the Levant trade of the South and in the trade
carried on by the Hanseatic cities of the North. Commerce was, of course,
not confined to these localities. We have seen already how German
merchants and the Flanders galleys united the North and South of Europe;
and every one of the present European countries took a greater or less share
in the exchange of wares. We have already described, however, the general
character of commerce in the medieval period, and must refer the reader to
that description for some idea of the commerce of countries which are not
treated in detail in this sketch.
115. Conditions and wares of the Baltic trade.—The wares of the
northern trade present a contrast to those which furnished the material of
eastern commerce. In the first place the countries of central Europe found in
Scandinavia and the Northeast, which formed the trading ground, peoples
who were their industrial inferiors; these peoples were glad to receive
manufactures instead of supplying them. Secondly, the cost of carriage was
much less in the North than in the South, not only because transportation
was almost entirely by sea and over a shorter route, but also because the
tolls on trade were much less than in the Asiatic countries. It was possible,
therefore, to trade in bulky articles of comparatively small value.
The luxuries which formed so large a part of the eastern exports were
scarcely represented in the northern trade. Amber can be put in this class,
though the trade in it was of no great importance; this was a fossilized resin
which was found on the coast of the Baltic, and which was used for
ornaments. Wax was a far more considerable item of export, which may,
perhaps, be regarded as a luxury, since it found its chief employment in the
form of candles used in church services.
116. Exports from the Baltic, mainly raw materials.—Most of the
exports from northeastern Europe were raw materials serving the simpler
needs of man. Among the foodstuffs fish took the first place. Until the
fifteenth century the herring, which does not now range outside the waters
COMMERCE OF NORTHERN EUROPE
114. Development of commerce in South and North.—Medieval
commerce reached its highest development on opposite sides of the
continent of Europe, in the Levant trade of the South and in the trade
carried on by the Hanseatic cities of the North. Commerce was, of course,
not confined to these localities. We have seen already how German
merchants and the Flanders galleys united the North and South of Europe;
and every one of the present European countries took a greater or less share
in the exchange of wares. We have already described, however, the general
character of commerce in the medieval period, and must refer the reader to
that description for some idea of the commerce of countries which are not
treated in detail in this sketch.
115. Conditions and wares of the Baltic trade.—The wares of the
northern trade present a contrast to those which furnished the material of
eastern commerce. In the first place the countries of central Europe found in
Scandinavia and the Northeast, which formed the trading ground, peoples
who were their industrial inferiors; these peoples were glad to receive
manufactures instead of supplying them. Secondly, the cost of carriage was
much less in the North than in the South, not only because transportation
was almost entirely by sea and over a shorter route, but also because the
tolls on trade were much less than in the Asiatic countries. It was possible,
therefore, to trade in bulky articles of comparatively small value.
The luxuries which formed so large a part of the eastern exports were
scarcely represented in the northern trade. Amber can be put in this class,
though the trade in it was of no great importance; this was a fossilized resin
which was found on the coast of the Baltic, and which was used for
ornaments. Wax was a far more considerable item of export, which may,
perhaps, be regarded as a luxury, since it found its chief employment in the
form of candles used in church services.
116. Exports from the Baltic, mainly raw materials.—Most of the
exports from northeastern Europe were raw materials serving the simpler
needs of man. Among the foodstuffs fish took the first place. Until the
fifteenth century the herring, which does not now range outside the waters
Page 109
of the North Sea and the open ocean, came each year in late summer to the
Swedish and German coasts of the Baltic; and the trade in dried and salted
fish, especially herring, was one of the chief branches of northern
commerce. The whole population of western Europe was at this time
Roman Catholic, and the consumption of fish was of course stimulated by
the rules of the church. Other foodstuffs exported were honey, butter, and
salt meat.
The Northeast had no textiles to offer to the rest of Europe, but in its furs
it had a substitute for them which was most highly prized. The furs included
not only the finer varieties, the use of which was restricted to the upper
classes, but also common grades that were desired as much for their warmth
as for their appearance. Houses were so poorly heated that comfort was
impossible without thick clothing. We can understand, therefore, the
complaint of a German bishop who said that “we strive as hard to come into
the possession of a marten skin as if it were everlasting salvation.”
Other raw materials exported were skins and tallow from animal industry,
and forestry products which were destined to be the mainstay of the Baltic
trade in later times, various forms of timber and the group of products
known later as “naval stores,” including pitch, tar, and turpentine.
117. Exports from the West to the Baltic countries.—In return for its
imports western Europe sent to Russia and Scandinavia its manufactures
and the raw products which could not be obtained in the Northeast. The list
includes wheat, wine, salt, and metals, and, among the manufactures,
especially cloth and beer. The merchants of the West conducted the trade
not only between their home districts and the less developed countries, but
also between these countries; they carried herrings, for instance, from
Scandinavia to Russia.
118. Contrast of the history of the commercial cities in Italy and in
Germany.—The cities of Germany, which took advantage of the
opportunities for trade in the North, were like those of Italy in their freedom
from royal authority. There seems, therefore, a chance that they might fight
among themselves for the trade, and that one of them might get a
commanding position as did Venice in the South. No one of them, however,
had the peculiar advantages of the geographical position and the freedom
from attacks by land which Venice enjoyed. They were too evenly matched
to settle quickly the question of supremacy, and they ran such dangers from
the attacks of feudal lords that they could not afford to quarrel among
Swedish and German coasts of the Baltic; and the trade in dried and salted
fish, especially herring, was one of the chief branches of northern
commerce. The whole population of western Europe was at this time
Roman Catholic, and the consumption of fish was of course stimulated by
the rules of the church. Other foodstuffs exported were honey, butter, and
salt meat.
The Northeast had no textiles to offer to the rest of Europe, but in its furs
it had a substitute for them which was most highly prized. The furs included
not only the finer varieties, the use of which was restricted to the upper
classes, but also common grades that were desired as much for their warmth
as for their appearance. Houses were so poorly heated that comfort was
impossible without thick clothing. We can understand, therefore, the
complaint of a German bishop who said that “we strive as hard to come into
the possession of a marten skin as if it were everlasting salvation.”
Other raw materials exported were skins and tallow from animal industry,
and forestry products which were destined to be the mainstay of the Baltic
trade in later times, various forms of timber and the group of products
known later as “naval stores,” including pitch, tar, and turpentine.
117. Exports from the West to the Baltic countries.—In return for its
imports western Europe sent to Russia and Scandinavia its manufactures
and the raw products which could not be obtained in the Northeast. The list
includes wheat, wine, salt, and metals, and, among the manufactures,
especially cloth and beer. The merchants of the West conducted the trade
not only between their home districts and the less developed countries, but
also between these countries; they carried herrings, for instance, from
Scandinavia to Russia.
118. Contrast of the history of the commercial cities in Italy and in
Germany.—The cities of Germany, which took advantage of the
opportunities for trade in the North, were like those of Italy in their freedom
from royal authority. There seems, therefore, a chance that they might fight
among themselves for the trade, and that one of them might get a
commanding position as did Venice in the South. No one of them, however,
had the peculiar advantages of the geographical position and the freedom
from attacks by land which Venice enjoyed. They were too evenly matched
to settle quickly the question of supremacy, and they ran such dangers from
the attacks of feudal lords that they could not afford to quarrel among
Page 110
themselves. Instead of competing they united, in the Hansa or Hanseatic
League, which was the most remarkable commercial association of the
medieval period.
119. Rise of the Hanseatic League.—The word “hanse” meant in early
German a society, a band of men, and was applied to a number of
commercial associations besides the particular league to which we apply it
here. This league grew up gradually in the thirteenth and fourteenth
centuries. The merchants of various German cities found it necessary to
unite for the protection of their interests abroad, and the beginnings of the
association are found in the island of Gotland, in the Baltic and in the city
of London, where Germans carried on a considerable trade. After a while
the cities at home took up the association which their merchants had started
in foreign countries, and in the fourteenth century a great league grew up,
centering in the cities at the southwestern corner of the Baltic, of which
Lübeck was the chief. Sailors were still afraid to navigate the waters around
Denmark, because of the dangerous currents and shoals, so Baltic wares
were carried across the isthmus, and cities like Lübeck grew great on this
trade and on that which came down the Elbe valley.
120. Extent and organization of the League.—“When the ambassadors
of the Hanseatic League in England in 1376 were asked for a list of the
members who made up their vast association, they answered scornfully that
surely even they themselves could not be supposed to remember the
countless names of towns, big and little in all kingdoms, in whose name
they spoke.” The league was in fact very extensive, for it included not only
the chief German seaports, but also towns in the interior and some towns
outside of Germany altogether. The number varied from time to time; in the
period of greatest power it was nearly 100, stretching from Dinant in
modern Belgium to Krakau and Reval in the East, and including towns as
far inland as Göttingen in Germany. The towns never formed a very close
union, but sent their representatives every year or so to a meeting-place
where they could discuss matters of common interest, decide upon the
policy to be followed, and raise what resources they could for carrying the
policy through.
121. Control of the commerce of northern Europe by the League.—
The aim in general was the protection of commerce from the attacks of
pirates and feudal lords and the negotiation of commercial treaties which
would extend the privileges of members and preserve their monopoly of
League, which was the most remarkable commercial association of the
medieval period.
119. Rise of the Hanseatic League.—The word “hanse” meant in early
German a society, a band of men, and was applied to a number of
commercial associations besides the particular league to which we apply it
here. This league grew up gradually in the thirteenth and fourteenth
centuries. The merchants of various German cities found it necessary to
unite for the protection of their interests abroad, and the beginnings of the
association are found in the island of Gotland, in the Baltic and in the city
of London, where Germans carried on a considerable trade. After a while
the cities at home took up the association which their merchants had started
in foreign countries, and in the fourteenth century a great league grew up,
centering in the cities at the southwestern corner of the Baltic, of which
Lübeck was the chief. Sailors were still afraid to navigate the waters around
Denmark, because of the dangerous currents and shoals, so Baltic wares
were carried across the isthmus, and cities like Lübeck grew great on this
trade and on that which came down the Elbe valley.
120. Extent and organization of the League.—“When the ambassadors
of the Hanseatic League in England in 1376 were asked for a list of the
members who made up their vast association, they answered scornfully that
surely even they themselves could not be supposed to remember the
countless names of towns, big and little in all kingdoms, in whose name
they spoke.” The league was in fact very extensive, for it included not only
the chief German seaports, but also towns in the interior and some towns
outside of Germany altogether. The number varied from time to time; in the
period of greatest power it was nearly 100, stretching from Dinant in
modern Belgium to Krakau and Reval in the East, and including towns as
far inland as Göttingen in Germany. The towns never formed a very close
union, but sent their representatives every year or so to a meeting-place
where they could discuss matters of common interest, decide upon the
policy to be followed, and raise what resources they could for carrying the
policy through.
121. Control of the commerce of northern Europe by the League.—
The aim in general was the protection of commerce from the attacks of
pirates and feudal lords and the negotiation of commercial treaties which
would extend the privileges of members and preserve their monopoly of
Page 111
trade. The League was so successful that it obtained in the closing centuries
of the Middle Ages a predominance in the commerce of northern Europe
comparable to that of the Dutch and of the English in later times. In the
West it had to share its trade with other peoples. In this direction Bruges
was the terminus of many of the voyages; at that port the Hanseatics met
the Venetians, coming in the Flanders galleys, and secured also many wares
from western Europe. This was by no means, however, the limit of their
western voyages. They had an important trading station in England, with a
great group of buildings, the “Steelyard” near London bridge, and invested
their capital in English tin mines; one of their favorite voyages was to
Bourgneuf, south of the Loire, on the western coast of France; and they sent
their ships in some periods as far as Spain and Portugal.
THE HANSEATIC COMMERCIAL EMPIRE ABOUT 1400
The North and East of Europe were, however, the field of their greatest
success. In Scandinavia (including Iceland) and Russia, they gained a
complete monopoly of commerce; the peoples of those countries were so
backward that they permitted the Germans to do the most important part of
of the Middle Ages a predominance in the commerce of northern Europe
comparable to that of the Dutch and of the English in later times. In the
West it had to share its trade with other peoples. In this direction Bruges
was the terminus of many of the voyages; at that port the Hanseatics met
the Venetians, coming in the Flanders galleys, and secured also many wares
from western Europe. This was by no means, however, the limit of their
western voyages. They had an important trading station in England, with a
great group of buildings, the “Steelyard” near London bridge, and invested
their capital in English tin mines; one of their favorite voyages was to
Bourgneuf, south of the Loire, on the western coast of France; and they sent
their ships in some periods as far as Spain and Portugal.
THE HANSEATIC COMMERCIAL EMPIRE ABOUT 1400
The North and East of Europe were, however, the field of their greatest
success. In Scandinavia (including Iceland) and Russia, they gained a
complete monopoly of commerce; the peoples of those countries were so
backward that they permitted the Germans to do the most important part of
Page 112
their trading for them, and the governments were weak and were easily
forced to grant the privileges desired.
122. Methods of trading; factories.—The methods which the
Hanseatics employed in their trade are worthy of special attention, because
they were characteristic of the time, being very similar to those of the
Venetians in the East, and because they have been employed under similar
conditions in later periods. They established “factories” in the sense of
trading posts (not manufactories), where most of the trade was carried on. A
factory was, in the first place, a fortress where the merchants could be safe
from attacks by the natives; at Novgorod, for instance, the group of
buildings was enclosed and was carefully guarded by men and by great
watch-dogs both day and night. The factory was, moreover, a place where
the trade could be regulated, and where the merchants could be kept under
supervision. To let a man trade as he pleased would have subjected not only
himself but all his compatriots to danger, for the natives made little
distinction between foreigners and would readily have punished one
merchant for the fault of another. The factories were centers of social life,
with their rough initiations and their games, and they were useful in training
young men in commerce; but they were kept under such strict discipline
and minute regulation that they seem like garrisons in the enemy’s country.
forced to grant the privileges desired.
122. Methods of trading; factories.—The methods which the
Hanseatics employed in their trade are worthy of special attention, because
they were characteristic of the time, being very similar to those of the
Venetians in the East, and because they have been employed under similar
conditions in later periods. They established “factories” in the sense of
trading posts (not manufactories), where most of the trade was carried on. A
factory was, in the first place, a fortress where the merchants could be safe
from attacks by the natives; at Novgorod, for instance, the group of
buildings was enclosed and was carefully guarded by men and by great
watch-dogs both day and night. The factory was, moreover, a place where
the trade could be regulated, and where the merchants could be kept under
supervision. To let a man trade as he pleased would have subjected not only
himself but all his compatriots to danger, for the natives made little
distinction between foreigners and would readily have punished one
merchant for the fault of another. The factories were centers of social life,
with their rough initiations and their games, and they were useful in training
young men in commerce; but they were kept under such strict discipline
and minute regulation that they seem like garrisons in the enemy’s country.
Page 113
The map follows a contemporary description of the wares which were brought for sale to Bruges and
Flanders, omitting some of the less important and those difficult to identify. Of the countries left
blank on the map, Italy excelled in manufactures (textiles and glass), and France had a notable
export trade in wine.
Flanders, omitting some of the less important and those difficult to identify. Of the countries left
blank on the map, Italy excelled in manufactures (textiles and glass), and France had a notable
export trade in wine.
Page 114
123. Flanders and Bruges.—Between the regions under the commercial
control of the Hanseatics on one side and the Venetians on the other lay a
sort of neutral zone where both parties met, centering in the region about
modern Belgium. This district was favored not only by the junction in it of
the northern and southern trade; it had other advantages of position in that it
lay near the mouths of great rivers, the Scheldt, Meuse, and Rhine, and was
also at the crossing of important land routes. It had enjoyed an early
development of industry in its towns, and had been liberally treated by its
feudal rulers.
At different periods the great commerce which flowed to and through this
district chose different points for its concentration. In the fourteenth century
the favored spot was Bruges (the Flemish word meaning bridges), the
greatest market in northern Europe, vying even with Venice. Here could be
found Scandinavians, Germans, English, French, Portuguese, Spaniards,
and Italians, exchanging the wares from different sources; a contemporary
writer names 30 different countries, both Christian and Mohammedan,
which fed the market of Bruges with their commodities. The natives were
content to let foreigners carry on the business of transportation; they stayed
at home and grew rich from the wares, money and credit instruments which
commerce brought to their doors.
124. Decline of Bruges in the fifteenth century; rise of Antwerp.—
Partly because of this passive part which they assumed, partly because of
the practice of medieval countries in diverting their trade from one place to
another, the people of Bruges had but a precarious hold on their commerce,
and lost it in the fifteenth century. The silting up of its harbors, making
these unfit to hold the larger ships now coming into use, explains in part the
decline of Bruges, but political forces were at work also to divert commerce
to another center. In the fifteenth century the place of Bruges as the great
market of northern Europe was taken by Antwerp, which had fought its way
up against all rivals, and which held the leadership now for one hundred
years.
125. Conditions of commerce in England.—England lay on the outside
of the great currents of medieval commerce. It had an advantage which it
had enjoyed since pre-Roman times, the practical monopoly of tin
production in Europe; and added to this in the latter part of the Middle Ages
a still more important monopoly, that of wool production. Sheep were
control of the Hanseatics on one side and the Venetians on the other lay a
sort of neutral zone where both parties met, centering in the region about
modern Belgium. This district was favored not only by the junction in it of
the northern and southern trade; it had other advantages of position in that it
lay near the mouths of great rivers, the Scheldt, Meuse, and Rhine, and was
also at the crossing of important land routes. It had enjoyed an early
development of industry in its towns, and had been liberally treated by its
feudal rulers.
At different periods the great commerce which flowed to and through this
district chose different points for its concentration. In the fourteenth century
the favored spot was Bruges (the Flemish word meaning bridges), the
greatest market in northern Europe, vying even with Venice. Here could be
found Scandinavians, Germans, English, French, Portuguese, Spaniards,
and Italians, exchanging the wares from different sources; a contemporary
writer names 30 different countries, both Christian and Mohammedan,
which fed the market of Bruges with their commodities. The natives were
content to let foreigners carry on the business of transportation; they stayed
at home and grew rich from the wares, money and credit instruments which
commerce brought to their doors.
124. Decline of Bruges in the fifteenth century; rise of Antwerp.—
Partly because of this passive part which they assumed, partly because of
the practice of medieval countries in diverting their trade from one place to
another, the people of Bruges had but a precarious hold on their commerce,
and lost it in the fifteenth century. The silting up of its harbors, making
these unfit to hold the larger ships now coming into use, explains in part the
decline of Bruges, but political forces were at work also to divert commerce
to another center. In the fifteenth century the place of Bruges as the great
market of northern Europe was taken by Antwerp, which had fought its way
up against all rivals, and which held the leadership now for one hundred
years.
125. Conditions of commerce in England.—England lay on the outside
of the great currents of medieval commerce. It had an advantage which it
had enjoyed since pre-Roman times, the practical monopoly of tin
production in Europe; and added to this in the latter part of the Middle Ages
a still more important monopoly, that of wool production. Sheep were
Page 115
raised, of course, in other parts of Europe, and the merinos of Spain yielded
a finer grade of wool than could be produced in England. For some reason,
however, the sheep industry did not prosper elsewhere as it did in England.
Possibly the constant wars and raids which disturbed the feudal states of the
continent may have prevented the production of a commodity which could
be so easily destroyed or carried off as booty. At any rate, the more settled
political conditions in England, where internal war became soon a rare
exception, favored the development of all the national resources. Aided by
the prevalence of peace at home, and by the disappearance of feudal tolls on
trade, the English advanced rapidly in the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries
and instead of exporting the raw wool began to make it into cloth and to
export the finished product. Trade was furthered also by the continental
conquests of English kings, which brought England and the South of France
into close relationship, and built up a large import trade in French wines.
126. English trade passive until the close of the Middle Ages.—Most
of the trade in English wares, however, was in the hands of foreigners until
the very close of the Middle Ages. The English kings showed more interest
in the development of their resources by the encouragement of alien
merchants than they showed in the extension of commerce carried on by
natives. Hanseatics and Venetians fetched and carried the wares of distant
countries for the English; and the “Merchants of the Staple,” a society
composed largely of aliens, enjoyed a legal monopoly of the export of the
most important raw materials which England supplied to European
commerce—wool and sheepskins, leather, tin, and lead.
English merchants became restive in the inferior position assigned to
them both at home and abroad, and before the end of the Middle Ages
began to fight for equal rights or for privileges, but they did not secure final
and complete victory until the beginning of the modern period, in the
sixteenth century.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Pursue on sects. 114-117 studies similar to those suggested above
(sects. 88-94) for the Levant wares. For the character of the Baltic trade at
present consult the Statesman’s Year-Book, index, Norway or Sweden. The
history of the trade in amber may be made an interesting study, as the article
has been an object of commerce since prehistoric times.
a finer grade of wool than could be produced in England. For some reason,
however, the sheep industry did not prosper elsewhere as it did in England.
Possibly the constant wars and raids which disturbed the feudal states of the
continent may have prevented the production of a commodity which could
be so easily destroyed or carried off as booty. At any rate, the more settled
political conditions in England, where internal war became soon a rare
exception, favored the development of all the national resources. Aided by
the prevalence of peace at home, and by the disappearance of feudal tolls on
trade, the English advanced rapidly in the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries
and instead of exporting the raw wool began to make it into cloth and to
export the finished product. Trade was furthered also by the continental
conquests of English kings, which brought England and the South of France
into close relationship, and built up a large import trade in French wines.
126. English trade passive until the close of the Middle Ages.—Most
of the trade in English wares, however, was in the hands of foreigners until
the very close of the Middle Ages. The English kings showed more interest
in the development of their resources by the encouragement of alien
merchants than they showed in the extension of commerce carried on by
natives. Hanseatics and Venetians fetched and carried the wares of distant
countries for the English; and the “Merchants of the Staple,” a society
composed largely of aliens, enjoyed a legal monopoly of the export of the
most important raw materials which England supplied to European
commerce—wool and sheepskins, leather, tin, and lead.
English merchants became restive in the inferior position assigned to
them both at home and abroad, and before the end of the Middle Ages
began to fight for equal rights or for privileges, but they did not secure final
and complete victory until the beginning of the modern period, in the
sixteenth century.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Pursue on sects. 114-117 studies similar to those suggested above
(sects. 88-94) for the Levant wares. For the character of the Baltic trade at
present consult the Statesman’s Year-Book, index, Norway or Sweden. The
history of the trade in amber may be made an interesting study, as the article
has been an object of commerce since prehistoric times.
Page 116
2. Origin of the Hanseatic League. [Zimmern, pp. 11-29.]
3. What place does Lübeck hold in the commerce of modern Germany?
[Statesman’s Year-Book, Germany, last table in section on commerce.]
4. What effect may the Elbe-Trave Canal, opened June 16, 1900, have
upon the future of the city? [See U. S. Consular reports and newspapers
about that date.]
5. Contrast the organization of the Hanseatic League and of the Venetian
empire.
6. Report in detail on the organization of the League, and its weaknesses.
[Zimmern, 202-220.]
7. Write an essay on the life in a Hanseatic factory. [Zimmern, 137-147,
Bergen; 179-201, London.]
8. Compare the Hanseatic factory with an Indian trading post.
[Descriptions of such posts can be found in histories of the Hudson’s Bay
Company.]
9. Write a report on the rise and fall of Bruges or of Antwerp as a
commercial center. [Encyclopedia.]
10. Write a report on one of the following topics in English medieval
commerce:
(a) Exports.
(b) Imports.
(c) Shipping.
(d) Attitude of the king.
(e) Institution of the Staple.
[Sufficient material on all these points may be found in Cunningham,
Growth, and if the student is able to use a book like that he will get far more
benefit than in abstracting the summaries (often inaccurate or misleading)
in the smaller manuals.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
For general bibliography consult Gross, Sources, and Palgrave’s
Dictionary.
General accounts will be found in Encyc. Brit., article Hanseatic League,
and in Zimmern, **Hansa Towns, a book which can be strongly
recommended. It includes a map and illustrations, but has no bibliography.
3. What place does Lübeck hold in the commerce of modern Germany?
[Statesman’s Year-Book, Germany, last table in section on commerce.]
4. What effect may the Elbe-Trave Canal, opened June 16, 1900, have
upon the future of the city? [See U. S. Consular reports and newspapers
about that date.]
5. Contrast the organization of the Hanseatic League and of the Venetian
empire.
6. Report in detail on the organization of the League, and its weaknesses.
[Zimmern, 202-220.]
7. Write an essay on the life in a Hanseatic factory. [Zimmern, 137-147,
Bergen; 179-201, London.]
8. Compare the Hanseatic factory with an Indian trading post.
[Descriptions of such posts can be found in histories of the Hudson’s Bay
Company.]
9. Write a report on the rise and fall of Bruges or of Antwerp as a
commercial center. [Encyclopedia.]
10. Write a report on one of the following topics in English medieval
commerce:
(a) Exports.
(b) Imports.
(c) Shipping.
(d) Attitude of the king.
(e) Institution of the Staple.
[Sufficient material on all these points may be found in Cunningham,
Growth, and if the student is able to use a book like that he will get far more
benefit than in abstracting the summaries (often inaccurate or misleading)
in the smaller manuals.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
For general bibliography consult Gross, Sources, and Palgrave’s
Dictionary.
General accounts will be found in Encyc. Brit., article Hanseatic League,
and in Zimmern, **Hansa Towns, a book which can be strongly
recommended. It includes a map and illustrations, but has no bibliography.
Page 117
For descriptions of English commerce in this period see Cunningham, **
Growth, or the articles in Traill’s Social England. Briefer accounts are, of
course, to be sought in manuals already mentioned.
Growth, or the articles in Traill’s Social England. Briefer accounts are, of
course, to be sought in manuals already mentioned.
Page 118
CHAPTER XIII
DEVELOPMENT OF THE MEDIEVAL ORGANIZATION OF COMMERCE
127. Types of medieval traders; pedler, shopkeeper.—Enough has
already been said to guard the reader against the idea that great wholesale
merchants of the modern type were common in the Middle Ages. The
regular type of trader was the artisan who manufactured the goods he sold,
or the pedler who collected a stock of goods in a town and carried them
about in a pack for sale. The pedler’s stock was not unlike that which he
would carry around the country nowadays,—sewing materials, toilet
articles, etc. An illumination in a manuscript of the fourteenth century,
representing monkeys opening a pedler’s box, shows vests, caps, gloves,
musical instruments, purses, girdles, hats, cutlasses, pewter pots, and other
articles. An English statute of the fourteenth century, describing a similar
stock in trade, mentions rabbit skins as one of the articles which the pedlers
took in exchange for their wares, and an English author of the period
accuses them of catching cats for their skins. The petty shopkeeper stood a
step above the pedler. He had a regular shop in a town, where he displayed
his wares, and often went on trips to the markets of other towns, where he
set up a booth and carried on such trade as the town regulations allowed.
128. Merchants.—Still another step above the shopkeeper was the real
merchant, who had his warehouse, from which he supplied the retail
traders, and who bought up considerable quantities of goods at the great
fairs at home and abroad. It is doubtful whether we can find in this class in
northern Europe any men who devoted themselves entirely to wholesale
trade; and merchants had not yet specialized so that each would devote
himself exclusively to the trade in a particular ware. We can illustrate the
point by a German merchant, whose account books have been preserved so
that it is possible to follow his business operations exactly. Vicko von
Geldersen was a draper of Hamburg, where he rose to wealth and a high
position. He imported cloth wholesale, and sold it both wholesale and retail.
But he made use of his connection with Bruges, which was the great cloth
market, to send there for sale iron, honey, meat, butter, etc., and to import
DEVELOPMENT OF THE MEDIEVAL ORGANIZATION OF COMMERCE
127. Types of medieval traders; pedler, shopkeeper.—Enough has
already been said to guard the reader against the idea that great wholesale
merchants of the modern type were common in the Middle Ages. The
regular type of trader was the artisan who manufactured the goods he sold,
or the pedler who collected a stock of goods in a town and carried them
about in a pack for sale. The pedler’s stock was not unlike that which he
would carry around the country nowadays,—sewing materials, toilet
articles, etc. An illumination in a manuscript of the fourteenth century,
representing monkeys opening a pedler’s box, shows vests, caps, gloves,
musical instruments, purses, girdles, hats, cutlasses, pewter pots, and other
articles. An English statute of the fourteenth century, describing a similar
stock in trade, mentions rabbit skins as one of the articles which the pedlers
took in exchange for their wares, and an English author of the period
accuses them of catching cats for their skins. The petty shopkeeper stood a
step above the pedler. He had a regular shop in a town, where he displayed
his wares, and often went on trips to the markets of other towns, where he
set up a booth and carried on such trade as the town regulations allowed.
128. Merchants.—Still another step above the shopkeeper was the real
merchant, who had his warehouse, from which he supplied the retail
traders, and who bought up considerable quantities of goods at the great
fairs at home and abroad. It is doubtful whether we can find in this class in
northern Europe any men who devoted themselves entirely to wholesale
trade; and merchants had not yet specialized so that each would devote
himself exclusively to the trade in a particular ware. We can illustrate the
point by a German merchant, whose account books have been preserved so
that it is possible to follow his business operations exactly. Vicko von
Geldersen was a draper of Hamburg, where he rose to wealth and a high
position. He imported cloth wholesale, and sold it both wholesale and retail.
But he made use of his connection with Bruges, which was the great cloth
market, to send there for sale iron, honey, meat, butter, etc., and to import
Page 119
such wares as oil, spices, figs, and almonds, which he sold to smaller
dealers in many cities of Germany.
dealers in many cities of Germany.
Page 120
See section 128 for a description of the trade of this merchant. The map shows only his German
business, and indicates roughly, by the size of the circle, the importance of each town in his
business, and indicates roughly, by the size of the circle, the importance of each town in his
Page 121
commercial dealings. Note how trade tended to the water routes.
Members of the class to which Vicko belonged were the leaders of
commerce in the North of Europe during the Middle Ages; they
accumulated wealth which seemed great at the time, and formed an
aristocratic class in social and political life. Their sons were brought up to
follow the family business, and often trained to it by extensive study and
residence in foreign countries.
129. Development of commercial association in the Middle Ages.—In
the Middle Ages we find the beginnings of that process of association
which can be traced step by step to the formation of the great “trusts” of the
present day, and which forms one of the most important features in the
development of commerce. To point out the various advantages which arise
from the association of laborers and of capitalists would lead us into
political economy; and to describe in detail the development of the various
forms of association would require an excursion into legal history equally
out of place. We must content ourselves with indicating some of the main
features which are easily intelligible.
The need of association was felt especially in the Middle Ages because it
was necessary that a merchant or his representative should accompany his
wares on the road. It was often difficult for a merchant to look after a
commercial venture in person; he could not trust it to a hireling; and the
slight development of the carrying and commission profession made it
impossible for him to leave it to a class of persons who nowadays make it
their business to attend to such matters. The merchant, therefore, would
associate with him some one who could represent his interests; and a
modern author asserts that in comparison with the amount of business many
more commercial companies were formed then than at present. The
merchant would choose by preference a member of his family, and family
partnerships were the prevailing form of association at first. With the
growth of commerce, however, greater freedom of association was
demanded, and the group ceased to be limited by considerations of
relationship.
130. Advantages of association.—By joining together, two or more men
could follow different lines; one would stay at home while another could
accompany the wares, and perhaps still another could attend to sales in a
distant city. The advantages of this are apparent, and of not less importance
Members of the class to which Vicko belonged were the leaders of
commerce in the North of Europe during the Middle Ages; they
accumulated wealth which seemed great at the time, and formed an
aristocratic class in social and political life. Their sons were brought up to
follow the family business, and often trained to it by extensive study and
residence in foreign countries.
129. Development of commercial association in the Middle Ages.—In
the Middle Ages we find the beginnings of that process of association
which can be traced step by step to the formation of the great “trusts” of the
present day, and which forms one of the most important features in the
development of commerce. To point out the various advantages which arise
from the association of laborers and of capitalists would lead us into
political economy; and to describe in detail the development of the various
forms of association would require an excursion into legal history equally
out of place. We must content ourselves with indicating some of the main
features which are easily intelligible.
The need of association was felt especially in the Middle Ages because it
was necessary that a merchant or his representative should accompany his
wares on the road. It was often difficult for a merchant to look after a
commercial venture in person; he could not trust it to a hireling; and the
slight development of the carrying and commission profession made it
impossible for him to leave it to a class of persons who nowadays make it
their business to attend to such matters. The merchant, therefore, would
associate with him some one who could represent his interests; and a
modern author asserts that in comparison with the amount of business many
more commercial companies were formed then than at present. The
merchant would choose by preference a member of his family, and family
partnerships were the prevailing form of association at first. With the
growth of commerce, however, greater freedom of association was
demanded, and the group ceased to be limited by considerations of
relationship.
130. Advantages of association.—By joining together, two or more men
could follow different lines; one would stay at home while another could
accompany the wares, and perhaps still another could attend to sales in a
distant city. The advantages of this are apparent, and of not less importance
Page 122
are the benefits arising from the better utilization of capital. A person who
had accumulated wealth, but who on account of advanced age, physical
disability, or other circumstance could not himself employ it in commerce,
would join with him a man who contributed to the enterprise the necessary
business activity.
Capitalists gained also in another way, for they were enabled by
association to share the risks of an enterprise. A man who put all his money
into one ship or cargo ran the risk of being ruined; and foregoing
paragraphs have shown that the dangers in the path of commerce were by
no means slight. By distributing his capital in a number of enterprises,
however, as could easily be done if he entered into association with others,
he could hope to make up for any probable loss by the profits of his
successful ventures, and can be regarded as insuring himself. We find, in
fact, that the shipping business was for the most part carried on in this way.
131. Forms of association; partnership.—Commercial association took
ordinarily the form of a “commenda” (Latin commendare, entrust). The
“commendator” contributed capital in the form of money, wares or a ship,
while the other party, called the “tractator” contributed only his personal
services to the enterprise; of the profits one fourth went to the tractator and
the remainder to the commendator. The tractator who saved his earnings
could in time also contribute capital, and was given a greater share of the
profits and more freedom in conducting the business.
The commenda, corresponding to a “silent partnership,” was older and of
more importance in commercial undertakings than the ordinary partnership
of the present day; but the latter form of association grew up also at this
time, and was used in commerce as well as in industry. The joint-stock
corporation belongs in its important applications to a later period.
132. Spread of the practice of association from Italy.—The different
forms of partnership developed especially in Italy in the last few centuries
of the Middle Ages, when the growth of commerce was most rapid, and
they became extraordinarily extensive and important. They secured the
union of capital and executive ability which enabled far greater enterprises
to be carried on than would have been possible without them. The Italian
commercial house of the Peruzzi, for instance, had fourteen branches and
one hundred and fifty factors or agents. Even the assistants in the business,
who did not themselves contribute capital to it, were interested in its
success by a system of profit sharing. From Italy the practice of association
had accumulated wealth, but who on account of advanced age, physical
disability, or other circumstance could not himself employ it in commerce,
would join with him a man who contributed to the enterprise the necessary
business activity.
Capitalists gained also in another way, for they were enabled by
association to share the risks of an enterprise. A man who put all his money
into one ship or cargo ran the risk of being ruined; and foregoing
paragraphs have shown that the dangers in the path of commerce were by
no means slight. By distributing his capital in a number of enterprises,
however, as could easily be done if he entered into association with others,
he could hope to make up for any probable loss by the profits of his
successful ventures, and can be regarded as insuring himself. We find, in
fact, that the shipping business was for the most part carried on in this way.
131. Forms of association; partnership.—Commercial association took
ordinarily the form of a “commenda” (Latin commendare, entrust). The
“commendator” contributed capital in the form of money, wares or a ship,
while the other party, called the “tractator” contributed only his personal
services to the enterprise; of the profits one fourth went to the tractator and
the remainder to the commendator. The tractator who saved his earnings
could in time also contribute capital, and was given a greater share of the
profits and more freedom in conducting the business.
The commenda, corresponding to a “silent partnership,” was older and of
more importance in commercial undertakings than the ordinary partnership
of the present day; but the latter form of association grew up also at this
time, and was used in commerce as well as in industry. The joint-stock
corporation belongs in its important applications to a later period.
132. Spread of the practice of association from Italy.—The different
forms of partnership developed especially in Italy in the last few centuries
of the Middle Ages, when the growth of commerce was most rapid, and
they became extraordinarily extensive and important. They secured the
union of capital and executive ability which enabled far greater enterprises
to be carried on than would have been possible without them. The Italian
commercial house of the Peruzzi, for instance, had fourteen branches and
one hundred and fifty factors or agents. Even the assistants in the business,
who did not themselves contribute capital to it, were interested in its
success by a system of profit sharing. From Italy the practice of association
Page 123
spread to the North of Europe, and it became practically universal in
commercial undertakings. Each of the larger firms had its characteristic
trade-mark, distinguishing its bales of goods.
133. Position of the Jews in medieval commerce.—The Jews held a
peculiar position in medieval Europe. They were distrusted and disliked by
the Christians, because of their difference in religion, and because of their
business ability, which made competition with them a difficult matter.
Though they were scattered throughout Europe they kept touch with each
other, and so enjoyed exceptional advantages in the pursuit of commerce
and the extension of business relations. In the early part of the Middle Ages
they were indispensable; Christians were not educated up to their level in
business, and had to leave to them the major part of the slight commerce of
the times. As Christian peoples developed, however, they demanded for
themselves the place which the Jews had won; and by a long series of
restrictions and persecutions they forced the Jews into some particular
branches of business where the Christians could not follow them. The
church taught for a time that it was wrong to lend money at interest, and
discouraged Christians from seeking gain by this means. The Jews,
therefore, seized the opportunity which was denied to Christians, and
became money-lenders. Their position was always precarious, for the law
gave them no protection, and they were subject constantly to robbery by
feudal princes and by the people, who believed everything evil of them.
From England they were banished altogether, for several centuries. They
showed astonishing skill and fortitude, but in the last centuries of the
Middle Ages they lost their position even as leaders in credit operations.
The church then permitted money-lending if the terms were not
extortionate; and Christians from southern Europe, “Caursines” (named
from Cahors, in the south of France) and “Lombards,” succeeded the Jews
as the money-lenders of Europe.
134. Character of currency in the Middle Ages.—One of the serious
obstacles to the development of commerce was the character of the
currency in the various countries of Europe. Assuming that the reader
appreciates the importance of money as facilitating the operations of
exchange, and knows the qualities of good money, we may confine
ourselves to pointing out some of the characteristic faults of medieval
currency.
commercial undertakings. Each of the larger firms had its characteristic
trade-mark, distinguishing its bales of goods.
133. Position of the Jews in medieval commerce.—The Jews held a
peculiar position in medieval Europe. They were distrusted and disliked by
the Christians, because of their difference in religion, and because of their
business ability, which made competition with them a difficult matter.
Though they were scattered throughout Europe they kept touch with each
other, and so enjoyed exceptional advantages in the pursuit of commerce
and the extension of business relations. In the early part of the Middle Ages
they were indispensable; Christians were not educated up to their level in
business, and had to leave to them the major part of the slight commerce of
the times. As Christian peoples developed, however, they demanded for
themselves the place which the Jews had won; and by a long series of
restrictions and persecutions they forced the Jews into some particular
branches of business where the Christians could not follow them. The
church taught for a time that it was wrong to lend money at interest, and
discouraged Christians from seeking gain by this means. The Jews,
therefore, seized the opportunity which was denied to Christians, and
became money-lenders. Their position was always precarious, for the law
gave them no protection, and they were subject constantly to robbery by
feudal princes and by the people, who believed everything evil of them.
From England they were banished altogether, for several centuries. They
showed astonishing skill and fortitude, but in the last centuries of the
Middle Ages they lost their position even as leaders in credit operations.
The church then permitted money-lending if the terms were not
extortionate; and Christians from southern Europe, “Caursines” (named
from Cahors, in the south of France) and “Lombards,” succeeded the Jews
as the money-lenders of Europe.
134. Character of currency in the Middle Ages.—One of the serious
obstacles to the development of commerce was the character of the
currency in the various countries of Europe. Assuming that the reader
appreciates the importance of money as facilitating the operations of
exchange, and knows the qualities of good money, we may confine
ourselves to pointing out some of the characteristic faults of medieval
currency.
Page 124
(1) Merchants could not rely upon the government to maintain the
standard of value. In many countries the kings debased the coinage again
and again, to secure the means of carrying on war or paying public
expenses of other kinds. Every debasement, as it left the coins with less
pure metal, lowered their purchasing power and raised prices; many
innocent people suffered and everybody grew reluctant to make bargains
and contracts.
(2) In many countries, especially those on the Continent, the privileges of
the great feudal lords included the right to keep a mint and to issue coins.
The central government restricted this right, as it grew stronger, but in
general the currency of medieval Europe was made up of a vast variety of
coins of standards even less reliable than that of the king’s coinage. There
was danger that a coin, even if it was of good weight, could not be passed at
its full value outside the locality where it was minted.
(3) Even in countries like England, where feudal coinage was put down
and where debasement by the government was exceptional, counterfeits
were not rare, and the clipping of coin was very common.
These characteristics of medieval currency made the money-changer a
necessary figure in the commercial world; he was to be found everywhere,
even in the small towns, buying and selling the various coins in circulation.
135. Difficulty in making payments in distant places.—While the
money-changer facilitated payments in any given place, he was not of much
assistance to a merchant desirous of making a payment in a distant town or
country. The merchant, it is true, could buy from him foreign money with
which to make the payment; but the transportation of the actual coin was
not only dangerous and expensive, but also subject to legal restriction, and
was to be avoided if possible. The merchant would probably prefer to send
instead of money some ware, which he could sell to advantage at the
destination, and then with the proceeds make his payment. For example,
when Michael Behaim of the Nuremberg Company wanted to send 1,000
gulden from Breslau to Nuremberg, he found it expedient to buy an amount
of wax which he could sell in Nuremberg for the required sum, and he
shipped that instead of money.
136. Introduction of the bill of exchange.—It might not, however,
always be convenient for a man to meet his obligations in this way; he
might not have the commercial knowledge, or perhaps he might have no
good opportunity to ship a ware. Behaim, in the case cited, had in fact
standard of value. In many countries the kings debased the coinage again
and again, to secure the means of carrying on war or paying public
expenses of other kinds. Every debasement, as it left the coins with less
pure metal, lowered their purchasing power and raised prices; many
innocent people suffered and everybody grew reluctant to make bargains
and contracts.
(2) In many countries, especially those on the Continent, the privileges of
the great feudal lords included the right to keep a mint and to issue coins.
The central government restricted this right, as it grew stronger, but in
general the currency of medieval Europe was made up of a vast variety of
coins of standards even less reliable than that of the king’s coinage. There
was danger that a coin, even if it was of good weight, could not be passed at
its full value outside the locality where it was minted.
(3) Even in countries like England, where feudal coinage was put down
and where debasement by the government was exceptional, counterfeits
were not rare, and the clipping of coin was very common.
These characteristics of medieval currency made the money-changer a
necessary figure in the commercial world; he was to be found everywhere,
even in the small towns, buying and selling the various coins in circulation.
135. Difficulty in making payments in distant places.—While the
money-changer facilitated payments in any given place, he was not of much
assistance to a merchant desirous of making a payment in a distant town or
country. The merchant, it is true, could buy from him foreign money with
which to make the payment; but the transportation of the actual coin was
not only dangerous and expensive, but also subject to legal restriction, and
was to be avoided if possible. The merchant would probably prefer to send
instead of money some ware, which he could sell to advantage at the
destination, and then with the proceeds make his payment. For example,
when Michael Behaim of the Nuremberg Company wanted to send 1,000
gulden from Breslau to Nuremberg, he found it expedient to buy an amount
of wax which he could sell in Nuremberg for the required sum, and he
shipped that instead of money.
136. Introduction of the bill of exchange.—It might not, however,
always be convenient for a man to meet his obligations in this way; he
might not have the commercial knowledge, or perhaps he might have no
good opportunity to ship a ware. Behaim, in the case cited, had in fact
Page 125
resorted to the wax shipment only from necessity, after he found it
impossible to make his payment by the means of remittance now become
general, the bill of exchange.
Suppose that B. in Breslau owed the 1,000 gulden, to A. in Nuremberg,
for spice; and suppose that D. in Breslau was the creditor of another
Nuremberg merchant C, to the extent of 1,000 gulden, perhaps for furs. It
would be absurd for B to ship the money or to go out of his way to ship wax
to A, and for C to ship the same value to D, when the payments could be
made to cancel each other. Why should not B pay to D in Breslau the 1,000
guldens due him, and tell C to pay the same amount to A in Nuremberg?
This could be accomplished by means of bills of exchange; D could write
out an order to C directing him to pay the money, and sell it to B, who
would thus have the means of paying his debt in Nuremberg to A.
Such an operation implies, however, not only regular commerce of
considerable volume but also mutual confidence among the participants.
How could B know whether D actually had a correspondent in a distant
place who would meet his obligations promptly? It was not, in fact, until the
thirteenth century that bills of exchange were used to any considerable
extent; then they were developed in Italy, and spread from there.
137. Development of banking in Italy.—In Italy, also, the money-
changers developed other forms of banking. As they were dealers in money,
business men in want of capital for their operations naturally sought it of
them. The money-changers might lend it from their own stock or act as
brokers and secure the money from some man who had a surplus. The short
step from this to the common form of modern banking was made when
merchants deposited their surplus cash with the money-changer, and he had
thus a considerable stock, which he could lend so long as he kept sufficient
reserve to meet the demands of depositors. It soon became unnecessary for
money to pass at all in large transactions; a man could get a loan from a
bank simply by having a deposit ascribed to him on the books, and could
assign this loan to others as he chose to pay it out. The characteristic danger
of banking, the attempt to make a great deal of credit out of a little capital,
appears early in Italy, with its results of failures and crises. The advantages
of the banking system, however, the economizing of time and money and
the facilitating of business operations, were so clear that banking kept its
place, and spread toward the close of the Middle Ages from Italy to other
countries.
impossible to make his payment by the means of remittance now become
general, the bill of exchange.
Suppose that B. in Breslau owed the 1,000 gulden, to A. in Nuremberg,
for spice; and suppose that D. in Breslau was the creditor of another
Nuremberg merchant C, to the extent of 1,000 gulden, perhaps for furs. It
would be absurd for B to ship the money or to go out of his way to ship wax
to A, and for C to ship the same value to D, when the payments could be
made to cancel each other. Why should not B pay to D in Breslau the 1,000
guldens due him, and tell C to pay the same amount to A in Nuremberg?
This could be accomplished by means of bills of exchange; D could write
out an order to C directing him to pay the money, and sell it to B, who
would thus have the means of paying his debt in Nuremberg to A.
Such an operation implies, however, not only regular commerce of
considerable volume but also mutual confidence among the participants.
How could B know whether D actually had a correspondent in a distant
place who would meet his obligations promptly? It was not, in fact, until the
thirteenth century that bills of exchange were used to any considerable
extent; then they were developed in Italy, and spread from there.
137. Development of banking in Italy.—In Italy, also, the money-
changers developed other forms of banking. As they were dealers in money,
business men in want of capital for their operations naturally sought it of
them. The money-changers might lend it from their own stock or act as
brokers and secure the money from some man who had a surplus. The short
step from this to the common form of modern banking was made when
merchants deposited their surplus cash with the money-changer, and he had
thus a considerable stock, which he could lend so long as he kept sufficient
reserve to meet the demands of depositors. It soon became unnecessary for
money to pass at all in large transactions; a man could get a loan from a
bank simply by having a deposit ascribed to him on the books, and could
assign this loan to others as he chose to pay it out. The characteristic danger
of banking, the attempt to make a great deal of credit out of a little capital,
appears early in Italy, with its results of failures and crises. The advantages
of the banking system, however, the economizing of time and money and
the facilitating of business operations, were so clear that banking kept its
place, and spread toward the close of the Middle Ages from Italy to other
countries.
Page 126
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
There is, in the history of commerce, no topic more difficult and none
more important than the development of the organization. The student who
has learned the facts has made only a beginning; he must grasp the
significance of the facts if he is to gain anything from his study. The teacher
is advised, therefore, to enlarge on the advantages of association and
cooperation, as they are treated, from one point of view, in Adam Smith’s
celebrated discussion of the division of labor, and in many manuals of
economics.
So much depends on the degree of advancement of the pupil, and on his
particular environment in country, town or city, that it is difficult to suggest
specific questions or topics. In general, the teacher should suggest the
meaning of earlier development by constant reference to the present
organization. Why have pedlers disappeared in so many districts, where do
they still remain, and why? What is the proportion of retail and wholesale
merchants in your city; how far has the specialization of wholesale trade
progressed? Answers may perhaps be found in a business directory. The
student who is competent to work out the history of business organization in
his own town will not fail to get new light on the history of earlier
development; and a report on the history of some particular branch of trade
at home should be an excellent exercise to be worked out. Another exercise
would be the history of the different forms of association (partnerships,
joint-stock companies), and a study of the reasons lying behind the rise and
fall of a particular form. The choice of questions and topics here must be
left to the ingenuity and discretion of the teacher.
The history of the currency in England [see Cunningham] is an easier
topic.
On the rise of credit instruments (bills of exchange, banking), the student
will probably be best prepared if he is given reading, either in review or in
anticipation, in some general manual which will enable him to appreciate
the importance of credit institutions now, and will hence interest him in
their origin. [Cf. Usher, The origin of the bill of exchange, Journal of Pol.
Econ., Chicago, June, 1914, 22: 566-576.]
An exercise which should be profitable and rather easy is a report by the
student on the life of some English merchant. [See Fox Bourne, or consult
There is, in the history of commerce, no topic more difficult and none
more important than the development of the organization. The student who
has learned the facts has made only a beginning; he must grasp the
significance of the facts if he is to gain anything from his study. The teacher
is advised, therefore, to enlarge on the advantages of association and
cooperation, as they are treated, from one point of view, in Adam Smith’s
celebrated discussion of the division of labor, and in many manuals of
economics.
So much depends on the degree of advancement of the pupil, and on his
particular environment in country, town or city, that it is difficult to suggest
specific questions or topics. In general, the teacher should suggest the
meaning of earlier development by constant reference to the present
organization. Why have pedlers disappeared in so many districts, where do
they still remain, and why? What is the proportion of retail and wholesale
merchants in your city; how far has the specialization of wholesale trade
progressed? Answers may perhaps be found in a business directory. The
student who is competent to work out the history of business organization in
his own town will not fail to get new light on the history of earlier
development; and a report on the history of some particular branch of trade
at home should be an excellent exercise to be worked out. Another exercise
would be the history of the different forms of association (partnerships,
joint-stock companies), and a study of the reasons lying behind the rise and
fall of a particular form. The choice of questions and topics here must be
left to the ingenuity and discretion of the teacher.
The history of the currency in England [see Cunningham] is an easier
topic.
On the rise of credit instruments (bills of exchange, banking), the student
will probably be best prepared if he is given reading, either in review or in
anticipation, in some general manual which will enable him to appreciate
the importance of credit institutions now, and will hence interest him in
their origin. [Cf. Usher, The origin of the bill of exchange, Journal of Pol.
Econ., Chicago, June, 1914, 22: 566-576.]
An exercise which should be profitable and rather easy is a report by the
student on the life of some English merchant. [See Fox Bourne, or consult
Page 127
the Dictionary of National Biography on names like Richard Whittington,
William Canynges, William de la Pole, etc. Further biographical material is
provided by Alice Law, Some notable “King’s Merchants,” Economic
Review, 1902, 12: 309 ff.; 1903, 13: 411 ff.]
If Bourne’s Romance of trade is available the student may prepare an
abstract of chap. 1 (the Jews) or chap. 4 (money and credit).
BIBLIOGRAPHY
The student will find bibliographies of some of the topics treated in this
chapter by consulting the appropriate articles in Palgrave’s Dictionary. Most
of the best literature is foreign. The best references in English are to
**Ashley and *Cunningham.
The important and difficult subject of the development of capitalistic
organization is treated by John A. Hobson, *Evolution of modern
capitalism, new ed., 1916, chap. 1, W. Sombart, **The quintessence of
capitalism: a study of the history and psychology of the modern business
man, London, 1915, and by Pirenne, *The stages in the social history of
capitalism, American Hist. Rev., Apr. 1914, 19: 494-515. One aspect of the
subject is covered by Arthur H. Woolf, Short history of accountants and
accountancy, London, 1912.
William Canynges, William de la Pole, etc. Further biographical material is
provided by Alice Law, Some notable “King’s Merchants,” Economic
Review, 1902, 12: 309 ff.; 1903, 13: 411 ff.]
If Bourne’s Romance of trade is available the student may prepare an
abstract of chap. 1 (the Jews) or chap. 4 (money and credit).
BIBLIOGRAPHY
The student will find bibliographies of some of the topics treated in this
chapter by consulting the appropriate articles in Palgrave’s Dictionary. Most
of the best literature is foreign. The best references in English are to
**Ashley and *Cunningham.
The important and difficult subject of the development of capitalistic
organization is treated by John A. Hobson, *Evolution of modern
capitalism, new ed., 1916, chap. 1, W. Sombart, **The quintessence of
capitalism: a study of the history and psychology of the modern business
man, London, 1915, and by Pirenne, *The stages in the social history of
capitalism, American Hist. Rev., Apr. 1914, 19: 494-515. One aspect of the
subject is covered by Arthur H. Woolf, Short history of accountants and
accountancy, London, 1912.
Page 128
CHAPTER XIV
COMMERCE AND POLITICS IN THE LATER MIDDLE AGES
138. Development of the modern political system in the later Middle
Ages.—Toward the close of the Middle Ages the feudal system of
government gave place gradually to a system more like that which the
Romans had established and with which we are familiar now. As trade and
intercommunication increased, and towns grew up holding a population of
considerable wealth, the kings found it possible to make into a reality the
position of nominal headship which tradition and the church conferred upon
them. They found in the mercantile and manufacturing classes people who
could afford to pay taxes, and who were willing to pay large sums to be
relieved from the oppressions of the feudal lords. It became possible once
more to transport supplies and to send troops to distant localities, and the
kings devised means by which they could keep in touch with their officials,
and hold them to loyal service. The result was a great increase in the power
of the central government, at the expense of the feudal lords.
139. Variety of development in different countries.—The
development, as sketched above, was very different in the different
countries. It came early in England, and local lords lost practically all of
their independence. In France it was a very gradual process, extending over
the last four centuries of the Middle Ages. Even in the sixteenth century and
later, the kings, though they seemed to enjoy great power, did not abolish all
the remnants of feudalism, which continued down to the French Revolution
in 1789, to the great harm of industrial development. In Spain the union of
the crowns of Castile and Aragon just before 1500 completed the process,
by establishing nearly absolute royal authority over the greater part of the
peninsula. In Germany and Italy the result was different. The same man,
who called himself the Emperor of the Romans, claimed the royal power in
both countries, but in attempting too much he lost everything. He wasted
the royal resources in vain attempt to establish his authority, and became a
mere figure-head. The control of government passed in those countries to
local authorities; but it is important to note that these included not only
feudal lords, but also cities which had become strong enough to throw off
COMMERCE AND POLITICS IN THE LATER MIDDLE AGES
138. Development of the modern political system in the later Middle
Ages.—Toward the close of the Middle Ages the feudal system of
government gave place gradually to a system more like that which the
Romans had established and with which we are familiar now. As trade and
intercommunication increased, and towns grew up holding a population of
considerable wealth, the kings found it possible to make into a reality the
position of nominal headship which tradition and the church conferred upon
them. They found in the mercantile and manufacturing classes people who
could afford to pay taxes, and who were willing to pay large sums to be
relieved from the oppressions of the feudal lords. It became possible once
more to transport supplies and to send troops to distant localities, and the
kings devised means by which they could keep in touch with their officials,
and hold them to loyal service. The result was a great increase in the power
of the central government, at the expense of the feudal lords.
139. Variety of development in different countries.—The
development, as sketched above, was very different in the different
countries. It came early in England, and local lords lost practically all of
their independence. In France it was a very gradual process, extending over
the last four centuries of the Middle Ages. Even in the sixteenth century and
later, the kings, though they seemed to enjoy great power, did not abolish all
the remnants of feudalism, which continued down to the French Revolution
in 1789, to the great harm of industrial development. In Spain the union of
the crowns of Castile and Aragon just before 1500 completed the process,
by establishing nearly absolute royal authority over the greater part of the
peninsula. In Germany and Italy the result was different. The same man,
who called himself the Emperor of the Romans, claimed the royal power in
both countries, but in attempting too much he lost everything. He wasted
the royal resources in vain attempt to establish his authority, and became a
mere figure-head. The control of government passed in those countries to
local authorities; but it is important to note that these included not only
feudal lords, but also cities which had become strong enough to throw off
Page 129
feudal authority and to establish for themselves almost complete
independence.
140. Effect on commerce of a strong and of a weak central
government.—In a country in which the cities established complete
independence they seemed for a time to have gained by throwing off the
royal power. Each city could control its affairs and shape its policy to suit
local interests; and the great cities of Italy and Germany before the close of
the Middle Ages were the most advanced and prosperous parts of Europe.
Though they controlled only small areas of land they had great resources
from their commerce, and even in war could hold their own with the feudal
lords fighting in the old-fashioned way.
They were strong enough to fight a feudal lord; they were not, however,
strong enough to fight a modern king. While they were building up their
power at the expense of rival cities and at the expense of the country
districts, the kings of lands to the west of them were quietly engaged in
uniting all the cities and the country districts, too, under one rule. The cities
in France and England seemed for a time to lose, because they were forced
by the kings to make concessions to each other and to the country districts.
When, however, they had become used to consider themselves as only parts
of a bigger whole, the nation, they found that their sovereign was far better
fitted to represent their interests and further their progress than any one of
them was individually. The struggle of the independent cities of Italy and
Germany against the national states of England, Spain, and France was not
decided until after the discovery of America and the sea-route to Asia, when
the national organization proved decisively its superiority to the municipal.
141. Rise of a national commercial policy.—The rise in power of the
central government in countries like England and France is proved by the
appearance, toward the close of the Middle Ages, of a national commercial
policy. The reader will remember that even in these countries the towns
were at first so independent that each adopted a commercial policy of its
own; as though, nowadays, for instance, Boston and New York and
Philadelphia should each have its own independent tariff and set of
commercial regulations. A merchant of Dover was a foreigner in
Southampton, and if he wanted to collect a debt due him from a
Southampton merchant he would appeal, not to the central government and
the law of the land, but to the Dover government; and the Dover
government would put pressure on the Southampton government, perhaps
independence.
140. Effect on commerce of a strong and of a weak central
government.—In a country in which the cities established complete
independence they seemed for a time to have gained by throwing off the
royal power. Each city could control its affairs and shape its policy to suit
local interests; and the great cities of Italy and Germany before the close of
the Middle Ages were the most advanced and prosperous parts of Europe.
Though they controlled only small areas of land they had great resources
from their commerce, and even in war could hold their own with the feudal
lords fighting in the old-fashioned way.
They were strong enough to fight a feudal lord; they were not, however,
strong enough to fight a modern king. While they were building up their
power at the expense of rival cities and at the expense of the country
districts, the kings of lands to the west of them were quietly engaged in
uniting all the cities and the country districts, too, under one rule. The cities
in France and England seemed for a time to lose, because they were forced
by the kings to make concessions to each other and to the country districts.
When, however, they had become used to consider themselves as only parts
of a bigger whole, the nation, they found that their sovereign was far better
fitted to represent their interests and further their progress than any one of
them was individually. The struggle of the independent cities of Italy and
Germany against the national states of England, Spain, and France was not
decided until after the discovery of America and the sea-route to Asia, when
the national organization proved decisively its superiority to the municipal.
141. Rise of a national commercial policy.—The rise in power of the
central government in countries like England and France is proved by the
appearance, toward the close of the Middle Ages, of a national commercial
policy. The reader will remember that even in these countries the towns
were at first so independent that each adopted a commercial policy of its
own; as though, nowadays, for instance, Boston and New York and
Philadelphia should each have its own independent tariff and set of
commercial regulations. A merchant of Dover was a foreigner in
Southampton, and if he wanted to collect a debt due him from a
Southampton merchant he would appeal, not to the central government and
the law of the land, but to the Dover government; and the Dover
government would put pressure on the Southampton government, perhaps
Page 130
by arresting any merchant from Southampton and holding his goods, until
the debt was paid. About 1300 the English king was at last strong enough to
make general regulations in matters like this of the collection of debts, and
about the same time he established a national tariff at the ports, as a regular
system, and forced the various towns to give up the right to levy what dues
they pleased. A similar change took place in France at nearly the same time;
the idea grew strong that the general interest of all Frenchmen was superior
to the particular interests of any town or individual, and the people of
France began to look to the king instead of to the local authorities for
protection and control.
142. Medieval ideas on commerce.—When commerce was undeveloped
and only an incidental feature in the economic life of peoples, those high in
authority in church and state held ideas of it which have faded away as
commerce has proved its power and shown its benefits. Many kinds of
commerce, including some forms of money-lending now considered
legitimate, were prohibited because they seemed to give a man something
for nothing. In ordinary trade one man was thought to make his profit at the
expense of another, and government was always vigilant to protect the
weaker party. A government, moreover, looked on foreign commerce rather
as a privilege of its citizens than as their right, and used it freely as a
political weapon instead of considering it an economic necessity. The ports
of the kingdom were the “king’s gates,” which he could open or close at his
pleasure, to further his royal policy.
143. Characteristic features of commercial policy.—Among the
characteristic features of national economic policy in the later centuries of
the Middle Ages we find the following:
(1) Export and import could be carried on only by favor of royal license,
which was granted to and withdrawn from groups of natives and foreigners
as suited the king’s ideas.
(2) The export of necessaries was frequently prohibited (as had
previously been the custom with the towns), to increase the supplies of the
kingdom and keep an enemy from getting the good of them.
(3) The export of money, as a specially valuable asset of the kingdom,
was prohibited and its importation was favored.
(4) The growth of native industries was stimulated by a variety of
regulations. The English cloth manufacture was protected, for instance, in
the following ways: the export of raw material (wool, teasles, etc.) was
the debt was paid. About 1300 the English king was at last strong enough to
make general regulations in matters like this of the collection of debts, and
about the same time he established a national tariff at the ports, as a regular
system, and forced the various towns to give up the right to levy what dues
they pleased. A similar change took place in France at nearly the same time;
the idea grew strong that the general interest of all Frenchmen was superior
to the particular interests of any town or individual, and the people of
France began to look to the king instead of to the local authorities for
protection and control.
142. Medieval ideas on commerce.—When commerce was undeveloped
and only an incidental feature in the economic life of peoples, those high in
authority in church and state held ideas of it which have faded away as
commerce has proved its power and shown its benefits. Many kinds of
commerce, including some forms of money-lending now considered
legitimate, were prohibited because they seemed to give a man something
for nothing. In ordinary trade one man was thought to make his profit at the
expense of another, and government was always vigilant to protect the
weaker party. A government, moreover, looked on foreign commerce rather
as a privilege of its citizens than as their right, and used it freely as a
political weapon instead of considering it an economic necessity. The ports
of the kingdom were the “king’s gates,” which he could open or close at his
pleasure, to further his royal policy.
143. Characteristic features of commercial policy.—Among the
characteristic features of national economic policy in the later centuries of
the Middle Ages we find the following:
(1) Export and import could be carried on only by favor of royal license,
which was granted to and withdrawn from groups of natives and foreigners
as suited the king’s ideas.
(2) The export of necessaries was frequently prohibited (as had
previously been the custom with the towns), to increase the supplies of the
kingdom and keep an enemy from getting the good of them.
(3) The export of money, as a specially valuable asset of the kingdom,
was prohibited and its importation was favored.
(4) The growth of native industries was stimulated by a variety of
regulations. The English cloth manufacture was protected, for instance, in
the following ways: the export of raw material (wool, teasles, etc.) was
Page 131
forbidden from time to time, that the home manufacturer might supply
himself more cheaply; the import of foreign cloth was restricted; and the
wearing of fur was limited to certain classes, that the home market for
woolen manufacture might be larger. Among the protected industries was
shipping. “Navigation acts,” requiring the use of native ships, were
common, though they ordinarily remained in force but a short time and had
not yet hardened into a system.
(5) The foreign trade of a country was not only restricted, as at present, to
certain points on the frontier where duties could be collected, but was often
concentrated in one or more special places, the “staples.” The government
could then oversee the trade more easily, could collect its dues, insure good
quality, and protect merchants more readily, and it could also make better
use of trade as a weapon of policy, directing the stream of goods where it
pleased, and so rewarding or punishing other states.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Review the sections on feudalism, and see how the modern system of
government grew up from feudalism as the forces which had created
feudalism were reversed. [Cf. Seebohm, Prot. Rev., pp. 15-21.]
2. Write a report on the rise or decline in power of the central government
in one of the following countries, in the period 1100-1500: France, England,
Germany, Italy, Spain. [Consult the current history manuals, or the
encyclopedia.]
3. In connection with sect. 140 read the sections in a later part of the
book, describing the advantages which have come to Germany and Italy in
recent times by their union under strong central governments.
4. Write a report on medieval doctrines on one of the following subjects:
(a) Loans at interest.
(b) Profits in trade.
[Cunningham, Growth, or Ashley, vol. 1, chap. 3; vol. 2, chap. 6.]
5. Write a report on “protection” in the medieval state. [See Cunningham
or Ashley on commercial policy, or read J. S. Nicholson, The English corn
laws.]
6. What has been the history of the meaning of the word staple?
[Dictionaries, especially Murray’s New English Dict.; Cunningham.]
himself more cheaply; the import of foreign cloth was restricted; and the
wearing of fur was limited to certain classes, that the home market for
woolen manufacture might be larger. Among the protected industries was
shipping. “Navigation acts,” requiring the use of native ships, were
common, though they ordinarily remained in force but a short time and had
not yet hardened into a system.
(5) The foreign trade of a country was not only restricted, as at present, to
certain points on the frontier where duties could be collected, but was often
concentrated in one or more special places, the “staples.” The government
could then oversee the trade more easily, could collect its dues, insure good
quality, and protect merchants more readily, and it could also make better
use of trade as a weapon of policy, directing the stream of goods where it
pleased, and so rewarding or punishing other states.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Review the sections on feudalism, and see how the modern system of
government grew up from feudalism as the forces which had created
feudalism were reversed. [Cf. Seebohm, Prot. Rev., pp. 15-21.]
2. Write a report on the rise or decline in power of the central government
in one of the following countries, in the period 1100-1500: France, England,
Germany, Italy, Spain. [Consult the current history manuals, or the
encyclopedia.]
3. In connection with sect. 140 read the sections in a later part of the
book, describing the advantages which have come to Germany and Italy in
recent times by their union under strong central governments.
4. Write a report on medieval doctrines on one of the following subjects:
(a) Loans at interest.
(b) Profits in trade.
[Cunningham, Growth, or Ashley, vol. 1, chap. 3; vol. 2, chap. 6.]
5. Write a report on “protection” in the medieval state. [See Cunningham
or Ashley on commercial policy, or read J. S. Nicholson, The English corn
laws.]
6. What has been the history of the meaning of the word staple?
[Dictionaries, especially Murray’s New English Dict.; Cunningham.]
Page 132
BIBLIOGRAPHY
The subject of this short chapter takes the reader within the bounds of
political history, and he is referred to the many history manuals for further
reading and references. The growth of the French monarchy has been well
treated by Adams, Civilization, chap. xiii, or Growth of the French nation.
The subject of this short chapter takes the reader within the bounds of
political history, and he is referred to the many history manuals for further
reading and references. The growth of the French monarchy has been well
treated by Adams, Civilization, chap. xiii, or Growth of the French nation.
Page 133
PART III.—MODERN COMMERCE
Page 134
CHAPTER XV
EXPLORATION AND DISCOVERY
144. The revolution about 1500; topics to be considered.—The period
centering about the year 1500 was marked by changes so rapid and so
extensive that they deserve the name of revolution. The changes affected
not only the intellectual life of Europe (the Renaissance) and its religious
life (the Protestant Revolt or Reformation); they caused a revolution also in
the world of politics and in the world of industry and commerce. It will be
necessary to survey some of these changes before we return to the narrative
of the history of commerce. Three main topics will occupy the attention:
first, the extension of the commercial area by exploration and discovery;
second, the development of the commercial organization by new forms of
cooperation; third, the rise of modern states in Europe, and their influence
on the growth of commerce.
145. Growth of geographical knowledge. Asia.—About the year 1000,
to most people in Europe “the world” meant scarcely more than the village
in which they lived, so limited were their interests and their knowledge.
Pilgrims to the holy places in Palestine brought back with them knowledge
of this edge of Asia, but what the Greeks and Romans knew of that
continent and of Africa had been forgotten, and even the better educated
people thought of the outer parts of the world as mysterious regions,
wrapped in darkness or peopled with prodigies, when they thought of them
at all. The growth of the Levant trade and the crusades caused an increase in
interest and in information. After the year 1200, when a great Mongol or
Tartar Empire was established in inner Asia by Genghis Khan, Europeans
began to penetrate Asia seeking aid from the Mongols against their enemies
the Turks. Ambassadors, missionaries, merchants, and explorers made the
journey so frequently that a regular guide-book was written by an Italian
soon after 1300; and about the same time the Venetian Marco Polo returned
from a long stay in China and described his travels. He had gone by land,
through Persia, Turkestan, and Mongolia, and, returning by sea, he could
tell also about Japan, the great Malay islands, Burmah, India, etc. Before
the invention of printing knowledge spread slowly, but the maps of the
fifteenth and sixteenth centuries show that the results of these explorations
EXPLORATION AND DISCOVERY
144. The revolution about 1500; topics to be considered.—The period
centering about the year 1500 was marked by changes so rapid and so
extensive that they deserve the name of revolution. The changes affected
not only the intellectual life of Europe (the Renaissance) and its religious
life (the Protestant Revolt or Reformation); they caused a revolution also in
the world of politics and in the world of industry and commerce. It will be
necessary to survey some of these changes before we return to the narrative
of the history of commerce. Three main topics will occupy the attention:
first, the extension of the commercial area by exploration and discovery;
second, the development of the commercial organization by new forms of
cooperation; third, the rise of modern states in Europe, and their influence
on the growth of commerce.
145. Growth of geographical knowledge. Asia.—About the year 1000,
to most people in Europe “the world” meant scarcely more than the village
in which they lived, so limited were their interests and their knowledge.
Pilgrims to the holy places in Palestine brought back with them knowledge
of this edge of Asia, but what the Greeks and Romans knew of that
continent and of Africa had been forgotten, and even the better educated
people thought of the outer parts of the world as mysterious regions,
wrapped in darkness or peopled with prodigies, when they thought of them
at all. The growth of the Levant trade and the crusades caused an increase in
interest and in information. After the year 1200, when a great Mongol or
Tartar Empire was established in inner Asia by Genghis Khan, Europeans
began to penetrate Asia seeking aid from the Mongols against their enemies
the Turks. Ambassadors, missionaries, merchants, and explorers made the
journey so frequently that a regular guide-book was written by an Italian
soon after 1300; and about the same time the Venetian Marco Polo returned
from a long stay in China and described his travels. He had gone by land,
through Persia, Turkestan, and Mongolia, and, returning by sea, he could
tell also about Japan, the great Malay islands, Burmah, India, etc. Before
the invention of printing knowledge spread slowly, but the maps of the
fifteenth and sixteenth centuries show that the results of these explorations
Page 135
were not lost, and Europe had become conscious that Asia was bounded by
a sea on the east.
A MEDIEVAL MAP OF THE WORLD
(The Laurentian Portolano. 1351)
146. Need of a sea route to Asia; means of navigation.—The
explorations by land in Asia were of great importance in spreading
knowledge of the countries from which the wares of the Levant trade came,
but they were of little assistance to traders who sought to develop
commerce on the old routes. With the decline of the Mongol power and the
spread of the Turks, passage across Asia became constantly more difficult.
The available routes finally narrowed to one, that through Egypt, and trade
on this route was burdened with very heavy tolls. The European people
were urged by powerful economic motives to seek out the sea route to India
which was now believed to exist.
The means of navigation were still those of the later Middle Ages. The
ships in which some of the most adventurous voyages were taken were of
fifty tons or even less. The rig had been improved slightly, so that the ships
could be handled more readily than when they bore the old square sails; and
a sea on the east.
A MEDIEVAL MAP OF THE WORLD
(The Laurentian Portolano. 1351)
146. Need of a sea route to Asia; means of navigation.—The
explorations by land in Asia were of great importance in spreading
knowledge of the countries from which the wares of the Levant trade came,
but they were of little assistance to traders who sought to develop
commerce on the old routes. With the decline of the Mongol power and the
spread of the Turks, passage across Asia became constantly more difficult.
The available routes finally narrowed to one, that through Egypt, and trade
on this route was burdened with very heavy tolls. The European people
were urged by powerful economic motives to seek out the sea route to India
which was now believed to exist.
The means of navigation were still those of the later Middle Ages. The
ships in which some of the most adventurous voyages were taken were of
fifty tons or even less. The rig had been improved slightly, so that the ships
could be handled more readily than when they bore the old square sails; and
Page 136
instruments for ascertaining the position at sea were also improved. Still,
when we add to the actual peril of distant voyages the imagined dangers
which the minds of men ascribed to unknown seas, we must admit that the
early explorers met a test of courage to which men nowadays are rarely put.
147. The lead in maritime exploration taken by Prince Henry of
Portugal.—Italians were, in general, the guides who led Europeans through
the seas of darkness to the East. Conditions at home, however, forced them
to seek service abroad in realizing their plans, and Portugal was the first of
the European countries to effect great oceanic discoveries. The country was
small and undeveloped, but it enjoyed in the fifteenth century the guidance
of a singularly able line of kings. It had in the person of Prince Henry, “the
Navigator,” an enthusiast who devoted practically his whole life and fortune
to the cause of discovery. When but twenty-four years old he retired from
the world to a promontory at the southern extremity of the country, and
there he worked for over forty years, until his death in 1460. Prince Henry
combined the commercial motive with missionary zeal and a medieval
hostility to the Mohammedans, but the character of his work was entirely
modern and business-like. He gave what was most needed for success,
organization; he attracted sailors and pilots from all Europe; stimulated
development in the science and art of navigation; equipped and inspired
expeditions.
148. Exploration of the West Coast of Africa; difficulties, real and
imagined.—The great achievement of Portuguese navigation was the
discovery of the sea route to India around Africa. The coast of the northwest
corner of Africa was well known to sailors of several European countries,
and the belief was current in many minds that circumnavigation was
possible. Some Genoese sailors had actually attempted to reach India in this
way in the thirteenth century, but they had disappeared without leaving a
trace. There was all the difference in the world between the theory and the
practice of European navigators; the limit of their voyages had practically
always been Cape Bojador, far north on the west coast. A strong inshore
current and short but furious storms made coasting dangerous. The coast of
dreary sand dunes afforded no good anchorage; mist or dust dimmed the air
and frightened sailors with the thought that they were actually entering the
sea of darkness; Cape Bojador was a forbidding obstacle in that it projected
far out beyond the coast line, and was supposed to be extended by perilous
reefs. Furthermore, most people submitted to the opinion of ancient
when we add to the actual peril of distant voyages the imagined dangers
which the minds of men ascribed to unknown seas, we must admit that the
early explorers met a test of courage to which men nowadays are rarely put.
147. The lead in maritime exploration taken by Prince Henry of
Portugal.—Italians were, in general, the guides who led Europeans through
the seas of darkness to the East. Conditions at home, however, forced them
to seek service abroad in realizing their plans, and Portugal was the first of
the European countries to effect great oceanic discoveries. The country was
small and undeveloped, but it enjoyed in the fifteenth century the guidance
of a singularly able line of kings. It had in the person of Prince Henry, “the
Navigator,” an enthusiast who devoted practically his whole life and fortune
to the cause of discovery. When but twenty-four years old he retired from
the world to a promontory at the southern extremity of the country, and
there he worked for over forty years, until his death in 1460. Prince Henry
combined the commercial motive with missionary zeal and a medieval
hostility to the Mohammedans, but the character of his work was entirely
modern and business-like. He gave what was most needed for success,
organization; he attracted sailors and pilots from all Europe; stimulated
development in the science and art of navigation; equipped and inspired
expeditions.
148. Exploration of the West Coast of Africa; difficulties, real and
imagined.—The great achievement of Portuguese navigation was the
discovery of the sea route to India around Africa. The coast of the northwest
corner of Africa was well known to sailors of several European countries,
and the belief was current in many minds that circumnavigation was
possible. Some Genoese sailors had actually attempted to reach India in this
way in the thirteenth century, but they had disappeared without leaving a
trace. There was all the difference in the world between the theory and the
practice of European navigators; the limit of their voyages had practically
always been Cape Bojador, far north on the west coast. A strong inshore
current and short but furious storms made coasting dangerous. The coast of
dreary sand dunes afforded no good anchorage; mist or dust dimmed the air
and frightened sailors with the thought that they were actually entering the
sea of darkness; Cape Bojador was a forbidding obstacle in that it projected
far out beyond the coast line, and was supposed to be extended by perilous
reefs. Furthermore, most people submitted to the opinion of ancient
Page 137
philosophers, that the tropics were uninhabitable by reason of the intense
heat of a blazing sun, which approached nearer the earth in those regions.
See Sections 148-149.
149. Discovery of the Cape of Good Hope (1487) and of the sea route
to India (1498).—Under the stimulus of Prince Henry the Portuguese
passed Cape Bojador in 1434, and were rewarded on a more extended
voyage about ten years afterward by the discovery of Cape Verde. The
name, “Green Cape,” is significant; the explorers had passed the southern
edge of the desert and found a watered country with waving palms. In this
enterprise, as in most others, the first steps proved to be the hardest. Though
progress was steady it was slow, and at the death of Prince Henry in 1460
the Portuguese had not passed beyond Sierra Leone. They had, however,
accumulated valuable experience and gained confidence; the long period of
heat of a blazing sun, which approached nearer the earth in those regions.
See Sections 148-149.
149. Discovery of the Cape of Good Hope (1487) and of the sea route
to India (1498).—Under the stimulus of Prince Henry the Portuguese
passed Cape Bojador in 1434, and were rewarded on a more extended
voyage about ten years afterward by the discovery of Cape Verde. The
name, “Green Cape,” is significant; the explorers had passed the southern
edge of the desert and found a watered country with waving palms. In this
enterprise, as in most others, the first steps proved to be the hardest. Though
progress was steady it was slow, and at the death of Prince Henry in 1460
the Portuguese had not passed beyond Sierra Leone. They had, however,
accumulated valuable experience and gained confidence; the long period of
Page 138
preparation fitted them to advance more rapidly as time went on. In 1471
they passed the equator, without the scorching that some had feared; and in
1487, under Diaz, they turned the southern extremity of the Continent,
named by the sailor the Cape of Storms, but renamed Cape of Good Hope
by the King, as an augury for the future. The illness and death of the King
prevented the Portuguese from utilizing their discovery immediately; but in
July, 1497, Vasco da Gama was despatched with a fleet bound for India,
which anchored at Calicut (southwest coast; not Calcutta), in May, 1498.
Oceanic commerce with India had begun, and the tolls and charges which
had hampered trade by the land routes were things of the past.
Map of the known world in the time of Columbus.
150. Belief that Asia could be reached by sailing westward.—While
the Portuguese were pushing on down the west coast of Africa in their
search for a route to India, the minds of some men were occupied with the
thought that the same object could be attained more easily by sailing
directly west from Europe. The earth was known to be round and was
they passed the equator, without the scorching that some had feared; and in
1487, under Diaz, they turned the southern extremity of the Continent,
named by the sailor the Cape of Storms, but renamed Cape of Good Hope
by the King, as an augury for the future. The illness and death of the King
prevented the Portuguese from utilizing their discovery immediately; but in
July, 1497, Vasco da Gama was despatched with a fleet bound for India,
which anchored at Calicut (southwest coast; not Calcutta), in May, 1498.
Oceanic commerce with India had begun, and the tolls and charges which
had hampered trade by the land routes were things of the past.
Map of the known world in the time of Columbus.
150. Belief that Asia could be reached by sailing westward.—While
the Portuguese were pushing on down the west coast of Africa in their
search for a route to India, the minds of some men were occupied with the
thought that the same object could be attained more easily by sailing
directly west from Europe. The earth was known to be round and was
Page 139
thought to be smaller than it actually is. Asia was known to be bounded by a
sea on the East. Why not reach India by sailing around the globe? Perhaps,
they thought, the east coast of Asia was but a little way from the west coast
of Europe or Africa. Skippers who ventured to the Azores, the Canaries, and
other islands not far from Europe, brought back stories of foreign objects
washed up on the beaches, or of land dimly descried on their voyages.
The belief that land existed beyond the horizon was commonly held, and
Columbus does not deserve the credit of originating the idea. Nor can his
discovery of the New World in 1492 be regarded as one of those acts
without which the history of the world would be very different. The
Portuguese were certain to touch America sooner or later in
circumnavigating Africa, for they planned to steer due south from Guinea to
the latitude of the Cape, to avoid the calms and currents of the coast, and an
equatorial current carried their ships westward. Under these conditions the
Portuguese Cabral, on his way to India around the Cape, actually did land
on the coast of what is now Brazil, in 1500.
151. Discovery of America (1492); partition of the world outside
Europe between Spain and Portugal.—Columbus, however, certainly
deserves the fame which has been given him, for the courage he showed in
turning theory into action; and the consequences of the discovery, however
we apportion the credit for it, make it one of the turning-points in the
world’s history. Europe was disappointed, it is true, in the hope that a
shorter route to India had been found. Balboa proved by the discovery of
the “South Sea,” or Pacific Ocean (1513), that the new land was a continent
by itself, and the great distance between America and Asia became known
by the voyage of Magellan around the earth (1519-1522), “doubtless the
greatest feat of navigation that has ever been performed.” Time was needed
to prove that America offered more than Asia to build up European
commerce, and the full measure of its possibilities was not realized until the
nineteenth century. At the time Portugal seemed to have gained more than
Spain. The non-Christian world was divided between these two powers, by
a papal decree, which gave to Portugal Africa and Asia (except the
Philippines) and to Spain the Americas (except Brazil). So long as other
European states obeyed papal authority and feared the might of Spain and
Portugal, they were bound to respect this division; and the first period of
discoveries was followed by a series of voyages, carried on especially by
sea on the East. Why not reach India by sailing around the globe? Perhaps,
they thought, the east coast of Asia was but a little way from the west coast
of Europe or Africa. Skippers who ventured to the Azores, the Canaries, and
other islands not far from Europe, brought back stories of foreign objects
washed up on the beaches, or of land dimly descried on their voyages.
The belief that land existed beyond the horizon was commonly held, and
Columbus does not deserve the credit of originating the idea. Nor can his
discovery of the New World in 1492 be regarded as one of those acts
without which the history of the world would be very different. The
Portuguese were certain to touch America sooner or later in
circumnavigating Africa, for they planned to steer due south from Guinea to
the latitude of the Cape, to avoid the calms and currents of the coast, and an
equatorial current carried their ships westward. Under these conditions the
Portuguese Cabral, on his way to India around the Cape, actually did land
on the coast of what is now Brazil, in 1500.
151. Discovery of America (1492); partition of the world outside
Europe between Spain and Portugal.—Columbus, however, certainly
deserves the fame which has been given him, for the courage he showed in
turning theory into action; and the consequences of the discovery, however
we apportion the credit for it, make it one of the turning-points in the
world’s history. Europe was disappointed, it is true, in the hope that a
shorter route to India had been found. Balboa proved by the discovery of
the “South Sea,” or Pacific Ocean (1513), that the new land was a continent
by itself, and the great distance between America and Asia became known
by the voyage of Magellan around the earth (1519-1522), “doubtless the
greatest feat of navigation that has ever been performed.” Time was needed
to prove that America offered more than Asia to build up European
commerce, and the full measure of its possibilities was not realized until the
nineteenth century. At the time Portugal seemed to have gained more than
Spain. The non-Christian world was divided between these two powers, by
a papal decree, which gave to Portugal Africa and Asia (except the
Philippines) and to Spain the Americas (except Brazil). So long as other
European states obeyed papal authority and feared the might of Spain and
Portugal, they were bound to respect this division; and the first period of
discoveries was followed by a series of voyages, carried on especially by
Page 140
English and Dutch, seeking a passage northeast or northwest through Arctic
seas, that would enable them to evade the monopoly granted by the Pope.
152. Effect of the discoveries on the field of commerce; growth of a
world commerce.—Contrasting medieval and modern commerce we find
that the discoveries produced great changes both in the area and in the
articles of trade. Maritime commerce in the Middle Ages was restricted in
general to the seas of Europe (Baltic, North, Mediterranean, Black) and to
the edge of the Atlantic; exchange was hindered not only by physical
obstacles but also by the claims of various states to the exclusive control of
inland waters (Hansa in the Baltic, Venice in the Adriatic). When once
sailors had learned to leave the coast and steer boldly into the open ocean,
secure in the consciousness that they were approaching not a “sea of
darkness” but a land much like that which they had left behind them, the
ocean became a means of uniting continents rather than of separating them.
The principle that the sea is free to all was not accepted, it is true, for some
time; states tried to extend to the open sea the same narrow principle of
exclusion that had been practised with respect to interior waters. These
claims led to bitter national conflicts in the sixteenth and seventeenth
centuries, but they fell gradually into oblivion as the hopelessness of
making them effective became apparent; and the European commerce of a
former period expanded into a world commerce.
153. Effect of the discoveries on the wares of commerce.—Europe had
become acquainted with Asiatic wares in the course of the Levant trade, so
that the market for them was well established when the first Portuguese
ships returned from India. Transportation by the sea route, however, with its
diminished costs and with the greatly increased cargoes, caused such a
decline in the price of eastern goods that the market for them expanded
immensely. What had before been costly luxuries for the rich became now a
part of their regular necessaries, and became for other classes luxuries or
comforts which they could afford to purchase. It is in this period that tea,
coffee, and sugar became common articles of consumption in some of the
European countries. The part played by those three articles in the commerce
of an advanced country can be seen from the fact that before the end of the
eighteenth century they formed over one fourth of the total imports of
England. Other wares, such as Indian textiles, which had been known to
Europe before, but which were too bulky to pay for the import of cheaper
seas, that would enable them to evade the monopoly granted by the Pope.
152. Effect of the discoveries on the field of commerce; growth of a
world commerce.—Contrasting medieval and modern commerce we find
that the discoveries produced great changes both in the area and in the
articles of trade. Maritime commerce in the Middle Ages was restricted in
general to the seas of Europe (Baltic, North, Mediterranean, Black) and to
the edge of the Atlantic; exchange was hindered not only by physical
obstacles but also by the claims of various states to the exclusive control of
inland waters (Hansa in the Baltic, Venice in the Adriatic). When once
sailors had learned to leave the coast and steer boldly into the open ocean,
secure in the consciousness that they were approaching not a “sea of
darkness” but a land much like that which they had left behind them, the
ocean became a means of uniting continents rather than of separating them.
The principle that the sea is free to all was not accepted, it is true, for some
time; states tried to extend to the open sea the same narrow principle of
exclusion that had been practised with respect to interior waters. These
claims led to bitter national conflicts in the sixteenth and seventeenth
centuries, but they fell gradually into oblivion as the hopelessness of
making them effective became apparent; and the European commerce of a
former period expanded into a world commerce.
153. Effect of the discoveries on the wares of commerce.—Europe had
become acquainted with Asiatic wares in the course of the Levant trade, so
that the market for them was well established when the first Portuguese
ships returned from India. Transportation by the sea route, however, with its
diminished costs and with the greatly increased cargoes, caused such a
decline in the price of eastern goods that the market for them expanded
immensely. What had before been costly luxuries for the rich became now a
part of their regular necessaries, and became for other classes luxuries or
comforts which they could afford to purchase. It is in this period that tea,
coffee, and sugar became common articles of consumption in some of the
European countries. The part played by those three articles in the commerce
of an advanced country can be seen from the fact that before the end of the
eighteenth century they formed over one fourth of the total imports of
England. Other wares, such as Indian textiles, which had been known to
Europe before, but which were too bulky to pay for the import of cheaper
Page 141
grades, could now be placed on the market in large quantities, when
protective duties did not exclude them.
154. Importance of the precious metals in the American trade; effect
on prices in Europe.—The American continent offered at first only one
class of wares of prime importance, namely, the precious metals. The
Spanish secured great quantities of gold in the early years of their
conquests, but about 1550 the output of gold was exceeded by that of silver,
which reached enormous proportions, as a result of the discovery of new
mines in Mexico and Peru, and by the use of the amalgamation process.
Before 1550 the production of the precious metals in Europe and Africa
exceeded the supply from the New World, but then the balance changed;
and during the seventeenth century the American supply was more than
five-fold that gained in the Old World. The result was an increase in the
stock of money in Europe so great that a revolution in prices ensued; silver
became so plentiful that a given weight of it would purchase only one half
or one third, sometimes even one fourth or one fifth, of what it would have
bought before the discovery of the American mines. The serious results of
this price revolution on different classes in Europe must be left to the
imagination of the reader, as they lie outside the scope of this manual. No
other American product competed in importance with silver, in the early
period, but as the North American continent and the West Indies were
settled with whites and negroes some important staples were brought from
those parts to Europe. The islands proved to be especially well suited to the
production of sugar, while the mainland contributed in tobacco, a ware
before unknown in Europe, but one which could soon rely on a large and
increasing demand. Food staples like maize and potatoes continued
unimportant, not only as wares of commerce but also as articles of
European production, until comparatively recent times.
155. Improvement in the means and methods of navigation.—With
the extension of navigation new qualities were needed in ships; speed to
cover the great distances, carrying capacity for the storage of bulky cargoes,
and stability sufficient to ensure safety in tropical hurricanes or eastern
typhoons. The medieval galley, rowed with oars, was, of course, unsuited to
long voyages, and sails came into universal use. The favorite types of vessel
all showed, however, the influence of medieval models. The caravel, of
small tonnage and easily managed, was simply a galley fitted with masts
and sails. The galleon was larger, having two or three decks; in it the
protective duties did not exclude them.
154. Importance of the precious metals in the American trade; effect
on prices in Europe.—The American continent offered at first only one
class of wares of prime importance, namely, the precious metals. The
Spanish secured great quantities of gold in the early years of their
conquests, but about 1550 the output of gold was exceeded by that of silver,
which reached enormous proportions, as a result of the discovery of new
mines in Mexico and Peru, and by the use of the amalgamation process.
Before 1550 the production of the precious metals in Europe and Africa
exceeded the supply from the New World, but then the balance changed;
and during the seventeenth century the American supply was more than
five-fold that gained in the Old World. The result was an increase in the
stock of money in Europe so great that a revolution in prices ensued; silver
became so plentiful that a given weight of it would purchase only one half
or one third, sometimes even one fourth or one fifth, of what it would have
bought before the discovery of the American mines. The serious results of
this price revolution on different classes in Europe must be left to the
imagination of the reader, as they lie outside the scope of this manual. No
other American product competed in importance with silver, in the early
period, but as the North American continent and the West Indies were
settled with whites and negroes some important staples were brought from
those parts to Europe. The islands proved to be especially well suited to the
production of sugar, while the mainland contributed in tobacco, a ware
before unknown in Europe, but one which could soon rely on a large and
increasing demand. Food staples like maize and potatoes continued
unimportant, not only as wares of commerce but also as articles of
European production, until comparatively recent times.
155. Improvement in the means and methods of navigation.—With
the extension of navigation new qualities were needed in ships; speed to
cover the great distances, carrying capacity for the storage of bulky cargoes,
and stability sufficient to ensure safety in tropical hurricanes or eastern
typhoons. The medieval galley, rowed with oars, was, of course, unsuited to
long voyages, and sails came into universal use. The favorite types of vessel
all showed, however, the influence of medieval models. The caravel, of
small tonnage and easily managed, was simply a galley fitted with masts
and sails. The galleon was larger, having two or three decks; in it the
Page 142
attempt was made to unite the lines and speed of a galley with the stability
and dimensions of a cargo carrier. Finally, the carrack, with four or five
decks, combined great carrying capacity with the defensive strength of a
floating fortress. Piracy continued to be a plague, especially in the
Mediterranean and in waters outside Europe, and the large merchantman
with a considerable number of guns enjoyed a great advantage over smaller
vessels. We read of ships of a thousand tons and over. The size of the
Hanseatic ships trading to London increased so much in the sixteenth
century that they could no longer pass London Bridge, or lie at the wharf of
the Steelyard; and the increase in the size of ships caused changes in the
importance of ports, by which Seville gave place to Cadiz, Rouen to Havre,
Dordrecht to Rotterdam.
Improvements were effected also in the art of navigation, especially in
the means of determining the position east and west. The simple means of
the later Middle Ages could give some idea of a vessel’s latitude, but very
little of its longitude. The introduction of the log in the seventeenth century
enabled a sailor to measure distance traversed more accurately, and the
invention of the chronometer in the eighteenth century gave at last a reliable
and practical means of determining longitude at sea. Progress in scientific
astronomy was made of service to sailors by tables which were the
forerunners of the modern “nautical almanac”; and charts and sailing
directions became, as the result of generations of experience, more
trustworthy and more useful.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Character and life of Prince Henry of Portugal. [E. G. Bourne, Prince
Henry the Navigator, Yale Review, Aug., 1894, 3: 187-202, reprinted in
Essays in historical criticism, N. Y., 1901; or one of the readings in the
bibliography.]
2. Measure on the map the distances traversed in the voyages in search of
the sea-route to India; indicate these distances on a straight line, with the
dates, that the rapid increase in the extent of the voyages may be apparent.
3. Early life and first voyage of Columbus. [Bourne, Spain, chaps. 1 to
3.]
4. Early Christian pilgrimages to the East. [Beazley, chap. 1.]
and dimensions of a cargo carrier. Finally, the carrack, with four or five
decks, combined great carrying capacity with the defensive strength of a
floating fortress. Piracy continued to be a plague, especially in the
Mediterranean and in waters outside Europe, and the large merchantman
with a considerable number of guns enjoyed a great advantage over smaller
vessels. We read of ships of a thousand tons and over. The size of the
Hanseatic ships trading to London increased so much in the sixteenth
century that they could no longer pass London Bridge, or lie at the wharf of
the Steelyard; and the increase in the size of ships caused changes in the
importance of ports, by which Seville gave place to Cadiz, Rouen to Havre,
Dordrecht to Rotterdam.
Improvements were effected also in the art of navigation, especially in
the means of determining the position east and west. The simple means of
the later Middle Ages could give some idea of a vessel’s latitude, but very
little of its longitude. The introduction of the log in the seventeenth century
enabled a sailor to measure distance traversed more accurately, and the
invention of the chronometer in the eighteenth century gave at last a reliable
and practical means of determining longitude at sea. Progress in scientific
astronomy was made of service to sailors by tables which were the
forerunners of the modern “nautical almanac”; and charts and sailing
directions became, as the result of generations of experience, more
trustworthy and more useful.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Character and life of Prince Henry of Portugal. [E. G. Bourne, Prince
Henry the Navigator, Yale Review, Aug., 1894, 3: 187-202, reprinted in
Essays in historical criticism, N. Y., 1901; or one of the readings in the
bibliography.]
2. Measure on the map the distances traversed in the voyages in search of
the sea-route to India; indicate these distances on a straight line, with the
dates, that the rapid increase in the extent of the voyages may be apparent.
3. Early life and first voyage of Columbus. [Bourne, Spain, chaps. 1 to
3.]
4. Early Christian pilgrimages to the East. [Beazley, chap. 1.]
Page 143
5. European explorers in Asia. [Cheyney, chap. 3; Verne, vol. 1, part 1;
Beazley, chap. 3.]
6. Write a report on one of the countries of the East visited by Marco
Polo. [See the translation of his travels.]
7. Development of geographical science before 1500. [Beazley,
Introduction, chap. 5.]
8. Make tracings of typical maps, of antiquity, of the Middle Ages, and of
the period of the great discoveries; and compare them with a modern map
of the world. [See maps in Beazley and Cheyney.]
9. Maritime exploration before the fifteenth century. [Beazley, chap. 4.]
10. What were the means and methods of navigation in the fifteenth
century? [See Cheyney, p. 53 ff., and Fiske, Discovery.]
11. Voyages in search of a passage to India through the Arctic Ocean.
[Oxley, Romance, chap. 6; Verne, vol. 1, part 2, chap. 3; or Payne.]
12. Write a report on the history of tea, coffee, or sugar as a ware of
commerce. [Use the references suggested for wares of the Levant or Baltic
trade.]
13. Write a similar report on gold, silver, or tobacco.
14. Effect of the fall in value of silver in England. [Cunningham, Growth,
vol. 2, sect. 182.]
15. Development of the art of navigation in modern times. [Encyc. Brit.,
Navigation.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Classified bibliographies of the period of the discoveries will be found in
Cheyney, and in Cambridge modern hist., vol. 1.
General accounts will be found also in those two sources. Cheyney’s **
European Background includes some half dozen chapters on important
topics in the history of commerce; these chapters offer, in some cases, the
only available reading in English, and the book can be warmly
recommended. Another book, which is inexpensive, readable, and very
valuable, is Beazley’s **Prince Henry; this is full on the beginnings of
exploration, and has an especially good collection of early maps. The first
part of Fiske’s **Discovery of America presents an admirably written
survey of conditions leading to the explorations. The first volume of the
Exploration of the World by Jules Verne, N. Y., Scribner, 1879, 3 vols.,
Beazley, chap. 3.]
6. Write a report on one of the countries of the East visited by Marco
Polo. [See the translation of his travels.]
7. Development of geographical science before 1500. [Beazley,
Introduction, chap. 5.]
8. Make tracings of typical maps, of antiquity, of the Middle Ages, and of
the period of the great discoveries; and compare them with a modern map
of the world. [See maps in Beazley and Cheyney.]
9. Maritime exploration before the fifteenth century. [Beazley, chap. 4.]
10. What were the means and methods of navigation in the fifteenth
century? [See Cheyney, p. 53 ff., and Fiske, Discovery.]
11. Voyages in search of a passage to India through the Arctic Ocean.
[Oxley, Romance, chap. 6; Verne, vol. 1, part 2, chap. 3; or Payne.]
12. Write a report on the history of tea, coffee, or sugar as a ware of
commerce. [Use the references suggested for wares of the Levant or Baltic
trade.]
13. Write a similar report on gold, silver, or tobacco.
14. Effect of the fall in value of silver in England. [Cunningham, Growth,
vol. 2, sect. 182.]
15. Development of the art of navigation in modern times. [Encyc. Brit.,
Navigation.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Classified bibliographies of the period of the discoveries will be found in
Cheyney, and in Cambridge modern hist., vol. 1.
General accounts will be found also in those two sources. Cheyney’s **
European Background includes some half dozen chapters on important
topics in the history of commerce; these chapters offer, in some cases, the
only available reading in English, and the book can be warmly
recommended. Another book, which is inexpensive, readable, and very
valuable, is Beazley’s **Prince Henry; this is full on the beginnings of
exploration, and has an especially good collection of early maps. The first
part of Fiske’s **Discovery of America presents an admirably written
survey of conditions leading to the explorations. The first volume of the
Exploration of the World by Jules Verne, N. Y., Scribner, 1879, 3 vols.,
Page 144
covers the medieval period as well as that of the great discoveries; it has the
merits and failings which the author’s name suggests.
For Prince Henry and the Portuguese discoveries see **Beazley,
Stephens, Portugal, chap. 7, Cheyney, chap. 4, or, for a brief and readable
account, Oxley, Romance, chap. 7.
For the period following the discoveries, E. J. Payne, Voyages of the
Elizabethan seamen, London, 1880, can be recommended; it contains
original accounts of the exploits of the great English seamen of the time of
Elizabeth (Hawkins, Frobisher, Drake, etc.). Howard Pyle, *The
Buccaneers, N. Y., Macmillan, and David Hannay, The sea trader, London,
1912, continue the narrative to a later period.
merits and failings which the author’s name suggests.
For Prince Henry and the Portuguese discoveries see **Beazley,
Stephens, Portugal, chap. 7, Cheyney, chap. 4, or, for a brief and readable
account, Oxley, Romance, chap. 7.
For the period following the discoveries, E. J. Payne, Voyages of the
Elizabethan seamen, London, 1880, can be recommended; it contains
original accounts of the exploits of the great English seamen of the time of
Elizabeth (Hawkins, Frobisher, Drake, etc.). Howard Pyle, *The
Buccaneers, N. Y., Macmillan, and David Hannay, The sea trader, London,
1912, continue the narrative to a later period.
Page 145
CHAPTER XVI
DEVELOPMENT OF THE ECONOMIC ORGANIZATION
156. Agriculture.—The next important subject to be discussed in
considering the great changes in commerce in the modern period is the
development of the economic organization. The influence of the discovery
of new lands, new routes, and new wares is so obvious that the discoveries
are often represented as the chief cause of the growth of commerce in the
modern period. They were unquestionably very important factors in this
growth, but European commerce was developing without them, and would
have felt their influence much less if it had not been changing in its internal
structure. Men were applying new methods of cooperation, which enabled
them to make more of their resources at home and to utilize with greatest
effect the opportunities for gain abroad. Even at the end of the period the
commerce of England with Europe was larger than with all the other
continents together.
We shall review briefly in the following sections the main changes in the
different branches of production. The topic of agriculture must be dismissed
with but a few words. There was a general movement toward freedom of
the agricultural classes of western Europe at the beginning of the period.
Wars and other political interruptions checked the movement in France, and
brought about an actual decline of the cultivators in Germany; England was
the only important country in which the country classes became perfectly
free. In Europe as a whole, however, the conditions of production in
agriculture were decidedly better than they had been in the Middle Ages,
and the increased product supported a larger population and furnished a
basis for a more extended trade.
157. Development of manufacturing organization in England;
persistence of gild restrictions elsewhere.—In manufactures, also, there
was a movement toward freedom in the more favored countries. We shall
see, in the history of England, how greatly English manufactures, and the
commerce depending on them, advanced under the leadership of merchants
and capitalists who broke through the old gild restrictions. The striking
feature, however, in the manufactures of most countries of this period is the
maintenance of the gild system, which became a most serious check on
DEVELOPMENT OF THE ECONOMIC ORGANIZATION
156. Agriculture.—The next important subject to be discussed in
considering the great changes in commerce in the modern period is the
development of the economic organization. The influence of the discovery
of new lands, new routes, and new wares is so obvious that the discoveries
are often represented as the chief cause of the growth of commerce in the
modern period. They were unquestionably very important factors in this
growth, but European commerce was developing without them, and would
have felt their influence much less if it had not been changing in its internal
structure. Men were applying new methods of cooperation, which enabled
them to make more of their resources at home and to utilize with greatest
effect the opportunities for gain abroad. Even at the end of the period the
commerce of England with Europe was larger than with all the other
continents together.
We shall review briefly in the following sections the main changes in the
different branches of production. The topic of agriculture must be dismissed
with but a few words. There was a general movement toward freedom of
the agricultural classes of western Europe at the beginning of the period.
Wars and other political interruptions checked the movement in France, and
brought about an actual decline of the cultivators in Germany; England was
the only important country in which the country classes became perfectly
free. In Europe as a whole, however, the conditions of production in
agriculture were decidedly better than they had been in the Middle Ages,
and the increased product supported a larger population and furnished a
basis for a more extended trade.
157. Development of manufacturing organization in England;
persistence of gild restrictions elsewhere.—In manufactures, also, there
was a movement toward freedom in the more favored countries. We shall
see, in the history of England, how greatly English manufactures, and the
commerce depending on them, advanced under the leadership of merchants
and capitalists who broke through the old gild restrictions. The striking
feature, however, in the manufactures of most countries of this period is the
maintenance of the gild system, which became a most serious check on
Page 146
industrial advance. It will be remembered that the gilds grew originally out
of the union of artisans in any trade, who banded together to protect their
interests, and who were granted certain privileges, especially that of
monopoly, that they might regulate the trade more efficiently and so protect
the interests of consumers also. At the present time the interests of
consumers are sufficiently protected by the competition of producers, who
do not need government regulations to tell them that they must sell good
wares at low prices if they desire to succeed; and just as soon as exchange
becomes sufficiently active to stimulate competition the public gains by
having restrictions abolished. In most of the European countries, however,
the gild privileges and restrictions were retained until the nineteenth
century, with results set forth in the following paragraph.
158. Evils of the gilds.—(1) The privilege of monopoly was abused by
limiting entrance to the gild in various ways, so that production was
restricted and prices were raised to the detriment of merchant and
consumer. Laborers suffered, also, by the lessened demand for their
services. (2) Gilds came into frequent conflict over the question as to which
had the right to exercise a particular branch of trade or manufacture; these
quarrels were similar to those arising between trade unions at the present
time. Manufacturers suffered from the separation of allied trades; and time
and money, which ought to have gone into the business, were wasted in
long lawsuits. (3) The full members of the gilds, the masters, tried to keep
the laborers (apprentices and journeymen) in an inferior position, and
granted promotion by favor rather than by merit; laborers lost the incentive
to good work and were tempted to idleness and disorder. (4) The masters
tried to preserve equality among themselves. Any master who was
sufficiently enterprising to attempt to extend his business by introducing
improvements or by employing more men was pulled back to the general
level. (5) Technical improvements were prevented also by the regulations
which were adopted originally to secure good quality of the product, but
which hardened into a routine prescribing the details of every process of
manufacture. (6) After all the restrictions, consumers did not get good
quality even when they paid high prices. They could not punish the
producers of poor goods by withdrawing their custom; and scamped work,
adulteration, and fraud were common.
159. Development of the commercial organization. Rise of
wholesalers.—Reviewing the substance of the last few paragraphs we find
of the union of artisans in any trade, who banded together to protect their
interests, and who were granted certain privileges, especially that of
monopoly, that they might regulate the trade more efficiently and so protect
the interests of consumers also. At the present time the interests of
consumers are sufficiently protected by the competition of producers, who
do not need government regulations to tell them that they must sell good
wares at low prices if they desire to succeed; and just as soon as exchange
becomes sufficiently active to stimulate competition the public gains by
having restrictions abolished. In most of the European countries, however,
the gild privileges and restrictions were retained until the nineteenth
century, with results set forth in the following paragraph.
158. Evils of the gilds.—(1) The privilege of monopoly was abused by
limiting entrance to the gild in various ways, so that production was
restricted and prices were raised to the detriment of merchant and
consumer. Laborers suffered, also, by the lessened demand for their
services. (2) Gilds came into frequent conflict over the question as to which
had the right to exercise a particular branch of trade or manufacture; these
quarrels were similar to those arising between trade unions at the present
time. Manufacturers suffered from the separation of allied trades; and time
and money, which ought to have gone into the business, were wasted in
long lawsuits. (3) The full members of the gilds, the masters, tried to keep
the laborers (apprentices and journeymen) in an inferior position, and
granted promotion by favor rather than by merit; laborers lost the incentive
to good work and were tempted to idleness and disorder. (4) The masters
tried to preserve equality among themselves. Any master who was
sufficiently enterprising to attempt to extend his business by introducing
improvements or by employing more men was pulled back to the general
level. (5) Technical improvements were prevented also by the regulations
which were adopted originally to secure good quality of the product, but
which hardened into a routine prescribing the details of every process of
manufacture. (6) After all the restrictions, consumers did not get good
quality even when they paid high prices. They could not punish the
producers of poor goods by withdrawing their custom; and scamped work,
adulteration, and fraud were common.
159. Development of the commercial organization. Rise of
wholesalers.—Reviewing the substance of the last few paragraphs we find
Page 147
that the advance in agriculture was local and incomplete, while in
manufactures it failed, in great measure, to displace a wornout system
inherited from a preceding period. Only in commerce itself were the
changes rapid and general in western Europe. Methods of business which
before had been practised in only a few Italian cities, were now adopted in
the country north of the Alps, and developed rapidly in the leading
commercial districts.
A class of professional wholesale merchants now sprang up. Before this
time, of course, merchants had on occasion dealt in considerable quantities
of wares, but even the leading medieval merchants seem to have been glad
to keep up their business by selling in small quantities to consumers. Only
in the last century of the Middle Ages do we find in Germany merchants
who confined themselves entirely to wholesale trade. As yet they had not
become specialists in any one particular ware. An idea both of the variety
and of the extent of their transactions can be gained from the business of
John von Bodeck, who was a merchant in Frankfort about 1600. He bought
silk and drugs in Venice, spices in Amsterdam, and sent them for sale to
Hamburg; he bought iron and wax in Hamburg and sent them to Spain; he
bought indigo and wool in Spain and sent them to Amsterdam and Antwerp;
he bought rye in Amsterdam and sent it to Genoa.
160. Development of the commission trade; services of factors.—
Bodeck must have traded in these wares often without knowing much about
them himself, and generally without seeing them. Such a business would
have been impossible in the Middle Ages when a merchant accompanied his
wares or shared his responsibilities with a few associates. It was made
possible now by the development of the commission trade. Commission
merchants, or factors, made it their profession “to buy and sell for other
business men for a certain profit which is given them for their trouble by
the principals.” Sometimes they were in business on their own account also;
sometimes they were specialists in various lines. A writer of the seventeenth
century distinguished five classes: those who lived in a manufacturing or
commercial center and bought goods for others; those who sold goods for
others; the correspondents of business men and bankers who made
collections and remittances of money for them; forwarders, who received
and forwarded goods at places of transshipment; and, finally, the agents for
carriers, who distributed and collected the load of a freight wagon in a city.
The duties of a mercantile factor, in general, were to advise his principal
manufactures it failed, in great measure, to displace a wornout system
inherited from a preceding period. Only in commerce itself were the
changes rapid and general in western Europe. Methods of business which
before had been practised in only a few Italian cities, were now adopted in
the country north of the Alps, and developed rapidly in the leading
commercial districts.
A class of professional wholesale merchants now sprang up. Before this
time, of course, merchants had on occasion dealt in considerable quantities
of wares, but even the leading medieval merchants seem to have been glad
to keep up their business by selling in small quantities to consumers. Only
in the last century of the Middle Ages do we find in Germany merchants
who confined themselves entirely to wholesale trade. As yet they had not
become specialists in any one particular ware. An idea both of the variety
and of the extent of their transactions can be gained from the business of
John von Bodeck, who was a merchant in Frankfort about 1600. He bought
silk and drugs in Venice, spices in Amsterdam, and sent them for sale to
Hamburg; he bought iron and wax in Hamburg and sent them to Spain; he
bought indigo and wool in Spain and sent them to Amsterdam and Antwerp;
he bought rye in Amsterdam and sent it to Genoa.
160. Development of the commission trade; services of factors.—
Bodeck must have traded in these wares often without knowing much about
them himself, and generally without seeing them. Such a business would
have been impossible in the Middle Ages when a merchant accompanied his
wares or shared his responsibilities with a few associates. It was made
possible now by the development of the commission trade. Commission
merchants, or factors, made it their profession “to buy and sell for other
business men for a certain profit which is given them for their trouble by
the principals.” Sometimes they were in business on their own account also;
sometimes they were specialists in various lines. A writer of the seventeenth
century distinguished five classes: those who lived in a manufacturing or
commercial center and bought goods for others; those who sold goods for
others; the correspondents of business men and bankers who made
collections and remittances of money for them; forwarders, who received
and forwarded goods at places of transshipment; and, finally, the agents for
carriers, who distributed and collected the load of a freight wagon in a city.
The duties of a mercantile factor, in general, were to advise his principal
Page 148
frequently concerning the market for wares, the course of exchange, etc., to
acknowledge letters punctually, and to follow orders exactly. The
commission varied from 5 per cent of the value of the goods in the West
Indies to 2 per cent or even less in some of the European countries.
161. Improvement in means of communication; posts.—Commission
business of the kind described in the preceding paragraphs implied much
greater frequency of communication among merchants, and it is noteworthy
that the system of public posts was founded in Europe about the beginning
of this period, and developed rapidly during it. Relays of horses with
postilions and with the necessary officials were established by the
governments of various countries, to insure regular communication; the
system was meant at first only for official business, but was soon extended
to serve the needs of private individuals. Some idea of the advance can be
got from a statement made at the opening of the railroad from Strassburg to
Basel, giving the time required to go from the one to the other of these
places in earlier times. The distance, about seventy-five miles, or less than
the distance between New York and Philadelphia, was covered in the
sixteenth century by a coach in eight days, in 1600 by a diligence in six
days, in 1700 by the same vehicle in four days, and in 1800 by “express”
(Eilwagen) in two days and a half. In the eighteenth century a man in
England could send a letter fifteen miles for a penny, thirty miles for
twopence, and so on up, the sum increasing with the distance; postage from
London to France was tenpence, to New York a shilling.
Merchants needed no longer to rely upon the friendly offices of the
traveler who happened to be going in the desired direction, and were free
from the expense of special couriers. Knowledge of market conditions in
distant places spread more broadly and more rapidly than it had ever done
before. Shrewd speculators could still sometimes make great profits by
getting possession early of some special bit of news, but the essentials of
commercial information were available for all. The modern newspaper grew
up, by several stages, from written reports that were passed around as
circulars in this period, telling of the state of the market, prices, conditions
of transportation, etc.
162. Need of closer association among merchants; risks of commerce.
—The most striking change in the organization of commerce, regarding
especially that with distant countries and other continents, was the growth
of association among merchants. We have noted the development in the
acknowledge letters punctually, and to follow orders exactly. The
commission varied from 5 per cent of the value of the goods in the West
Indies to 2 per cent or even less in some of the European countries.
161. Improvement in means of communication; posts.—Commission
business of the kind described in the preceding paragraphs implied much
greater frequency of communication among merchants, and it is noteworthy
that the system of public posts was founded in Europe about the beginning
of this period, and developed rapidly during it. Relays of horses with
postilions and with the necessary officials were established by the
governments of various countries, to insure regular communication; the
system was meant at first only for official business, but was soon extended
to serve the needs of private individuals. Some idea of the advance can be
got from a statement made at the opening of the railroad from Strassburg to
Basel, giving the time required to go from the one to the other of these
places in earlier times. The distance, about seventy-five miles, or less than
the distance between New York and Philadelphia, was covered in the
sixteenth century by a coach in eight days, in 1600 by a diligence in six
days, in 1700 by the same vehicle in four days, and in 1800 by “express”
(Eilwagen) in two days and a half. In the eighteenth century a man in
England could send a letter fifteen miles for a penny, thirty miles for
twopence, and so on up, the sum increasing with the distance; postage from
London to France was tenpence, to New York a shilling.
Merchants needed no longer to rely upon the friendly offices of the
traveler who happened to be going in the desired direction, and were free
from the expense of special couriers. Knowledge of market conditions in
distant places spread more broadly and more rapidly than it had ever done
before. Shrewd speculators could still sometimes make great profits by
getting possession early of some special bit of news, but the essentials of
commercial information were available for all. The modern newspaper grew
up, by several stages, from written reports that were passed around as
circulars in this period, telling of the state of the market, prices, conditions
of transportation, etc.
162. Need of closer association among merchants; risks of commerce.
—The most striking change in the organization of commerce, regarding
especially that with distant countries and other continents, was the growth
of association among merchants. We have noted the development in the
Page 149
Middle Ages of the partnership and other forms of association; we have
now to study the rise of great companies which form a connecting link with
the corporations and trusts of the present day.
Among the reasons for the rise of great commercial companies the
following are to be noted. (1) Distant commerce was exposed constantly to
armed attack. The protection of a country’s navy extended but a small
distance from home. Ships in European waters were threatened by pirates in
times of peace, by privateers in times in war; in waters outside Europe they
faced trade rivals from other European countries, and hostile natives who
were not bound by the civilized rules of peace and war. Distant commerce
was essentially military in character, and required for successful
prosecution greater military force than a small group of men could afford.
(2) Partly because of dangers suggested above, partly because of the natural
perils of the sea under the conditions of navigation at the time, partly
because of the very novelty of the trade, distant commerce was very
hazardous. If five men sent out a ship they might make a great fortune, but
they might lose everything. If they associated themselves with ninety-five
others and together sent out twenty ships they were pretty sure to lose some
of these, but they were pretty sure to make from the other ships enough to
return large profits.
163. Association required by government; reasons.—It was natural,
under the circumstances, that associations of men should spring up for
carrying on commerce in distant parts. We must note further, however, that
these associations were required by European governments, that a certain
field was assigned to each company in which it was given a monopoly, and
that in this field trade by individuals and by other associations was
prohibited. The reasons for this course were, in brief, as follows:
(1) The peoples of distant countries did not distinguish between
individual merchants. As all Chinamen look alike to us, so all Englishmen
or even all Europeans were alike to them. An unscrupulous trader, who
cheated, robbed, or killed a native, escaped the consequences of his crime
and left them to be borne by his countrymen who sought later to carry on
the trade. The home government could not punish such offences, and it
could not afford to let them continue. It required, therefore, that a man
proposing to trade to a distant country should have an interest in the
permanent welfare of the trade, by making him contribute money to the
association, and subscribe to its rules.
now to study the rise of great companies which form a connecting link with
the corporations and trusts of the present day.
Among the reasons for the rise of great commercial companies the
following are to be noted. (1) Distant commerce was exposed constantly to
armed attack. The protection of a country’s navy extended but a small
distance from home. Ships in European waters were threatened by pirates in
times of peace, by privateers in times in war; in waters outside Europe they
faced trade rivals from other European countries, and hostile natives who
were not bound by the civilized rules of peace and war. Distant commerce
was essentially military in character, and required for successful
prosecution greater military force than a small group of men could afford.
(2) Partly because of dangers suggested above, partly because of the natural
perils of the sea under the conditions of navigation at the time, partly
because of the very novelty of the trade, distant commerce was very
hazardous. If five men sent out a ship they might make a great fortune, but
they might lose everything. If they associated themselves with ninety-five
others and together sent out twenty ships they were pretty sure to lose some
of these, but they were pretty sure to make from the other ships enough to
return large profits.
163. Association required by government; reasons.—It was natural,
under the circumstances, that associations of men should spring up for
carrying on commerce in distant parts. We must note further, however, that
these associations were required by European governments, that a certain
field was assigned to each company in which it was given a monopoly, and
that in this field trade by individuals and by other associations was
prohibited. The reasons for this course were, in brief, as follows:
(1) The peoples of distant countries did not distinguish between
individual merchants. As all Chinamen look alike to us, so all Englishmen
or even all Europeans were alike to them. An unscrupulous trader, who
cheated, robbed, or killed a native, escaped the consequences of his crime
and left them to be borne by his countrymen who sought later to carry on
the trade. The home government could not punish such offences, and it
could not afford to let them continue. It required, therefore, that a man
proposing to trade to a distant country should have an interest in the
permanent welfare of the trade, by making him contribute money to the
association, and subscribe to its rules.
Page 150
(2) The government could diminish the risks of distant commerce by
assuring merchants who spent money in building up a trade that they should
not be deprived of the fruits of their labors by newcomers who had made no
sacrifices. It seemed as proper to encourage in this way the investment of
capital in commerce as to encourage investment in manufactures by
granting patents.
(3) Finally, governments were led naturally to apply the prevalent ideas
of guild regulation to distant commerce, and found some practical
advantages in doing this; it was easier to tax and to regulate an association
of men than a number of individuals.
164. Association in the form of the regulated company.—Many of the
objects enumerated above could be obtained by union in what was called a
“regulated company.” The regulated company had a monopoly of a certain
field of trade, and established regulations which were binding on the
members trading in that field. Every one, however, who secured admission
by paying the entrance fee and promising obedience to the rules, traded
thenceforth with his own capital, and kept his profits for himself; there was
no pooling of capital or profits. The character of such a company may be
suggested to readers by the organization of the modern stock exchange. No
one who is not a member can trade on the exchange, and every member is
bound to follow certain rules in his dealings, but every member keeps his
capital and profits distinct from those of the others.
The larger part of the early English commercial companies were
regulated companies of this kind. To a certain extent they attained the
objects of association which have been enumerated above; some of the
worst evils of individual trade were impossible so long as the company
adopted wise regulations and could force members to live up to them.
165. Objections to the form of the regulated company.—Still, the
regulated company was at best a loose association. Individual traders had
no greater interest in it than the amount of their entrance fees, and regarded
their momentary individual interests as more important than the permanent
interests of the group. This weakened the control of the company over the
associates, and rendered difficult the prevention of abuses. A strong and
active policy was hardly possible, moreover, when associates kept the bulk
of their capital in their own hands, and could withdraw in periods of
adversity, so that the resources available to push the interests of the
association diminished when most needed.
assuring merchants who spent money in building up a trade that they should
not be deprived of the fruits of their labors by newcomers who had made no
sacrifices. It seemed as proper to encourage in this way the investment of
capital in commerce as to encourage investment in manufactures by
granting patents.
(3) Finally, governments were led naturally to apply the prevalent ideas
of guild regulation to distant commerce, and found some practical
advantages in doing this; it was easier to tax and to regulate an association
of men than a number of individuals.
164. Association in the form of the regulated company.—Many of the
objects enumerated above could be obtained by union in what was called a
“regulated company.” The regulated company had a monopoly of a certain
field of trade, and established regulations which were binding on the
members trading in that field. Every one, however, who secured admission
by paying the entrance fee and promising obedience to the rules, traded
thenceforth with his own capital, and kept his profits for himself; there was
no pooling of capital or profits. The character of such a company may be
suggested to readers by the organization of the modern stock exchange. No
one who is not a member can trade on the exchange, and every member is
bound to follow certain rules in his dealings, but every member keeps his
capital and profits distinct from those of the others.
The larger part of the early English commercial companies were
regulated companies of this kind. To a certain extent they attained the
objects of association which have been enumerated above; some of the
worst evils of individual trade were impossible so long as the company
adopted wise regulations and could force members to live up to them.
165. Objections to the form of the regulated company.—Still, the
regulated company was at best a loose association. Individual traders had
no greater interest in it than the amount of their entrance fees, and regarded
their momentary individual interests as more important than the permanent
interests of the group. This weakened the control of the company over the
associates, and rendered difficult the prevention of abuses. A strong and
active policy was hardly possible, moreover, when associates kept the bulk
of their capital in their own hands, and could withdraw in periods of
adversity, so that the resources available to push the interests of the
association diminished when most needed.
Page 151
The problem set before Europe in this condition of affairs was as
important as it was difficult. The future of European commerce, even of
European civilization, depended on some solution which would make from
the individual impulse to gain, the instinctive selfishness of every man, a
collective force which would enable a number of men to work for gain
together. The partnership had united the interests of a very few men,
simplifying the problem by starting with members of the same family, who
were naturally bound together. The relation of merchant and factor was
another move in the right direction, as it united in loyal support of each
other two men separated by considerable distance, and with no other
common interest than that of their business. The principle of association
must, however, be extended far beyond the bounds of factorship, or
partnership, or of the regulated company, if Europe was to rise to the
opportunity presented by trade with distant countries.
166. The joint stock company, and its advantages.—The problem,
reviewed briefly, was to get: (a) a permanent stock of capital, (b) so large
that it must be contributed by a very considerable number of people, (c)
under the management of a few people who would employ it efficiently,
and for the advantage of all the contributors. The solution was the joint
stock company. Early examples of this form of association are to be found
in Italy, but it developed north of the Alps only after the founding of the
Dutch and English East India Companies about 1600.
Let us see how the stock company meets the demands for an improved
form of association which were imperative at this time. (1) It insures
permanence of operation. Individual stockholders or managers may die, but
the company does not die with them; their places are filled, and the
company continues with its original capital. (2) The contributor does not,
like a partner, need to be a business man; does not, like a silent partner,
need to have especial trust in the person of the managers. The contributor
may be a foreigner, a child, or a woman, and the sources from which capital
may be drawn are thus immensely extended. (3) Capitalists of every class
are willing to contribute to the undertaking because of the peculiar
safeguards which this form of association offers to them. In the first place,
though the investment is permanent, from the standpoint of the company,
and so enables the management to carry out far-sighted plans, yet it
endures, from the standpoint of the individual subscriber, only so long as he
pleases. The system of transferable shares enables a stockholder to sell out
important as it was difficult. The future of European commerce, even of
European civilization, depended on some solution which would make from
the individual impulse to gain, the instinctive selfishness of every man, a
collective force which would enable a number of men to work for gain
together. The partnership had united the interests of a very few men,
simplifying the problem by starting with members of the same family, who
were naturally bound together. The relation of merchant and factor was
another move in the right direction, as it united in loyal support of each
other two men separated by considerable distance, and with no other
common interest than that of their business. The principle of association
must, however, be extended far beyond the bounds of factorship, or
partnership, or of the regulated company, if Europe was to rise to the
opportunity presented by trade with distant countries.
166. The joint stock company, and its advantages.—The problem,
reviewed briefly, was to get: (a) a permanent stock of capital, (b) so large
that it must be contributed by a very considerable number of people, (c)
under the management of a few people who would employ it efficiently,
and for the advantage of all the contributors. The solution was the joint
stock company. Early examples of this form of association are to be found
in Italy, but it developed north of the Alps only after the founding of the
Dutch and English East India Companies about 1600.
Let us see how the stock company meets the demands for an improved
form of association which were imperative at this time. (1) It insures
permanence of operation. Individual stockholders or managers may die, but
the company does not die with them; their places are filled, and the
company continues with its original capital. (2) The contributor does not,
like a partner, need to be a business man; does not, like a silent partner,
need to have especial trust in the person of the managers. The contributor
may be a foreigner, a child, or a woman, and the sources from which capital
may be drawn are thus immensely extended. (3) Capitalists of every class
are willing to contribute to the undertaking because of the peculiar
safeguards which this form of association offers to them. In the first place,
though the investment is permanent, from the standpoint of the company,
and so enables the management to carry out far-sighted plans, yet it
endures, from the standpoint of the individual subscriber, only so long as he
pleases. The system of transferable shares enables a stockholder to sell out
Page 152
his interest at any time, and so change his investment. In the second place,
the stockholders have a voice in the management of the company
proportionate to their interest in it. They choose the persons to whom they
will entrust the active direction of affairs, require periodical reports on the
course of business from the managing directors, and have the power to
change the directors if the conduct of affairs is not satisfactory.
167. Good and bad sides of joint stock companies.—The reader would
err if he assumed that all the advantages suggested above were secured
immediately on the founding of the first stock companies. Experiments of
various kinds were tried at the start, and only gradually did the companies
take the form which they have assumed in modern law. The English East
India Company, for instance, which was founded in 1600 as a regulated
company, was made over into a joint stock company by degrees, and could
not be regarded as permanently established on this basis for over fifty years.
Generations of bitter experience were required to teach people the possible
dangers as well as the possible benefits of this form of association.
Incompetence and corruption were prevalent in the management of
affairs. The worst abuses of our modern corporations give one but a faint
idea of the enormities that were perpetrated in the early period of joint stock
history. In spite of all, the joint stock companies accomplished the purpose
for which they were created; they attracted capital at home, stimulated the
prosecution of a definite policy abroad, and extended commercial interests
as individuals or other forms of association would have been unable to do.
The American reader may remember that Virginia was founded and
Massachusetts was developed by joint stock companies. Other forms of
association, especially partnership, were more suitable for many purposes,
and increased constantly in number; but alongside them several hundred
stock companies grew up in Europe of which perhaps a hundred were
founded to develop great commercial and colonial undertakings.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Write a report on the break-up of the manor and the rise of modern
farming in England. [Cheyney, Indust. hist., chap. 5, or one of the other
manuals of English economic history.]
2. Write an essay comparing the restrictions of the guilds with those of
modern trade-unions.
the stockholders have a voice in the management of the company
proportionate to their interest in it. They choose the persons to whom they
will entrust the active direction of affairs, require periodical reports on the
course of business from the managing directors, and have the power to
change the directors if the conduct of affairs is not satisfactory.
167. Good and bad sides of joint stock companies.—The reader would
err if he assumed that all the advantages suggested above were secured
immediately on the founding of the first stock companies. Experiments of
various kinds were tried at the start, and only gradually did the companies
take the form which they have assumed in modern law. The English East
India Company, for instance, which was founded in 1600 as a regulated
company, was made over into a joint stock company by degrees, and could
not be regarded as permanently established on this basis for over fifty years.
Generations of bitter experience were required to teach people the possible
dangers as well as the possible benefits of this form of association.
Incompetence and corruption were prevalent in the management of
affairs. The worst abuses of our modern corporations give one but a faint
idea of the enormities that were perpetrated in the early period of joint stock
history. In spite of all, the joint stock companies accomplished the purpose
for which they were created; they attracted capital at home, stimulated the
prosecution of a definite policy abroad, and extended commercial interests
as individuals or other forms of association would have been unable to do.
The American reader may remember that Virginia was founded and
Massachusetts was developed by joint stock companies. Other forms of
association, especially partnership, were more suitable for many purposes,
and increased constantly in number; but alongside them several hundred
stock companies grew up in Europe of which perhaps a hundred were
founded to develop great commercial and colonial undertakings.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Write a report on the break-up of the manor and the rise of modern
farming in England. [Cheyney, Indust. hist., chap. 5, or one of the other
manuals of English economic history.]
2. Write an essay comparing the restrictions of the guilds with those of
modern trade-unions.
Page 153
3. What are the functions of wholesale merchants and hence what was the
importance of their rise at this time?
4. Who were some of the notable merchants of the period? [Bourne,
Romance, chap. 12, or English merchants.]
5. What examples can you find nowadays of the different classes of
commission merchants mentioned in the text? What commission do they
charge?
6. Write a report on the rise of the modern postal system. [See Encyc.
Brit., articles Post-office, Postage stamps.]
7. Write a similar report on the history of the newspaper. [Encyc. or
Bucher, **Indust. Ev., chap. 6.]
8. Endeavor to understand the reasons for mercantile association, and for
the requirement of this association by the government, by reviewing the
changes in conditions since this period, and seeing why association is not
necessary or compulsory now.
9. Study Cunningham, Growth, vol. 2, sect. 188, on regulated and joint-
stock companies, and pick out examples of each type in the following
sections.
10. Write a report on the various forms which the (English) East India
Company assumed during the first century of its existence, and the reasons
for the changes. [Cunningham, or Hunter, **Hist. of British India.]
11. Write a report on abuses and corruption in this company. [Hunter.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
A bibliography accompanies the chapter by Cunningham on **Economic
change, Cambridge mod. hist., vol. 1, which furnishes the best brief account
in English of topics considered in this chapter.
Histories of various countries at the period of the Reformation present
descriptions of their agricultural, industrial, and commercial organization;
but I know of no general and comprehensive treatment in English of topics
treated here.
The only topic on which there is abundant material available is that of
commercial organization. See Cheyney, **Eur. background, chap. 7
(chartered commercial companies), chap. 8 (typical American colonizing
companies); Hewins, **English trade, chap. 3 (trading companies); Hunter,
Hist. Brit. India (East India Co.). R. B. Westerfield, *Middlemen in English
importance of their rise at this time?
4. Who were some of the notable merchants of the period? [Bourne,
Romance, chap. 12, or English merchants.]
5. What examples can you find nowadays of the different classes of
commission merchants mentioned in the text? What commission do they
charge?
6. Write a report on the rise of the modern postal system. [See Encyc.
Brit., articles Post-office, Postage stamps.]
7. Write a similar report on the history of the newspaper. [Encyc. or
Bucher, **Indust. Ev., chap. 6.]
8. Endeavor to understand the reasons for mercantile association, and for
the requirement of this association by the government, by reviewing the
changes in conditions since this period, and seeing why association is not
necessary or compulsory now.
9. Study Cunningham, Growth, vol. 2, sect. 188, on regulated and joint-
stock companies, and pick out examples of each type in the following
sections.
10. Write a report on the various forms which the (English) East India
Company assumed during the first century of its existence, and the reasons
for the changes. [Cunningham, or Hunter, **Hist. of British India.]
11. Write a report on abuses and corruption in this company. [Hunter.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
A bibliography accompanies the chapter by Cunningham on **Economic
change, Cambridge mod. hist., vol. 1, which furnishes the best brief account
in English of topics considered in this chapter.
Histories of various countries at the period of the Reformation present
descriptions of their agricultural, industrial, and commercial organization;
but I know of no general and comprehensive treatment in English of topics
treated here.
The only topic on which there is abundant material available is that of
commercial organization. See Cheyney, **Eur. background, chap. 7
(chartered commercial companies), chap. 8 (typical American colonizing
companies); Hewins, **English trade, chap. 3 (trading companies); Hunter,
Hist. Brit. India (East India Co.). R. B. Westerfield, *Middlemen in English
Page 154
business, Trans. Conn. Acad., May, 1915, 19; 111-445, is a scholarly study
of the development of the organization of marketing, and W. R. Scott, *The
constitution and finance of joint-stock companies, Cambridge Univ. Press, 3
vol., 1910-1912, is an authoritative work on the history of that subject.
of the development of the organization of marketing, and W. R. Scott, *The
constitution and finance of joint-stock companies, Cambridge Univ. Press, 3
vol., 1910-1912, is an authoritative work on the history of that subject.
Page 155
CHAPTER XVII
CREDIT AND CRISES
168. Growth of credit business and of banking.—The rise of the joint
stock companies was a great step in the development of the power of capital
and of credit. Individual savings, which before might have been hoarded
and made useless to society, were drawn from their hiding-places to form
the capital and loans by which the great companies extended the scope of
commerce in this period. Another step in advance, which deserves notice
here, was the extension of banking north of the Alps. The medieval doctrine
that it was wrong to take interest on loans lost its force when it appeared
that loans were wanted by merchants who would put them to a good use;
and society concluded that it was wise to encourage the lending of money
by permitting the lender to take interest for it. There is a great difference,
however, between the lending by an ordinary individual, who has more than
he knows what to do with, and the business of lending as practised by a
banker. The difference is this, that an ordinary individual lends his own
money, while a banker lends that of somebody else. When credit operations
have become sufficiently extensive the banker appears as a man who makes
dealing in credit his profession. He steps in between the people who have
capital but lack the ability or inclination to employ it profitably, and the
people who have the ability and inclination to conduct business enterprises
but lack the desirable amount of capital. The banker is a specialist in this
profession, and by his special knowledge can do more than any one else
could to collect the surplus capital and place it where it can be used to the
best advantage.
169. Description of the rise of discount and deposit banking in
England.—The history of banking is too large a topic to be considered here
in detail. The early banks were marked by a number of individual
peculiarities, and occupied often a public position as agents of the
government; these points need not detain us. The development of ordinary
commercial banking can be illustrated by the business of the London
goldsmiths in the seventeenth century. The goldsmiths were required by the
character of their stock to keep strong-boxes (“safes”), which served the
purpose of a modern safe-deposit vault; and they united dealings in gold
CREDIT AND CRISES
168. Growth of credit business and of banking.—The rise of the joint
stock companies was a great step in the development of the power of capital
and of credit. Individual savings, which before might have been hoarded
and made useless to society, were drawn from their hiding-places to form
the capital and loans by which the great companies extended the scope of
commerce in this period. Another step in advance, which deserves notice
here, was the extension of banking north of the Alps. The medieval doctrine
that it was wrong to take interest on loans lost its force when it appeared
that loans were wanted by merchants who would put them to a good use;
and society concluded that it was wise to encourage the lending of money
by permitting the lender to take interest for it. There is a great difference,
however, between the lending by an ordinary individual, who has more than
he knows what to do with, and the business of lending as practised by a
banker. The difference is this, that an ordinary individual lends his own
money, while a banker lends that of somebody else. When credit operations
have become sufficiently extensive the banker appears as a man who makes
dealing in credit his profession. He steps in between the people who have
capital but lack the ability or inclination to employ it profitably, and the
people who have the ability and inclination to conduct business enterprises
but lack the desirable amount of capital. The banker is a specialist in this
profession, and by his special knowledge can do more than any one else
could to collect the surplus capital and place it where it can be used to the
best advantage.
169. Description of the rise of discount and deposit banking in
England.—The history of banking is too large a topic to be considered here
in detail. The early banks were marked by a number of individual
peculiarities, and occupied often a public position as agents of the
government; these points need not detain us. The development of ordinary
commercial banking can be illustrated by the business of the London
goldsmiths in the seventeenth century. The goldsmiths were required by the
character of their stock to keep strong-boxes (“safes”), which served the
purpose of a modern safe-deposit vault; and they united dealings in gold
Page 156
and silver coin with their original business. They were naturally the persons
to whom a man would apply who wanted the means of keeping cash and
other valuables more securely than was possible on his person or at his
office or home; and thus they received in time considerable deposits from
merchants and others. Probably they made some charge at first for the
accommodation, but soon they were encouraging deposits by paying some
interest, and by undertaking to perform services such as collection and
remittance for their customers. They could afford to do this by reason of the
fact that they did not let the cash lie idle in their vaults, but lent it to the
government and to business men; they had become banks of discount and
deposit. A tract published in 1676, entitled “The Mystery of the New
fashioned Goldsmiths or Bankers,” gives this account of their operations.
“Having thus got Money into their hands, they presumed upon some to
come as fast as others was paid away, and upon that confidence of a running
Cash (as they call it) they begun to accommodate men with moneys for
Weeks and Moneths, upon extraordinary gratuities, and supply all
necessitous Merchants that overtraded their Stock, with present Money for
their Bills of Exchange, discounting sometimes double, perhaps treble
interest for the time, as they found the Merchant more or less pinched.”
170. Rise of “money-power” as shown in the history of the Fugger
family.—The reader will perhaps comprehend more clearly the great
development of business in the modern period if we follow here the history
of one of the families of South Germany which rose to the first rank among
the money powers. The Fugger family was descended from a simple
country weaver, who settled in Augsburg and died there in 1409. His sons
rose to high place in the crafts of weavers and merchants, and accumulated
wealth, like many others, by trade in spices, silks, and woolen cloth. Under
a grandson, Jacob (1459-1526), who had been trained in Venice, the family
business underwent a striking change. We should call Jacob a financier
rather than a merchant. He and his brothers continued, it is true, to deal in
merchandise, but they made their great profits by dealing in money and
capital. If a prince or king wanted a loan they made it to him, charging a
good round sum in commission and interest, gaining often a security for
their advance, such as a mine or the right to collect some taxes, from which
they could make good profit. If a king like Charles V, whose dominions
were widely scattered, wanted to disburse some of his revenues in a distant
province, they undertook to sell him the necessary exchange and avoided
to whom a man would apply who wanted the means of keeping cash and
other valuables more securely than was possible on his person or at his
office or home; and thus they received in time considerable deposits from
merchants and others. Probably they made some charge at first for the
accommodation, but soon they were encouraging deposits by paying some
interest, and by undertaking to perform services such as collection and
remittance for their customers. They could afford to do this by reason of the
fact that they did not let the cash lie idle in their vaults, but lent it to the
government and to business men; they had become banks of discount and
deposit. A tract published in 1676, entitled “The Mystery of the New
fashioned Goldsmiths or Bankers,” gives this account of their operations.
“Having thus got Money into their hands, they presumed upon some to
come as fast as others was paid away, and upon that confidence of a running
Cash (as they call it) they begun to accommodate men with moneys for
Weeks and Moneths, upon extraordinary gratuities, and supply all
necessitous Merchants that overtraded their Stock, with present Money for
their Bills of Exchange, discounting sometimes double, perhaps treble
interest for the time, as they found the Merchant more or less pinched.”
170. Rise of “money-power” as shown in the history of the Fugger
family.—The reader will perhaps comprehend more clearly the great
development of business in the modern period if we follow here the history
of one of the families of South Germany which rose to the first rank among
the money powers. The Fugger family was descended from a simple
country weaver, who settled in Augsburg and died there in 1409. His sons
rose to high place in the crafts of weavers and merchants, and accumulated
wealth, like many others, by trade in spices, silks, and woolen cloth. Under
a grandson, Jacob (1459-1526), who had been trained in Venice, the family
business underwent a striking change. We should call Jacob a financier
rather than a merchant. He and his brothers continued, it is true, to deal in
merchandise, but they made their great profits by dealing in money and
capital. If a prince or king wanted a loan they made it to him, charging a
good round sum in commission and interest, gaining often a security for
their advance, such as a mine or the right to collect some taxes, from which
they could make good profit. If a king like Charles V, whose dominions
were widely scattered, wanted to disburse some of his revenues in a distant
province, they undertook to sell him the necessary exchange and avoided
Page 157
the transportation of the coin itself. Their business extended from Hungary
and Poland in the East to Spain in the West, from Antwerp in the North to
Naples in the South.
171. Description of the Fugger business.—The records of the Fugger
firm have been preserved, and we can learn the extent and character of its
business by the statement of its resources as they appeared in 1527. The
figures are in florins, of which each had a purchasing power equal roughly
to eight dollars to-day.
Mines (Tyrol, Hungary) 270,000
Other real estate (city and country) 150,000
Merchandise (copper, silver, brass, textiles) 380,000
Cash (in home office and 14 factories) 50,000
Loans 1,650,000
Private accounts of associates 430,000
Various current affairs 70,000
3,000,000
The reader will note the large sums appearing under mines and
merchandise, showing that the Fuggers still maintained their dealings in
wares, after they made finance their special business. The chief item,
however, is that of loans, which included sums borrowed by the Pope, the
Emperor, and kings of Europe. The Fuggers and other great financiers had
immense influence on the politics of their time, for they could command
money and credit while sovereigns were still trying in vain to build up an
adequate revenue system. They made fabulous profits, over 50 per cent a
year, in prosperous periods, and the Fuggers managed to make an average
profit of over 30 per cent a year for over thirty years. In the case of most
firms, however, there were lean years as well as fat ones, and the general
average would be very much less. More striking than the rate of profit is the
increase in the size of the capital. Taking two Italian banking firms, the
Peruzzi about 1300, and the Medici about 1440, and comparing them with
the Fuggers in 1546, we find that the capital was about as follows,
expressed in modern purchasing power: Peruzzi, $800,000, Medici
$7,500,000, Fuggers $40,000,000.
and Poland in the East to Spain in the West, from Antwerp in the North to
Naples in the South.
171. Description of the Fugger business.—The records of the Fugger
firm have been preserved, and we can learn the extent and character of its
business by the statement of its resources as they appeared in 1527. The
figures are in florins, of which each had a purchasing power equal roughly
to eight dollars to-day.
Mines (Tyrol, Hungary) 270,000
Other real estate (city and country) 150,000
Merchandise (copper, silver, brass, textiles) 380,000
Cash (in home office and 14 factories) 50,000
Loans 1,650,000
Private accounts of associates 430,000
Various current affairs 70,000
3,000,000
The reader will note the large sums appearing under mines and
merchandise, showing that the Fuggers still maintained their dealings in
wares, after they made finance their special business. The chief item,
however, is that of loans, which included sums borrowed by the Pope, the
Emperor, and kings of Europe. The Fuggers and other great financiers had
immense influence on the politics of their time, for they could command
money and credit while sovereigns were still trying in vain to build up an
adequate revenue system. They made fabulous profits, over 50 per cent a
year, in prosperous periods, and the Fuggers managed to make an average
profit of over 30 per cent a year for over thirty years. In the case of most
firms, however, there were lean years as well as fat ones, and the general
average would be very much less. More striking than the rate of profit is the
increase in the size of the capital. Taking two Italian banking firms, the
Peruzzi about 1300, and the Medici about 1440, and comparing them with
the Fuggers in 1546, we find that the capital was about as follows,
expressed in modern purchasing power: Peruzzi, $800,000, Medici
$7,500,000, Fuggers $40,000,000.
Page 158
172. Weakness of the Fugger and other banking firms.—The great
financial firms of the sixteenth century seem to have been premature. They
lacked the permanence of the later joint stock companies, for they still
retained the medieval form of a company based chiefly on family
relationship, and required constant reorganization. Their success in the
hazardous operations of the time depended entirely on the sagacity of the
heads of the family, and as genius cannot be transmitted indefinitely they
went to pieces ordinarily in the third generation from their establishment.
The head of the Fugger firm about 1550 tried to wind up the business and
withdraw the capital, but found it impossible to do this, and became
involved in more and more enterprises. The balance of the firm in 1563
showed decided weakness; members of the family began to quarrel among
themselves; and the firm finally lost in unfortunate loans practically all its
accumulations. The bankruptcy of one of these firms involved wide-spread
disaster, for as time went on they carried on their business less and less on
the money contributed by members, and more and more on their credit. All
classes in the community—nobles, burghers, peasants whose savings did
not exceed ten florins, even servants—deposited their money at interest
with the financiers, and were involved in their fall.
173. Description of business in Antwerp in the sixteenth century.—
After considering the new forms of business from the standpoint of
individual firms it will be profitable to study them in the city that was the
business center of the time, where all the great firms were represented by
agents. This city, in the first part of the sixteenth century, was Antwerp,
which rose as the medieval port of Bruges declined. There have been, of
course, greater cities and greater markets since that time, but never before
or since, it is said, has the world seen such concentration of the trade of
different peoples in a single place. The town owed its development almost
entirely to the foreigners who flocked there to trade, and though it saw less
of Italians and Hanseatics than Bruges had done, it was the one great
gathering place for the Portuguese, Spanish, English, and German
merchants who were now the leaders. It is said that over five hundred
vessels sailed in or out of the port in one day, and that the English
merchants alone employed over 20,000 persons in the city. The poet Daniel
Rogiers said of the Antwerp exchange, “One heard there a confused
murmur of all languages, one saw there a motley mixture of all possible
costumes; in short the Antwerp bourse seemed to be a little world in which
financial firms of the sixteenth century seem to have been premature. They
lacked the permanence of the later joint stock companies, for they still
retained the medieval form of a company based chiefly on family
relationship, and required constant reorganization. Their success in the
hazardous operations of the time depended entirely on the sagacity of the
heads of the family, and as genius cannot be transmitted indefinitely they
went to pieces ordinarily in the third generation from their establishment.
The head of the Fugger firm about 1550 tried to wind up the business and
withdraw the capital, but found it impossible to do this, and became
involved in more and more enterprises. The balance of the firm in 1563
showed decided weakness; members of the family began to quarrel among
themselves; and the firm finally lost in unfortunate loans practically all its
accumulations. The bankruptcy of one of these firms involved wide-spread
disaster, for as time went on they carried on their business less and less on
the money contributed by members, and more and more on their credit. All
classes in the community—nobles, burghers, peasants whose savings did
not exceed ten florins, even servants—deposited their money at interest
with the financiers, and were involved in their fall.
173. Description of business in Antwerp in the sixteenth century.—
After considering the new forms of business from the standpoint of
individual firms it will be profitable to study them in the city that was the
business center of the time, where all the great firms were represented by
agents. This city, in the first part of the sixteenth century, was Antwerp,
which rose as the medieval port of Bruges declined. There have been, of
course, greater cities and greater markets since that time, but never before
or since, it is said, has the world seen such concentration of the trade of
different peoples in a single place. The town owed its development almost
entirely to the foreigners who flocked there to trade, and though it saw less
of Italians and Hanseatics than Bruges had done, it was the one great
gathering place for the Portuguese, Spanish, English, and German
merchants who were now the leaders. It is said that over five hundred
vessels sailed in or out of the port in one day, and that the English
merchants alone employed over 20,000 persons in the city. The poet Daniel
Rogiers said of the Antwerp exchange, “One heard there a confused
murmur of all languages, one saw there a motley mixture of all possible
costumes; in short the Antwerp bourse seemed to be a little world in which
Page 159
all parts of the great were united.” In contrast with Bruges, trade in Antwerp
was almost entirely unrestricted, and this was perhaps the chief reason why
the merchants of the time selected it as the place in which to develop the
new forms of business.
174. Rise of the Antwerp exchange; its significance.—Antwerp
presented in the sixteenth century the first case of a great bourse or
exchange, that is, a place in which men meet daily and effect their
exchanges without displaying and transferring the wares themselves, by the
use of paper securities representing the wares. Such an institution cannot
exist until the volume of trade is large enough to cause a steady and
continuous flow of wares, in contrast to the spurts that marked the period of
the fairs. It requires, moreover, that the objects dealt in be of such a kind
that they can be represented at the exchange by some document or sample,
so that the buyer can learn the quality of the ware without actually
inspecting it. This is possible when a ware can be graded, put into a certain
class the characteristics of which are so closely defined and so well known
that the buyer needs only to decide whether he cares to take a certain
quantity at a certain price.
175. Development of business on the exchanges; produce and money.
—The use of the word “ware” in the foregoing description may suggest the
produce exchange as the earliest and most important form of the exchange.
Produce of various kinds, especially pepper, did form an object of exchange
trade in Antwerp; and there was a considerable development of the produce
exchange later in Amsterdam. At the “candle-auctions” on the Royal
Exchange of London in the seventeenth century, goods were offered with an
inch of lighted candle on the desk, and were knocked down before the
candle went out; a single parcel of silk, indigo, or spice sold in this way was
sometimes worth half a million dollars. The produce exchange, however,
did not reach its full development until the nineteenth century, and we shall
leave its significance in the commercial organization for later consideration.
The “ware” which formed the main object of trade on the Antwerp
exchange was loanable capital, represented by various paper instruments.
Princes who desired to borrow money, and who formerly would have
applied to individual financiers like the Fuggers, turned to the exchange of
Antwerp or of Lyons, where loanable capital from all over Europe was
collected. Through the medium of the exchange a French king could and
did borrow money of a Turkish pasha; and it was said that payments
was almost entirely unrestricted, and this was perhaps the chief reason why
the merchants of the time selected it as the place in which to develop the
new forms of business.
174. Rise of the Antwerp exchange; its significance.—Antwerp
presented in the sixteenth century the first case of a great bourse or
exchange, that is, a place in which men meet daily and effect their
exchanges without displaying and transferring the wares themselves, by the
use of paper securities representing the wares. Such an institution cannot
exist until the volume of trade is large enough to cause a steady and
continuous flow of wares, in contrast to the spurts that marked the period of
the fairs. It requires, moreover, that the objects dealt in be of such a kind
that they can be represented at the exchange by some document or sample,
so that the buyer can learn the quality of the ware without actually
inspecting it. This is possible when a ware can be graded, put into a certain
class the characteristics of which are so closely defined and so well known
that the buyer needs only to decide whether he cares to take a certain
quantity at a certain price.
175. Development of business on the exchanges; produce and money.
—The use of the word “ware” in the foregoing description may suggest the
produce exchange as the earliest and most important form of the exchange.
Produce of various kinds, especially pepper, did form an object of exchange
trade in Antwerp; and there was a considerable development of the produce
exchange later in Amsterdam. At the “candle-auctions” on the Royal
Exchange of London in the seventeenth century, goods were offered with an
inch of lighted candle on the desk, and were knocked down before the
candle went out; a single parcel of silk, indigo, or spice sold in this way was
sometimes worth half a million dollars. The produce exchange, however,
did not reach its full development until the nineteenth century, and we shall
leave its significance in the commercial organization for later consideration.
The “ware” which formed the main object of trade on the Antwerp
exchange was loanable capital, represented by various paper instruments.
Princes who desired to borrow money, and who formerly would have
applied to individual financiers like the Fuggers, turned to the exchange of
Antwerp or of Lyons, where loanable capital from all over Europe was
collected. Through the medium of the exchange a French king could and
did borrow money of a Turkish pasha; and it was said that payments
Page 160
amounting to a million crowns were made in a single morning without the
use of a penny of cash.
176. Advantages offered to industry and commerce by the exchanges.
—Antwerp and Lyons had served especially political needs in their loans;
they were embarrassed by the insolvency of royal debtors, and soon
declined. Their place was taken by Amsterdam, London, Hamburg,
Frankfort, and other cities, and with the rise of these new money centers a
change of importance is to be noted. The new exchanges attracted capital
for investment in private or semi-private economic undertakings, serving
the needs of the new companies which were being established. Ordinary
people with comparatively small savings would not have known (as they
would not know now) where to invest their money if they had not had the
stock exchange to turn to for an indication of enterprises seeking capital,
and of the current price of the stock. The stock exchange was the natural
and necessary accompaniment of the stock company.
Shares of trading and industrial companies and of public debts became
the objects of a regular commerce, which was not confined by national
boundaries, but which drew capital from all sources. When shares of the
Dutch East India Company were put on the market in 1602 they were taken
up to a considerable extent by capitalists of Antwerp who no longer had use
for their money at home; much of the money needed to rebuild London
after the fire of 1666, and a large part of the capital of the Bank of England,
came from the Dutch; shares of the English companies trading with Asia
and Africa circulated freely on the Amsterdam exchange; a loan to the
German Emperor was floated in London.
177. Growth of speculation; early abuses.—Modern forms of
speculative business grew up with the exchanges. A pamphlet published as
early as 1542 described the “monstrous thing” that Antwerp merchants had
devised; they bet with each other on the course of foreign exchange, one
saying it would be 2 per cent, one 3 per cent, etc., and afterwards they
settled by paying the differences. This is substantially the same operation as
that which is carried on regularly to-day. When the trade in shares of stock
was established traders would speculate on a rise or a fall, or a combination
of both. Shrewd speculators organized a system of news gathering and
forwarding which gave them the first knowledge of important events
affecting the price of securities, and enabled them to anticipate the turn of
the market. London speculators got word through a private channel of the
use of a penny of cash.
176. Advantages offered to industry and commerce by the exchanges.
—Antwerp and Lyons had served especially political needs in their loans;
they were embarrassed by the insolvency of royal debtors, and soon
declined. Their place was taken by Amsterdam, London, Hamburg,
Frankfort, and other cities, and with the rise of these new money centers a
change of importance is to be noted. The new exchanges attracted capital
for investment in private or semi-private economic undertakings, serving
the needs of the new companies which were being established. Ordinary
people with comparatively small savings would not have known (as they
would not know now) where to invest their money if they had not had the
stock exchange to turn to for an indication of enterprises seeking capital,
and of the current price of the stock. The stock exchange was the natural
and necessary accompaniment of the stock company.
Shares of trading and industrial companies and of public debts became
the objects of a regular commerce, which was not confined by national
boundaries, but which drew capital from all sources. When shares of the
Dutch East India Company were put on the market in 1602 they were taken
up to a considerable extent by capitalists of Antwerp who no longer had use
for their money at home; much of the money needed to rebuild London
after the fire of 1666, and a large part of the capital of the Bank of England,
came from the Dutch; shares of the English companies trading with Asia
and Africa circulated freely on the Amsterdam exchange; a loan to the
German Emperor was floated in London.
177. Growth of speculation; early abuses.—Modern forms of
speculative business grew up with the exchanges. A pamphlet published as
early as 1542 described the “monstrous thing” that Antwerp merchants had
devised; they bet with each other on the course of foreign exchange, one
saying it would be 2 per cent, one 3 per cent, etc., and afterwards they
settled by paying the differences. This is substantially the same operation as
that which is carried on regularly to-day. When the trade in shares of stock
was established traders would speculate on a rise or a fall, or a combination
of both. Shrewd speculators organized a system of news gathering and
forwarding which gave them the first knowledge of important events
affecting the price of securities, and enabled them to anticipate the turn of
the market. London speculators got word through a private channel of the
Page 161
signing of the treaty of Rijswijk in 1697, a day before the English
ambassador arrived with the official announcement; their eagerness to buy
bank stock aroused suspicion, and the reason for their purchase appeared
when the news was published and the price of the stock rose from 84 to 97.
Underhanded methods of trade were common. Speculators would set
afloat rumors to depress the price of securities, and then buy in. One day
during the reign of Anne in England a well-dressed man rode furiously
through the street proclaiming the death of the Queen. The news spread and
the funds fell; the Jew interest on the exchange bought eagerly, and were
suspected later of being responsible for the hoax, though it was not proved
against them. The Englishman, Child, who made a fortune in speculation,
and who was called in a pamphlet of 1719 “the original of stock-jobbing,”
would have one set of brokers spread rumors of disaster, and sell a little of
his stock publicly, while another set bought for him “with privacy and
caution”; in a few weeks he would reverse the process and come out ten or
twenty per cent ahead.
178. Dangers of the new system of business; promotion of
unprofitable enterprises.—The appeal of joint stock companies to the
public through the medium of the stock exchange proved to be so effective
in gathering capital that a great many worthless undertakings were floated.
When times were good, that is, when enterprises had proved successful,
when people had saved money for investment and looked with confidence
to the future, almost anything in the shape of a company could get
subscribers to its stock. The reader should note that there were two sides,
one good and one bad, to the new methods by which commerce was being
developed. The facility of getting capital from a great number of subscribers
made possible more and larger undertakings than had been known before,
and was an unmixed benefit when the new undertakings were devised to fill
a real need of society. There was, however, a separation before unknown
between the subscriber and the undertaking; the contributor of capital might
be entirely ignorant of the economic basis of the enterprise, and might sink
his money for a return which came late or not at all. There was thus a
chance for the diversion of the capital of society to worthless purposes; the
business organization had become more powerful, but at the same time
more delicate and subject to derangement. We find in this period the
beginning of commercial crises marked by the misdirection of invested
ambassador arrived with the official announcement; their eagerness to buy
bank stock aroused suspicion, and the reason for their purchase appeared
when the news was published and the price of the stock rose from 84 to 97.
Underhanded methods of trade were common. Speculators would set
afloat rumors to depress the price of securities, and then buy in. One day
during the reign of Anne in England a well-dressed man rode furiously
through the street proclaiming the death of the Queen. The news spread and
the funds fell; the Jew interest on the exchange bought eagerly, and were
suspected later of being responsible for the hoax, though it was not proved
against them. The Englishman, Child, who made a fortune in speculation,
and who was called in a pamphlet of 1719 “the original of stock-jobbing,”
would have one set of brokers spread rumors of disaster, and sell a little of
his stock publicly, while another set bought for him “with privacy and
caution”; in a few weeks he would reverse the process and come out ten or
twenty per cent ahead.
178. Dangers of the new system of business; promotion of
unprofitable enterprises.—The appeal of joint stock companies to the
public through the medium of the stock exchange proved to be so effective
in gathering capital that a great many worthless undertakings were floated.
When times were good, that is, when enterprises had proved successful,
when people had saved money for investment and looked with confidence
to the future, almost anything in the shape of a company could get
subscribers to its stock. The reader should note that there were two sides,
one good and one bad, to the new methods by which commerce was being
developed. The facility of getting capital from a great number of subscribers
made possible more and larger undertakings than had been known before,
and was an unmixed benefit when the new undertakings were devised to fill
a real need of society. There was, however, a separation before unknown
between the subscriber and the undertaking; the contributor of capital might
be entirely ignorant of the economic basis of the enterprise, and might sink
his money for a return which came late or not at all. There was thus a
chance for the diversion of the capital of society to worthless purposes; the
business organization had become more powerful, but at the same time
more delicate and subject to derangement. We find in this period the
beginning of commercial crises marked by the misdirection of invested
Page 162
capital, disappointment of investors, and distrust and lethargy, until spirits
rose with the recovery of lost ground, and good times began again.
179. Description of the “Bubble Period” in England.—Commercial
crises occurred in all of the advanced countries during this period. We shall
not, however, attempt an enumeration of them here, but shall use the
available space for a description of the most important crisis, that which
affected both England and France about 1720.
The crisis in England was closely connected with the course of the South
Sea Company, which had been established in 1711 as a trading corporation.
The company had secured the right to export slaves to the Spanish colonies,
had developed a promising whale-fishery, and was thought to be a large and
flourishing concern. It was then transformed into a financial company, with
the bold plan of assuming the whole national debt, for which it made
extravagant offers. “The large sum offered by the company, which made
success impossible, stimulated the imaginations of the people, who fancied
that a privilege so dearly purchased must be of inestimable value, and the
complication of credulity and dishonesty, of ignorance and avarice, threw
England into what it is scarcely an exaggeration to term a positive frenzy.”
All classes rushed to buy the stock, which at one time was quoted at
1,000. Then the weakness of the scheme became apparent; the stock fell as
rapidly as it had risen, and investors or speculators were ruined in large
numbers. This was only one of the bubbles which were inflated and which
burst about this time. Other companies were promoted for making salt
water fresh, for extracting silver from lead, for trading in human hair, and
for a wheel of perpetual motion. Insurance was now coming into
prominence, and this offered a favorite field for promoters. Subscriptions
were received for companies that proposed to insure against losses of
servants, against burglars and against highwaymen; one scheme was
“Plummer and Petty’s Insurance from Death by drinking Geneva” (gin). We
get a vivid idea of the spirit of the period from the fact that one promoter,
who announced a company “for an undertaking which shall in due time be
revealed,” secured 2,000 guineas in a single morning, with which he
immediately made off.
180. The crisis of the Company of the Indies in France.—Just before
the time of the English crisis one curiously similar in character occurred in
France. A Scotchman, John Law, who was an able banker and financier,
promoted a Company of the West, expanded later into the Company of the
rose with the recovery of lost ground, and good times began again.
179. Description of the “Bubble Period” in England.—Commercial
crises occurred in all of the advanced countries during this period. We shall
not, however, attempt an enumeration of them here, but shall use the
available space for a description of the most important crisis, that which
affected both England and France about 1720.
The crisis in England was closely connected with the course of the South
Sea Company, which had been established in 1711 as a trading corporation.
The company had secured the right to export slaves to the Spanish colonies,
had developed a promising whale-fishery, and was thought to be a large and
flourishing concern. It was then transformed into a financial company, with
the bold plan of assuming the whole national debt, for which it made
extravagant offers. “The large sum offered by the company, which made
success impossible, stimulated the imaginations of the people, who fancied
that a privilege so dearly purchased must be of inestimable value, and the
complication of credulity and dishonesty, of ignorance and avarice, threw
England into what it is scarcely an exaggeration to term a positive frenzy.”
All classes rushed to buy the stock, which at one time was quoted at
1,000. Then the weakness of the scheme became apparent; the stock fell as
rapidly as it had risen, and investors or speculators were ruined in large
numbers. This was only one of the bubbles which were inflated and which
burst about this time. Other companies were promoted for making salt
water fresh, for extracting silver from lead, for trading in human hair, and
for a wheel of perpetual motion. Insurance was now coming into
prominence, and this offered a favorite field for promoters. Subscriptions
were received for companies that proposed to insure against losses of
servants, against burglars and against highwaymen; one scheme was
“Plummer and Petty’s Insurance from Death by drinking Geneva” (gin). We
get a vivid idea of the spirit of the period from the fact that one promoter,
who announced a company “for an undertaking which shall in due time be
revealed,” secured 2,000 guineas in a single morning, with which he
immediately made off.
180. The crisis of the Company of the Indies in France.—Just before
the time of the English crisis one curiously similar in character occurred in
France. A Scotchman, John Law, who was an able banker and financier,
promoted a Company of the West, expanded later into the Company of the
Page 163
Indies, which united with its commercial projects an attempt to finance the
government. Extravagant ideas were formed of the possibilities of Law’s
“system,” and the roads to Paris were blocked by people hurrying there to
speculate in shares. Two of the ablest scholars in France deplored the
madness at one interview, and at the next found themselves bidding against
each other. Coachmen, cooks, and waiters became millionaires by lucky
speculation; tradespeople in the street where the exchange was established
made fortunes by letting out their stalls and chairs. The price of stock rose
until it frightened even the promoter of the system, who interfered in the
hope of checking speculation, but who found soon that he was unable to
check either the rise or the fall of the stock. The crash which quickly
followed was especially serious, as the whole currency consisted now of
discredited notes issued by the company. Ruin was widespread, and credit
received a blow which made the promotion of legitimate enterprises
difficult for a long time thereafter.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Prepare yourself to see the significance of the facts of this chapter by
reviewing the functions and benefits of credit institutions like banks. [See
Bullock, Introd., chap. 9, or other current manuals of economics.]
2. Write a report on the way in which churchmen and scholars came to
justify the taking of interest on loans. [Cunningham, Growth, or Ashley,
**Ec. hist., vol. 2, sect. 65 and others following, esp. 72.]
3. Fill in the outline of the text, sect. 169, by details to be found in
Cunningham, Growth, vol. 2, sect. 180.
4. Write a report on the business career of Sir Thomas Gresham, one of
the great English financiers of the sixteenth century. [Encyc., Dict. of nat.
biography, and references in those sources.]
5. Write a report on Antwerp in the sixteenth century. [See Motley, Rise
of Dutch Republic, N. Y., 1858, vol. 1, 81 ff., chap. 13.]
6. Benefits and dangers of speculation. [Hadley, Economics, chap. 4.]
7. Manias and panics, modern and recent. [Bourne, Romance, chap. 11.]
8. Write a report on one of the following topics:
(a) The tulip mania. [Oxley, Romance of commerce, chap. 3.]
(b) The “Bubble” period in England, [Cunningham, Growth, vol. 2, sect.
218; Oxley, chap. 2; cf. Lecky, Hist. of England, and cf. Macaulay’s history
government. Extravagant ideas were formed of the possibilities of Law’s
“system,” and the roads to Paris were blocked by people hurrying there to
speculate in shares. Two of the ablest scholars in France deplored the
madness at one interview, and at the next found themselves bidding against
each other. Coachmen, cooks, and waiters became millionaires by lucky
speculation; tradespeople in the street where the exchange was established
made fortunes by letting out their stalls and chairs. The price of stock rose
until it frightened even the promoter of the system, who interfered in the
hope of checking speculation, but who found soon that he was unable to
check either the rise or the fall of the stock. The crash which quickly
followed was especially serious, as the whole currency consisted now of
discredited notes issued by the company. Ruin was widespread, and credit
received a blow which made the promotion of legitimate enterprises
difficult for a long time thereafter.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Prepare yourself to see the significance of the facts of this chapter by
reviewing the functions and benefits of credit institutions like banks. [See
Bullock, Introd., chap. 9, or other current manuals of economics.]
2. Write a report on the way in which churchmen and scholars came to
justify the taking of interest on loans. [Cunningham, Growth, or Ashley,
**Ec. hist., vol. 2, sect. 65 and others following, esp. 72.]
3. Fill in the outline of the text, sect. 169, by details to be found in
Cunningham, Growth, vol. 2, sect. 180.
4. Write a report on the business career of Sir Thomas Gresham, one of
the great English financiers of the sixteenth century. [Encyc., Dict. of nat.
biography, and references in those sources.]
5. Write a report on Antwerp in the sixteenth century. [See Motley, Rise
of Dutch Republic, N. Y., 1858, vol. 1, 81 ff., chap. 13.]
6. Benefits and dangers of speculation. [Hadley, Economics, chap. 4.]
7. Manias and panics, modern and recent. [Bourne, Romance, chap. 11.]
8. Write a report on one of the following topics:
(a) The tulip mania. [Oxley, Romance of commerce, chap. 3.]
(b) The “Bubble” period in England, [Cunningham, Growth, vol. 2, sect.
218; Oxley, chap. 2; cf. Lecky, Hist. of England, and cf. Macaulay’s history
Page 164
of bubbles about the time of the founding of the Bank of England.]
(c) John Law and the Mississippi Bubble. [Oxley, chap. 1.]
(d) The Fugger family. [Paul Van Dyke, A captain of industry of the
sixteenth century, Harper’s Magazine, June, 1910, 120: 276-284.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
As the subjects of this chapter have been treated generally by specialists,
and considered in their relation to modern economics rather than earlier
history, the reading is scattered, and, for our purposes, unsatisfactory.
The chapter by Cunningham in the first volume of the Cambridge
modern history covers in part the ground of this chapter. The important
commercial crises are described in the histories of England, France, etc.
(c) John Law and the Mississippi Bubble. [Oxley, chap. 1.]
(d) The Fugger family. [Paul Van Dyke, A captain of industry of the
sixteenth century, Harper’s Magazine, June, 1910, 120: 276-284.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
As the subjects of this chapter have been treated generally by specialists,
and considered in their relation to modern economics rather than earlier
history, the reading is scattered, and, for our purposes, unsatisfactory.
The chapter by Cunningham in the first volume of the Cambridge
modern history covers in part the ground of this chapter. The important
commercial crises are described in the histories of England, France, etc.
Page 165
CHAPTER XVIII
THE MODERN STATE AND THE MERCANTILE SYSTEM
181. Growth of modern states under the influence of commerce.—If
the modern reader is impressed, in studying the history of Europe before
1500, with the influence on commerce of the lack of strong government, he
will be equally impressed, in the period from 1500 to 1800, with the
strength of government and with the important part it played in commercial
development. We have here to sketch in brief the changes in political
conditions, leaving to later chapters a consideration of the details as they
appear in the history of different countries. Commerce itself was the great
force that broke the power of feudalism. Commerce crept through the
barriers that kept localities apart; it established a circulation of wares
through a large area of country; and it concentrated wealth in the cities
which it built up. These were the very changes needed to allow the world to
escape from feudal anarchy, and to construct a system of government
similar to that which the Romans had employed. Kings had now subjects
able and willing to pay taxes, and, by means of commerce, they could
transport their taxes, turn the proceeds into any shape they chose, and apply
them wherever it was necessary.
182. Decline of feudal power with the rise of mercenary armies.—A
large part of the new revenues was spent by governments in strengthening
their military position. Feudal lords were good fighters in the old-fashioned
way, and would not give up their local power without a struggle. They had
to yield finally, however, before the standing armies which kings called into
existence towards the close of the Middle Ages. Feudal lords loved to fight,
but they were only amateurs, after all, and did not make fighting a business.
The mercenaries, on the other hand, whom kings collected as soon as they
could afford the expense, were professionals, who submitted to a certain
amount of discipline because they could make a living by doing so.
Enterprising men collected a number of recruits, taught them to use their
arms, and drilled them until they counted for far more than an equal number
of untrained men; the leaders studied tactics and strategy, and knew how to
make the most of their superiority. The leaders were perfectly willing to let
their troops to any one who could pay the price, but as feudal lords were
THE MODERN STATE AND THE MERCANTILE SYSTEM
181. Growth of modern states under the influence of commerce.—If
the modern reader is impressed, in studying the history of Europe before
1500, with the influence on commerce of the lack of strong government, he
will be equally impressed, in the period from 1500 to 1800, with the
strength of government and with the important part it played in commercial
development. We have here to sketch in brief the changes in political
conditions, leaving to later chapters a consideration of the details as they
appear in the history of different countries. Commerce itself was the great
force that broke the power of feudalism. Commerce crept through the
barriers that kept localities apart; it established a circulation of wares
through a large area of country; and it concentrated wealth in the cities
which it built up. These were the very changes needed to allow the world to
escape from feudal anarchy, and to construct a system of government
similar to that which the Romans had employed. Kings had now subjects
able and willing to pay taxes, and, by means of commerce, they could
transport their taxes, turn the proceeds into any shape they chose, and apply
them wherever it was necessary.
182. Decline of feudal power with the rise of mercenary armies.—A
large part of the new revenues was spent by governments in strengthening
their military position. Feudal lords were good fighters in the old-fashioned
way, and would not give up their local power without a struggle. They had
to yield finally, however, before the standing armies which kings called into
existence towards the close of the Middle Ages. Feudal lords loved to fight,
but they were only amateurs, after all, and did not make fighting a business.
The mercenaries, on the other hand, whom kings collected as soon as they
could afford the expense, were professionals, who submitted to a certain
amount of discipline because they could make a living by doing so.
Enterprising men collected a number of recruits, taught them to use their
arms, and drilled them until they counted for far more than an equal number
of untrained men; the leaders studied tactics and strategy, and knew how to
make the most of their superiority. The leaders were perfectly willing to let
their troops to any one who could pay the price, but as feudal lords were
Page 166
always in want of ready money the advantages of the new armies went
almost entirely to the kings. The introduction of gunpowder in warfare
increased the superiority of the mercenary armies, by adding to the value of
training, and here again the kings, with ready money to invest in the latest
improvements, had an advantage.
183. Growth in power of the central government as shown in the
development of taxation.—By the year 1500 the process had gone so far
that many of the states of Europe had assumed a shape substantially like
that which they have to-day; and feudalism as a great political force was
dead. Government could now proceed to develop on the basis of an
extended territory. Some measure of the gain of the central government in
power can be had by noting the increase of its resources from taxation.
English taxes yielded about half a million pounds in the sixteenth century,
seven and a half million in the next century, and about forty million towards
1800. In little over a hundred years the yield of taxes in Prussia increased
twenty-eight fold. The revenue system was still crude and wasteful. Every
European state followed at one time or another the practice of raising
money by selling the right to hold an office. Every European state lost
money, not only by the inefficiency of the revenue system, but also by
corruption of officials; often half or more of money that the people paid in
taxes never reached the treasury. In spite, however, of these inevitable
faults, national resources were concentrated as they had never been before,
and the central government gained a power before unknown.
184. Persistence of medieval conditions in the modern period.—From
the modern standpoint no better field could be found for the use of this
power than in the reform of internal conditions. Centuries after feudalism
had lost its controlling position the local differences and the spirit of
separatism which marked the feudal period remained to plague the
merchant and the statesman. Commerce was hindered by local variations in
laws and in weights and measures; by the persistence of barriers to the
development of trade and manufacture which had grown up in the medieval
system of tolls and gilds; by the maintenance of the class distinctions
marking feudal society, and putting on a different basis the merchant, the
agriculturist, and the noble. A country like England, which early threw off
the most oppressive of its medieval institutions, gained a great start over
countries where they were allowed to continue. Statesmen in these other
countries recognized the need of reform, and made attempts to realize it
almost entirely to the kings. The introduction of gunpowder in warfare
increased the superiority of the mercenary armies, by adding to the value of
training, and here again the kings, with ready money to invest in the latest
improvements, had an advantage.
183. Growth in power of the central government as shown in the
development of taxation.—By the year 1500 the process had gone so far
that many of the states of Europe had assumed a shape substantially like
that which they have to-day; and feudalism as a great political force was
dead. Government could now proceed to develop on the basis of an
extended territory. Some measure of the gain of the central government in
power can be had by noting the increase of its resources from taxation.
English taxes yielded about half a million pounds in the sixteenth century,
seven and a half million in the next century, and about forty million towards
1800. In little over a hundred years the yield of taxes in Prussia increased
twenty-eight fold. The revenue system was still crude and wasteful. Every
European state followed at one time or another the practice of raising
money by selling the right to hold an office. Every European state lost
money, not only by the inefficiency of the revenue system, but also by
corruption of officials; often half or more of money that the people paid in
taxes never reached the treasury. In spite, however, of these inevitable
faults, national resources were concentrated as they had never been before,
and the central government gained a power before unknown.
184. Persistence of medieval conditions in the modern period.—From
the modern standpoint no better field could be found for the use of this
power than in the reform of internal conditions. Centuries after feudalism
had lost its controlling position the local differences and the spirit of
separatism which marked the feudal period remained to plague the
merchant and the statesman. Commerce was hindered by local variations in
laws and in weights and measures; by the persistence of barriers to the
development of trade and manufacture which had grown up in the medieval
system of tolls and gilds; by the maintenance of the class distinctions
marking feudal society, and putting on a different basis the merchant, the
agriculturist, and the noble. A country like England, which early threw off
the most oppressive of its medieval institutions, gained a great start over
countries where they were allowed to continue. Statesmen in these other
countries recognized the need of reform, and made attempts to realize it
Page 167
from time to time; they made slow progress, not only because the task of
reforming old customs was at best tedious and expensive, but also because
their attention was distracted from the task for much of the time by the
pressure of foreign affairs.
185. Attempts at reform, leading in many cases to over-regulation.—
All the European governments in this period did pay attention to the
development of internal resources. One of the chief features of the
mercantilist theory, that animated government policy during the seventeenth
and eighteenth centuries, was the emphasis laid on the circulation of money
and wares inside the country. The new national governments helped to
further internal commerce by repressing disorder, and by reforming, to
some extent at least, the system of laws and courts to which business men
could appeal for the settlement of disputes. Most of the governments paid
considerable attention also to the development of the postal system.
Governments could serve their people well in ways like these, but
unfortunately they expended their energy on other objects that were useless
or harmful. “The state moulds men into whatever shape it pleases,” was an
idea of the time, which led to an enormous amount of government
regulation. In few states of the Continent was a man free to seek his profit
where he would; he was entangled in a network of government regulations
that fixed the rules of his trade, the prices of his wares, even the articles
which he might or might not consume. An excellent example is furnished
by the grain trade, which governments regulated so strictly that in many
cases laws caused the very famines which they were designed to prevent.
186. Attention distracted from internal reforms by foreign interests.
—A consciousness that government regulation had gone too far for the
interests of commerce grew strong before the end of the eighteenth century,
when a school of thinkers, the physiocrats, protested earnestly against it.
Their formulas, “don’t govern too much,” “let things alone” (laisser faire),
were to be realized in the nineteenth century. At the time, however, they had
little effect; the faith in the power of government was still strong in the
minds of rulers, and their attention was distracted by other interests. When
rulers had crushed the resistance of their subjects, and established their
absolute authority, they had a surplus of power which they were inclined to
apply abroad. The period from the sixteenth to the eighteenth centuries is
filled with strife between the European states, each attempting to get
possession of some of the territory and power of a rival. The states of
reforming old customs was at best tedious and expensive, but also because
their attention was distracted from the task for much of the time by the
pressure of foreign affairs.
185. Attempts at reform, leading in many cases to over-regulation.—
All the European governments in this period did pay attention to the
development of internal resources. One of the chief features of the
mercantilist theory, that animated government policy during the seventeenth
and eighteenth centuries, was the emphasis laid on the circulation of money
and wares inside the country. The new national governments helped to
further internal commerce by repressing disorder, and by reforming, to
some extent at least, the system of laws and courts to which business men
could appeal for the settlement of disputes. Most of the governments paid
considerable attention also to the development of the postal system.
Governments could serve their people well in ways like these, but
unfortunately they expended their energy on other objects that were useless
or harmful. “The state moulds men into whatever shape it pleases,” was an
idea of the time, which led to an enormous amount of government
regulation. In few states of the Continent was a man free to seek his profit
where he would; he was entangled in a network of government regulations
that fixed the rules of his trade, the prices of his wares, even the articles
which he might or might not consume. An excellent example is furnished
by the grain trade, which governments regulated so strictly that in many
cases laws caused the very famines which they were designed to prevent.
186. Attention distracted from internal reforms by foreign interests.
—A consciousness that government regulation had gone too far for the
interests of commerce grew strong before the end of the eighteenth century,
when a school of thinkers, the physiocrats, protested earnestly against it.
Their formulas, “don’t govern too much,” “let things alone” (laisser faire),
were to be realized in the nineteenth century. At the time, however, they had
little effect; the faith in the power of government was still strong in the
minds of rulers, and their attention was distracted by other interests. When
rulers had crushed the resistance of their subjects, and established their
absolute authority, they had a surplus of power which they were inclined to
apply abroad. The period from the sixteenth to the eighteenth centuries is
filled with strife between the European states, each attempting to get
possession of some of the territory and power of a rival. The states of
Page 168
Europe were still young, with all the vigor and all the inexperience of
youth, and not until they had tried conclusions with each other were they
willing to settle down as they have done in the nineteenth century. It was
said above that internal reform was the best object of government
expenditure “from the modern standpoint.” Kings and peoples were not
modern, and to a king of the time one of the best objects appeared to be a
war with another king by which he might get more people under his power.
187. Wars occasioned by religious and dynastic interests.—In tracing
later the commercial histories of the different countries it will be necessary
to refer occasionally to these wars, but it will conduce to clearness if we
stop a moment here to examine their causes and character. Some of the wars
were religious, growing out of the Protestant revolution. The states of the
South remained Catholic, and those of the North became Protestant with
comparatively little opposition, but in the center, in France and Germany
especially, where neither side had at first a clear supremacy, the Protestant
movement led to disastrous civil wars.
Another series of wars may be called dynastic, as they grew out of the
ambitions of rulers to extend their power in Europe at the expense of other
ruling families. In the sixteenth century the chief contestants were Spain
and France. Spain dropped from the first rank, and France and Austria
continued the struggle for supremacy through the seventeenth and
eighteenth centuries. The dynastic wars seem to the student of the history of
commerce as unfortunate as those that came from religious differences.
They diverted men and resources from production to destruction; they
checked at the same time commercial development and the reform of
government.
188. Wars occasioned by commercial interests; military aspect of
commerce in this period.—Still another class of wars can be distinguished
in which the religious or dynastic motive might enter to some extent, but in
which the commercial motive was predominant. The reader should be
cautioned against an extravagant idea of the power of government to extend
commerce. At the present time this power seems very slight indeed. It was,
however, far greater in the period under consideration. References in
preceding sections to the prevalence of piracy and to the warlike attitude of
merchants of different nations toward each other have suggested the
military character of commerce, inviting the armed protection of the state.
“One fact stands out clearly,” says a recent authority on the history of India,
youth, and not until they had tried conclusions with each other were they
willing to settle down as they have done in the nineteenth century. It was
said above that internal reform was the best object of government
expenditure “from the modern standpoint.” Kings and peoples were not
modern, and to a king of the time one of the best objects appeared to be a
war with another king by which he might get more people under his power.
187. Wars occasioned by religious and dynastic interests.—In tracing
later the commercial histories of the different countries it will be necessary
to refer occasionally to these wars, but it will conduce to clearness if we
stop a moment here to examine their causes and character. Some of the wars
were religious, growing out of the Protestant revolution. The states of the
South remained Catholic, and those of the North became Protestant with
comparatively little opposition, but in the center, in France and Germany
especially, where neither side had at first a clear supremacy, the Protestant
movement led to disastrous civil wars.
Another series of wars may be called dynastic, as they grew out of the
ambitions of rulers to extend their power in Europe at the expense of other
ruling families. In the sixteenth century the chief contestants were Spain
and France. Spain dropped from the first rank, and France and Austria
continued the struggle for supremacy through the seventeenth and
eighteenth centuries. The dynastic wars seem to the student of the history of
commerce as unfortunate as those that came from religious differences.
They diverted men and resources from production to destruction; they
checked at the same time commercial development and the reform of
government.
188. Wars occasioned by commercial interests; military aspect of
commerce in this period.—Still another class of wars can be distinguished
in which the religious or dynastic motive might enter to some extent, but in
which the commercial motive was predominant. The reader should be
cautioned against an extravagant idea of the power of government to extend
commerce. At the present time this power seems very slight indeed. It was,
however, far greater in the period under consideration. References in
preceding sections to the prevalence of piracy and to the warlike attitude of
merchants of different nations toward each other have suggested the
military character of commerce, inviting the armed protection of the state.
“One fact stands out clearly,” says a recent authority on the history of India,
Page 169
“No European nation has won the supremacy of the East which did not
make it a national concern.” The prize in distant commerce went not to the
best producers and merchants, but to the group of the best fighters; not size
and resources, but ability to organize and willingness to risk resources in
conflict, determined the question of success. The little state of Holland
made her fortune by an eighty years’ war, in which she broke the power of
the Portuguese and Spanish in the East. The English were still unready to
embark their national resources in distant ventures, but they won their
position in continental India in the eighteenth century by military support
which the French kings refused their subjects.
189. Wars arising from the conflict of colonial interests in the New
World.—Between 1600 and 1815 was a constant succession of wars,
arising from the fact that five European powers had colonies in the New
World which they were seeking to maintain or to extend. Holland and
Portugal lacked the territorial basis to maintain their struggle when larger
states armed for the conflict; France and Spain found their best energies
absorbed by dynastic interests in Europe which tied their hands abroad;
England emerged victorious from the conflict and found herself repaid, by a
position of commercial supremacy, for the expense to which she had been
put. Out of the one hundred and twenty-six years between 1688 and 1815
she had spent more than half, sixty-four, in wars ranging from seven to
twelve years in length.
190. Political importance of commerce in this period, connected with
the desire of governments for ready money.—Commercial expansion in
this period depended, as said above, on the political power of the home
country. Did not, on the other hand, the political power of the state depend
on commerce? A statesman of the time would have answered this question
in the affirmative, and with an emphasis which would seem strange now.
We think nowadays that the resources of a state depend upon the prosperity
of the people, no matter whether this prosperity comes from agriculture or
from manufactures, from internal trade or from foreign trade. Statesmen,
however, of the period under discussion, set a peculiarly high value on
foreign commerce, and regarded it as a more important branch of industry
than any other.
make it a national concern.” The prize in distant commerce went not to the
best producers and merchants, but to the group of the best fighters; not size
and resources, but ability to organize and willingness to risk resources in
conflict, determined the question of success. The little state of Holland
made her fortune by an eighty years’ war, in which she broke the power of
the Portuguese and Spanish in the East. The English were still unready to
embark their national resources in distant ventures, but they won their
position in continental India in the eighteenth century by military support
which the French kings refused their subjects.
189. Wars arising from the conflict of colonial interests in the New
World.—Between 1600 and 1815 was a constant succession of wars,
arising from the fact that five European powers had colonies in the New
World which they were seeking to maintain or to extend. Holland and
Portugal lacked the territorial basis to maintain their struggle when larger
states armed for the conflict; France and Spain found their best energies
absorbed by dynastic interests in Europe which tied their hands abroad;
England emerged victorious from the conflict and found herself repaid, by a
position of commercial supremacy, for the expense to which she had been
put. Out of the one hundred and twenty-six years between 1688 and 1815
she had spent more than half, sixty-four, in wars ranging from seven to
twelve years in length.
190. Political importance of commerce in this period, connected with
the desire of governments for ready money.—Commercial expansion in
this period depended, as said above, on the political power of the home
country. Did not, on the other hand, the political power of the state depend
on commerce? A statesman of the time would have answered this question
in the affirmative, and with an emphasis which would seem strange now.
We think nowadays that the resources of a state depend upon the prosperity
of the people, no matter whether this prosperity comes from agriculture or
from manufactures, from internal trade or from foreign trade. Statesmen,
however, of the period under discussion, set a peculiarly high value on
foreign commerce, and regarded it as a more important branch of industry
than any other.
Page 170
Page 171
The chief reason for this view lay in the fact that most of the European
states produced little or none of the precious metals, and could get them
only by trade with a neighbor or with a distant country. Now money is “the
sinews of war,” and when states were constantly at war with each other, a
good supply of money seemed to the statesman a matter of the first
necessity. We regard money nowadays only as a means of procuring other
forms of capital by exchange, and do not worry about the money supply so
long as capital in other forms is abundant. It may have been the fact,
however, that in the early period of the modern state the fiscal and military
systems operated more smoothly when the stock of money in the country
was abundant.
191. The mercantile system, aiming to increase the stock of ready
money in the country.—Whether rulers were justified or not in the anxiety
that they showed about the money supply, they made it a cardinal point in
their policy to regulate commerce so as to increase, if possible, the stock of
the precious metals in the country. They argued that the country would
make money if it sold more merchandise to foreigners than it bought of
them, for then the foreigners would have to make up the balance in coin or
bullion. This was called “a favorable balance of trade,” as tending to bring
money into the country. On the other hand, if the country became indebted
for foreign merchandise to an amount greater than could be offset by the
exports, the country would owe a cash balance abroad, and this was an
“unfavorable” balance of trade. At the beginning of the period the
government tried to effect its object simply by prohibiting the export of
bullion (gold and silver); this was the “bullionist” policy.
Prohibitions were found to be ineffective, however, and were a serious
hindrance to some branches of commerce, that with the East especially, in
which the foreigners demanded considerable supplies of the precious
metals. The export of bullion, therefore, was generally permitted, and the
government contented itself with a regulation of the commerce in
merchandise which, it hoped, would bring more bullion into the country
than was carried out.
192. Features of the mercantile system; restriction of imports.—If the
student will remember that the main object of the mercantile system, as it
was expressed in the commercial policy of the seventeenth and eighteenth
centuries, was to increase the credits in a country’s foreign trade, and
states produced little or none of the precious metals, and could get them
only by trade with a neighbor or with a distant country. Now money is “the
sinews of war,” and when states were constantly at war with each other, a
good supply of money seemed to the statesman a matter of the first
necessity. We regard money nowadays only as a means of procuring other
forms of capital by exchange, and do not worry about the money supply so
long as capital in other forms is abundant. It may have been the fact,
however, that in the early period of the modern state the fiscal and military
systems operated more smoothly when the stock of money in the country
was abundant.
191. The mercantile system, aiming to increase the stock of ready
money in the country.—Whether rulers were justified or not in the anxiety
that they showed about the money supply, they made it a cardinal point in
their policy to regulate commerce so as to increase, if possible, the stock of
the precious metals in the country. They argued that the country would
make money if it sold more merchandise to foreigners than it bought of
them, for then the foreigners would have to make up the balance in coin or
bullion. This was called “a favorable balance of trade,” as tending to bring
money into the country. On the other hand, if the country became indebted
for foreign merchandise to an amount greater than could be offset by the
exports, the country would owe a cash balance abroad, and this was an
“unfavorable” balance of trade. At the beginning of the period the
government tried to effect its object simply by prohibiting the export of
bullion (gold and silver); this was the “bullionist” policy.
Prohibitions were found to be ineffective, however, and were a serious
hindrance to some branches of commerce, that with the East especially, in
which the foreigners demanded considerable supplies of the precious
metals. The export of bullion, therefore, was generally permitted, and the
government contented itself with a regulation of the commerce in
merchandise which, it hoped, would bring more bullion into the country
than was carried out.
192. Features of the mercantile system; restriction of imports.—If the
student will remember that the main object of the mercantile system, as it
was expressed in the commercial policy of the seventeenth and eighteenth
centuries, was to increase the credits in a country’s foreign trade, and
Page 172
diminish the debits, so as to get a balance in cash, the main features of the
policy will be easily intelligible.
In the first place, imports were discouraged. A Spanish mercantilist
thought that his country suffered “an infinite wrong” from the importation
of fish from abroad, which, by his reckoning, cost the country three million
piasters a year; he suggested either that home fisheries should be built up so
that the money need not leave the country, or that permission be obtained
from the Pope to eat meat on Saturdays, which would diminish the
necessity for importation. A typical example of the ideas underlying the
policy is furnished by an appeal of the English salt-makers in the
seventeenth century, urging that the use of foreign salt in the curing of fish
be prohibited on the ground that it was the “wisdom of a kingdom or nation
to prevent the importation of any manufacture from abroad which might be
a detriment to their own at home, for if the coin of the nation be carried out
to pay for foreign manufactures and our own people left unemployed, then
in case a war happen with our potent neighbours, the people are
incapacitated to pay taxes for the support of the same.”
Mercantilism and modern protectionism easily ran together, as is
apparent in the quotation, but the spirit animating restrictions was in this
period mainly mercantilist, based, that is, on consideration of the flow of
precious metals. The methods of tariff regulation, moreover, differed from
those of modern protectionism; statesmen did not, in most cases, attempt to
scale the duties so as just to balance the advantages of the foreign producer,
but resorted to downright prohibition of the wares which they desired to
exclude from the home market.
193. Encouragement of exports, manufactures, and shipping.—In the
second place, exports were encouraged, for they represented the credit
items in a country’s trade, and might bring home a balance in cash. Even
imports could be tolerated if they led to a more than corresponding increase
in exports. The trade with East India was looked on with suspicion for some
time because, as said above, it required the export of considerable bullion;
but finally it established itself in public esteem, on the ground that a large
part of the eastern wares was transshipped in England and exported to other
European countries, so that the bullion was recovered from them.
Altogether the best kind of imports, however, was held to be the raw
materials of manufacture; if these could be worked up in England and
exported, the country cleared not only the sum originally due for the
policy will be easily intelligible.
In the first place, imports were discouraged. A Spanish mercantilist
thought that his country suffered “an infinite wrong” from the importation
of fish from abroad, which, by his reckoning, cost the country three million
piasters a year; he suggested either that home fisheries should be built up so
that the money need not leave the country, or that permission be obtained
from the Pope to eat meat on Saturdays, which would diminish the
necessity for importation. A typical example of the ideas underlying the
policy is furnished by an appeal of the English salt-makers in the
seventeenth century, urging that the use of foreign salt in the curing of fish
be prohibited on the ground that it was the “wisdom of a kingdom or nation
to prevent the importation of any manufacture from abroad which might be
a detriment to their own at home, for if the coin of the nation be carried out
to pay for foreign manufactures and our own people left unemployed, then
in case a war happen with our potent neighbours, the people are
incapacitated to pay taxes for the support of the same.”
Mercantilism and modern protectionism easily ran together, as is
apparent in the quotation, but the spirit animating restrictions was in this
period mainly mercantilist, based, that is, on consideration of the flow of
precious metals. The methods of tariff regulation, moreover, differed from
those of modern protectionism; statesmen did not, in most cases, attempt to
scale the duties so as just to balance the advantages of the foreign producer,
but resorted to downright prohibition of the wares which they desired to
exclude from the home market.
193. Encouragement of exports, manufactures, and shipping.—In the
second place, exports were encouraged, for they represented the credit
items in a country’s trade, and might bring home a balance in cash. Even
imports could be tolerated if they led to a more than corresponding increase
in exports. The trade with East India was looked on with suspicion for some
time because, as said above, it required the export of considerable bullion;
but finally it established itself in public esteem, on the ground that a large
part of the eastern wares was transshipped in England and exported to other
European countries, so that the bullion was recovered from them.
Altogether the best kind of imports, however, was held to be the raw
materials of manufacture; if these could be worked up in England and
exported, the country cleared not only the sum originally due for the
Page 173
imported material, but also the extra charge for the manufacture. Home
industries were given various privileges by the government, because they
either spared the importation or increased the exportation of the wares
which they produced.
Shipping and the fisheries were regarded with special favor, not only
because they helped to produce a favorable balance of trade, but also
because they were feeders for the national navy, and thus augmented the
strength of the country in war.
194. Failure of the mercantile system to affect the distribution of the
precious metals.—Such were, in brief, the characteristics of commercial
policy in the time of the mercantile system. The word “system” may give a
false impression, for though the main ideas of mercantilism were generally
accepted during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, they were greatly
modified in their practical application, and were seldom carried to their
logical conclusions. For example, though statesmen professed a desire to
stimulate exports, yet export duties were generally retained in this period
for the revenue that they returned, and they hurt in some cases, without
question, the sale of wares abroad.
After this review of the characteristics of commercial policy the reader
will naturally inquire what were its effects. On one point an answer can be
given with considerable assurance; the policy had no important effect on the
distribution of the precious metals. Gold and silver were brought from
America, the chief source of supply, to Spain, and flowed from Spain to the
countries where they were needed in business; it seemed as though all the
people of the world were in an unconscious conspiracy to defeat the plans
of statesmen for checking or directing the flow. It is noteworthy that Spain,
the country which had the best chance apparently to accumulate treasure
and which pursued a policy of exaggerated mercantilism, was always
complaining of the dearth of gold and silver, while Oriental states, which
had never heard of mercantilism, accumulated large stores of bullion. The
attempts of European countries to rob other countries of their treasure by
legislation present, from one point of view, an absurd spectacle, for they
were all applying the same principles in much the same way, action and
reaction were equal, and no amount of political straining affected the
distribution due to economic demand.
195. Important effects of the mercantile system in other ways.—The
commercial policy of the mercantilist period had effects in other directions,
industries were given various privileges by the government, because they
either spared the importation or increased the exportation of the wares
which they produced.
Shipping and the fisheries were regarded with special favor, not only
because they helped to produce a favorable balance of trade, but also
because they were feeders for the national navy, and thus augmented the
strength of the country in war.
194. Failure of the mercantile system to affect the distribution of the
precious metals.—Such were, in brief, the characteristics of commercial
policy in the time of the mercantile system. The word “system” may give a
false impression, for though the main ideas of mercantilism were generally
accepted during the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, they were greatly
modified in their practical application, and were seldom carried to their
logical conclusions. For example, though statesmen professed a desire to
stimulate exports, yet export duties were generally retained in this period
for the revenue that they returned, and they hurt in some cases, without
question, the sale of wares abroad.
After this review of the characteristics of commercial policy the reader
will naturally inquire what were its effects. On one point an answer can be
given with considerable assurance; the policy had no important effect on the
distribution of the precious metals. Gold and silver were brought from
America, the chief source of supply, to Spain, and flowed from Spain to the
countries where they were needed in business; it seemed as though all the
people of the world were in an unconscious conspiracy to defeat the plans
of statesmen for checking or directing the flow. It is noteworthy that Spain,
the country which had the best chance apparently to accumulate treasure
and which pursued a policy of exaggerated mercantilism, was always
complaining of the dearth of gold and silver, while Oriental states, which
had never heard of mercantilism, accumulated large stores of bullion. The
attempts of European countries to rob other countries of their treasure by
legislation present, from one point of view, an absurd spectacle, for they
were all applying the same principles in much the same way, action and
reaction were equal, and no amount of political straining affected the
distribution due to economic demand.
195. Important effects of the mercantile system in other ways.—The
commercial policy of the mercantilist period had effects in other directions,
Page 174
if it did miss the mark at which it aimed. It was important, considered
merely as a policy of restriction, in checking the exchange of commodities
between states. Just as manors and the districts centering around a city had
aimed at self-sufficiency in an earlier period, so the states of this period
were led by their dislike of imports to attempt the production of everything
possible within their borders; and an international organization, in which
each state would specialize in the products for which it was best fitted, and
would depend on commerce with others for supplying deficiencies, was
hindered from developing. The mercantile system furnished a natural basis
for the system of national protection, which grew up from it, and which has
not entirely outgrown even yet its mercantilist origins. One of the most
obvious effects of mercantilist commercial policy can be traced in its
influence on the foreign relations of states. It was not, as is often said, the
chief cause of the many wars which vexed Europe at this period; their cause
lay deeper than any theory of favorable or unfavorable balances of trade.
The balance of trade theory did, however, affect the political grouping of
countries to a considerable extent, and inclined statesmen to look for friends
or foes in the countries with which the balance was favorable or
unfavorable. England, for example, made herself the ally of Portugal
through a large part of the modern period, because Portugal bought her
manufactures, and sold in return wines and other commodities which could
not be produced at home; and England kept alive the traditional hostility
toward France because the trade with that country showed regularly an
unfavorable balance.
196. Colonial policy.—Based on considerations like the preceding, the
colonial policy of this period was marked by restrictions entirely opposed to
modern ideas of commercial freedom. A government which permitted or
encouraged the establishment of colonies in distant lands, considered it a
duty to itself to see that other governments or the colonists themselves did
not rob it of the rewards of success. The colonial policy of the period has
sometimes been pictured as purely one-sided, selfishly sacrificing the
colonists to the interests of the people at home. This view leaves out of
account not only the generous help given by European governments to their
dependencies, but also a great mass of legislation aiming to benefit the
colonists by assuring them a market in the home country, and imposing
sometimes serious restrictions on the inhabitants there. A government did
no more than hold resolutely to the idea that emigrants, wherever they
merely as a policy of restriction, in checking the exchange of commodities
between states. Just as manors and the districts centering around a city had
aimed at self-sufficiency in an earlier period, so the states of this period
were led by their dislike of imports to attempt the production of everything
possible within their borders; and an international organization, in which
each state would specialize in the products for which it was best fitted, and
would depend on commerce with others for supplying deficiencies, was
hindered from developing. The mercantile system furnished a natural basis
for the system of national protection, which grew up from it, and which has
not entirely outgrown even yet its mercantilist origins. One of the most
obvious effects of mercantilist commercial policy can be traced in its
influence on the foreign relations of states. It was not, as is often said, the
chief cause of the many wars which vexed Europe at this period; their cause
lay deeper than any theory of favorable or unfavorable balances of trade.
The balance of trade theory did, however, affect the political grouping of
countries to a considerable extent, and inclined statesmen to look for friends
or foes in the countries with which the balance was favorable or
unfavorable. England, for example, made herself the ally of Portugal
through a large part of the modern period, because Portugal bought her
manufactures, and sold in return wines and other commodities which could
not be produced at home; and England kept alive the traditional hostility
toward France because the trade with that country showed regularly an
unfavorable balance.
196. Colonial policy.—Based on considerations like the preceding, the
colonial policy of this period was marked by restrictions entirely opposed to
modern ideas of commercial freedom. A government which permitted or
encouraged the establishment of colonies in distant lands, considered it a
duty to itself to see that other governments or the colonists themselves did
not rob it of the rewards of success. The colonial policy of the period has
sometimes been pictured as purely one-sided, selfishly sacrificing the
colonists to the interests of the people at home. This view leaves out of
account not only the generous help given by European governments to their
dependencies, but also a great mass of legislation aiming to benefit the
colonists by assuring them a market in the home country, and imposing
sometimes serious restrictions on the inhabitants there. A government did
no more than hold resolutely to the idea that emigrants, wherever they
Page 175
might be, were still citizens of their native state and bound to help maintain
its power. The government tried ordinarily to frame its regulations so that
mother country and dependency would devote themselves to different lines
of production, and so supplement rather than compete with each other. It
considered it only natural and proper that the colony should trade mainly or
entirely with the mother country. As said above, this was a period of bitter
conflict among the European states, and a country’s commerce was thought
to be one of the mainstays of its military and naval power; it seemed,
therefore, to be the plain duty of colonists to contribute by their commerce
to the resources on which the independent existence of the whole nation
was thought to depend.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
The student will do best, probably, to study carefully one of the
references to manuals in the bibliography as a means to an understanding of
the topics of this chapter.
1. An exercise requiring considerable time, and supposing some
acquaintance with narrative history, but promising valuable results, is the
following. Select one of the European states: England, France, Spain, the
Netherlands. Make a chronological summary of its wars during the period
1500-1789, classifying the wars under one of the heads suggested, and
aiming to get the total years spent in each kind of war and at peace.
Estimate the gains and losses by war, and so reach a position to judge of the
merits of the policy pursued.
2. Sections 181-2 cover, to some extent, the ground of chap. 15. Review
that chapter, and, if possible, review the history of some state like France, to
appreciate the significance of the political development. [Adams, French
nation.]
3. Make a written summary of the hindrances to commerce in France at
the end of this period. [Taine, The ancient regime, N. Y., Holt, 1876, $2.50;
Edward J. Lowell, The eve of the French Revolution, Boston, Houghton,
1900, $2.]
4. Thomas Mun, an Englishman who lived in the seventeenth century,
wrote that the regular means “to encrease our wealth and treasure is by
Forraign Trade, wherein wee must ever observe this rule; to sell more to
strangers yearly than wee consume of theirs in value.” State the arguments
its power. The government tried ordinarily to frame its regulations so that
mother country and dependency would devote themselves to different lines
of production, and so supplement rather than compete with each other. It
considered it only natural and proper that the colony should trade mainly or
entirely with the mother country. As said above, this was a period of bitter
conflict among the European states, and a country’s commerce was thought
to be one of the mainstays of its military and naval power; it seemed,
therefore, to be the plain duty of colonists to contribute by their commerce
to the resources on which the independent existence of the whole nation
was thought to depend.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
The student will do best, probably, to study carefully one of the
references to manuals in the bibliography as a means to an understanding of
the topics of this chapter.
1. An exercise requiring considerable time, and supposing some
acquaintance with narrative history, but promising valuable results, is the
following. Select one of the European states: England, France, Spain, the
Netherlands. Make a chronological summary of its wars during the period
1500-1789, classifying the wars under one of the heads suggested, and
aiming to get the total years spent in each kind of war and at peace.
Estimate the gains and losses by war, and so reach a position to judge of the
merits of the policy pursued.
2. Sections 181-2 cover, to some extent, the ground of chap. 15. Review
that chapter, and, if possible, review the history of some state like France, to
appreciate the significance of the political development. [Adams, French
nation.]
3. Make a written summary of the hindrances to commerce in France at
the end of this period. [Taine, The ancient regime, N. Y., Holt, 1876, $2.50;
Edward J. Lowell, The eve of the French Revolution, Boston, Houghton,
1900, $2.]
4. Thomas Mun, an Englishman who lived in the seventeenth century,
wrote that the regular means “to encrease our wealth and treasure is by
Forraign Trade, wherein wee must ever observe this rule; to sell more to
strangers yearly than wee consume of theirs in value.” State the arguments
Page 176
by which Mun would support this proposition, and determine your own
opinion on the question.
5. Make a brief written statement of the difference between mercantilism
and protectionism.
6. Define the attitude which the mercantilist would assume toward each
of the following trade phenomena: import of raw silk, export of silver plate,
export of silk goods, import of knives, import of gold bullion, import of salt
fish.
7. Study, in a book on economics, the influences determining the
distribution of the precious metals, and show how mercantilism was bound
to fail in its object of increasing the money in circulation in a given country.
[For a brief and clear discussion see F. A. Walker, Pol. econ., advanced, N.
Y., Holt, sects. 176-178.]
8. Discover, in the writings and speeches of American protectionists,
evidence of mercantilist views. [See, for example, Roberts, Government
revenue, Boston, 1884, or R. W. Thompson, History of protective tariff
laws, Chicago, 1888.]
9. Criticism of the old colonial policy. [Adam Smith, Wealth of nations,
Book 4, chap. 7, part 2, reprinted in Rand, Ec. hist., chap. 1.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
A bibliography, unfortunately ill suited to the purposes of untrained
students, is appended to chap. 22 of Cambridge mod. hist., vol. 3. See also
the histories of economics by Cossa and Ingram, under mercantilism.
Of general discussions the student must choose between the chapter
noted above, J. N. Figgis, Political thought in the sixteenth century, which is
abstruse and theoretical, or Cheyney, Eur. background, chap. 6, Political
institutions of Central Europe, 1400-1650, which is concrete and
descriptive; neither is satisfactory for our purposes. Probably the most
intelligible discussion will be found to be Seeley’s **Expansion of England,
especially lecture 4, the old colonial system; and lecture 6, commerce and
war. Schmoller, **The mercantile system, deserves its place as an economic
classic, but will be found difficult by beginners. A brief account of
mercantilism, by Ingram, will be found in the Encyc. Brit., 9th ed., 19: 354-
358.
opinion on the question.
5. Make a brief written statement of the difference between mercantilism
and protectionism.
6. Define the attitude which the mercantilist would assume toward each
of the following trade phenomena: import of raw silk, export of silver plate,
export of silk goods, import of knives, import of gold bullion, import of salt
fish.
7. Study, in a book on economics, the influences determining the
distribution of the precious metals, and show how mercantilism was bound
to fail in its object of increasing the money in circulation in a given country.
[For a brief and clear discussion see F. A. Walker, Pol. econ., advanced, N.
Y., Holt, sects. 176-178.]
8. Discover, in the writings and speeches of American protectionists,
evidence of mercantilist views. [See, for example, Roberts, Government
revenue, Boston, 1884, or R. W. Thompson, History of protective tariff
laws, Chicago, 1888.]
9. Criticism of the old colonial policy. [Adam Smith, Wealth of nations,
Book 4, chap. 7, part 2, reprinted in Rand, Ec. hist., chap. 1.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
A bibliography, unfortunately ill suited to the purposes of untrained
students, is appended to chap. 22 of Cambridge mod. hist., vol. 3. See also
the histories of economics by Cossa and Ingram, under mercantilism.
Of general discussions the student must choose between the chapter
noted above, J. N. Figgis, Political thought in the sixteenth century, which is
abstruse and theoretical, or Cheyney, Eur. background, chap. 6, Political
institutions of Central Europe, 1400-1650, which is concrete and
descriptive; neither is satisfactory for our purposes. Probably the most
intelligible discussion will be found to be Seeley’s **Expansion of England,
especially lecture 4, the old colonial system; and lecture 6, commerce and
war. Schmoller, **The mercantile system, deserves its place as an economic
classic, but will be found difficult by beginners. A brief account of
mercantilism, by Ingram, will be found in the Encyc. Brit., 9th ed., 19: 354-
358.
Page 177
Among the smaller manuals can be recommended: Cunningham and
McArthur, chap. 4; Warner, chap. 9. Thomas Mun, England’s treasure by
forraign trade, N. Y., Macmillan, 1895, $.75, presents mercantilist views in
their typical form, and is an excellent source for somewhat advanced
students; chapters may be assigned for discussion and criticism.
McArthur, chap. 4; Warner, chap. 9. Thomas Mun, England’s treasure by
forraign trade, N. Y., Macmillan, 1895, $.75, presents mercantilist views in
their typical form, and is an excellent source for somewhat advanced
students; chapters may be assigned for discussion and criticism.
Page 178
CHAPTER XIX
SPAIN AND PORTUGAL
197. Extent and power of the Spanish monarchy.—Pursuing now the
history of modern commerce by studying its development in different
countries, we turn first to the states of the Iberian peninsula, whose great
possessions outside of Europe seemed to assure their commercial
supremacy.
Shortly before the close of the last century of the Middle Ages three
events of great significance occurred in Spanish history. One was the union
of the crowns of Castile and Aragon, which brought the greater part of the
Iberian peninsula under one ruler. The second was the completion of the
centuries old war against the Moors, by the conquest of their last stronghold
in Granada. The third was the discovery of America by Columbus. The
great Spanish king of the sixteenth century, Charles V, was the most
powerful sovereign in the world. He governed at home with undisputed
absolutism; he was ruler by one title or another of some of the richest
European countries outside of Spain (especially the Netherlands); and he
enjoyed in his own right the sovereignty not only over the greater part of
America, but over Asiatic and African possessions as well.
198. Rapid development of Spanish industry and commerce.—The
rise to greatness of the Spanish kings was paralleled by the development of
the Spanish industrial organization. Spain had throughout the Middle Ages
been rich only in her raw materials; she had exported wool, iron, and wine,
and had imported all her manufactures, largely in foreign ships. The long
wars against the Moors had turned people from the industrial arts, so that
manufactures were primitive except in a few cities like Barcelona. The most
advanced classes in manufactures and trade were not the native Christians
but Moors or Jews. A decided advance can be noted under Ferdinand and
Isabella, but the movement did not gain full headway till the sixteenth
century. Then, it is said, the laborers employed in the textile industries of
Toledo rose from 10,000 to 50,000 in about twenty-five years, and still
merchants could not supply the demand and had orders for five or even ten
years ahead. The industries based on wool, it is said, grew till they
supported nearly a third of the population; Spain began to import raw silk
SPAIN AND PORTUGAL
197. Extent and power of the Spanish monarchy.—Pursuing now the
history of modern commerce by studying its development in different
countries, we turn first to the states of the Iberian peninsula, whose great
possessions outside of Europe seemed to assure their commercial
supremacy.
Shortly before the close of the last century of the Middle Ages three
events of great significance occurred in Spanish history. One was the union
of the crowns of Castile and Aragon, which brought the greater part of the
Iberian peninsula under one ruler. The second was the completion of the
centuries old war against the Moors, by the conquest of their last stronghold
in Granada. The third was the discovery of America by Columbus. The
great Spanish king of the sixteenth century, Charles V, was the most
powerful sovereign in the world. He governed at home with undisputed
absolutism; he was ruler by one title or another of some of the richest
European countries outside of Spain (especially the Netherlands); and he
enjoyed in his own right the sovereignty not only over the greater part of
America, but over Asiatic and African possessions as well.
198. Rapid development of Spanish industry and commerce.—The
rise to greatness of the Spanish kings was paralleled by the development of
the Spanish industrial organization. Spain had throughout the Middle Ages
been rich only in her raw materials; she had exported wool, iron, and wine,
and had imported all her manufactures, largely in foreign ships. The long
wars against the Moors had turned people from the industrial arts, so that
manufactures were primitive except in a few cities like Barcelona. The most
advanced classes in manufactures and trade were not the native Christians
but Moors or Jews. A decided advance can be noted under Ferdinand and
Isabella, but the movement did not gain full headway till the sixteenth
century. Then, it is said, the laborers employed in the textile industries of
Toledo rose from 10,000 to 50,000 in about twenty-five years, and still
merchants could not supply the demand and had orders for five or even ten
years ahead. The industries based on wool, it is said, grew till they
supported nearly a third of the population; Spain began to import raw silk
Page 179
and export the finished product, a reversal of previous conditions; great
factories were established to make soap and other wares; and the amount of
business transacted in Spain made the fairs of Medina del Campo one of the
important clearing houses of Europe. Over 100 ships measuring from 300 to
500 tons left Spain yearly for the colonies, and at least as many cleared for
European ports; 50 ships or more, it is said, often left the harbor of Santa
Maria together, carrying away the salt that was manufactured there.
factories were established to make soap and other wares; and the amount of
business transacted in Spain made the fairs of Medina del Campo one of the
important clearing houses of Europe. Over 100 ships measuring from 300 to
500 tons left Spain yearly for the colonies, and at least as many cleared for
European ports; 50 ships or more, it is said, often left the harbor of Santa
Maria together, carrying away the salt that was manufactured there.
Page 180
Page 181
The map shows approximately the extent of the Spanish possessions
under Philip II, (1556-1598).
199. Economic decline in the following period.—Astonishing as is this
rapid economic development, it is less striking than the economic decline
that followed. Lack of space forbids the discussion in detail of the complex
causes which brought about, first, an actual decline of productive power,
and then a condition so nearly stationary that Spain was passed by nearly all
the other states of western Europe. One important factor, the colonial
system of the Spanish kings, will be reserved for discussion later as a
separate topic. In this place we shall take up some of the significant facts
showing the decline, and suggest some influences that make it intelligible.
The most serious symptom of decadence was an actual decrease of
population. In 1723 the total population of Spain was under six million,
three million less than the figures show for 1594, when the decline had
probably already begun. This decrease is the more significant in that it
affected largely the urban groups whose numbers reflect the prosperity or
reverses of industry and trade; large cities lost half or even three quarters of
their population in half a century. Before the middle of the seventeenth
century the wool manufacture consisted only of a few unimportant factories
of coarse materials; the silk tax of Granada brought in less than a quarter of
what it had yielded under Charles V; and Spain had to rely on other
countries to furnish the manufactured wares for export to her colonies. The
decline affected not only the quantity of the population, but, to all
appearances, its quality as well; beggary and vagrancy became a national
curse.
200. Causes of decline; faulty political organization.—The decline in
population cannot be explained by emigrations to America, for the drain
from that source was small, as will be shown later. Executions by the
Inquisition, numerous as they were, could not alone have checked the
population. More serious was the expulsion, under ecclesiastical influences,
of the Moriscoes of the South, numbering perhaps a million. These people
of Moorish blood, the leaders in the agriculture and industry of Spain, in
1609 followed into exile the Jews who had been the leaders in trade; the
native Spanish were unfit to fill the gaps thus made in the industrial ranks.
Deeper-lying causes were at work, however. The damage from any single
event could have been repaired if there had been wholesome vigor in the
under Philip II, (1556-1598).
199. Economic decline in the following period.—Astonishing as is this
rapid economic development, it is less striking than the economic decline
that followed. Lack of space forbids the discussion in detail of the complex
causes which brought about, first, an actual decline of productive power,
and then a condition so nearly stationary that Spain was passed by nearly all
the other states of western Europe. One important factor, the colonial
system of the Spanish kings, will be reserved for discussion later as a
separate topic. In this place we shall take up some of the significant facts
showing the decline, and suggest some influences that make it intelligible.
The most serious symptom of decadence was an actual decrease of
population. In 1723 the total population of Spain was under six million,
three million less than the figures show for 1594, when the decline had
probably already begun. This decrease is the more significant in that it
affected largely the urban groups whose numbers reflect the prosperity or
reverses of industry and trade; large cities lost half or even three quarters of
their population in half a century. Before the middle of the seventeenth
century the wool manufacture consisted only of a few unimportant factories
of coarse materials; the silk tax of Granada brought in less than a quarter of
what it had yielded under Charles V; and Spain had to rely on other
countries to furnish the manufactured wares for export to her colonies. The
decline affected not only the quantity of the population, but, to all
appearances, its quality as well; beggary and vagrancy became a national
curse.
200. Causes of decline; faulty political organization.—The decline in
population cannot be explained by emigrations to America, for the drain
from that source was small, as will be shown later. Executions by the
Inquisition, numerous as they were, could not alone have checked the
population. More serious was the expulsion, under ecclesiastical influences,
of the Moriscoes of the South, numbering perhaps a million. These people
of Moorish blood, the leaders in the agriculture and industry of Spain, in
1609 followed into exile the Jews who had been the leaders in trade; the
native Spanish were unfit to fill the gaps thus made in the industrial ranks.
Deeper-lying causes were at work, however. The damage from any single
event could have been repaired if there had been wholesome vigor in the
Page 182
Spanish political organization, as there was and as there is still among the
Spaniards as a people. It was the fortune of Spain, at this critical period of
her history, to have the control of affairs vested in the hands of rulers who
were negligent of her condition, by the distraction of their interests or by
natural incompetence, and who wasted her resources. The framework of
government offered no chance for good councils to reach the monarch’s
ears. Men of business sense were excluded from office even in the towns,
so far as possible, and were a rarity in the national parliament; power lay in
the hands of lay and ecclesiastical lords who had inherited feudal ideas, the
reverse of business-like, from the earlier period of the crusade against the
Moors, and who had no understanding of the measures needed for industrial
development. There can be little doubt that the prime evil from which Spain
suffered was (as it still is) bad government.
201. The burden of taxes.—The chief political abuse appeared in the
form of taxes so burdensome in their amount and in the method of
collection that industry was stifled. Taxes increased so rapidly in the
sixteenth century that in 1594 it was asserted that they amounted to 30 per
cent on a man’s property, and that farmers could not exist no matter how
small a rent they paid; they left Spain or went to prison. The “alcabala,” a
tax supposed to be 10 per cent on a ware every time it was bought and sold,
was raised until it absorbed most of the profits of trade and was a leading
factor in the decline of industry. A Spanish author of the eighteenth century
(Ulloa) shows that a man engaged in the manufacture of a certain stuff
would have had to pay in taxes actually more than he earned; “hence it
follows that he would have gained more by making nothing, and in Spain it
is profitable not to work.” Some industries, more fortunate, paid 60 per cent
or 40 per cent of the value of the goods as a tax to the government.
202. Customs duties, on the frontier and inside the country.—The
same ruinous excesses marked the policy in customs duties. The
government established rates which were for the time enormously high, or
absolute prohibitions with the death penalty for infraction. Commerce
would have ceased almost altogether if it had not been for the absolute need
of foreign wares in Spain after the destruction of home manufactures. The
wares were procured partly by smugglers through the corruption of the
customs guards, partly by the connivance of the government, which allowed
foreigners such favors in measurement and valuation that often not over a
quarter of the nominal duty was paid. This allowed wares to enter, but it
Spaniards as a people. It was the fortune of Spain, at this critical period of
her history, to have the control of affairs vested in the hands of rulers who
were negligent of her condition, by the distraction of their interests or by
natural incompetence, and who wasted her resources. The framework of
government offered no chance for good councils to reach the monarch’s
ears. Men of business sense were excluded from office even in the towns,
so far as possible, and were a rarity in the national parliament; power lay in
the hands of lay and ecclesiastical lords who had inherited feudal ideas, the
reverse of business-like, from the earlier period of the crusade against the
Moors, and who had no understanding of the measures needed for industrial
development. There can be little doubt that the prime evil from which Spain
suffered was (as it still is) bad government.
201. The burden of taxes.—The chief political abuse appeared in the
form of taxes so burdensome in their amount and in the method of
collection that industry was stifled. Taxes increased so rapidly in the
sixteenth century that in 1594 it was asserted that they amounted to 30 per
cent on a man’s property, and that farmers could not exist no matter how
small a rent they paid; they left Spain or went to prison. The “alcabala,” a
tax supposed to be 10 per cent on a ware every time it was bought and sold,
was raised until it absorbed most of the profits of trade and was a leading
factor in the decline of industry. A Spanish author of the eighteenth century
(Ulloa) shows that a man engaged in the manufacture of a certain stuff
would have had to pay in taxes actually more than he earned; “hence it
follows that he would have gained more by making nothing, and in Spain it
is profitable not to work.” Some industries, more fortunate, paid 60 per cent
or 40 per cent of the value of the goods as a tax to the government.
202. Customs duties, on the frontier and inside the country.—The
same ruinous excesses marked the policy in customs duties. The
government established rates which were for the time enormously high, or
absolute prohibitions with the death penalty for infraction. Commerce
would have ceased almost altogether if it had not been for the absolute need
of foreign wares in Spain after the destruction of home manufactures. The
wares were procured partly by smugglers through the corruption of the
customs guards, partly by the connivance of the government, which allowed
foreigners such favors in measurement and valuation that often not over a
quarter of the nominal duty was paid. This allowed wares to enter, but it
Page 183
killed the remnants of active Spanish commerce with Europe, for the favors
granted to foreigners were refused to natives. Other measures almost as
monstrous were attempted, and failed only because the government lacked
power to enforce them. Spanish shipping declined until it practically ceased
to exist outside the protected colonial traffic.
Finally, to complete this picture of the difficulties under which commerce
labored in Spain, duties existed not only on the frontiers but in the interior
of the country, hindering the free passage of goods and the development of
resources. Spanish kings made attempts to abolish the internal customs
frontiers, which failed through the opposition of interested persons and the
royal need for money. It was not until 1717 that the internal duties were
done away with, and even then the remedy was insufficient, and Andalusia
kept its internal tariff barriers.
203. Examples of bad policy; the Mesta.—An excellent example of the
evils of the government’s economic policy is furnished by the history of the
Mesta, an association of stock raisers largely devoted to the production of
merino wool. The flocks grazed in summer on the highlands of Leon, and
descended in winter to Estremadura. The Mesta got such privileges that it
killed the agriculture within its reach. Where the sheep had once fed the
land could never be alienated for another purpose; no one could bid against
the Mesta for the lease of pastures; proprietors along the route of the sheep
must sit passive and see the crops destroyed by them. Estremadura, once
one of the richest provinces of Spain, became one of the poorest, and parts
of it now are nearly desert. The policy of favoring one interest, by
sacrificing to it other interests more important, was characteristic of the
diseased political condition of Spain; and the wasting of national resources
shown in the case of the Mesta was but one of many examples of neglect.
The canals and aqueducts of the irrigation system, on which the Moors had
lavished their care, were allowed to deteriorate and go out of use; and the
forests were cut down to the permanent detriment of the soil and water
supply.
204. Failure to develop colonial trade.—In the foregoing sketch we
find sufficient explanation of the decline of the domestic industry and
commerce of Spain; we have still left to consider the question why the evils
of the home system were not repaired by the chances for commercial
development which the discovery of America and of the sea route to eastern
possessions opened. Before the attention of Spanish rulers was absorbed by
granted to foreigners were refused to natives. Other measures almost as
monstrous were attempted, and failed only because the government lacked
power to enforce them. Spanish shipping declined until it practically ceased
to exist outside the protected colonial traffic.
Finally, to complete this picture of the difficulties under which commerce
labored in Spain, duties existed not only on the frontiers but in the interior
of the country, hindering the free passage of goods and the development of
resources. Spanish kings made attempts to abolish the internal customs
frontiers, which failed through the opposition of interested persons and the
royal need for money. It was not until 1717 that the internal duties were
done away with, and even then the remedy was insufficient, and Andalusia
kept its internal tariff barriers.
203. Examples of bad policy; the Mesta.—An excellent example of the
evils of the government’s economic policy is furnished by the history of the
Mesta, an association of stock raisers largely devoted to the production of
merino wool. The flocks grazed in summer on the highlands of Leon, and
descended in winter to Estremadura. The Mesta got such privileges that it
killed the agriculture within its reach. Where the sheep had once fed the
land could never be alienated for another purpose; no one could bid against
the Mesta for the lease of pastures; proprietors along the route of the sheep
must sit passive and see the crops destroyed by them. Estremadura, once
one of the richest provinces of Spain, became one of the poorest, and parts
of it now are nearly desert. The policy of favoring one interest, by
sacrificing to it other interests more important, was characteristic of the
diseased political condition of Spain; and the wasting of national resources
shown in the case of the Mesta was but one of many examples of neglect.
The canals and aqueducts of the irrigation system, on which the Moors had
lavished their care, were allowed to deteriorate and go out of use; and the
forests were cut down to the permanent detriment of the soil and water
supply.
204. Failure to develop colonial trade.—In the foregoing sketch we
find sufficient explanation of the decline of the domestic industry and
commerce of Spain; we have still left to consider the question why the evils
of the home system were not repaired by the chances for commercial
development which the discovery of America and of the sea route to eastern
possessions opened. Before the attention of Spanish rulers was absorbed by
Page 184
the attempt to suppress the Protestant movement in Europe and to subject
the Netherlands, the crown had won an immense area outside of Europe;
even to-day the extent of the Spanish possessions at this period is attested
by the hold which the Spanish language still has on the world. Of all the
European countries Spain was the one which appeared in the sixteenth
century to have the best chance to build up a great commercial empire
based on world-wide possessions. Why was not this chance accepted?
205. Spanish colonial policy. Taxes.—It was a misfortune for the
Spaniards that they quickly discovered precious metals in America, and in
seeking to increase their supply were diverted from a more substantial basis
of prosperity. But the final blame for failure lies again not with the people
nor with the nature of the colonies, but with the government. The
explanation is to be sought in the colonial policy of the Spanish kings. At
first the trade to America was comparatively unrestricted. Before, however,
merchants could establish the trade relations which would have enabled
them to develop the resources both of Spain and the transmarine
possessions, the government laid its heavy hand on the trade and held it
down so tightly that it never acquired vigor. Heavy taxes were levied on
trade, and, as in the case of taxes at home, these often were framed in such a
short-sighted way that they brought far more loss to commerce than gain to
the treasury. The “palmeo,” for instance, was an export duty levied in the
eighteenth century on wares merely according to their bulk, without regard
to their value; its effect was to encourage the export of foreign
manufactures, which had great value in a small bulk so that they could
afford to pay the duty, while the coarser Spanish exports were taxed out of
existence.
206. Restriction of trade to appointed fleets.—Ships could not sail to
America as might suit the convenience of merchants, but had to sail from a
given port (Seville or Cadiz), at a given time, to a given port in America
(Porto Bello near the modern Colon, or Vera Cruz). The government by this
restriction made it easier to protect the ships at sea, and to collect taxes
from their cargoes, but it bound the arms of merchants so fast with its
official red tape that they were weak and helpless. In theory two fleets left
Spain each year, one for Central America and one for South America; in
fact there were years together, especially in the eighteenth century, when
fleets did not sail, and when the colonial possessions might have been
entirely non-existent so far as regarded benefit to the mother-country.
the Netherlands, the crown had won an immense area outside of Europe;
even to-day the extent of the Spanish possessions at this period is attested
by the hold which the Spanish language still has on the world. Of all the
European countries Spain was the one which appeared in the sixteenth
century to have the best chance to build up a great commercial empire
based on world-wide possessions. Why was not this chance accepted?
205. Spanish colonial policy. Taxes.—It was a misfortune for the
Spaniards that they quickly discovered precious metals in America, and in
seeking to increase their supply were diverted from a more substantial basis
of prosperity. But the final blame for failure lies again not with the people
nor with the nature of the colonies, but with the government. The
explanation is to be sought in the colonial policy of the Spanish kings. At
first the trade to America was comparatively unrestricted. Before, however,
merchants could establish the trade relations which would have enabled
them to develop the resources both of Spain and the transmarine
possessions, the government laid its heavy hand on the trade and held it
down so tightly that it never acquired vigor. Heavy taxes were levied on
trade, and, as in the case of taxes at home, these often were framed in such a
short-sighted way that they brought far more loss to commerce than gain to
the treasury. The “palmeo,” for instance, was an export duty levied in the
eighteenth century on wares merely according to their bulk, without regard
to their value; its effect was to encourage the export of foreign
manufactures, which had great value in a small bulk so that they could
afford to pay the duty, while the coarser Spanish exports were taxed out of
existence.
206. Restriction of trade to appointed fleets.—Ships could not sail to
America as might suit the convenience of merchants, but had to sail from a
given port (Seville or Cadiz), at a given time, to a given port in America
(Porto Bello near the modern Colon, or Vera Cruz). The government by this
restriction made it easier to protect the ships at sea, and to collect taxes
from their cargoes, but it bound the arms of merchants so fast with its
official red tape that they were weak and helpless. In theory two fleets left
Spain each year, one for Central America and one for South America; in
fact there were years together, especially in the eighteenth century, when
fleets did not sail, and when the colonial possessions might have been
entirely non-existent so far as regarded benefit to the mother-country.
Page 185
207. Restriction of the market by the discouragement of emigration.
—On arrival in America a cargo was sold sometimes for a tremendous
advance over cost. Sometimes, however, and more and more frequently as
time went on, a fleet would find on arrival that there was no market for its
goods, and they would be sacrificed or brought back to Spain unsold. A
special reason for this will appear later, when we refer to the growth of
smuggling. One general cause, however, for the weakness of Spanish
colonial commerce must be noticed in this place. In contrast to the English,
who stimulated emigration and so built up a market for their wares in the
colonies, the Spanish kings kept emigration under a system of regulation
which was almost inconceivably strict. Colonists were discouraged from
settling in the New World not only by the difficulty of getting permission to
go out, but also by the poor chances for making a living when they arrived.
They were strictly forbidden to engage in any industry which could threaten
to compete with a Spanish industry; they were tied down to residence in
some particular province; and they were prevented from developing the
resources about them by restrictions which applied not only to trade with
the mother-country but also to intercolonial trade. Trade with the
Philippines, for instance, was closely restricted or even prohibited. Districts
in the southern part of South America were subject to similar burdensome
restrictions. A settler on the La Plata might have to get his European wares
by a trip across the Continent to Lima, then up the west coast, and across
the isthmus to Porto Bello. When the privilege of receiving two ships a year
was granted to Buenos Ayres a customs frontier was established in the
interior to prevent goods from reaching Peru by this route.
208. Supply of the market by smugglers.—Spanish colonists increased
but slowly, therefore, in numbers and riches, and furnished a poor market
for Spanish exports. The Indians were even worse customers. Natives who
went barefoot and had no beards were forced, it is said, to buy razors and
silk stockings at exorbitant prices, but of course they had no natural desire
for those or other European wares, and took only an inconsiderable amount.
As the home manufactures declined in vigor, exports to the colonies came
to consist almost entirely of the wares from other European countries, and
even these were obtained mainly through smugglers. The government could
maintain its regulations against Spaniards, but not against foreigners, who
absorbed the most profitable parts of the trade, and spoiled the market for
merchants who obeyed the restrictions. The English and Dutch islands
—On arrival in America a cargo was sold sometimes for a tremendous
advance over cost. Sometimes, however, and more and more frequently as
time went on, a fleet would find on arrival that there was no market for its
goods, and they would be sacrificed or brought back to Spain unsold. A
special reason for this will appear later, when we refer to the growth of
smuggling. One general cause, however, for the weakness of Spanish
colonial commerce must be noticed in this place. In contrast to the English,
who stimulated emigration and so built up a market for their wares in the
colonies, the Spanish kings kept emigration under a system of regulation
which was almost inconceivably strict. Colonists were discouraged from
settling in the New World not only by the difficulty of getting permission to
go out, but also by the poor chances for making a living when they arrived.
They were strictly forbidden to engage in any industry which could threaten
to compete with a Spanish industry; they were tied down to residence in
some particular province; and they were prevented from developing the
resources about them by restrictions which applied not only to trade with
the mother-country but also to intercolonial trade. Trade with the
Philippines, for instance, was closely restricted or even prohibited. Districts
in the southern part of South America were subject to similar burdensome
restrictions. A settler on the La Plata might have to get his European wares
by a trip across the Continent to Lima, then up the west coast, and across
the isthmus to Porto Bello. When the privilege of receiving two ships a year
was granted to Buenos Ayres a customs frontier was established in the
interior to prevent goods from reaching Peru by this route.
208. Supply of the market by smugglers.—Spanish colonists increased
but slowly, therefore, in numbers and riches, and furnished a poor market
for Spanish exports. The Indians were even worse customers. Natives who
went barefoot and had no beards were forced, it is said, to buy razors and
silk stockings at exorbitant prices, but of course they had no natural desire
for those or other European wares, and took only an inconsiderable amount.
As the home manufactures declined in vigor, exports to the colonies came
to consist almost entirely of the wares from other European countries, and
even these were obtained mainly through smugglers. The government could
maintain its regulations against Spaniards, but not against foreigners, who
absorbed the most profitable parts of the trade, and spoiled the market for
merchants who obeyed the restrictions. The English and Dutch islands
Page 186
became the stations for an illicit trade which flourished as the regular trade
declined. After 1713 England had the right, by treaty, to the monopoly of
the African slave trade with the Spanish possessions, and was privileged to
send out nearly five thousand negroes a year. The English had moreover the
right to send out one trading ship of 500 tons; they secretly enlarged the
capacity of the ship and used accompanying transports to carry still more
cargo.
209. Wares of the colonial trade.—Of the products which Spanish
America furnished to commerce silver continued the most important during
the colonial period; the list of a ship’s cargo begins always with an
enumeration of the “plate,” in bullion and coin, of which but a small part
was gold. A fleet which left America in 1582 comprised 37 ships, “and in
every one of them there was as good as thirty pipes of silver one with
another, besides great store of gold, cochinilla, sugars, hides, and Cana
Fistula (arrow-root?) with other apothecary drugs.” Descriptions of cargoes
in the eighteenth century are substantially similar; among additional wares
enumerated we find indigo, cocoa, vanilla, sarsaparilla, “Jesuit’s bark,”
(quinine) “Paraguay tea” (maté), etc. The chief export from the La Plata
region was hides, of which two ships brought nearly 40,000 in 1723. Most
agricultural products were too bulky to pay for transportation.
The Spanish exported to the colonies assorted cargoes; one of 1625
included “Wines, Figs, Raisins, Olives, Oyle, Cloth, Cursies (kerseys, light
woolens named from an English town), Linnen, Iron and Quicksilver for the
mines.”
210. Reform of the colonial system about 1750.—In the eighteenth
century the old Spanish colonial system went to pieces. The government
recognized at last that it could not execute the laws which it had made, and
that the system which was meant to form the basis of a great empire
resulted only in stifling Spanish commerce and in encouraging foreigners to
great illegal gains. Foreigners were still excluded in theory; the importance
of the change lay in the opening of the trade to the Spanish who had before
been excluded by restrictions and taxes. Spanish merchants were allowed
first to send out ships independent of the fleets, and then in 1748 the fleets
were given up altogether. The prohibition on commerce between the
colonies was removed, and many new ports in America were opened to the
European trade. An indication of the results that might follow such a change
in policy had been furnished by the experience of Havana. When this city
declined. After 1713 England had the right, by treaty, to the monopoly of
the African slave trade with the Spanish possessions, and was privileged to
send out nearly five thousand negroes a year. The English had moreover the
right to send out one trading ship of 500 tons; they secretly enlarged the
capacity of the ship and used accompanying transports to carry still more
cargo.
209. Wares of the colonial trade.—Of the products which Spanish
America furnished to commerce silver continued the most important during
the colonial period; the list of a ship’s cargo begins always with an
enumeration of the “plate,” in bullion and coin, of which but a small part
was gold. A fleet which left America in 1582 comprised 37 ships, “and in
every one of them there was as good as thirty pipes of silver one with
another, besides great store of gold, cochinilla, sugars, hides, and Cana
Fistula (arrow-root?) with other apothecary drugs.” Descriptions of cargoes
in the eighteenth century are substantially similar; among additional wares
enumerated we find indigo, cocoa, vanilla, sarsaparilla, “Jesuit’s bark,”
(quinine) “Paraguay tea” (maté), etc. The chief export from the La Plata
region was hides, of which two ships brought nearly 40,000 in 1723. Most
agricultural products were too bulky to pay for transportation.
The Spanish exported to the colonies assorted cargoes; one of 1625
included “Wines, Figs, Raisins, Olives, Oyle, Cloth, Cursies (kerseys, light
woolens named from an English town), Linnen, Iron and Quicksilver for the
mines.”
210. Reform of the colonial system about 1750.—In the eighteenth
century the old Spanish colonial system went to pieces. The government
recognized at last that it could not execute the laws which it had made, and
that the system which was meant to form the basis of a great empire
resulted only in stifling Spanish commerce and in encouraging foreigners to
great illegal gains. Foreigners were still excluded in theory; the importance
of the change lay in the opening of the trade to the Spanish who had before
been excluded by restrictions and taxes. Spanish merchants were allowed
first to send out ships independent of the fleets, and then in 1748 the fleets
were given up altogether. The prohibition on commerce between the
colonies was removed, and many new ports in America were opened to the
European trade. An indication of the results that might follow such a change
in policy had been furnished by the experience of Havana. When this city
Page 187
was captured by the English in 1762 and thrown open to English trade, 727
merchant vessels entered the harbor in less than a year. Even though the
prohibition of trade with foreigners was still retained, the effect of the
reform in policy was nothing less than magical. In ten years the trade and
the customs duties increased about eightfold.
The reform came too late to benefit the Spanish industrial system. The
colonies were destined to exercise their new strength in breaking their old
bonds; while the home industries had decayed so far that a revival was
impossible in competition with industries of more progressive nations. We
leave Spain in the eighteenth century as we found her in the fifteenth
century, serving the other countries of Europe by the production of raw
materials, and dependent on them for her manufactured goods. Running
through the list of the principal Spanish exports in the eighteenth century
we find among them some that had undergone the first stage of
manufacture, like wine, oil, soap, soda, and iron; but most were simple raw
materials such as wool, salt, fruits, and nuts.
211. Portugal; promise of commercial greatness in the sixteenth
century.—The little country of Portugal, numbering perhaps a million
inhabitants, built up in the sixteenth century a commercial empire worthy to
rank with that of Spain, and exceeding in importance that which any of the
more northern states in Europe had yet established. I have already
recounted the achievements of the Portuguese in maritime explorations. The
part which they played in these expeditions prepared them for the oceanic
commerce which developed after the discovery of America and of the sea
route to India. While other nations stronger than Portugal in resources and
industrial development were still unready to put forth their strength in
distant commerce, Portugal shared with Spain the extra-European world,
and gained for herself the richest part, the East. Da Gama returned to
Lisbon in 1499 with a cargo which repaid sixty times the cost of the
expedition. This was the beginning of a series of voyages devoted
especially to the importation of pepper and other spices, which could be
bought so cheaply in the East that they returned immense profits in Europe.
Even the gold and diamonds which came later from Brazil were less
valuable to Portugal than the monopoly she now possessed in the spices,
drugs, dyes, and manufactures, which formerly had been obtained only by
the expensive land route.
merchant vessels entered the harbor in less than a year. Even though the
prohibition of trade with foreigners was still retained, the effect of the
reform in policy was nothing less than magical. In ten years the trade and
the customs duties increased about eightfold.
The reform came too late to benefit the Spanish industrial system. The
colonies were destined to exercise their new strength in breaking their old
bonds; while the home industries had decayed so far that a revival was
impossible in competition with industries of more progressive nations. We
leave Spain in the eighteenth century as we found her in the fifteenth
century, serving the other countries of Europe by the production of raw
materials, and dependent on them for her manufactured goods. Running
through the list of the principal Spanish exports in the eighteenth century
we find among them some that had undergone the first stage of
manufacture, like wine, oil, soap, soda, and iron; but most were simple raw
materials such as wool, salt, fruits, and nuts.
211. Portugal; promise of commercial greatness in the sixteenth
century.—The little country of Portugal, numbering perhaps a million
inhabitants, built up in the sixteenth century a commercial empire worthy to
rank with that of Spain, and exceeding in importance that which any of the
more northern states in Europe had yet established. I have already
recounted the achievements of the Portuguese in maritime explorations. The
part which they played in these expeditions prepared them for the oceanic
commerce which developed after the discovery of America and of the sea
route to India. While other nations stronger than Portugal in resources and
industrial development were still unready to put forth their strength in
distant commerce, Portugal shared with Spain the extra-European world,
and gained for herself the richest part, the East. Da Gama returned to
Lisbon in 1499 with a cargo which repaid sixty times the cost of the
expedition. This was the beginning of a series of voyages devoted
especially to the importation of pepper and other spices, which could be
bought so cheaply in the East that they returned immense profits in Europe.
Even the gold and diamonds which came later from Brazil were less
valuable to Portugal than the monopoly she now possessed in the spices,
drugs, dyes, and manufactures, which formerly had been obtained only by
the expensive land route.
Page 188
212. Failure of Portugal to maintain her position.—Portugal was
favored not only by conditions in Europe, which gave her the start on other
states, but also by conditions in Asia which enabled her able agents to build
up, through naval power, a commercial overlordship which brooked no
competitors, either Asiatic or European.
Portugal was, however, destined to play a great part in European
commerce for only one century. We cannot, as in the case of Spain, say that
a mistaken policy was the cause of her decline, for although the Portuguese
commercial policy was very similar to the Spanish and would have shown
the same weaknesses if it had been allowed to develop, more important
forces were at work to drive Portugal from the rank which fortune had
conferred upon her.
213. Weakness in resources; bad effects of Spanish rule, 1580-1640.—
Portugal was not only small but industrially undeveloped, and from the very
first depended on other countries for the wares which she exported to the
East. Her explorations and her distant commerce were due to the energy of
the dynasty rather than that of the people, and it was the misfortune of the
country, in the critical period 1580 to 1640, to fall under the rule of Spanish
kings whose influence on her commercial interests was entirely for the bad.
Of the 806 vessels which Portugal sent to India, 1497-1612, only 186 sailed
after 1580, and not only the number but the quality declined in a period
which should have been marked by growth. Countries like England and
Holland, which were far stronger economically than Portugal, refused
longer to allow her the profits of trade while they did the work of
production, and the English broke the power of the Portuguese in India,
while the Dutch drove them from the eastern islands.
214. Failure of Portugal to recover her position by commerce with
Brazil.—After the recovery of her independence in 1640, Portugal could
look only to her American possession, Brazil, for the means of developing
her commerce. The Dutch were expelled from that possession, and the
discovery of gold there stimulated the growth of trade. Comparing the latter
part of the eighteenth century with the earlier part of the seventeenth, the
commerce between Portugal and Brazil is said to have increased twenty-
fold. In place of a dozen ships a hundred sailed every year for America,
returning with sugar, tobacco, hides, brazil-wood, gold, and diamonds.
The profits of this commerce, however, went for the most part to
foreigners. Conditions at home had gone from bad to worse. The slight
favored not only by conditions in Europe, which gave her the start on other
states, but also by conditions in Asia which enabled her able agents to build
up, through naval power, a commercial overlordship which brooked no
competitors, either Asiatic or European.
Portugal was, however, destined to play a great part in European
commerce for only one century. We cannot, as in the case of Spain, say that
a mistaken policy was the cause of her decline, for although the Portuguese
commercial policy was very similar to the Spanish and would have shown
the same weaknesses if it had been allowed to develop, more important
forces were at work to drive Portugal from the rank which fortune had
conferred upon her.
213. Weakness in resources; bad effects of Spanish rule, 1580-1640.—
Portugal was not only small but industrially undeveloped, and from the very
first depended on other countries for the wares which she exported to the
East. Her explorations and her distant commerce were due to the energy of
the dynasty rather than that of the people, and it was the misfortune of the
country, in the critical period 1580 to 1640, to fall under the rule of Spanish
kings whose influence on her commercial interests was entirely for the bad.
Of the 806 vessels which Portugal sent to India, 1497-1612, only 186 sailed
after 1580, and not only the number but the quality declined in a period
which should have been marked by growth. Countries like England and
Holland, which were far stronger economically than Portugal, refused
longer to allow her the profits of trade while they did the work of
production, and the English broke the power of the Portuguese in India,
while the Dutch drove them from the eastern islands.
214. Failure of Portugal to recover her position by commerce with
Brazil.—After the recovery of her independence in 1640, Portugal could
look only to her American possession, Brazil, for the means of developing
her commerce. The Dutch were expelled from that possession, and the
discovery of gold there stimulated the growth of trade. Comparing the latter
part of the eighteenth century with the earlier part of the seventeenth, the
commerce between Portugal and Brazil is said to have increased twenty-
fold. In place of a dozen ships a hundred sailed every year for America,
returning with sugar, tobacco, hides, brazil-wood, gold, and diamonds.
The profits of this commerce, however, went for the most part to
foreigners. Conditions at home had gone from bad to worse. The slight
Page 189
advance which the country had achieved in agriculture and manufactures
before the discoveries had been lost by the attraction of all energetic spirits
into commerce and navigation. African slaves took the place of free men in
the fields. Portugal staked everything in the sixteenth century on the chance
of commercial greatness, and when she lost, lost all.
215. Dependence of Portugal on England.—“In 1754 Portugal scarcely
produced anything towards her own support. Two thirds of her physical
necessities were supplied by England. England had become mistress of the
entire commerce of Portugal, and all the trade of the country was carried on
by her agents. The English came to Lisbon to monopolize even the
commerce of Brazil. The entire cargo of the vessels that were sent thither,
and consequently the riches that were returned in exchange, belonged to
them. Nothing was Portuguese but the name.” Reviewing the list of exports
to Brazil we find, in fact, that they were wares which Portugal was herself
unable to produce, and which were supplied by England: woolens, hats,
stockings, gloves, metals, linens, etc. England had taken advantage of her
economic and political weakness to make a mere dependency of her,
imposing treaty obligations which gave the English producers every
advantage in her markets, and which reduced her to a state of pitiable
subjection.
The great Portuguese statesman, Pombal, who made the statements
quoted at the beginning of this section, attempted to reanimate industry, and
succeeded to a slight extent in throwing off the English supremacy. At the
close of the eighteenth century, however, Portugal had still only one strong
national industry, the production of wine (port, so called from its place of
shipment, Oporto) for the dinner tables of the English upper classes; and in
spite of the efforts of Portuguese statesmen even the wine trade was
controlled by English merchants.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. What are the chief exports of Spain at present? [Commercial
geography or Statesman’s Year-Book.]
2. Write a report on beggary and vagrancy in Spain after 1500. [Moses, in
Journal Pol. Econ.; Prescott or Motley.]
3. Write a report on the results (especially the economic results) of one of
the following:
before the discoveries had been lost by the attraction of all energetic spirits
into commerce and navigation. African slaves took the place of free men in
the fields. Portugal staked everything in the sixteenth century on the chance
of commercial greatness, and when she lost, lost all.
215. Dependence of Portugal on England.—“In 1754 Portugal scarcely
produced anything towards her own support. Two thirds of her physical
necessities were supplied by England. England had become mistress of the
entire commerce of Portugal, and all the trade of the country was carried on
by her agents. The English came to Lisbon to monopolize even the
commerce of Brazil. The entire cargo of the vessels that were sent thither,
and consequently the riches that were returned in exchange, belonged to
them. Nothing was Portuguese but the name.” Reviewing the list of exports
to Brazil we find, in fact, that they were wares which Portugal was herself
unable to produce, and which were supplied by England: woolens, hats,
stockings, gloves, metals, linens, etc. England had taken advantage of her
economic and political weakness to make a mere dependency of her,
imposing treaty obligations which gave the English producers every
advantage in her markets, and which reduced her to a state of pitiable
subjection.
The great Portuguese statesman, Pombal, who made the statements
quoted at the beginning of this section, attempted to reanimate industry, and
succeeded to a slight extent in throwing off the English supremacy. At the
close of the eighteenth century, however, Portugal had still only one strong
national industry, the production of wine (port, so called from its place of
shipment, Oporto) for the dinner tables of the English upper classes; and in
spite of the efforts of Portuguese statesmen even the wine trade was
controlled by English merchants.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. What are the chief exports of Spain at present? [Commercial
geography or Statesman’s Year-Book.]
2. Write a report on beggary and vagrancy in Spain after 1500. [Moses, in
Journal Pol. Econ.; Prescott or Motley.]
3. Write a report on the results (especially the economic results) of one of
the following:
Page 190
(a) The Inquisition.
(b) Expulsion of the Jews.
(c) Expulsion of the Moriscoes.
[See the various books by H. C. Lea.]
4. Verify the statements concerning the character of Spanish government
in sect. 200. [Prescott or Motley.]
5. With reference to sect. 201, what is regarded as a reasonable rate of
taxation in the U. S. now? [See a manual of Civics, that by John Fiske, for
instance.]
6. Write a report on the decline of Spain in productive power as the result
of bad government. [Moses in Jour. Pol. Econ., Jones in No. Amer.
Review.]
7. In what parts of the world is Spanish still the common language?
8. Write a report on the beginnings of Spanish colonial policy. [Bourne,
chap. 14.]
9. Write a report on the Spanish system of fleets. [Bourne, chap. 19;
Roscher.]
10. Was there any good reason for the sailing of ships in fleets? [See in
Oxley the chapter describing the exploits of Drake and other freebooters.]
11. Write a report on the great Spanish fairs in America. [Bourne, pp 291-
293; Roscher.]
12. Spanish emigration to America. [Bourne, chap. 16; Moses, Spanish
rule.]
13. Restrictions on intercolonial trade. [Bourne, p. 289 ff.; Moses;
Roscher.]
14. History of smuggling in the Spanish colonies. [Bourne, chap. 19;
Roscher; manuals of English history in connection with the treaty of 1713
and the “War of Jenkins’ Ear,” 1739.]
15. Write a brief report on the characteristics and history as a ware of
commerce of one of the following: cochineal, cocoa, vanilla, cinchona, or
quinine. [Encyc.; Willis, Practical flora; manuals and encyclopedias of
commerce.]
16. Assuming that most of the manufactures in the list of exports from
Spain were furnished by other countries, what do you infer as to the
economic hold of Spain on her colonies—was trade with the mother-
country a necessity to the dependencies?
(b) Expulsion of the Jews.
(c) Expulsion of the Moriscoes.
[See the various books by H. C. Lea.]
4. Verify the statements concerning the character of Spanish government
in sect. 200. [Prescott or Motley.]
5. With reference to sect. 201, what is regarded as a reasonable rate of
taxation in the U. S. now? [See a manual of Civics, that by John Fiske, for
instance.]
6. Write a report on the decline of Spain in productive power as the result
of bad government. [Moses in Jour. Pol. Econ., Jones in No. Amer.
Review.]
7. In what parts of the world is Spanish still the common language?
8. Write a report on the beginnings of Spanish colonial policy. [Bourne,
chap. 14.]
9. Write a report on the Spanish system of fleets. [Bourne, chap. 19;
Roscher.]
10. Was there any good reason for the sailing of ships in fleets? [See in
Oxley the chapter describing the exploits of Drake and other freebooters.]
11. Write a report on the great Spanish fairs in America. [Bourne, pp 291-
293; Roscher.]
12. Spanish emigration to America. [Bourne, chap. 16; Moses, Spanish
rule.]
13. Restrictions on intercolonial trade. [Bourne, p. 289 ff.; Moses;
Roscher.]
14. History of smuggling in the Spanish colonies. [Bourne, chap. 19;
Roscher; manuals of English history in connection with the treaty of 1713
and the “War of Jenkins’ Ear,” 1739.]
15. Write a brief report on the characteristics and history as a ware of
commerce of one of the following: cochineal, cocoa, vanilla, cinchona, or
quinine. [Encyc.; Willis, Practical flora; manuals and encyclopedias of
commerce.]
16. Assuming that most of the manufactures in the list of exports from
Spain were furnished by other countries, what do you infer as to the
economic hold of Spain on her colonies—was trade with the mother-
country a necessity to the dependencies?
Page 191
17. Write a report on the reform of the colonial system and the light that
the results throw on early policy. [Bourne, p. 295 ff.; Roscher.]
18. History of the Portuguese in the East in the sixteenth century.
[Stephens, chap. 9; W. W. Hunter, History of British India, vol. 1.]
19. Effects of the sixty years of Spanish rule. [Stephens, chap. 13.]
20. History of the Portuguese in Brazil. [Stephens, chap. 10; Keller in
Yale Review, Feb., 1906.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Reference may be made at this point to C. K. Adams, Manual of
historical literature, third ed., N. Y., Harper 1888, as a bibliographical aid
which is far from answering modern requirements, but which may still be of
use to a teacher in handling such collections of books as may be found in a
city library. A bibliography of Spanish history in the sixteenth century is
appended to Cambridge Mod. Hist., vol. 1, chap. 11, and is continued in
later volumes. A bibliography is given also in Martin A. S. Hume, The
Spanish people, N. Y., 1901, a book which covers Spanish history from the
earliest to present times, and which pays some attention to social history.
Of general books on Spanish history, Prescott, Motley, etc., may still be
put to good use. Attention should, however, be especially directed to the
writings of *H. C. Lea, which contain valuable social and economic,
material. A useful paper by Bernard Moses, **The economic condition of
Spain in the sixteenth century, has been published both in the Journal of
Polit. Econ., Chicago, 1892-3, vol. 1, pp. 513-534, and in Report of Amer.
Hist. Assoc., 1893, Washington, 1894, pp. 123-133. The Story of Spain in
the Story of the Nations series is of no value for our purposes.
On the colonial history and policy of Spain the student has several
excellent books: E. G. Bourne, **Spain in America (with bibliography);
Häbler, **The colonial kingdom of Spain, in H. Helmolt, Hist. of the
World, vol. 1, pp. 386-422, N. Y., Dodd, Mead & Co., 1902; Roscher, **
The Spanish colonial system, N. Y., Holt, 1904, Moses, *The establishment
of Spanish rule in America, N. Y., Putnam, 1898.
Two scholarly works in the series of Harvard Economic Studies deserve
the attention of the serious student: Clarence H. Haring, Trade and
navigation between Spain and the Indies in the time of the Hapsburgs, vol.
the results throw on early policy. [Bourne, p. 295 ff.; Roscher.]
18. History of the Portuguese in the East in the sixteenth century.
[Stephens, chap. 9; W. W. Hunter, History of British India, vol. 1.]
19. Effects of the sixty years of Spanish rule. [Stephens, chap. 13.]
20. History of the Portuguese in Brazil. [Stephens, chap. 10; Keller in
Yale Review, Feb., 1906.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Reference may be made at this point to C. K. Adams, Manual of
historical literature, third ed., N. Y., Harper 1888, as a bibliographical aid
which is far from answering modern requirements, but which may still be of
use to a teacher in handling such collections of books as may be found in a
city library. A bibliography of Spanish history in the sixteenth century is
appended to Cambridge Mod. Hist., vol. 1, chap. 11, and is continued in
later volumes. A bibliography is given also in Martin A. S. Hume, The
Spanish people, N. Y., 1901, a book which covers Spanish history from the
earliest to present times, and which pays some attention to social history.
Of general books on Spanish history, Prescott, Motley, etc., may still be
put to good use. Attention should, however, be especially directed to the
writings of *H. C. Lea, which contain valuable social and economic,
material. A useful paper by Bernard Moses, **The economic condition of
Spain in the sixteenth century, has been published both in the Journal of
Polit. Econ., Chicago, 1892-3, vol. 1, pp. 513-534, and in Report of Amer.
Hist. Assoc., 1893, Washington, 1894, pp. 123-133. The Story of Spain in
the Story of the Nations series is of no value for our purposes.
On the colonial history and policy of Spain the student has several
excellent books: E. G. Bourne, **Spain in America (with bibliography);
Häbler, **The colonial kingdom of Spain, in H. Helmolt, Hist. of the
World, vol. 1, pp. 386-422, N. Y., Dodd, Mead & Co., 1902; Roscher, **
The Spanish colonial system, N. Y., Holt, 1904, Moses, *The establishment
of Spanish rule in America, N. Y., Putnam, 1898.
Two scholarly works in the series of Harvard Economic Studies deserve
the attention of the serious student: Clarence H. Haring, Trade and
navigation between Spain and the Indies in the time of the Hapsburgs, vol.
Page 192
19, 1918, and Julius Klein, The Mesta, a study in Spanish economic history,
1273-1836, vol. 21, 1920.
The best single reference on Portugal is H. Morse Stephens, *Portugal.
For the Portuguese colonial ventures see Keller, **Colonization, chap. 3,
The Portuguese in the East, chap. 4, The Portuguese in Brazil.
1273-1836, vol. 21, 1920.
The best single reference on Portugal is H. Morse Stephens, *Portugal.
For the Portuguese colonial ventures see Keller, **Colonization, chap. 3,
The Portuguese in the East, chap. 4, The Portuguese in Brazil.
Page 193
CHAPTER XX
THE NETHERLANDS
216. Establishment of the United Netherlands.—With the decline of
Spain and Portugal the supremacy in European commerce passed definitely
to the countries of the North. The country which first took the lead, and
which we shall consider next, was the Netherlands, or as it is often called
from its main province, Holland. The Netherlands, which has now an area
but one fourth of that of New York State, was a part of the possessions
which by marriage and politics had come under the rule of the Spanish
crown. Its natural resources are slight, and in the early part of the sixteenth
century it was far behind the adjoining Spanish territory now known as
Belgium, which contained the developed manufactures of Flanders and the
great port of Antwerp. The Dutch were strong, however, in the individual
capacities of the people, and in spite of the disparity of the contest were
able to win their independence from Spain in the Revolution which came in
the last part of the sixteenth century.
A variety of causes combined to urge the Dutch to revolt. They suffered
under Spanish rulers political oppression, and religious persecution
designed to crush the Protestant movement which they had embraced. They
suffered also, however, under the commercial restrictions of Spanish policy.
These they could bear so long as they found an outlet for their growing
commerce by trade with the East through Portugal, but the union of the
crowns of Spain and Portugal in 1580 closed even this outlet, and forced
them to fight for the means of existence and of growth.
217. Rise of Dutch commerce.—The Dutch were forced to the sea by
the difficulties of life at home, and had made good progress in commerce
with their European neighbors before their revolt. They had become used,
also, to distant voyages by explorations designed to open up new routes for
trade. In the vain attempt to establish a northeast route to India by the Arctic
ocean they showed especial energy; and the names Tasmania, Van Diemen’s
Land, New Zealand, attest their boldness later in exploring the southern
hemisphere. When, therefore, they had achieved their independence and
needed no longer to fear the threats of Spanish and Portuguese rulers, they
made rapid strides in oceanic commerce. Before 1602 sixty-five ships had
THE NETHERLANDS
216. Establishment of the United Netherlands.—With the decline of
Spain and Portugal the supremacy in European commerce passed definitely
to the countries of the North. The country which first took the lead, and
which we shall consider next, was the Netherlands, or as it is often called
from its main province, Holland. The Netherlands, which has now an area
but one fourth of that of New York State, was a part of the possessions
which by marriage and politics had come under the rule of the Spanish
crown. Its natural resources are slight, and in the early part of the sixteenth
century it was far behind the adjoining Spanish territory now known as
Belgium, which contained the developed manufactures of Flanders and the
great port of Antwerp. The Dutch were strong, however, in the individual
capacities of the people, and in spite of the disparity of the contest were
able to win their independence from Spain in the Revolution which came in
the last part of the sixteenth century.
A variety of causes combined to urge the Dutch to revolt. They suffered
under Spanish rulers political oppression, and religious persecution
designed to crush the Protestant movement which they had embraced. They
suffered also, however, under the commercial restrictions of Spanish policy.
These they could bear so long as they found an outlet for their growing
commerce by trade with the East through Portugal, but the union of the
crowns of Spain and Portugal in 1580 closed even this outlet, and forced
them to fight for the means of existence and of growth.
217. Rise of Dutch commerce.—The Dutch were forced to the sea by
the difficulties of life at home, and had made good progress in commerce
with their European neighbors before their revolt. They had become used,
also, to distant voyages by explorations designed to open up new routes for
trade. In the vain attempt to establish a northeast route to India by the Arctic
ocean they showed especial energy; and the names Tasmania, Van Diemen’s
Land, New Zealand, attest their boldness later in exploring the southern
hemisphere. When, therefore, they had achieved their independence and
needed no longer to fear the threats of Spanish and Portuguese rulers, they
made rapid strides in oceanic commerce. Before 1602 sixty-five ships had
Page 194
made the return voyage to India, and throughout the seventeenth century an
active commerce was maintained with both Asia and America.
218. Dutch commercial policy.—We are tempted, by the position that
the Netherlands took against Spanish oppression, to ascribe to the Dutch a
greater love of liberty than they actually had. The government which they
established for themselves was marked by serious faults of oppression and
corruption, and their commercial policy was nearly as narrow as that of
Spain. The exclusion of foreigners from trade with their distant
dependencies was only natural in this period of commerce; even the Dutch,
however, were not free to trade as they pleased. The colonial commerce was
absorbed by great companies, which were granted a monopoly of trade in
certain areas, and which regulated this trade with extreme minuteness. The
companies had a complicated organization which prevented efficiency and
encouraged the improper use of personal and political influence.
219. The Dutch West India Company.—The Dutch West India
Company, founded in 1621, controlled the trade west of the Cape of Good
Hope, comprising commerce with the west coast of Africa, and the east
coast of the Americas. This company was an extraordinary specimen of its
kind. It paid high dividends for a time, but its earnings were necessarily
precarious for it made them not from the ordinary operations of commerce
and colonization, but from armed attacks on the Spanish silver fleets. It was
really a corporation of privateers. The character of the company can be
estimated from the fact that it actually opposed peace between the
Netherlands and Spain; in its remonstrance of 1633 it said that the services
desired of it “for the welfare of our Fatherland and the destruction of our
hereditary enemy could not be accomplished by the trifling trade with the
Indians, or the tardy cultivation of uninhabited regions, but in reality, by
acts of hostility against the ships and property of the King of Spain and his
subjects.”
The Dutch soon lost their possessions in Brazil and New Netherland
(New York), and the original company was dissolved; the possessions
which the Dutch retained on the coast of Guinea and in South America were
unimportant. Small islands in the Gulf of Mexico, which in themselves
produced little of value, served as stations for the Dutch carrying trade,
which continued to be considerable.
220. The East India Company.—The East India Company, founded in
1602, which secured from the Dutch government the monopoly of trade and
active commerce was maintained with both Asia and America.
218. Dutch commercial policy.—We are tempted, by the position that
the Netherlands took against Spanish oppression, to ascribe to the Dutch a
greater love of liberty than they actually had. The government which they
established for themselves was marked by serious faults of oppression and
corruption, and their commercial policy was nearly as narrow as that of
Spain. The exclusion of foreigners from trade with their distant
dependencies was only natural in this period of commerce; even the Dutch,
however, were not free to trade as they pleased. The colonial commerce was
absorbed by great companies, which were granted a monopoly of trade in
certain areas, and which regulated this trade with extreme minuteness. The
companies had a complicated organization which prevented efficiency and
encouraged the improper use of personal and political influence.
219. The Dutch West India Company.—The Dutch West India
Company, founded in 1621, controlled the trade west of the Cape of Good
Hope, comprising commerce with the west coast of Africa, and the east
coast of the Americas. This company was an extraordinary specimen of its
kind. It paid high dividends for a time, but its earnings were necessarily
precarious for it made them not from the ordinary operations of commerce
and colonization, but from armed attacks on the Spanish silver fleets. It was
really a corporation of privateers. The character of the company can be
estimated from the fact that it actually opposed peace between the
Netherlands and Spain; in its remonstrance of 1633 it said that the services
desired of it “for the welfare of our Fatherland and the destruction of our
hereditary enemy could not be accomplished by the trifling trade with the
Indians, or the tardy cultivation of uninhabited regions, but in reality, by
acts of hostility against the ships and property of the King of Spain and his
subjects.”
The Dutch soon lost their possessions in Brazil and New Netherland
(New York), and the original company was dissolved; the possessions
which the Dutch retained on the coast of Guinea and in South America were
unimportant. Small islands in the Gulf of Mexico, which in themselves
produced little of value, served as stations for the Dutch carrying trade,
which continued to be considerable.
220. The East India Company.—The East India Company, founded in
1602, which secured from the Dutch government the monopoly of trade and
Page 195
rule from the Cape of Good Hope to the Straits of Magellan, enjoyed a
longer existence. It established trading stations on various points of the
Asiatic coast and in South Africa, but found the mainstay of its power in the
rich islands of the Malay archipelago, especially in the small group of spice
islands and in Java. Here it broke the power of the Portuguese, and gained
for itself a partial or total monopoly of some of the products, which were
among the most highly prized luxuries of Europe.
In 1677 a fleet consisting of one small vessel and six large ships, of
which each carried a crew of about 100 sailors and 25 marines, brought a
cargo booked at nearly two million gulden (or several million dollars). The
cargo included immense quantities of pepper, nutmegs, mace, and
cinnamon; raw silk, and silk and cotton textiles from Persia and India;
indigo, borax, saltpeter, shellac, fine woods, etc. Neither tea nor coffee
appears in this list, but in the next century, when the Dutch had developed
their commerce with eastern Asia and had stimulated the cultivation of new
products in Java, these and other wares became of the first importance. The
cargo of a fleet of 1739 included the following wares, in the order of their
value; tea, coffee, pepper, sugar, mace, nutmeg, camphor, indigo, cloves,
etc.
longer existence. It established trading stations on various points of the
Asiatic coast and in South Africa, but found the mainstay of its power in the
rich islands of the Malay archipelago, especially in the small group of spice
islands and in Java. Here it broke the power of the Portuguese, and gained
for itself a partial or total monopoly of some of the products, which were
among the most highly prized luxuries of Europe.
In 1677 a fleet consisting of one small vessel and six large ships, of
which each carried a crew of about 100 sailors and 25 marines, brought a
cargo booked at nearly two million gulden (or several million dollars). The
cargo included immense quantities of pepper, nutmegs, mace, and
cinnamon; raw silk, and silk and cotton textiles from Persia and India;
indigo, borax, saltpeter, shellac, fine woods, etc. Neither tea nor coffee
appears in this list, but in the next century, when the Dutch had developed
their commerce with eastern Asia and had stimulated the cultivation of new
products in Java, these and other wares became of the first importance. The
cargo of a fleet of 1739 included the following wares, in the order of their
value; tea, coffee, pepper, sugar, mace, nutmeg, camphor, indigo, cloves,
etc.
Page 196
Note that several powers had established themselves on the coast of India; the British did not win the
position of unquestioned superiority until toward 1800.
221. Leading position of the Dutch in European commerce.—
Historians often speak of this distant commerce of the Dutch as forming the
basis for their great prosperity in the seventeenth century. Figures are
lacking which would enable us to determine the exact proportion of this
distant trade to the total, but the importance of this new branch of
commerce was probably exaggerated by reason of the strong appeal it made
to the imagination of men of the time. Certainly the Dutch were not
dependent on the Indian trade for the position they took among commercial
nations then. In the seventeenth century more than half of the Dutch ships
sailed for some port on the North or Baltic seas. In 1640, 1,600 ships out of
a total of 3,450 passing through the Sound to the Baltic were Dutch; and at
this time a Dutch official declared that grass would grow in the Amsterdam
exchange and ships would be sold for firewood if the Baltic trade were not
kept free.
position of unquestioned superiority until toward 1800.
221. Leading position of the Dutch in European commerce.—
Historians often speak of this distant commerce of the Dutch as forming the
basis for their great prosperity in the seventeenth century. Figures are
lacking which would enable us to determine the exact proportion of this
distant trade to the total, but the importance of this new branch of
commerce was probably exaggerated by reason of the strong appeal it made
to the imagination of men of the time. Certainly the Dutch were not
dependent on the Indian trade for the position they took among commercial
nations then. In the seventeenth century more than half of the Dutch ships
sailed for some port on the North or Baltic seas. In 1640, 1,600 ships out of
a total of 3,450 passing through the Sound to the Baltic were Dutch; and at
this time a Dutch official declared that grass would grow in the Amsterdam
exchange and ships would be sold for firewood if the Baltic trade were not
kept free.
Page 197
Thirty to forty Dutch ships went every year to Archangel, then the chief
port of Russia, and carried the products in which the Hansa had formerly
dealt to the Netherlands and to the west coasts of France and Spain; Dutch
ships almost monopolized the trade between Spain and the northern
countries after 1648, exporting 15,000 to 16,000 bales of wool a year from
that country while French and English together exported but 3,000. Dutch
exports reached a figure in the seventeenth century which was not attained
by the English until 1740. Even the Dutch fisheries, which employed over
2,000 boats, were said to be more valuable than the manufactures of France
and England combined. A Dutch contemporary asserts, indeed, that as many
persons were occupied in the fisheries as in commerce.
222. Growth of business activity.—The prosperity of Dutch foreign
commerce was reflected in business activity at home. The Netherlands
rapidly outstripped the southern low countries (now Belgium), which
suffered cruel repression under Spanish rule; and the great commerce of
Antwerp passed to Amsterdam. Speculation and banking developed in their
various forms and the Netherlands became the money center of Europe.
Scholars find in the Dutch business life of this period many features which
are strikingly modern; speculation in stocks, commercial crises, pools, and
“trusts.” Manufactures felt the impulse of progress, and broke the bonds of
the old gild system for more modern forms of enterprise. Large
establishments grew up; new industries were introduced (hats, silk, tanning,
etc.); the Huguenot refugees expelled from France were granted a welcome
for which they gave a rich return.
223. Commercial decline of the Netherlands.—When and why did the
Netherlands lose the commanding position in European commerce? What
country took the lead away from it? Those are questions which the student
of the history of commerce must face, and in the following paragraphs the
answers will be given.
There is no doubt about the last point; Netherland lost the leadership to
England. The time when this change occurred can be stated with almost
equal brevity; it was during the one hundred years between 1650, roughly
the date when Cromwell gathered up the scattered forces of England to use
them for her commercial advancement, and 1750, when the commercial
supremacy of England could no longer be questioned.
The reasons for the change are as usual the hardest as they are certainly
the most valuable topics to be studied. One reason can be stated here as a
port of Russia, and carried the products in which the Hansa had formerly
dealt to the Netherlands and to the west coasts of France and Spain; Dutch
ships almost monopolized the trade between Spain and the northern
countries after 1648, exporting 15,000 to 16,000 bales of wool a year from
that country while French and English together exported but 3,000. Dutch
exports reached a figure in the seventeenth century which was not attained
by the English until 1740. Even the Dutch fisheries, which employed over
2,000 boats, were said to be more valuable than the manufactures of France
and England combined. A Dutch contemporary asserts, indeed, that as many
persons were occupied in the fisheries as in commerce.
222. Growth of business activity.—The prosperity of Dutch foreign
commerce was reflected in business activity at home. The Netherlands
rapidly outstripped the southern low countries (now Belgium), which
suffered cruel repression under Spanish rule; and the great commerce of
Antwerp passed to Amsterdam. Speculation and banking developed in their
various forms and the Netherlands became the money center of Europe.
Scholars find in the Dutch business life of this period many features which
are strikingly modern; speculation in stocks, commercial crises, pools, and
“trusts.” Manufactures felt the impulse of progress, and broke the bonds of
the old gild system for more modern forms of enterprise. Large
establishments grew up; new industries were introduced (hats, silk, tanning,
etc.); the Huguenot refugees expelled from France were granted a welcome
for which they gave a rich return.
223. Commercial decline of the Netherlands.—When and why did the
Netherlands lose the commanding position in European commerce? What
country took the lead away from it? Those are questions which the student
of the history of commerce must face, and in the following paragraphs the
answers will be given.
There is no doubt about the last point; Netherland lost the leadership to
England. The time when this change occurred can be stated with almost
equal brevity; it was during the one hundred years between 1650, roughly
the date when Cromwell gathered up the scattered forces of England to use
them for her commercial advancement, and 1750, when the commercial
supremacy of England could no longer be questioned.
The reasons for the change are as usual the hardest as they are certainly
the most valuable topics to be studied. One reason can be stated here as a
Page 198
fact, to be proved afterwards in detail, that England was growing stronger.
On the Dutch side, was the Netherlands growing weaker, or did it simply
fail to keep pace with the English advance?
224. Reasons for decline.—So far as the facts are known Dutch
commerce increased in amount till about 1730 and maintained about the
same figures afterwards; but world commerce was growing so rapidly that
relatively the Netherlands fell behind. The very size of the Netherlands told
against the country in a political contest with other powers. It implied, too,
a lack of native resources to support commerce when the hold of the Dutch
on foreign trade was weakening. Furthermore, the Netherlands was like the
Hanseatic League in that it lacked a strong central power and policy, and
gave great independence to the separate units of which it was composed.
The important units, in the economic aspect, were cities, which were able to
carry on a small-scale commerce very successfully, but which could not
unite to bring their best people to the front in a big-scale organization which
could compete with that of other countries. The Dutch did not pull together
to make the most of what they had, and the inefficiency and corruption
which had always characterized the local governments grew worse with
time. Rule by family rings brought with it favoritism and inordinately high
taxes, under which industries labored and dwindled. Manufactures which
had formerly flourished now declined. Weak at home, and, in comparison
with other European states of the eighteenth century, weak abroad, the
Netherlands fell from the first rank of commercial states, retaining in its
colonies and in its developed banking system only reminders of its former
greatness.
225. Character of the Dutch East India Company.—In the eighteenth
century, when the Netherlands was struggling to maintain its commercial
position, it was hindered rather than helped by the East India Company. The
company seemed to have the chance to make stupendous profits, for it sold
its wares for very high prices in Europe, and it paid for them in Asia very
little or even nothing. It used its power to force the natives to supply it with
some of these wares at nominal prices or absolutely gratis. The very fact,
however, that the company could get its wares in this way, as a state would
get them by taxation, suggests that the company had expenses like those of
a state and unlike those of an ordinary commercial corporation. This was
the fact; the company had to support the civil and military establishment of
a regular government. This government shared, to the full, the political evils
On the Dutch side, was the Netherlands growing weaker, or did it simply
fail to keep pace with the English advance?
224. Reasons for decline.—So far as the facts are known Dutch
commerce increased in amount till about 1730 and maintained about the
same figures afterwards; but world commerce was growing so rapidly that
relatively the Netherlands fell behind. The very size of the Netherlands told
against the country in a political contest with other powers. It implied, too,
a lack of native resources to support commerce when the hold of the Dutch
on foreign trade was weakening. Furthermore, the Netherlands was like the
Hanseatic League in that it lacked a strong central power and policy, and
gave great independence to the separate units of which it was composed.
The important units, in the economic aspect, were cities, which were able to
carry on a small-scale commerce very successfully, but which could not
unite to bring their best people to the front in a big-scale organization which
could compete with that of other countries. The Dutch did not pull together
to make the most of what they had, and the inefficiency and corruption
which had always characterized the local governments grew worse with
time. Rule by family rings brought with it favoritism and inordinately high
taxes, under which industries labored and dwindled. Manufactures which
had formerly flourished now declined. Weak at home, and, in comparison
with other European states of the eighteenth century, weak abroad, the
Netherlands fell from the first rank of commercial states, retaining in its
colonies and in its developed banking system only reminders of its former
greatness.
225. Character of the Dutch East India Company.—In the eighteenth
century, when the Netherlands was struggling to maintain its commercial
position, it was hindered rather than helped by the East India Company. The
company seemed to have the chance to make stupendous profits, for it sold
its wares for very high prices in Europe, and it paid for them in Asia very
little or even nothing. It used its power to force the natives to supply it with
some of these wares at nominal prices or absolutely gratis. The very fact,
however, that the company could get its wares in this way, as a state would
get them by taxation, suggests that the company had expenses like those of
a state and unlike those of an ordinary commercial corporation. This was
the fact; the company had to support the civil and military establishment of
a regular government. This government shared, to the full, the political evils
Page 199
of the time; both at home and in the East it was corrupt and inefficient. It
was strong enough to hold its own against the Portuguese, or against the
English when they began their expansion in the East; but it was no match
for the English when their strength developed in the eighteenth century.
226. Decline of the Company after 1700.—After 1700 the Dutch East
India Company fell behind rapidly. It enjoyed such a high reputation, and
kept its condition secret so successfully, that its credit was unimpaired, and
it continued to pay dividends by borrowing money. For nearly two hundred
years it declared dividends at rates ranging from 121⁄2 per cent to 20, 40, or
even 50 per cent; the average dividend from 1602 to 1796 was over 18 per
cent. The crash was bound to come finally; the company paid its last
dividend in 1782, and was dissolved in 1798, leaving debts of over fifty
million dollars, which were assumed by the Dutch government.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Commerce and industry of the Netherlands in the fifteenth century.
[Blok, vol. 2, chap. 12.]
2. Commercial considerations involved in the revolt of the Netherlands.
[Rogers, Holland, Cambridge Mod. Hist., or one of the older books like
Motley.]
3. Beginnings of Dutch commerce with the Indies. [Blok, vol. 3, chap. 9.]
4. From what Dutch source were the names Tasmania, Van Diemens
Land, New Zealand, derived; when and how were they attached to countries
later bearing them? [Encyclopedia.]
5. The Dutch in North America; was their commerce with New
Netherlands important, and did the loss of their possession affect seriously
their carrying trade? [See manuals of U. S. history and the references given
in them; note the effect of the English Navigation Acts.]
6. The Dutch in South America. [See Edmundson, Dutch trade on the
Amazon, English Historical Review, 1903, 18: 642-663, and later.]
7. The policy of the East India Company: trade and territorial expansion,
monopoly, regulation of production. [Day, Dutch in Java, chap. 2.]
8. The Dutch in the East Indies. [Rogers, Holland, chaps. 20, 22.]
9. Write a report on Dutch commerce at the height of its prosperity:
countries traded with, wares, shipping, fisheries. [Blok, History, vol. 4,
book 6, part 3, chap. 1, part 4, chap. 4; vol. 5, book 7, chap. 4.]
was strong enough to hold its own against the Portuguese, or against the
English when they began their expansion in the East; but it was no match
for the English when their strength developed in the eighteenth century.
226. Decline of the Company after 1700.—After 1700 the Dutch East
India Company fell behind rapidly. It enjoyed such a high reputation, and
kept its condition secret so successfully, that its credit was unimpaired, and
it continued to pay dividends by borrowing money. For nearly two hundred
years it declared dividends at rates ranging from 121⁄2 per cent to 20, 40, or
even 50 per cent; the average dividend from 1602 to 1796 was over 18 per
cent. The crash was bound to come finally; the company paid its last
dividend in 1782, and was dissolved in 1798, leaving debts of over fifty
million dollars, which were assumed by the Dutch government.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Commerce and industry of the Netherlands in the fifteenth century.
[Blok, vol. 2, chap. 12.]
2. Commercial considerations involved in the revolt of the Netherlands.
[Rogers, Holland, Cambridge Mod. Hist., or one of the older books like
Motley.]
3. Beginnings of Dutch commerce with the Indies. [Blok, vol. 3, chap. 9.]
4. From what Dutch source were the names Tasmania, Van Diemens
Land, New Zealand, derived; when and how were they attached to countries
later bearing them? [Encyclopedia.]
5. The Dutch in North America; was their commerce with New
Netherlands important, and did the loss of their possession affect seriously
their carrying trade? [See manuals of U. S. history and the references given
in them; note the effect of the English Navigation Acts.]
6. The Dutch in South America. [See Edmundson, Dutch trade on the
Amazon, English Historical Review, 1903, 18: 642-663, and later.]
7. The policy of the East India Company: trade and territorial expansion,
monopoly, regulation of production. [Day, Dutch in Java, chap. 2.]
8. The Dutch in the East Indies. [Rogers, Holland, chaps. 20, 22.]
9. Write a report on Dutch commerce at the height of its prosperity:
countries traded with, wares, shipping, fisheries. [Blok, History, vol. 4,
book 6, part 3, chap. 1, part 4, chap. 4; vol. 5, book 7, chap. 4.]
Page 200
10. The Bank of Amsterdam; its peculiarities and historical importance.
[Rogers, Holland, chap. 24; Adam Smith, Wealth of nations, Book 4, chap.
3; C. F. Dunbar, Theory and history of banking, N. Y., 2d. ed., 1903, chap.
8.]
11. Forerunners of modern trusts in the Netherlands. [A. Sayous, Early
trusts in Holland, Political Science Quarterly, N. Y., 1902, 17: 369-380.]
12. The naval war of the English and Dutch in the time of Cromwell and
Charles II. [Manuals of English history.]
13. Dutch commerce in the period of its decline. [Blok, History, vol. 5,
book 8, chap. 5; vol. 6, book 9, chap. 3, book 10, chap. 4.]
14. Internal troubles of the Dutch. [Rogers, Holland, chap. 34.]
15. The “contingent system” of the Dutch East India Company. [Day,
Dutch in Java, p. 61 ff.]
16. Organization of the Dutch East India Company, and its faults [Dutch
in Java, chap. 3.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
The English economist, James E. Thorold Rogers, has included in his
*Story of Holland, N. Y., Putnam, 1889, several chapters on topics of
economic importance. A better, though larger and more expensive work, is
Blok’s **History of the people of the Netherlands. N. Y., Putnam, 5 vol.,
1898-1912.
I have attempted to cover the colonial and commercial history of the
Dutch in their most important dependency in The Dutch in Java, N. Y.,
Macmillan, 1904.
[Rogers, Holland, chap. 24; Adam Smith, Wealth of nations, Book 4, chap.
3; C. F. Dunbar, Theory and history of banking, N. Y., 2d. ed., 1903, chap.
8.]
11. Forerunners of modern trusts in the Netherlands. [A. Sayous, Early
trusts in Holland, Political Science Quarterly, N. Y., 1902, 17: 369-380.]
12. The naval war of the English and Dutch in the time of Cromwell and
Charles II. [Manuals of English history.]
13. Dutch commerce in the period of its decline. [Blok, History, vol. 5,
book 8, chap. 5; vol. 6, book 9, chap. 3, book 10, chap. 4.]
14. Internal troubles of the Dutch. [Rogers, Holland, chap. 34.]
15. The “contingent system” of the Dutch East India Company. [Day,
Dutch in Java, p. 61 ff.]
16. Organization of the Dutch East India Company, and its faults [Dutch
in Java, chap. 3.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
The English economist, James E. Thorold Rogers, has included in his
*Story of Holland, N. Y., Putnam, 1889, several chapters on topics of
economic importance. A better, though larger and more expensive work, is
Blok’s **History of the people of the Netherlands. N. Y., Putnam, 5 vol.,
1898-1912.
I have attempted to cover the colonial and commercial history of the
Dutch in their most important dependency in The Dutch in Java, N. Y.,
Macmillan, 1904.
Page 201
CHAPTER XXI
ENGLAND: SURVEY OF COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT
227. Survey of England’s position and resources about 1500.—The
importance which English commerce assumed in this period and has since
maintained, justifies us in pausing at the start to consider the conditions
prevailing at the beginning of the period, about 1500.
England and Wales together had an area much smaller than that of most
of the important continental states, about equal to the area of Illinois, and
less than that of New England. Ireland was a sort of colonial possession,
counting for little; Scotland remained till about 1700 an independent
kingdom, and continued to be relatively unimportant after the union.
England (a term which will be used roughly for other parts of the United
Kingdom as they were included) had from nature one endowment of
supreme advantage, separation by the Channel from the Continent, which
made unnecessary for defense the government of a military absolutism, and
allowed an early development of popular freedom.
From the economic standpoint, however, the climate favored grazing
rather than tillage, and the mineral resources, aside from tin, were still of
comparatively little use. England was a poor as well as a small country in
1500, needing to rely upon the energy of the people and upon their
cooperation among themselves and with the government to win a place
among the leading countries.
228. England’s chief advantage; her advanced organization.—
Progress had been made, however, in various lines of which the importance
was to appear as time went on. Serfdom had disappeared from the country
districts, and production was stimulated by a fair reward for work well
done. On the basis of their flourishing sheep industry the English had built
up a cloth manufacture which had outgrown the narrow restrictions of the
old gild system, and won the inestimable advantage of an organization like
that of modern times; the industry was not so much ruled by antiquated
custom or by the laws of politicians, as guided by specialists who had
invested their capital in manufacture or trade, and who linked their fortunes
with progress and extension.
ENGLAND: SURVEY OF COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT
227. Survey of England’s position and resources about 1500.—The
importance which English commerce assumed in this period and has since
maintained, justifies us in pausing at the start to consider the conditions
prevailing at the beginning of the period, about 1500.
England and Wales together had an area much smaller than that of most
of the important continental states, about equal to the area of Illinois, and
less than that of New England. Ireland was a sort of colonial possession,
counting for little; Scotland remained till about 1700 an independent
kingdom, and continued to be relatively unimportant after the union.
England (a term which will be used roughly for other parts of the United
Kingdom as they were included) had from nature one endowment of
supreme advantage, separation by the Channel from the Continent, which
made unnecessary for defense the government of a military absolutism, and
allowed an early development of popular freedom.
From the economic standpoint, however, the climate favored grazing
rather than tillage, and the mineral resources, aside from tin, were still of
comparatively little use. England was a poor as well as a small country in
1500, needing to rely upon the energy of the people and upon their
cooperation among themselves and with the government to win a place
among the leading countries.
228. England’s chief advantage; her advanced organization.—
Progress had been made, however, in various lines of which the importance
was to appear as time went on. Serfdom had disappeared from the country
districts, and production was stimulated by a fair reward for work well
done. On the basis of their flourishing sheep industry the English had built
up a cloth manufacture which had outgrown the narrow restrictions of the
old gild system, and won the inestimable advantage of an organization like
that of modern times; the industry was not so much ruled by antiquated
custom or by the laws of politicians, as guided by specialists who had
invested their capital in manufacture or trade, and who linked their fortunes
with progress and extension.
Page 202
229. Benefits of the English political constitution.—Finally, in
summing up the advantages which the English of this period enjoyed, we
must put as perhaps the chief and certainly a very important one, their
political development. They were not only spared from the necessity of
using their resources to repel a foreign invasion, they had attained to
national unity among themselves; and they had a government which,
however crude it may seem now, was much more closely in touch with the
people than that of most states, and which proved capable of further
development at comparatively slight expense, measured in men and money.
The student who, in estimating the commercial assets of England during
this period, left out of account the English constitution would go wide of
the mark. Spanish inquisition and expulsions, Dutch corruption, French
oppression and revolution, German or Italian disunion—to be free from
these was worth great wealth.
230. Development of the English into an active commercial people
about the fifteenth century.—The English historian, Seeley, combats the
idea that it is “in the blood” of Englishmen, that it is “the genius of the
race” to be a maritime and colonizing people. During the Middle Ages, in
fact, the English were not great navigators, in spite of the facilities offered
by the excellent harbors and the rivers penetrating far inland; English
commerce was carried on largely by foreigners, as has been said in a
previous section. The advance of the English from passive to active
commerce came at the close of the Middle Ages, in the fifteenth and
sixteenth centuries. In 1400 English merchandise was mostly borne in
foreign ships; in 1500, it is said, English vessels carried more than half of
all the cloth exported, and about three fourths of all the other wares.
231. Agencies helping to extend English commerce.—Among the
influences aiding the development of English commerce in this period we
must put the skilful diplomacy of the sovereigns of the Tudor line, which
secured important privileges for English merchants in other countries, and
the energy of the fellowship of Merchants Adventurers, which made the
most of these privileges. The Merchants Adventurers differed from the
Merchants Staplers (see section 126), in three important points, each of
which marks an advance: they were all native Englishmen instead of
foreigners; they exported manufactured goods, chiefly cloth, instead of raw
materials; they were not bound to a fixed staple but “adventured” to
different places. Though the association was not nearly so close as that of
summing up the advantages which the English of this period enjoyed, we
must put as perhaps the chief and certainly a very important one, their
political development. They were not only spared from the necessity of
using their resources to repel a foreign invasion, they had attained to
national unity among themselves; and they had a government which,
however crude it may seem now, was much more closely in touch with the
people than that of most states, and which proved capable of further
development at comparatively slight expense, measured in men and money.
The student who, in estimating the commercial assets of England during
this period, left out of account the English constitution would go wide of
the mark. Spanish inquisition and expulsions, Dutch corruption, French
oppression and revolution, German or Italian disunion—to be free from
these was worth great wealth.
230. Development of the English into an active commercial people
about the fifteenth century.—The English historian, Seeley, combats the
idea that it is “in the blood” of Englishmen, that it is “the genius of the
race” to be a maritime and colonizing people. During the Middle Ages, in
fact, the English were not great navigators, in spite of the facilities offered
by the excellent harbors and the rivers penetrating far inland; English
commerce was carried on largely by foreigners, as has been said in a
previous section. The advance of the English from passive to active
commerce came at the close of the Middle Ages, in the fifteenth and
sixteenth centuries. In 1400 English merchandise was mostly borne in
foreign ships; in 1500, it is said, English vessels carried more than half of
all the cloth exported, and about three fourths of all the other wares.
231. Agencies helping to extend English commerce.—Among the
influences aiding the development of English commerce in this period we
must put the skilful diplomacy of the sovereigns of the Tudor line, which
secured important privileges for English merchants in other countries, and
the energy of the fellowship of Merchants Adventurers, which made the
most of these privileges. The Merchants Adventurers differed from the
Merchants Staplers (see section 126), in three important points, each of
which marks an advance: they were all native Englishmen instead of
foreigners; they exported manufactured goods, chiefly cloth, instead of raw
materials; they were not bound to a fixed staple but “adventured” to
different places. Though the association was not nearly so close as that of
Page 203
later stock companies, it was strong enough to protect the interests of
English commerce against abuses by individual merchants and attacks by
foreigners; and was especially helpful in pushing English trade along the
coast of the North Sea (Flanders, Netherlands, Germany).
232. Enlargement of the commercial area.—Beyond these nearby
districts English merchants were building up an important trade with Spain
and Portugal in the South, and with the Scandinavian countries in the North,
where the Hanseatic League was now unable to hold its own. English ships
were voyaging further still. Bristol merchants like Sturmys and Canning
built up merchant fleets of considerable size, and sent them as far as the
eastern shore of the Mediterranean and the coasts of Iceland and Finland. A
London grocer recorded in his diary about 1550 the voyage of an English
vessel to “Russier” laden with “English bookes of the Scriptures” and with
other wares which probably sold to better advantage.
Nor have we yet reached the limit of English voyages. American readers
are familiar with the exploits of the Cabots, which began a series of
frequent voyages to America, and which were followed by daring
expeditions to the far North in search of a passage to India, either east or
west. These distant voyages were too venturesome as yet to be the means of
regular commerce; they sought rather discoveries or plunder. The English
merchant who went outside the narrow circle of civilized Europe turned his
hand chiefly to smuggling, kidnapping, robbery, and murder. John Hawkins
shared with Queen Elizabeth the profits of the African slave trade, and was
proud to add to his coat of arms a demi-Moor proper, bound with a cord, to
record his achievements.
233. Relative standing of the English ports.—An idea of the relative
rank in foreign commerce of the English ports can be gained from the
proportions which they contributed to the customs revenue. The most
striking fact is the immense lead of London over other ports, like that of
New York in the United States now; it contributed half of the total in the
time of Henry VII (say 1500). The second port, Southampton, fell in this
period from 18 per cent to 9 per cent; the Flanders galleys had ceased
coming, and the Guinea trade, by which it revived later, had not yet begun.
Newcastle upon Tyne paid 5 per cent of the total, while the port of Bristol,
destined to be later the great haven for the American trade, paid only 3 per
cent and was exceeded by Boston. No other port than those named
contributed as much as 3 per cent of the total customs revenue. The list of
English commerce against abuses by individual merchants and attacks by
foreigners; and was especially helpful in pushing English trade along the
coast of the North Sea (Flanders, Netherlands, Germany).
232. Enlargement of the commercial area.—Beyond these nearby
districts English merchants were building up an important trade with Spain
and Portugal in the South, and with the Scandinavian countries in the North,
where the Hanseatic League was now unable to hold its own. English ships
were voyaging further still. Bristol merchants like Sturmys and Canning
built up merchant fleets of considerable size, and sent them as far as the
eastern shore of the Mediterranean and the coasts of Iceland and Finland. A
London grocer recorded in his diary about 1550 the voyage of an English
vessel to “Russier” laden with “English bookes of the Scriptures” and with
other wares which probably sold to better advantage.
Nor have we yet reached the limit of English voyages. American readers
are familiar with the exploits of the Cabots, which began a series of
frequent voyages to America, and which were followed by daring
expeditions to the far North in search of a passage to India, either east or
west. These distant voyages were too venturesome as yet to be the means of
regular commerce; they sought rather discoveries or plunder. The English
merchant who went outside the narrow circle of civilized Europe turned his
hand chiefly to smuggling, kidnapping, robbery, and murder. John Hawkins
shared with Queen Elizabeth the profits of the African slave trade, and was
proud to add to his coat of arms a demi-Moor proper, bound with a cord, to
record his achievements.
233. Relative standing of the English ports.—An idea of the relative
rank in foreign commerce of the English ports can be gained from the
proportions which they contributed to the customs revenue. The most
striking fact is the immense lead of London over other ports, like that of
New York in the United States now; it contributed half of the total in the
time of Henry VII (say 1500). The second port, Southampton, fell in this
period from 18 per cent to 9 per cent; the Flanders galleys had ceased
coming, and the Guinea trade, by which it revived later, had not yet begun.
Newcastle upon Tyne paid 5 per cent of the total, while the port of Bristol,
destined to be later the great haven for the American trade, paid only 3 per
cent and was exceeded by Boston. No other port than those named
contributed as much as 3 per cent of the total customs revenue. The list of
Page 204
minor ports comprises some which had been great in the Middle Ages but
which were now rapidly declining in relative importance (Ipswich,
Sandwich, etc.), some, like Hull, which were destined to grow in
importance, while great modern ports like Liverpool and Cardiff are not yet
heard of at all.
234. Partition of the field of commerce among companies.—The
reader will remember the discussion in a previous section of the difficulties
experienced in this period when commerce was left to individuals, and the
reasons for the association of the merchants who traded to any country.
With that discussion in mind the organization of English commerce in the
period of the later sixteenth century and following years will not seem so
strange as it may appear to be at first. An ordinary Englishman could trade
about 1600 with only three countries: France, Spain, and Portugal.
Commerce with the rest of the world could be carried on only by members
of specific companies, who had mapped out and occupied the routes of
trade much as modern railroads divide the territory inside a country.
Beginning in the North and going around the compass the companies were
as follows: the Eastland Company, trading to Scandinavia and the Baltic;
which were now rapidly declining in relative importance (Ipswich,
Sandwich, etc.), some, like Hull, which were destined to grow in
importance, while great modern ports like Liverpool and Cardiff are not yet
heard of at all.
234. Partition of the field of commerce among companies.—The
reader will remember the discussion in a previous section of the difficulties
experienced in this period when commerce was left to individuals, and the
reasons for the association of the merchants who traded to any country.
With that discussion in mind the organization of English commerce in the
period of the later sixteenth century and following years will not seem so
strange as it may appear to be at first. An ordinary Englishman could trade
about 1600 with only three countries: France, Spain, and Portugal.
Commerce with the rest of the world could be carried on only by members
of specific companies, who had mapped out and occupied the routes of
trade much as modern railroads divide the territory inside a country.
Beginning in the North and going around the compass the companies were
as follows: the Eastland Company, trading to Scandinavia and the Baltic;
Page 205
the Russia Company; the Merchant Adventurers, controlling trade from
Denmark to France, where the free-trade gap appears; the Levant Company,
trading in the Mediterranean; the Guinea or Africa Company; the East India
Company, with its immense Asiatic field; and then the various companies
familiar to students of American History, the Virginia Company, the
Plymouth Company, later the Hudson’s Bay Company, etc. By means of the
trade of these companies England marketed her surplus wares, especially
her woolen fabrics, and imported the goods of which she stood in need—
naval stores from the Baltic, manufactures and wine from the Continent,
gold from Africa (cf. the English “guinea” of twenty-one shillings), Oriental
products, and furs and fish from America. The colonies which had been
founded in the New World were still too young to affect greatly the sum
total of English trade in the early seventeenth century, but increased rapidly
in commercial importance.
235. Characteristics of the companies.—In their organization and
development these companies show such variety that it is impossible here to
do more than indicate some common features of their history. They tended
to one of the two types (joint-stock or regulated) which have been
described, and sometimes wavered between the two. The monopoly which
they enjoyed made them unpopular with the public, who thought that it was
used to secure unduly high profits, and still more unpopular with private
merchants who were prevented from sharing in the trade. These merchants
who could not gain admission to the companies, because of lack of capital,
or distance from London, formed a class of “interlopers” or smugglers
trading inside the companies’ preserves. Toward the close of the
seventeenth century the feeling against the companies grew so strong that
reform was forced upon them; entrance fees were lowered or exclusive
privileges were taken away and the trade was thrown open. Some of the
companies continued to exist, however; the greatest of them all, the East
India Company, kept its hold on the trade with Asia, and other companies
continued as semi-public or private corporations after their chief privileges
had been annulled. The Levant Company was not dissolved till 1825, and
the Hudson’s Bay Company is still in existence, as an ordinary trading
corporation.
236. Rapid growth of commerce in the eighteenth century.—The
period in which the companies were most active, roughly the seventeenth
century, was preparatory to the period of individual enterprise which in the
Denmark to France, where the free-trade gap appears; the Levant Company,
trading in the Mediterranean; the Guinea or Africa Company; the East India
Company, with its immense Asiatic field; and then the various companies
familiar to students of American History, the Virginia Company, the
Plymouth Company, later the Hudson’s Bay Company, etc. By means of the
trade of these companies England marketed her surplus wares, especially
her woolen fabrics, and imported the goods of which she stood in need—
naval stores from the Baltic, manufactures and wine from the Continent,
gold from Africa (cf. the English “guinea” of twenty-one shillings), Oriental
products, and furs and fish from America. The colonies which had been
founded in the New World were still too young to affect greatly the sum
total of English trade in the early seventeenth century, but increased rapidly
in commercial importance.
235. Characteristics of the companies.—In their organization and
development these companies show such variety that it is impossible here to
do more than indicate some common features of their history. They tended
to one of the two types (joint-stock or regulated) which have been
described, and sometimes wavered between the two. The monopoly which
they enjoyed made them unpopular with the public, who thought that it was
used to secure unduly high profits, and still more unpopular with private
merchants who were prevented from sharing in the trade. These merchants
who could not gain admission to the companies, because of lack of capital,
or distance from London, formed a class of “interlopers” or smugglers
trading inside the companies’ preserves. Toward the close of the
seventeenth century the feeling against the companies grew so strong that
reform was forced upon them; entrance fees were lowered or exclusive
privileges were taken away and the trade was thrown open. Some of the
companies continued to exist, however; the greatest of them all, the East
India Company, kept its hold on the trade with Asia, and other companies
continued as semi-public or private corporations after their chief privileges
had been annulled. The Levant Company was not dissolved till 1825, and
the Hudson’s Bay Company is still in existence, as an ordinary trading
corporation.
236. Rapid growth of commerce in the eighteenth century.—The
period in which the companies were most active, roughly the seventeenth
century, was preparatory to the period of individual enterprise which in the
Page 206
eighteenth century brought England to the leading position among the
commercial states. The advance is shown by the following table, giving in
millions of pounds sterling (and a rough equivalent in dollars) the annual
average of trade in the different periods:
Average of Imports Exports
1698-1701 £ 5.5 $ 27 £ 6.4 $ 32
1749-1755 8.2 41 12.2 61
1784-1792 17.7 88 18.5 92
1802 31.4 157 41.4 207
The figures show that the foreign trade of England grew between five
and six fold in the course of the century; that it advanced considerably in
the first half, but moved with the speed of a revolution in the second.
237. Relative share of different continents in English commerce.—An
indication of the direction of the trade, and of the relative importance of
different elements in it, is given in the following tables, the figures again
being simplified to round millions. The commerce of England was
distributed as follows:
Europe America Asia Africa Total
1698-1701 £ 9.2 $ 46 £ 1.7 $ 8 £ 0.8 $ 4 £ 0.1 $ .5 £ 12.0 $ 60
1749-1755 13.8 69 4.5 12 1.8 9 0.2 1 20.4 102
1784-1792 19.6 98 10.8 54 4.9 24 0.9 4 36.2 181
1802 39.4 197 23.3 116 8.7 43 1.3 6 72.8 364
The student may perhaps need the caution that he should not attempt to
learn outright such statistics as are given here; the attempt would be a waste
of energy. The figures give more concisely than any other method of
description the measurement of a country’s commerce, and are valuable for
reference. They must, however, be translated into a more simple expression
of facts before an ordinary student can grasp their significance and hold it
permanently in mind. In the few lines of text following the first table the
commercial states. The advance is shown by the following table, giving in
millions of pounds sterling (and a rough equivalent in dollars) the annual
average of trade in the different periods:
Average of Imports Exports
1698-1701 £ 5.5 $ 27 £ 6.4 $ 32
1749-1755 8.2 41 12.2 61
1784-1792 17.7 88 18.5 92
1802 31.4 157 41.4 207
The figures show that the foreign trade of England grew between five
and six fold in the course of the century; that it advanced considerably in
the first half, but moved with the speed of a revolution in the second.
237. Relative share of different continents in English commerce.—An
indication of the direction of the trade, and of the relative importance of
different elements in it, is given in the following tables, the figures again
being simplified to round millions. The commerce of England was
distributed as follows:
Europe America Asia Africa Total
1698-1701 £ 9.2 $ 46 £ 1.7 $ 8 £ 0.8 $ 4 £ 0.1 $ .5 £ 12.0 $ 60
1749-1755 13.8 69 4.5 12 1.8 9 0.2 1 20.4 102
1784-1792 19.6 98 10.8 54 4.9 24 0.9 4 36.2 181
1802 39.4 197 23.3 116 8.7 43 1.3 6 72.8 364
The student may perhaps need the caution that he should not attempt to
learn outright such statistics as are given here; the attempt would be a waste
of energy. The figures give more concisely than any other method of
description the measurement of a country’s commerce, and are valuable for
reference. They must, however, be translated into a more simple expression
of facts before an ordinary student can grasp their significance and hold it
permanently in mind. In the few lines of text following the first table the
Page 207
author has suggested the most obvious conclusions to be drawn from it, and
will point out others applicable here.
The trade with Europe was still by far the most important part of English
commerce, being equal to more than all the rest of the trade together. It
grew steadily throughout the eighteenth century, as the figures show, but
still it was a less important part of the whole in 1800 than it had been in
1700. At the earlier date other continents furnished but one fourth of the
total; in 1800 they furnished nearly one half. The two most important,
America and Asia, were coming up with nearly equal speed, their
commerce increasing roughly fivefold in the course of the century. America
had a clear lead over its older rival, while Africa counted for very little in
the total.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Town life and trade about 1500. [Soc. Eng., 3: 131-145.]
2. Economic and social conditions in England in the sixteenth century.
[Harrison’s Description, ed. by L. Withington, London, 1902, readable but
too diffuse for a student who has not learned to select what he needs from a
book.]
3. Significance of the “enclosures” in English agriculture. [Soc. Eng., 3:
544-550; 4: 114-118, 239-241.]
4. Development of the manufacturing system, as seen in the cloth trade.
[Ashley, Eng. econ. hist., vol. 2, chap. 3.]
5. Political conditions about 1500. [Seebohm, Prot. rev., 46-55.]
6. The Merchants Adventurers: who were they, in what did they trade and
with what countries, principles of organization, services to English
commerce? [Lingelbach, Merchants Adventurers, Univ. of Pa. Pub., 2
series, vol. 2, N. Y., 1902, or Cunningham, Growth; brief account in
Cheyney, Eur. background.]
7. English discovery and exploration in the sixteenth century. [Soc. Eng.,
3: 209-228; 477-508.]
8. Write an account of the career of Hawkins. [Payne, Voyages; J. A.
Froude, English seamen, N. Y., Scribner, 1895.]
9. Write a similar report on Drake. [Same references, or Oxley, chap. 5.]
10. Indicate on a sketch map the position of ports named in sect. 233,
drawing a line by each port with a length proportional to the importance of
will point out others applicable here.
The trade with Europe was still by far the most important part of English
commerce, being equal to more than all the rest of the trade together. It
grew steadily throughout the eighteenth century, as the figures show, but
still it was a less important part of the whole in 1800 than it had been in
1700. At the earlier date other continents furnished but one fourth of the
total; in 1800 they furnished nearly one half. The two most important,
America and Asia, were coming up with nearly equal speed, their
commerce increasing roughly fivefold in the course of the century. America
had a clear lead over its older rival, while Africa counted for very little in
the total.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Town life and trade about 1500. [Soc. Eng., 3: 131-145.]
2. Economic and social conditions in England in the sixteenth century.
[Harrison’s Description, ed. by L. Withington, London, 1902, readable but
too diffuse for a student who has not learned to select what he needs from a
book.]
3. Significance of the “enclosures” in English agriculture. [Soc. Eng., 3:
544-550; 4: 114-118, 239-241.]
4. Development of the manufacturing system, as seen in the cloth trade.
[Ashley, Eng. econ. hist., vol. 2, chap. 3.]
5. Political conditions about 1500. [Seebohm, Prot. rev., 46-55.]
6. The Merchants Adventurers: who were they, in what did they trade and
with what countries, principles of organization, services to English
commerce? [Lingelbach, Merchants Adventurers, Univ. of Pa. Pub., 2
series, vol. 2, N. Y., 1902, or Cunningham, Growth; brief account in
Cheyney, Eur. background.]
7. English discovery and exploration in the sixteenth century. [Soc. Eng.,
3: 209-228; 477-508.]
8. Write an account of the career of Hawkins. [Payne, Voyages; J. A.
Froude, English seamen, N. Y., Scribner, 1895.]
9. Write a similar report on Drake. [Same references, or Oxley, chap. 5.]
10. Indicate on a sketch map the position of ports named in sect. 233,
drawing a line by each port with a length proportional to the importance of
Page 208
the port. What are the chief ports now? [See a later section of this book and
its note; Statesman’s Year-Book.]
11. Select one of the companies named in sect. 234 and report in detail on
its commerce and career. [Hewins, Eng. trade; Cunningham, Growth, with
references. Brief narratives of the East India Company and of the Hudson’s
Bay Company will be found in Oxley, chaps. 8. 9.]
12. Struggle between the East India Company and the interlopers.
[Cunningham; Hunter, Hist. of British India.]
13. Prepare a graphic chart of the figures in sect. 236 in the following
manner. Draw a perpendicular line at the left-hand edge of a sheet of paper,
mark off two equal spaces, and place the dates, one at the top, one in the
middle, and the last two on either side of the end of the line. Lines are then
to be drawn, horizontally, proportional to the figures of trade at each date.
This can readily be done with the aid of a foot rule, divided into fractions of
an inch. Choose first the largest figures of the table, in this instance those
for 1802, to be sure of having room enough on the paper for all the lines.
Let one of the small divisions of the rule represent a sum of a million
pounds or ten million dollars. If, for instance, 1⁄16 is taken to represent a
million pounds, the line for the imports of 1802 will be a little short of two
inches (31⁄16). Let this line then be continued by a dotted or wavy line to
represent exports; the continuation in this case would be a little over 21⁄2
inches, and the whole line would be a little over 41⁄2 inches (72⁄16). Pursue
the same method with the other figures, and the result will be a graphic
representation of the course of trade during the period.
The scale may be varied to suit convenience, but of course figures cannot
be directly compared with each other unless they are plotted to the same
scale.
14. Prepare a chart by similar methods, but using different colors or
characteristic lines to indicate trade with different regions.
15. Reduce the figures of trade with different continents to percentages of
the total, at different periods.
Make up your mind as to the number of conclusions to be drawn from the
tables which you are capable of remembering—whether one, two, or more;
resolve to remember those and to refer back to the tables for the others.
its note; Statesman’s Year-Book.]
11. Select one of the companies named in sect. 234 and report in detail on
its commerce and career. [Hewins, Eng. trade; Cunningham, Growth, with
references. Brief narratives of the East India Company and of the Hudson’s
Bay Company will be found in Oxley, chaps. 8. 9.]
12. Struggle between the East India Company and the interlopers.
[Cunningham; Hunter, Hist. of British India.]
13. Prepare a graphic chart of the figures in sect. 236 in the following
manner. Draw a perpendicular line at the left-hand edge of a sheet of paper,
mark off two equal spaces, and place the dates, one at the top, one in the
middle, and the last two on either side of the end of the line. Lines are then
to be drawn, horizontally, proportional to the figures of trade at each date.
This can readily be done with the aid of a foot rule, divided into fractions of
an inch. Choose first the largest figures of the table, in this instance those
for 1802, to be sure of having room enough on the paper for all the lines.
Let one of the small divisions of the rule represent a sum of a million
pounds or ten million dollars. If, for instance, 1⁄16 is taken to represent a
million pounds, the line for the imports of 1802 will be a little short of two
inches (31⁄16). Let this line then be continued by a dotted or wavy line to
represent exports; the continuation in this case would be a little over 21⁄2
inches, and the whole line would be a little over 41⁄2 inches (72⁄16). Pursue
the same method with the other figures, and the result will be a graphic
representation of the course of trade during the period.
The scale may be varied to suit convenience, but of course figures cannot
be directly compared with each other unless they are plotted to the same
scale.
14. Prepare a chart by similar methods, but using different colors or
characteristic lines to indicate trade with different regions.
15. Reduce the figures of trade with different continents to percentages of
the total, at different periods.
Make up your mind as to the number of conclusions to be drawn from the
tables which you are capable of remembering—whether one, two, or more;
resolve to remember those and to refer back to the tables for the others.
Page 209
BIBLIOGRAPHY
As Gross, Sources, does not cover the modern period, the student in
search of more extended bibliographical information than that given here
must rely on less satisfactory guides. Cunningham, **Growth, will be the
best for an advanced student; see the foot-notes and the bibliographical
index. Traill’s **Social England contains less scholarly but perhaps more
useful bibliographies on commerce and kindred topics. Some of the school
manuals give classified references; Andrews’ *History can be especially
recommended.
Of the general works on English history in the period under consideration
the following pay some consideration to commercial development, and
those which are starred present information that is valuable and easily
available: *Busch, Froude, Gardiner, Macaulay, Stanhope, *Lecky. If a
single work is desired for collateral reading the best is Traill’s **Social
England, to which I have in large part confined my references for topical
reading.
Cunningham, **Growth, is indispensable for this period; I assume that
this book is in the hands of the teacher and that he will avail himself of the
abundant material it offers for reading and written reports. Besides smaller
books on English economic history, already mentioned, the following can
be made useful: Hewins, **English trade; Seeley, *Expansion; Toynbee,
Industrial revolution. Bourne, *English merchants, is useful; his English
Seamen is unfortunately out of print. There is a considerable literature,
however, on the war and merchant navy, especially in the sixteenth century
(see references in Social England); and Lindsay and Cornewall-Jones cover
the entire period.
As Gross, Sources, does not cover the modern period, the student in
search of more extended bibliographical information than that given here
must rely on less satisfactory guides. Cunningham, **Growth, will be the
best for an advanced student; see the foot-notes and the bibliographical
index. Traill’s **Social England contains less scholarly but perhaps more
useful bibliographies on commerce and kindred topics. Some of the school
manuals give classified references; Andrews’ *History can be especially
recommended.
Of the general works on English history in the period under consideration
the following pay some consideration to commercial development, and
those which are starred present information that is valuable and easily
available: *Busch, Froude, Gardiner, Macaulay, Stanhope, *Lecky. If a
single work is desired for collateral reading the best is Traill’s **Social
England, to which I have in large part confined my references for topical
reading.
Cunningham, **Growth, is indispensable for this period; I assume that
this book is in the hands of the teacher and that he will avail himself of the
abundant material it offers for reading and written reports. Besides smaller
books on English economic history, already mentioned, the following can
be made useful: Hewins, **English trade; Seeley, *Expansion; Toynbee,
Industrial revolution. Bourne, *English merchants, is useful; his English
Seamen is unfortunately out of print. There is a considerable literature,
however, on the war and merchant navy, especially in the sixteenth century
(see references in Social England); and Lindsay and Cornewall-Jones cover
the entire period.
Page 210
CHAPTER XXII
ENGLAND: EXPORTS
238. Survey of topics to be considered in studying the development of
English commerce.—Such is the bare outline of the development of
English commerce in the period preceding 1800. Two chapters will now be
devoted to the discussion of facts which will fill in the outline and will
explain the development. That the reader may follow more intelligently a
survey will be given in this place of the topics to be considered, and their
bearing on the general question.
We must know (1) the character of English exports. The exports of a
country show in what lines it is strong enough to compete with foreign
producers, and are the means by which it buys commodities produced
abroad. We shall then consider (2) the advantages which enabled England to
produce these wares so efficiently that other countries were glad to buy of
her, and (3) the countries in which these wares found a market. On the other
side we want to know (4) the imports, the wares which England wanted but
could not herself produce to advantage, and (5) the countries from which
the imports came. Another factor of importance will be (6) the development
of English shipping. Finally we have to consider (7) the government policy
by which statesmen sought to further and regulate the development, as
manifested in foreign policy and wars, in the customs tariff, and in the
colonial system.
239. (1) Analysis of exports.—The total export to foreign countries of
merchandise of English origin (i.e., not including goods from other
countries transshipped in England) amounted about 1800 to a little over
£29,000,000. The most important items were as follows, in millions of
pounds: manufactures of wool, 7.7, or over one fourth of the whole;
manufactures of cotton, 4.1; manufactures of iron and steel, 2.0;
haberdashery, 1.5; linens, 1. These five items include over one half of the
total, and no other item amounted to as much as one million. It is
noteworthy that all the raw materials together scarcely exceeded one
million. When we come to study the internal development of England we
must look, evidently, for a great expansion in certain manufacturing
industries to explain the position which their products now took in trade.
ENGLAND: EXPORTS
238. Survey of topics to be considered in studying the development of
English commerce.—Such is the bare outline of the development of
English commerce in the period preceding 1800. Two chapters will now be
devoted to the discussion of facts which will fill in the outline and will
explain the development. That the reader may follow more intelligently a
survey will be given in this place of the topics to be considered, and their
bearing on the general question.
We must know (1) the character of English exports. The exports of a
country show in what lines it is strong enough to compete with foreign
producers, and are the means by which it buys commodities produced
abroad. We shall then consider (2) the advantages which enabled England to
produce these wares so efficiently that other countries were glad to buy of
her, and (3) the countries in which these wares found a market. On the other
side we want to know (4) the imports, the wares which England wanted but
could not herself produce to advantage, and (5) the countries from which
the imports came. Another factor of importance will be (6) the development
of English shipping. Finally we have to consider (7) the government policy
by which statesmen sought to further and regulate the development, as
manifested in foreign policy and wars, in the customs tariff, and in the
colonial system.
239. (1) Analysis of exports.—The total export to foreign countries of
merchandise of English origin (i.e., not including goods from other
countries transshipped in England) amounted about 1800 to a little over
£29,000,000. The most important items were as follows, in millions of
pounds: manufactures of wool, 7.7, or over one fourth of the whole;
manufactures of cotton, 4.1; manufactures of iron and steel, 2.0;
haberdashery, 1.5; linens, 1. These five items include over one half of the
total, and no other item amounted to as much as one million. It is
noteworthy that all the raw materials together scarcely exceeded one
million. When we come to study the internal development of England we
must look, evidently, for a great expansion in certain manufacturing
industries to explain the position which their products now took in trade.
Page 211
240. (2) Development of production, explaining the growth of the
export trade. Agriculture.—Turning our attention now, not to the foreign
commerce of England but to the conditions at home which made this
commerce possible, we find that during the two centuries following 1600
there was a steady development of internal resources. The growth of
population stimulated improvement in agriculture; and cultivators managed,
by new crops and methods, to increase largely the output in spite of the
disadvantages of soil and climate. Root crops (turnips and carrots) and
clover were grown on fields which before had been allowed to lie fallow,
and the produce, converted into meat and manure, was almost pure gain. By
better feeding and breeding the weight of a head of stock was increased
twofold or even more. Potatoes and other vegetables were introduced from
America and the Continent. Capitalist farmers effected such a revolution in
the methods of agriculture, that pasture farming became relatively much
less important, and the production of cereals increased so that there was a
food supply to maintain a manufacturing population, and sometimes a
surplus for export.
241. Internal commerce and means of transportation.—The
conditions of internal commerce, measured by the difficulties and dangers
of road transportation, were still bad at the beginning of this period, but
improved rapidly in the eighteenth century. A writer said in 1767: “There
never was a more astonishing Revolution accomplished in the internal
system of any country than has been within the compass of a few years in
that of England. The Carriage of Grain, Coals, Merchandize, etc., is in
general conducted with little more than half the Number of Horses with
which it formerly was. Journies of Business are performed with more than
double Expedition. Improvements in Agriculture keep pace with those of
Trade.” The canals, which were extended rapidly after the success of the
Bridgewater Canal, constructed in 1758 to connect Manchester with coal
mines seven miles distant, lowered the cost of transportation to one quarter
or less, in the districts which they served. As a result manufacturers could
rely on a steady supply of raw material for their works, and of food for their
employees, and had also a chance to put their finished goods on the market.
The eighteenth century, moreover, was a period of great development in
English banking, and the extension of credit operations was at the same
time an effect and a cause of the growth of trade.
export trade. Agriculture.—Turning our attention now, not to the foreign
commerce of England but to the conditions at home which made this
commerce possible, we find that during the two centuries following 1600
there was a steady development of internal resources. The growth of
population stimulated improvement in agriculture; and cultivators managed,
by new crops and methods, to increase largely the output in spite of the
disadvantages of soil and climate. Root crops (turnips and carrots) and
clover were grown on fields which before had been allowed to lie fallow,
and the produce, converted into meat and manure, was almost pure gain. By
better feeding and breeding the weight of a head of stock was increased
twofold or even more. Potatoes and other vegetables were introduced from
America and the Continent. Capitalist farmers effected such a revolution in
the methods of agriculture, that pasture farming became relatively much
less important, and the production of cereals increased so that there was a
food supply to maintain a manufacturing population, and sometimes a
surplus for export.
241. Internal commerce and means of transportation.—The
conditions of internal commerce, measured by the difficulties and dangers
of road transportation, were still bad at the beginning of this period, but
improved rapidly in the eighteenth century. A writer said in 1767: “There
never was a more astonishing Revolution accomplished in the internal
system of any country than has been within the compass of a few years in
that of England. The Carriage of Grain, Coals, Merchandize, etc., is in
general conducted with little more than half the Number of Horses with
which it formerly was. Journies of Business are performed with more than
double Expedition. Improvements in Agriculture keep pace with those of
Trade.” The canals, which were extended rapidly after the success of the
Bridgewater Canal, constructed in 1758 to connect Manchester with coal
mines seven miles distant, lowered the cost of transportation to one quarter
or less, in the districts which they served. As a result manufacturers could
rely on a steady supply of raw material for their works, and of food for their
employees, and had also a chance to put their finished goods on the market.
The eighteenth century, moreover, was a period of great development in
English banking, and the extension of credit operations was at the same
time an effect and a cause of the growth of trade.
Page 212
242. Manufactures; advance from the gild to the domestic system
and its significance.—We turn now to the history of English manufactures,
a topic which is not only, as we have intimated, of great importance for the
growth of English commerce, but which is of general interest as showing
the stages of development through which other countries passed later.
Gilds still persisted in England, but they had lost the power of control
which they had formerly had and which they still maintained on the
Continent. The more important industries had passed into the stage known
as the “domestic system.” The change, at first view, is not striking, for the
manufacturing was still done by petty artisans working at home with their
own tools. The ownership of the raw material, however, had passed from
the artisans to an employer, who took the risk of the manufacture and
reaped profits corresponding to his success in conducting it.
Brain power now took a place in manufactures above hand power. The
new class of employers were men who could devote their energy entirely to
studying the larger questions of production. They had the chance to look
away from the petty details of work, which had for centuries absorbed
men’s attention, and to become both broad-sighted and far-sighted. They
studied the needs of the market, at home and abroad; they bought the raw
material wherever it could be had best and cheapest; and then marketed the
product, wherever it would bring them the best returns.
243. The new employers aided by the immigration of foreign
laborers.—Success in manufacture still depended largely on the quality of
labor, and one great advantage which England owed to her political and
religious freedom was the immigration of skilled laborers seeking refuge
from the persecutions of the Continent. Refugees, of whom the Huguenots
from France were the most important, brought with them improvements in
the woolen manufacture and stimulated the development of other industries:
silk, linen, cotton, calico, paper, etc. It is, however, hard to see how the
labor of these people could have had a great effect in extending foreign
trade if they had not been guided by their employers, who were men of
considerable capital, with broad views and wide acquaintance, willing to
take large contracts and eager to extend the market for their goods. An
English pamphlet of the period says that the towns in which the silk and
cotton manufactures developed owed their industries “to the public spirit of
two or three men in each.” The development of this process, by which
artisans lost their former independence and came to work for an employer,
and its significance.—We turn now to the history of English manufactures,
a topic which is not only, as we have intimated, of great importance for the
growth of English commerce, but which is of general interest as showing
the stages of development through which other countries passed later.
Gilds still persisted in England, but they had lost the power of control
which they had formerly had and which they still maintained on the
Continent. The more important industries had passed into the stage known
as the “domestic system.” The change, at first view, is not striking, for the
manufacturing was still done by petty artisans working at home with their
own tools. The ownership of the raw material, however, had passed from
the artisans to an employer, who took the risk of the manufacture and
reaped profits corresponding to his success in conducting it.
Brain power now took a place in manufactures above hand power. The
new class of employers were men who could devote their energy entirely to
studying the larger questions of production. They had the chance to look
away from the petty details of work, which had for centuries absorbed
men’s attention, and to become both broad-sighted and far-sighted. They
studied the needs of the market, at home and abroad; they bought the raw
material wherever it could be had best and cheapest; and then marketed the
product, wherever it would bring them the best returns.
243. The new employers aided by the immigration of foreign
laborers.—Success in manufacture still depended largely on the quality of
labor, and one great advantage which England owed to her political and
religious freedom was the immigration of skilled laborers seeking refuge
from the persecutions of the Continent. Refugees, of whom the Huguenots
from France were the most important, brought with them improvements in
the woolen manufacture and stimulated the development of other industries:
silk, linen, cotton, calico, paper, etc. It is, however, hard to see how the
labor of these people could have had a great effect in extending foreign
trade if they had not been guided by their employers, who were men of
considerable capital, with broad views and wide acquaintance, willing to
take large contracts and eager to extend the market for their goods. An
English pamphlet of the period says that the towns in which the silk and
cotton manufactures developed owed their industries “to the public spirit of
two or three men in each.” The development of this process, by which
artisans lost their former independence and came to work for an employer,
Page 213
can be seen from a statement of the economist Adam Smith, who wrote in
1776. “In every part of Europe,” he said, “twenty workmen serve under a
master for one that is independent.” This was not yet true of “every part” of
Europe, and even in the western states of the Continent the process had not
advanced so far as in England, where the author had made most of his
observations.
244. Dependence of technical progress on the new class of employers.
—It is noteworthy that the great inventions to which the modern
development of manufactures has often been ascribed could not have been
made of practical importance unless this system of organization had
developed previously. The gilds were bitterly opposed to any changes in
their system of routine, and independent artisans would not find it worth
their while to introduce costly improvements. Many inventions had been
made before the eighteenth century which would have been of the greatest
importance in manufacture if there had been any one to take them up and
put them through; they fell dead, however, on the world of their time, or
were killed by the opposition of petty producers. An illustration of the way
in which premature inventions disappeared can be given from the
experience of a man who, to all appearances, had devised a repeating
firearm before the end of the sixteenth century. A German recommended to
an English statesman “one of his countrymen, who had invented a
harquebuse, that shall containe ten balls or pelletes of lead, all the which
shall goe off, one after another, having once given fire, so that with one
harquebuse one may kill ten theeves or other enemies without recharging.”
The importance of such an invention needs only to be suggested, but, so far
as the writer knows, nothing further was heard of it.
245. The domestic system preparatory to the great revolution in
manufactures in the eighteenth century.—Not until the latter part of the
eighteenth century were the times ripe for the great technical changes in
manufacture, which the introduction of machinery implied. Then the
advance came with the speed of revolution. In the lifetime of an ordinary
man (1770-1840) the whole face of England changed; the great textile
towns and the “black country” of the coal and iron industry grew up; canals
and railroads cut through the agricultural districts to connect the industries
with each other and with the outside world; a social and political revolution
accompanied the economic. No attempt can here be made to describe the
changes in detail, and the discussion of the factory system and other
1776. “In every part of Europe,” he said, “twenty workmen serve under a
master for one that is independent.” This was not yet true of “every part” of
Europe, and even in the western states of the Continent the process had not
advanced so far as in England, where the author had made most of his
observations.
244. Dependence of technical progress on the new class of employers.
—It is noteworthy that the great inventions to which the modern
development of manufactures has often been ascribed could not have been
made of practical importance unless this system of organization had
developed previously. The gilds were bitterly opposed to any changes in
their system of routine, and independent artisans would not find it worth
their while to introduce costly improvements. Many inventions had been
made before the eighteenth century which would have been of the greatest
importance in manufacture if there had been any one to take them up and
put them through; they fell dead, however, on the world of their time, or
were killed by the opposition of petty producers. An illustration of the way
in which premature inventions disappeared can be given from the
experience of a man who, to all appearances, had devised a repeating
firearm before the end of the sixteenth century. A German recommended to
an English statesman “one of his countrymen, who had invented a
harquebuse, that shall containe ten balls or pelletes of lead, all the which
shall goe off, one after another, having once given fire, so that with one
harquebuse one may kill ten theeves or other enemies without recharging.”
The importance of such an invention needs only to be suggested, but, so far
as the writer knows, nothing further was heard of it.
245. The domestic system preparatory to the great revolution in
manufactures in the eighteenth century.—Not until the latter part of the
eighteenth century were the times ripe for the great technical changes in
manufacture, which the introduction of machinery implied. Then the
advance came with the speed of revolution. In the lifetime of an ordinary
man (1770-1840) the whole face of England changed; the great textile
towns and the “black country” of the coal and iron industry grew up; canals
and railroads cut through the agricultural districts to connect the industries
with each other and with the outside world; a social and political revolution
accompanied the economic. No attempt can here be made to describe the
changes in detail, and the discussion of the factory system and other
Page 214
features of the present organization to which they gave rise can better be
postponed. The following paragraphs will suggest the development in some
of England’s chief export industries.
246. Progress of the cotton manufacture.—The cotton manufacture
was the first to show the possibilities of the application of machinery. Two
main processes are to be distinguished in the manufacture of cotton, as in
that of other textiles; first, the spinning of the yarn from the fiber, and
second, the weaving of the yarn into cloth. The first great improvement was
the invention by Kay in 1738 of the fly-shuttle, which saved the time and
energy of the weaver and enabled him to double his output of cloth. Still,
the industry was small and grew slowly. The amount of raw cotton imported
from Turkey and the West Indies would seem now perfectly insignificant,
and was exceeded by the amount of linen yarn imported from Ireland alone.
The cotton manufacture was hampered especially by the slowness of cotton
spinning (six spinners working with the old-fashioned wheel were needed
to supply yarn to one weaver); and by the weakness of the yarn, which
required linen to be used for the warp of cloth. Inventions which met these
difficulties were the spinning-jenny of Hargreaves, patented 1770, which
enabled a spinner to make eight threads at once instead of one (later, twenty,
thirty, even one hundred and twenty); and Arkwright’s roller spinning
frame, patented 1769, which made cotton yarn strong enough for warp, by
stretching the strand before it was twisted. Improvements followed in other
processes (carding, printing, etc.); water-power was used more generally,
and a mere beginning made with the application of steam. A Kentish
clergyman, Cartwright, invented a power loom which greatly increased the
possibilities of weaving but which did not become a practical success until
the nineteenth century; long after 1800 the hand-loom weavers kept up a
hopeless struggle in competition with it.
The full effect of all these changes was not felt until the nineteenth
century, but their importance in this period can be measured by the imports
of raw cotton. In the forty-three years, 1741-1784, the annual imports rose
from 4,000 to 28,000 bales, while in the sixteen years following they
increased to 150,000 bales (1800).
247. Slower development of the woolen manufacture.—No such
rapidity of development as this can be traced in the woolen manufacture, for
it had long been England’s mainstay, and changed more slowly partly
because it was so firmly established. Little by little, however, the spinning-
postponed. The following paragraphs will suggest the development in some
of England’s chief export industries.
246. Progress of the cotton manufacture.—The cotton manufacture
was the first to show the possibilities of the application of machinery. Two
main processes are to be distinguished in the manufacture of cotton, as in
that of other textiles; first, the spinning of the yarn from the fiber, and
second, the weaving of the yarn into cloth. The first great improvement was
the invention by Kay in 1738 of the fly-shuttle, which saved the time and
energy of the weaver and enabled him to double his output of cloth. Still,
the industry was small and grew slowly. The amount of raw cotton imported
from Turkey and the West Indies would seem now perfectly insignificant,
and was exceeded by the amount of linen yarn imported from Ireland alone.
The cotton manufacture was hampered especially by the slowness of cotton
spinning (six spinners working with the old-fashioned wheel were needed
to supply yarn to one weaver); and by the weakness of the yarn, which
required linen to be used for the warp of cloth. Inventions which met these
difficulties were the spinning-jenny of Hargreaves, patented 1770, which
enabled a spinner to make eight threads at once instead of one (later, twenty,
thirty, even one hundred and twenty); and Arkwright’s roller spinning
frame, patented 1769, which made cotton yarn strong enough for warp, by
stretching the strand before it was twisted. Improvements followed in other
processes (carding, printing, etc.); water-power was used more generally,
and a mere beginning made with the application of steam. A Kentish
clergyman, Cartwright, invented a power loom which greatly increased the
possibilities of weaving but which did not become a practical success until
the nineteenth century; long after 1800 the hand-loom weavers kept up a
hopeless struggle in competition with it.
The full effect of all these changes was not felt until the nineteenth
century, but their importance in this period can be measured by the imports
of raw cotton. In the forty-three years, 1741-1784, the annual imports rose
from 4,000 to 28,000 bales, while in the sixteen years following they
increased to 150,000 bales (1800).
247. Slower development of the woolen manufacture.—No such
rapidity of development as this can be traced in the woolen manufacture, for
it had long been England’s mainstay, and changed more slowly partly
because it was so firmly established. Little by little, however, the spinning-
Page 215
wheel was displaced by the jenny, and other sources of power than the
human body were utilized. As in the case of cotton, power weaving was not
important until after 1800; but the manufacture of worsteds (in which the
fibers are longer than in woolens, and are kept parallel) was greatly helped
by a second invention of Cartwright, for wool-combing by machinery.
248. Development of the iron industry with the use of pit-coal.—The
only other industry of this period which our space allows us to treat is that
of iron. Until the eighteenth century iron was made almost entirely by
smelting with charcoal, the primitive process which can be traced back to
prehistoric times. A ton of iron required two loads of charcoal, and a load of
charcoal two loads of wood, so that the industry depended largely on the
wood supply, and was carried on at petty forges scattered through England,
but established mainly in the South. A large proportion of the English iron
supply was imported from Sweden. Coal, as we use the word, called then
pit-coal or sea-coal, had for centuries been mined for domestic use, but had
no importance in manufacture. Various men tried to smelt iron by coal or
coke, but their experiments had no practical result till about 1760, when
blast furnaces using coal were successfully established, and the industry
began a period of rapid development, furthered about 1790 by the
application of steam-power to the blast. Henry Cort invented in this period
the processes by which pig was changed to malleable iron in a coal-
puddling furnace, and the malleable iron was worked into bars by rollers
instead of by the slow action of forge hammers. The production of iron had
increased fourfold (17,000 to 68,000 tons) in the period 1740-1788, and in
the period of eight years following nearly as much again was produced
(125,000 tons in 1796). The industries depending on iron passed into a new
stage, and the large export of iron and steel in 1800 is explained.
249. (3) The chief markets for England’s exports.—The market for
English wares varied, of course, according to the country to which they
were sent. The most favorable market for manufactures was afforded by the
colonies in America, until the outbreak of the war of independence. The
colonists were a high grade of customers; they had cultivated tastes and
were willing to work hard to gratify them. By reason of natural conditions
even more than by legislation they found it difficult to establish
manufactures, and bought manufactured wares of England with the raw
products which their environment afforded in abundance. A book published
just before the revolution says that the “colonies are furnished from
human body were utilized. As in the case of cotton, power weaving was not
important until after 1800; but the manufacture of worsteds (in which the
fibers are longer than in woolens, and are kept parallel) was greatly helped
by a second invention of Cartwright, for wool-combing by machinery.
248. Development of the iron industry with the use of pit-coal.—The
only other industry of this period which our space allows us to treat is that
of iron. Until the eighteenth century iron was made almost entirely by
smelting with charcoal, the primitive process which can be traced back to
prehistoric times. A ton of iron required two loads of charcoal, and a load of
charcoal two loads of wood, so that the industry depended largely on the
wood supply, and was carried on at petty forges scattered through England,
but established mainly in the South. A large proportion of the English iron
supply was imported from Sweden. Coal, as we use the word, called then
pit-coal or sea-coal, had for centuries been mined for domestic use, but had
no importance in manufacture. Various men tried to smelt iron by coal or
coke, but their experiments had no practical result till about 1760, when
blast furnaces using coal were successfully established, and the industry
began a period of rapid development, furthered about 1790 by the
application of steam-power to the blast. Henry Cort invented in this period
the processes by which pig was changed to malleable iron in a coal-
puddling furnace, and the malleable iron was worked into bars by rollers
instead of by the slow action of forge hammers. The production of iron had
increased fourfold (17,000 to 68,000 tons) in the period 1740-1788, and in
the period of eight years following nearly as much again was produced
(125,000 tons in 1796). The industries depending on iron passed into a new
stage, and the large export of iron and steel in 1800 is explained.
249. (3) The chief markets for England’s exports.—The market for
English wares varied, of course, according to the country to which they
were sent. The most favorable market for manufactures was afforded by the
colonies in America, until the outbreak of the war of independence. The
colonists were a high grade of customers; they had cultivated tastes and
were willing to work hard to gratify them. By reason of natural conditions
even more than by legislation they found it difficult to establish
manufactures, and bought manufactured wares of England with the raw
products which their environment afforded in abundance. A book published
just before the revolution says that the “colonies are furnished from
Page 216
England with materials for wearing apparel, household furniture, silk,
woolen, and linen manufactures, iron, cordage, and sails, great guns, small
arms, ammunition, lead, brass, iron, and steel, whether wrought or
unwrought; in a word England furnishes them with almost everything
needful for the luxuries, as well as conveniences of life, except provisions.”
In European countries English manufactures did not find such a clear
field. There were some branches (silk, linen, lace, paper, tin-plate, etc.) in
which other countries were distinctly superior, and no European country
depended on England as did the colonies. English woolens, however, went
practically everywhere, and other products of the textile and metal
industries were sure of a ready market in most countries.
For exports to other continents the English had to choose articles which
would stimulate less civilized people to production and exchange. Very
considerable sums in gold and silver were sent to Asia, and the half-savage
Africans were tempted with gunpowder, iron, rum, spirits, beads, etc.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Endeavor to get a clear understanding of the meaning of each of the
topics, and of their bearing on each other, by thinking of the present-day
commerce of the U. S. and asking yourself: what are the main facts about
(1) our exports, (2) our natural advantages, etc. Then ask yourself how
knowledge of any one of these topics will be of use to you in understanding
the others, and so understanding commerce in general. For instance, what
bearing has our tariff policy on our imports and exports, respectively? What
are the weaker points in our system of production as shown by imports;
what countries are strong in those points? The student is most earnestly
advised to learn the contents of this manual by understanding and not by
memorizing. He should always be asking himself: what use is this fact to
me?
2. Transform the figures, sect. 239, into a graphic chart, and compare the
results with exports at the present day. [See Statesman’s Year-Book for
recent figures.]
3. Development of English agriculture in the seventeenth century. [Soc.
Eng., 4: 115-122, 439-445; Prothero, *Pioneers and progress of English
farming, London, 1888.]
woolen, and linen manufactures, iron, cordage, and sails, great guns, small
arms, ammunition, lead, brass, iron, and steel, whether wrought or
unwrought; in a word England furnishes them with almost everything
needful for the luxuries, as well as conveniences of life, except provisions.”
In European countries English manufactures did not find such a clear
field. There were some branches (silk, linen, lace, paper, tin-plate, etc.) in
which other countries were distinctly superior, and no European country
depended on England as did the colonies. English woolens, however, went
practically everywhere, and other products of the textile and metal
industries were sure of a ready market in most countries.
For exports to other continents the English had to choose articles which
would stimulate less civilized people to production and exchange. Very
considerable sums in gold and silver were sent to Asia, and the half-savage
Africans were tempted with gunpowder, iron, rum, spirits, beads, etc.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Endeavor to get a clear understanding of the meaning of each of the
topics, and of their bearing on each other, by thinking of the present-day
commerce of the U. S. and asking yourself: what are the main facts about
(1) our exports, (2) our natural advantages, etc. Then ask yourself how
knowledge of any one of these topics will be of use to you in understanding
the others, and so understanding commerce in general. For instance, what
bearing has our tariff policy on our imports and exports, respectively? What
are the weaker points in our system of production as shown by imports;
what countries are strong in those points? The student is most earnestly
advised to learn the contents of this manual by understanding and not by
memorizing. He should always be asking himself: what use is this fact to
me?
2. Transform the figures, sect. 239, into a graphic chart, and compare the
results with exports at the present day. [See Statesman’s Year-Book for
recent figures.]
3. Development of English agriculture in the seventeenth century. [Soc.
Eng., 4: 115-122, 439-445; Prothero, *Pioneers and progress of English
farming, London, 1888.]
Page 217
4. Development of agriculture in the eighteenth century. [Soc. Eng., 5:
99-110, 301-305, 452-459; Prothero.]
5. Condition of English roads and of carriage by land. [Cunningham,
Growth, vol. 2, sect. 232, and references there; Smiles, Lives of the
engineers, vol. 1.]
6. Canals, and their benefits. [Soc. Eng., vol. 5, pp. 322-326;
Cunningham and references.]
7. Write an essay on the “domestic” system of manufactures, and the
contrast it presents with earlier and later systems. [Hobson, Capitalism,
chap. 2, sect. 11; Cunningham, Growth, vol. 2, sect. 227 and following.]
8. The influence on English industrial development of immigration from
the Continent. [Cunningham, Growth, vol. 2, sects. 172, 199, 229, etc.]
9. Compare with sect. 244 sects. 283 ff., in the chapter on France, to
realize the advantages of the English at this period.
10. Write a report on English manufactures in one of the following
periods, from the descriptions in Social England.
(a) Seventeenth century [vol. 4, 122-130, 445-454, 581-588.]
(b) Eighteenth century, before the great inventions [vol. 5, 110-117, 305-
322.]
11. Write a report on the history of one of the great industries (cotton,
woolen, iron), choosing one of the following aspects of it: methods of
manufacture, introduction of machinery, change in organization (domestic
and factory system, etc.), importance in commerce. [Besides references like
Cunningham and Social England the student will find the encyclopedia and
Ure’s Dictionary of manufactures helpful, and probably easier to use.]
12. The great inventions. [Social England, 5: 459-474, 591-604.]
13. Write a biographical sketch of one of the following men: Richard
Arkwright, Edmund Cartwright, Samuel Crompton, James Watt.
[Encyclopedia; Dictionary of national biography; or one of the popular
books on the history of invention.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
On the industrial revolution see, besides Toynbee, Charles Beard, *The
industrial revolution, London, 1901, with bibliography of larger works;
Usher, *Indust. hist. of Eng., chap. 12-14, treats the technical changes in
99-110, 301-305, 452-459; Prothero.]
5. Condition of English roads and of carriage by land. [Cunningham,
Growth, vol. 2, sect. 232, and references there; Smiles, Lives of the
engineers, vol. 1.]
6. Canals, and their benefits. [Soc. Eng., vol. 5, pp. 322-326;
Cunningham and references.]
7. Write an essay on the “domestic” system of manufactures, and the
contrast it presents with earlier and later systems. [Hobson, Capitalism,
chap. 2, sect. 11; Cunningham, Growth, vol. 2, sect. 227 and following.]
8. The influence on English industrial development of immigration from
the Continent. [Cunningham, Growth, vol. 2, sects. 172, 199, 229, etc.]
9. Compare with sect. 244 sects. 283 ff., in the chapter on France, to
realize the advantages of the English at this period.
10. Write a report on English manufactures in one of the following
periods, from the descriptions in Social England.
(a) Seventeenth century [vol. 4, 122-130, 445-454, 581-588.]
(b) Eighteenth century, before the great inventions [vol. 5, 110-117, 305-
322.]
11. Write a report on the history of one of the great industries (cotton,
woolen, iron), choosing one of the following aspects of it: methods of
manufacture, introduction of machinery, change in organization (domestic
and factory system, etc.), importance in commerce. [Besides references like
Cunningham and Social England the student will find the encyclopedia and
Ure’s Dictionary of manufactures helpful, and probably easier to use.]
12. The great inventions. [Social England, 5: 459-474, 591-604.]
13. Write a biographical sketch of one of the following men: Richard
Arkwright, Edmund Cartwright, Samuel Crompton, James Watt.
[Encyclopedia; Dictionary of national biography; or one of the popular
books on the history of invention.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
On the industrial revolution see, besides Toynbee, Charles Beard, *The
industrial revolution, London, 1901, with bibliography of larger works;
Usher, *Indust. hist. of Eng., chap. 12-14, treats the technical changes in
Page 218
considerable detail, and gives further references with brief descriptive
notes.
The best study of the earlier system of manufacture is George Unwin,
Industrial organization in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, Oxford,
1904; but Hobson’s *Evolution of modern capitalism, new edition, 1916, is
better suited to the needs of the elementary student.
On transportation there are good brief and general surveys by Edwin A.
Pratt, *History of inland transport and communication, London, 1912, and
by Adam W. Kirkaldy and A. D. Evans, History and economics of transport,
London, 2d ed., 1920. The most complete account is provided by W. T.
Jackman, *Development of transportation in modern England, 2 vol.,
continuous paging, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1916.
notes.
The best study of the earlier system of manufacture is George Unwin,
Industrial organization in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, Oxford,
1904; but Hobson’s *Evolution of modern capitalism, new edition, 1916, is
better suited to the needs of the elementary student.
On transportation there are good brief and general surveys by Edwin A.
Pratt, *History of inland transport and communication, London, 1912, and
by Adam W. Kirkaldy and A. D. Evans, History and economics of transport,
London, 2d ed., 1920. The most complete account is provided by W. T.
Jackman, *Development of transportation in modern England, 2 vol.,
continuous paging, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1916.
Page 219
CHAPTER XXIII
ENGLAND: IMPORTS; SHIPPING; POLICY
250. (4) Analysis of English imports in the modern period.—After this
survey of one side of English trade we have to consider the other, the
imports which England purchased with her surplus wares. In round millions
of pounds the imports at the end of the eighteenth century were as follows,
in the order of their values: sugar 7.1, tea 3.1, grain 2.7, Irish linen 2.6,
cotton 2.3, coffee 2.2, wood 1.5, butter 1.0, tobacco 1.0, hemp 1.0. These
wares amounted to more than half of a total import of 42.6. If the list were
extended to less important wares a number of manufactured goods would be
found on it, but these evidently could in general be produced to better
advantage in England than anywhere else. England had already made
herself the “workshop of the world,” and drew from other countries mainly
raw materials and foods which could not be produced at home. Some of the
colonial imports were shipped again, as will be shown later, but a large
proportion of them was consumed at home by a population which was not
only growing in size, but was enabled by means of commerce to gratify its
taste for products comparatively new (sugar, tea, coffee, tobacco).
251. (5) Sources of the imports.—At the period when these figures were
compiled war had interrupted the trade of England with France and the
Netherlands, but an active commerce still continued with other parts of the
Continent. The imports from European countries were largely minor
manufactures, which do not appear in the list above, but raw materials also
were furnished by the less advanced European states. Wool came from
Spain; hemp, flax, and tallow from Russia; wood, iron, and copper from
Scandinavia.
For some of the most important imports we must look to countries
outside of Europe. The trade with Asia supplied all of the tea, and part at
least of the other commodities (coffee, cotton, sugar) which we now
associate with America, as well as a considerable amount of Indian
manufactures, especially textiles. This trade still rested in the control of the
East India Company, which had grown to be a great political power in Asia,
with a government and army of its own. At home it had had a checkered
career. As the result of bitter attacks in the seventeenth century it widened
ENGLAND: IMPORTS; SHIPPING; POLICY
250. (4) Analysis of English imports in the modern period.—After this
survey of one side of English trade we have to consider the other, the
imports which England purchased with her surplus wares. In round millions
of pounds the imports at the end of the eighteenth century were as follows,
in the order of their values: sugar 7.1, tea 3.1, grain 2.7, Irish linen 2.6,
cotton 2.3, coffee 2.2, wood 1.5, butter 1.0, tobacco 1.0, hemp 1.0. These
wares amounted to more than half of a total import of 42.6. If the list were
extended to less important wares a number of manufactured goods would be
found on it, but these evidently could in general be produced to better
advantage in England than anywhere else. England had already made
herself the “workshop of the world,” and drew from other countries mainly
raw materials and foods which could not be produced at home. Some of the
colonial imports were shipped again, as will be shown later, but a large
proportion of them was consumed at home by a population which was not
only growing in size, but was enabled by means of commerce to gratify its
taste for products comparatively new (sugar, tea, coffee, tobacco).
251. (5) Sources of the imports.—At the period when these figures were
compiled war had interrupted the trade of England with France and the
Netherlands, but an active commerce still continued with other parts of the
Continent. The imports from European countries were largely minor
manufactures, which do not appear in the list above, but raw materials also
were furnished by the less advanced European states. Wool came from
Spain; hemp, flax, and tallow from Russia; wood, iron, and copper from
Scandinavia.
For some of the most important imports we must look to countries
outside of Europe. The trade with Asia supplied all of the tea, and part at
least of the other commodities (coffee, cotton, sugar) which we now
associate with America, as well as a considerable amount of Indian
manufactures, especially textiles. This trade still rested in the control of the
East India Company, which had grown to be a great political power in Asia,
with a government and army of its own. At home it had had a checkered
career. As the result of bitter attacks in the seventeenth century it widened
Page 220
its membership, but it still maintained the monopoly of trade with Asia till
1793, when it conceded to private merchants a certain share in the trade
with India.
252. Peculiar character of the English colonies.—It is to the continent
of America that we must turn for the field outside of Europe that in its
performances and in its promises offered most to English commerce. After
the early period of exploration, treasure-hunting, and piracy, English
colonization in America developed in a form entirely its own. Emigrants
went out, not to seek gold mines or to establish trading stations, but to
found homes. Emigration was not so much a government policy as a
popular movement, that attracted some of the best stock of English blood.
There were great differences between the people of the different colonies on
the Atlantic coast, as every student of American history knows, and there
was again a difference between the colonies in the South and those on the
islands. But in general it may be said that no European country could vie
with England in the commercial quality of its colonial population. Certainly
none could rival England in the quantity of colonists of European stock.
The first census of the United States in 1790 showed a population (nearly
four million), merely in this group of former English colonies, amounting to
nearly half that in England and Wales.
253. Resources and industries of the colonies in America.—Though
the personal qualities of the English were duplicated on the other side of the
Atlantic, the physical environment was absolutely different. Products of the
field, the forest, and the sea, which were eagerly desired and hard to get in
England, were to be had in abundance in the New World. The conditions for
manufacture, on the other hand, were unfavorable; capital and labor found
such an attractive field in the extractive industries (the production of raw
material), that there was little temptation for the colonies to engage in the
finishing of goods. In the plantation colonies of the South and the islands
almost nothing was manufactured. Even in the center and North, where the
difficulties of life and the talents of the people made manufacture more
practicable, most industries were of a household character, rough clothing
and implements being made in the spare hours at home; or were ordinary
village trades,—milling, tanning, etc. All the fine manufactures were bought
from England with raw or semi-raw products.
254. Specialties of different colonies.—The island colonies (Jamaica,
Barbadoes, etc.) sent plantation products. The sugar-cane supplied sugar
1793, when it conceded to private merchants a certain share in the trade
with India.
252. Peculiar character of the English colonies.—It is to the continent
of America that we must turn for the field outside of Europe that in its
performances and in its promises offered most to English commerce. After
the early period of exploration, treasure-hunting, and piracy, English
colonization in America developed in a form entirely its own. Emigrants
went out, not to seek gold mines or to establish trading stations, but to
found homes. Emigration was not so much a government policy as a
popular movement, that attracted some of the best stock of English blood.
There were great differences between the people of the different colonies on
the Atlantic coast, as every student of American history knows, and there
was again a difference between the colonies in the South and those on the
islands. But in general it may be said that no European country could vie
with England in the commercial quality of its colonial population. Certainly
none could rival England in the quantity of colonists of European stock.
The first census of the United States in 1790 showed a population (nearly
four million), merely in this group of former English colonies, amounting to
nearly half that in England and Wales.
253. Resources and industries of the colonies in America.—Though
the personal qualities of the English were duplicated on the other side of the
Atlantic, the physical environment was absolutely different. Products of the
field, the forest, and the sea, which were eagerly desired and hard to get in
England, were to be had in abundance in the New World. The conditions for
manufacture, on the other hand, were unfavorable; capital and labor found
such an attractive field in the extractive industries (the production of raw
material), that there was little temptation for the colonies to engage in the
finishing of goods. In the plantation colonies of the South and the islands
almost nothing was manufactured. Even in the center and North, where the
difficulties of life and the talents of the people made manufacture more
practicable, most industries were of a household character, rough clothing
and implements being made in the spare hours at home; or were ordinary
village trades,—milling, tanning, etc. All the fine manufactures were bought
from England with raw or semi-raw products.
254. Specialties of different colonies.—The island colonies (Jamaica,
Barbadoes, etc.) sent plantation products. The sugar-cane supplied sugar
Page 221
and molasses and, by a simple process of manufacture, rum. American
cotton until Whitney’s invention of the cotton-gin in 1793 came almost
entirely from the islands, and indigo and various drugs were secured from
the same source. The colonies on the mainland supplied a greater variety of
products, by reason of their climatic differences. Nearly all of them
contributed to the supply of skins and furs; and lumber and naval stores
(pitch, tar, turpentine) were secured from the forests all the way from New
England to Georgia. Different sections, however, had their specialties; the
Carolinas sent rice, Virginia tobacco, New England codfish and whale-oil.
255. Commerce with Africa.—There was a marked peculiarity in the
commerce with Africa. The exports to this country always exceeded the
direct imports by a considerable sum. An English writer of the eighteenth
century tells about the manufactures which were sent out, and continues:
“we have, in return, gold, teeth (i.e., ivory), wax, and negroes; the last
whereof is a very beneficial traffic to the kingdom, as it occasionally gives
so prodigious an employment to our people both by sea and land.” His
meaning is this: the slave trade was so “beneficial” because the slaves
which were purchased with beads and rum were not brought to England but
shipped to the American colonies where they were put to work. The English
figured, therefore, that they got not only the price of the slaves in American
products, but also had the business of carrying them to America, and could
hope for a future return from their labor in the field. It is estimated that
20,000 slaves a year were sent out during the eighteenth century, and the
chief port of the trade, Liverpool, employed 190 ships as slavers in 1771.
256. (6) Shipping and the carrying trade.—At the beginning of the
period which we are studying (1500-1600) the English, as we have seen,
where emancipating themselves from their former dependence on foreign
ships. In the course of the period they learned to carry not only their own
goods but those of other nations as well, and took from the Dutch the
leadership in the carrying trade of the world. The reader will note, if he
refers to the figures showing the trade of England about 1800, that the
imports amounted to about 42 million pounds, while the exports of British
merchandise were but 29 millions. England would seem to have been
gaining a great amount of goods for nothing, or to have been going in debt
for them. The difference is to be explained in part by the earnings of
English freight, which other countries paid in wares, but in the larger part
by the export of goods which were brought to England from other countries
cotton until Whitney’s invention of the cotton-gin in 1793 came almost
entirely from the islands, and indigo and various drugs were secured from
the same source. The colonies on the mainland supplied a greater variety of
products, by reason of their climatic differences. Nearly all of them
contributed to the supply of skins and furs; and lumber and naval stores
(pitch, tar, turpentine) were secured from the forests all the way from New
England to Georgia. Different sections, however, had their specialties; the
Carolinas sent rice, Virginia tobacco, New England codfish and whale-oil.
255. Commerce with Africa.—There was a marked peculiarity in the
commerce with Africa. The exports to this country always exceeded the
direct imports by a considerable sum. An English writer of the eighteenth
century tells about the manufactures which were sent out, and continues:
“we have, in return, gold, teeth (i.e., ivory), wax, and negroes; the last
whereof is a very beneficial traffic to the kingdom, as it occasionally gives
so prodigious an employment to our people both by sea and land.” His
meaning is this: the slave trade was so “beneficial” because the slaves
which were purchased with beads and rum were not brought to England but
shipped to the American colonies where they were put to work. The English
figured, therefore, that they got not only the price of the slaves in American
products, but also had the business of carrying them to America, and could
hope for a future return from their labor in the field. It is estimated that
20,000 slaves a year were sent out during the eighteenth century, and the
chief port of the trade, Liverpool, employed 190 ships as slavers in 1771.
256. (6) Shipping and the carrying trade.—At the beginning of the
period which we are studying (1500-1600) the English, as we have seen,
where emancipating themselves from their former dependence on foreign
ships. In the course of the period they learned to carry not only their own
goods but those of other nations as well, and took from the Dutch the
leadership in the carrying trade of the world. The reader will note, if he
refers to the figures showing the trade of England about 1800, that the
imports amounted to about 42 million pounds, while the exports of British
merchandise were but 29 millions. England would seem to have been
gaining a great amount of goods for nothing, or to have been going in debt
for them. The difference is to be explained in part by the earnings of
English freight, which other countries paid in wares, but in the larger part
by the export of goods which were brought to England from other countries
Page 222
merely to be transshipped and exported again. At the close of the century
foreign merchandise to the value of over 11 millions was exported, the
wares being mainly those of colonial origin (coffee, sugar, Indian textiles,
tobacco, tea, indigo, etc.).
257. Struggle of English seamen and government with the Dutch.—
Two separate sets of forces were at work to raise the English merchant
marine, those of individuals and those of the government. The English in
the seventeenth century could not navigate as cheaply as the Dutch, since
they required larger crews for the same work, but they seem in the
eighteenth century to have been abreast or ahead of the general
development of navigation; and unusual facilities for ship-building were
offered to them in their American colonies. The government, on the other
hand, was eager to foster every effort to extend English shipping, not only
because of its economic advantage, but because of the addition to the naval
resources of the kingdom in war with other powers. Until after 1650 the
English merchant marine, in spite of individuals and government, was
greatly inferior to the Dutch. Statements which are doubtless exaggerated
give us still some measure of the difference; the Dutch were said to own
four fifths of all the ships engaged in oceanic commerce, or as many as
eleven kingdoms of Christendom; ten Dutch ships traded to Barbadoes for
one English. The latter half of the seventeenth century is filled with a bitter
struggle for supremacy between the English and the Dutch, waged with all
the weapons both of peace and war.
258. The Navigation Acts; victory of English over Dutch shipping.
—“The first nail in the coffin of Dutch greatness,” says an English
historian, was the Navigation Act passed under Cromwell in 1651. This was
but one of a series of measures extending before and afterward, designed to
further the English carrying trade at the expense of rivals. Briefly, goods
from a European country could be brought to England only in English ships
or in ships of the country, so that, for instance, the Dutch could not carry
Baltic wares to England; while the products of other continents could be
imported or exported only in English ships; and some wares that were
enumerated (sugar, tobacco, etc.) must be brought to England before they
could be exported to any other European country. To maintain this policy
the English engaged in a long contest with smugglers in America, and
fought several great naval wars with the Dutch. The result was, as we have
seen, a victory for English commerce over the Dutch, though it is hard to
foreign merchandise to the value of over 11 millions was exported, the
wares being mainly those of colonial origin (coffee, sugar, Indian textiles,
tobacco, tea, indigo, etc.).
257. Struggle of English seamen and government with the Dutch.—
Two separate sets of forces were at work to raise the English merchant
marine, those of individuals and those of the government. The English in
the seventeenth century could not navigate as cheaply as the Dutch, since
they required larger crews for the same work, but they seem in the
eighteenth century to have been abreast or ahead of the general
development of navigation; and unusual facilities for ship-building were
offered to them in their American colonies. The government, on the other
hand, was eager to foster every effort to extend English shipping, not only
because of its economic advantage, but because of the addition to the naval
resources of the kingdom in war with other powers. Until after 1650 the
English merchant marine, in spite of individuals and government, was
greatly inferior to the Dutch. Statements which are doubtless exaggerated
give us still some measure of the difference; the Dutch were said to own
four fifths of all the ships engaged in oceanic commerce, or as many as
eleven kingdoms of Christendom; ten Dutch ships traded to Barbadoes for
one English. The latter half of the seventeenth century is filled with a bitter
struggle for supremacy between the English and the Dutch, waged with all
the weapons both of peace and war.
258. The Navigation Acts; victory of English over Dutch shipping.
—“The first nail in the coffin of Dutch greatness,” says an English
historian, was the Navigation Act passed under Cromwell in 1651. This was
but one of a series of measures extending before and afterward, designed to
further the English carrying trade at the expense of rivals. Briefly, goods
from a European country could be brought to England only in English ships
or in ships of the country, so that, for instance, the Dutch could not carry
Baltic wares to England; while the products of other continents could be
imported or exported only in English ships; and some wares that were
enumerated (sugar, tobacco, etc.) must be brought to England before they
could be exported to any other European country. To maintain this policy
the English engaged in a long contest with smugglers in America, and
fought several great naval wars with the Dutch. The result was, as we have
seen, a victory for English commerce over the Dutch, though it is hard to
Page 223
say how much credit should be given the government policy, and how much
was due to the energy of the individuals who were building up English
business at this period.
The effect of the new oceanic trade was to build up the ports in the West;
Liverpool came into prominence in the eighteenth century, and Bristol also
grew. The distribution of trade among the ports did not, however, change
greatly. An estimate of the eighteenth century gave to London still two
thirds of the total, while the remaining third was divided in equal parts
among the ports of the east, the south, and the west coasts.
259. (7) Government policy. Commerce and war.—Just as in shipping,
so in other commercial interests, the efforts of individuals to make money
for themselves were restrained or furthered by government regulations
aiming to advance the English people as a whole. Every matter of
commerce was at the same time a matter of politics. Mention was made in
an introductory chapter of the part played by England in the great wars of
the period. It will be remembered that English policy in general was
characterized by a shrewd recognition of the commercial advantages to be
gained in war, either by territorial acquisitions or by trading privileges, and
every war in which England engaged ended, as a rule, with a treaty that
gave her some new colonial market or some advantages in trade with a
European country. England fought France consistently, not because of old
traditions of enmity, but because France was a commercial rival, refusing
English manufactures and attempting to market her own in England, and
because France had possessions in America and India that England desired.
England allied herself with Portugal, on the other hand, because the trade of
the two countries was complementary rather than competitive.
260. Customs policy.—The customs policy of the period was governed
by mercantilist ideas, described in an earlier chapter. The government drew
a considerable portion of its revenue from the customs duties, but
nevertheless subordinated the collection of revenue to other considerations
in framing the tariff, and regarded it chiefly as a means of building up
national power in contest with other states. To further this end the
importation of manufactured wares was in many cases taxed or prohibited,
that foreigners might not draw money for work which Englishmen were
thought competent to do. Raw materials, like wool, which could be used as
the basis of English industries, were kept in the country by duties or
prohibitions on export; while the export of other wares, which put
was due to the energy of the individuals who were building up English
business at this period.
The effect of the new oceanic trade was to build up the ports in the West;
Liverpool came into prominence in the eighteenth century, and Bristol also
grew. The distribution of trade among the ports did not, however, change
greatly. An estimate of the eighteenth century gave to London still two
thirds of the total, while the remaining third was divided in equal parts
among the ports of the east, the south, and the west coasts.
259. (7) Government policy. Commerce and war.—Just as in shipping,
so in other commercial interests, the efforts of individuals to make money
for themselves were restrained or furthered by government regulations
aiming to advance the English people as a whole. Every matter of
commerce was at the same time a matter of politics. Mention was made in
an introductory chapter of the part played by England in the great wars of
the period. It will be remembered that English policy in general was
characterized by a shrewd recognition of the commercial advantages to be
gained in war, either by territorial acquisitions or by trading privileges, and
every war in which England engaged ended, as a rule, with a treaty that
gave her some new colonial market or some advantages in trade with a
European country. England fought France consistently, not because of old
traditions of enmity, but because France was a commercial rival, refusing
English manufactures and attempting to market her own in England, and
because France had possessions in America and India that England desired.
England allied herself with Portugal, on the other hand, because the trade of
the two countries was complementary rather than competitive.
260. Customs policy.—The customs policy of the period was governed
by mercantilist ideas, described in an earlier chapter. The government drew
a considerable portion of its revenue from the customs duties, but
nevertheless subordinated the collection of revenue to other considerations
in framing the tariff, and regarded it chiefly as a means of building up
national power in contest with other states. To further this end the
importation of manufactured wares was in many cases taxed or prohibited,
that foreigners might not draw money for work which Englishmen were
thought competent to do. Raw materials, like wool, which could be used as
the basis of English industries, were kept in the country by duties or
prohibitions on export; while the export of other wares, which put
Page 224
foreigners in debt to England, was encouraged. Other measures, now
inconceivable, were designed to stimulate certain industries; an Englishman
could be buried only in a woolen shroud; a Scotchman only in Scotch linen;
buttons and button-holes were regulated by legislation; English ships must
carry English sails.
261. Burden of the tariff.—In a sense it is wrong to speak of any
“system” of customs policy at this time, for the tariff, by constant changes,
had become extraordinarily confused, and included many inconsistencies.
“The collection and administration of such a complicated system was most
wasteful; while the taxes, when taken together, were so high as to interfere
seriously with the consumption of the article and to offer a great temptation
to the smuggler.” The most rigorous measures failed to stop the smuggling
which brought into England a large proportion of the goods on which duties
or prohibitions were imposed. Reforms attempted by different statesmen
alleviated to some extent the burden of the tariff on merchants, but left it
still so heavy and cumbrous that with the advances of the nineteenth
century it was felt to be intolerable. In this period almost no one thought of
free trade. The tariff undoubtedly stimulated the growth of certain industries
(silk, for example), but it is noteworthy that the cotton industry, which was
destined to become the most important of any in England, grew up not only
without any favor but under actual discouragements.
262. Colonial policy.—An English historian who has been quoted
several times before said that England “conquered and peopled half the
world in a fit of absence of mind,” implying that the movement was one of
natural expansion rather than of conscious policy. This seems true when we
contrast English colonization with that of other powers. Still, the
government held from the first the idea that the colonies were a part of the
home country, and should contribute in special ways to its advancement,
and these ideas grew stronger and took more definite form as the colonies
grew in size. The government permitted the movement of men and capital
to America under the condition that the resources of the colonies should be
made to supplement, not compete with, the resources of the mother country.
We have to note here the regulations in which the government ideas were
embodied.
263. Restrictions on colonial enterprise, regarded as justifiable at the
time.—By the application of the Navigation Acts the colonists were
required to employ English ships for their commerce, and to send certain
inconceivable, were designed to stimulate certain industries; an Englishman
could be buried only in a woolen shroud; a Scotchman only in Scotch linen;
buttons and button-holes were regulated by legislation; English ships must
carry English sails.
261. Burden of the tariff.—In a sense it is wrong to speak of any
“system” of customs policy at this time, for the tariff, by constant changes,
had become extraordinarily confused, and included many inconsistencies.
“The collection and administration of such a complicated system was most
wasteful; while the taxes, when taken together, were so high as to interfere
seriously with the consumption of the article and to offer a great temptation
to the smuggler.” The most rigorous measures failed to stop the smuggling
which brought into England a large proportion of the goods on which duties
or prohibitions were imposed. Reforms attempted by different statesmen
alleviated to some extent the burden of the tariff on merchants, but left it
still so heavy and cumbrous that with the advances of the nineteenth
century it was felt to be intolerable. In this period almost no one thought of
free trade. The tariff undoubtedly stimulated the growth of certain industries
(silk, for example), but it is noteworthy that the cotton industry, which was
destined to become the most important of any in England, grew up not only
without any favor but under actual discouragements.
262. Colonial policy.—An English historian who has been quoted
several times before said that England “conquered and peopled half the
world in a fit of absence of mind,” implying that the movement was one of
natural expansion rather than of conscious policy. This seems true when we
contrast English colonization with that of other powers. Still, the
government held from the first the idea that the colonies were a part of the
home country, and should contribute in special ways to its advancement,
and these ideas grew stronger and took more definite form as the colonies
grew in size. The government permitted the movement of men and capital
to America under the condition that the resources of the colonies should be
made to supplement, not compete with, the resources of the mother country.
We have to note here the regulations in which the government ideas were
embodied.
263. Restrictions on colonial enterprise, regarded as justifiable at the
time.—By the application of the Navigation Acts the colonists were
required to employ English ships for their commerce, and to send certain
Page 225
enumerated wares of their production to England before they could be
disposed of to another country; and by other acts they were restricted in the
manufacture or exchange of certain articles (woolens, hats, bar-iron, and
steel) for which English manufacturers desired to reserve the market. Aside
from these restrictions the colonists were left free to produce and to trade as
they pleased. They paid the usual duties, as a rule, on wares entering the
English ports, but were allowed a drawback when the wares were exported
again.
Comparing these restrictions with, for instance, those of Spain, we are
struck with their liberality; still more so when it is added that the
government gave some special favors to the colonists in the form of
bounties, and colonial ships were put on an equal footing with those built at
home, so that New England was a great gainer by the stimulus to ship-
building and sailing. England was the natural market for most of the
colonial wares, and the colonists, as we have seen, had few temptations to
go into manufacturing. None of these restrictions, therefore, bore with great
weight on the colonists, and an attempt to interfere in their trade with the
French West Indies (by the Molasses Act of 1733) was evaded. The English
colonial system was accepted as natural and reasonable by the colonists in
general until shortly before the Revolution.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Make a graphic chart of imports and compare with present conditions,
as suggested above under exports.
2. Insert the wares named in 251 and the following sections in the chart
of imports according to continents, sect. 237.
3. History of the East India Company in the eighteenth century.
[Cunningham, Growth; B. Willson, Ledger and sword, London, 1903, vol.
2.]
4. Compare the colonial market of England with that of Spain (see chap.
20) and that of France (see chap. 25).
5. Write a report on the economic and commercial characteristics of one
of the thirteen colonies, in the period preceding the Revolution. [See the
chapters describing the condition of the separate colonies in 1765, in Lodge,
English colonies, N. Y., Harper, 1881, $3.]
disposed of to another country; and by other acts they were restricted in the
manufacture or exchange of certain articles (woolens, hats, bar-iron, and
steel) for which English manufacturers desired to reserve the market. Aside
from these restrictions the colonists were left free to produce and to trade as
they pleased. They paid the usual duties, as a rule, on wares entering the
English ports, but were allowed a drawback when the wares were exported
again.
Comparing these restrictions with, for instance, those of Spain, we are
struck with their liberality; still more so when it is added that the
government gave some special favors to the colonists in the form of
bounties, and colonial ships were put on an equal footing with those built at
home, so that New England was a great gainer by the stimulus to ship-
building and sailing. England was the natural market for most of the
colonial wares, and the colonists, as we have seen, had few temptations to
go into manufacturing. None of these restrictions, therefore, bore with great
weight on the colonists, and an attempt to interfere in their trade with the
French West Indies (by the Molasses Act of 1733) was evaded. The English
colonial system was accepted as natural and reasonable by the colonists in
general until shortly before the Revolution.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Make a graphic chart of imports and compare with present conditions,
as suggested above under exports.
2. Insert the wares named in 251 and the following sections in the chart
of imports according to continents, sect. 237.
3. History of the East India Company in the eighteenth century.
[Cunningham, Growth; B. Willson, Ledger and sword, London, 1903, vol.
2.]
4. Compare the colonial market of England with that of Spain (see chap.
20) and that of France (see chap. 25).
5. Write a report on the economic and commercial characteristics of one
of the thirteen colonies, in the period preceding the Revolution. [See the
chapters describing the condition of the separate colonies in 1765, in Lodge,
English colonies, N. Y., Harper, 1881, $3.]
Page 226
6. English imports of naval stores, and schemes to stimulate exports from
America. [Lord, Industrial exper., part 2.]
7. Write a report on the commercial history of one of the island colonies,
(a) Jamaica, or (b) Barbadoes. [See encyclopedia, and references there; R.
Montgomery Martin, History of the British colonies, London, 1834, vol. 2,
chap. 2, Jamaica; chap. 7, Barbadoes, chap. 16, West Indian commerce;
Amos K. Fiske, West Indies, N. Y., Putnam, 1899, $1.50, chaps. 18-19,
Jamaica; chap. 37, Barbadoes.]
8. History of the African trading companies. [Cunningham, Growth, vol.
2, sect. 194.]
9. History of the slave trade. [Cunningham, index, and references in his
notes; Weeden, index; Encyc. Brit.]
10. The plantations, the Royal African Company and the slave trade,
1672-1680. [E. D. Collins, in Rep. of Amer. Hist. Assoc., 1900,
Washington, 1901, vol. 1, pp. 139-192.]
11. History of the merchant navy; development of ship-building and
navigation. [See the articles on the Navy, by W. Laird Clowes, Soc. Eng.,
vols. 3, 4, 5. The student should endeavor to extract from these articles,
which are rather fragmentary, only those facts which bear on the merchant
marine, and should guard against confusing this with the war navy.]
12. Write an essay on the colonial and commercial aspects of Cromwell’s
foreign policy. [Reference may be made to the following, among the
biographies of Cromwell: F. Harrison, Lond. 1888, chap. 13: Firth, N. Y.
1900, chap. 19; John Morley, N. Y. 1900, book 5, chap. 8; Roosevelt, N. Y.
1900, p. 225 ff. See also Frank Strong, The causes of Cromwell’s West
Indian expedition, Amer. Hist. Review, Jan., 1899, 4: 228-245; George L.
Beer, Cromwell’s economic policy, Polit. Sci. Quarterly, 1901, 16: 582-611;
1902, 17: 46-70.]
13. Of what country would ships have to be, according to the Navigation
Acts, to carry: wool from Spain; gold from Africa; spices from India; furs
from America?
14. The policy of the Navigation Acts and their effects. [Cunningham,
Growth, vol. 2, sects. 204, 222.]
15. Rise of the port of Liverpool. [Encyc., and references there.]
16. Report on one of the three commercial treaties, of 1703, of 1713, and
of 1786, as illustrating the policy of the period. [Hewins, English trade,
chap. 5.]
America. [Lord, Industrial exper., part 2.]
7. Write a report on the commercial history of one of the island colonies,
(a) Jamaica, or (b) Barbadoes. [See encyclopedia, and references there; R.
Montgomery Martin, History of the British colonies, London, 1834, vol. 2,
chap. 2, Jamaica; chap. 7, Barbadoes, chap. 16, West Indian commerce;
Amos K. Fiske, West Indies, N. Y., Putnam, 1899, $1.50, chaps. 18-19,
Jamaica; chap. 37, Barbadoes.]
8. History of the African trading companies. [Cunningham, Growth, vol.
2, sect. 194.]
9. History of the slave trade. [Cunningham, index, and references in his
notes; Weeden, index; Encyc. Brit.]
10. The plantations, the Royal African Company and the slave trade,
1672-1680. [E. D. Collins, in Rep. of Amer. Hist. Assoc., 1900,
Washington, 1901, vol. 1, pp. 139-192.]
11. History of the merchant navy; development of ship-building and
navigation. [See the articles on the Navy, by W. Laird Clowes, Soc. Eng.,
vols. 3, 4, 5. The student should endeavor to extract from these articles,
which are rather fragmentary, only those facts which bear on the merchant
marine, and should guard against confusing this with the war navy.]
12. Write an essay on the colonial and commercial aspects of Cromwell’s
foreign policy. [Reference may be made to the following, among the
biographies of Cromwell: F. Harrison, Lond. 1888, chap. 13: Firth, N. Y.
1900, chap. 19; John Morley, N. Y. 1900, book 5, chap. 8; Roosevelt, N. Y.
1900, p. 225 ff. See also Frank Strong, The causes of Cromwell’s West
Indian expedition, Amer. Hist. Review, Jan., 1899, 4: 228-245; George L.
Beer, Cromwell’s economic policy, Polit. Sci. Quarterly, 1901, 16: 582-611;
1902, 17: 46-70.]
13. Of what country would ships have to be, according to the Navigation
Acts, to carry: wool from Spain; gold from Africa; spices from India; furs
from America?
14. The policy of the Navigation Acts and their effects. [Cunningham,
Growth, vol. 2, sects. 204, 222.]
15. Rise of the port of Liverpool. [Encyc., and references there.]
16. Report on one of the three commercial treaties, of 1703, of 1713, and
of 1786, as illustrating the policy of the period. [Hewins, English trade,
chap. 5.]
Page 227
17. Abuses of the customs duties, and the reform by the younger Pitt.
[Lecky, Hist., chap. 16, Cabinet ed., 5: 295 ff.]
18. The commercial legislation of England and the American colonies,
1660-1760. [See the article with that title by W. J. Ashley, Quarterly Journal
of Economics, 1899-1900, 14: 1-29; republished in his Surveys, London.,
1900.]
19. American smuggling, 1660-1760: to what extent was it practised;
does it prove the English policy to have been oppressive? [Ashley, Surveys,
336-360.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
See chapter xxi.
[Lecky, Hist., chap. 16, Cabinet ed., 5: 295 ff.]
18. The commercial legislation of England and the American colonies,
1660-1760. [See the article with that title by W. J. Ashley, Quarterly Journal
of Economics, 1899-1900, 14: 1-29; republished in his Surveys, London.,
1900.]
19. American smuggling, 1660-1760: to what extent was it practised;
does it prove the English policy to have been oppressive? [Ashley, Surveys,
336-360.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
See chapter xxi.
Page 228
CHAPTER XXIV
FRANCE: SURVEY OF COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT
264. Natural advantages of France in the modern period.—In
preceding sections we have considered countries which for a time took the
leading place in commerce among the states of Europe. We have now to
study the development of the other states, to understand the share they took
in commerce, and to note so far as possible the causes which kept them
below the leaders.
Taking first France, we find a country which throughout the period
enjoyed the reputation of being the richest state of Europe. Not only in area
and population did it greatly exceed its traditional rival, England; it had also
advantages of soil and climate which caused it to be regarded as favored
beyond all others. Fronting both the Mediterranean and Atlantic, with easy
access to the North Sea and Baltic, it had a better position for the sea
commerce of the period than any other country, while internal
transportation was facilitated by a remarkable system of navigable rivers,
that brought the interior of the country into easy communication with the
coast. Nor can we say that the French people of this period were inferior to
those of other countries in their economic capacity. Before the beginning of
the period and at intervals during its course they give evidence of
productive ability which would have led to very different results under
conditions such as more favored people, like the English, enjoyed. This
holds true even of manufacturing, a branch of production in which the
French have commonly been considered inferior by natural bent to the
English.
265. The chief reason why France did not rise to leadership.—In spite
of size, resources, and population, France did not rise above the second
place mainly through the fault of the French organization, the arrangements
that the French nation had for working together. We may compare the
French state to a modern industrial corporation, which has a large capital
invested in a valuable plant, and has good business openings; but in which
the business is wrecked by quarrels among the stockholders, and by such a
poor organization that president and directors can disregard the interests of
the stockholders, can conduct affairs for their selfish profit, and can waste
FRANCE: SURVEY OF COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT
264. Natural advantages of France in the modern period.—In
preceding sections we have considered countries which for a time took the
leading place in commerce among the states of Europe. We have now to
study the development of the other states, to understand the share they took
in commerce, and to note so far as possible the causes which kept them
below the leaders.
Taking first France, we find a country which throughout the period
enjoyed the reputation of being the richest state of Europe. Not only in area
and population did it greatly exceed its traditional rival, England; it had also
advantages of soil and climate which caused it to be regarded as favored
beyond all others. Fronting both the Mediterranean and Atlantic, with easy
access to the North Sea and Baltic, it had a better position for the sea
commerce of the period than any other country, while internal
transportation was facilitated by a remarkable system of navigable rivers,
that brought the interior of the country into easy communication with the
coast. Nor can we say that the French people of this period were inferior to
those of other countries in their economic capacity. Before the beginning of
the period and at intervals during its course they give evidence of
productive ability which would have led to very different results under
conditions such as more favored people, like the English, enjoyed. This
holds true even of manufacturing, a branch of production in which the
French have commonly been considered inferior by natural bent to the
English.
265. The chief reason why France did not rise to leadership.—In spite
of size, resources, and population, France did not rise above the second
place mainly through the fault of the French organization, the arrangements
that the French nation had for working together. We may compare the
French state to a modern industrial corporation, which has a large capital
invested in a valuable plant, and has good business openings; but in which
the business is wrecked by quarrels among the stockholders, and by such a
poor organization that president and directors can disregard the interests of
the stockholders, can conduct affairs for their selfish profit, and can waste
Page 229
the company’s resources in enterprises that do not pay. The point will be
made more clear if, as an introduction to the history of commerce in France,
we sketch the general history of the country from the later Middle Ages to
the French Revolution of 1789.
266. Progress checked by the Hundred Years’ War with England, and
by religious conflicts.—In the fourteenth century it seemed as though
France were going to lead Europe in the development of a new period.
Agriculture and manufactures were flourishing; internal trade was active;
and French ship-owners, growing accustomed to longer voyages, ventured
far down the west coast of Africa and established trading stations even on
the coast of Guinea. The country was plunged again into a condition of
medieval chaos by the Hundred Years’ War (1336-1453), a war that hurt
France vastly more than England because it was fought entirely on French
soil. French and English armies, and “free companies” of organized bandits
ravaged the country; the weight of taxes grew; trade dwindled, cities
declined, and artisans emigrated.
The country had hardly recovered from this war (which ended in 1453),
when it was again disturbed, this time by a series of civil wars between
Protestants and Catholics, attended by the same unfortunate economic
effects. The religious conflict was finally closed by a settlement which was
even more disastrous; the French Protestants, to the number of nearly half a
million and making up the most valuable industrial element in the
population, were expelled from France as the Jews and Moriscoes had been
expelled from Spain. The loss to France can be measured by the gain of
other countries; the establishment and development of important
manufactures can be traced in each of three countries, England, Prussia, and
the Netherlands, to the influx of the Huguenot refugees.
267. Effect of the absolute monarchy on French development.—
France secured finally freedom from foreign invasion and from internal
dissension, but at a terrible cost. The whole power of the state was vested in
the hands of the king. The stockholders lost all power to direct the concerns
of the company. Rarely this power was exercised by a king both wise and
strong, like Henry IV. During the long reign of Louis XIV it was wielded by
a king who was strong but who was not wise; who wasted the rich resources
of his country in fruitless wars, while he neglected the opportunities for
reforms at home and for commercial expansion abroad. Too often the rule
was held only in name by the king, but in fact by the royal favorites,
made more clear if, as an introduction to the history of commerce in France,
we sketch the general history of the country from the later Middle Ages to
the French Revolution of 1789.
266. Progress checked by the Hundred Years’ War with England, and
by religious conflicts.—In the fourteenth century it seemed as though
France were going to lead Europe in the development of a new period.
Agriculture and manufactures were flourishing; internal trade was active;
and French ship-owners, growing accustomed to longer voyages, ventured
far down the west coast of Africa and established trading stations even on
the coast of Guinea. The country was plunged again into a condition of
medieval chaos by the Hundred Years’ War (1336-1453), a war that hurt
France vastly more than England because it was fought entirely on French
soil. French and English armies, and “free companies” of organized bandits
ravaged the country; the weight of taxes grew; trade dwindled, cities
declined, and artisans emigrated.
The country had hardly recovered from this war (which ended in 1453),
when it was again disturbed, this time by a series of civil wars between
Protestants and Catholics, attended by the same unfortunate economic
effects. The religious conflict was finally closed by a settlement which was
even more disastrous; the French Protestants, to the number of nearly half a
million and making up the most valuable industrial element in the
population, were expelled from France as the Jews and Moriscoes had been
expelled from Spain. The loss to France can be measured by the gain of
other countries; the establishment and development of important
manufactures can be traced in each of three countries, England, Prussia, and
the Netherlands, to the influx of the Huguenot refugees.
267. Effect of the absolute monarchy on French development.—
France secured finally freedom from foreign invasion and from internal
dissension, but at a terrible cost. The whole power of the state was vested in
the hands of the king. The stockholders lost all power to direct the concerns
of the company. Rarely this power was exercised by a king both wise and
strong, like Henry IV. During the long reign of Louis XIV it was wielded by
a king who was strong but who was not wise; who wasted the rich resources
of his country in fruitless wars, while he neglected the opportunities for
reforms at home and for commercial expansion abroad. Too often the rule
was held only in name by the king, but in fact by the royal favorites,
Page 230
worthless adventurers who by pleasing the taste of the sovereign gained the
power to direct as they chose the policy of this great country. This evil is
especially marked in the eighteenth century, when England was prepared to
take advantage of every mistake of France, in building up her world power.
268. Failure to reform conditions inherited from the feudal period.—
The absolute monarchy played a vital part in the history of French
commerce, not only by its disregard of commercial interests abroad, but by
its lack of business sense in home affairs. As the details will appear in the
following pages it is necessary here to call attention only to some general
points. The kings did not complete the unification of the country by
breaking down the feudal toll barriers, of which some remained until the
Revolution. They encouraged the separation of classes, just as they allowed
the separation of sections; the French were split into groups, mutually
jealous and hostile, which lacked the feeling of common interest, and were
unable to cooperate. The most serious distinction between classes was in
regard to taxation. Nobles and clergy were granted privileges, often of a
kind that hindered production, while they paid very little to the public
treasury. The productive classes, on the other hand, the business men and
laborers, bore nearly the whole burden. The weight of this burden was
tremendous, for the machinery of government had become more and more
complicated and more and more inefficient with the passage of time, so that
the government had to demand a great deal from the taxpayers to
accomplish very little in the public service. An idea of the condition in the
eighteenth century can be gathered from the fact that the peasant is
estimated to have paid from one half to four fifths of his gross income to a
government which gave him almost nothing in return.
269. Bloom of French commerce in the fifteenth century as shown in
the business of Jacques Cœur.—Returning now from this political survey
to the history of commerce proper, we find before the year 1500 one name
standing out prominently in the history of French commerce, that of
Jacques Cœur, a merchant of Bourges. A contemporary says of him: “His
ships carried to the East the cloths and merchandise of the kingdom. On
their return they carried back from Egypt and the Levant different silk
stuffs, and all kinds of spices. On their arrival in France some of these ships
ascended the Rhone, while others went to supply Catalonia and the
neighboring provinces, competing in this way with the Genoese and the
Catalonians in a branch of trade that up to that time they alone had
power to direct as they chose the policy of this great country. This evil is
especially marked in the eighteenth century, when England was prepared to
take advantage of every mistake of France, in building up her world power.
268. Failure to reform conditions inherited from the feudal period.—
The absolute monarchy played a vital part in the history of French
commerce, not only by its disregard of commercial interests abroad, but by
its lack of business sense in home affairs. As the details will appear in the
following pages it is necessary here to call attention only to some general
points. The kings did not complete the unification of the country by
breaking down the feudal toll barriers, of which some remained until the
Revolution. They encouraged the separation of classes, just as they allowed
the separation of sections; the French were split into groups, mutually
jealous and hostile, which lacked the feeling of common interest, and were
unable to cooperate. The most serious distinction between classes was in
regard to taxation. Nobles and clergy were granted privileges, often of a
kind that hindered production, while they paid very little to the public
treasury. The productive classes, on the other hand, the business men and
laborers, bore nearly the whole burden. The weight of this burden was
tremendous, for the machinery of government had become more and more
complicated and more and more inefficient with the passage of time, so that
the government had to demand a great deal from the taxpayers to
accomplish very little in the public service. An idea of the condition in the
eighteenth century can be gathered from the fact that the peasant is
estimated to have paid from one half to four fifths of his gross income to a
government which gave him almost nothing in return.
269. Bloom of French commerce in the fifteenth century as shown in
the business of Jacques Cœur.—Returning now from this political survey
to the history of commerce proper, we find before the year 1500 one name
standing out prominently in the history of French commerce, that of
Jacques Cœur, a merchant of Bourges. A contemporary says of him: “His
ships carried to the East the cloths and merchandise of the kingdom. On
their return they carried back from Egypt and the Levant different silk
stuffs, and all kinds of spices. On their arrival in France some of these ships
ascended the Rhone, while others went to supply Catalonia and the
neighboring provinces, competing in this way with the Genoese and the
Catalonians in a branch of trade that up to that time they alone had
Page 231
exploited.” At the height of his fortunes, about 1450, he had a silk factory in
Florence, did business with England and thought of establishing an office in
Flanders also. The work of Cœur survived him, and French commerce
developed rapidly in the intervals of peace following. Great interest was felt
in France in the explorations of the sixteenth century, and though the French
were behind the Spanish and Portuguese in the work, they led the English
and Dutch, and the names of Verrazano (an Italian in the French service)
and Cartier testify to their energy.
270. The bulk of French commerce still with nearby countries.—
France was still unprepared, however, to engage extensively in oceanic
commerce. The chief part of its trade in the sixteenth century was with its
immediate neighbors; it found the best market for its exports in Spain, and
it sought a large part of its imports in Italy. French military expeditions to
Italy about 1500 had far more effect at the time than the discovery of the
New World or of the sea route to India; the Italians stimulated and gratified
new tastes and introduced new methods in business. The best days of the
Levant trade had passed away, but the number of French ships engaged in it
increased rapidly, until the outbreak of the religious wars at home. France
shared with Venice the profits of its trade, and was the first of the European
states to secure from the Sultan at Constantinople a “capitulation” in the
modern form, defining the condition on which foreigners could trade.
271. Decline during the period of the religious wars.—The promising
development was checked by the religious wars of the later sixteenth
century; France must endure a period of anarchy at home and powerlessness
abroad. French commerce declined at its source, as production languished;
and was attacked abroad by competitors and by the pirates who infested the
coasts. About 1600 the French merchant marine had almost disappeared
from the Atlantic; voyages to foreign lands had ceased, and even the
coasting trade had passed into the hands of the English, Flemish, and Dutch.
Marseilles still maintained relations with the Levant, but the French
merchants there were being mercilessly bled by Turkish governors, and
were being rapidly driven out of the market by the English and Dutch.
France seemed actually saved from ruin by the few years of peace and good
government given by Henry IV and his minister Sully.
272. Recovery after 1600.—The first three quarters of the seventeenth
century, until the disastrous foreign wars of Louis XIV, were on the whole a
period of peace and progress. Under Henry IV taxes were low, the means of
Florence, did business with England and thought of establishing an office in
Flanders also. The work of Cœur survived him, and French commerce
developed rapidly in the intervals of peace following. Great interest was felt
in France in the explorations of the sixteenth century, and though the French
were behind the Spanish and Portuguese in the work, they led the English
and Dutch, and the names of Verrazano (an Italian in the French service)
and Cartier testify to their energy.
270. The bulk of French commerce still with nearby countries.—
France was still unprepared, however, to engage extensively in oceanic
commerce. The chief part of its trade in the sixteenth century was with its
immediate neighbors; it found the best market for its exports in Spain, and
it sought a large part of its imports in Italy. French military expeditions to
Italy about 1500 had far more effect at the time than the discovery of the
New World or of the sea route to India; the Italians stimulated and gratified
new tastes and introduced new methods in business. The best days of the
Levant trade had passed away, but the number of French ships engaged in it
increased rapidly, until the outbreak of the religious wars at home. France
shared with Venice the profits of its trade, and was the first of the European
states to secure from the Sultan at Constantinople a “capitulation” in the
modern form, defining the condition on which foreigners could trade.
271. Decline during the period of the religious wars.—The promising
development was checked by the religious wars of the later sixteenth
century; France must endure a period of anarchy at home and powerlessness
abroad. French commerce declined at its source, as production languished;
and was attacked abroad by competitors and by the pirates who infested the
coasts. About 1600 the French merchant marine had almost disappeared
from the Atlantic; voyages to foreign lands had ceased, and even the
coasting trade had passed into the hands of the English, Flemish, and Dutch.
Marseilles still maintained relations with the Levant, but the French
merchants there were being mercilessly bled by Turkish governors, and
were being rapidly driven out of the market by the English and Dutch.
France seemed actually saved from ruin by the few years of peace and good
government given by Henry IV and his minister Sully.
272. Recovery after 1600.—The first three quarters of the seventeenth
century, until the disastrous foreign wars of Louis XIV, were on the whole a
period of peace and progress. Under Henry IV taxes were low, the means of
Page 232
internal communication by land and water were restored and improved, and
new industries were introduced. The revival of trade was shown in the
prosperity of fairs. The great foreign minister, Richelieu, was interested
mainly in questions of politics, and hampered the development of French
resources by heavy taxes, but in some ways he continued the work of Henry
IV. The English of this period called themselves “Kings of the Sea” and
termed Richelieu a “fresh-water admiral”; French ships, afraid to refuse the
English a salute and unwilling to accord it, sailed under the Dutch flag.
Richelieu said, in the government newspaper, “France, bounded by two
seas, can maintain herself only by sea power,” and began the construction
of a navy which would give confidence to the merchant marine.
273. Founding of commercial companies, and colonial expansion.—
The revival of French commerce was evidenced by the incorporation of
companies designed to trade with distant parts of the world, and by the
encouragement and growth of colonization. The list of commercial
companies founded, 1599-1642, including reorganizations, amounted to
twenty-two, including in its scope Canada, the West Indies, Guinea, the
west coast of Africa, Madagascar, East India, and the Malay Archipelago
(Java, etc.). The government accorded great privileges to the companies,
and the royal influence was exerted in every way to help them; men were
forced even by intimidation to invest in them, and nobles were allowed to
participate without lowering the dignity of their order. The colonies were
likewise pushed by the force of the government; emigration was
encouraged and discharged soldiers and poor girls were sent out by the
government to further the growth of population. The number of Europeans
in Canada was perhaps 2,500 in 1660, and increased to 10,000 in the next
twenty years; a considerable number of French settled also in various
islands of the West Indies. France stood next to Spain as a colonial power,
measuring merely by the area to which she could lay claim.
274. Reasons for the failure of these enterprises.—Most of these
commercial and colonial enterprises were failures. They showed the
characteristic faults of the time: inefficiency of organization, a failure to
appreciate the difficulties of their task, and impatience in their attempts to
solve the problems. They had special elements of weakness, moreover, in
their rather artificial character, and in the fact that they carried with them
abroad the class distinctions and prejudices of the home country. Still, the
seventeenth century was for all nations a time of experiment in distant
new industries were introduced. The revival of trade was shown in the
prosperity of fairs. The great foreign minister, Richelieu, was interested
mainly in questions of politics, and hampered the development of French
resources by heavy taxes, but in some ways he continued the work of Henry
IV. The English of this period called themselves “Kings of the Sea” and
termed Richelieu a “fresh-water admiral”; French ships, afraid to refuse the
English a salute and unwilling to accord it, sailed under the Dutch flag.
Richelieu said, in the government newspaper, “France, bounded by two
seas, can maintain herself only by sea power,” and began the construction
of a navy which would give confidence to the merchant marine.
273. Founding of commercial companies, and colonial expansion.—
The revival of French commerce was evidenced by the incorporation of
companies designed to trade with distant parts of the world, and by the
encouragement and growth of colonization. The list of commercial
companies founded, 1599-1642, including reorganizations, amounted to
twenty-two, including in its scope Canada, the West Indies, Guinea, the
west coast of Africa, Madagascar, East India, and the Malay Archipelago
(Java, etc.). The government accorded great privileges to the companies,
and the royal influence was exerted in every way to help them; men were
forced even by intimidation to invest in them, and nobles were allowed to
participate without lowering the dignity of their order. The colonies were
likewise pushed by the force of the government; emigration was
encouraged and discharged soldiers and poor girls were sent out by the
government to further the growth of population. The number of Europeans
in Canada was perhaps 2,500 in 1660, and increased to 10,000 in the next
twenty years; a considerable number of French settled also in various
islands of the West Indies. France stood next to Spain as a colonial power,
measuring merely by the area to which she could lay claim.
274. Reasons for the failure of these enterprises.—Most of these
commercial and colonial enterprises were failures. They showed the
characteristic faults of the time: inefficiency of organization, a failure to
appreciate the difficulties of their task, and impatience in their attempts to
solve the problems. They had special elements of weakness, moreover, in
their rather artificial character, and in the fact that they carried with them
abroad the class distinctions and prejudices of the home country. Still, the
seventeenth century was for all nations a time of experiment in distant
Page 233
commerce and colonization; a large proportion of failures was natural, and
the French had attained a sufficient measure of success before 1700 to have
enabled them to enter the international competition of the eighteenth
century with good prospects. Their prospects were blighted, and France lost
its opportunity to become a “world-power” by the fault of the French
political constitution, which put the interests of the people at the mercy of
one man, the king.
275. Mistaken policy of Louis XIV.—The “Great Monarch,” Louis XIV,
did not lack good advisers. The philosopher Leibnitz proposed, at this
critical period in French history when the country could choose to be either
a land or a sea power, that it should select the latter alternative, and base its
greatness on control of the sea and of commerce. He said that France
needed peace at home to permit an expansion of its power abroad, where
the richest prizes of power were to be had; and he urged the occupation of
Egypt, to give France the control of trade to the Levant and the far East. But
Louis thought that the French frontier was too near to Paris and saw
tempting morsels of territory on the other side of it; he found the arrogance
of the Dutch galling to his pride; he wanted to raze the Pyrenees by putting
a French prince on the Spanish throne. He engaged, therefore, in a series of
continental wars continuing nearly fifty years, which returned little or no
gain in Europe, and destroyed the power of France in the other continents.
Louis’ policy prompted his biographer to a comment of sad significance,
“The inhabitants of the several nations of Europe have scarce ever any
interest in the wars of their sovereigns.”
This sovereign found France vigorous and offering brilliant promises of
development; he left her weighted with taxes and debt. A distinguished
Frenchman said toward the close of this reign that a tenth of the people
were reduced to beggary, and of the remainder over one half were in no
condition to give alms, they were so near to beggary themselves.
276. Decline of the French colonial empire in the eighteenth century.
—The colonial possessions which France surrendered to England at the
close of the wars (the Hudson’s Bay Territory, Nova Scotia, and
Newfoundland) seem comparatively unimportant, but their loss was
significant. The two countries had chosen different paths. England
continued to build up a colonial empire; France continued to spend her
resources in continental wars, at the cost of her commerce and her colonies.
The Seven Years’ War, ending in 1763, marks practically the end of the
the French had attained a sufficient measure of success before 1700 to have
enabled them to enter the international competition of the eighteenth
century with good prospects. Their prospects were blighted, and France lost
its opportunity to become a “world-power” by the fault of the French
political constitution, which put the interests of the people at the mercy of
one man, the king.
275. Mistaken policy of Louis XIV.—The “Great Monarch,” Louis XIV,
did not lack good advisers. The philosopher Leibnitz proposed, at this
critical period in French history when the country could choose to be either
a land or a sea power, that it should select the latter alternative, and base its
greatness on control of the sea and of commerce. He said that France
needed peace at home to permit an expansion of its power abroad, where
the richest prizes of power were to be had; and he urged the occupation of
Egypt, to give France the control of trade to the Levant and the far East. But
Louis thought that the French frontier was too near to Paris and saw
tempting morsels of territory on the other side of it; he found the arrogance
of the Dutch galling to his pride; he wanted to raze the Pyrenees by putting
a French prince on the Spanish throne. He engaged, therefore, in a series of
continental wars continuing nearly fifty years, which returned little or no
gain in Europe, and destroyed the power of France in the other continents.
Louis’ policy prompted his biographer to a comment of sad significance,
“The inhabitants of the several nations of Europe have scarce ever any
interest in the wars of their sovereigns.”
This sovereign found France vigorous and offering brilliant promises of
development; he left her weighted with taxes and debt. A distinguished
Frenchman said toward the close of this reign that a tenth of the people
were reduced to beggary, and of the remainder over one half were in no
condition to give alms, they were so near to beggary themselves.
276. Decline of the French colonial empire in the eighteenth century.
—The colonial possessions which France surrendered to England at the
close of the wars (the Hudson’s Bay Territory, Nova Scotia, and
Newfoundland) seem comparatively unimportant, but their loss was
significant. The two countries had chosen different paths. England
continued to build up a colonial empire; France continued to spend her
resources in continental wars, at the cost of her commerce and her colonies.
The Seven Years’ War, ending in 1763, marks practically the end of the
Page 234
conflict. France surrendered all her possessions on the North American
continent, and some of those in the West Indies and Africa; and abandoned
forever the hope, at one time most promising, of building up an empire in
India. So little were the colonies appreciated in France that some good
Frenchmen rejoiced at their loss, and only wished that more of “those
wretched possessions” might have been transferred, to ruin the enemy!
277. Growth, notwithstanding, in the commerce of France.—The
reader must not infer from preceding paragraphs that French commerce was
stationary or declining in the eighteenth century. Colonial expansion was
often a long-time investment, from which a country could hope to recover
the full return only after the lapse of generations, sometimes after the
colony had established its freedom. The full effect of the French policy is
apparent only in the nineteenth century, and elements which we have not
yet considered must be taken into account to explain why France has been
passed by other countries in the race for industrial supremacy. In the
eighteenth century, in spite of a misguided foreign policy, in spite of
burdensome taxes, and in spite of a vicious organization of internal trade
and manufactures which will be described later, France profited by her size
and resources to build up a great foreign trade. Some features of this trade
will be apparent from the following table, to which the same remarks apply
that have already been made on the subject of statistics. The figures show in
millions of livres (and a rough equivalent) the trade of France with the
various continents in 1716, when the country was just recovering from war
and commerce was unduly depressed, and 1787, when a short period of
unusually active trade preceded the French Revolution.
continent, and some of those in the West Indies and Africa; and abandoned
forever the hope, at one time most promising, of building up an empire in
India. So little were the colonies appreciated in France that some good
Frenchmen rejoiced at their loss, and only wished that more of “those
wretched possessions” might have been transferred, to ruin the enemy!
277. Growth, notwithstanding, in the commerce of France.—The
reader must not infer from preceding paragraphs that French commerce was
stationary or declining in the eighteenth century. Colonial expansion was
often a long-time investment, from which a country could hope to recover
the full return only after the lapse of generations, sometimes after the
colony had established its freedom. The full effect of the French policy is
apparent only in the nineteenth century, and elements which we have not
yet considered must be taken into account to explain why France has been
passed by other countries in the race for industrial supremacy. In the
eighteenth century, in spite of a misguided foreign policy, in spite of
burdensome taxes, and in spite of a vicious organization of internal trade
and manufactures which will be described later, France profited by her size
and resources to build up a great foreign trade. Some features of this trade
will be apparent from the following table, to which the same remarks apply
that have already been made on the subject of statistics. The figures show in
millions of livres (and a rough equivalent) the trade of France with the
various continents in 1716, when the country was just recovering from war
and commerce was unduly depressed, and 1787, when a short period of
unusually active trade preceded the French Revolution.
Page 235
Commerce of France by Continents
1716 1787
Europe liv. 176.6 $ 35. liv. 804.3 $ 161
America 25.8 5. 269.9 54
Asia 9.2 2. 52.1 10
Africa 1.1 0.2 6.5 1
Total 214.9 43. 1153.5 230
278. Analysis of French commerce in the eighteenth century.—
Without attempting to draw too much from figures which are known to be
inaccurate, we can base on this table some few important conclusions. The
commerce of France grew at a rate not far from that of England’s in the
eighteenth century. The commerce of France, however, continued in much
greater degree to be European; the chief trade of the country was with its
neighbors, Italy and Germany, and, after them, with England and the Baltic.
To these countries France sent manufactures amounting to less than one
1716 1787
Europe liv. 176.6 $ 35. liv. 804.3 $ 161
America 25.8 5. 269.9 54
Asia 9.2 2. 52.1 10
Africa 1.1 0.2 6.5 1
Total 214.9 43. 1153.5 230
278. Analysis of French commerce in the eighteenth century.—
Without attempting to draw too much from figures which are known to be
inaccurate, we can base on this table some few important conclusions. The
commerce of France grew at a rate not far from that of England’s in the
eighteenth century. The commerce of France, however, continued in much
greater degree to be European; the chief trade of the country was with its
neighbors, Italy and Germany, and, after them, with England and the Baltic.
To these countries France sent manufactures amounting to less than one
Page 236
third of the total exports (122 million), the remainder being made up of
articles of food and drink and various other raw materials. The failure of
France to manufacture goods which would hold their own in the world
market must be regarded as her vital weakness. We see it especially well
illustrated in the trade with the United States. During the later years of the
Revolution (1781-1783) France sent to the United States exports amounting
to over eleven million livres a year. A few years afterward (1787-1789),
when the restoration of peace should have stimulated the trade, it had
dropped to less than two millions. The French had sent poor wares, and
could not hold the trade when the English were free to compete again.
279. Value of the French sugar colonies.—It was the fortune of the
French to keep of their colonies in America just those which were capable
of the most rapid economic development. They were West India islands in
which sugar was produced by slave labor. Comparatively few Frenchmen
had settled in the islands, and in the long run they were to prove of little
advantage to the home country, but in the eighteenth century they were
veritable gold mines. The leading position in sugar production, which had
first been taken by the Portuguese in Brazil, passed early from them to the
English, and was taken before 1750 by the French, who soon controlled the
European market. A part, also, of the imports from Africa comprised sugar
from islands in the Indian ocean, while the African slave trade was
exploited for the benefit of American planters.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Striking characteristics and chief weaknesses of the political system of
France. [Seebohm, Prot. rev., 40-46, 210-212; Cheyney, Eur. background,
115-121; Taine, Ancient régime.]
2. Effect of the Hundred Years’ War (a) on the people, (b) on the power
of the king. [Adams, Growth, chap. 9.]
3. Effect upon France of the religious wars, and the emigration of the
Huguenots. [Adams, 180 ff., 227 ff.]
4. Write a report on the career of Jacques Cœur. [Encyc. Brit.]
5. Write a report on one of the French explorers. [Manuals of U. S.
history and references; Thwaites, France in Amer., chap. 1: Parkman,
Pioneers of France.]
articles of food and drink and various other raw materials. The failure of
France to manufacture goods which would hold their own in the world
market must be regarded as her vital weakness. We see it especially well
illustrated in the trade with the United States. During the later years of the
Revolution (1781-1783) France sent to the United States exports amounting
to over eleven million livres a year. A few years afterward (1787-1789),
when the restoration of peace should have stimulated the trade, it had
dropped to less than two millions. The French had sent poor wares, and
could not hold the trade when the English were free to compete again.
279. Value of the French sugar colonies.—It was the fortune of the
French to keep of their colonies in America just those which were capable
of the most rapid economic development. They were West India islands in
which sugar was produced by slave labor. Comparatively few Frenchmen
had settled in the islands, and in the long run they were to prove of little
advantage to the home country, but in the eighteenth century they were
veritable gold mines. The leading position in sugar production, which had
first been taken by the Portuguese in Brazil, passed early from them to the
English, and was taken before 1750 by the French, who soon controlled the
European market. A part, also, of the imports from Africa comprised sugar
from islands in the Indian ocean, while the African slave trade was
exploited for the benefit of American planters.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Striking characteristics and chief weaknesses of the political system of
France. [Seebohm, Prot. rev., 40-46, 210-212; Cheyney, Eur. background,
115-121; Taine, Ancient régime.]
2. Effect of the Hundred Years’ War (a) on the people, (b) on the power
of the king. [Adams, Growth, chap. 9.]
3. Effect upon France of the religious wars, and the emigration of the
Huguenots. [Adams, 180 ff., 227 ff.]
4. Write a report on the career of Jacques Cœur. [Encyc. Brit.]
5. Write a report on one of the French explorers. [Manuals of U. S.
history and references; Thwaites, France in Amer., chap. 1: Parkman,
Pioneers of France.]
Page 237
6. Write a brief report on the history of the commerce of Marseilles.
[Encyc.]
7. Reforms under Henry of Navarre. [Adams, Growth, p. 183 ff.; P. F.
Willert, Henry of Navarre, N. Y., Putnam, 1893, $1.50, chap. 8.]
8. Reforms by Richelieu, 1624-1642. [J. B. Perkins, Richelieu, N. Y.,
Putnam, 1900, $1.50, chaps. 6, 9.]
9. Economic organization and commerce of the French in America.
[Bateson in Camb. mod. hist., vol. 7, chap. 3; Thwaites, France, chap. 8;
Parkman, Old régime, part 2.]
10. Make a written summary of the wars of Louis XIV, showing gains
and losses of territory, in Europe and in the rest of the world. [Adam
Growth, p. 216 ff.]
11. Opportunity lost by Louis XIV to build up an empire by sea power.
[Mahan, Sea power, chap. 2, and pp. 141 ff., 198 ff., 219 ff.]
12. Prepare a written summary of the results of the French wars of the
eighteenth century. [Adams, Growth, chap. 14.]
13. Prepare a graphic chart from the table of figures, sect. 277, as
suggested above in the case of England, and study the conclusions to be
drawn from figures and chart.
14. Combine the charts for England and for France, and draw conclusions
from the comparison. Endeavor, if possible, by extending your reading, to
settle the questions which this comparison will suggest. Note, however, that
the figures refer to different dates, that they are a far less accurate index of
the facts than you would suppose, and, finally, that the reduction to modern
currency is very rough.
15. Write a report on the history and commerce of one of the following
West India islands under French rule: (a) San Domingo, (b) Guadeloupe, (c)
Martinique. [Encyclopedia; Homans’ Cyc. of commerce; C. B. Norman,
Colonial France, or Bryan Edwards’ History, if that book is available.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Of the general works on French history, Adams, **Growth of the French
nation, is excellent.
Of the works on particular periods all the books of James Breck Perkins
can be highly recommended for the attention paid to economic conditions; I
refer above only to the small book on Richelieu. See the A. L. A. Catalogue
[Encyc.]
7. Reforms under Henry of Navarre. [Adams, Growth, p. 183 ff.; P. F.
Willert, Henry of Navarre, N. Y., Putnam, 1893, $1.50, chap. 8.]
8. Reforms by Richelieu, 1624-1642. [J. B. Perkins, Richelieu, N. Y.,
Putnam, 1900, $1.50, chaps. 6, 9.]
9. Economic organization and commerce of the French in America.
[Bateson in Camb. mod. hist., vol. 7, chap. 3; Thwaites, France, chap. 8;
Parkman, Old régime, part 2.]
10. Make a written summary of the wars of Louis XIV, showing gains
and losses of territory, in Europe and in the rest of the world. [Adam
Growth, p. 216 ff.]
11. Opportunity lost by Louis XIV to build up an empire by sea power.
[Mahan, Sea power, chap. 2, and pp. 141 ff., 198 ff., 219 ff.]
12. Prepare a written summary of the results of the French wars of the
eighteenth century. [Adams, Growth, chap. 14.]
13. Prepare a graphic chart from the table of figures, sect. 277, as
suggested above in the case of England, and study the conclusions to be
drawn from figures and chart.
14. Combine the charts for England and for France, and draw conclusions
from the comparison. Endeavor, if possible, by extending your reading, to
settle the questions which this comparison will suggest. Note, however, that
the figures refer to different dates, that they are a far less accurate index of
the facts than you would suppose, and, finally, that the reduction to modern
currency is very rough.
15. Write a report on the history and commerce of one of the following
West India islands under French rule: (a) San Domingo, (b) Guadeloupe, (c)
Martinique. [Encyclopedia; Homans’ Cyc. of commerce; C. B. Norman,
Colonial France, or Bryan Edwards’ History, if that book is available.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Of the general works on French history, Adams, **Growth of the French
nation, is excellent.
Of the works on particular periods all the books of James Breck Perkins
can be highly recommended for the attention paid to economic conditions; I
refer above only to the small book on Richelieu. See the A. L. A. Catalogue
Page 238
for titles of others. Paul Lacroix, The XVIIIth century, London, no date, is a
popular illustrated work, with a chapter on commerce, of no great
importance. Books discussing the conditions leading to the French
Revolution are valuable for the light they throw on the organization of
France in the period of modern history. Books by Taine, E. J. Lowell, and
R. H. Dabney will be useful in this connection; and vol. 4, no. 5, of the
Univ. of Penn. Translations (Typical Cahiers of 1789) is a convenient
selection from sources.
A bibliography of French colonial history in America will be found in the
Guide of Channing and Hart, in the Cambridge mod. hist., vol. 7, pp. 766-
771, or in R. G. Thwaites, France in America, N. Y. Harper, 1905. The last
named book is not so serviceable for purposes in view here as others in the
same series; and the student will turn by preference to Cambridge mod.
hist., vol. 7, chap. 3, where the subject of the French in America (1608-
1744) is treated by Miss Mary Bateson, with due regard to economic
interests. Of Parkman’s works see especially The old régime, Boston, Little,
1902, $2. Norman, Colonial France, London, 1886, covers briefly the
history of all the French colonies; the French West Indies are included in A.
K. Fiske. S. L. Mims, Colbert’s West India policy, New Haven, 1912, is a
scholarly study of a particular topic.
popular illustrated work, with a chapter on commerce, of no great
importance. Books discussing the conditions leading to the French
Revolution are valuable for the light they throw on the organization of
France in the period of modern history. Books by Taine, E. J. Lowell, and
R. H. Dabney will be useful in this connection; and vol. 4, no. 5, of the
Univ. of Penn. Translations (Typical Cahiers of 1789) is a convenient
selection from sources.
A bibliography of French colonial history in America will be found in the
Guide of Channing and Hart, in the Cambridge mod. hist., vol. 7, pp. 766-
771, or in R. G. Thwaites, France in America, N. Y. Harper, 1905. The last
named book is not so serviceable for purposes in view here as others in the
same series; and the student will turn by preference to Cambridge mod.
hist., vol. 7, chap. 3, where the subject of the French in America (1608-
1744) is treated by Miss Mary Bateson, with due regard to economic
interests. Of Parkman’s works see especially The old régime, Boston, Little,
1902, $2. Norman, Colonial France, London, 1886, covers briefly the
history of all the French colonies; the French West Indies are included in A.
K. Fiske. S. L. Mims, Colbert’s West India policy, New Haven, 1912, is a
scholarly study of a particular topic.
Page 239
CHAPTER XXV
FRANCE: POLICY
280. History of the French customs tariff.—After this survey of the
development of French commerce we can gain an appreciation of the
opportunities for still greater growth that were lost, by considering the
obstacles with which the merchant had to contend.
First of all, as a matter of course, there was the customs tariff on the
frontier. This went through the normal course of development in the period
under consideration. The government attempted to reduce to some sort of
system the scattered duties of the earlier period; and under the influence of
mercantilist doctrines it ceased to use the duties chiefly for raising revenue.
The idea of using the tariff to protect home industries, which was at first
held vaguely and applied only occasionally, gained strength with time and
was made by Colbert, a minister of Louis XIV, the chief point in the tariff
system. In 1664, and again three years later, the duties were raised to
protect home manufactures; duties were raised twofold and more, and when
wares were found still entering the kingdom they were in some cases
absolutely prohibited. The high tariff led to reprisals on the part of other
countries, and strained political relations with them; it was one of the causes
of open war with the Dutch. It remained throughout the period a serious
obstacle to commerce with advanced industrial countries like England and
Netherland; the breaches made in it by commercial treaties were
comparatively unimportant; and smuggling formed in France as in England
the real safety-valve of the commercial system.
281. Persistence of customs frontiers inside France.—Far more serious
than the frontier tariff were the customs duties inside of France. The French
kings had made their country by the political union of feudal fragments, and
had never used their great power to abolish the evidences of former
separation and to unify their territory for the purposes of commerce. We
must distinguish three different sections of the country. The North, roughly
speaking, was an area in which internal trade was free, i.e., in which the
provinces were not separated by customs barriers. The South, on the other
hand, was composed of provinces “reputed foreign” which had kept their
tariffs, so that trade here was not free, and wares passing between this and
FRANCE: POLICY
280. History of the French customs tariff.—After this survey of the
development of French commerce we can gain an appreciation of the
opportunities for still greater growth that were lost, by considering the
obstacles with which the merchant had to contend.
First of all, as a matter of course, there was the customs tariff on the
frontier. This went through the normal course of development in the period
under consideration. The government attempted to reduce to some sort of
system the scattered duties of the earlier period; and under the influence of
mercantilist doctrines it ceased to use the duties chiefly for raising revenue.
The idea of using the tariff to protect home industries, which was at first
held vaguely and applied only occasionally, gained strength with time and
was made by Colbert, a minister of Louis XIV, the chief point in the tariff
system. In 1664, and again three years later, the duties were raised to
protect home manufactures; duties were raised twofold and more, and when
wares were found still entering the kingdom they were in some cases
absolutely prohibited. The high tariff led to reprisals on the part of other
countries, and strained political relations with them; it was one of the causes
of open war with the Dutch. It remained throughout the period a serious
obstacle to commerce with advanced industrial countries like England and
Netherland; the breaches made in it by commercial treaties were
comparatively unimportant; and smuggling formed in France as in England
the real safety-valve of the commercial system.
281. Persistence of customs frontiers inside France.—Far more serious
than the frontier tariff were the customs duties inside of France. The French
kings had made their country by the political union of feudal fragments, and
had never used their great power to abolish the evidences of former
separation and to unify their territory for the purposes of commerce. We
must distinguish three different sections of the country. The North, roughly
speaking, was an area in which internal trade was free, i.e., in which the
provinces were not separated by customs barriers. The South, on the other
hand, was composed of provinces “reputed foreign” which had kept their
tariffs, so that trade here was not free, and wares passing between this and
Page 240
other parts of France had to pay duty. Still a third section was the East,
“provinces foreign in fact”; these provinces did not form part of France at
all, commercially speaking, for they were outside the national customs
frontier, enjoying free trade with other countries and paying duties when
they sent wares to other parts of France. If the reader will recall the
economic evils that resulted in the Middle Ages from the separation of
districts he will readily appreciate how much France lost by carrying over a
medieval system to modern times. It was impossible for a district to make
the most of its resources by specializing in production. A producer did not
have France for a market; a consumer did not have France for his source of
supply; each was bound by provincial restrictions.
282. Persistence of local toll barriers.—Still the picture is not complete.
There were not only provincial tariffs inside of France but also local
customs inside the provinces. Let us consider the case of a merchant of
Paris who desired to export a package of cloth to England in the sixteenth
century. He had to pay not only the national export duty, but also at fifteen
places on the way down the Seine he had to pay local customs; at Rouen he
must pay provincial customs; and we must add to his list of expenses
freight, pilotage, etc. Wine carried from Bercy (near the Swiss frontier) to
Paris, in the next century, had to pay sixteen different dues on the way to
market. In the sixteenth century there were over a hundred tolls or customs
on the Loire; in the next century there were still twenty-eight on the stretch
from Orleans to Nantes; and some persisted till the French Revolution.
Conditions improved in the course of time, as the above figures suggest, but
improvement was obstructed by the opposition of local interests and
retarded by the delay of the law; and the Revolution was needed to wipe
away these remnants of the Middle Ages with many others.
283. Manufactures; the gild system maintained in spite of its bad
effects.—Before we leave the commercial history of France in this period
we must consider still another subject, the organization of manufacturing, to
understand why the country did not make better use of its resources, and
why it entered the nineteenth century handicapped in competition with a
country like England. Three general topics will be considered: (1) the gild
system; (2) the national regulation of manufactures; (3) the royal or
privileged manufactures.
(1) The gilds which in England during this period gave place to a more
modern and more efficient system persisted in France and even extended
“provinces foreign in fact”; these provinces did not form part of France at
all, commercially speaking, for they were outside the national customs
frontier, enjoying free trade with other countries and paying duties when
they sent wares to other parts of France. If the reader will recall the
economic evils that resulted in the Middle Ages from the separation of
districts he will readily appreciate how much France lost by carrying over a
medieval system to modern times. It was impossible for a district to make
the most of its resources by specializing in production. A producer did not
have France for a market; a consumer did not have France for his source of
supply; each was bound by provincial restrictions.
282. Persistence of local toll barriers.—Still the picture is not complete.
There were not only provincial tariffs inside of France but also local
customs inside the provinces. Let us consider the case of a merchant of
Paris who desired to export a package of cloth to England in the sixteenth
century. He had to pay not only the national export duty, but also at fifteen
places on the way down the Seine he had to pay local customs; at Rouen he
must pay provincial customs; and we must add to his list of expenses
freight, pilotage, etc. Wine carried from Bercy (near the Swiss frontier) to
Paris, in the next century, had to pay sixteen different dues on the way to
market. In the sixteenth century there were over a hundred tolls or customs
on the Loire; in the next century there were still twenty-eight on the stretch
from Orleans to Nantes; and some persisted till the French Revolution.
Conditions improved in the course of time, as the above figures suggest, but
improvement was obstructed by the opposition of local interests and
retarded by the delay of the law; and the Revolution was needed to wipe
away these remnants of the Middle Ages with many others.
283. Manufactures; the gild system maintained in spite of its bad
effects.—Before we leave the commercial history of France in this period
we must consider still another subject, the organization of manufacturing, to
understand why the country did not make better use of its resources, and
why it entered the nineteenth century handicapped in competition with a
country like England. Three general topics will be considered: (1) the gild
system; (2) the national regulation of manufactures; (3) the royal or
privileged manufactures.
(1) The gilds which in England during this period gave place to a more
modern and more efficient system persisted in France and even extended
Page 241
their influence. When the government was in want of money it found the
gilds more convenient subjects of taxation than scattered artisans; for fiscal
reasons, therefore, and not for any economic advantages, it encouraged and
even compelled artisans to unite in gilds on the old model. The result was a
rigid separation of allied trades and a complication of processes which
would seem incredibly stupid to a modern merchant or to the head of a
modern factory.
284. Separation of trades.—At Amiens there were nine distinct
corporations, each with its specific regulations, engaged in the manufacture
of woolens alone. Every gild watched jealously to see that another gild did
not infringe on its petty field, and there was an interminable bickering
among them over the question of monopoly. The quarrel of the goose-
roasters and the poulterers lasted half a century, and went against the
poulterers, who were restricted to the sale of uncooked game; but the
roasters emerged from the conflict only to meet another foe, the cooks, who
were flushed with a recent triumph over the gild of “vinegarers-mustarders”
(who made sauces); and after another half-century the cooks succeeded in
limiting the right of the roasters to sell cooked meat. This is an example of
the conflicts which all the time absorbed the energy and the resources of
people who were engaged in kindred lines of retail trade and manufactures;
cobblers and shoemakers; old-clothes men and tailors; watchmakers and
clock-makers; bakers and restaurant-keepers; and so on through a list that
seems interminable. Some tradesmen had a specially long list of enemies.
The mercers, for instance, who dealt in certain lines of dry-goods, in the
course of a century had sixteen decisions of the supreme court (Parlement)
in their conflict with the glovers; and fought also the “bonneters-cappers,”
and nearly all the other tradesmen whose wares they sold. The question,
who had the right to make and sell buttons, rose nearly to the dignity of a
question of state; search was made in private houses for illegal buttons, and
private individuals were arrested in the street for wearing them.
285. Influence of the gilds in preventing technical progress.—Space is
lacking for a description of all the evils that the gild system entailed on
French industry in this period, and the reader is referred to the general
discussion of the gilds in a previous chapter, with the assurance that all the
evils there enumerated were well represented in France. We cannot leave
the topic, however, without notice of the obstacles which the gilds put in the
way of inventions and technical improvements. A coppersmith who devised
gilds more convenient subjects of taxation than scattered artisans; for fiscal
reasons, therefore, and not for any economic advantages, it encouraged and
even compelled artisans to unite in gilds on the old model. The result was a
rigid separation of allied trades and a complication of processes which
would seem incredibly stupid to a modern merchant or to the head of a
modern factory.
284. Separation of trades.—At Amiens there were nine distinct
corporations, each with its specific regulations, engaged in the manufacture
of woolens alone. Every gild watched jealously to see that another gild did
not infringe on its petty field, and there was an interminable bickering
among them over the question of monopoly. The quarrel of the goose-
roasters and the poulterers lasted half a century, and went against the
poulterers, who were restricted to the sale of uncooked game; but the
roasters emerged from the conflict only to meet another foe, the cooks, who
were flushed with a recent triumph over the gild of “vinegarers-mustarders”
(who made sauces); and after another half-century the cooks succeeded in
limiting the right of the roasters to sell cooked meat. This is an example of
the conflicts which all the time absorbed the energy and the resources of
people who were engaged in kindred lines of retail trade and manufactures;
cobblers and shoemakers; old-clothes men and tailors; watchmakers and
clock-makers; bakers and restaurant-keepers; and so on through a list that
seems interminable. Some tradesmen had a specially long list of enemies.
The mercers, for instance, who dealt in certain lines of dry-goods, in the
course of a century had sixteen decisions of the supreme court (Parlement)
in their conflict with the glovers; and fought also the “bonneters-cappers,”
and nearly all the other tradesmen whose wares they sold. The question,
who had the right to make and sell buttons, rose nearly to the dignity of a
question of state; search was made in private houses for illegal buttons, and
private individuals were arrested in the street for wearing them.
285. Influence of the gilds in preventing technical progress.—Space is
lacking for a description of all the evils that the gild system entailed on
French industry in this period, and the reader is referred to the general
discussion of the gilds in a previous chapter, with the assurance that all the
evils there enumerated were well represented in France. We cannot leave
the topic, however, without notice of the obstacles which the gilds put in the
way of inventions and technical improvements. A coppersmith who devised
Page 242
a new helmet was set upon by the armorers; a hatter, who improved his
wares by mixing silk with the wool, was attacked by all the other hatters;
the inventor of sheet lead was opposed by the plumbers; a man who had
made a success in print-cloths was forced to return to antiquated methods
by the dyers. The gildsmen opposed not only new wares and methods, but
also the use of machinery and production on a large scale. A Lyons silk-
weaver could keep only four looms; a Lille serge-maker secured the right to
have twenty looms, that he might carry on experiments looking to
improvement of the manufacture, only by special privilege and against the
vigorous protest of the city government. In spite of all opposition there was
improvement, but the difficulties were so great that nine reformers must
have failed where one succeeded. The history of the French gilds of this
period is a history of wasted opportunities.
286. Narrow restrictions imposed on manufactures by the
government.—(2) Industries were tied down not only by the narrow
regulations of the gilds but also by laws of the central government. Every
government believed in this period that it was unwise to let manufacturers
follow their own ideas in all respects, to stand or fall according to their
success in pleasing the public. Even England had an extensive system,
prescribing the standards for the products of certain manufactures. The
English system, however, did comparatively little harm, if it accomplished
little good, while there can be no question that a similar system in France
was carried so far that it was a serious check to industrial development. This
excessive growth of government regulation was most marked under
Colbert, the minister of Louis XIV, to whom reference has already been
made as a leader in the extension of the protective tariffs; and the system
continued throughout the period. Taking the cloth manufacture for an
illustration, Colbert fixed by law, for each kind of cloth, the length and
breadth, the dimensions of the selvage, the number of threads in the warp,
the quality of the raw materials, and the method of manufacture. His
instructions for dyeing contained 317 articles, to which dyers must
conform. To fix responsibility and force compliance all cloth had to bear the
special marks of the weaver, dyer, and finisher, the seal of the gild, and
sometimes another mark. These regulations grew constantly more
complicated; an official said in 1787 that the regulations on manufactures
filled eight volumes in quarto.
wares by mixing silk with the wool, was attacked by all the other hatters;
the inventor of sheet lead was opposed by the plumbers; a man who had
made a success in print-cloths was forced to return to antiquated methods
by the dyers. The gildsmen opposed not only new wares and methods, but
also the use of machinery and production on a large scale. A Lyons silk-
weaver could keep only four looms; a Lille serge-maker secured the right to
have twenty looms, that he might carry on experiments looking to
improvement of the manufacture, only by special privilege and against the
vigorous protest of the city government. In spite of all opposition there was
improvement, but the difficulties were so great that nine reformers must
have failed where one succeeded. The history of the French gilds of this
period is a history of wasted opportunities.
286. Narrow restrictions imposed on manufactures by the
government.—(2) Industries were tied down not only by the narrow
regulations of the gilds but also by laws of the central government. Every
government believed in this period that it was unwise to let manufacturers
follow their own ideas in all respects, to stand or fall according to their
success in pleasing the public. Even England had an extensive system,
prescribing the standards for the products of certain manufactures. The
English system, however, did comparatively little harm, if it accomplished
little good, while there can be no question that a similar system in France
was carried so far that it was a serious check to industrial development. This
excessive growth of government regulation was most marked under
Colbert, the minister of Louis XIV, to whom reference has already been
made as a leader in the extension of the protective tariffs; and the system
continued throughout the period. Taking the cloth manufacture for an
illustration, Colbert fixed by law, for each kind of cloth, the length and
breadth, the dimensions of the selvage, the number of threads in the warp,
the quality of the raw materials, and the method of manufacture. His
instructions for dyeing contained 317 articles, to which dyers must
conform. To fix responsibility and force compliance all cloth had to bear the
special marks of the weaver, dyer, and finisher, the seal of the gild, and
sometimes another mark. These regulations grew constantly more
complicated; an official said in 1787 that the regulations on manufactures
filled eight volumes in quarto.
Page 243
287. Burden of these restrictions on manufactures.—There can be no
question, either of the honesty of Colbert’s intentions or of the energy he
showed in carrying them out. He sent out agents everywhere to study
industries and to talk with the manufacturers, that he might legislate to the
best advantage. One man, however, cannot know a hundred businesses
better than the men who are carrying them on. Colbert and his successors
were ignorant of many points, were deceived in many others. The result was
a mass of regulations of which many were utterly bad, injuring both
producer and consumer. The regulation prescribing a minimum breadth for
cloth would have killed an industry in one part of France that wove strips
for flags, an industry in another part that could sell cloth cheaper by
weaving so narrow a breadth that one man could tend the loom. These
industries, after a tedious and expensive delay, secured exemption from the
law; others, less fortunate, were destroyed. A manufacturer ran always the
risk of having his wares confiscated, not because they were bad and people
did not want them, but because they failed to conform in some point to
hide-bound regulations. An official inspector, shortly before the French
Revolution, said that in every week of years past he had seen 80 or 100
pieces of cloth, good except from the government standpoint, cut in pieces
or burned because they were irregular. Even the French revolted at some of
the regulations, and half of the laws were evaded with the connivance of
officials.
288. Special privileges granted to certain manufactures; resulting
abuses.—(3) While the government restricted in this fashion the natural
development of manufactures, it granted not only exemption from its own
rules but liberal grants of money taken from taxpayers to stimulate favored
industries. This practice, begun in the sixteenth century, grew under and
after Colbert. It enabled certain industries to expand as they would
otherwise have been unable to do, and to reach the higher grade of
organization which was coming as a natural growth in England.
Unfortunately, however, the privileges went not to the most deserving but to
the loudest and most adroit claimants. To gain the privileges, which
included everything from exemption from taxes and handsome subsidies
down to titles of nobility, the manufacturer did not need to show that he had
some technical improvement to introduce; it was sufficient if he promised
to bring in a foreign industry or even to extend one already in existence at
home. The royal factories abused their power to raise prices to the
question, either of the honesty of Colbert’s intentions or of the energy he
showed in carrying them out. He sent out agents everywhere to study
industries and to talk with the manufacturers, that he might legislate to the
best advantage. One man, however, cannot know a hundred businesses
better than the men who are carrying them on. Colbert and his successors
were ignorant of many points, were deceived in many others. The result was
a mass of regulations of which many were utterly bad, injuring both
producer and consumer. The regulation prescribing a minimum breadth for
cloth would have killed an industry in one part of France that wove strips
for flags, an industry in another part that could sell cloth cheaper by
weaving so narrow a breadth that one man could tend the loom. These
industries, after a tedious and expensive delay, secured exemption from the
law; others, less fortunate, were destroyed. A manufacturer ran always the
risk of having his wares confiscated, not because they were bad and people
did not want them, but because they failed to conform in some point to
hide-bound regulations. An official inspector, shortly before the French
Revolution, said that in every week of years past he had seen 80 or 100
pieces of cloth, good except from the government standpoint, cut in pieces
or burned because they were irregular. Even the French revolted at some of
the regulations, and half of the laws were evaded with the connivance of
officials.
288. Special privileges granted to certain manufactures; resulting
abuses.—(3) While the government restricted in this fashion the natural
development of manufactures, it granted not only exemption from its own
rules but liberal grants of money taken from taxpayers to stimulate favored
industries. This practice, begun in the sixteenth century, grew under and
after Colbert. It enabled certain industries to expand as they would
otherwise have been unable to do, and to reach the higher grade of
organization which was coming as a natural growth in England.
Unfortunately, however, the privileges went not to the most deserving but to
the loudest and most adroit claimants. To gain the privileges, which
included everything from exemption from taxes and handsome subsidies
down to titles of nobility, the manufacturer did not need to show that he had
some technical improvement to introduce; it was sufficient if he promised
to bring in a foreign industry or even to extend one already in existence at
home. The royal factories abused their power to raise prices to the
Page 244
consumers and to lower the wages of the laborer. Some of them came to be
regarded as public calamities. They showed in general the characteristics of
the hothouse plant, which cannot thrive unaided, and most of them failed
after a longer or shorter career. We can say of them as of many other
manifestations of the French policy of the period; some good may have
resulted in ways unknown to us, but the evils are apparent, and justify us in
calling the policy bad.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. The protective policy, as applied by Colbert. [Palgrave’s Dict.; A. J.
Sargent, Economic policy of Colbert, N. Y., 1899, chap. 4.]
2. Measure on a map the length of one or more of the stretches on which
tolls were levied, sect. 282; estimate the average distance separating toll
barriers; apply to a map of your own vicinity.
3. If you are familiar with the organization of some modern manufacture
write an essay showing how efficiency would be impaired by insisting on
the separation of allied trades. [The advanced student will find helpful and
suggestive on this and similar topics, Bücher, Indust. ev., chaps. 6, 7, 8.]
4. Write a report on any instances known to you of bad results following
the strict division of occupations among trade unions.
5. Write a report on any instances known to you of opposition to
technical improvements, the introduction of machinery, etc., by modern
trade unions.
6. Attempt of Colbert to establish regulations for manufacturers: object,
methods, variety of regulations, results. [Sargent, Colbert, chap. 3.]
7. With what object and to what extent do governments now seek to
regulate manufactures? [Farrer, State in relation to trade, London & N. Y.,
Macmillan, $1.]
8. Compare with the French the English experience with privileged
manufactures. [Hewins, Eng. trade, chap. 1; Encyc. Brit., article
Monopoly.]
9. Origin and early history of the modern system of patents for
inventions. [Same references; Encyc., article Patents.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
See preceding chapter.
regarded as public calamities. They showed in general the characteristics of
the hothouse plant, which cannot thrive unaided, and most of them failed
after a longer or shorter career. We can say of them as of many other
manifestations of the French policy of the period; some good may have
resulted in ways unknown to us, but the evils are apparent, and justify us in
calling the policy bad.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. The protective policy, as applied by Colbert. [Palgrave’s Dict.; A. J.
Sargent, Economic policy of Colbert, N. Y., 1899, chap. 4.]
2. Measure on a map the length of one or more of the stretches on which
tolls were levied, sect. 282; estimate the average distance separating toll
barriers; apply to a map of your own vicinity.
3. If you are familiar with the organization of some modern manufacture
write an essay showing how efficiency would be impaired by insisting on
the separation of allied trades. [The advanced student will find helpful and
suggestive on this and similar topics, Bücher, Indust. ev., chaps. 6, 7, 8.]
4. Write a report on any instances known to you of bad results following
the strict division of occupations among trade unions.
5. Write a report on any instances known to you of opposition to
technical improvements, the introduction of machinery, etc., by modern
trade unions.
6. Attempt of Colbert to establish regulations for manufacturers: object,
methods, variety of regulations, results. [Sargent, Colbert, chap. 3.]
7. With what object and to what extent do governments now seek to
regulate manufactures? [Farrer, State in relation to trade, London & N. Y.,
Macmillan, $1.]
8. Compare with the French the English experience with privileged
manufactures. [Hewins, Eng. trade, chap. 1; Encyc. Brit., article
Monopoly.]
9. Origin and early history of the modern system of patents for
inventions. [Same references; Encyc., article Patents.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
See preceding chapter.
Page 245
CHAPTER XXVI
THE GERMAN STATES
289. Political survey of Germany about 1500.—After considering a
country in which the central government was, so to speak, too strong for the
interests of commercial development, it will be instructive to take up
countries in which it was certainly too weak, Germany and Italy.
Germany presented a striking contrast in its political and in its economic
development at the beginning of the period, about 1500. In political
organization, the central government had almost no power; it was the mere
shadow of a reality. The real power rested in hundreds of petty states, of
which some were but a few square miles in extent. There was no authority
which could keep in order these little states and the different classes of
people which composed them. The history of Germany in this period is a
sad story of conflicts between classes,—peasants, burghers, knights, and
princes; conflicts between Catholics and Protestants; conflicts between the
states themselves. In these struggles the best energies of the Germans were
absorbed; they were marking time or even going backward while the more
fortunate peoples of Europe were advancing. The Germans learned at last to
despair of realizing their dream of a national government. Not all parts of
the country, however, were equally unfortunate; some came under the rule
of princes who managed to build up a strong power at home and abroad.
Two of these local states are of especial importance, for between them they
have divided the fragments of the old Germany, and made great states in
modern Europe. One of them, Prussia, is the nucleus of what we now call
Germany. The other, Austria, which included the Germans of the South,
added to them fragments of territory peopled by other races, and made the
state of Austria-Hungary.
THE GERMAN STATES
289. Political survey of Germany about 1500.—After considering a
country in which the central government was, so to speak, too strong for the
interests of commercial development, it will be instructive to take up
countries in which it was certainly too weak, Germany and Italy.
Germany presented a striking contrast in its political and in its economic
development at the beginning of the period, about 1500. In political
organization, the central government had almost no power; it was the mere
shadow of a reality. The real power rested in hundreds of petty states, of
which some were but a few square miles in extent. There was no authority
which could keep in order these little states and the different classes of
people which composed them. The history of Germany in this period is a
sad story of conflicts between classes,—peasants, burghers, knights, and
princes; conflicts between Catholics and Protestants; conflicts between the
states themselves. In these struggles the best energies of the Germans were
absorbed; they were marking time or even going backward while the more
fortunate peoples of Europe were advancing. The Germans learned at last to
despair of realizing their dream of a national government. Not all parts of
the country, however, were equally unfortunate; some came under the rule
of princes who managed to build up a strong power at home and abroad.
Two of these local states are of especial importance, for between them they
have divided the fragments of the old Germany, and made great states in
modern Europe. One of them, Prussia, is the nucleus of what we now call
Germany. The other, Austria, which included the Germans of the South,
added to them fragments of territory peopled by other races, and made the
state of Austria-Hungary.
Page 246
The objects of the map are: (1) to show the possessions of the Hohenzollerns (Prussian) and
Hapsburgs (Austrian); (2) to show the small fragments of which remaining Germany was
composed. To preserve clearness, many of the smaller fragments are not indicated. Note that the
Empire included some states not German (Flanders), and did not include all German states (East
Prussia, Silesia).
290. Development of the economic organization.—There was a
contrast, it was said, between the political and the economic development.
The very lack of a central power had enabled some of the sections and
classes to advance rapidly by freeing them from control. In the fifteenth
century the agricultural classes, who had been serfs in the Middle Ages and
who were to be reduced again to serfdom later by the political oppression to
which constant wars gave rise, were free and prosperous. The cities were
more rich and populous than those of any other country north of Italy. Not
only had manufacturing and mining made rapid progress, but banking and
Hapsburgs (Austrian); (2) to show the small fragments of which remaining Germany was
composed. To preserve clearness, many of the smaller fragments are not indicated. Note that the
Empire included some states not German (Flanders), and did not include all German states (East
Prussia, Silesia).
290. Development of the economic organization.—There was a
contrast, it was said, between the political and the economic development.
The very lack of a central power had enabled some of the sections and
classes to advance rapidly by freeing them from control. In the fifteenth
century the agricultural classes, who had been serfs in the Middle Ages and
who were to be reduced again to serfdom later by the political oppression to
which constant wars gave rise, were free and prosperous. The cities were
more rich and populous than those of any other country north of Italy. Not
only had manufacturing and mining made rapid progress, but banking and
Page 247
commerce too. The Fuggers and the Welsers of southern Germany were
great promoters and financiers, with interests extending over all Europe,
from which they drew enormous wealth. German merchants showed the
most enterprise and energy of any north of the Alps; they distributed among
other countries of the Continent the Levant wares which they secured from
Venice, and they controlled the commerce of the West of Europe with the
North and East. We shall begin our sketch of the decline of German
commerce by returning now to the history of the Hanseatic League, which
we left in full control of this last branch of trade.
291. Condition of the Baltic trade.—The Baltic trade suffered in the
period about 1500 from influences over which merchants had no control.
The Protestant Reformation caused a decline in the demand for some of its
staple wares: wax, which had been largely used for candles in church
services, and fish, of which the consumption had been greatly furthered by
the Catholic periods of fasting. The most valuable fish, moreover, the
herring, ceased to enter the Baltic Sea, and by limiting their feeding ground
to the North Sea enabled the Dutch to become leaders in the fishing
industry. Imitation of Italian fashions in dress, with which the French
became acquainted about 1500, caused less demand for furs. All these
changes hurt the Baltic trade, but they were far from destroying it. This
trade grew, in fact, throughout the period; it could afford to dispense with
the luxuries of commerce for it controlled the necessaries, grain and meat,
lumber and naval stores. The reasons for the decline of the Hanseatic
League are to be sought not in the character of the trade but in the character
of the League itself.
292. Decline of the Hanseatic League.—The League lacked
organization. The many towns of which it was composed were so separated
by physical distance and by divergence of interests that they could not
cooperate efficiently. They were strong enough to crush other towns which
sought to enter their field, but they were unequal to the contest with
national states; and the political consolidation of the countries of northern
and western Europe raised up enemies with whom they could not compete.
In nearly twenty years (1476-1494) only one common meeting of delegates
was held. Dissensions broke out inside the towns, and they began to quarrel
among themselves. Lübeck, in the center, put forth claims opposed to the
interests of towns on the edge of the League, on the lower Rhine and in
Prussia. Rising commercial towns in the western part of the Netherlands,
great promoters and financiers, with interests extending over all Europe,
from which they drew enormous wealth. German merchants showed the
most enterprise and energy of any north of the Alps; they distributed among
other countries of the Continent the Levant wares which they secured from
Venice, and they controlled the commerce of the West of Europe with the
North and East. We shall begin our sketch of the decline of German
commerce by returning now to the history of the Hanseatic League, which
we left in full control of this last branch of trade.
291. Condition of the Baltic trade.—The Baltic trade suffered in the
period about 1500 from influences over which merchants had no control.
The Protestant Reformation caused a decline in the demand for some of its
staple wares: wax, which had been largely used for candles in church
services, and fish, of which the consumption had been greatly furthered by
the Catholic periods of fasting. The most valuable fish, moreover, the
herring, ceased to enter the Baltic Sea, and by limiting their feeding ground
to the North Sea enabled the Dutch to become leaders in the fishing
industry. Imitation of Italian fashions in dress, with which the French
became acquainted about 1500, caused less demand for furs. All these
changes hurt the Baltic trade, but they were far from destroying it. This
trade grew, in fact, throughout the period; it could afford to dispense with
the luxuries of commerce for it controlled the necessaries, grain and meat,
lumber and naval stores. The reasons for the decline of the Hanseatic
League are to be sought not in the character of the trade but in the character
of the League itself.
292. Decline of the Hanseatic League.—The League lacked
organization. The many towns of which it was composed were so separated
by physical distance and by divergence of interests that they could not
cooperate efficiently. They were strong enough to crush other towns which
sought to enter their field, but they were unequal to the contest with
national states; and the political consolidation of the countries of northern
and western Europe raised up enemies with whom they could not compete.
In nearly twenty years (1476-1494) only one common meeting of delegates
was held. Dissensions broke out inside the towns, and they began to quarrel
among themselves. Lübeck, in the center, put forth claims opposed to the
interests of towns on the edge of the League, on the lower Rhine and in
Prussia. Rising commercial towns in the western part of the Netherlands,
Page 248
like Rotterdam and Amsterdam, grew up outside the League and in
opposition to it. The turning-point in the decline may be put at 1535, when
Denmark and Sweden were strong enough to break the Hansa’s monopoly
by opening the passage into the Baltic to the ships of all peoples. Soon other
states were carrying the war into the enemy’s country. Sweden threw the
larger part of the Russian trade to the Dutch. The English built up a
prosperous trade in the Baltic Sea and on the Arctic Ocean at Archangel.
They flooded the German market with English cloths, and when the Hansa
resisted, Elizabeth expelled the members of the League from England. In
1601 an Englishman could say of the Hansa towns: “Most of their teeth
have fallen out, the rest sit but loosely in their head.” Of the great League
soon only three towns remained as Hanseatic members, Lübeck, Bremen,
and Hamburg.
293. Decline of the commerce of south Germany.—While the cities of
north Germany were losing their hold on a growing commerce, the cities of
the South found a large share of their trade taken from them by the
discovery of the ocean route to India. The German cities (Nuremberg,
Augsburg, Ulm, etc.) fought with desperation to maintain their commerce,
and proof exists that they carried on an active commerce with Italy after
they ceased to obtain there the Oriental wares, and had to content
themselves with Italian products. Even this trade, however, fell to a large
extent into the hands of the Italians, who flooded southern Germany and
drove native Germans out of business.
The Germans were not entirely unprepared for the changes following the
discoveries, for they had long gone in considerable numbers to the Spanish
peninsula, by land through southern France or from a French or Italian
harbor to Barcelona. Many Germans had settled in Portugal, and for a time
the great merchants of south Germany shared in the Indian trade at its
source, in Lisbon. The great German financiers shared also for a brief
period in the commerce of the New World. The Ellingers and Welsers
leased the copper mines of San Domingo; the Crombergers had silver mines
at Sultepeque; the Tetzels exploited the copper mines of Cuba. The Welsers
founded Venezuela by a military expedition which they financed, and held
the country for a few years.
294. The chief cause of decline of German commerce in this period
was political.—The most obvious explanation of the failure of Germany to
take a place with the other states in the commercial expansion following the
opposition to it. The turning-point in the decline may be put at 1535, when
Denmark and Sweden were strong enough to break the Hansa’s monopoly
by opening the passage into the Baltic to the ships of all peoples. Soon other
states were carrying the war into the enemy’s country. Sweden threw the
larger part of the Russian trade to the Dutch. The English built up a
prosperous trade in the Baltic Sea and on the Arctic Ocean at Archangel.
They flooded the German market with English cloths, and when the Hansa
resisted, Elizabeth expelled the members of the League from England. In
1601 an Englishman could say of the Hansa towns: “Most of their teeth
have fallen out, the rest sit but loosely in their head.” Of the great League
soon only three towns remained as Hanseatic members, Lübeck, Bremen,
and Hamburg.
293. Decline of the commerce of south Germany.—While the cities of
north Germany were losing their hold on a growing commerce, the cities of
the South found a large share of their trade taken from them by the
discovery of the ocean route to India. The German cities (Nuremberg,
Augsburg, Ulm, etc.) fought with desperation to maintain their commerce,
and proof exists that they carried on an active commerce with Italy after
they ceased to obtain there the Oriental wares, and had to content
themselves with Italian products. Even this trade, however, fell to a large
extent into the hands of the Italians, who flooded southern Germany and
drove native Germans out of business.
The Germans were not entirely unprepared for the changes following the
discoveries, for they had long gone in considerable numbers to the Spanish
peninsula, by land through southern France or from a French or Italian
harbor to Barcelona. Many Germans had settled in Portugal, and for a time
the great merchants of south Germany shared in the Indian trade at its
source, in Lisbon. The great German financiers shared also for a brief
period in the commerce of the New World. The Ellingers and Welsers
leased the copper mines of San Domingo; the Crombergers had silver mines
at Sultepeque; the Tetzels exploited the copper mines of Cuba. The Welsers
founded Venezuela by a military expedition which they financed, and held
the country for a few years.
294. The chief cause of decline of German commerce in this period
was political.—The most obvious explanation of the failure of Germany to
take a place with the other states in the commercial expansion following the
Page 249
discoveries is the disadvantage of her position. It has been said that the
diversion of commerce to the oceanic routes exposed the countries of
central Europe (Italy, Germany, etc.) to a condition of commercial
glaciation, such as Norway would experience physically if it lost the warm
current of the Gulf Stream. The difference in distance of a few hundred
miles in voyages of thousands does not explain the matter. No physical
differences suffice to explain why Amsterdam rose and why Hamburg fell
so rapidly. The weakness of Germany was not physical. Nor was it
economic; German merchants of this period had more free capital, more
business ability and greater energy than the merchants of any other country.
Germany’s weakness was political. The payments which merchants and
other Germans made in the form of taxes and loans to political authority did
not form a single fund which could be used for furthering German interests
at home and abroad. The money went to a great number of rival
governments, and was consumed in their particular quarrels, not helping but
actually hurting German business interests.
295. The natural outlets of commerce stopped by hostile states.—The
political weakness of Germany enabled other states, now rising to power, to
crumble off fragments of the country, in which they established a
commercial policy hostile to German interests. Before long the mouth of
every one of the large rivers which were the natural commercial outlets of
the country had passed under foreign control. The Rhine was Dutch; the
Weser Swedish; the Elbe Danish; the Oder Swedish; the Vistula Polish.
Tolls hampered the passage of wares as effectually as though Germany
were surrounded by a physical barrier on the sea side; and German ships
almost disappeared from the ocean.
German commerce suffered especially by the rise of the Dutch to an
independent position. So long as Antwerp was the great market of the
Continent Germans traded freely with it, and through it to Lisbon. The
substitution of Amsterdam for Antwerp was a most serious blow to German
interests. The Dutch had very different ideas from those of the Flemish;
they wanted to do all the trade themselves and to force other people to a
position of commercial dependence on them. They made the lower Rhine
practically useless for their rivals, raising the tolls sixfold and more, and
thereby coming into a control of the trade as far as Frankfort on the Main.
296. The damage done by internal dissensions and by the Thirty
Years’ War.—Germany was not only cut off from the outside world by
diversion of commerce to the oceanic routes exposed the countries of
central Europe (Italy, Germany, etc.) to a condition of commercial
glaciation, such as Norway would experience physically if it lost the warm
current of the Gulf Stream. The difference in distance of a few hundred
miles in voyages of thousands does not explain the matter. No physical
differences suffice to explain why Amsterdam rose and why Hamburg fell
so rapidly. The weakness of Germany was not physical. Nor was it
economic; German merchants of this period had more free capital, more
business ability and greater energy than the merchants of any other country.
Germany’s weakness was political. The payments which merchants and
other Germans made in the form of taxes and loans to political authority did
not form a single fund which could be used for furthering German interests
at home and abroad. The money went to a great number of rival
governments, and was consumed in their particular quarrels, not helping but
actually hurting German business interests.
295. The natural outlets of commerce stopped by hostile states.—The
political weakness of Germany enabled other states, now rising to power, to
crumble off fragments of the country, in which they established a
commercial policy hostile to German interests. Before long the mouth of
every one of the large rivers which were the natural commercial outlets of
the country had passed under foreign control. The Rhine was Dutch; the
Weser Swedish; the Elbe Danish; the Oder Swedish; the Vistula Polish.
Tolls hampered the passage of wares as effectually as though Germany
were surrounded by a physical barrier on the sea side; and German ships
almost disappeared from the ocean.
German commerce suffered especially by the rise of the Dutch to an
independent position. So long as Antwerp was the great market of the
Continent Germans traded freely with it, and through it to Lisbon. The
substitution of Amsterdam for Antwerp was a most serious blow to German
interests. The Dutch had very different ideas from those of the Flemish;
they wanted to do all the trade themselves and to force other people to a
position of commercial dependence on them. They made the lower Rhine
practically useless for their rivals, raising the tolls sixfold and more, and
thereby coming into a control of the trade as far as Frankfort on the Main.
296. The damage done by internal dissensions and by the Thirty
Years’ War.—Germany was not only cut off from the outside world by
Page 250
tariff barriers, but cut up inside by the tolls of cities and territories. Every
city on a trade route wanted to make itself a “staple,” i.e., have all goods
passing the vicinity brought there for taxation and for sale. Frankfort on the
Oder, for instance, demanded that all boats passing down the river Warthe
should come up to Frankfort before they could continue their journey down
the Oder to Stettin. The cities of Stettin, Frankfort, and Breslau, all situated
on the Oder, instead of using that river for peaceable exchange, made bitter
commercial war on each other with tolls and prohibitions. Conditions grew
still worse after the Thirty Years’ War (1618-1648), a terrible conflict
which, without exaggeration, cost Germany one hundred, perhaps two
hundred, years of development. The physical means of transportation
declined. On the Elbe, for instance, the dikes ceased to be repaired, the tow-
path disappeared, the banks crumbled; and sand bars and snags became so
common that navigation was difficult and costly. Tolls not merely doubled;
they increased fivefold and more. Space is lacking for a description of all
the evils; they were practically a reproduction of the conditions which
happier states had left behind them five hundred years before.
297. Restriction of manufactures by the gilds.—German manufactures
followed about the same course as that of the French which we have traced
above. The gilds merited the term given them by an economist of the
seventeenth century who said they were the “curse of Germany”; they seem
to have been in some respects even more narrow than the French gilds. The
same old evils reappear, but the reader must be asked to take these for
granted and to direct his attention to some new aspects of the gild
organization. Specially noteworthy are the obstacles put in the way of any
man who desired to become a full member of a gild. Many gilds succeeded
in making the exercise of the trade a family monopoly by the regulation that
no man could become a master who did not marry the daughter or the
widow of a master. One gild expelled a man because he had married a wife
whose grandmother was alleged to have come from a shepherd’s family;
other gilds expelled members because they had ridden an executioner’s
horse or drunk with an executioner. A man had at best to pay very high fees
to become a master, and this artificial restriction on the number of full
members not only kept the ordinary workmen in a wretched position, but
also raised the price of goods to the consumer.
The monopoly of the gilds became more oppressive all the time. Most of
their money, except the considerable part they spent in carousing, they used
city on a trade route wanted to make itself a “staple,” i.e., have all goods
passing the vicinity brought there for taxation and for sale. Frankfort on the
Oder, for instance, demanded that all boats passing down the river Warthe
should come up to Frankfort before they could continue their journey down
the Oder to Stettin. The cities of Stettin, Frankfort, and Breslau, all situated
on the Oder, instead of using that river for peaceable exchange, made bitter
commercial war on each other with tolls and prohibitions. Conditions grew
still worse after the Thirty Years’ War (1618-1648), a terrible conflict
which, without exaggeration, cost Germany one hundred, perhaps two
hundred, years of development. The physical means of transportation
declined. On the Elbe, for instance, the dikes ceased to be repaired, the tow-
path disappeared, the banks crumbled; and sand bars and snags became so
common that navigation was difficult and costly. Tolls not merely doubled;
they increased fivefold and more. Space is lacking for a description of all
the evils; they were practically a reproduction of the conditions which
happier states had left behind them five hundred years before.
297. Restriction of manufactures by the gilds.—German manufactures
followed about the same course as that of the French which we have traced
above. The gilds merited the term given them by an economist of the
seventeenth century who said they were the “curse of Germany”; they seem
to have been in some respects even more narrow than the French gilds. The
same old evils reappear, but the reader must be asked to take these for
granted and to direct his attention to some new aspects of the gild
organization. Specially noteworthy are the obstacles put in the way of any
man who desired to become a full member of a gild. Many gilds succeeded
in making the exercise of the trade a family monopoly by the regulation that
no man could become a master who did not marry the daughter or the
widow of a master. One gild expelled a man because he had married a wife
whose grandmother was alleged to have come from a shepherd’s family;
other gilds expelled members because they had ridden an executioner’s
horse or drunk with an executioner. A man had at best to pay very high fees
to become a master, and this artificial restriction on the number of full
members not only kept the ordinary workmen in a wretched position, but
also raised the price of goods to the consumer.
The monopoly of the gilds became more oppressive all the time. Most of
their money, except the considerable part they spent in carousing, they used
Page 251
in lawsuits and in quarrels with rivals. For miles around a German town the
gilds permitted no competitors, and they made it a regular part of their
business to hunt down and exterminate independent producers.
298. The eighteenth century marked by general depression, with
some signs of improvement.—In Germany, in general, there was little
improvement in conditions in the eighteenth century. The country was still
intersected with tariff barriers. The Rhine was cut into four sharply defined
parts, and the Elbe, by reason of tolls, had lost its trade in some wares of the
first importance: steel, iron, copper, olive oil, wine, fish, etc. To the
conflicts between cities there was still no end. The cities of southern
Germany, weighted with taxes and surrounded by closed markets, declined
still more in commercial importance. There were, however, some hopeful
signs of progress. Two cities of the interior, Frankfort on the Main and
Leipzig, were building up a business which rested not only on trade in
wares but on dealings in bills of exchange, currency, commercial loans, etc.
Beside the rise of these banking centers special importance attaches to the
revival of commerce on the coast of the North Sea. Hamburg and Bremen
seized the opportunity offered by the American Revolution and the
European wars to which it gave rise to extend their trade as neutral carriers,
and had soon passed their old rivals, the Dutch.
299. The rise of Prussia important mainly from the political
standpoint.—Taking German commerce as a whole, we leave it in 1800
still depressed and sluggish. The picture would be incomplete, however, if
nothing more were said. In one part of Germany there had been great
activity for centuries; in the North and East, namely, where the ancestors of
the present Emperor William II were building up the state of Prussia. This
activity, however, was mainly political, and the history of it does not belong
here; we can refer to it only as a most remarkable example of state-making,
in which commercial and industrial interests were made subordinate to the
establishment of a strong government over a united people. The
Hohenzollern rulers did not succeed in making a rich state out of a group of
scattered territories of which some were, in natural resources, among the
poorest in Germany. They did make a strong state, which won for itself a
place among the great powers, and later took the lead in unifying Germany.
There was a moment in the history of the Hohenzollerns when it seemed
possible that they might anticipate the idea of William II: “Our future lies
upon the water.” If the Great Elector (1640-1688) had secured the
gilds permitted no competitors, and they made it a regular part of their
business to hunt down and exterminate independent producers.
298. The eighteenth century marked by general depression, with
some signs of improvement.—In Germany, in general, there was little
improvement in conditions in the eighteenth century. The country was still
intersected with tariff barriers. The Rhine was cut into four sharply defined
parts, and the Elbe, by reason of tolls, had lost its trade in some wares of the
first importance: steel, iron, copper, olive oil, wine, fish, etc. To the
conflicts between cities there was still no end. The cities of southern
Germany, weighted with taxes and surrounded by closed markets, declined
still more in commercial importance. There were, however, some hopeful
signs of progress. Two cities of the interior, Frankfort on the Main and
Leipzig, were building up a business which rested not only on trade in
wares but on dealings in bills of exchange, currency, commercial loans, etc.
Beside the rise of these banking centers special importance attaches to the
revival of commerce on the coast of the North Sea. Hamburg and Bremen
seized the opportunity offered by the American Revolution and the
European wars to which it gave rise to extend their trade as neutral carriers,
and had soon passed their old rivals, the Dutch.
299. The rise of Prussia important mainly from the political
standpoint.—Taking German commerce as a whole, we leave it in 1800
still depressed and sluggish. The picture would be incomplete, however, if
nothing more were said. In one part of Germany there had been great
activity for centuries; in the North and East, namely, where the ancestors of
the present Emperor William II were building up the state of Prussia. This
activity, however, was mainly political, and the history of it does not belong
here; we can refer to it only as a most remarkable example of state-making,
in which commercial and industrial interests were made subordinate to the
establishment of a strong government over a united people. The
Hohenzollern rulers did not succeed in making a rich state out of a group of
scattered territories of which some were, in natural resources, among the
poorest in Germany. They did make a strong state, which won for itself a
place among the great powers, and later took the lead in unifying Germany.
There was a moment in the history of the Hohenzollerns when it seemed
possible that they might anticipate the idea of William II: “Our future lies
upon the water.” If the Great Elector (1640-1688) had secured the
Page 252
Pomeranian coast of the Baltic or kept even Stettin, he might have realized
the plans he held to turn Prussia into a sea power, with fleet, colonies, and
transmarine commerce. Fortune fixed the interests of the state on land,
however, and when a good Baltic harbor was secured later it was too late to
change. Frederick the Great was urged, a century afterward, to direct his
policy to the sea, and actually founded some companies for trade with the
East, but the time had passed, or had not yet come, for the success of
Prussia in oceanic trade.
300. Reforms in Prussia favoring economic development.—In regard
to their internal conditions, however, the territories of the Prussian state
enjoyed a great advantage over others in Germany. The obstacles to trade in
the form of tolls and staples were removed when political interests did not
require their maintenance. The tariff systems, enormously complicated and
cumbrous, were revised. The growth of manufactures was furthered by
attracting skilled artisans from other countries; and the city of Berlin
received a great stimulus from the Huguenots who found a refuge there.
Some of the worst abuses of the gilds were reformed, and manufactures
were protected, as in France, by customs duties and by royal privileges.
New methods were applied in agriculture, and new land was opened to
settlement and cultivation; a large number of the laborers, however, still
remained unfree. It would be easy to add many details, but in closing this
section on Germany the reader is again advised that the important side of
Prussian history in this period was political, not economic. Prussia was
preparing herself for the work of unifying Germany, and to accomplish that
work a strong government was needed rather than a rich people. The riches
have come to Germany in our own time.
301. Contrast of Prussia and Austria.—Prussia was a state which
started in the heart of Germany (near Berlin), and remained almost entirely
German as it spread. Austria, on the other hand, was originally a territory on
the southern border of the German people, the rulers of which managed by
skill and luck to extend their power over fragments of adjoining peoples of
a different stock, over Bohemians and other Slavs (relatives of the
Russians), and over the Magyars or Hungarians (relatives of the Turks).
These other peoples were behind the Germans in their industrial
development; they had come into Europe later, had been less subject to
civilizing influences and more exposed to internal quarrels and wars.
Furthermore, the Austrian Germans were behind the other Germans, on
the plans he held to turn Prussia into a sea power, with fleet, colonies, and
transmarine commerce. Fortune fixed the interests of the state on land,
however, and when a good Baltic harbor was secured later it was too late to
change. Frederick the Great was urged, a century afterward, to direct his
policy to the sea, and actually founded some companies for trade with the
East, but the time had passed, or had not yet come, for the success of
Prussia in oceanic trade.
300. Reforms in Prussia favoring economic development.—In regard
to their internal conditions, however, the territories of the Prussian state
enjoyed a great advantage over others in Germany. The obstacles to trade in
the form of tolls and staples were removed when political interests did not
require their maintenance. The tariff systems, enormously complicated and
cumbrous, were revised. The growth of manufactures was furthered by
attracting skilled artisans from other countries; and the city of Berlin
received a great stimulus from the Huguenots who found a refuge there.
Some of the worst abuses of the gilds were reformed, and manufactures
were protected, as in France, by customs duties and by royal privileges.
New methods were applied in agriculture, and new land was opened to
settlement and cultivation; a large number of the laborers, however, still
remained unfree. It would be easy to add many details, but in closing this
section on Germany the reader is again advised that the important side of
Prussian history in this period was political, not economic. Prussia was
preparing herself for the work of unifying Germany, and to accomplish that
work a strong government was needed rather than a rich people. The riches
have come to Germany in our own time.
301. Contrast of Prussia and Austria.—Prussia was a state which
started in the heart of Germany (near Berlin), and remained almost entirely
German as it spread. Austria, on the other hand, was originally a territory on
the southern border of the German people, the rulers of which managed by
skill and luck to extend their power over fragments of adjoining peoples of
a different stock, over Bohemians and other Slavs (relatives of the
Russians), and over the Magyars or Hungarians (relatives of the Turks).
These other peoples were behind the Germans in their industrial
development; they had come into Europe later, had been less subject to
civilizing influences and more exposed to internal quarrels and wars.
Furthermore, the Austrian Germans were behind the other Germans, on
Page 253
whom they were industrially dependent in the sixteenth century. Germans
from the North took their manufactures into Austria for sale, carried on the
trade of Austria and controlled the mines of Austria.
302. Political factors hindering development of the lands subject to
Austria.—The territories subject to the ruling family of Austria, the
Hapsburgs, began the period, therefore, in a backward condition, and they
had no opportunity throughout the period to catch up. Internal trade was
hindered not only by the national diversity of German, Slav, and Magyar,
but also by the persistence of provincial tariffs, which underwent no
important reform until nearly 1800, and which were not abolished even
then. Austria did not suffer so much as Germany from civil war, but like
Germany went through the crisis of the religious wars, which nearly ruined
Bohemia; and had a plague of its own in resisting the advance of the Turks
from the Balkan Peninsula. Austria suffered like France, moreover, from an
absolute government which too often used the national resources in the
interests of the royal family and not in the interests of the people as a
whole.
303. Slow progress of industry and commerce.—It is, therefore, not
surprising that in 1700 Austria stood commercially in about the same
position it had occupied two centuries before. The country exported the raw
products of industry, wool, flax, linen, hides, copper, etc., and received
them again after they had been manufactured by other peoples. An
economist of the time said that the total manufactures of Austria were not
equal to those of a single Dutch city like Leyden. Even this small amount of
manufacture was controlled by gilds, and suffered from the characteristic
faults of the gild system.
In the eighteenth century, however, the government began to appreciate
the importance of national commercial development. It fought the claims to
monopoly put forward by the gilds, and encouraged manufacturers to
extend their business, by premiums and privileges, as in France and Prussia.
Austrian iron and steel wares made a place for themselves in commerce; the
cloth industry of Bohemia, once ruined by war, revived again under the
factory system; stockings, glass, porcelain, etc., were produced in
increasing quantities.
304. Attempts of the government to stimulate development.—The
government stimulated the development of manufacture by its customs
tariffs as well as by its internal policy. The duties on articles which the
from the North took their manufactures into Austria for sale, carried on the
trade of Austria and controlled the mines of Austria.
302. Political factors hindering development of the lands subject to
Austria.—The territories subject to the ruling family of Austria, the
Hapsburgs, began the period, therefore, in a backward condition, and they
had no opportunity throughout the period to catch up. Internal trade was
hindered not only by the national diversity of German, Slav, and Magyar,
but also by the persistence of provincial tariffs, which underwent no
important reform until nearly 1800, and which were not abolished even
then. Austria did not suffer so much as Germany from civil war, but like
Germany went through the crisis of the religious wars, which nearly ruined
Bohemia; and had a plague of its own in resisting the advance of the Turks
from the Balkan Peninsula. Austria suffered like France, moreover, from an
absolute government which too often used the national resources in the
interests of the royal family and not in the interests of the people as a
whole.
303. Slow progress of industry and commerce.—It is, therefore, not
surprising that in 1700 Austria stood commercially in about the same
position it had occupied two centuries before. The country exported the raw
products of industry, wool, flax, linen, hides, copper, etc., and received
them again after they had been manufactured by other peoples. An
economist of the time said that the total manufactures of Austria were not
equal to those of a single Dutch city like Leyden. Even this small amount of
manufacture was controlled by gilds, and suffered from the characteristic
faults of the gild system.
In the eighteenth century, however, the government began to appreciate
the importance of national commercial development. It fought the claims to
monopoly put forward by the gilds, and encouraged manufacturers to
extend their business, by premiums and privileges, as in France and Prussia.
Austrian iron and steel wares made a place for themselves in commerce; the
cloth industry of Bohemia, once ruined by war, revived again under the
factory system; stockings, glass, porcelain, etc., were produced in
increasing quantities.
304. Attempts of the government to stimulate development.—The
government stimulated the development of manufacture by its customs
tariffs as well as by its internal policy. The duties on articles which the
Page 254
government thought could be made at home were raised rapidly, especially
after 1700, and became in many cases prohibitory. Undoubtedly the growth
of manufactures was furthered by this policy, though many industries
betrayed the weakness of their origin by failing after a short period of
apparent prosperity. The tariff gave rise, however, to much smuggling and
corruption, and injured greatly some parts of the country: the Tyrol, which
lies between Italy and Germany and had prospered on the transit trade; and
sections like Hungary which produced only raw materials.
To atone in some measure for these necessary results of a protective
system, the government attempted also to extend aid to foreign commerce.
Triest and Fiume were made free-ports, i.e., they were put on the outside of
the tariff frontier to attract trade. Venice was forced to renounce her claim to
the exclusive right to navigate the Adriatic, and commercial treaties were
made with Turkey, Russia, and states in northern Africa. Consuls were sent
out to represent Austrian interests in foreign countries, and attempts were
made to secure a share even in the trade with India.
305. Austrian commerce still backward in 1800.—Still Austrian trade
attained no great development. The government which gave with one hand
took with the other. Special privileges did not make up for the general
weakness of the productive organization. Rulers complained that in spite of
all their efforts commerce languished. Most of the foreign trade was
absorbed by five companies, which divided the field. Two of them were
limited locally, trading with Turkey and with Asia Minor respectively; while
the other three traded in special wares with various countries. One imported
colonial wares like sugar; another exported linens; while the third exported
various raw materials to Italy, France, and Spain. During the wars
beginning in 1776 Austrian merchants attempted to build up a trade with
North America, and an agent of the government was installed at
Philadelphia in 1783, but during the following years of peace Austria had
no chance of success in competition with trade rivals.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Write a report on the political constitution of Germany at the end of the
Middle Ages, and the resulting conditions. [Baring-Gould, Story of
Germany, chaps. 46, 52; Seebohm, Prot. rev., 26-33; Janssen, Hist., vol. 2,
book 4, chap. 1; Freytag, Pictures, XVIIIth cent., vol. 1, chap. 4.]
after 1700, and became in many cases prohibitory. Undoubtedly the growth
of manufactures was furthered by this policy, though many industries
betrayed the weakness of their origin by failing after a short period of
apparent prosperity. The tariff gave rise, however, to much smuggling and
corruption, and injured greatly some parts of the country: the Tyrol, which
lies between Italy and Germany and had prospered on the transit trade; and
sections like Hungary which produced only raw materials.
To atone in some measure for these necessary results of a protective
system, the government attempted also to extend aid to foreign commerce.
Triest and Fiume were made free-ports, i.e., they were put on the outside of
the tariff frontier to attract trade. Venice was forced to renounce her claim to
the exclusive right to navigate the Adriatic, and commercial treaties were
made with Turkey, Russia, and states in northern Africa. Consuls were sent
out to represent Austrian interests in foreign countries, and attempts were
made to secure a share even in the trade with India.
305. Austrian commerce still backward in 1800.—Still Austrian trade
attained no great development. The government which gave with one hand
took with the other. Special privileges did not make up for the general
weakness of the productive organization. Rulers complained that in spite of
all their efforts commerce languished. Most of the foreign trade was
absorbed by five companies, which divided the field. Two of them were
limited locally, trading with Turkey and with Asia Minor respectively; while
the other three traded in special wares with various countries. One imported
colonial wares like sugar; another exported linens; while the third exported
various raw materials to Italy, France, and Spain. During the wars
beginning in 1776 Austrian merchants attempted to build up a trade with
North America, and an agent of the government was installed at
Philadelphia in 1783, but during the following years of peace Austria had
no chance of success in competition with trade rivals.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Write a report on the political constitution of Germany at the end of the
Middle Ages, and the resulting conditions. [Baring-Gould, Story of
Germany, chaps. 46, 52; Seebohm, Prot. rev., 26-33; Janssen, Hist., vol. 2,
book 4, chap. 1; Freytag, Pictures, XVIIIth cent., vol. 1, chap. 4.]
Page 255
2. Development of business and business methods at the beginning of the
period. [See above, chap. 18; Cunningham’s chapter on Economic change
in Cambridge mod. hist., vol. 1; Janssen, Hist., vol. 2, book 3, chap. 3;
Freytag, Pictures, XVth cent., vol. 1, chap. 10.]
3. Condition of manufacturing. [Janssen, Hist., vol. 2, book 3, chap. 2.]
4. Condition of agriculture. [Janssen, Hist., vol. 1, book 3, chap. 1.]
5. Decline of the Baltic trade. [Zimmern, Hansa towns, period 3.]
6. Decline of the Hansa in England. [Zimmern, 324-353]
7. Write a brief report on the commercial history of (a) Nuremberg, (b)
Augsburg. [Encyc.; Guide books of south Germany.]
8. Class conflicts, political and economic troubles about 1500. [Seebohm,
** Prot. rev., 136-140; Janssen, Hist., vol. 4, book 7; Frank Goodrich, *A
social reformer of the fifteenth century, Yale Review, Aug., 1896, 5: 168-
181.]
9. Do the Germans control the mouths of all the rivers mentioned in sect.
295 at the present time?
10. Write a report on the effects of the Thirty Years’ War, from the
economic and commercial standpoint. [S. R. Gardiner; Thirty Years’ War
(Epoch Ser.), N. Y., 1874, 217-221; Anton Gindely, Hist. of the Thirty
Years’ War, N. Y., 1884, vol. 2, chap. 11; Freytag, Pictures, XVth cent., vol.
2, chaps. 3, 5, 6.]
11. Write a brief report on the commercial history of one of the following
towns: Frankfort on the Main, Leipzig (or Leipsic), Hamburg, Bremen.
[Encyc.; Homans, Cyc. of commerce, for the early nineteenth century.]
12. Effect of the protective tariff in building up the Prussian silk industry.
[Schmoller, Merc. syst., pp. 81-91.]
13. Indicate on a sketch map of Austria-Hungary the spaces occupied by
the following peoples: Germans, Bohemians, Ruthenians, Hungarians,
Southern Slavs. [Atlas, Encyc.]
14. The wars with the Turks: how long did they last; how far did the
Turks penetrate Europe; what was the effect on industry? [S. Whitman,
Austria, N. Y., Putnam, 1899, $1.50, chap. 16; E. A. Freeman, Ottoman
power in Europe, London, 1877, chaps. 4, 5.]
15. Reforms in Austria in the eighteenth century, and their effect. [L.
Leger, Hist. of Austro-Hungary, N. Y., Putnam, 1889, 379 ff., 388 ff.].
16. Write a brief report on the commercial history of Vienna. [Encyc.]
period. [See above, chap. 18; Cunningham’s chapter on Economic change
in Cambridge mod. hist., vol. 1; Janssen, Hist., vol. 2, book 3, chap. 3;
Freytag, Pictures, XVth cent., vol. 1, chap. 10.]
3. Condition of manufacturing. [Janssen, Hist., vol. 2, book 3, chap. 2.]
4. Condition of agriculture. [Janssen, Hist., vol. 1, book 3, chap. 1.]
5. Decline of the Baltic trade. [Zimmern, Hansa towns, period 3.]
6. Decline of the Hansa in England. [Zimmern, 324-353]
7. Write a brief report on the commercial history of (a) Nuremberg, (b)
Augsburg. [Encyc.; Guide books of south Germany.]
8. Class conflicts, political and economic troubles about 1500. [Seebohm,
** Prot. rev., 136-140; Janssen, Hist., vol. 4, book 7; Frank Goodrich, *A
social reformer of the fifteenth century, Yale Review, Aug., 1896, 5: 168-
181.]
9. Do the Germans control the mouths of all the rivers mentioned in sect.
295 at the present time?
10. Write a report on the effects of the Thirty Years’ War, from the
economic and commercial standpoint. [S. R. Gardiner; Thirty Years’ War
(Epoch Ser.), N. Y., 1874, 217-221; Anton Gindely, Hist. of the Thirty
Years’ War, N. Y., 1884, vol. 2, chap. 11; Freytag, Pictures, XVth cent., vol.
2, chaps. 3, 5, 6.]
11. Write a brief report on the commercial history of one of the following
towns: Frankfort on the Main, Leipzig (or Leipsic), Hamburg, Bremen.
[Encyc.; Homans, Cyc. of commerce, for the early nineteenth century.]
12. Effect of the protective tariff in building up the Prussian silk industry.
[Schmoller, Merc. syst., pp. 81-91.]
13. Indicate on a sketch map of Austria-Hungary the spaces occupied by
the following peoples: Germans, Bohemians, Ruthenians, Hungarians,
Southern Slavs. [Atlas, Encyc.]
14. The wars with the Turks: how long did they last; how far did the
Turks penetrate Europe; what was the effect on industry? [S. Whitman,
Austria, N. Y., Putnam, 1899, $1.50, chap. 16; E. A. Freeman, Ottoman
power in Europe, London, 1877, chaps. 4, 5.]
15. Reforms in Austria in the eighteenth century, and their effect. [L.
Leger, Hist. of Austro-Hungary, N. Y., Putnam, 1889, 379 ff., 388 ff.].
16. Write a brief report on the commercial history of Vienna. [Encyc.]
Page 256
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Writings in German are voluminous; English books on the history of the
period are concerned almost entirely with political affairs. The translation
of Janssen’s *History, St. Louis, Herder, 1897 ff., can be recommended for
the beginning of the period, and Freytag’s *Pictures of German life,
London, 1862, contains some readable and useful descriptions.
Writings in German are voluminous; English books on the history of the
period are concerned almost entirely with political affairs. The translation
of Janssen’s *History, St. Louis, Herder, 1897 ff., can be recommended for
the beginning of the period, and Freytag’s *Pictures of German life,
London, 1862, contains some readable and useful descriptions.
Page 257
CHAPTER XXVII
ITALY AND MINOR STATES
306. Political condition of Italy in the modern period.—In the history
of Germany we have seen the fate of a country that entered the modern
period lacking a political organization that would enable it to hold its own
in competition with rivals. The history of Italy in this period presents the
same conditions and the same results. At the end of the Middle Ages there
were five important states in the peninsula: Milan, Venice, Florence, Rome,
and Naples. None was strong enough to unite the country; each was strong
enough to prevent another from reaching that end. The border territory of
Savoy, whose rulers have united the peninsula in recent times, resolving, in
the words of one, to “treat Italy as an artichoke, to be eaten leaf by leaf,”
counted as yet for little. The quarrels of the Italian states invited
interference by stronger neighbors, Spanish, French, and Austrian; and Italy
became the prey of adventurers and tyrants who lived as parasites on the
resources that should have nourished industry and commerce.
ITALY AND MINOR STATES
306. Political condition of Italy in the modern period.—In the history
of Germany we have seen the fate of a country that entered the modern
period lacking a political organization that would enable it to hold its own
in competition with rivals. The history of Italy in this period presents the
same conditions and the same results. At the end of the Middle Ages there
were five important states in the peninsula: Milan, Venice, Florence, Rome,
and Naples. None was strong enough to unite the country; each was strong
enough to prevent another from reaching that end. The border territory of
Savoy, whose rulers have united the peninsula in recent times, resolving, in
the words of one, to “treat Italy as an artichoke, to be eaten leaf by leaf,”
counted as yet for little. The quarrels of the Italian states invited
interference by stronger neighbors, Spanish, French, and Austrian; and Italy
became the prey of adventurers and tyrants who lived as parasites on the
resources that should have nourished industry and commerce.
Page 258
307. Position of Venice at the beginning of the period.—Venice, which
had enjoyed the commercial primacy among the Italian states, saw in the
Portuguese discoveries a threat to her prosperity which only the strongest
measures could avert. There was no physical reason why Venice should not
adopt the sea route to India, and, if necessary, fight with the Portuguese for
the Indian trade at its source. All her traditions, however, pointed the other
had enjoyed the commercial primacy among the Italian states, saw in the
Portuguese discoveries a threat to her prosperity which only the strongest
measures could avert. There was no physical reason why Venice should not
adopt the sea route to India, and, if necessary, fight with the Portuguese for
the Indian trade at its source. All her traditions, however, pointed the other
Page 259
way; all her investments were tied up in the route through Egypt; and, most
important, all her resources were required in the Mediterranean. The island
city had been drawn into an expansion on the mainland which involved her
in continental intrigues and sapped her strength at sea, at the very time
when her sea power was of the greatest importance; the navy of the
Ottoman Turks was rapidly developing and the scourge of the Barbary
pirates (from the Mediterranean coast of Africa) had begun.
308. Blows at Venetian trade both by sea and land routes to India.—
For a moment Venice halted undecided between the two routes. Venetian
ambassadors were especially instructed to procure maps, letters from
voyagers, and all other information that would help the home government
determine its policy with respect to the recent developments. Venice made
repeated attempts to buy from Portugal the right to dispose of all the spices
brought to Lisbon, a proposition that naturally was declined. Venice had to
buy in small lots, on what terms the Portuguese chose to set; more and more
silver flowed from Italy to Lisbon, and it became increasingly difficult to
get spices in Venice. Meanwhile the government was sending explorers
eastward, in the hope of opening one of the old routes to trade, and
seriously considered for a time the piercing of the Suez isthmus with a
canal. Venice found the Ottoman Turks favorable to trade through their
dominions, but had not the strength to maintain her old commercial
connections when Cairo was finally captured by the Turks in 1517.
309. Relative decline of Venetian commerce.—From this time the
energies of Venice were absorbed in an unequal conflict with the Turks in
the eastern Mediterranean. Venice had prepared herself in a measure for the
Turkish advance, by removing her chief staple from Alexandria to the island
of Cyprus, but this too was lost in 1571 after a heroic defense. The battle of
Lepanto and others following it were empty victories; on the east coast of
the Mediterranean Venice had to surrender, and consent to trade on the
terms which the Turks imposed. Trade was still maintained. Aleppo became
in the later period a market in which the Venetians had great establishments,
drawing thence the wares that came by caravan from Bagdad, Persia, and
India. Venice herself became constantly more beautiful, and was in the
seventeenth century, as now, one of the show-places of Europe, where
foreign visitors flocked by thousands. Her manufactures of glass and silk
and many artistic luxuries remained unexcelled. It is, however, by quantity
and not quality that we measure the greatness of a state’s commerce;
important, all her resources were required in the Mediterranean. The island
city had been drawn into an expansion on the mainland which involved her
in continental intrigues and sapped her strength at sea, at the very time
when her sea power was of the greatest importance; the navy of the
Ottoman Turks was rapidly developing and the scourge of the Barbary
pirates (from the Mediterranean coast of Africa) had begun.
308. Blows at Venetian trade both by sea and land routes to India.—
For a moment Venice halted undecided between the two routes. Venetian
ambassadors were especially instructed to procure maps, letters from
voyagers, and all other information that would help the home government
determine its policy with respect to the recent developments. Venice made
repeated attempts to buy from Portugal the right to dispose of all the spices
brought to Lisbon, a proposition that naturally was declined. Venice had to
buy in small lots, on what terms the Portuguese chose to set; more and more
silver flowed from Italy to Lisbon, and it became increasingly difficult to
get spices in Venice. Meanwhile the government was sending explorers
eastward, in the hope of opening one of the old routes to trade, and
seriously considered for a time the piercing of the Suez isthmus with a
canal. Venice found the Ottoman Turks favorable to trade through their
dominions, but had not the strength to maintain her old commercial
connections when Cairo was finally captured by the Turks in 1517.
309. Relative decline of Venetian commerce.—From this time the
energies of Venice were absorbed in an unequal conflict with the Turks in
the eastern Mediterranean. Venice had prepared herself in a measure for the
Turkish advance, by removing her chief staple from Alexandria to the island
of Cyprus, but this too was lost in 1571 after a heroic defense. The battle of
Lepanto and others following it were empty victories; on the east coast of
the Mediterranean Venice had to surrender, and consent to trade on the
terms which the Turks imposed. Trade was still maintained. Aleppo became
in the later period a market in which the Venetians had great establishments,
drawing thence the wares that came by caravan from Bagdad, Persia, and
India. Venice herself became constantly more beautiful, and was in the
seventeenth century, as now, one of the show-places of Europe, where
foreign visitors flocked by thousands. Her manufactures of glass and silk
and many artistic luxuries remained unexcelled. It is, however, by quantity
and not quality that we measure the greatness of a state’s commerce;
Page 260
Venetian trade scarcely entitled the city to a place even in the second rank
of commercial states, when it finally lost its independence in 1797.
310. Decline of commerce and industry in Tuscany.—The history of
decline in other parts of Italy must be dismissed more briefly. Florence,
which at the beginning of this period ranked next to Venice in
manufactures, trade, and banking, found the markets of northern Europe
closed by the Dutch revolution, by the religious wars and by the tariff
barriers of the protective policy. Bankruptcy became frequent in the latter
part of the sixteenth century. The woolen manufactures of Florence, which,
it is said, employed 30,000 men in 1338, employed 971 in 1767. Hampered
not only by weakness abroad but also by restrictive legislation at home, the
Tuscan people declined to poverty and indolence. Prosperity was to be
found in only one spot, the city of Leghorn, which had been made a free
port; but this city prospered just because it had been placed on the outside
of Tuscany, and the riches amassed there went largely into the hands of
foreign residents.
311. Decline in other parts of Italy.—South of Tuscany conditions grew
still worse. The Roman territory had never been of commercial importance,
and the Neapolitan territory lost in this period what prosperity it had once
had. Under a Spanish government, which was almost incredibly bad, the
national resources were wasted abroad while Turks ravaged the coast,
kidnapping slaves, at home; and the producing classes were crushed by
heavy and unfair taxes.
North of Tuscany conditions were little better. The report of a
commercial agent who was sent by the Austrian state to investigate upper
Italy in 1754 shows commercial weakness everywhere. The country was
divided by tariff barriers into a great number of distinct territories, of which
scarcely any were large enough to give play for the development of
industries which they were endeavoring to protect. The forces of industry
and commerce were scattered and lost among a great number of small
towns, and trade was largely controlled by foreigners, both Jewish and
Christian.
312. Conditions in the Scandinavian countries.—It would be
unprofitable to attempt here to trace the course of commerce in all the other
states of Europe during this period, and this part of the book will close with
a brief description of commercial conditions in the North and East. The
districts included in Scandinavia are already familiar to the reader as
of commercial states, when it finally lost its independence in 1797.
310. Decline of commerce and industry in Tuscany.—The history of
decline in other parts of Italy must be dismissed more briefly. Florence,
which at the beginning of this period ranked next to Venice in
manufactures, trade, and banking, found the markets of northern Europe
closed by the Dutch revolution, by the religious wars and by the tariff
barriers of the protective policy. Bankruptcy became frequent in the latter
part of the sixteenth century. The woolen manufactures of Florence, which,
it is said, employed 30,000 men in 1338, employed 971 in 1767. Hampered
not only by weakness abroad but also by restrictive legislation at home, the
Tuscan people declined to poverty and indolence. Prosperity was to be
found in only one spot, the city of Leghorn, which had been made a free
port; but this city prospered just because it had been placed on the outside
of Tuscany, and the riches amassed there went largely into the hands of
foreign residents.
311. Decline in other parts of Italy.—South of Tuscany conditions grew
still worse. The Roman territory had never been of commercial importance,
and the Neapolitan territory lost in this period what prosperity it had once
had. Under a Spanish government, which was almost incredibly bad, the
national resources were wasted abroad while Turks ravaged the coast,
kidnapping slaves, at home; and the producing classes were crushed by
heavy and unfair taxes.
North of Tuscany conditions were little better. The report of a
commercial agent who was sent by the Austrian state to investigate upper
Italy in 1754 shows commercial weakness everywhere. The country was
divided by tariff barriers into a great number of distinct territories, of which
scarcely any were large enough to give play for the development of
industries which they were endeavoring to protect. The forces of industry
and commerce were scattered and lost among a great number of small
towns, and trade was largely controlled by foreigners, both Jewish and
Christian.
312. Conditions in the Scandinavian countries.—It would be
unprofitable to attempt here to trace the course of commerce in all the other
states of Europe during this period, and this part of the book will close with
a brief description of commercial conditions in the North and East. The
districts included in Scandinavia are already familiar to the reader as
Page 261
forming an important field for the Hanseatic trade in the Middle Ages. The
population was sparse, industry was undeveloped, towns were few and
small; the knowledge and capital necessary for an active independent trade
were lacking, and people were content to stay at home and let foreign
merchants come to them with manufactures and take away their surplus
products. The iron industry of Sweden, favored by rich ores, extensive
forests for fuel and abundant water power, attained considerable
importance; but the exports continued in general to be raw materials,
especially those used in food and for ship building. Governments attempted
to hurry the development of their peoples by protective duties and by the
founding of commercial companies, with slight success. Gustavus
Adolphus, a king of Sweden in the seventeenth century, formed the bold
project of making the Baltic “a Swedish lake,” by control of the entrance
and the coasts, but his successors proved unable to maintain the position
which he won. The keys of the Baltic fell into the hands of Denmark, and
that country made a good profit by collecting tolls on the flow of a trade to
which it contributed little itself.
313. Rise of Russia to a position among the European states about
1700.—Russia was even more backward than the Scandinavian states. Like
them it had been dependent on the Hanseatic merchants for its commerce
with western Europe, and remained passive after their fall, accepting what
wares reached it overland or through the port of Archangel on the Arctic
coast, whither English and Dutch shippers ventured. Until Peter the Great
opened his “window on the West,” by the founding of St. Petersburg on the
Baltic about 1700, Russia was hardly a European state. Peter attempted,
with remarkable energy, to bring Russia to the European standard in
commerce and industry as well as in politics. He reformed, though he did
not abolish, the system which gave the Czar a monopoly of trade in the
most important wares; he revised the tolls on trade; he sent young men
abroad to study commerce, and tried in other ways to elevate the merchant
class. Peter did not succeed in his attempt to free Russian commerce from
its dependence on western merchants, and his attempt to build up a
merchant marine was a failure. In the East, Russian commerce fared better.
Occasional caravans had gone before this from Siberia to China. The Czar
now sent on his own account caravans which consumed three years on the
long trip from Peking to Moscow; and individuals developed the trade
which the crown had stimulated.
population was sparse, industry was undeveloped, towns were few and
small; the knowledge and capital necessary for an active independent trade
were lacking, and people were content to stay at home and let foreign
merchants come to them with manufactures and take away their surplus
products. The iron industry of Sweden, favored by rich ores, extensive
forests for fuel and abundant water power, attained considerable
importance; but the exports continued in general to be raw materials,
especially those used in food and for ship building. Governments attempted
to hurry the development of their peoples by protective duties and by the
founding of commercial companies, with slight success. Gustavus
Adolphus, a king of Sweden in the seventeenth century, formed the bold
project of making the Baltic “a Swedish lake,” by control of the entrance
and the coasts, but his successors proved unable to maintain the position
which he won. The keys of the Baltic fell into the hands of Denmark, and
that country made a good profit by collecting tolls on the flow of a trade to
which it contributed little itself.
313. Rise of Russia to a position among the European states about
1700.—Russia was even more backward than the Scandinavian states. Like
them it had been dependent on the Hanseatic merchants for its commerce
with western Europe, and remained passive after their fall, accepting what
wares reached it overland or through the port of Archangel on the Arctic
coast, whither English and Dutch shippers ventured. Until Peter the Great
opened his “window on the West,” by the founding of St. Petersburg on the
Baltic about 1700, Russia was hardly a European state. Peter attempted,
with remarkable energy, to bring Russia to the European standard in
commerce and industry as well as in politics. He reformed, though he did
not abolish, the system which gave the Czar a monopoly of trade in the
most important wares; he revised the tolls on trade; he sent young men
abroad to study commerce, and tried in other ways to elevate the merchant
class. Peter did not succeed in his attempt to free Russian commerce from
its dependence on western merchants, and his attempt to build up a
merchant marine was a failure. In the East, Russian commerce fared better.
Occasional caravans had gone before this from Siberia to China. The Czar
now sent on his own account caravans which consumed three years on the
long trip from Peking to Moscow; and individuals developed the trade
which the crown had stimulated.
Page 262
314. Character of Russian commerce in the eighteenth century.—
Russia could be regarded in the eighteenth century as a European state. It
belonged, however, to the Europe of the Middle Ages rather than of the
modern period. Most of the population, including even the few who were
occupied with manufacturing, were serfs. The people as a whole were on a
low standard of living, and were densely ignorant. Commercial law was
undeveloped, and trading practices were those of a half civilized
community. The government interfered with exchange by arbitrary and
vexatious restrictions. The country could export, with rare exceptions, only
raw products. From China it imported tea, silk, gold, jewels, etc., of which
only a part was kept at home; while it was dependent on western Europe for
most of its colonial wares (sugar, coffee, spices, and drugs), and for all the
finer manufactures (textile, metal, pottery, paper, etc.).
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Condition of Italy about 1500. [Seebohm, Prot. rev., 21-26, with
sketch-map.]
2. Venice about 1500: commerce, government, policy on sea and land.
[Horatio F. Brown, Venice, chaps. 16, 17; or Cambridge mod. hist., vol. 1,
chap. 8, by the same author.]
3. Contest of Venice with the Turks. [Brown, Venice, chap. 19.]
4. Decline of Venetian commerce. [A. H. Lybyer, The Ottoman Turks and
the routes of Oriental trade, English Hist. Rev., Oct., 1915, 30: 577-588.]
5. Attempt of Gustavus Adolphus to make of Sweden a great power.
[Encyc. Brit., Gustavus II.]
6. Social and economic conditions in Russia about 1700. [W. R. Morfill,
Story of Russia, N. Y., Putnam, 1900, $1.50, chap. 13; H. M. Thompson,
Russian politics, N. Y., 1896, chap. 2.]
7. History of Russia in the eighteenth century. [Manuals of European
history; Thompson, chap. 3.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Aside from fragmentary sections in the current manuals the reader of
English will find little literature available on the history of commerce in the
minor states. Such suggestions for collateral reading as are given above will
Russia could be regarded in the eighteenth century as a European state. It
belonged, however, to the Europe of the Middle Ages rather than of the
modern period. Most of the population, including even the few who were
occupied with manufacturing, were serfs. The people as a whole were on a
low standard of living, and were densely ignorant. Commercial law was
undeveloped, and trading practices were those of a half civilized
community. The government interfered with exchange by arbitrary and
vexatious restrictions. The country could export, with rare exceptions, only
raw products. From China it imported tea, silk, gold, jewels, etc., of which
only a part was kept at home; while it was dependent on western Europe for
most of its colonial wares (sugar, coffee, spices, and drugs), and for all the
finer manufactures (textile, metal, pottery, paper, etc.).
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Condition of Italy about 1500. [Seebohm, Prot. rev., 21-26, with
sketch-map.]
2. Venice about 1500: commerce, government, policy on sea and land.
[Horatio F. Brown, Venice, chaps. 16, 17; or Cambridge mod. hist., vol. 1,
chap. 8, by the same author.]
3. Contest of Venice with the Turks. [Brown, Venice, chap. 19.]
4. Decline of Venetian commerce. [A. H. Lybyer, The Ottoman Turks and
the routes of Oriental trade, English Hist. Rev., Oct., 1915, 30: 577-588.]
5. Attempt of Gustavus Adolphus to make of Sweden a great power.
[Encyc. Brit., Gustavus II.]
6. Social and economic conditions in Russia about 1700. [W. R. Morfill,
Story of Russia, N. Y., Putnam, 1900, $1.50, chap. 13; H. M. Thompson,
Russian politics, N. Y., 1896, chap. 2.]
7. History of Russia in the eighteenth century. [Manuals of European
history; Thompson, chap. 3.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Aside from fragmentary sections in the current manuals the reader of
English will find little literature available on the history of commerce in the
minor states. Such suggestions for collateral reading as are given above will
Page 263
probably satisfy the needs of students who are not sufficiently advanced to
use foreign languages.
TOPICS FOR REVIEW
After covering the history of commerce in different countries the student
will find it profitable to review certain general topics, piecing together what
he has learned of their local history and endeavoring to get a clear
conception of the general development. The following are suggested for
study in the modern period (1500-1800): (a) shipping; (b) transportation on
roads and rivers; (c) production and exchange of foodstuffs; (d) production
and exchange of textile materials (flax, wool, cotton, silk); (e) production
and exchange of finished textiles (linen, woolen, cotton, silk); (f) production
and exchange of iron; (g) development of the system of manufactures (gild,
domestic and factory systems); (h) development of banking; (i) effect of
wars on the commerce of different countries; (j) European colonial systems;
(k) commercial policy; (l) trade of Europe with Asia; (m) trade of Europe
with North and South America.
use foreign languages.
TOPICS FOR REVIEW
After covering the history of commerce in different countries the student
will find it profitable to review certain general topics, piecing together what
he has learned of their local history and endeavoring to get a clear
conception of the general development. The following are suggested for
study in the modern period (1500-1800): (a) shipping; (b) transportation on
roads and rivers; (c) production and exchange of foodstuffs; (d) production
and exchange of textile materials (flax, wool, cotton, silk); (e) production
and exchange of finished textiles (linen, woolen, cotton, silk); (f) production
and exchange of iron; (g) development of the system of manufactures (gild,
domestic and factory systems); (h) development of banking; (i) effect of
wars on the commerce of different countries; (j) European colonial systems;
(k) commercial policy; (l) trade of Europe with Asia; (m) trade of Europe
with North and South America.
Page 264
PART IV.—RECENT COMMERCE
Page 265
CHAPTER XXVIII
COMMERCE AND COAL
315. Statistical survey of development since 1800.—In entering the
nineteenth century the student approaches the period in which commerce
has achieved the most notable progress. Great as former advances may have
seemed to the people in whose time they occurred, these sink almost to
insignificance when compared with the growth of commerce since 1800. A
recent estimate by a German author pictures the progress of the export and
import trade of the commercial countries of the world as follows, in
milliards of marks (roughly, units of 250 million dollars): 1700, 0.5; 1750,
1.0; 1800, 6; 1850, 17; 1899, 76. Some of the striking features of recent
growth are shown in the following table. It is necessary, however, to warn
the student that these figures, especially those for the earlier part of the
century, can be regarded only as approximations to the truth. It may not be
out of place, further, to advise the student to turn to the end of the chapter
for suggestions as to the best way of studying the figures.
316. Great growth of foreign commerce.—Assuming, for purposes of
discussion, a fair degree of accuracy in the figures, some conclusions from
them may be pointed out. The commerce of the world increased in this
century at the astonishing rate of 1,359 per cent. We have before
encountered instances of remarkable commercial expansion, in particular
countries, but we must bear in mind that the figures here are supposed to
include the whole world, the backward as well as the progressive countries,
the many millions in the interior of great continents who scarcely trade at
all, and the Chinese, perhaps in themselves a quarter of the world’s
population, who trade still to but a slight extent. Clearly the growth of
commerce in some countries must have been enormous to raise the total
figures to the point at which we find them.
Foreign Commerce and Production of the Countries of the World
Aggregate Per Coal Pig Iron
Commerce Capita Production Production
Year
Thousand Commerce Million Million
Million Dollars Dollars Tons Tons
COMMERCE AND COAL
315. Statistical survey of development since 1800.—In entering the
nineteenth century the student approaches the period in which commerce
has achieved the most notable progress. Great as former advances may have
seemed to the people in whose time they occurred, these sink almost to
insignificance when compared with the growth of commerce since 1800. A
recent estimate by a German author pictures the progress of the export and
import trade of the commercial countries of the world as follows, in
milliards of marks (roughly, units of 250 million dollars): 1700, 0.5; 1750,
1.0; 1800, 6; 1850, 17; 1899, 76. Some of the striking features of recent
growth are shown in the following table. It is necessary, however, to warn
the student that these figures, especially those for the earlier part of the
century, can be regarded only as approximations to the truth. It may not be
out of place, further, to advise the student to turn to the end of the chapter
for suggestions as to the best way of studying the figures.
316. Great growth of foreign commerce.—Assuming, for purposes of
discussion, a fair degree of accuracy in the figures, some conclusions from
them may be pointed out. The commerce of the world increased in this
century at the astonishing rate of 1,359 per cent. We have before
encountered instances of remarkable commercial expansion, in particular
countries, but we must bear in mind that the figures here are supposed to
include the whole world, the backward as well as the progressive countries,
the many millions in the interior of great continents who scarcely trade at
all, and the Chinese, perhaps in themselves a quarter of the world’s
population, who trade still to but a slight extent. Clearly the growth of
commerce in some countries must have been enormous to raise the total
figures to the point at which we find them.
Foreign Commerce and Production of the Countries of the World
Aggregate Per Coal Pig Iron
Commerce Capita Production Production
Year
Thousand Commerce Million Million
Million Dollars Dollars Tons Tons
Page 266
1800 1.4 2.31 11.6 0.8
1820 1.6 2.13 17.2 1.0
1830 1.9 2.34 25.1 1.8
1840 2.7 2.93 44.8 2.7
1850 4.0 3.76 81.4 4.7
1860 7.2 6.01 142.3 7.2
1870 10.6 8.14 213.4 11.9
1880 14.7 10.26 340 18.0
1890 17.5 11.80 466 27.2
1900 20.1 13.02 800 40.4
1910 33.6 20.81 1,141 65.8
1913 40.4 24.47 1,443 77.4
317. Increase in the relative importance of commerce.—Not less
striking than this growth in absolute quantity, as measured in current values,
is the growth compared with the estimated increase of the world’s
population. The value per capita (“by head”) of a country’s commerce is
secured by dividing the total amount of trade by the number of inhabitants;
it shows the average share of each person in commerce, and furnishes,
therefore, some index of the relative importance of commerce in different
times and places. Now, even if this value per capita had remained the same
we should regard the absolute increase in commerce as a very important
fact. Commerce, however, has actually increased much faster than
population; the share of the average human being in the world’s trade has
grown over tenfold. Let the student reflect on the difference it would make
to him whether he had $2 or $20 for spending money in a given time, and
consider the extra articles he could buy with the larger sum; he will then be
better able to appreciate the broadening and deepening of the commercial
current in recent times.
318. The world now passing through a commercial revolution.—The
student is now in a position to understand the significance of the statement
of an English writer, that “the commerce of the world may almost be said to
be the creation of the past seventy-five years.” We are living in the midst of
1820 1.6 2.13 17.2 1.0
1830 1.9 2.34 25.1 1.8
1840 2.7 2.93 44.8 2.7
1850 4.0 3.76 81.4 4.7
1860 7.2 6.01 142.3 7.2
1870 10.6 8.14 213.4 11.9
1880 14.7 10.26 340 18.0
1890 17.5 11.80 466 27.2
1900 20.1 13.02 800 40.4
1910 33.6 20.81 1,141 65.8
1913 40.4 24.47 1,443 77.4
317. Increase in the relative importance of commerce.—Not less
striking than this growth in absolute quantity, as measured in current values,
is the growth compared with the estimated increase of the world’s
population. The value per capita (“by head”) of a country’s commerce is
secured by dividing the total amount of trade by the number of inhabitants;
it shows the average share of each person in commerce, and furnishes,
therefore, some index of the relative importance of commerce in different
times and places. Now, even if this value per capita had remained the same
we should regard the absolute increase in commerce as a very important
fact. Commerce, however, has actually increased much faster than
population; the share of the average human being in the world’s trade has
grown over tenfold. Let the student reflect on the difference it would make
to him whether he had $2 or $20 for spending money in a given time, and
consider the extra articles he could buy with the larger sum; he will then be
better able to appreciate the broadening and deepening of the commercial
current in recent times.
318. The world now passing through a commercial revolution.—The
student is now in a position to understand the significance of the statement
of an English writer, that “the commerce of the world may almost be said to
be the creation of the past seventy-five years.” We are living in the midst of
Page 267
a vast, though silent, revolution. Reference to the figures will show that the
process of change quickened strikingly in the latter half of the century, and
at its close we still do not dare to say when the movement will slacken. The
change which we find so marked in commerce affects equally other sides of
human life. An American author, Adams, writing in 1871, could say with
truth that “the discoveries of Guttenberg and Columbus have produced
more startling and more clearly defined results upon the destinies of the
human race within the last twenty-five years than in any other equal period
of time during the four previous centuries.” Have the results been less
startling in the quarter-century that followed? Another American economist,
Wells, said about 1890, “When the historian of the future writes the history
of the nineteenth century he will doubtless assign to the period embraced by
the life of the generation terminating in 1885 a place of importance,
considered in its relations to the interests of humanity, second to but very
few, and perhaps to none, of the many similar epochs in time in any of the
centuries that have preceded it.” Is the generation terminated in 1915
willing to admit that it takes a less important place in history than its
predecessor?
319. Share of modern countries in the commerce of the world.—It is
unnecessary, I hope, to say more to impress upon the student the fact that a
period of great change in the world’s history, which began half a century
ago, still continues; and that the coming generation will be called upon to
carry on this change, and guide it for the welfare of humanity in the future.
Leaving, therefore, general discussion and speculation, and returning to the
concrete and well-defined facts that form the subject of our study, I insert in
this place, as likely to be of use for reference later and of interest now
(though not deserving painstaking study as yet), a table showing the share
of different countries in commerce about 1900.
Recent Trade of Leading Commercial Countries
(Approximate annual averages in millions of dollars, special trade)
1891-1900 1901-1910 1912
nbsp; Percentage of
Imports Exports Imports Exports total general
trade of world
United Kingdom 1725 1190 2525 1700 16.6
Germany 1140 880 1800 1470 12.9
process of change quickened strikingly in the latter half of the century, and
at its close we still do not dare to say when the movement will slacken. The
change which we find so marked in commerce affects equally other sides of
human life. An American author, Adams, writing in 1871, could say with
truth that “the discoveries of Guttenberg and Columbus have produced
more startling and more clearly defined results upon the destinies of the
human race within the last twenty-five years than in any other equal period
of time during the four previous centuries.” Have the results been less
startling in the quarter-century that followed? Another American economist,
Wells, said about 1890, “When the historian of the future writes the history
of the nineteenth century he will doubtless assign to the period embraced by
the life of the generation terminating in 1885 a place of importance,
considered in its relations to the interests of humanity, second to but very
few, and perhaps to none, of the many similar epochs in time in any of the
centuries that have preceded it.” Is the generation terminated in 1915
willing to admit that it takes a less important place in history than its
predecessor?
319. Share of modern countries in the commerce of the world.—It is
unnecessary, I hope, to say more to impress upon the student the fact that a
period of great change in the world’s history, which began half a century
ago, still continues; and that the coming generation will be called upon to
carry on this change, and guide it for the welfare of humanity in the future.
Leaving, therefore, general discussion and speculation, and returning to the
concrete and well-defined facts that form the subject of our study, I insert in
this place, as likely to be of use for reference later and of interest now
(though not deserving painstaking study as yet), a table showing the share
of different countries in commerce about 1900.
Recent Trade of Leading Commercial Countries
(Approximate annual averages in millions of dollars, special trade)
1891-1900 1901-1910 1912
nbsp; Percentage of
Imports Exports Imports Exports total general
trade of world
United Kingdom 1725 1190 2525 1700 16.6
Germany 1140 880 1800 1470 12.9
Page 268
United States 780 1050 1185 1655 9.9
France 835 710 1065 995 9.0
Holland1 660 550 1020 835 6.9
Belgium1 362 309 578 453 4.2
Austria-Hungary 302 337 464 459 3.3
Russia1 276 339 386 503 3.5
Spain1 177 172 201 185 1.1
Italy 255 219 480 343 3.1
A similar statement, showing the relative rank about 1850, would present
only one very striking change; France held at that time the place second to
that of the British Empire, and Germany came after the United States.
320. Possible explanations of recent commercial development.—One
topic of prime importance demands our attention as we enter on the study in
detail of the commerce whose growth has been sketched above. What were
the causes of this great commercial development? When we know them we
shall truly understand the commercial history of the past century, and shall
be prepared to face the problems of the present and the future.
The topic will be discussed under the heads which have been employed
previously in similar discussions. The advances have been achieved either
by a gain in the power of man to control nature and natural forces (technical
progress); or by the more efficient cooperation of men in business
(industrial and commercial organization), or in politics (political
organization, domestic and foreign policy).
321. Prime importance of technical factors, especially the use of coal.
—Hard as it is to disentangle these different factors, all of which have
contributed much to the recent progress of the world, there need still be no
question which has been of the leading importance during the nineteenth
century. This century has been the great era of material invention, of
scientific discovery, and of the increase in power of man over nature.
Technical progress, therefore, is the first subject to be studied.
Again, there need be no question as to which feature of technical
progress holds first place. Electrical appliances? Machinery? The steam-
engine? Applied chemistry? All those things, with the vast benefits which
France 835 710 1065 995 9.0
Holland1 660 550 1020 835 6.9
Belgium1 362 309 578 453 4.2
Austria-Hungary 302 337 464 459 3.3
Russia1 276 339 386 503 3.5
Spain1 177 172 201 185 1.1
Italy 255 219 480 343 3.1
A similar statement, showing the relative rank about 1850, would present
only one very striking change; France held at that time the place second to
that of the British Empire, and Germany came after the United States.
320. Possible explanations of recent commercial development.—One
topic of prime importance demands our attention as we enter on the study in
detail of the commerce whose growth has been sketched above. What were
the causes of this great commercial development? When we know them we
shall truly understand the commercial history of the past century, and shall
be prepared to face the problems of the present and the future.
The topic will be discussed under the heads which have been employed
previously in similar discussions. The advances have been achieved either
by a gain in the power of man to control nature and natural forces (technical
progress); or by the more efficient cooperation of men in business
(industrial and commercial organization), or in politics (political
organization, domestic and foreign policy).
321. Prime importance of technical factors, especially the use of coal.
—Hard as it is to disentangle these different factors, all of which have
contributed much to the recent progress of the world, there need still be no
question which has been of the leading importance during the nineteenth
century. This century has been the great era of material invention, of
scientific discovery, and of the increase in power of man over nature.
Technical progress, therefore, is the first subject to be studied.
Again, there need be no question as to which feature of technical
progress holds first place. Electrical appliances? Machinery? The steam-
engine? Applied chemistry? All those things, with the vast benefits which
Page 269
they confer on humanity, rest now on practically one basis: coal. Vegetable
matter of past geological ages, that has become fossilized, has undergone
mysterious chemical changes and has shrunk to one tenth of its former bulk,
furnishes now, after hundreds or thousands of centuries, the means by
which we maintain and develop our material civilization and our great
commerce.
322. Power in coal.—Coal offers men what all men seek, power. There
is “spring” enough in it, when properly applied, to raise a million times its
own weight a foot high. A man who sends a horse and cart to fetch a ton of
coal, occupying four hours on the way, secures a power in the coal
theoretically 2,800 times that expended in bringing it; and can probably get
from it an amount of useful force exceeding by 100 times or more that of
the horse employed in carting. A few decades ago (1865), when the output
of coal was far less than it is now, an English economist calculated that
forests of an area two and a half times as large as that of the United
Kingdom would be required to furnish even a theoretical equivalent of the
annual coal produce; practically, of course, the use of wood for an
equivalent is out of the question. It was estimated, somewhat later (before
1880), that if the whole area of England were good land, devoted solely to
raising forage, it would not support a horse-power equal to that obtained
from the English coal mines; and that an area perhaps ten times as large
would be required for the mere food supply of human beings of equivalent
force.
323. Dependence of modern industry on coal.—It would be a great
mistake to consider coal necessary now only in its most common
application, that of generating steam for engines. The chemical industry
depends largely, though not entirely, on the heat obtained from coal, to
break down its raw materials and build up its finished products.
Metallurgical industries would shrink almost to infinitesimal proportions if
they were denied the use of coal. It has been estimated that the manufacture
of a ton of pig iron requires the use of two tons of coal or more; while an
equal quantity of steel requires six to eight tons. Still, the use of coal for the
steam-engine is undoubtedly its most important application; and we can
gain some conception of the place that coal has taken in the world’s
economy by considering the growth of steam power.
324. Importance of coal, estimated in steam horse-power.—A horse-
power, the technical unit adopted for measuring the working capacity of an
matter of past geological ages, that has become fossilized, has undergone
mysterious chemical changes and has shrunk to one tenth of its former bulk,
furnishes now, after hundreds or thousands of centuries, the means by
which we maintain and develop our material civilization and our great
commerce.
322. Power in coal.—Coal offers men what all men seek, power. There
is “spring” enough in it, when properly applied, to raise a million times its
own weight a foot high. A man who sends a horse and cart to fetch a ton of
coal, occupying four hours on the way, secures a power in the coal
theoretically 2,800 times that expended in bringing it; and can probably get
from it an amount of useful force exceeding by 100 times or more that of
the horse employed in carting. A few decades ago (1865), when the output
of coal was far less than it is now, an English economist calculated that
forests of an area two and a half times as large as that of the United
Kingdom would be required to furnish even a theoretical equivalent of the
annual coal produce; practically, of course, the use of wood for an
equivalent is out of the question. It was estimated, somewhat later (before
1880), that if the whole area of England were good land, devoted solely to
raising forage, it would not support a horse-power equal to that obtained
from the English coal mines; and that an area perhaps ten times as large
would be required for the mere food supply of human beings of equivalent
force.
323. Dependence of modern industry on coal.—It would be a great
mistake to consider coal necessary now only in its most common
application, that of generating steam for engines. The chemical industry
depends largely, though not entirely, on the heat obtained from coal, to
break down its raw materials and build up its finished products.
Metallurgical industries would shrink almost to infinitesimal proportions if
they were denied the use of coal. It has been estimated that the manufacture
of a ton of pig iron requires the use of two tons of coal or more; while an
equal quantity of steel requires six to eight tons. Still, the use of coal for the
steam-engine is undoubtedly its most important application; and we can
gain some conception of the place that coal has taken in the world’s
economy by considering the growth of steam power.
324. Importance of coal, estimated in steam horse-power.—A horse-
power, the technical unit adopted for measuring the working capacity of an
Page 270
engine, is for practical purposes equal to the force that can be got from
several (perhaps three) horses, or from a number of men variously
estimated at ten to twenty-four. Now in round numbers the steam horse-
power of the world was a million and a half in 1840, and had increased, at
the end of the century, to fifty times that amount. A simple operation in
arithmetic will show the amount of work, in human equivalent, now done
by steam. Taking, for example, a modern country, Germany, we find
engaged in industry and transportation slightly over ten million people,
while we find engaged beside them another population of mechanical iron
slaves (steam-engines), variously estimated as equivalent to one hundred to
two hundred and fifty million people. These slaves cost for food (coal),
attendance, doctor’s bills (repairs), and burial expenses (including the cost
of replacing them once in twenty-five years), only about $2.50 a year
apiece. Admit some exaggeration in the figures, and still the contrast with
the cost of human labor is most striking.
325. Technical history of the steam-engine.—The steam-engine has
been in practical use in Europe since about 1700. The earliest engines,
however, seem ludicrously crude now, and could be used only for pumping
water. Progress was slow until the last part of the eighteenth century, when
James Watt introduced improvements (separate condenser, double-acting
piston, use of cut-off, etc.), which greatly increased the efficiency of the
engine, and caused a gradual extension of its use from mining to
manufactures. The introduction of the non-condensing, high-pressure
engine about 1800 prepared the way for the use of steam on railroads. The
compound engine, in which the steam passes through two or more cylinders
before it is allowed to escape, was invented about the same time, though it
was not brought into general use until about 1850. Since then improvements
in details of the engine and in the form of boilers have enhanced still further
the efficiency of steam power, until it now produces about two thirds of the
work possible under ideal conditions. Practical engineers expect now no
rapid progress or startling changes. Some measure of the progress achieved
is furnished by the fact that Watt’s engines required ten pounds of coal an
hour for each horse-power, the engines of the next generation required five,
while the best modern engines require but one and a half, or, in rare cases,
one.
The previous paragraph referred to the reciprocating engine in which the
piston moves constantly forward and back. Since rotary motion is the form
several (perhaps three) horses, or from a number of men variously
estimated at ten to twenty-four. Now in round numbers the steam horse-
power of the world was a million and a half in 1840, and had increased, at
the end of the century, to fifty times that amount. A simple operation in
arithmetic will show the amount of work, in human equivalent, now done
by steam. Taking, for example, a modern country, Germany, we find
engaged in industry and transportation slightly over ten million people,
while we find engaged beside them another population of mechanical iron
slaves (steam-engines), variously estimated as equivalent to one hundred to
two hundred and fifty million people. These slaves cost for food (coal),
attendance, doctor’s bills (repairs), and burial expenses (including the cost
of replacing them once in twenty-five years), only about $2.50 a year
apiece. Admit some exaggeration in the figures, and still the contrast with
the cost of human labor is most striking.
325. Technical history of the steam-engine.—The steam-engine has
been in practical use in Europe since about 1700. The earliest engines,
however, seem ludicrously crude now, and could be used only for pumping
water. Progress was slow until the last part of the eighteenth century, when
James Watt introduced improvements (separate condenser, double-acting
piston, use of cut-off, etc.), which greatly increased the efficiency of the
engine, and caused a gradual extension of its use from mining to
manufactures. The introduction of the non-condensing, high-pressure
engine about 1800 prepared the way for the use of steam on railroads. The
compound engine, in which the steam passes through two or more cylinders
before it is allowed to escape, was invented about the same time, though it
was not brought into general use until about 1850. Since then improvements
in details of the engine and in the form of boilers have enhanced still further
the efficiency of steam power, until it now produces about two thirds of the
work possible under ideal conditions. Practical engineers expect now no
rapid progress or startling changes. Some measure of the progress achieved
is furnished by the fact that Watt’s engines required ten pounds of coal an
hour for each horse-power, the engines of the next generation required five,
while the best modern engines require but one and a half, or, in rare cases,
one.
The previous paragraph referred to the reciprocating engine in which the
piston moves constantly forward and back. Since rotary motion is the form
Page 271
in which the power is commonly transmitted and applied, it would be
desirable to get the motion in this form originally, and many attempts have
been made to make rotary engines. Success has been attained in the case of
the steam turbine, in which jets of steam strike against the blades of a
turbine wheel, and cause it to revolve. Originally applied by Dr. De Laval
of Sweden to operate the centrifugal cream separator which he had devised,
it has come into common use for the generation of electricity and for the
propulsion of ships. While the steam turbine has proved its efficiency for
special purposes it is less adaptable than the old form of reciprocating
engine, and still leaves to that the larger part of the field.
326. The internal combustion engine.—In the ordinary power plant
there are two units, the boiler in which steam is generated, and the engine in
which the steam is put to work. An internal combustion engine is designed
to burn the fuel in the engine itself. This is practicable when the fuel is a gas
or a liquid whose vapor will unite with the oxygen of the air to form an
explosive mixture. The internal combustion engine offers several
advantages over the steam power plant: it uses more effectively the heat that
is generated, it is less bulky, it is more easily tended. In spite of
characteristic disadvantages, particularly the need of an auxiliary starter,
and restricted flexibility as regards speed and power, the internal
combustion engine has proved indispensable. In large units it serves the
steel mills, which put the waste gases from their blast furnaces to work, and
in its application to the automobile it has effected a revolution in
transportation and travel. Although in the manufactures of the United States
in 1914 the internal combustion engine still accounted for less than 5% of
the total horsepower, the aggregate horsepower of the gasoline engines of
automobiles has since that time considerably exceeded the total horsepower
from all sources employed in manufacturing industry.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Do not attempt to remember any of the figures in sect. 316, unless
possibly the first two of the last line.
Prepare a graphic chart in the following way. Lay off the time periods on
the horizontal line at the bottom of your paper, and on the perpendicular,
near the right-hand margin, lay off the figures of the last line of the table.
This will insure space in the chart for all the lines. Divide the perpendicular
desirable to get the motion in this form originally, and many attempts have
been made to make rotary engines. Success has been attained in the case of
the steam turbine, in which jets of steam strike against the blades of a
turbine wheel, and cause it to revolve. Originally applied by Dr. De Laval
of Sweden to operate the centrifugal cream separator which he had devised,
it has come into common use for the generation of electricity and for the
propulsion of ships. While the steam turbine has proved its efficiency for
special purposes it is less adaptable than the old form of reciprocating
engine, and still leaves to that the larger part of the field.
326. The internal combustion engine.—In the ordinary power plant
there are two units, the boiler in which steam is generated, and the engine in
which the steam is put to work. An internal combustion engine is designed
to burn the fuel in the engine itself. This is practicable when the fuel is a gas
or a liquid whose vapor will unite with the oxygen of the air to form an
explosive mixture. The internal combustion engine offers several
advantages over the steam power plant: it uses more effectively the heat that
is generated, it is less bulky, it is more easily tended. In spite of
characteristic disadvantages, particularly the need of an auxiliary starter,
and restricted flexibility as regards speed and power, the internal
combustion engine has proved indispensable. In large units it serves the
steel mills, which put the waste gases from their blast furnaces to work, and
in its application to the automobile it has effected a revolution in
transportation and travel. Although in the manufactures of the United States
in 1914 the internal combustion engine still accounted for less than 5% of
the total horsepower, the aggregate horsepower of the gasoline engines of
automobiles has since that time considerably exceeded the total horsepower
from all sources employed in manufacturing industry.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Do not attempt to remember any of the figures in sect. 316, unless
possibly the first two of the last line.
Prepare a graphic chart in the following way. Lay off the time periods on
the horizontal line at the bottom of your paper, and on the perpendicular,
near the right-hand margin, lay off the figures of the last line of the table.
This will insure space in the chart for all the lines. Divide the perpendicular
Page 272
into, say, forty units. Each unit may then be made to represent: 1,000
million dollars of value; $1 per capita; 40 million tons of coal; 2 million
tons of iron. Indicate the figures for 1913 on the perpendicular (commerce
40, per capita commerce 24, coal 36, iron 39); and perform the same
operation for the figures on perpendiculars above each of the other dates.
Use for each item a characteristic mark, (cross, circle, triangle, square),
which will enable you to distinguish it from the others. Then unite the
marks of each kind by a curved or crooked line. Choose a characteristic
form of line (dotted, wavy, or colored) for each item. If the chart be made
on a large scale and with sufficient neatness, later tables of statistics
(development of railroads, trade of particular countries, etc.), can be entered
upon it.
With regard to each one of the items: when was the increase (measured
by the slope of the line) greatest? When least? What relation is apparent in
the increase of different items? Many of the questions suggested by a study
of the figures will be treated in later sections.
2. Prepare a small chart of the figures, giving the estimated value of
commerce 1700-1899; note the enormous gains made in the nineteenth
century.
3. Development of printing, especially of periodical publications, in
recent years. [Encyc., preferably the new International or Supplement to the
Britannica, under Printing, Newspaper, etc. Cf. Scribner’s Magazine, 1897,
vol. 22, p. 447 ff., on the modern newspaper business; Taylor in Depew,
One hundred years, chap. 25, Williams in same, chap. 26.]
4. Divide the perpendicular on the right-hand side of your chart into
spaces, indicating the shares of the chief countries in commerce.
5. Make out a list of three changes coming under each one of the three
heads discussed. Example: technical progress, wireless telegraphy; business
organization, trusts; political, international arbitration, reciprocity.
6. Early history of the coal trade. [R. L. Galloway, The rise of the coal
trade, Contemporary Review, 1892, 62: 569-578.]
7. Industrial and commercial importance of coal. [Edward Atkinson, Coal
is king, Century Magazine, 1897-98, 55: 828-830.]
8. Effect of a stoppage of the coal supply. [Stephen Jeans, The coal crisis
and the paralysis of British industry, Nineteenth Century, 1893, 34: 791-
801.]
million dollars of value; $1 per capita; 40 million tons of coal; 2 million
tons of iron. Indicate the figures for 1913 on the perpendicular (commerce
40, per capita commerce 24, coal 36, iron 39); and perform the same
operation for the figures on perpendiculars above each of the other dates.
Use for each item a characteristic mark, (cross, circle, triangle, square),
which will enable you to distinguish it from the others. Then unite the
marks of each kind by a curved or crooked line. Choose a characteristic
form of line (dotted, wavy, or colored) for each item. If the chart be made
on a large scale and with sufficient neatness, later tables of statistics
(development of railroads, trade of particular countries, etc.), can be entered
upon it.
With regard to each one of the items: when was the increase (measured
by the slope of the line) greatest? When least? What relation is apparent in
the increase of different items? Many of the questions suggested by a study
of the figures will be treated in later sections.
2. Prepare a small chart of the figures, giving the estimated value of
commerce 1700-1899; note the enormous gains made in the nineteenth
century.
3. Development of printing, especially of periodical publications, in
recent years. [Encyc., preferably the new International or Supplement to the
Britannica, under Printing, Newspaper, etc. Cf. Scribner’s Magazine, 1897,
vol. 22, p. 447 ff., on the modern newspaper business; Taylor in Depew,
One hundred years, chap. 25, Williams in same, chap. 26.]
4. Divide the perpendicular on the right-hand side of your chart into
spaces, indicating the shares of the chief countries in commerce.
5. Make out a list of three changes coming under each one of the three
heads discussed. Example: technical progress, wireless telegraphy; business
organization, trusts; political, international arbitration, reciprocity.
6. Early history of the coal trade. [R. L. Galloway, The rise of the coal
trade, Contemporary Review, 1892, 62: 569-578.]
7. Industrial and commercial importance of coal. [Edward Atkinson, Coal
is king, Century Magazine, 1897-98, 55: 828-830.]
8. Effect of a stoppage of the coal supply. [Stephen Jeans, The coal crisis
and the paralysis of British industry, Nineteenth Century, 1893, 34: 791-
801.]
Page 273
9. How does the increase in steam horse-power compare with the
increase in the output of coal? With the growth of commerce?
10. Earliest history of the steam-engine (to about 1700). [Thurston, chap.
1, sect. 1.]
11. Earliest applications of the steam-engine. [Thurston, chap. 1, sect. 2.]
12. Development of the engine before Watt. [Thurston, chap. 2.]
13. Development by Watt and his contemporaries. [Thurston, chap. 3.]
14. Recent improvements. [Thurston, chap. 6; Iles, chap. 5.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Bibliographical aids become broader in the recent period. The great
literature scattered through periodicals, in which articles of lasting value are
often to be found, is made accessible by Poole’s Index and its continuations;
books in print, if not too technical for the general public, will be found in
the A. L. A. (American Library Association) Catalogue, which supplies full
titles and prices.
Various cyclopedias and dictionaries of commerce have been published
in the nineteenth century; they are useful repositories of information,
especially of statistics. Among them the following, in English, may be
mentioned: McCulloch, **Dictionary, various editions; Waterston,
Cyclopædia, 1847; Macgregor, *Commercial statistics, 1850; Homans,
Cyclopædia, 1858. Statistics are brought up to date in various year-books
and periodicals; the **Statesman’s Year-Book is an indispensable annual,
and will meet all ordinary demands of teacher and class.
The student of the history of commerce is often forced to turn to narrative
political histories for information. Among the general histories of Europe in
the nineteenth century may be mentioned Charles D. Hazen, *Modern
Europe, N. Y., Holt, 1920; C. M. Andrews, *Modern Europe; N. Y., Putnam,
1899; Seignobos, **Pol. hist.
Much has been written, of course, on the progress of the century in
various technical lines. Ure’s Dictionary, various editions, describes the
advances of the first part of the century; and the student will probably find
one of the modern encyclopedias (Britannica, with Supplement;
International) the most satisfactory source of information on recent
progress. No attempt can be made in this or the following chapters to cover
the great field of technical literature. Jevons’ **Coal question should,
increase in the output of coal? With the growth of commerce?
10. Earliest history of the steam-engine (to about 1700). [Thurston, chap.
1, sect. 1.]
11. Earliest applications of the steam-engine. [Thurston, chap. 1, sect. 2.]
12. Development of the engine before Watt. [Thurston, chap. 2.]
13. Development by Watt and his contemporaries. [Thurston, chap. 3.]
14. Recent improvements. [Thurston, chap. 6; Iles, chap. 5.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Bibliographical aids become broader in the recent period. The great
literature scattered through periodicals, in which articles of lasting value are
often to be found, is made accessible by Poole’s Index and its continuations;
books in print, if not too technical for the general public, will be found in
the A. L. A. (American Library Association) Catalogue, which supplies full
titles and prices.
Various cyclopedias and dictionaries of commerce have been published
in the nineteenth century; they are useful repositories of information,
especially of statistics. Among them the following, in English, may be
mentioned: McCulloch, **Dictionary, various editions; Waterston,
Cyclopædia, 1847; Macgregor, *Commercial statistics, 1850; Homans,
Cyclopædia, 1858. Statistics are brought up to date in various year-books
and periodicals; the **Statesman’s Year-Book is an indispensable annual,
and will meet all ordinary demands of teacher and class.
The student of the history of commerce is often forced to turn to narrative
political histories for information. Among the general histories of Europe in
the nineteenth century may be mentioned Charles D. Hazen, *Modern
Europe, N. Y., Holt, 1920; C. M. Andrews, *Modern Europe; N. Y., Putnam,
1899; Seignobos, **Pol. hist.
Much has been written, of course, on the progress of the century in
various technical lines. Ure’s Dictionary, various editions, describes the
advances of the first part of the century; and the student will probably find
one of the modern encyclopedias (Britannica, with Supplement;
International) the most satisfactory source of information on recent
progress. No attempt can be made in this or the following chapters to cover
the great field of technical literature. Jevons’ **Coal question should,
Page 274
however, be mentioned as still of great interest and value. Nicolls, * Story;
Edward A. Martin, *Story of a piece of coal, N. Y., Appleton 1896; or R.
Meldola, *Coal and what we get from it, N. Y., Young, 1897 can be
assigned for reading by the class. Edwin C. Eckel, Coal, iron and war, N. Y.,
Holt, 1920, is an interesting and suggestive study in the physical bases of
national industry. On the steam-engine, Robert H. Thurston’s History, N. Y.,
Appleton, 1902 will probably be found most useful. The biographies by
Samuel Smiles are a valuable history of technical progress, interesting and
trustworthy. Of more recent books, designed for popular reading, George
Iles, Flame, electricity and the camera, N. Y., Doubleday, 1900 contains
attractive accounts of many features of technical progress.
Edward A. Martin, *Story of a piece of coal, N. Y., Appleton 1896; or R.
Meldola, *Coal and what we get from it, N. Y., Young, 1897 can be
assigned for reading by the class. Edwin C. Eckel, Coal, iron and war, N. Y.,
Holt, 1920, is an interesting and suggestive study in the physical bases of
national industry. On the steam-engine, Robert H. Thurston’s History, N. Y.,
Appleton, 1902 will probably be found most useful. The biographies by
Samuel Smiles are a valuable history of technical progress, interesting and
trustworthy. Of more recent books, designed for popular reading, George
Iles, Flame, electricity and the camera, N. Y., Doubleday, 1900 contains
attractive accounts of many features of technical progress.
Page 275
CHAPTER XXIX
MACHINERY AND MANUFACTURES
327. Development of agriculture.—Pursuing now our survey of the
technical advances of the century, we must notice first the oldest and
perhaps the most important branch of production, agriculture. An American
reader does not need to be told that farm work has been greatly changed by
the introduction of improved tools and machinery. Even an implement so
old and apparently so simple as the plow will do now better work with half
the force formerly required. Cultivating and harvesting machines of various
kinds spare land and labor. The introduction of artificial fertilizers has given
new freedom and efficiency to the agriculturist.
328. Progress less in agriculture than in other branches of
production.—Still, when all is said, agriculture is the branch of production
which has been affected least by the changes of the century. The farmer is
still bound to the soil and subject to the weather. Steam power has not made
for itself the place which sanguine men once thought it would win. In
Europe reforms have been effected in sweeping away antiquated institutions
affecting the personal liberty and property rights of cultivators, who now, in
free association, can work far more efficiently than before. In other
continents the extension of the modern transportation system has effected a
revolution in the choice of crops and the means of marketing them. Neither
transportation, steam power, nor machinery, however, has vitally affected
the methods by which crops are grown; and when the first fertility of new
land has been exhausted and a growing population clamors for a cheap food
supply, the world will find that one of its great problems is still unsolved.
329. Function of machinery.—For the great changes effected by the use
of steam we look, of course, not to agriculture but to manufactures and
transportation. These changes have been wrought through the medium of
machinery, and the reader is asked to give particular attention now to the
part which machinery plays in modern life. I spoke above of coal as
offering power to men. How can you apply this power to a useful purpose?
First, you must burn the coal under a boiler to produce steam; second, you
must translate the expansive power of steam into regular forceful motion in
an engine; finally, you must apply the force and the motion in just the way
MACHINERY AND MANUFACTURES
327. Development of agriculture.—Pursuing now our survey of the
technical advances of the century, we must notice first the oldest and
perhaps the most important branch of production, agriculture. An American
reader does not need to be told that farm work has been greatly changed by
the introduction of improved tools and machinery. Even an implement so
old and apparently so simple as the plow will do now better work with half
the force formerly required. Cultivating and harvesting machines of various
kinds spare land and labor. The introduction of artificial fertilizers has given
new freedom and efficiency to the agriculturist.
328. Progress less in agriculture than in other branches of
production.—Still, when all is said, agriculture is the branch of production
which has been affected least by the changes of the century. The farmer is
still bound to the soil and subject to the weather. Steam power has not made
for itself the place which sanguine men once thought it would win. In
Europe reforms have been effected in sweeping away antiquated institutions
affecting the personal liberty and property rights of cultivators, who now, in
free association, can work far more efficiently than before. In other
continents the extension of the modern transportation system has effected a
revolution in the choice of crops and the means of marketing them. Neither
transportation, steam power, nor machinery, however, has vitally affected
the methods by which crops are grown; and when the first fertility of new
land has been exhausted and a growing population clamors for a cheap food
supply, the world will find that one of its great problems is still unsolved.
329. Function of machinery.—For the great changes effected by the use
of steam we look, of course, not to agriculture but to manufactures and
transportation. These changes have been wrought through the medium of
machinery, and the reader is asked to give particular attention now to the
part which machinery plays in modern life. I spoke above of coal as
offering power to men. How can you apply this power to a useful purpose?
First, you must burn the coal under a boiler to produce steam; second, you
must translate the expansive power of steam into regular forceful motion in
an engine; finally, you must apply the force and the motion in just the way
Page 276
that is wanted by means of a machine. Evidently machinery does not
depend altogether upon steam. Rude machines, mills for grinding grain, for
example, were run by wind or water power long before the steam-engine
was invented; water power is being transmitted by electricity in increasing
quantities at present; and men hope that we shall be able to use the heat of
the sun or the force of the tides to run machinery in the future.
330. Advantages of machines.—Practically, however, the great
extension in the use of machinery has depended on the power obtained from
coal through steam. Only in the period since the adoption of improved
forms of steam-engine have we realized the possibilities of machines. They
can be applied only to certain classes of work, especially that involving the
constant repetition of an operation which can be easily regulated either by
the machine itself or by a laborer supervising it. We can use machines, for
instance, to make cloth and even to make clothes, but we do not use them in
the operations of dressing and undressing. In their proper field, however,
they are indispensable. They will accomplish tasks which are too great or
too small for human hands. They repeat a process or copy a model with
absolute fidelity. They never grow tired and they have no human failings;
they often economize time and materials. Finally, and this is the point of
decisive importance, in many lines of work they, furnish the product at a
cost far below that of hand labor.
331. Revolution in old industries effected by machinery.—To describe
the manifold applications of machinery in the nineteenth century, within the
limits of this manual, is impossible. Let the reader glance from the book to
the objects surrounding him, and make a list of the ten objects which first
attract his attention. If he will trace their history he will find, in all
probability, that they are all the products of complicated machinery, which
has been developed from the simplest beginnings in the course of the
century. He will probably experience difficulty in finding a familiar object
which has not been subjected to machine processes unknown in 1800.
Machinery has heightened human productivity in certain lines a hundred or
even a thousand fold. At the Atlanta Cotton Exposition of 1881, two
carders, two spinners, and one weaver, from the mountain region of
Georgia, could produce eight yards of coarse cotton cloth in a day of ten
hours. The same number of persons in a modern cotton factory could
produce 800 yards by machinery. The cotton goods produced for home
consumption in the United States by 160,000 laborers at that time, would
depend altogether upon steam. Rude machines, mills for grinding grain, for
example, were run by wind or water power long before the steam-engine
was invented; water power is being transmitted by electricity in increasing
quantities at present; and men hope that we shall be able to use the heat of
the sun or the force of the tides to run machinery in the future.
330. Advantages of machines.—Practically, however, the great
extension in the use of machinery has depended on the power obtained from
coal through steam. Only in the period since the adoption of improved
forms of steam-engine have we realized the possibilities of machines. They
can be applied only to certain classes of work, especially that involving the
constant repetition of an operation which can be easily regulated either by
the machine itself or by a laborer supervising it. We can use machines, for
instance, to make cloth and even to make clothes, but we do not use them in
the operations of dressing and undressing. In their proper field, however,
they are indispensable. They will accomplish tasks which are too great or
too small for human hands. They repeat a process or copy a model with
absolute fidelity. They never grow tired and they have no human failings;
they often economize time and materials. Finally, and this is the point of
decisive importance, in many lines of work they, furnish the product at a
cost far below that of hand labor.
331. Revolution in old industries effected by machinery.—To describe
the manifold applications of machinery in the nineteenth century, within the
limits of this manual, is impossible. Let the reader glance from the book to
the objects surrounding him, and make a list of the ten objects which first
attract his attention. If he will trace their history he will find, in all
probability, that they are all the products of complicated machinery, which
has been developed from the simplest beginnings in the course of the
century. He will probably experience difficulty in finding a familiar object
which has not been subjected to machine processes unknown in 1800.
Machinery has heightened human productivity in certain lines a hundred or
even a thousand fold. At the Atlanta Cotton Exposition of 1881, two
carders, two spinners, and one weaver, from the mountain region of
Georgia, could produce eight yards of coarse cotton cloth in a day of ten
hours. The same number of persons in a modern cotton factory could
produce 800 yards by machinery. The cotton goods produced for home
consumption in the United States by 160,000 laborers at that time, would
Page 277
have required the services of 16,000,000 laborers without machinery.
Again, a skilful woman can knit 80 stitches a minute by hand; a machine
enables her to make 480,000.
332. Introduction of new industries.—Machinery has not only
revolutionized old industries; it has created many new ones. A distinguished
American economist expressed the opinion, about 1890, that half of all
those who were then earning their living by industrial pursuits did so in
occupations that not only had no existence, but which had not even been
conceived of, a hundred years before. I may write with a steel pen, with a
fountain pen, or with a typewriter; whichever choice I make I am giving
employment to a group of mechanical laborers who did not exist in 1800.
Taking a particular city as an example, the industrial specialities of Leipzig
are said to have increased from 118 in 1751 to 557 in 1890, a growth of 372
per cent. Nor must we limit our view of the effects of machinery to the
mechanical pursuits which are carried on about us. Increased efficiency due
to the use of machinery has set men free from other pursuits to engage in
commerce, education, domestic service, etc.
333. Importance of iron in the age of machinery.—One particular
industry deserves special consideration here, by reason of the quality of its
product rather than of the quantity of laborers employed or the mere
exchange value of the output. Without iron the modern age of machinery
would be, at best, of stunted growth. Jevons characterized admirably the
modern industrial system when he said that steam is its motive power and
iron is the fulcrum and the lever. It is safe, I think, to challenge the ordinary
reader of the present day to name a machine which is not composed largely
or almost wholly of iron. The whole structure of our modern industry
depends on the means of getting cheap iron. “Without it the engine, the
spinning-jenny, the power-loom, the gas- and water-pipe, the iron vessel,
the bridge, the railway—in fact, each one of our most important works—
would be impracticable from the want and cost of material.”
334. Scarcity of iron before the nineteenth century.—Returning to the
period about 1800 we find ourselves in a different world. I have described
in a previous chapter the improvements effected in the manufacture of iron
in the eighteenth century. Great as was the promise of these improvements,
it waited long for full realization; well into the nineteenth century iron
remained relatively scarce and dear and was spared in every possible way.
A youth destined to play a leading part in the iron age (Joseph Nasmyth)
Again, a skilful woman can knit 80 stitches a minute by hand; a machine
enables her to make 480,000.
332. Introduction of new industries.—Machinery has not only
revolutionized old industries; it has created many new ones. A distinguished
American economist expressed the opinion, about 1890, that half of all
those who were then earning their living by industrial pursuits did so in
occupations that not only had no existence, but which had not even been
conceived of, a hundred years before. I may write with a steel pen, with a
fountain pen, or with a typewriter; whichever choice I make I am giving
employment to a group of mechanical laborers who did not exist in 1800.
Taking a particular city as an example, the industrial specialities of Leipzig
are said to have increased from 118 in 1751 to 557 in 1890, a growth of 372
per cent. Nor must we limit our view of the effects of machinery to the
mechanical pursuits which are carried on about us. Increased efficiency due
to the use of machinery has set men free from other pursuits to engage in
commerce, education, domestic service, etc.
333. Importance of iron in the age of machinery.—One particular
industry deserves special consideration here, by reason of the quality of its
product rather than of the quantity of laborers employed or the mere
exchange value of the output. Without iron the modern age of machinery
would be, at best, of stunted growth. Jevons characterized admirably the
modern industrial system when he said that steam is its motive power and
iron is the fulcrum and the lever. It is safe, I think, to challenge the ordinary
reader of the present day to name a machine which is not composed largely
or almost wholly of iron. The whole structure of our modern industry
depends on the means of getting cheap iron. “Without it the engine, the
spinning-jenny, the power-loom, the gas- and water-pipe, the iron vessel,
the bridge, the railway—in fact, each one of our most important works—
would be impracticable from the want and cost of material.”
334. Scarcity of iron before the nineteenth century.—Returning to the
period about 1800 we find ourselves in a different world. I have described
in a previous chapter the improvements effected in the manufacture of iron
in the eighteenth century. Great as was the promise of these improvements,
it waited long for full realization; well into the nineteenth century iron
remained relatively scarce and dear and was spared in every possible way.
A youth destined to play a leading part in the iron age (Joseph Nasmyth)
Page 278
visited the Carron Iron Works in 1823, and here is the description which he
gives of a celebrated foundry and machine shop, associated with the
construction of the first working steam-engine by Watt. “Much of the
machinery continued to be of wood. Although effective in a general way it
was monstrously cumbrous. It gave the idea of vast power and capability of
resistance, while it was far from being so in reality.” If this was the
condition at the Carron Iron Works, what must it have been in ordinary
factories?
335. Development of machine tools for working iron.—Iron was little
used, partly because it was hard to get and partly because it was hard to
work. There were in England about 1800 only three good machine shops,
where small steam-engines were built. The equipment of even the best
machine shop would seem now wretchedly inadequate, and Stephenson was
greatly hampered, in building his first locomotive, by the lack of good
machine tools, for working metals. William Fairbairn said in his
presidential address before the British Association at Manchester, “When I
first entered this city [about 1813] the whole of the machinery was executed
by hand. There were neither planing, slotting, nor shaping machines; and,
with the exception of very imperfect lathes, and a few drills, the preparatory
operations of construction were effected entirely by the hands of the
workmen.” About 1825 to 1830, however, with the growth in demand for
iron-working apparatus, there began a rapid development of this branch of
manufacture, one step in advance leading rapidly to another. We may trace
the process in the description that Nasmyth gives us of his first machine
shop, a shed measuring 24 by 16 feet. “I removed thither my father’s foot-
lathe, to which I had previously added an excellent slide-rest of my own
making. I also added a ‘slow motion,’ which enabled me to turn cast-iron
and cast-steel portions of my great Mandsley lathe. I soon had the latter
complete and in action. Its first child was a planing machine capable of
executing surfaces in the most perfect style; it was 3 feet long by 1 foot 8
inches wide. Armed with these two most important and generally useful
tools, and by some special additions, such as boring machines and drilling
machines, I soon had a progeny of legitimate descendants crowded about
my little workshop, so that I often did not know which way to turn.”
Nasmyth himself made one specially important contribution to iron-
working machinery, by the invention of the steam hammer in 1839; the old
“bit by bit” system of welding became henceforth unnecessary.
gives of a celebrated foundry and machine shop, associated with the
construction of the first working steam-engine by Watt. “Much of the
machinery continued to be of wood. Although effective in a general way it
was monstrously cumbrous. It gave the idea of vast power and capability of
resistance, while it was far from being so in reality.” If this was the
condition at the Carron Iron Works, what must it have been in ordinary
factories?
335. Development of machine tools for working iron.—Iron was little
used, partly because it was hard to get and partly because it was hard to
work. There were in England about 1800 only three good machine shops,
where small steam-engines were built. The equipment of even the best
machine shop would seem now wretchedly inadequate, and Stephenson was
greatly hampered, in building his first locomotive, by the lack of good
machine tools, for working metals. William Fairbairn said in his
presidential address before the British Association at Manchester, “When I
first entered this city [about 1813] the whole of the machinery was executed
by hand. There were neither planing, slotting, nor shaping machines; and,
with the exception of very imperfect lathes, and a few drills, the preparatory
operations of construction were effected entirely by the hands of the
workmen.” About 1825 to 1830, however, with the growth in demand for
iron-working apparatus, there began a rapid development of this branch of
manufacture, one step in advance leading rapidly to another. We may trace
the process in the description that Nasmyth gives us of his first machine
shop, a shed measuring 24 by 16 feet. “I removed thither my father’s foot-
lathe, to which I had previously added an excellent slide-rest of my own
making. I also added a ‘slow motion,’ which enabled me to turn cast-iron
and cast-steel portions of my great Mandsley lathe. I soon had the latter
complete and in action. Its first child was a planing machine capable of
executing surfaces in the most perfect style; it was 3 feet long by 1 foot 8
inches wide. Armed with these two most important and generally useful
tools, and by some special additions, such as boring machines and drilling
machines, I soon had a progeny of legitimate descendants crowded about
my little workshop, so that I often did not know which way to turn.”
Nasmyth himself made one specially important contribution to iron-
working machinery, by the invention of the steam hammer in 1839; the old
“bit by bit” system of welding became henceforth unnecessary.
Page 279
336. Steel, character and utility.—While the limits of our space will not
permit us to trace further the development of machine tools, which have
been made marvelously efficient in recent years, and while we must also
forego a study of the details of iron production, the topic of steel
manufacture certainly deserves some consideration. Ordinary cast iron,
while strong and hard enough for many purposes, still is brittle by reason of
the large proportion of carbon and other impurities which it contains. These
impurities may be burned out in the puddling process, and the nearly pure
iron thus obtained, called malleable or wrought iron, has a toughness
enabling it to resist far greater strains than cast iron can stand. Intermediate
between the two irons, and containing one per cent of carbon, more or less,
is still another product, steel, which may be made even more tenacious than
wrought iron, or even harder than cast iron. Its peculiar property of “taking
a temper” is probably known to most readers. The valuable properties of
steel have been known and prized for ages, but till well into the nineteenth
century it could be used only sparingly; it was commonly manufactured by
first making wrought iron, by the tedious process of puddling, and then
heating the iron bars in contact with charcoal until they had absorbed the
proper amount of carbon. The expense of this process prohibited the use of
steel for most purposes; the wrought iron cost $75 a ton and the finished
steel $250 or more; and the output would seem to-day inconsiderable.
337. Recent improvements in the manufacture of steel; the Bessemer
process.—Many men have contributed to bring the manufacture of steel to
its present efficiency, and we may notice only the names associated with the
greatest improvements. An Englishman, Bessemer, patented in 1855 the
idea, as simple as it is ingenious, of turning cast iron directly into steel by
blowing air through it when melted, and so consuming the excess of carbon.
It has not proved possible to make good steel according to Bessemer’s
original idea, but with a slight modification his process has been
wonderfully successful; in present practice all the carbon is burned out by
the air current, and then the requisite amount is added before the metal is
poured out. Ore containing a large amount of phosphorus is treated by
melting it in a converter lined with lime, which removes this dangerous
impurity (“basic process”).
338. The open-hearth (Siemens-Martin) process.—Still another
contribution to modern methods of steel manufacture, known as the “open-
hearth,” or, from the names of its introducers, the Siemens-Martin process,
permit us to trace further the development of machine tools, which have
been made marvelously efficient in recent years, and while we must also
forego a study of the details of iron production, the topic of steel
manufacture certainly deserves some consideration. Ordinary cast iron,
while strong and hard enough for many purposes, still is brittle by reason of
the large proportion of carbon and other impurities which it contains. These
impurities may be burned out in the puddling process, and the nearly pure
iron thus obtained, called malleable or wrought iron, has a toughness
enabling it to resist far greater strains than cast iron can stand. Intermediate
between the two irons, and containing one per cent of carbon, more or less,
is still another product, steel, which may be made even more tenacious than
wrought iron, or even harder than cast iron. Its peculiar property of “taking
a temper” is probably known to most readers. The valuable properties of
steel have been known and prized for ages, but till well into the nineteenth
century it could be used only sparingly; it was commonly manufactured by
first making wrought iron, by the tedious process of puddling, and then
heating the iron bars in contact with charcoal until they had absorbed the
proper amount of carbon. The expense of this process prohibited the use of
steel for most purposes; the wrought iron cost $75 a ton and the finished
steel $250 or more; and the output would seem to-day inconsiderable.
337. Recent improvements in the manufacture of steel; the Bessemer
process.—Many men have contributed to bring the manufacture of steel to
its present efficiency, and we may notice only the names associated with the
greatest improvements. An Englishman, Bessemer, patented in 1855 the
idea, as simple as it is ingenious, of turning cast iron directly into steel by
blowing air through it when melted, and so consuming the excess of carbon.
It has not proved possible to make good steel according to Bessemer’s
original idea, but with a slight modification his process has been
wonderfully successful; in present practice all the carbon is burned out by
the air current, and then the requisite amount is added before the metal is
poured out. Ore containing a large amount of phosphorus is treated by
melting it in a converter lined with lime, which removes this dangerous
impurity (“basic process”).
338. The open-hearth (Siemens-Martin) process.—Still another
contribution to modern methods of steel manufacture, known as the “open-
hearth,” or, from the names of its introducers, the Siemens-Martin process,
Page 280
has been of great importance since about 1870. The steel is made from ore
or from a combination of different kinds of iron, and, by peculiar devices
for economizing the heat of the furnace, the process may be continued so
long and regulated so carefully that a product of high quality may be turned
out at a moderate cost. The result of all these processes has been to change
steel from a luxury to a necessity of modern life. Modern mild steel is 40
per cent stronger than iron, and is tough enough to be tied in a knot or
punched in the shape of a bowl when cold. The increase in efficiency due to
its substitution for iron in machinery, railroads, ships, and structural work is
simply incalculable.
339. Development of the modern chemical industry.—In detailing at
such length as I have done the exploits of machinists in the past century, I
may tempt the reader to undervalue the contributions of scientists. To guard
against that error let us consider briefly the development of the chemical
industry, which, like the iron industry, renders a service to modern
civilization beyond any measure of dollars and cents. The Frenchman,
Lavoisier, had established chemistry on a scientific basis before 1800, but
industrial chemistry used still the primitive methods which had been
employed for ages. Let us take, for instance, the single substance, carbonate
of soda, of prime importance in industrial chemistry, for on it depend the
various industries of glass, pottery, soap, photography, paper, etc. This
substance was still obtained in the eighteenth century, by burning seaweed
and seashore plants and treating their ashes; Spain had a considerable
export of barilla, and owed to this product whatever success she attained in
the soap manufacture. Leblanc emancipated the soda industry from kelp and
barilla, by introducing the process based on sulphuric acid and salt; step by
step improvements have been made since then. Sulphuric acid, discarded in
the soda industry, has grown in importance notwithstanding; it is the
controlling element in the manufacture of other acids, commercial
fertilizers, alum, ether, glucose, etc., and in oil refining; and it is produced
at a price and of a quality formerly unknown. The discovery of the anilin
colors, in 1859, has revolutionized the art of dyeing. The chemist will make
you, from coal tar, almost any color or shade desired. He will make you
perfumes or flavors; and, if he has failed to construct quinine artificially, he
has at least learned, in his attempts, to make substances such as antipyrin
and phenacetin, of equal value for other purposes.
or from a combination of different kinds of iron, and, by peculiar devices
for economizing the heat of the furnace, the process may be continued so
long and regulated so carefully that a product of high quality may be turned
out at a moderate cost. The result of all these processes has been to change
steel from a luxury to a necessity of modern life. Modern mild steel is 40
per cent stronger than iron, and is tough enough to be tied in a knot or
punched in the shape of a bowl when cold. The increase in efficiency due to
its substitution for iron in machinery, railroads, ships, and structural work is
simply incalculable.
339. Development of the modern chemical industry.—In detailing at
such length as I have done the exploits of machinists in the past century, I
may tempt the reader to undervalue the contributions of scientists. To guard
against that error let us consider briefly the development of the chemical
industry, which, like the iron industry, renders a service to modern
civilization beyond any measure of dollars and cents. The Frenchman,
Lavoisier, had established chemistry on a scientific basis before 1800, but
industrial chemistry used still the primitive methods which had been
employed for ages. Let us take, for instance, the single substance, carbonate
of soda, of prime importance in industrial chemistry, for on it depend the
various industries of glass, pottery, soap, photography, paper, etc. This
substance was still obtained in the eighteenth century, by burning seaweed
and seashore plants and treating their ashes; Spain had a considerable
export of barilla, and owed to this product whatever success she attained in
the soap manufacture. Leblanc emancipated the soda industry from kelp and
barilla, by introducing the process based on sulphuric acid and salt; step by
step improvements have been made since then. Sulphuric acid, discarded in
the soda industry, has grown in importance notwithstanding; it is the
controlling element in the manufacture of other acids, commercial
fertilizers, alum, ether, glucose, etc., and in oil refining; and it is produced
at a price and of a quality formerly unknown. The discovery of the anilin
colors, in 1859, has revolutionized the art of dyeing. The chemist will make
you, from coal tar, almost any color or shade desired. He will make you
perfumes or flavors; and, if he has failed to construct quinine artificially, he
has at least learned, in his attempts, to make substances such as antipyrin
and phenacetin, of equal value for other purposes.
Page 281
340. Influences determining the local distribution of manufactures.—
A review of the contents of this chapter, with its discussion of the factors
which have built up modern industry, should suggest to the reader the
countries which have enjoyed exceptional advantages in the modern
manufacturing period. Resources of coal and iron, clearly, are of great
importance. That they are not decisive, however, is proved by the absence
of modern manufactures in China, where there are abundant supplies of
coal and iron, and their presence in districts like the North of Ireland,
where, for instance, a great ship-building industry is fed with imported iron
and coal. Factories can exist at a considerable distance from their source of
supply if they are served by a transportation system which will fetch raw
materials and carry finished products cheaply; efficient transportation is
essential. Many other elements might be suggested as going to form the
basis of national success in manufactures, but of them all I desire here to
emphasize only two: good government and intelligent men. Manufactures
cannot thrive in a country where unwise or corrupt methods of taxation rob
the investor of his gains. Nor can they prosper, whatever other advantages a
country may have, if it lacks intelligent and steady laborers, or clear-sighted
and energetic leaders. The reader will have an opportunity, in later chapters,
to test the truth of these statements; meanwhile, in anticipation, attention
may be directed to the United States, England, and Germany, as those
countries which have most signally proved their fitness for manufacturing.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Development of the science and art of agriculture in the nineteenth
century. [Encyclopedia.]
2. Artificial fertilizers. [Peacock, in Cosmopolitan Magazine, Nov.,
1895.]
3. A modern wheat farm. [Scribner’s Magazine, 1897, vol. 22, p. 531 ff.;
Edgar, Story of a grain of wheat. Note that “bonanza” farms are not typical
of modern agriculture in general.]
4. What use is coal without a steam-engine? What use is machinery
without a steam-engine? What use is a steam-engine without coal or
machinery? Which would the world give up most readily, coal, steam-
engine, or machinery?
A review of the contents of this chapter, with its discussion of the factors
which have built up modern industry, should suggest to the reader the
countries which have enjoyed exceptional advantages in the modern
manufacturing period. Resources of coal and iron, clearly, are of great
importance. That they are not decisive, however, is proved by the absence
of modern manufactures in China, where there are abundant supplies of
coal and iron, and their presence in districts like the North of Ireland,
where, for instance, a great ship-building industry is fed with imported iron
and coal. Factories can exist at a considerable distance from their source of
supply if they are served by a transportation system which will fetch raw
materials and carry finished products cheaply; efficient transportation is
essential. Many other elements might be suggested as going to form the
basis of national success in manufactures, but of them all I desire here to
emphasize only two: good government and intelligent men. Manufactures
cannot thrive in a country where unwise or corrupt methods of taxation rob
the investor of his gains. Nor can they prosper, whatever other advantages a
country may have, if it lacks intelligent and steady laborers, or clear-sighted
and energetic leaders. The reader will have an opportunity, in later chapters,
to test the truth of these statements; meanwhile, in anticipation, attention
may be directed to the United States, England, and Germany, as those
countries which have most signally proved their fitness for manufacturing.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Development of the science and art of agriculture in the nineteenth
century. [Encyclopedia.]
2. Artificial fertilizers. [Peacock, in Cosmopolitan Magazine, Nov.,
1895.]
3. A modern wheat farm. [Scribner’s Magazine, 1897, vol. 22, p. 531 ff.;
Edgar, Story of a grain of wheat. Note that “bonanza” farms are not typical
of modern agriculture in general.]
4. What use is coal without a steam-engine? What use is machinery
without a steam-engine? What use is a steam-engine without coal or
machinery? Which would the world give up most readily, coal, steam-
engine, or machinery?
Page 282
5. Character and advantages of machinery. [Hobson, Mod. cap., chap. 3,
sects. 1-3.]
6. How much have women gained by being relieved of the necessity of
making cloth for family use? [Read description of the labor of spinning,
weaving, etc., in colonial times; see Alice M. Earle, Colonial dames and
goodwives, Boston, 1895, or Syndey G. Fisher, Men, women and manners
in colonial times. Philadelphia, 1898.]
7. Effect of the introduction of machinery on the demand for labor in
different occupations. [Hobson, Mod. cap., chap. 8.]
8. The growth of factories. [Bourne, Romance, chap. 9.]
9. Organization of a modern factory. [P. G. Hubert, The business of a
factory, Scribner’s Magazine, 1897, vol. 21, p. 306 ff.; Fred J. Miller, The
machinist, same, 1893, vol. 14, p. 314 ff.]
10. Progress in the iron manufacture. [Iles, chap. 4; R. R. Bowker, A bar
of iron, Harper’s Magazine, 1893-4, 88: 408-424, F. W. Taussig, The iron
industry in the U. S., Quarterly Journal of Economics. Feb., 1900, reprinted
in Bullock’s Selected Readings in Economics.]
11. Development of machine tools for iron working. [Sellers, in Depew,
One hund. years, chap. 49.]
12. Progress in the steel manufacture. [R. R. Bowker, A steel tool,
Harper’s Magazine, 1893-4, 88: 587-602; Waldon Fawcett, The center of
the world of steel, Century Magazine, 1901, 62: 189-203.]
13. Write a biographical sketch of one of the following: Bessemer,
Siemens, Whitworth, Brown, Thomas, Snelus. [W. T. Jeans, The creators of
the age of steel, N. Y., 1884.]
14. Write a report on advances in the manufacture of one of the articles
named. [Encyclopedias; on coal tar products see Meldola.]
15. What conditions have led to the rise of the characteristic
manufactures of your own vicinity? In what regions are their chief
competitors? What are the relative advantages of different places with
respect to some particular manufacture?
BIBLIOGRAPHY
See the previous chapter for books of general reference. The modern
manufacturing organization and the influence of machinery have been
treated, from the economic standpoint, by Hobson, Modern capitalism, and
sects. 1-3.]
6. How much have women gained by being relieved of the necessity of
making cloth for family use? [Read description of the labor of spinning,
weaving, etc., in colonial times; see Alice M. Earle, Colonial dames and
goodwives, Boston, 1895, or Syndey G. Fisher, Men, women and manners
in colonial times. Philadelphia, 1898.]
7. Effect of the introduction of machinery on the demand for labor in
different occupations. [Hobson, Mod. cap., chap. 8.]
8. The growth of factories. [Bourne, Romance, chap. 9.]
9. Organization of a modern factory. [P. G. Hubert, The business of a
factory, Scribner’s Magazine, 1897, vol. 21, p. 306 ff.; Fred J. Miller, The
machinist, same, 1893, vol. 14, p. 314 ff.]
10. Progress in the iron manufacture. [Iles, chap. 4; R. R. Bowker, A bar
of iron, Harper’s Magazine, 1893-4, 88: 408-424, F. W. Taussig, The iron
industry in the U. S., Quarterly Journal of Economics. Feb., 1900, reprinted
in Bullock’s Selected Readings in Economics.]
11. Development of machine tools for iron working. [Sellers, in Depew,
One hund. years, chap. 49.]
12. Progress in the steel manufacture. [R. R. Bowker, A steel tool,
Harper’s Magazine, 1893-4, 88: 587-602; Waldon Fawcett, The center of
the world of steel, Century Magazine, 1901, 62: 189-203.]
13. Write a biographical sketch of one of the following: Bessemer,
Siemens, Whitworth, Brown, Thomas, Snelus. [W. T. Jeans, The creators of
the age of steel, N. Y., 1884.]
14. Write a report on advances in the manufacture of one of the articles
named. [Encyclopedias; on coal tar products see Meldola.]
15. What conditions have led to the rise of the characteristic
manufactures of your own vicinity? In what regions are their chief
competitors? What are the relative advantages of different places with
respect to some particular manufacture?
BIBLIOGRAPHY
See the previous chapter for books of general reference. The modern
manufacturing organization and the influence of machinery have been
treated, from the economic standpoint, by Hobson, Modern capitalism, and
Page 283
Schulze-Gaevernitz, The cotton trade, Manchester, 1895. A history and
analysis of the factory system by C. D. Wright was published in the Tenth
U. S. Census, 1880, vol. 2; further references to U. S. public documents will
be given below, in the chapters on the United States. The English
parliamentary papers and accounts contain an immense amount of material
on this subject; the last volume of Cunningham, Growth, has useful
references to them. The technical history of manufacturers defies
compression. Much interesting material may be found in the reports of the
U. S. Commissioners to various world expositions.
A good account of the history of machine making is provided by Joseph
W. Roe, **English and American tool builders, New Haven. Yale Univer.
Press, 1916.
analysis of the factory system by C. D. Wright was published in the Tenth
U. S. Census, 1880, vol. 2; further references to U. S. public documents will
be given below, in the chapters on the United States. The English
parliamentary papers and accounts contain an immense amount of material
on this subject; the last volume of Cunningham, Growth, has useful
references to them. The technical history of manufacturers defies
compression. Much interesting material may be found in the reports of the
U. S. Commissioners to various world expositions.
A good account of the history of machine making is provided by Joseph
W. Roe, **English and American tool builders, New Haven. Yale Univer.
Press, 1916.
Page 284
CHAPTER XXX
ROADS AND RAILROADS
341. Commercial importance of the subjects of the chapter.—“Of all
inventions, the alphabet and the printing-press alone excepted, those
inventions which abridge distance have done most for the civilization of our
species.” Macaulay’s celebrated sentence applies to civilization in general.
With regard to the material civilization depending upon commerce,
certainly no factor has been of greater importance than improvement in the
means of transportation and communication. An improvement in these
means has been effected during the past century, without a parallel in the
world’s history; and a description of the changes deserves the most careful
attention of the student in the short space which can be allowed the subject.
342. Statistical survey of development.—For a convenient means of
reference I introduce, in this place, a statistical table (on opposite page)
showing the development of the most important modern instruments of
transportation and communication.
343. Improvement in the condition of roads.—Aside from the stretches
of canal which had been brought into operation, the universal means of
inland transportation about 1800 was the road. Some reference has been
made in an earlier chapter to the condition of English highways in the
eighteenth century, and to the improvements which marked that period.
Conditions on the Continent were worse than those in England. French
roads were mere tracks in the first part of the eighteenth century, and for the
most part were still hopelessly bad at its close, when the system of
maintaining the roads by forced labor was abolished.
From near the close of the eighteenth century, however, we may date the
beginning of a period of rapid improvement in the roads of western Europe.
The turnpike system, which allowed tolls to be charged for the use of
improved highways, encouraged the investment of capital in these
undertakings. The teachings of Telford and Macadam, two great road-
engineers who emphasized the necessity of using good materials and
securing proper drainage, were generally applied. In the period from 1800
to 1850 the roads of Europe were reformed to meet the demands which
commerce made upon them, before the introduction of the railroad, and
ROADS AND RAILROADS
341. Commercial importance of the subjects of the chapter.—“Of all
inventions, the alphabet and the printing-press alone excepted, those
inventions which abridge distance have done most for the civilization of our
species.” Macaulay’s celebrated sentence applies to civilization in general.
With regard to the material civilization depending upon commerce,
certainly no factor has been of greater importance than improvement in the
means of transportation and communication. An improvement in these
means has been effected during the past century, without a parallel in the
world’s history; and a description of the changes deserves the most careful
attention of the student in the short space which can be allowed the subject.
342. Statistical survey of development.—For a convenient means of
reference I introduce, in this place, a statistical table (on opposite page)
showing the development of the most important modern instruments of
transportation and communication.
343. Improvement in the condition of roads.—Aside from the stretches
of canal which had been brought into operation, the universal means of
inland transportation about 1800 was the road. Some reference has been
made in an earlier chapter to the condition of English highways in the
eighteenth century, and to the improvements which marked that period.
Conditions on the Continent were worse than those in England. French
roads were mere tracks in the first part of the eighteenth century, and for the
most part were still hopelessly bad at its close, when the system of
maintaining the roads by forced labor was abolished.
From near the close of the eighteenth century, however, we may date the
beginning of a period of rapid improvement in the roads of western Europe.
The turnpike system, which allowed tolls to be charged for the use of
improved highways, encouraged the investment of capital in these
undertakings. The teachings of Telford and Macadam, two great road-
engineers who emphasized the necessity of using good materials and
securing proper drainage, were generally applied. In the period from 1800
to 1850 the roads of Europe were reformed to meet the demands which
commerce made upon them, before the introduction of the railroad, and
Page 285
were put in the excellent condition which attracts the attention of American
travelers to-day. The cost of freight transportation was reduced to half or
less of what it had been, and the speed of passenger service increased
correspondingly. An Englishman, Porter, notes that in 1798 he occupied
nineteen hours in traveling eighty miles by what was considered a “fast
coach”; when he wrote, in 1838, the trip was made in eight hours.
Shipping Railways
Million Tons Telegraphs Cables
Carrying
Sail Steam Thousand Miles
Power
1800 4.0 4.0
1820 5.8 .02 5.8
1830 7.1 .1 7.5 .2
1840 9.0 .3 10.4 5.4
1850 11.4 .8 14.9 23.9 5. .02
1860 14.8 1.7 21.7 67.3 100. 1.5
1870 12.9 3.0 25.1 139.8 281. 15.
1880 14.4 5.8 37.9 224.9 440. 49.
1890 9.1 8.2 42.3 390.0 768. 132.
1900 6.6 13.8 62.1 500.0 1,180 200.
1910 4.6 22.0 92.8 637.0 1,307 291.
1913 3.8 26.5 109.9 690.0 1,462 330.
344. Importance of roads in the present transportation system.—A
word of warning may be advisable before we leave this subject to study
more recent means of transportation. Not many years ago a French
economist estimated that not one twentieth of the settlements of the
inhabited world were within less than a day’s distance from a railroad. Even
in the most advanced countries the extent of roads far exceeds that of
railroads, and only in the rarest cases do products reach the consumer
without having traversed a stretch of common road. The road, therefore,
travelers to-day. The cost of freight transportation was reduced to half or
less of what it had been, and the speed of passenger service increased
correspondingly. An Englishman, Porter, notes that in 1798 he occupied
nineteen hours in traveling eighty miles by what was considered a “fast
coach”; when he wrote, in 1838, the trip was made in eight hours.
Shipping Railways
Million Tons Telegraphs Cables
Carrying
Sail Steam Thousand Miles
Power
1800 4.0 4.0
1820 5.8 .02 5.8
1830 7.1 .1 7.5 .2
1840 9.0 .3 10.4 5.4
1850 11.4 .8 14.9 23.9 5. .02
1860 14.8 1.7 21.7 67.3 100. 1.5
1870 12.9 3.0 25.1 139.8 281. 15.
1880 14.4 5.8 37.9 224.9 440. 49.
1890 9.1 8.2 42.3 390.0 768. 132.
1900 6.6 13.8 62.1 500.0 1,180 200.
1910 4.6 22.0 92.8 637.0 1,307 291.
1913 3.8 26.5 109.9 690.0 1,462 330.
344. Importance of roads in the present transportation system.—A
word of warning may be advisable before we leave this subject to study
more recent means of transportation. Not many years ago a French
economist estimated that not one twentieth of the settlements of the
inhabited world were within less than a day’s distance from a railroad. Even
in the most advanced countries the extent of roads far exceeds that of
railroads, and only in the rarest cases do products reach the consumer
without having traversed a stretch of common road. The road, therefore,
Page 286
takes a place in our modern economy more important than, in our
carelessness, we generally admit.
The unit for measuring the expense of transportation is the cost of
moving a ton one mile; on a modern American railroad the average cost of a
ton-mile is less than one cent. Even on the excellent roads of Europe the
cost is ten cents or more; while it has been estimated that the average cost
of moving farm produce to market over the common roads of the United
States is twenty-five cents per ton-mile. Assuming that the average haul is
twelve miles, and that three hundred million tons are carried in a year, the
expense reaches the total of nine hundred million dollars, a sum greater than
the operating expenses of all the railroads of the United States before 1900.
It has been proved by actual test that the same force which draws one ton
on a muddy earth road will draw four tons on a hard macadam road. One of
the greatest improvements in transportation is still, in large part, neglected
by the American people; and intelligent energy will find in no field richer
results than in the reform of our common roads. Such a reform would
economize time and force, would reduce wear and tear, and would greatly
better the business position of the farmer by enabling him to choose his own
time for marketing his goods and making his purchases.
345. Advantage of transportation by water; canals.—The student may,
perhaps, remember that in the Middle Ages the expense of transportation by
road led people to choose rivers for conveying their goods, whenever this
was practicable. It has been estimated that a horse which could carry on its
back two or three centner (a centner is about 110 lbs.) could with equal
exertion drag twenty centner on a highway, or 1,200 through dead-water.
This enormous gain in efficiency, resulting from the avoidance of the
slightest difference in level and from the reduction of force wasted in
friction, suggested to people in early times the idea of establishing channels
for water where none had previously existed, that is, of building canals.
Locks, for controlling the flow and level of the water, were invented toward
the end of the Middle Ages, and a considerable extent of canals had been
constructed on the Continent before the Bridgewater canal, described
above, was opened in England. The real era of the canal, however, was in
the period which may be limited roughly by the dates 1750 and 1850.
346. Development of canals, 1750-1850.—Immense amounts of capital
were invested in canals in this period of their great importance; and the
European and American systems of barge canals were constructed
carelessness, we generally admit.
The unit for measuring the expense of transportation is the cost of
moving a ton one mile; on a modern American railroad the average cost of a
ton-mile is less than one cent. Even on the excellent roads of Europe the
cost is ten cents or more; while it has been estimated that the average cost
of moving farm produce to market over the common roads of the United
States is twenty-five cents per ton-mile. Assuming that the average haul is
twelve miles, and that three hundred million tons are carried in a year, the
expense reaches the total of nine hundred million dollars, a sum greater than
the operating expenses of all the railroads of the United States before 1900.
It has been proved by actual test that the same force which draws one ton
on a muddy earth road will draw four tons on a hard macadam road. One of
the greatest improvements in transportation is still, in large part, neglected
by the American people; and intelligent energy will find in no field richer
results than in the reform of our common roads. Such a reform would
economize time and force, would reduce wear and tear, and would greatly
better the business position of the farmer by enabling him to choose his own
time for marketing his goods and making his purchases.
345. Advantage of transportation by water; canals.—The student may,
perhaps, remember that in the Middle Ages the expense of transportation by
road led people to choose rivers for conveying their goods, whenever this
was practicable. It has been estimated that a horse which could carry on its
back two or three centner (a centner is about 110 lbs.) could with equal
exertion drag twenty centner on a highway, or 1,200 through dead-water.
This enormous gain in efficiency, resulting from the avoidance of the
slightest difference in level and from the reduction of force wasted in
friction, suggested to people in early times the idea of establishing channels
for water where none had previously existed, that is, of building canals.
Locks, for controlling the flow and level of the water, were invented toward
the end of the Middle Ages, and a considerable extent of canals had been
constructed on the Continent before the Bridgewater canal, described
above, was opened in England. The real era of the canal, however, was in
the period which may be limited roughly by the dates 1750 and 1850.
346. Development of canals, 1750-1850.—Immense amounts of capital
were invested in canals in this period of their great importance; and the
European and American systems of barge canals were constructed
Page 287
substantially on the lines which they have since retained. A traveler could
then, as now, voyage through most parts of central and eastern Europe
without leaving a canal-boat. Of a country like England, endowed by nature
with advantages for water communication, it could be said in 1838 that no
spot south of the county of Durham was more than fifteen miles from the
means of water conveyance. Factories were established along the canals, as
now along the railroads. Canals relieved the highways of a large part of the
growing traffic, carried many raw materials which could not have borne the
expense of transportation by road, and enjoyed even a considerable share of
passenger traffic.
347. Relative decline in importance of canals.—Of canals as of roads it
may be said that their days of usefulness are far from past. One class,
indeed, that of the great ship canals, has grown rapidly in importance in
recent years. Many economists believe that even the barge canals should be
maintained and improved. There is still an active canal traffic in Europe,
especially in Germany, and in the last-named country a notable project for
extending the canal system is under consideration. The future of canals
seems to depend largely on the introduction of improved forms of motor
(electricity, gasoline).
then, as now, voyage through most parts of central and eastern Europe
without leaving a canal-boat. Of a country like England, endowed by nature
with advantages for water communication, it could be said in 1838 that no
spot south of the county of Durham was more than fifteen miles from the
means of water conveyance. Factories were established along the canals, as
now along the railroads. Canals relieved the highways of a large part of the
growing traffic, carried many raw materials which could not have borne the
expense of transportation by road, and enjoyed even a considerable share of
passenger traffic.
347. Relative decline in importance of canals.—Of canals as of roads it
may be said that their days of usefulness are far from past. One class,
indeed, that of the great ship canals, has grown rapidly in importance in
recent years. Many economists believe that even the barge canals should be
maintained and improved. There is still an active canal traffic in Europe,
especially in Germany, and in the last-named country a notable project for
extending the canal system is under consideration. The future of canals
seems to depend largely on the introduction of improved forms of motor
(electricity, gasoline).
Page 288
Bormay Eng. Co., N. Y.
The canal has certainly yielded the place of first importance in internal
transportation to the railroad. Its great merit, cheapness, has declined in
importance with the reduction of railroad rates, while its drawbacks are felt
more and more under the conditions of modern business. The canal is not
only much slower and more uncertain than the railroad; its vital weakness is
the fact that in temperate climates its usefulness is destroyed during at least
a part of the winter. Since 1850 canal systems have grown slowly, if at all,
and in some countries they have declined greatly. Nearly half of the English
canals are now controlled by the railroads; some are closed and out of
repair, and traffic is diverted from others by heavy tolls.
348. Origin of the steam railroad.—Soon after 1800 the American
inventor, Evans, asserted more than once that he could manage to drive
wagons on railways by steam. He expressed an idea that was by no means
new, and that was then floating in the minds of many men. He said truly,
however, that one step in a generation is enough, and that the monstrous
leap from bad roads to steam railways could not be taken at once. Roads
were improved, canals were extended, and still there was a demand for
better means of transportation. Rails, first of wood and then of iron, had
The canal has certainly yielded the place of first importance in internal
transportation to the railroad. Its great merit, cheapness, has declined in
importance with the reduction of railroad rates, while its drawbacks are felt
more and more under the conditions of modern business. The canal is not
only much slower and more uncertain than the railroad; its vital weakness is
the fact that in temperate climates its usefulness is destroyed during at least
a part of the winter. Since 1850 canal systems have grown slowly, if at all,
and in some countries they have declined greatly. Nearly half of the English
canals are now controlled by the railroads; some are closed and out of
repair, and traffic is diverted from others by heavy tolls.
348. Origin of the steam railroad.—Soon after 1800 the American
inventor, Evans, asserted more than once that he could manage to drive
wagons on railways by steam. He expressed an idea that was by no means
new, and that was then floating in the minds of many men. He said truly,
however, that one step in a generation is enough, and that the monstrous
leap from bad roads to steam railways could not be taken at once. Roads
were improved, canals were extended, and still there was a demand for
better means of transportation. Rails, first of wood and then of iron, had
Page 289
long been laid to enable horses to draw heavier loads at mines and quarries.
George Stephenson, among others, conceived the idea of applying steam as
the motive power on these railways, and distinguished himself above all
predecessors by constructing, in 1814, a locomotive, Puffing Billy, which
proved capable of hauling coal over a stretch of nine miles, from the mine
to tide-water. Stephenson improved his original model, especially by the
introduction of the steam blast to help the draft and so increase the power of
the boiler; and in 1825 secured the adoption of the locomotive on the
Stockton and Darlington Railway in Yorkshire. The call for this
improvement had now become pressing. The port of Liverpool and the
important manufacturing center, Manchester, distant only about thirty miles,
were now connected by three canals, yet these were so crowded with traffic
that it took sometimes a month for cotton to reach the factories from the
sea. The opening of the Liverpool and Manchester Railway in 1830, with a
locomotive, the Rocket, which made twenty-nine miles an hour, may be
taken as the completion of the period of experiment, and the beginning of
the railroad era.
349. Early period of the railroad.—Though steam locomotion after
1830 was a proved success, and though railroads were rapidly extended,
and 1,600 miles had been brought into operation in 1835, the men of the
time had still much to learn concerning their new instrument of
transportation. Some men expected from it a speed of 75 or 100 miles an
hour, while the State Engineer of Virginia took it as an admitted fact “that a
rate of speed of more than six miles an hour would exceed the bounds set
by prudence, though some of the sanguine advocates of railways extend this
limit to nine miles an hour.” In certain localities the steam railroad, from the
start, performed great service in freight carriage. At the Pennsylvania coal
mines, for instance, it reduced the cost of hauling a ton nine miles to the
river from $4.00 to $.25. Still the cost in general was high; a charge of ten
cents per ton-mile was authorized in some early charters; and few people
believed that the railroad could compete successfully with the canal in the
transportation of ordinary freight.
350. Improvements in locomotives.—The technical improvements
which have extended the usefulness of the railroad far beyond the dreams of
its earlier promoters have been comparatively simple. Mere increase in size
of locomotives and cars has been the greatest factor in increased efficiency.
The engine which Peter Cooper constructed for experiment on the
George Stephenson, among others, conceived the idea of applying steam as
the motive power on these railways, and distinguished himself above all
predecessors by constructing, in 1814, a locomotive, Puffing Billy, which
proved capable of hauling coal over a stretch of nine miles, from the mine
to tide-water. Stephenson improved his original model, especially by the
introduction of the steam blast to help the draft and so increase the power of
the boiler; and in 1825 secured the adoption of the locomotive on the
Stockton and Darlington Railway in Yorkshire. The call for this
improvement had now become pressing. The port of Liverpool and the
important manufacturing center, Manchester, distant only about thirty miles,
were now connected by three canals, yet these were so crowded with traffic
that it took sometimes a month for cotton to reach the factories from the
sea. The opening of the Liverpool and Manchester Railway in 1830, with a
locomotive, the Rocket, which made twenty-nine miles an hour, may be
taken as the completion of the period of experiment, and the beginning of
the railroad era.
349. Early period of the railroad.—Though steam locomotion after
1830 was a proved success, and though railroads were rapidly extended,
and 1,600 miles had been brought into operation in 1835, the men of the
time had still much to learn concerning their new instrument of
transportation. Some men expected from it a speed of 75 or 100 miles an
hour, while the State Engineer of Virginia took it as an admitted fact “that a
rate of speed of more than six miles an hour would exceed the bounds set
by prudence, though some of the sanguine advocates of railways extend this
limit to nine miles an hour.” In certain localities the steam railroad, from the
start, performed great service in freight carriage. At the Pennsylvania coal
mines, for instance, it reduced the cost of hauling a ton nine miles to the
river from $4.00 to $.25. Still the cost in general was high; a charge of ten
cents per ton-mile was authorized in some early charters; and few people
believed that the railroad could compete successfully with the canal in the
transportation of ordinary freight.
350. Improvements in locomotives.—The technical improvements
which have extended the usefulness of the railroad far beyond the dreams of
its earlier promoters have been comparatively simple. Mere increase in size
of locomotives and cars has been the greatest factor in increased efficiency.
The engine which Peter Cooper constructed for experiment on the
Page 290
Baltimore and Ohio, about 1830, had a boiler the size of a flour barrel,
weighed less than a ton, and was about the size of a modern hand-car. It was
of little practical use. The development from early engines of the class of
the Rocket, to those of modern American practice, is shown in the following
figures:
Weight Hauling Power on Level
Early 5 to 6 tons 40 tons
Improved 25 1,200
Modern 50 2,400
In 1914 the average weight of the simple locomotive in the United States
was 82 tons. Not only does a large locomotive put to more economical use
the heat applied; the large train, also, costs far less in proportion for the
services of men employed in running it.
351. Importance of steel in railroad construction.—To many readers
practical devices like the air-brake, further reducing the cost and increasing
the efficiency of operation, will be familiar. One factor in improvement,
however, is not so apparent, and deserves special attention by reason of its
commanding importance. The railroad in its modern form would be
impossible if Bessemer and others had not taught the world to make steel
cheaply. Iron rails, even under comparatively light loads, wore out and had
to be replaced constantly. Steel rails, introduced gradually after 1860, could
bear double the load on each wheel, and still outlive many iron rails. The
modern rail, simple as it appears, is both in material and in proportions a
great feat of engineering, “a beam whose every dimension and curve and
angle are exactly suited to the tremendous work it has to do.” Steel rails and
steel bridges have made possible the economy of the colossal locomotives
of modern times. Steel has enabled men, instead of building 10-ton cars to
carry 10 tons of cargo, to build 12-ton cars to carry 20, or 14-ton to carry
30; each improvement of this kind represents a saving in the dead weight of
the train, and a consequent reduction in cost. Steel has furnished a material
for the bridges over which the cars are carried, enabling a span of 500 feet
to be constructed as readily as a span of 250 feet, with the iron formerly
employed.
weighed less than a ton, and was about the size of a modern hand-car. It was
of little practical use. The development from early engines of the class of
the Rocket, to those of modern American practice, is shown in the following
figures:
Weight Hauling Power on Level
Early 5 to 6 tons 40 tons
Improved 25 1,200
Modern 50 2,400
In 1914 the average weight of the simple locomotive in the United States
was 82 tons. Not only does a large locomotive put to more economical use
the heat applied; the large train, also, costs far less in proportion for the
services of men employed in running it.
351. Importance of steel in railroad construction.—To many readers
practical devices like the air-brake, further reducing the cost and increasing
the efficiency of operation, will be familiar. One factor in improvement,
however, is not so apparent, and deserves special attention by reason of its
commanding importance. The railroad in its modern form would be
impossible if Bessemer and others had not taught the world to make steel
cheaply. Iron rails, even under comparatively light loads, wore out and had
to be replaced constantly. Steel rails, introduced gradually after 1860, could
bear double the load on each wheel, and still outlive many iron rails. The
modern rail, simple as it appears, is both in material and in proportions a
great feat of engineering, “a beam whose every dimension and curve and
angle are exactly suited to the tremendous work it has to do.” Steel rails and
steel bridges have made possible the economy of the colossal locomotives
of modern times. Steel has enabled men, instead of building 10-ton cars to
carry 10 tons of cargo, to build 12-ton cars to carry 20, or 14-ton to carry
30; each improvement of this kind represents a saving in the dead weight of
the train, and a consequent reduction in cost. Steel has furnished a material
for the bridges over which the cars are carried, enabling a span of 500 feet
to be constructed as readily as a span of 250 feet, with the iron formerly
employed.
Page 291
The size of the small circles indicates the railroad mileage of each country at ten year intervals. To
facilitate comparison, the circles for 1850 are printed black, and those for 1890 are shaded. Note
the disproportion of mileage and area.
352. Development of the railroad system after 1850.—Improvements
in the construction, the equipment, and the operation of railroads, for the
mere suggestion of which there is scarcely space here, explain the rapid
growth of the railroad system shown in the figures at the opening of the
chapter. It will be noted that over 99 per cent of mileage has been
facilitate comparison, the circles for 1850 are printed black, and those for 1890 are shaded. Note
the disproportion of mileage and area.
352. Development of the railroad system after 1850.—Improvements
in the construction, the equipment, and the operation of railroads, for the
mere suggestion of which there is scarcely space here, explain the rapid
growth of the railroad system shown in the figures at the opening of the
chapter. It will be noted that over 99 per cent of mileage has been
Page 292
constructed since 1840, and that even in 1850 the world had made but a
mere beginning in railroad construction. About the middle of the century
began a movement toward the consolidation of existing lines, which had
formerly been operated in short stretches by independent companies. The
student should note that this consolidation proceeded largely along the
length of railroads, not in the modern fashion by the union of parallel and
competing lines; and it is almost impossible to exaggerate the benefits that
resulted, in increased efficiency of management, improved service, and
lower rates. About this time (1854) the first railroad was built across the
Alps; the Union and Central Pacific route was opened in 1869, beginning
the era of the transcontinental roads; and investors and engineers, who
found the older and more advanced sections adequately supplied with
railroads, began now to build lines far out into new territory, to open up
fresh land and develop new trade.
353. Importance of railroads at present.—Some attention will be paid
hereafter to the decisive influence which the railroad has exercised on
recent commercial development; and in the history of commerce in
particular countries the thoughtful student will not fail to recognize this
influence even when it is not specifically pointed out. In leaving the subject
at this point, however, the student may be grateful for a summary estimate
of the relative importance of railroads and other instruments of production
in our modern life. A good authority has estimated that one quarter or even
one third of the total invested capital of civilized nations has taken the form
of railroads. It is doubtful whether the manufacturing establishments of the
world are equal in value to its railroads; while the world’s whole stock of
money would buy but a fraction of them. The railroads of the United States
carried in 1900 a thousand million tons of freight at a cost of a thousand
million dollars, and at the rate of less than three quarters of a cent per ton-
mile. The student may, from these figures, estimate the service of railroads
to the average individual in the country, and may rest assured that the work
they do could not be accomplished by the means in use a century ago, even
if the whole annual product of the country were squandered in the attempt
to carry it on.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
mere beginning in railroad construction. About the middle of the century
began a movement toward the consolidation of existing lines, which had
formerly been operated in short stretches by independent companies. The
student should note that this consolidation proceeded largely along the
length of railroads, not in the modern fashion by the union of parallel and
competing lines; and it is almost impossible to exaggerate the benefits that
resulted, in increased efficiency of management, improved service, and
lower rates. About this time (1854) the first railroad was built across the
Alps; the Union and Central Pacific route was opened in 1869, beginning
the era of the transcontinental roads; and investors and engineers, who
found the older and more advanced sections adequately supplied with
railroads, began now to build lines far out into new territory, to open up
fresh land and develop new trade.
353. Importance of railroads at present.—Some attention will be paid
hereafter to the decisive influence which the railroad has exercised on
recent commercial development; and in the history of commerce in
particular countries the thoughtful student will not fail to recognize this
influence even when it is not specifically pointed out. In leaving the subject
at this point, however, the student may be grateful for a summary estimate
of the relative importance of railroads and other instruments of production
in our modern life. A good authority has estimated that one quarter or even
one third of the total invested capital of civilized nations has taken the form
of railroads. It is doubtful whether the manufacturing establishments of the
world are equal in value to its railroads; while the world’s whole stock of
money would buy but a fraction of them. The railroads of the United States
carried in 1900 a thousand million tons of freight at a cost of a thousand
million dollars, and at the rate of less than three quarters of a cent per ton-
mile. The student may, from these figures, estimate the service of railroads
to the average individual in the country, and may rest assured that the work
they do could not be accomplished by the means in use a century ago, even
if the whole annual product of the country were squandered in the attempt
to carry it on.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
Page 293
1. See the suggestion on the treatment of the statistics in sect. 315.
Combine the statistics of the sections 315 and 342 in one chart, if
practicable. See below, sect. 354, for the explanation of carrying power; a
steamer is estimated to have four times the efficiency of a sailing vessel, in
this table.
2. What is the cost of transportation over roads in your vicinity? What
system of construction and maintenance is pursued?
3. Write an essay on one of the following topics, from the circulars of the
Office of Road Inquiry, U. S. Department of Agriculture. (Copies may
probably be secured gratis on application.)
(a) The proper method of constructing and repairing earth roads.
[Circular no. 8.]
(b) Methods of constructing macadamized roads. [No. 21.]
(c) Repair of macadamized roads. [No. 30.]
(d) The best system of maintaining roads. [No. 24.]
(e) Systems of State aid. [No. 32, Minn.; No. 35, N. Y.]
4. Effect on the agriculture of the U. S. of the present roads. [Report of
the U. S. Industrial Commission, 1900, vol. 10, pp. ccix-ccxvi.]
5. The place of canals in the transportation system of a modern European
state. [O. Eltzbacher, The lesson of the German waterways, Contemporary
Review, Dec., 1904, 86: 778-797.]
6. Early history of the railroad. [See a biography of Stephenson, by
Smiles, or in one of the encyclopedias or biographical dictionaries.]
7. Early locomotives. [Thurston, Hist., chap. 4.]
8. American improvements in locomotives and cars. [Amer. Railway, p.
100 ff.]
9. Improvements in railroad construction. [Same, p. 1 ff.]
10. Feats of railroad construction. [Same, p. 47 ff.; Vernon-Harcourt,
chap. 2.]
11. Modern bridges. [Vernon-Harcourt, chaps. 6, 7.]
12. Modern railroad management in the United States. [Amer. Railway,
149 ff.]
13. Development of railroad organization and its effects. [Same, pp. 344-
359.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Combine the statistics of the sections 315 and 342 in one chart, if
practicable. See below, sect. 354, for the explanation of carrying power; a
steamer is estimated to have four times the efficiency of a sailing vessel, in
this table.
2. What is the cost of transportation over roads in your vicinity? What
system of construction and maintenance is pursued?
3. Write an essay on one of the following topics, from the circulars of the
Office of Road Inquiry, U. S. Department of Agriculture. (Copies may
probably be secured gratis on application.)
(a) The proper method of constructing and repairing earth roads.
[Circular no. 8.]
(b) Methods of constructing macadamized roads. [No. 21.]
(c) Repair of macadamized roads. [No. 30.]
(d) The best system of maintaining roads. [No. 24.]
(e) Systems of State aid. [No. 32, Minn.; No. 35, N. Y.]
4. Effect on the agriculture of the U. S. of the present roads. [Report of
the U. S. Industrial Commission, 1900, vol. 10, pp. ccix-ccxvi.]
5. The place of canals in the transportation system of a modern European
state. [O. Eltzbacher, The lesson of the German waterways, Contemporary
Review, Dec., 1904, 86: 778-797.]
6. Early history of the railroad. [See a biography of Stephenson, by
Smiles, or in one of the encyclopedias or biographical dictionaries.]
7. Early locomotives. [Thurston, Hist., chap. 4.]
8. American improvements in locomotives and cars. [Amer. Railway, p.
100 ff.]
9. Improvements in railroad construction. [Same, p. 1 ff.]
10. Feats of railroad construction. [Same, p. 47 ff.; Vernon-Harcourt,
chap. 2.]
11. Modern bridges. [Vernon-Harcourt, chaps. 6, 7.]
12. Modern railroad management in the United States. [Amer. Railway,
149 ff.]
13. Development of railroad organization and its effects. [Same, pp. 344-
359.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Page 294
A good article on the history of highways will be found in the Edinburgh
Review, 1864, vol. 119, p. 340 ff. See also Smiles’ Lives of the engineers,
and, for conditions in England before the railroad, Stanley Harris, Old
coaching days, London, 1882, or W. O. Tristram’s book on the same
subject, London, 1893.
For the bibliography of canals and railroads see Bowker and Iles, and
Palgrave’s Dictionary. Among the many books the following will probably
be most serviceable: E. J. James, Canal and railway; J. S. Jeans, Water-
ways; E. R. Johnson, *Railways; A. T. Hadley, *Railroad transportation. All
of these include historical and descriptive matter, along with economic
criticism. **The American Railway, made up of articles contributed by
various authors to Scribner’s Magazine, has much matter of value and
interest to the student of the history of commerce.
Review, 1864, vol. 119, p. 340 ff. See also Smiles’ Lives of the engineers,
and, for conditions in England before the railroad, Stanley Harris, Old
coaching days, London, 1882, or W. O. Tristram’s book on the same
subject, London, 1893.
For the bibliography of canals and railroads see Bowker and Iles, and
Palgrave’s Dictionary. Among the many books the following will probably
be most serviceable: E. J. James, Canal and railway; J. S. Jeans, Water-
ways; E. R. Johnson, *Railways; A. T. Hadley, *Railroad transportation. All
of these include historical and descriptive matter, along with economic
criticism. **The American Railway, made up of articles contributed by
various authors to Scribner’s Magazine, has much matter of value and
interest to the student of the history of commerce.
Page 295
CHAPTER XXXI
MEANS OF NAVIGATION AND COMMUNICATION
354. Transportation by sailing vessels and steamers.—Steam has won
for itself, in the course of the century, the commanding place in sea
transportation as well as in land transportation. The struggle with
competitors has lasted longer and the victory has been less complete. Steam
navigation, however, offers such advantages in sureness, safety, speed, and
cost, that sailing vessels have been forced out of some of the most
important branches of commerce, and must content themselves with what
the steamers leave them. Reference to the table at the opening of the
preceding chapter will enable the student to follow the development of the
means of transportation by sea in the course of the century, and to observe
the growth in importance of the steamer. In explanation of the figures of
carrying-power it should be said that a steamer is regarded as having three
or four times the efficiency of a sailing vessel of equal tonnage; such an
estimate is, of course, a mere approximation, and, indeed, the figures of
tonnage, especially in the earlier part of the century, are themselves very
uncertain.
355. Development of sailing vessels.—European sailing vessels at the
opening of the century followed substantially the clumsy lines of the old
East Indiamen. The chief credit for the improvement of wooden vessels is
due to the Americans, whose clipper ships, marvels of grace and speed,
were without rivals in their day. The clipper Dreadnought made the passage
from New York to Queenstown in less than ten days, and in 1846 the
American Tornado, starting from England with an early steamer of the
Cunard line, reached America before her. The Great Republic, an American
four-masted clipper, was of 3,400 tons and was the largest sailing vessel in
the world; British ships of this period rarely exceeded a thousand tons in
register.
The suggestion of iron for building ships was met at first with ridicule;
some people, of course, thought that an iron ship would surely sink, and
more serious objections were found in the cost, the derangement of the
compass, and the fouling of the ship’s bottom. Iron, however, came
gradually into use for steamers, and, after 1850, was applied more and more
MEANS OF NAVIGATION AND COMMUNICATION
354. Transportation by sailing vessels and steamers.—Steam has won
for itself, in the course of the century, the commanding place in sea
transportation as well as in land transportation. The struggle with
competitors has lasted longer and the victory has been less complete. Steam
navigation, however, offers such advantages in sureness, safety, speed, and
cost, that sailing vessels have been forced out of some of the most
important branches of commerce, and must content themselves with what
the steamers leave them. Reference to the table at the opening of the
preceding chapter will enable the student to follow the development of the
means of transportation by sea in the course of the century, and to observe
the growth in importance of the steamer. In explanation of the figures of
carrying-power it should be said that a steamer is regarded as having three
or four times the efficiency of a sailing vessel of equal tonnage; such an
estimate is, of course, a mere approximation, and, indeed, the figures of
tonnage, especially in the earlier part of the century, are themselves very
uncertain.
355. Development of sailing vessels.—European sailing vessels at the
opening of the century followed substantially the clumsy lines of the old
East Indiamen. The chief credit for the improvement of wooden vessels is
due to the Americans, whose clipper ships, marvels of grace and speed,
were without rivals in their day. The clipper Dreadnought made the passage
from New York to Queenstown in less than ten days, and in 1846 the
American Tornado, starting from England with an early steamer of the
Cunard line, reached America before her. The Great Republic, an American
four-masted clipper, was of 3,400 tons and was the largest sailing vessel in
the world; British ships of this period rarely exceeded a thousand tons in
register.
The suggestion of iron for building ships was met at first with ridicule;
some people, of course, thought that an iron ship would surely sink, and
more serious objections were found in the cost, the derangement of the
compass, and the fouling of the ship’s bottom. Iron, however, came
gradually into use for steamers, and, after 1850, was applied more and more
Page 296
generally to the constructions of sailing vessels. Iron vessels were actually
superior in buoyancy to wooden, drawing less water and carrying more
cargo with a given tonnage; they were cheaper in the long run, because they
are stronger, more durable, and less exposed to destruction by fire.
Furthermore, iron was absolutely essential if the size of ships was to be
increased. Builders of wooden ships were limited by the average height of
trees, and, in spite of all devices, could not construct a frame sufficiently
strong for a vessel exceeding about 300 feet in length. The size of an iron or
steel ship is practically unlimited. The cost of ships constructed of metal has
decreased with advances in the manufacture of iron and steel; remedies,
fairly satisfactory, have been found for the derangement of the compass;
and though it has been found impracticable to apply copper sheathing to
steel ships, the fouling of the bottom is an evil of minor importance.
356. Relative decline of sailing vessels, notwithstanding
improvements.—During the second half of the nineteenth century the
wooden ship gradually disappeared from the seas, giving place to vessels
constructed first of iron and then of steel. The country which suffered most
from the change, as will appear later, was the United States; the country
best prepared to profit by it was England. The English now rapidly enlarged
the dimensions of their ships, and improved their rig and model. Some of
the modern steel ships carry 5,000 tons of cargo, or even more. A study of
winds prevailing on the ocean, to which an American officer, Maury, made
important contributions, enabled sailing vessels to choose a course which,
on many routes, shortened the duration of the voyage a third or more. Steam
has been applied for handling the cargo, and for managing the rudder and
sails.
In spite of all improvements the sailing vessel has not been able to keep
its share of sea-borne commerce. So much depends on certainty in modern
business that the merchant will gladly pay a higher freight rate to be
relieved of the element of uncertainty which is bound to attend navigation
by sails. Steamers now exceed the sailing vessels of the world not only in
tonnage, and still more in effective carrying capacity, but even in number
also, if only vessels of 100 tons and above are counted.
357. Steamers used at first chiefly for internal navigation.—American
inventors made a practical success of steam navigation soon after 1800; a
brief notice of their work will be given later. The steamer was used at first,
however, chiefly for internal navigation and for short coasting voyages. It
superior in buoyancy to wooden, drawing less water and carrying more
cargo with a given tonnage; they were cheaper in the long run, because they
are stronger, more durable, and less exposed to destruction by fire.
Furthermore, iron was absolutely essential if the size of ships was to be
increased. Builders of wooden ships were limited by the average height of
trees, and, in spite of all devices, could not construct a frame sufficiently
strong for a vessel exceeding about 300 feet in length. The size of an iron or
steel ship is practically unlimited. The cost of ships constructed of metal has
decreased with advances in the manufacture of iron and steel; remedies,
fairly satisfactory, have been found for the derangement of the compass;
and though it has been found impracticable to apply copper sheathing to
steel ships, the fouling of the bottom is an evil of minor importance.
356. Relative decline of sailing vessels, notwithstanding
improvements.—During the second half of the nineteenth century the
wooden ship gradually disappeared from the seas, giving place to vessels
constructed first of iron and then of steel. The country which suffered most
from the change, as will appear later, was the United States; the country
best prepared to profit by it was England. The English now rapidly enlarged
the dimensions of their ships, and improved their rig and model. Some of
the modern steel ships carry 5,000 tons of cargo, or even more. A study of
winds prevailing on the ocean, to which an American officer, Maury, made
important contributions, enabled sailing vessels to choose a course which,
on many routes, shortened the duration of the voyage a third or more. Steam
has been applied for handling the cargo, and for managing the rudder and
sails.
In spite of all improvements the sailing vessel has not been able to keep
its share of sea-borne commerce. So much depends on certainty in modern
business that the merchant will gladly pay a higher freight rate to be
relieved of the element of uncertainty which is bound to attend navigation
by sails. Steamers now exceed the sailing vessels of the world not only in
tonnage, and still more in effective carrying capacity, but even in number
also, if only vessels of 100 tons and above are counted.
357. Steamers used at first chiefly for internal navigation.—American
inventors made a practical success of steam navigation soon after 1800; a
brief notice of their work will be given later. The steamer was used at first,
however, chiefly for internal navigation and for short coasting voyages. It
Page 297
was of immense importance in furthering the development of the
Mississippi Valley in America; and it soon made a place for itself on the
European rivers. About 1840 there was a rapid development of steam
transportation on the German rivers, and this has not ceased to grow in
volume and efficiency. Chains have been laid along some of the river beds;
on the Elbe, for instance, a chain extends all the way across Germany and
even into Bohemia; and by this means steamboats are enabled to haul their
barges up-stream against a strong current. The application of steam to ocean
navigation did not become of great importance until about the middle of the
century. At that time only one fifth of the steam tonnage entering British
ports came from foreign ports; the rest was employed still in the coasting
trade.
358. Beginnings of steam navigation of the Atlantic.—The credit for
the first passage across the Atlantic by steam has often been ascribed to the
American ship Savannah, which arrived at Liverpool in 1819 after a voyage
of twenty-nine days. This boat, however, should be classed as a sailing ship
with auxiliary engine, rather than as a steamer; the paddle-wheels were
arranged to be removed and hoisted on deck when the wind was fair. It
made most of the distance by sailing, and the scanty supply of coal gave out
before it reached its port, so that, as the log reads, there was “no cole to git
up steam.” A Canadian boat, the Royal William, actually did make the
whole passage under steam in 1833, but stopped at Pictou for coal on the
way; while the first regular steamship to cross without recoaling was the
Great Western in 1838. The considerable intervals between these trips show
that navigation of the ocean by steam was still in its experimental stage.
Indeed, in the very year 1838, in which the Great Western and the Sirius
began the period of practical application, a leading English scientist set out
to prove by arguments and statistics that the project of connecting Liverpool
and New York by direct steamer trips was “perfectly chimerical.” The
Cunard Company was founded the next year; and some measure of the
appreciation of the American people is given by the fact that when Mr.
Cunard arrived at Boston in 1840, on the first trip of the new line, he
received (it is said) no less than 1,873 invitations to dinner within twenty-
four hours!
359. Improvement of the means of steam navigation.—The early
steamers were moved by paddle-wheels, which offer special advantages for
use in shallow water, but which are not so efficient as the screw propeller in
Mississippi Valley in America; and it soon made a place for itself on the
European rivers. About 1840 there was a rapid development of steam
transportation on the German rivers, and this has not ceased to grow in
volume and efficiency. Chains have been laid along some of the river beds;
on the Elbe, for instance, a chain extends all the way across Germany and
even into Bohemia; and by this means steamboats are enabled to haul their
barges up-stream against a strong current. The application of steam to ocean
navigation did not become of great importance until about the middle of the
century. At that time only one fifth of the steam tonnage entering British
ports came from foreign ports; the rest was employed still in the coasting
trade.
358. Beginnings of steam navigation of the Atlantic.—The credit for
the first passage across the Atlantic by steam has often been ascribed to the
American ship Savannah, which arrived at Liverpool in 1819 after a voyage
of twenty-nine days. This boat, however, should be classed as a sailing ship
with auxiliary engine, rather than as a steamer; the paddle-wheels were
arranged to be removed and hoisted on deck when the wind was fair. It
made most of the distance by sailing, and the scanty supply of coal gave out
before it reached its port, so that, as the log reads, there was “no cole to git
up steam.” A Canadian boat, the Royal William, actually did make the
whole passage under steam in 1833, but stopped at Pictou for coal on the
way; while the first regular steamship to cross without recoaling was the
Great Western in 1838. The considerable intervals between these trips show
that navigation of the ocean by steam was still in its experimental stage.
Indeed, in the very year 1838, in which the Great Western and the Sirius
began the period of practical application, a leading English scientist set out
to prove by arguments and statistics that the project of connecting Liverpool
and New York by direct steamer trips was “perfectly chimerical.” The
Cunard Company was founded the next year; and some measure of the
appreciation of the American people is given by the fact that when Mr.
Cunard arrived at Boston in 1840, on the first trip of the new line, he
received (it is said) no less than 1,873 invitations to dinner within twenty-
four hours!
359. Improvement of the means of steam navigation.—The early
steamers were moved by paddle-wheels, which offer special advantages for
use in shallow water, but which are not so efficient as the screw propeller in
Page 298
the open sea. They require heavier and bulkier engines which must be
placed in the best part of the ship, they waste power, and they show the
effects of wear and tear more quickly. The Great Britain, which made its
first voyage in 1845, was noteworthy on two accounts: it was the first large
steamer (over 3,000 tons) to be built of iron, and it was the first to introduce
the screw in ocean navigation. These two improvements were adopted by
the Inman line (1850) and were gradually accepted by other builders.
In the second half of the century various improvements have added still
more to the efficiency of the ocean steamer. Early steamers ran under such a
low steam pressure that we find recorded in the log-book of one, “Broke the
larboard steam-pipe, lapped it with canvas and rope-yarn and proceeded”!
Higher pressures were introduced, and after about 1870 the steam was more
fully utilized by compound engines, of which some have three or even four
sets of cylinders. The introduction of twin screws, first applied to the City of
New York (1889), has added rather to the safety than the speed of a passage,
by permitting further development of the system of water-tight
compartments.
360. Gains resulting from increase in size.—Another most important
factor in the development of efficient steamers has been mere growth in
size. A ship’s carrying power varies as the cube of her dimensions, while the
resistance offered by the water increases only a little faster than the square
of her dimensions. Large ships, therefore, consume less coal per ton of
cargo, and as large boilers and engines consume coal more efficiently than
small ones, there is a double gain. Here again, as in the case of railroads, the
introduction of cheap steel has been of immense importance, and may fairly
be said to have revolutionized the art of ship-building since 1875. While in
1880 nine tenths of British steamers were still constructed of iron, the
proportion had sunk in 1890 to less than one twentieth, and the employment
of steel is now almost universal. From steel are constructed the great cargo-
carriers and the fast express steamers of the modern oceanic service. Some
conception of the progress that has been made can be got by a comparison
with earlier conditions. In 1841 the total steam tonnage of the British
Empire was 188,000; nowadays a single steamer (Leviathan, Majestic) has
a tonnage in excess of 50,000. The horse-power of British steamers in 1841
was estimated at 75,000; nowadays a single steamer, has an indicated horse-
power almost equal to that total. The boilers of a modern express steamer
(Teutonic) were required to evaporate 120 tons of water every hour, yet so
placed in the best part of the ship, they waste power, and they show the
effects of wear and tear more quickly. The Great Britain, which made its
first voyage in 1845, was noteworthy on two accounts: it was the first large
steamer (over 3,000 tons) to be built of iron, and it was the first to introduce
the screw in ocean navigation. These two improvements were adopted by
the Inman line (1850) and were gradually accepted by other builders.
In the second half of the century various improvements have added still
more to the efficiency of the ocean steamer. Early steamers ran under such a
low steam pressure that we find recorded in the log-book of one, “Broke the
larboard steam-pipe, lapped it with canvas and rope-yarn and proceeded”!
Higher pressures were introduced, and after about 1870 the steam was more
fully utilized by compound engines, of which some have three or even four
sets of cylinders. The introduction of twin screws, first applied to the City of
New York (1889), has added rather to the safety than the speed of a passage,
by permitting further development of the system of water-tight
compartments.
360. Gains resulting from increase in size.—Another most important
factor in the development of efficient steamers has been mere growth in
size. A ship’s carrying power varies as the cube of her dimensions, while the
resistance offered by the water increases only a little faster than the square
of her dimensions. Large ships, therefore, consume less coal per ton of
cargo, and as large boilers and engines consume coal more efficiently than
small ones, there is a double gain. Here again, as in the case of railroads, the
introduction of cheap steel has been of immense importance, and may fairly
be said to have revolutionized the art of ship-building since 1875. While in
1880 nine tenths of British steamers were still constructed of iron, the
proportion had sunk in 1890 to less than one twentieth, and the employment
of steel is now almost universal. From steel are constructed the great cargo-
carriers and the fast express steamers of the modern oceanic service. Some
conception of the progress that has been made can be got by a comparison
with earlier conditions. In 1841 the total steam tonnage of the British
Empire was 188,000; nowadays a single steamer (Leviathan, Majestic) has
a tonnage in excess of 50,000. The horse-power of British steamers in 1841
was estimated at 75,000; nowadays a single steamer, has an indicated horse-
power almost equal to that total. The boilers of a modern express steamer
(Teutonic) were required to evaporate 120 tons of water every hour, yet so
Page 299
thoroughly is the heat utilized that it was said of a steamer some years ago
that the burning of a sheet of paper would move a ton a mile.
361. Resulting decline in freight rates.—Even in 1884 a competent
writer could make this interesting statement: twenty years before, a steamer
of 3,000 tons had to allow for coal and machinery on a given voyage 2,200
tons, and must confine the cargo to the remaining space; at the date when he
wrote the great improvements had reversed the proportions, so that only
800 tons were needed for motive power and 2,200 were devoted to cargo.
Manifestly steamship owners would be enabled by a change of this
character to lower greatly the charges for transportation, and freight rates
have, in fact, declined steadily in the course of the century. Lancashire
spinners could transport their raw cotton from the source of supply in
America at one sixteenth the cost which they had to bear sixty years before.
Even in the last quarter of the century ocean freight rates dropped to one
half, one third, or even one fourth, of the figures prevailing in 1874.
Conditions such as have been thus briefly suggested explain the immense
increase in sea-borne traffic during the century. For the carriage of that
traffic the merchant has now at his disposal not only the sailing ship and the
“tramp,” the general-utility steamer, but also a multitude of special boats for
special services: the tank-steamer for transporting liquids cheaply, the cattle
steamer for live stock, and the steamer with refrigerators for dead meat, the
fruit steamer, etc. The use of oil as fuel and the introduction of explosion
motors of the Diesel type promise to raise still higher the efficiency of
transportation.
362. Modern ship canals.—This survey of the development of the
means of navigation may fitly be closed by a brief consideration of the
modern ship canals and their contribution to the growth of trade. There
were, in 1900, a round dozen of these canals, capable of receiving sea-going
ships. Some, serving special ports (Amsterdam, Manchester, etc.) were of
purely local importance. Others have disappointed the expectations of their
promoters. The canal across the isthmus of Corinth has been a distinct
failure, and the Kaiser Wilhelm Canal, between the North and Baltic seas,
has not yet acquired the share of commerce which its projectors promised
for it. Leaving aside the St. Mary’s canal in America there was up to 1914
but one ship canal which had proved its commanding importance, namely
the Suez Canal.
that the burning of a sheet of paper would move a ton a mile.
361. Resulting decline in freight rates.—Even in 1884 a competent
writer could make this interesting statement: twenty years before, a steamer
of 3,000 tons had to allow for coal and machinery on a given voyage 2,200
tons, and must confine the cargo to the remaining space; at the date when he
wrote the great improvements had reversed the proportions, so that only
800 tons were needed for motive power and 2,200 were devoted to cargo.
Manifestly steamship owners would be enabled by a change of this
character to lower greatly the charges for transportation, and freight rates
have, in fact, declined steadily in the course of the century. Lancashire
spinners could transport their raw cotton from the source of supply in
America at one sixteenth the cost which they had to bear sixty years before.
Even in the last quarter of the century ocean freight rates dropped to one
half, one third, or even one fourth, of the figures prevailing in 1874.
Conditions such as have been thus briefly suggested explain the immense
increase in sea-borne traffic during the century. For the carriage of that
traffic the merchant has now at his disposal not only the sailing ship and the
“tramp,” the general-utility steamer, but also a multitude of special boats for
special services: the tank-steamer for transporting liquids cheaply, the cattle
steamer for live stock, and the steamer with refrigerators for dead meat, the
fruit steamer, etc. The use of oil as fuel and the introduction of explosion
motors of the Diesel type promise to raise still higher the efficiency of
transportation.
362. Modern ship canals.—This survey of the development of the
means of navigation may fitly be closed by a brief consideration of the
modern ship canals and their contribution to the growth of trade. There
were, in 1900, a round dozen of these canals, capable of receiving sea-going
ships. Some, serving special ports (Amsterdam, Manchester, etc.) were of
purely local importance. Others have disappointed the expectations of their
promoters. The canal across the isthmus of Corinth has been a distinct
failure, and the Kaiser Wilhelm Canal, between the North and Baltic seas,
has not yet acquired the share of commerce which its projectors promised
for it. Leaving aside the St. Mary’s canal in America there was up to 1914
but one ship canal which had proved its commanding importance, namely
the Suez Canal.
Page 300
A map of the world shows two narrow strips of land left by nature almost
as though with the design of stimulating men to pierce them, the isthmus of
Suez and the isthmus of Panama. A canal at either point unites not countries
or small seas, but continents and great oceans, and saves thousands of miles
in the routes of trade. The American isthmus presents great difficulties to
the construction of a canal, but the Suez route runs through a district
composed almost entirely of sand, with no elevation above 50 or 60 feet
and with considerable parts actually below the level of the sea.
363. The Suez Canal, and its services to commerce.—The scheme of
reopening the route across the isthmus of Suez, which, as said in the first
chapter, had been made practicable for small vessels before the time of
Christ, and had been rendered useless in the Middle Ages, was certain to
rise as commerce between Europe and the East increased in volume. It is
said to have been entertained by Napoleon I among others, but the credit for
its accomplishment belongs to a French engineer and promoter, Ferdinand
Lesseps. After more than ten years spent in preparation, work was finally
begun in 1860, and the canal was ready for use in 1869.
The success of the Suez Canal may be gaged, from the investor’s
standpoint, by the fact that dividends have risen to 20 per cent, from the
public standpoint by the fact that the tonnage accommodated by the canal in
1891 exceeded ten million, in 1907 exceeded twenty million, and in general
has been roughly equal to the tonnage entering and leaving any one of the
great seaports of the world. The duration of the voyage to India has been
shortened by a third, and more than half of the voyages to the East are now
made through the canal rather than around the Cape of Good Hope. The
canal has been an important influence in furthering the growth of the
world’s steam tonnage, for it is practically barred to sailing vessels by the
difficulties of navigation in the Red Sea; no sea-going sailing vessel has
passed through it for years. It has made possible the movement of bulky
wares formerly excluded from the trade with the East by the expense of
transportation: rice, wheat, petroleum, and coal. It has not, however,
produced one result which was expected, the diversion of trade to the
countries of southern Europe, as in the time before the passage around the
Cape had been discovered. Three quarters, in tonnage, of the ships using the
canal have been British, and ships from the countries of northern Europe
make up most of the remainder.
as though with the design of stimulating men to pierce them, the isthmus of
Suez and the isthmus of Panama. A canal at either point unites not countries
or small seas, but continents and great oceans, and saves thousands of miles
in the routes of trade. The American isthmus presents great difficulties to
the construction of a canal, but the Suez route runs through a district
composed almost entirely of sand, with no elevation above 50 or 60 feet
and with considerable parts actually below the level of the sea.
363. The Suez Canal, and its services to commerce.—The scheme of
reopening the route across the isthmus of Suez, which, as said in the first
chapter, had been made practicable for small vessels before the time of
Christ, and had been rendered useless in the Middle Ages, was certain to
rise as commerce between Europe and the East increased in volume. It is
said to have been entertained by Napoleon I among others, but the credit for
its accomplishment belongs to a French engineer and promoter, Ferdinand
Lesseps. After more than ten years spent in preparation, work was finally
begun in 1860, and the canal was ready for use in 1869.
The success of the Suez Canal may be gaged, from the investor’s
standpoint, by the fact that dividends have risen to 20 per cent, from the
public standpoint by the fact that the tonnage accommodated by the canal in
1891 exceeded ten million, in 1907 exceeded twenty million, and in general
has been roughly equal to the tonnage entering and leaving any one of the
great seaports of the world. The duration of the voyage to India has been
shortened by a third, and more than half of the voyages to the East are now
made through the canal rather than around the Cape of Good Hope. The
canal has been an important influence in furthering the growth of the
world’s steam tonnage, for it is practically barred to sailing vessels by the
difficulties of navigation in the Red Sea; no sea-going sailing vessel has
passed through it for years. It has made possible the movement of bulky
wares formerly excluded from the trade with the East by the expense of
transportation: rice, wheat, petroleum, and coal. It has not, however,
produced one result which was expected, the diversion of trade to the
countries of southern Europe, as in the time before the passage around the
Cape had been discovered. Three quarters, in tonnage, of the ships using the
canal have been British, and ships from the countries of northern Europe
make up most of the remainder.
Page 301
364. The Panama Canal.—Lesseps could not match in America the
success which he had attained at Suez. A French company promoted by him
started work at Panama in 1881, but became bankrupt before it had made
much progress. Mismanagement at home, disease on the isthmus, above all
the tremendous difficulties which nature has placed in the way of a canal at
sea level, contributed to this result. The United States took up as a national
enterprise a work which now offered but little attraction to private capital,
bought out the French company, and in 1904 made arrangements to begin
operations. Taught by the experience of the past the government decided on
a canal with locks, reaching an altitude of 85 feet above sea level, and took
the precautions suggested by sanitary science to protect the laborers against
the menaces of plague, yellow fever and malaria. Under army engineers the
work was carried on to a successful conclusion, and the canal was opened
to traffic in August, 1914. The cost of construction was about $350,000,000.
In the first year of its operation the Panama Canal accommodated about
five million tons of shipping; in the year ending in 1920 the figure had risen
to about ten. The dislocation of traffic caused by the European War, and
interruptions occasioned by earthslides in the Gaillard cut, made the growth
of traffic slow and somewhat irregular. Figures for the traffic of the Suez
Canal given in the preceding section show that the canal across the
American isthmus could not rival in its early years the position of its older
competitor for the world’s trade. Even more impressive is a comparison
with the figures of traffic through the Sault Ste. Marie canals, on the
northern border of the United States. The cargo tonnage by the lake route in
1920 was over eight-fold that carried through the isthmus. The Panama
Canal, to 1920, had just about paid the expense of operation and
maintenance. There seems no question, however, that apart from important
military considerations, the construction of the canal will be justified by the
contribution that it will make to the commercial development of the Pacific.
365. The postal service about 1800.—Increased facility in sending
communications to a distance has attended the improvement of the means
of transportation by land and sea. During the early part of the century the
postal service was still cramped by old methods and high charges. In
England, for instance, in the period after 1827 and before the reform,
postage of fourpence (eight cents) was charged for the carriage of a letter
any distance not exceeding 15 miles, and the postage increased with the
distance: 8 pence for 80 miles, 12 pence for 300, 15 pence for 600, etc. The
success which he had attained at Suez. A French company promoted by him
started work at Panama in 1881, but became bankrupt before it had made
much progress. Mismanagement at home, disease on the isthmus, above all
the tremendous difficulties which nature has placed in the way of a canal at
sea level, contributed to this result. The United States took up as a national
enterprise a work which now offered but little attraction to private capital,
bought out the French company, and in 1904 made arrangements to begin
operations. Taught by the experience of the past the government decided on
a canal with locks, reaching an altitude of 85 feet above sea level, and took
the precautions suggested by sanitary science to protect the laborers against
the menaces of plague, yellow fever and malaria. Under army engineers the
work was carried on to a successful conclusion, and the canal was opened
to traffic in August, 1914. The cost of construction was about $350,000,000.
In the first year of its operation the Panama Canal accommodated about
five million tons of shipping; in the year ending in 1920 the figure had risen
to about ten. The dislocation of traffic caused by the European War, and
interruptions occasioned by earthslides in the Gaillard cut, made the growth
of traffic slow and somewhat irregular. Figures for the traffic of the Suez
Canal given in the preceding section show that the canal across the
American isthmus could not rival in its early years the position of its older
competitor for the world’s trade. Even more impressive is a comparison
with the figures of traffic through the Sault Ste. Marie canals, on the
northern border of the United States. The cargo tonnage by the lake route in
1920 was over eight-fold that carried through the isthmus. The Panama
Canal, to 1920, had just about paid the expense of operation and
maintenance. There seems no question, however, that apart from important
military considerations, the construction of the canal will be justified by the
contribution that it will make to the commercial development of the Pacific.
365. The postal service about 1800.—Increased facility in sending
communications to a distance has attended the improvement of the means
of transportation by land and sea. During the early part of the century the
postal service was still cramped by old methods and high charges. In
England, for instance, in the period after 1827 and before the reform,
postage of fourpence (eight cents) was charged for the carriage of a letter
any distance not exceeding 15 miles, and the postage increased with the
distance: 8 pence for 80 miles, 12 pence for 300, 15 pence for 600, etc. The
Page 302
government charged, in some cases, nearly five hundred times the actual
cost. Under these conditions little use, naturally, was made of the post, and
it carried, on an annual average, only three letters for each member of the
population. Many letters were sent illicitly by private means of conveyance,
and the postal revenue remained nearly stationary for many years before
1839, in spite of the growth of the country in population and business
activity. Conditions were better in some states of the Continent, notably
Germany, but would still be regarded everywhere as backward.
366. Postal reforms and their results.—A new era in the English postal
system dates from the introduction by Rowland Hill of the penny post; after
1840 a letter weighing not over half an ounce could be sent to any place in
the United Kingdom if prepaid by a stamp costing one penny. Similar
reductions were adopted in other countries; and new facilities were
extended for the mailing of cards, printed matter, and periodicals, samples
of merchandise, etc. An international Postal Union was established in 1874
among the chief countries of the world, which agreed on common rates of
foreign postage, and arranged to cooperate in carrying on the postal service.
This Union has improved greatly the means of distant postal
communication, and has grown to include practically the whole civilized
world, with the exception of China.
It is easy to follow the effects of the various reforms and improvements
in the increased use of the mails. In the United Kingdom, for instance, the
number of letters sent per head of the population has increased as follows:
1839, 3; 1840, 7; 1872, 28; 1882, 35. The post has developed from a luxury
into a social and industrial necessity, and the extent to which it is used in
any country furnishes a fair index by which to judge of the country’s
advancement. The following countries may be taken as examples, the
figures showing the number of pieces of mail sent annually about 1900, per
head of the population: United States, 100; United Kingdom, 85; Germany,
81; France, 55; Italy, 17; Japan, 13; Spain, 12; Russian Empire, 5.
367. The telegraph before the application of electricity.—In passing to
another subject, electricity, we may still consider ourselves as continuing
the discussion of the applications of steam, so dependent are we still on coal
and steam for the means of producing and using this new force. Among the
manifold applications of electricity in modern life we must here confine
ourselves to its use as a means of communication.
cost. Under these conditions little use, naturally, was made of the post, and
it carried, on an annual average, only three letters for each member of the
population. Many letters were sent illicitly by private means of conveyance,
and the postal revenue remained nearly stationary for many years before
1839, in spite of the growth of the country in population and business
activity. Conditions were better in some states of the Continent, notably
Germany, but would still be regarded everywhere as backward.
366. Postal reforms and their results.—A new era in the English postal
system dates from the introduction by Rowland Hill of the penny post; after
1840 a letter weighing not over half an ounce could be sent to any place in
the United Kingdom if prepaid by a stamp costing one penny. Similar
reductions were adopted in other countries; and new facilities were
extended for the mailing of cards, printed matter, and periodicals, samples
of merchandise, etc. An international Postal Union was established in 1874
among the chief countries of the world, which agreed on common rates of
foreign postage, and arranged to cooperate in carrying on the postal service.
This Union has improved greatly the means of distant postal
communication, and has grown to include practically the whole civilized
world, with the exception of China.
It is easy to follow the effects of the various reforms and improvements
in the increased use of the mails. In the United Kingdom, for instance, the
number of letters sent per head of the population has increased as follows:
1839, 3; 1840, 7; 1872, 28; 1882, 35. The post has developed from a luxury
into a social and industrial necessity, and the extent to which it is used in
any country furnishes a fair index by which to judge of the country’s
advancement. The following countries may be taken as examples, the
figures showing the number of pieces of mail sent annually about 1900, per
head of the population: United States, 100; United Kingdom, 85; Germany,
81; France, 55; Italy, 17; Japan, 13; Spain, 12; Russian Empire, 5.
367. The telegraph before the application of electricity.—In passing to
another subject, electricity, we may still consider ourselves as continuing
the discussion of the applications of steam, so dependent are we still on coal
and steam for the means of producing and using this new force. Among the
manifold applications of electricity in modern life we must here confine
ourselves to its use as a means of communication.
Page 303
The telegraph, a word meaning “far-writing,” existed long before men
thought of applying electricity to its operation. The need of sending
messages quickly to distant places had led in many countries, before 1800,
to a system of signaling by means of instruments much like the semaphores
of the modern railroad. The crudeness of such a system is apparent.
Communication depended entirely on clear weather and careful observers.
Under favorable conditions the speed of signaling was really surprising; a
despatch could be sent, for instance, from Paris to Strassburg, by 45
stations, in 61⁄2 minutes. It was estimated, however, that of the messages
received only a quarter reached their destination promptly, another quarter
were from six to twenty-four hours late, while half had to be forwarded by
the ordinary post. Aerial telegraphy, therefore, never attained to great
importance, and was restricted largely to government business.
368. The electric telegraph.—Practical telegraphy dates from about
1840, when the inventions of the American Morse, and the Englishman
Wheatstone, made the use of electricity possible wherever an insulated
conductor could be laid. Imperfect as were the early instruments they
accomplished their purpose with remarkable success. The telegraph, indeed,
has probably undergone less change in the course of its extension and
practical development than any other invention of equal importance. We
must look, therefore, to explain the great extension of its use, as shown in
the statistics at the opening of the chapter, not so much for technical
improvements as for a recognition of the value of the telegraph on the part
of the public. It found an immediate application on the railroads, and
provided them with a means of intelligence and control almost as important
as is the nervous system to a human being. It was used at once, moreover,
by governments. Little by little it made its way into business life, where it
has found its chief field of usefulness, and where it has effected some most
important changes, to be noted later.
Since about 1880 the telephone has made a place for itself beside the
telegraph, serving the convenience of individual consumers as the telegraph
serves the needs of the great captains of industry and commerce, and
constantly strengthening its position also as an instrument for the
transaction of business.
369. Submarine telegraph lines.—The telegraph, which soon became of
national and international importance, was still of restricted influence so
long as it was confined to the land lines. Experiments on a modest scale,
thought of applying electricity to its operation. The need of sending
messages quickly to distant places had led in many countries, before 1800,
to a system of signaling by means of instruments much like the semaphores
of the modern railroad. The crudeness of such a system is apparent.
Communication depended entirely on clear weather and careful observers.
Under favorable conditions the speed of signaling was really surprising; a
despatch could be sent, for instance, from Paris to Strassburg, by 45
stations, in 61⁄2 minutes. It was estimated, however, that of the messages
received only a quarter reached their destination promptly, another quarter
were from six to twenty-four hours late, while half had to be forwarded by
the ordinary post. Aerial telegraphy, therefore, never attained to great
importance, and was restricted largely to government business.
368. The electric telegraph.—Practical telegraphy dates from about
1840, when the inventions of the American Morse, and the Englishman
Wheatstone, made the use of electricity possible wherever an insulated
conductor could be laid. Imperfect as were the early instruments they
accomplished their purpose with remarkable success. The telegraph, indeed,
has probably undergone less change in the course of its extension and
practical development than any other invention of equal importance. We
must look, therefore, to explain the great extension of its use, as shown in
the statistics at the opening of the chapter, not so much for technical
improvements as for a recognition of the value of the telegraph on the part
of the public. It found an immediate application on the railroads, and
provided them with a means of intelligence and control almost as important
as is the nervous system to a human being. It was used at once, moreover,
by governments. Little by little it made its way into business life, where it
has found its chief field of usefulness, and where it has effected some most
important changes, to be noted later.
Since about 1880 the telephone has made a place for itself beside the
telegraph, serving the convenience of individual consumers as the telegraph
serves the needs of the great captains of industry and commerce, and
constantly strengthening its position also as an instrument for the
transaction of business.
369. Submarine telegraph lines.—The telegraph, which soon became of
national and international importance, was still of restricted influence so
long as it was confined to the land lines. Experiments on a modest scale,
Page 304
about the middle of the century, had shown the possibility of conducting the
electric current through an insulated cable under water, and the world
waited only for men of faith and energy to connect continents by submarine
lines. A group of prominent Americans, of whom Cyrus W. Field was the
leader, took up the project of an Atlantic cable, failed twice in their attempts
to lay it, and succeeded in 1858 only to find, after a few days of successful
operation, that the cable had ceased to work. The project rested during the
Civil War, but in 1866 was finally accomplished. The extension of
submarine cables since that time may be followed in the statistics of the
preceding chapter. Cables now unite the peoples of all civilized nations, and
form an indispensable part of the modern world of thought, politics, and
commerce.
370. Wireless telegraphy.—To the men who were struggling to unite
continents by electrical conductors the idea that connection for the purposes
of communication could be established without any conductors whatever
would have seemed an idle dream. Yet this result has been attained by
wireless telegraphy. Electrical waves sent broadcast from a transmitting
station affect delicate instruments “tuned” to receive them at a distance of
thousands of miles, and enable messages to be sent across unsounded seas
or untraversed deserts with equal facility. Wireless telegraphy has not
displaced the older form, which still is and probably always will be more
reliable in operation. For many purposes, however, it is a useful
supplement, and for one important use it is an indispensable substitute.
Wireless instruments can be established as readily on board ship as on land,
and so permit ships to communicate with each other and with the shore.
Ships can summon aid in time of emergency, and can regularly keep in
touch with their agents so that their movements can be directed to suit the
need of markets. In 1914 over 500 wireless stations had been established on
land, and nearly ten-fold that number on board ship.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. American clippers. [Marvin, Amer. merchant marine, chap. 12; Clark,
in Harper’s Magazine, 1908, vol. 117, p. 92 ff.]
2. Is it probable that steamers will drive sailing vessels entirely from the
seas? People once thought that railroads would cause a decline in the
demand for draft-horses; has that been the case?
electric current through an insulated cable under water, and the world
waited only for men of faith and energy to connect continents by submarine
lines. A group of prominent Americans, of whom Cyrus W. Field was the
leader, took up the project of an Atlantic cable, failed twice in their attempts
to lay it, and succeeded in 1858 only to find, after a few days of successful
operation, that the cable had ceased to work. The project rested during the
Civil War, but in 1866 was finally accomplished. The extension of
submarine cables since that time may be followed in the statistics of the
preceding chapter. Cables now unite the peoples of all civilized nations, and
form an indispensable part of the modern world of thought, politics, and
commerce.
370. Wireless telegraphy.—To the men who were struggling to unite
continents by electrical conductors the idea that connection for the purposes
of communication could be established without any conductors whatever
would have seemed an idle dream. Yet this result has been attained by
wireless telegraphy. Electrical waves sent broadcast from a transmitting
station affect delicate instruments “tuned” to receive them at a distance of
thousands of miles, and enable messages to be sent across unsounded seas
or untraversed deserts with equal facility. Wireless telegraphy has not
displaced the older form, which still is and probably always will be more
reliable in operation. For many purposes, however, it is a useful
supplement, and for one important use it is an indispensable substitute.
Wireless instruments can be established as readily on board ship as on land,
and so permit ships to communicate with each other and with the shore.
Ships can summon aid in time of emergency, and can regularly keep in
touch with their agents so that their movements can be directed to suit the
need of markets. In 1914 over 500 wireless stations had been established on
land, and nearly ten-fold that number on board ship.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. American clippers. [Marvin, Amer. merchant marine, chap. 12; Clark,
in Harper’s Magazine, 1908, vol. 117, p. 92 ff.]
2. Is it probable that steamers will drive sailing vessels entirely from the
seas? People once thought that railroads would cause a decline in the
demand for draft-horses; has that been the case?
Page 305
3. The life of the merchant sailor. [W. Clark Russell, Scribner’s
Magazine, July, 1893, 14: 3-19.]
4. Early voyages by steam across the Atlantic. [Fry, 33-42.]
5. Improvement of marine engines. [Thurston, chap. 5: Maginnis, chap.
11 (technical, good plates and pictures); Chadwick in Ocean steamships, pp.
1-56.]
6. The building of an ocean steamer. [Rideing, in Ocean steamships, pp.
91-111.]
7. Freight traffic by ocean steamers. [Gould, Scribner’s Magazine, Nov.,
1891, or in Ocean steamships, p. 217 ff.]
8. Passenger travel. [Same, Magazine, April, 1891, Steamships, p. 112
ff.]
9. Steamship lines of the world. [Hunt, Scribner’s Magazine, Sept., 1891,
Ocean steamships, p. 253 ff.; Encyc. Brit.]
10. Write the history of one of the great steamship companies: Cunard,
Inman, White Star, North German Lloyd, Hamburg American, etc. [Fry,
Maginnis.]
11. Engineering achievements in modern ports. [Vernon-Harcourt, chaps.
9, 10.]
12. The Manchester ship canal. [Vernon-Harcourt, chap. 13; Porritt in
Yale Review, vol. 3, 295-310.]
13. The Corinth Canal. [Vernon-Harcourt, chap. 14; U. S. Monthly
Summary, Dec., 1901.]
14. Construction of the Suez Canal. [Vernon-Harcourt, chap. 14; Encyc.]
15. Effects of the Suez Canal. [Fairlie; U. S. Monthly Summary, Dec.,
1901.]
16. Effect of the Panama Canal on routes and traffic. [Hutchinson gives a
study of results as anticipated; see U. S. Statistical Abstract and periodical
literature for actual results.]
17. Development of the English postal system in the nineteenth century.
[Social England, 6: 237-246; Ward, Reign of Queen Victoria, 2: 118 ff.]
18. The railroad mail service. [Amer. railway, p. 312 ff.]
19. From the figures of trade given in sect. 319 and from the figures of
population in the Statesman’s Year-Book a table can be constructed giving
the commerce per head of the people of different states, for comparison
with the postal statistics in the text. Note, however, that these statistics
include domestic mail, while figures of internal commerce are lacking. The
Magazine, July, 1893, 14: 3-19.]
4. Early voyages by steam across the Atlantic. [Fry, 33-42.]
5. Improvement of marine engines. [Thurston, chap. 5: Maginnis, chap.
11 (technical, good plates and pictures); Chadwick in Ocean steamships, pp.
1-56.]
6. The building of an ocean steamer. [Rideing, in Ocean steamships, pp.
91-111.]
7. Freight traffic by ocean steamers. [Gould, Scribner’s Magazine, Nov.,
1891, or in Ocean steamships, p. 217 ff.]
8. Passenger travel. [Same, Magazine, April, 1891, Steamships, p. 112
ff.]
9. Steamship lines of the world. [Hunt, Scribner’s Magazine, Sept., 1891,
Ocean steamships, p. 253 ff.; Encyc. Brit.]
10. Write the history of one of the great steamship companies: Cunard,
Inman, White Star, North German Lloyd, Hamburg American, etc. [Fry,
Maginnis.]
11. Engineering achievements in modern ports. [Vernon-Harcourt, chaps.
9, 10.]
12. The Manchester ship canal. [Vernon-Harcourt, chap. 13; Porritt in
Yale Review, vol. 3, 295-310.]
13. The Corinth Canal. [Vernon-Harcourt, chap. 14; U. S. Monthly
Summary, Dec., 1901.]
14. Construction of the Suez Canal. [Vernon-Harcourt, chap. 14; Encyc.]
15. Effects of the Suez Canal. [Fairlie; U. S. Monthly Summary, Dec.,
1901.]
16. Effect of the Panama Canal on routes and traffic. [Hutchinson gives a
study of results as anticipated; see U. S. Statistical Abstract and periodical
literature for actual results.]
17. Development of the English postal system in the nineteenth century.
[Social England, 6: 237-246; Ward, Reign of Queen Victoria, 2: 118 ff.]
18. The railroad mail service. [Amer. railway, p. 312 ff.]
19. From the figures of trade given in sect. 319 and from the figures of
population in the Statesman’s Year-Book a table can be constructed giving
the commerce per head of the people of different states, for comparison
with the postal statistics in the text. Note, however, that these statistics
include domestic mail, while figures of internal commerce are lacking. The
Page 306
U. S., for instance, would seem to have but slight commerce per capita, in
spite of the active use of the mails, because the bulk of our trade is internal
and does not appear in statistics.
20. Development of the telegraph. [Iles, chap. 13.]
21. Extension of the telegraph system in the United States. [Eckert in
Depew, One hund. years, chap. 19.]
22. History of the submarine telegraph. [Iles, chap. 14; Charles Bright,
The story of the Atlantic cable, N. Y., Appleton, 1903, $1; U. S. Monthly
Summary, Commerce and Finance, Jan., 1899, pp. 1653-1675.]
23. Development of the telephone. [Hudson in Depew, One hundred
years, chap. 20.]
24. Distribution of wireless stations. [Map in Statesman’s Year Book,
1914, plate 4.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
For carefully studied accounts of ocean transportation in its different
aspects see Joseph R. Smith, *Organization of ocean commerce, Boston,
1905, The ocean carrier, by the same author, N. Y., 1908, and Emory R.
Johnson and G. G. Huebner, *Principles of ocean transportation, N. Y.,
1919. These books offer bibliographies which may be used to supplement
references here given. On the development of sailing ships, beside the older
books by Lindsay and Cornewall-Jones, see Adam W. Kirkaldy, British
shipping, London, 1914, A. H. Clark, The clipper ship era, 1911, books by
Basil Lubbock on ships of the clipper period, and references given later for
American shipping; on steamships there are satisfactory accounts in Fry and
Maginnis and in the collection entitled Ocean steamships. Excellent
chapters on the different ship canals, with further references, are given in
Johnson and Huebner. See also Lincoln Hutchinson, The Panama Canal, N.
Y., 1915.
Summary accounts of the development of the postal service, satisfactory
for the purposes of most readers of this book, will be found in the
encyclopedias. A scholarly study of the development, particularly in the
first half of the nineteenth century, is provided by J. C. Hemmeon, History
of the British post office, Cambridge, Harvard University, 1912. The
various applications of electricity are fully treated by Iles. Other books
aiming to describe electrical applications for the general public are by
spite of the active use of the mails, because the bulk of our trade is internal
and does not appear in statistics.
20. Development of the telegraph. [Iles, chap. 13.]
21. Extension of the telegraph system in the United States. [Eckert in
Depew, One hund. years, chap. 19.]
22. History of the submarine telegraph. [Iles, chap. 14; Charles Bright,
The story of the Atlantic cable, N. Y., Appleton, 1903, $1; U. S. Monthly
Summary, Commerce and Finance, Jan., 1899, pp. 1653-1675.]
23. Development of the telephone. [Hudson in Depew, One hundred
years, chap. 20.]
24. Distribution of wireless stations. [Map in Statesman’s Year Book,
1914, plate 4.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
For carefully studied accounts of ocean transportation in its different
aspects see Joseph R. Smith, *Organization of ocean commerce, Boston,
1905, The ocean carrier, by the same author, N. Y., 1908, and Emory R.
Johnson and G. G. Huebner, *Principles of ocean transportation, N. Y.,
1919. These books offer bibliographies which may be used to supplement
references here given. On the development of sailing ships, beside the older
books by Lindsay and Cornewall-Jones, see Adam W. Kirkaldy, British
shipping, London, 1914, A. H. Clark, The clipper ship era, 1911, books by
Basil Lubbock on ships of the clipper period, and references given later for
American shipping; on steamships there are satisfactory accounts in Fry and
Maginnis and in the collection entitled Ocean steamships. Excellent
chapters on the different ship canals, with further references, are given in
Johnson and Huebner. See also Lincoln Hutchinson, The Panama Canal, N.
Y., 1915.
Summary accounts of the development of the postal service, satisfactory
for the purposes of most readers of this book, will be found in the
encyclopedias. A scholarly study of the development, particularly in the
first half of the nineteenth century, is provided by J. C. Hemmeon, History
of the British post office, Cambridge, Harvard University, 1912. The
various applications of electricity are fully treated by Iles. Other books
aiming to describe electrical applications for the general public are by
Page 307
Tunzelmann in the Contemporary Science Series, Park Benjamin, and
Philip Atkinson. Consult the A. L. A. Catalogue for further references.
Philip Atkinson. Consult the A. L. A. Catalogue for further references.
Page 308
CHAPTER XXXII
THE WARES OF COMMERCE
371. Effect on commerce of technical progress.—It is now time to
discuss the effects on commerce of the technical changes which have been
described in preceding chapters. Following back the substance of those
chapters, the effects may be briefly summarized as follows. First, an
improvement in the means of communication and transportation which has
brought men and goods of different regions vastly nearer to each other than
they have ever been before in the world’s history. Second, a control over the
forces and materials of nature which has enabled men to manufacture old
wares more cheaply and new wares which were before unknown. Third, as
a result of the development of the transportation system, the settlement of
new countries with virgin soil and rich mineral resources, and the
connection of these countries with each other and with the countries of the
Old World.
Of these three factors any one alone would be a powerful stimulus to
trade; the three working together account for the astounding growth of
commerce during the nineteenth century. Comparing the present and earlier
periods we may characterize the advance by saying that in the Middle Ages
commerce concerned itself almost entirely with the luxuries of life; that in
the modern period (1500-1800) it served mainly men’s comfort; while in
the recent period, since 1800, it has become necessary to the very existence
of a considerable part of mankind.
372. Growth of the sphere of commerce and resulting specialization
of production.—The world has gone far toward realizing the ideal of the
early free trader, that wherever a man might be, he should share in the
productive advantages of all other men, wherever they might be. Customs
tariffs have been able to check the movement of commerce; they have been
powerless to stop it. The sphere of ordinary trade, which was once the
manor, a mere hamlet or village; which grew in time to be the town with its
surrounding country; then included the whole nation; and became in the
modern period international,—this sphere of regular and ordinary trade is
now the world. Whole countries now specialize in the production of
different articles, as individuals or small districts once did.
THE WARES OF COMMERCE
371. Effect on commerce of technical progress.—It is now time to
discuss the effects on commerce of the technical changes which have been
described in preceding chapters. Following back the substance of those
chapters, the effects may be briefly summarized as follows. First, an
improvement in the means of communication and transportation which has
brought men and goods of different regions vastly nearer to each other than
they have ever been before in the world’s history. Second, a control over the
forces and materials of nature which has enabled men to manufacture old
wares more cheaply and new wares which were before unknown. Third, as
a result of the development of the transportation system, the settlement of
new countries with virgin soil and rich mineral resources, and the
connection of these countries with each other and with the countries of the
Old World.
Of these three factors any one alone would be a powerful stimulus to
trade; the three working together account for the astounding growth of
commerce during the nineteenth century. Comparing the present and earlier
periods we may characterize the advance by saying that in the Middle Ages
commerce concerned itself almost entirely with the luxuries of life; that in
the modern period (1500-1800) it served mainly men’s comfort; while in
the recent period, since 1800, it has become necessary to the very existence
of a considerable part of mankind.
372. Growth of the sphere of commerce and resulting specialization
of production.—The world has gone far toward realizing the ideal of the
early free trader, that wherever a man might be, he should share in the
productive advantages of all other men, wherever they might be. Customs
tariffs have been able to check the movement of commerce; they have been
powerless to stop it. The sphere of ordinary trade, which was once the
manor, a mere hamlet or village; which grew in time to be the town with its
surrounding country; then included the whole nation; and became in the
modern period international,—this sphere of regular and ordinary trade is
now the world. Whole countries now specialize in the production of
different articles, as individuals or small districts once did.
Page 309
Northwestern Europe has become a great factory, drawing its food
supplies and raw materials from distant parts of the world, and exporting
manufactured products in exchange. Beside Europe stands the continent of
North America, supplying in large part the needs of its own people for
manufactures, and producing a surplus for export. North America, indeed,
stands in one aspect above Europe, for it has unexhausted stores of natural
resources which it lavishes on other parts of the world less richly endowed.
The other continents take subordinate positions. They are enabled by
commerce to procure from Europe and North America the manufactured
goods which they require, and specialize in the production of various food
supplies and raw materials for the means of purchasing these goods.
373. Abolition of the slave trade.—The description of the present
world-organization of production, and of the exchange of wares to which it
gives rise, belongs to the department of commercial geography. It is proper
here, however, to call attention to some of the marked changes in the wares
of trade which have taken place since 1800.
One ware which was, before 1800, of great commercial importance, and
which yielded immense profits to those who dealt in it, has disappeared
with the abolition of the slave trade by all civilized nations. Long before the
abolition of slavery itself, humanity revolted against the horrors of the
“middle passage,” and the protests took effective form about 1800; the
states of Europe and America agreed, one after another, that the slave-trade
under their flags, and for the supply of their territories, should cease.
374. The great wares of commerce. Coal.—For the purpose of a
summary survey the most important wares of commerce before 1800 can be
designated as belonging to the two classes, colonial products and textiles.
We shall have to note, in ensuing sections, striking changes affecting both
of these classes, and the addition to the important wares of commerce of
two new classes, mineral products and foodstuffs.
Taking first the mineral products, and including coal with them, as
common usage justifies us in doing, we find, at first sight, that this article
takes a far lower rank among the modern wares than we should expect from
its commanding importance in industrial life. There has been, it is true, a
great growth in the coal trade, and considerable quantities are exported
from England, Belgium, Germany, on occasion the United States, etc., for
use in countries lacking coal mines, or at sea. There is an immense internal
commerce in coal. In 1900 more than half of the tonnage carried on the
supplies and raw materials from distant parts of the world, and exporting
manufactured products in exchange. Beside Europe stands the continent of
North America, supplying in large part the needs of its own people for
manufactures, and producing a surplus for export. North America, indeed,
stands in one aspect above Europe, for it has unexhausted stores of natural
resources which it lavishes on other parts of the world less richly endowed.
The other continents take subordinate positions. They are enabled by
commerce to procure from Europe and North America the manufactured
goods which they require, and specialize in the production of various food
supplies and raw materials for the means of purchasing these goods.
373. Abolition of the slave trade.—The description of the present
world-organization of production, and of the exchange of wares to which it
gives rise, belongs to the department of commercial geography. It is proper
here, however, to call attention to some of the marked changes in the wares
of trade which have taken place since 1800.
One ware which was, before 1800, of great commercial importance, and
which yielded immense profits to those who dealt in it, has disappeared
with the abolition of the slave trade by all civilized nations. Long before the
abolition of slavery itself, humanity revolted against the horrors of the
“middle passage,” and the protests took effective form about 1800; the
states of Europe and America agreed, one after another, that the slave-trade
under their flags, and for the supply of their territories, should cease.
374. The great wares of commerce. Coal.—For the purpose of a
summary survey the most important wares of commerce before 1800 can be
designated as belonging to the two classes, colonial products and textiles.
We shall have to note, in ensuing sections, striking changes affecting both
of these classes, and the addition to the important wares of commerce of
two new classes, mineral products and foodstuffs.
Taking first the mineral products, and including coal with them, as
common usage justifies us in doing, we find, at first sight, that this article
takes a far lower rank among the modern wares than we should expect from
its commanding importance in industrial life. There has been, it is true, a
great growth in the coal trade, and considerable quantities are exported
from England, Belgium, Germany, on occasion the United States, etc., for
use in countries lacking coal mines, or at sea. There is an immense internal
commerce in coal. In 1900 more than half of the tonnage carried on the
Page 310
railroads of the United States consisted of mining products; and of these
coal certainly formed a very considerable, perhaps the major, part. Still coal
does not rank among the chief wares of foreign trade.
375. Metals and Manufactures.—An explanation of the comparative
insignificance of coal in foreign trade is found in its bulk. An active
industrial people can compress the value of coal, as it were, by using it near
the mines for the production and transformation of other materials. Coal is
transmuted into iron and manufactures, and so loses its identity, though it
remains still the real power behind the exports of that character.
Commerce in iron and steel, and the manufactures depending on them,
has increased enormously in the course of the century, as the reader may
readily suppose. Supplies of iron and machinery flow from the centers of
production to the less advanced countries, and the simpler tools penetrate
every nook and corner of the earth. Copper has grown greatly in
importance, as its use for electrical appliances has extended, and now forms
a considerable item in exchanges of countries like the United States and
Germany.
376. Petroleum.—Nor is the new commercial significance of mineral
products confined to the metals. In the last half century the trade in mineral
oil (petroleum, “kerosene”) has become a necessary part of the world’s
economy. One result of the great improvements in manufactures and
transportation was a demand, from all sides, for more light. Artificial
illumination was needed for the full utilization of machinery and means of
transportation; and to provide light for the newspaper reading, study, and
recreation to which people gave themselves in increasing numbers. The first
half of the century witnessed many improvements: the invention of
matches, the introduction of glass lamp-chimneys, the spread of gas
lighting, and the use of new oils for illumination. No previous advance,
however, compares in importance with the discovery that crude petroleum
could be made the source of a cheap and efficient means of illumination.
The development of the petroleum trade in the space of little more than a
generation is a matter of common knowledge, and is readily explained by
the importance of the service which it performs.
377. The grain trade; slight development before 1800.—Important and
characteristic as the trade in mineral products has grown to be in the
nineteenth century, it is still far from first place among the branches of the
coal certainly formed a very considerable, perhaps the major, part. Still coal
does not rank among the chief wares of foreign trade.
375. Metals and Manufactures.—An explanation of the comparative
insignificance of coal in foreign trade is found in its bulk. An active
industrial people can compress the value of coal, as it were, by using it near
the mines for the production and transformation of other materials. Coal is
transmuted into iron and manufactures, and so loses its identity, though it
remains still the real power behind the exports of that character.
Commerce in iron and steel, and the manufactures depending on them,
has increased enormously in the course of the century, as the reader may
readily suppose. Supplies of iron and machinery flow from the centers of
production to the less advanced countries, and the simpler tools penetrate
every nook and corner of the earth. Copper has grown greatly in
importance, as its use for electrical appliances has extended, and now forms
a considerable item in exchanges of countries like the United States and
Germany.
376. Petroleum.—Nor is the new commercial significance of mineral
products confined to the metals. In the last half century the trade in mineral
oil (petroleum, “kerosene”) has become a necessary part of the world’s
economy. One result of the great improvements in manufactures and
transportation was a demand, from all sides, for more light. Artificial
illumination was needed for the full utilization of machinery and means of
transportation; and to provide light for the newspaper reading, study, and
recreation to which people gave themselves in increasing numbers. The first
half of the century witnessed many improvements: the invention of
matches, the introduction of glass lamp-chimneys, the spread of gas
lighting, and the use of new oils for illumination. No previous advance,
however, compares in importance with the discovery that crude petroleum
could be made the source of a cheap and efficient means of illumination.
The development of the petroleum trade in the space of little more than a
generation is a matter of common knowledge, and is readily explained by
the importance of the service which it performs.
377. The grain trade; slight development before 1800.—Important and
characteristic as the trade in mineral products has grown to be in the
nineteenth century, it is still far from first place among the branches of the
Page 311
world’s commerce. The primacy belongs, without question, to the trade in
foodstuffs, especially grain.
Before the development of the modern system of transportation
commerce in foodstuffs concerned itself largely with the condiments rather
than the aliments, with spices and seasoning rather than the substantial food
staples. Even at a freight rate of 15 cents per ton-mile (and the expense of
transportation on European roads before 1800 was certainly far above that),
wheat at $1.50 a bushel would be limited to a trade-radius of 330 miles; the
whole value of the wheat would be consumed in transporting it that
distance. Transportation by sea was, of course, much less costly, and
enabled limited amounts of food to be imported under favorable conditions.
Still, food has to be grown on land, and often on land distant from any
means of water carriage; and the countries of Europe were forced in general
to a policy of self-sufficiency, raising the requisite supplies of food at home
under conditions however unfavorable. We may appreciate the short space
of time separating us from this state of affairs by noting that in France, even
in 1817, people were dying of famine in Lorraine, while wheat was
abundant in Brittany; the carriage of provisions from one province to the
other quadrupled prices. In Russia, even later (Pskov, 1845), the same
conditions prevailed.
378. Extent and importance of the grain trade at present.—Grain
formed, therefore, one of the least considerable of the wares of foreign
commerce before 1800. A French economist estimated the international
trade in grain at 30 million bushels at most. From that figure, comparatively
insignificant, the grain trade of the world had risen, even in 1887, to over
1,500 million bushels; grain formed then, in value, almost one tenth of the
total of the wares of trade, and in importance far exceeded any other ware.
The expense of transportation had undergone such a vast diminution that
one day’s wages of a common laborer would pay for the carriage over a
thousand miles of all the grain and meat which he needed for a year’s
subsistence.
It would be interesting, if time permitted, to note the far-reaching social
and political effects of this revolution. We must, however, confine ourselves
to its economic aspect. The English people, to take the most striking
example, depend for more than half of their food supply, perhaps two thirds
of their wheat supply, on imports from abroad. It is said that in every month
in the year wheat is harvested in some country, of the northern or of the
foodstuffs, especially grain.
Before the development of the modern system of transportation
commerce in foodstuffs concerned itself largely with the condiments rather
than the aliments, with spices and seasoning rather than the substantial food
staples. Even at a freight rate of 15 cents per ton-mile (and the expense of
transportation on European roads before 1800 was certainly far above that),
wheat at $1.50 a bushel would be limited to a trade-radius of 330 miles; the
whole value of the wheat would be consumed in transporting it that
distance. Transportation by sea was, of course, much less costly, and
enabled limited amounts of food to be imported under favorable conditions.
Still, food has to be grown on land, and often on land distant from any
means of water carriage; and the countries of Europe were forced in general
to a policy of self-sufficiency, raising the requisite supplies of food at home
under conditions however unfavorable. We may appreciate the short space
of time separating us from this state of affairs by noting that in France, even
in 1817, people were dying of famine in Lorraine, while wheat was
abundant in Brittany; the carriage of provisions from one province to the
other quadrupled prices. In Russia, even later (Pskov, 1845), the same
conditions prevailed.
378. Extent and importance of the grain trade at present.—Grain
formed, therefore, one of the least considerable of the wares of foreign
commerce before 1800. A French economist estimated the international
trade in grain at 30 million bushels at most. From that figure, comparatively
insignificant, the grain trade of the world had risen, even in 1887, to over
1,500 million bushels; grain formed then, in value, almost one tenth of the
total of the wares of trade, and in importance far exceeded any other ware.
The expense of transportation had undergone such a vast diminution that
one day’s wages of a common laborer would pay for the carriage over a
thousand miles of all the grain and meat which he needed for a year’s
subsistence.
It would be interesting, if time permitted, to note the far-reaching social
and political effects of this revolution. We must, however, confine ourselves
to its economic aspect. The English people, to take the most striking
example, depend for more than half of their food supply, perhaps two thirds
of their wheat supply, on imports from abroad. It is said that in every month
in the year wheat is harvested in some country, of the northern or of the
Page 312
southern hemisphere, for the English market; a Floating Cargoes List
reported 163 vessels bound for England with cereals, at sea at one time. As
formerly the citizens of London depended on the farmer of a nearby county
for the supply of his daily bread, so now the inhabitants of England in
general depend upon people in the Dakotas, in California, in the Argentine
Republic, in Egypt, in India, or in Australia. The Englishman is enabled, by
commerce, to share in the agricultural advantages of any and all those
countries; he applies himself to his specialty and exchanges the product for
his food.
379. Commerce in other foodstuffs.—In some respects even more
striking, though on the whole of far less importance, has been the growth of
foreign commerce in stock and meat. About 1800 the common way of
marketing meat was to drive it to market on the hoof; the trip might
consume a number of days, and the animal would arrive in poor condition
and with weight diminished. For transportation to distant countries meat
had to be preserved by pickling in brine. Fresh meat of good quality was a
luxury, and the average consumption of meat was small. Modern progress
has solved the problem of using the great grazing spaces of North and South
America and Australia for the supply of distant peoples, in two ways.
Improvements in transportation by land and sea have allowed the carriage
of live-stock for thousands of miles, in good condition. The use of
refrigerating appliances, especially artificial refrigeration by means of
steam power, has permitted the carriage of dead meat the same distance
without deterioration. Furthermore, the application of scientific principles
to the preservation of meat has enabled supplies of that article to be utilized
which would otherwise be wasted, and has contributed a new form of ware
to modern trade. Other foodstuffs (fruit and fresh vegetables) have profited
by similar advances in the means of transportation and preservation.
380. The textiles; changes in relative importance.—In this brief survey
only two more classes of wares may be noted, the textiles, and colonial
products. Trade in wares of both these classes has undergone a great
development and important transformation in the course of the century,
though it presents no such revolutionary changes as in the case of wares
described above.
The textiles have continued to be among the most important wares of
commerce. A population, advancing rapidly not only in numbers but in
average purchasing power, has demanded constantly increasing supplies of
reported 163 vessels bound for England with cereals, at sea at one time. As
formerly the citizens of London depended on the farmer of a nearby county
for the supply of his daily bread, so now the inhabitants of England in
general depend upon people in the Dakotas, in California, in the Argentine
Republic, in Egypt, in India, or in Australia. The Englishman is enabled, by
commerce, to share in the agricultural advantages of any and all those
countries; he applies himself to his specialty and exchanges the product for
his food.
379. Commerce in other foodstuffs.—In some respects even more
striking, though on the whole of far less importance, has been the growth of
foreign commerce in stock and meat. About 1800 the common way of
marketing meat was to drive it to market on the hoof; the trip might
consume a number of days, and the animal would arrive in poor condition
and with weight diminished. For transportation to distant countries meat
had to be preserved by pickling in brine. Fresh meat of good quality was a
luxury, and the average consumption of meat was small. Modern progress
has solved the problem of using the great grazing spaces of North and South
America and Australia for the supply of distant peoples, in two ways.
Improvements in transportation by land and sea have allowed the carriage
of live-stock for thousands of miles, in good condition. The use of
refrigerating appliances, especially artificial refrigeration by means of
steam power, has permitted the carriage of dead meat the same distance
without deterioration. Furthermore, the application of scientific principles
to the preservation of meat has enabled supplies of that article to be utilized
which would otherwise be wasted, and has contributed a new form of ware
to modern trade. Other foodstuffs (fruit and fresh vegetables) have profited
by similar advances in the means of transportation and preservation.
380. The textiles; changes in relative importance.—In this brief survey
only two more classes of wares may be noted, the textiles, and colonial
products. Trade in wares of both these classes has undergone a great
development and important transformation in the course of the century,
though it presents no such revolutionary changes as in the case of wares
described above.
The textiles have continued to be among the most important wares of
commerce. A population, advancing rapidly not only in numbers but in
average purchasing power, has demanded constantly increasing supplies of
Page 313
clothing material. There has been, however, a noteworthy change in the
kind of fabric demanded. Measuring by the weight of the raw material
consumed, the English textiles about 1800 were composed as follows: over
two fifths woolen, over two fifths linen, considerably less than one fifth
cotton. Note now the change as shown by conditions about 1880: wool
made up one fifth of the total, linen little more than one tenth, while cotton
had risen to two thirds. For some purposes cotton fabrics are better than
those of any other material, for other purposes they present a cheap and
satisfactory substitute; and consequently they have been able to displace
other textiles to a large extent.
381. Commerce in raw materials for the textile manufacture.—The
rise in importance of cotton is partly, not entirely, responsible for a great
change in the character of the textile trade. With the exception of silk,
which has always, because of its high price, been of restricted use, the raw
materials for the textiles had formerly been produced in the country of
manufacture. England and the Netherlands, it is true, had begun before
1800 to import wool from Spain, but wool was then an object of internal
rather than foreign trade, in general, and flax was raised for home
consumption in practically all the European countries. The introduction of
the cotton manufacture in Europe introduced a change, for in the case of
this textile the raw material as well as the finished product was necessarily a
ware of foreign trade. The past century has witnessed a vast increase in the
commerce in raw cotton, and, moreover, the establishment of an important
trade in raw wool. In 1850 Europe still supplied four fifths of the wool
consumed, and has continued since that date to produce about the same
quantity as then. The proportion which it contributes to the total supply has,
however, declined to less than one third. There has been an immense
increase in the production of wool in South America and Australia, and a
less notable advance in the amounts furnished by Africa and Asia. At the
present time, therefore, raw wool flows to Europe from all the other
continents, and returns to them in the form of finished goods.
382. Colonial products.—The last class of wares to engage our attention
will be that of the so-called colonial products, of which tea, coffee, and
sugar are familiar examples. The wares received their name because, before
1800, Europe depended entirely on distant parts of the world for their
supply. The reader will remember what an important part they played in the
commerce of countries like England and France, in the modern period.
kind of fabric demanded. Measuring by the weight of the raw material
consumed, the English textiles about 1800 were composed as follows: over
two fifths woolen, over two fifths linen, considerably less than one fifth
cotton. Note now the change as shown by conditions about 1880: wool
made up one fifth of the total, linen little more than one tenth, while cotton
had risen to two thirds. For some purposes cotton fabrics are better than
those of any other material, for other purposes they present a cheap and
satisfactory substitute; and consequently they have been able to displace
other textiles to a large extent.
381. Commerce in raw materials for the textile manufacture.—The
rise in importance of cotton is partly, not entirely, responsible for a great
change in the character of the textile trade. With the exception of silk,
which has always, because of its high price, been of restricted use, the raw
materials for the textiles had formerly been produced in the country of
manufacture. England and the Netherlands, it is true, had begun before
1800 to import wool from Spain, but wool was then an object of internal
rather than foreign trade, in general, and flax was raised for home
consumption in practically all the European countries. The introduction of
the cotton manufacture in Europe introduced a change, for in the case of
this textile the raw material as well as the finished product was necessarily a
ware of foreign trade. The past century has witnessed a vast increase in the
commerce in raw cotton, and, moreover, the establishment of an important
trade in raw wool. In 1850 Europe still supplied four fifths of the wool
consumed, and has continued since that date to produce about the same
quantity as then. The proportion which it contributes to the total supply has,
however, declined to less than one third. There has been an immense
increase in the production of wool in South America and Australia, and a
less notable advance in the amounts furnished by Africa and Asia. At the
present time, therefore, raw wool flows to Europe from all the other
continents, and returns to them in the form of finished goods.
382. Colonial products.—The last class of wares to engage our attention
will be that of the so-called colonial products, of which tea, coffee, and
sugar are familiar examples. The wares received their name because, before
1800, Europe depended entirely on distant parts of the world for their
supply. The reader will remember what an important part they played in the
commerce of countries like England and France, in the modern period.
Page 314
At least one ware of considerable commercial importance has been added
to the list of colonial products in the course of the century. Rubber (using
that word to cover also gutta-percha, an article with somewhat different
qualities), counted for little in commerce before 1830. Soon after that time,
however, it was regarded as “promising,” and the discovery of the
vulcanizing process by Goodyear enabled manufacturers to gain the full
benefit of its valuable qualities, elasticity, impermeability, etc. It is now an
indispensable article in many applications, and though the production has
risen to a hundred million pounds a year the demand for it has increased
still more rapidly, and the price has risen.
The old wares have not only retained but also increased their importance
as elements in human consumption. The people of Germany consumed, on
an individual average, about 2 pounds of coffee in 1840, 6 pounds in 1900;
4 pounds of sugar in 1840, 30 pounds in 1900. Figures from other countries
present, with some variations, the same growth in demand. The people of
the United States now demand over 10 pounds of coffee per capita, and
over 70 pounds of sugar.
383. Rise of beet sugar, and effect on commerce.—One of the colonial
wares, sugar, demands special attention. The methods of production have
undergone a complete change in the course of the century, and the former
currents of trade in sugar have, in some cases, actually been reversed.
Before 1800 people relied entirely for their sugar supply on the cane
plantations of the colonies. It was known already, however, that beets
contained a large percentage of sugar, and during the Napoleonic wars,
when the Continent was closed in large part to colonial imports, an attempt
was made to secure sugar from this native source of supply. The attempt
was sufficiently successful to stimulate further efforts. With the aid of
liberal protection from the governments a beet sugar industry was
established on the Continent in the first half of the century. That industry
supplied in 1860 one quarter of the total amount of the sugar of the world,
in 1882 one half, in 1900 nearly two thirds.
The change in the method of manufacturing sugar has had far-reaching
effects on commerce. Countries with cane plantations have seen the price of
sugar fall under the increased output of European factories, equipped and
operated with scientific accuracy; they have lost a large part of their former
market; some of them have been almost ruined. England, which once made
great profit by importing cane sugar and distributing it among the other
to the list of colonial products in the course of the century. Rubber (using
that word to cover also gutta-percha, an article with somewhat different
qualities), counted for little in commerce before 1830. Soon after that time,
however, it was regarded as “promising,” and the discovery of the
vulcanizing process by Goodyear enabled manufacturers to gain the full
benefit of its valuable qualities, elasticity, impermeability, etc. It is now an
indispensable article in many applications, and though the production has
risen to a hundred million pounds a year the demand for it has increased
still more rapidly, and the price has risen.
The old wares have not only retained but also increased their importance
as elements in human consumption. The people of Germany consumed, on
an individual average, about 2 pounds of coffee in 1840, 6 pounds in 1900;
4 pounds of sugar in 1840, 30 pounds in 1900. Figures from other countries
present, with some variations, the same growth in demand. The people of
the United States now demand over 10 pounds of coffee per capita, and
over 70 pounds of sugar.
383. Rise of beet sugar, and effect on commerce.—One of the colonial
wares, sugar, demands special attention. The methods of production have
undergone a complete change in the course of the century, and the former
currents of trade in sugar have, in some cases, actually been reversed.
Before 1800 people relied entirely for their sugar supply on the cane
plantations of the colonies. It was known already, however, that beets
contained a large percentage of sugar, and during the Napoleonic wars,
when the Continent was closed in large part to colonial imports, an attempt
was made to secure sugar from this native source of supply. The attempt
was sufficiently successful to stimulate further efforts. With the aid of
liberal protection from the governments a beet sugar industry was
established on the Continent in the first half of the century. That industry
supplied in 1860 one quarter of the total amount of the sugar of the world,
in 1882 one half, in 1900 nearly two thirds.
The change in the method of manufacturing sugar has had far-reaching
effects on commerce. Countries with cane plantations have seen the price of
sugar fall under the increased output of European factories, equipped and
operated with scientific accuracy; they have lost a large part of their former
market; some of them have been almost ruined. England, which once made
great profit by importing cane sugar and distributing it among the other
Page 315
European countries, now, on the contrary, goes to the Continent for the
larger part of its sugar supply; and continental states like Germany and
France export sugar instead of importing it.
384. The European sugar bounty system.—The reader should,
however, note carefully that these changes were due in large part to a
system of protection which had grown to formidable proportions. European
governments have found in sugar a convenient object of taxation, but have
desired at the same time to further the growth of the home sugar industry,
and to secure for it a market in foreign countries. They have sought to
combine the two objects by taxing the home consumer, and by remitting the
tax and giving special premiums to the exporter. A pound of sugar cost far
more in a country of Europe where it was manufactured, than in the country
to which it was exported; every pound sold at home had to bear a tax, and
every pound sent abroad received a premium which enabled it to be sold
more cheaply. The orange marmalade industry, for which the town of
Dundee is famous, could flourish in spite of the expense of transporting the
fruit from Spain to Scotland, because sugar was artificially cheap in the
English market. Such a condition of affairs was admitted to be
unwholesome; in some aspects it became absurd. The burden of the bounty
system became intolerable and the governments of the Continent agreed
upon measures of reform, which went into effect in 1903.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Make a brief written summary of the contents of preceding chapters
under the heads of section 371.
2. On an outline map of Europe indicate areas corresponding to the
sphere of commerce in different periods, with approximate dates.
3. Suppression of the slave trade. [Schuyler, Amer. diplomacy, N.Y.,
1886, chap. 5.]
4. Recent slave trade in Africa. [Biography of a modern missionary or
explorer.]
5. The coal trade at the close of the century. [Special Consular Report,
No. 21, 1900, part 1, Foreign markets for American coal; U. S. Monthly
Summary of Commerce and Finance, April, 1900, vol. 7, no. 10, pp. 2815-
2927, or Sept., 1902, vol. 10, no. 3, pp. 663-757.]
larger part of its sugar supply; and continental states like Germany and
France export sugar instead of importing it.
384. The European sugar bounty system.—The reader should,
however, note carefully that these changes were due in large part to a
system of protection which had grown to formidable proportions. European
governments have found in sugar a convenient object of taxation, but have
desired at the same time to further the growth of the home sugar industry,
and to secure for it a market in foreign countries. They have sought to
combine the two objects by taxing the home consumer, and by remitting the
tax and giving special premiums to the exporter. A pound of sugar cost far
more in a country of Europe where it was manufactured, than in the country
to which it was exported; every pound sold at home had to bear a tax, and
every pound sent abroad received a premium which enabled it to be sold
more cheaply. The orange marmalade industry, for which the town of
Dundee is famous, could flourish in spite of the expense of transporting the
fruit from Spain to Scotland, because sugar was artificially cheap in the
English market. Such a condition of affairs was admitted to be
unwholesome; in some aspects it became absurd. The burden of the bounty
system became intolerable and the governments of the Continent agreed
upon measures of reform, which went into effect in 1903.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Make a brief written summary of the contents of preceding chapters
under the heads of section 371.
2. On an outline map of Europe indicate areas corresponding to the
sphere of commerce in different periods, with approximate dates.
3. Suppression of the slave trade. [Schuyler, Amer. diplomacy, N.Y.,
1886, chap. 5.]
4. Recent slave trade in Africa. [Biography of a modern missionary or
explorer.]
5. The coal trade at the close of the century. [Special Consular Report,
No. 21, 1900, part 1, Foreign markets for American coal; U. S. Monthly
Summary of Commerce and Finance, April, 1900, vol. 7, no. 10, pp. 2815-
2927, or Sept., 1902, vol. 10, no. 3, pp. 663-757.]
Page 316
6. On the wares of 375 and the following sections prepare reports,
indicating, where it is possible, the following points: total amount of the
world’s product; the leading countries (perhaps six), the share of each, and
their relative advantages; the chief importing countries; peculiar
characteristics of the trade. [Commercial geographies, encyclopedias.]
7. Report on one of the following topics:
(a) Development of the uses of petroleum.
(b) History of the production and transportation of petroleum.
(c) The Standard Oil Company.
[Martin, Coal; encyclopedias; Gilbert H. Montague, The rise and
progress of the Standard Oil Company, N. Y., Harper, 1903, $1; Ida M.
Tarbell, The History of the Standard Oil Company, N. Y., 1904.]
8. Indicate on an outline map the distance from your home to which
wheat could profitably be carried by different means of transportation. [See
below, sect. 387, for convenient statistics.]
9. Character and value of wheat. [Edgar, Story, chaps. 1, 2.]
10. Explain the great fluctuations in the export of wheat from the U. S. in
the nineteenth century. [See statistics in U. S. Statistical Abstract.]
11. Wheat in modern commerce. [Edgar, Story, chap. 4.]
12. Provision trade of the world. [U. S. Monthly Summary, Feb., 1900,
vol. 7, no. 8, pp. 2297-2347.]
13. American canning interests. [Judge in Depew, One hundred years,
chap. 57.]
14. What amount does an American household, your own for instance,
spend in a year for each of the chief textiles: cotton, wool, linen, silk?
15. The cotton trade of the United States and of the world. [See above,
sect. 378, for suggestion of a simple mode of treating a large subject; the
topic may be amplified as time permits. F. Wilkinson, Story of cotton, N. Y.,
Appleton, $1; S. J. Chapman, The cotton industry, London, 1905; George
Bigwood, Cotton, London, 1918; statistics in U. S. Monthly Summary, vol.
7, no. 9, pp. 2543-2635.]
16. The wool trade. [John H. Clapham, The woolen industries, London,
1907; Frank Ormerod, Wool, London, 1918.]
17. Write a history of one of the following, as a ware of commerce in the
nineteenth century: rubber, tea, coffee.
18. History of sugar as a commodity. [See the doctor’s dissertation by
Ellen D. Ellis, Philadelphia, 1905.]
indicating, where it is possible, the following points: total amount of the
world’s product; the leading countries (perhaps six), the share of each, and
their relative advantages; the chief importing countries; peculiar
characteristics of the trade. [Commercial geographies, encyclopedias.]
7. Report on one of the following topics:
(a) Development of the uses of petroleum.
(b) History of the production and transportation of petroleum.
(c) The Standard Oil Company.
[Martin, Coal; encyclopedias; Gilbert H. Montague, The rise and
progress of the Standard Oil Company, N. Y., Harper, 1903, $1; Ida M.
Tarbell, The History of the Standard Oil Company, N. Y., 1904.]
8. Indicate on an outline map the distance from your home to which
wheat could profitably be carried by different means of transportation. [See
below, sect. 387, for convenient statistics.]
9. Character and value of wheat. [Edgar, Story, chaps. 1, 2.]
10. Explain the great fluctuations in the export of wheat from the U. S. in
the nineteenth century. [See statistics in U. S. Statistical Abstract.]
11. Wheat in modern commerce. [Edgar, Story, chap. 4.]
12. Provision trade of the world. [U. S. Monthly Summary, Feb., 1900,
vol. 7, no. 8, pp. 2297-2347.]
13. American canning interests. [Judge in Depew, One hundred years,
chap. 57.]
14. What amount does an American household, your own for instance,
spend in a year for each of the chief textiles: cotton, wool, linen, silk?
15. The cotton trade of the United States and of the world. [See above,
sect. 378, for suggestion of a simple mode of treating a large subject; the
topic may be amplified as time permits. F. Wilkinson, Story of cotton, N. Y.,
Appleton, $1; S. J. Chapman, The cotton industry, London, 1905; George
Bigwood, Cotton, London, 1918; statistics in U. S. Monthly Summary, vol.
7, no. 9, pp. 2543-2635.]
16. The wool trade. [John H. Clapham, The woolen industries, London,
1907; Frank Ormerod, Wool, London, 1918.]
17. Write a history of one of the following, as a ware of commerce in the
nineteenth century: rubber, tea, coffee.
18. History of sugar as a commodity. [See the doctor’s dissertation by
Ellen D. Ellis, Philadelphia, 1905.]
Page 317
19. What amount of tea, coffee, and sugar does your household consume
in a year? (Note that sugar is frequently purchased in preserves, cake, etc.)
20. History of beet sugar. [Encyclopedias; index to periodical literature;
U. S. Monthly Summary, Jan., 1902, vol. 9, no. 7, pp. 2585-2763.]
21. Some effects of the system of sugar bounties. [Charles S. Parker, Free
trade and cheap sugar, Fortnightly Review, 1898, 70: 44-53.]
22. The Brussels sugar conference. [Economic Journal, June, 1902, 12:
217 ff.; same, March, 1904, 14: 34 ff.; Quarterly Journal of Economics,
Nov., 1902, 17: 1 ff., Contemporary Review, Jan., 1903, 83: 75.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
As this chapter touches the field of commercial geography I refer, for
bibliography and general reading, to the current manuals on that subject: C.
C. Adams, Text-book, N. Y., Appleton; G. S. Chisholm, Handbook, N. Y.,
Longmans; Joseph Russell Smith, Industrial and commercial geography, N.
Y., Holt.
References in quantity sufficient for ordinary students are given in the
Questions and Topics above; further references will be given when the
history of the commerce of specific countries is considered.
in a year? (Note that sugar is frequently purchased in preserves, cake, etc.)
20. History of beet sugar. [Encyclopedias; index to periodical literature;
U. S. Monthly Summary, Jan., 1902, vol. 9, no. 7, pp. 2585-2763.]
21. Some effects of the system of sugar bounties. [Charles S. Parker, Free
trade and cheap sugar, Fortnightly Review, 1898, 70: 44-53.]
22. The Brussels sugar conference. [Economic Journal, June, 1902, 12:
217 ff.; same, March, 1904, 14: 34 ff.; Quarterly Journal of Economics,
Nov., 1902, 17: 1 ff., Contemporary Review, Jan., 1903, 83: 75.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
As this chapter touches the field of commercial geography I refer, for
bibliography and general reading, to the current manuals on that subject: C.
C. Adams, Text-book, N. Y., Appleton; G. S. Chisholm, Handbook, N. Y.,
Longmans; Joseph Russell Smith, Industrial and commercial geography, N.
Y., Holt.
References in quantity sufficient for ordinary students are given in the
Questions and Topics above; further references will be given when the
history of the commerce of specific countries is considered.
Page 318
CHAPTER XXXIII
THE MODERN ORGANIZATION
385. Qualities of modern commerce. Certainty.—The changes in the
instruments and objects of commerce, described in preceding chapters, have
had far-reaching effects on commercial methods and organization, to which
the reader is now asked to give his attention. As a partial summary of what
has gone before, and a preparation for what is to follow, modern commerce
may be said to have made great gains in four important qualities: certainty,
regularity, economy, sensitiveness.
In former times a merchant who gave an order involving the
transportation of goods over considerable distances took a leap in the dark.
He was fortunate if he could estimate with some accuracy the expense of
transportation; he was almost helpless in estimating the time that would be
consumed. So dependent were men on wind and weather, heat and cold, war
and peace, and all the manifold conditions of nature and man, that loss was
frequent and delay was constant. The element of chance, great by nature,
was heightened by man; carriers were emboldened to make the most of
their opportunities and to extort from the merchant all that the difficulties of
his position might force him to pay.
Contrast these conditions, as they existed in the period before 1800, with
conditions at the present time. The modern system of transportation has
been likened to clockwork. The modern merchant feels aggrieved if a
telegram is delayed a few minutes, a train a few hours, a steamer a few
days. His expectations, indeed, are seldom disappointed, and even then he is
often informed of the probable duration of the delay, and is enabled to
prepare for it. The rates of transportation now are relatively stable, and, for
the most part, are a matter of public knowledge. We have not yet reached
perfection in this respect, as is shown by the wide-spread complaints
against American railroad managers, but we have approached nearer to it
than would have been imagined possible a century ago.
386. Regularity.—Certainty brings with it regularity. Steamers which are
sure to arrive within a certain period can be advertised to leave on certain
days. Merchants and producers are encouraged to make their preparations,
and the whole body of people is stimulated to new activity and efficiency.
THE MODERN ORGANIZATION
385. Qualities of modern commerce. Certainty.—The changes in the
instruments and objects of commerce, described in preceding chapters, have
had far-reaching effects on commercial methods and organization, to which
the reader is now asked to give his attention. As a partial summary of what
has gone before, and a preparation for what is to follow, modern commerce
may be said to have made great gains in four important qualities: certainty,
regularity, economy, sensitiveness.
In former times a merchant who gave an order involving the
transportation of goods over considerable distances took a leap in the dark.
He was fortunate if he could estimate with some accuracy the expense of
transportation; he was almost helpless in estimating the time that would be
consumed. So dependent were men on wind and weather, heat and cold, war
and peace, and all the manifold conditions of nature and man, that loss was
frequent and delay was constant. The element of chance, great by nature,
was heightened by man; carriers were emboldened to make the most of
their opportunities and to extort from the merchant all that the difficulties of
his position might force him to pay.
Contrast these conditions, as they existed in the period before 1800, with
conditions at the present time. The modern system of transportation has
been likened to clockwork. The modern merchant feels aggrieved if a
telegram is delayed a few minutes, a train a few hours, a steamer a few
days. His expectations, indeed, are seldom disappointed, and even then he is
often informed of the probable duration of the delay, and is enabled to
prepare for it. The rates of transportation now are relatively stable, and, for
the most part, are a matter of public knowledge. We have not yet reached
perfection in this respect, as is shown by the wide-spread complaints
against American railroad managers, but we have approached nearer to it
than would have been imagined possible a century ago.
386. Regularity.—Certainty brings with it regularity. Steamers which are
sure to arrive within a certain period can be advertised to leave on certain
days. Merchants and producers are encouraged to make their preparations,
and the whole body of people is stimulated to new activity and efficiency.
Page 319
Consider the following example, which, however trivial in itself, is typical
of the course of development in the nineteenth century. “Before the
establishment of steam-vessels, the market at Cork was most irregularly
supplied with eggs from the surrounding district; at certain seasons they
were exceedingly abundant and cheap, but these seasons were sure to be
followed by periods of scarcity and high prices, and at times it is said to
have been difficult to purchase eggs at any price in the market. At the first
opening of the improved channel of conveyance to England (the steamer),
the residents of Cork had to complain of the constant high price of this and
other articles of farm produce; but as a more extensive market was now
permanently open to them, the farmers gave their attention to the rearing
and keeping of poultry, and, at the present time (1838), eggs are procurable
at all seasons in the market at Cork, not, it is true, at the extremely low rate
at which they could formerly be sometimes bought, but still at much less
than the average price of the year. A like result has followed the
introduction of this great improvement in regard to the supply and cost of
various other articles of produce.”
387. Economy.—As to the economy in the carriage of wares resulting
from recent improvements much has already been said in other chapters,
but the student may find in the following estimate, by a German author, a
helpful summary. For $3 a hundred kilograms of wheat (220 pounds, a little
less than 4 bushels) could be carried the following distances in kilometers
(about five eights of a mile): on a common road 100, on a good road 400,
on an early railroad 1,500, on a modern railroad 4,500, on an ocean steamer
25,000. There is little danger that the student will underestimate the
advantage to commerce of this reduction in the cost of carriage, but he
should note also the economy resulting from the speed and certainty of
modern instruments of transportation. A considerable part of the world’s
capital, a century ago, was locked up in goods in transit or in warehouse.
These goods were of no use to anybody. Nowadays not only are goods put
where they are wanted, they are put there with such speed and certainty that
merchants do not need to keep a large stock on hand, and the stock in transit
is relatively small. In the India trade, for instance, when a voyage around
the Cape of Good Hope took a good part of a year, and the time of arrival
could not be calculated within a month or two, India merchants had to keep
great stocks to meet the varying demand. Now that steamers make the trip
by the Suez Canal in a month, and the time of their arrival is exact to a day,
of the course of development in the nineteenth century. “Before the
establishment of steam-vessels, the market at Cork was most irregularly
supplied with eggs from the surrounding district; at certain seasons they
were exceedingly abundant and cheap, but these seasons were sure to be
followed by periods of scarcity and high prices, and at times it is said to
have been difficult to purchase eggs at any price in the market. At the first
opening of the improved channel of conveyance to England (the steamer),
the residents of Cork had to complain of the constant high price of this and
other articles of farm produce; but as a more extensive market was now
permanently open to them, the farmers gave their attention to the rearing
and keeping of poultry, and, at the present time (1838), eggs are procurable
at all seasons in the market at Cork, not, it is true, at the extremely low rate
at which they could formerly be sometimes bought, but still at much less
than the average price of the year. A like result has followed the
introduction of this great improvement in regard to the supply and cost of
various other articles of produce.”
387. Economy.—As to the economy in the carriage of wares resulting
from recent improvements much has already been said in other chapters,
but the student may find in the following estimate, by a German author, a
helpful summary. For $3 a hundred kilograms of wheat (220 pounds, a little
less than 4 bushels) could be carried the following distances in kilometers
(about five eights of a mile): on a common road 100, on a good road 400,
on an early railroad 1,500, on a modern railroad 4,500, on an ocean steamer
25,000. There is little danger that the student will underestimate the
advantage to commerce of this reduction in the cost of carriage, but he
should note also the economy resulting from the speed and certainty of
modern instruments of transportation. A considerable part of the world’s
capital, a century ago, was locked up in goods in transit or in warehouse.
These goods were of no use to anybody. Nowadays not only are goods put
where they are wanted, they are put there with such speed and certainty that
merchants do not need to keep a large stock on hand, and the stock in transit
is relatively small. In the India trade, for instance, when a voyage around
the Cape of Good Hope took a good part of a year, and the time of arrival
could not be calculated within a month or two, India merchants had to keep
great stocks to meet the varying demand. Now that steamers make the trip
by the Suez Canal in a month, and the time of their arrival is exact to a day,
Page 320
dealers order goods as they are needed, and the great India warehouses have
been rendered in large part useless for their original purpose.
388. Sensitiveness.—The modern commercial organization has been
likened to clock work, because of its regularity. Carrying further this
comparison, it may be said that it is like a delicate chronometer, in which
every movement is attended with the minimum of friction. The power of
modern commerce appears in the vast quantities of wares which are
exchanged through its agency; its sensitiveness is shown by the readiness
with which the currents of trade are turned or even reversed to suit the
occasion. It has been said that commerce turns from one side of the globe to
the other on a difference of a cent on a bushel of grain, a dollar on a ton of
metal, a quarter of a cent a yard on a textile fabric, or a sixteenth of a cent
on a pound of sugar. So sensitive has the commercial world become to
every stimulus that it feels also every shock. When the McKinley tariff bill
was passed in the United States, it is said that the next day several thousand
workmen, employed in the manufacture of pearl buttons in a city of far-off
Austria, were thrown out of work. Brief interruptions of commerce, by the
outbreak of epidemic diseases, by storms or other natural phenomena, or by
strikes of workers engaged in transportation, rouse serious anxiety. The
sensitiveness of modern commerce may be shown, further, by the
refinements to which the principle of the division of labor has been carried.
It is said that in the leather manufacture skins are sometimes sent across the
ocean four times, to effect economies in subordinate treatments.
389. Importance of the telegraph, illustrated by conditions preceding
its introduction.—While the various changes in commerce indicated above
can be ascribed largely to the use of steam in transportation, they would be
inconceivable, in their present form, if the electric telegraph had not been
extended over all lands and under all seas.
The importance of the telegraph in commerce can be illustrated by
conditions in Shanghai about 1870, before the cable reached that port. The
rate of foreign exchange, a decisive factor in all commercial calculations,
was at that time determined by European advices brought by post steamers.
The news brought by one steamer would make the Chinese tael equivalent
to 7.25 francs; on the arrival of another steamer the rate would rise to 8.10.
As merchants bought in taels and sold in francs or other European currency,
their profits and losses were largely dependent on variations in the rate. Two
mercantile houses of Shanghai had found it worth their while to invest a
been rendered in large part useless for their original purpose.
388. Sensitiveness.—The modern commercial organization has been
likened to clock work, because of its regularity. Carrying further this
comparison, it may be said that it is like a delicate chronometer, in which
every movement is attended with the minimum of friction. The power of
modern commerce appears in the vast quantities of wares which are
exchanged through its agency; its sensitiveness is shown by the readiness
with which the currents of trade are turned or even reversed to suit the
occasion. It has been said that commerce turns from one side of the globe to
the other on a difference of a cent on a bushel of grain, a dollar on a ton of
metal, a quarter of a cent a yard on a textile fabric, or a sixteenth of a cent
on a pound of sugar. So sensitive has the commercial world become to
every stimulus that it feels also every shock. When the McKinley tariff bill
was passed in the United States, it is said that the next day several thousand
workmen, employed in the manufacture of pearl buttons in a city of far-off
Austria, were thrown out of work. Brief interruptions of commerce, by the
outbreak of epidemic diseases, by storms or other natural phenomena, or by
strikes of workers engaged in transportation, rouse serious anxiety. The
sensitiveness of modern commerce may be shown, further, by the
refinements to which the principle of the division of labor has been carried.
It is said that in the leather manufacture skins are sometimes sent across the
ocean four times, to effect economies in subordinate treatments.
389. Importance of the telegraph, illustrated by conditions preceding
its introduction.—While the various changes in commerce indicated above
can be ascribed largely to the use of steam in transportation, they would be
inconceivable, in their present form, if the electric telegraph had not been
extended over all lands and under all seas.
The importance of the telegraph in commerce can be illustrated by
conditions in Shanghai about 1870, before the cable reached that port. The
rate of foreign exchange, a decisive factor in all commercial calculations,
was at that time determined by European advices brought by post steamers.
The news brought by one steamer would make the Chinese tael equivalent
to 7.25 francs; on the arrival of another steamer the rate would rise to 8.10.
As merchants bought in taels and sold in francs or other European currency,
their profits and losses were largely dependent on variations in the rate. Two
mercantile houses of Shanghai had found it worth their while to invest a
Page 321
large sum in the construction of special vessels, which could be made like
modern torpedo boats, practically all machinery and hence very fast, as the
only cargo they had to carry was a single letter, bringing from Singapore or
Hong-Kong the European news affecting the rate of exchange, many hours
in advance of the regular steamer. The few merchants who enjoyed the
benefit of this news service had, of course, a great advantage over their
competitors, buying and selling with full knowledge of what the rate would
be. With the introduction of the cable, however, all merchants shared alike
in such information, and, furthermore, by the continuous communication
thus established, the former violent fluctations in rates became a thing of
the past.
390. Services of the telegraph to the modern organization.—
Newspapers spread broadcast the market quotations which are carried by
the telegraph to all parts of the world, and the farmer in the American West,
the cotton grower in the South, or the sheep raiser in Australia, can learn
with ease what prices his staple brings in the great markets and what price
he can ask for it. At the centers of business the great merchants, in touch, by
the post and telegraph, with both consumers and producers, study to
apportion the supply so that it will reach those who stand most in need of it,
and seek to regulate future production so that there may be neither waste
nor want when the product is brought to market. The remarkable progress
of Brazil in coffee production has been explained by a student of the subject
as due in large part to the spread of the telegraph in South America and the
laying of a cable to Pernambuco in 1874, bringing the country into
communication with the world’s coffee markets.
The telegraph has, moreover, enabled commerce to dispense with a
whole army of middlemen, commission merchants, and brokers, who were
necessary under the old system, but who have now been released to find
more useful employments. Merchants in the wool trade, for example, send
their buyers to the countries of production on fast steamers, transmit their
instructions by telegraph, and bring the wool directly to the country of
consumption, cutting out entirely the middlemen of London, Antwerp, and
Havre, who once controlled the trade. Before the first Atlantic cable was
laid it cost about 3 per cent to get cotton through the hands of the
commission merchant and broker; the cable did away with the old
consignment system, and in a dozen years the charge was reduced to about
1 per cent.
modern torpedo boats, practically all machinery and hence very fast, as the
only cargo they had to carry was a single letter, bringing from Singapore or
Hong-Kong the European news affecting the rate of exchange, many hours
in advance of the regular steamer. The few merchants who enjoyed the
benefit of this news service had, of course, a great advantage over their
competitors, buying and selling with full knowledge of what the rate would
be. With the introduction of the cable, however, all merchants shared alike
in such information, and, furthermore, by the continuous communication
thus established, the former violent fluctations in rates became a thing of
the past.
390. Services of the telegraph to the modern organization.—
Newspapers spread broadcast the market quotations which are carried by
the telegraph to all parts of the world, and the farmer in the American West,
the cotton grower in the South, or the sheep raiser in Australia, can learn
with ease what prices his staple brings in the great markets and what price
he can ask for it. At the centers of business the great merchants, in touch, by
the post and telegraph, with both consumers and producers, study to
apportion the supply so that it will reach those who stand most in need of it,
and seek to regulate future production so that there may be neither waste
nor want when the product is brought to market. The remarkable progress
of Brazil in coffee production has been explained by a student of the subject
as due in large part to the spread of the telegraph in South America and the
laying of a cable to Pernambuco in 1874, bringing the country into
communication with the world’s coffee markets.
The telegraph has, moreover, enabled commerce to dispense with a
whole army of middlemen, commission merchants, and brokers, who were
necessary under the old system, but who have now been released to find
more useful employments. Merchants in the wool trade, for example, send
their buyers to the countries of production on fast steamers, transmit their
instructions by telegraph, and bring the wool directly to the country of
consumption, cutting out entirely the middlemen of London, Antwerp, and
Havre, who once controlled the trade. Before the first Atlantic cable was
laid it cost about 3 per cent to get cotton through the hands of the
commission merchant and broker; the cable did away with the old
consignment system, and in a dozen years the charge was reduced to about
1 per cent.
Page 322
391. Functions of the merchant.—I spoke above of the elimination of
unnecessary middlemen. To many people all middlemen seem unnecessary,
and fit only for elimination. These people regard as worthless drones all
who are not engaged in the work of raising raw materials, of manufactures,
or of transportation; they see no reason why a man who merely sits in an
office, receives reports and writes letters, who perhaps rarely sees the wares
he “handles,” should grow rich off society.
The defence of the middleman may be given in the words of an English
writer, describing the important part which merchants play in marketing the
great output of the British iron industry. “The merchant usually has a better
knowledge of the conditions affecting different markets than the producer.
He comes more directly in contact with the buyer; he knows better to whom
credit can safely be given, and is prepared to risk credits that the
manufacturer would often refuse; he is well posted in railway and shipping
rates and conditions, understands the peculiarities, practices, and
requirements of particular markets, and has all other necessary commercial
information, including freights and tariff duties, at his fingers’ ends.” Surely
the functions thus suggested are sufficiently important to keep specialists
employed, with profit to society as well as to the individuals engaged.
392. Growth in number and variety of the mercantile class.—In fact,
the class of middlemen, those who are occupied merely in the exchange of
wares, has increased greatly in the course of the century. The great
commercial machine runs now with such power and smoothness, only by
the help of myriads of men who get their livelihood by tending it. In
Prussia, for example, the number of wholesale merchants or firms increased
twenty-fold in sixty years.
The change would lack a large part of its present significance if it
affected only the number of middlemen. It has been a change in quality as
well as quantity. The increase in business has furnished the opportunity for
a redistribution of tasks, and has led to a specialization which was before
impracticable. To be a jack of all trades nowadays one must be a man of
supreme genius; to be master of one branch of trade is sufficient for the
energy and the ambitions of the ordinary man. It pays a few men to take the
position of Charles Broadway Rouse, to offer to buy anything and to sell
everything. Most wholesale merchants are content to confine themselves to
one branch of trade: lumber, iron, wool, leather, grain, etc. Most of these
merchants, moreover, rely further on specialists to help them with certain
unnecessary middlemen. To many people all middlemen seem unnecessary,
and fit only for elimination. These people regard as worthless drones all
who are not engaged in the work of raising raw materials, of manufactures,
or of transportation; they see no reason why a man who merely sits in an
office, receives reports and writes letters, who perhaps rarely sees the wares
he “handles,” should grow rich off society.
The defence of the middleman may be given in the words of an English
writer, describing the important part which merchants play in marketing the
great output of the British iron industry. “The merchant usually has a better
knowledge of the conditions affecting different markets than the producer.
He comes more directly in contact with the buyer; he knows better to whom
credit can safely be given, and is prepared to risk credits that the
manufacturer would often refuse; he is well posted in railway and shipping
rates and conditions, understands the peculiarities, practices, and
requirements of particular markets, and has all other necessary commercial
information, including freights and tariff duties, at his fingers’ ends.” Surely
the functions thus suggested are sufficiently important to keep specialists
employed, with profit to society as well as to the individuals engaged.
392. Growth in number and variety of the mercantile class.—In fact,
the class of middlemen, those who are occupied merely in the exchange of
wares, has increased greatly in the course of the century. The great
commercial machine runs now with such power and smoothness, only by
the help of myriads of men who get their livelihood by tending it. In
Prussia, for example, the number of wholesale merchants or firms increased
twenty-fold in sixty years.
The change would lack a large part of its present significance if it
affected only the number of middlemen. It has been a change in quality as
well as quantity. The increase in business has furnished the opportunity for
a redistribution of tasks, and has led to a specialization which was before
impracticable. To be a jack of all trades nowadays one must be a man of
supreme genius; to be master of one branch of trade is sufficient for the
energy and the ambitions of the ordinary man. It pays a few men to take the
position of Charles Broadway Rouse, to offer to buy anything and to sell
everything. Most wholesale merchants are content to confine themselves to
one branch of trade: lumber, iron, wool, leather, grain, etc. Most of these
merchants, moreover, rely further on specialists to help them with certain
Page 323
parts of their business. They depend constantly on the banker, the
speculator, the broker, the forwarder, the warehouseman, the commission
merchant, and agents of many different kinds. It is impossible, in this book,
to do more than suggest the complex commercial organization which has
grown up in the course of the century. Only a few of the most prominent
features can be treated in the following sections.
393. Insurance and speculation.—The practice of insurance has made
us familiar with the means by which producers secure themselves against
some of the risks of their business. A farmer can insure his growing crop
against hail, a merchant can insure his stock against loss by fire, a
shipowner can insure his vessel against loss at sea. For a small annual
payment, which the producer can well spare, he secures himself against a
loss which might prove ruinous, if it chanced to come to him. He gains
relief from anxiety, strengthens his credit (he could not borrow on the
security of uninsured goods), and secures that regularity of operation which
is essential to the greatest efficiency.
So obvious are the advantages of insurance that every one accepts it as a
benefit. We have now to see how the same service which is performed for
the producer by the insurance company is performed for the merchant by
the speculator. Among the greatest risks in commerce is that of price
changes due to great events (wet seasons or dry seasons, war or peace, etc.)
which the merchant can neither control nor foresee. A grain merchant, for
instance, who has bought some excellent wheat in Dakota, has made
advantageous arrangements for its transportation, and is confident of
finding a ready sale to an English miller, may find the whole transaction
results not in profit but in loss, if the level of wheat prices falls before his
sale is accomplished, by reason, perhaps, of the unexpected yield of wheat
in a distant country, or by the conclusion of a great war. Why does he not
sell the wheat in advance to the miller, and so protect himself from this
danger? He would simply be shifting the burden to shoulders still less able
to bear it. The miller is a manufacturer, who needs to give all his thought to
the technical details of his business, and who can ill afford to buy wheat
when it is high, only to find when he comes to market the flour that it has
dropped in price, in sympathy with a decline in wheat.
394. Services of the speculator to commerce.—The class of speculators
has grown up in the course of the century, to assume such risks. It can do
great harm to business by creating risks where none naturally existed,
speculator, the broker, the forwarder, the warehouseman, the commission
merchant, and agents of many different kinds. It is impossible, in this book,
to do more than suggest the complex commercial organization which has
grown up in the course of the century. Only a few of the most prominent
features can be treated in the following sections.
393. Insurance and speculation.—The practice of insurance has made
us familiar with the means by which producers secure themselves against
some of the risks of their business. A farmer can insure his growing crop
against hail, a merchant can insure his stock against loss by fire, a
shipowner can insure his vessel against loss at sea. For a small annual
payment, which the producer can well spare, he secures himself against a
loss which might prove ruinous, if it chanced to come to him. He gains
relief from anxiety, strengthens his credit (he could not borrow on the
security of uninsured goods), and secures that regularity of operation which
is essential to the greatest efficiency.
So obvious are the advantages of insurance that every one accepts it as a
benefit. We have now to see how the same service which is performed for
the producer by the insurance company is performed for the merchant by
the speculator. Among the greatest risks in commerce is that of price
changes due to great events (wet seasons or dry seasons, war or peace, etc.)
which the merchant can neither control nor foresee. A grain merchant, for
instance, who has bought some excellent wheat in Dakota, has made
advantageous arrangements for its transportation, and is confident of
finding a ready sale to an English miller, may find the whole transaction
results not in profit but in loss, if the level of wheat prices falls before his
sale is accomplished, by reason, perhaps, of the unexpected yield of wheat
in a distant country, or by the conclusion of a great war. Why does he not
sell the wheat in advance to the miller, and so protect himself from this
danger? He would simply be shifting the burden to shoulders still less able
to bear it. The miller is a manufacturer, who needs to give all his thought to
the technical details of his business, and who can ill afford to buy wheat
when it is high, only to find when he comes to market the flour that it has
dropped in price, in sympathy with a decline in wheat.
394. Services of the speculator to commerce.—The class of speculators
has grown up in the course of the century, to assume such risks. It can do
great harm to business by creating risks where none naturally existed,
Page 324
producing artificial scarcity by “corners,” etc.; this danger should not blind
us to the benefits it confers when it confines itself to its legitimate business.
Let us see how, in practice, this business of speculation serves commerce.
A merchant who has bought wheat or cotton in America, for sale in the
Liverpool market, sells immediately an equal quantity for future delivery, at
a time when he expects to have his ware ready for sale in England. It makes
no difference to him then whether the general price of his ware goes up or
down. If prices go up he will have to pay more to “cover” his sale of
futures, but he will also get more for his real ware. If prices go down he
may not be able to get as much for his real wheat or cotton as he expected,
possibly not as much as he paid for it; but he will make up just the
difference, by the low price at which he can cover. He renounces all chance
at great gains, but also secures himself against great loss, and is glad to pay
the speculator’s commission to attain this result. He makes his profit by the
differences in the price of wheat or cotton not at different times, but in
different places; reference to the section above, in which the description of
the modern merchant was quoted, will suggest how he earns his living. In a
manner similar to this many manufacturers (millers or cotton
manufacturers) protect themselves against variations in the price of their
raw material.
395. Decline of the market and fair, and rise of the produce exchange.
—I spoke above of the regularity of modern commerce as one of its
distinctive features. The gain in regularity shows itself notably in
institutions like the market, the fair, and the exchange. The old system of
market-days, under which country people came to town on stated days to
display their wares and enable housewives to lay in a supply of provisions,
has given place to a steady flow of products through city shops and market
halls to the consumers. Fairs have lost their significance in modern
countries, because the volume of trade is now so great, and the instruments
of trade are so highly developed, that commerce has developed into one
permanent fair. The great expositions, which began toward the close of the
eighteenth century, but of which the London Exposition of 1851 (Crystal
Palace) was the first of world-wide significance, seem to have continued to
the present time the principle of periodical recurrence, but a tendency to
permanence is to be noted even with respect to them. Many of these
expositions have led to the establishment of museums of industry, art, and
commerce, and the use of permanent expositions of models and samples has
us to the benefits it confers when it confines itself to its legitimate business.
Let us see how, in practice, this business of speculation serves commerce.
A merchant who has bought wheat or cotton in America, for sale in the
Liverpool market, sells immediately an equal quantity for future delivery, at
a time when he expects to have his ware ready for sale in England. It makes
no difference to him then whether the general price of his ware goes up or
down. If prices go up he will have to pay more to “cover” his sale of
futures, but he will also get more for his real ware. If prices go down he
may not be able to get as much for his real wheat or cotton as he expected,
possibly not as much as he paid for it; but he will make up just the
difference, by the low price at which he can cover. He renounces all chance
at great gains, but also secures himself against great loss, and is glad to pay
the speculator’s commission to attain this result. He makes his profit by the
differences in the price of wheat or cotton not at different times, but in
different places; reference to the section above, in which the description of
the modern merchant was quoted, will suggest how he earns his living. In a
manner similar to this many manufacturers (millers or cotton
manufacturers) protect themselves against variations in the price of their
raw material.
395. Decline of the market and fair, and rise of the produce exchange.
—I spoke above of the regularity of modern commerce as one of its
distinctive features. The gain in regularity shows itself notably in
institutions like the market, the fair, and the exchange. The old system of
market-days, under which country people came to town on stated days to
display their wares and enable housewives to lay in a supply of provisions,
has given place to a steady flow of products through city shops and market
halls to the consumers. Fairs have lost their significance in modern
countries, because the volume of trade is now so great, and the instruments
of trade are so highly developed, that commerce has developed into one
permanent fair. The great expositions, which began toward the close of the
eighteenth century, but of which the London Exposition of 1851 (Crystal
Palace) was the first of world-wide significance, seem to have continued to
the present time the principle of periodical recurrence, but a tendency to
permanence is to be noted even with respect to them. Many of these
expositions have led to the establishment of museums of industry, art, and
commerce, and the use of permanent expositions of models and samples has
Page 325
come to be a recognized means of furthering industry and commerce.
Finally, the nineteenth century has witnessed the foundation of most of the
modern produce exchanges, which have proved indispensable to the rapid
development of commerce in the great staples. The experience of Hamburg
is significant in this respect. The coffee trade of that port declined after
1882, when Havre adopted the system of dealings in futures, and did not
recover until 1887, when Hamburg adopted the system also, and then
enjoyed a rapid growth of the trade. These produce exchanges are to be
found, with variations in the wares handled and in the system pursued, in all
advanced countries. Germany, for instance, offers facilities for the
characteristic trade of a produce exchange (including dealings in futures), in
the following articles: wheat, rye, maize, oats, rye flour, crude alcohol,
rape-seed oil, kerosene, cotton, coffee, raw sugar, granulated sugar, and
carded wool.
396. Contrast of the character of association in commerce and in
manufactures or transportation.—A previous section, describing the
specialization of merchants in the nineteenth century, suggests the gain
which commerce has made in the way of cooperation. The tendency,
however, has been to split tasks up into small pieces, and to distribute these
among individuals or small groups, rather than to associate great numbers
of men under one management. We do not find in strictly commercial
undertakings the tremendous aggregations of men and capital which have
become characteristic of modern transportation and manufactures. Modern
trusts, it is true, have invaded the field of commerce to a certain extent, and
have effected some of their chief economies in improved methods of
marketing their products. What the development may be along the line thus
indicated is an interesting subject for speculation, but a subject which
cannot be allowed to detain us here. Mercantile enterprises are still, for the
most part, carried on by individuals, by partnerships, or by corporations in
which the personal and local element is predominant.
397. More efficient utilization of capital in modern trade.—The
middleman, therefore, cannot as a rule secure the capital which he needs for
carrying on his business by offering securities for public subscription
through the stock exchange. He seems, in this respect, at a disadvantage in
comparison with the manufacturer, the railroad, or the steamship operator.
He is, however, better off in at least two respects than his predecessors of an
earlier time. First, he can do much more business with the same amount of
Finally, the nineteenth century has witnessed the foundation of most of the
modern produce exchanges, which have proved indispensable to the rapid
development of commerce in the great staples. The experience of Hamburg
is significant in this respect. The coffee trade of that port declined after
1882, when Havre adopted the system of dealings in futures, and did not
recover until 1887, when Hamburg adopted the system also, and then
enjoyed a rapid growth of the trade. These produce exchanges are to be
found, with variations in the wares handled and in the system pursued, in all
advanced countries. Germany, for instance, offers facilities for the
characteristic trade of a produce exchange (including dealings in futures), in
the following articles: wheat, rye, maize, oats, rye flour, crude alcohol,
rape-seed oil, kerosene, cotton, coffee, raw sugar, granulated sugar, and
carded wool.
396. Contrast of the character of association in commerce and in
manufactures or transportation.—A previous section, describing the
specialization of merchants in the nineteenth century, suggests the gain
which commerce has made in the way of cooperation. The tendency,
however, has been to split tasks up into small pieces, and to distribute these
among individuals or small groups, rather than to associate great numbers
of men under one management. We do not find in strictly commercial
undertakings the tremendous aggregations of men and capital which have
become characteristic of modern transportation and manufactures. Modern
trusts, it is true, have invaded the field of commerce to a certain extent, and
have effected some of their chief economies in improved methods of
marketing their products. What the development may be along the line thus
indicated is an interesting subject for speculation, but a subject which
cannot be allowed to detain us here. Mercantile enterprises are still, for the
most part, carried on by individuals, by partnerships, or by corporations in
which the personal and local element is predominant.
397. More efficient utilization of capital in modern trade.—The
middleman, therefore, cannot as a rule secure the capital which he needs for
carrying on his business by offering securities for public subscription
through the stock exchange. He seems, in this respect, at a disadvantage in
comparison with the manufacturer, the railroad, or the steamship operator.
He is, however, better off in at least two respects than his predecessors of an
earlier time. First, he can do much more business with the same amount of
Page 326
capital than was possible under the old conditions. The great technical
improvements have resulted in a much more rapid “turn-over” of capital,
and a merchant now sells out and replenishes his stock far more rapidly
than he could formerly do. The instance of the India trade, given in a
section above, illustrates this fact. The “merchant princes” who once ruled
this trade by their great capital have given place to many smaller merchants,
who can make less capital suffice by its rapid turn-over.
398. Benefit of banks to trade.—Second, the deserving merchant can
manage with a smaller capital than formerly, because he can borrow more
easily and to much better advantage. The reader must be content with a
summary of the results of the development of banking in the course of the
century, for there is no space in which to treat the details of its history.
Banks have followed business throughout the world. They have attracted
the unused capital of the community until they control now a fund of
enormous dimensions, available for mercantile loans. On the security of
business paper (bills of exchange, bills of lading, drafts, notes, etc.),
merchants secure the use of this capital, and find their means limited now
only by the extent of their business. It is the function of the banker to judge
of the soundness of this business, and to accord or withhold the use of the
bank’s money according to the promise of the enterprise. Mistakes are
made, of course, but they are comparatively rare because a mistake in either
direction compromises the bank’s success. Special institutions, the
commercial and credit agencies, have grown up since 1841, to aid bankers
and merchants in this delicate task of judging the credit of individuals.
399. Criticism of the present organization; crises.—Of the general
power and efficiency of the present organization there can be no question. It
meets the supreme test of maintaining a population greater than in any
previous period of the world’s history, on a scale of comfort formerly
unknown. That it is perfect, however, no sensible man believes. We cannot
discuss the many criticisms directed against it from various points of view,
but must not omit the consideration of one confessed weakness. The
organization is wonderfully efficient in normal times, but it is unsteady. It
passes, at intervals, through periods of feverish activity, culminating in a
crisis and followed by dull stagnation. A curve showing the course of the
world’s trade during the century would not present a steady rise, but a series
of waves, with distinctly marked crest and trough. There is a waste of labor
and capital in all periods of a crisis. In the good times men strain
improvements have resulted in a much more rapid “turn-over” of capital,
and a merchant now sells out and replenishes his stock far more rapidly
than he could formerly do. The instance of the India trade, given in a
section above, illustrates this fact. The “merchant princes” who once ruled
this trade by their great capital have given place to many smaller merchants,
who can make less capital suffice by its rapid turn-over.
398. Benefit of banks to trade.—Second, the deserving merchant can
manage with a smaller capital than formerly, because he can borrow more
easily and to much better advantage. The reader must be content with a
summary of the results of the development of banking in the course of the
century, for there is no space in which to treat the details of its history.
Banks have followed business throughout the world. They have attracted
the unused capital of the community until they control now a fund of
enormous dimensions, available for mercantile loans. On the security of
business paper (bills of exchange, bills of lading, drafts, notes, etc.),
merchants secure the use of this capital, and find their means limited now
only by the extent of their business. It is the function of the banker to judge
of the soundness of this business, and to accord or withhold the use of the
bank’s money according to the promise of the enterprise. Mistakes are
made, of course, but they are comparatively rare because a mistake in either
direction compromises the bank’s success. Special institutions, the
commercial and credit agencies, have grown up since 1841, to aid bankers
and merchants in this delicate task of judging the credit of individuals.
399. Criticism of the present organization; crises.—Of the general
power and efficiency of the present organization there can be no question. It
meets the supreme test of maintaining a population greater than in any
previous period of the world’s history, on a scale of comfort formerly
unknown. That it is perfect, however, no sensible man believes. We cannot
discuss the many criticisms directed against it from various points of view,
but must not omit the consideration of one confessed weakness. The
organization is wonderfully efficient in normal times, but it is unsteady. It
passes, at intervals, through periods of feverish activity, culminating in a
crisis and followed by dull stagnation. A curve showing the course of the
world’s trade during the century would not present a steady rise, but a series
of waves, with distinctly marked crest and trough. There is a waste of labor
and capital in all periods of a crisis. In the good times men strain
Page 327
themselves to build railroads where they are not needed, or to make
machines for which there is no profitable use. Sooner or later they come to
their senses with a shock, and realize that they have been wasting their
time; then they are as depressed as they formerly were sanguine, and are too
timid for a time to make good use of the capital which the crisis has left on
their hands.
400. Crises before 1850.—The tendency of the commercial organization
to these interruptions in its regularity of operation, which was apparent in
advanced countries before 1800, has grown more marked in the nineteenth
century; and, with the spread of the modern organization, crises now affect
the whole world. Crises have occurred at intervals of about eleven years
since 1800. A crisis marked the end of the Napoleonic wars in 1815.
Another followed in 1825, occasioned, in England, by speculation in banks,
turnpikes, and canals, and by unwise investments in South America.
Commerce recovered from its depression only to decline again after the
crisis of 1836-39, which was felt with particular severity in the United
States in 1837. The last of the crises in the first half of the century, and the
first crisis for which railroad speculation can be held largely responsible,
followed in 1847, and was the more severe on the Continent because it
coincided with a period of political revolution.
401. Crises since 1850.—Toward the middle of the century the new
instruments of steam transportation began to work their great changes. At
just this time, moreover, the discovery of gold in California (1848) and in
Australia (1851) led to an immense increase in the world’s stock of gold,
which is said to have doubled in little more than ten years. The results,
inflation and speculation, were as marked as though the new money had
been of paper, and a period of over-trading ceased only with the outbreak of
the crisis of 1857, which spread quickly from the United States to England
and thence to the Continent.
A longer period than usual intervened, broken only by local disturbances
(failure of a great English banking firm in 1866, “Black Friday” in the
United States, 1869). The crisis of 1873 was, perhaps, on this account, more
serious; it led to a depression of many years, affecting all branches of trade,
and even distant countries like Australia and South America. Beginning,
this time, on the Continent, where the outcome of the Franco-Prussian war
and the payment of the great war indemnity had led to unprecedented
speculation, it found a ready field in the United States, where there had
machines for which there is no profitable use. Sooner or later they come to
their senses with a shock, and realize that they have been wasting their
time; then they are as depressed as they formerly were sanguine, and are too
timid for a time to make good use of the capital which the crisis has left on
their hands.
400. Crises before 1850.—The tendency of the commercial organization
to these interruptions in its regularity of operation, which was apparent in
advanced countries before 1800, has grown more marked in the nineteenth
century; and, with the spread of the modern organization, crises now affect
the whole world. Crises have occurred at intervals of about eleven years
since 1800. A crisis marked the end of the Napoleonic wars in 1815.
Another followed in 1825, occasioned, in England, by speculation in banks,
turnpikes, and canals, and by unwise investments in South America.
Commerce recovered from its depression only to decline again after the
crisis of 1836-39, which was felt with particular severity in the United
States in 1837. The last of the crises in the first half of the century, and the
first crisis for which railroad speculation can be held largely responsible,
followed in 1847, and was the more severe on the Continent because it
coincided with a period of political revolution.
401. Crises since 1850.—Toward the middle of the century the new
instruments of steam transportation began to work their great changes. At
just this time, moreover, the discovery of gold in California (1848) and in
Australia (1851) led to an immense increase in the world’s stock of gold,
which is said to have doubled in little more than ten years. The results,
inflation and speculation, were as marked as though the new money had
been of paper, and a period of over-trading ceased only with the outbreak of
the crisis of 1857, which spread quickly from the United States to England
and thence to the Continent.
A longer period than usual intervened, broken only by local disturbances
(failure of a great English banking firm in 1866, “Black Friday” in the
United States, 1869). The crisis of 1873 was, perhaps, on this account, more
serious; it led to a depression of many years, affecting all branches of trade,
and even distant countries like Australia and South America. Beginning,
this time, on the Continent, where the outcome of the Franco-Prussian war
and the payment of the great war indemnity had led to unprecedented
speculation, it found a ready field in the United States, where there had
Page 328
been an active speculation in land and stocks, and proved to be the greatest
international crisis which the world has known. As though the air had been
cleared by this great storm, succeeding disturbances have been far more
restricted in their action. A banking crisis in France in 1882 and a railroad
crisis in the United States in 1884 were the chief events of the next period
of danger; and in more recent times have followed the American currency
crisis of 1893, and the German industrial crisis of 1901.
402. Rise in the price level since 1896.—Toward the close of the
nineteenth century a change became apparent in the very basis of business,
namely in the world’s money in which prices are expressed. The prices of
different commodities never rise or fall exactly in unison, but it is possible
by statistics to show the change in the average of prices or the price level,
as it is called; and a study of recent statistics shows a rise in prices so
extensive and so rapid as to make it clearly a topic deserving serious
attention from the student of commercial development.
Taking for the basis of comparison the average of prices in the decade
1890-1899, the price of staple raw commodities in the United States had
risen in 1910 by almost 40%; or, comparing 1910 with 1896, when prices
were lowest, by 66.3%, almost two-thirds. The change has been less marked
in manufactured wares, for it has been offset to a certain extent by
improvements in methods of production, but still it is very great: nearly
30% compared with the decade before 1900, and over 40% compared with
1896.
403. Effects of increase in the world’s gold production.—Countless
factors have contributed to this result, in one way or another, but
economists are generally agreed that the one cause overshadowing all
others is the increase in the world’s output of gold. The metal which is the
basis of the world’s currency system has become so plentiful that it has
cheapened; and the purchaser of wares has now to give more gold for them,
that is, prices have risen.
From the time of the Californian and the Australian gold discoveries, for
almost half a century, the world’s annual gold output was curiously
constant, at a figure somewhat over one hundred million dollars. The
discovery of new gold fields and the perfection of new processes effected a
revolution. The output of 1896 first exceeded the figure of two hundred
million, in 1899 it passed the mark of three hundred, in 1906 and in
succeeding years past 1910 it never fell below four hundred million.
international crisis which the world has known. As though the air had been
cleared by this great storm, succeeding disturbances have been far more
restricted in their action. A banking crisis in France in 1882 and a railroad
crisis in the United States in 1884 were the chief events of the next period
of danger; and in more recent times have followed the American currency
crisis of 1893, and the German industrial crisis of 1901.
402. Rise in the price level since 1896.—Toward the close of the
nineteenth century a change became apparent in the very basis of business,
namely in the world’s money in which prices are expressed. The prices of
different commodities never rise or fall exactly in unison, but it is possible
by statistics to show the change in the average of prices or the price level,
as it is called; and a study of recent statistics shows a rise in prices so
extensive and so rapid as to make it clearly a topic deserving serious
attention from the student of commercial development.
Taking for the basis of comparison the average of prices in the decade
1890-1899, the price of staple raw commodities in the United States had
risen in 1910 by almost 40%; or, comparing 1910 with 1896, when prices
were lowest, by 66.3%, almost two-thirds. The change has been less marked
in manufactured wares, for it has been offset to a certain extent by
improvements in methods of production, but still it is very great: nearly
30% compared with the decade before 1900, and over 40% compared with
1896.
403. Effects of increase in the world’s gold production.—Countless
factors have contributed to this result, in one way or another, but
economists are generally agreed that the one cause overshadowing all
others is the increase in the world’s output of gold. The metal which is the
basis of the world’s currency system has become so plentiful that it has
cheapened; and the purchaser of wares has now to give more gold for them,
that is, prices have risen.
From the time of the Californian and the Australian gold discoveries, for
almost half a century, the world’s annual gold output was curiously
constant, at a figure somewhat over one hundred million dollars. The
discovery of new gold fields and the perfection of new processes effected a
revolution. The output of 1896 first exceeded the figure of two hundred
million, in 1899 it passed the mark of three hundred, in 1906 and in
succeeding years past 1910 it never fell below four hundred million.
Page 329
While some classes in the community lose in a period of rising prices,
particularly wage-earners and bond-holders whose income rises slowly in
comparison with the increase in the cost of living, the speculators,
merchants and manufacturers find in such a period a great opportunity to
make money and business rapidly expands. The following pages will
describe a noteworthy development of industry and trade in the period
immediately preceding the World War; and the reader will realize, even
when no reference is made to it, that the change in the price level has been
an important factor in the development. One caution, however, seems at this
point particularly advisable. Many of the statistics following, in which the
development is pictured, are given in terms of money values. These figures
grow with the rise in prices, even when there is no change in the physical
amount of business transacted, and are an accurate index of the volume of
trade only when they are reduced to an extent corresponding with the rise of
prices.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. In the example given, sect. 386, distinguish the producer, the
transporter, and the consumer. Show how each one of these gained by the
advance in organization. Did any one lose by it?
2. Of what wares are large amounts still kept in storehouses, and why?
[Cf. U. S. Monthly Summary, Oct., 1903, vol. 11. no. 4, pp. 1033-1095,
Warehousing industry in U. S.]
3. Study, from newspaper accounts, the effect of an interruption of
commerce by one of the causes suggested in the text.
4. Distinguishing producer, middleman, and consumer, show what has
been the effect on each of the introduction of the telegraph.
5. Service of the postal system to commerce. [James in Depew, One
hund. years, chap. 5.]
6. Development of the modern system of advertising. [Ayer in Depew,
One hund. years, chap. 13.]
7. Nobody complains because the farmer who grows wheat or wool does
not also make flour or cloth. Is there any good reason why the man who
makes the flour or cloth should also market it?
8. Study the biography of some great merchant, and find out whether he
made money out of people, or made money for people and kept only a share
particularly wage-earners and bond-holders whose income rises slowly in
comparison with the increase in the cost of living, the speculators,
merchants and manufacturers find in such a period a great opportunity to
make money and business rapidly expands. The following pages will
describe a noteworthy development of industry and trade in the period
immediately preceding the World War; and the reader will realize, even
when no reference is made to it, that the change in the price level has been
an important factor in the development. One caution, however, seems at this
point particularly advisable. Many of the statistics following, in which the
development is pictured, are given in terms of money values. These figures
grow with the rise in prices, even when there is no change in the physical
amount of business transacted, and are an accurate index of the volume of
trade only when they are reduced to an extent corresponding with the rise of
prices.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. In the example given, sect. 386, distinguish the producer, the
transporter, and the consumer. Show how each one of these gained by the
advance in organization. Did any one lose by it?
2. Of what wares are large amounts still kept in storehouses, and why?
[Cf. U. S. Monthly Summary, Oct., 1903, vol. 11. no. 4, pp. 1033-1095,
Warehousing industry in U. S.]
3. Study, from newspaper accounts, the effect of an interruption of
commerce by one of the causes suggested in the text.
4. Distinguishing producer, middleman, and consumer, show what has
been the effect on each of the introduction of the telegraph.
5. Service of the postal system to commerce. [James in Depew, One
hund. years, chap. 5.]
6. Development of the modern system of advertising. [Ayer in Depew,
One hund. years, chap. 13.]
7. Nobody complains because the farmer who grows wheat or wool does
not also make flour or cloth. Is there any good reason why the man who
makes the flour or cloth should also market it?
8. Study the biography of some great merchant, and find out whether he
made money out of people, or made money for people and kept only a share
Page 330
for himself. [James Burnley, Millionaires and kings of enterprise, Lond. and
Phila., 1901; Fortunes made in business, London, 1884, 2 vols.]
9. Make a genealogical chart, showing how, from a single ancestor (the
medieval artisan) the many specialists in modern manufactures and trade
have proceeded. [Small and Vincent, Introduction to Study of society,
contains a chart of this character, which may be used for guidance. See the
U. S. Census or a business directory for suggestions of the present
organization.]
10. If you have personal knowledge of some trade or manufacture, write
a report on the development of its organization and the resulting
specialization.
11. Write a report on the advantages to society of (a) fire insurance, or (b)
speculation. [Hadley, Economics, chap. 4, or other manual of economics; H.
C. Emery, Speculation on the stock and produce exchanges of the United
States, N. Y., 1896, Columbia Studies, 7: 283-512.]
12. Write the history of any institution for periodical trade, like a market
or fair, which has ever existed in your neighborhood. Has it any commercial
importance at present? [Residents of the original thirteen colonies and of
the older States will find in local histories and early legislation much
information on this subject.]
13. The London exposition of 1851. [McCarthy, Hist., vol. 1, chap. 21.]
14. Write the history of some produce exchange. [Emery, Speculation;
local history and biography, reports of the exchange.]
15. Note, in connection with sect. 394, that the industrial organization has
become so complex in recent times that this book cannot follow out topics
which were treated in earlier periods. For the importance of capital and of
large scale enterprise at present see the books on economics, on railroads,
trusts, etc.
16. Advantages of the modern department store. [Scribner’s Magazine,
1897, vol. 21, p. 4 ff.; restrictions of space forbid the treatment of the
organization of retail trade in the text, but many interesting and fruitful
topics may be found in studying it.]
17. The business of a modern bank. [Scribner’s Magazine, 1897, vol. 21,
p. 575 ff.; manuals on economics and banking.]
18. The benefits of commercial and credit agencies. [Question bankers
and business men; I find no historical treatment of the topic available in
English.]
Phila., 1901; Fortunes made in business, London, 1884, 2 vols.]
9. Make a genealogical chart, showing how, from a single ancestor (the
medieval artisan) the many specialists in modern manufactures and trade
have proceeded. [Small and Vincent, Introduction to Study of society,
contains a chart of this character, which may be used for guidance. See the
U. S. Census or a business directory for suggestions of the present
organization.]
10. If you have personal knowledge of some trade or manufacture, write
a report on the development of its organization and the resulting
specialization.
11. Write a report on the advantages to society of (a) fire insurance, or (b)
speculation. [Hadley, Economics, chap. 4, or other manual of economics; H.
C. Emery, Speculation on the stock and produce exchanges of the United
States, N. Y., 1896, Columbia Studies, 7: 283-512.]
12. Write the history of any institution for periodical trade, like a market
or fair, which has ever existed in your neighborhood. Has it any commercial
importance at present? [Residents of the original thirteen colonies and of
the older States will find in local histories and early legislation much
information on this subject.]
13. The London exposition of 1851. [McCarthy, Hist., vol. 1, chap. 21.]
14. Write the history of some produce exchange. [Emery, Speculation;
local history and biography, reports of the exchange.]
15. Note, in connection with sect. 394, that the industrial organization has
become so complex in recent times that this book cannot follow out topics
which were treated in earlier periods. For the importance of capital and of
large scale enterprise at present see the books on economics, on railroads,
trusts, etc.
16. Advantages of the modern department store. [Scribner’s Magazine,
1897, vol. 21, p. 4 ff.; restrictions of space forbid the treatment of the
organization of retail trade in the text, but many interesting and fruitful
topics may be found in studying it.]
17. The business of a modern bank. [Scribner’s Magazine, 1897, vol. 21,
p. 575 ff.; manuals on economics and banking.]
18. The benefits of commercial and credit agencies. [Question bankers
and business men; I find no historical treatment of the topic available in
English.]
Page 331
19. Character and course of a commercial crisis. [Manuals of economics.]
20. Write the history of some particular crisis. [Bibliography in Jones,
Bowker and Iles, and Palgrave; consult narrative histories of the period, and
periodical articles.]
21. Effect of the gold discoveries about 1850. [Rand, Ec. hist., chap. 10,
from Cairnes.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
This chapter touches so closely the field of economics that it seems
unnecessary to duplicate the references which are supplied in abundance by
the manuals on that subject. See for bibliography Bowker and Iles, and
Bullock’s Introduction to the Study of Economics, N. Y., 1897. A full
classified bibliography of commercial crises will be found in Edward D.
Jones, Economic crises, N. Y., Macmillan, 1900, pp. 225-245. The book
which covers most fully the topics treated here is Wells, **Recent econ.
changes. References on special topics are given above.
20. Write the history of some particular crisis. [Bibliography in Jones,
Bowker and Iles, and Palgrave; consult narrative histories of the period, and
periodical articles.]
21. Effect of the gold discoveries about 1850. [Rand, Ec. hist., chap. 10,
from Cairnes.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
This chapter touches so closely the field of economics that it seems
unnecessary to duplicate the references which are supplied in abundance by
the manuals on that subject. See for bibliography Bowker and Iles, and
Bullock’s Introduction to the Study of Economics, N. Y., 1897. A full
classified bibliography of commercial crises will be found in Edward D.
Jones, Economic crises, N. Y., Macmillan, 1900, pp. 225-245. The book
which covers most fully the topics treated here is Wells, **Recent econ.
changes. References on special topics are given above.
Page 332
CHAPTER XXXIV
COMMERCIAL POLICY
404. War and peace in the nineteenth century.—Although, for the
convenience of a round number, the date 1800 has been chosen in this book
to fix the beginning of the recent period, the great changes which marked
the passing of previous conditions began with the French Revolution of
1789. The effects of the revolution were soon felt outside the country in
which it started. In a few years the powers of Europe were engaged in a war
which, with slight intermission, endured for almost the period of a
generation, and ceased finally only with the defeat of Napoleon at Waterloo.
Since 1815 commerce has enjoyed singular freedom from the vexation of
war, and our attention will be occupied in this chapter mainly with the
commercial policy of states at peace. The convulsive struggle, however, in
which the century began, has such importance, commercial as well as
political, that it demands more than passing comment.
405. French privateers and English commerce.—The commercial
interest of the revolutionary and Napoleonic wars centers in the contest
between France and England. These two powers were the greatest
commercial states of Europe, and France still retained important colonial
possessions. England, however, had specialized in the development of sea
power, while France now followed the course to which she had long been
tending and sought to win the victory by the development of her power on
land. After 1795 France abandoned the policy of maintaining great fleets to
oppose the British, sacrificed the merchant vessels flying the French flag,
and sought to destroy the commerce on which the life of England depended
by sending out innumerable privateers to prey upon it. France enjoyed,
apparently, an extraordinarily favorable position for making this policy
effective. The port of London carried on more than half of British foreign
trade; of the ships which contributed to its annual record of thirteen or
fourteen thousand entries and departures, two thirds had to pass through the
English Channel; and French privateers, sailing at sundown from a home
port, could reach their cruising ground before it was light again. Some of
the French privateers inflicted very serious loss on the British. A large one,
captured in 1799, is said to have taken 160 prizes in four years, and to have
COMMERCIAL POLICY
404. War and peace in the nineteenth century.—Although, for the
convenience of a round number, the date 1800 has been chosen in this book
to fix the beginning of the recent period, the great changes which marked
the passing of previous conditions began with the French Revolution of
1789. The effects of the revolution were soon felt outside the country in
which it started. In a few years the powers of Europe were engaged in a war
which, with slight intermission, endured for almost the period of a
generation, and ceased finally only with the defeat of Napoleon at Waterloo.
Since 1815 commerce has enjoyed singular freedom from the vexation of
war, and our attention will be occupied in this chapter mainly with the
commercial policy of states at peace. The convulsive struggle, however, in
which the century began, has such importance, commercial as well as
political, that it demands more than passing comment.
405. French privateers and English commerce.—The commercial
interest of the revolutionary and Napoleonic wars centers in the contest
between France and England. These two powers were the greatest
commercial states of Europe, and France still retained important colonial
possessions. England, however, had specialized in the development of sea
power, while France now followed the course to which she had long been
tending and sought to win the victory by the development of her power on
land. After 1795 France abandoned the policy of maintaining great fleets to
oppose the British, sacrificed the merchant vessels flying the French flag,
and sought to destroy the commerce on which the life of England depended
by sending out innumerable privateers to prey upon it. France enjoyed,
apparently, an extraordinarily favorable position for making this policy
effective. The port of London carried on more than half of British foreign
trade; of the ships which contributed to its annual record of thirteen or
fourteen thousand entries and departures, two thirds had to pass through the
English Channel; and French privateers, sailing at sundown from a home
port, could reach their cruising ground before it was light again. Some of
the French privateers inflicted very serious loss on the British. A large one,
captured in 1799, is said to have taken 160 prizes in four years, and to have
Page 333
cleared for her owners in Bordeaux five million dollars. English ships were
forced to gather in convoys, sailing under the protection of ships of war.
Fleets of 200 or 300 vessels were not unusual, and sometimes 500 or 1,000
were seen together, in dangerous places like the Chops of the Channel or
the entrance to the Baltic. This system consumed the time and money of
English merchants, and did not entirely prevent losses, which amounted
perhaps to 2 per cent or more of the total volume of British trade. Still, the
effort of France to crush her enemy by this means was clearly futile. France,
on the other hand, saw her commerce decline until, as a literal fact, not a
single merchant vessel flying the French flag was on the seas. In 1800
France received directly from Asia, Africa, and America less than $300,000
worth of goods altogether, and exported to those continents only $56,000.
406. Napoleon and the Continental System.—A new period in the war
against commerce can be dated from the reopening of hostilities, after a
brief interval of peace, in 1803. Napoleon, now the ruling spirit in France,
found that a direct contest with the English on their own element, the sea,
was hopeless. His schemes for the conquest of his great enemies may be
summarized as follows: first, direct invasion, from which he was always
deterred by the English sea power; second, a blow at England through her
eastern empire, to which the Egyptian expedition was preparatory; and
finally, the “commercial strangulation” of England by the exclusion of her
goods from Europe. This last scheme, to which his efforts finally narrowed
themselves, simply continued a policy which had already been applied in
France, of excluding the wares and ships of British commerce. Napoleon
was able, however, by his extraordinary successes on land, to extend the
system of prohibition far beyond the bounds of France, and make it truly
deserving of its name of Continental System. By 1809 he had closed to
English trade all Europe except Turkey, Sicily, and Portugal. Decrees
named from the place at which they were issued (Berlin, Milan), sought
with savage thoroughness to stop all openings through which the English
might carry on their trade and recruit their resources for the war against
him. Commerce with Europe, according to Napoleon’s plan, was to be
carried on exclusively by his allies or by neutrals like the Americans; and
the English, by being totally excluded, were to be starved into submission.
407. English reprisals; the position of neutrals.—To these measures
England replied with various Orders in Council which matched in spirit
Napoleon’s decrees. As Napoleon sought to exclude England from
forced to gather in convoys, sailing under the protection of ships of war.
Fleets of 200 or 300 vessels were not unusual, and sometimes 500 or 1,000
were seen together, in dangerous places like the Chops of the Channel or
the entrance to the Baltic. This system consumed the time and money of
English merchants, and did not entirely prevent losses, which amounted
perhaps to 2 per cent or more of the total volume of British trade. Still, the
effort of France to crush her enemy by this means was clearly futile. France,
on the other hand, saw her commerce decline until, as a literal fact, not a
single merchant vessel flying the French flag was on the seas. In 1800
France received directly from Asia, Africa, and America less than $300,000
worth of goods altogether, and exported to those continents only $56,000.
406. Napoleon and the Continental System.—A new period in the war
against commerce can be dated from the reopening of hostilities, after a
brief interval of peace, in 1803. Napoleon, now the ruling spirit in France,
found that a direct contest with the English on their own element, the sea,
was hopeless. His schemes for the conquest of his great enemies may be
summarized as follows: first, direct invasion, from which he was always
deterred by the English sea power; second, a blow at England through her
eastern empire, to which the Egyptian expedition was preparatory; and
finally, the “commercial strangulation” of England by the exclusion of her
goods from Europe. This last scheme, to which his efforts finally narrowed
themselves, simply continued a policy which had already been applied in
France, of excluding the wares and ships of British commerce. Napoleon
was able, however, by his extraordinary successes on land, to extend the
system of prohibition far beyond the bounds of France, and make it truly
deserving of its name of Continental System. By 1809 he had closed to
English trade all Europe except Turkey, Sicily, and Portugal. Decrees
named from the place at which they were issued (Berlin, Milan), sought
with savage thoroughness to stop all openings through which the English
might carry on their trade and recruit their resources for the war against
him. Commerce with Europe, according to Napoleon’s plan, was to be
carried on exclusively by his allies or by neutrals like the Americans; and
the English, by being totally excluded, were to be starved into submission.
407. English reprisals; the position of neutrals.—To these measures
England replied with various Orders in Council which matched in spirit
Napoleon’s decrees. As Napoleon sought to exclude England from
Page 334
European commerce, so England sought to drive the commerce of
Napoleon’s allies from the sea, and, furthermore, to make neutral commerce
aid her in her measures against him. An order of 1807 required any neutral
trading with the Continent to stop at a British station both going and
coming, to land and reship the cargo, and to pay certain duties. Its purpose
was to make England the center and warehouse of the world’s commerce.
Neutrals were placed between the upper and the nether millstone. In
obeying the orders of either belligerent they exposed themselves to the
punishment of the other. The merchants of the United States, who had
profited by the early stages of the war to extend their commerce greatly,
were forced into the seclusion of the embargo (to be described later), and
were led in 1812 to the declaration of open war with England.
408. Failure of the Continental System.—England scarcely needed
political allies in a contest in which the material interests of most of the
people of Europe were allied with her own. The obstacles to commerce with
the Continent caused the prices of articles like the colonial wares to rise to
double, triple, even tenfold, what they were in England. The reader will
remember that the practical beginnings of beet sugar manufacture can be
dated from this period of dearth. Commercial forces were too strong for any
political restrictions, and smugglers brought goods to the people who
wanted and would pay for them, despite all penalties. At a time (1809-10)
when all the great ports from Riga to Triest were closed, goods reached the
interior still, through the Greek islands, Malta, parts of Spain, the Channel
Islands, and Heligoland. Napoleon himself had to recognize the
impossibility of making the Continental System effective. He clad his own
armies in English cloth, sold constantly licenses to evade his own decrees,
and sought to win the profits away from smugglers by allowing the
introduction of colonial products on payment of duties equivalent to the
smugglers’ gain. Certain branches of production and manufacture were
furthered on the Continent by the restrictions on trade, but the Continental
System, on the whole, resulted only in loss to the people and in the defeat of
Napoleon’s own plans. It furnishes a signal example of the futility of
attempting to crush a sea power like England, without meeting it on its own
element.
409. Effect of the war on England and France.—The effect of the war
and the prohibitive system was necessarily injurious to British commerce,
and showed itself in a decline of British exports. The injury, however, far
Napoleon’s allies from the sea, and, furthermore, to make neutral commerce
aid her in her measures against him. An order of 1807 required any neutral
trading with the Continent to stop at a British station both going and
coming, to land and reship the cargo, and to pay certain duties. Its purpose
was to make England the center and warehouse of the world’s commerce.
Neutrals were placed between the upper and the nether millstone. In
obeying the orders of either belligerent they exposed themselves to the
punishment of the other. The merchants of the United States, who had
profited by the early stages of the war to extend their commerce greatly,
were forced into the seclusion of the embargo (to be described later), and
were led in 1812 to the declaration of open war with England.
408. Failure of the Continental System.—England scarcely needed
political allies in a contest in which the material interests of most of the
people of Europe were allied with her own. The obstacles to commerce with
the Continent caused the prices of articles like the colonial wares to rise to
double, triple, even tenfold, what they were in England. The reader will
remember that the practical beginnings of beet sugar manufacture can be
dated from this period of dearth. Commercial forces were too strong for any
political restrictions, and smugglers brought goods to the people who
wanted and would pay for them, despite all penalties. At a time (1809-10)
when all the great ports from Riga to Triest were closed, goods reached the
interior still, through the Greek islands, Malta, parts of Spain, the Channel
Islands, and Heligoland. Napoleon himself had to recognize the
impossibility of making the Continental System effective. He clad his own
armies in English cloth, sold constantly licenses to evade his own decrees,
and sought to win the profits away from smugglers by allowing the
introduction of colonial products on payment of duties equivalent to the
smugglers’ gain. Certain branches of production and manufacture were
furthered on the Continent by the restrictions on trade, but the Continental
System, on the whole, resulted only in loss to the people and in the defeat of
Napoleon’s own plans. It furnishes a signal example of the futility of
attempting to crush a sea power like England, without meeting it on its own
element.
409. Effect of the war on England and France.—The effect of the war
and the prohibitive system was necessarily injurious to British commerce,
and showed itself in a decline of British exports. The injury, however, far
Page 335
from being mortal, was extremely slight. Smuggling was incessant, and if
one opening to British trade was closed another was quickly found. When
Holland became allied to France and hence closed to England, British
exports to Germany increased rapidly; the German people were not
consuming more British goods, but acted merely as distributing agents,
through whom the goods reached their old markets. Napoleon could not
forever coerce a whole continent, and his blockade was generally evaded in
northern Europe, with the connivance of the governments, before 1810. On
the last day of that year the Czar of Russia bade open defiance to the
Continental System; and it crumbled beyond hope of repair after the failure
of the Moscow campaign. Even the losses which England suffered were
made up, in considerable part, by the profits which she secured from the
expansion of neutral trade. England gained valuable additions to her
maritime empire (Malta, Heligoland, Cape Colony, Ceylon, etc.), and
entered the nineteenth century with her commercial primacy established
beyond dispute. France, on the other hand, emerged from the struggle
weakened at home and shorn still further of possessions abroad. Hayti (or
San Domingo) had been lost by a native revolt; the Louisiana territory had
been ceded to the United States; and some of her small islands had passed
into the hands of England.
410. Other wars of the nineteenth century.—After the conclusion of
this great war the world enjoyed a long interval of peace. The nineteenth
century has been marked by internal political development, rather than by
international strife. The growth of the spirit of nationality, the idea that
people conscious of likeness in language, religion, etc., should be grouped
under the same government, has led to several sharp struggles between
states; but these have, in general, been short and of no great commercial
significance. More important, from the commercial standpoint, has been the
revolution in South America, which has enabled the people, formerly bound
by the restrictions of the colonial system, to establish independent trade
relations. Commerce was seriously affected, moreover, by the Civil War in
the United States, which closed to the world for a few years its great source
of supply of cotton. Other countries proved incapable of supplying the lack;
a considerable portion of the English people (one fifth, it was said then),
supported by the cotton manufacture, suffered from the stoppage of work;
and consumers were forced to adopt other clothing materials, and did not,
for many years, use cotton as freely as before. Of the other wars preceding
one opening to British trade was closed another was quickly found. When
Holland became allied to France and hence closed to England, British
exports to Germany increased rapidly; the German people were not
consuming more British goods, but acted merely as distributing agents,
through whom the goods reached their old markets. Napoleon could not
forever coerce a whole continent, and his blockade was generally evaded in
northern Europe, with the connivance of the governments, before 1810. On
the last day of that year the Czar of Russia bade open defiance to the
Continental System; and it crumbled beyond hope of repair after the failure
of the Moscow campaign. Even the losses which England suffered were
made up, in considerable part, by the profits which she secured from the
expansion of neutral trade. England gained valuable additions to her
maritime empire (Malta, Heligoland, Cape Colony, Ceylon, etc.), and
entered the nineteenth century with her commercial primacy established
beyond dispute. France, on the other hand, emerged from the struggle
weakened at home and shorn still further of possessions abroad. Hayti (or
San Domingo) had been lost by a native revolt; the Louisiana territory had
been ceded to the United States; and some of her small islands had passed
into the hands of England.
410. Other wars of the nineteenth century.—After the conclusion of
this great war the world enjoyed a long interval of peace. The nineteenth
century has been marked by internal political development, rather than by
international strife. The growth of the spirit of nationality, the idea that
people conscious of likeness in language, religion, etc., should be grouped
under the same government, has led to several sharp struggles between
states; but these have, in general, been short and of no great commercial
significance. More important, from the commercial standpoint, has been the
revolution in South America, which has enabled the people, formerly bound
by the restrictions of the colonial system, to establish independent trade
relations. Commerce was seriously affected, moreover, by the Civil War in
the United States, which closed to the world for a few years its great source
of supply of cotton. Other countries proved incapable of supplying the lack;
a considerable portion of the English people (one fifth, it was said then),
supported by the cotton manufacture, suffered from the stoppage of work;
and consumers were forced to adopt other clothing materials, and did not,
for many years, use cotton as freely as before. Of the other wars preceding
Page 336
1914 the only one that had great economic significance was the war
between Japan and Russia in 1905, which brought into the rank of the great
powers an Asiatic country with far-reaching commercial ambitions.
411. Removal of old obstacles to commerce.—The greatest benefit
which Europe enjoyed from the French Revolution and the ensuing wars
was the removal of many remnants of feudal institutions which had
persisted, petrified as it were, to this late period of history. Of these
remnants none was more harmful to commerce than the feudal institution of
the staple. This flourished especially in the German states, and resulted in
depriving of a large part of their commercial value the German rivers,
which were by nature the cheapest and best means of transportation. It was
impossible to travel far on any German river without reaching a staple,
where the boatman was subject to delay, inconvenience, and considerable
expense. On the Rhine, for instance, there were thirty-two stations of this
character where dues were still levied in 1800. As far as regarded the effect
on commerce the flow of the rivers might as well have been interrupted by
cataracts. It was a great step in progress, therefore, when these interruptions
were removed, as little by little they were in the first half of the nineteenth
century. The principle of free navigation was extended gradually to include
important international rivers like the Scheldt and the Danube. The reader
will remember that in the Middle Ages various countries tried to
monopolize parts of the sea itself. Denmark had kept its hold on the straits
leading into the Baltic Sea, and required ships to stop at Elsinore and pay
toll, until 1857, when it sold out its right to levy toll on the payment of a
lump sum by the countries interested in free navigation.
412. Customs tariffs; the prohibitive system.—The most important
topic which remains to be considered in this chapter is that of commercial
policy as shown in the customs tariffs. The details of tariff policy must be
left to later chapters, in which the different states will be considered
separately; place can be found here only for a brief review of the general
course of development, and for a consideration of some of the factors which
explain the great changes.
Only a few years before the outbreak of the French Revolution France
and England had agreed to a commercial treaty, which marked a great
departure from the restrictive principles of the old mercantilist policy, and
seemed to promise a new era of freedom in trade. The outbreak of war
destroyed the new system almost as soon as it had been carried into effect,
between Japan and Russia in 1905, which brought into the rank of the great
powers an Asiatic country with far-reaching commercial ambitions.
411. Removal of old obstacles to commerce.—The greatest benefit
which Europe enjoyed from the French Revolution and the ensuing wars
was the removal of many remnants of feudal institutions which had
persisted, petrified as it were, to this late period of history. Of these
remnants none was more harmful to commerce than the feudal institution of
the staple. This flourished especially in the German states, and resulted in
depriving of a large part of their commercial value the German rivers,
which were by nature the cheapest and best means of transportation. It was
impossible to travel far on any German river without reaching a staple,
where the boatman was subject to delay, inconvenience, and considerable
expense. On the Rhine, for instance, there were thirty-two stations of this
character where dues were still levied in 1800. As far as regarded the effect
on commerce the flow of the rivers might as well have been interrupted by
cataracts. It was a great step in progress, therefore, when these interruptions
were removed, as little by little they were in the first half of the nineteenth
century. The principle of free navigation was extended gradually to include
important international rivers like the Scheldt and the Danube. The reader
will remember that in the Middle Ages various countries tried to
monopolize parts of the sea itself. Denmark had kept its hold on the straits
leading into the Baltic Sea, and required ships to stop at Elsinore and pay
toll, until 1857, when it sold out its right to levy toll on the payment of a
lump sum by the countries interested in free navigation.
412. Customs tariffs; the prohibitive system.—The most important
topic which remains to be considered in this chapter is that of commercial
policy as shown in the customs tariffs. The details of tariff policy must be
left to later chapters, in which the different states will be considered
separately; place can be found here only for a brief review of the general
course of development, and for a consideration of some of the factors which
explain the great changes.
Only a few years before the outbreak of the French Revolution France
and England had agreed to a commercial treaty, which marked a great
departure from the restrictive principles of the old mercantilist policy, and
seemed to promise a new era of freedom in trade. The outbreak of war
destroyed the new system almost as soon as it had been carried into effect,
Page 337
and changed the relations between the two states into that attitude of fierce
antagonism which has been described above. The return of peace found the
tariff systems of both France and England set in the old lines. The tariffs
included a vast number of duties, both on imports and on exports; the rates
were high and often prohibitive; the protection of national shipping by
navigation acts was maintained. Similar characteristics marked the tariffs of
other European states, and this period may fitly be termed the era of
prohibition in recent commercial policy.
413. The period of free trade, 1860-1880.—The prohibitive system held
its ground, however, only by force of custom and by the active support of
small groups whom it favored. The writings of French and English
economists, of whom Adam Smith was the great representative, had
convinced thinking men that the people and countries of Europe would
benefit by greater freedom of trade, and governments waited only for
favorable conditions, political and economic, to lower their customs duties.
The movement toward reform was at first local, finding place especially in
England and Germany. Soon after the middle of the century, however, it
became general in Europe, and led to such sweeping changes that the period
extending, roughly, from 1860 to 1880 has often been called the free-trade
period in commercial history. This was the time when the technical
inventions, especially the application of steam on a large scale to
manufactures and transportation, were first showing their full power in
increasing productiveness. At this time a state which secluded itself
commercially seemed to be renouncing the chance to share in the great
movement of progress. Industrial states sought markets for their
manufactures and sources of supply for their food and raw materials.
Agricultural states found the offers for their surplus products too tempting
to be refused. So many profitable openings appeared everywhere that there
was little dread of competition and little call for protection.
414. Reduction of customs duties.—In this period, therefore, there was
a general overhauling of the old tariffs. Export duties disappeared.
Prohibitions were dropped, and import duties were reduced. Narrow
restrictions, designed to favor merchant shipping, were reformed. Liberal
commercial treaties became the fashion, and Europe was soon covered with
a network of them after England and France had set the example in 1860.
These treaties became of especial importance because they now included
generally the clause of “the most favored nation,” by which a participant in
antagonism which has been described above. The return of peace found the
tariff systems of both France and England set in the old lines. The tariffs
included a vast number of duties, both on imports and on exports; the rates
were high and often prohibitive; the protection of national shipping by
navigation acts was maintained. Similar characteristics marked the tariffs of
other European states, and this period may fitly be termed the era of
prohibition in recent commercial policy.
413. The period of free trade, 1860-1880.—The prohibitive system held
its ground, however, only by force of custom and by the active support of
small groups whom it favored. The writings of French and English
economists, of whom Adam Smith was the great representative, had
convinced thinking men that the people and countries of Europe would
benefit by greater freedom of trade, and governments waited only for
favorable conditions, political and economic, to lower their customs duties.
The movement toward reform was at first local, finding place especially in
England and Germany. Soon after the middle of the century, however, it
became general in Europe, and led to such sweeping changes that the period
extending, roughly, from 1860 to 1880 has often been called the free-trade
period in commercial history. This was the time when the technical
inventions, especially the application of steam on a large scale to
manufactures and transportation, were first showing their full power in
increasing productiveness. At this time a state which secluded itself
commercially seemed to be renouncing the chance to share in the great
movement of progress. Industrial states sought markets for their
manufactures and sources of supply for their food and raw materials.
Agricultural states found the offers for their surplus products too tempting
to be refused. So many profitable openings appeared everywhere that there
was little dread of competition and little call for protection.
414. Reduction of customs duties.—In this period, therefore, there was
a general overhauling of the old tariffs. Export duties disappeared.
Prohibitions were dropped, and import duties were reduced. Narrow
restrictions, designed to favor merchant shipping, were reformed. Liberal
commercial treaties became the fashion, and Europe was soon covered with
a network of them after England and France had set the example in 1860.
These treaties became of especial importance because they now included
generally the clause of “the most favored nation,” by which a participant in
Page 338
the treaty was assured that it should share, without delay and without need
of recompense, in any favors that might be granted to other states. The
slightest concession, therefore, effected a general reduction of duties in
Europe. An English author, writing in 1882, found that in the period from
1860 to 1880 tariffs had been raised in only two of the sixteen European
states. Apart from these two exceptions, which were not important, tariffs
had undergone substantial reductions; of 2,140 items existing in 1860 only
136 had been raised, while 900 had remained the same and no less than
1,104 had either been lowered or removed altogether from the list. These
reforms were undoubtedly responsible in part for the remarkable growth of
the world’s commerce in the period which they covered.
415. The return to protection.—The free-trade movement has been
followed, in the last quarter of the century, by a decided reaction to
protection. Since about 1880 increase in the customs duties has been the
rule in Europe, and reductions have been exceptional. No single cause can
be held responsible for this change. The growth of national feeling and of
international tension in Europe since 1870 has undoubtedly disposed
governments to listen more readily to the complaints of citizens who suffer
from competition, and ask for protection against foreigners. Competition,
moreover, has widened its range of action and become more keen. The
countries which gained new markets for their agricultural products, and
flourished during the period of development of steam transportation in
Europe, have lost their foreign markets and find their home markets
menaced, as the transportation system has grown to embrace other
continents and now brings cheap products from across the seas to the door
of the European consumer. Countries which willingly accepted the
manufactures of advanced industrial states when their own industries were
in a primitive stage of development have since aspired to establish modern
factories of their own at home.
In spite of the return to higher duties the present protectionist policy has
retained many of the changes of the period of free trade. The statesmen who
guide the commercial policy of European countries have discarded
prohibitions, and use duties discriminating against particular countries only
exceptionally. Down to the close of the century they have continued to grant
to nations in general the treatment accorded to the most favored nation, and
in some ways have extended the scope of this practice. The general level of
duties, moreover, though it may seem high in comparison even with the
of recompense, in any favors that might be granted to other states. The
slightest concession, therefore, effected a general reduction of duties in
Europe. An English author, writing in 1882, found that in the period from
1860 to 1880 tariffs had been raised in only two of the sixteen European
states. Apart from these two exceptions, which were not important, tariffs
had undergone substantial reductions; of 2,140 items existing in 1860 only
136 had been raised, while 900 had remained the same and no less than
1,104 had either been lowered or removed altogether from the list. These
reforms were undoubtedly responsible in part for the remarkable growth of
the world’s commerce in the period which they covered.
415. The return to protection.—The free-trade movement has been
followed, in the last quarter of the century, by a decided reaction to
protection. Since about 1880 increase in the customs duties has been the
rule in Europe, and reductions have been exceptional. No single cause can
be held responsible for this change. The growth of national feeling and of
international tension in Europe since 1870 has undoubtedly disposed
governments to listen more readily to the complaints of citizens who suffer
from competition, and ask for protection against foreigners. Competition,
moreover, has widened its range of action and become more keen. The
countries which gained new markets for their agricultural products, and
flourished during the period of development of steam transportation in
Europe, have lost their foreign markets and find their home markets
menaced, as the transportation system has grown to embrace other
continents and now brings cheap products from across the seas to the door
of the European consumer. Countries which willingly accepted the
manufactures of advanced industrial states when their own industries were
in a primitive stage of development have since aspired to establish modern
factories of their own at home.
In spite of the return to higher duties the present protectionist policy has
retained many of the changes of the period of free trade. The statesmen who
guide the commercial policy of European countries have discarded
prohibitions, and use duties discriminating against particular countries only
exceptionally. Down to the close of the century they have continued to grant
to nations in general the treatment accorded to the most favored nation, and
in some ways have extended the scope of this practice. The general level of
duties, moreover, though it may seem high in comparison even with the
Page 339
general average of the period of prohibitions, offers a much less effective
bar to trade, because of the reduction of the expense of transportation. It is
impossible to state accurately the relative height of various tariffs. The
following table gives an estimate of the tariffs on some important
manufactures towards the close of the century: Russia 130 per cent, United
States 72 per cent, France 30 per cent, Germany 25 per cent, Belgium 13
per cent, New Zealand 9 per cent, etc.
416. Colonial policy.—Colonial policy, a topic which has had for some
years a leading place in public discussion, can receive only brief
consideration in this history. The colonial ventures of the recent period may
in time bring forth the commercial results which their projectors promise;
up to the present the results have been small. Until far into the century
European governments showed little interest in the expansion of their
people or the extension of their power in distant parts of the world. Their
attention was absorbed by the problems of domestic and foreign policy in
Europe. The colonial question, however, like every other political and
economic question, assumed a new aspect under the changes wrought by
steam and the telegraph. Distant continents were, by those changes, brought
nearer to European capitals than parts of the home territory had been before.
The immense increase of transmarine commerce which marked the latter
part of the century was carried on largely by English-speaking people, and
seemed to promise to states of the Continent similar results if they could
spread broadcast their people and power as England had done. The best
parts of the world had already been occupied, it is true, but great stretches
of territory were still free from claimants of European descent. France
began to raise her flag over new territory in Africa, Asia, and Oceanica; the
Belgian king established his authority in the region of the Congo; the
movement quickened to a scramble in the ‘80’s; and soon all parts of the
habitable world except certain countries in Asia and Africa had been
brought under the sovereignty of European powers. The colonial question—
what to do with these possessions now that they have been secured, how to
govern them—has not yet become a part of history; it is still a question of
the day.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
bar to trade, because of the reduction of the expense of transportation. It is
impossible to state accurately the relative height of various tariffs. The
following table gives an estimate of the tariffs on some important
manufactures towards the close of the century: Russia 130 per cent, United
States 72 per cent, France 30 per cent, Germany 25 per cent, Belgium 13
per cent, New Zealand 9 per cent, etc.
416. Colonial policy.—Colonial policy, a topic which has had for some
years a leading place in public discussion, can receive only brief
consideration in this history. The colonial ventures of the recent period may
in time bring forth the commercial results which their projectors promise;
up to the present the results have been small. Until far into the century
European governments showed little interest in the expansion of their
people or the extension of their power in distant parts of the world. Their
attention was absorbed by the problems of domestic and foreign policy in
Europe. The colonial question, however, like every other political and
economic question, assumed a new aspect under the changes wrought by
steam and the telegraph. Distant continents were, by those changes, brought
nearer to European capitals than parts of the home territory had been before.
The immense increase of transmarine commerce which marked the latter
part of the century was carried on largely by English-speaking people, and
seemed to promise to states of the Continent similar results if they could
spread broadcast their people and power as England had done. The best
parts of the world had already been occupied, it is true, but great stretches
of territory were still free from claimants of European descent. France
began to raise her flag over new territory in Africa, Asia, and Oceanica; the
Belgian king established his authority in the region of the Congo; the
movement quickened to a scramble in the ‘80’s; and soon all parts of the
habitable world except certain countries in Asia and Africa had been
brought under the sovereignty of European powers. The colonial question—
what to do with these possessions now that they have been secured, how to
govern them—has not yet become a part of history; it is still a question of
the day.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
Page 340
1. Prepare a chronological table of the wars of the nineteenth century,
from a manual of recent history.
2. The English navy during the Napoleonic wars. [Social England, vol. 5,
pp. 391-401, 541-544; the sea stories of Captain Marryat.]
3. The Continental System and its effects. [Levi, Hist. Brit. commerce,
part 2, chap. 4, reprinted in Rand, Ec. hist., chap. 5; Rose in Kirkpatrick,
Lectures on hist. of nineteenth century, Cambridge, 1902, 59-78.]
4. Effect of Napoleon’s commercial measures on British finances.
[Audrey Cunningham, British credit in the last Napoleonic war, Cambridge,
1910.]
5. The question of neutral rights. [Schuyler, Amer. diplomacy, chap. 7;
Reeves, Two conceptions of the freedom of the seas, in Amer. Hist. Rev.,
April, 1917, 22: 535-543.]
6. The movement for independence in South America, and its commercial
results. [Helmolt, Hist. of the world, vol. 1; History of South America,
transl. by Adnah D. Jones, London (N. Y., Macmillan), 1899.]
7. Free navigation of European rivers. [Schuyler, Amer. diplomacy, chap.
6, p. 345 ff.]
8. The Sound Dues. [Same, p. 306 ff.].
9. Divide your graphic chart of commercial statistics into blocks, to
correspond with periods of commercial policy; dates may be chosen as
follows, 1800, 1860, 1880, 1900. Be cautious, however, about any
conclusions that may suggest themselves.
10. Relative share of different factors in recent commercial progress. [Cf.
W. E. Gladstone, Free trade, railways, and the growth of commerce,
Nineteenth Century (Magazine), Feb., 1880, 7: 367-378; but do not regard
this article as settling a problem still unsolved.]
11. Significance of the “most favored nation” clause in tariff history.
[Reciprocity and commercial treaties, 389-416.]
12. Various systems of tariff policy. [Reciprocity and commercial treaties,
461-467.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
The best single reference on the commercial conditions and policy of the
Napoleonic period is Lingelbach, *Historical investigation and the
commercial history of the Napoleonic era, in Amer. Hist. Rev., Jan., 1914,
from a manual of recent history.
2. The English navy during the Napoleonic wars. [Social England, vol. 5,
pp. 391-401, 541-544; the sea stories of Captain Marryat.]
3. The Continental System and its effects. [Levi, Hist. Brit. commerce,
part 2, chap. 4, reprinted in Rand, Ec. hist., chap. 5; Rose in Kirkpatrick,
Lectures on hist. of nineteenth century, Cambridge, 1902, 59-78.]
4. Effect of Napoleon’s commercial measures on British finances.
[Audrey Cunningham, British credit in the last Napoleonic war, Cambridge,
1910.]
5. The question of neutral rights. [Schuyler, Amer. diplomacy, chap. 7;
Reeves, Two conceptions of the freedom of the seas, in Amer. Hist. Rev.,
April, 1917, 22: 535-543.]
6. The movement for independence in South America, and its commercial
results. [Helmolt, Hist. of the world, vol. 1; History of South America,
transl. by Adnah D. Jones, London (N. Y., Macmillan), 1899.]
7. Free navigation of European rivers. [Schuyler, Amer. diplomacy, chap.
6, p. 345 ff.]
8. The Sound Dues. [Same, p. 306 ff.].
9. Divide your graphic chart of commercial statistics into blocks, to
correspond with periods of commercial policy; dates may be chosen as
follows, 1800, 1860, 1880, 1900. Be cautious, however, about any
conclusions that may suggest themselves.
10. Relative share of different factors in recent commercial progress. [Cf.
W. E. Gladstone, Free trade, railways, and the growth of commerce,
Nineteenth Century (Magazine), Feb., 1880, 7: 367-378; but do not regard
this article as settling a problem still unsolved.]
11. Significance of the “most favored nation” clause in tariff history.
[Reciprocity and commercial treaties, 389-416.]
12. Various systems of tariff policy. [Reciprocity and commercial treaties,
461-467.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
The best single reference on the commercial conditions and policy of the
Napoleonic period is Lingelbach, *Historical investigation and the
commercial history of the Napoleonic era, in Amer. Hist. Rev., Jan., 1914,
Page 341
19: 257-281; this provides a scholarly survey of the whole literature of the
subject and can be used as a guide to further study. Of later works should be
noted Frank E. Melvin, Napoleon’s navigation system, Univ. of Penn.
thesis, 1919, N. Y., Appleton.
On commercial policy in general the best reference is Bastable’s **
Commerce of nations, which treats international trade, the theory and the
history of commercial policy briefly but with admirable clearness. The
history of the commercial policy of particular countries will be covered in
following chapters. A survey of modern tariff systems is provided in *
Reciprocity and commercial treaties, published by the U. S. Tariff
Commission, Washington, 1919; J. W. Root, Tariff and trade, Liverpool,
1898, combines a general discussion of the tariff question with a review of
the tariff policy of important commercial countries.
Colonial policy can receive but scant treatment in this book. The student
is referred to the bibliography by A. P. C. Griffin, List of books relating to
colonization, Washington, second ed., 1900, and to the references there
given.
subject and can be used as a guide to further study. Of later works should be
noted Frank E. Melvin, Napoleon’s navigation system, Univ. of Penn.
thesis, 1919, N. Y., Appleton.
On commercial policy in general the best reference is Bastable’s **
Commerce of nations, which treats international trade, the theory and the
history of commercial policy briefly but with admirable clearness. The
history of the commercial policy of particular countries will be covered in
following chapters. A survey of modern tariff systems is provided in *
Reciprocity and commercial treaties, published by the U. S. Tariff
Commission, Washington, 1919; J. W. Root, Tariff and trade, Liverpool,
1898, combines a general discussion of the tariff question with a review of
the tariff policy of important commercial countries.
Colonial policy can receive but scant treatment in this book. The student
is referred to the bibliography by A. P. C. Griffin, List of books relating to
colonization, Washington, second ed., 1900, and to the references there
given.
Page 342
CHAPTER XXXV
ENGLAND: COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT, 1800-1850
417. Importance of the commerce of England.—In returning to the
study of the development of commerce in different countries we shall take
up first the country which at the beginning of the nineteenth century, and at
its end as well, held the leading position, England. An English author has
made the statement that “in the eighteenth century foreign trade was of so
little importance to the majority of the inhabitants of England, that with one
important exception (wheat) the whole of it might have been destroyed
without making any appreciable change in the habits or wealth of the
people.” This statement is an exaggeration which can hardly be supported,
but yet it suggests a truth of great importance; English commerce in 1800
was merely an aid to the development and welfare of the country, while it
had become in 1900 absolutely necessary to the mere existence of the
people.
418. Statistics of the growth of commerce, 1800-1850.—The period of
most rapid growth was the second half of the nineteenth century, and this
period will be reserved for special consideration a little later. The
development in the first half of the century is set forth in the accompanying
table, which gives the figures for imports retained in the country, and for the
exports of home produce, according to the system of valuation in use in this
period, with the sum of these items.
As the population doubled in this period it is apparent that foreign
commerce, which more than doubled in value, was taking a more important
place in the national economy than before. In the first quarter of the century,
when England was passing through the struggle of the Napoleonic wars and
was recovering from their effects, trade was nearly stagnant, but it made up
in the twenty-five years that followed for the time that had been lost before.
If we measure commerce not by the value of the wares, but by their
physical quantity, the increase was far more striking; prices of many
articles, especially of the manufactures exported, fell during this period, and
consequently the same bulk of trade would be represented by much smaller
figures in pounds sterling. If we returned to the old method of measuring
trade, which retained “official” values that did not change with the
ENGLAND: COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT, 1800-1850
417. Importance of the commerce of England.—In returning to the
study of the development of commerce in different countries we shall take
up first the country which at the beginning of the nineteenth century, and at
its end as well, held the leading position, England. An English author has
made the statement that “in the eighteenth century foreign trade was of so
little importance to the majority of the inhabitants of England, that with one
important exception (wheat) the whole of it might have been destroyed
without making any appreciable change in the habits or wealth of the
people.” This statement is an exaggeration which can hardly be supported,
but yet it suggests a truth of great importance; English commerce in 1800
was merely an aid to the development and welfare of the country, while it
had become in 1900 absolutely necessary to the mere existence of the
people.
418. Statistics of the growth of commerce, 1800-1850.—The period of
most rapid growth was the second half of the nineteenth century, and this
period will be reserved for special consideration a little later. The
development in the first half of the century is set forth in the accompanying
table, which gives the figures for imports retained in the country, and for the
exports of home produce, according to the system of valuation in use in this
period, with the sum of these items.
As the population doubled in this period it is apparent that foreign
commerce, which more than doubled in value, was taking a more important
place in the national economy than before. In the first quarter of the century,
when England was passing through the struggle of the Napoleonic wars and
was recovering from their effects, trade was nearly stagnant, but it made up
in the twenty-five years that followed for the time that had been lost before.
If we measure commerce not by the value of the wares, but by their
physical quantity, the increase was far more striking; prices of many
articles, especially of the manufactures exported, fell during this period, and
consequently the same bulk of trade would be represented by much smaller
figures in pounds sterling. If we returned to the old method of measuring
trade, which retained “official” values that did not change with the
Page 343
movement of market prices, and which therefore affords a means of
measuring an increase in the bulk of trade, we should find, comparing the
two years, 1800 and 1849, that exports grew from 24 million to 190 million
pounds sterling, giving the enormous increase of 682 per cent.
Annual Average Trade of the United Kingdom.
(Millions of Pounds and Dollars)
Imports Exports Total
1801-05 £28 $140 £33 $165 £61 $305
1806-10 30 150 37 185 67 335
1811-15 29 145 45 225 74 370
1816-20 20 100 40 200 60 300
1821-25 26 130 37 185 63 315
1826-30 33 165 35 175 69 345
1831-35 36 180 40 200 76 380
1836-40 47 235 50 250 97 485
1841-45 57 285 54 270 111 555
1846-50 72 360 60 300 133 665
419. Change in the relative importance of different exports.—We can
expect, by studying the details of exports in this period, to find the branches
of production in which the English were strong enough to enable them to
supply other people and to extend their commerce. Taking the figures for
1850, we find the evidence of some important changes. The old staple of
the English export trade, woolen manufactures and yarn, had increased
since 1800 in value, and still more in quantity. It had ceased, however, to be
the standby of the English exporter; this item formed now less than one
seventh of the exports instead of over one fourth. It had been thrust into the
second place by the rival textile cotton, which had become, as it was
destined to remain throughout the century, the leading item among English
exports. Cotton yarn and manufactures made up 28 out of a total of 71
million pounds sterling. Among other changes in the list we note the growth
of the iron and steel, the hardware and the coal exports. Some items are
measuring an increase in the bulk of trade, we should find, comparing the
two years, 1800 and 1849, that exports grew from 24 million to 190 million
pounds sterling, giving the enormous increase of 682 per cent.
Annual Average Trade of the United Kingdom.
(Millions of Pounds and Dollars)
Imports Exports Total
1801-05 £28 $140 £33 $165 £61 $305
1806-10 30 150 37 185 67 335
1811-15 29 145 45 225 74 370
1816-20 20 100 40 200 60 300
1821-25 26 130 37 185 63 315
1826-30 33 165 35 175 69 345
1831-35 36 180 40 200 76 380
1836-40 47 235 50 250 97 485
1841-45 57 285 54 270 111 555
1846-50 72 360 60 300 133 665
419. Change in the relative importance of different exports.—We can
expect, by studying the details of exports in this period, to find the branches
of production in which the English were strong enough to enable them to
supply other people and to extend their commerce. Taking the figures for
1850, we find the evidence of some important changes. The old staple of
the English export trade, woolen manufactures and yarn, had increased
since 1800 in value, and still more in quantity. It had ceased, however, to be
the standby of the English exporter; this item formed now less than one
seventh of the exports instead of over one fourth. It had been thrust into the
second place by the rival textile cotton, which had become, as it was
destined to remain throughout the century, the leading item among English
exports. Cotton yarn and manufactures made up 28 out of a total of 71
million pounds sterling. Among other changes in the list we note the growth
of the iron and steel, the hardware and the coal exports. Some items are
Page 344
interesting because they are still so small; among those which remained
below the million-pound mark were steam-engines and machinery, pottery,
and tin plate.
420. Development of English manufactures.—It is apparent that this
period was marked by a rapid development of English manufactures.
Taking two manufactures, typical of an advanced industrial state, iron and
cotton, we find that the increase in production is estimated at over tenfold
or more than 1000 per cent; as the quantity of population had merely
doubled it is apparent that its quality, or the character of its occupations,
underwent a revolutionary change. It is, in fact, in this first half of the
nineteenth century that the enormous possibilities latent in the inventions of
the eighteenth century became apparent and were realized. The great
inventions were not enough, in themselves, to transform industry. They
needed to be developed by practical business men, who could secure the
necessary capital to utilize them to the best advantage, who had the talent
for organization enabling them to build up an efficient force of laborers,
who could stimulate further technical improvements necessary to
supplement the great inventions, and who could develop a mercantile
system enabling them to buy and sell large quantities to good advantage.
Some English manufactures remained “domestic” industries carried on in
the home of the workman, but the most important advanced to the factory
system, and were thus enabled to get the full advantage from technical
improvements.
421. Introduction of machinery.—It is in this period that the knowledge
and experience necessary to the proper handling of machinery spread from
narrow circles to broad groups of men. The market for machinery was thus
established, and the manufacture of tools and machines underwent a
corresponding development; in 1836 it was “difficult to point out any
leading mechanical process, the details of which have not been, by this
means, simplified, and the article produced brought nearer to perfection.”
Inventors from other countries sought British shops to perfect their devices,
and British factories in which to introduce them. Some of the best textile
machinery of this period was invented in the United States and other
countries, but was first put to practical use in England.
422. Steam power and railroad transportation.—It is in this period,
also, that the steam-engine became a practical force in English
manufactures. The steam-engine had been introduced in Birmingham in
below the million-pound mark were steam-engines and machinery, pottery,
and tin plate.
420. Development of English manufactures.—It is apparent that this
period was marked by a rapid development of English manufactures.
Taking two manufactures, typical of an advanced industrial state, iron and
cotton, we find that the increase in production is estimated at over tenfold
or more than 1000 per cent; as the quantity of population had merely
doubled it is apparent that its quality, or the character of its occupations,
underwent a revolutionary change. It is, in fact, in this first half of the
nineteenth century that the enormous possibilities latent in the inventions of
the eighteenth century became apparent and were realized. The great
inventions were not enough, in themselves, to transform industry. They
needed to be developed by practical business men, who could secure the
necessary capital to utilize them to the best advantage, who had the talent
for organization enabling them to build up an efficient force of laborers,
who could stimulate further technical improvements necessary to
supplement the great inventions, and who could develop a mercantile
system enabling them to buy and sell large quantities to good advantage.
Some English manufactures remained “domestic” industries carried on in
the home of the workman, but the most important advanced to the factory
system, and were thus enabled to get the full advantage from technical
improvements.
421. Introduction of machinery.—It is in this period that the knowledge
and experience necessary to the proper handling of machinery spread from
narrow circles to broad groups of men. The market for machinery was thus
established, and the manufacture of tools and machines underwent a
corresponding development; in 1836 it was “difficult to point out any
leading mechanical process, the details of which have not been, by this
means, simplified, and the article produced brought nearer to perfection.”
Inventors from other countries sought British shops to perfect their devices,
and British factories in which to introduce them. Some of the best textile
machinery of this period was invented in the United States and other
countries, but was first put to practical use in England.
422. Steam power and railroad transportation.—It is in this period,
also, that the steam-engine became a practical force in English
manufactures. The steam-engine had been introduced in Birmingham in
Page 345
1780, but the number of engines in that rising center of manufactures was in
1815 only 42 and in 1830 still only 120, while in the nine years following
the number rose to 240, or doubled. In 1835 the textile factories of England
employed only a little over 50,000 mechanical horse-power, and of this total
nearly a quarter was still obtained from water-wheels. The beginnings of
transportation by steam railroads can be dated, as said before, from about
1830.
423. Gradual development of the cotton manufacture.—The statement
in a previous paragraph, that time was needed to develop the inventions
before they could be made to serve the interests of manufacturers and
merchants, is borne out by the history of the most important manufacture,
that of cotton. Most of the basic inventions in cotton machinery were made
in the last quarter of the eighteenth century. As early as 1812 a man, using
the improved appliances, could produce 200 times as much as could be got
from the old spinning-wheel. Yet it was not until 1820 or 1830 that cotton-
spinning machinery had been practically developed and introduced on such
a scale that the yarn exports began to show the full strength of this new
force; while power weaving came even later, and the exports of cloth
increased most rapidly in the second quarter of the century. Other processes
connected with the textile manufacture present the same history. Cotton
printing, for instance, had been practised in the eighteenth century, but in
1800 only 32 million yards a year were printed, while in 1830 the figure
had risen to 347. The growth of the cotton manufacture was reflected in the
development of towns like Manchester, Bolton, and Liverpool, which
increased immensely in population.
424. Character of the import trade.—It will be instructive to glance
now at the other side of England’s commercial balance sheet, and observe
the wares imported about the middle of the century. In 1854 the values were
as follows, in round millions of pounds sterling: total 152.3, of which the
chief items were grain 21.7, raw cotton 20.1, timber 10, sugar 9.6, raw wool
6.4, tea 5.5, raw silk 5.3. While it is not safe to make a direct comparison
between these values and those given previously to show conditions about
1800, a striking change is apparent in the relative rank of the items. A great
growth in the importance of the imports of breadstuffs is noticeable. We
shall see a little later that the English in this period gave up the attempt to
produce their food at home, and resigned themselves to depending on
foreign countries for supplies which they could purchase with their
1815 only 42 and in 1830 still only 120, while in the nine years following
the number rose to 240, or doubled. In 1835 the textile factories of England
employed only a little over 50,000 mechanical horse-power, and of this total
nearly a quarter was still obtained from water-wheels. The beginnings of
transportation by steam railroads can be dated, as said before, from about
1830.
423. Gradual development of the cotton manufacture.—The statement
in a previous paragraph, that time was needed to develop the inventions
before they could be made to serve the interests of manufacturers and
merchants, is borne out by the history of the most important manufacture,
that of cotton. Most of the basic inventions in cotton machinery were made
in the last quarter of the eighteenth century. As early as 1812 a man, using
the improved appliances, could produce 200 times as much as could be got
from the old spinning-wheel. Yet it was not until 1820 or 1830 that cotton-
spinning machinery had been practically developed and introduced on such
a scale that the yarn exports began to show the full strength of this new
force; while power weaving came even later, and the exports of cloth
increased most rapidly in the second quarter of the century. Other processes
connected with the textile manufacture present the same history. Cotton
printing, for instance, had been practised in the eighteenth century, but in
1800 only 32 million yards a year were printed, while in 1830 the figure
had risen to 347. The growth of the cotton manufacture was reflected in the
development of towns like Manchester, Bolton, and Liverpool, which
increased immensely in population.
424. Character of the import trade.—It will be instructive to glance
now at the other side of England’s commercial balance sheet, and observe
the wares imported about the middle of the century. In 1854 the values were
as follows, in round millions of pounds sterling: total 152.3, of which the
chief items were grain 21.7, raw cotton 20.1, timber 10, sugar 9.6, raw wool
6.4, tea 5.5, raw silk 5.3. While it is not safe to make a direct comparison
between these values and those given previously to show conditions about
1800, a striking change is apparent in the relative rank of the items. A great
growth in the importance of the imports of breadstuffs is noticeable. We
shall see a little later that the English in this period gave up the attempt to
produce their food at home, and resigned themselves to depending on
foreign countries for supplies which they could purchase with their
Page 346
manufactures. Wares like sugar, tea, coffee, and tobacco had declined in
relative importance. The actual amount of these commodities imported for
consumption at home had increased much more than would appear from a
comparison of the figures, and their use was constantly extending among
the common people; but they were now overshadowed in trade by other
items. The chief group of imports was formed of raw materials for the
English textile manufacture. The cotton imports, had, of course, grown
immensely; the home supply of wool, which had been almost sufficient for
manufactures in 1800, needed now to be supplemented by large imports
from abroad; silk had taken the third place on the list of textiles away from
flax and hemp.
425. Increase in importance of trade with distant continents.—If we
attempt to trace the changes in the direction of English trade in the first half
of the nineteenth century, we find, in the maze of figures presented for
study, some facts standing out as evident and important. The trade with
other countries in Europe grew steadily, but grew slowly as a rule, and did
not keep pace with the progress which English trade was making in other
parts of the world. Most of the continental states looked with jealousy on
England’s industrial development, and checked the free exchange of
commodities by severe restrictions. We must look outside of Europe for the
field of expansion of English trade. Africa still remained unimportant from
the commercial standpoint, but America, Asia, and Australia dealt in
increasing measure with the British merchant.
426. Great importance of the trade with the United States.—The
United States was, far and away, England’s best customer, taking, near the
beginning of the century, when the ports of the continent were closed by
Napoleon, as much as one third of the total English exports, and at the
middle (1849) nearly one fifth. “It affords strong evidence of the
unsatisfactory footing upon which our trading relations with Europe are
established,” wrote an English author in 1838, “that our exports to the
United States of America, which with their population of only twelve
millions are removed to a distance from us of 3,000 miles across the
Atlantic, have amounted to more than one half of the value of our
shipments to the whole of Europe, with a population fifteen times as great
as that of the United States of America, and with an abundance of
productions suited to our wants, which they are naturally desirous of
exchanging for the products of our mines and looms.” The United States
relative importance. The actual amount of these commodities imported for
consumption at home had increased much more than would appear from a
comparison of the figures, and their use was constantly extending among
the common people; but they were now overshadowed in trade by other
items. The chief group of imports was formed of raw materials for the
English textile manufacture. The cotton imports, had, of course, grown
immensely; the home supply of wool, which had been almost sufficient for
manufactures in 1800, needed now to be supplemented by large imports
from abroad; silk had taken the third place on the list of textiles away from
flax and hemp.
425. Increase in importance of trade with distant continents.—If we
attempt to trace the changes in the direction of English trade in the first half
of the nineteenth century, we find, in the maze of figures presented for
study, some facts standing out as evident and important. The trade with
other countries in Europe grew steadily, but grew slowly as a rule, and did
not keep pace with the progress which English trade was making in other
parts of the world. Most of the continental states looked with jealousy on
England’s industrial development, and checked the free exchange of
commodities by severe restrictions. We must look outside of Europe for the
field of expansion of English trade. Africa still remained unimportant from
the commercial standpoint, but America, Asia, and Australia dealt in
increasing measure with the British merchant.
426. Great importance of the trade with the United States.—The
United States was, far and away, England’s best customer, taking, near the
beginning of the century, when the ports of the continent were closed by
Napoleon, as much as one third of the total English exports, and at the
middle (1849) nearly one fifth. “It affords strong evidence of the
unsatisfactory footing upon which our trading relations with Europe are
established,” wrote an English author in 1838, “that our exports to the
United States of America, which with their population of only twelve
millions are removed to a distance from us of 3,000 miles across the
Atlantic, have amounted to more than one half of the value of our
shipments to the whole of Europe, with a population fifteen times as great
as that of the United States of America, and with an abundance of
productions suited to our wants, which they are naturally desirous of
exchanging for the products of our mines and looms.” The United States
Page 347
paid for the wares by an export mainly of raw materials, and especially of
cotton.
Longmans, Green & Co., New York
During most of this period England drew three fourths of her supply of raw
cotton from the southern States.
427. Trade with other distant countries.—Other American countries
were good customers of the British manufacturer; Brazil, for instance,
bought more from England in 1849 than did England’s nearest neighbor,
France. Among other independent states China deserves mention. Trade
with that country had been included in the monopoly of the East India
Company until 1834, when it was thrown open to British merchants in
general; the trade grew rapidly thereafter, but suffered from the restrictions
imposed by the Chinese until, as a result of the so-called Opium War of
1842, the English secured the cession of Hong-Kong and the opening of a
number of ports.
cotton.
Longmans, Green & Co., New York
During most of this period England drew three fourths of her supply of raw
cotton from the southern States.
427. Trade with other distant countries.—Other American countries
were good customers of the British manufacturer; Brazil, for instance,
bought more from England in 1849 than did England’s nearest neighbor,
France. Among other independent states China deserves mention. Trade
with that country had been included in the monopoly of the East India
Company until 1834, when it was thrown open to British merchants in
general; the trade grew rapidly thereafter, but suffered from the restrictions
imposed by the Chinese until, as a result of the so-called Opium War of
1842, the English secured the cession of Hong-Kong and the opening of a
number of ports.
Page 348
428. Trade with British dependencies: India.—In 1850 between one
fourth and one third of the exports of the mother country were sent to
British dependencies. Among these British India, almost a continent itself if
we consider its area, its population almost equal to that of Europe, and the
complexity of its peoples, took the leading place. British India alone took
about one tenth of the English exports. So long as the trade with this
country was controlled by the East India Company it remained small; and
the company declared that because of the backwardness and peculiar
customs of the natives it could not be increased. The privilege of trading
with India was granted to individual merchants in 1793, but under such
burdensome restrictions that it led to slight results; and the nineteenth
century opened with the Indian trade still but a small item in England’s
total. In 1813, however, the trade was at last thrown open, and the effect
was immediately manifest; in the first year of the new policy private
merchants exported more than did the company, and soon they had
developed the trade to an extent undreamed of by the monopolists. India
proved to be just the country which English merchants were seeking as a
market for the expanding cotton manufacture. In the eighteenth century
protection was demanded in England against the competition of Indian
textiles, but soon the tables were turned, and manufacturers in India
complained that they were being ruined by the importation of English
cotton goods; about 1850 British India took more cotton manufactures than
any other country, and nearly one sixth of the total exports of this most
important commodity of England.
429. Colonies in North America and Australasia.—Next in importance
to British India came the two groups of the North American and the
Australian colonies. The colonies on the continent of North America were,
in spite of their political allegiance, a far less important market than the
republic on their southern border which had declared its independence in
1776. They supplied, however, a fairly steady and a growing demand for
English products which put them in sharp contrast with the West Indian
colonies. These island colonies had been, in the early part of the century, the
field of rich returns in trade, but their productiveness depended on a system
of slave plantations, and when slavery was abolished in them in 1833 their
commerce declined rapidly.
Thanks to the wide extent of her colonial dominions, England could hope
to gain in one part of the world if she lost in another, and the development
fourth and one third of the exports of the mother country were sent to
British dependencies. Among these British India, almost a continent itself if
we consider its area, its population almost equal to that of Europe, and the
complexity of its peoples, took the leading place. British India alone took
about one tenth of the English exports. So long as the trade with this
country was controlled by the East India Company it remained small; and
the company declared that because of the backwardness and peculiar
customs of the natives it could not be increased. The privilege of trading
with India was granted to individual merchants in 1793, but under such
burdensome restrictions that it led to slight results; and the nineteenth
century opened with the Indian trade still but a small item in England’s
total. In 1813, however, the trade was at last thrown open, and the effect
was immediately manifest; in the first year of the new policy private
merchants exported more than did the company, and soon they had
developed the trade to an extent undreamed of by the monopolists. India
proved to be just the country which English merchants were seeking as a
market for the expanding cotton manufacture. In the eighteenth century
protection was demanded in England against the competition of Indian
textiles, but soon the tables were turned, and manufacturers in India
complained that they were being ruined by the importation of English
cotton goods; about 1850 British India took more cotton manufactures than
any other country, and nearly one sixth of the total exports of this most
important commodity of England.
429. Colonies in North America and Australasia.—Next in importance
to British India came the two groups of the North American and the
Australian colonies. The colonies on the continent of North America were,
in spite of their political allegiance, a far less important market than the
republic on their southern border which had declared its independence in
1776. They supplied, however, a fairly steady and a growing demand for
English products which put them in sharp contrast with the West Indian
colonies. These island colonies had been, in the early part of the century, the
field of rich returns in trade, but their productiveness depended on a system
of slave plantations, and when slavery was abolished in them in 1833 their
commerce declined rapidly.
Thanks to the wide extent of her colonial dominions, England could hope
to gain in one part of the world if she lost in another, and the development
Page 349
of the Australian colonies in this period promised to atone for any decline in
the West. The British flag was first raised in Australia in 1788. The young
colonies were out of the track of the trade of the time, and seemed of such
small importance that one was made a penal settlement, but the natural
resources, especially the fitness for sheep-raising, induced a steady growth
of population, and a considerable trade, even before the gold discoveries in
the middle of the century.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. What do we mean when we speak of the “importance” of a country’s
commerce? The reader who reflects upon this question will find that at least
three different standards are taken to measure importance. (1) Mere bulk or
value. The commerce of the British Empire would be called the most
important in the world, because it is larger than that of any other state. (2)
The needs of the people of the country. A considerable number of
Englishmen would starve without commerce. In this sense commerce is
even more important to the miners of Alaska, for they would practically all
starve without it. (3) The needs of other countries for the exports of a given
country. In this sense the United States has perhaps the most important
commerce in the world, because it supplies so much of the world’s need for
cotton, copper, foodstuffs, etc.
Endeavor to find examples, in this book or in others, of the different uses
of the word; apply it in different uses to different countries.
2. Treat the statistics in sect. 418 as suggested previously, by graphic
representation. How did British commerce compare in growth with world
commerce? Did England keep her share in the world’s trade? Try to find in
English history reasons for the ups and downs of trade, and for its gains and
losses in comparison with the world’s trade. Beware, however, of hasty
conclusions; many pitfalls are concealed in commercial statistics. In the
table in the text, for example, the early figures are those of total exports and
imports of merchandise, including wares simply passing through English
hands to foreign customers; the figures for 1816 and the following years
show only exports of British produce and manufacture, and imports retained
in the country. This change in the method of measurement, rather than the
crisis following the Napoleonic wars, explains the drop in the figures. This
last method of measurement will be followed in later tables.
the West. The British flag was first raised in Australia in 1788. The young
colonies were out of the track of the trade of the time, and seemed of such
small importance that one was made a penal settlement, but the natural
resources, especially the fitness for sheep-raising, induced a steady growth
of population, and a considerable trade, even before the gold discoveries in
the middle of the century.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. What do we mean when we speak of the “importance” of a country’s
commerce? The reader who reflects upon this question will find that at least
three different standards are taken to measure importance. (1) Mere bulk or
value. The commerce of the British Empire would be called the most
important in the world, because it is larger than that of any other state. (2)
The needs of the people of the country. A considerable number of
Englishmen would starve without commerce. In this sense commerce is
even more important to the miners of Alaska, for they would practically all
starve without it. (3) The needs of other countries for the exports of a given
country. In this sense the United States has perhaps the most important
commerce in the world, because it supplies so much of the world’s need for
cotton, copper, foodstuffs, etc.
Endeavor to find examples, in this book or in others, of the different uses
of the word; apply it in different uses to different countries.
2. Treat the statistics in sect. 418 as suggested previously, by graphic
representation. How did British commerce compare in growth with world
commerce? Did England keep her share in the world’s trade? Try to find in
English history reasons for the ups and downs of trade, and for its gains and
losses in comparison with the world’s trade. Beware, however, of hasty
conclusions; many pitfalls are concealed in commercial statistics. In the
table in the text, for example, the early figures are those of total exports and
imports of merchandise, including wares simply passing through English
hands to foreign customers; the figures for 1816 and the following years
show only exports of British produce and manufacture, and imports retained
in the country. This change in the method of measurement, rather than the
crisis following the Napoleonic wars, explains the drop in the figures. This
last method of measurement will be followed in later tables.
Page 350
3. The following list gives the value, in millions of pounds, of all items
over 1.0, in total exports of 71.3. Coal, etc., 1.2, cotton yarn, 6.3, cotton
manufactures 21.8, haberdashery and millinery 1.4, hardware and cutlery
2.6, linen manufactures 3.9, iron and steel 5.3, woolen yarn 1.4, woolen
manufactures 8.5. (If various other items were grouped we could add:
copper about 2., silk about 1.)
Arrange these items and represent them by spaces on a line, for help in
realizing their relative importance, and for comparison with earlier and later
conditions. [See Statesman’s Year-Book for present trade. Note that these
items include only home produce and manufactures, so foreign produce,
such as colonial wares, should be excluded in making the comparison with
another period. Statistics of this period give only quantities, not values, of
foreign and colonial merchandise exported. Values of foreign and colonial
merchandise exported are available for 1854 and the following years. In
1854 the items over one million pounds were: cotton 2.3, indigo 1.2, wool
1.4. Among the items under one million were: coffee .7, wine .7, raw silk .7,
tea .5, rice .5, guano .5, raw sugar .3, unstemmed tobacco .3. What changes
are suggested by these figures, in comparison with those of about 1800?]
4. Review the substance of sections 245 ff., or read the account of the
great inventions and their effects in Rand, Ec. hist., chap. 2.
5. Mining and metal production up to 1846. [Traill, Soc. England, 6: 194-
199.]
6. Coal mining. [Same, 6: 367-379.]
7. Development of the English transportation system. [Same, 6: 199-211;
McCarthy, Hist. vol. 1, chap. 4; Ward, Reign, 2: 83-111.]
8. Development of the textile manufactures. [Soc. England, 6: 69-75.]
9. Study the items in sect. 424 in the way suggested for sect. 419.
10. Review sect. 412, on the tariff policy of the period in Europe; note
that the United States had a low tariff, and that trade in the other continents
was practically free.
11. The Opium War. [McCarthy, Hist., vol. 1 chap. 8; Robert K. Douglas,
China, N. Y., Putnam, $1.50, 1899, chap. 8.]
12. East India Company in the nineteenth century. [Willson, Ledger and
Sword, vol. 2, chaps. 12, 13.]
13. Commerce of British India. [William W. Hunter, The Indian Empire,
third ed., London, 1893, chap. 19; same author, The Marquess of Dalhousie,
Oxford, 1890, chap. 10.]
over 1.0, in total exports of 71.3. Coal, etc., 1.2, cotton yarn, 6.3, cotton
manufactures 21.8, haberdashery and millinery 1.4, hardware and cutlery
2.6, linen manufactures 3.9, iron and steel 5.3, woolen yarn 1.4, woolen
manufactures 8.5. (If various other items were grouped we could add:
copper about 2., silk about 1.)
Arrange these items and represent them by spaces on a line, for help in
realizing their relative importance, and for comparison with earlier and later
conditions. [See Statesman’s Year-Book for present trade. Note that these
items include only home produce and manufactures, so foreign produce,
such as colonial wares, should be excluded in making the comparison with
another period. Statistics of this period give only quantities, not values, of
foreign and colonial merchandise exported. Values of foreign and colonial
merchandise exported are available for 1854 and the following years. In
1854 the items over one million pounds were: cotton 2.3, indigo 1.2, wool
1.4. Among the items under one million were: coffee .7, wine .7, raw silk .7,
tea .5, rice .5, guano .5, raw sugar .3, unstemmed tobacco .3. What changes
are suggested by these figures, in comparison with those of about 1800?]
4. Review the substance of sections 245 ff., or read the account of the
great inventions and their effects in Rand, Ec. hist., chap. 2.
5. Mining and metal production up to 1846. [Traill, Soc. England, 6: 194-
199.]
6. Coal mining. [Same, 6: 367-379.]
7. Development of the English transportation system. [Same, 6: 199-211;
McCarthy, Hist. vol. 1, chap. 4; Ward, Reign, 2: 83-111.]
8. Development of the textile manufactures. [Soc. England, 6: 69-75.]
9. Study the items in sect. 424 in the way suggested for sect. 419.
10. Review sect. 412, on the tariff policy of the period in Europe; note
that the United States had a low tariff, and that trade in the other continents
was practically free.
11. The Opium War. [McCarthy, Hist., vol. 1 chap. 8; Robert K. Douglas,
China, N. Y., Putnam, $1.50, 1899, chap. 8.]
12. East India Company in the nineteenth century. [Willson, Ledger and
Sword, vol. 2, chaps. 12, 13.]
13. Commerce of British India. [William W. Hunter, The Indian Empire,
third ed., London, 1893, chap. 19; same author, The Marquess of Dalhousie,
Oxford, 1890, chap. 10.]
Page 351
14. The Hudson’s Bay Company in the nineteenth century. [George
Bryce, Remarkable history of the Hudson’s Bay Company, N. Y.,
Scribner’s, 1900; Willson, The great company, London (N. Y., Dodd), 1900,
vol. 2, chap. 36; G. R. Parkin, The great Dominion, London, Macmillan,
1895, chap. 8.]
15. Slave plantations in the British West Indies. [A. K. Fiske, The West
Indies, N. Y., 1899, chap. 10; James Rodway, The West Indies, London (N.
Y., Putnam), chaps. 7, 10; F. W. Pitman, Development of the British West
Indies, New Haven, 1917, chap. 1.]
16. Emancipation of the slaves and its results. [Rodway, chaps. 14, 15.]
17. Development of Australia. [Encyclopedia; Helmolt, Hist. of World,
vol. 2, p. 252 ff.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Useful references can be obtained on England, as on other countries to be
considered later, by consulting the Subject Index of the British Museum
Library for books published since 1881, and the A. L. A. Catalogue for
books in print, of a popular character.
Of the general histories of England in the nineteenth century, that by
*Spencer Walpole, 5 vols., London, Longmans, 1878-86, devotes
considerable attention to economic developments, and is worth the teacher’s
attention. Justin McCarthy, *History of our own times, is better suited to
attract the student; it is divided into short topical chapters, and written in an
interesting style. A shorter history has been published by McCarthy in the
Story of the Nations Series, 2 vols., N. Y., 1899. The last volume of Traill’s
Social England pays but scant attention to commerce.
Of smaller books that which deserves most cordial commendation to
students who desire a description of economic progress in its relation to
political changes is Gilbert Slater, **Making of modern England, London,
1913, revised edition Houghton, Mifflin Co., undated.
The best history of English commerce is that of **Leone Levi, extending
from 1763 to 1878; it is unfortunately, out of print. Cunningham notices
some of the important commercial changes in the first half of the century,
but devotes most of his last volume to other topics; and the smaller manuals
of English economic history pay comparatively little attention to
commercial development. *Bowley’s small volume is a useful contribution,
Bryce, Remarkable history of the Hudson’s Bay Company, N. Y.,
Scribner’s, 1900; Willson, The great company, London (N. Y., Dodd), 1900,
vol. 2, chap. 36; G. R. Parkin, The great Dominion, London, Macmillan,
1895, chap. 8.]
15. Slave plantations in the British West Indies. [A. K. Fiske, The West
Indies, N. Y., 1899, chap. 10; James Rodway, The West Indies, London (N.
Y., Putnam), chaps. 7, 10; F. W. Pitman, Development of the British West
Indies, New Haven, 1917, chap. 1.]
16. Emancipation of the slaves and its results. [Rodway, chaps. 14, 15.]
17. Development of Australia. [Encyclopedia; Helmolt, Hist. of World,
vol. 2, p. 252 ff.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Useful references can be obtained on England, as on other countries to be
considered later, by consulting the Subject Index of the British Museum
Library for books published since 1881, and the A. L. A. Catalogue for
books in print, of a popular character.
Of the general histories of England in the nineteenth century, that by
*Spencer Walpole, 5 vols., London, Longmans, 1878-86, devotes
considerable attention to economic developments, and is worth the teacher’s
attention. Justin McCarthy, *History of our own times, is better suited to
attract the student; it is divided into short topical chapters, and written in an
interesting style. A shorter history has been published by McCarthy in the
Story of the Nations Series, 2 vols., N. Y., 1899. The last volume of Traill’s
Social England pays but scant attention to commerce.
Of smaller books that which deserves most cordial commendation to
students who desire a description of economic progress in its relation to
political changes is Gilbert Slater, **Making of modern England, London,
1913, revised edition Houghton, Mifflin Co., undated.
The best history of English commerce is that of **Leone Levi, extending
from 1763 to 1878; it is unfortunately, out of print. Cunningham notices
some of the important commercial changes in the first half of the century,
but devotes most of his last volume to other topics; and the smaller manuals
of English economic history pay comparatively little attention to
commercial development. *Bowley’s small volume is a useful contribution,
Page 352
noteworthy for a number of graphic charts; it is, however, too statistical in
treatment to serve the needs of the ordinary reader. Chapman’s book, like
Bowley’s an outgrowth of a successful essay written for a Cobden prize, is
confined to a special aspect of the trade with a particular country.
William Smart, *Economic annals of the nineteenth century, London,
1910-17, covering the years 1801-1830, treats commercial policy at length
and the history of commerce proper briefly. The same tendency marks
Commerce and industry, A historical review, 1815-1914, ed., W. Page,
London, 1919, 2 volumes, of which the second, **Tables of statistics, is a
very useful compilation. Other statistical sources, of importance to a student
making a careful study of the subject, are Porter, **Progress of the nation
and M’Culloch, **Commercial dictionary, of which various editions have
been published. A revision of Porter by F. W. Hirst, London, 1912, aims to
bring his statistics down to date.
treatment to serve the needs of the ordinary reader. Chapman’s book, like
Bowley’s an outgrowth of a successful essay written for a Cobden prize, is
confined to a special aspect of the trade with a particular country.
William Smart, *Economic annals of the nineteenth century, London,
1910-17, covering the years 1801-1830, treats commercial policy at length
and the history of commerce proper briefly. The same tendency marks
Commerce and industry, A historical review, 1815-1914, ed., W. Page,
London, 1919, 2 volumes, of which the second, **Tables of statistics, is a
very useful compilation. Other statistical sources, of importance to a student
making a careful study of the subject, are Porter, **Progress of the nation
and M’Culloch, **Commercial dictionary, of which various editions have
been published. A revision of Porter by F. W. Hirst, London, 1912, aims to
bring his statistics down to date.
Page 353
CHAPTER XXXVI
ENGLAND: REFORM OF COMMERCIAL POLICY
430. Burden of tariff on trade and manufactures.—After this survey
of the development of English trade in the first half of the century we must
attend to a most important change in English commercial policy, which lies
mainly in this period. We shall consider three groups of topics: the reform
of the general tariff; the repeal of the corn laws, protecting agricultural
products, especially wheat; and the repeal of the navigation laws, protecting
shipping.
England entered the nineteenth century with a cumbrous mass of tariff
regulations inherited from the past, from which only the worst excesses had
been pruned by statesmen like Walpole and Pitt. Customs laws had
accumulated for 500 years to the amount of 1,500 statutes, “often confused,
often contradictory, sometimes unintelligible.” Hardly any ware which was
obtainable abroad, whether it was a raw material or a manufactured product,
escaped the duties levied under one or another of these laws. The duties
were heavy and were enforced with unreasoning severity; a man who
imported a mummy from Egypt was told that it was a non-enumerated
manufacture, dutiable at nearly $1,000. Internal taxes reached articles
which escaped the customs tariff. The taxes on the publication of books
were so heavy that they amounted on an ordinary edition to one seventh of
the whole cost, and exceeded the remuneration of the author. The cotton
manufacturer had to pay not only an import duty on his raw cotton (higher
when it was brought in a foreign ship); he had to pay an excise or internal
tax on calico which he printed; and he had to pay taxes, in one form or
another, on all the important materials he used in manufacture,—flour,
starch, leather, soap, dyestuffs, paper, timber, brick, tiles. A man could not
build a factory, or run it, or feed and clothe his workmen, without paying
taxes at every step.
431. Prevalence of smuggling.—A partial relief from the burden of the
customs was obtained by smuggling. Tariffs could hinder but could not
absolutely stop the natural movement of commodities. Smuggling was a
regular profession, with a tariff modeled on the regular tariff, but enough
lower to invite business; the smuggler’s charge varied ordinarily from 15 to
ENGLAND: REFORM OF COMMERCIAL POLICY
430. Burden of tariff on trade and manufactures.—After this survey
of the development of English trade in the first half of the century we must
attend to a most important change in English commercial policy, which lies
mainly in this period. We shall consider three groups of topics: the reform
of the general tariff; the repeal of the corn laws, protecting agricultural
products, especially wheat; and the repeal of the navigation laws, protecting
shipping.
England entered the nineteenth century with a cumbrous mass of tariff
regulations inherited from the past, from which only the worst excesses had
been pruned by statesmen like Walpole and Pitt. Customs laws had
accumulated for 500 years to the amount of 1,500 statutes, “often confused,
often contradictory, sometimes unintelligible.” Hardly any ware which was
obtainable abroad, whether it was a raw material or a manufactured product,
escaped the duties levied under one or another of these laws. The duties
were heavy and were enforced with unreasoning severity; a man who
imported a mummy from Egypt was told that it was a non-enumerated
manufacture, dutiable at nearly $1,000. Internal taxes reached articles
which escaped the customs tariff. The taxes on the publication of books
were so heavy that they amounted on an ordinary edition to one seventh of
the whole cost, and exceeded the remuneration of the author. The cotton
manufacturer had to pay not only an import duty on his raw cotton (higher
when it was brought in a foreign ship); he had to pay an excise or internal
tax on calico which he printed; and he had to pay taxes, in one form or
another, on all the important materials he used in manufacture,—flour,
starch, leather, soap, dyestuffs, paper, timber, brick, tiles. A man could not
build a factory, or run it, or feed and clothe his workmen, without paying
taxes at every step.
431. Prevalence of smuggling.—A partial relief from the burden of the
customs was obtained by smuggling. Tariffs could hinder but could not
absolutely stop the natural movement of commodities. Smuggling was a
regular profession, with a tariff modeled on the regular tariff, but enough
lower to invite business; the smuggler’s charge varied ordinarily from 15 to
Page 354
40 per cent ad valorem. Large numbers of the common people were leagued
with the smugglers to defy the law, and the upper classes, even the
legislators themselves, accepted smuggling as a matter of course. A member
of the House of Commons once flourished his silk bandanna handkerchief
before the House, saying: “Here is a foreign ware that is totally prohibited.
Nearly every one of you has a similar illicit article in his pocket. So much
for your prohibition.” The government framed its duties with an eye to the
ease of evading them; it laid a higher duty on fancy silks than on plain,
because the smugglers were at a disadvantage in handling the former, which
had to be brought in at once, before the fashions changed, while plain goods
could wait the smuggler’s convenience.
432. Beginning of the reform movement, 1820.—More and more as
time went on, and England’s commercial capacity increased, were the evils
and abuses of the system appreciated. By 1820 the times were ripe for a
change, and the movement to reform was initiated in that year by a petition
from a group of London merchants. The petition urged the principle of free
trade which the economist Adam Smith had supported in his “Wealth of
Nations” (published in 1776), and prayed that all restrictive regulations, not
imposed on account of the revenue, including all duties of a protective
character, might be repealed at once.
433. Reform of the tariff under Huskisson.—The early stages of tariff
reform, effected under the leadership of Huskisson about 1825, included the
following: (1) The simplification and condensation into manageable form of
the customs laws. (2) Reduction or removal of the duties on raw materials.
(3) Reduction of the duties on manufactures, generally to 30 per cent or
less, on the principle that such a duty was ample for protection, if a ware
could be made at home to advantage. (4) The removal of most of the
restrictions on export. These restrictions had affected raw materials, partly
manufactured goods, and even artisans themselves. The government had
tried to keep skilled workmen at home, but found that it merely made them
discontented, forced them to evasions, and kept them from coming back
when they had once left the country: it left them henceforth free to
emigrate. It was still unwilling to allow machinery to be exported freely, for
fear that other countries would build up a competition in manufactures, but
it recognized the difficulty of making its restrictions effective, and relaxed
them greatly.
with the smugglers to defy the law, and the upper classes, even the
legislators themselves, accepted smuggling as a matter of course. A member
of the House of Commons once flourished his silk bandanna handkerchief
before the House, saying: “Here is a foreign ware that is totally prohibited.
Nearly every one of you has a similar illicit article in his pocket. So much
for your prohibition.” The government framed its duties with an eye to the
ease of evading them; it laid a higher duty on fancy silks than on plain,
because the smugglers were at a disadvantage in handling the former, which
had to be brought in at once, before the fashions changed, while plain goods
could wait the smuggler’s convenience.
432. Beginning of the reform movement, 1820.—More and more as
time went on, and England’s commercial capacity increased, were the evils
and abuses of the system appreciated. By 1820 the times were ripe for a
change, and the movement to reform was initiated in that year by a petition
from a group of London merchants. The petition urged the principle of free
trade which the economist Adam Smith had supported in his “Wealth of
Nations” (published in 1776), and prayed that all restrictive regulations, not
imposed on account of the revenue, including all duties of a protective
character, might be repealed at once.
433. Reform of the tariff under Huskisson.—The early stages of tariff
reform, effected under the leadership of Huskisson about 1825, included the
following: (1) The simplification and condensation into manageable form of
the customs laws. (2) Reduction or removal of the duties on raw materials.
(3) Reduction of the duties on manufactures, generally to 30 per cent or
less, on the principle that such a duty was ample for protection, if a ware
could be made at home to advantage. (4) The removal of most of the
restrictions on export. These restrictions had affected raw materials, partly
manufactured goods, and even artisans themselves. The government had
tried to keep skilled workmen at home, but found that it merely made them
discontented, forced them to evasions, and kept them from coming back
when they had once left the country: it left them henceforth free to
emigrate. It was still unwilling to allow machinery to be exported freely, for
fear that other countries would build up a competition in manufactures, but
it recognized the difficulty of making its restrictions effective, and relaxed
them greatly.
Page 355
434. Results and later completion of the reform.—The results of the
reform exceeded anticipations. Not only did those industries benefit which
(like cotton, for instance) had previously been taxed for the support of
others, but the protected industries themselves gained by the revision of the
laws. The export of woolen stuffs increased rapidly after the removal of the
prohibition on the export of raw wool. The silk manufacture, which had
made slow progress and secured only a small market under the system of
high duties and prohibitions, advanced more rapidly now in a decade than it
had done before in a century.
The work of reform was, however, still far from complete; the tariff
retained many incongruities and was felt still to be oppressive by the
business interests of the country. The second stage in the advance to free
trade was effected under Sir Robert Peel, who in 1842 secured the reduction
of duties on 750 articles, and in 1845 abolished 430 out of a total of 813
import duties. Peel’s reforms left still a considerable element of protection
in the tariff, and the final acceptance of free trade waited till Gladstone’s
laws of 1853 and 1860, which lowered and then swept away import duties
by the hundred, and left the English tariff substantially in its present shape.
The system of “free trade” which England has since maintained does not
imply a complete lack of import duties; more than one fifth of the total
revenue from taxes is now yielded by the customs. Import duties, however,
have been restricted to a very few commodities, and are “revenue,” not
“protective” duties, in the sense that they do not encourage the production
in England of anything which can be produced more cheaply abroad.
435. The corn laws and their effects.—Previous to the great changes
which turned England into a manufacturing country, the agricultural
interests which controlled Parliament had assured themselves a good
measure of protection in framing the tariff laws. The importation of grain
was prevented by high duties; and the export was favored by bounties when
the supply was relatively plentiful and the price fell below about $1.50 a
bushel. Export became more and more rare as the home demand for
foodstuffs grew with the increase in the industrial population; and toward
the close of the eighteenth century it became ever a more serious question
whether England could produce at home sufficient food for her growing
people. An attempt was made to arrange the laws so as to keep the price of
wheat steady at about 48s. a quarter ($1.50 a bushel), but the laws did not
succeed in preventing violent fluctuations in the price. At the close of the
reform exceeded anticipations. Not only did those industries benefit which
(like cotton, for instance) had previously been taxed for the support of
others, but the protected industries themselves gained by the revision of the
laws. The export of woolen stuffs increased rapidly after the removal of the
prohibition on the export of raw wool. The silk manufacture, which had
made slow progress and secured only a small market under the system of
high duties and prohibitions, advanced more rapidly now in a decade than it
had done before in a century.
The work of reform was, however, still far from complete; the tariff
retained many incongruities and was felt still to be oppressive by the
business interests of the country. The second stage in the advance to free
trade was effected under Sir Robert Peel, who in 1842 secured the reduction
of duties on 750 articles, and in 1845 abolished 430 out of a total of 813
import duties. Peel’s reforms left still a considerable element of protection
in the tariff, and the final acceptance of free trade waited till Gladstone’s
laws of 1853 and 1860, which lowered and then swept away import duties
by the hundred, and left the English tariff substantially in its present shape.
The system of “free trade” which England has since maintained does not
imply a complete lack of import duties; more than one fifth of the total
revenue from taxes is now yielded by the customs. Import duties, however,
have been restricted to a very few commodities, and are “revenue,” not
“protective” duties, in the sense that they do not encourage the production
in England of anything which can be produced more cheaply abroad.
435. The corn laws and their effects.—Previous to the great changes
which turned England into a manufacturing country, the agricultural
interests which controlled Parliament had assured themselves a good
measure of protection in framing the tariff laws. The importation of grain
was prevented by high duties; and the export was favored by bounties when
the supply was relatively plentiful and the price fell below about $1.50 a
bushel. Export became more and more rare as the home demand for
foodstuffs grew with the increase in the industrial population; and toward
the close of the eighteenth century it became ever a more serious question
whether England could produce at home sufficient food for her growing
people. An attempt was made to arrange the laws so as to keep the price of
wheat steady at about 48s. a quarter ($1.50 a bushel), but the laws did not
succeed in preventing violent fluctuations in the price. At the close of the
Page 356
great wars, in 1815, English agriculturists demanded a continuance of the
protection which the stoppage of commerce had afforded them and the
import of foreign wheat was prohibited so long as the price at home did not
rise above 80s. (about $2.50 a bushel, or about $.30 for the quartern loaf of
bread). Landlords got high rents as a result, but farmers who leased their
land suffered when prices fell to a reasonable level, and consumers were
forced to pay extortionate prices for a prime necessity. Hundreds of
thousands of the working classes were brought to the verge of starvation in
1817 by the price of wheat rising to 112s. (about $3.50 a bushel).
436. Movement of English manufacturers for a repeal of the corn
laws.—The House of Commons, even after the electoral reform of 1832,
afforded but little representation to the manufacturing and mercantile
classes; four fifths of its members belonged to the landed interests, and
though they made some slight concessions they refused to grant adequate
relief. It was necessary for the opposition, which organized under the name
of the Anti-Corn-Law League, to carry on its campaign outside of
Parliament; it could report, at the annual meeting of 1843, that nine million
tracts had been distributed, and meetings had been held in 140 towns. Inside
of Parliament the movement engaged the energies of orators like Cobden
and Bright, who saw in it a question of life and death for English
manufactures. How was the manufacturer to pay the wages which such a
costly food supply required? To whom was he to sell his goods when so
large a proportion of English incomes had to be expended for bare
necessaries, and when England refused to take from foreign countries the
commodities which they offered in exchange? Even among the agricultural
classes the landlords were the sole gainers. The agricultural laborers were
wretchedly poor; Cobden asserted that none of them spent more than about
$7.50 a year in manufactured articles, if shoes were excepted, and that they
bought a smaller amount of English manufactures than the people of Brazil.
437. Repeal of the corn laws and its significance.—With the passage of
time and with the growth of the industrial population conditions changed
from bad to worse. The combination of a bad harvest and bad times in
business in 1841 forced thousands of the manufacturing population to seek
poor relief, while other thousands were estimated to be earning on the
average less than a shilling a week. It needed only a shock like that given
by the crop failure in the first year of the Irish famine, 1845, to force the
change which had come gradually to be recognized as inevitable. Peel’s act
protection which the stoppage of commerce had afforded them and the
import of foreign wheat was prohibited so long as the price at home did not
rise above 80s. (about $2.50 a bushel, or about $.30 for the quartern loaf of
bread). Landlords got high rents as a result, but farmers who leased their
land suffered when prices fell to a reasonable level, and consumers were
forced to pay extortionate prices for a prime necessity. Hundreds of
thousands of the working classes were brought to the verge of starvation in
1817 by the price of wheat rising to 112s. (about $3.50 a bushel).
436. Movement of English manufacturers for a repeal of the corn
laws.—The House of Commons, even after the electoral reform of 1832,
afforded but little representation to the manufacturing and mercantile
classes; four fifths of its members belonged to the landed interests, and
though they made some slight concessions they refused to grant adequate
relief. It was necessary for the opposition, which organized under the name
of the Anti-Corn-Law League, to carry on its campaign outside of
Parliament; it could report, at the annual meeting of 1843, that nine million
tracts had been distributed, and meetings had been held in 140 towns. Inside
of Parliament the movement engaged the energies of orators like Cobden
and Bright, who saw in it a question of life and death for English
manufactures. How was the manufacturer to pay the wages which such a
costly food supply required? To whom was he to sell his goods when so
large a proportion of English incomes had to be expended for bare
necessaries, and when England refused to take from foreign countries the
commodities which they offered in exchange? Even among the agricultural
classes the landlords were the sole gainers. The agricultural laborers were
wretchedly poor; Cobden asserted that none of them spent more than about
$7.50 a year in manufactured articles, if shoes were excepted, and that they
bought a smaller amount of English manufactures than the people of Brazil.
437. Repeal of the corn laws and its significance.—With the passage of
time and with the growth of the industrial population conditions changed
from bad to worse. The combination of a bad harvest and bad times in
business in 1841 forced thousands of the manufacturing population to seek
poor relief, while other thousands were estimated to be earning on the
average less than a shilling a week. It needed only a shock like that given
by the crop failure in the first year of the Irish famine, 1845, to force the
change which had come gradually to be recognized as inevitable. Peel’s act
Page 357
of 1846 left a slight protection for a few years; but after 1849 only a
nominal duty was to remain, and even this was abolished later.
The repeal of the corn laws was a momentous act in English history. It
marks the formal and final recognition that England had grown from an
agricultural to an industrial and commercial state. It threw England, as an
English economist said, from corn to coal as the staple product of the
country. Manufactures and trade thenceforth developed freely. Even the
agricultural interest gained in ways which it had not foreseen: the
consuming population increased rapidly both in numbers and in purchasing
power, and demanded increasing quantities of meat, dairy produce,
vegetables, and fruit. The full effect of the change on commerce will be
apparent when we review the history of the last half of the century.
438. Reform of the navigation acts.—This survey of the course of
English policy in the first half of the nineteenth century will be closed by
the consideration of a third topic, the laws protecting shipping. Reference to
a previous chapter will show how severe were the restrictions meant to
prevent the competition of foreign shipping, in the seventeenth and
eighteenth centuries. The period now under consideration was marked by
the removal of all these restrictions, and by a great growth, notwithstanding,
in the English merchant marine.
The establishment of the independence of the United States, and later of
the Spanish American republics, overthrew the colonial theory on which
many of the navigation acts were based, and forced numerous revisions.
The long wars of the Napoleonic period, also, led England to grant
privileges to neutral powers in the carrying trade. Important breaches,
therefore, had been made in the old system before the century was far
advanced, and it was in no condition to withstand the assaults directed
against it by people both abroad and at home whose interests it injured. The
United States adopted a policy of reprisal which forced England to admit
American ships freely to English ports, and threats of similar action by
European countries led in 1824 and the years immediately following to a
series of treaties putting foreign ships on an equality with English.
439. Final repeal of the navigation acts.—The navigation acts had
grown into a most complicated system, and it is impossible to describe in
detail their gradual relaxation. By 1830 English ships had lost all their
privileges except in the coasting trade, and in the trade with and between
the colonies. Even this amount of protection came to be regarded as a
nominal duty was to remain, and even this was abolished later.
The repeal of the corn laws was a momentous act in English history. It
marks the formal and final recognition that England had grown from an
agricultural to an industrial and commercial state. It threw England, as an
English economist said, from corn to coal as the staple product of the
country. Manufactures and trade thenceforth developed freely. Even the
agricultural interest gained in ways which it had not foreseen: the
consuming population increased rapidly both in numbers and in purchasing
power, and demanded increasing quantities of meat, dairy produce,
vegetables, and fruit. The full effect of the change on commerce will be
apparent when we review the history of the last half of the century.
438. Reform of the navigation acts.—This survey of the course of
English policy in the first half of the nineteenth century will be closed by
the consideration of a third topic, the laws protecting shipping. Reference to
a previous chapter will show how severe were the restrictions meant to
prevent the competition of foreign shipping, in the seventeenth and
eighteenth centuries. The period now under consideration was marked by
the removal of all these restrictions, and by a great growth, notwithstanding,
in the English merchant marine.
The establishment of the independence of the United States, and later of
the Spanish American republics, overthrew the colonial theory on which
many of the navigation acts were based, and forced numerous revisions.
The long wars of the Napoleonic period, also, led England to grant
privileges to neutral powers in the carrying trade. Important breaches,
therefore, had been made in the old system before the century was far
advanced, and it was in no condition to withstand the assaults directed
against it by people both abroad and at home whose interests it injured. The
United States adopted a policy of reprisal which forced England to admit
American ships freely to English ports, and threats of similar action by
European countries led in 1824 and the years immediately following to a
series of treaties putting foreign ships on an equality with English.
439. Final repeal of the navigation acts.—The navigation acts had
grown into a most complicated system, and it is impossible to describe in
detail their gradual relaxation. By 1830 English ships had lost all their
privileges except in the coasting trade, and in the trade with and between
the colonies. Even this amount of protection came to be regarded as a
Page 358
burden not only on commerce but on shipping itself, and was abolished in
1849 and 1854. Every step in the reform of the navigation acts was bitterly
fought by adherents of the old system, who prophesied ruin to English
shipping if it were denied protection and left to make its own way. How
groundless were the fears of those who opposed reform can be seen in the
following table, giving in millions the tonnage of English ships in the
period 1800-1850: 1800, 1.6; 1810, 2.2; 1820, 2.4; 1830, 2.2; 1840, 2.5;
1850, 3.5.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Are all taxes of equal amount equally burdensome? Would a country
fare as well if it raised its revenue by taxing saws and chisels instead of
cigarettes and playing cards?
2. What are the effects of smuggling on (a) the public revenue, (b) honest
merchants, (c) consumers?
3. How do the rates of the English tariff, as established at this time,
compare with the rates of the present tariff of the United States?
4. On what articles are import duties still levied in Great Britain? [See
Statesman’s Year-Book, index, Great Britain, customs.]
5. The corn laws and their effects. [Morley, Cobden, chap. 7; Rand. Ec.
hist., chap. 9.]
6. English agriculture under the corn laws. [Traill, Soc. England, 6: 75-
84, 211-217.]
7. The agitation for repeal of the corn laws. [McCarthy, vol. 1, chap. 14;
Morley, Cobden, chap. 6.]
8. The repeal of the corn laws. [McCarthy, vol. 1, chap. 15.]
9. English agriculture after the repeal. [Traill, Soc. England, 6: 404-421,
599-607.]
10. What were the main features of the navigation acts? [See above, sect.
358, or study the main provisions in Rand, Ec. hist., appendix 1.]
11. Conditions at the time when the Acts were repealed. [Lindsay, vol. 3,
chap. 6.]
12. Development of the merchant marine. [Traill, Soc. England, 6: 392-
404; Ward, Reign, 2: 111-118.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
1849 and 1854. Every step in the reform of the navigation acts was bitterly
fought by adherents of the old system, who prophesied ruin to English
shipping if it were denied protection and left to make its own way. How
groundless were the fears of those who opposed reform can be seen in the
following table, giving in millions the tonnage of English ships in the
period 1800-1850: 1800, 1.6; 1810, 2.2; 1820, 2.4; 1830, 2.2; 1840, 2.5;
1850, 3.5.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Are all taxes of equal amount equally burdensome? Would a country
fare as well if it raised its revenue by taxing saws and chisels instead of
cigarettes and playing cards?
2. What are the effects of smuggling on (a) the public revenue, (b) honest
merchants, (c) consumers?
3. How do the rates of the English tariff, as established at this time,
compare with the rates of the present tariff of the United States?
4. On what articles are import duties still levied in Great Britain? [See
Statesman’s Year-Book, index, Great Britain, customs.]
5. The corn laws and their effects. [Morley, Cobden, chap. 7; Rand. Ec.
hist., chap. 9.]
6. English agriculture under the corn laws. [Traill, Soc. England, 6: 75-
84, 211-217.]
7. The agitation for repeal of the corn laws. [McCarthy, vol. 1, chap. 14;
Morley, Cobden, chap. 6.]
8. The repeal of the corn laws. [McCarthy, vol. 1, chap. 15.]
9. English agriculture after the repeal. [Traill, Soc. England, 6: 404-421,
599-607.]
10. What were the main features of the navigation acts? [See above, sect.
358, or study the main provisions in Rand, Ec. hist., appendix 1.]
11. Conditions at the time when the Acts were repealed. [Lindsay, vol. 3,
chap. 6.]
12. Development of the merchant marine. [Traill, Soc. England, 6: 392-
404; Ward, Reign, 2: 111-118.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Page 359
The best single source on the topics of this chapter is Bernard Holland,
**The fall of protection, 1840-1850, London, 1913. Of more
comprehensive and more elementary books may be mentioned Mongredien,
*History of the free-trade movement, and Armitage-Smith, **Free-trade
movement, which is well suited to topical assignment. Similar in scope is
W. Cunningham, **Free-trade movement, with concluding chapters on
recently projected changes.
The best account of the corn laws is to be found in Morley’s **Life of
Cobden, and George Macaulay Trevelyan’s **Life of John Bright, London,
1913. Graphic pictures of conditions of life under the corn laws are
provided by The hungry forties: life under the bread tax, London, 1904; and
J. K. Snowden’s Corn law memories, in Contemp. Review, 1905, 88: 64-71.
J. S. Nicholson, *History of the English corn laws, London, 1904, is a
thoughtful study in brief compass, but is not suited to topical reading.
The navigation acts are treated by Holland, and at considerable length in
the third volume of Lindsay. The best recent contributions on the subject are
in periodical literature: John Rae, **English shipping under protection, in
Contemporary Review, 1905, 87: 666-675; J. H. Clapham, ** The last years
of the navigation acts, English Hist. Rev., 1910, 25: 480-501, 687-707.
**The fall of protection, 1840-1850, London, 1913. Of more
comprehensive and more elementary books may be mentioned Mongredien,
*History of the free-trade movement, and Armitage-Smith, **Free-trade
movement, which is well suited to topical assignment. Similar in scope is
W. Cunningham, **Free-trade movement, with concluding chapters on
recently projected changes.
The best account of the corn laws is to be found in Morley’s **Life of
Cobden, and George Macaulay Trevelyan’s **Life of John Bright, London,
1913. Graphic pictures of conditions of life under the corn laws are
provided by The hungry forties: life under the bread tax, London, 1904; and
J. K. Snowden’s Corn law memories, in Contemp. Review, 1905, 88: 64-71.
J. S. Nicholson, *History of the English corn laws, London, 1904, is a
thoughtful study in brief compass, but is not suited to topical reading.
The navigation acts are treated by Holland, and at considerable length in
the third volume of Lindsay. The best recent contributions on the subject are
in periodical literature: John Rae, **English shipping under protection, in
Contemporary Review, 1905, 87: 666-675; J. H. Clapham, ** The last years
of the navigation acts, English Hist. Rev., 1910, 25: 480-501, 687-707.
Page 360
CHAPTER XXXVII
ENGLAND: COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT, 1850-1914
440. Development of English commerce since 1850.—An
accompanying table sets forth the course of English trade down to the
outbreak of the World War. The figures refer, as in the previous table, to
imports for consumption in the country, and to exports of British and Irish
produce. To indicate, however, the share of commerce which the English
enjoyed merely as middlemen I add a column of re-exports, foreign and
colonial wares imported but shipped away again. If the amount of these
wares be doubled (since they figure both as imports and exports), and added
to the other items, the sum gives the gross foreign trade (excluding that in
precious metals). The system of valuation of imports changed in 1854;
under the old system of “official” values the imports of that year would
have been entered at twenty-eight million pounds less than under the new
system of giving the “real” values. This table, therefore, is not directly
comparable with the table of the preceding chapter; and to remind the
student of this I have left a few years vacant, making a gap between the two
tables.
441. Importance of England and of British Empire in trade of the
world.—A mere glance at this table will be sufficient to show the progress
that has been made since 1850. Some idea of the importance of this trade,
not only to England but to the world at large, can be gathered from the fact
that it amounted, about the middle of the period, to nearly one-fourth (23
per cent) of the estimated total foreign trade of the world, and at the close of
the period, (1912), in spite of the commercial progress of other countries, it
was still one-sixth. If we extend our view to embrace not only the little
islands in the North Sea, but all the countries depending on them and
forming the British Empire, we find the trade of this group over one-fourth
of the trade of the world.
Annual Average Trade of the United Kingdom, in Millions, Sterling, with
Rough Equivalents in Millions of Dollars
Imports Exports Re-exports
1855-59 £146 $730 £116 $580 £23
ENGLAND: COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT, 1850-1914
440. Development of English commerce since 1850.—An
accompanying table sets forth the course of English trade down to the
outbreak of the World War. The figures refer, as in the previous table, to
imports for consumption in the country, and to exports of British and Irish
produce. To indicate, however, the share of commerce which the English
enjoyed merely as middlemen I add a column of re-exports, foreign and
colonial wares imported but shipped away again. If the amount of these
wares be doubled (since they figure both as imports and exports), and added
to the other items, the sum gives the gross foreign trade (excluding that in
precious metals). The system of valuation of imports changed in 1854;
under the old system of “official” values the imports of that year would
have been entered at twenty-eight million pounds less than under the new
system of giving the “real” values. This table, therefore, is not directly
comparable with the table of the preceding chapter; and to remind the
student of this I have left a few years vacant, making a gap between the two
tables.
441. Importance of England and of British Empire in trade of the
world.—A mere glance at this table will be sufficient to show the progress
that has been made since 1850. Some idea of the importance of this trade,
not only to England but to the world at large, can be gathered from the fact
that it amounted, about the middle of the period, to nearly one-fourth (23
per cent) of the estimated total foreign trade of the world, and at the close of
the period, (1912), in spite of the commercial progress of other countries, it
was still one-sixth. If we extend our view to embrace not only the little
islands in the North Sea, but all the countries depending on them and
forming the British Empire, we find the trade of this group over one-fourth
of the trade of the world.
Annual Average Trade of the United Kingdom, in Millions, Sterling, with
Rough Equivalents in Millions of Dollars
Imports Exports Re-exports
1855-59 £146 $730 £116 $580 £23
Page 361
1860-64 193 965 138 690 42
1865-69 237 1185 181 905 49
1870-74 291 1455 235 1175 55
1875-79 320 1600 202 1010 55
1880-84 344 1720 234 1170 64
1885-89 318 1590 226 1130 61
1890-94 357 1785 234 1170 62
1895-99 393 1965 238 1190 60
1900-04 466 2330 289 1445 67
1905-09 522 2610 377 1885 85
1910-13 611 3055 474 2370 107
A survey which omits from consideration trade across land-frontiers, and
considers only sea-borne trade, is even more impressive. Of the total sea-
borne trade of the world in 1912 it is estimated that 15% (in value) was
between countries within the British Empire, and 39% was between the
Empire and foreign countries. Thus the trade of which one or both terminals
lay within the Empire was over half of the maritime trade of the world. The
trade of which one terminal was in the United Kingdom amounted by itself
to about 40% of the world’s total sea-borne trade.
442. Chief causes of the rapid development of English commerce.—
The causes of this development may be summarized briefly as follows: (1)
The English people were the most advanced, in industrial and mercantile
ability, of any people in the world. They had the start on others in
manufactures and trade, and reaped the benefits of their early training in
this period. (2) The geographical situation of England, and the physical
resources of the country, especially its coal, made the English superior to
most peoples and equal to any, in this age of transportation and manufacture
by steam. (3) The commercial policy of the government allowed the people
to make the most of their advantages. Toward the close of the eighteenth
century an English statesman had told Benjamin Franklin of his idea “to
make England a free port, for which he said the English were especially
fitted by nature, capital, love of enterprise, maritime connections, and
1865-69 237 1185 181 905 49
1870-74 291 1455 235 1175 55
1875-79 320 1600 202 1010 55
1880-84 344 1720 234 1170 64
1885-89 318 1590 226 1130 61
1890-94 357 1785 234 1170 62
1895-99 393 1965 238 1190 60
1900-04 466 2330 289 1445 67
1905-09 522 2610 377 1885 85
1910-13 611 3055 474 2370 107
A survey which omits from consideration trade across land-frontiers, and
considers only sea-borne trade, is even more impressive. Of the total sea-
borne trade of the world in 1912 it is estimated that 15% (in value) was
between countries within the British Empire, and 39% was between the
Empire and foreign countries. Thus the trade of which one or both terminals
lay within the Empire was over half of the maritime trade of the world. The
trade of which one terminal was in the United Kingdom amounted by itself
to about 40% of the world’s total sea-borne trade.
442. Chief causes of the rapid development of English commerce.—
The causes of this development may be summarized briefly as follows: (1)
The English people were the most advanced, in industrial and mercantile
ability, of any people in the world. They had the start on others in
manufactures and trade, and reaped the benefits of their early training in
this period. (2) The geographical situation of England, and the physical
resources of the country, especially its coal, made the English superior to
most peoples and equal to any, in this age of transportation and manufacture
by steam. (3) The commercial policy of the government allowed the people
to make the most of their advantages. Toward the close of the eighteenth
century an English statesman had told Benjamin Franklin of his idea “to
make England a free port, for which he said the English were especially
fitted by nature, capital, love of enterprise, maritime connections, and
Page 362
position between the old and new world, and the north and south of Europe,
and that those who were best circumstanced for trade could not but be
gainers by having trade open.” This idea waited long for its realization, but
on that account led to the more rapid progress when it was carried into
effect. Within five years of the repeal of the corn laws exports rose fifty to
one hundred million pounds sterling per annum; manufactures and trade
developed by leaps and bounds. Free trade alone cannot be credited with all
the progress that England made in this period. It was, perhaps, the least of
the three factors enumerated, but still it was of such importance that the
other two factors would have been of much less effect without it.
443. Character of English exports.—This trade had now in a more
pronounced form, the characteristics which it had been gradually assuming
and which make it one of the most remarkable examples of advanced
commerce in the world. Considering first the exports, we find that over
three-fourths of them (in value) have consisted of wares wholly or mainly
manufactured. Only one raw material has gone out in great quantity; this is
coal, which has contributed about one-tenth of the total value of exports.
Aside from coal few wares, and those of relatively slight importance, have
left the islands in their crude form.
444. Leading items among the exports.—Cotton manufactures kept
their place at the head of the list of exports, comprising about one quarter of
the total. England in 1913 exported the enormous sum of over seven
thousand million yards of cotton cloth a year. The exports of iron and steel
and their products rose in this period to the second place; England was now
purveying to other nations the means of raising the structure on which
modern manufactures and transportation are based. The growth in the
exports of machinery is especially striking; this item increased over fivefold
within the fifty years to 1900, and doubled again in the short period before
the outbreak of the war. Below these leading items come others with which
we are already familiar (woolen and linen manufactures) and some which
had gained promotion on the list of exports; leather goods, chemicals, jute
manufactures, pottery, etc.
445. Imports; prominence of foodstuffs.—The fact suggested by the
list of exports, that England has specialized more and more in
manufactures, is borne out by the list of imports during the past half
century. Since the adoption of the free-trade policy the English people has
been freed from dependence on the home supply of food and has supplied
and that those who were best circumstanced for trade could not but be
gainers by having trade open.” This idea waited long for its realization, but
on that account led to the more rapid progress when it was carried into
effect. Within five years of the repeal of the corn laws exports rose fifty to
one hundred million pounds sterling per annum; manufactures and trade
developed by leaps and bounds. Free trade alone cannot be credited with all
the progress that England made in this period. It was, perhaps, the least of
the three factors enumerated, but still it was of such importance that the
other two factors would have been of much less effect without it.
443. Character of English exports.—This trade had now in a more
pronounced form, the characteristics which it had been gradually assuming
and which make it one of the most remarkable examples of advanced
commerce in the world. Considering first the exports, we find that over
three-fourths of them (in value) have consisted of wares wholly or mainly
manufactured. Only one raw material has gone out in great quantity; this is
coal, which has contributed about one-tenth of the total value of exports.
Aside from coal few wares, and those of relatively slight importance, have
left the islands in their crude form.
444. Leading items among the exports.—Cotton manufactures kept
their place at the head of the list of exports, comprising about one quarter of
the total. England in 1913 exported the enormous sum of over seven
thousand million yards of cotton cloth a year. The exports of iron and steel
and their products rose in this period to the second place; England was now
purveying to other nations the means of raising the structure on which
modern manufactures and transportation are based. The growth in the
exports of machinery is especially striking; this item increased over fivefold
within the fifty years to 1900, and doubled again in the short period before
the outbreak of the war. Below these leading items come others with which
we are already familiar (woolen and linen manufactures) and some which
had gained promotion on the list of exports; leather goods, chemicals, jute
manufactures, pottery, etc.
445. Imports; prominence of foodstuffs.—The fact suggested by the
list of exports, that England has specialized more and more in
manufactures, is borne out by the list of imports during the past half
century. Since the adoption of the free-trade policy the English people has
been freed from dependence on the home supply of food and has supplied
Page 363
its necessities by purchases abroad. Among the imports, therefore, we find
that the largest item is that of foodstuffs, which has grown rapidly both in
its absolute value and in its proportion of the total imports. In contrast with
the medieval period, when only luxuries like wines and spices could pay for
their transportation, we find now the great food staples flowing to England
from countries thousands of miles distant. Improvements in transportation,
due especially to the use of steam, have enabled bulky cargoes to pay for
their passage, and the weight of the imports in tons has increased much
more rapidly than their value. Improved means of transportation and
preservation have moreover enabled the English to import perishable
articles like meat, fruits, and vegetables, and dairy products; and the
imports of these wares have increased from ten to twentyfold in weight.
446. Imports of raw materials and manufactures.—The same
conditions have affected the imports of raw materials. A century ago the
manufacture of iron from imported ore would have been thought an
absurdity, but it has become a regular practice now that freights are so low;
and the import of minerals is a respectable item in a list in which the raw
materials for the textile industry are still, of course, most important. Free
trade encouraged also a great increase in the imports of manufactures,
which grew nearly tenfold in the fifty years to 1900, though they still were
less important than foodstuffs and raw materials. The largest item among
them after the crude metals, was silk, for the manufacture of which other
nations have always shown more aptitude; but the list included woolens,
hardware, leather (boots and shoes), paper, and many other items.
447. Explanation of the excess of imports over exports.—A feature of
England’s foreign trade deserving comment and explanation is the great
excess of imports over exports. It is natural to expect that these two items,
which seem to represent the two sides of a balance sheet, should be nearly
equal to each other; but in fact the value of exports has for many years been
far below that of imports, and the difference in the years toward 1900
amounted to the enormous total of $700,000,000 to $900,000,000 a year.
England did not receive this surplus of goods as a gift, but earned it by
services in the past and in the present which put other countries under
obligations to her. The English had invested enormous sums abroad, and
had the right therefore to interest and dividends; their merchant marine did
a large part of the carrying trade of the world, and naturally had a large bill
for freight to render to other people; London was the financial center of the
that the largest item is that of foodstuffs, which has grown rapidly both in
its absolute value and in its proportion of the total imports. In contrast with
the medieval period, when only luxuries like wines and spices could pay for
their transportation, we find now the great food staples flowing to England
from countries thousands of miles distant. Improvements in transportation,
due especially to the use of steam, have enabled bulky cargoes to pay for
their passage, and the weight of the imports in tons has increased much
more rapidly than their value. Improved means of transportation and
preservation have moreover enabled the English to import perishable
articles like meat, fruits, and vegetables, and dairy products; and the
imports of these wares have increased from ten to twentyfold in weight.
446. Imports of raw materials and manufactures.—The same
conditions have affected the imports of raw materials. A century ago the
manufacture of iron from imported ore would have been thought an
absurdity, but it has become a regular practice now that freights are so low;
and the import of minerals is a respectable item in a list in which the raw
materials for the textile industry are still, of course, most important. Free
trade encouraged also a great increase in the imports of manufactures,
which grew nearly tenfold in the fifty years to 1900, though they still were
less important than foodstuffs and raw materials. The largest item among
them after the crude metals, was silk, for the manufacture of which other
nations have always shown more aptitude; but the list included woolens,
hardware, leather (boots and shoes), paper, and many other items.
447. Explanation of the excess of imports over exports.—A feature of
England’s foreign trade deserving comment and explanation is the great
excess of imports over exports. It is natural to expect that these two items,
which seem to represent the two sides of a balance sheet, should be nearly
equal to each other; but in fact the value of exports has for many years been
far below that of imports, and the difference in the years toward 1900
amounted to the enormous total of $700,000,000 to $900,000,000 a year.
England did not receive this surplus of goods as a gift, but earned it by
services in the past and in the present which put other countries under
obligations to her. The English had invested enormous sums abroad, and
had the right therefore to interest and dividends; their merchant marine did
a large part of the carrying trade of the world, and naturally had a large bill
for freight to render to other people; London was the financial center of the
Page 364
world, and made the foreigner pay tribute for the services and commissions
executed for him. There were some items on the other side of the account,
but on the whole England had the right every year to take from other
countries in the form of goods vastly more than she exported to them.
448. Detailed items in England’s international balance.—The items
which go to make up the credits and debits of England in relation to other
countries may be set forth in the form of a balance sheet, as in the table
below, which gives the estimate of these items for the year 1910. Figures
are given in round millions of pounds sterling.
Credits Debits
Exports of merchandise 430 Imports of merchandise 678
Re-exports (foreign mdse.) 103 Imports of bullion 71
Exports of bullion 64
Income from investments 178 Capital invested abroad 170
Earnings of shipping 100
Banking and business earnings 55 Earnings due foreigners 15
931 934
The students should note several characteristic features of this balance
sheet. (1) Only the items at the head of the columns are measured
accurately: the others are “invisible” items, represented only by pieces of
paper passing through the mail, but these are, pound for pound, of equal
importance. (2) The inflow and outflow of bullion are large items, but
nearly balance; England has acted as a clearing house for the payments of
the world’s debts, and the distribution of the world’s gold. (3) In this period
England re-invested in other countries most of the great sum due in interest
and dividends. The English investor may be pictured as receiving a
dividend check from the United States or South America, and as mailing it
back instead of cashing it, asking that it be added to the capital sum of his
investment.
449. Growth of the merchant marine.—England was the leader among
nations in the carrying trade in 1850, and retained her position still
unchallenged at the close of the century. At the outbreak of the war in 1914
nearly half of the world’s steam tonnage was under the British flag; the
executed for him. There were some items on the other side of the account,
but on the whole England had the right every year to take from other
countries in the form of goods vastly more than she exported to them.
448. Detailed items in England’s international balance.—The items
which go to make up the credits and debits of England in relation to other
countries may be set forth in the form of a balance sheet, as in the table
below, which gives the estimate of these items for the year 1910. Figures
are given in round millions of pounds sterling.
Credits Debits
Exports of merchandise 430 Imports of merchandise 678
Re-exports (foreign mdse.) 103 Imports of bullion 71
Exports of bullion 64
Income from investments 178 Capital invested abroad 170
Earnings of shipping 100
Banking and business earnings 55 Earnings due foreigners 15
931 934
The students should note several characteristic features of this balance
sheet. (1) Only the items at the head of the columns are measured
accurately: the others are “invisible” items, represented only by pieces of
paper passing through the mail, but these are, pound for pound, of equal
importance. (2) The inflow and outflow of bullion are large items, but
nearly balance; England has acted as a clearing house for the payments of
the world’s debts, and the distribution of the world’s gold. (3) In this period
England re-invested in other countries most of the great sum due in interest
and dividends. The English investor may be pictured as receiving a
dividend check from the United States or South America, and as mailing it
back instead of cashing it, asking that it be added to the capital sum of his
investment.
449. Growth of the merchant marine.—England was the leader among
nations in the carrying trade in 1850, and retained her position still
unchallenged at the close of the century. At the outbreak of the war in 1914
nearly half of the world’s steam tonnage was under the British flag; the
Page 365
tonnage of Germany, which came second on the list of countries, was not
one-fourth of the British. The number of ships in the English merchant
marine has actually decreased in this period of progress, but the carrying
capacity has grown immensely by the increase in size of the ships and by
the substitution of steam for sailing vessels. It will be remembered that the
protection afforded by the navigation acts was removed before the
beginning of this period. The government has made generous payments for
the carriage of mails, but still has refused to pay regular subsidies or
bounties for the encouragement of shipping. English shipping, nevertheless,
has held its own. Of the steam shipping built in the twenty years preceding
the war, two-thirds were built in the United Kingdom, and over one-half
was built to sail under the British flag. While soon after 1850 the English
merchant marine carried not much more than half of the foreign commerce
of the country, the proportion grew in later years to two-thirds and nearly
three-quarters. This proportion declined somewhat in more recent years,
under the competition of Continental steamers, but it is estimated that in
1913 British shipping carried over one-half of the total sea-borne trade of
the world, including nine-tenths of the trade inside the Empire, nearly two-
thirds of the trade between the Empire and foreign countries, and nearly
one-third (30%) of the trade between foreign countries.
450. Relative rank of English ports.—The great commerce of the
United Kingdom was very unequally distributed among its parts, nine-
tenths of it going to England and Wales and most of the remainder to the
lowlands of Scotland. London still kept its place as the chief port not only
in the United Kingdom but in the world, mainly by reason of its import
trade; it was exceeded in the amount of exports by the second port,
Liverpool, which distanced all rivals in the important trade with the United
States. An immense gap separated these two leading ports from the others,
Hull, Manchester, Glasgow, Southampton, etc. Ports whose names were
famous in the Middle Ages and even in later times have dropped into
obscurity, with fortunate exceptions like Harwich and Grimsby, which have
recovered their positions in recent times. Their places were taken by ports
from which cotton and coal products are shipped: Manchester, once an
inland village but now united with the sea by a ship canal and standing
(1913) fourth on the list, the Tyne ports, Cardiff, etc.
The importance of ports was measured in the preceding paragraph by the
value of the cargoes imported and exported through them. While this
one-fourth of the British. The number of ships in the English merchant
marine has actually decreased in this period of progress, but the carrying
capacity has grown immensely by the increase in size of the ships and by
the substitution of steam for sailing vessels. It will be remembered that the
protection afforded by the navigation acts was removed before the
beginning of this period. The government has made generous payments for
the carriage of mails, but still has refused to pay regular subsidies or
bounties for the encouragement of shipping. English shipping, nevertheless,
has held its own. Of the steam shipping built in the twenty years preceding
the war, two-thirds were built in the United Kingdom, and over one-half
was built to sail under the British flag. While soon after 1850 the English
merchant marine carried not much more than half of the foreign commerce
of the country, the proportion grew in later years to two-thirds and nearly
three-quarters. This proportion declined somewhat in more recent years,
under the competition of Continental steamers, but it is estimated that in
1913 British shipping carried over one-half of the total sea-borne trade of
the world, including nine-tenths of the trade inside the Empire, nearly two-
thirds of the trade between the Empire and foreign countries, and nearly
one-third (30%) of the trade between foreign countries.
450. Relative rank of English ports.—The great commerce of the
United Kingdom was very unequally distributed among its parts, nine-
tenths of it going to England and Wales and most of the remainder to the
lowlands of Scotland. London still kept its place as the chief port not only
in the United Kingdom but in the world, mainly by reason of its import
trade; it was exceeded in the amount of exports by the second port,
Liverpool, which distanced all rivals in the important trade with the United
States. An immense gap separated these two leading ports from the others,
Hull, Manchester, Glasgow, Southampton, etc. Ports whose names were
famous in the Middle Ages and even in later times have dropped into
obscurity, with fortunate exceptions like Harwich and Grimsby, which have
recovered their positions in recent times. Their places were taken by ports
from which cotton and coal products are shipped: Manchester, once an
inland village but now united with the sea by a ship canal and standing
(1913) fourth on the list, the Tyne ports, Cardiff, etc.
The importance of ports was measured in the preceding paragraph by the
value of the cargoes imported and exported through them. While this
Page 366
appears to be the best standard by which to determine commercial ranking
it is proper also to consider not the value of cargoes, but the volume of
shipping entering and clearing from a given port. Measured by the tonnage
of vessels London was but little superior to Liverpool before the World War,
was inferior to New York and to Hamburg, and about even with Rotterdam
and Antwerp.
451. Relative share of different countries in England’s commerce.—
Taking up now the direction of England’s trade abroad and the changes in
its course during the last half of the century, we find ourselves approaching
questions which have roused acute political controversy. Reserving for
future consideration changes which have shown themselves in the most
recent period we may note conditions as they were about 1900. England
still found the trade with her European neighbors the most important part of
her commerce, making up about two-fifths of the whole; this trade had
increased by over one-half during the last forty years of the century. Next in
importance to it was the trade with the British dependencies, a little less
than one-quarter of the whole, which had increased somewhat more slowly.
In the third place we may put, not a continent or group of countries, but one
country, the United States, between which and England the trade was
greater than between any other two countries on earth. England bought
from the United States in 1901 more than twice as much as she bought from
the next largest seller (France); and she sold the United States in that year
more than she sold to all the countries embraced in her great Empire. This
part of English trade, moreover, had grown more rapidly than any other,
increasing by once and a half in the period. Grouping together all countries
beside those enumerated, we find that the trade with them had remained
nearly stationary, and amounted only to about one-eighth of the total.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Treat the statistics, sect. 440, by graphic representation, in the manner
that has already been suggested.
2. Compare the reasons given for the increase of British commerce with
reasons that may suggest themselves to you for the growth of the commerce
of the United States. [See sect. 320 for a reference to Gladstone’s views.]
3. The following list gives, in million pounds, the value of the chief
exports of home produce in 1900: cotton manufactures 62.0, do. yarn 7.7,
it is proper also to consider not the value of cargoes, but the volume of
shipping entering and clearing from a given port. Measured by the tonnage
of vessels London was but little superior to Liverpool before the World War,
was inferior to New York and to Hamburg, and about even with Rotterdam
and Antwerp.
451. Relative share of different countries in England’s commerce.—
Taking up now the direction of England’s trade abroad and the changes in
its course during the last half of the century, we find ourselves approaching
questions which have roused acute political controversy. Reserving for
future consideration changes which have shown themselves in the most
recent period we may note conditions as they were about 1900. England
still found the trade with her European neighbors the most important part of
her commerce, making up about two-fifths of the whole; this trade had
increased by over one-half during the last forty years of the century. Next in
importance to it was the trade with the British dependencies, a little less
than one-quarter of the whole, which had increased somewhat more slowly.
In the third place we may put, not a continent or group of countries, but one
country, the United States, between which and England the trade was
greater than between any other two countries on earth. England bought
from the United States in 1901 more than twice as much as she bought from
the next largest seller (France); and she sold the United States in that year
more than she sold to all the countries embraced in her great Empire. This
part of English trade, moreover, had grown more rapidly than any other,
increasing by once and a half in the period. Grouping together all countries
beside those enumerated, we find that the trade with them had remained
nearly stationary, and amounted only to about one-eighth of the total.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Treat the statistics, sect. 440, by graphic representation, in the manner
that has already been suggested.
2. Compare the reasons given for the increase of British commerce with
reasons that may suggest themselves to you for the growth of the commerce
of the United States. [See sect. 320 for a reference to Gladstone’s views.]
3. The following list gives, in million pounds, the value of the chief
exports of home produce in 1900: cotton manufactures 62.0, do. yarn 7.7,
Page 367
woolen manufactures 15.6, do. yarn 6.1, linens and yarn 7.1, jute and yarn
2.4, apparel and haberdashery 6.8, ships 8.6, iron and steel 32.0, hardware
and cutlery 2.1, copper 2.9, machinery 19.6, coal, etc., 38.6, chemicals 9.2.
Total exports of home produce 291.4, exports of foreign and colonial
produce 63.0, grand total 354.5. Treat the figures as suggested under sect.
419. [The figures are from the preliminary report for 1900, Statesman’s
Year-Book, 1901, pp. 85, 87; details of iron and steel exports will be found
p. 88.]
4. Development of the iron industry. [Jeans, The iron trade of Great
Britain, London, 1906, or in Ashley, Brit. Industries, 2-37; Bell in Ward
Reign, 2: 196-237; Lady Bell, At the works, London, 1907.]
5. Development of the textile industry. [Soc. England, 6: 589-599.]
6. The cotton industry. [Slagg in Ward, Reign, 2: 153-195; Helm in
Ashley, 68-92; S. J. Chapman, The cotton industry and trade, London,
1905.]
7. The woolen and worsted industries. [Hooper in Ashley, 93-119;
Graham in Lectures, chap, 10; J. H. Clapham, The woollen and worsted
industries, London, 1907.]
8. Linen and flax. [Patterson in Ashley, 120-150.]
9. Pottery. [Soc. England, 6: 379-392.]
10. England as a wheat market. [Edgar, Story, chap. 5.]
11. The food supply of London. [Quarterly Review, Oct., 1899, 190: 467-
486; Jan., 1900, 191: 117-137.]
12. England’s food supply in time of war; need of the navy. [H. Seton-
Karr in North Amer. Rev., 1897, 164: 651-663; W. E. Bear in National Rev.,
1896, 27: 133-144; Quarterly Review, 1905, 203-572-598.]
13. Project of national granaries for storing a supply of food. [R. B.
Marston in Nineteenth Century, 1898, 43: 879-889; Yerburgh in Nat. Rev.,
1896; 27: 197-207.]
14. British capital abroad and the balance of trade. [Mulhall in No. Amer.
Rev., 1899, 168: 499-505; Crammond in Quarterly Rev., 1911; 215: 43-67;
C. K. Hobson, The export of capital, London, 1914.]
15. Development of the merchant marine. [Ginsburg in Ashley, 173-195;
Taylor in Forum, 1900-01, 30: 463-477.]
16. British shipping subsidies. [Root in Atlantic, 1900, 85: 387-394.]
17. Growth of British ports. [Ackland in Nineteenth Century, 1897, 42:
411 ff.; Browne in Contemp. Rev., Feb. 1918, 113: 190-199.]
2.4, apparel and haberdashery 6.8, ships 8.6, iron and steel 32.0, hardware
and cutlery 2.1, copper 2.9, machinery 19.6, coal, etc., 38.6, chemicals 9.2.
Total exports of home produce 291.4, exports of foreign and colonial
produce 63.0, grand total 354.5. Treat the figures as suggested under sect.
419. [The figures are from the preliminary report for 1900, Statesman’s
Year-Book, 1901, pp. 85, 87; details of iron and steel exports will be found
p. 88.]
4. Development of the iron industry. [Jeans, The iron trade of Great
Britain, London, 1906, or in Ashley, Brit. Industries, 2-37; Bell in Ward
Reign, 2: 196-237; Lady Bell, At the works, London, 1907.]
5. Development of the textile industry. [Soc. England, 6: 589-599.]
6. The cotton industry. [Slagg in Ward, Reign, 2: 153-195; Helm in
Ashley, 68-92; S. J. Chapman, The cotton industry and trade, London,
1905.]
7. The woolen and worsted industries. [Hooper in Ashley, 93-119;
Graham in Lectures, chap, 10; J. H. Clapham, The woollen and worsted
industries, London, 1907.]
8. Linen and flax. [Patterson in Ashley, 120-150.]
9. Pottery. [Soc. England, 6: 379-392.]
10. England as a wheat market. [Edgar, Story, chap. 5.]
11. The food supply of London. [Quarterly Review, Oct., 1899, 190: 467-
486; Jan., 1900, 191: 117-137.]
12. England’s food supply in time of war; need of the navy. [H. Seton-
Karr in North Amer. Rev., 1897, 164: 651-663; W. E. Bear in National Rev.,
1896, 27: 133-144; Quarterly Review, 1905, 203-572-598.]
13. Project of national granaries for storing a supply of food. [R. B.
Marston in Nineteenth Century, 1898, 43: 879-889; Yerburgh in Nat. Rev.,
1896; 27: 197-207.]
14. British capital abroad and the balance of trade. [Mulhall in No. Amer.
Rev., 1899, 168: 499-505; Crammond in Quarterly Rev., 1911; 215: 43-67;
C. K. Hobson, The export of capital, London, 1914.]
15. Development of the merchant marine. [Ginsburg in Ashley, 173-195;
Taylor in Forum, 1900-01, 30: 463-477.]
16. British shipping subsidies. [Root in Atlantic, 1900, 85: 387-394.]
17. Growth of British ports. [Ackland in Nineteenth Century, 1897, 42:
411 ff.; Browne in Contemp. Rev., Feb. 1918, 113: 190-199.]
Page 368
18. The port of London and improvements. [Owen in Lectures, chap. 4;
Quarterly Rev., 1903, 197: 252-269; Marchant in National Rev., 1902-3, 40:
715-737, with map; Miller in Fortnightly Rev., 1902, 78: 796-805.]
19. The supply of British seamen. [Cowie in Contemp. Rev., 1898, 73:
855-865; Tomlinson in English Rev., 1911, 9: 114-121; Longford in
Nineteenth Cent., 1912, 72: 1114-1130.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
The course of English commerce has attracted interest in increasing
measure, and publications upon it multiply, as we approach the end of the
century. Only a few books can be noticed here; the reader is referred to the
topics for references to other books and periodical articles.
Ward, *Reign of Queen Victoria, contains good chapters on the industrial
development of the reign. Stephen Bourne, *Trade, population, and food,
London, 1880, is a careful analysis of the decade 1870-80, and furnishes a
good starting-point from which to survey the course of recent trade. J. W.
Root, Trade relations of the British Empire, Liverpool, 1903, provides a
survey of English commerce at the close of the period, with special
reference to the pending question of tariff changes. Similar books have been
written by Edward Pulsford and L. G. Chiozza Money. A useful statistical
survey is provided by John H. Schooling, *The British trade book, fourth
issue, London, 1911. Lectures on British commerce, with preface by W. P.
Reeves, is mainly a description of the present organization. A. J. Sargent,
*Seaways of the Empire, London, 1918, is a good survey of the geography
of British trade; and Adam W. Kirkaldy, **British shipping, London, 1914,
includes both history and recent organization. **British industries, edited
by W. J. Ashley, is, however, the book deserving of the warmest
recommendation; nowhere else will the reader find such good descriptions
of the leading industries of Great Britain. Each industry is described by a
specialist of recognized authority, and though the book does not go far into
history it gives indispensable information on the recent results of historical
development. More popular and less valuable is Great industries of Great
Britain, London, Cassell, no date (about 1880?), 3 vols.
Quarterly Rev., 1903, 197: 252-269; Marchant in National Rev., 1902-3, 40:
715-737, with map; Miller in Fortnightly Rev., 1902, 78: 796-805.]
19. The supply of British seamen. [Cowie in Contemp. Rev., 1898, 73:
855-865; Tomlinson in English Rev., 1911, 9: 114-121; Longford in
Nineteenth Cent., 1912, 72: 1114-1130.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
The course of English commerce has attracted interest in increasing
measure, and publications upon it multiply, as we approach the end of the
century. Only a few books can be noticed here; the reader is referred to the
topics for references to other books and periodical articles.
Ward, *Reign of Queen Victoria, contains good chapters on the industrial
development of the reign. Stephen Bourne, *Trade, population, and food,
London, 1880, is a careful analysis of the decade 1870-80, and furnishes a
good starting-point from which to survey the course of recent trade. J. W.
Root, Trade relations of the British Empire, Liverpool, 1903, provides a
survey of English commerce at the close of the period, with special
reference to the pending question of tariff changes. Similar books have been
written by Edward Pulsford and L. G. Chiozza Money. A useful statistical
survey is provided by John H. Schooling, *The British trade book, fourth
issue, London, 1911. Lectures on British commerce, with preface by W. P.
Reeves, is mainly a description of the present organization. A. J. Sargent,
*Seaways of the Empire, London, 1918, is a good survey of the geography
of British trade; and Adam W. Kirkaldy, **British shipping, London, 1914,
includes both history and recent organization. **British industries, edited
by W. J. Ashley, is, however, the book deserving of the warmest
recommendation; nowhere else will the reader find such good descriptions
of the leading industries of Great Britain. Each industry is described by a
specialist of recognized authority, and though the book does not go far into
history it gives indispensable information on the recent results of historical
development. More popular and less valuable is Great industries of Great
Britain, London, Cassell, no date (about 1880?), 3 vols.
Page 369
CHAPTER XXXVIII
ENGLAND: PRE-WAR PROBLEMS
452. Relative decline in value and quality of English exports.—The
questions agitating the minds of English business men and statesmen at the
opening of the twentieth century rose from a consideration of the immediate
past and of the future of English commerce. While the country had enjoyed
a full measure of prosperity in recent years, and had witnessed a
considerable increase in the quantity of its foreign trade, the quality of this
trade awakened forebodings. The increase had been almost entirely
confined to imports. Since 1872 the exports, though they had increased in
bulk, had remained almost stationary in value; they had kept pace neither
with the growth of population in England, nor with the growth in value of
the exports of other countries. In the twenty years, 1881-1900, foreign
countries enlarged their purchases (imports) by 11 per cent, while England
augmented her sales to them (exports) by only 4 per cent; the British
possessions enlarged their purchases by 17 per cent, while English sales to
these dependencies showed an actual decrease of 1 per cent. The exports of
which England has been most proud, as indicating her superior industrial
strength—the textiles, and iron and steel—had either increased slowly or
shown an actual decline. On the other hand, the exports which had
increased in value were of a kind which the English viewed with disfavor.
Many of them (apparel and slops, preserves, soap, furniture, etc.) were the
product of cheap and unskilled workers and seemed to show a degradation
of English labor. Others of them, potter’s clay and especially coal, were raw
materials which the English would have preferred to use in their own
industry at home.
453. Growth in exports but decline in relative share of trade.—The
table of trade of the United Kingdom in the preceding chapter shows that
the period of stagnation in the English export trade ended about 1900, and
that there was a marked recovery between that date and 1914, even after
allowance is made, as it should be, for the rise in the general level of prices,
which magnifies the actual growth. Studying the course of trade during the
generation comprised between the dates 1880-1909, the United Kingdom
maintained or increased the value of its sales in all but two of the more
ENGLAND: PRE-WAR PROBLEMS
452. Relative decline in value and quality of English exports.—The
questions agitating the minds of English business men and statesmen at the
opening of the twentieth century rose from a consideration of the immediate
past and of the future of English commerce. While the country had enjoyed
a full measure of prosperity in recent years, and had witnessed a
considerable increase in the quantity of its foreign trade, the quality of this
trade awakened forebodings. The increase had been almost entirely
confined to imports. Since 1872 the exports, though they had increased in
bulk, had remained almost stationary in value; they had kept pace neither
with the growth of population in England, nor with the growth in value of
the exports of other countries. In the twenty years, 1881-1900, foreign
countries enlarged their purchases (imports) by 11 per cent, while England
augmented her sales to them (exports) by only 4 per cent; the British
possessions enlarged their purchases by 17 per cent, while English sales to
these dependencies showed an actual decrease of 1 per cent. The exports of
which England has been most proud, as indicating her superior industrial
strength—the textiles, and iron and steel—had either increased slowly or
shown an actual decline. On the other hand, the exports which had
increased in value were of a kind which the English viewed with disfavor.
Many of them (apparel and slops, preserves, soap, furniture, etc.) were the
product of cheap and unskilled workers and seemed to show a degradation
of English labor. Others of them, potter’s clay and especially coal, were raw
materials which the English would have preferred to use in their own
industry at home.
453. Growth in exports but decline in relative share of trade.—The
table of trade of the United Kingdom in the preceding chapter shows that
the period of stagnation in the English export trade ended about 1900, and
that there was a marked recovery between that date and 1914, even after
allowance is made, as it should be, for the rise in the general level of prices,
which magnifies the actual growth. Studying the course of trade during the
generation comprised between the dates 1880-1909, the United Kingdom
maintained or increased the value of its sales in all but two of the more
Page 370
important markets of the world; and the two countries to which British
exports have declined, Russia and Roumania, would not by themselves
form very serious exceptions. If, however, we select for study not the bare
figures of export values, but the figures showing the percentage which
British sales to any country form of that country’s total imports, the result is
very different; for we are then measuring British progress not by the home
standard but by the standard set by commercial competitors.
454. Illustration by the recent commerce of Japan.—The distinction is
so important that it deserves illustration by a particular example, and we
may choose for the purpose a country which during the recent period has
furnished a rapidly growing market to the merchants of the world, namely,
Japan.
Annual Average Imports of Japan in Recent Decades
(Values in millions of yen)
From From
From From From all
United other
Germany U.S. countries
Kingdom countries
1881-1890 19.6 3.4 4.2 19.3 46.5
1891-1900 46.6 14.8 22.8 87.0 171.2
1900-1909 84.3 36.1 65.8 199.8 386.0
The Japanese monetary unit, the yen, has declined considerably in value
in the course of the period, and therefore no exact equivalent for it can be
given; but even allowing for this decline the growth of British export trade
to Japan appears satisfactory if the student regards merely the figures in the
first column. If we apply, however, the comparative standard, and measure
the British exports to Japan alongside those from other countries, the result
is not the same.
Percentage of Japan’s Imports from Each Country
From From
From From From all
United other
Germany U.S. countries
Kingdom countries
exports have declined, Russia and Roumania, would not by themselves
form very serious exceptions. If, however, we select for study not the bare
figures of export values, but the figures showing the percentage which
British sales to any country form of that country’s total imports, the result is
very different; for we are then measuring British progress not by the home
standard but by the standard set by commercial competitors.
454. Illustration by the recent commerce of Japan.—The distinction is
so important that it deserves illustration by a particular example, and we
may choose for the purpose a country which during the recent period has
furnished a rapidly growing market to the merchants of the world, namely,
Japan.
Annual Average Imports of Japan in Recent Decades
(Values in millions of yen)
From From
From From From all
United other
Germany U.S. countries
Kingdom countries
1881-1890 19.6 3.4 4.2 19.3 46.5
1891-1900 46.6 14.8 22.8 87.0 171.2
1900-1909 84.3 36.1 65.8 199.8 386.0
The Japanese monetary unit, the yen, has declined considerably in value
in the course of the period, and therefore no exact equivalent for it can be
given; but even allowing for this decline the growth of British export trade
to Japan appears satisfactory if the student regards merely the figures in the
first column. If we apply, however, the comparative standard, and measure
the British exports to Japan alongside those from other countries, the result
is not the same.
Percentage of Japan’s Imports from Each Country
From From
From From From all
United other
Germany U.S. countries
Kingdom countries
Page 371
1881-1890 42.2 7.2 8.9 41.7 100
1891-1900 27.3 8.6 13.3 50.8 100
1900-1909 21.80 9.3 17.0 51.9 100
455. Relative decline of the United Kingdom in the world’s markets.
—Pursuing the comparative method, illustrated by the last preceding table,
we find that the United Kingdom during the generation 1880-1909 showed
an increased share of sales in only three of the minor markets of the world:
Spain, Argentine Republic, Sweden. It almost held its own in France,
Switzerland and Norway; but in most of the important markets of the world
it lost ground seriously.
Even in its trade with the British dependencies the United Kingdom did
not hold its own. Comparing the percentage of British exports to a
dependency with its total imports, we find that the United Kingdom kept its
place in only one of its colonial markets, Mauritius, a purchaser of relative
insignificance, while foreign countries gained ground from it in British
India, Australia, Canada and all the other important colonial markets.
456. Significance of the decline, and three possible explanations of it.
—The relative decline in English exports did not imply that the country was
approaching industrial bankruptcy, but it did mean, if long continued, the
loss of industrial leadership; and the causes of this decline and remedies
proposed to meet it are worthy of careful attention. The decline in exports
may be attributed to one of three factors: (1) weakness in manufacturing the
wares which form the staple of the export trade; (2) weakness in marketing
these wares, when they have been made; (3) the adverse influence of
protective tariffs in other countries.
457. (1) Competition in manufactures by low-grade labor.—
Considering the first of these factors, we find English manufactures
menaced by competition from two different directions: from the East
(countries like India and Japan), and from the West (countries like Germany
and the United States). Eastern competition threatened especially England’s
staple manufacture, cotton. The English laborer was superior in every point
to his Asiatic competitor, but not enough better to earn his higher wages
when employed in the manufacture of coarse goods. England had built up a
serious and growing competition by exporting machinery and sending out
skilled managers and foremen to superintend it. During the past generation
1891-1900 27.3 8.6 13.3 50.8 100
1900-1909 21.80 9.3 17.0 51.9 100
455. Relative decline of the United Kingdom in the world’s markets.
—Pursuing the comparative method, illustrated by the last preceding table,
we find that the United Kingdom during the generation 1880-1909 showed
an increased share of sales in only three of the minor markets of the world:
Spain, Argentine Republic, Sweden. It almost held its own in France,
Switzerland and Norway; but in most of the important markets of the world
it lost ground seriously.
Even in its trade with the British dependencies the United Kingdom did
not hold its own. Comparing the percentage of British exports to a
dependency with its total imports, we find that the United Kingdom kept its
place in only one of its colonial markets, Mauritius, a purchaser of relative
insignificance, while foreign countries gained ground from it in British
India, Australia, Canada and all the other important colonial markets.
456. Significance of the decline, and three possible explanations of it.
—The relative decline in English exports did not imply that the country was
approaching industrial bankruptcy, but it did mean, if long continued, the
loss of industrial leadership; and the causes of this decline and remedies
proposed to meet it are worthy of careful attention. The decline in exports
may be attributed to one of three factors: (1) weakness in manufacturing the
wares which form the staple of the export trade; (2) weakness in marketing
these wares, when they have been made; (3) the adverse influence of
protective tariffs in other countries.
457. (1) Competition in manufactures by low-grade labor.—
Considering the first of these factors, we find English manufactures
menaced by competition from two different directions: from the East
(countries like India and Japan), and from the West (countries like Germany
and the United States). Eastern competition threatened especially England’s
staple manufacture, cotton. The English laborer was superior in every point
to his Asiatic competitor, but not enough better to earn his higher wages
when employed in the manufacture of coarse goods. England had built up a
serious and growing competition by exporting machinery and sending out
skilled managers and foremen to superintend it. During the past generation
Page 372
there had been an immense development in the textile manufactures of
India and Japan, and these countries were able now not only to supply a
large proportion of their own demand, but also to reach out into neutral
markets like China.
458. Competition in manufactures of high-grade labor.—More
serious, because capable of far greater extension, was the competition
which the Englishman had begun to experience from advanced western
peoples. This confined itself to no one branch of production, but spread
over the whole broad field of manufactures. Americans and Germans had
begun to supply not only the British dependencies but England herself with
manufactured wares, in increasing measure. Some of the reasons suggested
to explain their superiority were as follows: (1) Elementary education had
been developed only recently in England, and had been hampered by
sectarian questions; the average laborer in Germany and the United States
was better equipped for modern methods of manufacture than was the
Englishman. (2) It was asserted that trade unions had seriously detracted
from the productiveness of English manufactures, by preventing the
introduction of improved machinery and by limiting output. (3) Technical
education was even more backward than general education; improved
processes were introduced earlier and developed further in other countries,
for lack of a class of trained manufacturers in England. (4) Finally, and
probably the most important point of all, English manufactures appeared to
suffer from the very fact that they had been long established. An industry
was divided among many independent firms, each clinging resolutely to the
plant, the processes and the methods which had won for it success in the
past. Foreign countries learned all that the English had to teach, and applied
the lessons in a new field in which they could build up great manufacturing
units, with fresh machinery adapted to production on a large scale, and with
a more flexible and more efficient organization. It was charged that the
directing class in England had lost its original energy, and did not realize its
serious responsibilities. An English expert who investigated the American
cotton industry reported that there was a great difference in the energy,
intelligence, and adventurousness of the managing class in the two
countries, all to the advantage of the United States.
459. (2) Alleged weakness of the English mercantile organization.—In
the preceding paragraph we have suggested various elements of weakness
in English manufactures, which in greater or less degree were bound to
India and Japan, and these countries were able now not only to supply a
large proportion of their own demand, but also to reach out into neutral
markets like China.
458. Competition in manufactures of high-grade labor.—More
serious, because capable of far greater extension, was the competition
which the Englishman had begun to experience from advanced western
peoples. This confined itself to no one branch of production, but spread
over the whole broad field of manufactures. Americans and Germans had
begun to supply not only the British dependencies but England herself with
manufactured wares, in increasing measure. Some of the reasons suggested
to explain their superiority were as follows: (1) Elementary education had
been developed only recently in England, and had been hampered by
sectarian questions; the average laborer in Germany and the United States
was better equipped for modern methods of manufacture than was the
Englishman. (2) It was asserted that trade unions had seriously detracted
from the productiveness of English manufactures, by preventing the
introduction of improved machinery and by limiting output. (3) Technical
education was even more backward than general education; improved
processes were introduced earlier and developed further in other countries,
for lack of a class of trained manufacturers in England. (4) Finally, and
probably the most important point of all, English manufactures appeared to
suffer from the very fact that they had been long established. An industry
was divided among many independent firms, each clinging resolutely to the
plant, the processes and the methods which had won for it success in the
past. Foreign countries learned all that the English had to teach, and applied
the lessons in a new field in which they could build up great manufacturing
units, with fresh machinery adapted to production on a large scale, and with
a more flexible and more efficient organization. It was charged that the
directing class in England had lost its original energy, and did not realize its
serious responsibilities. An English expert who investigated the American
cotton industry reported that there was a great difference in the energy,
intelligence, and adventurousness of the managing class in the two
countries, all to the advantage of the United States.
459. (2) Alleged weakness of the English mercantile organization.—In
the preceding paragraph we have suggested various elements of weakness
in English manufactures, which in greater or less degree were bound to
Page 373
affect the power lying behind the English export trade. We have now to
consider another set of conditions, which are easily confused with the
foregoing, but which are better kept separate. English manufacturers might
be strong, and still they would have but a small export trade if they were not
informed as to the wants of their customers, and did not study their
customers’ tastes in supplying goods. This set of conditions, which may be
termed mercantile, the business of the merchant rather than of the
manufacturer, we may study under two heads: (a) finding out what is
wanted; (b) selling a suitable ware when it has been made.
460. Insufficient knowledge of the needs of foreigners.—(a) The
complaint was general that the scouts of British commerce, the commercial
travelers, were too few in number and that they were ill prepared, especially
in their knowledge of foreign languages. The English exporter shipped
goods which he thought were suitable, without knowledge or regard of the
desires of his customers. A business man who had had seven years’
experience with trade in the Empire said, “There is a universal complaint:
‘You English will not make your goods to suit our markets. You send your
samples and tell us to take them or leave them—you don’t care which. If we
ask you to alter things you either refuse to do it or else you demand
prohibitive prices.’” In countries where English is not spoken (Persia,
Sumatra, South America, etc.) the conditions were still worse. The
Merchandise Marks Act, the origin of the familiar “Made in Germany,” was
designed to protect the British colonist from having foreign-made goods
palmed off on him as English, and thus help the English manufacturer; but
it served only to advertise foreign manufactures, and led the colonists to
import goods directly from foreign countries, instead of taking them
through English hands.
461. Unwillingness to adopt foreign trade customs.—(b) Finally, when
wares suited to sale in any market have been manufactured, they need to be
sold, to maintain trade. English exporters were criticised for allowing their
wares to be driven out of foreign markets by other wares, no better in
themselves but for some reason more attractive to the customer. Here again
the commercial traveler was at fault, but part of the blame lay on the
exporter. Sales must be made in small lots and on long credit in some
countries, if they are to be made at all; and the English had shown a
disinclination to adapt themselves to such conditions which had enabled
others (especially Germans) to take trade from them. When other things are
consider another set of conditions, which are easily confused with the
foregoing, but which are better kept separate. English manufacturers might
be strong, and still they would have but a small export trade if they were not
informed as to the wants of their customers, and did not study their
customers’ tastes in supplying goods. This set of conditions, which may be
termed mercantile, the business of the merchant rather than of the
manufacturer, we may study under two heads: (a) finding out what is
wanted; (b) selling a suitable ware when it has been made.
460. Insufficient knowledge of the needs of foreigners.—(a) The
complaint was general that the scouts of British commerce, the commercial
travelers, were too few in number and that they were ill prepared, especially
in their knowledge of foreign languages. The English exporter shipped
goods which he thought were suitable, without knowledge or regard of the
desires of his customers. A business man who had had seven years’
experience with trade in the Empire said, “There is a universal complaint:
‘You English will not make your goods to suit our markets. You send your
samples and tell us to take them or leave them—you don’t care which. If we
ask you to alter things you either refuse to do it or else you demand
prohibitive prices.’” In countries where English is not spoken (Persia,
Sumatra, South America, etc.) the conditions were still worse. The
Merchandise Marks Act, the origin of the familiar “Made in Germany,” was
designed to protect the British colonist from having foreign-made goods
palmed off on him as English, and thus help the English manufacturer; but
it served only to advertise foreign manufactures, and led the colonists to
import goods directly from foreign countries, instead of taking them
through English hands.
461. Unwillingness to adopt foreign trade customs.—(b) Finally, when
wares suited to sale in any market have been manufactured, they need to be
sold, to maintain trade. English exporters were criticised for allowing their
wares to be driven out of foreign markets by other wares, no better in
themselves but for some reason more attractive to the customer. Here again
the commercial traveler was at fault, but part of the blame lay on the
exporter. Sales must be made in small lots and on long credit in some
countries, if they are to be made at all; and the English had shown a
disinclination to adapt themselves to such conditions which had enabled
others (especially Germans) to take trade from them. When other things are
Page 374
nearly equal slight differences in packing and shipping may turn the scale.
The English lost trade in Australia because they sent tacks in paper
packages instead of in cardboard boxes, because they sent cartridges in lots
of one hundred instead of lots of twenty-five. An interesting example of an
opportunity well met occurs in the career of an Englishman who left the
field of manufacture to become a leading statesman—Joseph Chamberlain.
He found that the trade with France in his product, wood-screws, was small;
he introduced the metric system of measurement, put up the screws in
packages of the size usual in France and wrapped in blue paper familiar to
the French customer, and developed a large export trade. If there had been
more men like Chamberlain in manufactures in England there would have
been less need of the protective policy which he advocated as a remedy for
the troubles of English business.
462. Tendency to remedy these faults.—There is no doubt that there
was a good basis for these charges against the British manufacturer and
merchant, though some of them doubtless were exaggerated, and it is
impossible to apportion exactly the weight that should be allowed to any
one of them. The crisis of the World War was needed to sweep away the
customs and traditions of a long past. The stimulus of a struggle for national
existence, with the insistent demand for the highest attainable efficiency,
effected reforms reaching deeper and further than those of a whole previous
generation. Even before 1914, however, many men in responsible positions
in English politics and business recognized the need of mending the pace if
England was to keep abreast of competitors in industry and commerce.
Interest in elementary and technical education quickened; inquiry was
directed to the means by which foreign rivals were getting ahead; the
government, associations and individuals worked together or independently
to further efficiency.
A parliamentary committee which in the course of the World War made a
careful study of the prospects of British industry and trade reached the
following conclusions as regards conditions in the previous decade.
England had taken but a small part in the development of some modern
industries, particularly the chemical and electrical; the country had made
comparatively little progress in the iron and steel industry, in which it was
entirely overshadowed by Germany and the United States; but it had shown
wholesome vigor and capacity for growth in some great manufactures, such
as the textiles, ship-building and some branches of machine-making. British
The English lost trade in Australia because they sent tacks in paper
packages instead of in cardboard boxes, because they sent cartridges in lots
of one hundred instead of lots of twenty-five. An interesting example of an
opportunity well met occurs in the career of an Englishman who left the
field of manufacture to become a leading statesman—Joseph Chamberlain.
He found that the trade with France in his product, wood-screws, was small;
he introduced the metric system of measurement, put up the screws in
packages of the size usual in France and wrapped in blue paper familiar to
the French customer, and developed a large export trade. If there had been
more men like Chamberlain in manufactures in England there would have
been less need of the protective policy which he advocated as a remedy for
the troubles of English business.
462. Tendency to remedy these faults.—There is no doubt that there
was a good basis for these charges against the British manufacturer and
merchant, though some of them doubtless were exaggerated, and it is
impossible to apportion exactly the weight that should be allowed to any
one of them. The crisis of the World War was needed to sweep away the
customs and traditions of a long past. The stimulus of a struggle for national
existence, with the insistent demand for the highest attainable efficiency,
effected reforms reaching deeper and further than those of a whole previous
generation. Even before 1914, however, many men in responsible positions
in English politics and business recognized the need of mending the pace if
England was to keep abreast of competitors in industry and commerce.
Interest in elementary and technical education quickened; inquiry was
directed to the means by which foreign rivals were getting ahead; the
government, associations and individuals worked together or independently
to further efficiency.
A parliamentary committee which in the course of the World War made a
careful study of the prospects of British industry and trade reached the
following conclusions as regards conditions in the previous decade.
England had taken but a small part in the development of some modern
industries, particularly the chemical and electrical; the country had made
comparatively little progress in the iron and steel industry, in which it was
entirely overshadowed by Germany and the United States; but it had shown
wholesome vigor and capacity for growth in some great manufactures, such
as the textiles, ship-building and some branches of machine-making. British
Page 375
trade abroad was found to suffer from the competition of foreigners who
were found, in some cases at least, to be following methods of organization
and marketing that were distinctly more efficient than those which the
British pursued.
463. (3) Adverse influence of foreign tariffs; proposals to revise the
English policy of free trade.—Under conditions of adversity there is
always an inclination to lay the blame, rightly or wrongly, on others. A
considerable party in England asserted that the reasons for the recent
decline were political rather than economic, resulting from the protective
tariffs of other states; and this party asserted that a change in the tariff
policy of England and of the colonies was needed to rescue British
commerce.
There can be no question of the main fact, that protective tariffs had
increased considerably during the last quarter of the century. It is estimated
that the principal English exports were burdened with duties equivalent to
10 to 30 per cent ad valorem in most states, but amounting to far more than
that in some cases (72 per cent in United States, 130 per cent in Russia).
There can be no question that England suffered from these restrictions;
every commercial state suffers from them. It is, however, open to grave
doubt whether England could help herself by a change in policy; and the
question of what change, if any, ought to be made, remained unsettled.
464. Demand for customs duties as a means of defense and
retaliation.—One group of “tariff reformers” clung to the ideal of free
trade, and favored its maintenance as the policy of the country in general. It
would, however, permit deviations from it in particular cases. The adherents
of this view asserted that England stripped herself of the armor and the
weapons of commercial war when she adopted complete free trade. She
could make no effective protest when other nations raised tariffs against her,
marked perhaps by offensive discriminations; she must suffer everything
because she was forbidden to retaliate. The adherents of this view laid
particular stress on the practice of “dumping,” as it is called. The
manufacturers of protected nations, themselves, secure from England’s
competition, market their surplus output in England at prices which may not
cover the costs, much less the profits, of production. It is cheaper to do this
than to break prices in the protected market at home; it kills the English
industries and enables foreign manufacturers in the long run to raise prices
to a profitable level in the English market. For retaliation against protective
were found, in some cases at least, to be following methods of organization
and marketing that were distinctly more efficient than those which the
British pursued.
463. (3) Adverse influence of foreign tariffs; proposals to revise the
English policy of free trade.—Under conditions of adversity there is
always an inclination to lay the blame, rightly or wrongly, on others. A
considerable party in England asserted that the reasons for the recent
decline were political rather than economic, resulting from the protective
tariffs of other states; and this party asserted that a change in the tariff
policy of England and of the colonies was needed to rescue British
commerce.
There can be no question of the main fact, that protective tariffs had
increased considerably during the last quarter of the century. It is estimated
that the principal English exports were burdened with duties equivalent to
10 to 30 per cent ad valorem in most states, but amounting to far more than
that in some cases (72 per cent in United States, 130 per cent in Russia).
There can be no question that England suffered from these restrictions;
every commercial state suffers from them. It is, however, open to grave
doubt whether England could help herself by a change in policy; and the
question of what change, if any, ought to be made, remained unsettled.
464. Demand for customs duties as a means of defense and
retaliation.—One group of “tariff reformers” clung to the ideal of free
trade, and favored its maintenance as the policy of the country in general. It
would, however, permit deviations from it in particular cases. The adherents
of this view asserted that England stripped herself of the armor and the
weapons of commercial war when she adopted complete free trade. She
could make no effective protest when other nations raised tariffs against her,
marked perhaps by offensive discriminations; she must suffer everything
because she was forbidden to retaliate. The adherents of this view laid
particular stress on the practice of “dumping,” as it is called. The
manufacturers of protected nations, themselves, secure from England’s
competition, market their surplus output in England at prices which may not
cover the costs, much less the profits, of production. It is cheaper to do this
than to break prices in the protected market at home; it kills the English
industries and enables foreign manufacturers in the long run to raise prices
to a profitable level in the English market. For retaliation against protective
Page 376
countries, and for defense against “dumping,” this school demanded that the
English government be armed with the power to impose heavy duties, to be
temporary in character and to be removed as soon as their immediate object
has been accomplished. Such a policy has been adopted in Canada.
465. Proposal of an imperial customs union.—Another school of tariff
reformers, led by Joseph Chamberlain, accepted in general the views just
indicated, but laid particular stress on another possibility in shaping English
commercial policy. It would make the whole great group of English
dependencies not only a political unit but a commercial unit as well, bound
together in an imperial customs union (Zollverein), so that trade would flow
from place to place within the Empire instead of crossing its frontier. It is
not possible here to discuss the various aspects of this proposal, of which
some of the most important are political rather than commercial in
character. The attractiveness of the plan is at once apparent; it promises to
assure to England a market for her manufactures in the colonies, and to the
colonies a protected market for their raw materials in England. The practical
weakness of the plan is, however, equally apparent; no law would be
necessary to secure this result if the various parts of the Empire found it
advantageous to trade with each other, and the mere suggestion that a law is
necessary shows that trade would be cramped and the interests of
individuals hurt by such an arrangement.
466. Obstacles to a customs union.—The course of trade has, in fact,
taken lines more and more opposed to the scheme of a customs union.
During the first part of the century, when England was still protectionist,
and when the mother country made the laws for its dependencies, the plan
could be carried out with comparatively little friction; the colonies were
engaged chiefly in the production of raw materials, and were glad to
exchange these for English manufactures. Since about 1850, however, both
the political and the economic organization of the Empire have changed.
The self-governing colonies have received the right to make their own laws,
and have used it to raise protective tariffs, against England as well as
against other countries. Behind the barriers of the tariff they have developed
a considerable manufacturing industry. They were now unwilling, therefore,
to open wide their markets to English manufacturers; and showed an
increasing tendency to buy what manufactures they did import from other
countries than England. They were unable, on the other hand, to supply in
full the English demand for raw materials; and any measure designed to
English government be armed with the power to impose heavy duties, to be
temporary in character and to be removed as soon as their immediate object
has been accomplished. Such a policy has been adopted in Canada.
465. Proposal of an imperial customs union.—Another school of tariff
reformers, led by Joseph Chamberlain, accepted in general the views just
indicated, but laid particular stress on another possibility in shaping English
commercial policy. It would make the whole great group of English
dependencies not only a political unit but a commercial unit as well, bound
together in an imperial customs union (Zollverein), so that trade would flow
from place to place within the Empire instead of crossing its frontier. It is
not possible here to discuss the various aspects of this proposal, of which
some of the most important are political rather than commercial in
character. The attractiveness of the plan is at once apparent; it promises to
assure to England a market for her manufactures in the colonies, and to the
colonies a protected market for their raw materials in England. The practical
weakness of the plan is, however, equally apparent; no law would be
necessary to secure this result if the various parts of the Empire found it
advantageous to trade with each other, and the mere suggestion that a law is
necessary shows that trade would be cramped and the interests of
individuals hurt by such an arrangement.
466. Obstacles to a customs union.—The course of trade has, in fact,
taken lines more and more opposed to the scheme of a customs union.
During the first part of the century, when England was still protectionist,
and when the mother country made the laws for its dependencies, the plan
could be carried out with comparatively little friction; the colonies were
engaged chiefly in the production of raw materials, and were glad to
exchange these for English manufactures. Since about 1850, however, both
the political and the economic organization of the Empire have changed.
The self-governing colonies have received the right to make their own laws,
and have used it to raise protective tariffs, against England as well as
against other countries. Behind the barriers of the tariff they have developed
a considerable manufacturing industry. They were now unwilling, therefore,
to open wide their markets to English manufacturers; and showed an
increasing tendency to buy what manufactures they did import from other
countries than England. They were unable, on the other hand, to supply in
full the English demand for raw materials; and any measure designed to
Page 377
restrict supplies of raw materials to some source inside the British Empire
threatened injury to producer and consumer at home. The self-governing
colonies gave evidence of the strength of their political affection by
enacting differential tariffs favoring the British producer. Canada began the
practice in 1894, and later enlarged the concession until it amounted to a
remission of one-third of the regular customs duty. New Zealand, South
Africa and Australia adopted after 1900 the same principle, making their
concessions less extensive. The differential advantage thus offered the
English exporter must evidently have had an effect on the course of trade.
The new policy was keenly resented in Germany, where it was pictured as
an abuse by England of her political ascendancy to deprive other countries
of the benefit that should go to superior economic efficiency. On the other
hand the policy seems to have been less important than ordinary economic
factors in determining the flow of goods, and certainly had no decisive
influence in changing the customary channels of trade.
467. Relative progress of England and other countries just before the
World War.—Just before the outbreak of the World War England appeared
to have made a new start in the efforts to keep her place among commercial
countries. It is interesting to compare the advance that she had made with
the progress of Germany and of the United States.
Absolute Increase in Trade of the Annual Average 1910-13 Over Average
1895-99.
(Figures in millions of £ sterling, with rough equivalent in $)
United Kingdom Germany United States
Net imports for consumption. £218 $1090 £260 $1300 £188 $940
Imports of manufactures. 72 360 48 240 81 405
Exports of domestic products. 230 1150 244 1220 221 1105
Exports of manufactures. 177 885 170 850 140 700
The figures, it should be noted, give not the total commerce of any
country, but the gain which each country had made in the period in
question. The figures do not take account of the difference in population in
the three countries; they treat the three different countries as units. The
reader in studying them cannot fail to be impressed by the closeness in the
threatened injury to producer and consumer at home. The self-governing
colonies gave evidence of the strength of their political affection by
enacting differential tariffs favoring the British producer. Canada began the
practice in 1894, and later enlarged the concession until it amounted to a
remission of one-third of the regular customs duty. New Zealand, South
Africa and Australia adopted after 1900 the same principle, making their
concessions less extensive. The differential advantage thus offered the
English exporter must evidently have had an effect on the course of trade.
The new policy was keenly resented in Germany, where it was pictured as
an abuse by England of her political ascendancy to deprive other countries
of the benefit that should go to superior economic efficiency. On the other
hand the policy seems to have been less important than ordinary economic
factors in determining the flow of goods, and certainly had no decisive
influence in changing the customary channels of trade.
467. Relative progress of England and other countries just before the
World War.—Just before the outbreak of the World War England appeared
to have made a new start in the efforts to keep her place among commercial
countries. It is interesting to compare the advance that she had made with
the progress of Germany and of the United States.
Absolute Increase in Trade of the Annual Average 1910-13 Over Average
1895-99.
(Figures in millions of £ sterling, with rough equivalent in $)
United Kingdom Germany United States
Net imports for consumption. £218 $1090 £260 $1300 £188 $940
Imports of manufactures. 72 360 48 240 81 405
Exports of domestic products. 230 1150 244 1220 221 1105
Exports of manufactures. 177 885 170 850 140 700
The figures, it should be noted, give not the total commerce of any
country, but the gain which each country had made in the period in
question. The figures do not take account of the difference in population in
the three countries; they treat the three different countries as units. The
reader in studying them cannot fail to be impressed by the closeness in the
Page 378
struggle for commercial leadership, and will be better prepared to
understand how precarious was the situation if in one of the countries the
view was dominant that commercial interests were group interests, to be
furthered by any assistance which the state could render, if necessary by the
sword.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Note the different senses in which the commerce of a country may be
described as “declining.” (1) Other things remaining the same, there may be
an absolute decrease in the quantity and value of both exports and imports.
(2) The decrease may affect only one side of the balance, while the total
figures may remain the same. Why is the decrease viewed with especial
apprehension if it affects exports? (3) Other things remaining the same,
including the quantity of wares, there may be a decrease in the value of a
country’s commerce, due to a change in the level of prices. (4) The quantity
and value of a country’s commerce may remain the same, and yet be
regarded as “declining” if the population of the country increases; the share
of each person in commerce would be diminishing. (5) Similarly, a
country’s commerce may keep pace with its population, and yet be termed
“declining” if the commerce of other countries increased more rapidly, so
that the given country conducted a diminishing share of the world’s trade.
(6) Previous standards of “decline” have been based on quantity, measured
either in bulk or value, but there may also be a decline in quality. A scientist
might gain more income if he adopted the trade of an artisan, but he would
be thought, nevertheless, to lose in rank. Endeavor to make clear to yourself
the significance of each one of these various changes, and be prepared to
distinguish them as you study the commercial tendency of different
countries. Find examples of as many of them as you can.
2. Pick from following sections a concrete example to illustrate each of
the three heads suggested in sect. 452.
3. English industry and Eastern competition. [R. S. Gundry, in
Fortnightly Review, 1895, 64: 609-620.]
4. Recent history of elementary education. [Mathew Arnold in Ward,
Reign, 2: 238 ff.; F. E. Smith in Fortnightly Rev., 1912, vol. 97, p. 400 ff.]
5. How trade unionism affects British industries. [E. A. Pratt, Trade
unionism; B. Taylor in North Amer. Review, 1901, 173: 190-207; in defense
understand how precarious was the situation if in one of the countries the
view was dominant that commercial interests were group interests, to be
furthered by any assistance which the state could render, if necessary by the
sword.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Note the different senses in which the commerce of a country may be
described as “declining.” (1) Other things remaining the same, there may be
an absolute decrease in the quantity and value of both exports and imports.
(2) The decrease may affect only one side of the balance, while the total
figures may remain the same. Why is the decrease viewed with especial
apprehension if it affects exports? (3) Other things remaining the same,
including the quantity of wares, there may be a decrease in the value of a
country’s commerce, due to a change in the level of prices. (4) The quantity
and value of a country’s commerce may remain the same, and yet be
regarded as “declining” if the population of the country increases; the share
of each person in commerce would be diminishing. (5) Similarly, a
country’s commerce may keep pace with its population, and yet be termed
“declining” if the commerce of other countries increased more rapidly, so
that the given country conducted a diminishing share of the world’s trade.
(6) Previous standards of “decline” have been based on quantity, measured
either in bulk or value, but there may also be a decline in quality. A scientist
might gain more income if he adopted the trade of an artisan, but he would
be thought, nevertheless, to lose in rank. Endeavor to make clear to yourself
the significance of each one of these various changes, and be prepared to
distinguish them as you study the commercial tendency of different
countries. Find examples of as many of them as you can.
2. Pick from following sections a concrete example to illustrate each of
the three heads suggested in sect. 452.
3. English industry and Eastern competition. [R. S. Gundry, in
Fortnightly Review, 1895, 64: 609-620.]
4. Recent history of elementary education. [Mathew Arnold in Ward,
Reign, 2: 238 ff.; F. E. Smith in Fortnightly Rev., 1912, vol. 97, p. 400 ff.]
5. How trade unionism affects British industries. [E. A. Pratt, Trade
unionism; B. Taylor in North Amer. Review, 1901, 173: 190-207; in defense
Page 379
of trade unions cf. Edwards in Contemporary Review, 1902, 81: 113-128,
and writings of Sidney and Beatrice Webb.]
6. Technical education in England. [Rawson in Contemp. Rev., 1901, 80:
584-598.]
7. Reasons for decline of the English silk trade. [Parker in National
Review, 1895, 26: 212-225.]
8. Relative strength of modern countries in manufactures. [Schoenhof in
Forum, 1901, 31: 89-104 (statistical); Browne in National Review, 1899,
33: 568-580 (espec. U. S.).]
9. Faults of English mercantile organization. [Lambert in Nineteenth
Century, 1898, 44: 940-956; Greenwood in same, 1899, 45: 538-547.]
10. Meaning of “dumping”; effects; means of prevention. [Ashley, Tariff
problem; Marshall, Industry and Trade.]
11. Balfour’s view of the commercial situation. [A. J. Balfour, Economic
notes on insular free trade, N. Y., Longmans, 1903, $.30; Tariff reform,
$.10.]
12. Criticism of Balfour’s proposals. [Quarterly Review, 1903, 198: 613-
648.]
13. Chamberlain’s view of the commercial situation. [Chamberlain, The
policy of imperial preference, National Review, 1903-4, 42: 351-370.]
14. Discussion of Chamberlain’s proposals. [Nelson in North Amer.
Review, 1903, 177: 183-191; Goschen in Monthly Review, 1903, 12: July,
38 ff.; Quarterly Review, 1903, 198: 246-278; Edinburgh Review, 1904,
200: 449-476.]
15. The project of an imperial customs union. [Mahan in National
Review, 1902, 39: 390-408; Colquhoun in North Amer. Review, 1903, 177:
172-182; Giffen, in Nineteenth Century, 1902, 51: 693-705; Bastable in
Econ. Journal, 1902, 12: 507-513.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
I cannot attempt a survey of the vast literature which has sprung in recent
years from the discussion of the proposal to change the commercial policy
of England.
A bibliography of 38 pages compiled under the supervision of A. P. C.
Griffin, Select list of references on the British tariff movement
(Chamberlain’s plan), was published at Washington, 1904. For a defense of
and writings of Sidney and Beatrice Webb.]
6. Technical education in England. [Rawson in Contemp. Rev., 1901, 80:
584-598.]
7. Reasons for decline of the English silk trade. [Parker in National
Review, 1895, 26: 212-225.]
8. Relative strength of modern countries in manufactures. [Schoenhof in
Forum, 1901, 31: 89-104 (statistical); Browne in National Review, 1899,
33: 568-580 (espec. U. S.).]
9. Faults of English mercantile organization. [Lambert in Nineteenth
Century, 1898, 44: 940-956; Greenwood in same, 1899, 45: 538-547.]
10. Meaning of “dumping”; effects; means of prevention. [Ashley, Tariff
problem; Marshall, Industry and Trade.]
11. Balfour’s view of the commercial situation. [A. J. Balfour, Economic
notes on insular free trade, N. Y., Longmans, 1903, $.30; Tariff reform,
$.10.]
12. Criticism of Balfour’s proposals. [Quarterly Review, 1903, 198: 613-
648.]
13. Chamberlain’s view of the commercial situation. [Chamberlain, The
policy of imperial preference, National Review, 1903-4, 42: 351-370.]
14. Discussion of Chamberlain’s proposals. [Nelson in North Amer.
Review, 1903, 177: 183-191; Goschen in Monthly Review, 1903, 12: July,
38 ff.; Quarterly Review, 1903, 198: 246-278; Edinburgh Review, 1904,
200: 449-476.]
15. The project of an imperial customs union. [Mahan in National
Review, 1902, 39: 390-408; Colquhoun in North Amer. Review, 1903, 177:
172-182; Giffen, in Nineteenth Century, 1902, 51: 693-705; Bastable in
Econ. Journal, 1902, 12: 507-513.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
I cannot attempt a survey of the vast literature which has sprung in recent
years from the discussion of the proposal to change the commercial policy
of England.
A bibliography of 38 pages compiled under the supervision of A. P. C.
Griffin, Select list of references on the British tariff movement
(Chamberlain’s plan), was published at Washington, 1904. For a defense of
Page 380
the protective policy the reader may see Ashley, Tariff problem; for
representative statements of the free trade views see William Smart, The
return to protection, London, Macmillan, 1904; and L. G. C. Money,
Elements of the fiscal problem, London, King, 1903. Considerable
historical importance attaches to the books by Gastrell and Williams, which
did much to arouse interest in the great commercial question of the day.
Useful surveys are provided in translations of two foreign works, Carl J.
Fuchs, The trade policy of Great Britain, London, 1905, and Victor Berard,
British imperialism and commercial supremacy, London, 1906.
Reading of a more substantial character is offered in books which
analyze the organization of industry and discuss the merits and defects of
the English. For a survey from the standpoint of theory see Alfred Marshall,
Industry and Trade, London, 1919, which is adapted only to advanced
students, and for more concrete discussions, suited to topical reading,
Arthur Shadwell, **Industrial efficiency, London, 1906, two volumes,
reprinted later in one; Sydney J. Chapman, **Work and wages, 3 vol.,
1904-14. Interesting comparisons of methods and results in England and in
the U. S. will be found in Report of the Moseley Industrial Commission,
London, 1903, American engineering competition, N. Y., 1901, and Causes
of decay of a British industry, (gun-making), by “Artifex” and “Opifex,”
London, 1907.
The analysis of commercial statistics in Schooling and Fuchs is
supplemented by later studies to be found in the Journal of the Royal
Statistical Society.
representative statements of the free trade views see William Smart, The
return to protection, London, Macmillan, 1904; and L. G. C. Money,
Elements of the fiscal problem, London, King, 1903. Considerable
historical importance attaches to the books by Gastrell and Williams, which
did much to arouse interest in the great commercial question of the day.
Useful surveys are provided in translations of two foreign works, Carl J.
Fuchs, The trade policy of Great Britain, London, 1905, and Victor Berard,
British imperialism and commercial supremacy, London, 1906.
Reading of a more substantial character is offered in books which
analyze the organization of industry and discuss the merits and defects of
the English. For a survey from the standpoint of theory see Alfred Marshall,
Industry and Trade, London, 1919, which is adapted only to advanced
students, and for more concrete discussions, suited to topical reading,
Arthur Shadwell, **Industrial efficiency, London, 1906, two volumes,
reprinted later in one; Sydney J. Chapman, **Work and wages, 3 vol.,
1904-14. Interesting comparisons of methods and results in England and in
the U. S. will be found in Report of the Moseley Industrial Commission,
London, 1903, American engineering competition, N. Y., 1901, and Causes
of decay of a British industry, (gun-making), by “Artifex” and “Opifex,”
London, 1907.
The analysis of commercial statistics in Schooling and Fuchs is
supplemented by later studies to be found in the Journal of the Royal
Statistical Society.
Page 381
CHAPTER XXXIX
THE GERMAN STATES
468. Connection of the commercial and the political development of
Germany.—Standing next to England in the extent of its commerce about
1900 is a country which at the beginning of the century, if not among the
last, was certainly far below the leaders. This country is Germany. We shall
have to note, in this sketch of commercial development in the nineteenth
century, two remarkable examples of commercial expansion. One of them,
furnished by the United States, was due to the spread of a people, originally
small, over a great area rich in resources. The other, furnished by Germany,
was due to different causes. The Germans of 1800 occupied a territory not
greatly different from that which composed the Germany of 1900, and to
which nature has given but a moderate endowment of resources. There was
no Germany at the earlier date, however; the people were divided up among
a great number of petty states, and their economic forces were cramped
thereby so as to hinder their development. The commercial progress of the
century has depended largely on the reform of these political conditions.
469. Summary of the political development.—It will be necessary,
therefore, in the following pages, to refer frequently to the events of
political history, and for the convenience of the reader a brief summary is
here given of the course of that history. The Napoleonic wars wiped out the
smallest and most backward of the German states, reducing the number
from over three hundred to about forty. Then, until near the middle of the
century, progress depended on negotiations between these states by which
the worst effects of their separation were removed. In 1848 a liberal
movement reformed the government of some of the important states on
modern lines, and strengthened the demand for a unified Germany, leaving
still undecided, however, the question whether Prussia or Austria was to be
the leading state. The war of 1866 between the two states gave the
leadership to Prussia; and the war of 1870 with France led finally to the
foundation of the modern German Empire, under which at last the people
found room for commercial expansion and advanced with astonishing
rapidity.
THE GERMAN STATES
468. Connection of the commercial and the political development of
Germany.—Standing next to England in the extent of its commerce about
1900 is a country which at the beginning of the century, if not among the
last, was certainly far below the leaders. This country is Germany. We shall
have to note, in this sketch of commercial development in the nineteenth
century, two remarkable examples of commercial expansion. One of them,
furnished by the United States, was due to the spread of a people, originally
small, over a great area rich in resources. The other, furnished by Germany,
was due to different causes. The Germans of 1800 occupied a territory not
greatly different from that which composed the Germany of 1900, and to
which nature has given but a moderate endowment of resources. There was
no Germany at the earlier date, however; the people were divided up among
a great number of petty states, and their economic forces were cramped
thereby so as to hinder their development. The commercial progress of the
century has depended largely on the reform of these political conditions.
469. Summary of the political development.—It will be necessary,
therefore, in the following pages, to refer frequently to the events of
political history, and for the convenience of the reader a brief summary is
here given of the course of that history. The Napoleonic wars wiped out the
smallest and most backward of the German states, reducing the number
from over three hundred to about forty. Then, until near the middle of the
century, progress depended on negotiations between these states by which
the worst effects of their separation were removed. In 1848 a liberal
movement reformed the government of some of the important states on
modern lines, and strengthened the demand for a unified Germany, leaving
still undecided, however, the question whether Prussia or Austria was to be
the leading state. The war of 1866 between the two states gave the
leadership to Prussia; and the war of 1870 with France led finally to the
foundation of the modern German Empire, under which at last the people
found room for commercial expansion and advanced with astonishing
rapidity.
Page 382
470. Conditions of Germany about 1815.—In spite of the service
which Napoleon did Germany by abolishing the smallest states, the country
was still splintered into pieces in 1815. A network of tariff frontiers covered
the land, cutting the great rivers and the natural high-roads of commerce,
and preventing the movement of wares. Not only did each state have its
own tariff; some had internal tariffs in addition. The single state of Prussia
had altogether some sixty tariffs. Some of the states were made of scattered
pieces, interspersed among the territories of their neighbors; even a small
state might consist of eight or ten fragments. A merchant, to reach the center
of the country from the national frontier, crossed about sixteen tariff
boundaries.
Not only the customs tariffs consumed time and money. The separatism
which they represented spread into all parts of the organization; there were
seventeen different postal systems in the country; nearly threescore
different laws on bills of exchange; hundreds of different coins.
471. Backwardness of commerce and manufactures.—The difficulties
of internal commerce were so great that the life of the people was arranged
in large part to enable them to exist without trade. Most of the people were
engaged in agriculture and supplied themselves with nearly all the
necessaries of life. Manufactures were still carried on almost exclusively by
scattered artisans. The German governments still clung to the old ideas of
the gild system and public regulation. Little by little these ideas fell into the
background in the first half of the nineteenth century, but it is important to
note that they were still a living force in Germany when England had
discarded them and was in the full rush of the developing factory system.
472. Factories dependent on antiquated sources of power.—Hindered
in development by the persistence of old institutions, and by the lack of any
considerable market for the product, German manufactures remained on the
same stage on which they had been for centuries previously. Even the
textile and mining industries were conducted according to the time-honored
methods of the past; little progress had been made in the application of
machinery, and the steam-engine was practically unknown. In Electoral
Saxony, the seat now of a great cotton and woolen manufacture, all
spinning was done by hand up to 1786, and in 1812 the small factories were
still dependent on this source of power. The factories of medium size got
their power from oxen and horses; only the large factories were run by
water; and no spinning was as yet done entirely by steam.
which Napoleon did Germany by abolishing the smallest states, the country
was still splintered into pieces in 1815. A network of tariff frontiers covered
the land, cutting the great rivers and the natural high-roads of commerce,
and preventing the movement of wares. Not only did each state have its
own tariff; some had internal tariffs in addition. The single state of Prussia
had altogether some sixty tariffs. Some of the states were made of scattered
pieces, interspersed among the territories of their neighbors; even a small
state might consist of eight or ten fragments. A merchant, to reach the center
of the country from the national frontier, crossed about sixteen tariff
boundaries.
Not only the customs tariffs consumed time and money. The separatism
which they represented spread into all parts of the organization; there were
seventeen different postal systems in the country; nearly threescore
different laws on bills of exchange; hundreds of different coins.
471. Backwardness of commerce and manufactures.—The difficulties
of internal commerce were so great that the life of the people was arranged
in large part to enable them to exist without trade. Most of the people were
engaged in agriculture and supplied themselves with nearly all the
necessaries of life. Manufactures were still carried on almost exclusively by
scattered artisans. The German governments still clung to the old ideas of
the gild system and public regulation. Little by little these ideas fell into the
background in the first half of the nineteenth century, but it is important to
note that they were still a living force in Germany when England had
discarded them and was in the full rush of the developing factory system.
472. Factories dependent on antiquated sources of power.—Hindered
in development by the persistence of old institutions, and by the lack of any
considerable market for the product, German manufactures remained on the
same stage on which they had been for centuries previously. Even the
textile and mining industries were conducted according to the time-honored
methods of the past; little progress had been made in the application of
machinery, and the steam-engine was practically unknown. In Electoral
Saxony, the seat now of a great cotton and woolen manufacture, all
spinning was done by hand up to 1786, and in 1812 the small factories were
still dependent on this source of power. The factories of medium size got
their power from oxen and horses; only the large factories were run by
water; and no spinning was as yet done entirely by steam.
Page 383
473. Commerce small, and marked by the export of raw materials.—
No statistics exist which would give an accurate picture of the development
of German commerce in the early part of the nineteenth century, but we can
gain some idea of its backwardness from an estimate made for so late a date
as 1842. At this time German foreign trade was little over one-tenth of what
it was in 1900, and it must have been considerably less in earlier years,
before the reforms which will be described immediately. The fact that the
country was predominantly agricultural is shown in the fact that the most
important items in export were raw materials and foodstuffs, especially
grain. The industrial population had not advanced far enough to work up
even the raw wool produced in the country, of which considerable
quantities were exported to England. Germany did export, it is true, a
number of manufactured wares, but they were in general those which could
be made from raw materials produced at home, and in the manufacture of
which cheap hand labor was still the important factor. In the products,
however, affected by the improvements which had been introduced in
English factories, Germany confessed her weakness, and purchased large
quantities of yarn and iron of English manufacturers for use inside the
country.
No statistics exist which would give an accurate picture of the development
of German commerce in the early part of the nineteenth century, but we can
gain some idea of its backwardness from an estimate made for so late a date
as 1842. At this time German foreign trade was little over one-tenth of what
it was in 1900, and it must have been considerably less in earlier years,
before the reforms which will be described immediately. The fact that the
country was predominantly agricultural is shown in the fact that the most
important items in export were raw materials and foodstuffs, especially
grain. The industrial population had not advanced far enough to work up
even the raw wool produced in the country, of which considerable
quantities were exported to England. Germany did export, it is true, a
number of manufactured wares, but they were in general those which could
be made from raw materials produced at home, and in the manufacture of
which cheap hand labor was still the important factor. In the products,
however, affected by the improvements which had been introduced in
English factories, Germany confessed her weakness, and purchased large
quantities of yarn and iron of English manufacturers for use inside the
country.
Page 384
474. Formation of the Zollverein (customs union).—Such conditions
called forth, naturally, remonstrances from the mercantile classes. Business
men and manufacturers in all parts of Germany began soon after 1815 to
agitate for a reform. We must content ourselves with noting only the main
steps. Tariffs inside the separate states were reformed, and the navigation of
the great rivers was made easier. Finally, and most important, the separate
states began to draw together in groups, forming a customs-union
(Zollverein), with a common tariff on the frontier and with free trade inside.
The movement, slow at first, culminated rapidly in 1828, when three such
groups were formed, one in the North (Prussia and others), one in the South
(Bavaria and Würtemberg), and a third including states from central
Germany to the coast. No state liked to remain isolated when consolidation
called forth, naturally, remonstrances from the mercantile classes. Business
men and manufacturers in all parts of Germany began soon after 1815 to
agitate for a reform. We must content ourselves with noting only the main
steps. Tariffs inside the separate states were reformed, and the navigation of
the great rivers was made easier. Finally, and most important, the separate
states began to draw together in groups, forming a customs-union
(Zollverein), with a common tariff on the frontier and with free trade inside.
The movement, slow at first, culminated rapidly in 1828, when three such
groups were formed, one in the North (Prussia and others), one in the South
(Bavaria and Würtemberg), and a third including states from central
Germany to the coast. No state liked to remain isolated when consolidation
Page 385
had once begun. Out of this transition stage there had developed by 1834
one great union, embracing about two-thirds of the area and population out
of which the German Empire was later to be formed. From this time the
union grew more slowly, but the people within it could now afford to wait,
utilizing its new commercial opportunities, and confident that the other
Germans could not long resist its attractions.
475. Development following the formation of the Zollverein.—The
introduction of free trade inside of Germany was opposed then, as the
establishment of free trade in the world at large would be now, by producers
who feared the competition of others in the same line of business. Some
producers lost by the change, and were compelled to seek other lines of
work. Many manufacturers, however, who opposed the change because they
feared it would hurt them, found that it led actually to a great increase in
prosperity; it extended their market and gave a rich reward to those who
best served their customers. German manufactures developed and began to
supply a demand which before had been met by purchases abroad. The
importation of foreign manufactures was checked, while there was an
increase in the imports of raw and half manufactured materials (dyes, coal,
iron) and of colonial products (sugar, coffee), indicating a growth in
industrial power and in welfare. The non-industrial population gained both
as consumers, by the better supply of manufactured wares, and as
producers, selling products to the developing industrial class.
476. Protection and the free-trade movement.—The tariff of the
Zollverein of 1834, based on the liberal Prussian tariff of 1818, was less
restrictive and less complicated than that of most of the European states of
the time. Duties which had been moderate, however, at the time when they
were framed, became protective or prohibitory as prices fell; and some
changes toward protection were made consciously to stimulate
manufactures or to retaliate against other countries. About the middle of the
century the current set in the other direction. Germany was still an
agricultural country, exporting grain, and the agricultural classes secured
the aid of merchants and of political liberals in a contest for lower duties.
477. Political factors in the tariff question.—The free-trade movement
was curiously intermixed with matters of national politics, especially the
question which was acute from 1848 to 1866, whether Prussia or Austria
was to lead in the unification of Germany. Austria had not entered the
Zollverein, partly because the Austrian government had retained the
one great union, embracing about two-thirds of the area and population out
of which the German Empire was later to be formed. From this time the
union grew more slowly, but the people within it could now afford to wait,
utilizing its new commercial opportunities, and confident that the other
Germans could not long resist its attractions.
475. Development following the formation of the Zollverein.—The
introduction of free trade inside of Germany was opposed then, as the
establishment of free trade in the world at large would be now, by producers
who feared the competition of others in the same line of business. Some
producers lost by the change, and were compelled to seek other lines of
work. Many manufacturers, however, who opposed the change because they
feared it would hurt them, found that it led actually to a great increase in
prosperity; it extended their market and gave a rich reward to those who
best served their customers. German manufactures developed and began to
supply a demand which before had been met by purchases abroad. The
importation of foreign manufactures was checked, while there was an
increase in the imports of raw and half manufactured materials (dyes, coal,
iron) and of colonial products (sugar, coffee), indicating a growth in
industrial power and in welfare. The non-industrial population gained both
as consumers, by the better supply of manufactured wares, and as
producers, selling products to the developing industrial class.
476. Protection and the free-trade movement.—The tariff of the
Zollverein of 1834, based on the liberal Prussian tariff of 1818, was less
restrictive and less complicated than that of most of the European states of
the time. Duties which had been moderate, however, at the time when they
were framed, became protective or prohibitory as prices fell; and some
changes toward protection were made consciously to stimulate
manufactures or to retaliate against other countries. About the middle of the
century the current set in the other direction. Germany was still an
agricultural country, exporting grain, and the agricultural classes secured
the aid of merchants and of political liberals in a contest for lower duties.
477. Political factors in the tariff question.—The free-trade movement
was curiously intermixed with matters of national politics, especially the
question which was acute from 1848 to 1866, whether Prussia or Austria
was to lead in the unification of Germany. Austria had not entered the
Zollverein, partly because the Austrian government had retained the
Page 386
protective or prohibitive duties of the previous century, and was unwilling
to reduce them by entering the German customs union. It was the policy of
Prussia, therefore, to keep the duties low and to make them even lower, that
Austria might be excluded from influence on the other German states.
Neglecting the details, which are extremely complicated, we may note only
the result, which was a victory for Prussian statesmanship and for the free-
trade party. Treaties with France and with many other states reduced the
duties far in the direction of free trade.
478. Reaction in customs policy after the founding of the German
Empire.—At the time of the foundation of the German Empire, therefore,
the tariff was low and the free trade movement was in the ascendant. The
free traders gained one more victory, in 1873, by securing the abolition of
the duties on iron; and in 1877 about 95 per cent of all imports entered duty
free. This victory of the free traders was their last. The founding of the
empire stimulated the growth of national feeling, and “Germany for the
Germans” was a rallying cry of which the protectionist made good use. A
great commercial crisis, following the war and the expenditure of the huge
indemnity received from France, caused urgent demands for relief from the
manufacturers who had greatly extended their works and found now that
they could not market the product at profitable prices. Of the iron producers
it was said that one-third could continue under the existing tariff, that one-
third could continue only with the aid of protection, and that one-third were
bound to be ruined whether they received protection or not.
479. Return to protection in 1879.—Even the agricultural classes now
joined the protectionists; they found their foreign market appropriated and
their home market threatened by grain imports from Russia, America, and
India; they were largely in debt and were paying the heavier taxes of the
empire. Finally, political factors united with the economic to induce a
change. Bismarck found it politic to reverse his position and to advocate
protection instead of low duties or free trade; with remarkable adroitness he
engineered the change which was realized in the tariff of 1879. The existing
duties on manufactures were raised; old duties which had been abolished
were restored; and duties protecting agricultural products were introduced.
This tariff, with changes which we shall notice later, has formed the basis of
the existing tariff.
to reduce them by entering the German customs union. It was the policy of
Prussia, therefore, to keep the duties low and to make them even lower, that
Austria might be excluded from influence on the other German states.
Neglecting the details, which are extremely complicated, we may note only
the result, which was a victory for Prussian statesmanship and for the free-
trade party. Treaties with France and with many other states reduced the
duties far in the direction of free trade.
478. Reaction in customs policy after the founding of the German
Empire.—At the time of the foundation of the German Empire, therefore,
the tariff was low and the free trade movement was in the ascendant. The
free traders gained one more victory, in 1873, by securing the abolition of
the duties on iron; and in 1877 about 95 per cent of all imports entered duty
free. This victory of the free traders was their last. The founding of the
empire stimulated the growth of national feeling, and “Germany for the
Germans” was a rallying cry of which the protectionist made good use. A
great commercial crisis, following the war and the expenditure of the huge
indemnity received from France, caused urgent demands for relief from the
manufacturers who had greatly extended their works and found now that
they could not market the product at profitable prices. Of the iron producers
it was said that one-third could continue under the existing tariff, that one-
third could continue only with the aid of protection, and that one-third were
bound to be ruined whether they received protection or not.
479. Return to protection in 1879.—Even the agricultural classes now
joined the protectionists; they found their foreign market appropriated and
their home market threatened by grain imports from Russia, America, and
India; they were largely in debt and were paying the heavier taxes of the
empire. Finally, political factors united with the economic to induce a
change. Bismarck found it politic to reverse his position and to advocate
protection instead of low duties or free trade; with remarkable adroitness he
engineered the change which was realized in the tariff of 1879. The existing
duties on manufactures were raised; old duties which had been abolished
were restored; and duties protecting agricultural products were introduced.
This tariff, with changes which we shall notice later, has formed the basis of
the existing tariff.
Page 387
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Review in one of the smaller manuals of European history the course
of political development in Germany during the century.
2. Political condition of the German states at the beginning of the
century. [Seignobos, first parts of chaps. 12, 14; Henderson, vol. 2, chaps. 6,
7; Bigelow, vol. 3, chap. 1.]
3. The Zollverein. [Rand, Ec. hist., chap. 8; Bigelow, vol. 3, chap. 4;
Seignobos, end of chap. 14.]
4. The Prussian tariff of 1818. [Bigelow, vol. 3, chap. 17.]
5. The conflict between Prussia and Austria. [Henderson, vol. 2, chap. 9;
Seignobos, chap. 15.]
6. The return to protection. [“Veritas,” chap. 5.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
The best single reference is J. H. Clapham, **The economic development
of France and Germany, 1815-1914, Cambridge, 1921. Ogg, ** Econ.
development, chap. 10, industry, and chap. 14, commerce, is brief on the
earlier part of the century but gives notably full bibliographies.
A bibliography of Germany, including references to a number of articles
in English will be found in Homans, Cyclopedia of commerce, N. Y., 1858,
p. 814. The student who is confined to reading in English must seek in
Homans, M’Culloch and similar books, or in the general encyclopedias
published before 1870, the descriptions there given of German commerce in
the earlier parts of the century. Most of the English reading which is readily
available takes up economic development only in connection with political
history. Topical references have been given above to the general narrative
histories: **Seignobos; Ernest F. Henderson, A short history of Germany, 2
vols., N. Y., Macmillan, 1902; Poultney Bigelow, History of the German
struggle for liberty, 3 vols., N. Y., Harper, 1896-1903. An anonymous book,
by “Veritas”, The German Empire of to-day, London, Longmans, 1902,
includes chapters on the history of German commercial policy which make
it a convenient source of information to readers of English. The best book in
English, however, on German commercial policy is W. H. Dawson,
**Protection in Germany, London, King, 1904, which covers the whole
century; it is a book to be studied, not merely read. A valuable summary of
1. Review in one of the smaller manuals of European history the course
of political development in Germany during the century.
2. Political condition of the German states at the beginning of the
century. [Seignobos, first parts of chaps. 12, 14; Henderson, vol. 2, chaps. 6,
7; Bigelow, vol. 3, chap. 1.]
3. The Zollverein. [Rand, Ec. hist., chap. 8; Bigelow, vol. 3, chap. 4;
Seignobos, end of chap. 14.]
4. The Prussian tariff of 1818. [Bigelow, vol. 3, chap. 17.]
5. The conflict between Prussia and Austria. [Henderson, vol. 2, chap. 9;
Seignobos, chap. 15.]
6. The return to protection. [“Veritas,” chap. 5.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
The best single reference is J. H. Clapham, **The economic development
of France and Germany, 1815-1914, Cambridge, 1921. Ogg, ** Econ.
development, chap. 10, industry, and chap. 14, commerce, is brief on the
earlier part of the century but gives notably full bibliographies.
A bibliography of Germany, including references to a number of articles
in English will be found in Homans, Cyclopedia of commerce, N. Y., 1858,
p. 814. The student who is confined to reading in English must seek in
Homans, M’Culloch and similar books, or in the general encyclopedias
published before 1870, the descriptions there given of German commerce in
the earlier parts of the century. Most of the English reading which is readily
available takes up economic development only in connection with political
history. Topical references have been given above to the general narrative
histories: **Seignobos; Ernest F. Henderson, A short history of Germany, 2
vols., N. Y., Macmillan, 1902; Poultney Bigelow, History of the German
struggle for liberty, 3 vols., N. Y., Harper, 1896-1903. An anonymous book,
by “Veritas”, The German Empire of to-day, London, Longmans, 1902,
includes chapters on the history of German commercial policy which make
it a convenient source of information to readers of English. The best book in
English, however, on German commercial policy is W. H. Dawson,
**Protection in Germany, London, King, 1904, which covers the whole
century; it is a book to be studied, not merely read. A valuable summary of
Page 388
the history of German American commercial relations throughout the
nineteenth century is given by G. M. Fiske in Review of Reviews, N. Y.,
March, 1902, 25: 323-328.
nineteenth century is given by G. M. Fiske in Review of Reviews, N. Y.,
March, 1902, 25: 323-328.
Page 389
CHAPTER XL
GERMANY UNDER THE EMPIRE
480. Effect on economic development of the establishment of the
Empire.—Leaving now the topic of commercial policy until we return to it
in a concluding paragraph, we must attend to the material development of
Germany. Down to the foundation of the Empire in 1871, progress, if
steady, still was slow. The best energies of the people were absorbed in the
great political conflicts out of which united Germany was to emerge;
delicate questions of the relations between the German states had to be
settled, and much needed still to be accomplished in the reform of industrial
legislation inside the states. As late as 1862 it was estimated that five-eights
of the people were still engaged in agriculture or in other extractive
industries. In comparison with this period of preparation the progress which
Germany has made since 1871 is startling. The direct gains which Germany
made in the war with France, the acquisition of the rich provinces of Alsace
and Lorraine, and the receipt of about $1,000,000,000, as a war indemnity,
were large, but still they were less than the indirect results: the
establishment of national unity on a lasting basis, freeing the people from
political anxieties, and encouraging them to face their economic problems
with a new energy and pride in their strength, and with a new hope in the
future. This political factor, vague and intangible as it may be, is still most
important; without it the recent economic development of Germany could
be regarded only as a miracle.
481. Development of commerce, 1870-1913.—In the period between
the founding of the Empire and the outbreak of the World War the
population of Germany increased from 41 to 67 million, about 63%, while
the foreign trade increased almost exactly 250%, four-fold as fast.
Comparing the figures in the accompanying table with those given for the
United Kingdom in a preceding chapter we see that in 1872 the Germans
were much behind the English, separated roughly by an interval of ten years
of development, but that they were closing the gap as time passed, and at
the end of the period had passed the English in the value of their export
trade.
GERMANY UNDER THE EMPIRE
480. Effect on economic development of the establishment of the
Empire.—Leaving now the topic of commercial policy until we return to it
in a concluding paragraph, we must attend to the material development of
Germany. Down to the foundation of the Empire in 1871, progress, if
steady, still was slow. The best energies of the people were absorbed in the
great political conflicts out of which united Germany was to emerge;
delicate questions of the relations between the German states had to be
settled, and much needed still to be accomplished in the reform of industrial
legislation inside the states. As late as 1862 it was estimated that five-eights
of the people were still engaged in agriculture or in other extractive
industries. In comparison with this period of preparation the progress which
Germany has made since 1871 is startling. The direct gains which Germany
made in the war with France, the acquisition of the rich provinces of Alsace
and Lorraine, and the receipt of about $1,000,000,000, as a war indemnity,
were large, but still they were less than the indirect results: the
establishment of national unity on a lasting basis, freeing the people from
political anxieties, and encouraging them to face their economic problems
with a new energy and pride in their strength, and with a new hope in the
future. This political factor, vague and intangible as it may be, is still most
important; without it the recent economic development of Germany could
be regarded only as a miracle.
481. Development of commerce, 1870-1913.—In the period between
the founding of the Empire and the outbreak of the World War the
population of Germany increased from 41 to 67 million, about 63%, while
the foreign trade increased almost exactly 250%, four-fold as fast.
Comparing the figures in the accompanying table with those given for the
United Kingdom in a preceding chapter we see that in 1872 the Germans
were much behind the English, separated roughly by an interval of ten years
of development, but that they were closing the gap as time passed, and at
the end of the period had passed the English in the value of their export
trade.
Page 390
Special Commerce of Germany, Selected Years in Milliards of Marks and
of Dollars.
Imports Exports
Marks Dollars Marks Dollars
1872 3.5 .9 2.5 .6
1875 3.6 .9 2.6 .6
1880 2.8 .7 3.0 .7
1885 3.0 .7 2.9 .7
1890 4.3 1.1 3.4 .8
1895 4.2 1.1 3.4 .9
1900 6.0 1.5 4.8 1.2
1905 7.4 1.9 5.8 1.5
1910 8.9 2.2 7.5 1.9
1913 10.8 2.7 10.1 2.5
While in 1871 60 men out of 100 were engaged in agriculture, the
proportion had fallen in 1907 to 27. The change was brought about not by
an absolute decline of the number in agriculture, though sometimes that was
observable, but by the young men leaving the country for the mines,
factories, and commercial centers. Germany had in 1840 only 12 cities of
over 100,000 inhabitants, while at the end of the century it had 28, of which
the chief, Berlin, was growing more rapidly than Chicago; and in 1910 it
had 48. The industrial development during the generation ending in 1900
may be inferred from the following: coal production increased over 250 per
cent, pig iron production nearly 400 per cent, and shipping 500 per cent.
482. Character of recent German commerce.—England was
characterized in a preceding paragraph as “offering one of the most
remarkable examples of advanced commerce in the world.” In an earlier
period England stood alone; it offered the most remarkable example. In
1913 Germany stood alongside England, not merely as regards the quantity
but also as regards the quality of her trade. In Germany as in England
manufactures formed the major part of the exports; their proportion of the
total value approached if it did not reach the English. Exports of raw
of Dollars.
Imports Exports
Marks Dollars Marks Dollars
1872 3.5 .9 2.5 .6
1875 3.6 .9 2.6 .6
1880 2.8 .7 3.0 .7
1885 3.0 .7 2.9 .7
1890 4.3 1.1 3.4 .8
1895 4.2 1.1 3.4 .9
1900 6.0 1.5 4.8 1.2
1905 7.4 1.9 5.8 1.5
1910 8.9 2.2 7.5 1.9
1913 10.8 2.7 10.1 2.5
While in 1871 60 men out of 100 were engaged in agriculture, the
proportion had fallen in 1907 to 27. The change was brought about not by
an absolute decline of the number in agriculture, though sometimes that was
observable, but by the young men leaving the country for the mines,
factories, and commercial centers. Germany had in 1840 only 12 cities of
over 100,000 inhabitants, while at the end of the century it had 28, of which
the chief, Berlin, was growing more rapidly than Chicago; and in 1910 it
had 48. The industrial development during the generation ending in 1900
may be inferred from the following: coal production increased over 250 per
cent, pig iron production nearly 400 per cent, and shipping 500 per cent.
482. Character of recent German commerce.—England was
characterized in a preceding paragraph as “offering one of the most
remarkable examples of advanced commerce in the world.” In an earlier
period England stood alone; it offered the most remarkable example. In
1913 Germany stood alongside England, not merely as regards the quantity
but also as regards the quality of her trade. In Germany as in England
manufactures formed the major part of the exports; their proportion of the
total value approached if it did not reach the English. Exports of raw
Page 391
materials and crude food stuffs had declined to less than one-quarter of the
total, and among exports of this character coal, as in England, took the
dominant place. On the other hand the imports of raw material and food
stuffs had grown until they amounted to about three-quarters of the total
imports. Of the total value of imports finished manufactures formed only 13
per cent, a proportion actually less than that of the English, whose policy of
free trade permitted wares to be brought in which were excluded from
Germany by the customs tariff. If we arrange the wares imported in 1913 in
the order of their value we do not find a single finished manufacture among
the first 26 items, which include all those exceeding 100 million marks in
value; crude copper was fifth on the list, but we find no product of factory
industry until we reach the twenty-second item, woolen yarn, which itself
was destined to feed the German factories and in large part to be exported in
a finished form. To understand recent German commerce we need first of
all, evidently, to study the development of Germany’s manufactures.
483. Rapid development of factory industry.—Before the founding of
the Empire most of the people engaged in manufactures in Germany still
worked at home, with simple machinery and no steam power. In Saxony, for
instance, now one of the industrial centers of the country, the manufactures
of cloth, stockings, lace, etc., were still carried on outside of factories in
1868. The proportion of people working in this simple way is still large in
Germany, but the number has declined in many lines of work (weaving,
milling, shoemaking, etc.), and the great growth of the recent period has
been in the modern factory industry. Since 1882 the rate of growth of the
factory population has been about fourfold that of the general population.
The results of this development have been indicated in the previous
paragraph, and they furnish a striking contrast to conditions as they were at
the time of the Centennial Exposition of 1876, when the German
representative reported that in the industrial field Germany had received a
defeat equal to two Sedans, that German industry produced only articles of
poor quality and of slight value (“schlecht und billig”), and that Krupp guns
were the only product of which the Germans could be proud.
484. Resources of coal and iron.—Germany was favored by some
important physical resources in building up its modern industry. The
country had a rich supply of coal, the great source of modern power, and
took in Europe a place barely second to England in coal production, far
ahead of any other country. Germany was well supplied also with the raw
total, and among exports of this character coal, as in England, took the
dominant place. On the other hand the imports of raw material and food
stuffs had grown until they amounted to about three-quarters of the total
imports. Of the total value of imports finished manufactures formed only 13
per cent, a proportion actually less than that of the English, whose policy of
free trade permitted wares to be brought in which were excluded from
Germany by the customs tariff. If we arrange the wares imported in 1913 in
the order of their value we do not find a single finished manufacture among
the first 26 items, which include all those exceeding 100 million marks in
value; crude copper was fifth on the list, but we find no product of factory
industry until we reach the twenty-second item, woolen yarn, which itself
was destined to feed the German factories and in large part to be exported in
a finished form. To understand recent German commerce we need first of
all, evidently, to study the development of Germany’s manufactures.
483. Rapid development of factory industry.—Before the founding of
the Empire most of the people engaged in manufactures in Germany still
worked at home, with simple machinery and no steam power. In Saxony, for
instance, now one of the industrial centers of the country, the manufactures
of cloth, stockings, lace, etc., were still carried on outside of factories in
1868. The proportion of people working in this simple way is still large in
Germany, but the number has declined in many lines of work (weaving,
milling, shoemaking, etc.), and the great growth of the recent period has
been in the modern factory industry. Since 1882 the rate of growth of the
factory population has been about fourfold that of the general population.
The results of this development have been indicated in the previous
paragraph, and they furnish a striking contrast to conditions as they were at
the time of the Centennial Exposition of 1876, when the German
representative reported that in the industrial field Germany had received a
defeat equal to two Sedans, that German industry produced only articles of
poor quality and of slight value (“schlecht und billig”), and that Krupp guns
were the only product of which the Germans could be proud.
484. Resources of coal and iron.—Germany was favored by some
important physical resources in building up its modern industry. The
country had a rich supply of coal, the great source of modern power, and
took in Europe a place barely second to England in coal production, far
ahead of any other country. Germany was well supplied also with the raw
Page 392
materials for the staple products, iron and steel. The ore supplies in the
province of Lorraine, taken from France in 1871, are the most extensive in
Europe. At the time when they were acquired they were thought to be of
poor quality, because of the phosphorus contained in them, but under the
basic process they were made to yield metal of excellent grade, and in
addition a valuable fertilizer, obtained from the phosphate slag. Germany
has developed its iron resources with a rapidity exceeded only in the United
States. It contributed only one-twenty-seventh of the world’s iron supply in
1866, but had raised its share to one-sixth at the end of the century, and to
about one-fourth before 1914. It passed England in steel production shortly
after 1890, and in iron production about ten years later; it raised constantly
the figure of its output while that of England remained relatively stationary,
and in the decade before the war it was advancing at a rate seven-fold that
of England.
485. Quality of the people.—The richest resource of Germany, however,
was its people. The past poverty of the country and the trials through which
it had gone nurtured a steadiness and thriftiness among the working classes
which made them admirable members of the modern productive
organization. An effective system of elementary education was established
in parts of Germany long before a similar step had been taken in most other
countries; and practically all the people had not only the rudiments of
education, but also, what is perhaps more important, a respect for
knowledge, a desire to learn and to make the best use of their learning,
which were in striking contrast with the careless spirit of other peoples. It
has been said that it was the primary school-teacher who won for the
Germans the victories of 1866 and 1870; and the Germans could hope now
to beat their industrial rivals as they beat their military opponents, by
method and steady application rather than by brilliancy and dash.
486. Superiority in technical training.—The effects of careful training
were as evident in the class of the responsible managers of Germany’s
industries as in the laboring class. Nowhere in Europe had technical
education reached so high a development. Not only were the appliances,
methods, and system of organization superior to those of other states; the
technical schools reached a larger part of the population, training them not
only in the fundamental subjects of science, but also in the special branches
of production (mining, weaving, dyeing, etc.).
province of Lorraine, taken from France in 1871, are the most extensive in
Europe. At the time when they were acquired they were thought to be of
poor quality, because of the phosphorus contained in them, but under the
basic process they were made to yield metal of excellent grade, and in
addition a valuable fertilizer, obtained from the phosphate slag. Germany
has developed its iron resources with a rapidity exceeded only in the United
States. It contributed only one-twenty-seventh of the world’s iron supply in
1866, but had raised its share to one-sixth at the end of the century, and to
about one-fourth before 1914. It passed England in steel production shortly
after 1890, and in iron production about ten years later; it raised constantly
the figure of its output while that of England remained relatively stationary,
and in the decade before the war it was advancing at a rate seven-fold that
of England.
485. Quality of the people.—The richest resource of Germany, however,
was its people. The past poverty of the country and the trials through which
it had gone nurtured a steadiness and thriftiness among the working classes
which made them admirable members of the modern productive
organization. An effective system of elementary education was established
in parts of Germany long before a similar step had been taken in most other
countries; and practically all the people had not only the rudiments of
education, but also, what is perhaps more important, a respect for
knowledge, a desire to learn and to make the best use of their learning,
which were in striking contrast with the careless spirit of other peoples. It
has been said that it was the primary school-teacher who won for the
Germans the victories of 1866 and 1870; and the Germans could hope now
to beat their industrial rivals as they beat their military opponents, by
method and steady application rather than by brilliancy and dash.
486. Superiority in technical training.—The effects of careful training
were as evident in the class of the responsible managers of Germany’s
industries as in the laboring class. Nowhere in Europe had technical
education reached so high a development. Not only were the appliances,
methods, and system of organization superior to those of other states; the
technical schools reached a larger part of the population, training them not
only in the fundamental subjects of science, but also in the special branches
of production (mining, weaving, dyeing, etc.).
Page 393
The results were everywhere apparent in German industry; to instance
chemicals, sugar, glass, and electrical appliances is to pick only a few
examples from a list which could be greatly extended. Especially
noteworthy was the readiness of the Germans to adopt a new process or
machine which was first brought out in some other country. Englishmen
invented processes to make a fast black aniline dye, to manufacture
potassium cyanide for the reduction of gold, to make steel by the basic
process; all these inventions were developed first into commercial successes
in Germany. The Germans imported, if necessary, foreign machinery and
foreign foremen to superintend its action, until they had mastered the
principles of operation and had firmly established the industry in its new
home.
487. Efficiency of the mercantile organization.—Similar
considerations account for the success of the Germans in commerce, and
explain the rapid development of their export trade. They took pains to find
out what wares their customers wanted, and to sell them when they had
been made. The report of a consul of the United States in Chile suggests the
methods which led to their success. “Thirty years ago,” he wrote in 1902,
“the trade coming to the Pacific ports was monopolized by the British and a
few American houses. The Germans were represented only by jobbers and
shopkeepers in the coast towns. The Germans, appreciating the importance
of this trade, made well-conceived plans to gain it. They carefully trained a
number of able young men. When these were versed in commercial affairs
and in the language of the people among whom they were to live,
considerable shipments of goods were made to the British and American
houses, and the young men found places as clerks and were given special
charge of these consignments. They remained there till they acquired a
complete knowledge of the coast trade; then they were provided with ample
funds and stocks and opened German houses, with brilliant success. In
many branches they now have a monopoly, and the British and American
houses no longer attempt competition.”
488. Commercial travelers and trade papers.—No country in the
world had commercial travelers so well trained, especially in the command
of languages, as Germany. The Germans were said to be the only foreign
people who had a thorough knowledge of Russia in a business way; they
were able to meet the demand for long credits in that and other eastern
countries, and so build up their trade and still avoid serious losses. The
chemicals, sugar, glass, and electrical appliances is to pick only a few
examples from a list which could be greatly extended. Especially
noteworthy was the readiness of the Germans to adopt a new process or
machine which was first brought out in some other country. Englishmen
invented processes to make a fast black aniline dye, to manufacture
potassium cyanide for the reduction of gold, to make steel by the basic
process; all these inventions were developed first into commercial successes
in Germany. The Germans imported, if necessary, foreign machinery and
foreign foremen to superintend its action, until they had mastered the
principles of operation and had firmly established the industry in its new
home.
487. Efficiency of the mercantile organization.—Similar
considerations account for the success of the Germans in commerce, and
explain the rapid development of their export trade. They took pains to find
out what wares their customers wanted, and to sell them when they had
been made. The report of a consul of the United States in Chile suggests the
methods which led to their success. “Thirty years ago,” he wrote in 1902,
“the trade coming to the Pacific ports was monopolized by the British and a
few American houses. The Germans were represented only by jobbers and
shopkeepers in the coast towns. The Germans, appreciating the importance
of this trade, made well-conceived plans to gain it. They carefully trained a
number of able young men. When these were versed in commercial affairs
and in the language of the people among whom they were to live,
considerable shipments of goods were made to the British and American
houses, and the young men found places as clerks and were given special
charge of these consignments. They remained there till they acquired a
complete knowledge of the coast trade; then they were provided with ample
funds and stocks and opened German houses, with brilliant success. In
many branches they now have a monopoly, and the British and American
houses no longer attempt competition.”
488. Commercial travelers and trade papers.—No country in the
world had commercial travelers so well trained, especially in the command
of languages, as Germany. The Germans were said to be the only foreign
people who had a thorough knowledge of Russia in a business way; they
were able to meet the demand for long credits in that and other eastern
countries, and so build up their trade and still avoid serious losses. The
Page 394
exporters were not content with sending abroad their ordinary trade
catalogues, as were the English, Americans, and others; they sent personal
representatives speaking the language of the country, or at least reached a
prospective customer by some communication in his own language. Trade
papers for foreign circulation were printed in Germany in the following
languages: English, French, Russian, Spanish, Portuguese, Turkish,
Japanese, and Chinese.
489. Other factors in commercial development.—The rapidity of their
industrial and commercial development forced a departure from the
methods of the past, and stimulated new forms of co-operation in business.
The same period which was marked in the United States by the rise of the
great aggregations of capital known generally as “trusts” produced in
Germany the “cartel” of a somewhat similar nature, which had its shady
sides but which made some very important contributions to efficiency in the
making and marketing of goods. German banks followed a course which in
contrast to the conservative methods of the old established banks of
England and the United States appeared speculative, but which in this
period when so many conditions were favorable proved immensely
profitable and effective. The great German banks promoted and financed to
a successful conclusion many new enterprises in industry and trade. The
government played an active part, not merely by such services as were
expected of the State in other countries, but also by more positive
contributions. Its control of internal transportation, by the system of state-
owned railways and canals, gave it great power in directing and assisting
economic development; and it supported most generously the development
of shipbuilding, and the extension of German lines of shipping, for the
benefit of the exporter.
490. Deductions to be made in estimating German progress.—We
must note some factors which help to account for the great development of
German commerce, but which should be offset by other considerations, and
which therefore do not represent net contributions to the world’s welfare.
The Germans themselves were being taxed for the particular benefit of the
export trade. The government so far as possible freed the export industries
from the burden of the tariff, which weighed heavily on some classes in the
country, and beyond that, gave actual bounties to stimulate exports. These
were commonly concealed, for instance in the form of special rates in
transportation, but had nevertheless to be paid out of the pockets of the
catalogues, as were the English, Americans, and others; they sent personal
representatives speaking the language of the country, or at least reached a
prospective customer by some communication in his own language. Trade
papers for foreign circulation were printed in Germany in the following
languages: English, French, Russian, Spanish, Portuguese, Turkish,
Japanese, and Chinese.
489. Other factors in commercial development.—The rapidity of their
industrial and commercial development forced a departure from the
methods of the past, and stimulated new forms of co-operation in business.
The same period which was marked in the United States by the rise of the
great aggregations of capital known generally as “trusts” produced in
Germany the “cartel” of a somewhat similar nature, which had its shady
sides but which made some very important contributions to efficiency in the
making and marketing of goods. German banks followed a course which in
contrast to the conservative methods of the old established banks of
England and the United States appeared speculative, but which in this
period when so many conditions were favorable proved immensely
profitable and effective. The great German banks promoted and financed to
a successful conclusion many new enterprises in industry and trade. The
government played an active part, not merely by such services as were
expected of the State in other countries, but also by more positive
contributions. Its control of internal transportation, by the system of state-
owned railways and canals, gave it great power in directing and assisting
economic development; and it supported most generously the development
of shipbuilding, and the extension of German lines of shipping, for the
benefit of the exporter.
490. Deductions to be made in estimating German progress.—We
must note some factors which help to account for the great development of
German commerce, but which should be offset by other considerations, and
which therefore do not represent net contributions to the world’s welfare.
The Germans themselves were being taxed for the particular benefit of the
export trade. The government so far as possible freed the export industries
from the burden of the tariff, which weighed heavily on some classes in the
country, and beyond that, gave actual bounties to stimulate exports. These
were commonly concealed, for instance in the form of special rates in
transportation, but had nevertheless to be paid out of the pockets of the
Page 395
German taxpayer and business man. Furthermore, private organizations
followed substantially the same practice. The great “cartels,” kept prices
high at home to gain resources with which they might finance their fight
against competitors in foreign markets. They won much trade, but they won
it at costs, borne sometimes by Germans and sometimes by outsiders, which
need to be taken into account if a fair balance is to be struck. Finally, there
must be put on the debit side of the account some gains which the Germans
made in commerce, not by greater efficiency but by less honesty: by the
imitation of trade marks, by the bribery of agents, etc. In this regard they
were not the only offenders. They did not win the bulk of their trade in this
way. Their departures from accepted standards of commercial morality
were, at least, sufficient to establish for German trade methods an
unenviable reputation.
491. Examples of German success in trade.—If we add all these
influences helping Germans to market their goods, to those which enable
them to manufacture to advantage, we can understand the development of
the German export trade, and can see why German wares, even when they
were no better than the wares of other countries, won foreign markets. A
French brewery got the first prize at Baden Baden, but German beer was
sold all along the Parisian boulevards. German brewers sent an increasing
amount of their beer to the British colonies and India, because they had
learned not only all that English brewers can teach them, but they had
learned, too, the tastes of their customers in distant countries, and had
adapted their product to suit these tastes, while English brewers clung fast
to the old methods. They had greatly extended their trade in textiles,
carpets, etc., “not so much because they are cheaper, as because they are
quicker and more dexterous in fitting their supply to the changing demands
of the market.” They had taken away a large part of the French export trade
in dolls, by taking pains to fit the doll for the country to which it is going,
getting English cloths in which to dress a doll for England, reproducing
exactly national types of furniture, etc. German wares, wrote the British
consul at Paramaribo, displaced Sheffield wares in his district, not because
they were more serviceable, but because they were cheaper, were polished
and painted, and arranged for display in shop windows, while the English
wares were laid away in brown paper on a shelf. Measuring German
commerce as we have measured that of England, by noting the percentage
which German sales to any country formed of the country’s total imports,
followed substantially the same practice. The great “cartels,” kept prices
high at home to gain resources with which they might finance their fight
against competitors in foreign markets. They won much trade, but they won
it at costs, borne sometimes by Germans and sometimes by outsiders, which
need to be taken into account if a fair balance is to be struck. Finally, there
must be put on the debit side of the account some gains which the Germans
made in commerce, not by greater efficiency but by less honesty: by the
imitation of trade marks, by the bribery of agents, etc. In this regard they
were not the only offenders. They did not win the bulk of their trade in this
way. Their departures from accepted standards of commercial morality
were, at least, sufficient to establish for German trade methods an
unenviable reputation.
491. Examples of German success in trade.—If we add all these
influences helping Germans to market their goods, to those which enable
them to manufacture to advantage, we can understand the development of
the German export trade, and can see why German wares, even when they
were no better than the wares of other countries, won foreign markets. A
French brewery got the first prize at Baden Baden, but German beer was
sold all along the Parisian boulevards. German brewers sent an increasing
amount of their beer to the British colonies and India, because they had
learned not only all that English brewers can teach them, but they had
learned, too, the tastes of their customers in distant countries, and had
adapted their product to suit these tastes, while English brewers clung fast
to the old methods. They had greatly extended their trade in textiles,
carpets, etc., “not so much because they are cheaper, as because they are
quicker and more dexterous in fitting their supply to the changing demands
of the market.” They had taken away a large part of the French export trade
in dolls, by taking pains to fit the doll for the country to which it is going,
getting English cloths in which to dress a doll for England, reproducing
exactly national types of furniture, etc. German wares, wrote the British
consul at Paramaribo, displaced Sheffield wares in his district, not because
they were more serviceable, but because they were cheaper, were polished
and painted, and arranged for display in shop windows, while the English
wares were laid away in brown paper on a shelf. Measuring German
commerce as we have measured that of England, by noting the percentage
which German sales to any country formed of the country’s total imports,
Page 396
we find that in the period from 1881 to 1909 Germany’s share of sales fell
off in only one foreign market of importance, the Netherlands, and, on the
other hand, its share grew, and in some cases grew greatly, in nine of the ten
great markets of the world.
492. The German tariff and the agrarian party.—It is impossible to
say just how far the progress of Germany in this period was furthered by the
government’s commercial policy, for, as will appear, this policy retarded
development in some lines to favor it in others. This, at least, may be said
with assurance, that the policy was strikingly characteristic of the attitude of
the German state, and throws much light on the conditions preceding the
outbreak of the World War. The recent history of commercial policy in
Germany may be discussed under two aspects: its relation to domestic
politics and its relation to foreign politics.
The protective tariff of 1879 was designed particularly to favor the
growing manufactures of the country. Agriculture had been in the past an
export industry, and the agrarian representatives had favored free trade.
Already, however, there were signs of that far-reaching change by which
cheap food stuffs from distant parts of the world were enabled to under-sell
the domestic product; and a moderate protective duty on the cereals was
granted in the tariff of 1879. The German producers of bread stuffs and
meat found, however, that they had underestimated the danger to which
they were exposed, and that they could keep their home market only by
sacrifices which appeared to them desperate. They obtained additions to the
duties; they managed, under the guise of sanitary precautions, to subject the
importation of certain foods to expense and delay, even when it was not
altogether prohibited; and in the general revision of the tariff, in 1902, they
obtained not only a general increase in the agrarian duties but also a specific
provision which prevented the government from reducing these duties
below a certain point, in treaties which it might make with other powers.
These favors to the agrarian interest were accompanied by the revision of
rates in the interest of manufacturers, but the government was evidently
taking with one hand from the producer what it appeared to offer him with
the other hand. There is unmistakable evidence that the higher duties on
food stuffs restricted consumption and checked the rise in the standard of
living. The policy threatened to impair the ability of the industrial and
mercantile classes to compete with foreign rivals who were not thus
burdened in getting the necessaries of life. On the other hand, it offered but
off in only one foreign market of importance, the Netherlands, and, on the
other hand, its share grew, and in some cases grew greatly, in nine of the ten
great markets of the world.
492. The German tariff and the agrarian party.—It is impossible to
say just how far the progress of Germany in this period was furthered by the
government’s commercial policy, for, as will appear, this policy retarded
development in some lines to favor it in others. This, at least, may be said
with assurance, that the policy was strikingly characteristic of the attitude of
the German state, and throws much light on the conditions preceding the
outbreak of the World War. The recent history of commercial policy in
Germany may be discussed under two aspects: its relation to domestic
politics and its relation to foreign politics.
The protective tariff of 1879 was designed particularly to favor the
growing manufactures of the country. Agriculture had been in the past an
export industry, and the agrarian representatives had favored free trade.
Already, however, there were signs of that far-reaching change by which
cheap food stuffs from distant parts of the world were enabled to under-sell
the domestic product; and a moderate protective duty on the cereals was
granted in the tariff of 1879. The German producers of bread stuffs and
meat found, however, that they had underestimated the danger to which
they were exposed, and that they could keep their home market only by
sacrifices which appeared to them desperate. They obtained additions to the
duties; they managed, under the guise of sanitary precautions, to subject the
importation of certain foods to expense and delay, even when it was not
altogether prohibited; and in the general revision of the tariff, in 1902, they
obtained not only a general increase in the agrarian duties but also a specific
provision which prevented the government from reducing these duties
below a certain point, in treaties which it might make with other powers.
These favors to the agrarian interest were accompanied by the revision of
rates in the interest of manufacturers, but the government was evidently
taking with one hand from the producer what it appeared to offer him with
the other hand. There is unmistakable evidence that the higher duties on
food stuffs restricted consumption and checked the rise in the standard of
living. The policy threatened to impair the ability of the industrial and
mercantile classes to compete with foreign rivals who were not thus
burdened in getting the necessaries of life. On the other hand, it offered but
Page 397
slight advantage to the major part of the German agriculturists, who carried
on mixed farming on a small scale; its benefits were mostly restricted to the
owners of large estates, east of the Elbe river, who specialized in the
production of grain and meat with hired labor. What, then, is the
explanation of the policy? It was, to use the German phrase, a Machtfrage,
a question of power. The characteristic agrarian was a Junker, a Prussian
squire, devoted to the military ambitions of the Hohenzollerns, endowed by
custom and indeed by law with superior political influence. In spite of its
industrial development, and in spite of some democratic features of its
constitution, Germany was still at heart a military monarchy. The course of
policy was determined by reference not to the general economic welfare,
but to the interests of those special groups which shared the political and
military traditions of the Prussian monarchy.
493. International aspects of German tariff policy.—Likewise in
foreign relations German tariff policy was colored by the traditional
Prussian view that commercial competition was not merely the struggle of
individual producers and merchants, but was a group conflict, in which the
state should take an active part, making the most of the particular
weaknesses of states opposed to it. In 1871 Germany had forced France to
subscribe to the principle that each country would grant the other all
commercial favors accorded another power. Being a part of the treaty of
peace this provision was interminable; it could be amended only by formal
treaty. Germany at the time appeared to get more than she gave. As she
realized her industrial and commercial strength, however, she became
dissatisfied with a position of mere equality. About 1890, under Chancellor
von Caprivi, Germany began the policy of making special bargains with
individual states by treaties fixing the tariff rates. In the negotiations with
Russia each party stood out obstinately for certain favors, and since
agreement appeared impossible each party sought to punish the other by
imposing punitive rates, amounting to prohibitions. This war of tariffs
lasted less than a year, for it affected so disastrously the commerce between
the two countries, that each was glad to reach an agreement by mutual
concession. The same spirit, however, which marked this contest, appeared
in the commercial relations of Germany with other states; she conducted
similar tariff wars against Spain and against Canada, and seems to have
meditated like action against the United States but prudently refrained from
on mixed farming on a small scale; its benefits were mostly restricted to the
owners of large estates, east of the Elbe river, who specialized in the
production of grain and meat with hired labor. What, then, is the
explanation of the policy? It was, to use the German phrase, a Machtfrage,
a question of power. The characteristic agrarian was a Junker, a Prussian
squire, devoted to the military ambitions of the Hohenzollerns, endowed by
custom and indeed by law with superior political influence. In spite of its
industrial development, and in spite of some democratic features of its
constitution, Germany was still at heart a military monarchy. The course of
policy was determined by reference not to the general economic welfare,
but to the interests of those special groups which shared the political and
military traditions of the Prussian monarchy.
493. International aspects of German tariff policy.—Likewise in
foreign relations German tariff policy was colored by the traditional
Prussian view that commercial competition was not merely the struggle of
individual producers and merchants, but was a group conflict, in which the
state should take an active part, making the most of the particular
weaknesses of states opposed to it. In 1871 Germany had forced France to
subscribe to the principle that each country would grant the other all
commercial favors accorded another power. Being a part of the treaty of
peace this provision was interminable; it could be amended only by formal
treaty. Germany at the time appeared to get more than she gave. As she
realized her industrial and commercial strength, however, she became
dissatisfied with a position of mere equality. About 1890, under Chancellor
von Caprivi, Germany began the policy of making special bargains with
individual states by treaties fixing the tariff rates. In the negotiations with
Russia each party stood out obstinately for certain favors, and since
agreement appeared impossible each party sought to punish the other by
imposing punitive rates, amounting to prohibitions. This war of tariffs
lasted less than a year, for it affected so disastrously the commerce between
the two countries, that each was glad to reach an agreement by mutual
concession. The same spirit, however, which marked this contest, appeared
in the commercial relations of Germany with other states; she conducted
similar tariff wars against Spain and against Canada, and seems to have
meditated like action against the United States but prudently refrained from
Page 398
a breach with a country which was approaching industrial independence
and which was the source of indispensable raw materials.
494. The tariff of 1902; Central Europe.—Before the treaties framed
under Count Caprivi were due to expire Germany prepared for another
commercial campaign. A new tariff was passed in 1902, but was held in
suspense until treaties could be negotiated under it, and was not put into
effect until 1906. The new tariff was ingeniously devised to enable
Germany to offer special favors to individual countries, in spite of nominal
adherence to the principle of granting to every country with which a treaty
was made the concessions granted to the most favored nation; and gave to
the government, on the other hand, if occasion demanded, the power to
wage commercial war by the imposition of triple duties. Germany is
commonly supposed to have driven some hard bargains in the treaties that
were framed under this act, but did not have recourse, as in the preceding
period, to tariff wars as a means of opening foreign markets. Still, the
practice of bargaining for commercial advantage by treaty, which Germany
had so vigorously developed, introduced a tension in international
economic relations that caused the states of Europe to look forward with
apprehension to the years 1917-1918 when the important German treaties
expired. The project of a customs union of Central Europe, which had long
been discussed in an academic way, and which appeared to many Germans
in the early years of the World War as a practicable plan, shortly to be
realized, did not propose to introduce free trade immediately among its
member states, but it did promise to assure Germany such dominance over
the others that she could use not only their economic but their military
resources as well, to further her plans for commercial expansion. The plan
was characteristic of German ambitions, a summary of the tendencies that
had long been manifesting themselves in German policy, and a significant
index of results that would have followed if Germany had won the war.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. What other examples can you find of countries apparently invigorated
by a war for independence or national unity?
2. Recent political development of Germany. [Seignobos, chap. 16;
Dawson, chap. 11; Schierbrand, chap. 6.]
and which was the source of indispensable raw materials.
494. The tariff of 1902; Central Europe.—Before the treaties framed
under Count Caprivi were due to expire Germany prepared for another
commercial campaign. A new tariff was passed in 1902, but was held in
suspense until treaties could be negotiated under it, and was not put into
effect until 1906. The new tariff was ingeniously devised to enable
Germany to offer special favors to individual countries, in spite of nominal
adherence to the principle of granting to every country with which a treaty
was made the concessions granted to the most favored nation; and gave to
the government, on the other hand, if occasion demanded, the power to
wage commercial war by the imposition of triple duties. Germany is
commonly supposed to have driven some hard bargains in the treaties that
were framed under this act, but did not have recourse, as in the preceding
period, to tariff wars as a means of opening foreign markets. Still, the
practice of bargaining for commercial advantage by treaty, which Germany
had so vigorously developed, introduced a tension in international
economic relations that caused the states of Europe to look forward with
apprehension to the years 1917-1918 when the important German treaties
expired. The project of a customs union of Central Europe, which had long
been discussed in an academic way, and which appeared to many Germans
in the early years of the World War as a practicable plan, shortly to be
realized, did not propose to introduce free trade immediately among its
member states, but it did promise to assure Germany such dominance over
the others that she could use not only their economic but their military
resources as well, to further her plans for commercial expansion. The plan
was characteristic of German ambitions, a summary of the tendencies that
had long been manifesting themselves in German policy, and a significant
index of results that would have followed if Germany had won the war.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. What other examples can you find of countries apparently invigorated
by a war for independence or national unity?
2. Recent political development of Germany. [Seignobos, chap. 16;
Dawson, chap. 11; Schierbrand, chap. 6.]
Page 399
3. Development of commerce under the Empire. [Whitman, chap. 12;
Dawson, Evolution, chap. 4.]
4. Prepare, in the manner suggested in the chapter on England, graphic
representations of the chief imports and exports. [Statistics in Statesman’s
Year-Book.]
5. Recent commerce of Germany. [Schierbrand, chap. 13; Arndt,
Germany in international commerce, International Monthly, 1902, 5: 526-
546; Bernstein, Growth of German exports, Contemporary Review, 1903,
84: 775-787; Williams, Made in Germany—five years after, National
Review, 1901-2, 38: 130-144; Gastrell, chap. 8 (statistical).]
6. Development of factory industry and condition of factory labor.
[Dawson, chap. 3.]
7. The Krupp iron works. [Schierbrand, chap. 14.]
8. Methods and results of education. [Dawson, chap. 6; Schierbrand,
chap. 18.]
9. Various reasons alleged to explain German superiority in manufactures
and commerce. [Williams, Made in Germany, chap. 7.]
10. The German chemical industry, [O. Eltzbacher, in Contemporary
Review, 1904, 85: 627-639; or Barker, Mod. Germany, chap. 25.]
11. Effect of education on the mercantile organization. [Findlay, Genesis
of the German clerk, Fortnightly Review, 1899, 72: 533-536; Bashford in
Fortnightly Rev., 1905, 84: 692-707.]
12. The German colonial movement. [“Veritas,” chap. 7; Schierbrand,
chap. 20; Birchenough in Nineteenth Century, 1898, 43: 182-191; Keller,
Colonization, chap. 14; Dawson, Evolution, ch. 18, 19.]
13. Development of German shipping. [Bashford in Fortnightly Review,
1903, 79: 287-302; Schierbrand, chap. 15; Barker, chap. 24.]
14. German transportation system and policy. [“Veritas,” chap. 6;
Dawson, Evolution chap. 11; Barker, chap. 22, 23.]
15. German tariff policy to about 1890. [Villard in Yale Review, 1892-3,
1: 10-20.]
16. Commercial treaties about 1890. [Farnam in same, 1: 20-34.]
17. The agrarian movement. [Schierbrand, chap. 9.]
18. Tariff policy about 1900. [Schierbrand, chap. 12; Schoenhof in
Forum, 1901-2, 32: 105-115; Eltzbacher in Nineteenth Century, 1903, 54:
181-196; H. Dietzel in Quarterly Jour. of Econ., 1902-3, 17: 365-416; W. H.
Dawson in Econ. Jour., 1902, 12: 15-23.]
Dawson, Evolution, chap. 4.]
4. Prepare, in the manner suggested in the chapter on England, graphic
representations of the chief imports and exports. [Statistics in Statesman’s
Year-Book.]
5. Recent commerce of Germany. [Schierbrand, chap. 13; Arndt,
Germany in international commerce, International Monthly, 1902, 5: 526-
546; Bernstein, Growth of German exports, Contemporary Review, 1903,
84: 775-787; Williams, Made in Germany—five years after, National
Review, 1901-2, 38: 130-144; Gastrell, chap. 8 (statistical).]
6. Development of factory industry and condition of factory labor.
[Dawson, chap. 3.]
7. The Krupp iron works. [Schierbrand, chap. 14.]
8. Methods and results of education. [Dawson, chap. 6; Schierbrand,
chap. 18.]
9. Various reasons alleged to explain German superiority in manufactures
and commerce. [Williams, Made in Germany, chap. 7.]
10. The German chemical industry, [O. Eltzbacher, in Contemporary
Review, 1904, 85: 627-639; or Barker, Mod. Germany, chap. 25.]
11. Effect of education on the mercantile organization. [Findlay, Genesis
of the German clerk, Fortnightly Review, 1899, 72: 533-536; Bashford in
Fortnightly Rev., 1905, 84: 692-707.]
12. The German colonial movement. [“Veritas,” chap. 7; Schierbrand,
chap. 20; Birchenough in Nineteenth Century, 1898, 43: 182-191; Keller,
Colonization, chap. 14; Dawson, Evolution, ch. 18, 19.]
13. Development of German shipping. [Bashford in Fortnightly Review,
1903, 79: 287-302; Schierbrand, chap. 15; Barker, chap. 24.]
14. German transportation system and policy. [“Veritas,” chap. 6;
Dawson, Evolution chap. 11; Barker, chap. 22, 23.]
15. German tariff policy to about 1890. [Villard in Yale Review, 1892-3,
1: 10-20.]
16. Commercial treaties about 1890. [Farnam in same, 1: 20-34.]
17. The agrarian movement. [Schierbrand, chap. 9.]
18. Tariff policy about 1900. [Schierbrand, chap. 12; Schoenhof in
Forum, 1901-2, 32: 105-115; Eltzbacher in Nineteenth Century, 1903, 54:
181-196; H. Dietzel in Quarterly Jour. of Econ., 1902-3, 17: 365-416; W. H.
Dawson in Econ. Jour., 1902, 12: 15-23.]
Page 400
19. Effects of German tariff policy. [Lotz in Econ. Journal, 1904, 14:
515-526; Mann in Contemp. Rev., 1905, 87: 347-358.]
20. German methods in the commercial penetration of a particular
country. [See articles in the Quarterly Rev., as follows: U. S., July, 1919,
232: 16-37; France, 1916, 225: 383-399; Italy, 1915, 224: 136-149; Turkey,
Oct. 1917, 228: 296-314.]
21. German banks and “peaceful penetration.” [McLaren in Quart. Rev.,
Jan. 1919, 231: 76-96.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Readers of English will find the recent commercial history of Germany
treated more fully than that of any other country of the Continent. Besides
the books by Clapham and “Veritas” named in the preceding chapter, may
be mentioned: S. Whitman, Imperial Germany, 1901; W. H. Dawson,
German life, N. Y., 1901, and **Evolution of modern Germany, revised
edition, 1918; W. von Schierbrand, *Germany, N. Y., 1902 (better than the
later editions); J. Ellis Barker, Modern Germany, various editions of which
the fourth, N. Y., 1912, is to be preferred. Dawson, Protection, and Ogg will
continue to be of service in this period; and reference may also be made to
report of the U. S. Tariff Commission, 1919, on Reciprocity and
Commercial Treaties, 467-487.
G. A. Pogson, Germany and its trade, London, 1903, is a compilation of
statistics for the period preceding 1900, and a convenient statistical survey
for the period since that date is given by Helfferich, Germany’s economic
progress, Berlin, 1913.
Arraignments of German business methods will be found in A. D.
McLaren, Peaceful penetration, London, 1916; H. Hauser, Germany’s
commercial grip on the world, London, 1917; Millioud, The ruling caste
and frenzied trade in Germany, London, 1916; Claes, The German mole,
London, 1915, (for Belgium).
515-526; Mann in Contemp. Rev., 1905, 87: 347-358.]
20. German methods in the commercial penetration of a particular
country. [See articles in the Quarterly Rev., as follows: U. S., July, 1919,
232: 16-37; France, 1916, 225: 383-399; Italy, 1915, 224: 136-149; Turkey,
Oct. 1917, 228: 296-314.]
21. German banks and “peaceful penetration.” [McLaren in Quart. Rev.,
Jan. 1919, 231: 76-96.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Readers of English will find the recent commercial history of Germany
treated more fully than that of any other country of the Continent. Besides
the books by Clapham and “Veritas” named in the preceding chapter, may
be mentioned: S. Whitman, Imperial Germany, 1901; W. H. Dawson,
German life, N. Y., 1901, and **Evolution of modern Germany, revised
edition, 1918; W. von Schierbrand, *Germany, N. Y., 1902 (better than the
later editions); J. Ellis Barker, Modern Germany, various editions of which
the fourth, N. Y., 1912, is to be preferred. Dawson, Protection, and Ogg will
continue to be of service in this period; and reference may also be made to
report of the U. S. Tariff Commission, 1919, on Reciprocity and
Commercial Treaties, 467-487.
G. A. Pogson, Germany and its trade, London, 1903, is a compilation of
statistics for the period preceding 1900, and a convenient statistical survey
for the period since that date is given by Helfferich, Germany’s economic
progress, Berlin, 1913.
Arraignments of German business methods will be found in A. D.
McLaren, Peaceful penetration, London, 1916; H. Hauser, Germany’s
commercial grip on the world, London, 1917; Millioud, The ruling caste
and frenzied trade in Germany, London, 1916; Claes, The German mole,
London, 1915, (for Belgium).
Page 401
CHAPTER XLI
FRANCE
495. Condition of France before the Revolution.—France was
considered, as the reader will recall, the richest and most powerful state of
Europe till near the end of the eighteenth century. The population of the
country was more than double that of Great Britain, the resources were
envied by all other nations, the commerce was exceeded only by English
commerce and surpassed that in some respects. The French sugar colonies
were considered the most valuable colonial possession in the world, and
France surpassed England in trade with her direct neighbors (some of the
German states, Italy, Spain). Under the political and economic system,
however, which had fastened itself on the country in the course of time,
growth was hampered; and opposition rose until it burst out finally in the
Revolution of 1789. Then followed a period of twenty-five years of rapid
political change and of bitter war, ending finally with the defeat of
Napoleon in 1815.
496. Effect of the Revolution.—The losses of France during this period
in men, money, and colonial territory need only to be suggested; the effect
of the wars on French commerce has already been described. It is proper
here to emphasize the good of the Revolution. In appearance, at least, it
swept away all the old institutions, and liberated the people from burdens
which they had been bearing for centuries. It abolished the former class
divisions and inequalities in taxation; it freed the agricultural classes, and
extended the ownership of land; it amended the former restrictions on the
pursuit of manufactures and handicrafts; and it established perfect freedom
of trade inside the country.
497. Backward features of industry and commerce.—No country can
make an entire breach with its past, and France after 1815 was more like
France before 1789 than the reader may suppose. The people had not
acquired the skill and boldness in industry and commerce which the English
had won by generations of experience. The government after 1815 was still
highly centralized, with strong absolutist tendencies, and moved more by
personal influences than by far-sighted views of the welfare of the whole
people. These facts appear in the course of commercial policy followed
FRANCE
495. Condition of France before the Revolution.—France was
considered, as the reader will recall, the richest and most powerful state of
Europe till near the end of the eighteenth century. The population of the
country was more than double that of Great Britain, the resources were
envied by all other nations, the commerce was exceeded only by English
commerce and surpassed that in some respects. The French sugar colonies
were considered the most valuable colonial possession in the world, and
France surpassed England in trade with her direct neighbors (some of the
German states, Italy, Spain). Under the political and economic system,
however, which had fastened itself on the country in the course of time,
growth was hampered; and opposition rose until it burst out finally in the
Revolution of 1789. Then followed a period of twenty-five years of rapid
political change and of bitter war, ending finally with the defeat of
Napoleon in 1815.
496. Effect of the Revolution.—The losses of France during this period
in men, money, and colonial territory need only to be suggested; the effect
of the wars on French commerce has already been described. It is proper
here to emphasize the good of the Revolution. In appearance, at least, it
swept away all the old institutions, and liberated the people from burdens
which they had been bearing for centuries. It abolished the former class
divisions and inequalities in taxation; it freed the agricultural classes, and
extended the ownership of land; it amended the former restrictions on the
pursuit of manufactures and handicrafts; and it established perfect freedom
of trade inside the country.
497. Backward features of industry and commerce.—No country can
make an entire breach with its past, and France after 1815 was more like
France before 1789 than the reader may suppose. The people had not
acquired the skill and boldness in industry and commerce which the English
had won by generations of experience. The government after 1815 was still
highly centralized, with strong absolutist tendencies, and moved more by
personal influences than by far-sighted views of the welfare of the whole
people. These facts appear in the course of commercial policy followed
Page 402
after the Restoration. France had made only the barest beginnings in the
modern industries depending on coal and iron, and on the application of
machinery, at the time of the Revolution, and though industries developed
when commerce was interrupted by war, they were weak in organization
and technique, and loudly demanded protection when peace returned, and
opportunities for commerce developed.
498. The French tariff in the first part of the century.—The result was
a tariff system which goes far to explain the sluggish development of
French commerce in the first part of the nineteenth century. It gave
protection to shipping, to agricultural products, from wheat to sumac and
garden roses, to the raw materials as well as the finished products of
industry. Colbert’ s tariff of 1664 and 1667 has often been cited as an
example of high protection, but the French tariffs of the period before 1850
imposed still higher duties on some of the most important raw materials of
industry (wool, cotton, flax, pig and bar iron, steel, alum); many duties had
risen to a prohibitive height, and there were many actual prohibitions.
499. Sluggishness of industrial development.—At the time when
England was building up her system of manufactures, when every decade
was marked by some important step in industrial progress, France resolutely
excluded herself from the influences which would have stimulated progress
at home. While England was endeavoring to keep her improved machinery
in the country, by forbidding export, France aided her by imposing on
machinery duties running up to 100 per cent. Means to spin linen by
machinery were invented by a Frenchman, Girard, in 1810, but were first
utilized in England; and England could show nearly a million and a half
spindles in 1849, against a quarter of a million in France. A Frenchman
estimated in 1827 that the steam-engines in Great Britain amounted to a
force of 6,400,000 laborers, while they amounted in France to but 480,000.
About 1840 there were still less than 2,000 steam-engines in France. The
French iron industry was far behind the English in efficiency and in output,
but was secured the home market by protective duties, and built up large
fortunes for the iron producers at a direct loss to the country estimated to be
$10,000,000 a year, and an indirect loss far larger.
500. Effect of the tariff on commerce.—The effect of the tariff in
checking commerce between the two great states in this period can be seen
in the fact that in 1829 less than one seventieth of British exports were
declared for France; England found better customers in Spain, in Turkey, or
modern industries depending on coal and iron, and on the application of
machinery, at the time of the Revolution, and though industries developed
when commerce was interrupted by war, they were weak in organization
and technique, and loudly demanded protection when peace returned, and
opportunities for commerce developed.
498. The French tariff in the first part of the century.—The result was
a tariff system which goes far to explain the sluggish development of
French commerce in the first part of the nineteenth century. It gave
protection to shipping, to agricultural products, from wheat to sumac and
garden roses, to the raw materials as well as the finished products of
industry. Colbert’ s tariff of 1664 and 1667 has often been cited as an
example of high protection, but the French tariffs of the period before 1850
imposed still higher duties on some of the most important raw materials of
industry (wool, cotton, flax, pig and bar iron, steel, alum); many duties had
risen to a prohibitive height, and there were many actual prohibitions.
499. Sluggishness of industrial development.—At the time when
England was building up her system of manufactures, when every decade
was marked by some important step in industrial progress, France resolutely
excluded herself from the influences which would have stimulated progress
at home. While England was endeavoring to keep her improved machinery
in the country, by forbidding export, France aided her by imposing on
machinery duties running up to 100 per cent. Means to spin linen by
machinery were invented by a Frenchman, Girard, in 1810, but were first
utilized in England; and England could show nearly a million and a half
spindles in 1849, against a quarter of a million in France. A Frenchman
estimated in 1827 that the steam-engines in Great Britain amounted to a
force of 6,400,000 laborers, while they amounted in France to but 480,000.
About 1840 there were still less than 2,000 steam-engines in France. The
French iron industry was far behind the English in efficiency and in output,
but was secured the home market by protective duties, and built up large
fortunes for the iron producers at a direct loss to the country estimated to be
$10,000,000 a year, and an indirect loss far larger.
500. Effect of the tariff on commerce.—The effect of the tariff in
checking commerce between the two great states in this period can be seen
in the fact that in 1829 less than one seventieth of British exports were
declared for France; England found better customers in Spain, in Turkey, or
Page 403
in Chile. The amount of trade was in fact somewhat larger, for smugglers
evaded the restrictions of the tariff, and by a number of ingenious devices
(including the use of trained dogs), succeeded in bringing wares to the
people who wanted them.
This one example indicates how the French were losing the opportunities
for commercial expansion which this period offered to them as to other
peoples. No more striking commentary on the history of the commerce of
France at this time can be furnished than the following fact: nearly sixty
years after the French Revolution the special commerce of the country was
only just beginning to exceed the figures which it had attained at the earlier
date.
501. Reform of the tariff by Napoleon III.—The astonishing increase
of French commerce in the decade 1850-1860 (from less than two to over
five milliards of francs) was due chiefly to the reform of the tariff by
Napoleon III. Attempts before this time to lower duties had failed because
of the determined resistance and the strong political organization of the
protectionists, but the new Emperor enjoyed a position of exceptional
strength, and was not fettered by the dependence on the manufacturing class
which had stopped action by the previous government. By his mere decrees
he lowered or suspended duties on agricultural products and on important
raw material (coal, iron, steel, wool, etc.).
502. Effect of the reform on commerce.—French industry and
commerce, checked so long in their development, responded with surprising
quickness. In a period of little over ten years (1847-1859) the steam power
of France increased over threefold. The commerce with England, which in
the previous period of twenty years had merely doubled, now quintupled in
ten years. With Portugal and Greece commerce quadrupled; with Germany,
Switzerland, Brazil, etc., it tripled; with Belgium, the Netherlands, Spain,
Italy, the United States, etc., it doubled. French commerce recovered its lost
ground so quickly that, according to a French estimate, it amounted to more
than three-fifths of English commerce about 1860, and the country took
easily second place among the trading countries of Europe.
503. The free-trade treaty of 1860.—At the end of the decade which we
have been studying, in 1860, the movement toward greater freedom of trade
progressed still another stage by the ratification of a treaty of commerce
between France and England. Free traders, of whom Richard Cobden was
the chief, convinced the Emperor that France would benefit by a further
evaded the restrictions of the tariff, and by a number of ingenious devices
(including the use of trained dogs), succeeded in bringing wares to the
people who wanted them.
This one example indicates how the French were losing the opportunities
for commercial expansion which this period offered to them as to other
peoples. No more striking commentary on the history of the commerce of
France at this time can be furnished than the following fact: nearly sixty
years after the French Revolution the special commerce of the country was
only just beginning to exceed the figures which it had attained at the earlier
date.
501. Reform of the tariff by Napoleon III.—The astonishing increase
of French commerce in the decade 1850-1860 (from less than two to over
five milliards of francs) was due chiefly to the reform of the tariff by
Napoleon III. Attempts before this time to lower duties had failed because
of the determined resistance and the strong political organization of the
protectionists, but the new Emperor enjoyed a position of exceptional
strength, and was not fettered by the dependence on the manufacturing class
which had stopped action by the previous government. By his mere decrees
he lowered or suspended duties on agricultural products and on important
raw material (coal, iron, steel, wool, etc.).
502. Effect of the reform on commerce.—French industry and
commerce, checked so long in their development, responded with surprising
quickness. In a period of little over ten years (1847-1859) the steam power
of France increased over threefold. The commerce with England, which in
the previous period of twenty years had merely doubled, now quintupled in
ten years. With Portugal and Greece commerce quadrupled; with Germany,
Switzerland, Brazil, etc., it tripled; with Belgium, the Netherlands, Spain,
Italy, the United States, etc., it doubled. French commerce recovered its lost
ground so quickly that, according to a French estimate, it amounted to more
than three-fifths of English commerce about 1860, and the country took
easily second place among the trading countries of Europe.
503. The free-trade treaty of 1860.—At the end of the decade which we
have been studying, in 1860, the movement toward greater freedom of trade
progressed still another stage by the ratification of a treaty of commerce
between France and England. Free traders, of whom Richard Cobden was
the chief, convinced the Emperor that France would benefit by a further
Page 404
reduction of duties. Cobden asserted that French operatives worked 20 per
cent more time for 20 per cent less wages, and paid upwards of 10 per cent
more for their clothing than the same class in England; and promised the
Emperor that the French would share in the advantages of the English if
they would only adopt a similar commercial policy. The Emperor,
moreover, was desirous of winning the good-will and support of the English
to strengthen his international position; and agreed to the proposals partly
on this account. England abolished the duties on a number of articles of
French origin, and reduced the duties on wine and spirits; while France
removed all prohibitions on trade, and scaled duties down to about half their
former amount in commerce between the two countries. This treaty, which
was to last ten years from its ratification in 1860, is one of the turning-
points in European commercial policy; it marked the extension of the free-
trade movement from England to the other states of Europe; and it
inaugurated a succession of similar treaties on the part of France and other
states on the Continent.
504. Results of the treaty of 1860.—There had, of course, been
opposition in France to the further reduction of duties; and many people
prophesied that the movement to free trade would entail the industrial ruin
of the country. The results did not justify these predictions. Commerce
expanded greatly, as was to be expected; it grew in the period 1859-1869
from 5.4 to 8 or from 3.9 to 6 milliards of francs, according as the general
or special trade of the country is taken as the standard of measurement. This
commerce, however, was serving French industry and agriculture, and not
destroying them. There was a marked increase in the importation of the raw
materials of industry; the amount of wool and silk brought into the country
for manufacture more than doubled in ten years, and in spite of the
disastrous effects of the American Civil War there was a considerable
increase in the importation of cotton. The use of coal and iron, both
important indexes of industrial development, extended largely; and the
population engaged in industry and commerce grew by nearly a million
workers in the period 1861-1866. The increase in the products of French
industry found a market both abroad and at home. The exports of
manufactures increased, it is true, but slowly except in the case of special
products; but the consumption of manufactures within the country extended
greatly, as new purchasers appeared for wares which formerly had been
beyond their means.
cent more time for 20 per cent less wages, and paid upwards of 10 per cent
more for their clothing than the same class in England; and promised the
Emperor that the French would share in the advantages of the English if
they would only adopt a similar commercial policy. The Emperor,
moreover, was desirous of winning the good-will and support of the English
to strengthen his international position; and agreed to the proposals partly
on this account. England abolished the duties on a number of articles of
French origin, and reduced the duties on wine and spirits; while France
removed all prohibitions on trade, and scaled duties down to about half their
former amount in commerce between the two countries. This treaty, which
was to last ten years from its ratification in 1860, is one of the turning-
points in European commercial policy; it marked the extension of the free-
trade movement from England to the other states of Europe; and it
inaugurated a succession of similar treaties on the part of France and other
states on the Continent.
504. Results of the treaty of 1860.—There had, of course, been
opposition in France to the further reduction of duties; and many people
prophesied that the movement to free trade would entail the industrial ruin
of the country. The results did not justify these predictions. Commerce
expanded greatly, as was to be expected; it grew in the period 1859-1869
from 5.4 to 8 or from 3.9 to 6 milliards of francs, according as the general
or special trade of the country is taken as the standard of measurement. This
commerce, however, was serving French industry and agriculture, and not
destroying them. There was a marked increase in the importation of the raw
materials of industry; the amount of wool and silk brought into the country
for manufacture more than doubled in ten years, and in spite of the
disastrous effects of the American Civil War there was a considerable
increase in the importation of cotton. The use of coal and iron, both
important indexes of industrial development, extended largely; and the
population engaged in industry and commerce grew by nearly a million
workers in the period 1861-1866. The increase in the products of French
industry found a market both abroad and at home. The exports of
manufactures increased, it is true, but slowly except in the case of special
products; but the consumption of manufactures within the country extended
greatly, as new purchasers appeared for wares which formerly had been
beyond their means.
Page 405
505. Return to protection after the war with Germany.—It has long
been the misfortune of France to have her commercial and industrial
interests at the mercy of politics; and at this point in her growth her
progress was stayed by the outbreak of the great war with Germany. From
the direct losses of the war the country recovered with a quickness
surprising to those who did not realize the thrift and saving power of the
French people. The war led, however, to the overthrow of the government
of Napoleon III, and in time to the overthrow also of the liberal commercial
system which he had established. Though the commercial treaties were
allowed to continue for a few years, the tendency was strongly toward
protection. It was a period of bad times in business, and French agriculture
was beginning to feel the competition of countries outside of Europe; the
new French republic, with all its merits, lent itself too easily to the
representation of class and sectional interests.
506. Growth of protective duties.—In 1881, therefore, a new tariff was
established, which raised many duties about one quarter, though it allowed
many of the higher rates to be abated by treaties with other states. Proposals
to increase duties now multiplied. Not only manufacturing industry but also
agriculture became clamorous for protection. The duty on a quintal (about
220 pounds) of wheat, which had been 60 centimes since 1861, was raised
to 3 francs in 1884, to 5 in 1887, to 7 in 1894. While in the past the
agriculturists had been free traders they had become by 1890 almost a unit
for protection, whether they raised wheat or cattle, grapes or sugar-beets,
hemp or flax. In 1892 an entirely new tariff was adopted, considerably
higher than that of 1881, affecting some important raw materials, and not
affording the same freedom in the negotiation of commercial treaties.
507. Attitude of the French toward commerce.—A writer who
published a study of the French tariff system in 1892 thought that public
opinion would force a revision of the recent tariff if it checked the country’s
commerce. Such was actually its result. Exports and imports did not reach
again the figures of 1892 for five and six years respectively. Nevertheless
the protective duties were raised again in 1910 to a level far above that
which prevailed in the neighboring states of northwestern Europe. The
French had to choose between a career in commerce and the maintenance of
the traditional organization. They could not extend their trade without
lowering the barriers of their tariff. This step they were unwilling to take,
apparently because it would have entailed efforts and sacrifices in the
been the misfortune of France to have her commercial and industrial
interests at the mercy of politics; and at this point in her growth her
progress was stayed by the outbreak of the great war with Germany. From
the direct losses of the war the country recovered with a quickness
surprising to those who did not realize the thrift and saving power of the
French people. The war led, however, to the overthrow of the government
of Napoleon III, and in time to the overthrow also of the liberal commercial
system which he had established. Though the commercial treaties were
allowed to continue for a few years, the tendency was strongly toward
protection. It was a period of bad times in business, and French agriculture
was beginning to feel the competition of countries outside of Europe; the
new French republic, with all its merits, lent itself too easily to the
representation of class and sectional interests.
506. Growth of protective duties.—In 1881, therefore, a new tariff was
established, which raised many duties about one quarter, though it allowed
many of the higher rates to be abated by treaties with other states. Proposals
to increase duties now multiplied. Not only manufacturing industry but also
agriculture became clamorous for protection. The duty on a quintal (about
220 pounds) of wheat, which had been 60 centimes since 1861, was raised
to 3 francs in 1884, to 5 in 1887, to 7 in 1894. While in the past the
agriculturists had been free traders they had become by 1890 almost a unit
for protection, whether they raised wheat or cattle, grapes or sugar-beets,
hemp or flax. In 1892 an entirely new tariff was adopted, considerably
higher than that of 1881, affecting some important raw materials, and not
affording the same freedom in the negotiation of commercial treaties.
507. Attitude of the French toward commerce.—A writer who
published a study of the French tariff system in 1892 thought that public
opinion would force a revision of the recent tariff if it checked the country’s
commerce. Such was actually its result. Exports and imports did not reach
again the figures of 1892 for five and six years respectively. Nevertheless
the protective duties were raised again in 1910 to a level far above that
which prevailed in the neighboring states of northwestern Europe. The
French had to choose between a career in commerce and the maintenance of
the traditional organization. They could not extend their trade without
lowering the barriers of their tariff. This step they were unwilling to take,
apparently because it would have entailed efforts and sacrifices in the
Page 406
readjustment of their industries. The caution and disinclination to change,
which mark the great peasant population of the country, appear to have
determined the course of commercial policy, and to have decided the French
to hold fast to what they had, rather than to take the chances involved in a
struggle for a higher place in the open market of the world. In such a
struggle they were at a disadvantage, because of the scarcity of their
mineral resources and still more because of the many backward features in
their industrial organization. On the other hand they could comfort
themselves with the reflection that few if any of the neighboring states were
qualified as were they to renounce the possible benefits of trade. The great
agricultural resources of the country make possible an approach to self-
sufficiency which elsewhere could not be considered.
508. Statistics of French commerce in the recent period.—The table
on page 429, presenting the course of French commerce in the period
immediately preceding the outbreak of the World War, illustrates what has
been said regarding the checks imposed on commercial expansion; and
provides the means of comparison with the commercial development of
other countries.
509. Position of France in recent commerce.—In matters of taste and
of artistic finish, in which personal aptitude and training are the important
factors, the French remained unrivaled; in production on a large scale, in
which elaborate organization and the extensive use of machinery determine
success, the French did not compare with English, Germans, or Americans.
Thus the French, though always assured a respectable position in the
commerce of the world, could not hope to share the progress which other
nations attained by the export of cheap manufactures in great quantities. An
Englishman said of the trade between his country and France in 1878,
“Broadly it may be said France supplies us with our luxuries, and we
minister to the necessities”; even at the close of the century this held true, in
general, of the relations between France and the other great countries.
France supplied objects of art, luxury, and fashion, delicacies and wines,
and took from others in exchange the articles of solid utility, the product of
mines and of power machinery.
Special Commerce of France, Selected Years in Milliards of Francs and of
Dollars.
which mark the great peasant population of the country, appear to have
determined the course of commercial policy, and to have decided the French
to hold fast to what they had, rather than to take the chances involved in a
struggle for a higher place in the open market of the world. In such a
struggle they were at a disadvantage, because of the scarcity of their
mineral resources and still more because of the many backward features in
their industrial organization. On the other hand they could comfort
themselves with the reflection that few if any of the neighboring states were
qualified as were they to renounce the possible benefits of trade. The great
agricultural resources of the country make possible an approach to self-
sufficiency which elsewhere could not be considered.
508. Statistics of French commerce in the recent period.—The table
on page 429, presenting the course of French commerce in the period
immediately preceding the outbreak of the World War, illustrates what has
been said regarding the checks imposed on commercial expansion; and
provides the means of comparison with the commercial development of
other countries.
509. Position of France in recent commerce.—In matters of taste and
of artistic finish, in which personal aptitude and training are the important
factors, the French remained unrivaled; in production on a large scale, in
which elaborate organization and the extensive use of machinery determine
success, the French did not compare with English, Germans, or Americans.
Thus the French, though always assured a respectable position in the
commerce of the world, could not hope to share the progress which other
nations attained by the export of cheap manufactures in great quantities. An
Englishman said of the trade between his country and France in 1878,
“Broadly it may be said France supplies us with our luxuries, and we
minister to the necessities”; even at the close of the century this held true, in
general, of the relations between France and the other great countries.
France supplied objects of art, luxury, and fashion, delicacies and wines,
and took from others in exchange the articles of solid utility, the product of
mines and of power machinery.
Special Commerce of France, Selected Years in Milliards of Francs and of
Dollars.
Page 407
Imports Exports
Francs Dollars Francs Dollars
1870 2.9 .6 2.8 .5
1880 5.0 1.0 3.5 .7
1890 4.4 .9 3.8 .7
1900 4.7 .9 4.1 .8
1910 7.2 1.4 6.3 1.2
1913 8.4 1.6 6.9 1.3
510. Failure of the government in its attempts to stimulate
commerce.—Attempts of the French government to stimulate commercial
expansion have not met the expectations of their promoters. The
government has built up a colonial empire about sixteen times as large as
France, but most of the dependencies are in a backward condition, and their
total commerce (including that of Algiers) was before 1914 only about one-
quarter of that of France. So far France has lost money on her colonial
enterprises, and there seems no likelihood, in view of the extremely small
emigration from the home country, that she will recover it. Nor can the
results of attempts to build up the merchant marine be regarded as
satisfactory. Measures to protect French shipping, which disappeared to a
large extent during the period of the movement to free trade, have been
resorted to again since 1880, and have led to the payment of two to four
million dollars a year to aid the building and renewing of French ships.
They have done no more than keep the French fleet stationary while other
merchant marines were rapidly advancing, and seem to have hurt rather
than helped the interests of French commerce. It is noteworthy that of the
total output of merchant ships in France in 1901, 70 per cent of the tonnage
was in the form of sailing vessels, a means of transportation now out of date
for most purposes of foreign commerce; and that two-fifths of the total
tonnage under the French flag in 1912 were in the form of sailing ships.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Burdens from which French commerce and industry were freed by the
Revolution. [Review chap. 25, above; Rand, Ec. hist., chap. 3; Adams,
Francs Dollars Francs Dollars
1870 2.9 .6 2.8 .5
1880 5.0 1.0 3.5 .7
1890 4.4 .9 3.8 .7
1900 4.7 .9 4.1 .8
1910 7.2 1.4 6.3 1.2
1913 8.4 1.6 6.9 1.3
510. Failure of the government in its attempts to stimulate
commerce.—Attempts of the French government to stimulate commercial
expansion have not met the expectations of their promoters. The
government has built up a colonial empire about sixteen times as large as
France, but most of the dependencies are in a backward condition, and their
total commerce (including that of Algiers) was before 1914 only about one-
quarter of that of France. So far France has lost money on her colonial
enterprises, and there seems no likelihood, in view of the extremely small
emigration from the home country, that she will recover it. Nor can the
results of attempts to build up the merchant marine be regarded as
satisfactory. Measures to protect French shipping, which disappeared to a
large extent during the period of the movement to free trade, have been
resorted to again since 1880, and have led to the payment of two to four
million dollars a year to aid the building and renewing of French ships.
They have done no more than keep the French fleet stationary while other
merchant marines were rapidly advancing, and seem to have hurt rather
than helped the interests of French commerce. It is noteworthy that of the
total output of merchant ships in France in 1901, 70 per cent of the tonnage
was in the form of sailing vessels, a means of transportation now out of date
for most purposes of foreign commerce; and that two-fifths of the total
tonnage under the French flag in 1912 were in the form of sailing ships.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Burdens from which French commerce and industry were freed by the
Revolution. [Review chap. 25, above; Rand, Ec. hist., chap. 3; Adams,
Page 408
Growth, chap. 15.]
2. Hayti as a French colony and as an independent state. [A. K. Fiske
chap. 20 ff.; Spenser St. John, Hayti, Lond., 1884, chaps. 2, 3, 10.]
3. Backward political condition of France after 1815. [Adams, Growth,
chap. 18; Seignobos, chap. 5.]
4. Write a report on one of the following topics in French commerce,
about 1850: import and export trade, manufactures, customs tariff, colonial
system. [Homans, Cyclopedia, p. 710 ff.].
5. France under Napoleon III. [Seignobos, chap. 6.]
6. The commercial treaty of 1860. [McCarthy, Hist., vol. 2, chap. 41;
Morley, Cobden, chap. 32.]
7. What is the difference between “general” and “special” commerce?
[Statesman’s Year-Book, France, Commerce.]
8. France under the third republic. [Seignobos, chap. 7.]
9. The protectionist reaction. [Herbert A. L. Fisher, in Econ. Journal,
1896, 6: 341-355.]
10. The situation of France in international commerce. [Lebon, in
International Monthly, 1901, 3: 252-273.]
2. Hayti as a French colony and as an independent state. [A. K. Fiske
chap. 20 ff.; Spenser St. John, Hayti, Lond., 1884, chaps. 2, 3, 10.]
3. Backward political condition of France after 1815. [Adams, Growth,
chap. 18; Seignobos, chap. 5.]
4. Write a report on one of the following topics in French commerce,
about 1850: import and export trade, manufactures, customs tariff, colonial
system. [Homans, Cyclopedia, p. 710 ff.].
5. France under Napoleon III. [Seignobos, chap. 6.]
6. The commercial treaty of 1860. [McCarthy, Hist., vol. 2, chap. 41;
Morley, Cobden, chap. 32.]
7. What is the difference between “general” and “special” commerce?
[Statesman’s Year-Book, France, Commerce.]
8. France under the third republic. [Seignobos, chap. 7.]
9. The protectionist reaction. [Herbert A. L. Fisher, in Econ. Journal,
1896, 6: 341-355.]
10. The situation of France in international commerce. [Lebon, in
International Monthly, 1901, 3: 252-273.]
Page 409
CHAPTER XLII
MINOR STATES OF CENTRAL AND NORTHERN EUROPE
511. States of minor commercial importance.—In the year 1912 four
great states carried on nearly one-half of the foreign commerce of the
world, considerably more than one-half if their dependencies be counted
with them. Three of these, England (including the British Empire),
Germany, and France, have already formed the subject of study, and the
fourth, the United States, will be considered at length in a later section. We
must now attend to the commercial development in other countries,
reviewing their history more briefly as accords with their minor importance.
We shall take up first two countries, the Netherlands and Belgium, which
stand not far below the leaders, and which would even rank high among
them but for their small size. It may not be unnecessary to remind the reader
that Belgium is a creation of the nineteenth century; the country had formed
a province subject to Spain or Austria until the period of the French
Revolution when it was for a time incorporated in France, then (1815)
joined to the Netherlands in a single kingdom, and finally, in 1830,
established as an independent state.
512. Commerce of the Netherlands to 1830.—Dutch commerce had
long passed its best days when, toward the close of the eighteenth century, it
received what seemed to be its death blow in the war with England,
growing out of the American war of independence. Before the Netherlands
had begun to recover from its reverses it was engulfed in the movements of
the French Revolution; was conquered and heavily taxed by the French;
suffered under the ban of Napoleon’s continental system; and lost for a time
its most valuable colonial possessions. At the close of the wars, in 1815, it
recovered its colonies, except Ceylon, the Cape of Good Hope, and parts of
Guiana, which remained in the possession of the English, but it could not
recover its former commercial position. Other peoples had learned to do for
themselves what the Netherlands had once done for them as a merchant and
carrier; and Amsterdam and Rotterdam saw their commerce pass to London,
Hamburg, and other ports. In striking contrast with the earlier period the
Netherlands had in 1824-5 only 7 large ships under construction while
England had about 800. The union with the Belgian provinces, lasting from
MINOR STATES OF CENTRAL AND NORTHERN EUROPE
511. States of minor commercial importance.—In the year 1912 four
great states carried on nearly one-half of the foreign commerce of the
world, considerably more than one-half if their dependencies be counted
with them. Three of these, England (including the British Empire),
Germany, and France, have already formed the subject of study, and the
fourth, the United States, will be considered at length in a later section. We
must now attend to the commercial development in other countries,
reviewing their history more briefly as accords with their minor importance.
We shall take up first two countries, the Netherlands and Belgium, which
stand not far below the leaders, and which would even rank high among
them but for their small size. It may not be unnecessary to remind the reader
that Belgium is a creation of the nineteenth century; the country had formed
a province subject to Spain or Austria until the period of the French
Revolution when it was for a time incorporated in France, then (1815)
joined to the Netherlands in a single kingdom, and finally, in 1830,
established as an independent state.
512. Commerce of the Netherlands to 1830.—Dutch commerce had
long passed its best days when, toward the close of the eighteenth century, it
received what seemed to be its death blow in the war with England,
growing out of the American war of independence. Before the Netherlands
had begun to recover from its reverses it was engulfed in the movements of
the French Revolution; was conquered and heavily taxed by the French;
suffered under the ban of Napoleon’s continental system; and lost for a time
its most valuable colonial possessions. At the close of the wars, in 1815, it
recovered its colonies, except Ceylon, the Cape of Good Hope, and parts of
Guiana, which remained in the possession of the English, but it could not
recover its former commercial position. Other peoples had learned to do for
themselves what the Netherlands had once done for them as a merchant and
carrier; and Amsterdam and Rotterdam saw their commerce pass to London,
Hamburg, and other ports. In striking contrast with the earlier period the
Netherlands had in 1824-5 only 7 large ships under construction while
England had about 800. The union with the Belgian provinces, lasting from
Page 410
1815 to 1830, increased the area and the internal trade of the country, but
was a hindrance rather than a help to the development of foreign commerce.
The Belgian industries required protection, and the tariff, framed to meet
both their demands and a protectionist sentiment in the Netherlands which
had grown up in the period of decline, hampered free commercial relations
with other states.
513. Dutch commerce since 1830.—The Netherlands, even after the
separation of Belgium in 1830, clung to the protective tariff, and remained
outside the great current of commerce. A colonial policy known as the
culture-system, adopted in their East Indian possessions, especially Java,
returned a large revenue to the government, but prevented commercial
development there, while the West Indian possessions suffered severely
from the lack of labor following the abolition of slavery. Meanwhile,
however, a movement for free trade had grown up which resulted, after
1850, in a lowering of tariff rates until they were little more than nominal in
amount. The growth of the European railway system gave to the
Netherlands a new importance as a place of import for wares destined for
central Europe; and the country profited largely by the growth, on either
side, of the two great industrial powers, England and Germany. In the last
half of the century the growth of the Dutch commerce has been rapid and
nearly constant. The annual value of the total special trade (exports plus
imports, in this case including the precious metals) was as follows at ten-
year intervals from 1850 to 1910, in milliards of dollars: .1, .2, .2, .6, 1.0,
1.5, 2.4. Figures for the general trade of the country, including goods
imported and then re-exported, would be considerably larger.
514. Position of the Dutch in recent commerce.—The Netherlands
suffers from a lack of mineral resources, as the country is largely “made”
land, composed of sand and silt which the great rivers have deposited at
their entrance to the sea. The Dutch, therefore, have been handicapped in
their attempts to share in the development of modern industry, and find in
agriculture rather than in manufacturing their chief occupation. They have
succeeded in certain special manufactures (diamond-cutting, chocolate,
oleomargarine), in gaining a leading place, but cannot compete with other
nations in the staple machine industries. They produce a surplus of dairy
products for export, and import raw materials and manufactures which
cannot be produced in sufficient quantity at home; but the striking feature of
their trade is the fact that in general the same products appear among both
was a hindrance rather than a help to the development of foreign commerce.
The Belgian industries required protection, and the tariff, framed to meet
both their demands and a protectionist sentiment in the Netherlands which
had grown up in the period of decline, hampered free commercial relations
with other states.
513. Dutch commerce since 1830.—The Netherlands, even after the
separation of Belgium in 1830, clung to the protective tariff, and remained
outside the great current of commerce. A colonial policy known as the
culture-system, adopted in their East Indian possessions, especially Java,
returned a large revenue to the government, but prevented commercial
development there, while the West Indian possessions suffered severely
from the lack of labor following the abolition of slavery. Meanwhile,
however, a movement for free trade had grown up which resulted, after
1850, in a lowering of tariff rates until they were little more than nominal in
amount. The growth of the European railway system gave to the
Netherlands a new importance as a place of import for wares destined for
central Europe; and the country profited largely by the growth, on either
side, of the two great industrial powers, England and Germany. In the last
half of the century the growth of the Dutch commerce has been rapid and
nearly constant. The annual value of the total special trade (exports plus
imports, in this case including the precious metals) was as follows at ten-
year intervals from 1850 to 1910, in milliards of dollars: .1, .2, .2, .6, 1.0,
1.5, 2.4. Figures for the general trade of the country, including goods
imported and then re-exported, would be considerably larger.
514. Position of the Dutch in recent commerce.—The Netherlands
suffers from a lack of mineral resources, as the country is largely “made”
land, composed of sand and silt which the great rivers have deposited at
their entrance to the sea. The Dutch, therefore, have been handicapped in
their attempts to share in the development of modern industry, and find in
agriculture rather than in manufacturing their chief occupation. They have
succeeded in certain special manufactures (diamond-cutting, chocolate,
oleomargarine), in gaining a leading place, but cannot compete with other
nations in the staple machine industries. They produce a surplus of dairy
products for export, and import raw materials and manufactures which
cannot be produced in sufficient quantity at home; but the striking feature of
their trade is the fact that in general the same products appear among both
Page 411
the imports and the exports. The Dutch, favored by their national training
and geographical position, and diverted from other means of livelihood by
lack of resources, are the middlemen of Europe, arranging exchanges
between other countries.
515. Belgium: early industrial development.—Belgium is far more
richly endowed with mineral resources; in spite of its small area it produced
in 1912 more than half as much coal as France, and has also rich supplies of
ore of iron, and other metals. Even before the full value of these resources
was realized Belgium was a distinctly industrial state, and for many
centuries Flanders and other districts have been noted for their
manufactures. Belgium did not suffer, therefore, as did the Netherlands,
from the period of French occupation; it was freed by the French from
many trammels on industry dating from the gild period, and it found in
France a market for its manufactures which enabled it to endure the
restrictions of the Continental System. During the period of union with the
Netherlands (1815-1830) Belgian industries continued to develop, with the
aid of Dutch capital, commerce, and colonies; the districts represented by
Ghent, Brussels, Charleroy, and Liege became widely known for the
manufacture of textiles, iron wares, etc. Progress was checked for a time by
the breach with the Netherlands (1830), but this was just the period when
steam began to be applied to manufactures and to railroads, and with the aid
of this new force Belgium quickly recovered her former position. The
prosperity of Antwerp, the one important port of modern Belgium, was
seriously threatened by the act of the Dutch in closing the Scheldt to
navigation; but the Belgians were willing to pay for this means of access to
the sea, and finally bought outright the privilege of using it.
516. Belgian commercial policy.—During the first decades of Belgian
independence the tariff which had been inherited from the period of Dutch
rule was made more strict, and before the middle of the century it had been
changed so as to grant considerable protection to agriculture, industry, and
the carrying trade. Belgium, however, like the Netherlands, is too small a
country to be able to afford high protection. After 1850 a free-trade
movement led to lower duties and to liberal commercial treaties, the policy
which has since been followed in the main. Many influences were at work
in this period to further commerce, chief among them the technical
improvements in manufactures and transportation; so it is dangerous to
argue that the prosperity of Belgium in the following period was due to the
and geographical position, and diverted from other means of livelihood by
lack of resources, are the middlemen of Europe, arranging exchanges
between other countries.
515. Belgium: early industrial development.—Belgium is far more
richly endowed with mineral resources; in spite of its small area it produced
in 1912 more than half as much coal as France, and has also rich supplies of
ore of iron, and other metals. Even before the full value of these resources
was realized Belgium was a distinctly industrial state, and for many
centuries Flanders and other districts have been noted for their
manufactures. Belgium did not suffer, therefore, as did the Netherlands,
from the period of French occupation; it was freed by the French from
many trammels on industry dating from the gild period, and it found in
France a market for its manufactures which enabled it to endure the
restrictions of the Continental System. During the period of union with the
Netherlands (1815-1830) Belgian industries continued to develop, with the
aid of Dutch capital, commerce, and colonies; the districts represented by
Ghent, Brussels, Charleroy, and Liege became widely known for the
manufacture of textiles, iron wares, etc. Progress was checked for a time by
the breach with the Netherlands (1830), but this was just the period when
steam began to be applied to manufactures and to railroads, and with the aid
of this new force Belgium quickly recovered her former position. The
prosperity of Antwerp, the one important port of modern Belgium, was
seriously threatened by the act of the Dutch in closing the Scheldt to
navigation; but the Belgians were willing to pay for this means of access to
the sea, and finally bought outright the privilege of using it.
516. Belgian commercial policy.—During the first decades of Belgian
independence the tariff which had been inherited from the period of Dutch
rule was made more strict, and before the middle of the century it had been
changed so as to grant considerable protection to agriculture, industry, and
the carrying trade. Belgium, however, like the Netherlands, is too small a
country to be able to afford high protection. After 1850 a free-trade
movement led to lower duties and to liberal commercial treaties, the policy
which has since been followed in the main. Many influences were at work
in this period to further commerce, chief among them the technical
improvements in manufactures and transportation; so it is dangerous to
argue that the prosperity of Belgium in the following period was due to the
Page 412
policy of greater freedom of trade. It is certain, however, that Belgian
commerce could not have attained the development it did without this
policy.
517. Survey of the recent development of Belgian commerce.—Giving
figures roughly in millions of dollars, the total commerce rose in the
protectionist period, 1840 to 1850, from 70 to 80. In the following ten years
of transition it rose to 190; in 1880, after twenty years of nearly free trade, it
had risen to 560, and in the decades since then the figures have been 600,
856 and 1480. To this commercial expansion the port of Antwerp owed its
position as second only to Hamburg among the ports of the Continent. An
analysis of the different items of which the recent trade of the Belgians was
composed shows that their strong exporting industries were manufactures
(yarns and textiles, iron, glass, etc.), while they were obliged to import a
large part of their food supply, and of the raw materials for their industries.
518. Switzerland: obstacles to industrial development.—Another
country, small in area but with a commerce exceeding that of many greater
states, is Switzerland. With its agricultural capabilities restricted by the area
covered by mountains, and with no important mineral resources,
Switzerland has to depend upon the character of its people as its chief
industrial asset. In the early part of the nineteenth century it suffered not
only from the restrictive tariffs of the states surrounding it, but also from the
fact that it had itself not become a political unit, and was cut into small
pieces by dues and tolls on trade. The hindrances to internal trade were
finally swept away in 1848, when Switzerland became a federal republic;
and the people made use of their greater freedom at home and of the
lowering of tariff rates abroad to extend their commerce rapidly.
519. Position of the Swiss in recent commerce.—Switzerland has
developed almost entirely along the line of manufactures. The agricultural
population has actually decreased since 1870, as it has become easier to
purchase food products from abroad by the export of manufactured
products: silk and cotton textiles, clocks and watches, etc. Swiss industries
have not reached the development of those in more advanced countries, and
much of the work is still done outside of factories, and with simple home
machinery. These conditions imply hard work and low returns, but the
Swiss must choose between securing in this way some share in the world’s
commerce, or starving in the vain attempt to support themselves by the
scanty resources of their own country.
commerce could not have attained the development it did without this
policy.
517. Survey of the recent development of Belgian commerce.—Giving
figures roughly in millions of dollars, the total commerce rose in the
protectionist period, 1840 to 1850, from 70 to 80. In the following ten years
of transition it rose to 190; in 1880, after twenty years of nearly free trade, it
had risen to 560, and in the decades since then the figures have been 600,
856 and 1480. To this commercial expansion the port of Antwerp owed its
position as second only to Hamburg among the ports of the Continent. An
analysis of the different items of which the recent trade of the Belgians was
composed shows that their strong exporting industries were manufactures
(yarns and textiles, iron, glass, etc.), while they were obliged to import a
large part of their food supply, and of the raw materials for their industries.
518. Switzerland: obstacles to industrial development.—Another
country, small in area but with a commerce exceeding that of many greater
states, is Switzerland. With its agricultural capabilities restricted by the area
covered by mountains, and with no important mineral resources,
Switzerland has to depend upon the character of its people as its chief
industrial asset. In the early part of the nineteenth century it suffered not
only from the restrictive tariffs of the states surrounding it, but also from the
fact that it had itself not become a political unit, and was cut into small
pieces by dues and tolls on trade. The hindrances to internal trade were
finally swept away in 1848, when Switzerland became a federal republic;
and the people made use of their greater freedom at home and of the
lowering of tariff rates abroad to extend their commerce rapidly.
519. Position of the Swiss in recent commerce.—Switzerland has
developed almost entirely along the line of manufactures. The agricultural
population has actually decreased since 1870, as it has become easier to
purchase food products from abroad by the export of manufactured
products: silk and cotton textiles, clocks and watches, etc. Swiss industries
have not reached the development of those in more advanced countries, and
much of the work is still done outside of factories, and with simple home
machinery. These conditions imply hard work and low returns, but the
Swiss must choose between securing in this way some share in the world’s
commerce, or starving in the vain attempt to support themselves by the
scanty resources of their own country.
Page 413
520. Austria-Hungary: survey of commercial development.—The
state of Austria-Hungary, though it was in size the third in Europe, ranked
only seventh in commerce in 1912, taking place after the Netherlands,
Belgium, and Russia. Reference to an earlier chapter, describing conditions
before 1800, will suggest that Austria-Hungary entered the nineteenth
century handicapped by its economic and political conditions. It required
roughly a full half of the century to remove the more serious obstacles to
progress, and the latter half of the century has not given time enough to
enable the people to win a place with their more advanced neighbors of the
West of Europe.
521. Obstacles to the growth of commerce and industry.—Of the
difficulties under which commerce labored the following are among the
most important: (a) the character of the government, which was a personal
absolutism like that in France before the French Revolution, absorbed by
the family interests of the ruling house and by questions of foreign policy,
and attending but slightly to the interests of the people as a whole; (b) the
system of prohibitive tariffs, which was maintained more strictly than in
any other state of central Europe; (c) the separation of different parts of
Austria-Hungary by tolls and tariffs; (d) the slight development of
manufacturing industry, due not to the lack of natural resources but to the
backwardness of the people and to the persistence of restrictions dating
from the period of the gilds.
522. Gradual removal of these obstacles.—(a) The revolution of 1848
began a movement for constitutional government, which led in time to the
fall of absolutism and the introduction of modern representative assemblies.
At the same time, however the spirit of nationalism was awakened among
the various peoples, and their conflicting claims (especially in Hungary and
in Bohemia) have seriously affected the working of the parliamentary
system. (b) The prohibitive system, which had absolutely excluded the most
important manufactures or had allowed them to be imported only as a
special favor and by payment of high duties, was abandoned after 1848 for
a more moderate system of protection, and commercial treaties with various
states were made to facilitate the movement of wares. (c) The freedom of
internal trade was secured for the Austrian half of the monarchy in 1826,
and for the whole state (with slight exceptions) in 1851. (d) The restrictions
on industry continued even after 1850. A man could not exercise any trade
requiring the use of a machine, or any but the simplest household
state of Austria-Hungary, though it was in size the third in Europe, ranked
only seventh in commerce in 1912, taking place after the Netherlands,
Belgium, and Russia. Reference to an earlier chapter, describing conditions
before 1800, will suggest that Austria-Hungary entered the nineteenth
century handicapped by its economic and political conditions. It required
roughly a full half of the century to remove the more serious obstacles to
progress, and the latter half of the century has not given time enough to
enable the people to win a place with their more advanced neighbors of the
West of Europe.
521. Obstacles to the growth of commerce and industry.—Of the
difficulties under which commerce labored the following are among the
most important: (a) the character of the government, which was a personal
absolutism like that in France before the French Revolution, absorbed by
the family interests of the ruling house and by questions of foreign policy,
and attending but slightly to the interests of the people as a whole; (b) the
system of prohibitive tariffs, which was maintained more strictly than in
any other state of central Europe; (c) the separation of different parts of
Austria-Hungary by tolls and tariffs; (d) the slight development of
manufacturing industry, due not to the lack of natural resources but to the
backwardness of the people and to the persistence of restrictions dating
from the period of the gilds.
522. Gradual removal of these obstacles.—(a) The revolution of 1848
began a movement for constitutional government, which led in time to the
fall of absolutism and the introduction of modern representative assemblies.
At the same time, however the spirit of nationalism was awakened among
the various peoples, and their conflicting claims (especially in Hungary and
in Bohemia) have seriously affected the working of the parliamentary
system. (b) The prohibitive system, which had absolutely excluded the most
important manufactures or had allowed them to be imported only as a
special favor and by payment of high duties, was abandoned after 1848 for
a more moderate system of protection, and commercial treaties with various
states were made to facilitate the movement of wares. (c) The freedom of
internal trade was secured for the Austrian half of the monarchy in 1826,
and for the whole state (with slight exceptions) in 1851. (d) The restrictions
on industry continued even after 1850. A man could not exercise any trade
requiring the use of a machine, or any but the simplest household
Page 414
employments, without securing a public license; a man might exercise only
one trade, and a cabinet-maker might not upholster the furniture he made,
nor might a baker make confectionery. Most of these restrictions were
abolished in 1860.
523. Growth of commerce since 1850.—Commerce and industry, which
had developed with exceeding slowness before 1850, were quick to respond
to the change in conditions, aided by the extension of the railroad system
which marked this period. In spite of heavy taxes and a depreciated paper
currency there was an extraordinary increase of energy and growth of
business. Foreign trade more than doubled in twenty years, and each part of
the monarchy developed along the line of its strongest resources; the
Austrian lands, especially Bohemia, extended their mines and built up their
backward manufactures, while the Hungarian lands exported increasing
quantities of agricultural products (wheat, flour, stock, etc.). A reaction
toward protection, felt since the ‘70’s, did not check the growth of
commerce; a more serious danger appeared to be the possibility that a tariff
barrier would again be established between the two parts of the monarchy
as the result of the national aspirations of the Hungarians.
524. Position of Austria-Hungary in recent commerce.—Austria-
Hungary carried on by far the largest part of its commerce with its neighbor,
Germany, and found the greatest hope of the future in building up the trade
with the Balkan states, and along the route to Salonika and Constantinople.
Hampered by its position, it has not succeeded, in spite of generous
bounties, in developing its shipping trade to important proportions. The first
ships to pass through the Suez canal in 1869 were three steamers of the
Austrian Lloyd, but in 1913 less than one twentieth of the tonnage using the
canal was Austrian. The two ports that served the monarchy, Trieste for the
Austrian part and Fiume for the Hungarian, were favored by every sort of
assistance that the government could render, but remained still ports of the
second class, surpassed in importance by a score of other ports in Europe.
525. The Scandinavian states; their position in recent commerce.—
The Scandinavian states (Sweden, Norway, Denmark) held a lower rank
among commercial countries than others which will be mentioned later, but
in a geographical grouping they may be properly considered here; and their
commerce was important, at least, in proportion to the irrelatively small
population. These states were characterized, in general, by a lack of coal
and by the slight development of manufactures; and by a soil and climate
one trade, and a cabinet-maker might not upholster the furniture he made,
nor might a baker make confectionery. Most of these restrictions were
abolished in 1860.
523. Growth of commerce since 1850.—Commerce and industry, which
had developed with exceeding slowness before 1850, were quick to respond
to the change in conditions, aided by the extension of the railroad system
which marked this period. In spite of heavy taxes and a depreciated paper
currency there was an extraordinary increase of energy and growth of
business. Foreign trade more than doubled in twenty years, and each part of
the monarchy developed along the line of its strongest resources; the
Austrian lands, especially Bohemia, extended their mines and built up their
backward manufactures, while the Hungarian lands exported increasing
quantities of agricultural products (wheat, flour, stock, etc.). A reaction
toward protection, felt since the ‘70’s, did not check the growth of
commerce; a more serious danger appeared to be the possibility that a tariff
barrier would again be established between the two parts of the monarchy
as the result of the national aspirations of the Hungarians.
524. Position of Austria-Hungary in recent commerce.—Austria-
Hungary carried on by far the largest part of its commerce with its neighbor,
Germany, and found the greatest hope of the future in building up the trade
with the Balkan states, and along the route to Salonika and Constantinople.
Hampered by its position, it has not succeeded, in spite of generous
bounties, in developing its shipping trade to important proportions. The first
ships to pass through the Suez canal in 1869 were three steamers of the
Austrian Lloyd, but in 1913 less than one twentieth of the tonnage using the
canal was Austrian. The two ports that served the monarchy, Trieste for the
Austrian part and Fiume for the Hungarian, were favored by every sort of
assistance that the government could render, but remained still ports of the
second class, surpassed in importance by a score of other ports in Europe.
525. The Scandinavian states; their position in recent commerce.—
The Scandinavian states (Sweden, Norway, Denmark) held a lower rank
among commercial countries than others which will be mentioned later, but
in a geographical grouping they may be properly considered here; and their
commerce was important, at least, in proportion to the irrelatively small
population. These states were characterized, in general, by a lack of coal
and by the slight development of manufactures; and by a soil and climate
Page 415
which are disadvantageous to the ordinary operations of agriculture. The
difficulties of life have forced many inhabitants to emigrate, and forced
those who stayed at home to make the most of their extractive industries
(forestry, mining, dairying), the products of which they could exchange for
the wares of more favored nations. The time when the Baltic trade was one
of the great branches of world commerce was long past. The rest of Europe
would have been but slightly affected if it had been separated from the
Scandinavian countries, while such a separation would have entailed ruin
on them.
526. Denmark.—The little state of Denmark, with a population of but
slightly over two million, had taken advantage of modern commercial
facilities to specialize in the dairy industry, in which it has been a leader and
teacher of Europe. When we add to butter the pork products raised in
connection with the dairies, and the eggs from Danish poultry yards, we
have the articles which made up more than two thirds of the total value of
the country’s exports.
527. Norway; Norwegian shipping.—In Norway, also, a country so
barren that far less than 1 per cent of its area is suited to cultivation by the
plough, dairying has been an important industry; and the dairy and forest
industries supplied most of the exports. The difficulties of life on land were
so great that the people were forced to take to the sea; they gained one tenth
of the national income from the fisheries, and had, in proportion to their
numbers, more merchant shipping than any other people. In 1913 Norway
ranked second in tonnage of sailing ships (after the United States), fourth in
total tonnage (after Germany), and fourth in tonnage of steamers. The
position of Norwegian shipping was even higher before the use of iron
ships had become general, and when Norway could utilize its forest
products in shipbuilding. Norway enjoyed the most brilliant period of its
shipping in the generation following 1850, when it took the place of the
United States as one of the great carrying nations of the world.
528. Sweden.—Sweden was somewhat more fortunate than the other
Scandinavian countries in its agricultural resources, and during part of the
century has been able to export a surplus of grain. It has been recently, like
the others, reduced to importing the cereals, and found its chief strength in
products of the forest, the pasture and the mine. From its rich iron deposits
it contributed raw materials for maintaining the iron industry in other
countries, especially England.
difficulties of life have forced many inhabitants to emigrate, and forced
those who stayed at home to make the most of their extractive industries
(forestry, mining, dairying), the products of which they could exchange for
the wares of more favored nations. The time when the Baltic trade was one
of the great branches of world commerce was long past. The rest of Europe
would have been but slightly affected if it had been separated from the
Scandinavian countries, while such a separation would have entailed ruin
on them.
526. Denmark.—The little state of Denmark, with a population of but
slightly over two million, had taken advantage of modern commercial
facilities to specialize in the dairy industry, in which it has been a leader and
teacher of Europe. When we add to butter the pork products raised in
connection with the dairies, and the eggs from Danish poultry yards, we
have the articles which made up more than two thirds of the total value of
the country’s exports.
527. Norway; Norwegian shipping.—In Norway, also, a country so
barren that far less than 1 per cent of its area is suited to cultivation by the
plough, dairying has been an important industry; and the dairy and forest
industries supplied most of the exports. The difficulties of life on land were
so great that the people were forced to take to the sea; they gained one tenth
of the national income from the fisheries, and had, in proportion to their
numbers, more merchant shipping than any other people. In 1913 Norway
ranked second in tonnage of sailing ships (after the United States), fourth in
total tonnage (after Germany), and fourth in tonnage of steamers. The
position of Norwegian shipping was even higher before the use of iron
ships had become general, and when Norway could utilize its forest
products in shipbuilding. Norway enjoyed the most brilliant period of its
shipping in the generation following 1850, when it took the place of the
United States as one of the great carrying nations of the world.
528. Sweden.—Sweden was somewhat more fortunate than the other
Scandinavian countries in its agricultural resources, and during part of the
century has been able to export a surplus of grain. It has been recently, like
the others, reduced to importing the cereals, and found its chief strength in
products of the forest, the pasture and the mine. From its rich iron deposits
it contributed raw materials for maintaining the iron industry in other
countries, especially England.
Page 416
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
A profitable exercise on each of the minor countries treated in this and in
the following chapters is a study of the statistics of present-day commerce,
and a reduction of these statistics to the form of a graphic chart.
[Statesman’s Year-Book.]
1. Experience of the chief Dutch colony during the Napoleonic wars.
[Day, Dutch in Java, chap. 5.]
2. The culture system. [Same, chaps. 7, 8.]
3. Political and social conditions in the Netherlands. [Hough, Dutch life,
N. Y., 1901; Campen in Westminster Review, 1890, 134: 479-492; National
Review, 1890, 15: 748-763.]
4. Recent political history of Belgium. [Seignobos, chap. 8.]
5. Recent history of the Swiss. [Seignobos, chap. 9.]
6. Labor conditions in Switzerland. [Scaife in Forum, 1901, 31: 30-46.]
7. Conditions in Austria-Hungary in the period of the absolute monarchy.
[Seignobos, chap. 13.]
8. Political development of Austria-Hungary in the last half of the
century. [Same, chap. 17.]
9. Austria-Hungary’s colonial experiment. (Bosnia-Herzegovina.)
[Monthly Review, 1902, 8: 72 ff.]
10. Recent commercial policy. [Philippovich in Economic Journal, 1902,
12: 177-181.]
11. The conflict of nationalities. [Edinburgh Review, 1898, 188; 1-36;
Quarterly Review, 1901, 194: 372-395, with map; Coubertin in Fortnightly
Review, 1901, 76: 605-614.]
12. Recent history of the Scandinavian states. [Seignobos, chap. 18.]
13. Danish agriculture. [Westenholz in Monthly Review, 1904, 14: Feb.,
69-77; Givskor in Economic Rev., 1902, 12: 410-419.]
14. Modern Iceland. [Quarterly Review, 1894, 179: 58-82; Statesman’s
Year Book.]
15. The Danish West Indies. [Waldemar Westergaard, The Danish West
Indies, N. Y., 1917.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
A profitable exercise on each of the minor countries treated in this and in
the following chapters is a study of the statistics of present-day commerce,
and a reduction of these statistics to the form of a graphic chart.
[Statesman’s Year-Book.]
1. Experience of the chief Dutch colony during the Napoleonic wars.
[Day, Dutch in Java, chap. 5.]
2. The culture system. [Same, chaps. 7, 8.]
3. Political and social conditions in the Netherlands. [Hough, Dutch life,
N. Y., 1901; Campen in Westminster Review, 1890, 134: 479-492; National
Review, 1890, 15: 748-763.]
4. Recent political history of Belgium. [Seignobos, chap. 8.]
5. Recent history of the Swiss. [Seignobos, chap. 9.]
6. Labor conditions in Switzerland. [Scaife in Forum, 1901, 31: 30-46.]
7. Conditions in Austria-Hungary in the period of the absolute monarchy.
[Seignobos, chap. 13.]
8. Political development of Austria-Hungary in the last half of the
century. [Same, chap. 17.]
9. Austria-Hungary’s colonial experiment. (Bosnia-Herzegovina.)
[Monthly Review, 1902, 8: 72 ff.]
10. Recent commercial policy. [Philippovich in Economic Journal, 1902,
12: 177-181.]
11. The conflict of nationalities. [Edinburgh Review, 1898, 188; 1-36;
Quarterly Review, 1901, 194: 372-395, with map; Coubertin in Fortnightly
Review, 1901, 76: 605-614.]
12. Recent history of the Scandinavian states. [Seignobos, chap. 18.]
13. Danish agriculture. [Westenholz in Monthly Review, 1904, 14: Feb.,
69-77; Givskor in Economic Rev., 1902, 12: 410-419.]
14. Modern Iceland. [Quarterly Review, 1894, 179: 58-82; Statesman’s
Year Book.]
15. The Danish West Indies. [Waldemar Westergaard, The Danish West
Indies, N. Y., 1917.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Page 417
The narrative history of the minor states is well treated in Seignobos;
present conditions are described in volumes of the series Our European
Neighbors, N. Y., Putnam.
On Belgium, see Belgium, its institutions, industries, and commerce,
Brussels, 1904, a handbook published by the government for the Louisiana
Purchase Exposition. Similar handbooks have been published for the
Scandinavian peninsula; they include much historical material and are
valuable sources for our purposes. See Norway, edited by Sten Konow and
Karl Fischer, Kristiania, 1900; Sweden, its people and its industry, edited by
Gustav Sundbärg, Stockholm, 1904. Drachmann, Industrial development
and commercial policies of the three Scandinavian countries, published for
the Carnegie Peace Endowment in 1915, is the best survey of commercial
development, but is not an easy book for the elementary student to use.
Kiaer has published a valuable historical sketch of the development of
Scandinavian shipping in Journal of Polit. Econ., 1891-2, 1: 329-364.
On Switzerland see The Swiss Confederation, by Francis O. Adams and
C. D. Cunningham, London, 1889, and W. H. Dawson, Social Switzerland,
London, 1897. On Austria-Hungary see S. Whitman, The realm of the
Habsburgs, N. Y., Lovell 1893, and the volume by F. H. E. Palmer in the
series of Our European Neighbors, N. Y., Putnam.
present conditions are described in volumes of the series Our European
Neighbors, N. Y., Putnam.
On Belgium, see Belgium, its institutions, industries, and commerce,
Brussels, 1904, a handbook published by the government for the Louisiana
Purchase Exposition. Similar handbooks have been published for the
Scandinavian peninsula; they include much historical material and are
valuable sources for our purposes. See Norway, edited by Sten Konow and
Karl Fischer, Kristiania, 1900; Sweden, its people and its industry, edited by
Gustav Sundbärg, Stockholm, 1904. Drachmann, Industrial development
and commercial policies of the three Scandinavian countries, published for
the Carnegie Peace Endowment in 1915, is the best survey of commercial
development, but is not an easy book for the elementary student to use.
Kiaer has published a valuable historical sketch of the development of
Scandinavian shipping in Journal of Polit. Econ., 1891-2, 1: 329-364.
On Switzerland see The Swiss Confederation, by Francis O. Adams and
C. D. Cunningham, London, 1889, and W. H. Dawson, Social Switzerland,
London, 1897. On Austria-Hungary see S. Whitman, The realm of the
Habsburgs, N. Y., Lovell 1893, and the volume by F. H. E. Palmer in the
series of Our European Neighbors, N. Y., Putnam.
Page 418
CHAPTER XLIII
STATES OF SOUTHERN EUROPE
529. Condition of Italy in the first half of the century.—Of the
countries of southern Europe none has gained so rapidly as Italy in the latter
part of the nineteenth century. The explanation, however, must be sought
largely in the fact that none was sunk so low as Italy in the first part of the
century. Conditions of an earlier period, described in the previous chapter
on Italy, lasted far into recent times. Here is the description given by an
English author, writing in 1878: “Before 1848, Italy, all except Piedmont,
seemed hopelessly crushed. Austria, the Pope, and the Bourbons held her in
their grasp. Even the comparatively native sovereigns of Tuscany had
turned oppressor, and all Italy groaned like a man in the grasp of the
torturer. Commerce languished, divergent fiscal laws and arbitrary raids on
private wealth choked up the channels of intercourse between one part of
the kingdom and another; without shipping, without manufactures or
foreign trade of a solid kind, possessed of no political security, Italy was,
thirty years ago, more insignificant in the eyes of neighboring nations than
Greece or Spain is now.” In southern Italy the government was incompetent
to perform the first of its public duties, the protection of its citizens. It could
not withstand even the half-civilized corsairs of Tripoli, who pillaged the
Neapolitan ships, and finally, long after the United States had shown the
proper way to deal with such pirates, bought from them a disgraceful peace.
530. Lack of political and commercial union.—The peninsula was
divided among seven independent states, so stratified as to cut the natural
lines of trade, and to prevent effectually the development of any national
commercial life. Of these states six had the protective tariffs characteristic
of the prohibitive period, and toll stations existed even inside the frontiers.
A Milan manufacturer, shipping silks to Florence (about 1840), had to pass
eight customs stations in 150 miles; a merchant on his way from Bologna to
Lucca was stopped at seven stations in the stretch of about 125 miles.
Commerce would have been in desperate straits except that all but two of
the states touched the sea, and hence could find some opening for trade. It is
noteworthy, however, that the leading commercial city of Italy in this period
was one which many people now would be puzzled to place on the map,
STATES OF SOUTHERN EUROPE
529. Condition of Italy in the first half of the century.—Of the
countries of southern Europe none has gained so rapidly as Italy in the latter
part of the nineteenth century. The explanation, however, must be sought
largely in the fact that none was sunk so low as Italy in the first part of the
century. Conditions of an earlier period, described in the previous chapter
on Italy, lasted far into recent times. Here is the description given by an
English author, writing in 1878: “Before 1848, Italy, all except Piedmont,
seemed hopelessly crushed. Austria, the Pope, and the Bourbons held her in
their grasp. Even the comparatively native sovereigns of Tuscany had
turned oppressor, and all Italy groaned like a man in the grasp of the
torturer. Commerce languished, divergent fiscal laws and arbitrary raids on
private wealth choked up the channels of intercourse between one part of
the kingdom and another; without shipping, without manufactures or
foreign trade of a solid kind, possessed of no political security, Italy was,
thirty years ago, more insignificant in the eyes of neighboring nations than
Greece or Spain is now.” In southern Italy the government was incompetent
to perform the first of its public duties, the protection of its citizens. It could
not withstand even the half-civilized corsairs of Tripoli, who pillaged the
Neapolitan ships, and finally, long after the United States had shown the
proper way to deal with such pirates, bought from them a disgraceful peace.
530. Lack of political and commercial union.—The peninsula was
divided among seven independent states, so stratified as to cut the natural
lines of trade, and to prevent effectually the development of any national
commercial life. Of these states six had the protective tariffs characteristic
of the prohibitive period, and toll stations existed even inside the frontiers.
A Milan manufacturer, shipping silks to Florence (about 1840), had to pass
eight customs stations in 150 miles; a merchant on his way from Bologna to
Lucca was stopped at seven stations in the stretch of about 125 miles.
Commerce would have been in desperate straits except that all but two of
the states touched the sea, and hence could find some opening for trade. It is
noteworthy, however, that the leading commercial city of Italy in this period
was one which many people now would be puzzled to place on the map,
Page 419
Leghorn. It owed its commercial importance, not to the advantages of
situation or to the productive resources of surrounding territory; it stood,
about 1900, sixth in the list of Italian ports, and had but a fraction of the
trade going to Naples or Genoa. It gained its prosperity at this time simply
by “the comparative security and freedom” which foreigners found there,
and which they were denied in other parts of Italy.
531. Establishment of Italian unity.—The example of Germany, in
extricating herself from a somewhat similar situation by the formation of
customs unions, made, naturally, an impression in Italy, and led in 1847 to
an attempt there to form a similar union. The attempt was paralyzed by the
opposition of Austria, who saw in it a blow aimed at her political influence
in the peninsula. The Italian states, unlike the German, could secure
commercial union only as a result of national unity, not as a means of
preparation for it. National unity was in preparation, nevertheless, in the
brain of a great statesman, Cavour, and was obtained through his far-sighted
plans and the cooperation of the king whom he served, Victor Emanuel,
ruler of Piedmont. In the few years following 1859 a real kingdom of Italy
was established, and the country, which for nearly fifteen hundred years had
formed the prey of rival powers, became at last a power herself, worthy to
rank with the other great states of Europe. The old barriers to internal trade
disappeared, and the whole country accepted the customs tariff of
Piedmont, which was extremely liberal. Rarely, if ever, in the history of
commerce, have changes of such sweeping importance taken place so
quickly. The tariff of the Kingdom of the Two Sicilies, to choose an extreme
example, which levied a duty of over $2,500 on a centner of silk goods,
gave place to a tariff of United Italy, in which the corresponding duty
reached a minimum of $10.
532. Survey of Italian commerce since 1860.—The effect on commerce
of this great political upheaval was instantaneous. Contrasting the two
years, 1859 and 1861, we find that in this brief interval the value of imports
into Italy more than doubled. It will be convenient to insert here figures
giving the total value (exports plus imports) of the special trade of Italy, at
ten year intervals from 1860 to 1910. Reduced to dollars and given in round
figures of millions they are as follows: 130, 320, 440, 440, 590, 1,020. The
reader will note that trade grew at a rapid rate from 1860 to 1870, and more
slowly to 1880. Then came a stoppage; in some years there was an actual
decline, and the value of exports was considerably less at the end of the
situation or to the productive resources of surrounding territory; it stood,
about 1900, sixth in the list of Italian ports, and had but a fraction of the
trade going to Naples or Genoa. It gained its prosperity at this time simply
by “the comparative security and freedom” which foreigners found there,
and which they were denied in other parts of Italy.
531. Establishment of Italian unity.—The example of Germany, in
extricating herself from a somewhat similar situation by the formation of
customs unions, made, naturally, an impression in Italy, and led in 1847 to
an attempt there to form a similar union. The attempt was paralyzed by the
opposition of Austria, who saw in it a blow aimed at her political influence
in the peninsula. The Italian states, unlike the German, could secure
commercial union only as a result of national unity, not as a means of
preparation for it. National unity was in preparation, nevertheless, in the
brain of a great statesman, Cavour, and was obtained through his far-sighted
plans and the cooperation of the king whom he served, Victor Emanuel,
ruler of Piedmont. In the few years following 1859 a real kingdom of Italy
was established, and the country, which for nearly fifteen hundred years had
formed the prey of rival powers, became at last a power herself, worthy to
rank with the other great states of Europe. The old barriers to internal trade
disappeared, and the whole country accepted the customs tariff of
Piedmont, which was extremely liberal. Rarely, if ever, in the history of
commerce, have changes of such sweeping importance taken place so
quickly. The tariff of the Kingdom of the Two Sicilies, to choose an extreme
example, which levied a duty of over $2,500 on a centner of silk goods,
gave place to a tariff of United Italy, in which the corresponding duty
reached a minimum of $10.
532. Survey of Italian commerce since 1860.—The effect on commerce
of this great political upheaval was instantaneous. Contrasting the two
years, 1859 and 1861, we find that in this brief interval the value of imports
into Italy more than doubled. It will be convenient to insert here figures
giving the total value (exports plus imports) of the special trade of Italy, at
ten year intervals from 1860 to 1910. Reduced to dollars and given in round
figures of millions they are as follows: 130, 320, 440, 440, 590, 1,020. The
reader will note that trade grew at a rapid rate from 1860 to 1870, and more
slowly to 1880. Then came a stoppage; in some years there was an actual
decline, and the value of exports was considerably less at the end of the
Page 420
decade than at its beginning. There was a recovery in the ten years closing
in 1900, and a rapid advance thereafter. The figures show, however, that
Italian commerce advanced but slowly in the latter part of the century, and a
study of conditions at its close would show that Italy had a commerce then
far from commensurate with the country’s large population. The average
share of each Italian in the annual movement of commerce was much less
than that falling to the inhabitants of most of the other states of Europe.
Among the great states only Spain and Russia ranked lower, in this respect.
This survey suggests the topics which demand discussion in the
following sections. We must know the reasons for the rapid development of
Italian commerce till about 1880, and for the check to progress after that
date; we want an explanation of the comparatively slight share which the
average Italian has had in the world’s commerce.
533. Development of agriculture and commerce after 1860.—When
Italy secured national unity, about 1860, the country was almost purely
agricultural. The ordinary trades, of course, were exercised to satisfy local
needs, and the silk manufacture had not altogether perished, but, to use the
phrase of a modern writer, though there were industries in Italy there was
no Italian industry. Restrictive taxes and tariffs had prevented the
development of any considerable manufacture. When, therefore,
comparative freedom of trade was introduced, the people made full use of
the opportunity to purchase the cheap wares of the factory industry of other
countries; they imported manufactures in increasing amount, and paid for
them by exporting their surplus agricultural products. The railroad system,
which grew from 800 to 5,000 miles in the period 1860-1880, gave greatly
improved facilities for the marketing of wares, and affected distinctly the
course of foreign trade; the proportion of commerce carried on across the
land frontier rose in this period from a third to nearly a half of the total.
534. Increase of customs duties; protection; tariff war.—The Italians
realized at once the benefits of the movement which led to national unity,
but ever since they have been carrying its burdens. The expense of the
national movement was enormous, especially in view of the poverty of the
country; it weighted the government with debt, and required a constant
increase in taxes. The treasury, reaching out in every direction for money,
and forced to some fiscal devices which seem now positively iniquitous, did
not spare commerce. Duties were raised from time to time, and a general
revision of the tariff in 1878, while it reformed some old abuses, tended still
in 1900, and a rapid advance thereafter. The figures show, however, that
Italian commerce advanced but slowly in the latter part of the century, and a
study of conditions at its close would show that Italy had a commerce then
far from commensurate with the country’s large population. The average
share of each Italian in the annual movement of commerce was much less
than that falling to the inhabitants of most of the other states of Europe.
Among the great states only Spain and Russia ranked lower, in this respect.
This survey suggests the topics which demand discussion in the
following sections. We must know the reasons for the rapid development of
Italian commerce till about 1880, and for the check to progress after that
date; we want an explanation of the comparatively slight share which the
average Italian has had in the world’s commerce.
533. Development of agriculture and commerce after 1860.—When
Italy secured national unity, about 1860, the country was almost purely
agricultural. The ordinary trades, of course, were exercised to satisfy local
needs, and the silk manufacture had not altogether perished, but, to use the
phrase of a modern writer, though there were industries in Italy there was
no Italian industry. Restrictive taxes and tariffs had prevented the
development of any considerable manufacture. When, therefore,
comparative freedom of trade was introduced, the people made full use of
the opportunity to purchase the cheap wares of the factory industry of other
countries; they imported manufactures in increasing amount, and paid for
them by exporting their surplus agricultural products. The railroad system,
which grew from 800 to 5,000 miles in the period 1860-1880, gave greatly
improved facilities for the marketing of wares, and affected distinctly the
course of foreign trade; the proportion of commerce carried on across the
land frontier rose in this period from a third to nearly a half of the total.
534. Increase of customs duties; protection; tariff war.—The Italians
realized at once the benefits of the movement which led to national unity,
but ever since they have been carrying its burdens. The expense of the
national movement was enormous, especially in view of the poverty of the
country; it weighted the government with debt, and required a constant
increase in taxes. The treasury, reaching out in every direction for money,
and forced to some fiscal devices which seem now positively iniquitous, did
not spare commerce. Duties were raised from time to time, and a general
revision of the tariff in 1878, while it reformed some old abuses, tended still
Page 421
to raise the general level of duties, and introduced a distinct element of
protection. The revised tariff, however, did not go far enough to satisfy the
demands either of the treasury or of the protectionists, and was altered again
in 1887. Commerce labored henceforth under high revenue duties, under
increased duties designed to protect Italian manufactures, and, furthermore,
under new or increased duties on agricultural products.
One disastrous result of the new tariff appeared quickly in the outbreak of
a tariff war between Italy and France. France had been Italy’s best
customer, taking at one time nearly half of her total exports and furnishing
about a quarter of her imports. Trouble between the two countries had,
however, been brewing for years; they were following different lines in
foreign politics, and the protectionists on both sides of the frontier viewed
with jealousy a commerce which stimulated the development of
international rather than national industries. The tariff of 1887 called forth a
reply in kind from France; this was met by a rejoinder from Italy; and so the
duties grew rapidly on either side, and had soon reduced the commerce
between the countries to a small part of its former dimensions. The most
important export industries of Italy (wine, raw silk, fruits, live stock, eggs)
suffered severely, and many producers were absolutely ruined.
535. Italian agriculture; poverty of the people.—The course of tariff
policy explains, in large part, the check which Italian commerce had
experienced in the last decades of the century. Reasons why this commerce
was so small in proportion to the population will appear as we review now
some features of the Italian productive organization.
Few of the large states of Europe showed so large a proportion of the
people engaged in agriculture, so small a proportion in manufactures, as
were found in modern Italy. Considerably more than half the people lived
directly from the land. Not only did Italy show backwardness in this
respect; the character of Italian agriculture was itself backward. The land
was worked largely “on shares,” a system which does not encourage
improvement or stimulate efficiency. A government commission reported in
1881 that production depended almost entirely on mere labor, and that
capital and intelligence contributed only a minimum. Antiquated
implements and wasteful and careless methods of treating the crop, went far
to nullify the natural advantages of soil and climate. When we consider that,
of the small surplus which the agriculturist obtained, the government
demanded a good share for taxes, we can understand why the mass of the
protection. The revised tariff, however, did not go far enough to satisfy the
demands either of the treasury or of the protectionists, and was altered again
in 1887. Commerce labored henceforth under high revenue duties, under
increased duties designed to protect Italian manufactures, and, furthermore,
under new or increased duties on agricultural products.
One disastrous result of the new tariff appeared quickly in the outbreak of
a tariff war between Italy and France. France had been Italy’s best
customer, taking at one time nearly half of her total exports and furnishing
about a quarter of her imports. Trouble between the two countries had,
however, been brewing for years; they were following different lines in
foreign politics, and the protectionists on both sides of the frontier viewed
with jealousy a commerce which stimulated the development of
international rather than national industries. The tariff of 1887 called forth a
reply in kind from France; this was met by a rejoinder from Italy; and so the
duties grew rapidly on either side, and had soon reduced the commerce
between the countries to a small part of its former dimensions. The most
important export industries of Italy (wine, raw silk, fruits, live stock, eggs)
suffered severely, and many producers were absolutely ruined.
535. Italian agriculture; poverty of the people.—The course of tariff
policy explains, in large part, the check which Italian commerce had
experienced in the last decades of the century. Reasons why this commerce
was so small in proportion to the population will appear as we review now
some features of the Italian productive organization.
Few of the large states of Europe showed so large a proportion of the
people engaged in agriculture, so small a proportion in manufactures, as
were found in modern Italy. Considerably more than half the people lived
directly from the land. Not only did Italy show backwardness in this
respect; the character of Italian agriculture was itself backward. The land
was worked largely “on shares,” a system which does not encourage
improvement or stimulate efficiency. A government commission reported in
1881 that production depended almost entirely on mere labor, and that
capital and intelligence contributed only a minimum. Antiquated
implements and wasteful and careless methods of treating the crop, went far
to nullify the natural advantages of soil and climate. When we consider that,
of the small surplus which the agriculturist obtained, the government
demanded a good share for taxes, we can understand why the mass of the
Page 422
people were wretchedly poor, and must content themselves with a bare
living. It is worth noting that about 1900 the consumption of sugar in Italy
was only about six pounds per head, less, even, than in Turkey, while in
most European countries people consumed from 20 to 50 pounds or even
more. Salt itself was a luxury, which was heavily taxed. The protective tariff
appeared to extend favors to farmers as well as to manufacturers, but the
people who gained by it were chiefly the great landlords, while the mass of
the people simply paid more for bread because of it.
536. Manufactures.—As agriculture was the strongest branch of
production in Italy, it was bound to suffer more than any other from the
protective tariff. Italian agriculturists did not need protection for most of
their products, and they did need the chance to market their products in free
exchange for industrial wares imported from abroad. We have now to see
what success the Italian tariff had in building up the native industry on
which the people were forced, in large part, to rely.
Italian manufactures, in 1880, had scarcely advanced beyond the meager
beginnings which we found in 1860. Nearly all conditions were adverse.
Capital was scanty. Of important raw materials the country lacked all but
silk and hemp. Coal, the mainstay of modern manufacturing, had to be
imported at an expense which nearly doubled its price. Most serious,
perhaps, of all difficulties was the lack of a class of industrial leaders, men
of technical knowledge and business energy. We may take as typical the
case of a macaroni manufacturer in Naples, who declined some important
foreign orders, for no other reason than that he had, as it was, enough
business to make both ends meet, and saw no reason for adding a new
worry to life. The single important advantage which Italian manufacturers
enjoyed was that of cheap labor. The government was lax in its factory
legislation, and allowed employers to secure their labor supply from women
and children, at an extremely low rate.
The great development, therefore, which Italian manufacturers have
shown in the last decades of the century has been due not to any natural
fitness of the country, but solely to the tariff, which has raised prices paid
by consumers enough to counterbalance natural disadvantages, and to
attract men into manufacturing industry. The artificial character of Italian
manufactures is shown strikingly by the fact that at the very close of the
century not one of the protected manufactures was strong enough to
contribute in any considerable degree to the exports of the country.
living. It is worth noting that about 1900 the consumption of sugar in Italy
was only about six pounds per head, less, even, than in Turkey, while in
most European countries people consumed from 20 to 50 pounds or even
more. Salt itself was a luxury, which was heavily taxed. The protective tariff
appeared to extend favors to farmers as well as to manufacturers, but the
people who gained by it were chiefly the great landlords, while the mass of
the people simply paid more for bread because of it.
536. Manufactures.—As agriculture was the strongest branch of
production in Italy, it was bound to suffer more than any other from the
protective tariff. Italian agriculturists did not need protection for most of
their products, and they did need the chance to market their products in free
exchange for industrial wares imported from abroad. We have now to see
what success the Italian tariff had in building up the native industry on
which the people were forced, in large part, to rely.
Italian manufactures, in 1880, had scarcely advanced beyond the meager
beginnings which we found in 1860. Nearly all conditions were adverse.
Capital was scanty. Of important raw materials the country lacked all but
silk and hemp. Coal, the mainstay of modern manufacturing, had to be
imported at an expense which nearly doubled its price. Most serious,
perhaps, of all difficulties was the lack of a class of industrial leaders, men
of technical knowledge and business energy. We may take as typical the
case of a macaroni manufacturer in Naples, who declined some important
foreign orders, for no other reason than that he had, as it was, enough
business to make both ends meet, and saw no reason for adding a new
worry to life. The single important advantage which Italian manufacturers
enjoyed was that of cheap labor. The government was lax in its factory
legislation, and allowed employers to secure their labor supply from women
and children, at an extremely low rate.
The great development, therefore, which Italian manufacturers have
shown in the last decades of the century has been due not to any natural
fitness of the country, but solely to the tariff, which has raised prices paid
by consumers enough to counterbalance natural disadvantages, and to
attract men into manufacturing industry. The artificial character of Italian
manufactures is shown strikingly by the fact that at the very close of the
century not one of the protected manufactures was strong enough to
contribute in any considerable degree to the exports of the country.
Page 423
537. Shipping; colonies.—Some of the most unfortunate features of
Italian policy seem to have been the result of national vanity, of the desire
on the part of Italians, now that they had made for themselves a great state,
to make their state resemble the other great powers in all respects. This
feeling was certainly responsible in part for their determination to build up
a system of national manufactures, regardless of expense. It led them to
profuse expenditures for the encouragement of shipping, which resulted,
indeed, in a growth of the merchant marine, but created in it merely a costly
luxury. The Italian navigation companies charged high freight rates, and
included in their fleets many antiquated vessels.
The instinct of imitation, finally, led the Italians to follow the lead of
other powers in colonial expansion. They did not escape the colonial fever
prevalent in the eighties, and spent money and lives lavishly, in the attempt
to build up a dominion on the African side of the Red Sea. Their attempt
ended in disastrous failure (Adowa, 1896), and popular opposition to such
enterprises grew so strong that the government did not dare to carry out a
later project for the establishment of an Italian station on the coast of China
(San Mun, 1899).
538. Recent progress of Italy.—The preceding sections have been
avowedly critical in tone, and are designed to make clear the great gap
which separates Italy from the leaders in the world’s industry and
commerce. It is important, however, that the reader should distinguish Italy,
on the other side, from such backward countries as Spain and Portugal.
Though Italy was poor it was not so poor as they, and it offered vastly richer
promises for the future. In the closing years of the century it showed
marked advances in many lines. Italian agriculturists awakened to the
possibilities of their profession; they showed an eagerness to improve their
methods, and by various forms of association and cooperation they scored
great advances. The exports of dairy and poultry products doubled in about
ten years, and became more important than the export of wine. Italian
manufacturers secured now from natives the technical assistance for which
they formerly depended entirely on foreigners. They emancipated
themselves, in part, from coal, by their skilful management of water power,
and have come to enjoy a high reputation for electrical appliances for the
transmission of power and other purposes. The tariff has been made more
liberal by treaties with other states and by a reconciliation with France; and
Italian policy seem to have been the result of national vanity, of the desire
on the part of Italians, now that they had made for themselves a great state,
to make their state resemble the other great powers in all respects. This
feeling was certainly responsible in part for their determination to build up
a system of national manufactures, regardless of expense. It led them to
profuse expenditures for the encouragement of shipping, which resulted,
indeed, in a growth of the merchant marine, but created in it merely a costly
luxury. The Italian navigation companies charged high freight rates, and
included in their fleets many antiquated vessels.
The instinct of imitation, finally, led the Italians to follow the lead of
other powers in colonial expansion. They did not escape the colonial fever
prevalent in the eighties, and spent money and lives lavishly, in the attempt
to build up a dominion on the African side of the Red Sea. Their attempt
ended in disastrous failure (Adowa, 1896), and popular opposition to such
enterprises grew so strong that the government did not dare to carry out a
later project for the establishment of an Italian station on the coast of China
(San Mun, 1899).
538. Recent progress of Italy.—The preceding sections have been
avowedly critical in tone, and are designed to make clear the great gap
which separates Italy from the leaders in the world’s industry and
commerce. It is important, however, that the reader should distinguish Italy,
on the other side, from such backward countries as Spain and Portugal.
Though Italy was poor it was not so poor as they, and it offered vastly richer
promises for the future. In the closing years of the century it showed
marked advances in many lines. Italian agriculturists awakened to the
possibilities of their profession; they showed an eagerness to improve their
methods, and by various forms of association and cooperation they scored
great advances. The exports of dairy and poultry products doubled in about
ten years, and became more important than the export of wine. Italian
manufacturers secured now from natives the technical assistance for which
they formerly depended entirely on foreigners. They emancipated
themselves, in part, from coal, by their skilful management of water power,
and have come to enjoy a high reputation for electrical appliances for the
transmission of power and other purposes. The tariff has been made more
liberal by treaties with other states and by a reconciliation with France; and
Page 424
commerce in the period before 1914 gave evidence of the capacity for
healthy growth.
539. Spain.—Spain, with an area much larger than that of Italy, and with
a population more than half as large, had in 1912 a commerce less than half
that of the Italian. The fault lay not with the country, which in mineral
resources is perhaps the richest in Europe, and which under the skilful
agriculture of the Moors was made to bloom like a garden, but with the
people who have neglected or misused their opportunities. Spain furnishes a
striking example of the evil that bad politics can work in economic
development. The personal absolutism of the period before 1800 has been
shaken off in the nineteenth century, but experiments in constitutional
government under monarchs of various families and even under a republic,
have not succeeded in bettering conditions greatly. The mass of the people
remained ignorant, and most of their leaders were inefficient and corrupt.
There can be no wholesome economic life under these conditions. Shrewd
politicians used economic enterprises merely as a means to draw money
from the public treasury or from the pockets of consumers, while the
investor or worker without political influence was deterred from enterprise
by the heavy taxes which were heaped upon him.
540. Spanish commerce in the first half of the century.—A partial
reform of the Spanish colonial system toward the close of the eighteenth
century led to a growth of trade with the colonies, so that it formed, if the
figures can be trusted, a considerable part of the total Spanish commerce,
which was small at best. The promise of commercial development inside
the Spanish Empire was of short duration. While Spain was still harassed by
the Napoleonic wars, revolutions began among the Spanish colonies on the
American continent; and as soon as they had achieved their independence
they used it to trade with states like England rather than with the country
which had asked so much of them and could offer them so little. The
commerce of Spain with other countries was hampered by the Spanish
commercial policy, which an Englishman of the time called “one of the
most pernicious and restrictive of all the systems of trading exclusion.”
Duties were levied both on imports and on exports, and included not only
rates of 50 to 100 per cent but also many absolute prohibitions. Spanish
commerce would have been starved out of existence if the government
which set these rules had not, by its inefficiency and corruption, furnished
the means of evading them. A veritable army, including, it is said, 300,000
healthy growth.
539. Spain.—Spain, with an area much larger than that of Italy, and with
a population more than half as large, had in 1912 a commerce less than half
that of the Italian. The fault lay not with the country, which in mineral
resources is perhaps the richest in Europe, and which under the skilful
agriculture of the Moors was made to bloom like a garden, but with the
people who have neglected or misused their opportunities. Spain furnishes a
striking example of the evil that bad politics can work in economic
development. The personal absolutism of the period before 1800 has been
shaken off in the nineteenth century, but experiments in constitutional
government under monarchs of various families and even under a republic,
have not succeeded in bettering conditions greatly. The mass of the people
remained ignorant, and most of their leaders were inefficient and corrupt.
There can be no wholesome economic life under these conditions. Shrewd
politicians used economic enterprises merely as a means to draw money
from the public treasury or from the pockets of consumers, while the
investor or worker without political influence was deterred from enterprise
by the heavy taxes which were heaped upon him.
540. Spanish commerce in the first half of the century.—A partial
reform of the Spanish colonial system toward the close of the eighteenth
century led to a growth of trade with the colonies, so that it formed, if the
figures can be trusted, a considerable part of the total Spanish commerce,
which was small at best. The promise of commercial development inside
the Spanish Empire was of short duration. While Spain was still harassed by
the Napoleonic wars, revolutions began among the Spanish colonies on the
American continent; and as soon as they had achieved their independence
they used it to trade with states like England rather than with the country
which had asked so much of them and could offer them so little. The
commerce of Spain with other countries was hampered by the Spanish
commercial policy, which an Englishman of the time called “one of the
most pernicious and restrictive of all the systems of trading exclusion.”
Duties were levied both on imports and on exports, and included not only
rates of 50 to 100 per cent but also many absolute prohibitions. Spanish
commerce would have been starved out of existence if the government
which set these rules had not, by its inefficiency and corruption, furnished
the means of evading them. A veritable army, including, it is said, 300,000
Page 425
persons, of whom one third were armed, found its chief occupation in
smuggling; Spanish manufacturers maintained factories only to mask the
sale of contraband goods, and even members of the government engaged in
the contraband trade.
541. Recent commerce of Spain.—The turning-point in the recent
history of Spanish commerce came about the middle of the century, when
the worst abuses of the old tariff were shorn off. The reform was followed
by a rapid increase in the country’s trade, which grew to more than fourfold
in the forty years following. Especially noteworthy was the increase in this
period of the importation of the implements and raw materials of industry
(coal, machinery, textile fibers, etc.), showing that Spain was at last
beginning to seek a place for herself among modern commercial nations.
Such indications of progress must not, however, blind our eyes to the fact
that it was attained by a colonial and commercial policy which retained
many of the old restrictive features. The loss of the remaining important
colonies to the United States in the war of 1898 was a severe blow to
Spanish industries, and they have been supported since then by a protective
tariff which bore heavily on many producers as well as on all the consumers
in Spain. The considerable development in mining (iron, copper,
quicksilver, etc.) has been due to foreign energy and capital, and the native
Spaniards offered as exports to other countries little more than dessert for
their dinner tables: wine, fruit, nuts, and raisins. It is noteworthy and
significant that Spain suffered seriously from the competition of California
in the sale of fruit in Europe; this most perishable of wares, in which a
nearby country ought to control the market without effort, was packed and
transported in such a slovenly fashion by the Spaniards that a people 6,000
miles distant could excel them in the quality they offered to the consumer in
Paris or London. In the period from 1890 to 1910 the figures showing the
value of Spanish commerce remained almost stationary.
542. Portugal.—In all the respects which concern a student of recent
commerce Portugal is but a miniature of Spain, with the faults of Spain
exaggerated rather than lessened by the weakness and smaller size of the
country. “It is scarcely credible, but it is nevertheless a fact, that agriculture
is nearly in the same condition as it was some hundreds of years since”;
these words of an English author would apply now nearly as well as when
they were written in 1843. Few of the inhabitants were engaged in
occupations other than agriculture; rich mines remained unworked, and
smuggling; Spanish manufacturers maintained factories only to mask the
sale of contraband goods, and even members of the government engaged in
the contraband trade.
541. Recent commerce of Spain.—The turning-point in the recent
history of Spanish commerce came about the middle of the century, when
the worst abuses of the old tariff were shorn off. The reform was followed
by a rapid increase in the country’s trade, which grew to more than fourfold
in the forty years following. Especially noteworthy was the increase in this
period of the importation of the implements and raw materials of industry
(coal, machinery, textile fibers, etc.), showing that Spain was at last
beginning to seek a place for herself among modern commercial nations.
Such indications of progress must not, however, blind our eyes to the fact
that it was attained by a colonial and commercial policy which retained
many of the old restrictive features. The loss of the remaining important
colonies to the United States in the war of 1898 was a severe blow to
Spanish industries, and they have been supported since then by a protective
tariff which bore heavily on many producers as well as on all the consumers
in Spain. The considerable development in mining (iron, copper,
quicksilver, etc.) has been due to foreign energy and capital, and the native
Spaniards offered as exports to other countries little more than dessert for
their dinner tables: wine, fruit, nuts, and raisins. It is noteworthy and
significant that Spain suffered seriously from the competition of California
in the sale of fruit in Europe; this most perishable of wares, in which a
nearby country ought to control the market without effort, was packed and
transported in such a slovenly fashion by the Spaniards that a people 6,000
miles distant could excel them in the quality they offered to the consumer in
Paris or London. In the period from 1890 to 1910 the figures showing the
value of Spanish commerce remained almost stationary.
542. Portugal.—In all the respects which concern a student of recent
commerce Portugal is but a miniature of Spain, with the faults of Spain
exaggerated rather than lessened by the weakness and smaller size of the
country. “It is scarcely credible, but it is nevertheless a fact, that agriculture
is nearly in the same condition as it was some hundreds of years since”;
these words of an English author would apply now nearly as well as when
they were written in 1843. Few of the inhabitants were engaged in
occupations other than agriculture; rich mines remained unworked, and
Page 426
manufacturing has remained insignificant throughout the century. After
1850 it could still be said of the Portuguese that “their entire faith is reposed
in protectionism, monopolies, restrictions, and high duties.” Portuguese
trade, nearly ruined already, received a further blow by the separation of
Brazil about 1820; and though considerable colonial possessions in Africa
and the East were retained, the Portuguese have shown no capacity to base
on them commerce of any importance. By exports, of which wine and cork
were the most important, the Portuguese were able to satisfy their most
pressing necessities; but the backwardness of commerce can be seen when
it is realized that the trade of this country, approximately equal in
population to the Netherlands, was in 1911 less than one twentieth of Dutch
trade.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Social and economic conditions in Italy after 1800. [King, Hist., vol. 1,
chaps. 3-5.]
2. Formation of United Italy. [Seignobos, chap. 11, middle part.]
3. Commerce of Italy about 1850. [Homans, Cyclopedia, p. 1114 ff.]
4. Burden of debt and taxes. [King and Okey, p. 270 ff., chap. 15; Villari,
chap. 4; W. Calkins, Taxation and business in Italy, Forum, 1902, 33: 333-
345.]
5. Italian agriculture. [King and Okey, chap. 8; Villari, chap. 11.]
6. Life of the agricultural classes. [Phillipps, Peasants of Romagna,
Fortnightly Review, 1897, 68: 407-417.]
7. Poverty of the people. [King and Okey, chap. 6; Villari, chap. 4; Strutt,
Monthly Review, 1901, 4: August, 62 ff.]
8. Emigration. [King and Okey, chap. 17; Schuyler, Italian immigration
into the United States, Polit. Science Quarterly, 1889, 4: 480-495.]
9. Italian manufactures. [King and Okey, chap. 7: Villari, chap. 12.]
10. The Italian colonial venture. [Edwards in Westminster Review, 1897,
148: 477-489; Keller, 517-531.]
11. Recent commerce of Italy. [Statesman’s Year-Book; treat exports,
imports, countries traded with, etc., as has been already suggested.]
12. Commerce of Italy with the United States. [Luzzatti, in North Amer.
Review, 1903, 177: 247-259.]
13. Recent development of agriculture. [King and Okey, chap. 9.]
1850 it could still be said of the Portuguese that “their entire faith is reposed
in protectionism, monopolies, restrictions, and high duties.” Portuguese
trade, nearly ruined already, received a further blow by the separation of
Brazil about 1820; and though considerable colonial possessions in Africa
and the East were retained, the Portuguese have shown no capacity to base
on them commerce of any importance. By exports, of which wine and cork
were the most important, the Portuguese were able to satisfy their most
pressing necessities; but the backwardness of commerce can be seen when
it is realized that the trade of this country, approximately equal in
population to the Netherlands, was in 1911 less than one twentieth of Dutch
trade.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Social and economic conditions in Italy after 1800. [King, Hist., vol. 1,
chaps. 3-5.]
2. Formation of United Italy. [Seignobos, chap. 11, middle part.]
3. Commerce of Italy about 1850. [Homans, Cyclopedia, p. 1114 ff.]
4. Burden of debt and taxes. [King and Okey, p. 270 ff., chap. 15; Villari,
chap. 4; W. Calkins, Taxation and business in Italy, Forum, 1902, 33: 333-
345.]
5. Italian agriculture. [King and Okey, chap. 8; Villari, chap. 11.]
6. Life of the agricultural classes. [Phillipps, Peasants of Romagna,
Fortnightly Review, 1897, 68: 407-417.]
7. Poverty of the people. [King and Okey, chap. 6; Villari, chap. 4; Strutt,
Monthly Review, 1901, 4: August, 62 ff.]
8. Emigration. [King and Okey, chap. 17; Schuyler, Italian immigration
into the United States, Polit. Science Quarterly, 1889, 4: 480-495.]
9. Italian manufactures. [King and Okey, chap. 7: Villari, chap. 12.]
10. The Italian colonial venture. [Edwards in Westminster Review, 1897,
148: 477-489; Keller, 517-531.]
11. Recent commerce of Italy. [Statesman’s Year-Book; treat exports,
imports, countries traded with, etc., as has been already suggested.]
12. Commerce of Italy with the United States. [Luzzatti, in North Amer.
Review, 1903, 177: 247-259.]
13. Recent development of agriculture. [King and Okey, chap. 9.]
Page 427
14. Political conditions in Spain. [Dillon in Contemporary Review, 1898,
73: 876-907, 74: 305-334; Foreman in National Review, 1897, 29: 721-734,
30: 547-560.]
15. Commerce of Spain about 1850. [Homans, Cyclopedia, p. 1739 ff.]
16. The recent commerce of Spain. [Statesman’s Year-Book.]
17. Resources and industries of Spain. [E. D. Jones in North Amer.
Review, 1898, 167: 39-47.]
18. Recent commerce of Portugal. [Statesman’s Year-Book; see Homans,
Cyclopedia, for conditions about 1850.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
For the general history of Italy, see besides Seignobos, Bolton King,
History of Italian unity, N. Y., Scribner, 1899, 2 vols., with bibliography.
The book by the same author in collaboration with Thomas Okey, **Italy
to-day, London (N. Y., Scribner), 1901, is excellent for recent conditions,
and has a full classified bibliography. Villari, *Italian life, N. Y., Putnam,
1902, is more popular and depends in part on King and Okey, but still is
good. Orsi’s book in Story of the Nations Series is mainly political.
On Spain good reading in English is as scarce as on Italy it is plentiful.
Seignobos is dull, and Hume’s histories are almost entirely political. There
is, however, a good book in the series of British Colonies and Foreign
Countries, W. Webster, *Spain, London, 1882; and Higgin, Spanish life, N.
Y., Putnam, 1902, has some material of value. The U. S. Monthly Summary,
Commerce and Finance, published several reviews of Spanish commerce at
the time of the Spanish war (March, June, 1898, April, 1899), and a
considerable amount of material on various aspects of Spain appeared about
that time in the periodicals.
The close commercial relations between Portugal and England have
given rise to two excellent books on the condition of Portugal in the
nineteenth century, J. J. Forrester, *Portugal and its capabilities, third ed.,
London, 1856; Oswald Crawfurd, *Portugal, old and new, London, 1880.
73: 876-907, 74: 305-334; Foreman in National Review, 1897, 29: 721-734,
30: 547-560.]
15. Commerce of Spain about 1850. [Homans, Cyclopedia, p. 1739 ff.]
16. The recent commerce of Spain. [Statesman’s Year-Book.]
17. Resources and industries of Spain. [E. D. Jones in North Amer.
Review, 1898, 167: 39-47.]
18. Recent commerce of Portugal. [Statesman’s Year-Book; see Homans,
Cyclopedia, for conditions about 1850.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
For the general history of Italy, see besides Seignobos, Bolton King,
History of Italian unity, N. Y., Scribner, 1899, 2 vols., with bibliography.
The book by the same author in collaboration with Thomas Okey, **Italy
to-day, London (N. Y., Scribner), 1901, is excellent for recent conditions,
and has a full classified bibliography. Villari, *Italian life, N. Y., Putnam,
1902, is more popular and depends in part on King and Okey, but still is
good. Orsi’s book in Story of the Nations Series is mainly political.
On Spain good reading in English is as scarce as on Italy it is plentiful.
Seignobos is dull, and Hume’s histories are almost entirely political. There
is, however, a good book in the series of British Colonies and Foreign
Countries, W. Webster, *Spain, London, 1882; and Higgin, Spanish life, N.
Y., Putnam, 1902, has some material of value. The U. S. Monthly Summary,
Commerce and Finance, published several reviews of Spanish commerce at
the time of the Spanish war (March, June, 1898, April, 1899), and a
considerable amount of material on various aspects of Spain appeared about
that time in the periodicals.
The close commercial relations between Portugal and England have
given rise to two excellent books on the condition of Portugal in the
nineteenth century, J. J. Forrester, *Portugal and its capabilities, third ed.,
London, 1856; Oswald Crawfurd, *Portugal, old and new, London, 1880.
Page 428
CHAPTER XLIV
EASTERN EUROPE
543. Great size and small commerce of the Russian Empire.—The
attention and imagination of men have long been impressed by the size of
the Russian empire, which included an area greater than that presented by
the moon at the full. Combining the characteristics both of Europe and of
Asia, Russia was almost a world in herself, and, indeed, was called by one
of her rulers “a sixth part of the world,” worthy to rank as a continent. Yet
this great state took a place in modern commerce below petty countries like
the Netherlands and Belgium. A country of such vast size might, of course,
secure by internal trade many of the advantages which smaller countries
must seek in international exchange. The United States presents an example
of a territory so large and so richly endowed that it can afford, in
considerable degree, to renounce commerce with the rest of the world, and
can still maintain from its own resources a high industrial civilization.
Russia has not enjoyed a similar success. It had a comparatively sluggish
internal trade; and it lacked industrial civilization. We must seek in the
history of commerce an explanation of these facts.
544. Historical reasons for backward development.—The few
paragraphs devoted to Russia in a previous chapter suggested the main
reason for the country’s backwardness. During many centuries, while the
peoples of the West were advancing in civilization, the people of Russia
were facing away from Europe, occupied in defending themselves against
Asiatic princes. Russia shared in none of the great movements of early
European history: feudalism, chivalry, crusades, rise of towns, Reformation,
Renaissance. It was devoted entirely to the struggle for self-preservation.
When it became part of the European world, therefore, about 1700, it
brought with it into modern times many characteristics of an unformed,
half-developed organization; and since that date it has been trying, and it is
now still trying, to catch up with the rest of Europe.
545. Russian commerce about 1800.—The movement toward progress,
initiated by Peter the Great about 1700, continued, with various
fluctuations, during the century. In so far as it found expression in
commerce we can regard the last fifty years before 1800 as a time of rapid
EASTERN EUROPE
543. Great size and small commerce of the Russian Empire.—The
attention and imagination of men have long been impressed by the size of
the Russian empire, which included an area greater than that presented by
the moon at the full. Combining the characteristics both of Europe and of
Asia, Russia was almost a world in herself, and, indeed, was called by one
of her rulers “a sixth part of the world,” worthy to rank as a continent. Yet
this great state took a place in modern commerce below petty countries like
the Netherlands and Belgium. A country of such vast size might, of course,
secure by internal trade many of the advantages which smaller countries
must seek in international exchange. The United States presents an example
of a territory so large and so richly endowed that it can afford, in
considerable degree, to renounce commerce with the rest of the world, and
can still maintain from its own resources a high industrial civilization.
Russia has not enjoyed a similar success. It had a comparatively sluggish
internal trade; and it lacked industrial civilization. We must seek in the
history of commerce an explanation of these facts.
544. Historical reasons for backward development.—The few
paragraphs devoted to Russia in a previous chapter suggested the main
reason for the country’s backwardness. During many centuries, while the
peoples of the West were advancing in civilization, the people of Russia
were facing away from Europe, occupied in defending themselves against
Asiatic princes. Russia shared in none of the great movements of early
European history: feudalism, chivalry, crusades, rise of towns, Reformation,
Renaissance. It was devoted entirely to the struggle for self-preservation.
When it became part of the European world, therefore, about 1700, it
brought with it into modern times many characteristics of an unformed,
half-developed organization; and since that date it has been trying, and it is
now still trying, to catch up with the rest of Europe.
545. Russian commerce about 1800.—The movement toward progress,
initiated by Peter the Great about 1700, continued, with various
fluctuations, during the century. In so far as it found expression in
commerce we can regard the last fifty years before 1800 as a time of rapid
Page 429
advance; commerce grew to nine fold the volume which it showed in 1750.
So slight, however, had been the beginnings of Russian trade, that it
amounted in 1802 only to about fifty million dollars.
Russia was still practically in the position which it had occupied in the
time of the Hansa, dependent on the West for all its finer manufactures, and
supplying raw materials in exchange. Hemp and flax, crops which rapidly
exhaust the soil, and for the cultivation of which the great tracts of fresh
land in Russia offered an advantage, were the chief exports. Among others
on the list were wood, grain, tallow, hides, furs, feathers, etc. The Russian
nobles exported a certain amount of linen, which they forced their serfs to
make for them that they might have the means of purchasing foreign
luxuries, and manufactured also iron for sale abroad. The appearance
among the exports of this metal, which we are used to associate with
advanced industrial countries, is explained by the fact that charcoal was still
an important source of fuel for the iron manufacture, and of this the
boundless Russian forests offered an abundant supply.
546. Means of transportation.—Almost nothing had been done as yet to
unite by means of transportation the vast stretches of territory in Russia.
Roads were practically non-existent, and goods were transported by land
only in winter, when they could be sledged over the rough ground on the
snow. The waterways, with which the country is so abundantly provided,
had been connected by a few important canals, and were the chief means of
transportation. Goods were brought to them on sledges in winter, to await
the high water of the spring freshets. They were laden on flat-boats, holding
sometimes several hundred tons, but built to draw only two or three feet of
water, and were floated down with the current when the ice melted. The
boats were rudely constructed, and were broken up for timber or fire-wood
at the end of the trip. The inconvenience and uncertainty of such a system
of transportation are obvious, but it was, nevertheless, remarkably cheap;
rates on some water routes were only one or two cents per ton-mile.
547. Chief ports.—The conditions of transportation confined almost all
the foreign trade of Russia to the sea, and the commerce across the western
frontier was insignificant. Archangel, situated on the river Dwina, a few
miles from the coast of the White Sea, and the leading port of Russia before
the time of Peter the Great, still retained a respectable share of commerce,
and was visited every year by ships from England and the Netherlands. In
relative importance, however, it had declined greatly after the foundation of
So slight, however, had been the beginnings of Russian trade, that it
amounted in 1802 only to about fifty million dollars.
Russia was still practically in the position which it had occupied in the
time of the Hansa, dependent on the West for all its finer manufactures, and
supplying raw materials in exchange. Hemp and flax, crops which rapidly
exhaust the soil, and for the cultivation of which the great tracts of fresh
land in Russia offered an advantage, were the chief exports. Among others
on the list were wood, grain, tallow, hides, furs, feathers, etc. The Russian
nobles exported a certain amount of linen, which they forced their serfs to
make for them that they might have the means of purchasing foreign
luxuries, and manufactured also iron for sale abroad. The appearance
among the exports of this metal, which we are used to associate with
advanced industrial countries, is explained by the fact that charcoal was still
an important source of fuel for the iron manufacture, and of this the
boundless Russian forests offered an abundant supply.
546. Means of transportation.—Almost nothing had been done as yet to
unite by means of transportation the vast stretches of territory in Russia.
Roads were practically non-existent, and goods were transported by land
only in winter, when they could be sledged over the rough ground on the
snow. The waterways, with which the country is so abundantly provided,
had been connected by a few important canals, and were the chief means of
transportation. Goods were brought to them on sledges in winter, to await
the high water of the spring freshets. They were laden on flat-boats, holding
sometimes several hundred tons, but built to draw only two or three feet of
water, and were floated down with the current when the ice melted. The
boats were rudely constructed, and were broken up for timber or fire-wood
at the end of the trip. The inconvenience and uncertainty of such a system
of transportation are obvious, but it was, nevertheless, remarkably cheap;
rates on some water routes were only one or two cents per ton-mile.
547. Chief ports.—The conditions of transportation confined almost all
the foreign trade of Russia to the sea, and the commerce across the western
frontier was insignificant. Archangel, situated on the river Dwina, a few
miles from the coast of the White Sea, and the leading port of Russia before
the time of Peter the Great, still retained a respectable share of commerce,
and was visited every year by ships from England and the Netherlands. In
relative importance, however, it had declined greatly after the foundation of
Page 430
St. Petersburg, which soon became the most important outlet for the
country’s trade. A rival was at this time, however, growing up in the South,
where Russia had only recently secured the territory on the shore of the
Black Sea. Odessa, which was founded in 1793, rose rapidly in commercial
importance, especially during the Napoleonic wars, when the Baltic trade
suffered a severe check.
548. Development up to the Crimean War (1854-1856).—During the
first half of the nineteenth century Russian commerce grew steadily but
slowly; the rate of increase was much behind that of the preceding fifty
years. A partial explanation of this check to progress can be found in the
adoption, in 1822, of a prohibitive tariff; the importation of many foreign
manufactures (clocks, textiles, porcelain, glassware, etc.), was absolutely
forbidden. Shortly after the middle of the century, however, came a turning-
point. The Crimean War, in which England and other states were engaged
with Russia, is generally admitted to have yielded to neither of the chief
combatants advantages proportional to the costs which it involved. It was in
one way, however, of immense benefit to Russia. It awakened the country to
a realization of its backwardness. It raised a demand for reform of
antiquated conditions in economic and political life, which the Czar himself
was the first to heed.
549. Reforms; growth of the railroad system.—The reform movement
bore fruit in many lines to which we can pay but scant attention. It led to the
emancipation of the serfs in 1861, by which a considerable part of the
Russian people were liberated from a condition resembling medieval
bondage, and became free land-holders. It secured at least a partial
improvement in the system of government. It was, finally, to name the
result of the greatest influence on commerce, the occasion for the
introduction of the modern railroad system in Russia. The government had
found itself so hampered in carrying on the war by the lack of transportation
facilities, that it now bent every energy to remedying the defects. The
railroads of Russia measured at the outbreak of the war only about 600
miles. In the ten years following the railroad system grew to over 2,000
miles, and in the next decade to about 10,000. Though the first lines were
built mainly to serve military purposes, those constructed later were
designed to develop the economic resources of the country; and it is hard to
overestimate the importance of this development of the means of modern
transportation, to a country which stood in such sore need of it as Russia.
country’s trade. A rival was at this time, however, growing up in the South,
where Russia had only recently secured the territory on the shore of the
Black Sea. Odessa, which was founded in 1793, rose rapidly in commercial
importance, especially during the Napoleonic wars, when the Baltic trade
suffered a severe check.
548. Development up to the Crimean War (1854-1856).—During the
first half of the nineteenth century Russian commerce grew steadily but
slowly; the rate of increase was much behind that of the preceding fifty
years. A partial explanation of this check to progress can be found in the
adoption, in 1822, of a prohibitive tariff; the importation of many foreign
manufactures (clocks, textiles, porcelain, glassware, etc.), was absolutely
forbidden. Shortly after the middle of the century, however, came a turning-
point. The Crimean War, in which England and other states were engaged
with Russia, is generally admitted to have yielded to neither of the chief
combatants advantages proportional to the costs which it involved. It was in
one way, however, of immense benefit to Russia. It awakened the country to
a realization of its backwardness. It raised a demand for reform of
antiquated conditions in economic and political life, which the Czar himself
was the first to heed.
549. Reforms; growth of the railroad system.—The reform movement
bore fruit in many lines to which we can pay but scant attention. It led to the
emancipation of the serfs in 1861, by which a considerable part of the
Russian people were liberated from a condition resembling medieval
bondage, and became free land-holders. It secured at least a partial
improvement in the system of government. It was, finally, to name the
result of the greatest influence on commerce, the occasion for the
introduction of the modern railroad system in Russia. The government had
found itself so hampered in carrying on the war by the lack of transportation
facilities, that it now bent every energy to remedying the defects. The
railroads of Russia measured at the outbreak of the war only about 600
miles. In the ten years following the railroad system grew to over 2,000
miles, and in the next decade to about 10,000. Though the first lines were
built mainly to serve military purposes, those constructed later were
designed to develop the economic resources of the country; and it is hard to
overestimate the importance of this development of the means of modern
transportation, to a country which stood in such sore need of it as Russia.
Page 431
550. Development of commerce.—The results of the reforms can be
followed in the growth of Russian commerce after the middle of the
century. In the decade 1860-1870 the foreign commerce of the country
increased to more than double what it had been, and was growing at this
time faster than the commerce of any other country in Europe, except that
of a neighboring state, Austria-Hungary. Some significant changes,
moreover, appeared in the direction and character of Russian trade. The
great gains of the period were made by southern Russia, where the wheat
fields of the rich “black-earth” district were brought within reach of a
market. It was about this time that wheat won the first place among the
exports away from flax and its products. Commerce by way of the Black
Sea increased very rapidly, while the Baltic did not keep its proportional
share in the commerce of the country, and the proportion of trade finding its
outlet by the Arctic Ocean had sunk to insignificance. Commerce with the
west of Europe across the land frontier, which formerly had been restricted
by the difficulty of transportation, grew even faster than the Black Sea
commerce, and gave an entirely new importance to trade relations with
neighboring states. England had enjoyed the largest share of Russia’s
commerce during the first part of the century, but could not hold her own
henceforth in competition with Germany. This last-named country, then in
course of rapid industrial development, was enabled by the railroads to win
her way rapidly in Russian commerce, and soon was the largest sharer in it.
551. Character of industries and commerce.—Russia, like many other
of the European states, enjoyed the greatest freedom of trade in the period
following closely after the middle of the century. The customs duties levied
in Russia at this time would have been considered high in western Europe,
but they were much lower than the rates ruling in the first half of the
century, and much lower than the rates in force at the century’s close.
Russia at this time was still almost exclusively agricultural. The serfs had
learned to supply their simple needs for clothing and implements by
domestic industries, but nothing like the western factory organization, with
its extensive use of power machinery, had as yet appeared. Attempts to
stimulate such an organization, by privileges and protection, had resulted in
failure. The Russians are not a people with a gift for mechanism. It has been
said of them that their only invention is the samovar, their apparatus for
making tea. The world exposition of 1867 displayed samples of Russian
industry, but most of these were the products of village craftsmen, and the
followed in the growth of Russian commerce after the middle of the
century. In the decade 1860-1870 the foreign commerce of the country
increased to more than double what it had been, and was growing at this
time faster than the commerce of any other country in Europe, except that
of a neighboring state, Austria-Hungary. Some significant changes,
moreover, appeared in the direction and character of Russian trade. The
great gains of the period were made by southern Russia, where the wheat
fields of the rich “black-earth” district were brought within reach of a
market. It was about this time that wheat won the first place among the
exports away from flax and its products. Commerce by way of the Black
Sea increased very rapidly, while the Baltic did not keep its proportional
share in the commerce of the country, and the proportion of trade finding its
outlet by the Arctic Ocean had sunk to insignificance. Commerce with the
west of Europe across the land frontier, which formerly had been restricted
by the difficulty of transportation, grew even faster than the Black Sea
commerce, and gave an entirely new importance to trade relations with
neighboring states. England had enjoyed the largest share of Russia’s
commerce during the first part of the century, but could not hold her own
henceforth in competition with Germany. This last-named country, then in
course of rapid industrial development, was enabled by the railroads to win
her way rapidly in Russian commerce, and soon was the largest sharer in it.
551. Character of industries and commerce.—Russia, like many other
of the European states, enjoyed the greatest freedom of trade in the period
following closely after the middle of the century. The customs duties levied
in Russia at this time would have been considered high in western Europe,
but they were much lower than the rates ruling in the first half of the
century, and much lower than the rates in force at the century’s close.
Russia at this time was still almost exclusively agricultural. The serfs had
learned to supply their simple needs for clothing and implements by
domestic industries, but nothing like the western factory organization, with
its extensive use of power machinery, had as yet appeared. Attempts to
stimulate such an organization, by privileges and protection, had resulted in
failure. The Russians are not a people with a gift for mechanism. It has been
said of them that their only invention is the samovar, their apparatus for
making tea. The world exposition of 1867 displayed samples of Russian
industry, but most of these were the products of village craftsmen, and the
Page 432
few samples of modern manufacture came from factories owned for the
most part by Germans. The exports of the country were still almost entirely
raw products, and the manufactured wares which the country contributed to
the commerce of the world were of the most simple description: yarn of flax
and hemp, cordage, string, and sacking.
552. Recent history of the tariff.—In spite of these conditions the
government pursued since about 1870 a policy of protection, which grew
constantly more strict with the passage of time, and which furnished at the
end of the century the most extreme example of protection to be found
among civilized states. Comparing the tariff of 1868, which was
comparatively liberal, with the tariff of 1891, we find that duties on some
important manufactures rose in the following measure: on cotton goods and
glassware, to double; on rails and locomotives to quadruple or more. Even
more striking and more serious was the increase on partly manufactured
wares. Duties rose on leather and yarns to twofold or more; on petroleum
and wrought iron to threefold; on sulphuric acid to four or seven fold; on
cast iron to tenfold. This is the period in which Germany was seeking
commercial advantage by bargaining in tariff rates with other countries, and
in which occurred the tariff war with Germany that has been noted above.
At this time and again later Germany was able to bring her eastern neighbor
to terms by financial pressure; Russia was a great borrower and needed the
support of the Berlin money market. Russia raised still more, however, the
rates of the tariff in a revision in 1903, and even after these had been
reduced by treaty bargains they left the general level higher than before.
553. Development and cost of manufactures.—The protectionist policy
in Russia gained its object, an increase in the manufacturing industry of the
country. The product of home manufactures rose greatly in value, and the
importation of foreign manufactures declined in proportion. This object,
however, was attained at a great cost. Russia was even less suited to the
modern system of manufactures than Italy or other states which we have
considered. It lacked capital, technical knowledge, leaders, laborers of
steadiness and intelligence—practically everything except raw materials,
which were present in abundance. Manufactures, therefore, were conducted
at an expense far above that common in other countries, and could be
maintained only by forcing the people to pay far higher prices for their
wares. A person could not get so much as a sewing needle without
contributing an extra sum to the support of the home manufactures. The
most part by Germans. The exports of the country were still almost entirely
raw products, and the manufactured wares which the country contributed to
the commerce of the world were of the most simple description: yarn of flax
and hemp, cordage, string, and sacking.
552. Recent history of the tariff.—In spite of these conditions the
government pursued since about 1870 a policy of protection, which grew
constantly more strict with the passage of time, and which furnished at the
end of the century the most extreme example of protection to be found
among civilized states. Comparing the tariff of 1868, which was
comparatively liberal, with the tariff of 1891, we find that duties on some
important manufactures rose in the following measure: on cotton goods and
glassware, to double; on rails and locomotives to quadruple or more. Even
more striking and more serious was the increase on partly manufactured
wares. Duties rose on leather and yarns to twofold or more; on petroleum
and wrought iron to threefold; on sulphuric acid to four or seven fold; on
cast iron to tenfold. This is the period in which Germany was seeking
commercial advantage by bargaining in tariff rates with other countries, and
in which occurred the tariff war with Germany that has been noted above.
At this time and again later Germany was able to bring her eastern neighbor
to terms by financial pressure; Russia was a great borrower and needed the
support of the Berlin money market. Russia raised still more, however, the
rates of the tariff in a revision in 1903, and even after these had been
reduced by treaty bargains they left the general level higher than before.
553. Development and cost of manufactures.—The protectionist policy
in Russia gained its object, an increase in the manufacturing industry of the
country. The product of home manufactures rose greatly in value, and the
importation of foreign manufactures declined in proportion. This object,
however, was attained at a great cost. Russia was even less suited to the
modern system of manufactures than Italy or other states which we have
considered. It lacked capital, technical knowledge, leaders, laborers of
steadiness and intelligence—practically everything except raw materials,
which were present in abundance. Manufactures, therefore, were conducted
at an expense far above that common in other countries, and could be
maintained only by forcing the people to pay far higher prices for their
wares. A person could not get so much as a sewing needle without
contributing an extra sum to the support of the home manufactures. The
Page 433
policy was the more questionable, as the profits of these manufactures went
in large part to foreign stock holders, who utilized an opportunity for which
the native Russians were still unprepared. Even from the political
standpoint the policy of protection in Russia was attended with danger;
many events indicated that the factory laborers would be the first to turn
against the autocracy which had brought them into being.
554. Effect of the tariff on agriculture.—The most serious aspect,
however, of the Russian tariff was its effect upon agriculture. The great
plains of the country were peculiarly adapted to the use of modern
cultivating and harvesting machinery, such as contributed so much to the
progress of agriculture in America. The tariff made such machinery so
costly, whether it were imported or manufactured in Russia, that it was
introduced to only a slight extent. A Russian estimated that the farmers of
the United States found it profitable to spend nearly twenty times as much
for agricultural implements and machinery as the Russians. The peasants
could not afford even plows, harrows, or scythes of a modern type, and still
used antiquated makeshifts. The mass of the people, at best, were ignorant
and bound by custom, showing still the bad effects of the servile condition
from which they had so recently emerged; and needed every encouragement
to be induced to advance to better methods of cultivation. Even artificial
fertilizers, however (superphosphates, etc.), were burdened with a duty,
because there seemed a chance to manufacture them in the country; the
result, naturally, was an increase in price, and a restriction in the use of this
important aid to production.
555. Effect on railroads.—We must note further the effect of the tariff
on the railroad system. Russia has never gone through the period of
transportation by highroads. It passed from conditions described above as
existing during the first part of the century, to the use of the railroad,
without the transition such as was marked by the use of turnpikes in
England. Even in 1914 the highroads of the country were of the crudest
character, and internal trade depended mainly upon the waterways and
railroads, contributing nearly the same tonnage to each. The railroads,
therefore, had peculiarly important functions to perform in Russia. They
served agriculture, moreover, to an unusual degree; the cereals supplied in
1897 more tonnage than any other ware carried on Russian railroads. Yet if
we measure the development of railroads by comparing their length with
the area or population of the country, we find that even at the close of the
in large part to foreign stock holders, who utilized an opportunity for which
the native Russians were still unprepared. Even from the political
standpoint the policy of protection in Russia was attended with danger;
many events indicated that the factory laborers would be the first to turn
against the autocracy which had brought them into being.
554. Effect of the tariff on agriculture.—The most serious aspect,
however, of the Russian tariff was its effect upon agriculture. The great
plains of the country were peculiarly adapted to the use of modern
cultivating and harvesting machinery, such as contributed so much to the
progress of agriculture in America. The tariff made such machinery so
costly, whether it were imported or manufactured in Russia, that it was
introduced to only a slight extent. A Russian estimated that the farmers of
the United States found it profitable to spend nearly twenty times as much
for agricultural implements and machinery as the Russians. The peasants
could not afford even plows, harrows, or scythes of a modern type, and still
used antiquated makeshifts. The mass of the people, at best, were ignorant
and bound by custom, showing still the bad effects of the servile condition
from which they had so recently emerged; and needed every encouragement
to be induced to advance to better methods of cultivation. Even artificial
fertilizers, however (superphosphates, etc.), were burdened with a duty,
because there seemed a chance to manufacture them in the country; the
result, naturally, was an increase in price, and a restriction in the use of this
important aid to production.
555. Effect on railroads.—We must note further the effect of the tariff
on the railroad system. Russia has never gone through the period of
transportation by highroads. It passed from conditions described above as
existing during the first part of the century, to the use of the railroad,
without the transition such as was marked by the use of turnpikes in
England. Even in 1914 the highroads of the country were of the crudest
character, and internal trade depended mainly upon the waterways and
railroads, contributing nearly the same tonnage to each. The railroads,
therefore, had peculiarly important functions to perform in Russia. They
served agriculture, moreover, to an unusual degree; the cereals supplied in
1897 more tonnage than any other ware carried on Russian railroads. Yet if
we measure the development of railroads by comparing their length with
the area or population of the country, we find that even at the close of the
Page 434
century the Russians had made but a beginning, and took the lowest rank
among all important peoples. Taking merely Russia in Europe, and
contrasting it with the United States, a country which also has a vast area
and great vacant spaces, the Russian railway system in 1913 had not
reached one ninth the development of the American in comparison with
population, not one tenth in comparison with area. An important reason for
this backwardness was the increased expense of the construction,
equipment, and operation of railroads due to the high tariff on railroad
supplies. Iron may be said, roughly, to cost double or more of what it cost in
other countries. The government has not always been blind to these facts,
and has made concessions from time to time, but the general tendency of its
policy has been made only more glaring by these occasional exceptions.
556. Commercial reasons for Russia’s eastern movement.—Preceding
sections have sketched some of the historical influences which prevented
Russia from taking a part in world commerce commensurate with the space
she covered on the map. This great state, which in the sixties took only sixth
place in commerce among European countries, rose above Belgium and the
Netherlands in the early part of the seventies, and secured fourth place, only
to be passed again by these little states and for a time even by Austria-
Hungary. In 1912 Russia still ranked sixth among European countries,
eighth among all countries of the world, in the value of foreign trade.
This decline in commercial importance was due largely to the conscious
and voluntary action of the government, which restricted commerce
between its people and the people of the West. No government, however,
regards all commerce as injurious, and the Russian government endeavored
to atone for losses in the West by expansion in the East. In that direction
Russia met people who were her industrial inferiors. By trade with them she
hoped to secure imports which would not compete with her own products,
and sought to win a market for her newly founded factories. The
manufactured products which were too high in price to compete in
European markets could be sold in the East so long as the cheaper wares of
western Europe did not reach the field. As commerce extended, however, in
the last decades of the century, Russia saw that her eastern markets were
threatened unless she could apply to them the same policy of protection
which she had established in the West; and the government was forced into
the policy of military and political expansion, designed to close the doors of
among all important peoples. Taking merely Russia in Europe, and
contrasting it with the United States, a country which also has a vast area
and great vacant spaces, the Russian railway system in 1913 had not
reached one ninth the development of the American in comparison with
population, not one tenth in comparison with area. An important reason for
this backwardness was the increased expense of the construction,
equipment, and operation of railroads due to the high tariff on railroad
supplies. Iron may be said, roughly, to cost double or more of what it cost in
other countries. The government has not always been blind to these facts,
and has made concessions from time to time, but the general tendency of its
policy has been made only more glaring by these occasional exceptions.
556. Commercial reasons for Russia’s eastern movement.—Preceding
sections have sketched some of the historical influences which prevented
Russia from taking a part in world commerce commensurate with the space
she covered on the map. This great state, which in the sixties took only sixth
place in commerce among European countries, rose above Belgium and the
Netherlands in the early part of the seventies, and secured fourth place, only
to be passed again by these little states and for a time even by Austria-
Hungary. In 1912 Russia still ranked sixth among European countries,
eighth among all countries of the world, in the value of foreign trade.
This decline in commercial importance was due largely to the conscious
and voluntary action of the government, which restricted commerce
between its people and the people of the West. No government, however,
regards all commerce as injurious, and the Russian government endeavored
to atone for losses in the West by expansion in the East. In that direction
Russia met people who were her industrial inferiors. By trade with them she
hoped to secure imports which would not compete with her own products,
and sought to win a market for her newly founded factories. The
manufactured products which were too high in price to compete in
European markets could be sold in the East so long as the cheaper wares of
western Europe did not reach the field. As commerce extended, however, in
the last decades of the century, Russia saw that her eastern markets were
threatened unless she could apply to them the same policy of protection
which she had established in the West; and the government was forced into
the policy of military and political expansion, designed to close the doors of
Page 435
eastern markets to other powers, which received its check in the the war
with Japan.
557. Course of the Asiatic trade.—In no period of the nineteenth
century has Russian commerce across her Asiatic frontier formed any
important fraction of her total foreign trade. At the beginning and end of the
century it was about one tenth of the total; in the intervening time it was
rather less. The difficulty of transportation over the great stretches of almost
trackless territory confined the trade with the Far East to objects comprising
great value in small bulk (tea, cloth, etc.), and directed Russian commerce
rather to the Asiatic countries on her southeastern frontier (Persia, etc.). In
the second half of the century, for reasons noted above, the government
showed an increased interest in this branch of trade, and lent liberal aid in
furthering Russian interests in the East. The most striking evidence of the
determination of the Russian government to extend its influence toward the
Pacific Ocean was the construction of the Siberian Railway (1891). This
was rather a political than an economic undertaking; it was enormously
expensive, and failed to develop sufficient traffic to pay its way as a
commercial enterprise. Its failure also in the field of international politics
was signalized by the victory of Japan in the war with Russia in 1905,
which checked definitely Russia’s ambitions to play a dominant part in the
Far East and put in her place an Asiatic power.
with Japan.
557. Course of the Asiatic trade.—In no period of the nineteenth
century has Russian commerce across her Asiatic frontier formed any
important fraction of her total foreign trade. At the beginning and end of the
century it was about one tenth of the total; in the intervening time it was
rather less. The difficulty of transportation over the great stretches of almost
trackless territory confined the trade with the Far East to objects comprising
great value in small bulk (tea, cloth, etc.), and directed Russian commerce
rather to the Asiatic countries on her southeastern frontier (Persia, etc.). In
the second half of the century, for reasons noted above, the government
showed an increased interest in this branch of trade, and lent liberal aid in
furthering Russian interests in the East. The most striking evidence of the
determination of the Russian government to extend its influence toward the
Pacific Ocean was the construction of the Siberian Railway (1891). This
was rather a political than an economic undertaking; it was enormously
expensive, and failed to develop sufficient traffic to pay its way as a
commercial enterprise. Its failure also in the field of international politics
was signalized by the victory of Japan in the war with Russia in 1905,
which checked definitely Russia’s ambitions to play a dominant part in the
Far East and put in her place an Asiatic power.
Page 436
558. States of the Balkan Peninsula.—If the reader will examine a map
of Europe about 1800 he will find that at that date the state of Turkey
occupied the whole of the Balkan Peninsula, and included considerable
territories even to the north of the Danube. The nineteenth century has
witnessed the liberation of most of this land from Turkish rule; and some
half dozen independent states have emerged and taken their place in the
European system. These states, however, have neither in their political nor
in their economic organization reached maturity. Like the Russians, the
peoples of southeastern Europe belonged for centuries to Asia rather than to
Europe, and the period of Turkish misrule, lasting down into very recent
times, has effectually checked their development. Their states were still in
the making, constantly disturbed by racial, religious, and dynastic quarrels.
Their economic organization was still, in large part, medieval. Roads were
scarce, and good roads were almost unknown. The implements and methods
of agriculture were of the most primitive description. Some cultivators still
used for a plow a crooked piece of wood with a single handle, and threshed
their grain on the open ground by driving horses over it. Manufactures were
of Europe about 1800 he will find that at that date the state of Turkey
occupied the whole of the Balkan Peninsula, and included considerable
territories even to the north of the Danube. The nineteenth century has
witnessed the liberation of most of this land from Turkish rule; and some
half dozen independent states have emerged and taken their place in the
European system. These states, however, have neither in their political nor
in their economic organization reached maturity. Like the Russians, the
peoples of southeastern Europe belonged for centuries to Asia rather than to
Europe, and the period of Turkish misrule, lasting down into very recent
times, has effectually checked their development. Their states were still in
the making, constantly disturbed by racial, religious, and dynastic quarrels.
Their economic organization was still, in large part, medieval. Roads were
scarce, and good roads were almost unknown. The implements and methods
of agriculture were of the most primitive description. Some cultivators still
used for a plow a crooked piece of wood with a single handle, and threshed
their grain on the open ground by driving horses over it. Manufactures were
Page 437
still in the stage of the handicrafts, and were, in some cases, exercised by
gilds like those of the Middle Ages.
559. Commerce of the Balkan States.—Conditions have been rapidly
changing, as railroads and steamers have reached the peoples of the
Balkans, and have brought them in touch with the advanced civilization of
the West. The commerce of the Balkans, however, has been as yet important
rather by its promise than by its performance. The total commerce between
the contiguous states Servia and Bulgaria amounted in 1882 to less than a
million dollars. The aggregate commerce of the four Balkan countries,
Roumania, Bulgaria, Servia and Greece, in 1910-11, amounted to
considerably less than one per cent of the total trade of the world, and was
exceeded by the commerce of Sweden or Spain or even of the little country
Denmark. The foreign commerce of the kingdom of Greece depended
almost entirely on one product, the so-called Zante currant, a seedless raisin
which got the name of currant from Corinth, whence it was carried to the
island of Zante. The pig took in Servia a position almost equal in
importance to that of the currant in Greece; great herds of swine were kept
in the oak forests, and contributed largely to the chief export, that of animal
products. On the plains of Roumania wheat was grown for export by a
wretched population of tenants and laborers, who were still serfs until 1864.
The governments of some of the states have endeavored by protective
tariffs and various privileges to stimulate the growth of a mining and
manufacturing industry; but the countries of the Balkan Peninsula will find
in agriculture their chief resource for a long time to come, and will develop
their commerce most rapidly by exchanging their surplus of raw products
for the manufactures of central and western Europe.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Character of internal trade in Russia. [Wallace, chap. 12; Palmer,
chaps. 10-12; Schierbrand, chap. 9.]
2. The period of Mongol rule and its effects. [Wallace, chap. 14;
Rambaud, History of Russia, N. Y., Burt, $2, vol. 1, chap. 10; Thompson,
chap. 2; Noble, chap. 3.]
3. Condition of people and production in the time of serfdom. [Wallace,
chap. 28; Palmer, chap. 5.]
4. Traveling by roads and rivers in modern Russia [Wallace, chap. 1.]
gilds like those of the Middle Ages.
559. Commerce of the Balkan States.—Conditions have been rapidly
changing, as railroads and steamers have reached the peoples of the
Balkans, and have brought them in touch with the advanced civilization of
the West. The commerce of the Balkans, however, has been as yet important
rather by its promise than by its performance. The total commerce between
the contiguous states Servia and Bulgaria amounted in 1882 to less than a
million dollars. The aggregate commerce of the four Balkan countries,
Roumania, Bulgaria, Servia and Greece, in 1910-11, amounted to
considerably less than one per cent of the total trade of the world, and was
exceeded by the commerce of Sweden or Spain or even of the little country
Denmark. The foreign commerce of the kingdom of Greece depended
almost entirely on one product, the so-called Zante currant, a seedless raisin
which got the name of currant from Corinth, whence it was carried to the
island of Zante. The pig took in Servia a position almost equal in
importance to that of the currant in Greece; great herds of swine were kept
in the oak forests, and contributed largely to the chief export, that of animal
products. On the plains of Roumania wheat was grown for export by a
wretched population of tenants and laborers, who were still serfs until 1864.
The governments of some of the states have endeavored by protective
tariffs and various privileges to stimulate the growth of a mining and
manufacturing industry; but the countries of the Balkan Peninsula will find
in agriculture their chief resource for a long time to come, and will develop
their commerce most rapidly by exchanging their surplus of raw products
for the manufactures of central and western Europe.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Character of internal trade in Russia. [Wallace, chap. 12; Palmer,
chaps. 10-12; Schierbrand, chap. 9.]
2. The period of Mongol rule and its effects. [Wallace, chap. 14;
Rambaud, History of Russia, N. Y., Burt, $2, vol. 1, chap. 10; Thompson,
chap. 2; Noble, chap. 3.]
3. Condition of people and production in the time of serfdom. [Wallace,
chap. 28; Palmer, chap. 5.]
4. Traveling by roads and rivers in modern Russia [Wallace, chap. 1.]
Page 438
5. The Crimean War. [Seignobos, chap. 27, first part.]
6. The period of reforms. [Wallace, chap. 27.]
7. Faults of the Russian administration. [Wallace, chap. 24, Schierbrand,
chap. 11; Thompson.]
8. Emancipation of the serfs. [Wallace, chap. 29; Thompson, chap. 4;
Noble, chap. 7.]
9. What were the chief exports and imports of Russia; with what
countries was the most important commerce of Russia conducted?
[Statesman’s Year-Book.]
10. Character and significance of the foreign trade of modern Russia.
[Hourwich in Journal of Polit. Econ., 1892-3, 2: 284-290.]
11. Domestic manufactures. [Palmer, chap. 20.]
12. Recent fiscal policy and protection. [Wallace, chap. 36; Schierbrand,
chap. 3.]
13. Manufactures in modern Russia. [Palmer, chap. 19; Schierbrand,
chap. 4; Oseroff, The industrial development of Russia, Forum, 1899, 27:
129-144.]
14. Condition of the agricultural population after emancipation. [Wallace,
chap. 31; Palmer, chap. 8; Schierbrand, chaps. 5, 6; Thompson, chap. 4;
Noble, chap. 7.]
15. Political, social, and economic life of the rural population. [Palmer,
chap. 4; Wallace, chaps. 6-9.]
16. Famines in modern Russia. [Articles by various authors in
Fortnightly Review, 1891, 56: 636-652; Forum, 1892, 13: 575-582:
Nineteenth Century, 1892, 31: 1-6; Century, 1893, 46: 560 ff., etc.]
17. Faults of the modern system of agriculture. [Hourwich in Yale
Review, 1892-3, 1: 411-433; in greater detail, in Columbia Studies, vol. 2,
N. Y., 1892.]
18. Russian trade in China. [Calderon in Contemporary Review, 1900,
78: 389-396.]
19. Russia’s hold on Persia. [Forum, 1900, 29: 147-153.]
20. Russian railway policy in Asia. [Long in Fortnightly Review, 1899,
72: 914-925, with map.]
21. Territorial expansion in the East. [Wallace, chap. 38; Noble, chap. 10;
Schierbrand, chap. 1.]
22. The Siberian railroad. [See A. L. A. Catalogue, or use one of the
following periodical articles: Norman in Scribner’s, 1900, 28: 515-541;
6. The period of reforms. [Wallace, chap. 27.]
7. Faults of the Russian administration. [Wallace, chap. 24, Schierbrand,
chap. 11; Thompson.]
8. Emancipation of the serfs. [Wallace, chap. 29; Thompson, chap. 4;
Noble, chap. 7.]
9. What were the chief exports and imports of Russia; with what
countries was the most important commerce of Russia conducted?
[Statesman’s Year-Book.]
10. Character and significance of the foreign trade of modern Russia.
[Hourwich in Journal of Polit. Econ., 1892-3, 2: 284-290.]
11. Domestic manufactures. [Palmer, chap. 20.]
12. Recent fiscal policy and protection. [Wallace, chap. 36; Schierbrand,
chap. 3.]
13. Manufactures in modern Russia. [Palmer, chap. 19; Schierbrand,
chap. 4; Oseroff, The industrial development of Russia, Forum, 1899, 27:
129-144.]
14. Condition of the agricultural population after emancipation. [Wallace,
chap. 31; Palmer, chap. 8; Schierbrand, chaps. 5, 6; Thompson, chap. 4;
Noble, chap. 7.]
15. Political, social, and economic life of the rural population. [Palmer,
chap. 4; Wallace, chaps. 6-9.]
16. Famines in modern Russia. [Articles by various authors in
Fortnightly Review, 1891, 56: 636-652; Forum, 1892, 13: 575-582:
Nineteenth Century, 1892, 31: 1-6; Century, 1893, 46: 560 ff., etc.]
17. Faults of the modern system of agriculture. [Hourwich in Yale
Review, 1892-3, 1: 411-433; in greater detail, in Columbia Studies, vol. 2,
N. Y., 1892.]
18. Russian trade in China. [Calderon in Contemporary Review, 1900,
78: 389-396.]
19. Russia’s hold on Persia. [Forum, 1900, 29: 147-153.]
20. Russian railway policy in Asia. [Long in Fortnightly Review, 1899,
72: 914-925, with map.]
21. Territorial expansion in the East. [Wallace, chap. 38; Noble, chap. 10;
Schierbrand, chap. 1.]
22. The Siberian railroad. [See A. L. A. Catalogue, or use one of the
following periodical articles: Norman in Scribner’s, 1900, 28: 515-541;
Page 439
Davidson in Century, 1904, 67: 940 ff.; Kinloch in Monthly Review, 1901,
2: 60-71, with map, and with special reference to trade possibilities;
Mikhailoff, in North Amer. Rev., 1900, 170: 593-608; Colquhoun in
Monthly Review, 1900, 1: Nov., 40-55, with two maps.]
23. Choose one of the more important states (Turkey, Roumania,
Bulgaria, Servia, Greece) and
(a) Trace its political history during the century. [Seignobos, chaps. 20,
21.]
(b) Study its recent commerce. [Statesman’s Year-Book.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Though no history of Russian commerce has appeared in English, there
are many good books on the history and conditions of the Russian Empire;
and a considerable number have been published within a few years. For
bibliography see the A. L. A. Catalogue and recent issues of the American
Historical Review; a more complete bibliography, with chronological
classification, will be found in Skrine, pp. 347-358. Compare, also, A. L.
Morse, Reading list on Russia, Univ. of State of N. Y., State Library
Bulletin, Jan., 1899, Bibliography, nos. 15-17. References to articles on
Russian commerce in the first half of the century, in English and American
periodicals, will be found in Homans, Cyclopedia, p. 1659.
Mavor, *Economic History of Russia, London, 1914, 2 vol., is a
monumental work, particularly valuable for its study of institutional
development. The history of Russia in the nineteenth century is treated by
Seignobos, adequately for most purposes; more fully by Skrine, Expansion
of Russia, London, 1900 (N. Y., Macmillan), in the Cambridge Historical
Series.
The most useful books for our purposes are the descriptive works, most
of which contain considerable historical material. First of these should be
mentioned D. M. Wallace, **Russia, N. Y., Holt, 1877, 1905; references in
the topics are to the revised edition, 1905. Anatole Leroy-Beaulieu, ** The
empire of the tsars, N. Y., Putnam, 1893, has the rank of a classic, but a
large part of its three volumes treats topics removed from our direct interest.
Among the smaller books the most useful are the following: Francis H. E.
Palmer, *Russian life, N. Y., Putnam, 1901, W. von Schierbrand, *Russia,
2: 60-71, with map, and with special reference to trade possibilities;
Mikhailoff, in North Amer. Rev., 1900, 170: 593-608; Colquhoun in
Monthly Review, 1900, 1: Nov., 40-55, with two maps.]
23. Choose one of the more important states (Turkey, Roumania,
Bulgaria, Servia, Greece) and
(a) Trace its political history during the century. [Seignobos, chaps. 20,
21.]
(b) Study its recent commerce. [Statesman’s Year-Book.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Though no history of Russian commerce has appeared in English, there
are many good books on the history and conditions of the Russian Empire;
and a considerable number have been published within a few years. For
bibliography see the A. L. A. Catalogue and recent issues of the American
Historical Review; a more complete bibliography, with chronological
classification, will be found in Skrine, pp. 347-358. Compare, also, A. L.
Morse, Reading list on Russia, Univ. of State of N. Y., State Library
Bulletin, Jan., 1899, Bibliography, nos. 15-17. References to articles on
Russian commerce in the first half of the century, in English and American
periodicals, will be found in Homans, Cyclopedia, p. 1659.
Mavor, *Economic History of Russia, London, 1914, 2 vol., is a
monumental work, particularly valuable for its study of institutional
development. The history of Russia in the nineteenth century is treated by
Seignobos, adequately for most purposes; more fully by Skrine, Expansion
of Russia, London, 1900 (N. Y., Macmillan), in the Cambridge Historical
Series.
The most useful books for our purposes are the descriptive works, most
of which contain considerable historical material. First of these should be
mentioned D. M. Wallace, **Russia, N. Y., Holt, 1877, 1905; references in
the topics are to the revised edition, 1905. Anatole Leroy-Beaulieu, ** The
empire of the tsars, N. Y., Putnam, 1893, has the rank of a classic, but a
large part of its three volumes treats topics removed from our direct interest.
Among the smaller books the most useful are the following: Francis H. E.
Palmer, *Russian life, N. Y., Putnam, 1901, W. von Schierbrand, *Russia,
Page 440
N. Y., Putnam, 1904, Edmund Noble, Russia, Boston, Houghton, 1900, H.
M. Thompson, Russian politics, N. Y., Holt, 1896.
A work deserving special mention is **Industries of Russia, published
for the World’s Columbian Exposition at Chicago, and edited in the English
translation by John M. Crawford, St. Petersburg, 1893, 5 vols. with maps
and charts. Volumes 1 and 2, paged continuously, cover Manufactures (with
historical surveys) and Trade (brief on foreign commerce); volume 3 covers
Agriculture and Forestry; 4, Mining; 5, Siberia and the Trans-Siberian
Railroad. I cannot cover here the mass of literature on Russia’s eastern
policy, and refer for that to the bibliographical aids mentioned above. The
U. S. Monthly Summary, Commerce and Finance, April, 1899, contained a
compilation of various material on the Russian Empire and the Trans-
Siberian railroad, with a map; another monograph, on European Russia,
appeared in this series in 1904.
On Finland, a distinct part of Russia for the treatment of which the text
offers no space, see N. C. Frederiksen, **Finland, London, 1902, with
bibliography; this is an excellent book, especially full on economic matters.
The Balkan States have attracted more attention from writers than
accords with their recent commercial importance; for a general survey see
Laveleye, *The Balkan Peninsula, N. Y., Putnam, 1887. On the conditions
of commerce in the peninsula just before the World War see Day, The pre-
war commerce and the commercial approaches of the Balkan Peninsula,
Geographical Rev., N. Y., May, 1920, 9: 277-298.
TOPICS FOR REVIEW
Among topics suitable for general review of the recent period, (1800-
1900), the following may be suggested: (a) shipping; (b) transportation by
canals; (c) transportation by railroads; (d) production and exchange of raw
textiles; (e) finished textiles; (f) coal; (g) iron and steel; (h) introduction of
steam and power machinery in manufactures; (i) commercial policy.
M. Thompson, Russian politics, N. Y., Holt, 1896.
A work deserving special mention is **Industries of Russia, published
for the World’s Columbian Exposition at Chicago, and edited in the English
translation by John M. Crawford, St. Petersburg, 1893, 5 vols. with maps
and charts. Volumes 1 and 2, paged continuously, cover Manufactures (with
historical surveys) and Trade (brief on foreign commerce); volume 3 covers
Agriculture and Forestry; 4, Mining; 5, Siberia and the Trans-Siberian
Railroad. I cannot cover here the mass of literature on Russia’s eastern
policy, and refer for that to the bibliographical aids mentioned above. The
U. S. Monthly Summary, Commerce and Finance, April, 1899, contained a
compilation of various material on the Russian Empire and the Trans-
Siberian railroad, with a map; another monograph, on European Russia,
appeared in this series in 1904.
On Finland, a distinct part of Russia for the treatment of which the text
offers no space, see N. C. Frederiksen, **Finland, London, 1902, with
bibliography; this is an excellent book, especially full on economic matters.
The Balkan States have attracted more attention from writers than
accords with their recent commercial importance; for a general survey see
Laveleye, *The Balkan Peninsula, N. Y., Putnam, 1887. On the conditions
of commerce in the peninsula just before the World War see Day, The pre-
war commerce and the commercial approaches of the Balkan Peninsula,
Geographical Rev., N. Y., May, 1920, 9: 277-298.
TOPICS FOR REVIEW
Among topics suitable for general review of the recent period, (1800-
1900), the following may be suggested: (a) shipping; (b) transportation by
canals; (c) transportation by railroads; (d) production and exchange of raw
textiles; (e) finished textiles; (f) coal; (g) iron and steel; (h) introduction of
steam and power machinery in manufactures; (i) commercial policy.
Page 441
PART V.—THE UNITED STATES
Page 442
CHAPTER XLV
THE ORGANIZATION OF PRODUCTION, 1789
560. Comparison of conditions in 1789 and in 1914.—The United
States was in 1914 recognized as one of the greatest countries of the world
in area, in population, in wealth, in efficiency of the organization of
production and business, and in the volume of internal trade and foreign
commerce. Little more than a century before, when it began its career as an
independent state, it was an aspirant struggling merely for a respectable
position among the minor powers. Its population, which in 1914 was nearly
one hundred million, was in 1790 less than four million, placing it in this
respect far below the great states of Europe, and not far above such little
states as the Netherlands, Portugal, or Sweden. The whole settled area,
comprising a strip along the Atlantic coast, and the mere beginnings of
settlement beyond the Appalachian Mountains, was less than the area of the
present state of Texas. The people were poor, and backward in industrial
development. The amount of internal trade was small, even in proportion to
the scanty population. The people were forced into foreign commerce by
the necessities of their condition. They were as yet unable to supply the
needs of civilization by wares of their own production. They had as yet
developed no resources which assured their economic position in commerce
with European powers, and in their political and military position they were
so weak that they must beg as favors rather than demand as rights the
opening of markets which were essential to their commercial growth.
THE ORGANIZATION OF PRODUCTION, 1789
560. Comparison of conditions in 1789 and in 1914.—The United
States was in 1914 recognized as one of the greatest countries of the world
in area, in population, in wealth, in efficiency of the organization of
production and business, and in the volume of internal trade and foreign
commerce. Little more than a century before, when it began its career as an
independent state, it was an aspirant struggling merely for a respectable
position among the minor powers. Its population, which in 1914 was nearly
one hundred million, was in 1790 less than four million, placing it in this
respect far below the great states of Europe, and not far above such little
states as the Netherlands, Portugal, or Sweden. The whole settled area,
comprising a strip along the Atlantic coast, and the mere beginnings of
settlement beyond the Appalachian Mountains, was less than the area of the
present state of Texas. The people were poor, and backward in industrial
development. The amount of internal trade was small, even in proportion to
the scanty population. The people were forced into foreign commerce by
the necessities of their condition. They were as yet unable to supply the
needs of civilization by wares of their own production. They had as yet
developed no resources which assured their economic position in commerce
with European powers, and in their political and military position they were
so weak that they must beg as favors rather than demand as rights the
opening of markets which were essential to their commercial growth.
Page 443
Page 444
The sharp contrast between 1789 and 1914 indicates clearly the
importance of the subject which will be treated in the following chapters of
the book, the history of the commerce of the United States. The student is
asked to give his attention first to a detailed study of conditions existing
about the year 1789. A survey of conditions at that date will furnish a
summary of the development of the colonial period, and a basis for
appreciating the national progress of more recent times.
561. Chief exports in 1790.—Following the plan pursued in earlier
chapters we shall attend first to the exports of the country, composed of
those wares which could be produced to such advantage that the people
could sell a surplus of them abroad, and so secure the imports of which they
stood in need. The following table gives the chief items for the first year of
our national existence:
Exports, 1790, in Millions of Dollars
Northern products.— Flour 4.5
Wheat 1.3
Lumber 1.2
Corn 1.0
Fish .9
Potash .8
Southern products.— Tobacco 4.3
Rice 1.7
Indigo .5
Total (including decimals omitted) 16.6
Total exports, including items omitted 20.2
One characteristic of this table is noteworthy because it has marked the
exports of the country from this early time to the present. The exports of the
United States have always consisted not of a great many articles sold in
small quantities, but of a few great staples sold in large quantities. Nine
importance of the subject which will be treated in the following chapters of
the book, the history of the commerce of the United States. The student is
asked to give his attention first to a detailed study of conditions existing
about the year 1789. A survey of conditions at that date will furnish a
summary of the development of the colonial period, and a basis for
appreciating the national progress of more recent times.
561. Chief exports in 1790.—Following the plan pursued in earlier
chapters we shall attend first to the exports of the country, composed of
those wares which could be produced to such advantage that the people
could sell a surplus of them abroad, and so secure the imports of which they
stood in need. The following table gives the chief items for the first year of
our national existence:
Exports, 1790, in Millions of Dollars
Northern products.— Flour 4.5
Wheat 1.3
Lumber 1.2
Corn 1.0
Fish .9
Potash .8
Southern products.— Tobacco 4.3
Rice 1.7
Indigo .5
Total (including decimals omitted) 16.6
Total exports, including items omitted 20.2
One characteristic of this table is noteworthy because it has marked the
exports of the country from this early time to the present. The exports of the
United States have always consisted not of a great many articles sold in
small quantities, but of a few great staples sold in large quantities. Nine
Page 445
items, it will be observed, comprised over three fourths of the total value,
and the two items, breadstuffs and tobacco, made up over half.
562. Predominance of agriculture; experiments with crops.—The
table shows clearly that the strength of the United States at this time lay in
what the economists call extractive industries, devoted to the production of
raw materials. Some of the wares, it is true, had undergone the first stages
of manufacture (flour, lumber, potash, indigo), but their chief value
consisted still in the original material. In contrast with present conditions it
was estimated at this time that nine tenths of the people were engaged in
agricultural pursuits, and that even in New England, where industrial
pursuits were most diversified, only one eighth were employed in
manufactures, trade, or other occupations besides agriculture. Of twenty-
one presidents of the United States (to 1880) fifteen were farmers or the
sons of farmers.
The agricultural products of the table above represent the results of
nearly two centuries of experiment in the search for profitable crops. It is
not easy to determine what cultures will pay under the conditions of a new
country. Early settlers had extravagant hopes of supplying the European
market with silk, wine, olive oil, drugs, dyes, etc., and learned only by bitter
experience that the conditions of nature and man destined America to a
commercial career different from that of southern Europe or Asia. Most of
the important crops and grasses were introduced to this country from other
continents, Indian corn being, of course, the notable exception; and so
thoroughly had the process of experiment been carried out that in the
hundred years following the Revolution only one species of cultivated plant
(sorghum) was introduced, of sufficient importance to be enumerated in the
census.
563. Breadstuffs.—The crop of greatest importance to the people of the
American colonies was, without question, maize or Indian corn. This crop,
of native origin, flourished in all parts of the colonies, and yielded, under
the conditions of a primitive agriculture, far richer returns than could be
secured from any of the European grains. To the domestic food supply it
was indispensable. For export purposes, however, it was less desirable, and
though moderate quantities were shipped abroad every year, the demand of
foreign markets, as appears in the table, was chiefly for wheat and wheat
flour. Wheat was at this time a costly luxury in New England, but it could
be grown to advantage in the middle colonies and in Virginia; and in the
and the two items, breadstuffs and tobacco, made up over half.
562. Predominance of agriculture; experiments with crops.—The
table shows clearly that the strength of the United States at this time lay in
what the economists call extractive industries, devoted to the production of
raw materials. Some of the wares, it is true, had undergone the first stages
of manufacture (flour, lumber, potash, indigo), but their chief value
consisted still in the original material. In contrast with present conditions it
was estimated at this time that nine tenths of the people were engaged in
agricultural pursuits, and that even in New England, where industrial
pursuits were most diversified, only one eighth were employed in
manufactures, trade, or other occupations besides agriculture. Of twenty-
one presidents of the United States (to 1880) fifteen were farmers or the
sons of farmers.
The agricultural products of the table above represent the results of
nearly two centuries of experiment in the search for profitable crops. It is
not easy to determine what cultures will pay under the conditions of a new
country. Early settlers had extravagant hopes of supplying the European
market with silk, wine, olive oil, drugs, dyes, etc., and learned only by bitter
experience that the conditions of nature and man destined America to a
commercial career different from that of southern Europe or Asia. Most of
the important crops and grasses were introduced to this country from other
continents, Indian corn being, of course, the notable exception; and so
thoroughly had the process of experiment been carried out that in the
hundred years following the Revolution only one species of cultivated plant
(sorghum) was introduced, of sufficient importance to be enumerated in the
census.
563. Breadstuffs.—The crop of greatest importance to the people of the
American colonies was, without question, maize or Indian corn. This crop,
of native origin, flourished in all parts of the colonies, and yielded, under
the conditions of a primitive agriculture, far richer returns than could be
secured from any of the European grains. To the domestic food supply it
was indispensable. For export purposes, however, it was less desirable, and
though moderate quantities were shipped abroad every year, the demand of
foreign markets, as appears in the table, was chiefly for wheat and wheat
flour. Wheat was at this time a costly luxury in New England, but it could
be grown to advantage in the middle colonies and in Virginia; and in the
Page 446
particular period which we are studying it assumed a leading position
among the exports. European countries had formerly been unwilling to
receive a product which competed with their own agriculture, but the failure
of crops in Europe, the outbreak of the French Revolution (1789), and the
long wars following, caused a great increase in the demand for our food
products, and gave rich returns to the wheat farmers who had been suffering
from the lack of a market.
564. Other products of northern agriculture.—Aside from the cereals
the agricultural exports of the middle and northern colonies were
unimportant. Many attempts had been made to grow flax and hemp, to sell
in competition with the produce of Russia and other Baltic countries. The
seed of the flax was exported, but the preparation of the fiber was too
troublesome to pay the producer, and though coarse fabrics for home wear
were made of it and it was used for sewing shoes until the invention of the
wooden shoe peg, the export of flax and hemp fiber remained insignificant.
The second place among exports of northern agriculture, after
breadstuffs, was taken by stock and meat products. The abundance of
pasture land encouraged farmers to raise a surplus of live stock for sale,
though as yet they paid but little attention to breeding or to the proper care
and fattening of the animals. Horses were shipped to Canada and to the
West Indies, while salt beef and salt pork had a ready sale for provisioning
ships, and for export to the West Indies. The export of live animals and
provisions amounted, however, to less than one million dollars.
565. Southern staples; tobacco.—Many of the export products above
mentioned could be raised in the southern colonies, and all of them were, in
fact, produced there to some extent. The people of the South, however, were
fortunate in finding conditions suited to the production of some special
crops, which, unlike those of the North, could not be produced to advantage
in Europe, and which therefore were more readily taken in trade. The
Southerners followed their interests, therefore, by raising of foodstuffs only
what they absolutely needed, and by applying themselves to their special
staples. Of these tobacco was by far the most important throughout the
colonial period. It was asserted at one time that a man could provide grain
for five men and clothes for two, by the sale of the tobacco which he could
grow unassisted. Until the rise of the cotton culture tobacco was king
among the southern staples, and had no rival export at the North of equal
importance; through the eighteenth century it formed about half of the total
among the exports. European countries had formerly been unwilling to
receive a product which competed with their own agriculture, but the failure
of crops in Europe, the outbreak of the French Revolution (1789), and the
long wars following, caused a great increase in the demand for our food
products, and gave rich returns to the wheat farmers who had been suffering
from the lack of a market.
564. Other products of northern agriculture.—Aside from the cereals
the agricultural exports of the middle and northern colonies were
unimportant. Many attempts had been made to grow flax and hemp, to sell
in competition with the produce of Russia and other Baltic countries. The
seed of the flax was exported, but the preparation of the fiber was too
troublesome to pay the producer, and though coarse fabrics for home wear
were made of it and it was used for sewing shoes until the invention of the
wooden shoe peg, the export of flax and hemp fiber remained insignificant.
The second place among exports of northern agriculture, after
breadstuffs, was taken by stock and meat products. The abundance of
pasture land encouraged farmers to raise a surplus of live stock for sale,
though as yet they paid but little attention to breeding or to the proper care
and fattening of the animals. Horses were shipped to Canada and to the
West Indies, while salt beef and salt pork had a ready sale for provisioning
ships, and for export to the West Indies. The export of live animals and
provisions amounted, however, to less than one million dollars.
565. Southern staples; tobacco.—Many of the export products above
mentioned could be raised in the southern colonies, and all of them were, in
fact, produced there to some extent. The people of the South, however, were
fortunate in finding conditions suited to the production of some special
crops, which, unlike those of the North, could not be produced to advantage
in Europe, and which therefore were more readily taken in trade. The
Southerners followed their interests, therefore, by raising of foodstuffs only
what they absolutely needed, and by applying themselves to their special
staples. Of these tobacco was by far the most important throughout the
colonial period. It was asserted at one time that a man could provide grain
for five men and clothes for two, by the sale of the tobacco which he could
grow unassisted. Until the rise of the cotton culture tobacco was king
among the southern staples, and had no rival export at the North of equal
importance; through the eighteenth century it formed about half of the total
Page 447
exports of the colonies to England, and only just before the close of the
century did it yield the leading place to wheat. Disadvantages of a one-crop
system, entailing sharp fluctuations in price and periods of dearth, the rapid
exhaustion of the soil under tobacco, and the encouragement of negro
slavery,—all these evils could not turn the planters of Maryland and
Virginia from a crop which, on the whole, yielded rich returns.
566. Rice and indigo.—In Carolina rice took the position held by
tobacco in other southern colonies. Its cultivation became of practical
importance only toward 1700, starting, it is said, from the gift of a small
parcel of rough rice by the captain of a ship bound from Madagascar to
Liverpool, who was forced to put into Charleston for repairs. The grain
found a ready market in southern Europe and in the West Indies, and
became soon an important article of export, though the modern method of
water culture was not introduced until nearly 1800.
The only other item of southern produce deserving special mention in
this place is indigo. This plant, the reader will remember, was the source of
a blue dye which at the time was highly prized and which, indeed, has only
recently been displaced by anilin colors. Attempts had been made in the
early colonial period to raise indigo, but no success attended them until
about 1750. After that date the culture flourished in South Carolina and
Georgia; aided by a bounty from the British government the planters
exported large quantities and secured handsome returns. The preparation of
indigo was, however, an unwholesome occupation, as the plant, after being
soaked in water, was left to rot, giving out an offensive odor and drawing
innumerable flies. It was an indication of progress, therefore, that indigo
culture declined rapidly after 1790; planters gladly took up the cotton
culture, and the United States soon secured by importation from abroad the
ware of which it had formerly produced a surplus.
567. Methods of agriculture.—Though agriculture as a source of wealth
overshadowed all other industries in the colonies, it was conducted with
methods which we should now consider extremely inefficient and wasteful.
Washington wrote to an agricultural specialist in England: “An English
farmer must have a very indifferent opinion of our American soil when he
hears that an acre of it produces no more than from 8 to 10 bushels of
wheat; but he must not forget that in all countries where land is cheap and
labor is dear the people prefer cultivating much to cultivating well.”
century did it yield the leading place to wheat. Disadvantages of a one-crop
system, entailing sharp fluctuations in price and periods of dearth, the rapid
exhaustion of the soil under tobacco, and the encouragement of negro
slavery,—all these evils could not turn the planters of Maryland and
Virginia from a crop which, on the whole, yielded rich returns.
566. Rice and indigo.—In Carolina rice took the position held by
tobacco in other southern colonies. Its cultivation became of practical
importance only toward 1700, starting, it is said, from the gift of a small
parcel of rough rice by the captain of a ship bound from Madagascar to
Liverpool, who was forced to put into Charleston for repairs. The grain
found a ready market in southern Europe and in the West Indies, and
became soon an important article of export, though the modern method of
water culture was not introduced until nearly 1800.
The only other item of southern produce deserving special mention in
this place is indigo. This plant, the reader will remember, was the source of
a blue dye which at the time was highly prized and which, indeed, has only
recently been displaced by anilin colors. Attempts had been made in the
early colonial period to raise indigo, but no success attended them until
about 1750. After that date the culture flourished in South Carolina and
Georgia; aided by a bounty from the British government the planters
exported large quantities and secured handsome returns. The preparation of
indigo was, however, an unwholesome occupation, as the plant, after being
soaked in water, was left to rot, giving out an offensive odor and drawing
innumerable flies. It was an indication of progress, therefore, that indigo
culture declined rapidly after 1790; planters gladly took up the cotton
culture, and the United States soon secured by importation from abroad the
ware of which it had formerly produced a surplus.
567. Methods of agriculture.—Though agriculture as a source of wealth
overshadowed all other industries in the colonies, it was conducted with
methods which we should now consider extremely inefficient and wasteful.
Washington wrote to an agricultural specialist in England: “An English
farmer must have a very indifferent opinion of our American soil when he
hears that an acre of it produces no more than from 8 to 10 bushels of
wheat; but he must not forget that in all countries where land is cheap and
labor is dear the people prefer cultivating much to cultivating well.”
Page 448
The plow, the most important implement of agriculture, was still at the
time of the Revolution substantially unchanged from the models of ancient
times. The mould-board, of wood as the name implies, was sometimes
plated with sheet iron or with strips made out of old horseshoes. President
Jefferson improved the shape of the mould-board, and about the end of the
century the cast-iron plow began to come into common use. The sickle gave
place to the scythe and cradle, but threshing was still done with a flail or by
driving horses over the grain. There was a marked increase in the interest in
agricultural science and methods about the time when the national
government began, agricultural societies were founded in many states, and
progress thenceforth was more rapid.
568. Forest products; potash.—If the reader, after this review of the
agricultural exports of the country at the beginning of its national existence,
will refer again to the table above, he will find that export products of
considerable importance were derived also from the fisheries and the
forests.
The eastern slope of the country was so heavily wooded that trees were
regarded rather as a hindrance than a help by the colonists. It was good
philosophy, however, to make the best of them; and the British government,
during the colonial period, encouraged the export of forest products, to
avoid depending on the Baltic countries for the supply of wood and naval
stores. The most spectacular export of this description was that of the great
masts and spars, which formerly had been reserved for the government by
the mark of the broad arrow, and which were hauled out of the woods in
winter by fifty yoke or more of oxen. Most of the wood, however, left the
country in smaller form: staves and heading, which were sent to the West
Indies and there set up into casks and hogsheads for the carriage of sugar
products; boards, shingles, etc.
When wood ashes are leached, and the water evaporated, the product is
potash; if this be refined by heating it is termed pearlash. It is an impure
carbonate of potassium, and at this early stage of chemical industry it had
an immense importance in the arts, being used in bleaching, the
manufacture of glass, soap, etc. Besides enjoying a ready sale potash had
another peculiar advantage in this period; it was, besides the naval stores
(pitch, tar, turpentine, rosin), the only wood product which could be readily
transported on land. It was, therefore, a great resource when land was
cleared; and practically every new settlement, in the northern colonies at
time of the Revolution substantially unchanged from the models of ancient
times. The mould-board, of wood as the name implies, was sometimes
plated with sheet iron or with strips made out of old horseshoes. President
Jefferson improved the shape of the mould-board, and about the end of the
century the cast-iron plow began to come into common use. The sickle gave
place to the scythe and cradle, but threshing was still done with a flail or by
driving horses over the grain. There was a marked increase in the interest in
agricultural science and methods about the time when the national
government began, agricultural societies were founded in many states, and
progress thenceforth was more rapid.
568. Forest products; potash.—If the reader, after this review of the
agricultural exports of the country at the beginning of its national existence,
will refer again to the table above, he will find that export products of
considerable importance were derived also from the fisheries and the
forests.
The eastern slope of the country was so heavily wooded that trees were
regarded rather as a hindrance than a help by the colonists. It was good
philosophy, however, to make the best of them; and the British government,
during the colonial period, encouraged the export of forest products, to
avoid depending on the Baltic countries for the supply of wood and naval
stores. The most spectacular export of this description was that of the great
masts and spars, which formerly had been reserved for the government by
the mark of the broad arrow, and which were hauled out of the woods in
winter by fifty yoke or more of oxen. Most of the wood, however, left the
country in smaller form: staves and heading, which were sent to the West
Indies and there set up into casks and hogsheads for the carriage of sugar
products; boards, shingles, etc.
When wood ashes are leached, and the water evaporated, the product is
potash; if this be refined by heating it is termed pearlash. It is an impure
carbonate of potassium, and at this early stage of chemical industry it had
an immense importance in the arts, being used in bleaching, the
manufacture of glass, soap, etc. Besides enjoying a ready sale potash had
another peculiar advantage in this period; it was, besides the naval stores
(pitch, tar, turpentine, rosin), the only wood product which could be readily
transported on land. It was, therefore, a great resource when land was
cleared; and practically every new settlement, in the northern colonies at
Page 449
least, had its potash works, in which useless wood was converted into a
valuable export product.
569. Fisheries.—“The fisheries first and mainly placed New England on
its legs.” The people of the northern shore were driven to the sea by the
difficulties of life on land; and used the proceeds of the fishing industry as
the means of purchasing their imports from abroad, and part even of their
food supply from other colonies. They had advantages over European
competitors in their nearness to the great fishing grounds and in their skill
in building and navigating boats; and though the proportion of the total
population engaged in fisheries was never large (about one thousandth at
this time), the product was sufficiently important to take a respectable rank
among the exports of the country. Every year more than five hundred boats
left the towns of the Massachusetts coast, especially Gloucester and
Marblehead, for the banks of Newfoundland, while Nantucket and New
Bedford became the source of whaling voyages that reached from the Arctic
to the Antarctic oceans.
In comparison with the fisheries the fur trade had become of little
importance; the European demand for furs was met at this time by territory
lying to the north of the limits of the United States.
570. Chief imports, 1791.—The method, or rather the lack of method,
followed by the government in keeping its commercial statistics in early
days, renders it impossible, unfortunately, to present here a table of imports
in 1790 comparable in accuracy and in detail to the table of exports given
above. We must content ourselves with the following estimates for the year
1791.
Imports, 1791, in Millions of Dollars
Articles paying duties ad valorem 17.0
Wines, spirits, malt liquors 2.6
Colonial wares.— Sugar 1.6
Molasses 1.4
Coffee .5
Tea .3
Total, Colonial, including minor 4.0
valuable export product.
569. Fisheries.—“The fisheries first and mainly placed New England on
its legs.” The people of the northern shore were driven to the sea by the
difficulties of life on land; and used the proceeds of the fishing industry as
the means of purchasing their imports from abroad, and part even of their
food supply from other colonies. They had advantages over European
competitors in their nearness to the great fishing grounds and in their skill
in building and navigating boats; and though the proportion of the total
population engaged in fisheries was never large (about one thousandth at
this time), the product was sufficiently important to take a respectable rank
among the exports of the country. Every year more than five hundred boats
left the towns of the Massachusetts coast, especially Gloucester and
Marblehead, for the banks of Newfoundland, while Nantucket and New
Bedford became the source of whaling voyages that reached from the Arctic
to the Antarctic oceans.
In comparison with the fisheries the fur trade had become of little
importance; the European demand for furs was met at this time by territory
lying to the north of the limits of the United States.
570. Chief imports, 1791.—The method, or rather the lack of method,
followed by the government in keeping its commercial statistics in early
days, renders it impossible, unfortunately, to present here a table of imports
in 1790 comparable in accuracy and in detail to the table of exports given
above. We must content ourselves with the following estimates for the year
1791.
Imports, 1791, in Millions of Dollars
Articles paying duties ad valorem 17.0
Wines, spirits, malt liquors 2.6
Colonial wares.— Sugar 1.6
Molasses 1.4
Coffee .5
Tea .3
Total, Colonial, including minor 4.0
Page 450
Total, including minor items omitted 25.0
571. Classes of wares imported; manufactures.—The table shows, on
its face, only one thing with clearness, that the people used already a
considerable part of their surplus to purchase articles of food, of the nature
rather of luxuries than of necessaries, which could not be produced to
advantage at home. This feature has ever since characterized the import
trade of the country. In the recent commerce of the United States we find,
beside the class of colonial products, two other classes comprising the bulk
of the remaining imports, manufactures and material for manufacturing.
Were articles of these two classes masked behind that large item of the table
which classifies the imports only with reference to tariff schedules? The
answer can be given, without hesitation, in the affirmative. Raw materials
for manufacturing were still, however, comparatively unimportant; most of
the imports to this country, at the beginning of its national existence, were
finished manufactures. The statement made by a writer in 1818 held true at
this time: “Our imports consist chiefly of articles which habit and fashion
have made necessary for our consumption: but a very small proportion of
them is subservient to our arts and manufactures.”
To describe the character of these imported manufactures in detail would
be an arduous task, for they included the products of practically all the
handicrafts and factories of Europe. In contrast with the exports of the
country, which have been restricted always to a few great staples, the
imports, from earliest times to the present, have been extraordinarily
diversified. The imports included, besides the items specified in the table
above, a large part or the whole of the metals used in the country (tin,
copper, lead, pewter, brass, and iron), and manufactures of metal. They
comprised, further, a great quantity of the various textiles, of woolen,
cotton, linen, and silk; and miscellaneous manufactures such as glass and
earthen ware, paper, leather wares, etc.
572. Significance of the import of manufactures.—Accepting now as
the most important characteristic of the imports of this period the
preponderance of manufactured articles, we must seek to realize why this
was so, and what it signified. Anticipating the substance of following
sections it may be said, in summary, that the people of the United States
supplied their need for manufactured articles by their own handiwork, so far
as possible, but that they found it unprofitable to attempt to make wares the
571. Classes of wares imported; manufactures.—The table shows, on
its face, only one thing with clearness, that the people used already a
considerable part of their surplus to purchase articles of food, of the nature
rather of luxuries than of necessaries, which could not be produced to
advantage at home. This feature has ever since characterized the import
trade of the country. In the recent commerce of the United States we find,
beside the class of colonial products, two other classes comprising the bulk
of the remaining imports, manufactures and material for manufacturing.
Were articles of these two classes masked behind that large item of the table
which classifies the imports only with reference to tariff schedules? The
answer can be given, without hesitation, in the affirmative. Raw materials
for manufacturing were still, however, comparatively unimportant; most of
the imports to this country, at the beginning of its national existence, were
finished manufactures. The statement made by a writer in 1818 held true at
this time: “Our imports consist chiefly of articles which habit and fashion
have made necessary for our consumption: but a very small proportion of
them is subservient to our arts and manufactures.”
To describe the character of these imported manufactures in detail would
be an arduous task, for they included the products of practically all the
handicrafts and factories of Europe. In contrast with the exports of the
country, which have been restricted always to a few great staples, the
imports, from earliest times to the present, have been extraordinarily
diversified. The imports included, besides the items specified in the table
above, a large part or the whole of the metals used in the country (tin,
copper, lead, pewter, brass, and iron), and manufactures of metal. They
comprised, further, a great quantity of the various textiles, of woolen,
cotton, linen, and silk; and miscellaneous manufactures such as glass and
earthen ware, paper, leather wares, etc.
572. Significance of the import of manufactures.—Accepting now as
the most important characteristic of the imports of this period the
preponderance of manufactured articles, we must seek to realize why this
was so, and what it signified. Anticipating the substance of following
sections it may be said, in summary, that the people of the United States
supplied their need for manufactured articles by their own handiwork, so far
as possible, but that they found it unprofitable to attempt to make wares the
Page 451
manufacture of which required high technical skill, the use of machinery,
and an advanced organization of business. They depended on Europe,
therefore, for all the finer manufactures. The total amount of manufactures
imported annually was not large in proportion to the population, being less
than $5 per head; yet this amount comprised most of the comforts and
luxuries as well as many of the necessaries, which the people enjoyed. Even
at the end of the colonial period the average American led a life of
struggling and privation, and could think himself fortunate if he won by his
toil on land or at sea a surplus sufficient to provide him with a few articles
beyond the bounds of his absolute necessities.
573. Household self-sufficiency.—In contrast with the modern scale of
living the simplicity of the standard of life at this period can scarcely be
exaggerated. Most of the articles consumed in a family were produced at
home. The house was begun with the help of neighbors, and was finished,
perhaps long afterwards, by the inmates themselves. Domestic utensils,
household furniture, and farm implements were still made, to a large extent,
on the farm where they were used. The every-day clothing of the people,
made from linen or wool or from a combination of the two (“linsy-
woolsey”), was spun and woven, cut out and made into clothes, with
comparatively little professional help. Carpets were made from woolen yarn
spun in the family, sent away only to be dyed, and then woven either at
home or in the neighborhood. The self-sufficiency of the family group was
not so complete in 1800 as it had been in 1700, but it continued still to be
the dominant feature in economic life, and in some districts lasted for
decades to come.
574. Town self-sufficiency.—Articles which were not made in the
household were, as a rule, made in the town, and did not contribute to the
volume of distant trade or of foreign commerce. The important unit in the
economic organization of the United States at this period was the rural
group of perhaps a few hundred inhabitants. Most of the people were
farmers, as has been said above, and very few were entirely independent of
farming. Some, however, had the skill and implements which enabled them
to supply the needs which could hardly be met by household production.
Nearly every village had a gristmill, and, if conditions favored, a sawmill.
The village blacksmith was to be found in almost every settlement, and
performed an astonishing variety of work for the people. Toward 1800,
moreover, a tannery had become a common though not a universal feature
and an advanced organization of business. They depended on Europe,
therefore, for all the finer manufactures. The total amount of manufactures
imported annually was not large in proportion to the population, being less
than $5 per head; yet this amount comprised most of the comforts and
luxuries as well as many of the necessaries, which the people enjoyed. Even
at the end of the colonial period the average American led a life of
struggling and privation, and could think himself fortunate if he won by his
toil on land or at sea a surplus sufficient to provide him with a few articles
beyond the bounds of his absolute necessities.
573. Household self-sufficiency.—In contrast with the modern scale of
living the simplicity of the standard of life at this period can scarcely be
exaggerated. Most of the articles consumed in a family were produced at
home. The house was begun with the help of neighbors, and was finished,
perhaps long afterwards, by the inmates themselves. Domestic utensils,
household furniture, and farm implements were still made, to a large extent,
on the farm where they were used. The every-day clothing of the people,
made from linen or wool or from a combination of the two (“linsy-
woolsey”), was spun and woven, cut out and made into clothes, with
comparatively little professional help. Carpets were made from woolen yarn
spun in the family, sent away only to be dyed, and then woven either at
home or in the neighborhood. The self-sufficiency of the family group was
not so complete in 1800 as it had been in 1700, but it continued still to be
the dominant feature in economic life, and in some districts lasted for
decades to come.
574. Town self-sufficiency.—Articles which were not made in the
household were, as a rule, made in the town, and did not contribute to the
volume of distant trade or of foreign commerce. The important unit in the
economic organization of the United States at this period was the rural
group of perhaps a few hundred inhabitants. Most of the people were
farmers, as has been said above, and very few were entirely independent of
farming. Some, however, had the skill and implements which enabled them
to supply the needs which could hardly be met by household production.
Nearly every village had a gristmill, and, if conditions favored, a sawmill.
The village blacksmith was to be found in almost every settlement, and
performed an astonishing variety of work for the people. Toward 1800,
moreover, a tannery had become a common though not a universal feature
Page 452
of village life, and most towns could now boast of a shoemaker. Some still
depended, however, on the itinerant cobbler, and few were large enough at
this time to furnish paying custom to special artisans; and relied on
traveling tinkers, glaziers, coopers, curriers, etc., to perform the services
proper to their trades.
575. Development of household manufactures.—Only in a few lines of
manufacture had the organization developed beyond the simple lines
sketched above. The making of cloth is an operation requiring much time,
considerable technical skill, and, for some processes, machinery such as
few households would possess. By 1700 it had become customary to rely
upon professionals for fulling, the process which compacts the fibers of the
cloth, and fulling mills were widely distributed in 1800. Carding machines,
for straightening the fibers of wool before spinning, were to be found in
many towns, and it was more and more common, also, to have the weaving
done out of the house, though this process was ordinarily attended to in the
immediate neighborhood. With outside aid of this character the people of
some parts of the country were able to produce cloth in excess of their
needs, and could use the surplus in trade.
Nearly every town, moreover, in the northern and central colonies, had
some industry which utilized the spare time of the inhabitants, and gave
them the means of exchange with people in the colonies or abroad. For a
characteristic description take the following of Raynham, Mass., 1793,
when the town had a population of about 1,000: “Besides the usual business
of husbandry, numbers are here employed in the manufactories of bar iron,
hollow ware, nails, irons for vessels, iron shovels, potash, shingles, &c.”
576. Appreciation and criticism of American manufactures at this
time.—It would be tedious and unprofitable to study in detail the petty
manufactures which cropped up in the various towns of this period. Let us
accept as a summary the following statement, applying to the decade ending
in 1800: “The domestic manufactures best established are those of leather,
iron, flax, potters’ wares, including bricks, ardent spirits, malt liquors, cider,
paper of all kinds, hats, stuff and silk shoes, refined sugars, spermaceti and
tallow candles, copper, brass and tin wares, carriages, cabinet wares, snuff,
gunpowder and salt.”
In studying this description the reader should bear certain facts in mind.
First, the list, however long it seems, is far from including all the wares
required for the satisfaction of ordinary wants. Second, though these
depended, however, on the itinerant cobbler, and few were large enough at
this time to furnish paying custom to special artisans; and relied on
traveling tinkers, glaziers, coopers, curriers, etc., to perform the services
proper to their trades.
575. Development of household manufactures.—Only in a few lines of
manufacture had the organization developed beyond the simple lines
sketched above. The making of cloth is an operation requiring much time,
considerable technical skill, and, for some processes, machinery such as
few households would possess. By 1700 it had become customary to rely
upon professionals for fulling, the process which compacts the fibers of the
cloth, and fulling mills were widely distributed in 1800. Carding machines,
for straightening the fibers of wool before spinning, were to be found in
many towns, and it was more and more common, also, to have the weaving
done out of the house, though this process was ordinarily attended to in the
immediate neighborhood. With outside aid of this character the people of
some parts of the country were able to produce cloth in excess of their
needs, and could use the surplus in trade.
Nearly every town, moreover, in the northern and central colonies, had
some industry which utilized the spare time of the inhabitants, and gave
them the means of exchange with people in the colonies or abroad. For a
characteristic description take the following of Raynham, Mass., 1793,
when the town had a population of about 1,000: “Besides the usual business
of husbandry, numbers are here employed in the manufactories of bar iron,
hollow ware, nails, irons for vessels, iron shovels, potash, shingles, &c.”
576. Appreciation and criticism of American manufactures at this
time.—It would be tedious and unprofitable to study in detail the petty
manufactures which cropped up in the various towns of this period. Let us
accept as a summary the following statement, applying to the decade ending
in 1800: “The domestic manufactures best established are those of leather,
iron, flax, potters’ wares, including bricks, ardent spirits, malt liquors, cider,
paper of all kinds, hats, stuff and silk shoes, refined sugars, spermaceti and
tallow candles, copper, brass and tin wares, carriages, cabinet wares, snuff,
gunpowder and salt.”
In studying this description the reader should bear certain facts in mind.
First, the list, however long it seems, is far from including all the wares
required for the satisfaction of ordinary wants. Second, though these
Page 453
manufactures are stated to be the ones best established, there was, among
them all only one sufficiently strong to produce a considerable surplus for
sale outside the country; this was the rum manufacture. The people still
relied largely on importations from foreign countries for many of the wares
enumerated. Third, many of these manufactures (bricks, cider, snuff, and
salt, for example; flour and sawmill products might properly be included)
were of a very simple character, requiring no great technical skill or
elaborate machinery. Water power was used widely, but steam power had
not yet been applied, and improved machinery had not yet been introduced
from Europe. The factory system, with its extensive use of machinery and
its strict organization of labor, was first permanently established in the
United States in 1790, at Pawtucket, R. I.; and the American factories did
not, for many years, reach the English standard of efficiency. An English
committee reported in 1791 that the American cotton manufactures were of
a coarse grade, of worse quality and of higher price than those produced at
Manchester.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. How do the population and settled area of the United States in 1790
compare with those of the State in which you live now?
2. Has any country ever enjoyed such growth as that of the United States
in the nineteenth century? What country or countries come near us in
rapidity of progress?
3. Prepare a chart, in the way previously suggested, and preserve it for
comparison with the exports in later periods.
4. What is the proportion of persons now occupied in agriculture in your
State? in the State where the proportion is highest? [Abstract of Census.]
5. What are the comparative advantages and disadvantages of corn and
wheat as commercial crops? Which crop occupies the greater acreage in
your vicinity, and why?
6. Write a report on one of the following crops, its preparation, uses, and
history in the United States:
(a) Flax. [Encyclopedias; E. A. Whitman, Flax culture, Boston, 1888,
Barker in Quarterly Jour. Econ., 1917, 31: 500-529.]
(b) Hemp. [Encyclopedias; C. R. Dodge, Report no. 8, U. S. office of
fiber investigations.]
them all only one sufficiently strong to produce a considerable surplus for
sale outside the country; this was the rum manufacture. The people still
relied largely on importations from foreign countries for many of the wares
enumerated. Third, many of these manufactures (bricks, cider, snuff, and
salt, for example; flour and sawmill products might properly be included)
were of a very simple character, requiring no great technical skill or
elaborate machinery. Water power was used widely, but steam power had
not yet been applied, and improved machinery had not yet been introduced
from Europe. The factory system, with its extensive use of machinery and
its strict organization of labor, was first permanently established in the
United States in 1790, at Pawtucket, R. I.; and the American factories did
not, for many years, reach the English standard of efficiency. An English
committee reported in 1791 that the American cotton manufactures were of
a coarse grade, of worse quality and of higher price than those produced at
Manchester.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. How do the population and settled area of the United States in 1790
compare with those of the State in which you live now?
2. Has any country ever enjoyed such growth as that of the United States
in the nineteenth century? What country or countries come near us in
rapidity of progress?
3. Prepare a chart, in the way previously suggested, and preserve it for
comparison with the exports in later periods.
4. What is the proportion of persons now occupied in agriculture in your
State? in the State where the proportion is highest? [Abstract of Census.]
5. What are the comparative advantages and disadvantages of corn and
wheat as commercial crops? Which crop occupies the greater acreage in
your vicinity, and why?
6. Write a report on one of the following crops, its preparation, uses, and
history in the United States:
(a) Flax. [Encyclopedias; E. A. Whitman, Flax culture, Boston, 1888,
Barker in Quarterly Jour. Econ., 1917, 31: 500-529.]
(b) Hemp. [Encyclopedias; C. R. Dodge, Report no. 8, U. S. office of
fiber investigations.]
Page 454
7. Profits and losses in the colonial tobacco culture. [Bruce.]
8. Do you know of any region which suffers from the evils of the single-
crop system now?
9. Advantages and disadvantages of rice as a crop; where is it chiefly
grown now? [Encyc.; commercial geographies.]
10. Experience of a woman as an indigo planter. [Earle, Colonial dames,
Boston, Houghton, 1895, $1.50, pp. 76-83.]
11. What is the average crop of wheat per acre now, in the U. S., and in
your vicinity? [Census.]
12. Details of colonial agriculture. [Coman, 47-62.]
13. The lumber industry in New England. [Lord, Indust. exper., part 3,
chap. 1; Wright, 71-79.]
14. History of the American fisheries. [Coman, index; Van Metre in
Carnegie Hist., vol. 2, part 2.]
15. The whale fishery. [Weeden, chap. 11; McMaster, Hist., 1: 63, with
references.]
16. Manufactures imported by Virginia in the colonial period. [Bruce,
chaps. 15, 16.]
17. What parts of the United States are now in a position like that of the
colonies, devoting their labor to the production of raw materials and
importing manufactures from the regions of advanced industry? What
foreign countries are still in this position?
18. Write a report on the household industries of the colonial period.
[Books by Alice M. Earle.]
19. What household industries are declining now? [The preserving of
fruit may suggest other examples.]
20. A typical New England town. [See the description of Braintree,
Mass., in C. F. Adams, Three episodes, Boston, 1892.]
21. The textile industry in the colonial period. [Wright, Ind. ev., 43-60.]
22. The rise of manufactures and the attitude of Great Britain. [Lord,
Indust. exper., part 3, chap. 2; Coman, 62-76.]
23. The iron industry. [Wright, Ind. ev., 80-103.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
General Bibliography.—Channing, Hart and Turner, Guide, revised ed.,
Boston, 1914, (general); Bogart, Lippincott, Emery in Cambridge Mod.
8. Do you know of any region which suffers from the evils of the single-
crop system now?
9. Advantages and disadvantages of rice as a crop; where is it chiefly
grown now? [Encyc.; commercial geographies.]
10. Experience of a woman as an indigo planter. [Earle, Colonial dames,
Boston, Houghton, 1895, $1.50, pp. 76-83.]
11. What is the average crop of wheat per acre now, in the U. S., and in
your vicinity? [Census.]
12. Details of colonial agriculture. [Coman, 47-62.]
13. The lumber industry in New England. [Lord, Indust. exper., part 3,
chap. 1; Wright, 71-79.]
14. History of the American fisheries. [Coman, index; Van Metre in
Carnegie Hist., vol. 2, part 2.]
15. The whale fishery. [Weeden, chap. 11; McMaster, Hist., 1: 63, with
references.]
16. Manufactures imported by Virginia in the colonial period. [Bruce,
chaps. 15, 16.]
17. What parts of the United States are now in a position like that of the
colonies, devoting their labor to the production of raw materials and
importing manufactures from the regions of advanced industry? What
foreign countries are still in this position?
18. Write a report on the household industries of the colonial period.
[Books by Alice M. Earle.]
19. What household industries are declining now? [The preserving of
fruit may suggest other examples.]
20. A typical New England town. [See the description of Braintree,
Mass., in C. F. Adams, Three episodes, Boston, 1892.]
21. The textile industry in the colonial period. [Wright, Ind. ev., 43-60.]
22. The rise of manufactures and the attitude of Great Britain. [Lord,
Indust. exper., part 3, chap. 2; Coman, 62-76.]
23. The iron industry. [Wright, Ind. ev., 80-103.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
General Bibliography.—Channing, Hart and Turner, Guide, revised ed.,
Boston, 1914, (general); Bogart, Lippincott, Emery in Cambridge Mod.
Page 455
Hist., 7: 825-829, (classified); Coman, (alphabetical); E. R. Johnson,
(railways); Dewey, Financial History, N. Y., Longmans, (fiscal); A. L. A.
Catalogue, (popular books in print). The Literature of American History, ed.
J. N. Larned, Boston, 1902, has been continued (for most years, to and
including 1917), by annual lists, Writings on American history, published
since 1912 by the Yale University Press.
General.—The most important single works are the **Contributions to
American economic history from the Department of economics and
sociology of the Carnegie Institution of Washington: History of domestic
and foreign commerce of the U. S., by E. R. Johnson, T. W. Van Metre, G.
G. Huebner and D. S. Hanchett, 2 volumes (cited hereafter as Carnegie
History); History of transportation in the U. S., before 1860, under direction
of B. H. Meyer; History of Manufactures in the U. S., 1607-1860, by Victor
S. Clark. Foreign trade is treated in connection with other topics in N. S.
Shaler, ed., *The U. S., N. Y., Appleton, 1894; C. M. Depew, ed., *Amer.
commerce; T. D. Woolsey, ed., First century of the Republic, N. Y., Harper,
1876; McMaster, *Hist. (general narrative); Bogart, *Econ. hist., (manual);
Lippincott, *Econ. development (manual); Wright, Ind. ev. (manual);
Coman, *Ind. hist. (manual). On special branches of foreign trade see S. J.
Chapman, History of trade between United Kingdom and U. S., Lond. and
N. Y., 1899; F. R. Rutter, The South American trade of Baltimore,
Baltimore, 1897; J. M. Callahan, American relations in the Pacific,
Baltimore, 1901.
Commercial Policy.—On tariff history **Taussig is by far the best guide;
of the many other books on the subject (see bibliographies above) most are
too prejudiced to be put in the hands of immature students. On the merchant
marine and shipping policy see **W. L. Marvin, **J. R. Spears, and *W. J.
Abbot. For defence of protection and subsidies, W. W. Bates, American
marine, Boston, 1893, American Navigation, Boston, 1902; for criticism, D.
A. Wells, Our merchant marine, N. Y., 1890.
Special Topics.—Readers should consult the bibliographies listed above
for references on particular industries. The histories of Ringwalt,
Hammond, and Swank are likely to prove especially useful.
Sources.—The chief source is the annual report on commerce and
navigation, which is cited hereafter by abbreviation, Com. & Nav. Reports
for the years from 1789 to 1823 are in the collected set of American State
Papers; later reports must be sought in the set of Congressional documents.
(railways); Dewey, Financial History, N. Y., Longmans, (fiscal); A. L. A.
Catalogue, (popular books in print). The Literature of American History, ed.
J. N. Larned, Boston, 1902, has been continued (for most years, to and
including 1917), by annual lists, Writings on American history, published
since 1912 by the Yale University Press.
General.—The most important single works are the **Contributions to
American economic history from the Department of economics and
sociology of the Carnegie Institution of Washington: History of domestic
and foreign commerce of the U. S., by E. R. Johnson, T. W. Van Metre, G.
G. Huebner and D. S. Hanchett, 2 volumes (cited hereafter as Carnegie
History); History of transportation in the U. S., before 1860, under direction
of B. H. Meyer; History of Manufactures in the U. S., 1607-1860, by Victor
S. Clark. Foreign trade is treated in connection with other topics in N. S.
Shaler, ed., *The U. S., N. Y., Appleton, 1894; C. M. Depew, ed., *Amer.
commerce; T. D. Woolsey, ed., First century of the Republic, N. Y., Harper,
1876; McMaster, *Hist. (general narrative); Bogart, *Econ. hist., (manual);
Lippincott, *Econ. development (manual); Wright, Ind. ev. (manual);
Coman, *Ind. hist. (manual). On special branches of foreign trade see S. J.
Chapman, History of trade between United Kingdom and U. S., Lond. and
N. Y., 1899; F. R. Rutter, The South American trade of Baltimore,
Baltimore, 1897; J. M. Callahan, American relations in the Pacific,
Baltimore, 1901.
Commercial Policy.—On tariff history **Taussig is by far the best guide;
of the many other books on the subject (see bibliographies above) most are
too prejudiced to be put in the hands of immature students. On the merchant
marine and shipping policy see **W. L. Marvin, **J. R. Spears, and *W. J.
Abbot. For defence of protection and subsidies, W. W. Bates, American
marine, Boston, 1893, American Navigation, Boston, 1902; for criticism, D.
A. Wells, Our merchant marine, N. Y., 1890.
Special Topics.—Readers should consult the bibliographies listed above
for references on particular industries. The histories of Ringwalt,
Hammond, and Swank are likely to prove especially useful.
Sources.—The chief source is the annual report on commerce and
navigation, which is cited hereafter by abbreviation, Com. & Nav. Reports
for the years from 1789 to 1823 are in the collected set of American State
Papers; later reports must be sought in the set of Congressional documents.
Page 456
The Check-list of Public Documents, Washington, 3d. ed., 1911, is an
indispensable aid in using government publications.
Early American Commerce
Colonial.—**Weeden, **Bruce, **Beer. More general in character are
the various writings (see A. L. A. Catalogue) of *John Fiske, *C. M.
Andrews, *Alice Morse Earle, *Sydney G. Fisher. On commercial policy of
the colonies see (besides Beer, and Hill cited below) A. A. Giesecke,
American commercial legislation before 1789, Univ. of Penn., N. Y., 1910.
On manufactures see Rolla M. Tryon, *Household manufactures in the U.
S., 1640-1860, Univ. of Chicago Press; on shipping, R. D. Paine, *Ships
and Sailors of old Salem, N. Y., 1909, and R. E. Peabody, *Merchant
venturers of old Salem, Boston, 1912.
Early National Period.—Mahan, **War of 1812, vol. 1; Fiske,
**Critical period, Boston, Houghton, 1899, $2; McMaster, **History, and
**Chapter 9 of Cambridge Mod. Hist., vol. 7. On the development of the
commercial organization, S. E. Baldwin, American business corporations
before 1789, Amer. Hist. Review, April, 1903, 8: 449-465; G. S. Callender,
**Early transportation and banking enterprises, Quarterly Jour. of Econ.,
Boston, Nov., 1902, 17: 111-162. On commercial policy, William Hill,
**First stages of tariff policy, Pub. Amer. Econ. Assoc., 1893, 8: 452-614;
T. W. Page; **Earlier commercial policy, Journal of Pol. Econ., Chicago,
1901-2, 10: 161-192; Henry C. Adams, *Taxation in U. S., Baltimore, 1884.
indispensable aid in using government publications.
Early American Commerce
Colonial.—**Weeden, **Bruce, **Beer. More general in character are
the various writings (see A. L. A. Catalogue) of *John Fiske, *C. M.
Andrews, *Alice Morse Earle, *Sydney G. Fisher. On commercial policy of
the colonies see (besides Beer, and Hill cited below) A. A. Giesecke,
American commercial legislation before 1789, Univ. of Penn., N. Y., 1910.
On manufactures see Rolla M. Tryon, *Household manufactures in the U.
S., 1640-1860, Univ. of Chicago Press; on shipping, R. D. Paine, *Ships
and Sailors of old Salem, N. Y., 1909, and R. E. Peabody, *Merchant
venturers of old Salem, Boston, 1912.
Early National Period.—Mahan, **War of 1812, vol. 1; Fiske,
**Critical period, Boston, Houghton, 1899, $2; McMaster, **History, and
**Chapter 9 of Cambridge Mod. Hist., vol. 7. On the development of the
commercial organization, S. E. Baldwin, American business corporations
before 1789, Amer. Hist. Review, April, 1903, 8: 449-465; G. S. Callender,
**Early transportation and banking enterprises, Quarterly Jour. of Econ.,
Boston, Nov., 1902, 17: 111-162. On commercial policy, William Hill,
**First stages of tariff policy, Pub. Amer. Econ. Assoc., 1893, 8: 452-614;
T. W. Page; **Earlier commercial policy, Journal of Pol. Econ., Chicago,
1901-2, 10: 161-192; Henry C. Adams, *Taxation in U. S., Baltimore, 1884.
Page 457
CHAPTER XLVI
INTERNAL TRADE AND FOREIGN COMMERCE, 1789
577. Development of internal trade 1789-1914.—It will be impossible,
in the later chapters of this book, to describe in detail the development of
the internal trade of the United States. This trade has grown to such
proportions that, at the present day, it far outranks in volume and
importance the foreign commerce of the country. The reader may be trusted
to realize this fact, and to have some knowledge of the character and
organization of internal trade at the present day. It is not probable, however,
that he knows the humble origins from which this trade has risen; and a
description of the conditions and character of internal trade about 1789 will
enable him to appreciate the progress of the past century, even though the
different steps in progress receive but scant mention in the narrative.
578. Condition of the roads; effect on freight traffic.—The roads,
which furnished the only means of communication and transportation by
land, were still the earth roads of the colonial period, thick with dust in
summer, and absolute sloughs, with mud a foot or more deep, during the
thaws of winter and spring. During the greater part of the colonial period
wagons were a rarity, because there was so little opportunity to use them.
Men used mere sledges on the farm, and traveled or carried their produce
from one farm to another on horseback. In the northern States the facilities
for land carriage were good in only one season, winter, when the periods of
sleighing enabled the people to make the market trips and visits which were
impracticable at other times. Even near the large towns laden carts had to be
drawn by two to six oxen, when there was no snow on the ground.
When there was no other means of transportation, as in the case of the
settlements west of the Alleghany Mountains, wares were carried over the
roads in wagons, sometimes for a distance of hundreds of miles; but such
instances of extensive land transport were exceptional, and the freight
charges were so high that only articles of the first necessity, as salt and iron,
could pay for carriage.
579. Sparsity of passenger traffic.—Some men lived and died in the
town where they were born, without visiting another town a dozen miles
distant. There was so little intercourse between the adjoining towns of
INTERNAL TRADE AND FOREIGN COMMERCE, 1789
577. Development of internal trade 1789-1914.—It will be impossible,
in the later chapters of this book, to describe in detail the development of
the internal trade of the United States. This trade has grown to such
proportions that, at the present day, it far outranks in volume and
importance the foreign commerce of the country. The reader may be trusted
to realize this fact, and to have some knowledge of the character and
organization of internal trade at the present day. It is not probable, however,
that he knows the humble origins from which this trade has risen; and a
description of the conditions and character of internal trade about 1789 will
enable him to appreciate the progress of the past century, even though the
different steps in progress receive but scant mention in the narrative.
578. Condition of the roads; effect on freight traffic.—The roads,
which furnished the only means of communication and transportation by
land, were still the earth roads of the colonial period, thick with dust in
summer, and absolute sloughs, with mud a foot or more deep, during the
thaws of winter and spring. During the greater part of the colonial period
wagons were a rarity, because there was so little opportunity to use them.
Men used mere sledges on the farm, and traveled or carried their produce
from one farm to another on horseback. In the northern States the facilities
for land carriage were good in only one season, winter, when the periods of
sleighing enabled the people to make the market trips and visits which were
impracticable at other times. Even near the large towns laden carts had to be
drawn by two to six oxen, when there was no snow on the ground.
When there was no other means of transportation, as in the case of the
settlements west of the Alleghany Mountains, wares were carried over the
roads in wagons, sometimes for a distance of hundreds of miles; but such
instances of extensive land transport were exceptional, and the freight
charges were so high that only articles of the first necessity, as salt and iron,
could pay for carriage.
579. Sparsity of passenger traffic.—Some men lived and died in the
town where they were born, without visiting another town a dozen miles
distant. There was so little intercourse between the adjoining towns of
Page 458
Easthampton and Southampton, on Long Island, that each town preserved
individual peculiarities of pronunciation down even to 1800. Throughout
the colonial period, and even in the days of the early Federal government, it
was very difficult to collect delegates at a political gathering; and it was not
uncommon for men to make their wills before starting to a State convention
in Pennsylvania. Travel by stage-coach did not become of importance until
well into the nineteenth century. In 1783 two stage-coaches, consuming a
week or ten days on the trip, sufficed for the travel between Boston and
New York; though a few years later (1794) twenty stages were employed.
Postage rates for a single letter ranged from 8 to 25 cents, according to the
distance, and mails were infrequent.
580. Relatively great importance of waterways.—Like the people of
the Middle Ages, the inhabitants of the United States at this period were
driven to the use of water transport by the difficulty of transportation on
land. Rivers which are used now only by canoes and pleasure boats were
then important means of communication and transportation. The
Connecticut River has now a scant traffic as far as Hartford, about forty
miles from its mouth; in 1816 we read, “The Connecticut River is navigable
200 miles above Hartford, for Boats, of 15 tons, and 50 miles higher, for
Floats and Pine Timber”; large quantities of potash were carried down the
river even from the Canada line. The Hudson and other rivers were the
channels through which export products were collected and brought to the
sea, and the farmers of central and western New York sent their wares to
market by rafts and “arks” on the Delaware and Susquehanna. Waterways
were of especial importance in the southern States, where the means of land
transportation were even less developed than in the North; tobacco was
brought to the wharves on inlets and rivers by “rolling-roads,” rough tracks
over which the hogsheads were rolled with the assistance of a horse.
581. Importance of the country store.—The great institution of trade at
this period was the country store, which collected the surplus products of
the townspeople and gave them in exchange the wares imported from
abroad. Every town of any size had one of these stores, and only the largest
towns had distinct shops for the sale of special articles. The stock in trade of
one of the typical country stores included all of the articles which have been
mentioned among the imports of the country: sugar, molasses, tea, coffee,
metals, and hardware, cloth, thread, books, glass, earthenware, etc. The list
on the other side of the store-keeper’s books would be as long, for it
individual peculiarities of pronunciation down even to 1800. Throughout
the colonial period, and even in the days of the early Federal government, it
was very difficult to collect delegates at a political gathering; and it was not
uncommon for men to make their wills before starting to a State convention
in Pennsylvania. Travel by stage-coach did not become of importance until
well into the nineteenth century. In 1783 two stage-coaches, consuming a
week or ten days on the trip, sufficed for the travel between Boston and
New York; though a few years later (1794) twenty stages were employed.
Postage rates for a single letter ranged from 8 to 25 cents, according to the
distance, and mails were infrequent.
580. Relatively great importance of waterways.—Like the people of
the Middle Ages, the inhabitants of the United States at this period were
driven to the use of water transport by the difficulty of transportation on
land. Rivers which are used now only by canoes and pleasure boats were
then important means of communication and transportation. The
Connecticut River has now a scant traffic as far as Hartford, about forty
miles from its mouth; in 1816 we read, “The Connecticut River is navigable
200 miles above Hartford, for Boats, of 15 tons, and 50 miles higher, for
Floats and Pine Timber”; large quantities of potash were carried down the
river even from the Canada line. The Hudson and other rivers were the
channels through which export products were collected and brought to the
sea, and the farmers of central and western New York sent their wares to
market by rafts and “arks” on the Delaware and Susquehanna. Waterways
were of especial importance in the southern States, where the means of land
transportation were even less developed than in the North; tobacco was
brought to the wharves on inlets and rivers by “rolling-roads,” rough tracks
over which the hogsheads were rolled with the assistance of a horse.
581. Importance of the country store.—The great institution of trade at
this period was the country store, which collected the surplus products of
the townspeople and gave them in exchange the wares imported from
abroad. Every town of any size had one of these stores, and only the largest
towns had distinct shops for the sale of special articles. The stock in trade of
one of the typical country stores included all of the articles which have been
mentioned among the imports of the country: sugar, molasses, tea, coffee,
metals, and hardware, cloth, thread, books, glass, earthenware, etc. The list
on the other side of the store-keeper’s books would be as long, for it
Page 459
included all the export products of the country, and some wares which were
sent to market in the large towns or in other States. The merchant must
always be prepared to receive in pay for his goods “Grain of all kinds, beef,
pork, poultry, cheese, butter, eggs, nuts, berries, hides, tallow, candles, lard,
domestic flannels, feathers, quills, braided straw hats, potatoes, apples and
other fruits, both green and dried, home-made brooms, flax and flax seed,
cider and domestic wines, etc.” At the period which we are studying, well
past the close of the colonial period, barter was still the usual form of
exchange, and money rarely passed at the transactions in the store or in the
trade between the townspeople and the village artisans.
582. Benefits and disadvantages of the country store.—The country
store was the focus of the village, not only in economic but in political and
social life as well. There was no better training school in the world for the
study of human nature and the development of business sense. Practically
all of the business life of the times was concentrated in these stores, and it
is, therefore, not surprising, that few men rose to eminence later in the
mercantile world who had not passed a period of apprenticeship in one of
them. Charles Tiffany, Levi P. Morton, E. D. Morgan, H. B. Claflin; of a
later period Marshall Field, Pullman, Pillsbury, Armour, J. D. Rockefeller, J.
J. Hill, and many others; all these rose from the position of clerk in a
general store to the place which they attained in later life.
From the standpoint of the villagers, however, it was a great disadvantage
to have the market for their produce restricted to the store in their
immediate vicinity. The store-keeper in the smaller towns had no
competitors, and enjoyed a practical monopoly of trade of which he took
full advantage in driving his bargains. In the northern colonies, where the
difficulties of transportation were leveled by the snows of winter, the people
could attain a certain measure of independence of the country store by
making market trips to one of the larger towns. Neighbors would agree
upon a date and set off, sometimes in a troop of fifty or sixty. They loaded
their sleighs with a supply of food for the journey, and with the produce of
the farm and household, and sought out the nearest large town, Portland,
Newburyport, Boston, Providence, Springfield, Hartford, etc. In one of
these market centers they could make much better bargains than at home.
583. Relative smallness of interstate trade.—When the products of the
country had been collected at the large coast towns by the farmers and
store-keepers, they were, for the most part, exported to foreign countries.
sent to market in the large towns or in other States. The merchant must
always be prepared to receive in pay for his goods “Grain of all kinds, beef,
pork, poultry, cheese, butter, eggs, nuts, berries, hides, tallow, candles, lard,
domestic flannels, feathers, quills, braided straw hats, potatoes, apples and
other fruits, both green and dried, home-made brooms, flax and flax seed,
cider and domestic wines, etc.” At the period which we are studying, well
past the close of the colonial period, barter was still the usual form of
exchange, and money rarely passed at the transactions in the store or in the
trade between the townspeople and the village artisans.
582. Benefits and disadvantages of the country store.—The country
store was the focus of the village, not only in economic but in political and
social life as well. There was no better training school in the world for the
study of human nature and the development of business sense. Practically
all of the business life of the times was concentrated in these stores, and it
is, therefore, not surprising, that few men rose to eminence later in the
mercantile world who had not passed a period of apprenticeship in one of
them. Charles Tiffany, Levi P. Morton, E. D. Morgan, H. B. Claflin; of a
later period Marshall Field, Pullman, Pillsbury, Armour, J. D. Rockefeller, J.
J. Hill, and many others; all these rose from the position of clerk in a
general store to the place which they attained in later life.
From the standpoint of the villagers, however, it was a great disadvantage
to have the market for their produce restricted to the store in their
immediate vicinity. The store-keeper in the smaller towns had no
competitors, and enjoyed a practical monopoly of trade of which he took
full advantage in driving his bargains. In the northern colonies, where the
difficulties of transportation were leveled by the snows of winter, the people
could attain a certain measure of independence of the country store by
making market trips to one of the larger towns. Neighbors would agree
upon a date and set off, sometimes in a troop of fifty or sixty. They loaded
their sleighs with a supply of food for the journey, and with the produce of
the farm and household, and sought out the nearest large town, Portland,
Newburyport, Boston, Providence, Springfield, Hartford, etc. In one of
these market centers they could make much better bargains than at home.
583. Relative smallness of interstate trade.—When the products of the
country had been collected at the large coast towns by the farmers and
store-keepers, they were, for the most part, exported to foreign countries.
Page 460
Interstate commerce was as yet comparatively small. There was, it is true,
an active coasting trade, but this was employed chiefly in the collection and
distribution of goods along short stretches of coast. Small vessels plied
frequently from the large ports like Boston, New York, Philadelphia, and
Charleston, to the country districts on either side, but rarely made extensive
trips, as from Boston to Charleston, for instance.
Commerce between States as distant even as Massachusetts and South
Carolina existed and was by no means insignificant in absolute amount. The
northern colonies sent a part of their surplus of rum, live stock, dairy
products, and home-made cloth to the South, and brought back tobacco or
bills on England which they could cash. Still, comparing this trade with
other elements of internal trade, with the foreign commerce of the time, or
with interstate commerce of later times, the striking thing about it is not that
it was so large, but that it was so small.
584. Share of different States in foreign commerce.—The relative
contributions of different parts of the country to its foreign commerce can
be shown by the following summary, giving the exports by localities in the
year 1791. The chief States ranked as follows, giving values in millions of
dollars and indicating the leading ports in parenthesis: Pennsylvania, 3.4
(Philadelphia); Virginia, 3.1 (Bermuda Hundred, Norfolk); South Carolina,
2.6 (Charleston); Massachusetts, 2.5 (Boston); New York, 2.5 (New York);
Maryland, 2.2 (Baltimore). No other State or port exported as much as one
million; and exports from all the other States together amounted to little
over one tenth of the total of nineteen millions.
The striking feature of the table is the relative importance of the southern
States in foreign commerce, an importance which they were destined to
hold for a long time to come, as the cotton industry was developed. It must
be remembered, however, that the figures refer only to the export trade, and
that there would be considerable changes in rank if we could include the
import trade. Taking as a rough means of measuring imports the amount of
duties collected, we find, for example, in the first year of the national
government, that though Pennsylvania again headed the list, the second and
third in rank were New York and Massachusetts respectively, while the
southern States ranked lower by very considerable amounts. This period
which we are studying was, moreover, one of rapid change, marked
especially by the development of the central and northern colonies. Taking
the year 1795, when these colonies were profiting by a great increase in
an active coasting trade, but this was employed chiefly in the collection and
distribution of goods along short stretches of coast. Small vessels plied
frequently from the large ports like Boston, New York, Philadelphia, and
Charleston, to the country districts on either side, but rarely made extensive
trips, as from Boston to Charleston, for instance.
Commerce between States as distant even as Massachusetts and South
Carolina existed and was by no means insignificant in absolute amount. The
northern colonies sent a part of their surplus of rum, live stock, dairy
products, and home-made cloth to the South, and brought back tobacco or
bills on England which they could cash. Still, comparing this trade with
other elements of internal trade, with the foreign commerce of the time, or
with interstate commerce of later times, the striking thing about it is not that
it was so large, but that it was so small.
584. Share of different States in foreign commerce.—The relative
contributions of different parts of the country to its foreign commerce can
be shown by the following summary, giving the exports by localities in the
year 1791. The chief States ranked as follows, giving values in millions of
dollars and indicating the leading ports in parenthesis: Pennsylvania, 3.4
(Philadelphia); Virginia, 3.1 (Bermuda Hundred, Norfolk); South Carolina,
2.6 (Charleston); Massachusetts, 2.5 (Boston); New York, 2.5 (New York);
Maryland, 2.2 (Baltimore). No other State or port exported as much as one
million; and exports from all the other States together amounted to little
over one tenth of the total of nineteen millions.
The striking feature of the table is the relative importance of the southern
States in foreign commerce, an importance which they were destined to
hold for a long time to come, as the cotton industry was developed. It must
be remembered, however, that the figures refer only to the export trade, and
that there would be considerable changes in rank if we could include the
import trade. Taking as a rough means of measuring imports the amount of
duties collected, we find, for example, in the first year of the national
government, that though Pennsylvania again headed the list, the second and
third in rank were New York and Massachusetts respectively, while the
southern States ranked lower by very considerable amounts. This period
which we are studying was, moreover, one of rapid change, marked
especially by the development of the central and northern colonies. Taking
the year 1795, when these colonies were profiting by a great increase in
Page 461
their food exports, and when the cotton trade was still undeveloped, New
York had risen to the second place in exports and Massachusetts to the
third.
585. Development of the chief seaports into cities.—The seaports
named in the preceding section had gained from trade an amount of wealth
and population, which, however small it may seem from the modern
standpoint, put them in a class above the ordinary towns, and made them
the representatives of a more advanced business organization. The most
populous of these places had in 1790 a population of only about 30,000 (in
thousands, New York 33, Philadelphia 28, Boston 18, etc.); and the total
number of people living in towns of over 8,000 inhabitants was still only
about 130,000. In other words, only one person in thirty lived in a large
town or city. The budding cities retained many of the rural characteristics of
the towns from which they had grown. A mere beginning had been made in
paving the streets, and many people still kept kitchen gardens. The price of
provisions, however, was rising rapidly, and the cities had become
dependent on trade with the country districts for most of their supply. Cattle
were fattened in the Connecticut valley for the New York and Philadelphia
markets, and wood for heating and building was brought by coasting
vessels from considerable distances.
The large towns could boast of a diversified industrial population, in
which many special branches of manufacture were represented, and of
numerous shops; Boston was credited with 366 stores in the enumeration of
1789. The first commercial bank of discount and deposit in the United
States began operations in Philadelphia in 1782, and about 1800 there were
33 banks of this kind in the country.
586. Foreign countries of the greatest commercial importance to the
United States.—An indication of the direction of commerce is furnished by
the following table, showing the chief countries to and from which the
United States shipped wares in 1790. Figures give the values in millions of
dollars.
Exports Imports
Great Britain and her dominions 9.3 15.2
Including British West Indies 2.0
France and her dominions 4.6 2.0
York had risen to the second place in exports and Massachusetts to the
third.
585. Development of the chief seaports into cities.—The seaports
named in the preceding section had gained from trade an amount of wealth
and population, which, however small it may seem from the modern
standpoint, put them in a class above the ordinary towns, and made them
the representatives of a more advanced business organization. The most
populous of these places had in 1790 a population of only about 30,000 (in
thousands, New York 33, Philadelphia 28, Boston 18, etc.); and the total
number of people living in towns of over 8,000 inhabitants was still only
about 130,000. In other words, only one person in thirty lived in a large
town or city. The budding cities retained many of the rural characteristics of
the towns from which they had grown. A mere beginning had been made in
paving the streets, and many people still kept kitchen gardens. The price of
provisions, however, was rising rapidly, and the cities had become
dependent on trade with the country districts for most of their supply. Cattle
were fattened in the Connecticut valley for the New York and Philadelphia
markets, and wood for heating and building was brought by coasting
vessels from considerable distances.
The large towns could boast of a diversified industrial population, in
which many special branches of manufacture were represented, and of
numerous shops; Boston was credited with 366 stores in the enumeration of
1789. The first commercial bank of discount and deposit in the United
States began operations in Philadelphia in 1782, and about 1800 there were
33 banks of this kind in the country.
586. Foreign countries of the greatest commercial importance to the
United States.—An indication of the direction of commerce is furnished by
the following table, showing the chief countries to and from which the
United States shipped wares in 1790. Figures give the values in millions of
dollars.
Exports Imports
Great Britain and her dominions 9.3 15.2
Including British West Indies 2.0
France and her dominions 4.6 2.0
Page 462
Including French West Indies 3.2
Spain and her dominions 2.0 .3
Including Spanish West Indies .1
The Netherlands and her dominions 1.9 1.1
Including Dutch West Indies .6
Portugal and her dominions 1.2 .5
The figures of imports are based on estimates, and no sum is given for
the total amount of the year; the total exports were but slightly above
twenty million, and countries the names of which do not appear received
but insignificant amounts of our goods.
587. Insignificance of direct trade with Asia and Africa.—Some
reasons for the direction of American commerce at this period will appear
in the next chapter, in which the commercial policy of European countries
will be discussed. I propose here merely to point out some of the striking
facts shown by the table, and to indicate their connection with the
development of American commerce in the colonial period.
Attention may be drawn, first of all, to the significance of omissions from
the table. In the year in question the United States sent to the two great
continents of Africa and Asia less than one third of a million dollars of
exports. The imports, especially from Asia, were probably somewhat larger,
for American vessels had begun to frequent the ports of East India and
China, and to bring direct from them the rich cargoes which formerly had
reached America through the hands of English middlemen. Still, any
reasonable estimate of the trade with distant continents would leave it
insignificant in comparison with the European trade, which formed the
mainstay of American commerce.
588. Unique position of England in trade with the United States.—Of
the European countries there was one which occupied a position of
commanding prominence. Great Britain received of our goods more than all
the rest of Europe together, and sent us of her own far more than all the
other European states could supply. It is noteworthy, and was so regarded at
the time, that this country, after a bitter struggle for political and
commercial independence, and after having broken the bonds which were
supposed to hold her in subjection to the English market, should voluntarily
Spain and her dominions 2.0 .3
Including Spanish West Indies .1
The Netherlands and her dominions 1.9 1.1
Including Dutch West Indies .6
Portugal and her dominions 1.2 .5
The figures of imports are based on estimates, and no sum is given for
the total amount of the year; the total exports were but slightly above
twenty million, and countries the names of which do not appear received
but insignificant amounts of our goods.
587. Insignificance of direct trade with Asia and Africa.—Some
reasons for the direction of American commerce at this period will appear
in the next chapter, in which the commercial policy of European countries
will be discussed. I propose here merely to point out some of the striking
facts shown by the table, and to indicate their connection with the
development of American commerce in the colonial period.
Attention may be drawn, first of all, to the significance of omissions from
the table. In the year in question the United States sent to the two great
continents of Africa and Asia less than one third of a million dollars of
exports. The imports, especially from Asia, were probably somewhat larger,
for American vessels had begun to frequent the ports of East India and
China, and to bring direct from them the rich cargoes which formerly had
reached America through the hands of English middlemen. Still, any
reasonable estimate of the trade with distant continents would leave it
insignificant in comparison with the European trade, which formed the
mainstay of American commerce.
588. Unique position of England in trade with the United States.—Of
the European countries there was one which occupied a position of
commanding prominence. Great Britain received of our goods more than all
the rest of Europe together, and sent us of her own far more than all the
other European states could supply. It is noteworthy, and was so regarded at
the time, that this country, after a bitter struggle for political and
commercial independence, and after having broken the bonds which were
supposed to hold her in subjection to the English market, should voluntarily
Page 463
resume the trade relations which had formerly been considered so
oppressive. The great amount of our trade with England is the more
remarkable, as it covered a considerable amount of trade with other
countries. England felt as yet no great need for our export products, and
forwarded to other countries a considerable part of what she received. Of
the imports which we received from England, on the other hand, while the
greater part was doubtless the product of English manufacturing industry,
there were many wares which came from other countries, but which we
found could be purchased more conveniently in England than at the original
place of production.
589. Commerce with the rest of Europe.—It was but natural that the
United States should have a commerce of some importance with states like
France and the Netherlands, which were still among the leaders; and it can
only be regarded as surprising that this commerce was so small in
comparison with that with England. Our trade with eastern Europe was
carried on so largely through England that Germany and the Baltic
countries would make but an insignificant showing if they were included in
the table. Our trade with southern Europe, however, was evidently governed
by other conditions. Portugal and Spain could furnish few desirable wares
of their own production, except wine; the table shows that the imports from
those countries were small. They offered, however, what we sought in vain
in northern Europe, a ready market for our fish, cereals, and other
foodstuffs, and were hence of great importance to our export trade.
Commerce with the Mediterranean countries, which had been interrupted
during the Revolution, had not since then been developed to any
considerable proportions, because of the ravages of the Algerine pirates.
These countries had formerly taken a quarter of our fish exports, and about
one sixth of our wheat and flour shipments; and trade with them revived
later when our navy had brought the pirates to terms.
590. Importance of the West Indies as an outlet for wares excluded
from Europe.—A place of very peculiar importance in the commercial
economy of the American people, in the colonial period and well past the
time which we are now studying, was taken by the West Indian islands. Of
the chief products of the United States those coming from the South,
especially tobacco, were sure of a good market in Europe, and were a ready
means of purchasing the manufactures which the people needed to import.
The chief products of the North, however, including breadstuffs, provisions,
oppressive. The great amount of our trade with England is the more
remarkable, as it covered a considerable amount of trade with other
countries. England felt as yet no great need for our export products, and
forwarded to other countries a considerable part of what she received. Of
the imports which we received from England, on the other hand, while the
greater part was doubtless the product of English manufacturing industry,
there were many wares which came from other countries, but which we
found could be purchased more conveniently in England than at the original
place of production.
589. Commerce with the rest of Europe.—It was but natural that the
United States should have a commerce of some importance with states like
France and the Netherlands, which were still among the leaders; and it can
only be regarded as surprising that this commerce was so small in
comparison with that with England. Our trade with eastern Europe was
carried on so largely through England that Germany and the Baltic
countries would make but an insignificant showing if they were included in
the table. Our trade with southern Europe, however, was evidently governed
by other conditions. Portugal and Spain could furnish few desirable wares
of their own production, except wine; the table shows that the imports from
those countries were small. They offered, however, what we sought in vain
in northern Europe, a ready market for our fish, cereals, and other
foodstuffs, and were hence of great importance to our export trade.
Commerce with the Mediterranean countries, which had been interrupted
during the Revolution, had not since then been developed to any
considerable proportions, because of the ravages of the Algerine pirates.
These countries had formerly taken a quarter of our fish exports, and about
one sixth of our wheat and flour shipments; and trade with them revived
later when our navy had brought the pirates to terms.
590. Importance of the West Indies as an outlet for wares excluded
from Europe.—A place of very peculiar importance in the commercial
economy of the American people, in the colonial period and well past the
time which we are now studying, was taken by the West Indian islands. Of
the chief products of the United States those coming from the South,
especially tobacco, were sure of a good market in Europe, and were a ready
means of purchasing the manufactures which the people needed to import.
The chief products of the North, however, including breadstuffs, provisions,
Page 464
and fish, enjoyed no such favorable reception. The statesmen of England
and other countries clung still to the plan of protecting domestic agriculture
by assuring it the home market, and desired to encourage domestic fisheries
as a means of supporting the navy. In the colonial period, therefore, the
staple products of the central and northern colonies were kept out of
England and other states by heavy duties or by prohibitions. The people of
those colonies, therefore, were at a great disadvantage in their trade with the
mother country: they found it difficult to secure the means of paying for the
English manufactures which they imported, and were forced to rely in some
measure on the crude products of their own domestic manufactures, as
described in a previous chapter.
591. Character of commerce with the West Indies; triangular trade.
—The very products, however, which were rejected in Europe, were keenly
desired in the West Indies. The islands had become the great source of the
world’s sugar supply, and the advantages of sugar production, under the
system of slave labor, were so great that planters neglected all other crops
and did not produce even a sufficient amount of food for their laborers.
They were eager to purchase food either by the direct exchange of sugar
and molasses, or, what amounts to the same thing, by giving the seller bills
on Europe drawn against sugar products shipped thither. They offered a
ready market, therefore, for the wheat, flour, corn, meat, and fish of the
mainland, and purchased also large quantities of lumber and shingles for
building, staves for hogsheads, etc. The colonies of the mainland took in
pay considerable amounts of sugar and molasses for their own use, and took
molasses also for the manufacture of rum, of which part was exported. On
the whole, however, the mainland exported to the islands more than it
received from them, and had thus a credit balance with which it could
liquidate its debts for European manufactures. The conditions thus gave rise
to a triangular trade: the mainland shipped food and lumber to the West
Indian islands; the islands shipped sugar products to Europe; and Europe
shipped manufactures to the American mainland, thus closing the
transaction. So strong was the economic demand for a trade of this
description, that the attempts of European governments to check it had
proved entirely unsuccessful in the colonial period; restrictions were evaded
by smugglers or were openly defied. The problems of policy relating to this
and other parts of the American trade after 1789 will be treated in the next
chapter.
and other countries clung still to the plan of protecting domestic agriculture
by assuring it the home market, and desired to encourage domestic fisheries
as a means of supporting the navy. In the colonial period, therefore, the
staple products of the central and northern colonies were kept out of
England and other states by heavy duties or by prohibitions. The people of
those colonies, therefore, were at a great disadvantage in their trade with the
mother country: they found it difficult to secure the means of paying for the
English manufactures which they imported, and were forced to rely in some
measure on the crude products of their own domestic manufactures, as
described in a previous chapter.
591. Character of commerce with the West Indies; triangular trade.
—The very products, however, which were rejected in Europe, were keenly
desired in the West Indies. The islands had become the great source of the
world’s sugar supply, and the advantages of sugar production, under the
system of slave labor, were so great that planters neglected all other crops
and did not produce even a sufficient amount of food for their laborers.
They were eager to purchase food either by the direct exchange of sugar
and molasses, or, what amounts to the same thing, by giving the seller bills
on Europe drawn against sugar products shipped thither. They offered a
ready market, therefore, for the wheat, flour, corn, meat, and fish of the
mainland, and purchased also large quantities of lumber and shingles for
building, staves for hogsheads, etc. The colonies of the mainland took in
pay considerable amounts of sugar and molasses for their own use, and took
molasses also for the manufacture of rum, of which part was exported. On
the whole, however, the mainland exported to the islands more than it
received from them, and had thus a credit balance with which it could
liquidate its debts for European manufactures. The conditions thus gave rise
to a triangular trade: the mainland shipped food and lumber to the West
Indian islands; the islands shipped sugar products to Europe; and Europe
shipped manufactures to the American mainland, thus closing the
transaction. So strong was the economic demand for a trade of this
description, that the attempts of European governments to check it had
proved entirely unsuccessful in the colonial period; restrictions were evaded
by smugglers or were openly defied. The problems of policy relating to this
and other parts of the American trade after 1789 will be treated in the next
chapter.
Page 465
592. Development of ship-building in the colonial period.—A resource
of the United States which deserves to be mentioned, before we close this
survey of the conditions of commerce about 1789, was the building and
sailing of ships. The colonies were at first dependent on the mother country
for the vessels which they used. Most of the raw materials for ship-building
were, however, abundant in America; and the construction of ships, unlike
other manufacturing industries, was rather helped than hindered by British
colonial policy, which put colonial vessels on the same footing as those
which were built at home, and protected them from the competition of the
ships of other countries. An active ship-building industry grew up,
therefore, especially in New England, where ship timber of the finest
quality was abundant, and where the difficulties of life and the
discouragement of staple exports forced the people to make the most of
every resource. A petition of Boston citizens in 1746 calls ship-building
“the ancient and almost the only Manufacture the Town of Boston ever
had.” In the Massachusetts towns a ship could be built of oak for $24 a ton,
while in England, France, or the Netherlands an oak vessel cost $50 to $60
a ton, and even the fir vessels, built on the Baltic, inferior in strength and
durability, cost $35 a ton. The colonies, therefore, could supply not only
their own wants, but also could sell ships abroad; before the Revolution
more than a third of British tonnage, it is said, was American built.
593. Extension of American shipping.—The colonists were as
proficient in the sailing as in the building of ships, and carried on a large
part of the ocean traffic which served the needs of American commerce. In
the first year of the national government considerably more than half of the
tonnage entering the ports of the United States from foreign countries was
American, and English ships were the only serious competitors. The bulk of
American shipping was engaged in the West India trade, but American ships
carried also nearly half of the commerce between the United States and
Europe, in spite of the adverse policy of European states, designed to
exclude American ships from commerce with them and with their colonies.
Driven further afield by this policy, American skippers began to seek
commercial connections with more distant countries, from which wares had
reached them hitherto only through middlemen. An American ship sailed
for the first time to China in 1784; in 1788 two ships were advertised as
loading at Boston for the Isle of France (Mauritius) and India, and
“anybody wishing to adventure to that part of the world may have an
of the United States which deserves to be mentioned, before we close this
survey of the conditions of commerce about 1789, was the building and
sailing of ships. The colonies were at first dependent on the mother country
for the vessels which they used. Most of the raw materials for ship-building
were, however, abundant in America; and the construction of ships, unlike
other manufacturing industries, was rather helped than hindered by British
colonial policy, which put colonial vessels on the same footing as those
which were built at home, and protected them from the competition of the
ships of other countries. An active ship-building industry grew up,
therefore, especially in New England, where ship timber of the finest
quality was abundant, and where the difficulties of life and the
discouragement of staple exports forced the people to make the most of
every resource. A petition of Boston citizens in 1746 calls ship-building
“the ancient and almost the only Manufacture the Town of Boston ever
had.” In the Massachusetts towns a ship could be built of oak for $24 a ton,
while in England, France, or the Netherlands an oak vessel cost $50 to $60
a ton, and even the fir vessels, built on the Baltic, inferior in strength and
durability, cost $35 a ton. The colonies, therefore, could supply not only
their own wants, but also could sell ships abroad; before the Revolution
more than a third of British tonnage, it is said, was American built.
593. Extension of American shipping.—The colonists were as
proficient in the sailing as in the building of ships, and carried on a large
part of the ocean traffic which served the needs of American commerce. In
the first year of the national government considerably more than half of the
tonnage entering the ports of the United States from foreign countries was
American, and English ships were the only serious competitors. The bulk of
American shipping was engaged in the West India trade, but American ships
carried also nearly half of the commerce between the United States and
Europe, in spite of the adverse policy of European states, designed to
exclude American ships from commerce with them and with their colonies.
Driven further afield by this policy, American skippers began to seek
commercial connections with more distant countries, from which wares had
reached them hitherto only through middlemen. An American ship sailed
for the first time to China in 1784; in 1788 two ships were advertised as
loading at Boston for the Isle of France (Mauritius) and India, and
“anybody wishing to adventure to that part of the world may have an
Page 466
opportunity of sending goods on freight”; soon afterward a Philadelphia
ship made the round voyage to China in less than a year. A vivid impression
of the boldness and skill of American mariners of this period is given by the
voyage of the Experiment to China. This boat, a sloop of eighty tons, no
larger and no more seaworthy than the sloops which now bring bricks down
the Hudson River to New York, carried her crew of fifteen men and boys
safely to Canton and back, despite the perils of the sea and of pirates.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Name another country in which transportation was easier in winter
than in summer, before the introduction of railroads.
2. History of the navigation of the Connecticut River. [W. D. Love, Proc.
Amer. Antiq. Society, April, 1903, reprinted Worcester, 1903.]
3. Write an essay on the economic, social, and political importance of the
country store, in the past and present.
4. Write a biographical sketch of one of the business men named in
section 582. [Poole’s Index and continuations; current biographical
dictionaries.]
5. What is now the interstate commerce of the State in which you live?
To what States does it export its products, what products of other States
does it import? How does its commerce with other States compare with its
foreign commerce in bulk and value? [Ask questions of railroad and
steamship men; visit freight yards.]
6. Comparing the figures of sect. 584 with the figures for total exports,
sect. 561, what do you guess formed the bulk of the exports from each State
or port?
7. Write a brief commercial history of one of the cities named. [Local
histories; Encyc.; commercial cyclopedias.]
8. Episodes of Boston commerce. [M. A. D. Howe, Atlantic Monthly,
1903, 91: 175-184.]
9. Prepare and study a graphic chart, sect. 586, and preserve it for
comparison with later conditions.
10. The African slave trade. [Weeden, chap. 12; Abbot, chap. 3.]
11. What reasons occur to you why the Americans should have traded
with England so much more than with other states of Europe?
ship made the round voyage to China in less than a year. A vivid impression
of the boldness and skill of American mariners of this period is given by the
voyage of the Experiment to China. This boat, a sloop of eighty tons, no
larger and no more seaworthy than the sloops which now bring bricks down
the Hudson River to New York, carried her crew of fifteen men and boys
safely to Canton and back, despite the perils of the sea and of pirates.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Name another country in which transportation was easier in winter
than in summer, before the introduction of railroads.
2. History of the navigation of the Connecticut River. [W. D. Love, Proc.
Amer. Antiq. Society, April, 1903, reprinted Worcester, 1903.]
3. Write an essay on the economic, social, and political importance of the
country store, in the past and present.
4. Write a biographical sketch of one of the business men named in
section 582. [Poole’s Index and continuations; current biographical
dictionaries.]
5. What is now the interstate commerce of the State in which you live?
To what States does it export its products, what products of other States
does it import? How does its commerce with other States compare with its
foreign commerce in bulk and value? [Ask questions of railroad and
steamship men; visit freight yards.]
6. Comparing the figures of sect. 584 with the figures for total exports,
sect. 561, what do you guess formed the bulk of the exports from each State
or port?
7. Write a brief commercial history of one of the cities named. [Local
histories; Encyc.; commercial cyclopedias.]
8. Episodes of Boston commerce. [M. A. D. Howe, Atlantic Monthly,
1903, 91: 175-184.]
9. Prepare and study a graphic chart, sect. 586, and preserve it for
comparison with later conditions.
10. The African slave trade. [Weeden, chap. 12; Abbot, chap. 3.]
11. What reasons occur to you why the Americans should have traded
with England so much more than with other states of Europe?
Page 467
12. History of the commerce of the colonies with the West Indies.
[Pitman; Weeden or Bruce, Index, West Indies.]
13. Character of production and commerce in the West Indies at this time.
[Pitman; Fiske.]
14. History of ship-building in the colonies. [Weeden, 252-267, 573-581;
Wright, 23-42; Marvin, chaps. 1, 2.]
15. Pirates and privateers of the colonial period. [Weeden, chap. 9, 559-
565; Abbot, chap. 5, Howard Pyle, The buccaneers.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
See preceding chapter.
[Pitman; Weeden or Bruce, Index, West Indies.]
13. Character of production and commerce in the West Indies at this time.
[Pitman; Fiske.]
14. History of ship-building in the colonies. [Weeden, 252-267, 573-581;
Wright, 23-42; Marvin, chaps. 1, 2.]
15. Pirates and privateers of the colonial period. [Weeden, chap. 9, 559-
565; Abbot, chap. 5, Howard Pyle, The buccaneers.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
See preceding chapter.
Page 468
CHAPTER XLVII
COMMERCE AND POLICY, 1789-1815
594. Importance of commercial policy in this period.—The two
preceding chapters have described the conditions of commerce in the
United States about 1789, with but an occasional reference to the influence
which governments exercised in directing and restricting the movement of
wares. In every period governments interfere with the free exchange of
commodities, that the interests of the people as a whole may not suffer from
the selfishness of individual merchants. In the period under consideration,
lasting through the second war with England, the influence of governments
on the fortunes of our foreign trade was more pronounced than it has ever
been in later times; and the topic of commercial policy must occupy the
leading place in this present chapter.
595. Questions of policy.—The Revolution of 1776, by which a group of
English colonies was transformed into an independent state, claiming to
rank as England’s equal, shocked the ideas of European statesmen to an
extent which we can hardly conceive. There was no place in the political
system of the time for an independent American state. For centuries the
states of Europe had been the sole source of active political and commercial
power; in other continents were to be found only semi-civilized states,
subject to European influence, and colonies, under the complete control of
the mother countries. Each European state had regulated as it pleased the
commercial relations of its colonies with the mother country, with other
European countries, and with their colonies. Now that the United States had
won its political independence, was it to be treated by England as though it
was still an English colony, and given its former privileges though it was no
longer subject to the former restrictions? Were other European states to
welcome its commerce, now that England could no longer prevent, or were
they to treat it like a European state, and restrict its trade with themselves
and with their colonies? Finally, what attitude was the United States itself to
adopt, now that it could frame its policy as it pleased? These were among
the serious problems that perplexed the statesmen of the Old and New
Worlds, as the success of the American Revolution became assured.
COMMERCE AND POLICY, 1789-1815
594. Importance of commercial policy in this period.—The two
preceding chapters have described the conditions of commerce in the
United States about 1789, with but an occasional reference to the influence
which governments exercised in directing and restricting the movement of
wares. In every period governments interfere with the free exchange of
commodities, that the interests of the people as a whole may not suffer from
the selfishness of individual merchants. In the period under consideration,
lasting through the second war with England, the influence of governments
on the fortunes of our foreign trade was more pronounced than it has ever
been in later times; and the topic of commercial policy must occupy the
leading place in this present chapter.
595. Questions of policy.—The Revolution of 1776, by which a group of
English colonies was transformed into an independent state, claiming to
rank as England’s equal, shocked the ideas of European statesmen to an
extent which we can hardly conceive. There was no place in the political
system of the time for an independent American state. For centuries the
states of Europe had been the sole source of active political and commercial
power; in other continents were to be found only semi-civilized states,
subject to European influence, and colonies, under the complete control of
the mother countries. Each European state had regulated as it pleased the
commercial relations of its colonies with the mother country, with other
European countries, and with their colonies. Now that the United States had
won its political independence, was it to be treated by England as though it
was still an English colony, and given its former privileges though it was no
longer subject to the former restrictions? Were other European states to
welcome its commerce, now that England could no longer prevent, or were
they to treat it like a European state, and restrict its trade with themselves
and with their colonies? Finally, what attitude was the United States itself to
adopt, now that it could frame its policy as it pleased? These were among
the serious problems that perplexed the statesmen of the Old and New
Worlds, as the success of the American Revolution became assured.
Page 469
596. Policy of England.—Reference has been made in a previous
paragraph to the striking fact that the colonists had no sooner won the war
of independence than they returned to an active commerce with the country
against which they had been fighting. Comparing the six years preceding
the Revolution with the six years following the treaty of peace (1783), we
find that the volume of trade between the United States and England was
substantially the same. The American people suffered during the war for
lack of the manufactures which they had been accustomed to purchase from
England, and which they found then could be purchased to such advantage
nowhere else; and as soon as peace permitted they began eagerly to buy
English products again. For a moment it appeared that England was ready
to welcome this trade; the English statesman, Pitt, introduced a bill which
aimed to encourage the American trade not only with England but also with
her colonies. Such a policy implied too serious a breach in the old system,
and was not carried into effect. The Americans were, indeed, permitted and
encouraged to trade still with England; that country could not afford to give
up the growing market for its manufactures which the United States
afforded. The ports of the West Indies, however, were closed to American
merchants; the Americans were to be punished for their insubordination by
exclusion from a branch of commerce which was to them of the first
importance.
597. Policy of France and other states.—The Americans learned, not
only from England but also from other European powers, that an
independent state must shift for itself and could hope for no commercial
favors. They might fairly suppose that the countries which had joined in
their war against England (France, Spain, the Netherlands) would take
advantage of the successful issue of the conflict to seek to secure the
American trade which England had hitherto monopolized. They found,
indeed, that these and other countries were willing to sell their goods to the
United States; but still these countries were reluctant to take in exchange
American wares for which they felt no special need, and were most
reluctant to open the trade of their colonies to people of any nationality but
their own. John Adams might say of France in 1780, “All the world will
allow the flourishing state of her marine and commerce, and the decisive
influence of her councils and negotiations, to be owing to her new
connections with the United States”; whatever truth there might be in the
statement, France certainly refused to express her gratitude by the grant of
paragraph to the striking fact that the colonists had no sooner won the war
of independence than they returned to an active commerce with the country
against which they had been fighting. Comparing the six years preceding
the Revolution with the six years following the treaty of peace (1783), we
find that the volume of trade between the United States and England was
substantially the same. The American people suffered during the war for
lack of the manufactures which they had been accustomed to purchase from
England, and which they found then could be purchased to such advantage
nowhere else; and as soon as peace permitted they began eagerly to buy
English products again. For a moment it appeared that England was ready
to welcome this trade; the English statesman, Pitt, introduced a bill which
aimed to encourage the American trade not only with England but also with
her colonies. Such a policy implied too serious a breach in the old system,
and was not carried into effect. The Americans were, indeed, permitted and
encouraged to trade still with England; that country could not afford to give
up the growing market for its manufactures which the United States
afforded. The ports of the West Indies, however, were closed to American
merchants; the Americans were to be punished for their insubordination by
exclusion from a branch of commerce which was to them of the first
importance.
597. Policy of France and other states.—The Americans learned, not
only from England but also from other European powers, that an
independent state must shift for itself and could hope for no commercial
favors. They might fairly suppose that the countries which had joined in
their war against England (France, Spain, the Netherlands) would take
advantage of the successful issue of the conflict to seek to secure the
American trade which England had hitherto monopolized. They found,
indeed, that these and other countries were willing to sell their goods to the
United States; but still these countries were reluctant to take in exchange
American wares for which they felt no special need, and were most
reluctant to open the trade of their colonies to people of any nationality but
their own. John Adams might say of France in 1780, “All the world will
allow the flourishing state of her marine and commerce, and the decisive
influence of her councils and negotiations, to be owing to her new
connections with the United States”; whatever truth there might be in the
statement, France certainly refused to express her gratitude by the grant of
Page 470
commercial privileges. France found, actually, that after the return of peace
the Americans ceased to buy her manufactures, and flocked for trade to the
English markets. French merchants complained that none of them ever
gained in commerce with the United States: when all the best part of the
American custom went to English merchants, why should France or any
other country on the Continent relax the restrictions which were designed to
protect the home market and the colonial market for the benefit of natives?
598. Conditions of American trade with Europe in 1789.—In spite of
the unfavorable attitude of the powers which controlled the great markets of
the world, the United States maintained a considerable commerce, as was
shown by the descriptions of previous chapters. This commerce was,
however, carried on under serious disadvantages. Reviewing the staple
exports of the country we find that breadstuffs were generally subject to
prohibitory duties in England, and that fish and salt provisions were
actually prohibited in England, and were heavily dutied in France. The
southern staples fared little better, for they competed with the products of
European colonies even though they did not threaten European industries.
Tobacco and rice were subject either to actual prohibitions or to heavy
duties in most of the important European markets.
599. Conditions of trade with the West Indies.—Conditions of trade
with the West Indies were even worse. Spain and Portugal absolutely
forbade all direct intercourse with their colonial possessions; and wares
destined for their colonies had either to be carried by smugglers or else
exported to Europe and then re-exported in ships of the mother country.
England closed her possessions on the American mainland completely, and
while, as a temporary favor, she admitted some wares to her West India
colonies, by proclamations renewed from year to year, she prohibited salt
provisions and fish, and excluded American ships from the trade. Her
vessels alone could take our produce and bring back the molasses, sugar,
etc., which formed the objects of the return trade. The French West Indies,
also, were open to us only as a temporary concession, and in them and in
the colonial possessions of other powers the trade was burdened with
duties.
600. Weakness of the United States at this time.—These were by no
means all the hardships under which American commerce labored at this
time. The government was too young and weak to furnish adequate
protection to ships flying the American flag in foreign waters and on the
the Americans ceased to buy her manufactures, and flocked for trade to the
English markets. French merchants complained that none of them ever
gained in commerce with the United States: when all the best part of the
American custom went to English merchants, why should France or any
other country on the Continent relax the restrictions which were designed to
protect the home market and the colonial market for the benefit of natives?
598. Conditions of American trade with Europe in 1789.—In spite of
the unfavorable attitude of the powers which controlled the great markets of
the world, the United States maintained a considerable commerce, as was
shown by the descriptions of previous chapters. This commerce was,
however, carried on under serious disadvantages. Reviewing the staple
exports of the country we find that breadstuffs were generally subject to
prohibitory duties in England, and that fish and salt provisions were
actually prohibited in England, and were heavily dutied in France. The
southern staples fared little better, for they competed with the products of
European colonies even though they did not threaten European industries.
Tobacco and rice were subject either to actual prohibitions or to heavy
duties in most of the important European markets.
599. Conditions of trade with the West Indies.—Conditions of trade
with the West Indies were even worse. Spain and Portugal absolutely
forbade all direct intercourse with their colonial possessions; and wares
destined for their colonies had either to be carried by smugglers or else
exported to Europe and then re-exported in ships of the mother country.
England closed her possessions on the American mainland completely, and
while, as a temporary favor, she admitted some wares to her West India
colonies, by proclamations renewed from year to year, she prohibited salt
provisions and fish, and excluded American ships from the trade. Her
vessels alone could take our produce and bring back the molasses, sugar,
etc., which formed the objects of the return trade. The French West Indies,
also, were open to us only as a temporary concession, and in them and in
the colonial possessions of other powers the trade was burdened with
duties.
600. Weakness of the United States at this time.—These were by no
means all the hardships under which American commerce labored at this
time. The government was too young and weak to furnish adequate
protection to ships flying the American flag in foreign waters and on the
Page 471
high seas, and it had as yet obtained no guarantee that American fishermen
would be allowed to pursue their calling as before the Revolution.
Furthermore, the attention of American statesmen was distracted by the
need of getting the machinery of the new government in running order, and
by the serious fiscal difficulties which pressed for settlement. These were
the dark days of American commerce. From the lofty position which the
United States has reached to-day, courted for its commerce and its political
influence by other great powers of the world, it is hard to realize how
humble was our national position in 1789, and how precarious seemed our
commercial future.
601. Survey of American commerce, 1789-1815.—Starting from these
beginnings we have now to trace the course of our commerce through the
period. So sharp were the fluctuations in this early stage that I give the
annual statistics, and, for reasons which will be apparent later, call
particular attention to the distinction between domestic exports, of articles
produced in the United States, and foreign exports, of articles brought from
some other country and re-exported. No exact figures for the imports of this
period can be given, but it is safe to say that the value of the imports did not
diverge greatly from the value of the exports.
Exports of the United States, in Millions of Dollars
(Fiscal years, ending Sept. 30 of the date given)
Domestic Foreign Total
1790 —— —— 20.4
1791 —— —— 19.0
1792 —— —— 20.7
1793 —— —— 26.1
1794 —— —— 33.0
1795 —— —— 47.9
1796 40.7 26.3 67.0
1797 29.8 27.0 56.8
1798 28.5 33.0 61.5
1799 33.1 45.5 78.6
would be allowed to pursue their calling as before the Revolution.
Furthermore, the attention of American statesmen was distracted by the
need of getting the machinery of the new government in running order, and
by the serious fiscal difficulties which pressed for settlement. These were
the dark days of American commerce. From the lofty position which the
United States has reached to-day, courted for its commerce and its political
influence by other great powers of the world, it is hard to realize how
humble was our national position in 1789, and how precarious seemed our
commercial future.
601. Survey of American commerce, 1789-1815.—Starting from these
beginnings we have now to trace the course of our commerce through the
period. So sharp were the fluctuations in this early stage that I give the
annual statistics, and, for reasons which will be apparent later, call
particular attention to the distinction between domestic exports, of articles
produced in the United States, and foreign exports, of articles brought from
some other country and re-exported. No exact figures for the imports of this
period can be given, but it is safe to say that the value of the imports did not
diverge greatly from the value of the exports.
Exports of the United States, in Millions of Dollars
(Fiscal years, ending Sept. 30 of the date given)
Domestic Foreign Total
1790 —— —— 20.4
1791 —— —— 19.0
1792 —— —— 20.7
1793 —— —— 26.1
1794 —— —— 33.0
1795 —— —— 47.9
1796 40.7 26.3 67.0
1797 29.8 27.0 56.8
1798 28.5 33.0 61.5
1799 33.1 45.5 78.6
Page 472
1800 31.8 39.1 70.9
1801 47.4 46.6 94.1
1802 36.7 35.7 72.4
1803 42.2 13.5 55.8
1804 41.4 36.2 77.6
1805 42.3 53.1 95.5
1806 41.2 60.2 101.5
1807 48.6 59.6 108.3
1808 9.4 12.9 22.4
1809 31.4 20.7 52.2
1810 42.3 24.3 66.7
1811 45.2 16.0 61.3
1812 30.0 8.4 38.5
1813 25.0 2.8 27.8
1814 6.7 0.1 6.9
1815 45.9 6.5 52.5
1816 64.7 17.1 81.9
1817 68.3 19.3 87.6
602. Fluctuations in the export trade; share of domestic and of
foreign exports.—If the reader will cast his eye down the column of totals
he will appreciate at once the unsteadiness of our trade during the period
under consideration. For a few years the figure of exports was almost
constant. Then, in 1793, began a rapid rise; the export trade doubled,
tripled, more than quadrupled. A check to this growth was apparent in the
few years after 1801, but it began again, and the figures of exports reached
their highest point in the years 1806 and 1807. They had grown more than
fivefold in fifteen years. The year of 1808 showed a precipitous decline,
and, after an interval of partial recovery, the figures reached their lowest
point in 1814. At the close of the period prospects seemed brighter.
1801 47.4 46.6 94.1
1802 36.7 35.7 72.4
1803 42.2 13.5 55.8
1804 41.4 36.2 77.6
1805 42.3 53.1 95.5
1806 41.2 60.2 101.5
1807 48.6 59.6 108.3
1808 9.4 12.9 22.4
1809 31.4 20.7 52.2
1810 42.3 24.3 66.7
1811 45.2 16.0 61.3
1812 30.0 8.4 38.5
1813 25.0 2.8 27.8
1814 6.7 0.1 6.9
1815 45.9 6.5 52.5
1816 64.7 17.1 81.9
1817 68.3 19.3 87.6
602. Fluctuations in the export trade; share of domestic and of
foreign exports.—If the reader will cast his eye down the column of totals
he will appreciate at once the unsteadiness of our trade during the period
under consideration. For a few years the figure of exports was almost
constant. Then, in 1793, began a rapid rise; the export trade doubled,
tripled, more than quadrupled. A check to this growth was apparent in the
few years after 1801, but it began again, and the figures of exports reached
their highest point in the years 1806 and 1807. They had grown more than
fivefold in fifteen years. The year of 1808 showed a precipitous decline,
and, after an interval of partial recovery, the figures reached their lowest
point in 1814. At the close of the period prospects seemed brighter.
Page 473
Returning to the table, to analyze the part borne in the changes by
domestic and by foreign exports respectively, we find that the foreign
exports were chiefly responsible for the great fluctuations. No figures can
be given for the earlier years, but it can be stated with assurance that of the
total exports in 1790 only an insignificant fraction, probably much less than
one million, was composed of the products of other countries. There had
been a tremendous gain, therefore, in this branch of our trade, before 1796,
and it proved capable of great expansion afterwards, while, on the other
hand, it declined in one year almost to nothing. Domestic exports, also,
showed a great increase in the early years of the table, but they soon came
near to the limit of their expansion, and hovered generally about the figure
of forty millions; the table shows, moreover, that they resisted depressing
influences better than the foreign exports.
603. Varying fortunes of foreign trade not explained by conditions at
home.—The reasons for the growth of American trade after 1790 are to be
sought mainly in conditions abroad. There was no development of resources
at home sufficient to account for the great expansion of trade. The United
States, it is true, gained a new export product in cotton, which was shipped
in rapidly increasing quantities after the invention of the cotton-gin in 1793.
Cotton took the first place among southern exports after 1800, and the
extension of the cotton culture helps to explain the growth of domestic
exports. Still cotton did not rise to the position of king among exports until
the following period, and the description of the rise of the cotton trade will
be referred to a later chapter.
We cannot give American statesmen the credit for removing the
restrictions on our commerce, described above, and so enabling it to expand
uncramped. In spite of all their persistence and ingenuity they secured only
slight and partial concessions. The treaty with England, negotiated by John
Jay in 1794, removed some of our grievances, but proposed to open the
West India trade on such humiliating conditions that the offer was
indignantly refused. A treaty with Spain gave us merely the right to navigate
the lower Mississippi River, without other commercial privileges; and even
the acquisition of Louisiana, in 1803, had but an inconsiderable effect on
our commerce at the time.
604. Conditions abroad; effect of the European wars on domestic
exports.—We owed our rapid commercial growth not to our own strength,
and not to the favor of European states; we owed it to the necessities of the
domestic and by foreign exports respectively, we find that the foreign
exports were chiefly responsible for the great fluctuations. No figures can
be given for the earlier years, but it can be stated with assurance that of the
total exports in 1790 only an insignificant fraction, probably much less than
one million, was composed of the products of other countries. There had
been a tremendous gain, therefore, in this branch of our trade, before 1796,
and it proved capable of great expansion afterwards, while, on the other
hand, it declined in one year almost to nothing. Domestic exports, also,
showed a great increase in the early years of the table, but they soon came
near to the limit of their expansion, and hovered generally about the figure
of forty millions; the table shows, moreover, that they resisted depressing
influences better than the foreign exports.
603. Varying fortunes of foreign trade not explained by conditions at
home.—The reasons for the growth of American trade after 1790 are to be
sought mainly in conditions abroad. There was no development of resources
at home sufficient to account for the great expansion of trade. The United
States, it is true, gained a new export product in cotton, which was shipped
in rapidly increasing quantities after the invention of the cotton-gin in 1793.
Cotton took the first place among southern exports after 1800, and the
extension of the cotton culture helps to explain the growth of domestic
exports. Still cotton did not rise to the position of king among exports until
the following period, and the description of the rise of the cotton trade will
be referred to a later chapter.
We cannot give American statesmen the credit for removing the
restrictions on our commerce, described above, and so enabling it to expand
uncramped. In spite of all their persistence and ingenuity they secured only
slight and partial concessions. The treaty with England, negotiated by John
Jay in 1794, removed some of our grievances, but proposed to open the
West India trade on such humiliating conditions that the offer was
indignantly refused. A treaty with Spain gave us merely the right to navigate
the lower Mississippi River, without other commercial privileges; and even
the acquisition of Louisiana, in 1803, had but an inconsiderable effect on
our commerce at the time.
604. Conditions abroad; effect of the European wars on domestic
exports.—We owed our rapid commercial growth not to our own strength,
and not to the favor of European states; we owed it to the necessities of the
Page 474
position in which the countries of Europe found themselves after the
outbreak of the wars following the French Revolution. These wars were of
decisive importance to our commerce in two ways. In the first place they
caused an immense increase in the demand for our foodstuffs. When the
states of Europe were fighting for their very existence they could not afford
to uphold the principles of their former protective policy, and welcomed the
means of subsistence, from whatever source they might come. The
withdrawal of men from agriculture to serve in the armies diminished the
supply of food in Europe and called for large exports from the United
States, for which high prices were paid. Taking for illustration the little
country of Portugal, we find that our exports to that country increased about
ten-fold in the course of the period, being especially large in the years from
1810 to 1813. These years mark the time when the Peninsular War was at its
height, and when the large armies quartered in the country demanded a
supply of food which could not possibly be met from native sources.
605. Effect on foreign exports and the carrying trade.—The European
wars were not only responsible for a great gain in our domestic exports;
they were the sole cause of the tremendous increase in the foreign exports,
which figured so largely in our commerce at this period. The wars involved
most of the important states of Europe. A ship flying the flag of France or of
any of her allies was constantly exposed to capture by British cruisers; a
ship flying the flag of Great Britain or of one of her allies was a fair prize
for the French privateers which swarmed over the seas. In the great conflict
there was but one country, with an extensive merchant marine, which
managed to maintain neutrality, and this was the United States. The
carrying trade of the world fell into our hands. The countries of Europe,
forced by the exigencies of war, gave up the cherished principles of their
colonial policy, and threw open the trade with their colonies and
themselves. The rights of neutral states in time of war were, it is true, still
unsettled. American ship captains and merchants were subject to arbitrary
and humiliating interference on the part of the belligerents. In the early part
of the war, however, the results of this interference were of sentimental
rather than of practical importance, and means were found to evade the
restrictions which the belligerents imposed. When England forbade all trade
between her enemies (France, Spain, the Netherlands) and their colonies,
American skippers did not sail direct from the West Indies to Europe, but
touched at some port of the United States, entered the cargo for import, and
outbreak of the wars following the French Revolution. These wars were of
decisive importance to our commerce in two ways. In the first place they
caused an immense increase in the demand for our foodstuffs. When the
states of Europe were fighting for their very existence they could not afford
to uphold the principles of their former protective policy, and welcomed the
means of subsistence, from whatever source they might come. The
withdrawal of men from agriculture to serve in the armies diminished the
supply of food in Europe and called for large exports from the United
States, for which high prices were paid. Taking for illustration the little
country of Portugal, we find that our exports to that country increased about
ten-fold in the course of the period, being especially large in the years from
1810 to 1813. These years mark the time when the Peninsular War was at its
height, and when the large armies quartered in the country demanded a
supply of food which could not possibly be met from native sources.
605. Effect on foreign exports and the carrying trade.—The European
wars were not only responsible for a great gain in our domestic exports;
they were the sole cause of the tremendous increase in the foreign exports,
which figured so largely in our commerce at this period. The wars involved
most of the important states of Europe. A ship flying the flag of France or of
any of her allies was constantly exposed to capture by British cruisers; a
ship flying the flag of Great Britain or of one of her allies was a fair prize
for the French privateers which swarmed over the seas. In the great conflict
there was but one country, with an extensive merchant marine, which
managed to maintain neutrality, and this was the United States. The
carrying trade of the world fell into our hands. The countries of Europe,
forced by the exigencies of war, gave up the cherished principles of their
colonial policy, and threw open the trade with their colonies and
themselves. The rights of neutral states in time of war were, it is true, still
unsettled. American ship captains and merchants were subject to arbitrary
and humiliating interference on the part of the belligerents. In the early part
of the war, however, the results of this interference were of sentimental
rather than of practical importance, and means were found to evade the
restrictions which the belligerents imposed. When England forbade all trade
between her enemies (France, Spain, the Netherlands) and their colonies,
American skippers did not sail direct from the West Indies to Europe, but
touched at some port of the United States, entered the cargo for import, and
Page 475
sometimes actually landed it. It was not meant for consumption in this
country and was soon withdrawn and exported to its destination in Europe,
as though it were composed of domestic products.
606. Prosperity of American commerce and shipping.—The European
wars, therefore, introduced American commerce to a new era of prosperity.
“No one was limited to any one branch of trade; the same individual was
concerned in voyages to Asia, South America, the West Indies, and
Europe.” Our ships gathered the products of distant countries, coffee, sugar,
tea, pepper, etc., and purveyed them to the people of Europe. In many years
the value of foreign exports exceeded that of domestic exports; in 1806 it
was half as large again. The reader will better appreciate the contrast with
present conditions when he learns that in 1914 the foreign exports of the
country amounted only to one sixty-seventh part of the domestic.
The merchant marine of the United States grew rapidly under these
favoring conditions, and in spite of complaints that former conditions had
been reversed, and that ships could be built cheaper abroad than at home.
The national tonnage engaged in foreign trade, which in 1789 appeared to
be not much in excess of 100,000, exceeded 500,000 in 1795, and 900,000
in 1810. The proportion of American ships in the total of those entering the
ports of the United States grew correspondingly; and the merchant tonnage
of the United States was second only to that of Great Britain and superior to
that of any other country in the world.
607. Checks to prosperity after 1800.—The check on the growth of our
commerce apparent in the figures for the few years after 1801 is explained
by the conclusion of a peace between the states of Europe, which lasted
from 1801 to 1803. Had the peace proved permanent there would have
been, without doubt, a further decline in American commerce, as the
European countries resumed their former commercial relations. With the
reopening of war, however, the Americans enjoyed the advantages of their
previous position; the exports of 1806 and 1807 exceeded a hundred
millions in value, and marked a height which exports did not again reach
for nearly twenty years. Our commercial prosperity at this time was very
precarious. It was the period in which Napoleon and England were waging
war over the Continental System, as described in a previous chapter. Each
belligerent looked on the neutral carrier now not as a source of gain to itself
so much as a source of help to the enemy, and determined to restrict neutral
trade, even though it were necessary to destroy it. In the period between
country and was soon withdrawn and exported to its destination in Europe,
as though it were composed of domestic products.
606. Prosperity of American commerce and shipping.—The European
wars, therefore, introduced American commerce to a new era of prosperity.
“No one was limited to any one branch of trade; the same individual was
concerned in voyages to Asia, South America, the West Indies, and
Europe.” Our ships gathered the products of distant countries, coffee, sugar,
tea, pepper, etc., and purveyed them to the people of Europe. In many years
the value of foreign exports exceeded that of domestic exports; in 1806 it
was half as large again. The reader will better appreciate the contrast with
present conditions when he learns that in 1914 the foreign exports of the
country amounted only to one sixty-seventh part of the domestic.
The merchant marine of the United States grew rapidly under these
favoring conditions, and in spite of complaints that former conditions had
been reversed, and that ships could be built cheaper abroad than at home.
The national tonnage engaged in foreign trade, which in 1789 appeared to
be not much in excess of 100,000, exceeded 500,000 in 1795, and 900,000
in 1810. The proportion of American ships in the total of those entering the
ports of the United States grew correspondingly; and the merchant tonnage
of the United States was second only to that of Great Britain and superior to
that of any other country in the world.
607. Checks to prosperity after 1800.—The check on the growth of our
commerce apparent in the figures for the few years after 1801 is explained
by the conclusion of a peace between the states of Europe, which lasted
from 1801 to 1803. Had the peace proved permanent there would have
been, without doubt, a further decline in American commerce, as the
European countries resumed their former commercial relations. With the
reopening of war, however, the Americans enjoyed the advantages of their
previous position; the exports of 1806 and 1807 exceeded a hundred
millions in value, and marked a height which exports did not again reach
for nearly twenty years. Our commercial prosperity at this time was very
precarious. It was the period in which Napoleon and England were waging
war over the Continental System, as described in a previous chapter. Each
belligerent looked on the neutral carrier now not as a source of gain to itself
so much as a source of help to the enemy, and determined to restrict neutral
trade, even though it were necessary to destroy it. In the period between
Page 476
1803 and 1812 some 1,500 American ships were seized in Europe, and the
greater part of them condemned, for violating the restrictions then carried
into effect. The best sailors were impressed from American ships to fight
the battles of England. American shipping was involved in an unequal
struggle.
608. Decline of commerce; embargo and war.—The United States was
not prepared to enforce by arms the rights which it claimed for its
merchants and sailors. The government shrank from war, and adopted
instead the policy of commercial restriction, hoping to bring the European
powers to terms by refusing to trade with them until they reformed their
conduct. A short trial was made with an act forbidding the importation of
English manufactures, and in December, 1807, a general embargo was laid
on all vessels, forbidding them to leave port for a foreign country. The
embargo was evaded in various ways, but its effect on our foreign
commerce and export industries was disastrous, and forced the substitution
of milder measures in February, 1809. Our commerce, now suffering both
from the attacks of its enemies abroad and the restrictions of its friends at
home, could not recover the position which it had reached before the
embargo, and declined still further after the declaration of war with
England, to which we were finally forced in June, 1812.
609. Effect of the decline of commerce on the development of
American manufactures.—While the people maintained an active
commerce with Europe they obtained most of their manufactured wares
from that source, as they had done in colonial times. The interruptions of
commerce due to acts like the embargo and to the war with England cut
them off from this source of supply, and home manufactures grew up as
commerce declined. The letters of Jefferson, written at this period, contain
many references to the growth of manufactures in his State, Virginia, and in
other parts of the country, especially in New England, the development of a
native manufacturing industry was even more marked. American
manufactures began, in this period, to outgrow the simple forms of
domestic industry, and to attract the capital necessary for the establishment
of regular factories. Many companies were incorporated to manufacture
goods by means of power machinery, and industrial methods which had
long been practised in England were now first introduced in this country on
an extensive scale. The development of the textile industries was especially
rapid. It was estimated that in 1800 the cotton factories of the country had
greater part of them condemned, for violating the restrictions then carried
into effect. The best sailors were impressed from American ships to fight
the battles of England. American shipping was involved in an unequal
struggle.
608. Decline of commerce; embargo and war.—The United States was
not prepared to enforce by arms the rights which it claimed for its
merchants and sailors. The government shrank from war, and adopted
instead the policy of commercial restriction, hoping to bring the European
powers to terms by refusing to trade with them until they reformed their
conduct. A short trial was made with an act forbidding the importation of
English manufactures, and in December, 1807, a general embargo was laid
on all vessels, forbidding them to leave port for a foreign country. The
embargo was evaded in various ways, but its effect on our foreign
commerce and export industries was disastrous, and forced the substitution
of milder measures in February, 1809. Our commerce, now suffering both
from the attacks of its enemies abroad and the restrictions of its friends at
home, could not recover the position which it had reached before the
embargo, and declined still further after the declaration of war with
England, to which we were finally forced in June, 1812.
609. Effect of the decline of commerce on the development of
American manufactures.—While the people maintained an active
commerce with Europe they obtained most of their manufactured wares
from that source, as they had done in colonial times. The interruptions of
commerce due to acts like the embargo and to the war with England cut
them off from this source of supply, and home manufactures grew up as
commerce declined. The letters of Jefferson, written at this period, contain
many references to the growth of manufactures in his State, Virginia, and in
other parts of the country, especially in New England, the development of a
native manufacturing industry was even more marked. American
manufactures began, in this period, to outgrow the simple forms of
domestic industry, and to attract the capital necessary for the establishment
of regular factories. Many companies were incorporated to manufacture
goods by means of power machinery, and industrial methods which had
long been practised in England were now first introduced in this country on
an extensive scale. The development of the textile industries was especially
rapid. It was estimated that in 1800 the cotton factories of the country had
Page 477
consumed only 500 bales of raw material, while in 1810 the number had
risen to 10,000 and in 1815 to 90,000. A cotton factory established by
Francis C. Lowell at Waltham, Mass., in 1814, is said to have been the first
in the world in which all the processes involved in the manufacture of
goods, from the raw material to the finished product, were carried on in one
establishment, under a carefully studied system.
610. Considerations determining early tariff policy.—The
development of manufactures at this time gave rise, in the following period,
to a demand for protection which marks a turning-point in the tariff history
of the country. When the first national tariff was adopted, at the founding of
the Federal government in 1789, the legislators had a difficult problem of
policy to solve. They found the commerce of the country fenced in by
foreign tariffs composed of high duties and of some actual prohibitions.
They desired the reduction of these duties that American commerce might
expand. Many of them expressed their belief in a policy of retaliation, if no
other means availed to secure the reduction. At this time, however, the
commercial position of the country was not strong enough to permit the
tariff to be used as a weapon with which to menace foreign states. Other
countries showed but a languid desire for the products which were then our
staple exports, and we had great need of the foreign wares composing our
imports. We could not afford even to discriminate against the importation of
manufactured goods, with an idea of protecting native manufactures; our
manufactures were then so weak that a policy of high protection, to exclude
foreign wares, would have caused serious distress to the consumers at
home.
611. Survey of tariff policy.—Barred by these considerations from a
tariff of high duties, the legislators framed the first tariff mainly as a
revenue measure. Comparatively few articles were placed upon the free list,
duties being levied on articles like tea and coffee as well as on
manufactured wares, which might possibly be produced at home. The
general scale of duties was much lower than in foreign countries at the time,
or in the United States later; it was estimated that an assorted cargo paid
about 71⁄2 per cent. Of the results of the first tariff a recent investigator says:
“The most careful examination fails to show that it affected the volume,
variety, or direction of our foreign trade in the slightest degree.” In the
course of the period the tariff was frequently amended, and rates were
raised considerably; but the tariff continued to be used chiefly as a source of
risen to 10,000 and in 1815 to 90,000. A cotton factory established by
Francis C. Lowell at Waltham, Mass., in 1814, is said to have been the first
in the world in which all the processes involved in the manufacture of
goods, from the raw material to the finished product, were carried on in one
establishment, under a carefully studied system.
610. Considerations determining early tariff policy.—The
development of manufactures at this time gave rise, in the following period,
to a demand for protection which marks a turning-point in the tariff history
of the country. When the first national tariff was adopted, at the founding of
the Federal government in 1789, the legislators had a difficult problem of
policy to solve. They found the commerce of the country fenced in by
foreign tariffs composed of high duties and of some actual prohibitions.
They desired the reduction of these duties that American commerce might
expand. Many of them expressed their belief in a policy of retaliation, if no
other means availed to secure the reduction. At this time, however, the
commercial position of the country was not strong enough to permit the
tariff to be used as a weapon with which to menace foreign states. Other
countries showed but a languid desire for the products which were then our
staple exports, and we had great need of the foreign wares composing our
imports. We could not afford even to discriminate against the importation of
manufactured goods, with an idea of protecting native manufactures; our
manufactures were then so weak that a policy of high protection, to exclude
foreign wares, would have caused serious distress to the consumers at
home.
611. Survey of tariff policy.—Barred by these considerations from a
tariff of high duties, the legislators framed the first tariff mainly as a
revenue measure. Comparatively few articles were placed upon the free list,
duties being levied on articles like tea and coffee as well as on
manufactured wares, which might possibly be produced at home. The
general scale of duties was much lower than in foreign countries at the time,
or in the United States later; it was estimated that an assorted cargo paid
about 71⁄2 per cent. Of the results of the first tariff a recent investigator says:
“The most careful examination fails to show that it affected the volume,
variety, or direction of our foreign trade in the slightest degree.” In the
course of the period the tariff was frequently amended, and rates were
raised considerably; but the tariff continued to be used chiefly as a source of
Page 478
revenue, and was not seriously affected by protectionist ideas until after
1815.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Prepare yourself for studying the policy of this period by mentally
reviewing the present commercial policy. Does the government now
encourage or discourage exports or imports? Does it grant favors to one
foreign country over another? Do foreign countries prohibit or restrict trade
with their dependencies? What is the present policy of this and other
countries with respect to shipping?
2. When England excluded the United States from trade with the West
Indies, what classes would be hurt, what classes would be helped, in
England, in the West Indies, and in the United States?
3. Indicate on a rough sketch map the markets wholly or partially closed
to American commerce about 1789.
4. Financial, military, and naval weakness of the United States in 1789.
[Manuals and standard works on U. S. History.]
5. Make a chart first of the figures of total exports in sect. 601; then
indicate the relative share of foreign and domestic exports. Leave room at
the top or bottom, where the dates are written, to write in the chief historical
events affecting the course of commerce in the period.
6. It has been generally believed that the adoption of the Federal
Constitution led to a great growth in business and prosperity. Prof. G. S.
Callender has suggested that the growth of prosperity, due to influences
acting from outside America, caused, on the contrary, the Constitution to be
popular and successful. What facts support this latter view?
7. Prepare a list of the dates showing the beginning and spread of the
European wars, and insert on the chart as suggested above.
8. Study the relative importance of foreign exports to total exports in the
last half of the century, as a contrast to conditions about 1800. [U. S.
Statistical Abstract, Index, Exports, merchandise, total values.]
9. Expansion of the merchant marine, 1789-1800. [Marvin, chap. 4.]
10. Grievances of neutral carriers, leading to the second war with
England. [Marvin, chap. 7; Coman, 171-180; McMaster, Hist.]
11. The Embargo. [Manuals of U. S. history; references in Channing and
Hart.]
1815.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Prepare yourself for studying the policy of this period by mentally
reviewing the present commercial policy. Does the government now
encourage or discourage exports or imports? Does it grant favors to one
foreign country over another? Do foreign countries prohibit or restrict trade
with their dependencies? What is the present policy of this and other
countries with respect to shipping?
2. When England excluded the United States from trade with the West
Indies, what classes would be hurt, what classes would be helped, in
England, in the West Indies, and in the United States?
3. Indicate on a rough sketch map the markets wholly or partially closed
to American commerce about 1789.
4. Financial, military, and naval weakness of the United States in 1789.
[Manuals and standard works on U. S. History.]
5. Make a chart first of the figures of total exports in sect. 601; then
indicate the relative share of foreign and domestic exports. Leave room at
the top or bottom, where the dates are written, to write in the chief historical
events affecting the course of commerce in the period.
6. It has been generally believed that the adoption of the Federal
Constitution led to a great growth in business and prosperity. Prof. G. S.
Callender has suggested that the growth of prosperity, due to influences
acting from outside America, caused, on the contrary, the Constitution to be
popular and successful. What facts support this latter view?
7. Prepare a list of the dates showing the beginning and spread of the
European wars, and insert on the chart as suggested above.
8. Study the relative importance of foreign exports to total exports in the
last half of the century, as a contrast to conditions about 1800. [U. S.
Statistical Abstract, Index, Exports, merchandise, total values.]
9. Expansion of the merchant marine, 1789-1800. [Marvin, chap. 4.]
10. Grievances of neutral carriers, leading to the second war with
England. [Marvin, chap. 7; Coman, 171-180; McMaster, Hist.]
11. The Embargo. [Manuals of U. S. history; references in Channing and
Hart.]
Page 479
12. Rise of manufacturing industry. [Coman, 180-193; Wright, 117-131.]
13. Considerations determining the earlier commercial policy. [Page; see
above, chap. xlv.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
See chapter xlv for general works; Henry Adams, *History, N. Y., 1889-
91, covering the period 1800-1817 in nine volumes, is the most complete
general narrative. Mahan, **War of 1812, Boston, Little, 2 vols., is now by
far the best special account. Ralph D. Paine, The fight for a free sea, New
Haven, 1920, is an interesting description. The commercial statistics of the
period may be found elaborated in Adam Seybert, *Statistical annals, Phila.,
1818, or in Timothy Pitkin, *Statistical view, New Haven, 1817, 2d ed.,
1835.
13. Considerations determining the earlier commercial policy. [Page; see
above, chap. xlv.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
See chapter xlv for general works; Henry Adams, *History, N. Y., 1889-
91, covering the period 1800-1817 in nine volumes, is the most complete
general narrative. Mahan, **War of 1812, Boston, Little, 2 vols., is now by
far the best special account. Ralph D. Paine, The fight for a free sea, New
Haven, 1920, is an interesting description. The commercial statistics of the
period may be found elaborated in Adam Seybert, *Statistical annals, Phila.,
1818, or in Timothy Pitkin, *Statistical view, New Haven, 1817, 2d ed.,
1835.
Page 480
CHAPTER XLVIII
NATIONAL EXPANSION, 1815-1860
612. Survey of commerce, 1815-1860.—In contrast with the period
ending in 1815, the next period which we study, extending from 1815 to
1860, was marked by the slowness and the comparative steadiness in the
growth of foreign commerce. An indication of the course of trade in this
period is given by the following table, in which the figures represent
millions of dollars.
Imports Exports Total
1820 74 69 144
1830 62 71 134
1840 98 123 221
1850 173 144 317
1860 353 333 687
Though the statistics of selected years can give only a rough picture of
commercial development, the figures here given suggest the striking
features of our trade in this period with sufficient accuracy. For about
twenty years after 1815 the foreign commerce of the country was nearly
stationary, or actually declined. Not until 1835 did our exports reach again
the mark attained in the year 1807. Towards the end of the period, however,
they showed increasing strength; the figures for 1860 show the upper limit
which they attained, but for some years previously they had been
approaching the sum of three hundred millions.
613. Reasons for slowness of growth.—The reasons for these changes
in our foreign trade must be sought both abroad and at home. Our
prosperity in the preceding period had been due mainly to the European
wars. With the return of peace the states of Europe escaped from their
commercial dependence on the United States. Our domestic exports of
breadstuffs and provisions declined as Europe returned to the policy of
protecting the domestic food supply; and our foreign exports declined even
more rapidly when we lost our privileged position of the great neutral
NATIONAL EXPANSION, 1815-1860
612. Survey of commerce, 1815-1860.—In contrast with the period
ending in 1815, the next period which we study, extending from 1815 to
1860, was marked by the slowness and the comparative steadiness in the
growth of foreign commerce. An indication of the course of trade in this
period is given by the following table, in which the figures represent
millions of dollars.
Imports Exports Total
1820 74 69 144
1830 62 71 134
1840 98 123 221
1850 173 144 317
1860 353 333 687
Though the statistics of selected years can give only a rough picture of
commercial development, the figures here given suggest the striking
features of our trade in this period with sufficient accuracy. For about
twenty years after 1815 the foreign commerce of the country was nearly
stationary, or actually declined. Not until 1835 did our exports reach again
the mark attained in the year 1807. Towards the end of the period, however,
they showed increasing strength; the figures for 1860 show the upper limit
which they attained, but for some years previously they had been
approaching the sum of three hundred millions.
613. Reasons for slowness of growth.—The reasons for these changes
in our foreign trade must be sought both abroad and at home. Our
prosperity in the preceding period had been due mainly to the European
wars. With the return of peace the states of Europe escaped from their
commercial dependence on the United States. Our domestic exports of
breadstuffs and provisions declined as Europe returned to the policy of
protecting the domestic food supply; and our foreign exports declined even
more rapidly when we lost our privileged position of the great neutral
Page 481
carrier, and our merchants had to face not only the active competition but
also the adverse legislation of other countries. Through most of the period
the annual foreign exports of the country were about twenty million dollars
in value. Not until near the end of the period did conditions change to our
advantage. The repeal of the English Corn Laws in 1846, as was noted in a
previous chapter, marked a departure in commercial policy, which offered
new openings to American export industries.
614. Absorption of the national energy in territorial expansion.—At
home, moreover, the people of the United States were occupied in this
period with tasks which turned their thoughts and interests to a large extent
away from foreign trade. It was a period of great territorial expansion. A
comparison of maps indicating the distribution of population shows that
extraordinary changes occurred in the interval between 1810 and 1860. At
the former date the people were still gathered mainly along the Atlantic
seaboard, face to face with Europe; and most of the territory west of the
Appalachian mountains was still left to the Indians. The center of
population was not far from Washington, D. C. In 1860, on the other hand,
the center of population was near Chillicothe, Ohio. This change indicates
an enormous movement of population westward. The country extending
west to the Mississippi river had, by 1860, been covered almost
continuously with settlements; many people had spread out on the great
plains facing the Rocky Mountains; and the population on the Pacific Coast
was sufficient to entitle that district to the two States California and Oregon.
615. Relative decline in the importance of foreign trade.—The
expansion of population, necessary as it was to the development of the
country, proved in its early stages to contribute comparatively little to the
growth of foreign commerce. The growth of our trade did not keep pace
with the growth of population. While the share of the average inhabitant in
foreign trade was over $30 in 1800, it was little over $20 in 1860, and
ranged between $10 and $15 through much of the intervening period.
also the adverse legislation of other countries. Through most of the period
the annual foreign exports of the country were about twenty million dollars
in value. Not until near the end of the period did conditions change to our
advantage. The repeal of the English Corn Laws in 1846, as was noted in a
previous chapter, marked a departure in commercial policy, which offered
new openings to American export industries.
614. Absorption of the national energy in territorial expansion.—At
home, moreover, the people of the United States were occupied in this
period with tasks which turned their thoughts and interests to a large extent
away from foreign trade. It was a period of great territorial expansion. A
comparison of maps indicating the distribution of population shows that
extraordinary changes occurred in the interval between 1810 and 1860. At
the former date the people were still gathered mainly along the Atlantic
seaboard, face to face with Europe; and most of the territory west of the
Appalachian mountains was still left to the Indians. The center of
population was not far from Washington, D. C. In 1860, on the other hand,
the center of population was near Chillicothe, Ohio. This change indicates
an enormous movement of population westward. The country extending
west to the Mississippi river had, by 1860, been covered almost
continuously with settlements; many people had spread out on the great
plains facing the Rocky Mountains; and the population on the Pacific Coast
was sufficient to entitle that district to the two States California and Oregon.
615. Relative decline in the importance of foreign trade.—The
expansion of population, necessary as it was to the development of the
country, proved in its early stages to contribute comparatively little to the
growth of foreign commerce. The growth of our trade did not keep pace
with the growth of population. While the share of the average inhabitant in
foreign trade was over $30 in 1800, it was little over $20 in 1860, and
ranged between $10 and $15 through much of the intervening period.
Page 482
It seems as if the people of the country, after the close of the war of 1812,
had turned their gaze away from Europe, the continent which they had for
centuries regarded as the source of civilization, and had fixed their attention
on their own continent, with the determination to make its resources satisfy
their needs, so far as they were able. Many of the settlers in the western
country led lives of extreme simplicity, unable to find a market for the
surplus which the fertile soil returned to them, and consequently forced to
restrict their purchases of foreign goods to the bare minimum.
616. Importance of the problem of transportation in this period.—As
the American people expanded and occupied territory far beyond the limits
of their original settlements, the question of transportation became one of
increasing importance. The early colonists had evaded rather than solved
the problem of transportation, by choosing for settlement districts
connected with the sea by short water routes, and by renouncing, in large
part, the attempt at intercommunication by land. The problem could no
longer be set aside, as the people spread out in the great interior valley. The
resources of the West could be of no advantage to the people of the East,
and could contribute nothing to the foreign commerce of the country, unless
means were found to bring the wares to market with a profit.
had turned their gaze away from Europe, the continent which they had for
centuries regarded as the source of civilization, and had fixed their attention
on their own continent, with the determination to make its resources satisfy
their needs, so far as they were able. Many of the settlers in the western
country led lives of extreme simplicity, unable to find a market for the
surplus which the fertile soil returned to them, and consequently forced to
restrict their purchases of foreign goods to the bare minimum.
616. Importance of the problem of transportation in this period.—As
the American people expanded and occupied territory far beyond the limits
of their original settlements, the question of transportation became one of
increasing importance. The early colonists had evaded rather than solved
the problem of transportation, by choosing for settlement districts
connected with the sea by short water routes, and by renouncing, in large
part, the attempt at intercommunication by land. The problem could no
longer be set aside, as the people spread out in the great interior valley. The
resources of the West could be of no advantage to the people of the East,
and could contribute nothing to the foreign commerce of the country, unless
means were found to bring the wares to market with a profit.
Page 483
In the remaining sections of this chapter, therefore, we shall study the
development of the means of transportation in this period, that we may be
better able to appreciate the details of the export and import trade, described
in following chapters.
617. The turnpike era.—Even in the earlier period, following 1789, the
condition of the common roads was felt to be intolerable, and a movement
for their reform set in. Stock companies were chartered, to improve the
more important roads, and were allowed to secure a return on their
investment by charging toll on traffic—so much for a one-horse cart, so
much for a two-horse wagon, etc. Hundreds of turnpike companies were
chartered in the different States, and in Pennsylvania alone over 2,000 miles
of improved roads had been constructed by them at the close of the first
quarter of the century.
Until better means of transportation were provided the turnpikes were
important channels of trade. They united the districts of the interior with the
coast and with navigable rivers, and made possible throughout the year a
freight traffic which formerly had been restricted to the sleighing season. A
great highway, like the Mohawk and Hudson turnpike, running from
Schenectady to Albany, was studded so thickly with taverns that the traveler
was never out of sight of the swinging sign-boards.
618. Failure of the turnpikes to meet the country’s demands.—The
success of the turnpikes stimulated the national government to construct a
road from Cumberland, on the Potomac River in the western part of
Maryland, to Wheeling on the Ohio River. This road was designed to
furnish the connection, that was so keenly desired, between the districts
lying on either side of the mountains; and was for many years an important
route for passenger travel. The expense of wagon transportation, however,
prevented a great growth of freight traffic on this or on other land routes of
considerable length. The cost of moving freight over the roads of this period
has been estimated roughly at ten cents per ton-mile, and this cost
prohibited the movement of ordinary freight to a great distance. The
turnpike, therefore, did not solve the problem of transportation for the
country, and turnpikes declined as better means of transportation were
brought into use. About the middle of the century the idea of building roads
of wood took strong hold of the minds of men, and plank roads were
constructed with great vigor for a few years; but the idea proved
impracticable and led to no important results.
development of the means of transportation in this period, that we may be
better able to appreciate the details of the export and import trade, described
in following chapters.
617. The turnpike era.—Even in the earlier period, following 1789, the
condition of the common roads was felt to be intolerable, and a movement
for their reform set in. Stock companies were chartered, to improve the
more important roads, and were allowed to secure a return on their
investment by charging toll on traffic—so much for a one-horse cart, so
much for a two-horse wagon, etc. Hundreds of turnpike companies were
chartered in the different States, and in Pennsylvania alone over 2,000 miles
of improved roads had been constructed by them at the close of the first
quarter of the century.
Until better means of transportation were provided the turnpikes were
important channels of trade. They united the districts of the interior with the
coast and with navigable rivers, and made possible throughout the year a
freight traffic which formerly had been restricted to the sleighing season. A
great highway, like the Mohawk and Hudson turnpike, running from
Schenectady to Albany, was studded so thickly with taverns that the traveler
was never out of sight of the swinging sign-boards.
618. Failure of the turnpikes to meet the country’s demands.—The
success of the turnpikes stimulated the national government to construct a
road from Cumberland, on the Potomac River in the western part of
Maryland, to Wheeling on the Ohio River. This road was designed to
furnish the connection, that was so keenly desired, between the districts
lying on either side of the mountains; and was for many years an important
route for passenger travel. The expense of wagon transportation, however,
prevented a great growth of freight traffic on this or on other land routes of
considerable length. The cost of moving freight over the roads of this period
has been estimated roughly at ten cents per ton-mile, and this cost
prohibited the movement of ordinary freight to a great distance. The
turnpike, therefore, did not solve the problem of transportation for the
country, and turnpikes declined as better means of transportation were
brought into use. About the middle of the century the idea of building roads
of wood took strong hold of the minds of men, and plank roads were
constructed with great vigor for a few years; but the idea proved
impracticable and led to no important results.
Page 484
619. Importance of the western waterways.—Vastly more important in
its effects on the internal and foreign commerce of the country was the
development of the means of water transportation. It has been said of North
America that no other continent, with perhaps the exception of South
America, offers such excellent natural facilities for intercommunication as
is furnished by the system of rivers and lakes lying east of the Rocky
Mountains. Early in the history of our western settlements traders used the
rivers flowing into the Mississippi to secure connection with the market at
New Orleans, then under Spanish rule; and the Louisiana purchase of 1803
gave the United States control of the river route from source to mouth. A
line of packet boats plying between Pittsburg and Cincinnati was started in
1794, and many flatboats were employed to float cargoes down the
Mississippi. The swift current of that river, however, made ascending
navigation difficult. The crews of the flatboats had to return home by land,
going generally on foot through nearly a thousand miles of wilderness, and
using about six months on the round trip. The stream could be ascended
only in small boats propelled by poles and sails. Though the freight rate
down the river was as low as one cent per ton-mile, the charge in the other
direction was about six times as much. The need of some better means of
propelling boats against the current was strongly felt; and long before the
steamboat had been made a practical success the prediction was common
that it would be developed to serve the needs of commerce on our western
rivers.
620. Invention and application of the steamboat.—The steamboat, like
many other instruments of technical progress, was not the invention of a
single man, but was developed by contributions from several different
sources. Before the adoption of the Federal Constitution (1789) Fitch and
Rumsey had constructed steamboats which maintained a speed of four to
seven miles an hour against the current of the Potomac and Delaware rivers;
and these successful experiments were followed by many others in this
country and in Europe. Robert Fulton, therefore, scarcely deserves the
credit commonly accorded him for invention, but his service was not the
less important. He combined the ideas and inventions of others, and
transferred the steamboat from the sphere of technical experiment to that of
practical business operation. The Clermont, which started from New York
August 7, 1807, and arrived in Albany, 150 miles distant, in 32 hours, was
its effects on the internal and foreign commerce of the country was the
development of the means of water transportation. It has been said of North
America that no other continent, with perhaps the exception of South
America, offers such excellent natural facilities for intercommunication as
is furnished by the system of rivers and lakes lying east of the Rocky
Mountains. Early in the history of our western settlements traders used the
rivers flowing into the Mississippi to secure connection with the market at
New Orleans, then under Spanish rule; and the Louisiana purchase of 1803
gave the United States control of the river route from source to mouth. A
line of packet boats plying between Pittsburg and Cincinnati was started in
1794, and many flatboats were employed to float cargoes down the
Mississippi. The swift current of that river, however, made ascending
navigation difficult. The crews of the flatboats had to return home by land,
going generally on foot through nearly a thousand miles of wilderness, and
using about six months on the round trip. The stream could be ascended
only in small boats propelled by poles and sails. Though the freight rate
down the river was as low as one cent per ton-mile, the charge in the other
direction was about six times as much. The need of some better means of
propelling boats against the current was strongly felt; and long before the
steamboat had been made a practical success the prediction was common
that it would be developed to serve the needs of commerce on our western
rivers.
620. Invention and application of the steamboat.—The steamboat, like
many other instruments of technical progress, was not the invention of a
single man, but was developed by contributions from several different
sources. Before the adoption of the Federal Constitution (1789) Fitch and
Rumsey had constructed steamboats which maintained a speed of four to
seven miles an hour against the current of the Potomac and Delaware rivers;
and these successful experiments were followed by many others in this
country and in Europe. Robert Fulton, therefore, scarcely deserves the
credit commonly accorded him for invention, but his service was not the
less important. He combined the ideas and inventions of others, and
transferred the steamboat from the sphere of technical experiment to that of
practical business operation. The Clermont, which started from New York
August 7, 1807, and arrived in Albany, 150 miles distant, in 32 hours, was
Page 485
the first steamboat in the world which maintained a regular and continuous
traffic in the public service.
traffic in the public service.
Page 486
Page 487
621. Development of river transportation.—Within a few years of
Fulton’s success steamboats were introduced on the western rivers, and
after an interval of trial proved their capacity for meeting the conditions. In
ten years (1817) a steamboat made the trip from New Orleans to Louisville
in 25 days instead of the three months consumed by barges; after another
ten years (1827) a steamboat made the trip in little over a week. The
steamboats did more at first to reduce the time of voyages than to reduce
the rates of transportation, but the cost of carriage declined gradually as the
means of transportation were improved. The following figures, giving the
number of steamboats employed on the rivers of the West, show how
rapidly steam navigation increased in importance: 1818, 20; 1829, 200;
1842, 450; 1848, 1,200. Size and carrying capacity were growing also, and
it is said that in 1847 the steam tonnage of the Mississippi Valley exceeded
that of the whole British Empire. “Pittsburg city, the Pennsylvania great
western emporium,” as it was styled in a book published in 1830, grew
great by steamer traffic, and other cities, as Cincinnati, Louisville, and St.
Louis, flourished under the same influence. The most obvious effect of the
extension of steam navigation was the growth of internal trade, especially
that between North and South. This trade, however, was indirectly of great
importance to our foreign commerce, for it enabled the people of the South
to apply themselves almost exclusively to the growth of export products,
like cotton, relying on other parts of the country for food and manufactures.
622. Demand for canals in this period.—While the river system offered
great opportunities for developing the resources of the West, it was
necessarily incomplete in the connections it afforded with other parts of the
country. It left gaps, to be filled by other means of transportation, between
three important sections of country, drained respectively by the Mississippi
and its tributaries, by the Great Lakes, and by the rivers flowing into the
Atlantic. The need of bridging these gaps in the transportation system was
felt acutely in the second quarter of the century, as population spread in the
interior of the country, and was first met, with some degree of adequacy, by
the construction of canals.
There had been many projects for canals in the colonial period, and some
short stretches were constructed before 1800. People contented themselves
in general, however, with the natural waterways, and sought merely to
regulate their channels and to regulate the flow of water by means of dams.
Fulton’s success steamboats were introduced on the western rivers, and
after an interval of trial proved their capacity for meeting the conditions. In
ten years (1817) a steamboat made the trip from New Orleans to Louisville
in 25 days instead of the three months consumed by barges; after another
ten years (1827) a steamboat made the trip in little over a week. The
steamboats did more at first to reduce the time of voyages than to reduce
the rates of transportation, but the cost of carriage declined gradually as the
means of transportation were improved. The following figures, giving the
number of steamboats employed on the rivers of the West, show how
rapidly steam navigation increased in importance: 1818, 20; 1829, 200;
1842, 450; 1848, 1,200. Size and carrying capacity were growing also, and
it is said that in 1847 the steam tonnage of the Mississippi Valley exceeded
that of the whole British Empire. “Pittsburg city, the Pennsylvania great
western emporium,” as it was styled in a book published in 1830, grew
great by steamer traffic, and other cities, as Cincinnati, Louisville, and St.
Louis, flourished under the same influence. The most obvious effect of the
extension of steam navigation was the growth of internal trade, especially
that between North and South. This trade, however, was indirectly of great
importance to our foreign commerce, for it enabled the people of the South
to apply themselves almost exclusively to the growth of export products,
like cotton, relying on other parts of the country for food and manufactures.
622. Demand for canals in this period.—While the river system offered
great opportunities for developing the resources of the West, it was
necessarily incomplete in the connections it afforded with other parts of the
country. It left gaps, to be filled by other means of transportation, between
three important sections of country, drained respectively by the Mississippi
and its tributaries, by the Great Lakes, and by the rivers flowing into the
Atlantic. The need of bridging these gaps in the transportation system was
felt acutely in the second quarter of the century, as population spread in the
interior of the country, and was first met, with some degree of adequacy, by
the construction of canals.
There had been many projects for canals in the colonial period, and some
short stretches were constructed before 1800. People contented themselves
in general, however, with the natural waterways, and sought merely to
regulate their channels and to regulate the flow of water by means of dams.
Page 488
The era of activity in canal construction began after the close of the second
war with England, in 1815.
623. The Erie Canal (1825), and others.—The easiest route by which a
canal might be carried through the Appalachian mountain ridge lay in the
State of New York, along the valley of the Mohawk River. The advantages
of this route were recognized in the colonial period, and the advisability of
utilizing them was felt especially during and after the war of 1812, when
the political danger of leaving the country without means of
intercommunication became apparent. The construction of a canal along
this route was begun in 1817, and in 1825 the first boat passed from Lake
Erie to the Hudson River. Other canals were constructed to connect Lake
Champlain and Lake Ontario with the Erie Canal, and further south, in New
Jersey and Pennsylvania especially, the people entered actively into the
work of canal building.
Further west, canals were constructed to unite Lake Erie with the Ohio
River, and Lake Michigan with the Mississippi River (1848), and just
before the close of the period which we are studying the St. Mary’s Falls
Canal (1855) opened the passage from Lake Superior to the other lakes to
boats with a draft of twelve feet.
624. Commercial benefit of the canals.—The canals effected a
reduction in transportation charges which placed trade on an entirely new
footing along the lines that they covered. In contrast with the cost of ten
cents per ton-mile, on the turnpikes, we find a cost of movement of about
one cent, and tolls which brought the total charge to about three cents. The
tolls varied on different articles and were not the same on different canals,
but the total charges represented a great saving in transportation even in the
early days of the canals, and tended to grow less with the passage of time.
The crops which grew in abundance on the fertile lands of western New
York had gone begging before the construction of the Erie Canal, and the
inhabitants had been able to purchase few manufactured or foreign articles.
A letter from the Genesee country (east of Buffalo), written in 1799, said
that grain was so low in price as to be scarcely worth the raising, while
European goods were very dear; it took the produce of one acre to buy a
pair of breeches. Conditions had improved somewhat before 1825, with the
extension of turnpikes and with the increase in the navigation of the
Susquehanna River, but the Erie Canal brought nevertheless a new era of
war with England, in 1815.
623. The Erie Canal (1825), and others.—The easiest route by which a
canal might be carried through the Appalachian mountain ridge lay in the
State of New York, along the valley of the Mohawk River. The advantages
of this route were recognized in the colonial period, and the advisability of
utilizing them was felt especially during and after the war of 1812, when
the political danger of leaving the country without means of
intercommunication became apparent. The construction of a canal along
this route was begun in 1817, and in 1825 the first boat passed from Lake
Erie to the Hudson River. Other canals were constructed to connect Lake
Champlain and Lake Ontario with the Erie Canal, and further south, in New
Jersey and Pennsylvania especially, the people entered actively into the
work of canal building.
Further west, canals were constructed to unite Lake Erie with the Ohio
River, and Lake Michigan with the Mississippi River (1848), and just
before the close of the period which we are studying the St. Mary’s Falls
Canal (1855) opened the passage from Lake Superior to the other lakes to
boats with a draft of twelve feet.
624. Commercial benefit of the canals.—The canals effected a
reduction in transportation charges which placed trade on an entirely new
footing along the lines that they covered. In contrast with the cost of ten
cents per ton-mile, on the turnpikes, we find a cost of movement of about
one cent, and tolls which brought the total charge to about three cents. The
tolls varied on different articles and were not the same on different canals,
but the total charges represented a great saving in transportation even in the
early days of the canals, and tended to grow less with the passage of time.
The crops which grew in abundance on the fertile lands of western New
York had gone begging before the construction of the Erie Canal, and the
inhabitants had been able to purchase few manufactured or foreign articles.
A letter from the Genesee country (east of Buffalo), written in 1799, said
that grain was so low in price as to be scarcely worth the raising, while
European goods were very dear; it took the produce of one acre to buy a
pair of breeches. Conditions had improved somewhat before 1825, with the
extension of turnpikes and with the increase in the navigation of the
Susquehanna River, but the Erie Canal brought nevertheless a new era of
Page 489
prosperity to this district, and first made its rich resources available for
consumption in the New York market and for extensive export.
625. Canals less important than rivers for distant shipments.—
Important as were the canals, their influence in this period was local rather
than national. Managers were slow to adopt the practice of reducing rates
on a long haul, to stimulate distant traffic, and the canals served mainly
local needs. We read, it is true, of cotton being carried from Alabama to
Philadelphia by canal, and of wheat reaching New York over the Erie route
from Ohio and Indiana. It is noteworthy, however, that even in 1840 only
one seventh of the freight carried on New York canals came from outside
the State. The river system of the Mississippi proved still to be the most
valuable outlet for the products of the great interior valley, and about 1850
the value of the wares which it carried to the coast was double that reaching
the seaboard by the Hudson River and its canals. A line drawn east and west
through the center of Ohio marked the commercial watershed between the
competing routes; north of that line practically all goods were shipped by
lake and canal, while south of it only articles like tobacco, wool, and
manufactured wares were sent by that route, and most products were
shipped by way of the Mississippi. Indiana and Illinois showed a still more
decided tendency to the river route. In the reverse direction, however, the
northern route, by canal and lake, had the advantage, and the movement to
the interior by this route was double that ascending the Mississippi.
consumption in the New York market and for extensive export.
625. Canals less important than rivers for distant shipments.—
Important as were the canals, their influence in this period was local rather
than national. Managers were slow to adopt the practice of reducing rates
on a long haul, to stimulate distant traffic, and the canals served mainly
local needs. We read, it is true, of cotton being carried from Alabama to
Philadelphia by canal, and of wheat reaching New York over the Erie route
from Ohio and Indiana. It is noteworthy, however, that even in 1840 only
one seventh of the freight carried on New York canals came from outside
the State. The river system of the Mississippi proved still to be the most
valuable outlet for the products of the great interior valley, and about 1850
the value of the wares which it carried to the coast was double that reaching
the seaboard by the Hudson River and its canals. A line drawn east and west
through the center of Ohio marked the commercial watershed between the
competing routes; north of that line practically all goods were shipped by
lake and canal, while south of it only articles like tobacco, wool, and
manufactured wares were sent by that route, and most products were
shipped by way of the Mississippi. Indiana and Illinois showed a still more
decided tendency to the river route. In the reverse direction, however, the
northern route, by canal and lake, had the advantage, and the movement to
the interior by this route was double that ascending the Mississippi.
Page 490
626. Demand for further improvement met by railroads.—Reviewing
the substance of preceding sections, we find that of the new means of
transportation adopted to develop the resources of the country and to make
them available in internal trade and foreign commerce, none had yet proved
adequate to meet the conditions. Transportation on the turnpikes was too
expensive to permit the carriage of bulky freight over great distances. River
navigation, valuable as it was in opening the interior to commerce, still was
tied fast to channels cut by nature; the rivers must at least be supplemented
by feeders and by connections across the country. Canals were of great
service as supplements to the rivers, but they too, were restricted in their
course by the conditions set by nature, and, like the rivers, could be used in
northern districts during only part of the year. What the country needed was
a means of transportation available throughout the year, free to follow the
paths toward which the interests of merchants most inclined, and cheap
enough to encourage the exchange of common articles between points
widely separated. The need was met, in the course of time, by the
development of railroads.
the substance of preceding sections, we find that of the new means of
transportation adopted to develop the resources of the country and to make
them available in internal trade and foreign commerce, none had yet proved
adequate to meet the conditions. Transportation on the turnpikes was too
expensive to permit the carriage of bulky freight over great distances. River
navigation, valuable as it was in opening the interior to commerce, still was
tied fast to channels cut by nature; the rivers must at least be supplemented
by feeders and by connections across the country. Canals were of great
service as supplements to the rivers, but they too, were restricted in their
course by the conditions set by nature, and, like the rivers, could be used in
northern districts during only part of the year. What the country needed was
a means of transportation available throughout the year, free to follow the
paths toward which the interests of merchants most inclined, and cheap
enough to encourage the exchange of common articles between points
widely separated. The need was met, in the course of time, by the
development of railroads.
Page 491
627. Early American railroads little used for freight traffic.—The
operation of steam railroads began in this country and in England at almost
the same time; the Baltimore and Ohio railroad was in course of
construction in 1830, when the Liverpool and Manchester line was opened.
In this early period, however, the railroad was a much more valuable
instrument in the Old World than in the New. In England and other
European countries the railroad found great manufacturing and shipping
centers already established, with large volumes of valuable freight to be
carried short distances; the task before it was comparatively easy.
Conditions were somewhat similar along our eastern seaboard, but in the
United States in general the railroad was wanted to develop agricultural
districts with a comparatively sparse population, separated from industrial
and shipping centers by hundreds of miles. The traffic offered by these
districts could not bear the high charges imposed by railroads in their early
period; these charges greatly exceeded those paid for canal transportation
and seem in some cases to have equaled those paid for carriage on
turnpikes. Aside from coal and cotton the early American railroads carried
comparatively little freight; and they played but a slight part in the
development of commerce.
628. Extension of the railroad system in the West after 1850.—In
1850 there were still few railroads west of the Allegheny Mountains. In
contrast with nearly seven thousand miles of line in the States along the
eastern coast the States of the upper Mississippi Valley could show little
over one thousand. Not a mile of railroad had been built in Iowa and
Minnesota, and there was no railroad connection with the East in all the
country west of the Mississippi and north of the State of Missouri.
Conditions were ready at last for the extension of the railroad system
through the interior of the country and the West saw many thousand miles
of line constructed in its territory in the decade ending in 1860. The New
York Central, the Erie, the Pennsylvania, the Baltimore and Ohio, and other
lines united the roads of the interior with the East; many roads were built
from Lakes Erie and Michigan to the Ohio and Mississippi rivers; while
another set of roads extended north from the Gulf of Mexico, aiming to
attract the traffic of the great valley southwards.
629. Effect of the improvements in transportation, especially marked
in the following period.—The commerce of the country got the full benefit
of the railroad system only after 1860, when various improvements led to a
operation of steam railroads began in this country and in England at almost
the same time; the Baltimore and Ohio railroad was in course of
construction in 1830, when the Liverpool and Manchester line was opened.
In this early period, however, the railroad was a much more valuable
instrument in the Old World than in the New. In England and other
European countries the railroad found great manufacturing and shipping
centers already established, with large volumes of valuable freight to be
carried short distances; the task before it was comparatively easy.
Conditions were somewhat similar along our eastern seaboard, but in the
United States in general the railroad was wanted to develop agricultural
districts with a comparatively sparse population, separated from industrial
and shipping centers by hundreds of miles. The traffic offered by these
districts could not bear the high charges imposed by railroads in their early
period; these charges greatly exceeded those paid for canal transportation
and seem in some cases to have equaled those paid for carriage on
turnpikes. Aside from coal and cotton the early American railroads carried
comparatively little freight; and they played but a slight part in the
development of commerce.
628. Extension of the railroad system in the West after 1850.—In
1850 there were still few railroads west of the Allegheny Mountains. In
contrast with nearly seven thousand miles of line in the States along the
eastern coast the States of the upper Mississippi Valley could show little
over one thousand. Not a mile of railroad had been built in Iowa and
Minnesota, and there was no railroad connection with the East in all the
country west of the Mississippi and north of the State of Missouri.
Conditions were ready at last for the extension of the railroad system
through the interior of the country and the West saw many thousand miles
of line constructed in its territory in the decade ending in 1860. The New
York Central, the Erie, the Pennsylvania, the Baltimore and Ohio, and other
lines united the roads of the interior with the East; many roads were built
from Lakes Erie and Michigan to the Ohio and Mississippi rivers; while
another set of roads extended north from the Gulf of Mexico, aiming to
attract the traffic of the great valley southwards.
629. Effect of the improvements in transportation, especially marked
in the following period.—The commerce of the country got the full benefit
of the railroad system only after 1860, when various improvements led to a
Page 492
great reduction in freight rates, and stimulated an immense increase of
traffic. The period before the Civil War must be regarded as one of
preparation for the great commercial expansion in the period following; the
lines were laid, in large part, but men had not learned to make the best use
of them. Even before 1860, however, the railroad had become an
indispensable instrument to the commerce of the country. While it did not
displace other means of transportation, it forced them to improvement, and
gave service in forms which they could not supply. There will be little space
in the two following chapters to refer to the development of the means of
transportation described here, but the student must bear in mind this factor,
as contributing always and in very important measure to the growth of the
country’s commerce. We may close this summary of the subject by giving
an illustration of the effect of transportation on the value of the resources of
Ohio; the price of farm produce in that State rose 50 per cent after the
completion of the canals, while the railroads appear to have doubled the
price of flour, trebled the price of pork, and quadrupled the price of corn.
630. Prosperity of the American merchant marine.—The period from
1815 to 1860, in which the country first grappled successfully with the
problem of internal transportation, was also the period in which the
American merchant marine reached the pitch of its prosperity. Even after
the conclusion of peace in Europe in 1815, which subjected our ships again
to the competition of foreign carriers and to the restrictions of other
countries, American ship-builders and sailors were able to hold their own;
and the period is marked by a great increase in our merchant tonnage.
Down to about 1850 the wooden sailing ship was still supreme in its control
of the ocean carrying trade. American builders developed the ship to its
highest type, the clipper, and led the world in the art of naval construction.
Their skill, and the cheapness of good ship timber, more than offset the
higher prices which the tariff forced them to pay for materials and
equipment such as iron, copper, cordage, and sail-cloth. The officers and
crews of American vessels enjoyed an international reputation for their
efficiency.
traffic. The period before the Civil War must be regarded as one of
preparation for the great commercial expansion in the period following; the
lines were laid, in large part, but men had not learned to make the best use
of them. Even before 1860, however, the railroad had become an
indispensable instrument to the commerce of the country. While it did not
displace other means of transportation, it forced them to improvement, and
gave service in forms which they could not supply. There will be little space
in the two following chapters to refer to the development of the means of
transportation described here, but the student must bear in mind this factor,
as contributing always and in very important measure to the growth of the
country’s commerce. We may close this summary of the subject by giving
an illustration of the effect of transportation on the value of the resources of
Ohio; the price of farm produce in that State rose 50 per cent after the
completion of the canals, while the railroads appear to have doubled the
price of flour, trebled the price of pork, and quadrupled the price of corn.
630. Prosperity of the American merchant marine.—The period from
1815 to 1860, in which the country first grappled successfully with the
problem of internal transportation, was also the period in which the
American merchant marine reached the pitch of its prosperity. Even after
the conclusion of peace in Europe in 1815, which subjected our ships again
to the competition of foreign carriers and to the restrictions of other
countries, American ship-builders and sailors were able to hold their own;
and the period is marked by a great increase in our merchant tonnage.
Down to about 1850 the wooden sailing ship was still supreme in its control
of the ocean carrying trade. American builders developed the ship to its
highest type, the clipper, and led the world in the art of naval construction.
Their skill, and the cheapness of good ship timber, more than offset the
higher prices which the tariff forced them to pay for materials and
equipment such as iron, copper, cordage, and sail-cloth. The officers and
crews of American vessels enjoyed an international reputation for their
efficiency.
Page 493
Page 494
631. Position and prospects of the merchant marine in 1860.—In
1855 the tonnage built in the United States was greater than ever before or
since; the California gold discoveries had caused a great increase in the
demand for transportation to the Pacific Coast, from which the government
excluded foreign vessels, and the Crimean War forced European
governments to charter many American vessels for transport service. At the
close of the period (1861) the tonnage of the United States, including that
engaged in domestic trade, was not far from one third of the total tonnage of
the world; the British Empire had slightly over one third; and the tonnage of
all other countries grouped together was but little more than our own. Our
merchant fleet exceeded by half the amount necessary for the carriage of all
our exports and imports, and earned a large revenue from the foreign
countries which sought its service.
In one important point, however, the prospects of the American merchant
marine were not bright. We were not keeping pace with the peoples of
Europe in the construction of steamers for ocean service, and of iron vessels
in general. American steamers were not able to win a place of any
1855 the tonnage built in the United States was greater than ever before or
since; the California gold discoveries had caused a great increase in the
demand for transportation to the Pacific Coast, from which the government
excluded foreign vessels, and the Crimean War forced European
governments to charter many American vessels for transport service. At the
close of the period (1861) the tonnage of the United States, including that
engaged in domestic trade, was not far from one third of the total tonnage of
the world; the British Empire had slightly over one third; and the tonnage of
all other countries grouped together was but little more than our own. Our
merchant fleet exceeded by half the amount necessary for the carriage of all
our exports and imports, and earned a large revenue from the foreign
countries which sought its service.
In one important point, however, the prospects of the American merchant
marine were not bright. We were not keeping pace with the peoples of
Europe in the construction of steamers for ocean service, and of iron vessels
in general. American steamers were not able to win a place of any
Page 495
importance in the foreign carrying trade; and before 1860 a slackening of
activity in the building of wooden sailing ships was noticeable.
632. Navigation policy: reforms and restrictions.—The period was
marked by the removal of many of the restrictions on foreign shipping
which had been a regular feature of government policy in previous
centuries. Our ships were burdened at first by heavy dues or by prohibitions
in foreign ports, and it was but natural that our government retaliated by
taxing foreign ships entering our ports. The disadvantages of this system
became apparent as commerce grew in the nineteenth century, and a series
of reciprocity treaties removed the former discrimination, and put the ships
of all nations on substantially the same footing. The United States held fast,
however, to certain features of the old navigation policy. The coastwise
trade, which was interpreted to include the trade to the Pacific coast by way
of the Isthmus of Panama or around Cape Horn, was reserved absolutely to
American vessels; and no vessel could secure American registry unless it
had been built in this country. Ships built abroad could not sail under the
American flag even though they had been purchased and were owned by
citizens of the United States.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Prepare a chart, sect. 612. [Figures of commerce for the intervening
years, showing fluctuations, will be found in the U. S. Statistical Abstract.]
2. Review, in previous chapters, the accounts of the commercial policy of
European states during this period.
3. The westward movement of population. [Manuals of U. S. history;
maps in Atlas of the Census.]
4. The population of the country was as follows, in round millions
(counting half a million or over as one): 1790, 4; 1800, 5; 1810, 7; 1820,
10; 1830, 13; 1840, 17; 1850, 23; 1860, 31. Determine the average
commerce per capita, and indicate it on the chart.
5. The commercial history of a western town. [Select a town in one of the
States of the Mississippi Valley, admitted during this period, and determine,
from local histories and biographies, the extent of its trade with other parts
of the country and with foreign countries.]
6. What towns of the colonial period were situated at a distance from the
sea? What towns grew to considerable size in the interior of the country in
activity in the building of wooden sailing ships was noticeable.
632. Navigation policy: reforms and restrictions.—The period was
marked by the removal of many of the restrictions on foreign shipping
which had been a regular feature of government policy in previous
centuries. Our ships were burdened at first by heavy dues or by prohibitions
in foreign ports, and it was but natural that our government retaliated by
taxing foreign ships entering our ports. The disadvantages of this system
became apparent as commerce grew in the nineteenth century, and a series
of reciprocity treaties removed the former discrimination, and put the ships
of all nations on substantially the same footing. The United States held fast,
however, to certain features of the old navigation policy. The coastwise
trade, which was interpreted to include the trade to the Pacific coast by way
of the Isthmus of Panama or around Cape Horn, was reserved absolutely to
American vessels; and no vessel could secure American registry unless it
had been built in this country. Ships built abroad could not sail under the
American flag even though they had been purchased and were owned by
citizens of the United States.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Prepare a chart, sect. 612. [Figures of commerce for the intervening
years, showing fluctuations, will be found in the U. S. Statistical Abstract.]
2. Review, in previous chapters, the accounts of the commercial policy of
European states during this period.
3. The westward movement of population. [Manuals of U. S. history;
maps in Atlas of the Census.]
4. The population of the country was as follows, in round millions
(counting half a million or over as one): 1790, 4; 1800, 5; 1810, 7; 1820,
10; 1830, 13; 1840, 17; 1850, 23; 1860, 31. Determine the average
commerce per capita, and indicate it on the chart.
5. The commercial history of a western town. [Select a town in one of the
States of the Mississippi Valley, admitted during this period, and determine,
from local histories and biographies, the extent of its trade with other parts
of the country and with foreign countries.]
6. What towns of the colonial period were situated at a distance from the
sea? What towns grew to considerable size in the interior of the country in
Page 496
this period, and what were their means of land or water transportation?
[Consult historical maps, as those in Hart’s Epochs of American History.]
7. (a) Write a report on the history of turnpikes in the State in which you
live. [Consult State and local histories, making full use of table of contents
and index.]
(b) Development of roads in the U. S. [Hulbert, vol. 11, chap. 1.]
(c) The Pennsylvania State Road in 1796. [Hulbert, vol. 11, chap. 2.]
(d) The Catskill turnpike. [Hulbert, vol. 12, chap. 6.]
8. The Cumberland Road. [Hulbert, vol. 10; see especially chap. 4, stages
and freight traffic.]
9. What are the chief river systems of the country; what gaps exist
between them? How do the facilities for river transportation in different
countries of Europe compare with those of the United States?
10. Development of the boats used for river traffic. [Hulbert, vol. 9, chap.
4.]
11. Character and life of the western river men. [Same, chap. 5.]
12. The invention of the steamboat. [Encyclopedias; U. S. histories;
Thurston’s Fulton, N. Y., 1891; S. Bullock in Conn. Magazine, 1905, 9:
440-455, an excellent article with illustrations.]
13. Write a report on the influence of the steamboat in building up one of
the cities named. [Local histories.]
14. Early canal projects. [Hulbert, vol. 13, chaps. 2, 3.]
15. The Mohawk River route. [Hulbert, vol. 14, chap. 1.]
16. Early projects for a canal in the Mohawk Valley. [Same, chap. 2.]
17. The Erie Canal. [Same, chap. 4.]
18. Economic effects of the Erie Canal. [Hulbert, vol. 14, chap. 5.]
19. Origin of American railroads. [Johnson, chap. 2.]
20. Did any European country present conditions like those of the U. S.,
in respect to railroad development? What has been the history of railroads
in Russia? [See chap. 44.]
21. Growth of the American railroad system. [Johnson, chap. 3; Hadley,
chap. 2; Coman, 234-242.]
22. Because the Ohio farmer received more for his products, does it
follow that railroads have raised the price of articles and forced consumers
to pay more for them?
23. Development of the merchant marine, 1815-1860. [Marvin, chaps. 9,
11, 12; Abbot, chaps. 1, 2.]
[Consult historical maps, as those in Hart’s Epochs of American History.]
7. (a) Write a report on the history of turnpikes in the State in which you
live. [Consult State and local histories, making full use of table of contents
and index.]
(b) Development of roads in the U. S. [Hulbert, vol. 11, chap. 1.]
(c) The Pennsylvania State Road in 1796. [Hulbert, vol. 11, chap. 2.]
(d) The Catskill turnpike. [Hulbert, vol. 12, chap. 6.]
8. The Cumberland Road. [Hulbert, vol. 10; see especially chap. 4, stages
and freight traffic.]
9. What are the chief river systems of the country; what gaps exist
between them? How do the facilities for river transportation in different
countries of Europe compare with those of the United States?
10. Development of the boats used for river traffic. [Hulbert, vol. 9, chap.
4.]
11. Character and life of the western river men. [Same, chap. 5.]
12. The invention of the steamboat. [Encyclopedias; U. S. histories;
Thurston’s Fulton, N. Y., 1891; S. Bullock in Conn. Magazine, 1905, 9:
440-455, an excellent article with illustrations.]
13. Write a report on the influence of the steamboat in building up one of
the cities named. [Local histories.]
14. Early canal projects. [Hulbert, vol. 13, chaps. 2, 3.]
15. The Mohawk River route. [Hulbert, vol. 14, chap. 1.]
16. Early projects for a canal in the Mohawk Valley. [Same, chap. 2.]
17. The Erie Canal. [Same, chap. 4.]
18. Economic effects of the Erie Canal. [Hulbert, vol. 14, chap. 5.]
19. Origin of American railroads. [Johnson, chap. 2.]
20. Did any European country present conditions like those of the U. S.,
in respect to railroad development? What has been the history of railroads
in Russia? [See chap. 44.]
21. Growth of the American railroad system. [Johnson, chap. 3; Hadley,
chap. 2; Coman, 234-242.]
22. Because the Ohio farmer received more for his products, does it
follow that railroads have raised the price of articles and forced consumers
to pay more for them?
23. Development of the merchant marine, 1815-1860. [Marvin, chaps. 9,
11, 12; Abbot, chaps. 1, 2.]
Page 497
24. American whalers. [Marvin, chap. 8.]
25. Navigation laws of the U. S.: history and criticism. [Wells, Merch.
marine; Carnegie History, chap. 39.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
See chapter xlv for general works.
Special Accounts.—Worthy P. Sterns, **Foreign trade of U. S. from 1820
to 1840, Jour. Pol. Econ., Chicago, Dec., 1899, 8: 34-57, 452-490;
J. McGregor, *Commercial statistics; J. S. Homans, *Cyclopedia; J. D.
B. DeBow, *Industrial resources.
Special Topics.—Hulbert, Historic highways, and more briefly in The
paths of inland commerce, New Haven, 1920; E. R. Johnson, Amer.
railway, (with references); A. T. Hadley, Railroad trans.; C. F. Adams, Jr.,
Railroads; U. B. Phillips, History of transportation in the eastern cotton belt
to 1860, N. Y., 1908. Shipping: Samuel E. Morison, **Maritime history of
Massachusetts, 1783-1860, Boston, 1921; R. D. Paine, *The old merchant
marine, New Haven, 1920; A. H. Clark, The clipper ship era, 1843-1869, N.
Y., 1910; A. T. Verrill, The real story of the whaler, N. Y., 1916; John H.
Morison, History of American steam navigation, N. Y., 1903. River
navigation: H. W. Dickinson, Robert Fulton, London, 1913; D. L.
Buckman, Old steamboat days, N. Y., 1907; W. E. Verplanck and M. W.
Collyer, The sloops of the Hudson, N. Y., 1908; H. M. Chittenden, History
of early steamboat navigation on the Missouri River, N. Y., 1903. Canals:
H. W. Hill, Historical review of waterways and canal construction in New
York State, Buffalo, 1908, (Buffalo Hist. Soc., vol. 12); N. E. Whitford,
History of the canal system of the State of New York, Albany, 1906, 2 vol.,
(Supplement to Rep. of State Engineer for 1904-05); E. J. Benton, The
Wabash trade route in the development of the Old Northwest, Baltimore,
1903. The West: K. Coman, ** Economic beginnings of the Far West, 2
vol., N. Y., 1912; R. G. Thwaites, The fur trade in Wisconsin, 1812-1825,
Madison, Wisc., 1912; I. Lippincott, History of manufactures in the Ohio
valley to 1860, N. Y., 1914.
25. Navigation laws of the U. S.: history and criticism. [Wells, Merch.
marine; Carnegie History, chap. 39.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
See chapter xlv for general works.
Special Accounts.—Worthy P. Sterns, **Foreign trade of U. S. from 1820
to 1840, Jour. Pol. Econ., Chicago, Dec., 1899, 8: 34-57, 452-490;
J. McGregor, *Commercial statistics; J. S. Homans, *Cyclopedia; J. D.
B. DeBow, *Industrial resources.
Special Topics.—Hulbert, Historic highways, and more briefly in The
paths of inland commerce, New Haven, 1920; E. R. Johnson, Amer.
railway, (with references); A. T. Hadley, Railroad trans.; C. F. Adams, Jr.,
Railroads; U. B. Phillips, History of transportation in the eastern cotton belt
to 1860, N. Y., 1908. Shipping: Samuel E. Morison, **Maritime history of
Massachusetts, 1783-1860, Boston, 1921; R. D. Paine, *The old merchant
marine, New Haven, 1920; A. H. Clark, The clipper ship era, 1843-1869, N.
Y., 1910; A. T. Verrill, The real story of the whaler, N. Y., 1916; John H.
Morison, History of American steam navigation, N. Y., 1903. River
navigation: H. W. Dickinson, Robert Fulton, London, 1913; D. L.
Buckman, Old steamboat days, N. Y., 1907; W. E. Verplanck and M. W.
Collyer, The sloops of the Hudson, N. Y., 1908; H. M. Chittenden, History
of early steamboat navigation on the Missouri River, N. Y., 1903. Canals:
H. W. Hill, Historical review of waterways and canal construction in New
York State, Buffalo, 1908, (Buffalo Hist. Soc., vol. 12); N. E. Whitford,
History of the canal system of the State of New York, Albany, 1906, 2 vol.,
(Supplement to Rep. of State Engineer for 1904-05); E. J. Benton, The
Wabash trade route in the development of the Old Northwest, Baltimore,
1903. The West: K. Coman, ** Economic beginnings of the Far West, 2
vol., N. Y., 1912; R. G. Thwaites, The fur trade in Wisconsin, 1812-1825,
Madison, Wisc., 1912; I. Lippincott, History of manufactures in the Ohio
valley to 1860, N. Y., 1914.
Page 498
CHAPTER XLIX
EXPORTS, 1815-1860
633. Chief exports in 1860.—The following table gives the chief items
among the exports of the country in 1860, and corresponding items made up
from the annual average of the years 1802-1804, as a basis from which to
appreciate the changes.
Exports of U. S., Millions of Dollars
1802-4 1860
Vegetable foods 13 27
Cotton 6 191
Tobacco 6 15
Animal products 3 20
Fish products 2 4
Forest products 4 13
Manufactures 2 37
Total of these items, omitting decimals 36 307
Total domestic exports including items omitted 39 316
Total foreign exports 28 26
Exports of precious metals 56
634. Changes since 1800.—It will be noted, as said above, that the
foreign exports of the country did not increase during the period, and were
actually less in 1860 than they were about 1800. Comparing the figures for
the total exports of domestic merchandise we find that this, the most
important branch of our commerce, increased about eightfold in value
between the years chosen for comparison. All of the separate classes of
wares contributed to the growth of our export trade, but in very different
measure, as is apparent when the figures are compared. The export
industries which were most prominent in the colonial and early national
EXPORTS, 1815-1860
633. Chief exports in 1860.—The following table gives the chief items
among the exports of the country in 1860, and corresponding items made up
from the annual average of the years 1802-1804, as a basis from which to
appreciate the changes.
Exports of U. S., Millions of Dollars
1802-4 1860
Vegetable foods 13 27
Cotton 6 191
Tobacco 6 15
Animal products 3 20
Fish products 2 4
Forest products 4 13
Manufactures 2 37
Total of these items, omitting decimals 36 307
Total domestic exports including items omitted 39 316
Total foreign exports 28 26
Exports of precious metals 56
634. Changes since 1800.—It will be noted, as said above, that the
foreign exports of the country did not increase during the period, and were
actually less in 1860 than they were about 1800. Comparing the figures for
the total exports of domestic merchandise we find that this, the most
important branch of our commerce, increased about eightfold in value
between the years chosen for comparison. All of the separate classes of
wares contributed to the growth of our export trade, but in very different
measure, as is apparent when the figures are compared. The export
industries which were most prominent in the colonial and early national
Page 499
periods had not kept their place in the movement of progress, and their
output for export had merely doubled, roughly, in this period. There is
apparent, on the other hand, a great growth in the export of manufactured
wares; and the export of cotton, which in 1789 was practically nothing, and
about 1800 was less than seven million, had risen to the enormous sum of
one hundred and ninety million, considerably more than half in value of the
total exports of the country. The history of commerce presents no parallel to
the rapid rise of cotton in the commerce of the United States at this period,
and the subject demands careful consideration.
635. Cotton before 1800.—The word cotton, now applied exclusively to
the fibers attached to the seed of a shrub of the mallow family, was formerly
a general term used for vegetable fibers coming from several different
sources. The fibers acquired from the present cotton shrub, or from a vine
or tree, had been used for textile fabrics from ancient times. The
manufacture of cotton goods, however, was neglected in Europe until the
eighteenth century, and at the beginning of our national existence much of
the supply of raw cotton still came from the ancient seat of the cotton
industry in Asia. From almost the beginning of the colonial period in
American history experiments had been made with cotton culture, but the
colonists found no incentive to devote themselves to cotton cultivation on a
large scale. The separation of the fiber from the seeds was a tedious
process, there was no market for raw cotton in the colonies, and other crops
were found to return larger profits to the cultivator. Cotton was grown
successfully on some of the islands of semi-tropical America, but the
territory now forming the United States counted for nothing as a source of
cotton when the national government was established in 1789. So weak, in
fact, was the cotton industry at this time, that it was protected by a duty of
three cents a pound on imported cotton, included in the first national tariff.
636. Growth in importance of cotton.—Various influences, however,
combined about 1789 to bring into prominence the possibilities of cotton as
a regular crop. The great improvements in textile machinery caused at this
time an increased demand for the raw material. The other crops which were
then raised in the territory now occupied by cotton were not flourishing.
The indigo culture, for reasons which have been noted above, was
unpopular; rice culture had declined during the Revolution, as the war had
broken up the organization of slave labor in the rice districts; tobacco was
giving smaller returns, as the land was exhausted by continuous cropping. A
output for export had merely doubled, roughly, in this period. There is
apparent, on the other hand, a great growth in the export of manufactured
wares; and the export of cotton, which in 1789 was practically nothing, and
about 1800 was less than seven million, had risen to the enormous sum of
one hundred and ninety million, considerably more than half in value of the
total exports of the country. The history of commerce presents no parallel to
the rapid rise of cotton in the commerce of the United States at this period,
and the subject demands careful consideration.
635. Cotton before 1800.—The word cotton, now applied exclusively to
the fibers attached to the seed of a shrub of the mallow family, was formerly
a general term used for vegetable fibers coming from several different
sources. The fibers acquired from the present cotton shrub, or from a vine
or tree, had been used for textile fabrics from ancient times. The
manufacture of cotton goods, however, was neglected in Europe until the
eighteenth century, and at the beginning of our national existence much of
the supply of raw cotton still came from the ancient seat of the cotton
industry in Asia. From almost the beginning of the colonial period in
American history experiments had been made with cotton culture, but the
colonists found no incentive to devote themselves to cotton cultivation on a
large scale. The separation of the fiber from the seeds was a tedious
process, there was no market for raw cotton in the colonies, and other crops
were found to return larger profits to the cultivator. Cotton was grown
successfully on some of the islands of semi-tropical America, but the
territory now forming the United States counted for nothing as a source of
cotton when the national government was established in 1789. So weak, in
fact, was the cotton industry at this time, that it was protected by a duty of
three cents a pound on imported cotton, included in the first national tariff.
636. Growth in importance of cotton.—Various influences, however,
combined about 1789 to bring into prominence the possibilities of cotton as
a regular crop. The great improvements in textile machinery caused at this
time an increased demand for the raw material. The other crops which were
then raised in the territory now occupied by cotton were not flourishing.
The indigo culture, for reasons which have been noted above, was
unpopular; rice culture had declined during the Revolution, as the war had
broken up the organization of slave labor in the rice districts; tobacco was
giving smaller returns, as the land was exhausted by continuous cropping. A
Page 500
new variety of cotton, moreover, had recently been introduced from the
Bahamas, known as sea-island or long-staple; the fibers were long and
silky, suited to the manufacture of fine threads and fabrics, and they were
more readily separated from the seeds than were the fibers of the ordinary
short-staple or upland variety. The cultivation of this variety was an assured
success in the narrow strip along the coast where it could be grown; and
further inland, where sea-island cotton could not be raised, people began to
strive persistently to overcome the difficulties of the cultivation of the
upland variety.
637. Demand for efficient means of cleaning cotton.—The chief
obstacle to the cultivation of upland cotton was now the difficulty of
separating the fibers from the seeds. To perform the process by hand-
picking was out of the question, as a man in this way could clean only one
pound of cotton in a day. Various simple machines had been devised to
effect the separation of the seeds, and these were fairly successful when
applied to sea-island cotton, enabling a man to clean fifty or sixty pounds.
None of them, however, was a success when applied to upland cotton,
whose short fibers adhered very tenaciously to the seeds.
The problem was solved by a native of New England, Eli Whitney, who
had gone south as a teacher, and who invented the cotton gin (engine)
which proved capable of cleaning upland cotton, and so made the
cultivation of that crop a commercial possibility. The conditions may be
described in Whitney’s own words, used in a memorial to the government,
asking for an extension of his patent. He showed “That, being in the state of
Georgia in the year 1793, he was informed by the planters that the
agriculture of that State was unproductive, especially in the interior, where
it produced little or nothing for exportation. That attempts had been made to
cultivate cotton, but that the prospect of success was not flattering. That of
the various kinds which had been tried in the interior none of them were
productive, except the green seed cotton, which was so extremely difficult
to clean as to discourage all further attempts to raise it. That it was
generally believed this species of cotton might be cultivated with great
advantage, if any cheap and expeditious method of separating it from its
seeds could be discovered, and that such a discovery would be highly
beneficial both to the public and the inventor.”
638. Invention of the saw gin by Whitney, 1793.—Encouraged by the
terms of the national patent law, on which he relied for a monopoly of his
Bahamas, known as sea-island or long-staple; the fibers were long and
silky, suited to the manufacture of fine threads and fabrics, and they were
more readily separated from the seeds than were the fibers of the ordinary
short-staple or upland variety. The cultivation of this variety was an assured
success in the narrow strip along the coast where it could be grown; and
further inland, where sea-island cotton could not be raised, people began to
strive persistently to overcome the difficulties of the cultivation of the
upland variety.
637. Demand for efficient means of cleaning cotton.—The chief
obstacle to the cultivation of upland cotton was now the difficulty of
separating the fibers from the seeds. To perform the process by hand-
picking was out of the question, as a man in this way could clean only one
pound of cotton in a day. Various simple machines had been devised to
effect the separation of the seeds, and these were fairly successful when
applied to sea-island cotton, enabling a man to clean fifty or sixty pounds.
None of them, however, was a success when applied to upland cotton,
whose short fibers adhered very tenaciously to the seeds.
The problem was solved by a native of New England, Eli Whitney, who
had gone south as a teacher, and who invented the cotton gin (engine)
which proved capable of cleaning upland cotton, and so made the
cultivation of that crop a commercial possibility. The conditions may be
described in Whitney’s own words, used in a memorial to the government,
asking for an extension of his patent. He showed “That, being in the state of
Georgia in the year 1793, he was informed by the planters that the
agriculture of that State was unproductive, especially in the interior, where
it produced little or nothing for exportation. That attempts had been made to
cultivate cotton, but that the prospect of success was not flattering. That of
the various kinds which had been tried in the interior none of them were
productive, except the green seed cotton, which was so extremely difficult
to clean as to discourage all further attempts to raise it. That it was
generally believed this species of cotton might be cultivated with great
advantage, if any cheap and expeditious method of separating it from its
seeds could be discovered, and that such a discovery would be highly
beneficial both to the public and the inventor.”
638. Invention of the saw gin by Whitney, 1793.—Encouraged by the
terms of the national patent law, on which he relied for a monopoly of his
Page 501
invention, Whitney set to work, and in a short time had devised a form of
cotton-gin which, with minor alterations, has remained in use ever since.
The raw cotton was fed through a wire grating to a cylinder on the surface
of which were wires or saw teeth, that caught the fibers and pulled them
through, the seeds being retained by the grating. The gin was a complete
success, enabling a man to clean several hundred pounds of cotton in a day.
Whitney himself reaped comparatively little benefit from his invention, as
he found it impossible to prevent infringements; he said in 1812, with slight
exaggeration, that the total amount which he had realized was less than the
saving in cost effected in one hour by his machines then in operation. The
country, however, was an immense gainer, for the last obstacle to the
successful cultivation of cotton was removed.
639. Extension of cotton cultivation, and increase of exports.—The
exports of cotton, which in 1793, the year of Whitney’s invention, had been
only two thousand bales, rose by leaps and bounds. In 1802 they passed one
hundred thousand bales, in 1822 five hundred thousand, in 1834 one
million, in 1843 two million, in 1858 three million. The States along the
Atlantic coast, in which cotton culture first sprang up, continued for many
years to be the main seat of the industry. After the war of 1812, however,
the cultivation of cotton spread in the Southwest, where rich river bottoms
and prairie lands offered soil of exceptional fertility, and where the
numerous rivers facilitated transportation. The exports of cotton from New
Orleans increased tenfold in the years 1816 to 1830, and at this later date
the western States produced the larger part of the cotton supply. At the close
of the period which we are studying (1860) over half of the total crop was
raised in the three States Alabama, Mississippi, and Louisiana.
640. King cotton.—The success of the cotton culture in this country was
attended by far-reaching results in economic and political history. We must
restrict ourselves here to the commercial aspects of the cotton industry,
without discussing such topics as its relations to slavery and its influence in
bringing on the Civil War.
Never in the world’s history have producers enjoyed such an exalted
position in commerce as that which was held by the planters of the cotton
States. The larger part of the world’s supply of an article regarded as of the
first necessity came from a comparatively restricted area in the South. The
people of Europe and other continents had become used to cotton textiles,
great factories had grown up to manufacture them, but it seemed as though
cotton-gin which, with minor alterations, has remained in use ever since.
The raw cotton was fed through a wire grating to a cylinder on the surface
of which were wires or saw teeth, that caught the fibers and pulled them
through, the seeds being retained by the grating. The gin was a complete
success, enabling a man to clean several hundred pounds of cotton in a day.
Whitney himself reaped comparatively little benefit from his invention, as
he found it impossible to prevent infringements; he said in 1812, with slight
exaggeration, that the total amount which he had realized was less than the
saving in cost effected in one hour by his machines then in operation. The
country, however, was an immense gainer, for the last obstacle to the
successful cultivation of cotton was removed.
639. Extension of cotton cultivation, and increase of exports.—The
exports of cotton, which in 1793, the year of Whitney’s invention, had been
only two thousand bales, rose by leaps and bounds. In 1802 they passed one
hundred thousand bales, in 1822 five hundred thousand, in 1834 one
million, in 1843 two million, in 1858 three million. The States along the
Atlantic coast, in which cotton culture first sprang up, continued for many
years to be the main seat of the industry. After the war of 1812, however,
the cultivation of cotton spread in the Southwest, where rich river bottoms
and prairie lands offered soil of exceptional fertility, and where the
numerous rivers facilitated transportation. The exports of cotton from New
Orleans increased tenfold in the years 1816 to 1830, and at this later date
the western States produced the larger part of the cotton supply. At the close
of the period which we are studying (1860) over half of the total crop was
raised in the three States Alabama, Mississippi, and Louisiana.
640. King cotton.—The success of the cotton culture in this country was
attended by far-reaching results in economic and political history. We must
restrict ourselves here to the commercial aspects of the cotton industry,
without discussing such topics as its relations to slavery and its influence in
bringing on the Civil War.
Never in the world’s history have producers enjoyed such an exalted
position in commerce as that which was held by the planters of the cotton
States. The larger part of the world’s supply of an article regarded as of the
first necessity came from a comparatively restricted area in the South. The
people of Europe and other continents had become used to cotton textiles,
great factories had grown up to manufacture them, but it seemed as though
Page 502
people must go unclad and factories must stop work, if the United States
should refuse to deliver raw cotton. For years before the Civil War fear of a
cotton famine had haunted the minds of European manufacturers.
Cotton took a position in national commerce equal in importance to that
which it occupied in international trade. Not only did it furnish directly
more than half of the total exports of the United States; it shared its
prosperity with other industries, and influenced the development of every
part of the country. Northern merchants made fortunes in handling and
transporting southern cotton; the manufacturers of every district found in
the South a market where people had plenty of money to buy goods which
they were too busy to make; the farmers of the Northwest supplied in
considerable part the needs of the South for food. The people of the South
were not blind to these facts, and tended, indeed, to exaggerate their
importance. As a sample of their attitude this extract from a speech by
Senator Hammond in 1858 may be taken: “Without firing a gun, without
drawing a sword, should they make war on us, we could bring the whole
world to our feet. What would happen if no cotton was furnished for three
years? I will not stop to depict what every one can imagine, but this is
certain, England would topple headlong, and carry the whole civilized
world with her. No, you dare not make war on cotton. No Power on the
earth dares to make war on it—cotton is king.”
641. Slight contributions of the South to exports, aside from cotton.
—In the period before the Civil War, when southern plantations were
worked by slaves, it was considered to be the best policy to plant cotton
continuously, without alternation or diversification of crops, though this
policy led necessarily to exhaustion of the soil and required frequent
removals to fresh land. Cotton was, therefore, the single product which the
South contributed in great quantities to the internal and foreign trade of the
country. The rice culture was maintained on the eastern coast and was
extended along the Gulf, but there was little increase in the export of rice,
as the crop was consumed largely at home. Indigo disappeared from the list
of American products. Tobacco production spread in the States of the Ohio
valley, and the exports of this ware rose after the middle of the century to
double the value which they had about 1800, but a comparison of the
figures given at the opening of the chapter shows that tobacco declined still
further from the position it had held in colonial times.
should refuse to deliver raw cotton. For years before the Civil War fear of a
cotton famine had haunted the minds of European manufacturers.
Cotton took a position in national commerce equal in importance to that
which it occupied in international trade. Not only did it furnish directly
more than half of the total exports of the United States; it shared its
prosperity with other industries, and influenced the development of every
part of the country. Northern merchants made fortunes in handling and
transporting southern cotton; the manufacturers of every district found in
the South a market where people had plenty of money to buy goods which
they were too busy to make; the farmers of the Northwest supplied in
considerable part the needs of the South for food. The people of the South
were not blind to these facts, and tended, indeed, to exaggerate their
importance. As a sample of their attitude this extract from a speech by
Senator Hammond in 1858 may be taken: “Without firing a gun, without
drawing a sword, should they make war on us, we could bring the whole
world to our feet. What would happen if no cotton was furnished for three
years? I will not stop to depict what every one can imagine, but this is
certain, England would topple headlong, and carry the whole civilized
world with her. No, you dare not make war on cotton. No Power on the
earth dares to make war on it—cotton is king.”
641. Slight contributions of the South to exports, aside from cotton.
—In the period before the Civil War, when southern plantations were
worked by slaves, it was considered to be the best policy to plant cotton
continuously, without alternation or diversification of crops, though this
policy led necessarily to exhaustion of the soil and required frequent
removals to fresh land. Cotton was, therefore, the single product which the
South contributed in great quantities to the internal and foreign trade of the
country. The rice culture was maintained on the eastern coast and was
extended along the Gulf, but there was little increase in the export of rice,
as the crop was consumed largely at home. Indigo disappeared from the list
of American products. Tobacco production spread in the States of the Ohio
valley, and the exports of this ware rose after the middle of the century to
double the value which they had about 1800, but a comparison of the
figures given at the opening of the chapter shows that tobacco declined still
further from the position it had held in colonial times.
Page 503
642. Trade between the North, the South, and Europe.—In 1860 only
one third, approximately, of the total exports of the country came from the
North. Conditions in this period resembled closely those of colonial times,
with the substitution of the southern States for the West Indies in the
triangle of trade. The North imported from Europe far more than it could
export in return; it shipped South, however, large quantities of foodstuffs
and manufactures; and the South gave in exchange bills on Europe which
were drawn against the great quantities of cotton sent thither. Cotton from
the South to Europe, manufactures from Europe to the North, manufactures
and foodstuffs from the North to the South: such were the three sides of the
triangle.
643. Chief exports from the North.—The North could no longer look to
colonial industries, like fisheries and forestry, to provide the means of
purchasing the foreign wares which it required. The exports from those
industries had increased, it is true, but were still so small that they had
become items of slight importance in the total. The exports of
manufactures, on the other hand, had grown very rapidly, and formed now a
considerable item in our trade. The South contributed to this class some
wares (manufactured tobacco, turpentine, cottonseed oil cake), but the
products of developed manufacture came almost entirely from the North;
manufactures of cotton and of iron were the leading items. The rise of these
manufactures will be treated in the next chapter. At the North, however, as
at the South, agricultural products held the first place among the exports.
Foodstuffs and animal products were exported to the value of about fifty
million dollars, and these wares came chiefly from the North. The total is
small in comparison with that of the cotton export (one hundred and ninety
million), and gave little promise of the remarkable expansion which was to
follow after the Civil War; still, foodstuffs and animal products were the
mainstay of the Northern export trade.
644. Gradual increase in the exports of foodstuffs.—The increase in
the exports of northern agriculture was rather less than would be expected
from a people rapidly increasing in numbers and provided with an
abundance of fertile land. For many years after the close of the war of 1812
commerce in wheat and flour languished, and even toward 1840 the export
of those articles was less than it had been at the opening of the century.
There was talk, even, of imposing a duty on wheat, to protect the farmers of
the Atlantic seaboard from imports. As late as 1835 Ohio was the only
one third, approximately, of the total exports of the country came from the
North. Conditions in this period resembled closely those of colonial times,
with the substitution of the southern States for the West Indies in the
triangle of trade. The North imported from Europe far more than it could
export in return; it shipped South, however, large quantities of foodstuffs
and manufactures; and the South gave in exchange bills on Europe which
were drawn against the great quantities of cotton sent thither. Cotton from
the South to Europe, manufactures from Europe to the North, manufactures
and foodstuffs from the North to the South: such were the three sides of the
triangle.
643. Chief exports from the North.—The North could no longer look to
colonial industries, like fisheries and forestry, to provide the means of
purchasing the foreign wares which it required. The exports from those
industries had increased, it is true, but were still so small that they had
become items of slight importance in the total. The exports of
manufactures, on the other hand, had grown very rapidly, and formed now a
considerable item in our trade. The South contributed to this class some
wares (manufactured tobacco, turpentine, cottonseed oil cake), but the
products of developed manufacture came almost entirely from the North;
manufactures of cotton and of iron were the leading items. The rise of these
manufactures will be treated in the next chapter. At the North, however, as
at the South, agricultural products held the first place among the exports.
Foodstuffs and animal products were exported to the value of about fifty
million dollars, and these wares came chiefly from the North. The total is
small in comparison with that of the cotton export (one hundred and ninety
million), and gave little promise of the remarkable expansion which was to
follow after the Civil War; still, foodstuffs and animal products were the
mainstay of the Northern export trade.
644. Gradual increase in the exports of foodstuffs.—The increase in
the exports of northern agriculture was rather less than would be expected
from a people rapidly increasing in numbers and provided with an
abundance of fertile land. For many years after the close of the war of 1812
commerce in wheat and flour languished, and even toward 1840 the export
of those articles was less than it had been at the opening of the century.
There was talk, even, of imposing a duty on wheat, to protect the farmers of
the Atlantic seaboard from imports. As late as 1835 Ohio was the only
Page 504
grain-exporting district of the West, and the first grain shipment on the
Great Lakes, of which there is record, was made about that time. Chicago
became of importance as a center of grain shipments only about 1850. In
the decade from 1850 to 1860, however, the Chicago shipments increased
(roughly) from two to twenty million bushels, and the total exports rose
rapidly; canals and railways were at last bringing the cheap grain from the
West to the people of Europe, who at last were ready to welcome it. The
export of animal products was growing also. Lard and pickled pork were
the chief items under this head, for the lack of modern appliances prevented
the export of fresh meat; but the price of hogs at Cincinnati doubled in the
fifteen years preceding 1860, and western farmers were encouraged to give
increased attention to the supply of animal products.
645. Exports of precious metals; result of the California gold
discoveries.—The last item in the list of exports given at the beginning of
the chapter is that of precious metals, which we shipped abroad to the value
of more than fifty million dollars. Ordinarily the exports and imports of
precious metals are not included in the figures of a country’s trade. Coin
and bullion are used to make up the balance of accounts between different
countries; they may leave a country one year and may return to it the next
year; and they represent, therefore, no contribution to commerce like that of
the shipment of merchandise. An exception must be made, however, in the
case of the few countries which produce such quantities of gold and silver
that they can regularly export a surplus. The mines of precious metals are to
these countries as much a commercial resource as are the coal or iron mines
to countries like England and Germany. The United States was not at first
among these favored countries: it produced little gold and less silver, and
needed to import most of the precious metals which it required for use as
currency and in the arts. These conditions were suddenly reversed by the
discovery of gold in California in 1848. The gold production of the country,
which had been formerly less than a million dollars a year, had risen by
1850 to fifty million, and provided the country with a handsome surplus
which it could afford to exchange abroad for merchandise.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Prepare a graphic chart of the figures, sect. 633, for comparison with
earlier and later conditions.
Great Lakes, of which there is record, was made about that time. Chicago
became of importance as a center of grain shipments only about 1850. In
the decade from 1850 to 1860, however, the Chicago shipments increased
(roughly) from two to twenty million bushels, and the total exports rose
rapidly; canals and railways were at last bringing the cheap grain from the
West to the people of Europe, who at last were ready to welcome it. The
export of animal products was growing also. Lard and pickled pork were
the chief items under this head, for the lack of modern appliances prevented
the export of fresh meat; but the price of hogs at Cincinnati doubled in the
fifteen years preceding 1860, and western farmers were encouraged to give
increased attention to the supply of animal products.
645. Exports of precious metals; result of the California gold
discoveries.—The last item in the list of exports given at the beginning of
the chapter is that of precious metals, which we shipped abroad to the value
of more than fifty million dollars. Ordinarily the exports and imports of
precious metals are not included in the figures of a country’s trade. Coin
and bullion are used to make up the balance of accounts between different
countries; they may leave a country one year and may return to it the next
year; and they represent, therefore, no contribution to commerce like that of
the shipment of merchandise. An exception must be made, however, in the
case of the few countries which produce such quantities of gold and silver
that they can regularly export a surplus. The mines of precious metals are to
these countries as much a commercial resource as are the coal or iron mines
to countries like England and Germany. The United States was not at first
among these favored countries: it produced little gold and less silver, and
needed to import most of the precious metals which it required for use as
currency and in the arts. These conditions were suddenly reversed by the
discovery of gold in California in 1848. The gold production of the country,
which had been formerly less than a million dollars a year, had risen by
1850 to fifty million, and provided the country with a handsome surplus
which it could afford to exchange abroad for merchandise.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Prepare a graphic chart of the figures, sect. 633, for comparison with
earlier and later conditions.
Page 505
2. Review the distinction between domestic and foreign exports. The
principal foreign wares exported from the U. S. in 1860 were as follows, in
millions of dollars: coffee 2.2, sugar 2.1, tea 1.9, hides 1.6, tobacco 0.7.
From what countries do you think these wares came?
3. Write a report on one of the following topics:
(a) The cotton plant and cotton fibre.
(b) Different varieties of cotton.
(c) History of cotton, outside America, before 1800.
(d) History of cotton in America before 1800.
[Encyclopedias; commercial geographies; Hammond, pp. 3-33,
references in bibliography.]
4. Invention of the cotton gin by Whitney, [Hammond; Amer. Hist.
Review, Oct., 1897, 3: 90-127.]
5. What changes have been made in the cotton gin since its invention?
[Encyclopedia.]
6. How long do you think the world would have had to wait for an
efficient gin if Whitney had not supplied the need?
7. Importance of cotton in southern agriculture before the Civil War.
[Hammond, 67-119; J. A. B. Scherer, Cotton as a World power, N. Y.,
1916.]
8. What other wares have held the position of “king” in the commercial
countries. In what period and in what country were the following wares
especially important among the exports: tin, silk, wool, spices, silver?
9. Connection of cotton and slavery. [Hammond, 34-66.]
10. The cotton trade, 1815-1860. [Hammond, 243-277.]
11. Rice culture before the Civil War. [Depew, chap. 38 by Talmage;
DeBow, vol. 2.]
12. Later history of American fisheries, and international questions to
which they have given rise. [Census; McMaster and Moore in Cambridge
Mod. hist., vol. 7, 363 ff., 657 ff.; Carnegie History, vol. 2, part 2.]
13. Trade in turpentine and rosin. [Census, 1900, 9: 1001-1012.]
14. The development of the American lumber industry. [Depew, chap. 30,
by Fernow.]
15. Development of Cincinnati or Chicago as a market for meat and
breadstuffs. [Local histories.]
16. What countries were the chief sources of supply of gold and silver
before 1850? [Encyclopedias.]
principal foreign wares exported from the U. S. in 1860 were as follows, in
millions of dollars: coffee 2.2, sugar 2.1, tea 1.9, hides 1.6, tobacco 0.7.
From what countries do you think these wares came?
3. Write a report on one of the following topics:
(a) The cotton plant and cotton fibre.
(b) Different varieties of cotton.
(c) History of cotton, outside America, before 1800.
(d) History of cotton in America before 1800.
[Encyclopedias; commercial geographies; Hammond, pp. 3-33,
references in bibliography.]
4. Invention of the cotton gin by Whitney, [Hammond; Amer. Hist.
Review, Oct., 1897, 3: 90-127.]
5. What changes have been made in the cotton gin since its invention?
[Encyclopedia.]
6. How long do you think the world would have had to wait for an
efficient gin if Whitney had not supplied the need?
7. Importance of cotton in southern agriculture before the Civil War.
[Hammond, 67-119; J. A. B. Scherer, Cotton as a World power, N. Y.,
1916.]
8. What other wares have held the position of “king” in the commercial
countries. In what period and in what country were the following wares
especially important among the exports: tin, silk, wool, spices, silver?
9. Connection of cotton and slavery. [Hammond, 34-66.]
10. The cotton trade, 1815-1860. [Hammond, 243-277.]
11. Rice culture before the Civil War. [Depew, chap. 38 by Talmage;
DeBow, vol. 2.]
12. Later history of American fisheries, and international questions to
which they have given rise. [Census; McMaster and Moore in Cambridge
Mod. hist., vol. 7, 363 ff., 657 ff.; Carnegie History, vol. 2, part 2.]
13. Trade in turpentine and rosin. [Census, 1900, 9: 1001-1012.]
14. The development of the American lumber industry. [Depew, chap. 30,
by Fernow.]
15. Development of Cincinnati or Chicago as a market for meat and
breadstuffs. [Local histories.]
16. What countries were the chief sources of supply of gold and silver
before 1850? [Encyclopedias.]
Page 506
17. The California gold discovery. [Narrative histories of U. S.]
18. Commerce of California before the discovery of gold. [Read the
interesting narrative of a sailor’s life by R. H. Dana, Two years before the
mast, Boston, Houghton.]
19. The overland route to California. [Henry Inman, The old Santa Fe
trail, N. Y., Macmillan, 1899. Salt Lake trail, N. Y., 1898.]
20. Development of gold and silver mining. [C. H. Shinn, Story of the
mine, N. Y., Appleton, 1896.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
See chapter xlviii.
18. Commerce of California before the discovery of gold. [Read the
interesting narrative of a sailor’s life by R. H. Dana, Two years before the
mast, Boston, Houghton.]
19. The overland route to California. [Henry Inman, The old Santa Fe
trail, N. Y., Macmillan, 1899. Salt Lake trail, N. Y., 1898.]
20. Development of gold and silver mining. [C. H. Shinn, Story of the
mine, N. Y., Appleton, 1896.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
See chapter xlviii.
Page 507
CHAPTER L
IMPORTS, POLICY, DIRECTION OF COMMERCE, 1815-1860
646. Chief imports in 1860.—The imports of the United States have
been so varied in character that it is impossible to classify them with any
exactness. An attempt will be made in this section, however, to indicate the
leading items in our imports in 1860, giving values in round millions of
dollars. Of the total of the year, 354, the largest share fell to manufactures.
Under this head the chief place was taken by the textiles (wool 38, silk 33,
cotton 32, linen 10); nearly one third of the total imports of the country was
derived from these four leading branches of the textile manufacture. Most
of the other manufactures imported fell below the mark of 5 millions; a
noteworthy exception is the item of iron and steel in various forms,
amounting to 21 millions. In comparison with the amount of manufactures
imported, the class of raw materials, to be used for manufacture in this
country, was still small; we purchased abroad considerable amounts of
hides and skins, wool, etc., but in general we either manufactured our wares
out of materials procured at home or sent abroad for the finished product.
The colonial wares had gained both in value and in the proportion which
they formed of the total imports; the chief items in this class were sugar 31,
coffee 21, tea 8, cigars and tobacco 6, molasses 5, altogether amounting to
about one fifth of the imports of the year.
647. Significance of the import trade at this time.—The general
character of our import trade, evidently, had not changed greatly in the
seventy years since the establishment of the national government. The
attractions of farming were so great, when fertile land was to be had in
abundance and when there was an eager demand for such products as cotton
and foodstuffs, that the American people still gave most of its energy to
raising raw materials; and found it profitable still to look to other countries
for much of its supply of manufactured wares. The policy of protection,
which was established in the period under consideration, had not as yet
succeeded in building up manufactures capable of supplying the wants of
the home market. The comparatively small amount of materials imported
for our factories showed that our manufactures were still local in character,
without the strength, or else denied the opportunity, to reach out and draw
IMPORTS, POLICY, DIRECTION OF COMMERCE, 1815-1860
646. Chief imports in 1860.—The imports of the United States have
been so varied in character that it is impossible to classify them with any
exactness. An attempt will be made in this section, however, to indicate the
leading items in our imports in 1860, giving values in round millions of
dollars. Of the total of the year, 354, the largest share fell to manufactures.
Under this head the chief place was taken by the textiles (wool 38, silk 33,
cotton 32, linen 10); nearly one third of the total imports of the country was
derived from these four leading branches of the textile manufacture. Most
of the other manufactures imported fell below the mark of 5 millions; a
noteworthy exception is the item of iron and steel in various forms,
amounting to 21 millions. In comparison with the amount of manufactures
imported, the class of raw materials, to be used for manufacture in this
country, was still small; we purchased abroad considerable amounts of
hides and skins, wool, etc., but in general we either manufactured our wares
out of materials procured at home or sent abroad for the finished product.
The colonial wares had gained both in value and in the proportion which
they formed of the total imports; the chief items in this class were sugar 31,
coffee 21, tea 8, cigars and tobacco 6, molasses 5, altogether amounting to
about one fifth of the imports of the year.
647. Significance of the import trade at this time.—The general
character of our import trade, evidently, had not changed greatly in the
seventy years since the establishment of the national government. The
attractions of farming were so great, when fertile land was to be had in
abundance and when there was an eager demand for such products as cotton
and foodstuffs, that the American people still gave most of its energy to
raising raw materials; and found it profitable still to look to other countries
for much of its supply of manufactured wares. The policy of protection,
which was established in the period under consideration, had not as yet
succeeded in building up manufactures capable of supplying the wants of
the home market. The comparatively small amount of materials imported
for our factories showed that our manufactures were still local in character,
without the strength, or else denied the opportunity, to reach out and draw
Page 508
from distant sources the raw materials which they could work up and return
to the currents of the world’s trade.
The growth in the imports of colonial products represented the increase
of general prosperity, enabling the people to consume luxuries in greater
quantity. Dividing the amount of these wares imported by the population of
the country, and so securing a rough idea of the share falling to each
individual, we find that the per capita consumption rose as follows from
1790 to 1860: coffee from about 1 pound in 1790 to over 5 pounds in 1860,
sugar from less than 5 pounds to over 30.
648. Growth of domestic manufactures.—Though the imports of
manufactured wares increased greatly in the course of this period, it must
not be assumed that the United States was as wholly dependent on foreign
manufactures in 1860 as it had been in 1790. A population growing rapidly
both in numbers and in welfare caused a demand for manufactures which
stimulated some producers to choose manufacturing instead of farming for
their livelihood, and the government aided these individuals by taxing
imported wares, and so giving the domestic producer an advantage in the
home market. In the following sections we shall survey the chief branches
of manufacture which grew up in the United States at this time, and
consider the bearing of the protective tariff on their development.
649. Increase in the use of coal.—Some idea of the development of
modern forms of manufacture in the United States can be gained by tracing
the history of coal, the great source of power for the developed system of
factory industry. The demand for coal was still very small in the first quarter
of the century; in 1830 the total production was less than half a million tons,
and the United States was surpassed in coal output by four of the states of
Europe. The second quarter of the century was marked by a great extension
in the use of steam power, and the successful application of coal to iron
making; by 1850 the United States had reached the second place among the
countries of the world in coal production, with an output of over six million
tons. Small as this seems in comparison with the output of Great Britain at
that time (54 million), or the output of the United States in 1913 (over 500),
it marked a tremendous advance over conditions as they were about 1800,
and showed that at least the country had passed through the preparatory
stage of industrial development.
650. Sluggish development of the iron industry.—While the use of
coal is perhaps the best index of a country’s development in the modern
to the currents of the world’s trade.
The growth in the imports of colonial products represented the increase
of general prosperity, enabling the people to consume luxuries in greater
quantity. Dividing the amount of these wares imported by the population of
the country, and so securing a rough idea of the share falling to each
individual, we find that the per capita consumption rose as follows from
1790 to 1860: coffee from about 1 pound in 1790 to over 5 pounds in 1860,
sugar from less than 5 pounds to over 30.
648. Growth of domestic manufactures.—Though the imports of
manufactured wares increased greatly in the course of this period, it must
not be assumed that the United States was as wholly dependent on foreign
manufactures in 1860 as it had been in 1790. A population growing rapidly
both in numbers and in welfare caused a demand for manufactures which
stimulated some producers to choose manufacturing instead of farming for
their livelihood, and the government aided these individuals by taxing
imported wares, and so giving the domestic producer an advantage in the
home market. In the following sections we shall survey the chief branches
of manufacture which grew up in the United States at this time, and
consider the bearing of the protective tariff on their development.
649. Increase in the use of coal.—Some idea of the development of
modern forms of manufacture in the United States can be gained by tracing
the history of coal, the great source of power for the developed system of
factory industry. The demand for coal was still very small in the first quarter
of the century; in 1830 the total production was less than half a million tons,
and the United States was surpassed in coal output by four of the states of
Europe. The second quarter of the century was marked by a great extension
in the use of steam power, and the successful application of coal to iron
making; by 1850 the United States had reached the second place among the
countries of the world in coal production, with an output of over six million
tons. Small as this seems in comparison with the output of Great Britain at
that time (54 million), or the output of the United States in 1913 (over 500),
it marked a tremendous advance over conditions as they were about 1800,
and showed that at least the country had passed through the preparatory
stage of industrial development.
650. Sluggish development of the iron industry.—While the use of
coal is perhaps the best index of a country’s development in the modern
Page 509
forms of manufacturing and transportation, the use of iron is also certainly
of great significance; iron is the fulcrum through which the power of steam
is applied, to repeat Jevons’ figure of speech. Great importance attached,
therefore, as has been noted in previous chapters, to the improvements
introduced in the English iron manufacture towards 1800, by which it was
freed from dependence on charcoal, and was enabled to turn out increased
quantities of pig and bar iron at reasonable prices. American iron makers
showed a slackness which we find it hard now to forgive in adopting the
improved processes. Coal and coke were not used in the American iron
manufacture until about 1840, and the new methods of puddling and rolling,
which had transformed the English iron industry, were applied in this
country only shortly before that date, about half a century after their
introduction in England. Some excuse can be found for our delay in the lack
of transportation facilities for bringing the iron ore and coke together. The
result, at any rate, was unfortunate. A heavy duty was laid on imported iron,
to protect the home producer, but did not make up for his inefficiency. It
was necessary, therefore, throughout the period, to import a considerable
part of the necessary pig and bar iron and steel, paying the higher prices
caused by the tariff; and the machine industries could not but suffer from
the added expense. Down to 1860 our iron industry was not strong enough
to export crude iron in any quantity, though American ingenuity succeeded
in finding a market for considerable quantities of iron manufactures.
651. Success of the cotton manufacture.—With one of the branches of
textile manufacture, that of cotton, the Americans had more success. Thanks
to the alertness of the cotton manufacturers in introducing improved
machinery, and to the advantages they enjoyed in their supply of raw
material, they had soon outgrown the need of protection. The higher wages
which they paid to American laborers were more than offset by the quantity
of work turned out, and in the manufacture of the common sorts of piece
goods they did not fear the competition of any other country. Large
manufacturing towns grew up in New England to meet the demand for cloth
which formerly had been made in the household of the consumer, and by
1850 there were as many cotton spindles at work in New England as there
were inhabitants. American cottons were sold so readily in South America
and other foreign markets that English manufacturers condescended to
imitate them, and our exports of cotton manufactures in 1860 amounted to
over ten million dollars, more than double the export of fish products, and
of great significance; iron is the fulcrum through which the power of steam
is applied, to repeat Jevons’ figure of speech. Great importance attached,
therefore, as has been noted in previous chapters, to the improvements
introduced in the English iron manufacture towards 1800, by which it was
freed from dependence on charcoal, and was enabled to turn out increased
quantities of pig and bar iron at reasonable prices. American iron makers
showed a slackness which we find it hard now to forgive in adopting the
improved processes. Coal and coke were not used in the American iron
manufacture until about 1840, and the new methods of puddling and rolling,
which had transformed the English iron industry, were applied in this
country only shortly before that date, about half a century after their
introduction in England. Some excuse can be found for our delay in the lack
of transportation facilities for bringing the iron ore and coke together. The
result, at any rate, was unfortunate. A heavy duty was laid on imported iron,
to protect the home producer, but did not make up for his inefficiency. It
was necessary, therefore, throughout the period, to import a considerable
part of the necessary pig and bar iron and steel, paying the higher prices
caused by the tariff; and the machine industries could not but suffer from
the added expense. Down to 1860 our iron industry was not strong enough
to export crude iron in any quantity, though American ingenuity succeeded
in finding a market for considerable quantities of iron manufactures.
651. Success of the cotton manufacture.—With one of the branches of
textile manufacture, that of cotton, the Americans had more success. Thanks
to the alertness of the cotton manufacturers in introducing improved
machinery, and to the advantages they enjoyed in their supply of raw
material, they had soon outgrown the need of protection. The higher wages
which they paid to American laborers were more than offset by the quantity
of work turned out, and in the manufacture of the common sorts of piece
goods they did not fear the competition of any other country. Large
manufacturing towns grew up in New England to meet the demand for cloth
which formerly had been made in the household of the consumer, and by
1850 there were as many cotton spindles at work in New England as there
were inhabitants. American cottons were sold so readily in South America
and other foreign markets that English manufacturers condescended to
imitate them, and our exports of cotton manufactures in 1860 amounted to
over ten million dollars, more than double the export of fish products, and
Page 510
not far below the export of forest products. The strength of the American
cotton manufacture lay in the production of plain cloth; the bulk of the
imports consisted of finer and fancy products.
652. Failure to establish a strong woolen manufacture.—The United
States was, of course, peculiarly fortunate in its supply of raw material for
the cotton manufacture. It enjoyed no such advantage with respect to wool.
The wool fibers from American sheep were comparatively short, and
unsuited to the manufacture of the finer woolens and worsteds.
Manufacturers were hampered in their use of other wools by a tariff
designed to protect the sheep growers, and paid for other raw materials
higher prices than their competitors in England, while they could not, as in
the cotton industry, make up for the higher wages in this country by the
skilful application of machinery. Under these conditions the duties designed
to check the importation of woolen manufactures from abroad were only a
partial protection to the American producer; and the woolen manufacture
did not flourish in this country. We could in large part supply the demand of
the home market for coarser fabrics (flannels, blankets, etc.), but we
manufactured no wool for export, and we continued to import the finer
fabrics.
653. Other manufactures.—In the manufacture of other textile products
which were imported in considerable amounts, silk and linen, the United
States made no important progress during this period. Sewing silk and silk
trimmings were made in the country, but the great bulk of silk manufactures
were bought in France and England, while there were only the beginnings
of a linen manufacture in this country before the Civil War.
Other manufactures existed besides those named, but the most important
of them were devoted chiefly to the first processes in working up raw
materials, and scarcely correspond to our ideas of manufacturing at the
present time. This point is illustrated by the list of domestic manufactures
exported from the country in 1860, as given by the government. Of the total
of 37 millions, the items cotton 10.9 and iron 5.7 were the product of
developed manufacture, and the same may be said, perhaps, of the item
copper and brass and their manufactures, 1.6. Among the other items,
however, the leading products were of a different character, and showed
strength in raw materials rather than in manufacture (manufactured tobacco
3.3, spirits of turpentine 1.9, oil cake 1.6, household furniture 1.0).
cotton manufacture lay in the production of plain cloth; the bulk of the
imports consisted of finer and fancy products.
652. Failure to establish a strong woolen manufacture.—The United
States was, of course, peculiarly fortunate in its supply of raw material for
the cotton manufacture. It enjoyed no such advantage with respect to wool.
The wool fibers from American sheep were comparatively short, and
unsuited to the manufacture of the finer woolens and worsteds.
Manufacturers were hampered in their use of other wools by a tariff
designed to protect the sheep growers, and paid for other raw materials
higher prices than their competitors in England, while they could not, as in
the cotton industry, make up for the higher wages in this country by the
skilful application of machinery. Under these conditions the duties designed
to check the importation of woolen manufactures from abroad were only a
partial protection to the American producer; and the woolen manufacture
did not flourish in this country. We could in large part supply the demand of
the home market for coarser fabrics (flannels, blankets, etc.), but we
manufactured no wool for export, and we continued to import the finer
fabrics.
653. Other manufactures.—In the manufacture of other textile products
which were imported in considerable amounts, silk and linen, the United
States made no important progress during this period. Sewing silk and silk
trimmings were made in the country, but the great bulk of silk manufactures
were bought in France and England, while there were only the beginnings
of a linen manufacture in this country before the Civil War.
Other manufactures existed besides those named, but the most important
of them were devoted chiefly to the first processes in working up raw
materials, and scarcely correspond to our ideas of manufacturing at the
present time. This point is illustrated by the list of domestic manufactures
exported from the country in 1860, as given by the government. Of the total
of 37 millions, the items cotton 10.9 and iron 5.7 were the product of
developed manufacture, and the same may be said, perhaps, of the item
copper and brass and their manufactures, 1.6. Among the other items,
however, the leading products were of a different character, and showed
strength in raw materials rather than in manufacture (manufactured tobacco
3.3, spirits of turpentine 1.9, oil cake 1.6, household furniture 1.0).
Page 511
654. Dependence of the South on the North for manufactured wares.
—It is noteworthy that most of the manufactures which grew up in the
United States in this period were established in the North. The prevalence
of slavery in the South and the attractions of agriculture in that section
prevented the rise of any considerable manufacturing industry; and the
South manufactured even of its staple product, cotton, less than one fifth as
much as the mills of the North. Conditions were thus adapted to the
triangular trade, as it has been termed above, by which surplus shipments
from the North to the South balanced surplus shipments from the South to
Europe. The results were set forth in the following extract from a book
published by a Southerner in 1857:
“In one way or another we are more or less subservient to the North
every day of our lives. In infancy we are swaddled in Northern muslin; in
childhood we are humored with Northern gewgaws; in youth we are
instructed out of Northern books; at the age of maturity we sow our ‘wild
oats’ on Northern soil; ... in the decline of life we remedy our eyesight with
Northern spectacles; in old age we are drugged with Northern physic; and,
finally, when we die, our inanimate bodies, shrouded in Northern cambric,
are stretched upon the bier, borne to the grave in a Northern carriage,
entombed with a Northern spade, and memorized with a Northern slab!”
We shall see in the following sections, reviewing the course of tariff
policy, that the North and the South took opposite sides with respect to the
protective tariff. The South, which had practically no manufactures, desired
free trade, that it might make its purchases in the cheapest market, while the
North desired protection for its growing manufactures.
655. Beginning of the system of protective tariffs, 1816.—In previous
sections (609-611) attention was directed to the fact that the earliest tariffs
were but slightly protective. The establishment of manufactures was
stimulated much more by the interruption of commerce at the time of the
embargo and of the war with England than by any deliberate policy of
protection. At the close of the war of 1812, however, the time seemed to
have come for the legislators to intervene in favor of American
manufacturing industries. The privations of the war period awakened people
to the dependence of the United States on Europe, which seemed unworthy
of a free state and which seemed unsafe from the military standpoint. The
manufactures which had grown up during the war were exposed, at the
return of peace, to a flood of imports which threatened to reconquer the
—It is noteworthy that most of the manufactures which grew up in the
United States in this period were established in the North. The prevalence
of slavery in the South and the attractions of agriculture in that section
prevented the rise of any considerable manufacturing industry; and the
South manufactured even of its staple product, cotton, less than one fifth as
much as the mills of the North. Conditions were thus adapted to the
triangular trade, as it has been termed above, by which surplus shipments
from the North to the South balanced surplus shipments from the South to
Europe. The results were set forth in the following extract from a book
published by a Southerner in 1857:
“In one way or another we are more or less subservient to the North
every day of our lives. In infancy we are swaddled in Northern muslin; in
childhood we are humored with Northern gewgaws; in youth we are
instructed out of Northern books; at the age of maturity we sow our ‘wild
oats’ on Northern soil; ... in the decline of life we remedy our eyesight with
Northern spectacles; in old age we are drugged with Northern physic; and,
finally, when we die, our inanimate bodies, shrouded in Northern cambric,
are stretched upon the bier, borne to the grave in a Northern carriage,
entombed with a Northern spade, and memorized with a Northern slab!”
We shall see in the following sections, reviewing the course of tariff
policy, that the North and the South took opposite sides with respect to the
protective tariff. The South, which had practically no manufactures, desired
free trade, that it might make its purchases in the cheapest market, while the
North desired protection for its growing manufactures.
655. Beginning of the system of protective tariffs, 1816.—In previous
sections (609-611) attention was directed to the fact that the earliest tariffs
were but slightly protective. The establishment of manufactures was
stimulated much more by the interruption of commerce at the time of the
embargo and of the war with England than by any deliberate policy of
protection. At the close of the war of 1812, however, the time seemed to
have come for the legislators to intervene in favor of American
manufacturing industries. The privations of the war period awakened people
to the dependence of the United States on Europe, which seemed unworthy
of a free state and which seemed unsafe from the military standpoint. The
manufactures which had grown up during the war were exposed, at the
return of peace, to a flood of imports which threatened to reconquer the
Page 512
American market for the foreign manufacturer. The tariff of 1816, therefore,
included a number of duties designed to restrict imports for the benefit of
the American producer; the scale of duties was moderate, the highest
permanent duty being 20 per cent.
656. Course of tariff policy, 1816-1860.—The conflict of interests
between different sections of the country led to many changes in the tariff
schedules, and occasioned some bitter political contests. Without attempting
to recount the details, it may be said in summary that the course of the
tendency was toward higher duties till about 1830, when some of the duties
amounted to 40 per cent and 50 per cent or more.
The high duties were particularly obnoxious to Southerners, who
considered them a tax taken from their pockets for the benefit of the North,
and who fought persistently for a reduction. They finally secured a hearing;
and duties were steadily reduced in the period from 1833 to 1842 until they
stood, at the later date, at a general level of 20 per cent. The tariff remained
at this low level only two months, when it gave place to another tariff with
higher duties; the average of the duties levied ad valorem was 33 per cent,
while some duties rose far above this rate. Finally, from 1846 until the Civil
War, the country was under a low tariff; duties were reduced until the
maximum protective duty was 24 per cent, while the general level was
about 20 per cent.
657. Effect of the tariff on industrial development.—What effect did
the tariff policy have upon the industries and the commerce of the country?
To this question the only safe answer is that the effect of the tariff was much
less, for good or for bad, than has commonly been stated by writers on
either side of the controversy between protection and free trade. The
country has grown rich from the wealth of its natural resources and the
character of its people. The tariff diverted into manufacturing more people
than would otherwise have chosen that branch of production, but it did not
succeed in making them all prosperous. Manufactures which were suited to
the conditions of the time, as the cotton manufacture, grew strong under the
tariff, and would have grown strong without it; other manufactures, such as
those of iron and wool, were still feeble after years of protection.
Commerce must have felt the effect of the tariff, for protection could be
effective only as it restricted the exchange of wares with foreign countries.
We are tempted to ascribe the rapid increase in imports and exports after
1846 to the reduction in duties. Yet, even here, many other influences
included a number of duties designed to restrict imports for the benefit of
the American producer; the scale of duties was moderate, the highest
permanent duty being 20 per cent.
656. Course of tariff policy, 1816-1860.—The conflict of interests
between different sections of the country led to many changes in the tariff
schedules, and occasioned some bitter political contests. Without attempting
to recount the details, it may be said in summary that the course of the
tendency was toward higher duties till about 1830, when some of the duties
amounted to 40 per cent and 50 per cent or more.
The high duties were particularly obnoxious to Southerners, who
considered them a tax taken from their pockets for the benefit of the North,
and who fought persistently for a reduction. They finally secured a hearing;
and duties were steadily reduced in the period from 1833 to 1842 until they
stood, at the later date, at a general level of 20 per cent. The tariff remained
at this low level only two months, when it gave place to another tariff with
higher duties; the average of the duties levied ad valorem was 33 per cent,
while some duties rose far above this rate. Finally, from 1846 until the Civil
War, the country was under a low tariff; duties were reduced until the
maximum protective duty was 24 per cent, while the general level was
about 20 per cent.
657. Effect of the tariff on industrial development.—What effect did
the tariff policy have upon the industries and the commerce of the country?
To this question the only safe answer is that the effect of the tariff was much
less, for good or for bad, than has commonly been stated by writers on
either side of the controversy between protection and free trade. The
country has grown rich from the wealth of its natural resources and the
character of its people. The tariff diverted into manufacturing more people
than would otherwise have chosen that branch of production, but it did not
succeed in making them all prosperous. Manufactures which were suited to
the conditions of the time, as the cotton manufacture, grew strong under the
tariff, and would have grown strong without it; other manufactures, such as
those of iron and wool, were still feeble after years of protection.
Commerce must have felt the effect of the tariff, for protection could be
effective only as it restricted the exchange of wares with foreign countries.
We are tempted to ascribe the rapid increase in imports and exports after
1846 to the reduction in duties. Yet, even here, many other influences
Page 513
favored the growth of our foreign trade, and it is impossible to determine
which of them all was most effective.
658. Changes in the relative importance of shipping ports; southern
ports and the export trade.—In the course of this period the development
of new land in the West and Southwest, and the rise in importance of the
cotton crop, effected some notable changes in the relative rank of the ports
of the country. Measuring importance by the value of the domestic exports,
we find that New York now held the first place; this port was in 1860 the
shipping point for nearly one third of the total export values of the country.
A considerable part of the value of exports from New York, however, was
formed of precious metals, attracted there by the banks and the facilities for
rapid voyages on passenger vessels. If we confine ourselves to the shipment
of ordinary merchandise, we find that New York, in spite of the western
connections afforded by the railroads and the Erie Canal, took second place,
showing but two thirds of the export values leaving the country by way of
New Orleans. This port was the natural outlet for the cotton-growing
country of the lower Mississippi valley, and its export of the one ware,
cotton, exceeded in value all the merchandise shipped from New York. It
was cotton, again, that gave standing to the ports next in rank, Mobile,
Charleston, and Savannah; the exports from these cities, aside from that
single staple, were insignificant. Old ports like Boston and Baltimore had
sunk to the sixth and seventh place, while Philadelphia, once the leader, was
still lower on the list, and was outranked by San Francisco, if the gold
shipments from that port be counted.
659. Northern ports and the import trade.—The reader who
remembers what has been said above about the triangular course of trade in
this period will not be surprised to learn that the figures of imports tell a
very different story. New York enjoyed an import trade nearly double that of
all the other ports of the country together; it was the great distributing point
for European manufactures, from which the various ports of the country
secured most of their supply. Second in rank, but separated by an immense
interval, was another northern port, Boston; while New Orleans was but a
poor third, and Philadelphia and Baltimore followed in the order named.
Other southern ports, ranking high in the value of their exports, had only an
inconsiderable import trade.
660. Changes in the direction of trade. New character of the trade
with England.—There had been changes also in the direction of our trade
which of them all was most effective.
658. Changes in the relative importance of shipping ports; southern
ports and the export trade.—In the course of this period the development
of new land in the West and Southwest, and the rise in importance of the
cotton crop, effected some notable changes in the relative rank of the ports
of the country. Measuring importance by the value of the domestic exports,
we find that New York now held the first place; this port was in 1860 the
shipping point for nearly one third of the total export values of the country.
A considerable part of the value of exports from New York, however, was
formed of precious metals, attracted there by the banks and the facilities for
rapid voyages on passenger vessels. If we confine ourselves to the shipment
of ordinary merchandise, we find that New York, in spite of the western
connections afforded by the railroads and the Erie Canal, took second place,
showing but two thirds of the export values leaving the country by way of
New Orleans. This port was the natural outlet for the cotton-growing
country of the lower Mississippi valley, and its export of the one ware,
cotton, exceeded in value all the merchandise shipped from New York. It
was cotton, again, that gave standing to the ports next in rank, Mobile,
Charleston, and Savannah; the exports from these cities, aside from that
single staple, were insignificant. Old ports like Boston and Baltimore had
sunk to the sixth and seventh place, while Philadelphia, once the leader, was
still lower on the list, and was outranked by San Francisco, if the gold
shipments from that port be counted.
659. Northern ports and the import trade.—The reader who
remembers what has been said above about the triangular course of trade in
this period will not be surprised to learn that the figures of imports tell a
very different story. New York enjoyed an import trade nearly double that of
all the other ports of the country together; it was the great distributing point
for European manufactures, from which the various ports of the country
secured most of their supply. Second in rank, but separated by an immense
interval, was another northern port, Boston; while New Orleans was but a
poor third, and Philadelphia and Baltimore followed in the order named.
Other southern ports, ranking high in the value of their exports, had only an
inconsiderable import trade.
660. Changes in the direction of trade. New character of the trade
with England.—There had been changes also in the direction of our trade
Page 514
abroad. The following brief table gives figures in round millions, for 1860,
which may be compared with the figures for 1790 given in section 586.
It will be noted that our trade with English-speaking people formed still
the most important part of our total commerce. A noteworthy change had
taken place, however, in our trade with the British possessions. At any
earlier period we imported from them far more than we could sell to them
in return; the balance of trade was against us, as men said. This condition
had been reversed by the rise of the cotton trade, and was to be still further
affected by our export of foodstuffs. Great Britain was now dependent on us
for the raw material of her most important manufacture, and was seeking
from us also increasing supply of food, for her factory population.
Exports Imports
Great Britain and her dominions 228 177
Including Canada 11 18
British West Indies 5 1
France and her dominions 57 43
Spain and her dominions 20 44
Including Cuba 11 34
661. Trade with Canada and the West Indies.—Our trade with Canada
was of comparatively recent growth. Restrictive duties had formerly
checked exchange with our northern neighbor, but as population and
industries developed on either side of the frontier a demand for greater
freedom of exchange made itself felt; duties were reduced, a reciprocity
treaty was negotiated (1854), and under it many articles were exchanged
free of all duties.
It will be noted that trade with the British West Indies had not developed
to a similar degree; and it would be apparent, if other figures were included
in the table, that our West India trade in general was far less important than
it had been in the earlier period of our history. Trade with the French and
the Dutch West Indies was, in fact, less in 1860 than in 1790. Among all the
West India islands Cuba alone was a prominent exception to this tendency
to decline. Slavery was still maintained in that island; and the sugar
which may be compared with the figures for 1790 given in section 586.
It will be noted that our trade with English-speaking people formed still
the most important part of our total commerce. A noteworthy change had
taken place, however, in our trade with the British possessions. At any
earlier period we imported from them far more than we could sell to them
in return; the balance of trade was against us, as men said. This condition
had been reversed by the rise of the cotton trade, and was to be still further
affected by our export of foodstuffs. Great Britain was now dependent on us
for the raw material of her most important manufacture, and was seeking
from us also increasing supply of food, for her factory population.
Exports Imports
Great Britain and her dominions 228 177
Including Canada 11 18
British West Indies 5 1
France and her dominions 57 43
Spain and her dominions 20 44
Including Cuba 11 34
661. Trade with Canada and the West Indies.—Our trade with Canada
was of comparatively recent growth. Restrictive duties had formerly
checked exchange with our northern neighbor, but as population and
industries developed on either side of the frontier a demand for greater
freedom of exchange made itself felt; duties were reduced, a reciprocity
treaty was negotiated (1854), and under it many articles were exchanged
free of all duties.
It will be noted that trade with the British West Indies had not developed
to a similar degree; and it would be apparent, if other figures were included
in the table, that our West India trade in general was far less important than
it had been in the earlier period of our history. Trade with the French and
the Dutch West Indies was, in fact, less in 1860 than in 1790. Among all the
West India islands Cuba alone was a prominent exception to this tendency
to decline. Slavery was still maintained in that island; and the sugar
Page 515
industry, which had felt severely in other islands the abolition of slavery,
continued to flourish there.
662. Expansion of American commerce in Europe, South American,
and the Far East.—It may be said, in general, that our commerce had
broken through the rather narrow bounds which had formerly directed so
much of it to England and to the West Indies. We were building up our trade
with the continent of Europe. Our trade with France had increased greatly
under the liberal commercial policy of Napoleon III, and we were
establishing profitable connections with other European states, as is shown
by the following figures for our total trade with them in 1860 (millions of
dollars): German states 33, the Netherlands 10, Italian states 9.
Still more noteworthy is the extension of our commerce to the South and
to the Far East. During the period under review the states of Central and
South America had won their independence from Europe, and were now
free to establish such trade relations as they chose. With Mexico and
various states of South America (especially Brazil and the Argentine
Republic) we had in 1860 a commerce amounting to about sixty million
dollars. Our trade with China amounted to about twenty million; and while
our trade with Japan (about $150,000) gave no immediate reward for the
American enterprise which had opened the ports of that country, it was at
least a promise for the future.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. See sect. 695 for figures of imports which may be charted for
comparison with later development.
2. How did the import trade of the U. S. compare with that of England at
about this time?
3. Why was it cheaper for the Americans to buy manufactures abroad
than to make them at home?
4. What is the effect of a protective tariff, (a) on commerce, (b) on
production, (c) on the price of the product?
5. Industrial development, 1790-1860. [Wright, 132-142.]
6. American coal fields. [Nicolls, part 1; commercial geographies.]
7. Early transportations of coal by rivers and canals. [Nicolls, chaps. 17,
18.]
continued to flourish there.
662. Expansion of American commerce in Europe, South American,
and the Far East.—It may be said, in general, that our commerce had
broken through the rather narrow bounds which had formerly directed so
much of it to England and to the West Indies. We were building up our trade
with the continent of Europe. Our trade with France had increased greatly
under the liberal commercial policy of Napoleon III, and we were
establishing profitable connections with other European states, as is shown
by the following figures for our total trade with them in 1860 (millions of
dollars): German states 33, the Netherlands 10, Italian states 9.
Still more noteworthy is the extension of our commerce to the South and
to the Far East. During the period under review the states of Central and
South America had won their independence from Europe, and were now
free to establish such trade relations as they chose. With Mexico and
various states of South America (especially Brazil and the Argentine
Republic) we had in 1860 a commerce amounting to about sixty million
dollars. Our trade with China amounted to about twenty million; and while
our trade with Japan (about $150,000) gave no immediate reward for the
American enterprise which had opened the ports of that country, it was at
least a promise for the future.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. See sect. 695 for figures of imports which may be charted for
comparison with later development.
2. How did the import trade of the U. S. compare with that of England at
about this time?
3. Why was it cheaper for the Americans to buy manufactures abroad
than to make them at home?
4. What is the effect of a protective tariff, (a) on commerce, (b) on
production, (c) on the price of the product?
5. Industrial development, 1790-1860. [Wright, 132-142.]
6. American coal fields. [Nicolls, part 1; commercial geographies.]
7. Early transportations of coal by rivers and canals. [Nicolls, chaps. 17,
18.]
Page 516
8. Assuming that the protective duty on iron raised its price to purchasers,
what must have been the effect on manufactures and transportation?
[Compare the sections on Russia, above.]
9. Development of the American iron industry before 1860. [Taussig;
Depew, chap. 46 by Huston; Swank.]
10. Difficulties of the woolen manufacturer. [Taussig; North in Depew, p.
482.]
11. Contributions of the U. S. to improvements in machine tools. [Depew,
chap. 49 by Sellers.]
12. Cotton manufactures in the South before the war. [DeBow, 1: 233, 2:
101 ff., 3: 24 ff.].
13. Industrial conditions at the close of the War of 1812. [Histories of U.
S. by McMaster and Henry Adams.]
14. Tariff of 1816. [Taussig.]
15. Why was the South opposed to protection in this period? [Review the
description of the industries and commerce of North and South, and try to
see what effect a protective duty on manufactured wares would have on
Southerners.]
16. Study in detail the influences, economic and political, determining
the character of one of the following tariff acts: 1824, 1828, 1832, 1833,
1842, 1846, 1857. [Tariff histories by Taussig and others; narrative histories
of the U. S.]
17. Study the commercial history of one of the ports named, sects. 645-6.
[Local histories; Encyclopedias.]
18. Commerce of the South before the War. [Maury in DeBow, vol. 3, 1
ff.]
19. Reviewing the list of ports, which of the following factors seems to
have been most important in determining their relative rank in the import
trade: nearness to Europe, excellence of harbor, facilities for distributing
goods by waterways, railroad facilities? Can you add other factors of
importance to the list?
20. Make a chart of the figures, sect. 660, and compare it with the chart
for the earlier period.
21. Effect on commerce with Canada of the reciprocity treaty of 1854.
[Haynes, Robinson.]
22. History of the commerce between the United States and South
America. [Rutter; Curtis in Senate Exec. doc., first session, 51st Cong., vol.
what must have been the effect on manufactures and transportation?
[Compare the sections on Russia, above.]
9. Development of the American iron industry before 1860. [Taussig;
Depew, chap. 46 by Huston; Swank.]
10. Difficulties of the woolen manufacturer. [Taussig; North in Depew, p.
482.]
11. Contributions of the U. S. to improvements in machine tools. [Depew,
chap. 49 by Sellers.]
12. Cotton manufactures in the South before the war. [DeBow, 1: 233, 2:
101 ff., 3: 24 ff.].
13. Industrial conditions at the close of the War of 1812. [Histories of U.
S. by McMaster and Henry Adams.]
14. Tariff of 1816. [Taussig.]
15. Why was the South opposed to protection in this period? [Review the
description of the industries and commerce of North and South, and try to
see what effect a protective duty on manufactured wares would have on
Southerners.]
16. Study in detail the influences, economic and political, determining
the character of one of the following tariff acts: 1824, 1828, 1832, 1833,
1842, 1846, 1857. [Tariff histories by Taussig and others; narrative histories
of the U. S.]
17. Study the commercial history of one of the ports named, sects. 645-6.
[Local histories; Encyclopedias.]
18. Commerce of the South before the War. [Maury in DeBow, vol. 3, 1
ff.]
19. Reviewing the list of ports, which of the following factors seems to
have been most important in determining their relative rank in the import
trade: nearness to Europe, excellence of harbor, facilities for distributing
goods by waterways, railroad facilities? Can you add other factors of
importance to the list?
20. Make a chart of the figures, sect. 660, and compare it with the chart
for the earlier period.
21. Effect on commerce with Canada of the reciprocity treaty of 1854.
[Haynes, Robinson.]
22. History of the commerce between the United States and South
America. [Rutter; Curtis in Senate Exec. doc., first session, 51st Cong., vol.
Page 517
8; check list 2685.]
23. Development of American commerce in the Pacific. [Callahan.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
See chapter xlviii.
23. Development of American commerce in the Pacific. [Callahan.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
See chapter xlviii.
Page 518
CHAPTER LI
NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT, 1860-1914
663. Survey of commercial development, 1860-1914.—In the chapters
introductory to the history of commerce in the nineteenth century, attention
was directed to the increasing rapidity of movement, which makes the
second half of the century a period by itself, distinguished above all others
by its wonderful commercial development. That the United States enjoyed a
full measure of the world’s progress in commerce is shown by the following
table, which gives the figures of imports and exports in millions of dollars.
Domestic Foreign Total
Imports
exports exports general
1860 534 316 17 687
1870 436 377 16 829
1880 668 824 12 1,504
1890 789 845 13 1,647
1900 850 1,371 24 2,244
1910 1,557 1,710 35 3,302
1913 1,813 2,429 37 4,279
Prices were falling in the last quarter of the century, so that the figures in
the text, giving the value of imports and exports, do not do justice to the
growth in the physical volume of trade. On the other hand prices began to
rise just before 1900 and, therefore, the figures exaggerate the increase of
trade in the most recent period. Prices of 1913 were, however, only about
one-third higher than in the decade 1890-99 so that after allowance is made
for their rise the growth of American commerce in this period remains
extraordinary.
664. Internal development of the country.—During this period the
natural growth of population was augmented by a steady stream of
immigration, which has increased with time and has made to appear small
in comparison all previous movements of people to the country. In spite,
NATIONAL DEVELOPMENT, 1860-1914
663. Survey of commercial development, 1860-1914.—In the chapters
introductory to the history of commerce in the nineteenth century, attention
was directed to the increasing rapidity of movement, which makes the
second half of the century a period by itself, distinguished above all others
by its wonderful commercial development. That the United States enjoyed a
full measure of the world’s progress in commerce is shown by the following
table, which gives the figures of imports and exports in millions of dollars.
Domestic Foreign Total
Imports
exports exports general
1860 534 316 17 687
1870 436 377 16 829
1880 668 824 12 1,504
1890 789 845 13 1,647
1900 850 1,371 24 2,244
1910 1,557 1,710 35 3,302
1913 1,813 2,429 37 4,279
Prices were falling in the last quarter of the century, so that the figures in
the text, giving the value of imports and exports, do not do justice to the
growth in the physical volume of trade. On the other hand prices began to
rise just before 1900 and, therefore, the figures exaggerate the increase of
trade in the most recent period. Prices of 1913 were, however, only about
one-third higher than in the decade 1890-99 so that after allowance is made
for their rise the growth of American commerce in this period remains
extraordinary.
664. Internal development of the country.—During this period the
natural growth of population was augmented by a steady stream of
immigration, which has increased with time and has made to appear small
in comparison all previous movements of people to the country. In spite,
Page 519
however, of this growth, the increase in the value of foreign trade has been
even more rapid, and the share contributed by the average person to the
commerce of the country was greater at the close of the century than at any
previous period. The average inhabitant had in 1913 a share of about $18 in
the imports, and of about $25 in the exports.
While the preceding period was called the period of national expansion,
the period lasting from the Civil War to the close of the century may fitly be
termed that of national development. The population continued, it is true, to
spread out within the national frontiers. It occupied the great plains leading
up to the Rocky Mountains region, and the strip of fertile land along the
Pacific Coast, and penetrated the mountains and semi-arid region in all
parts where mineral wealth and agricultural possibilities promised returns to
the laborer. The most striking feature, however, in the progress of the last
forty years has been not so much the breaking-in of new territory as the
improved means adopted for making the most of all resources, in old and
new territory alike. Improvements of a technical character have transformed
the methods of transportation and manufacture, and new methods of
cooperation have changed the aspects of business life completely.
The first subject requiring attention is the development of the
transportation system.
665. Extension of railroads.—In the recent history of the transportation
system of the United States the most noteworthy feature has been, of
course, the development of railroads. The railroad mileage of the country in
1860 was divided almost equally between the North, the South, and the
West, each section having roughly 10,000 miles. The section which felt
most keenly the need of increased railroad facilities was the agricultural
West, where the products of rich farm lands were wasted and where corn
was not infrequently used for fuel, for lack of means to reach a market.
After 1860 the railroads were rapidly extended through the upper
Mississippi Valley, and in 1869 the first transcontinental route was
completed (Union and Central Pacific). Railroads reaching out like feelers
into new regions attracted population and stimulated traffic not only in the
new country but also in the older settled districts, where the opportunities
for profitable business were multiplied by the increased supply of raw
materials and by the widened market for finished products. Old lines were
extended and new lines were built until, in 1913, the mileage of the country
had risen from about 30,000 as it was in 1860, to over 250,000, showing an
even more rapid, and the share contributed by the average person to the
commerce of the country was greater at the close of the century than at any
previous period. The average inhabitant had in 1913 a share of about $18 in
the imports, and of about $25 in the exports.
While the preceding period was called the period of national expansion,
the period lasting from the Civil War to the close of the century may fitly be
termed that of national development. The population continued, it is true, to
spread out within the national frontiers. It occupied the great plains leading
up to the Rocky Mountains region, and the strip of fertile land along the
Pacific Coast, and penetrated the mountains and semi-arid region in all
parts where mineral wealth and agricultural possibilities promised returns to
the laborer. The most striking feature, however, in the progress of the last
forty years has been not so much the breaking-in of new territory as the
improved means adopted for making the most of all resources, in old and
new territory alike. Improvements of a technical character have transformed
the methods of transportation and manufacture, and new methods of
cooperation have changed the aspects of business life completely.
The first subject requiring attention is the development of the
transportation system.
665. Extension of railroads.—In the recent history of the transportation
system of the United States the most noteworthy feature has been, of
course, the development of railroads. The railroad mileage of the country in
1860 was divided almost equally between the North, the South, and the
West, each section having roughly 10,000 miles. The section which felt
most keenly the need of increased railroad facilities was the agricultural
West, where the products of rich farm lands were wasted and where corn
was not infrequently used for fuel, for lack of means to reach a market.
After 1860 the railroads were rapidly extended through the upper
Mississippi Valley, and in 1869 the first transcontinental route was
completed (Union and Central Pacific). Railroads reaching out like feelers
into new regions attracted population and stimulated traffic not only in the
new country but also in the older settled districts, where the opportunities
for profitable business were multiplied by the increased supply of raw
materials and by the widened market for finished products. Old lines were
extended and new lines were built until, in 1913, the mileage of the country
had risen from about 30,000 as it was in 1860, to over 250,000, showing an
Page 520
average gain of about 40,000 miles in a decade, a greater amount than the
total of 1860.
666. Improvements in the operation of railroads.—Equal in practical
importance to the extension of the railroad system were the improvements
effected during the period in the construction and operation of the lines.
This was the time in which steel rails and bridges were introduced, which
permitted the use of more efficient locomotives, drawing heavier trains, and
so reducing the expense of carriage. Lines which had been constructed in
short sections under the control of different companies were now merged in
great corporations, operating thousands of miles of track. The railroads had
previously been so independent of each other that there was not even a
standard gage for the track; some lines set the rails 6 or even 7 feet apart, a
California law fixed the gage in that State at 5 feet, while the Missouri
Pacific had a gage of 5 feet 6 inches. A difference in gage necessitated, of
course, the unloading and reloading of wares in passage from one line to
another, and prohibited distant freight movements. Soon after 1860 a
movement toward the present standard, 4 feet 81⁄2 inches, brought a uniform
gage into use, and when the consolidation of railroads was under way there
was no longer a thought of varying from the standard. The first
consolidation of a through line from Chicago to the sea was effected in
1869 under the management of Cornelius Vanderbilt (Lake Shore and
Michigan Southern and New York Central and Hudson River); and the
movement soon spread to other lines (Pennsylvania, etc.). The benefits were
greater than the reader may be inclined to suppose. The management of
railroads was made at the same time more efficient and less expensive;
uniformity of policy was established in such matters as the track gage; and,
most important, a new policy of freight rates, designed to stimulate distant
shipments, became practicable.
667. Reduction of railroad rates.—The charges for freight movements
before 1860 rarely fell below 2 cents per ton-mile. Railroad managers
believed that the lowest rates which they could profitably make were,
roughly, 2 cents for heavy agricultural produce, 3 for groceries, 4 for dry
goods. The improvements effected in road-bed and rolling stock after 1860
suggested the possibility of reducing rates, and the reorganization of small
railroads in large systems made it possible to institute reductions to
stimulate distant freight movements. The results exceeded all expectations.
The railroads found that a reduction brought such an increase of traffic that
total of 1860.
666. Improvements in the operation of railroads.—Equal in practical
importance to the extension of the railroad system were the improvements
effected during the period in the construction and operation of the lines.
This was the time in which steel rails and bridges were introduced, which
permitted the use of more efficient locomotives, drawing heavier trains, and
so reducing the expense of carriage. Lines which had been constructed in
short sections under the control of different companies were now merged in
great corporations, operating thousands of miles of track. The railroads had
previously been so independent of each other that there was not even a
standard gage for the track; some lines set the rails 6 or even 7 feet apart, a
California law fixed the gage in that State at 5 feet, while the Missouri
Pacific had a gage of 5 feet 6 inches. A difference in gage necessitated, of
course, the unloading and reloading of wares in passage from one line to
another, and prohibited distant freight movements. Soon after 1860 a
movement toward the present standard, 4 feet 81⁄2 inches, brought a uniform
gage into use, and when the consolidation of railroads was under way there
was no longer a thought of varying from the standard. The first
consolidation of a through line from Chicago to the sea was effected in
1869 under the management of Cornelius Vanderbilt (Lake Shore and
Michigan Southern and New York Central and Hudson River); and the
movement soon spread to other lines (Pennsylvania, etc.). The benefits were
greater than the reader may be inclined to suppose. The management of
railroads was made at the same time more efficient and less expensive;
uniformity of policy was established in such matters as the track gage; and,
most important, a new policy of freight rates, designed to stimulate distant
shipments, became practicable.
667. Reduction of railroad rates.—The charges for freight movements
before 1860 rarely fell below 2 cents per ton-mile. Railroad managers
believed that the lowest rates which they could profitably make were,
roughly, 2 cents for heavy agricultural produce, 3 for groceries, 4 for dry
goods. The improvements effected in road-bed and rolling stock after 1860
suggested the possibility of reducing rates, and the reorganization of small
railroads in large systems made it possible to institute reductions to
stimulate distant freight movements. The results exceeded all expectations.
The railroads found that a reduction brought such an increase of traffic that
Page 521
the lower rates were not only an advantage to the shippers, but also a
benefit to themselves; and rates have fallen almost constantly in the course
of the period. In 1914 the average freight rate was only three quarters of a
cent per ton-mile, and some of the lines between Chicago and the Atlantic
coast had reduced their charges very close to half a cent.
668. Contribution of the railroads to recent national development.—
The importance of this change in a country of great distances can scarcely
be exaggerated. It has transformed the railroad from a luxury for the use of
passengers and high-class freight to a necessity for the producers and
consumers of the commonest articles. In 1860 even a ware like wheat could
not pay the expense of transportation over a distance exceeding many
hundred miles, and distant freight traffic was restricted to manufactures and
the most valuable of farm products, such as live stock. The reduction in
charges has opened a profitable market for the commonest agricultural
products of distant western States, and has made accessible the natural
resources of all kinds, which otherwise would count for nothing among the
economic assets of the country. In 1913 more than half of the tonnage
carried on the railways of the United States consisted of ores, coal, and
other products of mines, which could scarcely have been carried at all in
1860. The railroads now carry a tonnage far exceeding that transported
through other channels (rivers, lakes, canals, and coasting trade); and it may
be said in sober earnest that a considerable proportion of the people in the
country would starve, without the means of earning a livelihood, if the
railroad improvements that have come since 1860 were suddenly swept
away.
Some idea of the growth of railroad service in the United States in recent
years can be gained from the accompanying brief table, which pictures the
contribution of the railroads in their two important activities, the carriage of
freight and the carriage of passengers.
Railroad Service in the U.S., 1890-1910
(Figures in milliards: 000,000,000 omitted)
1890 1895 1900 1905 1910
Tons carried one mile. 77 85 141 186 255
Passengers carried one mile. 11 12 16 23 32
benefit to themselves; and rates have fallen almost constantly in the course
of the period. In 1914 the average freight rate was only three quarters of a
cent per ton-mile, and some of the lines between Chicago and the Atlantic
coast had reduced their charges very close to half a cent.
668. Contribution of the railroads to recent national development.—
The importance of this change in a country of great distances can scarcely
be exaggerated. It has transformed the railroad from a luxury for the use of
passengers and high-class freight to a necessity for the producers and
consumers of the commonest articles. In 1860 even a ware like wheat could
not pay the expense of transportation over a distance exceeding many
hundred miles, and distant freight traffic was restricted to manufactures and
the most valuable of farm products, such as live stock. The reduction in
charges has opened a profitable market for the commonest agricultural
products of distant western States, and has made accessible the natural
resources of all kinds, which otherwise would count for nothing among the
economic assets of the country. In 1913 more than half of the tonnage
carried on the railways of the United States consisted of ores, coal, and
other products of mines, which could scarcely have been carried at all in
1860. The railroads now carry a tonnage far exceeding that transported
through other channels (rivers, lakes, canals, and coasting trade); and it may
be said in sober earnest that a considerable proportion of the people in the
country would starve, without the means of earning a livelihood, if the
railroad improvements that have come since 1860 were suddenly swept
away.
Some idea of the growth of railroad service in the United States in recent
years can be gained from the accompanying brief table, which pictures the
contribution of the railroads in their two important activities, the carriage of
freight and the carriage of passengers.
Railroad Service in the U.S., 1890-1910
(Figures in milliards: 000,000,000 omitted)
1890 1895 1900 1905 1910
Tons carried one mile. 77 85 141 186 255
Passengers carried one mile. 11 12 16 23 32
Page 522
669. Relative decline in transportation by canals and rivers.—The
development of the railroad system has not entirely done away with the
previous systems of internal transportation, but it has reduced them to
subordinate importance. The decline is especially noticeable in the case of
canals. Even in 1880 nearly half of the total canal mileage had been
abandoned and a large number of the canals remaining in operation were
not paying expenses. The cost of transportation on the canals has been
reduced by deepening them to take in larger boats; tolls have been entirely
abolished, as in the case of the Erie Canal; and still the superior speed and
certainty of transportation by rail have robbed the canals of the bulk of the
traffic. Some of the river routes have fared better. The Mississippi River
system, notably, is still an important channel of trade, but even in the
territory it serves the railroads far outrank it in importance, and most of the
inland waterways have lost their previous significance.
670. Importance of the Great Lakes; St. Mary’s Canal.—While the
country could now renounce, without very serious loss, the rivers and
canals which were formerly so important as means of transportation, it
could ill afford to dispense with the Great Lakes along its northern
boundary. In the first half of the century Lake Erie was a useful means of
communication with the growing States of the West, and gained greatly in
importance with the construction of canals after 1825. It was not until the
second half of the century, however, that the three western lakes showed
their possibilities as channels through which the national resources might be
conducted to districts where they could be best utilized. Between 1860 and
1900 the tonnage on the Great Lakes grew sixfold, and increased even more
in carrying capacity as wooden sailing vessels gave place to large steel
steamers. Freight rates have fallen below one tenth of a cent per ton-mile,
and immense amounts of ore, coal, grain, and lumber have thus found a
cheap means of access to market.
In 1855 a canal was completed to avoid the rapids in St. Mary’s River at
the outlet of Lake Superior, and this canal, since deepened and improved,
has become one of the great commercial channels of the world. The Lake
Superior region has proved to be wonderfully rich in iron, copper, timber,
and other products essential to modern industry. In 1913 the tonnage of
vessels passing through the St. Mary’s Canal was greater than the tonnage
development of the railroad system has not entirely done away with the
previous systems of internal transportation, but it has reduced them to
subordinate importance. The decline is especially noticeable in the case of
canals. Even in 1880 nearly half of the total canal mileage had been
abandoned and a large number of the canals remaining in operation were
not paying expenses. The cost of transportation on the canals has been
reduced by deepening them to take in larger boats; tolls have been entirely
abolished, as in the case of the Erie Canal; and still the superior speed and
certainty of transportation by rail have robbed the canals of the bulk of the
traffic. Some of the river routes have fared better. The Mississippi River
system, notably, is still an important channel of trade, but even in the
territory it serves the railroads far outrank it in importance, and most of the
inland waterways have lost their previous significance.
670. Importance of the Great Lakes; St. Mary’s Canal.—While the
country could now renounce, without very serious loss, the rivers and
canals which were formerly so important as means of transportation, it
could ill afford to dispense with the Great Lakes along its northern
boundary. In the first half of the century Lake Erie was a useful means of
communication with the growing States of the West, and gained greatly in
importance with the construction of canals after 1825. It was not until the
second half of the century, however, that the three western lakes showed
their possibilities as channels through which the national resources might be
conducted to districts where they could be best utilized. Between 1860 and
1900 the tonnage on the Great Lakes grew sixfold, and increased even more
in carrying capacity as wooden sailing vessels gave place to large steel
steamers. Freight rates have fallen below one tenth of a cent per ton-mile,
and immense amounts of ore, coal, grain, and lumber have thus found a
cheap means of access to market.
In 1855 a canal was completed to avoid the rapids in St. Mary’s River at
the outlet of Lake Superior, and this canal, since deepened and improved,
has become one of the great commercial channels of the world. The Lake
Superior region has proved to be wonderfully rich in iron, copper, timber,
and other products essential to modern industry. In 1913 the tonnage of
vessels passing through the St. Mary’s Canal was greater than the tonnage
Page 523
entering the seaports of the United States from all foreign countries, and
was more than double the tonnage passing through the Suez Canal.
671. Decline of American shipping.—In contrast with the great
development of the means of internal transportation we have to note, in this
period, a decided decline in the American shipping engaged in foreign
trade. The total tonnage of the country was in 1913 nearly double what it
had been in 1860, and entitled the United States to a position high up
among trading countries. About one third of this total, however, was
employed on the Great Lakes, and most of the remainder was engaged in
the coasting trade. Both of these branches of navigation could be, and were,
protected by law against the competition of foreign ship-owners. The trade
of this country with other countries, however, could not be restricted to
American vessels without danger of retaliation; and the attempts of the
United States to favor its own vessels in foreign trade, by taxing foreign
vessels at the port of entry, had been given up before 1860. Now in this
branch of shipping, in which the vessels of all countries of the world
compete on equal terms, the tonnage of the United States declined from 2.5
million in 1860 to 1.0 in 1913.
672. Effect of the Civil War on the merchant marine.—Of this great
loss in tonnage the larger part fell in the years immediately following 1860,
the period of the Civil War. The southern States, unable to break the
blockade which closed their ports and prevented the sale of their cotton,
sought to retaliate by loosing swift cruisers to prey on the ships which
sailed under the United States flag. The most celebrated of these cruisers,
the Alabama, was fitted out in England, and for two years, until its
destruction by the Kearsarge in 1864, haunted the chief routes of trade, and
captured no less than 69 vessels. Other cruisers were less successful, but
altogether 261 Northern vessels were taken. The fear of capture caused a
decline in tonnage far greater than the actual losses at sea; American ship-
owners found their profits eaten up by heavy insurance charges, and sold
their vessels to foreigners, who could navigate them in safety under a
neutral flag. Altogether the country came out of the war with about a
million tons of shipping less than it had owned at the beginning.
673. Other causes of decline.—The American merchant marine would
have recovered from the losses of the war but for other difficulties which it
faced. This was the period in which steamers began to gain rapidly on
sailing ships, and in which iron began to be extensively used in ship-
was more than double the tonnage passing through the Suez Canal.
671. Decline of American shipping.—In contrast with the great
development of the means of internal transportation we have to note, in this
period, a decided decline in the American shipping engaged in foreign
trade. The total tonnage of the country was in 1913 nearly double what it
had been in 1860, and entitled the United States to a position high up
among trading countries. About one third of this total, however, was
employed on the Great Lakes, and most of the remainder was engaged in
the coasting trade. Both of these branches of navigation could be, and were,
protected by law against the competition of foreign ship-owners. The trade
of this country with other countries, however, could not be restricted to
American vessels without danger of retaliation; and the attempts of the
United States to favor its own vessels in foreign trade, by taxing foreign
vessels at the port of entry, had been given up before 1860. Now in this
branch of shipping, in which the vessels of all countries of the world
compete on equal terms, the tonnage of the United States declined from 2.5
million in 1860 to 1.0 in 1913.
672. Effect of the Civil War on the merchant marine.—Of this great
loss in tonnage the larger part fell in the years immediately following 1860,
the period of the Civil War. The southern States, unable to break the
blockade which closed their ports and prevented the sale of their cotton,
sought to retaliate by loosing swift cruisers to prey on the ships which
sailed under the United States flag. The most celebrated of these cruisers,
the Alabama, was fitted out in England, and for two years, until its
destruction by the Kearsarge in 1864, haunted the chief routes of trade, and
captured no less than 69 vessels. Other cruisers were less successful, but
altogether 261 Northern vessels were taken. The fear of capture caused a
decline in tonnage far greater than the actual losses at sea; American ship-
owners found their profits eaten up by heavy insurance charges, and sold
their vessels to foreigners, who could navigate them in safety under a
neutral flag. Altogether the country came out of the war with about a
million tons of shipping less than it had owned at the beginning.
673. Other causes of decline.—The American merchant marine would
have recovered from the losses of the war but for other difficulties which it
faced. This was the period in which steamers began to gain rapidly on
sailing ships, and in which iron began to be extensively used in ship-
Page 524
building. The Americans had at this time neither the resources nor the
experience to compete with the English in the new forms of naval
construction, and even before the war it was apparent that the English were
drawing ahead. Moreover, the war had, indirectly, a great influence on the
fortunes of American shipping, for it led to a great increase in the tariff and
to heavy taxes of all kinds. It cost more both to build and to navigate an
American ship than it had cost before the war or than it cost an English
owner. Add to these influences the fact that the country was just entering
the period of great railroad extension, and that the West now offered
wonderful opportunities for the investment both of labor and capital; and it
is not surprising that the American people turned from the sea to the land,
and resigned the high position which they had formerly held in foreign
carrying-trade.
674. Recent position of the merchant marine.—Since 1860, therefore,
the United States has relied mainly upon foreigners to carry its freight
across the seas. Of the tonnage that cleared from ports of the United States
for foreign countries in 1913 about one quarter sailed under the American
flag. The effective service of American ships did not, however, correspond
to this proportion; they carried only about one-tenth in value of the exports
that went out by sea. Various attempts have been made to stimulate the
construction and navigation of American ships by the grant of subsidies
from the national government, but the success has been very moderate, and
the people have been in general unwilling to levy taxes for the support of
this particular industry. In one respect legislation has become more liberal;
the Panama Canal Act of 1912 made it at last possible, under somewhat
severe restrictions, to register under the American flag foreign built vessels
engaged in foreign trade.
675. Development of national manufactures.—Part of the energy
diverted from the sea found a fruitful field of labor in the developing
manufactures of the country. The period from 1860 to 1914 marked the
advance beyond the age of trial and experiment in the history of American
manufactures; at the close of this period the United States was the greatest
manufacturing country of the world, supplying most of its own
requirements for manufactured wares, and producing a large surplus for
export to other countries. The development of the transportation system was
the indispensable condition of this progress. The railroads have brought all
parts of our great national domain so closely together, in a commercial
experience to compete with the English in the new forms of naval
construction, and even before the war it was apparent that the English were
drawing ahead. Moreover, the war had, indirectly, a great influence on the
fortunes of American shipping, for it led to a great increase in the tariff and
to heavy taxes of all kinds. It cost more both to build and to navigate an
American ship than it had cost before the war or than it cost an English
owner. Add to these influences the fact that the country was just entering
the period of great railroad extension, and that the West now offered
wonderful opportunities for the investment both of labor and capital; and it
is not surprising that the American people turned from the sea to the land,
and resigned the high position which they had formerly held in foreign
carrying-trade.
674. Recent position of the merchant marine.—Since 1860, therefore,
the United States has relied mainly upon foreigners to carry its freight
across the seas. Of the tonnage that cleared from ports of the United States
for foreign countries in 1913 about one quarter sailed under the American
flag. The effective service of American ships did not, however, correspond
to this proportion; they carried only about one-tenth in value of the exports
that went out by sea. Various attempts have been made to stimulate the
construction and navigation of American ships by the grant of subsidies
from the national government, but the success has been very moderate, and
the people have been in general unwilling to levy taxes for the support of
this particular industry. In one respect legislation has become more liberal;
the Panama Canal Act of 1912 made it at last possible, under somewhat
severe restrictions, to register under the American flag foreign built vessels
engaged in foreign trade.
675. Development of national manufactures.—Part of the energy
diverted from the sea found a fruitful field of labor in the developing
manufactures of the country. The period from 1860 to 1914 marked the
advance beyond the age of trial and experiment in the history of American
manufactures; at the close of this period the United States was the greatest
manufacturing country of the world, supplying most of its own
requirements for manufactured wares, and producing a large surplus for
export to other countries. The development of the transportation system was
the indispensable condition of this progress. The railroads have brought all
parts of our great national domain so closely together, in a commercial
Page 525
sense, that the choicest natural resources of the continent have been made
available at the centers of production. Abundant labor has been supplied
both by the growth of the native population and by the increasing flow of
immigrants. Leaders have arisen from the people, stimulated to energy by
the rapid promotion which has been granted on proof of signal ability; and
the necessary capital has been contributed by investors in all parts of the
world, who have sought eagerly the opportunity to share in our industrial
gains. Finally, our factories have enjoyed an advantage beyond those of any
country, in the great market which has stood waiting to receive their
products. Within boundaries, each of which measures thousands of miles,
lay an area absolutely free to trade, provided with the most efficient
instruments of transportation and communication, and settled by a people
numbering nearly a hundred million, of prosperous producers and educated
consumers.
676. Coal production and the use of steam power.—Not until this
period did the country realize the full value of its hidden mineral wealth.
The coal deposits of the United States are thought to be richer than those of
any other whole continent, and the Ohio Valley has coal mines together
with iron deposits and rich agricultural resources in a combination which is
unmatched. The coal production of 1860 (13 million tons) was considerably
larger than in previous decades, but it seems insignificant in comparison
with 240 million of 1900, or the 509 million of 1913. Bituminous coal, the
kind chiefly used in manufactures, formed only one third of the total output
in 1850 and only one half even in 1870, while in 1913 it comprised four
fifths of the whole. In coal production the United States now led the world.
The vast increase in the coal product was used in innumerable ways, but
it found its chief employment in furnishing motive power to the
transportation system, and to the factories of the country. In studying the
history of coal production one is inclined to say that the country did not
really enter the age of steam until after the Civil War. The total horse-power
employed in manufactures in 1869 (2.3 million), was derived from steam
and water in almost equal proportion. In the period closing in 1914 the
power employed increased about ten-fold (to 22.5 million), and of the
increase steam supplied nearly three-quarters.
677. Machinery.—That the Civil War really marks a dividing line in our
industrial progress is shown by the history of the Patent Office; within a
few years after the close of the war the number of patents granted increased
available at the centers of production. Abundant labor has been supplied
both by the growth of the native population and by the increasing flow of
immigrants. Leaders have arisen from the people, stimulated to energy by
the rapid promotion which has been granted on proof of signal ability; and
the necessary capital has been contributed by investors in all parts of the
world, who have sought eagerly the opportunity to share in our industrial
gains. Finally, our factories have enjoyed an advantage beyond those of any
country, in the great market which has stood waiting to receive their
products. Within boundaries, each of which measures thousands of miles,
lay an area absolutely free to trade, provided with the most efficient
instruments of transportation and communication, and settled by a people
numbering nearly a hundred million, of prosperous producers and educated
consumers.
676. Coal production and the use of steam power.—Not until this
period did the country realize the full value of its hidden mineral wealth.
The coal deposits of the United States are thought to be richer than those of
any other whole continent, and the Ohio Valley has coal mines together
with iron deposits and rich agricultural resources in a combination which is
unmatched. The coal production of 1860 (13 million tons) was considerably
larger than in previous decades, but it seems insignificant in comparison
with 240 million of 1900, or the 509 million of 1913. Bituminous coal, the
kind chiefly used in manufactures, formed only one third of the total output
in 1850 and only one half even in 1870, while in 1913 it comprised four
fifths of the whole. In coal production the United States now led the world.
The vast increase in the coal product was used in innumerable ways, but
it found its chief employment in furnishing motive power to the
transportation system, and to the factories of the country. In studying the
history of coal production one is inclined to say that the country did not
really enter the age of steam until after the Civil War. The total horse-power
employed in manufactures in 1869 (2.3 million), was derived from steam
and water in almost equal proportion. In the period closing in 1914 the
power employed increased about ten-fold (to 22.5 million), and of the
increase steam supplied nearly three-quarters.
677. Machinery.—That the Civil War really marks a dividing line in our
industrial progress is shown by the history of the Patent Office; within a
few years after the close of the war the number of patents granted increased
Page 526
greatly, and the new level thus established was steadily maintained.
American machine manufacturers made in this period their great
contributions to mechanical progress: the system of interchangeable parts,
automatic and specialized machines, the utilization of by-products, etc.
Brass screws at one time could be produced only at great expense; it is
characteristic that some manufacturers would now make them absolutely
free of charge, if the customer would furnish the brass rod and would allow
them to keep the chips of brass which were cut off in the process.
It is impossible here to trace the history of manufactures in detail, but a
single manufacture, that of carpets, may be taken for illustration. In the
carpet industry about 1835 modern factory methods were unknown;
weavers worked at home with old-fashioned hand looms, producing 7 or 8
yards of inferior carpet per day. Power looms were invented, and were
introduced little by little, but even after the Civil War nearly half the carpets
were still woven on hand looms. Since that time has come the great advance
in the industry, by the introduction of improved power machinery, which
has reduced the price of fine tapestries and Brussels to that formerly paid
for the rudest ingrain, and which has stimulated an immense increase in
consumption.
The rapid development of the national manufactures in this period may
be shown by brief statistics, in thousand millions of dollars; the capital
invested grew from 1.0 to 22.8 while the value of the product grew from 1.9
to 24.2.
678. Extension of manufactures in the West and South.—There had
been, moreover, a noteworthy change in the distribution of manufactures
throughout the country. The northeastern States had greatly extended their
manufacturing plants, and relatively to population no European state
rivalled New England in output: but American manufactures had extended
also into the West and the South. The southern States, instead of sending
their raw cotton to the North or to Europe, began to manufacture it in
increasing quantities, and now competed with northern mills for the markets
of the Mississippi Valley. The development of iron production in the South
was phenomenally rapid. The rich coal and iron fields of the Southern
Appalachian range were opened, and contributed now an important share of
the total output, while large industrial centers were growing up in
Chattanooga, Birmingham, and other Southern cities.
American machine manufacturers made in this period their great
contributions to mechanical progress: the system of interchangeable parts,
automatic and specialized machines, the utilization of by-products, etc.
Brass screws at one time could be produced only at great expense; it is
characteristic that some manufacturers would now make them absolutely
free of charge, if the customer would furnish the brass rod and would allow
them to keep the chips of brass which were cut off in the process.
It is impossible here to trace the history of manufactures in detail, but a
single manufacture, that of carpets, may be taken for illustration. In the
carpet industry about 1835 modern factory methods were unknown;
weavers worked at home with old-fashioned hand looms, producing 7 or 8
yards of inferior carpet per day. Power looms were invented, and were
introduced little by little, but even after the Civil War nearly half the carpets
were still woven on hand looms. Since that time has come the great advance
in the industry, by the introduction of improved power machinery, which
has reduced the price of fine tapestries and Brussels to that formerly paid
for the rudest ingrain, and which has stimulated an immense increase in
consumption.
The rapid development of the national manufactures in this period may
be shown by brief statistics, in thousand millions of dollars; the capital
invested grew from 1.0 to 22.8 while the value of the product grew from 1.9
to 24.2.
678. Extension of manufactures in the West and South.—There had
been, moreover, a noteworthy change in the distribution of manufactures
throughout the country. The northeastern States had greatly extended their
manufacturing plants, and relatively to population no European state
rivalled New England in output: but American manufactures had extended
also into the West and the South. The southern States, instead of sending
their raw cotton to the North or to Europe, began to manufacture it in
increasing quantities, and now competed with northern mills for the markets
of the Mississippi Valley. The development of iron production in the South
was phenomenally rapid. The rich coal and iron fields of the Southern
Appalachian range were opened, and contributed now an important share of
the total output, while large industrial centers were growing up in
Chattanooga, Birmingham, and other Southern cities.
Page 527
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Chart the figures as before; if the same scale is used the chart may be
pasted to that previously made.
2. Industrial aspects of the Civil War. [Wright, 143-158.]
3. The population of the country was as follows, in round millions: 1860,
31; 1870, 39; 1880, 50; 1890, 63; 1900, 76; 1910, 92. Calculate the
commerce per capita, and insert the line on the chart.
4. What has been the gain in population of your own State in this period,
compared with earlier periods? [Abstract of the Census.]
5. Write a report on the history of one of the western railroads. [Cy
Warman, Story of the railroad, N. Y., Appleton, 1898, $1.50.]
6. Technical improvements in railroads. [See references in chap. xxx, and
Johnson, chap. 4.]
7. Development of railroad organization. [Hadley, chap. 5.]
8. Contributions of railroads to industrial development. [Hatfield,
Lectures, 81 ff.]
9. Freight service of the modern American railroad. [Johnson, chap. 9.]
10. Present and future of the Erie Canal. [Encyclopedia; Poole’s Index.]
11. Possible future of ship canals in the United States. [Report of the
Deep Waterways Commission, House Doc. 192, 54th Cong., 2d. sess.]
12. River transportation in the Mississippi Valley. [Abbot, chap. 8;
Census, 1890, Transportation by water, pp. 393-465; Report of Indust.
Comm., 1900, 9: clxxxiv-clxxxviii.]
13. Place of the Great Lakes in our modern transportation system.
[Tunnell; Marvin, chap. 17; Abbot, chap. 7.]
The St Mary Canal. [Tunnell; Fairlie, Ship canals, p. 67 ff.]
14. What would be the effect on lake traffic of commercial union with
Canada?
15. The coasting trade of the United States. [Marvin, chap. 15; Van Metre
in Carnegie History, vol. 1, chap. 20, 21.]
16. Effect of the Civil War on shipping. [Marvin, chap. 14; Cambridge
Mod. Hist., vol. 7, chap. 17, by Wilson; Rhodes, Hist.]
17. Decline of American shipping since the War. [Marvin, chaps. 16, 18;
Wells.]
18. The question of subsidies. [Ringwalt, Briefs.]
1. Chart the figures as before; if the same scale is used the chart may be
pasted to that previously made.
2. Industrial aspects of the Civil War. [Wright, 143-158.]
3. The population of the country was as follows, in round millions: 1860,
31; 1870, 39; 1880, 50; 1890, 63; 1900, 76; 1910, 92. Calculate the
commerce per capita, and insert the line on the chart.
4. What has been the gain in population of your own State in this period,
compared with earlier periods? [Abstract of the Census.]
5. Write a report on the history of one of the western railroads. [Cy
Warman, Story of the railroad, N. Y., Appleton, 1898, $1.50.]
6. Technical improvements in railroads. [See references in chap. xxx, and
Johnson, chap. 4.]
7. Development of railroad organization. [Hadley, chap. 5.]
8. Contributions of railroads to industrial development. [Hatfield,
Lectures, 81 ff.]
9. Freight service of the modern American railroad. [Johnson, chap. 9.]
10. Present and future of the Erie Canal. [Encyclopedia; Poole’s Index.]
11. Possible future of ship canals in the United States. [Report of the
Deep Waterways Commission, House Doc. 192, 54th Cong., 2d. sess.]
12. River transportation in the Mississippi Valley. [Abbot, chap. 8;
Census, 1890, Transportation by water, pp. 393-465; Report of Indust.
Comm., 1900, 9: clxxxiv-clxxxviii.]
13. Place of the Great Lakes in our modern transportation system.
[Tunnell; Marvin, chap. 17; Abbot, chap. 7.]
The St Mary Canal. [Tunnell; Fairlie, Ship canals, p. 67 ff.]
14. What would be the effect on lake traffic of commercial union with
Canada?
15. The coasting trade of the United States. [Marvin, chap. 15; Van Metre
in Carnegie History, vol. 1, chap. 20, 21.]
16. Effect of the Civil War on shipping. [Marvin, chap. 14; Cambridge
Mod. Hist., vol. 7, chap. 17, by Wilson; Rhodes, Hist.]
17. Decline of American shipping since the War. [Marvin, chaps. 16, 18;
Wells.]
18. The question of subsidies. [Ringwalt, Briefs.]
Page 528
19. Ship building in the United States. [Depew, chap. 18 by Cramp; B.
Taylor in Fortnightly Rev., 1899, 71: 284-299; John H. Morrison, History of
New York ship yards, N. Y., 1909.]
20. Taking the heads suggested (natural resources, labor, capital, means
of transportation, market), how would the following countries, in your
opinion, compare with the United States as a field for the development of
manufactures: Belgium, China, Germany, Russia, France?
21. Industrial development, 1860-1890. [Wright, 159-188.]
22. Transportation of coal by railroads. [Nicolls, chaps. 19, 20, 21.]
23. Geography and organization of the coasting trade in coal. [Nicolls,
chap. 22.]
24. Methods employed in American coal mines. [Nicolls, part 2.]
25. Power employed in manufactures. [U. S. Census, Manufactures,
General report, Abstract of the census of manufactures.]
26. The New South. [Coman, 292-298.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Bibliography.—See chap. xlv and add: Poole’s Index and its
continuations, Annual library index and Readers’ guide to periodical
literature; debaters’ handbooks, ed. R. C. Ringwalt, E. R. Nichols, and
Debaters’ handbook series.
General.—Wells, **Rec. econ. changes; Edward Atkinson, *Industrial
progress, N. Y., 1890, *Distribution of products., N. Y., 1892; H. R.
Hatfield, ed., *Lectures on commerce, Chicago, 1904; J. F. Rhodes.
*History of U. S., N. Y., 1893 ff.; R. Mayo-Smith and E. R. A. Seligman,
**Commercial policy, 1860-1890, Leipzig, 1892.
Special.—Railroads: J. Moody, **The railroad builders, New Haven,
1920; Cy Warman, *The story of the railroad, N. Y., 1898; C. F. Adams, Jr.,
and Henry Adams, Chapters of Erie, Boston, 1871. Lake trade: J. C. Mills,
**Our inland seas, Chicago, 1910; G. Tunnell, *Transportation on the Great
Lakes, Jour. of Pol. Econ., June, 1896, 4: 332-351; Charles Moore, editor,
The Saint Marys Falls canal, Detroit, 1907, S. V. E. Harvey, Jubilee annals
of the Lake Superior ship canal, Cleveland, 1906. Industrial: H. Thompson,
**The age of invention, New Haven, 1921; J. W. Roe, *English and
American tool builders, New Haven, 1916; B. E. Hazard, Organization of
Taylor in Fortnightly Rev., 1899, 71: 284-299; John H. Morrison, History of
New York ship yards, N. Y., 1909.]
20. Taking the heads suggested (natural resources, labor, capital, means
of transportation, market), how would the following countries, in your
opinion, compare with the United States as a field for the development of
manufactures: Belgium, China, Germany, Russia, France?
21. Industrial development, 1860-1890. [Wright, 159-188.]
22. Transportation of coal by railroads. [Nicolls, chaps. 19, 20, 21.]
23. Geography and organization of the coasting trade in coal. [Nicolls,
chap. 22.]
24. Methods employed in American coal mines. [Nicolls, part 2.]
25. Power employed in manufactures. [U. S. Census, Manufactures,
General report, Abstract of the census of manufactures.]
26. The New South. [Coman, 292-298.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Bibliography.—See chap. xlv and add: Poole’s Index and its
continuations, Annual library index and Readers’ guide to periodical
literature; debaters’ handbooks, ed. R. C. Ringwalt, E. R. Nichols, and
Debaters’ handbook series.
General.—Wells, **Rec. econ. changes; Edward Atkinson, *Industrial
progress, N. Y., 1890, *Distribution of products., N. Y., 1892; H. R.
Hatfield, ed., *Lectures on commerce, Chicago, 1904; J. F. Rhodes.
*History of U. S., N. Y., 1893 ff.; R. Mayo-Smith and E. R. A. Seligman,
**Commercial policy, 1860-1890, Leipzig, 1892.
Special.—Railroads: J. Moody, **The railroad builders, New Haven,
1920; Cy Warman, *The story of the railroad, N. Y., 1898; C. F. Adams, Jr.,
and Henry Adams, Chapters of Erie, Boston, 1871. Lake trade: J. C. Mills,
**Our inland seas, Chicago, 1910; G. Tunnell, *Transportation on the Great
Lakes, Jour. of Pol. Econ., June, 1896, 4: 332-351; Charles Moore, editor,
The Saint Marys Falls canal, Detroit, 1907, S. V. E. Harvey, Jubilee annals
of the Lake Superior ship canal, Cleveland, 1906. Industrial: H. Thompson,
**The age of invention, New Haven, 1921; J. W. Roe, *English and
American tool builders, New Haven, 1916; B. E. Hazard, Organization of
Page 529
the boot and shoe industry before 1875, Cambridge, Harvard Press, 1921;
M. T. Copeland, The cotton manufacturing industry, Cambridge, 1912.
Sources.—Material in government documents becomes in this period
much richer and more varied. Beside the reports on Commerce and
Navigation (including many special reports on Internal Commerce) and
Commercial Relations, see the Statistical Abstract, Monthly Summary of
Commerce and Finance (including current statistics and useful
monographs), the Census, Reports and Statistics of the Interstate Commerce
Commission, Report of the Industrial Commission, 1900-02, Reports of the
Tariff Board and Tariff Commission (including noteworthy reports on
cotton and wool manufactures, 1912.) The Bureau of Manufactures, later
termed Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Commerce, issued in its
Miscellaneous series, a number of reports useful for a survey of commercial
conditions just before the outbreak of the World War; no. 11., American
manufactures in foreign markets; no. 14, Annual review of the foreign
commerce of the U. S., 1913; no. 15, Trade of U. S. with the world, 1912-
13; no. 38, do. for 1914-15; no. 23, Trade of the U. S. with other American
countries, 1913-14; no. 33, Ports of the U. S. (terminal facilities, commerce,
port charges, etc., at 68 selected ports).
M. T. Copeland, The cotton manufacturing industry, Cambridge, 1912.
Sources.—Material in government documents becomes in this period
much richer and more varied. Beside the reports on Commerce and
Navigation (including many special reports on Internal Commerce) and
Commercial Relations, see the Statistical Abstract, Monthly Summary of
Commerce and Finance (including current statistics and useful
monographs), the Census, Reports and Statistics of the Interstate Commerce
Commission, Report of the Industrial Commission, 1900-02, Reports of the
Tariff Board and Tariff Commission (including noteworthy reports on
cotton and wool manufactures, 1912.) The Bureau of Manufactures, later
termed Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Commerce, issued in its
Miscellaneous series, a number of reports useful for a survey of commercial
conditions just before the outbreak of the World War; no. 11., American
manufactures in foreign markets; no. 14, Annual review of the foreign
commerce of the U. S., 1913; no. 15, Trade of U. S. with the world, 1912-
13; no. 38, do. for 1914-15; no. 23, Trade of the U. S. with other American
countries, 1913-14; no. 33, Ports of the U. S. (terminal facilities, commerce,
port charges, etc., at 68 selected ports).
Page 530
CHAPTER LII
EXPORTS, 1860-1914
679. Chief exports in 1913.—The principal items of the export trade of
the United States in 1913 are given in the following table, with which
should be compared the table in section 633.
Exports of U.S., 1913, Millions of Dollars
Cotton 547
Iron and steel and manufactures 305
Breadstuffs 211
Provisions, including dairy 154
Copper and manufactures 140
Mineral oils 137
Wood and manufactures 116
Total of these items, omitting decimals 1,610
Total exports of domestic merchandise, including items omitted 2,429
Total foreign exports 37
Exports of precious metals 149
680. Noteworthy changes since 1860.—The table shows that in one
general respect the export trade of the country remained unchanged; seven
items made up nearly two thirds of the immense total of the exports. While
the country continued to rely upon a few great staples for the means of
purchasing foreign wares, there had been since 1860 some noteworthy
changes in the relative rank of the chief items and in the general character
of the export trade. Cotton continued to be a leading item, and was still at
the head of the list in 1913. In intervening years it had for a time yielded
first place to breadstuffs; and another item associated with the agriculture of
the northern and western states, provisions, had risen to prominence. This
item includes dairy products as well as various kinds of meat, but does not
EXPORTS, 1860-1914
679. Chief exports in 1913.—The principal items of the export trade of
the United States in 1913 are given in the following table, with which
should be compared the table in section 633.
Exports of U.S., 1913, Millions of Dollars
Cotton 547
Iron and steel and manufactures 305
Breadstuffs 211
Provisions, including dairy 154
Copper and manufactures 140
Mineral oils 137
Wood and manufactures 116
Total of these items, omitting decimals 1,610
Total exports of domestic merchandise, including items omitted 2,429
Total foreign exports 37
Exports of precious metals 149
680. Noteworthy changes since 1860.—The table shows that in one
general respect the export trade of the country remained unchanged; seven
items made up nearly two thirds of the immense total of the exports. While
the country continued to rely upon a few great staples for the means of
purchasing foreign wares, there had been since 1860 some noteworthy
changes in the relative rank of the chief items and in the general character
of the export trade. Cotton continued to be a leading item, and was still at
the head of the list in 1913. In intervening years it had for a time yielded
first place to breadstuffs; and another item associated with the agriculture of
the northern and western states, provisions, had risen to prominence. This
item includes dairy products as well as various kinds of meat, but does not
Page 531
include live animals. In general, however, the agriculture of the country no
longer occupied the commanding position which it had once held in our
export trade. In 1860 American agriculture supplied more than four fifths of
the value of domestic exports of the country; in 1913 it supplied less than
half. American industry had become diversified. While the country still
depended largely on the raw products of its natural resources for the means
of exchange in its foreign trade, it had broadened the field of its activities to
include its mineral as well as its agricultural wealth, and had begun to sell
an increasing share of its products in the form of manufactured or partly
manufactured wares.
681. Change in character of the export trade.—The change in the
general character of American export trade through this period can be best
illustrated by comparing the whole group of foodstuffs, both raw and
manufactured, with the group of industrial products (manufactures for
further use in manufacturing, and manufactures ready for consumption).
The table of figures shows that in the generation from 1880 to 1910 these
two groups practically changed places in the part that they played in
American export trade. The value of the total product of agriculture at home
did not cease to grow, and indeed rose rapidly and steadily. The home
market, however, grew so fast that the surplus available for export remained
nearly stationary, and formed a constantly smaller part of the expanding
total. The country began to look to its industrial resources to buy what it
wanted from foreign lands.
Exports of U.S. Foodstuffs Manufactures
Value millions Per cent Value millions Per cent
Fiscal year
of dollars of total of dollars of total
1880 459 55 121 14
1885 325 44 150 20
1890 356 42 178 21
1895 318 40 205 25
1900 545 39 484 35
1905 401 26 611 40
1910 369 21 766 44
longer occupied the commanding position which it had once held in our
export trade. In 1860 American agriculture supplied more than four fifths of
the value of domestic exports of the country; in 1913 it supplied less than
half. American industry had become diversified. While the country still
depended largely on the raw products of its natural resources for the means
of exchange in its foreign trade, it had broadened the field of its activities to
include its mineral as well as its agricultural wealth, and had begun to sell
an increasing share of its products in the form of manufactured or partly
manufactured wares.
681. Change in character of the export trade.—The change in the
general character of American export trade through this period can be best
illustrated by comparing the whole group of foodstuffs, both raw and
manufactured, with the group of industrial products (manufactures for
further use in manufacturing, and manufactures ready for consumption).
The table of figures shows that in the generation from 1880 to 1910 these
two groups practically changed places in the part that they played in
American export trade. The value of the total product of agriculture at home
did not cease to grow, and indeed rose rapidly and steadily. The home
market, however, grew so fast that the surplus available for export remained
nearly stationary, and formed a constantly smaller part of the expanding
total. The country began to look to its industrial resources to buy what it
wanted from foreign lands.
Exports of U.S. Foodstuffs Manufactures
Value millions Per cent Value millions Per cent
Fiscal year
of dollars of total of dollars of total
1880 459 55 121 14
1885 325 44 150 20
1890 356 42 178 21
1895 318 40 205 25
1900 545 39 484 35
1905 401 26 611 40
1910 369 21 766 44
Page 532
1912 418 19 1,020 47
Products of the United States.
682. Reasons for the increase of agricultural exports.—The great
growth in the exports of northern agricultural products was due to the
improvements in transportation, which opened the markets of the Old World
to the food supplies produced so abundantly in the New. There is general
agreement that no other part of the earth’s surface presents an area that can
compare in quantity and quality of agricultural land with the Mississippi
Valley. The larger part of this area still awaited cultivation at the close of the
Civil War, and was brought under the plow in the period following it. Good
land could be had free of charge by settlement under the homestead laws, or
could be bought for prices little above what European farmers had to pay as
rent or interest.
683. Improvement of agricultural implements.—The productiveness
of American agriculture was furthered in this period by still another factor,
the improvement of farm implements and machinery. American ingenuity,
Products of the United States.
682. Reasons for the increase of agricultural exports.—The great
growth in the exports of northern agricultural products was due to the
improvements in transportation, which opened the markets of the Old World
to the food supplies produced so abundantly in the New. There is general
agreement that no other part of the earth’s surface presents an area that can
compare in quantity and quality of agricultural land with the Mississippi
Valley. The larger part of this area still awaited cultivation at the close of the
Civil War, and was brought under the plow in the period following it. Good
land could be had free of charge by settlement under the homestead laws, or
could be bought for prices little above what European farmers had to pay as
rent or interest.
683. Improvement of agricultural implements.—The productiveness
of American agriculture was furthered in this period by still another factor,
the improvement of farm implements and machinery. American ingenuity,
Page 533
always proverbial, applied itself to the problem of getting the largest crops
with the least labor, and devised means which were peculiarly suited to the
conditions of the country and the times. The automatic reaper, on which
inventors had long been working, had become a practical success by the
middle of the century, and spread rapidly after its merits had been
advertised at the Crystal Palace in 1851. An agricultural writer expressed
himself as follows in 1866: “The reaper and mower have become
‘institutions’—a necessity, and no farmer of any standing ignores their use.
The machinery for raking and loading hay in the field, and the unloading in
the barn and on the stack, the potato digger, the corn cutter, the bean puller,
the cultivator, the corn and bean planter and seed sower, threshing
machines, corn shellers, fanning mills, straw and root cutters, hay rakes, tile
ditchers, &c., &c., though not all of recent introduction, have all been
greatly simplified and improved; in short every implement of farm
husbandry, from the hoe to the reaper, has undergone various
transformations for the better since the late change of the times....”
Every step in advance led to another. The reaper was displaced by the
harvester, which accomplished the same results with less labor; and this in
turn gave place to the twine binder, which showed still greater efficiency.
684. Wheat and flour.—The leading place among the breadstuffs
exported fell to wheat. A large part of the American wheat crop had found
its market in the southern States, before the Civil War. The closing of this
market by war threw the whole surplus on Europe, and the wheat exports
increased actually ninefold from 1860 to 1863. They declined for a time,
when the South was opened to trade, but rose again as the soldiers from the
disbanded armies and other colonists settled on the western prairies; and
about 1880 grew to very large figures. The method of transportation was
improved by building great elevators and introducing machinery to handle
the grain at all points of transshipment; a system of grading and
classification enabled the wheat to be carried in bulk, without regard to
small specific lots; and the charges for storage and movement fell greatly.
The instruments of modern transportation carried a ton of wheat from
Minneapolis to Liverpool for less than it cost a farmer, thirty years before,
to haul it by wagon a hundred miles.
For many years after 1860 most of the wheat was exported as grain, and
was milled abroad. The introduction of European improvements, producing
flour not by the old millstones but by gradual reduction between rollers,
with the least labor, and devised means which were peculiarly suited to the
conditions of the country and the times. The automatic reaper, on which
inventors had long been working, had become a practical success by the
middle of the century, and spread rapidly after its merits had been
advertised at the Crystal Palace in 1851. An agricultural writer expressed
himself as follows in 1866: “The reaper and mower have become
‘institutions’—a necessity, and no farmer of any standing ignores their use.
The machinery for raking and loading hay in the field, and the unloading in
the barn and on the stack, the potato digger, the corn cutter, the bean puller,
the cultivator, the corn and bean planter and seed sower, threshing
machines, corn shellers, fanning mills, straw and root cutters, hay rakes, tile
ditchers, &c., &c., though not all of recent introduction, have all been
greatly simplified and improved; in short every implement of farm
husbandry, from the hoe to the reaper, has undergone various
transformations for the better since the late change of the times....”
Every step in advance led to another. The reaper was displaced by the
harvester, which accomplished the same results with less labor; and this in
turn gave place to the twine binder, which showed still greater efficiency.
684. Wheat and flour.—The leading place among the breadstuffs
exported fell to wheat. A large part of the American wheat crop had found
its market in the southern States, before the Civil War. The closing of this
market by war threw the whole surplus on Europe, and the wheat exports
increased actually ninefold from 1860 to 1863. They declined for a time,
when the South was opened to trade, but rose again as the soldiers from the
disbanded armies and other colonists settled on the western prairies; and
about 1880 grew to very large figures. The method of transportation was
improved by building great elevators and introducing machinery to handle
the grain at all points of transshipment; a system of grading and
classification enabled the wheat to be carried in bulk, without regard to
small specific lots; and the charges for storage and movement fell greatly.
The instruments of modern transportation carried a ton of wheat from
Minneapolis to Liverpool for less than it cost a farmer, thirty years before,
to haul it by wagon a hundred miles.
For many years after 1860 most of the wheat was exported as grain, and
was milled abroad. The introduction of European improvements, producing
flour not by the old millstones but by gradual reduction between rollers,
Page 534
established again the reputation of American flour; and about half in value
of the wheat export left the country in the manufactured form.
685. Indian corn.—No other cereal compared in value with wheat
among the exports of the United States. In his “Indian corn speech,”
delivered in 1877, Tilden predicted a great increase in the export of corn,
which yields a much larger supply of food from a given area, and hence can
be sold more cheaply. The corn crop was one of the most valuable assets of
the country; it served not alone for food, but supplied also raw materials for
the manufacture of starch, alcohol, glucose, etc. Its most important use,
however, was for feeding and fattening stock, and its contribution to the
exports of the country was mainly indirect, in the form of animals and
animal products.
686. Stock, meat, and dairy products.—Live stock, chiefly beef cattle,
were exported in large quantities in this period; the railroads offered every
facility for bringing them to the seaboard, and special steamers transported
them across the Atlantic in about ten days. Still more important, however,
was the export of animal products. The refrigerator car, patented in 1868,
enabled the meat of animals slaughtered in the West to be carried to market
in all parts of the country, and stimulated the development of an immense
packing industry in the regions where stock were raised and fattened. The
export of fresh meat, which began about 1875, increased constantly in the
last quarter of the century, and formed a considerable item. Of even greater
value was the export of bacon and hams, while lard, tallow, pickled and
canned meats contributed in varying proportions to the total of animal
products exported. The dairy products occupied a less important place in
foreign than in internal trade; and before the end of the period the export of
these products had declined to insignificance.
687. Relative decline in importance of exports from the South.—The
exports which have been considered hitherto come mainly, though by no
means exclusively, from the northern and western States. The South
contributed still one great item, cotton, but lost the commanding position in
the export trade which it held before the Civil War. It would be a mistake,
however, to suppose that the war was the cause of this change. It did, for a
time, nearly annihilate the commerce of the South, and it absorbed so much
of the capital as to cripple productive power for a considerable period. It
swept away the system of slavery, and forced the people to adjust
themselves to this most serious of changes. It left untouched, however, the
of the wheat export left the country in the manufactured form.
685. Indian corn.—No other cereal compared in value with wheat
among the exports of the United States. In his “Indian corn speech,”
delivered in 1877, Tilden predicted a great increase in the export of corn,
which yields a much larger supply of food from a given area, and hence can
be sold more cheaply. The corn crop was one of the most valuable assets of
the country; it served not alone for food, but supplied also raw materials for
the manufacture of starch, alcohol, glucose, etc. Its most important use,
however, was for feeding and fattening stock, and its contribution to the
exports of the country was mainly indirect, in the form of animals and
animal products.
686. Stock, meat, and dairy products.—Live stock, chiefly beef cattle,
were exported in large quantities in this period; the railroads offered every
facility for bringing them to the seaboard, and special steamers transported
them across the Atlantic in about ten days. Still more important, however,
was the export of animal products. The refrigerator car, patented in 1868,
enabled the meat of animals slaughtered in the West to be carried to market
in all parts of the country, and stimulated the development of an immense
packing industry in the regions where stock were raised and fattened. The
export of fresh meat, which began about 1875, increased constantly in the
last quarter of the century, and formed a considerable item. Of even greater
value was the export of bacon and hams, while lard, tallow, pickled and
canned meats contributed in varying proportions to the total of animal
products exported. The dairy products occupied a less important place in
foreign than in internal trade; and before the end of the period the export of
these products had declined to insignificance.
687. Relative decline in importance of exports from the South.—The
exports which have been considered hitherto come mainly, though by no
means exclusively, from the northern and western States. The South
contributed still one great item, cotton, but lost the commanding position in
the export trade which it held before the Civil War. It would be a mistake,
however, to suppose that the war was the cause of this change. It did, for a
time, nearly annihilate the commerce of the South, and it absorbed so much
of the capital as to cripple productive power for a considerable period. It
swept away the system of slavery, and forced the people to adjust
themselves to this most serious of changes. It left untouched, however, the
Page 535
natural resources of the country, and the New South, which has risen since
1880, devoted itself to the task of developing these resources with energy
and success. Meanwhile, however, parts of the country which hardly
counted in foreign trade before 1860, had been brought within reach of the
seaboard, and had been settled by millions of active producers. The balance
of commercial power was thus changed, not by the decline of the South but
by the rise of other parts of the country.
688. Cotton.—English manufacturers, who had been in great straits for
cotton during the Civil War, and had in vain endeavored to find the raw
material in sufficient quantity and of satisfactory quality in other parts of
the world, returned gladly to their former source of supply, the southern
States. The cotton crop brought high prices, the records of cotton
production and export in the years before the war were soon reached and
surpassed, and the cotton culture continued to grow down to the end of the
century. There have been years since 1890 when the price has fallen so low
as to leave little profit for the producers; and it has often been suggested
that the South was suffering from an over-production of its staple crop, and
would fare better if it grew less cotton and more of other crops. Southern
farmers were constantly advised to diversify their products. They seem to
have followed this advice to a certain extent, and have begun to furnish the
northern States with a considerable supply of food products, especially fruit
and vegetables, in direct contrast with the course of trade before the Civil
War when most of the food shipments were in the other direction. They
seem, however, to have found no substitute for cotton as an export product,
and have made that still their single great staple in foreign trade.
689. Export of mineral products: iron.—It has been asserted by an
eminent geologist that North America is richer than any other continent in
the mineral substances which have most contributed to the development of
man. Every metal except tin has been found in quantities of economic
importance. We must concern ourselves here chiefly with the one metal,
iron, that which has held the chief place in economic progress in recent
times, and in the production of which the United States has made surprising
advance. Before 1860, as noted above, the United States had merely
followed England at a respectful distance, in the methods of iron making.
Since 1860 the iron makers of America have outstripped all competitors, in
the efficiency of their methods and in the quantity of their output, and have
made the United States the leading country of the world in iron production.
1880, devoted itself to the task of developing these resources with energy
and success. Meanwhile, however, parts of the country which hardly
counted in foreign trade before 1860, had been brought within reach of the
seaboard, and had been settled by millions of active producers. The balance
of commercial power was thus changed, not by the decline of the South but
by the rise of other parts of the country.
688. Cotton.—English manufacturers, who had been in great straits for
cotton during the Civil War, and had in vain endeavored to find the raw
material in sufficient quantity and of satisfactory quality in other parts of
the world, returned gladly to their former source of supply, the southern
States. The cotton crop brought high prices, the records of cotton
production and export in the years before the war were soon reached and
surpassed, and the cotton culture continued to grow down to the end of the
century. There have been years since 1890 when the price has fallen so low
as to leave little profit for the producers; and it has often been suggested
that the South was suffering from an over-production of its staple crop, and
would fare better if it grew less cotton and more of other crops. Southern
farmers were constantly advised to diversify their products. They seem to
have followed this advice to a certain extent, and have begun to furnish the
northern States with a considerable supply of food products, especially fruit
and vegetables, in direct contrast with the course of trade before the Civil
War when most of the food shipments were in the other direction. They
seem, however, to have found no substitute for cotton as an export product,
and have made that still their single great staple in foreign trade.
689. Export of mineral products: iron.—It has been asserted by an
eminent geologist that North America is richer than any other continent in
the mineral substances which have most contributed to the development of
man. Every metal except tin has been found in quantities of economic
importance. We must concern ourselves here chiefly with the one metal,
iron, that which has held the chief place in economic progress in recent
times, and in the production of which the United States has made surprising
advance. Before 1860, as noted above, the United States had merely
followed England at a respectful distance, in the methods of iron making.
Since 1860 the iron makers of America have outstripped all competitors, in
the efficiency of their methods and in the quantity of their output, and have
made the United States the leading country of the world in iron production.
Page 536
The American iron industry has shown itself competent not only to meet the
immense demands of the home market, but also to produce for export in
competition with other countries the large amounts shown by the figures at
the opening of this chapter.
690. Recent development of the American iron industry.—The
following table shows that the advance of the iron industry was slow for a
long time, and that its present power is of very recent growth.
Commerce in Millions
Production in Millions
of Dollars, Iron, Steel,
of Tons
and Manufactures
Pig Iron Steel Imports Exports
1860 0.8 —— 26 5
1870 1.7 0.07 32 11
1880 3.8 1.2 53 12
1890 9.2 4.3 41 25
1900 13.7 10.2 20 121
1910 27.3 26.1 40 179
1913 31.0 31.3 34 305
Among the causes contributing to this result one of the most important
has been the development of the rich ore deposits of the Lake Superior
region and Alabama. Economies in handling the ore, by means of steam
shovels and carriers, and in transporting it by water and railroad, have
enabled it to be brought to the heart of the coal and coke regions at
comparatively slight expense. In the reduction of the ore and in the various
processes of manufacture the American iron makers in recent times have
been quick to introduce improvements discovered in other countries; and
have themselves contributed important devices by which the efficiency of
the labor employed in iron manufacture has been greatly increased.
691. Machinery.—The least valuable part of the iron export is that
which leaves the country in the raw or partly manufactured state. The single
item of machinery (electrical, sewing machines, locomotives, typewriters,
etc.), makes up nearly half the value of the iron and steel exports; while
other items (agricultural implements, cars, bicycles, etc.), made up largely
immense demands of the home market, but also to produce for export in
competition with other countries the large amounts shown by the figures at
the opening of this chapter.
690. Recent development of the American iron industry.—The
following table shows that the advance of the iron industry was slow for a
long time, and that its present power is of very recent growth.
Commerce in Millions
Production in Millions
of Dollars, Iron, Steel,
of Tons
and Manufactures
Pig Iron Steel Imports Exports
1860 0.8 —— 26 5
1870 1.7 0.07 32 11
1880 3.8 1.2 53 12
1890 9.2 4.3 41 25
1900 13.7 10.2 20 121
1910 27.3 26.1 40 179
1913 31.0 31.3 34 305
Among the causes contributing to this result one of the most important
has been the development of the rich ore deposits of the Lake Superior
region and Alabama. Economies in handling the ore, by means of steam
shovels and carriers, and in transporting it by water and railroad, have
enabled it to be brought to the heart of the coal and coke regions at
comparatively slight expense. In the reduction of the ore and in the various
processes of manufacture the American iron makers in recent times have
been quick to introduce improvements discovered in other countries; and
have themselves contributed important devices by which the efficiency of
the labor employed in iron manufacture has been greatly increased.
691. Machinery.—The least valuable part of the iron export is that
which leaves the country in the raw or partly manufactured state. The single
item of machinery (electrical, sewing machines, locomotives, typewriters,
etc.), makes up nearly half the value of the iron and steel exports; while
other items (agricultural implements, cars, bicycles, etc.), made up largely
Page 537
of iron and steel, would swell the importance of the exports of iron
manufactures still further, if they were included in the list.
The Americans have recently taken the place of leaders among the
machine builders of the world, and no country, however high it may have
ranked in the past, can afford now to neglect the contributions offered by
American machinists. The cheapness of raw materials, iron and steel, has
aided the recent development of the American machine industry, but has not
caused it. We must look further, to the ingenuity of inventors encouraged by
a liberal patent system, and to the genius of business leaders who have
known how to make use of the contributions of technical science to
industrial efficiency. We must recognize that the Americans got some
positive benefit from the fact that they entered late into this part of the field
of production. They were not tied to the past by heavy investments, or by
methods sanctified by tradition. Finally, we must note again the stimulus of
the American market, the broadest and richest in the world, constantly
expanding and offering unparalleled rewards to those who met its demands
for improved instruments.
692. Copper.—Copper is a metal which has long been prized as one of
the components of brass, and which has been still more highly valued since
the development of electrical industry has increased the field of its use.
Until after the middle of the century, however, the United States had to rely
upon foreign countries, chiefly Chile, for most of its supply, and the
importance of copper as an article of export dates from recent times. The
opening of the mines of the Lake Superior region, the richest copper mines
of the world, enabled the country by 1860 to supply the demand for this
metal from native sources, and the later development, including new
sources of supply in Arizona and Montana, has furnished since 1880 a large
surplus for sale abroad. The copper mines of Michigan, which reach a depth
of nearly a mile, are said to be the best examples in the world of skilful and
economical mining, and improved processes of reduction have made
available copper ores which formerly would not pay the working.
693. Petroleum.—Even in colonial times the presence of mineral oil in
the country was known by the film which collected on the surface of certain
springs, and which took fire when a light was applied to it. A well of oil
which spouted fifty feet was discovered on the bank of the Cumberland
River in 1830, but, as stated in a book published in 1853, “it was found to
be useful only medicinally, and is bottled and exported for that purpose.”
manufactures still further, if they were included in the list.
The Americans have recently taken the place of leaders among the
machine builders of the world, and no country, however high it may have
ranked in the past, can afford now to neglect the contributions offered by
American machinists. The cheapness of raw materials, iron and steel, has
aided the recent development of the American machine industry, but has not
caused it. We must look further, to the ingenuity of inventors encouraged by
a liberal patent system, and to the genius of business leaders who have
known how to make use of the contributions of technical science to
industrial efficiency. We must recognize that the Americans got some
positive benefit from the fact that they entered late into this part of the field
of production. They were not tied to the past by heavy investments, or by
methods sanctified by tradition. Finally, we must note again the stimulus of
the American market, the broadest and richest in the world, constantly
expanding and offering unparalleled rewards to those who met its demands
for improved instruments.
692. Copper.—Copper is a metal which has long been prized as one of
the components of brass, and which has been still more highly valued since
the development of electrical industry has increased the field of its use.
Until after the middle of the century, however, the United States had to rely
upon foreign countries, chiefly Chile, for most of its supply, and the
importance of copper as an article of export dates from recent times. The
opening of the mines of the Lake Superior region, the richest copper mines
of the world, enabled the country by 1860 to supply the demand for this
metal from native sources, and the later development, including new
sources of supply in Arizona and Montana, has furnished since 1880 a large
surplus for sale abroad. The copper mines of Michigan, which reach a depth
of nearly a mile, are said to be the best examples in the world of skilful and
economical mining, and improved processes of reduction have made
available copper ores which formerly would not pay the working.
693. Petroleum.—Even in colonial times the presence of mineral oil in
the country was known by the film which collected on the surface of certain
springs, and which took fire when a light was applied to it. A well of oil
which spouted fifty feet was discovered on the bank of the Cumberland
River in 1830, but, as stated in a book published in 1853, “it was found to
be useful only medicinally, and is bottled and exported for that purpose.”
Page 538
The interest in this new product, which seemed to offer possibilities beyond
its use as a proprietary medicine, led to the organization in 1854 of a “Rock
Oil Company”; and the first oil well was driven near Titusville, Pa., four
years later. Soon after 1860 the export of oil to foreign countries began,
with little idea that the trade thus started was to become one of the great
features of American foreign commerce. Mineral oil was in 1913 one of the
leading exports of the country, and would take a still larger place in the
exports as given at the beginning of this chapter if various by-products,
such as paraffin, were included in the figures.
694. Development of the oil industry.—The chief obstacle to the
development of the oil trade in its early years was the difficulty of
transportation. The extension of the railroad system after 1860 furnished the
means of bringing the oil to market with profit, and in recent times the
transportation and manufacture of oil products have been developed to
wonderfully high efficiency. Tank cars have given place to pipe lines;
refineries have been extended and perfected, that the reduction of the crude
oil might be carried on with the greatest economy and with full utilization
of all by-products; and the market for oil products at home and abroad has
been enlarged by a great reduction of prices.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Chart the figures, as previously suggested, for comparison with earlier
conditions.
2. What other parts of the world come nearest to the Mississippi Valley in
quality and quantity of agricultural land? How do they compare in the
character of the people, and the facilities for transportation?
3. History of farm machinery. [Quaintance in Pub. Amer. Econ. Assoc.,
1904, vol. 5, pp. 799-809; Census, 1900, 10: 341-377; Depew, chap. 50 by
Fowler.]
4. Effect of improved farm machinery on production. [Quaintance, pp.
810-826.]
5. Agricultural progress, 1850-1900. [U. S. Census, 1900, 5: xvi-xxxv.]
6. Cultivation of wheat in the U.S. [Edgar, Story, chaps. 7, 8.]
7. The grain trade of the U.S. [Monthly Summary, Jan., 1900.]
8. Grain elevators and warehouses. [Rep. Ind. Comm., 1900, 10: cccxvii-
cccxxxix; Monthly Summary, Oct., 1903.]
its use as a proprietary medicine, led to the organization in 1854 of a “Rock
Oil Company”; and the first oil well was driven near Titusville, Pa., four
years later. Soon after 1860 the export of oil to foreign countries began,
with little idea that the trade thus started was to become one of the great
features of American foreign commerce. Mineral oil was in 1913 one of the
leading exports of the country, and would take a still larger place in the
exports as given at the beginning of this chapter if various by-products,
such as paraffin, were included in the figures.
694. Development of the oil industry.—The chief obstacle to the
development of the oil trade in its early years was the difficulty of
transportation. The extension of the railroad system after 1860 furnished the
means of bringing the oil to market with profit, and in recent times the
transportation and manufacture of oil products have been developed to
wonderfully high efficiency. Tank cars have given place to pipe lines;
refineries have been extended and perfected, that the reduction of the crude
oil might be carried on with the greatest economy and with full utilization
of all by-products; and the market for oil products at home and abroad has
been enlarged by a great reduction of prices.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Chart the figures, as previously suggested, for comparison with earlier
conditions.
2. What other parts of the world come nearest to the Mississippi Valley in
quality and quantity of agricultural land? How do they compare in the
character of the people, and the facilities for transportation?
3. History of farm machinery. [Quaintance in Pub. Amer. Econ. Assoc.,
1904, vol. 5, pp. 799-809; Census, 1900, 10: 341-377; Depew, chap. 50 by
Fowler.]
4. Effect of improved farm machinery on production. [Quaintance, pp.
810-826.]
5. Agricultural progress, 1850-1900. [U. S. Census, 1900, 5: xvi-xxxv.]
6. Cultivation of wheat in the U.S. [Edgar, Story, chaps. 7, 8.]
7. The grain trade of the U.S. [Monthly Summary, Jan., 1900.]
8. Grain elevators and warehouses. [Rep. Ind. Comm., 1900, 10: cccxvii-
cccxxxix; Monthly Summary, Oct., 1903.]
Page 539
9. The flour milling industry. [Edgar, Story, chaps. 10, 11; Depew, chap.
39 by Pillsbury; U.S. Census.]
10. What are the various products obtained from maize? [Encyc.;
commercial geographies.]
11. The packing industry. [Depew, chap. 55 by Armour; Census, 1900, 9:
385-429, 1910, 10: 333-353.]
12. The dairy industry. [Census, 1900, 5: clxv-clxxxvi; Rep. Ind. Comm.,
1900, 6: 268-296.]
13. Economic effect of the Civil War on the South [Cambridge Mod.
hist., vol. 7, chap. 19 by Schwab; Rhodes, Hist. U. S.]
14. The cultivation of cotton since 1860. [Hammond, pp. 120-228.]
15. Recent development of the cotton trade. [Hammond, pp. 324-350; U.
S. Mo. Summary, March, 1900; Depew, chap. 34 by Edmonds.]
16. By-products of the cotton industry. [Depew, chap. 67 by Chaney;
Census, 1900, 9: 585-594.]
17. Recent history of the Virginia tobacco industry. [B. W. Arnold,
History, Baltimore, 1897, $. 50.]
18. Recent development of the American iron industry. [Depew, chap. 46
by Huston; Crowell in International Monthly, 1901, 4: 211-250; Census,
1900, 7: cxlix, 10: 1-77; Monthly Summary, Aug., 1900.]
19. The steel industry. [Hatfield, Lectures, 131 ff.; Thurston in Century
Magazine, 1900-1901, 61: 562-568.]
20. The mining of iron ore. [Fawcett in Century Magazine, 1900-1901,
61: 712-725; Census, Mines, 1902, pp. 393-431.]
21. The transportation of iron. [Fawcett in Century Magazine, 1900-
1901, 61: 851-863.]
22. Write a report on one of the following topics, using volumes of the U.
S. Census, Manufactures, Reports for principal industries.
(a) Manufacture of machine tools.
(b) Sewing machines.
(c) Typewriters.
(d) Watches.
23. Development of the American copper industry. [Depew, chap. 47 by
Cowles; chap. 27, p. 182, by Rothwell; Census, Mines, 1902, 467-506.]
24. The uses and production of petroleum. [Census, 1880, vol. 10, first
monograph; Mines, 1902, pp. 710-764; Encyc.]
39 by Pillsbury; U.S. Census.]
10. What are the various products obtained from maize? [Encyc.;
commercial geographies.]
11. The packing industry. [Depew, chap. 55 by Armour; Census, 1900, 9:
385-429, 1910, 10: 333-353.]
12. The dairy industry. [Census, 1900, 5: clxv-clxxxvi; Rep. Ind. Comm.,
1900, 6: 268-296.]
13. Economic effect of the Civil War on the South [Cambridge Mod.
hist., vol. 7, chap. 19 by Schwab; Rhodes, Hist. U. S.]
14. The cultivation of cotton since 1860. [Hammond, pp. 120-228.]
15. Recent development of the cotton trade. [Hammond, pp. 324-350; U.
S. Mo. Summary, March, 1900; Depew, chap. 34 by Edmonds.]
16. By-products of the cotton industry. [Depew, chap. 67 by Chaney;
Census, 1900, 9: 585-594.]
17. Recent history of the Virginia tobacco industry. [B. W. Arnold,
History, Baltimore, 1897, $. 50.]
18. Recent development of the American iron industry. [Depew, chap. 46
by Huston; Crowell in International Monthly, 1901, 4: 211-250; Census,
1900, 7: cxlix, 10: 1-77; Monthly Summary, Aug., 1900.]
19. The steel industry. [Hatfield, Lectures, 131 ff.; Thurston in Century
Magazine, 1900-1901, 61: 562-568.]
20. The mining of iron ore. [Fawcett in Century Magazine, 1900-1901,
61: 712-725; Census, Mines, 1902, pp. 393-431.]
21. The transportation of iron. [Fawcett in Century Magazine, 1900-
1901, 61: 851-863.]
22. Write a report on one of the following topics, using volumes of the U.
S. Census, Manufactures, Reports for principal industries.
(a) Manufacture of machine tools.
(b) Sewing machines.
(c) Typewriters.
(d) Watches.
23. Development of the American copper industry. [Depew, chap. 47 by
Cowles; chap. 27, p. 182, by Rothwell; Census, Mines, 1902, 467-506.]
24. The uses and production of petroleum. [Census, 1880, vol. 10, first
monograph; Mines, 1902, pp. 710-764; Encyc.]
Page 540
25. Development of the American oil industry. [Depew, chap. 31 by
Folger; G. H. Montague, The Standard Oil Company, N. Y., Harper, 1903.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
See chapter li.
Folger; G. H. Montague, The Standard Oil Company, N. Y., Harper, 1903.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
See chapter li.
Page 541
CHAPTER LIII
IMPORTS, POLICY, DIRECTION OF COMMERCE, 1860-1914
695. Survey of the import trade, 1860-1914.—The development of the
import trade of the United States since 1860 is shown in the following table,
which gives the values in millions of dollars of merchandise imported:
1860 1913
Value Per cent Value Per cent
Foodstuffs, crude 36 10 212 12
Foodstuffs, manufactured 54 15 194 11
Raw materials for manufacture 37 10 635 35
Manufactures for further use in manufacture 24 7 349 19
Manufactures ready for consumption 200 57 408 23
Total, incl. miscellaneous 534 1,813
696. Changes in the character of imports.—The percentages of the
table furnish a ready means of comparing the relative importance of
different classes of imports at the beginning and end of the period. The most
striking change is the decline in importance of the class of manufactured
articles ready for consumption, which amounted to over one half of the total
value of imports in 1860, and sank to less than one quarter in 1913. The
indication here given that the country was learning to supply its need for
manufactured wares, without depending so much as previously on foreign
producers, is confirmed by another item in the table, giving the imports of
raw materials for domestic industries. This item increased greatly in
importance in the course of the period, and took now the place which was
formerly held by the item of finished manufactures. We now imported raw
materials and made the goods at home, instead of sending abroad for the
finished product.
697. Character of foods imported.—The large item of food supplies
imported would seem to show that the United States resembled the
countries of western Europe in being unable to nourish its population from
IMPORTS, POLICY, DIRECTION OF COMMERCE, 1860-1914
695. Survey of the import trade, 1860-1914.—The development of the
import trade of the United States since 1860 is shown in the following table,
which gives the values in millions of dollars of merchandise imported:
1860 1913
Value Per cent Value Per cent
Foodstuffs, crude 36 10 212 12
Foodstuffs, manufactured 54 15 194 11
Raw materials for manufacture 37 10 635 35
Manufactures for further use in manufacture 24 7 349 19
Manufactures ready for consumption 200 57 408 23
Total, incl. miscellaneous 534 1,813
696. Changes in the character of imports.—The percentages of the
table furnish a ready means of comparing the relative importance of
different classes of imports at the beginning and end of the period. The most
striking change is the decline in importance of the class of manufactured
articles ready for consumption, which amounted to over one half of the total
value of imports in 1860, and sank to less than one quarter in 1913. The
indication here given that the country was learning to supply its need for
manufactured wares, without depending so much as previously on foreign
producers, is confirmed by another item in the table, giving the imports of
raw materials for domestic industries. This item increased greatly in
importance in the course of the period, and took now the place which was
formerly held by the item of finished manufactures. We now imported raw
materials and made the goods at home, instead of sending abroad for the
finished product.
697. Character of foods imported.—The large item of food supplies
imported would seem to show that the United States resembled the
countries of western Europe in being unable to nourish its population from
Page 542
its own resources. Such an idea would be wide of the facts. The figures of
the previous chapter have shown that the country could spare for export
immense quantities of the staple foods, such as wheat and meat, and the
item of food imports covered mainly luxuries, which the country could
afford to buy abroad in increasing quantities as it gained in spending power.
We may take as characteristic the case of the so-called Zante currants,
seedless raisins which are used in cakes, puddings, etc., and which are so
clearly a superfluous luxury that in England they are made the object of a
revenue tax. The imports of Zante currants into the United States were
small and scattering before the Civil War, rarely exceeding a thousand tons
in a year. The imports rose rapidly to five thousand tons after the war, and at
the close of the century were about fifteen thousand, in spite of the fact that
part of the supply was now raised in the country, and imports were
restricted by protective duties. Other similar cases might be mentioned to
show the peculiar character of our food imports.
698. Question of producing these foods in the United States. Sugar.—
The chief items among the imported foods were the products of tropical or
semi-tropical agriculture, their values in millions of dollars being as follows
in 1913: coffee 119, sugar 104, fruits and nuts 43, tea 17, cacao 17. Some of
these articles could be produced in this country, and would undoubtedly be
grown at home if they could not be procured so cheaply abroad. In general
it has paid the American farmer better to cultivate crops like cotton and
wheat, which are peculiarly adapted to the conditions of soil, climate, and
labor in the United States, rather than those crops which can be grown as
well or better abroad.
There has been a determined effort, lasting for more than a century, to
raise the necessary supplies of sugar at home. The growing of sugar cane
was an established industry in Louisiana by 1800, and has been continued
ever since in that State. During most of the time the industry has received
the help of protective duties or of bounties, but it suffers in this country
from the danger of early frosts, and it has never grown strong enough to
relieve the United States from dependence on foreign sources of supply.
Better prospects seem to favor the beet-sugar industry. Sugar-beets were
first grown successfully on a commercial scale in California about 1890.
Since that time the culture of sugar-beets spread to the prairie and mountain
States, and after 1907 beets furnished more sugar than American cane.
Including all sources of supply, however, the sugar product of the
the previous chapter have shown that the country could spare for export
immense quantities of the staple foods, such as wheat and meat, and the
item of food imports covered mainly luxuries, which the country could
afford to buy abroad in increasing quantities as it gained in spending power.
We may take as characteristic the case of the so-called Zante currants,
seedless raisins which are used in cakes, puddings, etc., and which are so
clearly a superfluous luxury that in England they are made the object of a
revenue tax. The imports of Zante currants into the United States were
small and scattering before the Civil War, rarely exceeding a thousand tons
in a year. The imports rose rapidly to five thousand tons after the war, and at
the close of the century were about fifteen thousand, in spite of the fact that
part of the supply was now raised in the country, and imports were
restricted by protective duties. Other similar cases might be mentioned to
show the peculiar character of our food imports.
698. Question of producing these foods in the United States. Sugar.—
The chief items among the imported foods were the products of tropical or
semi-tropical agriculture, their values in millions of dollars being as follows
in 1913: coffee 119, sugar 104, fruits and nuts 43, tea 17, cacao 17. Some of
these articles could be produced in this country, and would undoubtedly be
grown at home if they could not be procured so cheaply abroad. In general
it has paid the American farmer better to cultivate crops like cotton and
wheat, which are peculiarly adapted to the conditions of soil, climate, and
labor in the United States, rather than those crops which can be grown as
well or better abroad.
There has been a determined effort, lasting for more than a century, to
raise the necessary supplies of sugar at home. The growing of sugar cane
was an established industry in Louisiana by 1800, and has been continued
ever since in that State. During most of the time the industry has received
the help of protective duties or of bounties, but it suffers in this country
from the danger of early frosts, and it has never grown strong enough to
relieve the United States from dependence on foreign sources of supply.
Better prospects seem to favor the beet-sugar industry. Sugar-beets were
first grown successfully on a commercial scale in California about 1890.
Since that time the culture of sugar-beets spread to the prairie and mountain
States, and after 1907 beets furnished more sugar than American cane.
Including all sources of supply, however, the sugar product of the
Page 543
continental United States was still less than one quarter of the amount
required by the people.
699. Increase in raw materials imported.—Turning now to other
classes of imports we are faced by the great increase in articles, both crude
and manufactured, used to supply the needs not of consumers but of
producers. Articles of this character had always formed a part of our
imports, but the growing use of them in this period is clear testimony to the
internal development of the country. American industries, which previously
had attained strength only when they were supported by a generous supply
of raw materials close at hand, were prepared now to reach out to all parts
of the world for the supplies which they required.
It is significant, also, that the great increase in these supplies took the
form of raw materials. Articles wholly or partially manufactured were
imported still for use in American industries. These articles were of many
different kinds; to name one very important class, that of chemicals and
dyes, will suggest their general character. These articles increased greatly
both in absolute value and in relative importance, but in neither respect did
they keep pace with the increase of crude materials imported.
700. The chief raw materials among imports.—Of the raw materials
imported for domestic industries in 1913 nearly five sixths in value were
comprised in the wares enumerated in this section. Values are stated in
round millions of dollars.
The revolution in the metal trade of the country since 1860 is shown by
the fact that tin was the only metal which was imported in the crude state in
considerable quantities (53 millions); the country could now supply itself
with most of the necessary mineral substances. An exception must,
however, be made in the case of precious stones, 50. Of the products of the
animal and vegetable kingdoms the raw materials for the textile industry
were most prominent. The first place was taken by raw silk, 85; then follow
the vegetable fibers, 49 (sisal grass, Manila hemp, jute, flax); wool, 36,
cotton, 23. The single item of greatest value in the whole list was that of
hides, 117; while India rubber, 101, represented the importance of an
industry that was still comparatively new, but that was rapidly growing to a
place of prominence.
701. Decline in importance of finished manufactures imported.—
While the imports of raw materials increased greatly in value, the imports
of finished manufactures, ready for the consumer, showed a great relative
required by the people.
699. Increase in raw materials imported.—Turning now to other
classes of imports we are faced by the great increase in articles, both crude
and manufactured, used to supply the needs not of consumers but of
producers. Articles of this character had always formed a part of our
imports, but the growing use of them in this period is clear testimony to the
internal development of the country. American industries, which previously
had attained strength only when they were supported by a generous supply
of raw materials close at hand, were prepared now to reach out to all parts
of the world for the supplies which they required.
It is significant, also, that the great increase in these supplies took the
form of raw materials. Articles wholly or partially manufactured were
imported still for use in American industries. These articles were of many
different kinds; to name one very important class, that of chemicals and
dyes, will suggest their general character. These articles increased greatly
both in absolute value and in relative importance, but in neither respect did
they keep pace with the increase of crude materials imported.
700. The chief raw materials among imports.—Of the raw materials
imported for domestic industries in 1913 nearly five sixths in value were
comprised in the wares enumerated in this section. Values are stated in
round millions of dollars.
The revolution in the metal trade of the country since 1860 is shown by
the fact that tin was the only metal which was imported in the crude state in
considerable quantities (53 millions); the country could now supply itself
with most of the necessary mineral substances. An exception must,
however, be made in the case of precious stones, 50. Of the products of the
animal and vegetable kingdoms the raw materials for the textile industry
were most prominent. The first place was taken by raw silk, 85; then follow
the vegetable fibers, 49 (sisal grass, Manila hemp, jute, flax); wool, 36,
cotton, 23. The single item of greatest value in the whole list was that of
hides, 117; while India rubber, 101, represented the importance of an
industry that was still comparatively new, but that was rapidly growing to a
place of prominence.
701. Decline in importance of finished manufactures imported.—
While the imports of raw materials increased greatly in value, the imports
of finished manufactures, ready for the consumer, showed a great relative
Page 544
decline. Taking first the textiles, the most important group among the
finished manufactures imported, we find that the total value in 1913 was
indeed greater than the value in 1860, but the increase was only about two-
thirds while the increase in the import trade as a whole was over four-fold.
In round millions the value of the manufactures imported was as follows in
1913: cotton 60, vegetable fibers and grasses 77, silk 31, wool 16. Between
the two dates there had been a great growth of population and of wealth in
the country, but the increase in consumption was met mainly by the
development of home manufactures. The list of textile raw materials
imported for manufacture in America, given in the preceding section, shows
a great gain in every staple. The growth of domestic manufactures had
caused in the case of two important textiles, wool and silk, an absolute
decline in the value of the manufactured imports; while the only case of a
great increase is to be noted in the manufactures of the vegetable fibers,
jute, etc., which had not come into extensive use until after the middle of
the century.
702. Variety of imported manufactures.—If we seek to explore the
imports of manufactures, outside the single group of the textiles, we are
confronted by the same bewildering variety of articles as in previous
periods. We find earthenware, china, and glass; jewelry, clocks, works of
art, and books; paper and leather wares; matting, manufactured furs, and
various manufactures of metal. Roughly, a round dozen of articles like those
named above can be found, of which each showed imports ranging in value
from two or three to ten or more millions of dollars.
It is probable that the United States will always continue to import
manufactured wares like those named above, in great variety and amounting
in the total to considerable value. We cannot afford to refuse the
contributions of peoples who have specialized in various lines, and by
reason of inherited taste and skill, or with the aid of exceptional natural
resources, can offer us what we cannot readily produce ourselves. Since
1860, however, we have come to depend less and less on our foreign trade
for the manufactures which serve the simpler household needs, and the
home product of many of the wares named greatly exceeds the amount
imported from abroad.
703. Change in tariff policy since the Civil War.—The growth of
American manufactures, to which I have alluded frequently in preceding
sections, has often been explained by the change in tariff policy which came
finished manufactures imported, we find that the total value in 1913 was
indeed greater than the value in 1860, but the increase was only about two-
thirds while the increase in the import trade as a whole was over four-fold.
In round millions the value of the manufactures imported was as follows in
1913: cotton 60, vegetable fibers and grasses 77, silk 31, wool 16. Between
the two dates there had been a great growth of population and of wealth in
the country, but the increase in consumption was met mainly by the
development of home manufactures. The list of textile raw materials
imported for manufacture in America, given in the preceding section, shows
a great gain in every staple. The growth of domestic manufactures had
caused in the case of two important textiles, wool and silk, an absolute
decline in the value of the manufactured imports; while the only case of a
great increase is to be noted in the manufactures of the vegetable fibers,
jute, etc., which had not come into extensive use until after the middle of
the century.
702. Variety of imported manufactures.—If we seek to explore the
imports of manufactures, outside the single group of the textiles, we are
confronted by the same bewildering variety of articles as in previous
periods. We find earthenware, china, and glass; jewelry, clocks, works of
art, and books; paper and leather wares; matting, manufactured furs, and
various manufactures of metal. Roughly, a round dozen of articles like those
named above can be found, of which each showed imports ranging in value
from two or three to ten or more millions of dollars.
It is probable that the United States will always continue to import
manufactured wares like those named above, in great variety and amounting
in the total to considerable value. We cannot afford to refuse the
contributions of peoples who have specialized in various lines, and by
reason of inherited taste and skill, or with the aid of exceptional natural
resources, can offer us what we cannot readily produce ourselves. Since
1860, however, we have come to depend less and less on our foreign trade
for the manufactures which serve the simpler household needs, and the
home product of many of the wares named greatly exceeds the amount
imported from abroad.
703. Change in tariff policy since the Civil War.—The growth of
American manufactures, to which I have alluded frequently in preceding
sections, has often been explained by the change in tariff policy which came
Page 545
at the time of the Civil War. The reader must look in other books for a
discussion of that question, on which opinions differ so widely. I shall
attempt here merely a brief summary of our recent tariff history.
At the outbreak of the war a tariff with moderate protective duties was in
force. The strain of the conflict forced the government at Washington to
adopt every available means of raising revenue. Heavy taxes were laid on
manufacturers and other producers in the country, and the tariff was raised,
to secure increased revenue from the importers and consumers of foreign
wares. Such an increase was necessary, not only to raise revenue but also to
enable the American manufacturers to hold their own in the home market,
in spite of the taxes which they paid. Actually, however, the increase was
greater than was necessary for these purposes, and by the act of 1864 the
average rate on dutiable commodities had risen to nearly 50 per cent.
704. Increase in protective duties.—The high duties of the war period
were imposed with the idea that they should be repealed when the war was
over and the country had returned to normal business conditions. At the
return of peace, however, when the internal taxes on manufactures were
repealed, and the peculiar conditions which had formed the occasion for the
high tariff no longer existed, the protective duties were kept unchanged or
were actually raised. The people in general did not pay so much attention to
the tariff as to other questions of politics, and did not realize that it was a
tax on them as consumers; while the manufacturers vigorously opposed any
reduction. Duties which had been raised by 10 per cent to 30 per cent
during the war were kept at the higher level which they had reached, and
duties on some special articles were arranged so that they furnished the
unprecedented protection of 100 per cent or even 150 per cent. The duty on
steel rails, for example, amounted to more than the cost of the product
which England was ready to sell us, and Americans who built railroads
about 1880 had to pay $61 to $67 per ton for rails which could have been
purchased in England for $31 to $36.
705. The tariff at the close of the century.—After 1880 a reduction of
the tariff was seriously urged by various individuals and parties in the
country. The tariff was changed in details, but the general tendency was
rather toward increase than reduction of the protective duties. At the close
of the century the average duty was not far from 50 per cent of the value of
the goods. The British Board of Trade estimated that the important wares
imported into this country from England paid about 70 per cent. Such a
discussion of that question, on which opinions differ so widely. I shall
attempt here merely a brief summary of our recent tariff history.
At the outbreak of the war a tariff with moderate protective duties was in
force. The strain of the conflict forced the government at Washington to
adopt every available means of raising revenue. Heavy taxes were laid on
manufacturers and other producers in the country, and the tariff was raised,
to secure increased revenue from the importers and consumers of foreign
wares. Such an increase was necessary, not only to raise revenue but also to
enable the American manufacturers to hold their own in the home market,
in spite of the taxes which they paid. Actually, however, the increase was
greater than was necessary for these purposes, and by the act of 1864 the
average rate on dutiable commodities had risen to nearly 50 per cent.
704. Increase in protective duties.—The high duties of the war period
were imposed with the idea that they should be repealed when the war was
over and the country had returned to normal business conditions. At the
return of peace, however, when the internal taxes on manufactures were
repealed, and the peculiar conditions which had formed the occasion for the
high tariff no longer existed, the protective duties were kept unchanged or
were actually raised. The people in general did not pay so much attention to
the tariff as to other questions of politics, and did not realize that it was a
tax on them as consumers; while the manufacturers vigorously opposed any
reduction. Duties which had been raised by 10 per cent to 30 per cent
during the war were kept at the higher level which they had reached, and
duties on some special articles were arranged so that they furnished the
unprecedented protection of 100 per cent or even 150 per cent. The duty on
steel rails, for example, amounted to more than the cost of the product
which England was ready to sell us, and Americans who built railroads
about 1880 had to pay $61 to $67 per ton for rails which could have been
purchased in England for $31 to $36.
705. The tariff at the close of the century.—After 1880 a reduction of
the tariff was seriously urged by various individuals and parties in the
country. The tariff was changed in details, but the general tendency was
rather toward increase than reduction of the protective duties. At the close
of the century the average duty was not far from 50 per cent of the value of
the goods. The British Board of Trade estimated that the important wares
imported into this country from England paid about 70 per cent. Such a
Page 546
high tariff was unheard of in earlier times, in the United States or in Europe;
and was exceeded in 1900 only by the tariff of Russia. The Payne-Aldrich
act of 1909, the first general revision of the tariff that had taken place for
twelve years, amended some details but left its general character
unchanged; the Underwood act of 1913 went further, and is credited by a
competent authority with making the greatest change in the tariff system
since the Civil War. It made considerable reductions on some items, but left
rates as high as before on about half of the chief dutiable commodities
imported. Before the effect of this last measure could fairly be judged the
outbreak of the war in Europe set loose forces which changed the currents
of the world’s trade with little regard to the policies of lawmakers.
706. Leading ports, 1860-1914.—The continued importance of the
eastern seaboard, in the foreign trade of the country, is shown by the fact
that in 1913 nearly two-thirds (64 per cent) of the total commerce in
merchandise passed through the Atlantic ports. It should however be noted
that these ports were declining in relative importance; in 1900 they enjoyed
nearly three quarters (73 per cent) of the whole. Next in rank were the ports
of the Gulf of Mexico (1913, 15 per cent), and the customs houses on the
northern frontier, (12 per cent); commerce by the southern and northern
gateways was growing more rapidly than the old established trade by the
Atlantic. In comparison the trade of the Pacific Coast (6 per cent) was
unimportant.
The port of New York still stood without a rival in importance. Over one
half of the total imports was received through its harbor, and though its
share of exports was smaller, it conducted nearly half (46 per cent) of the
total trade of the country. No other port had as much as 10 per cent. New
York stood even higher, however, in the middle of the period (56 per cent in
1882), and the tendency of recent years had been to distribute among other
ports an increasing share of our great foreign trade. The concentration of
traffic at the New York gateway had apparently led to congestion, entailing
heavy charges and delays, and encouraging the use of transportation lines to
other ports whose facilities were not so thoroughly exploited. There have
been many changes in the relative standing of the individual ports; the order
of their importance in 1913 was as follows, the figures giving the
percentage of the total commerce of the country (values of merchandise
imports and exports) passing through each: Galveston, 7; New Orleans, 6;
Boston, 5; Philadelphia, 4; Baltimore, San Francisco, and Puget Sound, 3
and was exceeded in 1900 only by the tariff of Russia. The Payne-Aldrich
act of 1909, the first general revision of the tariff that had taken place for
twelve years, amended some details but left its general character
unchanged; the Underwood act of 1913 went further, and is credited by a
competent authority with making the greatest change in the tariff system
since the Civil War. It made considerable reductions on some items, but left
rates as high as before on about half of the chief dutiable commodities
imported. Before the effect of this last measure could fairly be judged the
outbreak of the war in Europe set loose forces which changed the currents
of the world’s trade with little regard to the policies of lawmakers.
706. Leading ports, 1860-1914.—The continued importance of the
eastern seaboard, in the foreign trade of the country, is shown by the fact
that in 1913 nearly two-thirds (64 per cent) of the total commerce in
merchandise passed through the Atlantic ports. It should however be noted
that these ports were declining in relative importance; in 1900 they enjoyed
nearly three quarters (73 per cent) of the whole. Next in rank were the ports
of the Gulf of Mexico (1913, 15 per cent), and the customs houses on the
northern frontier, (12 per cent); commerce by the southern and northern
gateways was growing more rapidly than the old established trade by the
Atlantic. In comparison the trade of the Pacific Coast (6 per cent) was
unimportant.
The port of New York still stood without a rival in importance. Over one
half of the total imports was received through its harbor, and though its
share of exports was smaller, it conducted nearly half (46 per cent) of the
total trade of the country. No other port had as much as 10 per cent. New
York stood even higher, however, in the middle of the period (56 per cent in
1882), and the tendency of recent years had been to distribute among other
ports an increasing share of our great foreign trade. The concentration of
traffic at the New York gateway had apparently led to congestion, entailing
heavy charges and delays, and encouraging the use of transportation lines to
other ports whose facilities were not so thoroughly exploited. There have
been many changes in the relative standing of the individual ports; the order
of their importance in 1913 was as follows, the figures giving the
percentage of the total commerce of the country (values of merchandise
imports and exports) passing through each: Galveston, 7; New Orleans, 6;
Boston, 5; Philadelphia, 4; Baltimore, San Francisco, and Puget Sound, 3
Page 547
each. The Gulf ports owed their position mainly to their export trade, in
which cotton was the leading item; the secondary ports on the Atlantic
seaboard had a more diversified traffic, by which the pressure on the port of
New York was somewhat relieved.
707. Direction of commerce abroad.—The changes in the distribution
of our foreign trade from 1860 to 1913 are apparent in the following table,
which gives the percentage, in round numbers, of the total exports and
imports of the United States in its commerce with the great divisions of the
world. For convenience of comparison the figures for 1800 are included:
Imports of U.S. from — Exports of U.S. to —
1800 1860 1913 1800 1860 1913
Europe 51 60 49 58 78 60
North America 35 21 20 38 13 25
South America — 10 12 — 4 6
Asia 13 7 15 2 3 5
Oceania — 1 2 — 1 3
Africa 1 1 1 2 1 1
708. Relative commercial importance of different parts of the world.
—The figures bring out in a striking manner the close connection of
commerce and civilization. The continent of Europe, in spite of its small
area and in spite of its inferiority to Asia in population, contributed far more
than half of our commerce throughout the century. The proportion of our
trade with Europe grew during the first part of the century, to decline again
during the latter part, leaving the figures for 1913 very nearly equal to those
of 1800. The percentage share of imports from Europe reached its peak
before the Civil War (1850, 70 per cent); the greatest concentration of
exports in the direction of Europe came later (1880, 86 per cent). Even in
1913 the trade with Europe exceeded in importance that with all other parts
of the world together.
The commerce with our immediate neighbors in North America shrank in
importance in the first half of the nineteenth century, when the countries of
this continent were rivals in the export of raw materials to Europe, but
showed a recovery in more recent years, when the diversification of
which cotton was the leading item; the secondary ports on the Atlantic
seaboard had a more diversified traffic, by which the pressure on the port of
New York was somewhat relieved.
707. Direction of commerce abroad.—The changes in the distribution
of our foreign trade from 1860 to 1913 are apparent in the following table,
which gives the percentage, in round numbers, of the total exports and
imports of the United States in its commerce with the great divisions of the
world. For convenience of comparison the figures for 1800 are included:
Imports of U.S. from — Exports of U.S. to —
1800 1860 1913 1800 1860 1913
Europe 51 60 49 58 78 60
North America 35 21 20 38 13 25
South America — 10 12 — 4 6
Asia 13 7 15 2 3 5
Oceania — 1 2 — 1 3
Africa 1 1 1 2 1 1
708. Relative commercial importance of different parts of the world.
—The figures bring out in a striking manner the close connection of
commerce and civilization. The continent of Europe, in spite of its small
area and in spite of its inferiority to Asia in population, contributed far more
than half of our commerce throughout the century. The proportion of our
trade with Europe grew during the first part of the century, to decline again
during the latter part, leaving the figures for 1913 very nearly equal to those
of 1800. The percentage share of imports from Europe reached its peak
before the Civil War (1850, 70 per cent); the greatest concentration of
exports in the direction of Europe came later (1880, 86 per cent). Even in
1913 the trade with Europe exceeded in importance that with all other parts
of the world together.
The commerce with our immediate neighbors in North America shrank in
importance in the first half of the nineteenth century, when the countries of
this continent were rivals in the export of raw materials to Europe, but
showed a recovery in more recent years, when the diversification of
Page 548
industries in the United States encouraged exports from this country of a
kind that had formerly been obtained from the Old World. In comparison
with these two most important parts of our trade the remaining branches
showed a gain, but one which was in absolute figures so small that it gave
no reason to expect any sweeping change in the direction of our commercial
interests. In the markets of South America and Asia we appeared still as
buyers rather than sellers, importing from those continents special
foodstuffs and raw materials for industry, but exporting to them a relatively
small share of our own products. Trade with Oceania and Africa had grown,
with the growth of a civilized population in those parts, but remained still
only a small fraction of our aggregate commerce.
709. Importance of the English trade.—England still headed the list of
the countries with which we traded. Our imports from the United Kingdom
in 1913 formed 16 per cent of our total import trade, exceeding, therefore,
our imports from the whole continent of Asia or from the continents of
South America, Oceania and Africa together; while our exports to the
United Kingdom formed nearly one quarter (24 per cent) of the total
exports, and exceeded the aggregate of our exports to all four continents
named above. The country which stood next in importance in our
commercial relations in 1913 was another English-speaking country, our
Canadian neighbor, and the value of our commerce with these two members
of the British Empire was almost exactly one-third of the total value of our
foreign trade.
kind that had formerly been obtained from the Old World. In comparison
with these two most important parts of our trade the remaining branches
showed a gain, but one which was in absolute figures so small that it gave
no reason to expect any sweeping change in the direction of our commercial
interests. In the markets of South America and Asia we appeared still as
buyers rather than sellers, importing from those continents special
foodstuffs and raw materials for industry, but exporting to them a relatively
small share of our own products. Trade with Oceania and Africa had grown,
with the growth of a civilized population in those parts, but remained still
only a small fraction of our aggregate commerce.
709. Importance of the English trade.—England still headed the list of
the countries with which we traded. Our imports from the United Kingdom
in 1913 formed 16 per cent of our total import trade, exceeding, therefore,
our imports from the whole continent of Asia or from the continents of
South America, Oceania and Africa together; while our exports to the
United Kingdom formed nearly one quarter (24 per cent) of the total
exports, and exceeded the aggregate of our exports to all four continents
named above. The country which stood next in importance in our
commercial relations in 1913 was another English-speaking country, our
Canadian neighbor, and the value of our commerce with these two members
of the British Empire was almost exactly one-third of the total value of our
foreign trade.
Page 549
710. Trade with other countries: Europe.—The relative importance of
other countries in their commercial relations with the United States can be
seen in the following list, which gives the share each took in our total
commerce in merchandise in 1913: United Kingdom, 21 per cent; Canada,
13; Germany, 12; France, 7; Cuba, 5; Netherland, Brazil and Japan, 4 each;
Mexico, British East India, Italy and Belgium, 3 each. An extension of this
list would confuse rather than aid the student. If we divide the twelve
countries named into groups of four we find that the first group, four
countries, accounted for more than one half of our total commerce; the first
two groups, eight countries, accounted for more than two-thirds; the whole
twelve together accounted for more than three-quarters.
Among the European states we note that France had not kept her place of
relative importance; commerce with that country had grown but slowly, and
Germany had won precedence among our customers in Continental Europe
by her high industrial development and her growing demand for our raw
materials. Reviewing the other states of Europe the reader will note the
absence from the list of the great empires of Russia and Austria-Hungary,
and the presence of such little states as the Netherlands and Belgium. Area
other countries in their commercial relations with the United States can be
seen in the following list, which gives the share each took in our total
commerce in merchandise in 1913: United Kingdom, 21 per cent; Canada,
13; Germany, 12; France, 7; Cuba, 5; Netherland, Brazil and Japan, 4 each;
Mexico, British East India, Italy and Belgium, 3 each. An extension of this
list would confuse rather than aid the student. If we divide the twelve
countries named into groups of four we find that the first group, four
countries, accounted for more than one half of our total commerce; the first
two groups, eight countries, accounted for more than two-thirds; the whole
twelve together accounted for more than three-quarters.
Among the European states we note that France had not kept her place of
relative importance; commerce with that country had grown but slowly, and
Germany had won precedence among our customers in Continental Europe
by her high industrial development and her growing demand for our raw
materials. Reviewing the other states of Europe the reader will note the
absence from the list of the great empires of Russia and Austria-Hungary,
and the presence of such little states as the Netherlands and Belgium. Area
Page 550
and population are obviously factors which have no decisive influence on
the commercial importance of a country.
711. The Americas and Asia.—Attention has already been directed to
the fact that although the major part of our commercial interests still lay in
Europe the concentration of our interests there had grown gradually less
with the passage of time. The reader will note the evidence of this tendency
to dispersion in the fact that of the twelve countries named as the most
important in their commercial relations with the United States in 1913, six
were extra-European. Two of these were our immediate neighbors in North
America; exchange with these countries became more active as the United
States took on the character of an industrial state, offering finished products
for the raw materials of industry. The other two American states on the list
owed the importance of their position in our trade largely to their ability to
meet special demands of the American consumer, for sugar and for coffee
respectively. These and other states to the south of us made relatively small
purchases in the American market. Our relations with British East India
were of the same kind; that group of countries bought from us in 1913 less
than one tenth of the value of the products (coarse textile fibers, burlap,
skins, etc.) which it sold to the American importer. A tendency similar but
less marked showed itself in the trade with Japan which supplied 5 per cent
of the total American imports, but took less than 3 per cent of our exports.
Noteworthy is the absence from the list of China, numbering over three
hundred million inhabitants, but accounting for less than 2 per cent of the
trade of the United States in 1913.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Chart the figures, sect. 695, and note the changes in the relative as well
as the absolute importance of different classes of imports.
2. Contrast the import trade of the United States in 1913 with that of
England or of Germany. Study the indications of trade between the U. S.
and other countries given by these comparisons.
3. The decline in import of manufactured wares implied either that the
country was growing poorer, and so was unable to buy finished products
abroad, or else was growing more competent to supply its own needs.
Which is the correct view?
the commercial importance of a country.
711. The Americas and Asia.—Attention has already been directed to
the fact that although the major part of our commercial interests still lay in
Europe the concentration of our interests there had grown gradually less
with the passage of time. The reader will note the evidence of this tendency
to dispersion in the fact that of the twelve countries named as the most
important in their commercial relations with the United States in 1913, six
were extra-European. Two of these were our immediate neighbors in North
America; exchange with these countries became more active as the United
States took on the character of an industrial state, offering finished products
for the raw materials of industry. The other two American states on the list
owed the importance of their position in our trade largely to their ability to
meet special demands of the American consumer, for sugar and for coffee
respectively. These and other states to the south of us made relatively small
purchases in the American market. Our relations with British East India
were of the same kind; that group of countries bought from us in 1913 less
than one tenth of the value of the products (coarse textile fibers, burlap,
skins, etc.) which it sold to the American importer. A tendency similar but
less marked showed itself in the trade with Japan which supplied 5 per cent
of the total American imports, but took less than 3 per cent of our exports.
Noteworthy is the absence from the list of China, numbering over three
hundred million inhabitants, but accounting for less than 2 per cent of the
trade of the United States in 1913.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Chart the figures, sect. 695, and note the changes in the relative as well
as the absolute importance of different classes of imports.
2. Contrast the import trade of the United States in 1913 with that of
England or of Germany. Study the indications of trade between the U. S.
and other countries given by these comparisons.
3. The decline in import of manufactured wares implied either that the
country was growing poorer, and so was unable to buy finished products
abroad, or else was growing more competent to supply its own needs.
Which is the correct view?
Page 551
4. What food supplies, used in the household in which you live, come
from foreign countries?
5. Has there been any change in the relative amount of foreign food
products consumed in your household in the past generation?
6. If an American farmer can get more sugar by raising cotton or wheat
and exchanging his surplus, is there any reason why he should raise sugar?
7. The American cane sugar industry. [Depew, chap. 37 by Searles; Pub.
Amer. Econ. Assoc., 1904, 5: 79-98; Census, 1900, 6: 443-494; 1910, 10:
477-483; U. S. Bureau of Manufactures, Misc. Series, no. 53, 1917.]
8. The beet sugar industry. [Census, 1900, 9: 543-555; 1910, 10; 471-
477; Rep. Ind. Comm., 1900, 10: ccli-cclxxiv; House Doc. 396, 55th Cong.,
2d Session; Poole’s Index.]
9. The chemical industry of the U. S. [Depew, chap. 63 by Bowers:
Census, 1880, 2: 985-1028; 1900, 7: clii, 10: 523-569; 1910, 10: 531-550;
Bureau of Foreign and Dom. Commerce, Misc. Series, no. 82, 1919.]
10. Write a report on the history, sources of supply, commerce and uses,
of one of the raw materials mentioned in sect. 700. [Encyc., commercial
geographies, U. S. Census.]
11. Write a report on one of the following industries, with respect to
production at home and importation from abroad:
(a) Glass. [Depew, chap. 40 by Gillinder; Census, 1880, 2: 1029-1152,
1900, 9: 947 ff.; 1910, 10: 975-884; U. S. Bureau of manufactures, Misc.
Series, no. 60, 1917.]
(b) Earthenware and potteries. [Depew, chap. 41 by Moses; Census,
1900, 9: 899 ff.; 1910, 10: 849-871; U. S. Bureau of Manufactures, Misc.
Series, no. 16, no. 21.]
(c) Hides and manufactures of leather. [Depew, chap. 75 by Foerderer;
Census, 1900, 9: 699-738; 1910, 10: 717-732.]
(d) Boots and shoes. [Depew, chap. 87 by Rice; Census, 1900, 9: 739-
767; 1910, 10: 697-714; U. S. Bureau For. and Dom. Commerce, Misc.
Series, no. 76.]
[See Depew and Census for many other industries; see Statistical
Abstract for exports and imports of products of industries.]
12. Study in detail one of the following chapters in recent tariff policy:
(a) The war tariff.
(b) The failure to reduce the tariff after the war.
(c) Increase of duties above war rates.
from foreign countries?
5. Has there been any change in the relative amount of foreign food
products consumed in your household in the past generation?
6. If an American farmer can get more sugar by raising cotton or wheat
and exchanging his surplus, is there any reason why he should raise sugar?
7. The American cane sugar industry. [Depew, chap. 37 by Searles; Pub.
Amer. Econ. Assoc., 1904, 5: 79-98; Census, 1900, 6: 443-494; 1910, 10:
477-483; U. S. Bureau of Manufactures, Misc. Series, no. 53, 1917.]
8. The beet sugar industry. [Census, 1900, 9: 543-555; 1910, 10; 471-
477; Rep. Ind. Comm., 1900, 10: ccli-cclxxiv; House Doc. 396, 55th Cong.,
2d Session; Poole’s Index.]
9. The chemical industry of the U. S. [Depew, chap. 63 by Bowers:
Census, 1880, 2: 985-1028; 1900, 7: clii, 10: 523-569; 1910, 10: 531-550;
Bureau of Foreign and Dom. Commerce, Misc. Series, no. 82, 1919.]
10. Write a report on the history, sources of supply, commerce and uses,
of one of the raw materials mentioned in sect. 700. [Encyc., commercial
geographies, U. S. Census.]
11. Write a report on one of the following industries, with respect to
production at home and importation from abroad:
(a) Glass. [Depew, chap. 40 by Gillinder; Census, 1880, 2: 1029-1152,
1900, 9: 947 ff.; 1910, 10: 975-884; U. S. Bureau of manufactures, Misc.
Series, no. 60, 1917.]
(b) Earthenware and potteries. [Depew, chap. 41 by Moses; Census,
1900, 9: 899 ff.; 1910, 10: 849-871; U. S. Bureau of Manufactures, Misc.
Series, no. 16, no. 21.]
(c) Hides and manufactures of leather. [Depew, chap. 75 by Foerderer;
Census, 1900, 9: 699-738; 1910, 10: 717-732.]
(d) Boots and shoes. [Depew, chap. 87 by Rice; Census, 1900, 9: 739-
767; 1910, 10: 697-714; U. S. Bureau For. and Dom. Commerce, Misc.
Series, no. 76.]
[See Depew and Census for many other industries; see Statistical
Abstract for exports and imports of products of industries.]
12. Study in detail one of the following chapters in recent tariff policy:
(a) The war tariff.
(b) The failure to reduce the tariff after the war.
(c) Increase of duties above war rates.
Page 552
(d) The Act of 1883.
(e) The Act of 1890 (McKinley Tariff).
(f) The Act of 1894 (Wilson Tariff).
(g) The Act of 1897 (Dingley Tariff).
(h) The Act of 1909 (Payne-Aldrich).
(i) The Act of 1913 (Underwood).
[Taussig or Mayo-Smith and Seligman. The student may also consult
tariff histories by Stanwood, Rabbeno, etc., narrative histories and
contemporary periodical articles.]
13. The following figures give, in millions of dollars, the commerce in
merchandise passing through the eight principal ports in 1900. On a sketch
map of the country draw lines from the different ports proportional to the
figures and extending out to sea; thus giving graphic representation of
relative importance of the ports. The first figure is that of imports, the
second that of exports. New York, 1,048, 918; Galveston, 8, 281; New
Orleans, 82, 170; Boston, 147, 70; Philadelphia, 93, 76; Baltimore, 33, 116;
San Francisco, 63, 66; Puget Sound, 51, 63.
14. The figures, sect. 707, may best be charted by the use of colored
crayons, giving each grand division its own color. Draw a line composed of
100 equal units, by the use of dividers or a scale; a foot rule, divided into
sixteenths of an inch, may be employed, making the line 61⁄4 inches long
(16 × 61⁄4 = 100). Chart imports and exports separately, and study the charts
as representing the relative importance of our trade with the different
continents at different periods.
15. Note carefully that the figures of the text, page 585, are percentages,
not total values. The total values are given below, with a slight difference of
arrangement; each unit of the figures represents ten million dollars, and
dashes are inserted when the values do not come within one decimal place
of a unit.
(Units of ten million dollars.)
1800 1860 1913
Imports Exports Imports Exports Imports Exports
Europe 5 4 22 31 89 148
North America 3 3 8 5 36 62
(e) The Act of 1890 (McKinley Tariff).
(f) The Act of 1894 (Wilson Tariff).
(g) The Act of 1897 (Dingley Tariff).
(h) The Act of 1909 (Payne-Aldrich).
(i) The Act of 1913 (Underwood).
[Taussig or Mayo-Smith and Seligman. The student may also consult
tariff histories by Stanwood, Rabbeno, etc., narrative histories and
contemporary periodical articles.]
13. The following figures give, in millions of dollars, the commerce in
merchandise passing through the eight principal ports in 1900. On a sketch
map of the country draw lines from the different ports proportional to the
figures and extending out to sea; thus giving graphic representation of
relative importance of the ports. The first figure is that of imports, the
second that of exports. New York, 1,048, 918; Galveston, 8, 281; New
Orleans, 82, 170; Boston, 147, 70; Philadelphia, 93, 76; Baltimore, 33, 116;
San Francisco, 63, 66; Puget Sound, 51, 63.
14. The figures, sect. 707, may best be charted by the use of colored
crayons, giving each grand division its own color. Draw a line composed of
100 equal units, by the use of dividers or a scale; a foot rule, divided into
sixteenths of an inch, may be employed, making the line 61⁄4 inches long
(16 × 61⁄4 = 100). Chart imports and exports separately, and study the charts
as representing the relative importance of our trade with the different
continents at different periods.
15. Note carefully that the figures of the text, page 585, are percentages,
not total values. The total values are given below, with a slight difference of
arrangement; each unit of the figures represents ten million dollars, and
dashes are inserted when the values do not come within one decimal place
of a unit.
(Units of ten million dollars.)
1800 1860 1913
Imports Exports Imports Exports Imports Exports
Europe 5 4 22 31 89 148
North America 3 3 8 5 36 62
Page 553
Asia 1 0.1 3 1 28 12
South America — — 4 2 22 15
Oceania — — 0.3 0.5 4 8
Africa 0.1 0.1 0.4 0.3 3 3
To illustrate the use of the figures: the imports from Oceania in 1860
were roughly three million dollars in value, in 1913, forty millions (the
precise figure was $37,543,441).
The figures may be used in studying our commercial relations in the
following ways:
(a) To show the development of our commerce with different continents
take three large sheets of paper, for the three different dates. Lay off the
largest figures (Europe, 1913, 89 imports plus 148 exports) to a convenient
scale at the top of one sheet, and below it draw other lines showing the total
commerce with each of the other grand divisions at that date. Distinguish
either imports or exports by the use of wavy or dotted lines. Prepare the
other charts, using the same scale. These charts will show the growth of
American commerce, while the charts based on figures in the text show
only changes in proportion.
(b) To show the relative commercial importance of the continents
(excluding Oceania) at a certain time, as in 1913, the following method may
be adopted. Rule a sheet of paper in equal squares, or procure a sheet of
plotting paper already ruled. Draw on the paper a map of Europe to such a
scale that the land area will include as nearly as possible 237 squares (89
imports plus 148 exports.) Exactness is impracticable, but a few
experiments should make the result sufficiently accurate; an error of 10 or
20 squares is of little importance. Draw then the maps of the other
continents so that each one contains the number of squares corresponding to
its share in our trade (North America, exclusive of U. S., 98; Asia, 40; South
America, 37, etc.). The contrast between the continents will be sufficiently
striking even if other maps, showing the continents in their true proportions,
are not made for comparison.
16. Methods similar to those already employed may be used in studying
the commerce of the U. S. with separate countries. Full statistical
information is comprised in the Reports on Commerce and Navigations.
South America — — 4 2 22 15
Oceania — — 0.3 0.5 4 8
Africa 0.1 0.1 0.4 0.3 3 3
To illustrate the use of the figures: the imports from Oceania in 1860
were roughly three million dollars in value, in 1913, forty millions (the
precise figure was $37,543,441).
The figures may be used in studying our commercial relations in the
following ways:
(a) To show the development of our commerce with different continents
take three large sheets of paper, for the three different dates. Lay off the
largest figures (Europe, 1913, 89 imports plus 148 exports) to a convenient
scale at the top of one sheet, and below it draw other lines showing the total
commerce with each of the other grand divisions at that date. Distinguish
either imports or exports by the use of wavy or dotted lines. Prepare the
other charts, using the same scale. These charts will show the growth of
American commerce, while the charts based on figures in the text show
only changes in proportion.
(b) To show the relative commercial importance of the continents
(excluding Oceania) at a certain time, as in 1913, the following method may
be adopted. Rule a sheet of paper in equal squares, or procure a sheet of
plotting paper already ruled. Draw on the paper a map of Europe to such a
scale that the land area will include as nearly as possible 237 squares (89
imports plus 148 exports.) Exactness is impracticable, but a few
experiments should make the result sufficiently accurate; an error of 10 or
20 squares is of little importance. Draw then the maps of the other
continents so that each one contains the number of squares corresponding to
its share in our trade (North America, exclusive of U. S., 98; Asia, 40; South
America, 37, etc.). The contrast between the continents will be sufficiently
striking even if other maps, showing the continents in their true proportions,
are not made for comparison.
16. Methods similar to those already employed may be used in studying
the commerce of the U. S. with separate countries. Full statistical
information is comprised in the Reports on Commerce and Navigations.
Page 554
BIBLIOGRAPHY
See chapter li.
TOPICS FOR REVIEW
The following topics are suggested for use in a general review of
American commerce: (a) history of American shipping; (b) transportation
by road, river, canal and lake; (c) transportation by railroad; (d) production
and exchange of wheat and flour; (e) cotton; (f) animal products; (g)
textiles, (cotton, wool, silk); (h) iron and steel; (i) other mineral products;
(j) commerce with European countries; (k) commerce with Asia; (l)
commerce with the West Indies and South America; (m) history of
American seaports; (n) tariff history.
See chapter li.
TOPICS FOR REVIEW
The following topics are suggested for use in a general review of
American commerce: (a) history of American shipping; (b) transportation
by road, river, canal and lake; (c) transportation by railroad; (d) production
and exchange of wheat and flour; (e) cotton; (f) animal products; (g)
textiles, (cotton, wool, silk); (h) iron and steel; (i) other mineral products;
(j) commerce with European countries; (k) commerce with Asia; (l)
commerce with the West Indies and South America; (m) history of
American seaports; (n) tariff history.
Page 555
PART VI.—THE WORLD WAR
Page 556
CHAPTER LIV
COMMERCE AND THE WORLD WAR, 1914-1918
712. Commercial antecedents of the war.—To picture the World War of
1914-18 as a necessary result of the commercial conditions in the period
immediately preceding would be a distortion of the facts. The recourse to
arms is a voluntary act, and this war, like others preceding it, would not
have taken place if one party to it had not consciously chosen to use force to
obtain what it wanted. War is never a necessary and inevitable result of
economic conditions. On the other hand, there are periods in which
commercial competition is so intense that it puts a strain on international
relations, tempting one or another party in the struggle to further the
interests of its people by threats of force or by force itself. The economic
strain is particularly likely to lead to rupture if the political system of the
period is faulty, if international politics provide no effective way for the just
settlement of differences, and if national politics fail to represent the
interests of the people as a whole but sacrifice these to the selfish interests
of a group. Keen competition does not cause war, but keen competition and
faulty politics in combination are apt to do so.
713. Germany and the outbreak of war.—The danger-spot in the
international situation before 1914 was Germany. That country had
achieved extraordinary success in its recent economic development. Its
progress, moreover, was due only in minor degree to its endowment of
natural resources; it proceeded from the industrial virtues of the people,
from the efficiency of the organization, and from the leadership of scientific
experts. The Germans were proud, and had a right to be proud, of their
success. They could not complain of the reward which had been accorded
them. They were troubled, however, about their future. They had come to
depend upon world-trade, and found the world largely under the political
control of rival states. It is true that in that very world they enjoyed
abounding prosperity; but the foundations of their prosperity appeared to
them uncertain. Inheriting antiquated ideas about the power of the state to
guide economic development and to further commercial interests, they
imputed to other countries political designs which were the products of their
own peculiar ways of thought. They saw in the high tariffs of the United
COMMERCE AND THE WORLD WAR, 1914-1918
712. Commercial antecedents of the war.—To picture the World War of
1914-18 as a necessary result of the commercial conditions in the period
immediately preceding would be a distortion of the facts. The recourse to
arms is a voluntary act, and this war, like others preceding it, would not
have taken place if one party to it had not consciously chosen to use force to
obtain what it wanted. War is never a necessary and inevitable result of
economic conditions. On the other hand, there are periods in which
commercial competition is so intense that it puts a strain on international
relations, tempting one or another party in the struggle to further the
interests of its people by threats of force or by force itself. The economic
strain is particularly likely to lead to rupture if the political system of the
period is faulty, if international politics provide no effective way for the just
settlement of differences, and if national politics fail to represent the
interests of the people as a whole but sacrifice these to the selfish interests
of a group. Keen competition does not cause war, but keen competition and
faulty politics in combination are apt to do so.
713. Germany and the outbreak of war.—The danger-spot in the
international situation before 1914 was Germany. That country had
achieved extraordinary success in its recent economic development. Its
progress, moreover, was due only in minor degree to its endowment of
natural resources; it proceeded from the industrial virtues of the people,
from the efficiency of the organization, and from the leadership of scientific
experts. The Germans were proud, and had a right to be proud, of their
success. They could not complain of the reward which had been accorded
them. They were troubled, however, about their future. They had come to
depend upon world-trade, and found the world largely under the political
control of rival states. It is true that in that very world they enjoyed
abounding prosperity; but the foundations of their prosperity appeared to
them uncertain. Inheriting antiquated ideas about the power of the state to
guide economic development and to further commercial interests, they
imputed to other countries political designs which were the products of their
own peculiar ways of thought. They saw in the high tariffs of the United
Page 557
States and Russia, in the spread of the idea of a customs union in the British
Empire, in the expansion of French influence in Morocco, so many
evidences of a plan of their rivals to hem them in, and misuse political
power to rob them of their deserts. Should they not, before it was too late,
“break through the iron circle,” establish a great state in central Europe
extending down to the Mediterranean and the Persian Gulf, take the place in
“world-politics” which accorded with their economic merits, and so—for
this was the sincere conviction of many Germans—not merely win their
own “place in the sun,” but also direct in the right path the civilization of
the world as a whole? Given the prevalence of ideas like these, given an
antiquated political system that allowed exaggerated influence to dynastic
and military interests, and the forces impelling Germany to war were
strong; given the old-fashioned and outworn system of international
diplomacy, the stress was irresistible and the rupture came.
714. Direct costs of the war.—For generations to come the effects of the
World War will be working themselves out. This chapter and the following
will attempt merely a survey of some of the more obvious effects upon the
history of commerce. It will be convenient to have at hand for reference
some estimates of the costs of the war, and the table gives those that were
represented by the direct expenditure of money by the states involved.
Some of the states advanced funds to their allies for the prosecution of the
war, so a distinction is made between the gross sums raised, and the sums
directly expended by each country; the cost of the war would be
exaggerated if the same sum were counted twice. On the other hand it is
apparent that the table of net cost is an accurate measure of the burden of
the war on different countries only on condition that the advances to allies
are treated as interest-bearing loans. To assist in an appreciation of the
meaning of the costs estimates are supplied for some countries of the total
national wealth in 1914.
(Approximate figures in milliards of dollars)
National Gross Advances
Net cost
wealth cost to allies
United States 204 32 9 23
United Kingdom 71 44 9 35
Rest of British Empire ... 4 .. 4
Empire, in the expansion of French influence in Morocco, so many
evidences of a plan of their rivals to hem them in, and misuse political
power to rob them of their deserts. Should they not, before it was too late,
“break through the iron circle,” establish a great state in central Europe
extending down to the Mediterranean and the Persian Gulf, take the place in
“world-politics” which accorded with their economic merits, and so—for
this was the sincere conviction of many Germans—not merely win their
own “place in the sun,” but also direct in the right path the civilization of
the world as a whole? Given the prevalence of ideas like these, given an
antiquated political system that allowed exaggerated influence to dynastic
and military interests, and the forces impelling Germany to war were
strong; given the old-fashioned and outworn system of international
diplomacy, the stress was irresistible and the rupture came.
714. Direct costs of the war.—For generations to come the effects of the
World War will be working themselves out. This chapter and the following
will attempt merely a survey of some of the more obvious effects upon the
history of commerce. It will be convenient to have at hand for reference
some estimates of the costs of the war, and the table gives those that were
represented by the direct expenditure of money by the states involved.
Some of the states advanced funds to their allies for the prosecution of the
war, so a distinction is made between the gross sums raised, and the sums
directly expended by each country; the cost of the war would be
exaggerated if the same sum were counted twice. On the other hand it is
apparent that the table of net cost is an accurate measure of the burden of
the war on different countries only on condition that the advances to allies
are treated as interest-bearing loans. To assist in an appreciation of the
meaning of the costs estimates are supplied for some countries of the total
national wealth in 1914.
(Approximate figures in milliards of dollars)
National Gross Advances
Net cost
wealth cost to allies
United States 204 32 9 23
United Kingdom 71 44 9 35
Rest of British Empire ... 4 .. 4
Page 558
France 58 26 2 24
Russia 58 23 .. 23
Italy 22 12 .. 12
Other Entente allies ... 4 .. 4
Total ... 145 20 125
Germany 81 40 2 38
Austria-Hungary 30 21 .. 21
Turkey and Bulgaria ... 2 .. 2
Total ... 63 2 61
Grand total ... 208 22 186
715. Indirect costs of the war.—Even the figures of direct costs are
subject to correction on various accounts, and must be taken merely as
approximate indications of the value of the wealth that was devoted to
destruction. Still more uncertain, necessarily, are the estimates of losses due
to the war which were not recorded in the expenditures of governments.
Figures in the accompanying table give some idea of the nature and extent
of these indirect costs.
Indirect Costs of the War
(Figures in milliards of dollars)
Money value of lives lost, military 34
Money value of lives lost, civilian 34
Property losses on land 30
Property losses at sea 7
Loss of production by diversion of labor 45
Voluntary war relief 1
Loss to neutrals 2
Total 153
Grand total, direct and indirect costs 339
Russia 58 23 .. 23
Italy 22 12 .. 12
Other Entente allies ... 4 .. 4
Total ... 145 20 125
Germany 81 40 2 38
Austria-Hungary 30 21 .. 21
Turkey and Bulgaria ... 2 .. 2
Total ... 63 2 61
Grand total ... 208 22 186
715. Indirect costs of the war.—Even the figures of direct costs are
subject to correction on various accounts, and must be taken merely as
approximate indications of the value of the wealth that was devoted to
destruction. Still more uncertain, necessarily, are the estimates of losses due
to the war which were not recorded in the expenditures of governments.
Figures in the accompanying table give some idea of the nature and extent
of these indirect costs.
Indirect Costs of the War
(Figures in milliards of dollars)
Money value of lives lost, military 34
Money value of lives lost, civilian 34
Property losses on land 30
Property losses at sea 7
Loss of production by diversion of labor 45
Voluntary war relief 1
Loss to neutrals 2
Total 153
Grand total, direct and indirect costs 339
Page 559
A few words of explanation will make some of the items more clear.
Human beings have not, since the days of slavery, been counted in a census
of national wealth, but they represent nevertheless in every country the
heaviest investment and the largest source of income. The figures in the text
are based on the assumption of about 13 million deaths in military service,
and a money value of the individual ranging from about $2,000 (southern
and eastern Europe) to $5,000 (United States). The assumption that the war
caused at least as heavy a loss in the civil as in the military population is
probably conservative. The loss due to the diversion of labor from
production is figured on the basis of 20 million men, of an average
productive capacity of $500 a year, withdrawn from industry for four and
one half years.
716. Effects of the war on commerce.—In a modern country there is a
small group of men known as wreckers, whose business it is to tear down
and destroy. During the war the world went into the wrecking business on a
grand scale. The figure of twenty million men engaged in it is an average
for the whole period; at the close of the war nearly double that number were
under arms. We have now to study some of the effects of this situation on
commerce.
In every country that entered the war there was an immediate and
imperative demand for the tools of the wrecking trade, first of all for guns
and ammunition. The wrecker was engaged in an arduous occupation; he
demanded more food than he had been used to consume, and wasted more;
he used up clothes and shoes and implements at an appalling rate; he was
always on the road, requiring subsistence and shelter in all sorts of out-of-
the-way places. War therefore put an immediate strain on the industries
serving these needs: chemical, metallurgical, agricultural, textile, and the
industries providing and operating the equipment of transportation on land
and water. On the other hand war withdrew workers from constructive
industry, and restricted supply at the very time it intensified demand. Every
country at war, therefore, sought by means of commerce to relieve the strain
on its own resources, importing needed supplies from abroad; each group of
belligerents sought to prevent the other group from profiting by this
process. The tendency to an increase of imports was accompanied by a
tendency to a decline in exports. A country at war could not afford to do
business as usual in its foreign trade. If it could supply its military
Human beings have not, since the days of slavery, been counted in a census
of national wealth, but they represent nevertheless in every country the
heaviest investment and the largest source of income. The figures in the text
are based on the assumption of about 13 million deaths in military service,
and a money value of the individual ranging from about $2,000 (southern
and eastern Europe) to $5,000 (United States). The assumption that the war
caused at least as heavy a loss in the civil as in the military population is
probably conservative. The loss due to the diversion of labor from
production is figured on the basis of 20 million men, of an average
productive capacity of $500 a year, withdrawn from industry for four and
one half years.
716. Effects of the war on commerce.—In a modern country there is a
small group of men known as wreckers, whose business it is to tear down
and destroy. During the war the world went into the wrecking business on a
grand scale. The figure of twenty million men engaged in it is an average
for the whole period; at the close of the war nearly double that number were
under arms. We have now to study some of the effects of this situation on
commerce.
In every country that entered the war there was an immediate and
imperative demand for the tools of the wrecking trade, first of all for guns
and ammunition. The wrecker was engaged in an arduous occupation; he
demanded more food than he had been used to consume, and wasted more;
he used up clothes and shoes and implements at an appalling rate; he was
always on the road, requiring subsistence and shelter in all sorts of out-of-
the-way places. War therefore put an immediate strain on the industries
serving these needs: chemical, metallurgical, agricultural, textile, and the
industries providing and operating the equipment of transportation on land
and water. On the other hand war withdrew workers from constructive
industry, and restricted supply at the very time it intensified demand. Every
country at war, therefore, sought by means of commerce to relieve the strain
on its own resources, importing needed supplies from abroad; each group of
belligerents sought to prevent the other group from profiting by this
process. The tendency to an increase of imports was accompanied by a
tendency to a decline in exports. A country at war could not afford to do
business as usual in its foreign trade. If it could supply its military
Page 560
necessities by paying actual cash for its imports, or by promising to pay for
them at some future time, it could withdraw workers from export industries,
serving the needs of foreigners, and make them serve more pressing needs
at home.
717. Commercial position of the Central Powers and of the Entente.
—Germany and her allies, Austria-Hungary, Bulgaria, Turkey, enjoyed a
great military advantage of which the character is suggested by their name,
the Central Powers; they had interior lines of communication and could
move their forces from one to another front much more easily than could
their opponents. They would have enjoyed a corresponding commercial
advantage if they could have brought the war to a conclusion with stocks of
supplies accumulated at home or acquired in invaded territory, which they
could mobilize in one part or another of their territory as they pleased. The
powers of the Entente, on the other hand, desired in vain to effect an
exchange of the wheat of Russia for the guns and ammunition of France or
England. In a long war, however, in which the decision was to be effected
not by stocks accumulated in the countries immediately engaged but by a
mobilization of the resources and activities of the whole world, the Central
Powers were at a critical disadvantage. They had immediately open to them
only the territory of small neutral states (the Netherlands, Switzerland, the
Scandinavian states); the path to richer sources of supply lay across the sea;
and control of the sea rested, from the beginning to the end of the war, in
the hands of the Entente.
718. The war against commerce.—The conditions were much like those
of a hundred years before, when England was engaged in the desperate
struggle with Napoleon. In neither period had the belligerents any scruple in
departing from established principles of international law. The Entente
proposed to starve Germany into surrender. It stopped the outlets of
Germany across the territory of neutral states by edicts which amounted in
substance to a rationing of the people of those states; these people might
have enough food, fodder, cotton, etc., for their own immediate needs, but
no surplus that they might transfer to Germany. Germany protested against
this infraction of the principle of freedom of the seas, and retaliated by
proclaiming a war zone about the British islands, within which German
submarines ruthlessly destroyed the merchant shipping on which England
depended for her supply of food. These measures on either side, took shape
in the early years of the war. The measures of the Entente were effective in
them at some future time, it could withdraw workers from export industries,
serving the needs of foreigners, and make them serve more pressing needs
at home.
717. Commercial position of the Central Powers and of the Entente.
—Germany and her allies, Austria-Hungary, Bulgaria, Turkey, enjoyed a
great military advantage of which the character is suggested by their name,
the Central Powers; they had interior lines of communication and could
move their forces from one to another front much more easily than could
their opponents. They would have enjoyed a corresponding commercial
advantage if they could have brought the war to a conclusion with stocks of
supplies accumulated at home or acquired in invaded territory, which they
could mobilize in one part or another of their territory as they pleased. The
powers of the Entente, on the other hand, desired in vain to effect an
exchange of the wheat of Russia for the guns and ammunition of France or
England. In a long war, however, in which the decision was to be effected
not by stocks accumulated in the countries immediately engaged but by a
mobilization of the resources and activities of the whole world, the Central
Powers were at a critical disadvantage. They had immediately open to them
only the territory of small neutral states (the Netherlands, Switzerland, the
Scandinavian states); the path to richer sources of supply lay across the sea;
and control of the sea rested, from the beginning to the end of the war, in
the hands of the Entente.
718. The war against commerce.—The conditions were much like those
of a hundred years before, when England was engaged in the desperate
struggle with Napoleon. In neither period had the belligerents any scruple in
departing from established principles of international law. The Entente
proposed to starve Germany into surrender. It stopped the outlets of
Germany across the territory of neutral states by edicts which amounted in
substance to a rationing of the people of those states; these people might
have enough food, fodder, cotton, etc., for their own immediate needs, but
no surplus that they might transfer to Germany. Germany protested against
this infraction of the principle of freedom of the seas, and retaliated by
proclaiming a war zone about the British islands, within which German
submarines ruthlessly destroyed the merchant shipping on which England
depended for her supply of food. These measures on either side, took shape
in the early years of the war. The measures of the Entente were effective in
Page 561
sealing the Central Powers from commercial intercourse with the outside
world. The German policy failed. It remained a menace, which grew more
serious in the latter part of the war when the danger to England was very
real, but in its moral influence, instead of breaking the spirit of the English,
it did much to rouse the spirit of neutral countries. As the occasion for the
entry into the war of the United States on the side of the Entente it was a
decisive factor in bringing the conflict to a conclusion.
719. The war on shipping.—The war on shipping resulted in the
destruction by enemy action of a tonnage amounting to more than one
quarter of the world’s total tonnage in 1914. The figures in the following
table indicate the extent and distribution of the losses, and show at the same
time how rapidly they were repaired by the construction of new ships.
Changes in the relative standing of the different countries, were affected
also by another factor, namely by the distribution among other countries of
ships of the Central Powers, taken during and after the war. Germany was
second in rank among maritime nations in 1914, with a tonnage of 5.5
million; in 1920 its tonnage had been reduced to less than 1 million, almost
entirely by forced transfer.
(Figures in millions of gross tons)
Tonnage, 1914 War losses Tonnage, 1920
United Kingdom 21.0 7.8 20.6
United States2 5.4 0.4 16.0
France 2.3 0.9 3.2
Japan 1.7 0.1 3.0
Italy 1.7 0.8 2.2
Norway 2.5 1.2 2.2
Total of these items 34.6 11.2 47.2
Total for world 49.1 13.0 57.3
720. Influence of the war on the issue of paper money.—War is itself
abnormal. Naturally, the World War gave a peculiar cast to the commerce of
the period and left behind it commercial conditions very different from
world. The German policy failed. It remained a menace, which grew more
serious in the latter part of the war when the danger to England was very
real, but in its moral influence, instead of breaking the spirit of the English,
it did much to rouse the spirit of neutral countries. As the occasion for the
entry into the war of the United States on the side of the Entente it was a
decisive factor in bringing the conflict to a conclusion.
719. The war on shipping.—The war on shipping resulted in the
destruction by enemy action of a tonnage amounting to more than one
quarter of the world’s total tonnage in 1914. The figures in the following
table indicate the extent and distribution of the losses, and show at the same
time how rapidly they were repaired by the construction of new ships.
Changes in the relative standing of the different countries, were affected
also by another factor, namely by the distribution among other countries of
ships of the Central Powers, taken during and after the war. Germany was
second in rank among maritime nations in 1914, with a tonnage of 5.5
million; in 1920 its tonnage had been reduced to less than 1 million, almost
entirely by forced transfer.
(Figures in millions of gross tons)
Tonnage, 1914 War losses Tonnage, 1920
United Kingdom 21.0 7.8 20.6
United States2 5.4 0.4 16.0
France 2.3 0.9 3.2
Japan 1.7 0.1 3.0
Italy 1.7 0.8 2.2
Norway 2.5 1.2 2.2
Total of these items 34.6 11.2 47.2
Total for world 49.1 13.0 57.3
720. Influence of the war on the issue of paper money.—War is itself
abnormal. Naturally, the World War gave a peculiar cast to the commerce of
the period and left behind it commercial conditions very different from
Page 562
those that had prevailed in the earlier period of peace. These results of the
war involve reference to questions of currency and foreign exchange which
can be treated only superficially in a book on the history of commerce, but
which were of such practical importance that they cannot be omitted
altogether.
The governments involved in the war had, of course, to strain every
resource to get the funds for their necessary expenditures. An expedient
which they all adopted was the issue of paper money. Let us consider, to
illustrate the matter, the case of a country which had been doing business
with a gold currency of say 100, using that figure to express the number of
million francs, marks, dollars or other unit. If the government now printed
10 of paper money and used these to meet its extraordinary expenses, there
would be a total of 110 in circulation. Price would rise roughly to
correspond; that is, the unit would buy less than before. The gold unit
would, however, be worth roughly as much in other countries as it was
before, and would be sent abroad to make purchases, instead of being used
at home where its purchasing power was diluted, as it were, by the issue of
the paper units. After a period of readjustment 10 of gold would have gone
out; the currency would have returned to its former level. The government
has made a net gain of 10, for the paper money cost practically nothing to
print. Has anybody lost? No; not if the paper money circulates readily at
home, and does the work which an equal amount of gold money had
formerly done. The country has simply “realized” part of its gold stock,
using a cheap substitute for money purposes, and selling the dear gold to
other people who were glad to exchange products for it.
721. Effect upon the flow of gold.—From the very beginning of the war
the governments of the European states practised this expedient, paying out
paper money and getting in return for it the goods and services which they
needed for military operations. Gold went out of circulation and was
replaced by paper. The government did not choose, however, to let private
individuals profit by the exchange of this gold with people abroad. By an
appeal to patriotism and by the threat of penalties each government sought
to bring into its own treasury3 the gold which had been in the pockets and in
the cash-boxes of its people. It opened the way for the circulation of its
paper as well by locking up gold in its vaults as by sending it abroad. It
cherished the gold as a precious asset: a sign of solvency and a ready
war involve reference to questions of currency and foreign exchange which
can be treated only superficially in a book on the history of commerce, but
which were of such practical importance that they cannot be omitted
altogether.
The governments involved in the war had, of course, to strain every
resource to get the funds for their necessary expenditures. An expedient
which they all adopted was the issue of paper money. Let us consider, to
illustrate the matter, the case of a country which had been doing business
with a gold currency of say 100, using that figure to express the number of
million francs, marks, dollars or other unit. If the government now printed
10 of paper money and used these to meet its extraordinary expenses, there
would be a total of 110 in circulation. Price would rise roughly to
correspond; that is, the unit would buy less than before. The gold unit
would, however, be worth roughly as much in other countries as it was
before, and would be sent abroad to make purchases, instead of being used
at home where its purchasing power was diluted, as it were, by the issue of
the paper units. After a period of readjustment 10 of gold would have gone
out; the currency would have returned to its former level. The government
has made a net gain of 10, for the paper money cost practically nothing to
print. Has anybody lost? No; not if the paper money circulates readily at
home, and does the work which an equal amount of gold money had
formerly done. The country has simply “realized” part of its gold stock,
using a cheap substitute for money purposes, and selling the dear gold to
other people who were glad to exchange products for it.
721. Effect upon the flow of gold.—From the very beginning of the war
the governments of the European states practised this expedient, paying out
paper money and getting in return for it the goods and services which they
needed for military operations. Gold went out of circulation and was
replaced by paper. The government did not choose, however, to let private
individuals profit by the exchange of this gold with people abroad. By an
appeal to patriotism and by the threat of penalties each government sought
to bring into its own treasury3 the gold which had been in the pockets and in
the cash-boxes of its people. It opened the way for the circulation of its
paper as well by locking up gold in its vaults as by sending it abroad. It
cherished the gold as a precious asset: a sign of solvency and a ready
Page 563
resource in time of need. The gold reserves of some of the belligerents
increased considerably in the course of the war.
Gold Reserves of European Belligerents
(Figures in millions of dollars)
1913 1918
United Kingdom 170 528
France 679 664
Italy 288 244
Germany 279 539
Austria-Hungary 251 53
These gold reserves, as the name implies, were not in active circulation.
Gold passed entirely out of circulation. It flowed into the treasury, and part
of it was retained there. The larger part flowed through the treasury, and
was employed by the government in purchase of war material abroad. Some
part of this outflow from the belligerent states remained in Europe; Spain
and the Netherlands showed in the course of the war a notable increase in
their gold holdings. By far the greater part of the gold left Europe
altogether, most of it going to the United States, very considerable amounts
going to the Far East and to South America.
722. Over-issue of paper money; worldwide inflation.—Let us return
now to a consideration of the case which was assumed to illustrate the
working of paper money. If we suppose the government issues 10 units, 20
units, and so on up to 100 units we may assume in each case that a
corresponding amount of gold is driven out of circulation, to be impounded
in the treasury or sent abroad; in either event the number of units in
circulation and the price level remain the same as before. Suppose the issue
of an additional 100. The paper money has no value abroad. The
government will not keep it in the treasury. The government would not have
issued it except as a means of purchasing services or supplies, and must
reissue it when it comes back to the treasury in the payment of taxes, else it
would renounce all its advantages in the collection of the tax. There would
be left then double the number of units in circulation; prices would double;
the unit would buy only half as much as before. Depreciation would follow
increased considerably in the course of the war.
Gold Reserves of European Belligerents
(Figures in millions of dollars)
1913 1918
United Kingdom 170 528
France 679 664
Italy 288 244
Germany 279 539
Austria-Hungary 251 53
These gold reserves, as the name implies, were not in active circulation.
Gold passed entirely out of circulation. It flowed into the treasury, and part
of it was retained there. The larger part flowed through the treasury, and
was employed by the government in purchase of war material abroad. Some
part of this outflow from the belligerent states remained in Europe; Spain
and the Netherlands showed in the course of the war a notable increase in
their gold holdings. By far the greater part of the gold left Europe
altogether, most of it going to the United States, very considerable amounts
going to the Far East and to South America.
722. Over-issue of paper money; worldwide inflation.—Let us return
now to a consideration of the case which was assumed to illustrate the
working of paper money. If we suppose the government issues 10 units, 20
units, and so on up to 100 units we may assume in each case that a
corresponding amount of gold is driven out of circulation, to be impounded
in the treasury or sent abroad; in either event the number of units in
circulation and the price level remain the same as before. Suppose the issue
of an additional 100. The paper money has no value abroad. The
government will not keep it in the treasury. The government would not have
issued it except as a means of purchasing services or supplies, and must
reissue it when it comes back to the treasury in the payment of taxes, else it
would renounce all its advantages in the collection of the tax. There would
be left then double the number of units in circulation; prices would double;
the unit would buy only half as much as before. Depreciation would follow
Page 564
inflation. The government would gain still by the issue of paper money, but
it would have to issue twice as many units as before to get a given
purchasing power; the dose would need to be constantly increased to
produce a given effect. Furthermore, the government from now on would
get its gain only at the expense of its people. Its gain would be offset all
along the line by the losses of individuals who would receive for their
services and products perhaps a greater number of monetary units but
certainly a smaller actual purchasing power.
Not even the neutral countries could escape the effects of the issue of
paper money by the belligerents. Even when they remained on a gold basis
they had now so many more units, driven out from the belligerent countries,
that the gold unit itself depreciated. The dilution of currency spread over the
world and resulted in a world-wide inflation.
723. Statistics of currency inflation and of prices.—I have described
conditions, in preceding sections, in an artificially simple form, and have
neglected many elements that would have to be included if there were space
for a more precise and complete treatment. The general tendencies and
results were in rough accordance with the description given, as may be seen
from the figures of the table below. In both columns the year 1913 is taken
as the basis of comparison; the increase of currency of all kinds, and of
wholesale prices, may be measured by comparing the figures given for
1919 with par, 100, in 1913.
Units of Average of
currency wholesale prices
United Kingdom 244 257
France 365 330
United States 173 206
The inflation of currency and prices presented in these figures was
moderate in comparison with conditions in central and eastern Europe,
where the flood of paper money broke all bounds; the quantity of currency
in 1919, compared with 1913, was in Germany 875, in Rumania over 1,100,
in Austria and in Poland higher still.
724. Effect upon foreign exchange.—Leaving aside the grave effects of
these rapid changes in the price level on the earnings and income of
it would have to issue twice as many units as before to get a given
purchasing power; the dose would need to be constantly increased to
produce a given effect. Furthermore, the government from now on would
get its gain only at the expense of its people. Its gain would be offset all
along the line by the losses of individuals who would receive for their
services and products perhaps a greater number of monetary units but
certainly a smaller actual purchasing power.
Not even the neutral countries could escape the effects of the issue of
paper money by the belligerents. Even when they remained on a gold basis
they had now so many more units, driven out from the belligerent countries,
that the gold unit itself depreciated. The dilution of currency spread over the
world and resulted in a world-wide inflation.
723. Statistics of currency inflation and of prices.—I have described
conditions, in preceding sections, in an artificially simple form, and have
neglected many elements that would have to be included if there were space
for a more precise and complete treatment. The general tendencies and
results were in rough accordance with the description given, as may be seen
from the figures of the table below. In both columns the year 1913 is taken
as the basis of comparison; the increase of currency of all kinds, and of
wholesale prices, may be measured by comparing the figures given for
1919 with par, 100, in 1913.
Units of Average of
currency wholesale prices
United Kingdom 244 257
France 365 330
United States 173 206
The inflation of currency and prices presented in these figures was
moderate in comparison with conditions in central and eastern Europe,
where the flood of paper money broke all bounds; the quantity of currency
in 1919, compared with 1913, was in Germany 875, in Rumania over 1,100,
in Austria and in Poland higher still.
724. Effect upon foreign exchange.—Leaving aside the grave effects of
these rapid changes in the price level on the earnings and income of
Page 565
different classes, there is a particular reason for studying them in their
relation to international trade. We have had occasion to note previous
changes in the price level, such as the rise in prices before 1914; but these
earlier changes were more moderate, and what is still more important, were
about the same in different countries. The changes resulting from the issue
of paper money were not only more abrupt; they were different in
individual countries, as can be seen from the figure in the last section. The
price level in any country depended upon the particular amount of paper
money which the government of that country felt obliged to issue. The
prices of Europe were no longer gold prices, steadied at a common level by
the inflow and outflow of gold; they had no common level, they lost their
former steadiness. With these changes the time-honored basis of
international transactions, the old par of foreign exchange, disappeared.
725. Par of exchange on the gold standard.—The significance of the
change can be most readily appreciated if we consider a simple case, say
that of an English spinner who buys raw cotton in the United States. The
American wants dollars; the Englishman has pounds sterling to offer. It
does not matter in which unit the bargain is expressed, whether the
American gets the right to draw an order on the Englishman for so many
pounds sterling and sells this to a bank for dollars, or whether the price is
fixed at so many dollars, and the Englishman makes payment by buying a
bill for that amount with his pounds sterling. In either event one party to the
bargain must deal in the monetary unit of the other. Under the old system
both units were perfectly definite weights of gold. A merchant knew, within
narrow limits, how much he had to pay or to receive. The gold in £1,000
was equal to the gold in $4,866. Sterling exchange was at par in New York
when the pound was quoted at 4.866. Exchange could not vary far from par,
for the cost of shipping the gold itself was only about two cents per pound
sterling, and the gold of either country was perfectly acceptable in the other.
726. Foreign exchange on a paper standard.—Consider now the
situation after England has driven gold out of circulation by the over-issue
of paper money. The pound sterling has become a “paper pound,” of which
the value stands in no fixed relation to a definite weight of gold, but is
determined by a new set of factors, particularly by the condition of the
English treasury and the prospect of an expansion or contraction of the
paper currency. The American can no longer count with any assurance on
the value to him in dollars of a sum due him in pounds sterling three months
relation to international trade. We have had occasion to note previous
changes in the price level, such as the rise in prices before 1914; but these
earlier changes were more moderate, and what is still more important, were
about the same in different countries. The changes resulting from the issue
of paper money were not only more abrupt; they were different in
individual countries, as can be seen from the figure in the last section. The
price level in any country depended upon the particular amount of paper
money which the government of that country felt obliged to issue. The
prices of Europe were no longer gold prices, steadied at a common level by
the inflow and outflow of gold; they had no common level, they lost their
former steadiness. With these changes the time-honored basis of
international transactions, the old par of foreign exchange, disappeared.
725. Par of exchange on the gold standard.—The significance of the
change can be most readily appreciated if we consider a simple case, say
that of an English spinner who buys raw cotton in the United States. The
American wants dollars; the Englishman has pounds sterling to offer. It
does not matter in which unit the bargain is expressed, whether the
American gets the right to draw an order on the Englishman for so many
pounds sterling and sells this to a bank for dollars, or whether the price is
fixed at so many dollars, and the Englishman makes payment by buying a
bill for that amount with his pounds sterling. In either event one party to the
bargain must deal in the monetary unit of the other. Under the old system
both units were perfectly definite weights of gold. A merchant knew, within
narrow limits, how much he had to pay or to receive. The gold in £1,000
was equal to the gold in $4,866. Sterling exchange was at par in New York
when the pound was quoted at 4.866. Exchange could not vary far from par,
for the cost of shipping the gold itself was only about two cents per pound
sterling, and the gold of either country was perfectly acceptable in the other.
726. Foreign exchange on a paper standard.—Consider now the
situation after England has driven gold out of circulation by the over-issue
of paper money. The pound sterling has become a “paper pound,” of which
the value stands in no fixed relation to a definite weight of gold, but is
determined by a new set of factors, particularly by the condition of the
English treasury and the prospect of an expansion or contraction of the
paper currency. The American can no longer count with any assurance on
the value to him in dollars of a sum due him in pounds sterling three months
Page 566
hence; the Englishman is no longer in a position to calculate how many
pounds sterling he will need to pay a debt contracted in dollars. The rate of
exchange, instead of being fixed close to 4.866, may go down to 4.50, 4.00,
3.00—there is no limit to its depression or to the sharpness of its
fluctuations. The student should note particularly two elements which are
important in an analysis of the situation. First, international transactions
involve a considerable time interval, say three months, within which events
may occur that will make sweeping changes in rates. Second, the
purchasing power of paper money at home, where prices are fixed by
contract or affected by custom, does not change in accordance with the rate
at which it is estimated in foreign exchange. As a result there is a “spread”
in the factors determining profit or loss in international transactions which
makes foreign trade extremely speculative, and makes its flow fitful and
irregular.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Dangers arising from the German political constitution. [W. H.
Dawson, What is wrong with Germany?, London, 1915; Veblen, Imperial
Germany, Chap. 5.]
2. “German industry considered as a factor making for war.” [H. Hauser,
Economic Germany, London, 1915, a pamphlet of 33 pages.]
3. Commercial aims of Germany in the war. [Snow and Kral, German
trade and the war, Washington, 1918, pp. 11-14.]
4. How do you explain the fact that the direct expenditures for war by the
Entente were more than double those of the Central Powers?
5. What portion of the cost of the war fell upon your individual family?
[Tabulate money costs under taxes, contributions, losses. Who bears the
cost of government bonds? Estimate “real” costs in the form of extra
exertion, diminished consumption, decline in purchasing power of the
family income.]
6. The question of neutral rights, 1914-1916. [Ogg, National progress,
chap. 18; Paxson, Recent history of U. S., chap. 44.]
7. Assuming that both parties to the European conflict departed from
established principles of international law, why did the United States choose
the side of the Entente?
pounds sterling he will need to pay a debt contracted in dollars. The rate of
exchange, instead of being fixed close to 4.866, may go down to 4.50, 4.00,
3.00—there is no limit to its depression or to the sharpness of its
fluctuations. The student should note particularly two elements which are
important in an analysis of the situation. First, international transactions
involve a considerable time interval, say three months, within which events
may occur that will make sweeping changes in rates. Second, the
purchasing power of paper money at home, where prices are fixed by
contract or affected by custom, does not change in accordance with the rate
at which it is estimated in foreign exchange. As a result there is a “spread”
in the factors determining profit or loss in international transactions which
makes foreign trade extremely speculative, and makes its flow fitful and
irregular.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Dangers arising from the German political constitution. [W. H.
Dawson, What is wrong with Germany?, London, 1915; Veblen, Imperial
Germany, Chap. 5.]
2. “German industry considered as a factor making for war.” [H. Hauser,
Economic Germany, London, 1915, a pamphlet of 33 pages.]
3. Commercial aims of Germany in the war. [Snow and Kral, German
trade and the war, Washington, 1918, pp. 11-14.]
4. How do you explain the fact that the direct expenditures for war by the
Entente were more than double those of the Central Powers?
5. What portion of the cost of the war fell upon your individual family?
[Tabulate money costs under taxes, contributions, losses. Who bears the
cost of government bonds? Estimate “real” costs in the form of extra
exertion, diminished consumption, decline in purchasing power of the
family income.]
6. The question of neutral rights, 1914-1916. [Ogg, National progress,
chap. 18; Paxson, Recent history of U. S., chap. 44.]
7. Assuming that both parties to the European conflict departed from
established principles of international law, why did the United States choose
the side of the Entente?
Page 567
8. Have previous wars led to the issue and over-issue of paper money?
What was the experience of the United States in the Revolution; in the Civil
War?
9. Did your family gain or lose by the inflation of currency and the rise of
prices? Does the country as a whole gain or lose by these movements?
BIBLIOGRAPHY
James D. Whelpley, *The trade of the world, N. Y., 1913, is an account,
popularly written, of the commerce of the more important European states
just before the outbreak of the war. General histories of the war give
incidental attention to the course of commerce, but treat fully only the topic
of submarine activity.
Of the references on the responsibility of Germany, given under Chapter
XL and in the Questions and Topics above, Veblen, Imperial Germany and
the industrial revolution, London, 1915, is the most thoughtful; the work by
Snow and Kral is a government report, Bureau of Foreign and Domestic
Commerce, Misc. Series no. 65, useful for matters of fact.
Preliminary economic studies of the war, published for the Carnegie
Endowment for International Peace by the Oxford University Press, and
cited hereafter under the heading Carnegie Peace, comprise careful studies
in various parts of the field, of which the most important for present
purposes are no. 24, Ernest L. Bogart, Direct and indirect costs of the great
World War, N. Y., 1919, and no. 9, J. Russell Smith, Influence of the great
war upon shipping, N. Y., 1919.
The topics of money, prices, and foreign exchange lead the student into a
great mass of literature quite apart from his usual sources. On questions of
fact a convenient compilation is presented by the Secretariat of the League
of Nations, Currencies after the war, London, 1920, and a wealth of
material is comprised in the reports of the Brussels International Financial
Conference of 1920. For current facts and discussion see Bulletin of the
Federal Reserve Board (Washington, monthly), The Annalist, a weekly
publication of the N. Y. Times, and, besides the other financial papers, the
bulletins of New York banks (Federal Reserve, National City, Guaranty
Trust). The ordinary student will best employ his time by a careful review
of the principles of paper money and of foreign exchange, as they are
presented in manuals of economics. F. W. Taussig, **Principles of
What was the experience of the United States in the Revolution; in the Civil
War?
9. Did your family gain or lose by the inflation of currency and the rise of
prices? Does the country as a whole gain or lose by these movements?
BIBLIOGRAPHY
James D. Whelpley, *The trade of the world, N. Y., 1913, is an account,
popularly written, of the commerce of the more important European states
just before the outbreak of the war. General histories of the war give
incidental attention to the course of commerce, but treat fully only the topic
of submarine activity.
Of the references on the responsibility of Germany, given under Chapter
XL and in the Questions and Topics above, Veblen, Imperial Germany and
the industrial revolution, London, 1915, is the most thoughtful; the work by
Snow and Kral is a government report, Bureau of Foreign and Domestic
Commerce, Misc. Series no. 65, useful for matters of fact.
Preliminary economic studies of the war, published for the Carnegie
Endowment for International Peace by the Oxford University Press, and
cited hereafter under the heading Carnegie Peace, comprise careful studies
in various parts of the field, of which the most important for present
purposes are no. 24, Ernest L. Bogart, Direct and indirect costs of the great
World War, N. Y., 1919, and no. 9, J. Russell Smith, Influence of the great
war upon shipping, N. Y., 1919.
The topics of money, prices, and foreign exchange lead the student into a
great mass of literature quite apart from his usual sources. On questions of
fact a convenient compilation is presented by the Secretariat of the League
of Nations, Currencies after the war, London, 1920, and a wealth of
material is comprised in the reports of the Brussels International Financial
Conference of 1920. For current facts and discussion see Bulletin of the
Federal Reserve Board (Washington, monthly), The Annalist, a weekly
publication of the N. Y. Times, and, besides the other financial papers, the
bulletins of New York banks (Federal Reserve, National City, Guaranty
Trust). The ordinary student will best employ his time by a careful review
of the principles of paper money and of foreign exchange, as they are
presented in manuals of economics. F. W. Taussig, **Principles of
Page 568
economics, 2 vol., 3d ed., N. Y., 1921-1922, deserves particular
recommendation.
recommendation.
Page 569
CHAPTER LV
THE UNITED KINGDOM, 1914-1920
727. Statistics of English trade, 1913-1919.—Statistics of the general
trade of the United Kingdom in the war period are given in the following
table, to which is added a column showing the excess value of the imports
of merchandise and a column showing the excess value of the import (I), or
export (E), of gold.
(Figures in millions of pounds sterling.)
Total Domestic Foreign Excess Excess
imports exports exports imports gold
1913 769 525 110 134 I 13
1914 697 431 95 170 I 28
1915 852 385 99 368 E 29
1916 949 506 98 345 E 21
1917 1,064 527 70 467 E 150
1918 1,316 501 31 790 I 51
1919 1,626 799 165 662 4
728. Interpretation of the statistics.—Statistics of commerce in the war
period are necessarily inaccurate, and two points particularly should be
borne in mind in analyzing these figures. (1) The statistics omitted an
immense trade in government-owned goods; figures of the actual movement
of merchandise should be much larger to give an accurate idea of the facts.
The correction would apply particularly to the earlier years of the war, and
would affect imports more than exports.5
(2) Prices were rising rapidly, with the inflation of the currency; in 1919
they were about two-and-one-half-fold the prices of 1913. The correction to
be applied, to ascertain the physical volume of trade, would affect both
imports and exports.
Clearly the trade of the United Kingdom, if measured not in paper values
or in gold values but in quantities of physical goods, declined during the
THE UNITED KINGDOM, 1914-1920
727. Statistics of English trade, 1913-1919.—Statistics of the general
trade of the United Kingdom in the war period are given in the following
table, to which is added a column showing the excess value of the imports
of merchandise and a column showing the excess value of the import (I), or
export (E), of gold.
(Figures in millions of pounds sterling.)
Total Domestic Foreign Excess Excess
imports exports exports imports gold
1913 769 525 110 134 I 13
1914 697 431 95 170 I 28
1915 852 385 99 368 E 29
1916 949 506 98 345 E 21
1917 1,064 527 70 467 E 150
1918 1,316 501 31 790 I 51
1919 1,626 799 165 662 4
728. Interpretation of the statistics.—Statistics of commerce in the war
period are necessarily inaccurate, and two points particularly should be
borne in mind in analyzing these figures. (1) The statistics omitted an
immense trade in government-owned goods; figures of the actual movement
of merchandise should be much larger to give an accurate idea of the facts.
The correction would apply particularly to the earlier years of the war, and
would affect imports more than exports.5
(2) Prices were rising rapidly, with the inflation of the currency; in 1919
they were about two-and-one-half-fold the prices of 1913. The correction to
be applied, to ascertain the physical volume of trade, would affect both
imports and exports.
Clearly the trade of the United Kingdom, if measured not in paper values
or in gold values but in quantities of physical goods, declined during the
Page 570
war. The shrinkage was most marked in re-exports, of foreign and colonial
merchandise. The English had to renounce most of the business that they
had been used to transact as middlemen, distributing through the world the
goods of other countries. The values of domestic exports also declined at
the beginning of the war, and though they returned later to about their
former level, the volume of actual wares must have shrunk seriously, to half
or less. Only in the case of imports do we find a rise in value that keeps
pace with the rise in prices, and indicates a flow of goods that persisted and
perhaps increased in amount. These results are what we should anticipate.
“Business as usual” is a motto favored by the private merchant, but one
which spells ruin for a people engaged in war. To make war effectively they
must abandon their usual employments, turn away their regular customers,
seek from outsiders only the things that offer a military advantage, but seek
all that they can get of those things.
729. Problem of acquiring and of paying for the imports.—The most
serious problem for England was to get the goods across a sea infested by
submarines, in ships that had constantly to be renewed, through terminals
choked by an extraordinary congestion of traffic. This was the vital
problem, which strained the energies both of the military and industrial
forces of the country, but which by their cooperation was solved. A problem
of secondary importance at the time, but important always, was that of
paying for the goods.
England had long been used to import goods in excess of those exported.
The figures for 1913, £134 million excess value of imports over exports,
may be taken as a normal measure of conditions in the recent period of
peace. Let the reader, however, glance down the column giving the excess
of imports in the years following, amounting 1914-1918 to more than
£2,000 million, and he will appreciate the magnitude of the problem
involved.
730. Details of the method of payment.—One mode of payment is
indicated in the table, in the column of gold shipments. £200 million of gold
were exported (in excess of imports) in the three years 1915-1917. The fact
that in the year 1914 and particularly in 1918 England was able to add to
the government’s gold reserve is striking evidence of the country’s financial
strength. The net excess of gold exported, 1914-1918, amounted only to
about £120 million, and went but a little way toward payment for the excess
of merchandise imported. Reference to an earlier chapter (section 448) will
merchandise. The English had to renounce most of the business that they
had been used to transact as middlemen, distributing through the world the
goods of other countries. The values of domestic exports also declined at
the beginning of the war, and though they returned later to about their
former level, the volume of actual wares must have shrunk seriously, to half
or less. Only in the case of imports do we find a rise in value that keeps
pace with the rise in prices, and indicates a flow of goods that persisted and
perhaps increased in amount. These results are what we should anticipate.
“Business as usual” is a motto favored by the private merchant, but one
which spells ruin for a people engaged in war. To make war effectively they
must abandon their usual employments, turn away their regular customers,
seek from outsiders only the things that offer a military advantage, but seek
all that they can get of those things.
729. Problem of acquiring and of paying for the imports.—The most
serious problem for England was to get the goods across a sea infested by
submarines, in ships that had constantly to be renewed, through terminals
choked by an extraordinary congestion of traffic. This was the vital
problem, which strained the energies both of the military and industrial
forces of the country, but which by their cooperation was solved. A problem
of secondary importance at the time, but important always, was that of
paying for the goods.
England had long been used to import goods in excess of those exported.
The figures for 1913, £134 million excess value of imports over exports,
may be taken as a normal measure of conditions in the recent period of
peace. Let the reader, however, glance down the column giving the excess
of imports in the years following, amounting 1914-1918 to more than
£2,000 million, and he will appreciate the magnitude of the problem
involved.
730. Details of the method of payment.—One mode of payment is
indicated in the table, in the column of gold shipments. £200 million of gold
were exported (in excess of imports) in the three years 1915-1917. The fact
that in the year 1914 and particularly in 1918 England was able to add to
the government’s gold reserve is striking evidence of the country’s financial
strength. The net excess of gold exported, 1914-1918, amounted only to
about £120 million, and went but a little way toward payment for the excess
of merchandise imported. Reference to an earlier chapter (section 448) will
Page 571
indicate other resources which the country had at its disposal. British ships
which carried freight for foreigners during the war received extraordinarily
high rates, but many ships were pressed into government service, many
were lost, and considerable sums had to be paid to neutral carriers. Net
earnings on shipping could hardly have maintained the level of the period
before the war, although in one estimate they are credited with a
contribution, 1914-1918, of £600 million. A more considerable resource,
ideal as a “liquid” asset and adequate in amount to more than any demand
that was made upon it, lay in the vast investments that England had made in
other countries. The sum of these investments is estimated to have
amounted in 1914 to £4,000 million—twice the total adverse balance of
merchandise imports. If they had been kept intact the annual returns from
them in the five years 1914-1918 would have amounted to nearly half of the
bill to be met. Actually they were “mobilized” by the government early in
the war, by an arrangement under which the holders exchanged them for
government bonds; they were then used as collateral for loans abroad or
were sold outright. Estimates of the amount of foreign investments thus
sold vary from £500 to £1,000 million. Finally the government borrowed
abroad over £1,000 million; that is, it paid the foreigner for the merchandise
which he had shipped by getting another foreigner to advance the money to
him.
The figures given above are in most cases rough estimates, but even at
the minimum they amount to a total considerably above the £2,000 million
which was suggested as the sum required. In fact, England was herself
lending large amounts abroad in the very period in which she was herself
borrowing. She found it necessary to support some of her dominions and
allies by loans which amounted altogether to about £1,800 million.6
731. Character of exports and imports.—In general character the trade
of the United Kingdom remained unchanged through the war. Four-fifths of
the exports, roughly, continued to be articles wholly or mainly
manufactured; coal was the all-important item among the raw materials. On
the other side of the account three-quarters of the imports continued to
consist of food-stuffs, raw materials and articles mainly un-manufactured.
On both sides of the account, however, there were great changes in the
relative standing of the items in detail, to accord with the shifts in demand
occasioned by the war. The exports of textiles were fairly well maintained;
they were largely produced by women, and the factories were not adapted
which carried freight for foreigners during the war received extraordinarily
high rates, but many ships were pressed into government service, many
were lost, and considerable sums had to be paid to neutral carriers. Net
earnings on shipping could hardly have maintained the level of the period
before the war, although in one estimate they are credited with a
contribution, 1914-1918, of £600 million. A more considerable resource,
ideal as a “liquid” asset and adequate in amount to more than any demand
that was made upon it, lay in the vast investments that England had made in
other countries. The sum of these investments is estimated to have
amounted in 1914 to £4,000 million—twice the total adverse balance of
merchandise imports. If they had been kept intact the annual returns from
them in the five years 1914-1918 would have amounted to nearly half of the
bill to be met. Actually they were “mobilized” by the government early in
the war, by an arrangement under which the holders exchanged them for
government bonds; they were then used as collateral for loans abroad or
were sold outright. Estimates of the amount of foreign investments thus
sold vary from £500 to £1,000 million. Finally the government borrowed
abroad over £1,000 million; that is, it paid the foreigner for the merchandise
which he had shipped by getting another foreigner to advance the money to
him.
The figures given above are in most cases rough estimates, but even at
the minimum they amount to a total considerably above the £2,000 million
which was suggested as the sum required. In fact, England was herself
lending large amounts abroad in the very period in which she was herself
borrowing. She found it necessary to support some of her dominions and
allies by loans which amounted altogether to about £1,800 million.6
731. Character of exports and imports.—In general character the trade
of the United Kingdom remained unchanged through the war. Four-fifths of
the exports, roughly, continued to be articles wholly or mainly
manufactured; coal was the all-important item among the raw materials. On
the other side of the account three-quarters of the imports continued to
consist of food-stuffs, raw materials and articles mainly un-manufactured.
On both sides of the account, however, there were great changes in the
relative standing of the items in detail, to accord with the shifts in demand
occasioned by the war. The exports of textiles were fairly well maintained;
they were largely produced by women, and the factories were not adapted
Page 572
to serve other military needs. The exports of iron and steel and their
products to all countries except France declined sharply. The production of
iron remained nearly constant, and the production of steel increased by one-
half, but the metal was urgently needed for military purposes, the shops that
worked it up were turned into military establishments, and their products
were in large part withdrawn from general trade. In recent years before the
war the United Kingdom had exported every year nearly 5 million tons of
iron and steel and manufactures thereof. The quantity fell in 1914 to below
4, in 1915-1916 to about 3, in 1917-1918 to about 2. The metal was still
leaving the country in this period, but it was destined to a more grim
purpose than money-making, and was not recorded in the statistics. Among
the imports those items showed the most marked increase which served the
primary needs of subsistence (rice, wheat flour, bacon and hams, cheese,
milk, cocoa, etc.), or were directly available for military use (fuel oil,
gasoline, copper, arms and ammunition, chemicals, etc.).
732. Sources of imports.—The war entailed changes even more
sweeping in the direction of English trade than in the items composing it.
Among the countries of the world Germany had an importance second only
to that of the United States as a source of imports into the United Kingdom.
If to Germany be added the other Central Powers, and Belgium, of which
all but a small fragment was soon occupied, a territory was cut out which in
1913 had furnished over one-sixth of the imports for consumption in the
United Kingdom. The following table indicates how these losses were made
good, and where the additional supplies were procured which the war
demanded.
Percentage of Value of Imports for Consumption
1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919
From British Possessions 20 23 28 29 32 32 34
From United States 20 21 30 33 37 40 35
From all other 60 56 42 38 31 28 31
The extent to which England satisfied her needs, within the Empire is the
more remarkable because of the distance of some of the most important
possessions, which put an additional strain on shipping that already had to
products to all countries except France declined sharply. The production of
iron remained nearly constant, and the production of steel increased by one-
half, but the metal was urgently needed for military purposes, the shops that
worked it up were turned into military establishments, and their products
were in large part withdrawn from general trade. In recent years before the
war the United Kingdom had exported every year nearly 5 million tons of
iron and steel and manufactures thereof. The quantity fell in 1914 to below
4, in 1915-1916 to about 3, in 1917-1918 to about 2. The metal was still
leaving the country in this period, but it was destined to a more grim
purpose than money-making, and was not recorded in the statistics. Among
the imports those items showed the most marked increase which served the
primary needs of subsistence (rice, wheat flour, bacon and hams, cheese,
milk, cocoa, etc.), or were directly available for military use (fuel oil,
gasoline, copper, arms and ammunition, chemicals, etc.).
732. Sources of imports.—The war entailed changes even more
sweeping in the direction of English trade than in the items composing it.
Among the countries of the world Germany had an importance second only
to that of the United States as a source of imports into the United Kingdom.
If to Germany be added the other Central Powers, and Belgium, of which
all but a small fragment was soon occupied, a territory was cut out which in
1913 had furnished over one-sixth of the imports for consumption in the
United Kingdom. The following table indicates how these losses were made
good, and where the additional supplies were procured which the war
demanded.
Percentage of Value of Imports for Consumption
1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919
From British Possessions 20 23 28 29 32 32 34
From United States 20 21 30 33 37 40 35
From all other 60 56 42 38 31 28 31
The extent to which England satisfied her needs, within the Empire is the
more remarkable because of the distance of some of the most important
possessions, which put an additional strain on shipping that already had to
Page 573
do double duty.7 Most striking, however, of any feature of the table, is the
position of extraordinary importance it gives to the United States, to be
explained by the fact that this country was relatively near, was blessed with
an abundance of the commodities required, and was inclined to the Entente
even before it entered the war. In the years 1917 and 1918 the United States
is credited with having “furnished from 50 to 95 per cent of the United
Kingdom’s total imports of wheat, wheat flour, corn, oats, barley, bacon,
hams, glucose, kerosene, motor spirits, lubricating oil, fuel oil, pig iron and
crude steel, raw copper, spelter, raw cotton, tobacco, etc.”
733. Markets for exports.—In times of peace a country is in general
more interested in markets for its exports than in sources from which to
supply its imports. The condition is reversed in time of war, for reasons that
have already been suggested. The Central Powers and Belgium took 13 per
cent of the exports of the United Kingdom in 1913, but the closing of this
market was of relatively slight consequence at the time. The volume of
British products available for export diminished so much that there were
few markets to which the flow of goods was maintained. Exports even to
the United States barely held their own, in spite of the phenomenal increase
of imports from this country.
One country, France, was an outstanding exception to the general rule.
The United Kingdom had been used to import from that country more in
value than it exported thither. The war effected an abrupt reversal of the
situation; imports from France declined, exports thither increased
enormously.
Special Trade of United Kingdom with France, 1913-1919.
1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919
Imports into U. K., £ million 41 33 27 22 20 32 44
Exports from U. K., £ million 29 26 70 93 112 131 147
Per cent total exports from U.
5 6 18 18 21 26 18
K.
The interpretation of these changes is simple. France was the battlefield
on the western front. British exports thither were either supplies for the
front, or were destined to relieve French labor and products for military
position of extraordinary importance it gives to the United States, to be
explained by the fact that this country was relatively near, was blessed with
an abundance of the commodities required, and was inclined to the Entente
even before it entered the war. In the years 1917 and 1918 the United States
is credited with having “furnished from 50 to 95 per cent of the United
Kingdom’s total imports of wheat, wheat flour, corn, oats, barley, bacon,
hams, glucose, kerosene, motor spirits, lubricating oil, fuel oil, pig iron and
crude steel, raw copper, spelter, raw cotton, tobacco, etc.”
733. Markets for exports.—In times of peace a country is in general
more interested in markets for its exports than in sources from which to
supply its imports. The condition is reversed in time of war, for reasons that
have already been suggested. The Central Powers and Belgium took 13 per
cent of the exports of the United Kingdom in 1913, but the closing of this
market was of relatively slight consequence at the time. The volume of
British products available for export diminished so much that there were
few markets to which the flow of goods was maintained. Exports even to
the United States barely held their own, in spite of the phenomenal increase
of imports from this country.
One country, France, was an outstanding exception to the general rule.
The United Kingdom had been used to import from that country more in
value than it exported thither. The war effected an abrupt reversal of the
situation; imports from France declined, exports thither increased
enormously.
Special Trade of United Kingdom with France, 1913-1919.
1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919
Imports into U. K., £ million 41 33 27 22 20 32 44
Exports from U. K., £ million 29 26 70 93 112 131 147
Per cent total exports from U.
5 6 18 18 21 26 18
K.
The interpretation of these changes is simple. France was the battlefield
on the western front. British exports thither were either supplies for the
front, or were destined to relieve French labor and products for military
Page 574
service.8 Toward the end of the war France was taking about two-thirds of
the total British export of iron and steel manufactures.
By a concentration of resources and energies such as pictured here the
war was won. Meanwhile, however, England was neglecting her old
customers in various parts of the world, both in the British Possessions and
foreign countries. The countries of South America were forced to turn to the
United States for manufactures which had formerly reached them from
Germany or England; the countries of the Far East were forced to turn to
Japan. One of the most serious of the problems of the period following the
war was to England the recovery of the markets which she had had to
sacrifice in the stress of the conflict.
734. Effects of the war on agriculture.—To follow out the influence of
the World War on the internal organization of the countries engaged is
beyond the scope of this book. A revolution in commerce such as that
described in the last few pages reflected, of course, a corresponding change
in internal conditions. The war dissolved old traditions and loosed new
forces; the countries engaged in it will never be again what they were
before 1914. There is space here only to sketch briefly a few of the changes.
The imperative demand for food, when incoming cargoes were constantly
being sunk before they reached port, put on British agriculture a strain
which was felt more keenly because of the large proportion of agricultural
laborers drawn into military service. One result which promised to have a
lasting effect was the introduction of improved mechanical equipment,
particularly the modern tractor. The heavy taxes on the owners of large
estates forced into the market great areas of land which had been held as a
social rather than an economic investment; and laws were passed designed
to put agriculture on a more businesslike basis, and particularly to further
the growth of small holdings. So deeply rooted, however, are the traditions
of English rural life that it would be hazardous to predict the issue of these
changes.
735. Effects on industrial organization.—In the more important field of
manufacturing industry the changes were likewise sweeping and the
permanence of their effect appears to be more certain. Government control
was general and despotic. It was heavy-handed, and was often ineffective. It
was attended by much friction and waste. It did at least accumulate and
disseminate the best technical information and it was ruthless in scrapping
antiquated equipment. It stimulated original and constructive thought, if
the total British export of iron and steel manufactures.
By a concentration of resources and energies such as pictured here the
war was won. Meanwhile, however, England was neglecting her old
customers in various parts of the world, both in the British Possessions and
foreign countries. The countries of South America were forced to turn to the
United States for manufactures which had formerly reached them from
Germany or England; the countries of the Far East were forced to turn to
Japan. One of the most serious of the problems of the period following the
war was to England the recovery of the markets which she had had to
sacrifice in the stress of the conflict.
734. Effects of the war on agriculture.—To follow out the influence of
the World War on the internal organization of the countries engaged is
beyond the scope of this book. A revolution in commerce such as that
described in the last few pages reflected, of course, a corresponding change
in internal conditions. The war dissolved old traditions and loosed new
forces; the countries engaged in it will never be again what they were
before 1914. There is space here only to sketch briefly a few of the changes.
The imperative demand for food, when incoming cargoes were constantly
being sunk before they reached port, put on British agriculture a strain
which was felt more keenly because of the large proportion of agricultural
laborers drawn into military service. One result which promised to have a
lasting effect was the introduction of improved mechanical equipment,
particularly the modern tractor. The heavy taxes on the owners of large
estates forced into the market great areas of land which had been held as a
social rather than an economic investment; and laws were passed designed
to put agriculture on a more businesslike basis, and particularly to further
the growth of small holdings. So deeply rooted, however, are the traditions
of English rural life that it would be hazardous to predict the issue of these
changes.
735. Effects on industrial organization.—In the more important field of
manufacturing industry the changes were likewise sweeping and the
permanence of their effect appears to be more certain. Government control
was general and despotic. It was heavy-handed, and was often ineffective. It
was attended by much friction and waste. It did at least accumulate and
disseminate the best technical information and it was ruthless in scrapping
antiquated equipment. It stimulated original and constructive thought, if
Page 575
only by reaction against its own arbitrary rules. When manufacturers
escaped from it at the close of the war they had already learned much about
their business that was new and valuable to them, and were in the way of
learning more by their own initiative.
The English, like other peoples, had depended very largely on Germany
for synthetic dyes; that is, those dyes which are manufactured in the
laboratory by chemical processes, and which have driven most of the
natural coloring matters from the field of industry. After the outbreak of the
war they suffered for this dependence on two accounts; first in their textile
industry by the lack of dyes of good quality and of the requisite variety,
second in the field of military operations by the superiority of the Germans
in the manufacture of explosives, to which the plant of dye factories is well
adapted. Early in the war, therefore, in 1915, “British Dyes, Limited” was
formed with the encouragement and financial support of the government.
This was a combination of manufacturers using dyes, designed to organize
the production of synthetic dye-stuffs by the most advanced methods and
with a liberal provision for scientific research. This company did not drive
from the field individual producers, who actually made great progress
during the war. It is significant, however, of a tendency toward
combination, which had been less marked in England than in Germany or in
the United States, and which had hampered the English in competition with
their rivals. Government control during the war greatly facilitated the
movement, which appeared in other industries and promised to break down
the separatism of the old-fashioned English manufacturers.
736. Effects on mercantile and financial organization.—In the broader
fields of marketing and finance the English took stock of their deficiencies
and set to work to remedy them. There was a noteworthy movement toward
amalgamation in the banking business, reducing the number of competing
units and making more effective the resulting institutions. Particularly
significant was the organization under royal charter of the British Trade
Corporation, with an authorized capital of £10 million. This company was
actually a bank, much like the great German banks of the period before the
war, but it was not officially so styled, because it was meant to offer
services which had not been characteristic of conservative English banking.
“It will not endeavour to compete with the business of existing British
banks and merchants, and it will not accept deposits at call or short notice,
except from parties who are proposing to make use of its overseas facilities.
escaped from it at the close of the war they had already learned much about
their business that was new and valuable to them, and were in the way of
learning more by their own initiative.
The English, like other peoples, had depended very largely on Germany
for synthetic dyes; that is, those dyes which are manufactured in the
laboratory by chemical processes, and which have driven most of the
natural coloring matters from the field of industry. After the outbreak of the
war they suffered for this dependence on two accounts; first in their textile
industry by the lack of dyes of good quality and of the requisite variety,
second in the field of military operations by the superiority of the Germans
in the manufacture of explosives, to which the plant of dye factories is well
adapted. Early in the war, therefore, in 1915, “British Dyes, Limited” was
formed with the encouragement and financial support of the government.
This was a combination of manufacturers using dyes, designed to organize
the production of synthetic dye-stuffs by the most advanced methods and
with a liberal provision for scientific research. This company did not drive
from the field individual producers, who actually made great progress
during the war. It is significant, however, of a tendency toward
combination, which had been less marked in England than in Germany or in
the United States, and which had hampered the English in competition with
their rivals. Government control during the war greatly facilitated the
movement, which appeared in other industries and promised to break down
the separatism of the old-fashioned English manufacturers.
736. Effects on mercantile and financial organization.—In the broader
fields of marketing and finance the English took stock of their deficiencies
and set to work to remedy them. There was a noteworthy movement toward
amalgamation in the banking business, reducing the number of competing
units and making more effective the resulting institutions. Particularly
significant was the organization under royal charter of the British Trade
Corporation, with an authorized capital of £10 million. This company was
actually a bank, much like the great German banks of the period before the
war, but it was not officially so styled, because it was meant to offer
services which had not been characteristic of conservative English banking.
“It will not endeavour to compete with the business of existing British
banks and merchants, and it will not accept deposits at call or short notice,
except from parties who are proposing to make use of its overseas facilities.
Page 576
Its aim will be to assist with the co-operation of banks and other institutions
the inception of new undertakings, and for this purpose it will promote the
formation of syndicates and the placing of issues. When British capital is
raised by its means for overseas enterprises, it will seek to secure that
orders in connection with new undertakings are placed in this country. It
will pay special attention to the study of new schemes, and for this purpose
it will develop an Information Bureau with representatives abroad which
will keep in touch with the Department of Commercial Intelligence of the
Board of Trade. It will also be ready to give financial assistance to
arrangements for promoting the better organisation of British industries.”
737. Effects on labor.—In the world of labor, as in the sphere of leaders,
the war wrought far-reaching changes. The sudden demand for men in the
field necessitated the withdrawal of laborers from industry at the very time
when the demand for service at home to support the military establishment
was most urgent. There followed a strain on the forces of labor which in
some cases was allowed to over-tax the capacity of the worker, not only to
his own personal injury but also to the disadvantage of the public; while in
some cases the laborer, not properly educated in patriotism and thrift,
exploited the situation to extort high wages which he spent extravagantly. In
the course of time these extremes were evened out, but they illustrate the
stresses which permeated the whole industrial structure and which persisted
in one form or another until the end of the war. There was necessarily a
great “dilution” of skilled labor, with the labor of women and of unskilled
men and youths. Trade unions for a time renounced the strict application of
their rules, while at the same time they extended greatly their membership.
Conflict with employers was postponed, in general, during the course of the
war. But the feeling grew strong in the ranks of labor that an undue share of
the burden was thrown upon the worker, and that the capitalist-employer
had an undue share of the returns and too nearly absolute control. The
Russian revolution appears to have had only a very slight influence on the
spread of these doctrines, which can fairly be considered the natural product
of war conditions in an industrial democracy. With the close of the war a
number of labor conflicts came to a head, and one in coal-mining which
was long continued, had a particularly serious effect upon industry in
general.
738. Control of commerce and commercial policy.—Early in the war
the trade of the United Kingdom was placed by the government under strict
the inception of new undertakings, and for this purpose it will promote the
formation of syndicates and the placing of issues. When British capital is
raised by its means for overseas enterprises, it will seek to secure that
orders in connection with new undertakings are placed in this country. It
will pay special attention to the study of new schemes, and for this purpose
it will develop an Information Bureau with representatives abroad which
will keep in touch with the Department of Commercial Intelligence of the
Board of Trade. It will also be ready to give financial assistance to
arrangements for promoting the better organisation of British industries.”
737. Effects on labor.—In the world of labor, as in the sphere of leaders,
the war wrought far-reaching changes. The sudden demand for men in the
field necessitated the withdrawal of laborers from industry at the very time
when the demand for service at home to support the military establishment
was most urgent. There followed a strain on the forces of labor which in
some cases was allowed to over-tax the capacity of the worker, not only to
his own personal injury but also to the disadvantage of the public; while in
some cases the laborer, not properly educated in patriotism and thrift,
exploited the situation to extort high wages which he spent extravagantly. In
the course of time these extremes were evened out, but they illustrate the
stresses which permeated the whole industrial structure and which persisted
in one form or another until the end of the war. There was necessarily a
great “dilution” of skilled labor, with the labor of women and of unskilled
men and youths. Trade unions for a time renounced the strict application of
their rules, while at the same time they extended greatly their membership.
Conflict with employers was postponed, in general, during the course of the
war. But the feeling grew strong in the ranks of labor that an undue share of
the burden was thrown upon the worker, and that the capitalist-employer
had an undue share of the returns and too nearly absolute control. The
Russian revolution appears to have had only a very slight influence on the
spread of these doctrines, which can fairly be considered the natural product
of war conditions in an industrial democracy. With the close of the war a
number of labor conflicts came to a head, and one in coal-mining which
was long continued, had a particularly serious effect upon industry in
general.
738. Control of commerce and commercial policy.—Early in the war
the trade of the United Kingdom was placed by the government under strict
Page 577
control. In the emergency of the war it was obviously proper to assure the
priority of national over private interests, and the shortage of ships made
regulation doubly important. The importation of some wares was prohibited
outright, of some wares was restricted to a definite quantity, of some wares
was allowed under government license. Similarly exports were placed
under control, to keep the needed stocks at home, and to make sure that
enemy powers did not profit by British trade. All these measures had a
military object, and had no significance with regard to the traditional policy
of free trade. In the second war budget, however, taking effect in 1915, the
list of dutiable imports was extended to include some manufactured wares
(cinema films, clocks and watches, motor cars, and musical instruments),
which were subjected in general to an import duty of 331⁄3%. The measure
was designed to give revenue, not protection, and it had little practical
importance; the importation of most of these articles was soon absolutely
prohibited. As a departure from the principles that had been followed in the
preceding half century it had considerable significance. Significance
attached also to the arrangement in a later budget by which preferential
rates, usually two-thirds or five-sixths of the full rate, were established on
most of the articles subject to duty, and an opportunity was thus afforded to
make some return to the British dominions for the preferences which they
had long allowed.
739. Report of the Committee on Commercial Policy.—An Economic
Conference of the Allies was held at Paris in 1916, at which was discussed
the commercial policy to be pursued by the allied powers at the close of the
war. The conference was probably designed to frighten the Germans into
making peace, and had no practical results of importance. It did, however,
bring to the attention of the English the questions of policy which they must
face, and occasioned the appointment of a Committee on Commercial and
Industrial Policy after the War, including a number of prominent and
influential members, which made its final report in 1918. The substance of
the report was as follows.
The committee condemned the plan of establishing a comprehensive
tariff to be used in bargaining with other countries, to force concessions in
rates from them; and also the plan to impose duties on manufactured
imports as a source of revenue. On the other hand it favored duties in
specific instances to prevent “dumping,” the sale of goods in a foreign
market at prices lower than in the country of manufacture; and it urged, in
priority of national over private interests, and the shortage of ships made
regulation doubly important. The importation of some wares was prohibited
outright, of some wares was restricted to a definite quantity, of some wares
was allowed under government license. Similarly exports were placed
under control, to keep the needed stocks at home, and to make sure that
enemy powers did not profit by British trade. All these measures had a
military object, and had no significance with regard to the traditional policy
of free trade. In the second war budget, however, taking effect in 1915, the
list of dutiable imports was extended to include some manufactured wares
(cinema films, clocks and watches, motor cars, and musical instruments),
which were subjected in general to an import duty of 331⁄3%. The measure
was designed to give revenue, not protection, and it had little practical
importance; the importation of most of these articles was soon absolutely
prohibited. As a departure from the principles that had been followed in the
preceding half century it had considerable significance. Significance
attached also to the arrangement in a later budget by which preferential
rates, usually two-thirds or five-sixths of the full rate, were established on
most of the articles subject to duty, and an opportunity was thus afforded to
make some return to the British dominions for the preferences which they
had long allowed.
739. Report of the Committee on Commercial Policy.—An Economic
Conference of the Allies was held at Paris in 1916, at which was discussed
the commercial policy to be pursued by the allied powers at the close of the
war. The conference was probably designed to frighten the Germans into
making peace, and had no practical results of importance. It did, however,
bring to the attention of the English the questions of policy which they must
face, and occasioned the appointment of a Committee on Commercial and
Industrial Policy after the War, including a number of prominent and
influential members, which made its final report in 1918. The substance of
the report was as follows.
The committee condemned the plan of establishing a comprehensive
tariff to be used in bargaining with other countries, to force concessions in
rates from them; and also the plan to impose duties on manufactured
imports as a source of revenue. On the other hand it favored duties in
specific instances to prevent “dumping,” the sale of goods in a foreign
market at prices lower than in the country of manufacture; and it urged, in
Page 578
the light of experience of the war that protection should be afforded, “at all
hazards and at any expense,” to industries which it described as “key” or
“pivotal.” Such were the industries providing synthetic dyes, zinc, tungsten
(for high-speed steel), magnetos, optical and chemical glass, hosiery
needles, precision gages, and certain drugs and chemicals. The United
Kingdom had depended on other countries, particularly Germany, for the
supply of these products, and had then paid dearly for the lack of them.
Finally, the Committee approved the principle of imperial preference, and
advised that preferential treatment be accorded to the British Possessions in
the case of all customs duties established.
740. Safeguarding of Industries Act, 1921.—By an act of Parliament
which went into effect in 1921 the most important recommendations of the
committee were given the force of law. The act imposed an import duty of
331⁄3% ad valorem on a long list of articles, perhaps 3,000 altogether,
defined in detail by the government Board of Trade. The general character
of these articles has been already indicated in the preceding section; they
were the products of “key industries,” without which other and larger
branches of industry would be lamed in operation. Another section of the
act was designed to prevent “dumping.” It empowered the Board of Trade
to protect industries in the United Kingdom by a duty of 331⁄3% from the
competition of articles offered for sale there at prices below the cost of
production in the country of origin, or at prices abnormally low by reason
of the depreciation of the currency in that country.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Chart the statistics of British trade, 1913-1919, continuing if
practicable the graph previously constructed.
2. Immediate effects of the war on the course of British trade. [British
oversea commerce in war time, Quarterly Rev., Jan. 1915, 223: 252-265;
Trade in war time, Polit. Quarterly, 1916, no. 7, 99-121.]
3. The balance of trade in 1916. [H. J. Jennings in Fortnightly Rev., 1917,
107: 302-312.]
4. In what way did each of the imports in the list of those supplied by the
United States contribute to maintain military efficiency?
5. Effects of the war on agriculture. [J. B. Firth in Fortnightly Rev., 1917,
107: 595-605; A. W. Ashby, in Edinburgh Review, 1917, 225: 343-363; H.
hazards and at any expense,” to industries which it described as “key” or
“pivotal.” Such were the industries providing synthetic dyes, zinc, tungsten
(for high-speed steel), magnetos, optical and chemical glass, hosiery
needles, precision gages, and certain drugs and chemicals. The United
Kingdom had depended on other countries, particularly Germany, for the
supply of these products, and had then paid dearly for the lack of them.
Finally, the Committee approved the principle of imperial preference, and
advised that preferential treatment be accorded to the British Possessions in
the case of all customs duties established.
740. Safeguarding of Industries Act, 1921.—By an act of Parliament
which went into effect in 1921 the most important recommendations of the
committee were given the force of law. The act imposed an import duty of
331⁄3% ad valorem on a long list of articles, perhaps 3,000 altogether,
defined in detail by the government Board of Trade. The general character
of these articles has been already indicated in the preceding section; they
were the products of “key industries,” without which other and larger
branches of industry would be lamed in operation. Another section of the
act was designed to prevent “dumping.” It empowered the Board of Trade
to protect industries in the United Kingdom by a duty of 331⁄3% from the
competition of articles offered for sale there at prices below the cost of
production in the country of origin, or at prices abnormally low by reason
of the depreciation of the currency in that country.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Chart the statistics of British trade, 1913-1919, continuing if
practicable the graph previously constructed.
2. Immediate effects of the war on the course of British trade. [British
oversea commerce in war time, Quarterly Rev., Jan. 1915, 223: 252-265;
Trade in war time, Polit. Quarterly, 1916, no. 7, 99-121.]
3. The balance of trade in 1916. [H. J. Jennings in Fortnightly Rev., 1917,
107: 302-312.]
4. In what way did each of the imports in the list of those supplied by the
United States contribute to maintain military efficiency?
5. Effects of the war on agriculture. [J. B. Firth in Fortnightly Rev., 1917,
107: 595-605; A. W. Ashby, in Edinburgh Review, 1917, 225: 343-363; H.
Page 579
Wyatt, Development of the agricultural motor, Quarterly Rev., 1917, 227:
194 ff.]
6. Agricultural policy. [L. Smith Gordon in Quarterly Rev., 1917, 227:
178 ff.; F. D. Acland in Contemp. Rev., May, 1917, 111: 570-578; E. Lipson
in Fortn. Rev., 1917, 107: 100 ff.]
7. Industrial efficiency in the war. [A. Shadwell in Edinb. Rev., Jan.
1915, 221: 151-177; B. S. Rowntree, Nineteenth Cent., 1917, 81: 399-412.]
8. The British Trade Corporation. [H. J. Jennings in Fortn. Rev., 1916,
106: 841-851; R. H. I. Palgrave in Quart. Rev., Jan., 1918, 229: 143-153; C.
S. Addis in Edinb. Rev., July, 1918, 228: 43-58.]
9. The labor movement during the war. [G. D. H. Cole in Amer. Econ.
Rev., Sept., 1918, 8: 485-505; J. A. Hobson in Contemp. Rev., Nov., 1920,
118: 638-645; R. S. Rowntree in Contemp. Rev., Oct., 1917, 112: 368-379.]
10. Railroads in and after the war. [E. A. Pratt in Nineteenth Cent., 1916,
80: 398-410; J. H. Balfour-Browne in Nineteenth Cent., 1918, 83: 619-636;
Edinb. Rev., Jan., 1917, 225: 84-103; W. M. Acworth in National Rev.,
1919-20, 74: 256 ff.]
11. Shipping at the close of the war. [J. Hilton in Edinb. Rev., Apr. 1918,
227: 359-382; S. Brooks in Nineteenth Century, 1918, 84: 1116-1129; C.
Maughan in Quart. Rev., Oct., 1919, 232: 471-488; A. Hurd in Fortn. Rev.,
1920, 113: 584-597.]
12. Proposals of the Paris Conference of 1916, regarding trade policy
after the war. [H. Cox in Edinb. Rev., July, 1916, 224: 189-208; J. A. R.
Marriott in Nineteenth Century, 1916, 80: 1097-1112.]
13. Report of the Committee on Commercial Policy. [Beauchamp in
Contemp. Rev., May, 1917, 111: 545-552; L. J. Reid in same, July, 1918,
114: 35-40.]
14. Tariff policy at the close of the war. [H. Cox in Edinb. Rev., Apr.
1917, 225: 379-408, and Oct., 1918, 228: 387 ff., with many references to
contemporary opinion.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Most of the statistical facts of primary commercial importance are to be
found in the annual volumes of the Statistical Abstract of the United
Kingdom. A useful compilation is offered by William A. Paton, *The
194 ff.]
6. Agricultural policy. [L. Smith Gordon in Quarterly Rev., 1917, 227:
178 ff.; F. D. Acland in Contemp. Rev., May, 1917, 111: 570-578; E. Lipson
in Fortn. Rev., 1917, 107: 100 ff.]
7. Industrial efficiency in the war. [A. Shadwell in Edinb. Rev., Jan.
1915, 221: 151-177; B. S. Rowntree, Nineteenth Cent., 1917, 81: 399-412.]
8. The British Trade Corporation. [H. J. Jennings in Fortn. Rev., 1916,
106: 841-851; R. H. I. Palgrave in Quart. Rev., Jan., 1918, 229: 143-153; C.
S. Addis in Edinb. Rev., July, 1918, 228: 43-58.]
9. The labor movement during the war. [G. D. H. Cole in Amer. Econ.
Rev., Sept., 1918, 8: 485-505; J. A. Hobson in Contemp. Rev., Nov., 1920,
118: 638-645; R. S. Rowntree in Contemp. Rev., Oct., 1917, 112: 368-379.]
10. Railroads in and after the war. [E. A. Pratt in Nineteenth Cent., 1916,
80: 398-410; J. H. Balfour-Browne in Nineteenth Cent., 1918, 83: 619-636;
Edinb. Rev., Jan., 1917, 225: 84-103; W. M. Acworth in National Rev.,
1919-20, 74: 256 ff.]
11. Shipping at the close of the war. [J. Hilton in Edinb. Rev., Apr. 1918,
227: 359-382; S. Brooks in Nineteenth Century, 1918, 84: 1116-1129; C.
Maughan in Quart. Rev., Oct., 1919, 232: 471-488; A. Hurd in Fortn. Rev.,
1920, 113: 584-597.]
12. Proposals of the Paris Conference of 1916, regarding trade policy
after the war. [H. Cox in Edinb. Rev., July, 1916, 224: 189-208; J. A. R.
Marriott in Nineteenth Century, 1916, 80: 1097-1112.]
13. Report of the Committee on Commercial Policy. [Beauchamp in
Contemp. Rev., May, 1917, 111: 545-552; L. J. Reid in same, July, 1918,
114: 35-40.]
14. Tariff policy at the close of the war. [H. Cox in Edinb. Rev., Apr.
1917, 225: 379-408, and Oct., 1918, 228: 387 ff., with many references to
contemporary opinion.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Most of the statistical facts of primary commercial importance are to be
found in the annual volumes of the Statistical Abstract of the United
Kingdom. A useful compilation is offered by William A. Paton, *The
Page 580
economic position of the United Kingdom, 1912-1918, Washington, 1919,
Bur. of For. and Dom. Commerce, Misc. Series no. 96.
Of the publications of the Carnegie Peace Endowment the following pay
special attention to the United Kingdom: vol. 11, B. H. Hibbard, Effects
upon agriculture; vol. 18, C. W. Baker, Government control and operation
of industry; vol. 7, F. L. McVey, Financial history; vol. 4, F. H. Dixon and J.
H. Parmelee, War administration of the railways; vol. 14, M. B. Hammond,
British labor conditions and legislation. J. A. Salter, Allied Shipping
Control, Oxford, 1821, is the first of a British series of publications of the
Carnegie Peace Endowment which promises to make important
contributions to our knowledge of the war period. Howard L. Gray, War
time control of industry: the experience of England, N. Y., 1918, is accepted
by competent British critics as an excellent presentation of the subject.
The British Association for the Advancement of Science stimulated
inquiries into “Labour, finance and the war,” which have been edited by A.
W. Kirkaldy and published under that title.
The National Civic Federation published a report on The labor situation
in Great Britain and France, N. Y., 1919, which aimed to describe
impartially conditions and policies. In the writings of G. D. H. Cole
(Labour in war time, London, 1915, etc., etc.) will be found a vigorous
criticism of the existing system; for a corrective see L. L. Price, Mr. Cole on
labour problems, Economic Journal, June, 1919, 29: 186-201. Space is
lacking here for reference to the many publications on Whitley Councils,
Gild Socialism, etc., and to the various aspects of “reconstruction.” A brief
report entitled Economic reconstruction, from the Bureau of For. and Dom.
Commerce, Misc. Series no. 73, Washington, 1918, attends particularly to
commerce and commercial policy, and is relatively full on the United
Kingdom; it can if necessary be made to serve as a substitute for the full
report of Lord Balfour of Burleigh’s committee on commercial and
industrial policy [Cd. 9035], which was published in the parliamentary set
for 1918, vol. 13, with an extensive report on shipping and other reports on
special industries.
Bur. of For. and Dom. Commerce, Misc. Series no. 96.
Of the publications of the Carnegie Peace Endowment the following pay
special attention to the United Kingdom: vol. 11, B. H. Hibbard, Effects
upon agriculture; vol. 18, C. W. Baker, Government control and operation
of industry; vol. 7, F. L. McVey, Financial history; vol. 4, F. H. Dixon and J.
H. Parmelee, War administration of the railways; vol. 14, M. B. Hammond,
British labor conditions and legislation. J. A. Salter, Allied Shipping
Control, Oxford, 1821, is the first of a British series of publications of the
Carnegie Peace Endowment which promises to make important
contributions to our knowledge of the war period. Howard L. Gray, War
time control of industry: the experience of England, N. Y., 1918, is accepted
by competent British critics as an excellent presentation of the subject.
The British Association for the Advancement of Science stimulated
inquiries into “Labour, finance and the war,” which have been edited by A.
W. Kirkaldy and published under that title.
The National Civic Federation published a report on The labor situation
in Great Britain and France, N. Y., 1919, which aimed to describe
impartially conditions and policies. In the writings of G. D. H. Cole
(Labour in war time, London, 1915, etc., etc.) will be found a vigorous
criticism of the existing system; for a corrective see L. L. Price, Mr. Cole on
labour problems, Economic Journal, June, 1919, 29: 186-201. Space is
lacking here for reference to the many publications on Whitley Councils,
Gild Socialism, etc., and to the various aspects of “reconstruction.” A brief
report entitled Economic reconstruction, from the Bureau of For. and Dom.
Commerce, Misc. Series no. 73, Washington, 1918, attends particularly to
commerce and commercial policy, and is relatively full on the United
Kingdom; it can if necessary be made to serve as a substitute for the full
report of Lord Balfour of Burleigh’s committee on commercial and
industrial policy [Cd. 9035], which was published in the parliamentary set
for 1918, vol. 13, with an extensive report on shipping and other reports on
special industries.
Page 581
CHAPTER LVI
FRANCE AND THE PROBLEM OF REPARATIONS
741. Effects of the war upon the commerce of belligerent and of
neutral states.—The commerce of the United Kingdom in the period of the
war has been treated at considerable length not only because it was itself an
important factor in determining the outcome of the struggle, but also
because it illustrated the general conditions of the period. War brought to
the other belligerent states the same urgent need of imports, affected in a
similar way the organization of production, and restricted exports. To the
neutral states the war brought some dangers and some losses, but it brought
also a great commercial opportunity. If they were in a position to supply the
needs of the belligerents they could charge unheard of sums for their
services. Individual merchants who seized the opportunity made great
fortunes, in the Netherlands, in the Scandinavian states and in Spain. In
neutral as well as in belligerent states, however, the waste of war brought
loss and suffering; while some few individuals grew richer the mass of the
people grew poorer.
742. Statistics of French commerce, 1913-1919.—The most important
features in the commerce of France in the period of the war appear in the
accompanying table. As the table does not take into account the
depreciation of the French currency in the course of the war and gives
merely nominal exchange equivalents, the reader should be cautious in the
comparison of figures in the upper and lower part of a column, and in the
comparison of these “paper” figures with figures representing actual gold
dollars, as given in the statistics of the United States.9 Figures in any
horizontal row are strictly comparable, since they represent an equal
amount of depreciation.
Trade of France, 1913-1919.
(Figures in hundred millions of dollars; 1 signifies approximately $100,000,000. The left-hand
column under every heading gives imports;the right hand column gives exports.)
Material for
Food products Manufactures Total trade
industry
I. E. I. E. I. E. I. E.
FRANCE AND THE PROBLEM OF REPARATIONS
741. Effects of the war upon the commerce of belligerent and of
neutral states.—The commerce of the United Kingdom in the period of the
war has been treated at considerable length not only because it was itself an
important factor in determining the outcome of the struggle, but also
because it illustrated the general conditions of the period. War brought to
the other belligerent states the same urgent need of imports, affected in a
similar way the organization of production, and restricted exports. To the
neutral states the war brought some dangers and some losses, but it brought
also a great commercial opportunity. If they were in a position to supply the
needs of the belligerents they could charge unheard of sums for their
services. Individual merchants who seized the opportunity made great
fortunes, in the Netherlands, in the Scandinavian states and in Spain. In
neutral as well as in belligerent states, however, the waste of war brought
loss and suffering; while some few individuals grew richer the mass of the
people grew poorer.
742. Statistics of French commerce, 1913-1919.—The most important
features in the commerce of France in the period of the war appear in the
accompanying table. As the table does not take into account the
depreciation of the French currency in the course of the war and gives
merely nominal exchange equivalents, the reader should be cautious in the
comparison of figures in the upper and lower part of a column, and in the
comparison of these “paper” figures with figures representing actual gold
dollars, as given in the statistics of the United States.9 Figures in any
horizontal row are strictly comparable, since they represent an equal
amount of depreciation.
Trade of France, 1913-1919.
(Figures in hundred millions of dollars; 1 signifies approximately $100,000,000. The left-hand
column under every heading gives imports;the right hand column gives exports.)
Material for
Food products Manufactures Total trade
industry
I. E. I. E. I. E. I. E.
Page 582
1913 4 2 10 4 3 7 16 13
1914 4 1 7 3 2 5 12 9
1915 6 1 9 1 6 5 21 8
1916 8 1 13 2 9 7 29 10
1917 13 1 23 2 17 8 53 12
1918 10 1 18 2 12 5 40 8
1919 12 1 18 3 11 7 41 12
743. Changes in imports and exports.—Attending first to the horizontal
row giving conditions in 1913 we find France able to enjoy a surplus of
imports by reason of her foreign investments, in Russia and other countries;
the imports consisted mainly of industrial raw materials, to a less extent of
food products, still less of manufactures. The country made payment for its
imports mainly by finished manufactures, but exported also raw materials
and food products. Now following down the vertical columns the reader
will note an absolute decline of the value of exports, even in terms of a
depreciated currency; this implied, of course, a much more serious
shrinkage in the quantities of wares sold abroad. Accompanying this
movement was a rapid expansion in the nominal value of the imports,
sufficient in some branches to indicate an actual increase in the volume of
trade, and resulting in a divergence in the values of imports and exports
which signified that France was incurring a heavy debt abroad.
744. Changes in the direction of trade.—From Germany France had
received in 1913 about 13 per cent of the total value of her imports, from
Belgium about half as much; so that the closing of those two countries
alone involved the source of one-fifth of the French import trade. Russia
had not been so important as a source of supply, and trade with the Central
Powers aside from Germany had not been considerable. The following table
indicates the sources to which France turned to obtain the means for
carrying on the war.
Imports into France, by Country from which Obtained
(Figures in hundred millions of dollars; .1 signifies approximately
$10,000,000.)
1914 4 1 7 3 2 5 12 9
1915 6 1 9 1 6 5 21 8
1916 8 1 13 2 9 7 29 10
1917 13 1 23 2 17 8 53 12
1918 10 1 18 2 12 5 40 8
1919 12 1 18 3 11 7 41 12
743. Changes in imports and exports.—Attending first to the horizontal
row giving conditions in 1913 we find France able to enjoy a surplus of
imports by reason of her foreign investments, in Russia and other countries;
the imports consisted mainly of industrial raw materials, to a less extent of
food products, still less of manufactures. The country made payment for its
imports mainly by finished manufactures, but exported also raw materials
and food products. Now following down the vertical columns the reader
will note an absolute decline of the value of exports, even in terms of a
depreciated currency; this implied, of course, a much more serious
shrinkage in the quantities of wares sold abroad. Accompanying this
movement was a rapid expansion in the nominal value of the imports,
sufficient in some branches to indicate an actual increase in the volume of
trade, and resulting in a divergence in the values of imports and exports
which signified that France was incurring a heavy debt abroad.
744. Changes in the direction of trade.—From Germany France had
received in 1913 about 13 per cent of the total value of her imports, from
Belgium about half as much; so that the closing of those two countries
alone involved the source of one-fifth of the French import trade. Russia
had not been so important as a source of supply, and trade with the Central
Powers aside from Germany had not been considerable. The following table
indicates the sources to which France turned to obtain the means for
carrying on the war.
Imports into France, by Country from which Obtained
(Figures in hundred millions of dollars; .1 signifies approximately
$10,000,000.)
Page 583
1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919
United States 2 2 6 9 19 13 11
United Kingdom 2 2 6 8 13 11 10
Spain .5 .4 1 1 3 1 1
Italy .5 .3 1 1 2 1 1
Argentine .7 .4 1 1 2 2 2
Algiers .6 .6 1 1 1 1 1
The exports of France, measured even in the inflated value of the period,
declined in the case of most countries of commercial importance; the
noteworthy exception was Italy, to which, in the course of the war, exports
were double or triple the usual value of the preceding period of peace.
745. French finances during the war.—French finances were in bad
condition at the outbreak of the war. Expenditures had increased greatly in
the decade before 1914, and the government was slow to recognize the
necessity of heavier taxes. In the years 1908-1914 every year but one had
shown an actual deficit. After mobilization, which even in August, 1914,
had called out nearly 4 million men and early in 1915 had called over 5
million, it was particularly difficult to devise and apply new taxes; while in
the meantime the enemy had occupied some of the richest industrial
districts, contributing normally about 15 per cent of the public revenue. In
consequence the government raised by taxation only a small proportion of
the funds required by the expenditures of the war period (Aug. 1, 1914—
Apr. 1, 1919), about one-eighth, as compared with one-quarter in the United
Kingdom and one-third in the United States. Stating figures approximately
in milliards of francs the government incurred a total expenditure of 181,
and met it as follows: 22 by taxes, 86 by loans placed at home, 26 by loans
from the Bank of France, 27 by foreign loans, leaving a floating debt of 20
still to be provided for in 1919. The last three items had an important
bearing on the commercial relations of France. Loans from the Bank of
France took the form of bank notes, paper money, which inflated the
currency and tended to raise the rate of foreign exchange on other countries
far above the normal par; the unsettled finances evidenced by the floating
debt tended to cause violent fluctuations of the rate; a foreign debt would, if
United States 2 2 6 9 19 13 11
United Kingdom 2 2 6 8 13 11 10
Spain .5 .4 1 1 3 1 1
Italy .5 .3 1 1 2 1 1
Argentine .7 .4 1 1 2 2 2
Algiers .6 .6 1 1 1 1 1
The exports of France, measured even in the inflated value of the period,
declined in the case of most countries of commercial importance; the
noteworthy exception was Italy, to which, in the course of the war, exports
were double or triple the usual value of the preceding period of peace.
745. French finances during the war.—French finances were in bad
condition at the outbreak of the war. Expenditures had increased greatly in
the decade before 1914, and the government was slow to recognize the
necessity of heavier taxes. In the years 1908-1914 every year but one had
shown an actual deficit. After mobilization, which even in August, 1914,
had called out nearly 4 million men and early in 1915 had called over 5
million, it was particularly difficult to devise and apply new taxes; while in
the meantime the enemy had occupied some of the richest industrial
districts, contributing normally about 15 per cent of the public revenue. In
consequence the government raised by taxation only a small proportion of
the funds required by the expenditures of the war period (Aug. 1, 1914—
Apr. 1, 1919), about one-eighth, as compared with one-quarter in the United
Kingdom and one-third in the United States. Stating figures approximately
in milliards of francs the government incurred a total expenditure of 181,
and met it as follows: 22 by taxes, 86 by loans placed at home, 26 by loans
from the Bank of France, 27 by foreign loans, leaving a floating debt of 20
still to be provided for in 1919. The last three items had an important
bearing on the commercial relations of France. Loans from the Bank of
France took the form of bank notes, paper money, which inflated the
currency and tended to raise the rate of foreign exchange on other countries
far above the normal par; the unsettled finances evidenced by the floating
debt tended to cause violent fluctuations of the rate; a foreign debt would, if
Page 584
interest were paid on it, involve remittance at high rates and would require
an increase of exports if no other resource were available.
746. Damage done to the devastated districts.—The amount of the
damage done to property in that part of France where the fighting took
place will probably never be known with any approach to accuracy. The
area affected was not very large, perhaps 10 per cent at most of the total
area of France, of which the smaller part, perhaps 4 per cent of the total, lay
in the devastated districts where the fighting was fiercest. Unfortunately for
France her best coal and iron mines and almost one-third of her
manufacturing industry lay within the area of invasion; from one-half to
nine-tenths or more of some of the textile manufactures (woolen, cotton,
flax and linen) and half of the metal workers, were in the occupied zone.
France was seriously handicapped during the war by her inability to draw
upon the resources of the occupied regions. Her dependence on imports
from the United States and the United Kingdom would not have been nearly
so great if she had been able to maintain her productive organization
unimpaired. She suffered from the lack of product, but in spite of that she
and her allies won the war. Then she faced a greater loss, that of plant, the
accumulated capital of generations, represented not only in mines and
factories, but also in dwelling houses, in roads and bridges, in the very
fields themselves. In the devastated districts peace restored to her not an
asset but a grievous liability. She owed to her own people the obligation of
repairing the damage and restoring that which had been destroyed, at a time
when she was crippled by other burdens which the war had cast upon her.
Conservative estimates of the loss ranged from 10 to 15 milliards of gold
francs; other estimates (unquestionably exaggerated for political purposes)
went up to 65 or 75 or more.
747. Territorial gains of France.—The treaty of peace rendered France
some benefits that may be put on the other side of the account. Most
important to her, among the territorial changes, was the restoration of the
provinces of Alsace and Lorraine, which Germany had taken and had held
since 1871. Lorraine included the richest bed of iron ore in Europe; from
that province Germany had derived, since the development of the basic
process of steel manufacture, three-fourths of her annual supply of ore. The
phosphate slag, which was a by-product of the basic process, was a valuable
fertilizer; and a great bed of potash in Alsace offered another important
agricultural resource. To atone to some extent for the wanton damage done
an increase of exports if no other resource were available.
746. Damage done to the devastated districts.—The amount of the
damage done to property in that part of France where the fighting took
place will probably never be known with any approach to accuracy. The
area affected was not very large, perhaps 10 per cent at most of the total
area of France, of which the smaller part, perhaps 4 per cent of the total, lay
in the devastated districts where the fighting was fiercest. Unfortunately for
France her best coal and iron mines and almost one-third of her
manufacturing industry lay within the area of invasion; from one-half to
nine-tenths or more of some of the textile manufactures (woolen, cotton,
flax and linen) and half of the metal workers, were in the occupied zone.
France was seriously handicapped during the war by her inability to draw
upon the resources of the occupied regions. Her dependence on imports
from the United States and the United Kingdom would not have been nearly
so great if she had been able to maintain her productive organization
unimpaired. She suffered from the lack of product, but in spite of that she
and her allies won the war. Then she faced a greater loss, that of plant, the
accumulated capital of generations, represented not only in mines and
factories, but also in dwelling houses, in roads and bridges, in the very
fields themselves. In the devastated districts peace restored to her not an
asset but a grievous liability. She owed to her own people the obligation of
repairing the damage and restoring that which had been destroyed, at a time
when she was crippled by other burdens which the war had cast upon her.
Conservative estimates of the loss ranged from 10 to 15 milliards of gold
francs; other estimates (unquestionably exaggerated for political purposes)
went up to 65 or 75 or more.
747. Territorial gains of France.—The treaty of peace rendered France
some benefits that may be put on the other side of the account. Most
important to her, among the territorial changes, was the restoration of the
provinces of Alsace and Lorraine, which Germany had taken and had held
since 1871. Lorraine included the richest bed of iron ore in Europe; from
that province Germany had derived, since the development of the basic
process of steel manufacture, three-fourths of her annual supply of ore. The
phosphate slag, which was a by-product of the basic process, was a valuable
fertilizer; and a great bed of potash in Alsace offered another important
agricultural resource. To atone to some extent for the wanton damage done
Page 585
to the French coal mines, which could not be repaired for years, Germany
ceded ownership in the coal mines of the Saar basin, on the border of
Lorraine, which did not, however, become a part of France, but was left
under international control. These changes doubled French capacity for iron
production. They left her still short of coal, particularly of the coking
variety needed for blast furnaces; and promised to render her the greatest
return if she shipped her ore to the Ruhr district of Germany to be smelted.
748. The question of reparation; Germany’s quick assets.—Important
as were these territorial changes for the future of France they offered little
help in her present emergency. She needed immediately a great fund of
fluid wealth, which could be used to repair the damage done to her by the
war, and felt that she had the right to look to Germany, the deliberate
aggressor in the conflict, to make good the losses which she had suffered.
Reference to the table of costs of the war in a preceding chapter will
show the lamentable inadequacy of German resources to make good the
total losses for which Germany was responsible. The costs could have been
met only in small part even if the total national wealth of Germany as it was
before the war could have been expropriated. Some parts of that wealth,
indeed, could be and were taken; such were securities representing German
investments in foreign countries, and ships, which could be moved to any
part of the world without losing their value. In the aggregate these items
went but a little way toward meeting the total costs. Another item, the stock
of precious metals which the German government had accumulated and
retained, was not so readily available as it appeared to be; on that stock was
based the whole structure of public and private credit in Germany, and a
drain upon it, if excessive, would cause a collapse that would seriously
affect the solvency of the country. Germany was in such desperate straits at
the close of the war that the allies of the Entente were forced to allow her to
buy food from the outside with part of the gold reserve, and saw it melting
away before their eyes. In sum, the “quick assets” of Germany were
pitifully small to meet the bill of costs; they were estimated to amount to
several milliard dollars, but when the necessary deductions were made they
offered scarcely one milliard for reparations.
749. Principle conditioning Germany’s capacity to pay.—Most of the
wealth of Germany was fixed in the country, and was not directly available
for reparation. There was no sense in confiscating and distributing it. The
reader will better understand that essential point if he will face the question:
ceded ownership in the coal mines of the Saar basin, on the border of
Lorraine, which did not, however, become a part of France, but was left
under international control. These changes doubled French capacity for iron
production. They left her still short of coal, particularly of the coking
variety needed for blast furnaces; and promised to render her the greatest
return if she shipped her ore to the Ruhr district of Germany to be smelted.
748. The question of reparation; Germany’s quick assets.—Important
as were these territorial changes for the future of France they offered little
help in her present emergency. She needed immediately a great fund of
fluid wealth, which could be used to repair the damage done to her by the
war, and felt that she had the right to look to Germany, the deliberate
aggressor in the conflict, to make good the losses which she had suffered.
Reference to the table of costs of the war in a preceding chapter will
show the lamentable inadequacy of German resources to make good the
total losses for which Germany was responsible. The costs could have been
met only in small part even if the total national wealth of Germany as it was
before the war could have been expropriated. Some parts of that wealth,
indeed, could be and were taken; such were securities representing German
investments in foreign countries, and ships, which could be moved to any
part of the world without losing their value. In the aggregate these items
went but a little way toward meeting the total costs. Another item, the stock
of precious metals which the German government had accumulated and
retained, was not so readily available as it appeared to be; on that stock was
based the whole structure of public and private credit in Germany, and a
drain upon it, if excessive, would cause a collapse that would seriously
affect the solvency of the country. Germany was in such desperate straits at
the close of the war that the allies of the Entente were forced to allow her to
buy food from the outside with part of the gold reserve, and saw it melting
away before their eyes. In sum, the “quick assets” of Germany were
pitifully small to meet the bill of costs; they were estimated to amount to
several milliard dollars, but when the necessary deductions were made they
offered scarcely one milliard for reparations.
749. Principle conditioning Germany’s capacity to pay.—Most of the
wealth of Germany was fixed in the country, and was not directly available
for reparation. There was no sense in confiscating and distributing it. The
reader will better understand that essential point if he will face the question:
Page 586
how could the benefits arising from the ownership of that wealth be
transferred to other countries to be enjoyed in them? Suppose that you are
granted, to repair your losses in the war, the ownership of a German farm or
factory; how will you get any good from it? You want some real material
good, something that you could enjoy yourself, or could exchange to
advantage. A piece of paper would not satisfy you. Gold would be
acceptable, but the Germans had little of that left, needed a minimum
amount to enable them to continue in business, and could get more only as
they bought it abroad. To pay you something real the Germans would have
to ship out something real, whether they paid it directly to you or bought
with it “foreign exchange,” that is, the right to something real, gold or its
material equivalent, in the country in which you live. After the initial
payment of the country’s quick assets, Germany could pay only a sum equal
in value to the excess of German exports over imports during any period of
time that might be determined. This was the fundamental principle limiting
the amount of payment in reparations that could effectively be imposed.
750. Practical limits of amount and period of payments.—There were,
therefore, two factors to be considered in fixing the amount to be exacted:
the amount per year that Germany could pay, and the number of years over
which payments should extend. Trustworthy investigators reached the
conclusion that Germany before the war, with its productive organization
unimpaired, would have been able to pay about one milliard dollars a year.
Here was given the maximum for one factor. Various considerations set a
limit to the other factor, the period of time during which payments should
be exacted. On this as on other points there was no general agreement; the
situation at the close of the war was too tense to permit participants in it to
judge the question calmly. Fair-minded friends of the western allies
believed, however, that the interests of the allies themselves required the
limitation of the period during which the payment should be made to a
definite and reasonably short time, say thirty years, the span of a human
generation. This restriction was prompted by regard to justice, by the
impropriety of visiting on future generations the sins of their ancestors. It
accorded with considerations of political expediency; the payment of
reparations was certain to introduce an element of strain in international
relations, both economic and political, which must not be too long
continued. Finally, and practically of the greatest importance, the benefit to
be derived from reparations grew rapidly less as the time of payment was
transferred to other countries to be enjoyed in them? Suppose that you are
granted, to repair your losses in the war, the ownership of a German farm or
factory; how will you get any good from it? You want some real material
good, something that you could enjoy yourself, or could exchange to
advantage. A piece of paper would not satisfy you. Gold would be
acceptable, but the Germans had little of that left, needed a minimum
amount to enable them to continue in business, and could get more only as
they bought it abroad. To pay you something real the Germans would have
to ship out something real, whether they paid it directly to you or bought
with it “foreign exchange,” that is, the right to something real, gold or its
material equivalent, in the country in which you live. After the initial
payment of the country’s quick assets, Germany could pay only a sum equal
in value to the excess of German exports over imports during any period of
time that might be determined. This was the fundamental principle limiting
the amount of payment in reparations that could effectively be imposed.
750. Practical limits of amount and period of payments.—There were,
therefore, two factors to be considered in fixing the amount to be exacted:
the amount per year that Germany could pay, and the number of years over
which payments should extend. Trustworthy investigators reached the
conclusion that Germany before the war, with its productive organization
unimpaired, would have been able to pay about one milliard dollars a year.
Here was given the maximum for one factor. Various considerations set a
limit to the other factor, the period of time during which payments should
be exacted. On this as on other points there was no general agreement; the
situation at the close of the war was too tense to permit participants in it to
judge the question calmly. Fair-minded friends of the western allies
believed, however, that the interests of the allies themselves required the
limitation of the period during which the payment should be made to a
definite and reasonably short time, say thirty years, the span of a human
generation. This restriction was prompted by regard to justice, by the
impropriety of visiting on future generations the sins of their ancestors. It
accorded with considerations of political expediency; the payment of
reparations was certain to introduce an element of strain in international
relations, both economic and political, which must not be too long
continued. Finally, and practically of the greatest importance, the benefit to
be derived from reparations grew rapidly less as the time of payment was
Page 587
extended. The reader doubtless knows how quickly sums mount up when
they are put at compound interest. He should realize that payments to be
made in the future shrink correspondingly when their present value is
computed by a process of discount. How much will you give for my pledge
to pay one dollar fifty years hence? You are foolish if you offer more than a
small fraction over five cents, when the rate of interest is 6%.
With due regard to all the factors in the settlement sober and competent
students of the question believed that the maximum payment which should
be imposed on Germany might amount to a lump sum in present value of
ten to fifteen milliards of dollars.
751. Provisions of the Treaty of Versailles regarding reparations.—
By the Treaty of Versailles (article 231) Germany accepted “the
responsibility of Germany and her allies for causing all the loss and damage
to which the Allied and Associated Governments and their nationals have
been subjected as a consequence of the war imposed upon them by the
aggression of Germany and her Allies.” The treaty itself recognized that the
resources of Germany were not sufficient for complete reparation, but, most
unfortunately, did not itself fix a definite sum, the maximum which
Germany might reasonably be expected to pay with reference to the
practical factors which have been sketched in the preceding section. Some
of the European leaders in the Entente had held out extravagant prospects of
indemnity to their people, and were unwilling as yet to confess the facts.
The exact terms of payment were therefore left to be settled later by a
Reparations Commission which was given far-reaching powers to get the
most it could up to a limit set so high that it manifestly exceeded German
capacity to pay. Then followed a period of bitter contest in which the Allies
by threats, by fiscal penalties, and by actual occupation of German territory
sought to make good their claims, while the Germans fell behind in
payment and stolidly professed their inability to meet the demands imposed
upon them. Recovery and reconstruction were seriously delayed, both in
western and in central Europe.
752. London settlement of May, 1921.—A substantial approach toward
a practicable settlement of the question of reparations was made in
conditions drawn up in London in May, 1921, and imposed on Germany
under threat of an occupation of the district of the Ruhr. The terms are
complicated, and are not worth a detailed description for they will probably
be amended, but they are of interest as indicating the form that the final
they are put at compound interest. He should realize that payments to be
made in the future shrink correspondingly when their present value is
computed by a process of discount. How much will you give for my pledge
to pay one dollar fifty years hence? You are foolish if you offer more than a
small fraction over five cents, when the rate of interest is 6%.
With due regard to all the factors in the settlement sober and competent
students of the question believed that the maximum payment which should
be imposed on Germany might amount to a lump sum in present value of
ten to fifteen milliards of dollars.
751. Provisions of the Treaty of Versailles regarding reparations.—
By the Treaty of Versailles (article 231) Germany accepted “the
responsibility of Germany and her allies for causing all the loss and damage
to which the Allied and Associated Governments and their nationals have
been subjected as a consequence of the war imposed upon them by the
aggression of Germany and her Allies.” The treaty itself recognized that the
resources of Germany were not sufficient for complete reparation, but, most
unfortunately, did not itself fix a definite sum, the maximum which
Germany might reasonably be expected to pay with reference to the
practical factors which have been sketched in the preceding section. Some
of the European leaders in the Entente had held out extravagant prospects of
indemnity to their people, and were unwilling as yet to confess the facts.
The exact terms of payment were therefore left to be settled later by a
Reparations Commission which was given far-reaching powers to get the
most it could up to a limit set so high that it manifestly exceeded German
capacity to pay. Then followed a period of bitter contest in which the Allies
by threats, by fiscal penalties, and by actual occupation of German territory
sought to make good their claims, while the Germans fell behind in
payment and stolidly professed their inability to meet the demands imposed
upon them. Recovery and reconstruction were seriously delayed, both in
western and in central Europe.
752. London settlement of May, 1921.—A substantial approach toward
a practicable settlement of the question of reparations was made in
conditions drawn up in London in May, 1921, and imposed on Germany
under threat of an occupation of the district of the Ruhr. The terms are
complicated, and are not worth a detailed description for they will probably
be amended, but they are of interest as indicating the form that the final
Page 588
settlement may possibly take. A summary of the most important provisions
follows: figures are stated in milliards of gold marks, a unit roughly equal
to 250 million dollars.
Germany was bound to annual payments under two heads: first a fixed
sum of 2 milliards, second, a sum equal in amount to about one quarter
(26%) of the value of German exports for the year, but not less than 1
milliard. On the basis of these annual payments of a minimum of 3 milliard
the allies were to issue German bonds of a face value of 50 milliard, on
which 5% interest could be paid and still leave available half a milliard a
year to be employed in a sinking fund toward the extinction of the debt;
after a period of about thirty-seven years Germany would be free. The allies
hoped to realize the present value of the bonds by selling them to investors,
and thus get ready funds for economic reconstruction; while they professed
to believe that the minimum of 3 milliard marks a year was well within the
German capacity to pay. Germany before the war had, indeed, an export
trade amounting to 8 milliard marks and over, while this arrangement
assumed only about 4 milliard, but assumed that the exports could carry the
burden of a heavy tax. The provision for the variable payment of 26% of the
exports assured the allies that they would share in Germany’s prosperity if it
actually did return; and arrangements were made for the possible issue of
more bonds on this basis up to the amount of 82 milliard, making the total
capital sum 132 milliard—over thirty thousand million dollars. The bonds
were to be distributed among the allied states in the following proportions:
France 52 per cent of the issue, United Kingdom 22, Italy 10, Belgium 8,
and the remainder to other countries.
753. Objectionable aspect of reparation payments.—Attention should
now be directed to an interesting and important feature of the reparation
question. Germany, as has been said, could pay an indemnity only by a
surplus of exports over a long period of years. Likewise, the allies in the
long run could receive an indemnity only in the form of a surplus of
imports. Might not this flow of goods, forced by pressure on Germany, be a
curse rather than a blessing to the country receiving it; might it not
undermine home industries? Or, if a tariff protected the producer at home
might it not simply divert this flow to neutral markets, where the British or
French exporter would find himself crowded out by a competition that was
fierce and unyielding because of the military pressure behind it—the
military pressure of his own home government! If Germany endured the
follows: figures are stated in milliards of gold marks, a unit roughly equal
to 250 million dollars.
Germany was bound to annual payments under two heads: first a fixed
sum of 2 milliards, second, a sum equal in amount to about one quarter
(26%) of the value of German exports for the year, but not less than 1
milliard. On the basis of these annual payments of a minimum of 3 milliard
the allies were to issue German bonds of a face value of 50 milliard, on
which 5% interest could be paid and still leave available half a milliard a
year to be employed in a sinking fund toward the extinction of the debt;
after a period of about thirty-seven years Germany would be free. The allies
hoped to realize the present value of the bonds by selling them to investors,
and thus get ready funds for economic reconstruction; while they professed
to believe that the minimum of 3 milliard marks a year was well within the
German capacity to pay. Germany before the war had, indeed, an export
trade amounting to 8 milliard marks and over, while this arrangement
assumed only about 4 milliard, but assumed that the exports could carry the
burden of a heavy tax. The provision for the variable payment of 26% of the
exports assured the allies that they would share in Germany’s prosperity if it
actually did return; and arrangements were made for the possible issue of
more bonds on this basis up to the amount of 82 milliard, making the total
capital sum 132 milliard—over thirty thousand million dollars. The bonds
were to be distributed among the allied states in the following proportions:
France 52 per cent of the issue, United Kingdom 22, Italy 10, Belgium 8,
and the remainder to other countries.
753. Objectionable aspect of reparation payments.—Attention should
now be directed to an interesting and important feature of the reparation
question. Germany, as has been said, could pay an indemnity only by a
surplus of exports over a long period of years. Likewise, the allies in the
long run could receive an indemnity only in the form of a surplus of
imports. Might not this flow of goods, forced by pressure on Germany, be a
curse rather than a blessing to the country receiving it; might it not
undermine home industries? Or, if a tariff protected the producer at home
might it not simply divert this flow to neutral markets, where the British or
French exporter would find himself crowded out by a competition that was
fierce and unyielding because of the military pressure behind it—the
military pressure of his own home government! If Germany endured the
Page 589
strain would she not at the end of a generation rule the markets of the
world, win the world by losing the war? The situation sounds so
paradoxical that it is hard to realize how serious is its import. Only by a
surplus of exports could Germany pay. What form could these exports take
which would not injure some interests in the allied countries?
It is probable that considerations of this kind will lead in time to a
considerable moderation of the demands imposed upon Germany. And it is
significant that even in 1921 arrangements were being made for the
payment in kind, by the delivery of coal, timber, building material of all
kinds, of a considerable fraction of the sum due to France.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Report upon one of the neutral states during the war:
(a) Switzerland. [Report of Bureau of For. and Dom. Commerce, Misc.,
series no. 90.]
(b) Netherland. [Same series, no. 91; B. Abraham, in Fortnightly Rev.,
1917, 107: 443 ff., 1918, 110: 110 ff.; P. Geyl in Contemp. Rev., 1918, 113:
228-294.]
(c) Scandinavia. [E. Björkman in American World’s Work, Feb., 1918,
35: 437-447.]
(d) Spain. [L. A. Bolin in Edinb. Rev., July, 1917, 226: 134-152; E. J.
Dillon in Nineteenth Cent., 1918, 83: 386-402.]
2. Recovery of Belgium. [E. Cammaerts in Contemp. Rev., March, 1920,
117: 349-365; J. M. Price in Fortnightly Rev., 1920, 113: 467-477.]
3. The financial effort of France during the war. [J. F. Bloch in Annals of
Amer. Academy Soc. and Pol. Sci., Jan., 1918, 75: 201-206.]
4. Territorial gains of France in Europe. [Bowman, The new world, 86-
91; Haskins, in What really happened, etc., 45-66.]
5. Alsace-Lorraine. [Haskins, Some problems, chap. 3.]
6. The Saar Basin [Haskins, Some problems, chap. 4; Tardieu, chap. 8.]
7. Territorial interests of France outside Europe. [Bowman, 91-118.]
8. Reconstruction in France. [R. L. Buell in Amer. Polit. Sci. Rev., Feb.,
1921, 15: 27-51; H. A. Gibbons in Fortnightly Rev., July, 1919, 112: 64-76;
Tardieu, chap. 12.]
9. The question of reparations: the French position. [Tardieu, chap 9.]
world, win the world by losing the war? The situation sounds so
paradoxical that it is hard to realize how serious is its import. Only by a
surplus of exports could Germany pay. What form could these exports take
which would not injure some interests in the allied countries?
It is probable that considerations of this kind will lead in time to a
considerable moderation of the demands imposed upon Germany. And it is
significant that even in 1921 arrangements were being made for the
payment in kind, by the delivery of coal, timber, building material of all
kinds, of a considerable fraction of the sum due to France.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Report upon one of the neutral states during the war:
(a) Switzerland. [Report of Bureau of For. and Dom. Commerce, Misc.,
series no. 90.]
(b) Netherland. [Same series, no. 91; B. Abraham, in Fortnightly Rev.,
1917, 107: 443 ff., 1918, 110: 110 ff.; P. Geyl in Contemp. Rev., 1918, 113:
228-294.]
(c) Scandinavia. [E. Björkman in American World’s Work, Feb., 1918,
35: 437-447.]
(d) Spain. [L. A. Bolin in Edinb. Rev., July, 1917, 226: 134-152; E. J.
Dillon in Nineteenth Cent., 1918, 83: 386-402.]
2. Recovery of Belgium. [E. Cammaerts in Contemp. Rev., March, 1920,
117: 349-365; J. M. Price in Fortnightly Rev., 1920, 113: 467-477.]
3. The financial effort of France during the war. [J. F. Bloch in Annals of
Amer. Academy Soc. and Pol. Sci., Jan., 1918, 75: 201-206.]
4. Territorial gains of France in Europe. [Bowman, The new world, 86-
91; Haskins, in What really happened, etc., 45-66.]
5. Alsace-Lorraine. [Haskins, Some problems, chap. 3.]
6. The Saar Basin [Haskins, Some problems, chap. 4; Tardieu, chap. 8.]
7. Territorial interests of France outside Europe. [Bowman, 91-118.]
8. Reconstruction in France. [R. L. Buell in Amer. Polit. Sci. Rev., Feb.,
1921, 15: 27-51; H. A. Gibbons in Fortnightly Rev., July, 1919, 112: 64-76;
Tardieu, chap. 12.]
9. The question of reparations: the French position. [Tardieu, chap 9.]
Page 590
10. The question of reparations: criticism of the settlement [Keynes,
chap. 5.]
11. The question of reparations: the American position. [Lamont, chap.
11, and Young, chap. 12, in What really happened, etc.; Baruch, 13-75.]
12. Working of the reparation settlement. [Tardieu, chap. 10.]
13. Contributions of the peace treaties to the control of commercial
practices and policy. [Young, in History of the Peace Conference, ed. by H.
W. V. Temperley, vol. 5, London, 1921, chap. 1, part 3.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
B. M. Anderson, Jr., Effects of the war on money, credit and banking, N.
Y., 1919, Carnegie Peace, vol. 15, covers both France and the United States,
and describes the course of commercial affairs in connection with the
question of foreign exchange. An excellent survey of the course of French
finance is provided by Gaston Jèze., *The economic and financial position
of France in 1920, in Quarterly Journal of Economics, Feb., 1921, 35: 175-
214; see also Gide in Econ. Journal, June, 1919, 29: 129-137, and both the
writers named in Annals Amer. Acad. Soc. and Pol. Sci., May, 1921, 95:
151-160.
On the peace settlement, **What really happened at Paris, by American
delegates, ed., E. M. House and C. Seymour, N. Y., 1921, is well-informed
and represents the American position with regard to points at issue better
than any other book. C. H. Haskins and R. H. Lord, **Some problems of
the Peace Conference, Cambridge, Harvard Univ. Press, 1920, is restricted
to territorial questions. I. Bowman, **The new world, Yonkers, 1921, treats
particularly the problems in political geography arising from the settlement,
but pays due attention to historical and economic factors, and includes
many valuable maps; the book is indispensable.
On the subject of reparations the best brief account is that by Lamont and
Young. Bernard M. Baruch, *The making of the reparation and economic
sections of the treaty, N. Y., 1920, is more extensive; it reprints all clauses
of the Versailles treaty which are of economic interest. Further material will
be found in the elaborate History of the Peace Conference, ed. H. W. V.
Temperley, of which five volumes had been published in 1921.
André Tardieu, The truth about the treaty, Indianapolis, 1921, is an
eloquent plea for French claims in their entirety; J. M. Keynes, The
chap. 5.]
11. The question of reparations: the American position. [Lamont, chap.
11, and Young, chap. 12, in What really happened, etc.; Baruch, 13-75.]
12. Working of the reparation settlement. [Tardieu, chap. 10.]
13. Contributions of the peace treaties to the control of commercial
practices and policy. [Young, in History of the Peace Conference, ed. by H.
W. V. Temperley, vol. 5, London, 1921, chap. 1, part 3.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
B. M. Anderson, Jr., Effects of the war on money, credit and banking, N.
Y., 1919, Carnegie Peace, vol. 15, covers both France and the United States,
and describes the course of commercial affairs in connection with the
question of foreign exchange. An excellent survey of the course of French
finance is provided by Gaston Jèze., *The economic and financial position
of France in 1920, in Quarterly Journal of Economics, Feb., 1921, 35: 175-
214; see also Gide in Econ. Journal, June, 1919, 29: 129-137, and both the
writers named in Annals Amer. Acad. Soc. and Pol. Sci., May, 1921, 95:
151-160.
On the peace settlement, **What really happened at Paris, by American
delegates, ed., E. M. House and C. Seymour, N. Y., 1921, is well-informed
and represents the American position with regard to points at issue better
than any other book. C. H. Haskins and R. H. Lord, **Some problems of
the Peace Conference, Cambridge, Harvard Univ. Press, 1920, is restricted
to territorial questions. I. Bowman, **The new world, Yonkers, 1921, treats
particularly the problems in political geography arising from the settlement,
but pays due attention to historical and economic factors, and includes
many valuable maps; the book is indispensable.
On the subject of reparations the best brief account is that by Lamont and
Young. Bernard M. Baruch, *The making of the reparation and economic
sections of the treaty, N. Y., 1920, is more extensive; it reprints all clauses
of the Versailles treaty which are of economic interest. Further material will
be found in the elaborate History of the Peace Conference, ed. H. W. V.
Temperley, of which five volumes had been published in 1921.
André Tardieu, The truth about the treaty, Indianapolis, 1921, is an
eloquent plea for French claims in their entirety; J. M. Keynes, The
Page 591
economic consequences of the peace, N. Y., 1920, condemns the reparations
settlement as too severe. Either book may mislead an uncritical reader.
Convenient sources of information on the changing conditions of the
time will be found in Current History, a review published monthly by the N.
Y. Times, and in Economic Review of the Foreign Press, published weekly
in London.
settlement as too severe. Either book may mislead an uncritical reader.
Convenient sources of information on the changing conditions of the
time will be found in Current History, a review published monthly by the N.
Y. Times, and in Economic Review of the Foreign Press, published weekly
in London.
Page 592
CHAPTER LVII
CENTRAL AND EASTERN EUROPE, 1914-1920
754. Territorial losses of Germany.—By the terms of peace Germany
ceded territory in the west to France and Belgium, in the north to Denmark,
in the east to Poland. The most serious losses were comprised in the
provinces of Alsace and Lorraine, and in part of the province of Silesia.
Upper Silesia contained mineral deposits, particularly coal, which the
Germans asserted to be indispensable to the industrial development of their
country, and the contest over the rights involved delayed a decision for
more than two years after the signing of the Treaty of Versailles. The final
award, rendered by a commission of the League of Nations, divided
between Germany and Poland the territory in dispute but arranged that for a
period of fifteen years the whole area be kept under the control of a
commission which should recognize the mixture of interests and should
maintain free economic intercourse.
The total losses of Germany, measured in area, population, agricultural
and industrial resources, ranged from 10 to 15 per cent. Losses in particular
resources of great industrial importance were still more serious. The
country was obliged to abandon mines supplying about one-quarter of the
annual output of coal, three-quarters of the iron output, even a higher
proportion of the output of zinc.
755. Internal losses of the country.—These losses fixed by the terms of
peace were added to the loss which Germany had already suffered in the
course of the war. The population in 1914 was 68,000,000. Deaths in the
army amounted to 1,800,000, and the number of wounded was over
4,000,000. In the civilian population, also, the mortality in the latter part of
the war had been very high and the vitality of survivors was impaired. An
indication of the extent and character of the losses is provided by some
statistics of Prussia, which show a decline in population, 1914-1919, in
every province but three, and show a serious decline in the proportion of
males. In 1914 there were 102 women to 100 men; in 1919 the proportion
was 109 to 100.
Germany emerged from the war not only short in man power, but also
weakened by the depreciation of capital and in serious need of some of the
CENTRAL AND EASTERN EUROPE, 1914-1920
754. Territorial losses of Germany.—By the terms of peace Germany
ceded territory in the west to France and Belgium, in the north to Denmark,
in the east to Poland. The most serious losses were comprised in the
provinces of Alsace and Lorraine, and in part of the province of Silesia.
Upper Silesia contained mineral deposits, particularly coal, which the
Germans asserted to be indispensable to the industrial development of their
country, and the contest over the rights involved delayed a decision for
more than two years after the signing of the Treaty of Versailles. The final
award, rendered by a commission of the League of Nations, divided
between Germany and Poland the territory in dispute but arranged that for a
period of fifteen years the whole area be kept under the control of a
commission which should recognize the mixture of interests and should
maintain free economic intercourse.
The total losses of Germany, measured in area, population, agricultural
and industrial resources, ranged from 10 to 15 per cent. Losses in particular
resources of great industrial importance were still more serious. The
country was obliged to abandon mines supplying about one-quarter of the
annual output of coal, three-quarters of the iron output, even a higher
proportion of the output of zinc.
755. Internal losses of the country.—These losses fixed by the terms of
peace were added to the loss which Germany had already suffered in the
course of the war. The population in 1914 was 68,000,000. Deaths in the
army amounted to 1,800,000, and the number of wounded was over
4,000,000. In the civilian population, also, the mortality in the latter part of
the war had been very high and the vitality of survivors was impaired. An
indication of the extent and character of the losses is provided by some
statistics of Prussia, which show a decline in population, 1914-1919, in
every province but three, and show a serious decline in the proportion of
males. In 1914 there were 102 women to 100 men; in 1919 the proportion
was 109 to 100.
Germany emerged from the war not only short in man power, but also
weakened by the depreciation of capital and in serious need of some of the
Page 593
most important raw materials. The demands of the army had taken
precedence over any other consideration, and had in the four years of war
stripped the country almost bare.
756. Effects of the blockade.—The weakening of German resistance and
the final surrender were due in large measure to the inexorable blockade
maintained by the allies of the Entente. Germany made an extraordinarily
effective use of what resources she had. Her scientists produced nitrates
from atmospheric nitrogen and so freed her from dependence on imports
from South America for her explosives. Her manufacturers made clothing
for the people from paper and nettle fibers. Her officials scoured the
country for copper and brass implements, when the stock of copper for
munitions was depleted, and gleaned a surprising amount of metal for
military use. Her military leaders systematically looted the districts which
they occupied. There are limits, however, to the achievements of the most
scientific synthetic chemistry, or of the most unscrupulous and efficient
administration. A substitute (Ersatz) was provided for almost everything, as
the supply of the original good ran low. However successfully the substitute
might imitate the original in appearance it rarely proved to have the same
efficiency in action. German locomotives deteriorated because they were
lubricated with substitute oils and grease; the German people ran down in
vigor and power of resistance because they were fed and clothed with
substitutes.
757. Commerce of Germany during the war.—Germany maintained
active commercial relations with the other Central Powers, importing
particularly foodstuffs from the rich plain of the Danube basin, and lignite
(brown-coal) from Bohemia. Trade with the more distant allies, Bulgaria
and Turkey, proved difficult and relatively unimportant. Railroad facilities
were in such demand for the transfer of troops and the movement of
munitions to the front, that they could hardly be spared for distant service in
southeastern Europe; water carriage on the Danube was preferred but was
slow and ineffective.
There was a marked increase in the value of trade with neutral states, of
which three, Switzerland, Netherland and Denmark, were directly adjacent,
while Norway and Sweden were separated only by water which lay outside
the control of navies of the Entente. These states accounted for about one-
seventh (14%) of the total trade of Germany in 1913, and took on a new
importance when Germany was denied other sources from which to supply
precedence over any other consideration, and had in the four years of war
stripped the country almost bare.
756. Effects of the blockade.—The weakening of German resistance and
the final surrender were due in large measure to the inexorable blockade
maintained by the allies of the Entente. Germany made an extraordinarily
effective use of what resources she had. Her scientists produced nitrates
from atmospheric nitrogen and so freed her from dependence on imports
from South America for her explosives. Her manufacturers made clothing
for the people from paper and nettle fibers. Her officials scoured the
country for copper and brass implements, when the stock of copper for
munitions was depleted, and gleaned a surprising amount of metal for
military use. Her military leaders systematically looted the districts which
they occupied. There are limits, however, to the achievements of the most
scientific synthetic chemistry, or of the most unscrupulous and efficient
administration. A substitute (Ersatz) was provided for almost everything, as
the supply of the original good ran low. However successfully the substitute
might imitate the original in appearance it rarely proved to have the same
efficiency in action. German locomotives deteriorated because they were
lubricated with substitute oils and grease; the German people ran down in
vigor and power of resistance because they were fed and clothed with
substitutes.
757. Commerce of Germany during the war.—Germany maintained
active commercial relations with the other Central Powers, importing
particularly foodstuffs from the rich plain of the Danube basin, and lignite
(brown-coal) from Bohemia. Trade with the more distant allies, Bulgaria
and Turkey, proved difficult and relatively unimportant. Railroad facilities
were in such demand for the transfer of troops and the movement of
munitions to the front, that they could hardly be spared for distant service in
southeastern Europe; water carriage on the Danube was preferred but was
slow and ineffective.
There was a marked increase in the value of trade with neutral states, of
which three, Switzerland, Netherland and Denmark, were directly adjacent,
while Norway and Sweden were separated only by water which lay outside
the control of navies of the Entente. These states accounted for about one-
seventh (14%) of the total trade of Germany in 1913, and took on a new
importance when Germany was denied other sources from which to supply
Page 594
her wants. The German government has not supplied statistics by which to
measure changes in trade during the war, but they can be traced in the
commercial statistics of the neutral states, and are illustrated in the
following table.
Foreign Trade of Denmark, 1913-1919
(Values in million crowns; crown equals $.27)
Imports Total Domestic Total Foreign
Total
from domestic exports to foreign exports to
imports
Germany exports Germany exports Germany
1913 855 328 637 159 84 20
1914 795 265 780 275 87 26
1915 1,157 200 979 436 150 50
1916 1,357 265 1,177 653 132 38
1917 1,082 237 968 482 97 6
1918 946 316 710 307 48 1
1919 2,605 335 740 187 268 79
A feature of the table which deserves particular attention is the relatively
small amount of foreign wares which reached Germany through Denmark.
Doubtless wares of this kind were smuggled across the border in
considerable quantities, and so do not appear in the statistics; but the
strictness with which England, in behalf of the Entente, regulated the
importation of these wares by the neutral countries, allowed no large
surplus for export to Germany, and strangled the overseas trade of that
country.
Germany imported from all these neutral countries foodstuffs, especially
meat and fats; from particular countries she imported iron ore, metals, and
special textiles for military purposes. Payment was made largely in coal and
iron products, for which the small states had been used to rely on Germany,
and which they sorely needed.
758. Effects of the political revolution.—Sections above enumerated
various losses which Germany suffered as a result of the war. To appreciate
the condition and prospects of the country after 1918 it is necessary to
measure changes in trade during the war, but they can be traced in the
commercial statistics of the neutral states, and are illustrated in the
following table.
Foreign Trade of Denmark, 1913-1919
(Values in million crowns; crown equals $.27)
Imports Total Domestic Total Foreign
Total
from domestic exports to foreign exports to
imports
Germany exports Germany exports Germany
1913 855 328 637 159 84 20
1914 795 265 780 275 87 26
1915 1,157 200 979 436 150 50
1916 1,357 265 1,177 653 132 38
1917 1,082 237 968 482 97 6
1918 946 316 710 307 48 1
1919 2,605 335 740 187 268 79
A feature of the table which deserves particular attention is the relatively
small amount of foreign wares which reached Germany through Denmark.
Doubtless wares of this kind were smuggled across the border in
considerable quantities, and so do not appear in the statistics; but the
strictness with which England, in behalf of the Entente, regulated the
importation of these wares by the neutral countries, allowed no large
surplus for export to Germany, and strangled the overseas trade of that
country.
Germany imported from all these neutral countries foodstuffs, especially
meat and fats; from particular countries she imported iron ore, metals, and
special textiles for military purposes. Payment was made largely in coal and
iron products, for which the small states had been used to rely on Germany,
and which they sorely needed.
758. Effects of the political revolution.—Sections above enumerated
various losses which Germany suffered as a result of the war. To appreciate
the condition and prospects of the country after 1918 it is necessary to
Page 595
consider another element of weakness, of which the importance cannot be
questioned, even though it may be hard to estimate. This is, namely, the
political revolution which accompanied the armistice.
All the faults of the military monarchy of the Hohenzollerns appeared
prominently in the outbreak and in the conduct of the war. The world paid a
tremendous price to be rid of it, and did not count the cost. The evils
inherent in the old political system should not be allowed, however, to blind
our eyes to some merits that it had, notably its honest and efficient
administration. They should not obscure the important fact that the old
system, however bad it might be, was that to which the German people
were used, and without which they were at a loss. The monarchical system
was deep-rooted in German life. Most of the people accepted it with sincere
conviction; the opposition to it, as exemplified in the party of the Social
Democrats, was perfunctory rather than popular. In reliance on the
monarchy the people had been content to retain a passive attitude; they
lacked a sense of individual political responsibility, and lacked political
initiative. When, therefore, the people realized at last that their trust had
been misplaced, that the war which was to be over (so they had been
assured at its beginning) by Christmas, 1914, was never to be ended until
they had confessed to utter defeat, they swept away the old system but did
not know how to operate the political machine which they erected in its
place. Attempts at social revolution by the radical Spartacists, infected by
Russian doctrines, and at reaction by adherents of the old military
monarchy, rendered the new republic insecure at its foundations; while the
desperate conditions of life prevailing at the close of the war shattered the
former administrative organization and rendered the new administration
costly and ineffective.
759. Peculiar importance to Germany of sound politics.—A decline in
political efficiency will have a more serious effect on the productive
organization in Germany than it would have in other countries for two
reasons. (1). The state has taken a particularly active part in the control of
economic affairs. Its power over them was greatly extended in the course of
the war, and is still so great that much depends on the wise exercise of this
power. (2). The state will transmit to the people by taxation the burden of
paying reparations. This burden will be and ought to be a heavy one. The
minimum amount to be paid annually, under the terms of the London
Settlement of 1921, is variously estimated by German economists to
questioned, even though it may be hard to estimate. This is, namely, the
political revolution which accompanied the armistice.
All the faults of the military monarchy of the Hohenzollerns appeared
prominently in the outbreak and in the conduct of the war. The world paid a
tremendous price to be rid of it, and did not count the cost. The evils
inherent in the old political system should not be allowed, however, to blind
our eyes to some merits that it had, notably its honest and efficient
administration. They should not obscure the important fact that the old
system, however bad it might be, was that to which the German people
were used, and without which they were at a loss. The monarchical system
was deep-rooted in German life. Most of the people accepted it with sincere
conviction; the opposition to it, as exemplified in the party of the Social
Democrats, was perfunctory rather than popular. In reliance on the
monarchy the people had been content to retain a passive attitude; they
lacked a sense of individual political responsibility, and lacked political
initiative. When, therefore, the people realized at last that their trust had
been misplaced, that the war which was to be over (so they had been
assured at its beginning) by Christmas, 1914, was never to be ended until
they had confessed to utter defeat, they swept away the old system but did
not know how to operate the political machine which they erected in its
place. Attempts at social revolution by the radical Spartacists, infected by
Russian doctrines, and at reaction by adherents of the old military
monarchy, rendered the new republic insecure at its foundations; while the
desperate conditions of life prevailing at the close of the war shattered the
former administrative organization and rendered the new administration
costly and ineffective.
759. Peculiar importance to Germany of sound politics.—A decline in
political efficiency will have a more serious effect on the productive
organization in Germany than it would have in other countries for two
reasons. (1). The state has taken a particularly active part in the control of
economic affairs. Its power over them was greatly extended in the course of
the war, and is still so great that much depends on the wise exercise of this
power. (2). The state will transmit to the people by taxation the burden of
paying reparations. This burden will be and ought to be a heavy one. The
minimum amount to be paid annually, under the terms of the London
Settlement of 1921, is variously estimated by German economists to
Page 596
amount to 8 or 16 or 28 per cent of the total real income of the country. The
proportion, if we choose the middle figure, does not seem unduly high.
Many, perhaps most, American families could sacrifice one-sixth of their
income, and still retain the essentials of health and happiness. Conditions
were very different in Germany at the close of the war. A considerable part
of the people was on a stage of living which may fairly be termed a
minimum; depression below that stage implied an actual loss in productive
efficiency. Under these conditions it was of peculiar importance that the tax
system should be just in principle, economical and impartial in
administration. No slight importance, therefore, attaches to the fact that the
government even in 1921, three years after the armistice, was still unable to
balance its budget, and was meeting its domestic obligations by issuing
more and more paper money, a tax which in the long run is of all taxing
devices the least effective and in its immediate effects is the most
iniquitous.
760. Dismemberment of Austria-Hungary.—Some time before the end
of the war, while the power of resistance in Germany still was strong,
Austria-Hungary gave evidence of distress. The state had been held together
by the military dominance of a minority, and as the end of the war
approached and the failure of the military party was evident, the state
dissolved into its component parts by a natural process quite independent of
any action of the Entente.
Fragments of the old dual monarchy were absorbed by bordering
countries. Galicia, the great crescent-shaped province lying to the east of
the Carpathian mountains, went to the new state of Poland. It had been
grievously ravaged in the course of the war, but promised to develop in time
considerable agricultural resources, and was particularly prized for its
supply of petroleum in the east and the coal mines of the Teschen district
attached to it in the west. Transylvania, with parts of some adjacent
provinces, brought to Rumania an area rich in forest products, with some
mineral resources and some fertile grain land (Banat of Temesvar).
Rumania became by these accessions and by the acquisition of Bessarabia,
on the Russian border, one of the larger states of Europe, with a population
(about 16 million) double that of Jugo-Slavia, the next largest state in the
Balkan peninsula. This new state grew out of the old Kingdom of Serbia, in
which the World War began, and which was finally rewarded for its
sufferings in the war by union with the kindred people along the Adriatic
proportion, if we choose the middle figure, does not seem unduly high.
Many, perhaps most, American families could sacrifice one-sixth of their
income, and still retain the essentials of health and happiness. Conditions
were very different in Germany at the close of the war. A considerable part
of the people was on a stage of living which may fairly be termed a
minimum; depression below that stage implied an actual loss in productive
efficiency. Under these conditions it was of peculiar importance that the tax
system should be just in principle, economical and impartial in
administration. No slight importance, therefore, attaches to the fact that the
government even in 1921, three years after the armistice, was still unable to
balance its budget, and was meeting its domestic obligations by issuing
more and more paper money, a tax which in the long run is of all taxing
devices the least effective and in its immediate effects is the most
iniquitous.
760. Dismemberment of Austria-Hungary.—Some time before the end
of the war, while the power of resistance in Germany still was strong,
Austria-Hungary gave evidence of distress. The state had been held together
by the military dominance of a minority, and as the end of the war
approached and the failure of the military party was evident, the state
dissolved into its component parts by a natural process quite independent of
any action of the Entente.
Fragments of the old dual monarchy were absorbed by bordering
countries. Galicia, the great crescent-shaped province lying to the east of
the Carpathian mountains, went to the new state of Poland. It had been
grievously ravaged in the course of the war, but promised to develop in time
considerable agricultural resources, and was particularly prized for its
supply of petroleum in the east and the coal mines of the Teschen district
attached to it in the west. Transylvania, with parts of some adjacent
provinces, brought to Rumania an area rich in forest products, with some
mineral resources and some fertile grain land (Banat of Temesvar).
Rumania became by these accessions and by the acquisition of Bessarabia,
on the Russian border, one of the larger states of Europe, with a population
(about 16 million) double that of Jugo-Slavia, the next largest state in the
Balkan peninsula. This new state grew out of the old Kingdom of Serbia, in
which the World War began, and which was finally rewarded for its
sufferings in the war by union with the kindred people along the Adriatic
Page 597
coast and in the southwest of the old dual monarchy. The trials of Jugo-
Slavia were not ended with the war, for it had still to make good its claims
to Fiume, its natural outlet at the head of the Adriatic. The justice of its
claims were not, in the opinion of the writer, open to serious dispute, but
Italy, which had already pushed its Alpine frontier far past the Austrian
districts occupied by an Italian population, was jealous of a possible rival in
the Adriatic, and refused to agree to the occupation of Fiume by another
power. The unfortunate exploits of the Italian bravado, D’Annunzio,
complicated the issue, but it was at least settled by a compromise between
the two powers which promised in the course of time to give Jugo-Slavia
the commercial outlet essential to its prosperity.
761. Czecho-Slovakia.—Of the new states formed within the boundaries
of Austria-Hungary that which gave the greatest promise of prosperity was
Czecho-Slovakia, comprising the old kingdoms of Bohemia and Moravia,
and extending to the southeast to include the Slovak population which had
formerly been included in the kingdom of Hungary. This new state took that
part of the old monarchy which was most richly endowed with natural
resources and which had attained the highest industrial development.
Stating the proportions approximately it included only one-fifth of the area
of Austria-Hungary, but in that fraction comprised one-third of the factory
workers and over one-third of the mining population. The land was fertile
and highly cultivated, supporting a dense population and providing a
surplus of food for export. The Czechs could look back with pride to a
period in the past when they were one of the leading peoples of Europe, and
they had prepared themselves for self-government by long struggles against
the oppressions of German rulers.
Although Czecho-Slovakia is far distant from the sea it has means of
access to it both by the Elbe and by the Danube, and is at the heart of the
railroad system of central Europe. Provided with a surplus of products
keenly desired in neighboring states, particularly coal, iron and food, its
commercial future appears to be assured.
762. Magyar Hungary; German Austria.—Far less favorable was the
condition of the two states, Austria and Hungary, which had been the seat of
the power of the Hapsburgs in the past, and which had prospered when they
had been supported by the labor of subject peoples, but which were now
shorn of this support, and given each its own way to make in the world.
Slavia were not ended with the war, for it had still to make good its claims
to Fiume, its natural outlet at the head of the Adriatic. The justice of its
claims were not, in the opinion of the writer, open to serious dispute, but
Italy, which had already pushed its Alpine frontier far past the Austrian
districts occupied by an Italian population, was jealous of a possible rival in
the Adriatic, and refused to agree to the occupation of Fiume by another
power. The unfortunate exploits of the Italian bravado, D’Annunzio,
complicated the issue, but it was at least settled by a compromise between
the two powers which promised in the course of time to give Jugo-Slavia
the commercial outlet essential to its prosperity.
761. Czecho-Slovakia.—Of the new states formed within the boundaries
of Austria-Hungary that which gave the greatest promise of prosperity was
Czecho-Slovakia, comprising the old kingdoms of Bohemia and Moravia,
and extending to the southeast to include the Slovak population which had
formerly been included in the kingdom of Hungary. This new state took that
part of the old monarchy which was most richly endowed with natural
resources and which had attained the highest industrial development.
Stating the proportions approximately it included only one-fifth of the area
of Austria-Hungary, but in that fraction comprised one-third of the factory
workers and over one-third of the mining population. The land was fertile
and highly cultivated, supporting a dense population and providing a
surplus of food for export. The Czechs could look back with pride to a
period in the past when they were one of the leading peoples of Europe, and
they had prepared themselves for self-government by long struggles against
the oppressions of German rulers.
Although Czecho-Slovakia is far distant from the sea it has means of
access to it both by the Elbe and by the Danube, and is at the heart of the
railroad system of central Europe. Provided with a surplus of products
keenly desired in neighboring states, particularly coal, iron and food, its
commercial future appears to be assured.
762. Magyar Hungary; German Austria.—Far less favorable was the
condition of the two states, Austria and Hungary, which had been the seat of
the power of the Hapsburgs in the past, and which had prospered when they
had been supported by the labor of subject peoples, but which were now
shorn of this support, and given each its own way to make in the world.
Page 598
The Magyar state of Hungary offered at least tolerable prospects of
success. Although it lost the border lands which had formerly supplied
practically all its forest products and much of its minerals, it retained a
compact and fertile territory, one of the granaries of central Europe, and
could hope to exchange its surplus wheat for the products which it needed.
German Austria was left by the terms of peace in a pitiable condition. It
retained a population of only 6 million, including less than half of the
German-speaking people in the old dual monarchy. Of this total nearly one-
third (1.8 million, 1920) was comprised in the single city of Vienna, which
had grown to this size largely by the political advantage that it enjoyed as
one of the capitals of a great state. Much of the area of the new state was
mountainous, suited to grazing but not adapted to intensive agriculture.
Before 1914 the territory of the present state was able to produce perhaps
two-thirds of the necessary food supplies consumed by its inhabitants; in
1920, with powers depleted by the war, it could render only one-quarter.
Endowed with only one mineral resource, iron mines in Styria, Austria
could buy the food required for the maintenance of life only by the
exchange of industrial products made with imported coal out of imported
raw materials. At the close of the war the situation of the country was
indeed desperate, for the people had no resource with which to make a start
in the process of foreign trade. Gradually markets were opened, and some
basis of credit was found for the beginning of commercial transactions, but
meanwhile the government had plunged deep in the issue of paper money,
which depreciated so far that itself formed a grave obstacle to economic
recovery. Austria seemed destined for years to come to rely upon charity,
whether private, public or international; and many questioned the wisdom
of the peace settlement which forbade the union of this fragment of the
German-speaking people with the rest of Germany.
763. Poland; earlier history.—The World War made its greatest change
in the map of Europe not by the transfers of territory between bordering
states, important as these were to the parties concerned, not by the creation
of new states like Czecho-Slovakia but by the resurrection of an old state,
Poland. Poland had played no great part in commerce in the previous period
of its existence. The surplus supplies of wheat grown on the great estates of
its landlords had been carried by road and river to Danzig, to be shipped to
western Europe in exchange for metals, manufactured wares and exotic
products that made the life of the Polish nobleman more comfortable. The
success. Although it lost the border lands which had formerly supplied
practically all its forest products and much of its minerals, it retained a
compact and fertile territory, one of the granaries of central Europe, and
could hope to exchange its surplus wheat for the products which it needed.
German Austria was left by the terms of peace in a pitiable condition. It
retained a population of only 6 million, including less than half of the
German-speaking people in the old dual monarchy. Of this total nearly one-
third (1.8 million, 1920) was comprised in the single city of Vienna, which
had grown to this size largely by the political advantage that it enjoyed as
one of the capitals of a great state. Much of the area of the new state was
mountainous, suited to grazing but not adapted to intensive agriculture.
Before 1914 the territory of the present state was able to produce perhaps
two-thirds of the necessary food supplies consumed by its inhabitants; in
1920, with powers depleted by the war, it could render only one-quarter.
Endowed with only one mineral resource, iron mines in Styria, Austria
could buy the food required for the maintenance of life only by the
exchange of industrial products made with imported coal out of imported
raw materials. At the close of the war the situation of the country was
indeed desperate, for the people had no resource with which to make a start
in the process of foreign trade. Gradually markets were opened, and some
basis of credit was found for the beginning of commercial transactions, but
meanwhile the government had plunged deep in the issue of paper money,
which depreciated so far that itself formed a grave obstacle to economic
recovery. Austria seemed destined for years to come to rely upon charity,
whether private, public or international; and many questioned the wisdom
of the peace settlement which forbade the union of this fragment of the
German-speaking people with the rest of Germany.
763. Poland; earlier history.—The World War made its greatest change
in the map of Europe not by the transfers of territory between bordering
states, important as these were to the parties concerned, not by the creation
of new states like Czecho-Slovakia but by the resurrection of an old state,
Poland. Poland had played no great part in commerce in the previous period
of its existence. The surplus supplies of wheat grown on the great estates of
its landlords had been carried by road and river to Danzig, to be shipped to
western Europe in exchange for metals, manufactured wares and exotic
products that made the life of the Polish nobleman more comfortable. The
Page 599
country as a whole was too backward and too far removed from the centers
of European progress to become an important member of the commercial
system of the time.
The partitions of Poland at the end of the eighteenth century keenly as
they were felt by patriots, made little difference in the life of the mass of the
people. The divided people went their separate ways: neglected by Austria,
schooled and drilled by Prussia, given in Russia at least access to an
enormous market which was later to be a great stimulus to manufacture.
Most of the people were employed in agriculture under a system of serfdom
like the medieval. They were freed from this in the nineteenth century, and
acquired in small holdings much of the land which had formerly been held
in great estates. A turning point in the economic history of the Polish people
came in the last quarter of the nineteenth century, when manufactures
developed rapidly in Russian Poland, fostered by the high protective tariff.
764. Resources of the new Poland.—The new state of Poland was
welcomed and supported by the Entente as a check on Germany. With a
population of about 25 million it had claim to a place among the larger
powers of Europe. Its economic endowment was adequate if not abundant;
besides a sufficiency of arable land and great forests it had coal supplies
comparable in amount to those of France, the oil of Galicia, and other
mineral resources. Its gravest lack was that of experience in organization,
group-action, both in economics and in politics. In manufactures the Poles
have looked to Jews and Germans for leadership; the Poles have supplied
labor, but have only by exception taken a place among those responsible for
control. Their manufactures showed a high labor cost and heavy capital
charge per unit of product. Behind the barrier of the Russian tariff they
prospered. They could doubtless be maintained for the supply of domestic
needs by protection, but they have shown slight capacity to win in the world
market the opening which was formerly afforded to them by Russia.
765. Prospects of Poland.—In the field of politics, as in economic
affairs, the Poles have yet to prove their mastery of the complicated
problems that arise in the organization of a modern great state. In the years
following the armistice that closed the war they showed a readiness for
military adventure that boded ill for the future of a country needing all its
resources for economic reconstruction. They soon contracted a heavy debt,
by the accumulation of huge deficits in the budget and the endeavor to pay
their way by printing paper money. The Polish mark, nominally equal to the
of European progress to become an important member of the commercial
system of the time.
The partitions of Poland at the end of the eighteenth century keenly as
they were felt by patriots, made little difference in the life of the mass of the
people. The divided people went their separate ways: neglected by Austria,
schooled and drilled by Prussia, given in Russia at least access to an
enormous market which was later to be a great stimulus to manufacture.
Most of the people were employed in agriculture under a system of serfdom
like the medieval. They were freed from this in the nineteenth century, and
acquired in small holdings much of the land which had formerly been held
in great estates. A turning point in the economic history of the Polish people
came in the last quarter of the nineteenth century, when manufactures
developed rapidly in Russian Poland, fostered by the high protective tariff.
764. Resources of the new Poland.—The new state of Poland was
welcomed and supported by the Entente as a check on Germany. With a
population of about 25 million it had claim to a place among the larger
powers of Europe. Its economic endowment was adequate if not abundant;
besides a sufficiency of arable land and great forests it had coal supplies
comparable in amount to those of France, the oil of Galicia, and other
mineral resources. Its gravest lack was that of experience in organization,
group-action, both in economics and in politics. In manufactures the Poles
have looked to Jews and Germans for leadership; the Poles have supplied
labor, but have only by exception taken a place among those responsible for
control. Their manufactures showed a high labor cost and heavy capital
charge per unit of product. Behind the barrier of the Russian tariff they
prospered. They could doubtless be maintained for the supply of domestic
needs by protection, but they have shown slight capacity to win in the world
market the opening which was formerly afforded to them by Russia.
765. Prospects of Poland.—In the field of politics, as in economic
affairs, the Poles have yet to prove their mastery of the complicated
problems that arise in the organization of a modern great state. In the years
following the armistice that closed the war they showed a readiness for
military adventure that boded ill for the future of a country needing all its
resources for economic reconstruction. They soon contracted a heavy debt,
by the accumulation of huge deficits in the budget and the endeavor to pay
their way by printing paper money. The Polish mark, nominally equal to the
Page 600
German and therefore worth about $.24, declined to a point (Sept., 1921) at
which 6,700 were exchanged for the American dollar. The position of
Poland is difficult at best, and the prospects of the new state will be
seriously impaired if a more sober spirit does not prevail in the national
councils.
766. Russia and the revolution of 1917.—From the beginning of the
war southern Russia was cut off from commercial contact with the Entente
by the closing of the straits leading into the Black Sea. In the north the
Baltic was likewise closed. Contact was maintained only on Russia’s Arctic
coast, and by the Siberian railroad. Means of access by both routes were
difficult and expensive; the exchange of products was restricted to those
that served imperative military needs.
Since the Russian-Japanese war of 1904 the forces of revolution had been
gathering in Russia. The World War brought these to an explosion by the
sufferings that it imposed upon the people and by the exposure that it made
of the weakness and corruption of the autocratic government. In March,
1917, an outbreak at Petrograd initiated a revolution that in six months ran
through nearly as many stages, tending always in a radical direction and
leaving the government finally in the control of the Communist or
Bolshevik party.
767. Soviets and Bolsheviks.—In the earlier stages of the revolution
great influence was exercised by soviets, councils, formed on a democratic
basis to represent workers in factories, peasants and soldiers, against the
traditional leaders of the old régime. The soviets were features of a world-
wide popular movement, which found their counterpart in the shop-councils
of England and of the United States. The close of the war left the future of
this movement still in doubt, but it appeared to offer a wholesome and
welcome change in industrial relations, provided the workers were willing
to accept responsibilities corresponding to the powers that they claimed. It
is important to an understanding of the Russian revolution to realize that the
democratic features of the soviet system were soon abandoned. The
Bolsheviks counted less than a million in a population of 120 million; they
numbered certainly less than 2 per cent of the adult population. By their
boldness and vigor they dominated the situation, and while they maintained
the pretence of deferring to the popular will they acted as tyranically and
unscrupulously as the autocracy which had preceded them.
which 6,700 were exchanged for the American dollar. The position of
Poland is difficult at best, and the prospects of the new state will be
seriously impaired if a more sober spirit does not prevail in the national
councils.
766. Russia and the revolution of 1917.—From the beginning of the
war southern Russia was cut off from commercial contact with the Entente
by the closing of the straits leading into the Black Sea. In the north the
Baltic was likewise closed. Contact was maintained only on Russia’s Arctic
coast, and by the Siberian railroad. Means of access by both routes were
difficult and expensive; the exchange of products was restricted to those
that served imperative military needs.
Since the Russian-Japanese war of 1904 the forces of revolution had been
gathering in Russia. The World War brought these to an explosion by the
sufferings that it imposed upon the people and by the exposure that it made
of the weakness and corruption of the autocratic government. In March,
1917, an outbreak at Petrograd initiated a revolution that in six months ran
through nearly as many stages, tending always in a radical direction and
leaving the government finally in the control of the Communist or
Bolshevik party.
767. Soviets and Bolsheviks.—In the earlier stages of the revolution
great influence was exercised by soviets, councils, formed on a democratic
basis to represent workers in factories, peasants and soldiers, against the
traditional leaders of the old régime. The soviets were features of a world-
wide popular movement, which found their counterpart in the shop-councils
of England and of the United States. The close of the war left the future of
this movement still in doubt, but it appeared to offer a wholesome and
welcome change in industrial relations, provided the workers were willing
to accept responsibilities corresponding to the powers that they claimed. It
is important to an understanding of the Russian revolution to realize that the
democratic features of the soviet system were soon abandoned. The
Bolsheviks counted less than a million in a population of 120 million; they
numbered certainly less than 2 per cent of the adult population. By their
boldness and vigor they dominated the situation, and while they maintained
the pretence of deferring to the popular will they acted as tyranically and
unscrupulously as the autocracy which had preceded them.
Page 601
768. Difficulties of the Bolsheviks.—The Bolsheviks accepted as gospel
the economic doctrines of Karl Marx, the founder of modern socialism, and
many enthusiasts for social experiments (“parlor-Bolsheviks”) have
expressed regret that they did not have a better field in which to try out
these doctrines. Russia was already war-worn to desperation when the
revolution took place. Fighting continued, not alone on the external front
but now also in civil conflicts which ravaged the face of the country. The
states of the Entente found not merely that they had lost an ally, but also
that a new enemy to them had arisen, preaching doctrines subversive of the
established order and threatening to undermine their power when the
struggle with Germany was at its height. They stimulated in Russia
opposition to the rule of the Bolsheviks, and sought so far as they were able
to seal Bolshevik Russia in isolation lest it profit by the exchange of goods,
and spread its doctrines.
769. Failure of Bolshevist communism.—Under the conditions
Bolshevism was a disastrous failure. Curiously enough it showed its
greatest efficiency in the field of military affairs. In its own particular
department, the production and distribution of economic goods, it brought
Russia to destitution. Fixed capital inherited from the old order wore out
and was not replaced. Railroads and factories ceased to function properly,
not only because of depreciation of equipment but also because of a decline
in the efficiency of laborers. The yield of agriculture declined so far that a
large part of the population was threatened with the starvation that visited
whole provinces. Pretensions to forms of social service which other
governments did not render were too often found on critical examination to
be mere shams; they certainly counted for nothing over against the gross
neglect to provide for the elementary needs of the people.
770. Prospects of Russia.—Years after it had begun the Russian
revolution was still in process of development, and promised to disturb the
life of the people for years to come. By 1921 communism was a recognized
failure, but the lines that would be followed in the re-establishment of
society on the basis of private property defied prediction. Of this we may be
sure, that for decades, perhaps for a generation following the war, Russia
will count for little in the history of commerce. Little by little its economic
structure will be re-organized. The leaders in the process will be private
individuals from other countries, including probably a large proportion of
Germans. The process will be slow because it will be retarded by political
the economic doctrines of Karl Marx, the founder of modern socialism, and
many enthusiasts for social experiments (“parlor-Bolsheviks”) have
expressed regret that they did not have a better field in which to try out
these doctrines. Russia was already war-worn to desperation when the
revolution took place. Fighting continued, not alone on the external front
but now also in civil conflicts which ravaged the face of the country. The
states of the Entente found not merely that they had lost an ally, but also
that a new enemy to them had arisen, preaching doctrines subversive of the
established order and threatening to undermine their power when the
struggle with Germany was at its height. They stimulated in Russia
opposition to the rule of the Bolsheviks, and sought so far as they were able
to seal Bolshevik Russia in isolation lest it profit by the exchange of goods,
and spread its doctrines.
769. Failure of Bolshevist communism.—Under the conditions
Bolshevism was a disastrous failure. Curiously enough it showed its
greatest efficiency in the field of military affairs. In its own particular
department, the production and distribution of economic goods, it brought
Russia to destitution. Fixed capital inherited from the old order wore out
and was not replaced. Railroads and factories ceased to function properly,
not only because of depreciation of equipment but also because of a decline
in the efficiency of laborers. The yield of agriculture declined so far that a
large part of the population was threatened with the starvation that visited
whole provinces. Pretensions to forms of social service which other
governments did not render were too often found on critical examination to
be mere shams; they certainly counted for nothing over against the gross
neglect to provide for the elementary needs of the people.
770. Prospects of Russia.—Years after it had begun the Russian
revolution was still in process of development, and promised to disturb the
life of the people for years to come. By 1921 communism was a recognized
failure, but the lines that would be followed in the re-establishment of
society on the basis of private property defied prediction. Of this we may be
sure, that for decades, perhaps for a generation following the war, Russia
will count for little in the history of commerce. Little by little its economic
structure will be re-organized. The leaders in the process will be private
individuals from other countries, including probably a large proportion of
Germans. The process will be slow because it will be retarded by political
Page 602
instability. Russia can hardly be divided into parts; Russia can hardly be
governed as a whole. Economic recovery will be a tedious and painful
process because it must wait upon the political education of a people who in
1914 had made but the barest beginnings in national self-government.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Territorial losses of Germany in the peace settlement. [Haskins in
What really happened, etc., chap. 3; Bowman, chap. 10.]
2. Effect of the blockade on Germany. [A. E. Taylor in American World’s
Work, Oct., 1919, 38: 590-600; W. J. Ashley in Quart. Rev., Oct., 1915,
224: 444 ff.]
3. German war finance. [W. S. Ford in Fortnightly Rev., Apr., 1919, 111:
616-624.]
4. The new government in Germany. [W. J. Shepard in Amer. Polit. Sci.
Rev., Aug., 1919, 13: 361-378.]
5. Partition of Austria-Hungary. [Seymour in What really happened, etc.,
chap. 5.]
6. The enlarged state of Rumania. [Bowman, chap. 15.]
7. Jugo-Slavia. [Bowman, chap. 14.]
8. Problem of Fiume and the Adriatic. [Johnson in What really happened,
etc., chap. 6.]
9. Czecho-Slovakia. [Bowman, chap. 13; M. O. Williams in Nat. Geog.
Magazine, Feb., 1921, 39: 111-156.]
10. The new Hungary. [Bowman, chap. 12.]
11. The republic of Austria. [Bowman, chap. 11; Fortnightly Review,
April, 1919, 111: 625-635; S. Hoare in Nineteenth Century, 1920, 87: 409-
423.]
12. The resurrection of Poland. [Lord in What really happened, etc.,
chap. 4; in Haskins and Lord, Some problems, chap. 5.]
13. Problems of the new Poland. [Bowman, chap. 19.]
14. Agriculture and landownership in Poland. [Arctowski, Geog. Rev.,
Apr., 1921, 11: 161-171.]
15. Elements in the Russian revolution. [Sir S. Buchanan in Fortnightly
Rev., 1918, 110: 819 ff.; P. Vinogradoff in Quarterly Review, July, 1917,
228: 184-200.]
16. The Soviets. [Spargo, chap. 2, 3.]
governed as a whole. Economic recovery will be a tedious and painful
process because it must wait upon the political education of a people who in
1914 had made but the barest beginnings in national self-government.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Territorial losses of Germany in the peace settlement. [Haskins in
What really happened, etc., chap. 3; Bowman, chap. 10.]
2. Effect of the blockade on Germany. [A. E. Taylor in American World’s
Work, Oct., 1919, 38: 590-600; W. J. Ashley in Quart. Rev., Oct., 1915,
224: 444 ff.]
3. German war finance. [W. S. Ford in Fortnightly Rev., Apr., 1919, 111:
616-624.]
4. The new government in Germany. [W. J. Shepard in Amer. Polit. Sci.
Rev., Aug., 1919, 13: 361-378.]
5. Partition of Austria-Hungary. [Seymour in What really happened, etc.,
chap. 5.]
6. The enlarged state of Rumania. [Bowman, chap. 15.]
7. Jugo-Slavia. [Bowman, chap. 14.]
8. Problem of Fiume and the Adriatic. [Johnson in What really happened,
etc., chap. 6.]
9. Czecho-Slovakia. [Bowman, chap. 13; M. O. Williams in Nat. Geog.
Magazine, Feb., 1921, 39: 111-156.]
10. The new Hungary. [Bowman, chap. 12.]
11. The republic of Austria. [Bowman, chap. 11; Fortnightly Review,
April, 1919, 111: 625-635; S. Hoare in Nineteenth Century, 1920, 87: 409-
423.]
12. The resurrection of Poland. [Lord in What really happened, etc.,
chap. 4; in Haskins and Lord, Some problems, chap. 5.]
13. Problems of the new Poland. [Bowman, chap. 19.]
14. Agriculture and landownership in Poland. [Arctowski, Geog. Rev.,
Apr., 1921, 11: 161-171.]
15. Elements in the Russian revolution. [Sir S. Buchanan in Fortnightly
Rev., 1918, 110: 819 ff.; P. Vinogradoff in Quarterly Review, July, 1917,
228: 184-200.]
16. The Soviets. [Spargo, chap. 2, 3.]
Page 603
17. The land question and the revolution. [Spargo, chap. 5.]
18. Industry under the Soviets. [Spargo, chap. 8.]
19. Nationalization of industry. [Spargo, chap. 9, 10.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
The German government supplied no official statistics of trade during the
period of the war, and the student is obliged to look to the publications of
other governments for information. C. D. Snow and J. J. Kral, *German
trade and the war, Washington, 1918, Bureau of For. and Dom. Commerce,
Misc. Series no. 65, will be found a convenient compilation; this covers
trade, manufacture, raw materials and substitutes, cartels, labor, finance,
etc.
References to the effect of the peace settlement on the interests of
Germany and Austria-Hungary will be found in the Questions and topics,
and in the bibliography of the preceding chapter.
Literature on the new states in central and eastern Europe is mainly in
foreign languages; readers of English have to depend on accounts in annual
encyclopedias, on statistics gathered in annuals such as the Statesman’s
Year Book, and on reports of American and English consular agents. On
Poland the reader may consult a brief encyclopedic account edited in the
English version by E. Piltz, entitled *Poland; her people, history, industries,
etc., London, 1916; A. B. Boswell, Poland and the Poles, N. Y., 1919; and
an elaborate study on The Polish peasant in Europe and America, by W. S.
Thomas and F. Znaniecki, in 5 volumes, Chicago 1918, Boston 1919-1920.
On the Russian revolution John Spargo, **The greatest failure in all
history, N. Y., 1920, can be recommended as a book filled with facts, which
has in general stood well the criticism of those inclined to favor the
Bolsheviks. The failure of Bolshevism is amply evidenced by the writings
of honest partisans of the revolution, such as Albert H. Williams, Lenin, N.
Y., 1919; Arthur Ransome, The crisis in Russia, London, 1921; C. L.
Malone, The Russian republic, N. Y., 1920; Bertrand Russell, The practice
and theory of Bolshevism, London, 1920. Maurice G. Hindus, *The
Russian peasant and the revolution, N. Y., 1920, gives a good account of the
agrarian question, and a questionnaire prepared from documentary material
by the International Bureau of Labor, entitled in the English version Labour
18. Industry under the Soviets. [Spargo, chap. 8.]
19. Nationalization of industry. [Spargo, chap. 9, 10.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
The German government supplied no official statistics of trade during the
period of the war, and the student is obliged to look to the publications of
other governments for information. C. D. Snow and J. J. Kral, *German
trade and the war, Washington, 1918, Bureau of For. and Dom. Commerce,
Misc. Series no. 65, will be found a convenient compilation; this covers
trade, manufacture, raw materials and substitutes, cartels, labor, finance,
etc.
References to the effect of the peace settlement on the interests of
Germany and Austria-Hungary will be found in the Questions and topics,
and in the bibliography of the preceding chapter.
Literature on the new states in central and eastern Europe is mainly in
foreign languages; readers of English have to depend on accounts in annual
encyclopedias, on statistics gathered in annuals such as the Statesman’s
Year Book, and on reports of American and English consular agents. On
Poland the reader may consult a brief encyclopedic account edited in the
English version by E. Piltz, entitled *Poland; her people, history, industries,
etc., London, 1916; A. B. Boswell, Poland and the Poles, N. Y., 1919; and
an elaborate study on The Polish peasant in Europe and America, by W. S.
Thomas and F. Znaniecki, in 5 volumes, Chicago 1918, Boston 1919-1920.
On the Russian revolution John Spargo, **The greatest failure in all
history, N. Y., 1920, can be recommended as a book filled with facts, which
has in general stood well the criticism of those inclined to favor the
Bolsheviks. The failure of Bolshevism is amply evidenced by the writings
of honest partisans of the revolution, such as Albert H. Williams, Lenin, N.
Y., 1919; Arthur Ransome, The crisis in Russia, London, 1921; C. L.
Malone, The Russian republic, N. Y., 1920; Bertrand Russell, The practice
and theory of Bolshevism, London, 1920. Maurice G. Hindus, *The
Russian peasant and the revolution, N. Y., 1920, gives a good account of the
agrarian question, and a questionnaire prepared from documentary material
by the International Bureau of Labor, entitled in the English version Labour
Page 604
conditions in Soviet Russia, London, 1920, throws much light on the
industrial conditions.
industrial conditions.
Page 605
CHAPTER LVIII
THE UNITED STATES, 1914-1920
771. Statistics of American Commerce, 1914-1920.—The course of the
commerce of the United States during the war and the few years of peace
immediately following appears in the statistics of the accompanying table,
in which, for reasons that will appear later, the movement both of
merchandise and of specie is indicated.
Trade of United States, 1914-1920
(Values in millions of dollars; calendar years, ending Dec. 31)10
Merchandise Gold Silver
Price
Excess of Excess of Excess of Excess of level
Imports Exports
exports exports imports exports
1914 1,789 2,114 324 165 26 100
1915 1,779 3,555 1,776 421 19 101
1916 2,392 5,483 3,091 530 38 124
1917 2,952 6,226 3,274 181 31 176
1918 3,031 6,149 3,118 21 181 196
1919 3,904 7,920 4,016 292 150 212
1920 5,279 8,228 2,949 107 26 243
Total 21,127 39,675 18,548 457 1,259 471
772. Interpretation of the Statistics.—With the figures of this table
should be compared those given in section 663, covering the course of trade
from 1860 to 1913. Attending only to the figures giving the value of
merchandise the reader will note that the imports in the early years of the
war remained about at their former level, that they increased in the latter
part of the war, and particularly after its close. The exports, on the other
hand, showed the effect of the war almost from its beginning. They had first
exceeded 1 milliard dollars in 1896, and had grown steadily with the growth
of population and with the rise in prices due to the increase in gold output,
THE UNITED STATES, 1914-1920
771. Statistics of American Commerce, 1914-1920.—The course of the
commerce of the United States during the war and the few years of peace
immediately following appears in the statistics of the accompanying table,
in which, for reasons that will appear later, the movement both of
merchandise and of specie is indicated.
Trade of United States, 1914-1920
(Values in millions of dollars; calendar years, ending Dec. 31)10
Merchandise Gold Silver
Price
Excess of Excess of Excess of Excess of level
Imports Exports
exports exports imports exports
1914 1,789 2,114 324 165 26 100
1915 1,779 3,555 1,776 421 19 101
1916 2,392 5,483 3,091 530 38 124
1917 2,952 6,226 3,274 181 31 176
1918 3,031 6,149 3,118 21 181 196
1919 3,904 7,920 4,016 292 150 212
1920 5,279 8,228 2,949 107 26 243
Total 21,127 39,675 18,548 457 1,259 471
772. Interpretation of the Statistics.—With the figures of this table
should be compared those given in section 663, covering the course of trade
from 1860 to 1913. Attending only to the figures giving the value of
merchandise the reader will note that the imports in the early years of the
war remained about at their former level, that they increased in the latter
part of the war, and particularly after its close. The exports, on the other
hand, showed the effect of the war almost from its beginning. They had first
exceeded 1 milliard dollars in 1896, and had grown steadily with the growth
of population and with the rise in prices due to the increase in gold output,
Page 606
passing the mark of 2 milliards in 1911. From that level they now shot up to
3, 4, 5, 6, 6, 8, 8 milliards in the individual years; history does not provide
another example of such prodigious growth. As a result the excess value of
exports over imports, which had in recent years been about half a milliard,
grew to 1, 2, 3, even 4 milliard dollars a year.
Part of the increase in the value, both of imports and of exports, was of
course due to the rise in prices which accompanied the war. To enable the
student to make the necessary correction for this factor a column of the
table supplies the “index-number” of the Department of Labor, showing
what the average wholesale prices were in any year compared with the
years 1913-1914. Evidently if prices in 1918-1919 were double what they
had been just before the war, the figures for the value of trade in those years
should be divided by 2 to give an idea of the actual quantities of goods
exchanged. Applying this process of correction the student will note that the
volume of imports actually shrank in the course of the war, but that the
exports, in spite of this process of reduction, reached a level which had not
before been dreamed of. In fact the figures for exports in 1918 and for parts
of 1917 and 1919 do not take account of the great quantities of stores
shipped from the country in transports of the government, and therefore not
reported to the customs officials; the figures should be raised by perhaps
one-third to give a comprehensive idea of the total quantity of goods sent
out in that period of greatest national exertion.
773. Increase in value of exports to Europe.—Not only did the
thoughts of the whole world center in Europe during the war; the wares of
the world flowed thither, in unexampled volume, to be used to destroy and
to be destroyed. For reasons already given the European belligerents cut
down their exports, and strove so far as they could to increase the volume of
their imports. The United States was in the reverse position. While it was
still neutral, and likewise after it entered the war (April, 1917), it was the
great source from which the European states supplied the needs which they
had not time or strength to supply themselves. Although the larger part of
central and of eastern Europe was cut off by the blockade and by the
difficulties of transportation, the exports of the United States to Europe,
which before the war had run a little over 1 milliard, increased to 2, 3 and 4
milliards. In the first full year of peace, 1919, when the larger part of
Europe was again open to trade, and the exhausted peoples were
3, 4, 5, 6, 6, 8, 8 milliards in the individual years; history does not provide
another example of such prodigious growth. As a result the excess value of
exports over imports, which had in recent years been about half a milliard,
grew to 1, 2, 3, even 4 milliard dollars a year.
Part of the increase in the value, both of imports and of exports, was of
course due to the rise in prices which accompanied the war. To enable the
student to make the necessary correction for this factor a column of the
table supplies the “index-number” of the Department of Labor, showing
what the average wholesale prices were in any year compared with the
years 1913-1914. Evidently if prices in 1918-1919 were double what they
had been just before the war, the figures for the value of trade in those years
should be divided by 2 to give an idea of the actual quantities of goods
exchanged. Applying this process of correction the student will note that the
volume of imports actually shrank in the course of the war, but that the
exports, in spite of this process of reduction, reached a level which had not
before been dreamed of. In fact the figures for exports in 1918 and for parts
of 1917 and 1919 do not take account of the great quantities of stores
shipped from the country in transports of the government, and therefore not
reported to the customs officials; the figures should be raised by perhaps
one-third to give a comprehensive idea of the total quantity of goods sent
out in that period of greatest national exertion.
773. Increase in value of exports to Europe.—Not only did the
thoughts of the whole world center in Europe during the war; the wares of
the world flowed thither, in unexampled volume, to be used to destroy and
to be destroyed. For reasons already given the European belligerents cut
down their exports, and strove so far as they could to increase the volume of
their imports. The United States was in the reverse position. While it was
still neutral, and likewise after it entered the war (April, 1917), it was the
great source from which the European states supplied the needs which they
had not time or strength to supply themselves. Although the larger part of
central and of eastern Europe was cut off by the blockade and by the
difficulties of transportation, the exports of the United States to Europe,
which before the war had run a little over 1 milliard, increased to 2, 3 and 4
milliards. In the first full year of peace, 1919, when the larger part of
Europe was again open to trade, and the exhausted peoples were
Page 607
endeavoring to restock, the value of exports to Europe exceeded 5 milliard
dollars in value.
774. Increase in value of exports to other continents.—The figures of
the preceding section give, however, but a partial and misleading idea of the
peculiar position which the United States assumed in the economy of the
world during the war. In spite of the great increase in value, and increase in
quantity, of exports to Europe, the proportion of the total exports which
went to Europe rose very little. As shown above (sect. 708), the United
States had tended, in the years before the war, to distribute its exports more
widely. The proportion which exports to Europe formed of the total dropped
from four-fifths in the ‘80’s to three-quarters about 1900, then to two-thirds;
in 1913 the proportion was 60 per cent.
The figures for the war period were 71, 69, 69, 63; in 1920 the figures
dropped to 54. It is apparent that there was a great expansion of exports in
this period, not only to Europe but to other parts of the world as well.
To understand this situation we must remember that the United States had
not only to meet the demands of the emergency in Europe, but also had to
take the place of the great industrial states of Europe in meeting the
demands of the rest of the world. England, Germany, and France were
unable to sell goods in their usual markets, and the United States for the
time took over their old customers.
775. Statistics of distribution of exports.—Exports from the United
States, therefore, increased greatly in value, not only to Europe but also to
other continents. The following table indicates the distribution of exports in
the period of the war; Oceania and Africa, taking together five per cent or
less of American exports, are omitted.
Exports of the United States, in Millions of Dollars, to
North South
Europe Asia
America America
1914 1,486 529 125 113
1915 1,971 477 99 114
1916 2,999 733 180 279
1917 4,325 1,164 259 380
1918 3,732 1,236 315 447
dollars in value.
774. Increase in value of exports to other continents.—The figures of
the preceding section give, however, but a partial and misleading idea of the
peculiar position which the United States assumed in the economy of the
world during the war. In spite of the great increase in value, and increase in
quantity, of exports to Europe, the proportion of the total exports which
went to Europe rose very little. As shown above (sect. 708), the United
States had tended, in the years before the war, to distribute its exports more
widely. The proportion which exports to Europe formed of the total dropped
from four-fifths in the ‘80’s to three-quarters about 1900, then to two-thirds;
in 1913 the proportion was 60 per cent.
The figures for the war period were 71, 69, 69, 63; in 1920 the figures
dropped to 54. It is apparent that there was a great expansion of exports in
this period, not only to Europe but to other parts of the world as well.
To understand this situation we must remember that the United States had
not only to meet the demands of the emergency in Europe, but also had to
take the place of the great industrial states of Europe in meeting the
demands of the rest of the world. England, Germany, and France were
unable to sell goods in their usual markets, and the United States for the
time took over their old customers.
775. Statistics of distribution of exports.—Exports from the United
States, therefore, increased greatly in value, not only to Europe but also to
other continents. The following table indicates the distribution of exports in
the period of the war; Oceania and Africa, taking together five per cent or
less of American exports, are omitted.
Exports of the United States, in Millions of Dollars, to
North South
Europe Asia
America America
1914 1,486 529 125 113
1915 1,971 477 99 114
1916 2,999 733 180 279
1917 4,325 1,164 259 380
1918 3,732 1,236 315 447
Page 608
191911 5,188 1,296 442 701
192011 4,466 1,929 624 772
The distribution of American exports in Europe has already been
described. Of the countries grouped under the heading North America,
Canada accounted for rather more than half of the total; Cuba and Mexico
also bought greatly increased amounts of the exports of the United States.
In South America, Argentina, Brazil, and Chile increased their purchases
three-or four-fold; in Asia, Japan raised the value of its purchases from
about 50 to over 300 million dollars.
776. Changes in the composition of exports.—This expansion was
shared unequally by the different groups of commodities which together
made up the total exports. Raw materials for manufacture declined in
importance; before the war they had accounted for about one-third of the
total exports, but by 1917 they made up only about one-eighth. On the other
hand there was a great increase in the export of foodstuffs. The United
States had tended in the period immediately preceding the war to consume
an ever-increasing proportion of the foodstuffs that it produced. The export
of foodstuffs, raw and manufactured, had declined to about 500 million
dollars in the years 1910-1913. In the early years of the war it rose to about
1 milliard; in 1918 it amounted to almost 2 milliards, and in the first two
years of peace it exceeded that figure.
That part of American trade which showed the most extraordinary
expansion was the export of manufactures. Before the war the value of
finished manufactures exported had averaged about 700 million. In 1915
the figure exceeded 1 milliard; in 1916 and succeeding years, 2 milliards; in
1920, 3 milliards. The growth was particularly noticeable in trade with non-
industrial countries, which had previously relied in large part on Europe for
manufactured wares and found now the supply from that source cut off.
Exports of manufactures from the United States to Asia, South America,
and Africa increased about five-fold, comparing the years 1914 and 1920.
Exports of manufactures increased even to Europe, including such
important items as railroad supplies, agricultural implements, machinery,
petroleum products, etc.; and it was estimated that in 1920 the United States
was supplying one-third of the total demand for manufactured wares in the
trade of the world.
192011 4,466 1,929 624 772
The distribution of American exports in Europe has already been
described. Of the countries grouped under the heading North America,
Canada accounted for rather more than half of the total; Cuba and Mexico
also bought greatly increased amounts of the exports of the United States.
In South America, Argentina, Brazil, and Chile increased their purchases
three-or four-fold; in Asia, Japan raised the value of its purchases from
about 50 to over 300 million dollars.
776. Changes in the composition of exports.—This expansion was
shared unequally by the different groups of commodities which together
made up the total exports. Raw materials for manufacture declined in
importance; before the war they had accounted for about one-third of the
total exports, but by 1917 they made up only about one-eighth. On the other
hand there was a great increase in the export of foodstuffs. The United
States had tended in the period immediately preceding the war to consume
an ever-increasing proportion of the foodstuffs that it produced. The export
of foodstuffs, raw and manufactured, had declined to about 500 million
dollars in the years 1910-1913. In the early years of the war it rose to about
1 milliard; in 1918 it amounted to almost 2 milliards, and in the first two
years of peace it exceeded that figure.
That part of American trade which showed the most extraordinary
expansion was the export of manufactures. Before the war the value of
finished manufactures exported had averaged about 700 million. In 1915
the figure exceeded 1 milliard; in 1916 and succeeding years, 2 milliards; in
1920, 3 milliards. The growth was particularly noticeable in trade with non-
industrial countries, which had previously relied in large part on Europe for
manufactured wares and found now the supply from that source cut off.
Exports of manufactures from the United States to Asia, South America,
and Africa increased about five-fold, comparing the years 1914 and 1920.
Exports of manufactures increased even to Europe, including such
important items as railroad supplies, agricultural implements, machinery,
petroleum products, etc.; and it was estimated that in 1920 the United States
was supplying one-third of the total demand for manufactured wares in the
trade of the world.
Page 609
777. Effect of the war upon the import trade.—The United States
made its commercial contribution to the World War, as has already been
said, by following a course which was the reverse of that of the European
belligerents; it expanded its exports, and restricted its imports. Of necessity
it renounced a very large part of that trade which had been the greatest
source of supply, the trade in imports from Europe. Before the war Europe
supplied about half of our needs (49 per cent of total value of imports,
1913). In the last year of the war imports from Europe amounted to less
than one-seventh of the total (14 per cent in the year ending June 30, 1918).
The varied manufactures which we had been used to import from the
industrial states of western Europe were no longer in the market. Many of
these wares were luxuries appealing indeed to the taste of the consumer, but
not involving any serious economic consequences when the supply failed.
Others, notably the chemicals and the special kinds of glass and porcelain
which had previously been imported from Germany, played an important
part in industrial processes, and had if possible to be replaced. American
manufacturers entered a field which the Germans had long regarded as their
own peculiar province, and which, indeed, they would probably have long
continued to dominate if they had not broken the peace.
Forced to an extension and diversification of industry by the demands not
only of the American but also of many foreign consumers, the country
imported an increased proportion of crude materials for use in
manufacturing as the proportion of finished manufactures ready for
consumption declined. Raw wool, raw silk, crude rubber and items of that
character rose toward the top of the list of wares imported, and gave a new
importance to the trade with South America and Asia.
778. The excess value of exports over imports.—The war led, for
reasons already given, to an enormous increase in the excess value of
exports over imports. The table at the beginning of the chapter presents
figures which were without parallel in the history of this, or indeed of any
other country: an annual excess in the years 1915-1920 averaging over 3
milliard dollars a year, a total excess for the period 1914-1920 amounting to
18.5 milliards. The following table shows how unequal was our balance in
trade with the different continents, and indicates the close connection of the
great excess of exports with the European war.
Balance of Trade in Merchandise of United States, 1913-1920
made its commercial contribution to the World War, as has already been
said, by following a course which was the reverse of that of the European
belligerents; it expanded its exports, and restricted its imports. Of necessity
it renounced a very large part of that trade which had been the greatest
source of supply, the trade in imports from Europe. Before the war Europe
supplied about half of our needs (49 per cent of total value of imports,
1913). In the last year of the war imports from Europe amounted to less
than one-seventh of the total (14 per cent in the year ending June 30, 1918).
The varied manufactures which we had been used to import from the
industrial states of western Europe were no longer in the market. Many of
these wares were luxuries appealing indeed to the taste of the consumer, but
not involving any serious economic consequences when the supply failed.
Others, notably the chemicals and the special kinds of glass and porcelain
which had previously been imported from Germany, played an important
part in industrial processes, and had if possible to be replaced. American
manufacturers entered a field which the Germans had long regarded as their
own peculiar province, and which, indeed, they would probably have long
continued to dominate if they had not broken the peace.
Forced to an extension and diversification of industry by the demands not
only of the American but also of many foreign consumers, the country
imported an increased proportion of crude materials for use in
manufacturing as the proportion of finished manufactures ready for
consumption declined. Raw wool, raw silk, crude rubber and items of that
character rose toward the top of the list of wares imported, and gave a new
importance to the trade with South America and Asia.
778. The excess value of exports over imports.—The war led, for
reasons already given, to an enormous increase in the excess value of
exports over imports. The table at the beginning of the chapter presents
figures which were without parallel in the history of this, or indeed of any
other country: an annual excess in the years 1915-1920 averaging over 3
milliard dollars a year, a total excess for the period 1914-1920 amounting to
18.5 milliards. The following table shows how unequal was our balance in
trade with the different continents, and indicates the close connection of the
great excess of exports with the European war.
Balance of Trade in Merchandise of United States, 1913-1920
Page 610
(Calendar years; figures in millions of dollars, giving excess value of
imports,) [-], or of exports,) [+], of the U. S.)
North South
Europe Asia Oceania Africa
America America
1913 +635 +211 -52 -155 +47 +5
1914 +556 +40 -139 -168 +29 +6
1915 +2,027 +49 -178 -156 +31 +3
1916 +3,180 +266 -207 -152 +12 -8
1917 +3,511 +389 -287 -327 +16 -27
1918 +3,541 +351 -308 -408 -31 -26
1919 +4,437 +138 -246 -340 +41 -14
1920 +3,238 +266 -137 -512 +78 +15
Taking Europe alone the excess of exports to the credit of the United
States was over 20 milliards in the years 1914-1920. North America was the
only other continent showing a large “favorable” balance, and Canada was
the single country that accounted for most of this. The balance in trade with
South America and with Asia was against the United States, as had been
usual in the past, but to an extent which passed the bounds of any previous
experience.
779. Items in the international balance before the war.—In
approaching the subject of the balance of trade of the United States during
the war it is desirable to have in mind the most important items which,
before 1914, constituted the international credits and debits of the country.
The table below pictures these items in the form of a simple balance sheet,
as they were estimated in 1910.12 The figures are given in round sums,
indicating that they make no pretence to statistical accuracy; they are to be
understood merely as showing the tendency of a normal year. In the case of
several items no attempt is made to do more than indicate the net balance
that might be expected, year in and year out.
International Balance of the United States Before the War
(Figures in millions of dollars)
imports,) [-], or of exports,) [+], of the U. S.)
North South
Europe Asia Oceania Africa
America America
1913 +635 +211 -52 -155 +47 +5
1914 +556 +40 -139 -168 +29 +6
1915 +2,027 +49 -178 -156 +31 +3
1916 +3,180 +266 -207 -152 +12 -8
1917 +3,511 +389 -287 -327 +16 -27
1918 +3,541 +351 -308 -408 -31 -26
1919 +4,437 +138 -246 -340 +41 -14
1920 +3,238 +266 -137 -512 +78 +15
Taking Europe alone the excess of exports to the credit of the United
States was over 20 milliards in the years 1914-1920. North America was the
only other continent showing a large “favorable” balance, and Canada was
the single country that accounted for most of this. The balance in trade with
South America and with Asia was against the United States, as had been
usual in the past, but to an extent which passed the bounds of any previous
experience.
779. Items in the international balance before the war.—In
approaching the subject of the balance of trade of the United States during
the war it is desirable to have in mind the most important items which,
before 1914, constituted the international credits and debits of the country.
The table below pictures these items in the form of a simple balance sheet,
as they were estimated in 1910.12 The figures are given in round sums,
indicating that they make no pretence to statistical accuracy; they are to be
understood merely as showing the tendency of a normal year. In the case of
several items no attempt is made to do more than indicate the net balance
that might be expected, year in and year out.
International Balance of the United States Before the War
(Figures in millions of dollars)
Page 611
Balance
Credit Debit
Credit Debit
Merchandise 2,000 1,500 500
Bullion 30
Freight, etc 25
Remittances 150
Tourists 30 200 170
Interest and dividends 75 300 225
Investment 40
570 570
780. Explanation of the “favorable” balance.—The most important
feature of the table is the great credit item due to the excess of exports over
imports. Ever since 1873, with rare exceptions (only four years altogether)
the United States has shown a credit balance of this kind, a “favorable”
balance as it was called in the days when people believed that it would
bring precious metals into the country. Actually, the “favorable” balance
implied nothing more than that we were a debtor country, bound to export
more than we could import from the rest of the world, to meet our
obligations. The character of these obligations is indicated in the column of
debit balances. Foreigners did more ocean carriage for us than we did for
them, and had a balance due to them on that account; the figure in the table
would be considerably larger if the freight bill had not been partially offset
by the considerable purchases of coal and stores made by foreign ships in
our ports, which counted of course to the credit of the United States. The
remittances of private persons, largely of immigrants to this country sent to
agents or relatives in their old home, amounted to a surprisingly large
aggregate. Funds would be remitted, say, by a postal money-order, but of
course the foreign government that honored this order would look for
payment to the American post-office, which would have to depend on our
surplus of exports to meet the debt. So in the case of the other items,
expenses of American travelers and the claims for interest and dividends of
European investors, we were bound to make heavy payments, and made
Credit Debit
Credit Debit
Merchandise 2,000 1,500 500
Bullion 30
Freight, etc 25
Remittances 150
Tourists 30 200 170
Interest and dividends 75 300 225
Investment 40
570 570
780. Explanation of the “favorable” balance.—The most important
feature of the table is the great credit item due to the excess of exports over
imports. Ever since 1873, with rare exceptions (only four years altogether)
the United States has shown a credit balance of this kind, a “favorable”
balance as it was called in the days when people believed that it would
bring precious metals into the country. Actually, the “favorable” balance
implied nothing more than that we were a debtor country, bound to export
more than we could import from the rest of the world, to meet our
obligations. The character of these obligations is indicated in the column of
debit balances. Foreigners did more ocean carriage for us than we did for
them, and had a balance due to them on that account; the figure in the table
would be considerably larger if the freight bill had not been partially offset
by the considerable purchases of coal and stores made by foreign ships in
our ports, which counted of course to the credit of the United States. The
remittances of private persons, largely of immigrants to this country sent to
agents or relatives in their old home, amounted to a surprisingly large
aggregate. Funds would be remitted, say, by a postal money-order, but of
course the foreign government that honored this order would look for
payment to the American post-office, which would have to depend on our
surplus of exports to meet the debt. So in the case of the other items,
expenses of American travelers and the claims for interest and dividends of
European investors, we were bound to make heavy payments, and made
Page 612
them by delivering our cotton, copper, petroleum products, and so on, to a
value much exceeding the value of our imports.
781. Movement of specie in the period of the war.—Some part of the
total exports of the war period was a free gift. The food, clothing, and
medical supplies that were donated by private individuals, by associations,
and by the government, demanded no commercial return and no
acknowledgment of indebtedness from the foreigner. Large as were these
gifts in absolute value, they can be omitted from consideration; they may
have formed a considerable portion of a milliard and still be negligible. For
most of the exports that appear in the commercial returns the foreigner had
to pay in the present or promise to pay in the future.
One means of payment was hard cash. In the few years immediately
preceding the outbreak of the war the European banks, nervous because of
the political outlook, had been trying to build up their reserves, and had
been drawing gold from the United States. In the single month of July,
1914, over $40,000,000 were shipped from New York. American bankers
and business men owed at this time several hundred million dollars,
maturing before the end of 1914; the city of New York owed $80,000,000.
For a brief period sterling exchange rose far above the normal par; an
American was willing to pay over $5 for the right to a pound sterling
payable in London. Soon the tide set in the other direction. The total gold
stock of the United States at the outbreak of the war was about 1.8 milliard
dollars. In 1920 it was 2.7 milliard, roughly one third of the world’s total
stock of gold used for monetary purposes. In the interval the United States
received from Europe over 1.2 milliard dollars in gold, of which it kept the
larger part.
Reference to the table at the beginning of the chapter will show that
silver flowed in the opposite direction. The United States as a silver-
producing country, has had regularly a surplus to export, but parted with the
very large sums appearing in the table in the years 1918-1919 as a means of
liquidating part of the balance owed to Asia. The demand for silver to be
shipped to the East was so strong that for a brief period the bullion in the
silver dollar, which so recently as 1915 was worth only forty cents, was
actually worth more than a dollar in gold.
782. Securities and loans.—Another means of payment employed by the
peoples of Europe to meet the balance against them was the sale in the
United States of American securities owned abroad. It is supposed that in
value much exceeding the value of our imports.
781. Movement of specie in the period of the war.—Some part of the
total exports of the war period was a free gift. The food, clothing, and
medical supplies that were donated by private individuals, by associations,
and by the government, demanded no commercial return and no
acknowledgment of indebtedness from the foreigner. Large as were these
gifts in absolute value, they can be omitted from consideration; they may
have formed a considerable portion of a milliard and still be negligible. For
most of the exports that appear in the commercial returns the foreigner had
to pay in the present or promise to pay in the future.
One means of payment was hard cash. In the few years immediately
preceding the outbreak of the war the European banks, nervous because of
the political outlook, had been trying to build up their reserves, and had
been drawing gold from the United States. In the single month of July,
1914, over $40,000,000 were shipped from New York. American bankers
and business men owed at this time several hundred million dollars,
maturing before the end of 1914; the city of New York owed $80,000,000.
For a brief period sterling exchange rose far above the normal par; an
American was willing to pay over $5 for the right to a pound sterling
payable in London. Soon the tide set in the other direction. The total gold
stock of the United States at the outbreak of the war was about 1.8 milliard
dollars. In 1920 it was 2.7 milliard, roughly one third of the world’s total
stock of gold used for monetary purposes. In the interval the United States
received from Europe over 1.2 milliard dollars in gold, of which it kept the
larger part.
Reference to the table at the beginning of the chapter will show that
silver flowed in the opposite direction. The United States as a silver-
producing country, has had regularly a surplus to export, but parted with the
very large sums appearing in the table in the years 1918-1919 as a means of
liquidating part of the balance owed to Asia. The demand for silver to be
shipped to the East was so strong that for a brief period the bullion in the
silver dollar, which so recently as 1915 was worth only forty cents, was
actually worth more than a dollar in gold.
782. Securities and loans.—Another means of payment employed by the
peoples of Europe to meet the balance against them was the sale in the
United States of American securities owned abroad. It is supposed that in
Page 613
the period 1914-1920 Americans repurchased 4 to 5 milliards in value of
stocks and bonds that had been issued in the United States and held by
foreigners. For example, of the common stock of the U. S. Steel
Corporation 1,286,000 shares, over one-fourth of the total issue, were in
1914 held abroad. At the end of 1918 the number had dropped to 484,000,
and in 1919 it declined still further.
American investors, furthermore, purchased several milliard dollars
worth of foreign, mainly European securities, issued by governments, by
municipalities, by railroads, and by business enterprises. Evidently the
European, in debt to the American for the goods sent across the sea, could
square the account by selling his stocks and bonds in this country and
paying the proceeds to his creditor here.
Finally, and most important, the American government, after the entry
into the war of the United States (April, 1917) took upon itself the task of
financing the purchases made by associated European governments in this
country, and advanced to them a sum amounting to nearly 10 milliards of
dollars. In July, 1921, the account stood as follows, including only the
advances made under the Liberty Loan acts, and omitting considerable
sums due to the United States for the sale of surplus war material and for
grain supplied to impoverished districts.
(Figures in millions of dollars.)
United Kingdom 4,166
France 2,951
Italy 1,648
Belgium 348
Total of these items 9,113
Total including items omitted 9,435
783. Position of the United States as a creditor country.—Although it
is not possible to describe with perfect precision the process by which the
European peoples arranged to pay for the excess exports of the United
States, the general situation is well enough known to warrant one
conclusion of the greatest significance. The process resulted in turning the
United States from a debtor country to a creditor country. Even if we
stocks and bonds that had been issued in the United States and held by
foreigners. For example, of the common stock of the U. S. Steel
Corporation 1,286,000 shares, over one-fourth of the total issue, were in
1914 held abroad. At the end of 1918 the number had dropped to 484,000,
and in 1919 it declined still further.
American investors, furthermore, purchased several milliard dollars
worth of foreign, mainly European securities, issued by governments, by
municipalities, by railroads, and by business enterprises. Evidently the
European, in debt to the American for the goods sent across the sea, could
square the account by selling his stocks and bonds in this country and
paying the proceeds to his creditor here.
Finally, and most important, the American government, after the entry
into the war of the United States (April, 1917) took upon itself the task of
financing the purchases made by associated European governments in this
country, and advanced to them a sum amounting to nearly 10 milliards of
dollars. In July, 1921, the account stood as follows, including only the
advances made under the Liberty Loan acts, and omitting considerable
sums due to the United States for the sale of surplus war material and for
grain supplied to impoverished districts.
(Figures in millions of dollars.)
United Kingdom 4,166
France 2,951
Italy 1,648
Belgium 348
Total of these items 9,113
Total including items omitted 9,435
783. Position of the United States as a creditor country.—Although it
is not possible to describe with perfect precision the process by which the
European peoples arranged to pay for the excess exports of the United
States, the general situation is well enough known to warrant one
conclusion of the greatest significance. The process resulted in turning the
United States from a debtor country to a creditor country. Even if we
Page 614
disregard the 10 milliard loans made by the American government, and take
account only of the investments made by private citizens in this country, it
is apparent that the United States at the close of the war, instead of owing
every year a balance to other countries on account of interest and dividends,
was entitled to demand such a balance from abroad. So many items enter
into the general international balance that this single one cannot be taken as
determining the outcome, and deciding that after the war there would be in
normal years an excess of imports over exports. The country will doubtless
remain a debtor under some heads (private remittance, tourists). At the close
of the war it certainly was not collecting interest and dividends in the form
of an excess of imports, as the figures show. It continued to invest capital in
foreign countries, particularly in Europe, in North America, and in South
America; the capital value of the loans far exceeded any annual interest
charge on them. Perhaps this process will continue in the period of
reconstruction. So long as the flow of capital for investment in other
countries exceeds the annual charges due from them, the surplus of exports
(so far as determined by this one item) will continue. It is reasonable to
believe, however, that sooner or later the tide will turn, and the United
States will have, year in and year out, a surplus of imports over exports. The
change will require a readjustment of ideas that have been fixed by
generations of habit. Investors, demanding interest payments from foreign
debtors, will no longer be able to maintain the attitude that imports menace
the prosperity of the country and should be cut down by the restrictions of
the tariff. Exporters will find that the current is set against them, and that
they can broaden their market only as they stimulate still greater growth in
the import trade. The American people will realize at last that, without a
conscious exercise of their will, they have become a “world-power,” and
that in their own interest, quite apart from humanitarian motives, they must
accept new responsibilities and take an active part in international affairs.
784. Shipbuilding before the war.—An excess of imports into the
United States, over the exports from this country, will come sooner and will
be larger if the country resumes an important position in ocean shipping, as
some believe it will. The United States continued, before the World War, to
build shipping in considerable volume. The statistics of Lloyds Register
show that in the first decade of the twentieth century, American shipyards
contributed about one-seventh of the total tonnage built in the world. Most
of the vessels built, however, were destined for service on the Great Lakes
account only of the investments made by private citizens in this country, it
is apparent that the United States at the close of the war, instead of owing
every year a balance to other countries on account of interest and dividends,
was entitled to demand such a balance from abroad. So many items enter
into the general international balance that this single one cannot be taken as
determining the outcome, and deciding that after the war there would be in
normal years an excess of imports over exports. The country will doubtless
remain a debtor under some heads (private remittance, tourists). At the close
of the war it certainly was not collecting interest and dividends in the form
of an excess of imports, as the figures show. It continued to invest capital in
foreign countries, particularly in Europe, in North America, and in South
America; the capital value of the loans far exceeded any annual interest
charge on them. Perhaps this process will continue in the period of
reconstruction. So long as the flow of capital for investment in other
countries exceeds the annual charges due from them, the surplus of exports
(so far as determined by this one item) will continue. It is reasonable to
believe, however, that sooner or later the tide will turn, and the United
States will have, year in and year out, a surplus of imports over exports. The
change will require a readjustment of ideas that have been fixed by
generations of habit. Investors, demanding interest payments from foreign
debtors, will no longer be able to maintain the attitude that imports menace
the prosperity of the country and should be cut down by the restrictions of
the tariff. Exporters will find that the current is set against them, and that
they can broaden their market only as they stimulate still greater growth in
the import trade. The American people will realize at last that, without a
conscious exercise of their will, they have become a “world-power,” and
that in their own interest, quite apart from humanitarian motives, they must
accept new responsibilities and take an active part in international affairs.
784. Shipbuilding before the war.—An excess of imports into the
United States, over the exports from this country, will come sooner and will
be larger if the country resumes an important position in ocean shipping, as
some believe it will. The United States continued, before the World War, to
build shipping in considerable volume. The statistics of Lloyds Register
show that in the first decade of the twentieth century, American shipyards
contributed about one-seventh of the total tonnage built in the world. Most
of the vessels built, however, were destined for service on the Great Lakes
Page 615
or in the coasting trade; the tonnage of steamers built for the foreign
carrying trade was relatively unimportant. Foreign ships carried regularly
about nine-tenths of our sea-borne trade in merchandise.
785. Shipbuilding by the American government.—In the first year of
the war the tonnage of ships built actually declined. The provision of
adequate cargo space became, however, a matter of urgent importance, as
ships were drawn into service as transports and the ravages of the
submarine extended. The government established in 1916 a Shipping
Board, for the construction of ships as a public enterprise, and when it
entered the war in 1917 it proposed to make one of its most important
contributions to the war by the supply of new tonnage. The results are
presented in the statistics of the accompanying table.
Vessels Built in the United States, 1914-1920
(Figures in thousands of gross tons; fiscal years ending June thirtieth.)
Sailing Steam Total13
1914 14 224 316
1915 8 142 225
1916 15 238 325
1917 43 461 664
1918 84 1,000 1,301
1919 79 3,107 3,327
1920 132 3,603 3,881
786. American shipping at the close of the war.—Comparing the
figures of the table with the years of the war (and noting that each year of
the table ends June 30, not Dec. 31) it is apparent that the contributions of
the United States to relieve the dearth of shipping were of real importance
in the last year of the war, but that the new industry developed slowly and
reached its maximum of output only after peace had been declared. The
peak of monthly production was attained in August, 1919, when about
400,000 tons of sea-going steel steamers were constructed. The sudden
expansion of the industry, demanding the training of nearly a million men
called from other occupations, was necessarily expensive. In three years,
carrying trade was relatively unimportant. Foreign ships carried regularly
about nine-tenths of our sea-borne trade in merchandise.
785. Shipbuilding by the American government.—In the first year of
the war the tonnage of ships built actually declined. The provision of
adequate cargo space became, however, a matter of urgent importance, as
ships were drawn into service as transports and the ravages of the
submarine extended. The government established in 1916 a Shipping
Board, for the construction of ships as a public enterprise, and when it
entered the war in 1917 it proposed to make one of its most important
contributions to the war by the supply of new tonnage. The results are
presented in the statistics of the accompanying table.
Vessels Built in the United States, 1914-1920
(Figures in thousands of gross tons; fiscal years ending June thirtieth.)
Sailing Steam Total13
1914 14 224 316
1915 8 142 225
1916 15 238 325
1917 43 461 664
1918 84 1,000 1,301
1919 79 3,107 3,327
1920 132 3,603 3,881
786. American shipping at the close of the war.—Comparing the
figures of the table with the years of the war (and noting that each year of
the table ends June 30, not Dec. 31) it is apparent that the contributions of
the United States to relieve the dearth of shipping were of real importance
in the last year of the war, but that the new industry developed slowly and
reached its maximum of output only after peace had been declared. The
peak of monthly production was attained in August, 1919, when about
400,000 tons of sea-going steel steamers were constructed. The sudden
expansion of the industry, demanding the training of nearly a million men
called from other occupations, was necessarily expensive. In three years,
Page 616
ending in 1920, the Shipping Board expended about 3 milliard dollars, a
sum greater than the book value of the total shipping of the world in 1914.
As a result of its activity the government owned about 8 million tons of
ocean shipping. In the period of depression which followed the war fully
half of this amount was idle, and the operation of ships by the government
proved to be a losing venture. An act of 1920 directed that the ships be sold
to private owners, but the close of the period left their future still in doubt.
787. Foreign exchange at the close of the war.—To understand the
commercial position of the United States at the close of the war it is
necessary to return again to questions of currency and foreign exchange.
The situation appears in the following table.
Average Annual Rate of Exchange in New York
1913 1919 1920
On London 100 90 75
On Paris 100 71 36
On Rome 100 56 26
On Berlin 100 7 7
The table signifies, for example, that the American in New York could
buy in 1919 for $90 or in 1920 for $75 as many pounds sterling as had cost
him $100 before the war; that he could pay a debt at Rome with half as
many dollars in 1919, with a quarter as many dollars in 1920, as he would
have had to pay in 1913. During the war the rate of exchange, like many
other prices, was subject to government control; the figures for 1919 and
1920 show the tendency of the rates when they were left free to represent
the actual value of the different currencies in international transactions.
788. Effect of depreciation in stimulating exports.—The table shows a
great depreciation of the European currencies compared with the American.
The United States had had a great expansion of bank credit during and after
the war, but, after all, had in its enormous stock of gold the means to
maintain the dollar on a gold basis, while the European countries had in
circulation varying amounts of irredeemable paper. The reactions of this
situation on international transactions were manifold, but two of them are
worth particular attention.
sum greater than the book value of the total shipping of the world in 1914.
As a result of its activity the government owned about 8 million tons of
ocean shipping. In the period of depression which followed the war fully
half of this amount was idle, and the operation of ships by the government
proved to be a losing venture. An act of 1920 directed that the ships be sold
to private owners, but the close of the period left their future still in doubt.
787. Foreign exchange at the close of the war.—To understand the
commercial position of the United States at the close of the war it is
necessary to return again to questions of currency and foreign exchange.
The situation appears in the following table.
Average Annual Rate of Exchange in New York
1913 1919 1920
On London 100 90 75
On Paris 100 71 36
On Rome 100 56 26
On Berlin 100 7 7
The table signifies, for example, that the American in New York could
buy in 1919 for $90 or in 1920 for $75 as many pounds sterling as had cost
him $100 before the war; that he could pay a debt at Rome with half as
many dollars in 1919, with a quarter as many dollars in 1920, as he would
have had to pay in 1913. During the war the rate of exchange, like many
other prices, was subject to government control; the figures for 1919 and
1920 show the tendency of the rates when they were left free to represent
the actual value of the different currencies in international transactions.
788. Effect of depreciation in stimulating exports.—The table shows a
great depreciation of the European currencies compared with the American.
The United States had had a great expansion of bank credit during and after
the war, but, after all, had in its enormous stock of gold the means to
maintain the dollar on a gold basis, while the European countries had in
circulation varying amounts of irredeemable paper. The reactions of this
situation on international transactions were manifold, but two of them are
worth particular attention.
Page 617
When the issue of paper money continued, as in Germany for example,
the value of the mark in foreign exchange fell more sharply than its
purchasing power in the home market. An American importer would be able
to buy more marks for the dollar. The mark would not buy as much as
before in Germany, but the dollar’s worth of marks would buy more than
before; and the importer would find a transaction profitable which
previously he would have been unable to undertake. Unequal depreciation
of this kind acted as a stimulus or premium on exports from Germany,
which was seriously felt by competing producers in other countries.
789. Effect upon the international money market.—The situation had
also an important effect on the course of international loans. Let us assume
for example the case of Brazil, desiring to place a loan abroad. If it
borrowed in New York it would get gold dollars and would feel assured that
when it came to repay the loan it would repay it in the same currency, with
units of approximately equal value. If, on the other hand, it borrowed in
London, in terms of pounds sterling, it would get paper pounds, at a
discount in comparison with gold, but must look forward to repaying the
loan with gold units if in the interval the English had succeeded in putting
their currency on a gold basis and thereby bringing their exchange to par.
Even if Brazil desired to make the loan for financing some expenditure in
the European market it would do better to buy dollar credit in the first
instance, and buy with that the foreign currency that it needed; and to
accomplish this end it would be willing to pay higher rates in New York
than in London. It would be hazardous to assert that as a result of the war
New York will replace London as the world’s money market, but it is clear
that the position of London is seriously prejudiced so long as English
currency is at a discount in comparison with gold.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Chart the statistics of trade as in previous exercises.
2. Divide the figures of imports and exports by the figure for the price
level of the year (1.01, 1.24, etc.,), so reducing values to the level of 1914,
and enter results on chart with a dotted line that gives approximately
volume of imports and exports.
3. What was the relative importance of foreign and of domestic trade in
the United States in this period? [B. M. Anderson, in Annalist of N. Y.
the value of the mark in foreign exchange fell more sharply than its
purchasing power in the home market. An American importer would be able
to buy more marks for the dollar. The mark would not buy as much as
before in Germany, but the dollar’s worth of marks would buy more than
before; and the importer would find a transaction profitable which
previously he would have been unable to undertake. Unequal depreciation
of this kind acted as a stimulus or premium on exports from Germany,
which was seriously felt by competing producers in other countries.
789. Effect upon the international money market.—The situation had
also an important effect on the course of international loans. Let us assume
for example the case of Brazil, desiring to place a loan abroad. If it
borrowed in New York it would get gold dollars and would feel assured that
when it came to repay the loan it would repay it in the same currency, with
units of approximately equal value. If, on the other hand, it borrowed in
London, in terms of pounds sterling, it would get paper pounds, at a
discount in comparison with gold, but must look forward to repaying the
loan with gold units if in the interval the English had succeeded in putting
their currency on a gold basis and thereby bringing their exchange to par.
Even if Brazil desired to make the loan for financing some expenditure in
the European market it would do better to buy dollar credit in the first
instance, and buy with that the foreign currency that it needed; and to
accomplish this end it would be willing to pay higher rates in New York
than in London. It would be hazardous to assert that as a result of the war
New York will replace London as the world’s money market, but it is clear
that the position of London is seriously prejudiced so long as English
currency is at a discount in comparison with gold.
QUESTIONS AND TOPICS
1. Chart the statistics of trade as in previous exercises.
2. Divide the figures of imports and exports by the figure for the price
level of the year (1.01, 1.24, etc.,), so reducing values to the level of 1914,
and enter results on chart with a dotted line that gives approximately
volume of imports and exports.
3. What was the relative importance of foreign and of domestic trade in
the United States in this period? [B. M. Anderson, in Annalist of N. Y.
Page 618
Times, Jan. 3, 1921, 17: 9.]
4. What exports of the United States, (a) increased most in value, (b)
increased most in quantity, in this period? [Statistical Abstract, 1920, Table
of domestic exports, quantities and values, by years 1911-1920.]
5. What exports declined in quantity and in value? Same.
6. Compare the exports from the United States to a particular country at
the beginning and at the end of the war. [Use Bureau of Foreign and
Domestic Commerce, Misc. Series, no. 38 and no. 106, Trade of U. S. with
the world, 1914-15 and 1918-19. The student may, for example, take
Argentina, Chile, Japan, or British India.]
7. Using sources given above, report upon the history of a particular
import, or on the imports from a particular country, during the war.
8. How the dyestuffs crisis was met. [E. Hendrick in American World’s
Work, March, 1918, 35: 531-535.]
9. The problem of potash and nitrates. [F. P. Stockbridge in American
World’s Work, May, June, 1918, 36: 28-34, 191-197.]
10. The balance of international payments. [F. W. Taussig, Principles of
Economics, vol. 1, chap. 33.]
11. The trade balance of the U. S. before the war. [G. Paish, reference in
note to sect. 779.]
12. Probable tendencies in the trade balance of the U. S. [J. R. Smith, The
American trade balance, National Foreign Trade Council, N. Y., 1919.]
13. Function of imports in our foreign trade. [G. E. Roberts, National
City Bank, Foreign Commerce Series, no. 2, N. Y., 1920.]
14. American loans to Europe. [Noyes in Scribners’ Magazine, 61: 131
ff.; Atwood in American World’s Work, 33: 243-250, 399-403.]
15. Application of American methods to the construction of ships.
[Hurley, chap. 5, 8.]
16. Concrete ships. [Mattox, chap. 13.]
17. Development of shipyards. [Hurley, chap. 6; Mattox, chap. 15.]
18. The shipping problem at the close of the war. [E. R. Johnson in
Friedman, chap. 13.]
19. Foreign investments. [F. H. Sisson in Friedman, chap. 19.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
4. What exports of the United States, (a) increased most in value, (b)
increased most in quantity, in this period? [Statistical Abstract, 1920, Table
of domestic exports, quantities and values, by years 1911-1920.]
5. What exports declined in quantity and in value? Same.
6. Compare the exports from the United States to a particular country at
the beginning and at the end of the war. [Use Bureau of Foreign and
Domestic Commerce, Misc. Series, no. 38 and no. 106, Trade of U. S. with
the world, 1914-15 and 1918-19. The student may, for example, take
Argentina, Chile, Japan, or British India.]
7. Using sources given above, report upon the history of a particular
import, or on the imports from a particular country, during the war.
8. How the dyestuffs crisis was met. [E. Hendrick in American World’s
Work, March, 1918, 35: 531-535.]
9. The problem of potash and nitrates. [F. P. Stockbridge in American
World’s Work, May, June, 1918, 36: 28-34, 191-197.]
10. The balance of international payments. [F. W. Taussig, Principles of
Economics, vol. 1, chap. 33.]
11. The trade balance of the U. S. before the war. [G. Paish, reference in
note to sect. 779.]
12. Probable tendencies in the trade balance of the U. S. [J. R. Smith, The
American trade balance, National Foreign Trade Council, N. Y., 1919.]
13. Function of imports in our foreign trade. [G. E. Roberts, National
City Bank, Foreign Commerce Series, no. 2, N. Y., 1920.]
14. American loans to Europe. [Noyes in Scribners’ Magazine, 61: 131
ff.; Atwood in American World’s Work, 33: 243-250, 399-403.]
15. Application of American methods to the construction of ships.
[Hurley, chap. 5, 8.]
16. Concrete ships. [Mattox, chap. 13.]
17. Development of shipyards. [Hurley, chap. 6; Mattox, chap. 15.]
18. The shipping problem at the close of the war. [E. R. Johnson in
Friedman, chap. 13.]
19. Foreign investments. [F. H. Sisson in Friedman, chap. 19.]
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Page 619
In addition to sources previously cited see the Miscellaneous Series of
the Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Commerce, numbers 15, 38, 63, 78,
106, etc., giving details of foreign trade by countries. On the subject of gold
movement, foreign exchange and international finance reference must be
made to reports of the Secretary of the Treasury, Director of the Mint, and
Bulletins of the Federal Reserve Board. References given under chapter 54
are also applicable here. A monograph on Depreciated exchange and
international trade was issued by the U. S. Tariff Commission, Washington,
1922.
The student should relate the history of commerce during the war to the
military and political history of the period, and should have in mind the
narrative as presented in general accounts such as those by Charles
Seymour, **Woodrow Wilson, 1921; J. S. Bassett, **Our war with
Germany, 1919; J. B. McMaster, *The U. S. in the World War, 1918; F. L.
Paxson, *Recent history of U. S., 1921, chap. 44-56.
The most complete account of industrial and commercial activity
organized for the conduct of war will be found in Benedict Crowell and R.
F. Wilson, **How America went to war, New Haven, Yale University Press,
1921, 6 vols.: The giant hand (mobilization and control of industry and
natural resources); The road to France, 2 vols.; The armies of industry, 2
vols.; Demobilization. The subject of shipping is covered by E. N. Hurley,
*The new merchant marine, N. Y., 1920, and W. C. Mattox, Building the
emergency fleet, Cleveland, 1920. On the various problems of
reconstruction see the symposium edited by E. M. Friedman, American
problems of reconstruction, N. Y., 1918, and Isaac Lippincott, Problems of
reconstruction, N. Y., 1919. Many special topics of commerce, industry and
finance are treated in periodicals, in reports of banks (e.g., Foreign
commerce series of National City Bank) and in government reports (e.g.,
dyestuffs in Bureau of For. and Dom. Commerce, Special Agents Series,
numbers 96, 11, and 121).
TITLES OF BOOKS CITED BY ABBREVIATIONS
Note.—Books of which the full titles have already been given are not, in most cases, included in
the following list, which is supplementary to the bibliographies and by no means a substitute for
them. The list includes only titles of those books which have been cited so many times that a
repetition of the full title would waste space, and which have been cited in so many different places
that the reader’s time would be wasted in hunting for the entry of the full title. I have thought it
the Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Commerce, numbers 15, 38, 63, 78,
106, etc., giving details of foreign trade by countries. On the subject of gold
movement, foreign exchange and international finance reference must be
made to reports of the Secretary of the Treasury, Director of the Mint, and
Bulletins of the Federal Reserve Board. References given under chapter 54
are also applicable here. A monograph on Depreciated exchange and
international trade was issued by the U. S. Tariff Commission, Washington,
1922.
The student should relate the history of commerce during the war to the
military and political history of the period, and should have in mind the
narrative as presented in general accounts such as those by Charles
Seymour, **Woodrow Wilson, 1921; J. S. Bassett, **Our war with
Germany, 1919; J. B. McMaster, *The U. S. in the World War, 1918; F. L.
Paxson, *Recent history of U. S., 1921, chap. 44-56.
The most complete account of industrial and commercial activity
organized for the conduct of war will be found in Benedict Crowell and R.
F. Wilson, **How America went to war, New Haven, Yale University Press,
1921, 6 vols.: The giant hand (mobilization and control of industry and
natural resources); The road to France, 2 vols.; The armies of industry, 2
vols.; Demobilization. The subject of shipping is covered by E. N. Hurley,
*The new merchant marine, N. Y., 1920, and W. C. Mattox, Building the
emergency fleet, Cleveland, 1920. On the various problems of
reconstruction see the symposium edited by E. M. Friedman, American
problems of reconstruction, N. Y., 1918, and Isaac Lippincott, Problems of
reconstruction, N. Y., 1919. Many special topics of commerce, industry and
finance are treated in periodicals, in reports of banks (e.g., Foreign
commerce series of National City Bank) and in government reports (e.g.,
dyestuffs in Bureau of For. and Dom. Commerce, Special Agents Series,
numbers 96, 11, and 121).
TITLES OF BOOKS CITED BY ABBREVIATIONS
Note.—Books of which the full titles have already been given are not, in most cases, included in
the following list, which is supplementary to the bibliographies and by no means a substitute for
them. The list includes only titles of those books which have been cited so many times that a
repetition of the full title would waste space, and which have been cited in so many different places
that the reader’s time would be wasted in hunting for the entry of the full title. I have thought it
Page 620
unnecessary to give full titles of standard narrative histories, of current manuals in the allied subjects
of history and economics, and of local sources in the history of the United States.
Adams, Charles F., Jr. Railroads, their origin and problems. N. Y., no date.
Adams, George B. Civilization during the Middle Ages. N. Y., Scribner,
1894.
A. L. A. (American Library Association) Catalogue. Washington, 1904, and
later editions.
American railway, The. N. Y., Scribner, 1897.
Armitage-Smith, G. The free-trade movement. London, 1898.
Ashley, William J., editor. British industries. London (N. Y., Longmans),
1903.
Ashley, William J. English economic history. N. Y., Longmans, 1892-3, 2
vol.
Ashley, William J. The Tariff problem. London, 1903.
Baring-Gould, Sabine. Story of Germany. N. Y., Putnam, 1886.
Bastable, C. F. Commerce of nations. N. Y., Scribner, 1899.
Beazley, C. R. Prince Henry the Navigator. N. Y., Putnam, 1895.
Beer, George L. Commercial policy of England toward the American
colonies. N. Y., Macmillan, 1893, Columbia Studies, 3, II.
Beer, G. L. The old colonial system, 1660-1774. N. Y., 1912, 2 vol.
Bishop, J. Leander. History of American manufactures. Philadelphia, 1861-
68. 3 vol.
Bourne, Edward G. Spain in America. N. Y., Harper, 1904.
Bourne, H. R. Fox. Romance of Trade. London, no date.
Bowker, R. R. and George Iles. Reader’s guide in economic, social, and
political science. N. Y., Putnam, 1891.
Bowley, Arthur L. England’s foreign trade in the nineteenth century.
London (N. Y., Scribner), 1893.
Bowman, Isaiah. The new world, problems in political geography. Yonkers-
on-Hudson, 1921.
Bruce, Philip A. Economic history of Virginia. N. Y., Macmillan, 1896, 2
vol.
Bücher, Carl. Industrial evolution. N. Y., Holt, 1901.
Callender, G. S. Early transportation and banking enterprises of the States.
Quarterly Journal of Economics, Boston, 1902-3, 17: 111-162.
Cambridge Modern history. N. Y., Macmillan, 1902 ff.
of history and economics, and of local sources in the history of the United States.
Adams, Charles F., Jr. Railroads, their origin and problems. N. Y., no date.
Adams, George B. Civilization during the Middle Ages. N. Y., Scribner,
1894.
A. L. A. (American Library Association) Catalogue. Washington, 1904, and
later editions.
American railway, The. N. Y., Scribner, 1897.
Armitage-Smith, G. The free-trade movement. London, 1898.
Ashley, William J., editor. British industries. London (N. Y., Longmans),
1903.
Ashley, William J. English economic history. N. Y., Longmans, 1892-3, 2
vol.
Ashley, William J. The Tariff problem. London, 1903.
Baring-Gould, Sabine. Story of Germany. N. Y., Putnam, 1886.
Bastable, C. F. Commerce of nations. N. Y., Scribner, 1899.
Beazley, C. R. Prince Henry the Navigator. N. Y., Putnam, 1895.
Beer, George L. Commercial policy of England toward the American
colonies. N. Y., Macmillan, 1893, Columbia Studies, 3, II.
Beer, G. L. The old colonial system, 1660-1774. N. Y., 1912, 2 vol.
Bishop, J. Leander. History of American manufactures. Philadelphia, 1861-
68. 3 vol.
Bourne, Edward G. Spain in America. N. Y., Harper, 1904.
Bourne, H. R. Fox. Romance of Trade. London, no date.
Bowker, R. R. and George Iles. Reader’s guide in economic, social, and
political science. N. Y., Putnam, 1891.
Bowley, Arthur L. England’s foreign trade in the nineteenth century.
London (N. Y., Scribner), 1893.
Bowman, Isaiah. The new world, problems in political geography. Yonkers-
on-Hudson, 1921.
Bruce, Philip A. Economic history of Virginia. N. Y., Macmillan, 1896, 2
vol.
Bücher, Carl. Industrial evolution. N. Y., Holt, 1901.
Callender, G. S. Early transportation and banking enterprises of the States.
Quarterly Journal of Economics, Boston, 1902-3, 17: 111-162.
Cambridge Modern history. N. Y., Macmillan, 1902 ff.
Page 621
Carnegie History of domestic and foreign commerce of the United States,
by Emory R. Johnson, T. W. Van Metre, G. G. Huebner, and D. S.
Hanchett. Washington, 1915, 2 vol.
Chapman, S. J. History of trade between United Kingdom and U. S.,
London (N. Y., Scribner), 1899.
Chapman, Sydney J. Work and wages. London, Longmans, 1904-1914. 3
vol.
Cheyney, Edward P. European background of American history. N. Y.,
Harper, 1904.
Clapham, J. H. The economic development of France and Germany, 1815-
1914. Cambridge, 1921.
Coman, Katharine. Industrial history of the U. S. N. Y., Macmillan, 1910.
Cornewall-Jones, R. J. British merchant service. London, 1898, 14s.
Cunningham, William. Growth of English industry and commerce.
Cambridge (N. Y., Macmillan), 1896-1903, 2 vol. in 3.
Cunningham, William. Rise and decline of the free-trade movement.
London, 1904.
DeBow, J. D. B. Industrial resources of the southern and western States.
New Orleans, 1853, 3 vol.
Depew, Chauncey M., editor. One hundred years of American commerce.
N. Y., 1895, 2 vol.
Edgar, William C. Story of a grain of wheat. N. Y., Appleton, 1903.
Fairlie, J. A. Economic effects of ship canals. Annals of Amer. Acad.,
Philadelphia, 1898, 11: 54-75.
Fisher, Sydney G. Men, women and manners in colonial times. Phila., 1898,
2 vol.
Fry, Henry. History of North Atlantic steam navigation. N. Y., Scribner,
1896.
Gastrell, W. S. H. Our trade in the world. London, 1897.
Green, Mrs. J. R. Town life in the fifteenth century. N. Y., Macmillan, 1894,
2 vol.
Hadley, Arthur T. Railroad transportation. N. Y., Putnam, 1903.
Hammond, Matthew B. The cotton industry. Pub. Amer. Econ. Assoc.,
1897, 2 series, no. 1. N. Y., Macmillan.
Hatfield, Henry R., editor. Lectures on commerce. Chicago, 1904.
Hewins, W. A. S. English trade and finance. London (N. Y., Scribner), 1892.
by Emory R. Johnson, T. W. Van Metre, G. G. Huebner, and D. S.
Hanchett. Washington, 1915, 2 vol.
Chapman, S. J. History of trade between United Kingdom and U. S.,
London (N. Y., Scribner), 1899.
Chapman, Sydney J. Work and wages. London, Longmans, 1904-1914. 3
vol.
Cheyney, Edward P. European background of American history. N. Y.,
Harper, 1904.
Clapham, J. H. The economic development of France and Germany, 1815-
1914. Cambridge, 1921.
Coman, Katharine. Industrial history of the U. S. N. Y., Macmillan, 1910.
Cornewall-Jones, R. J. British merchant service. London, 1898, 14s.
Cunningham, William. Growth of English industry and commerce.
Cambridge (N. Y., Macmillan), 1896-1903, 2 vol. in 3.
Cunningham, William. Rise and decline of the free-trade movement.
London, 1904.
DeBow, J. D. B. Industrial resources of the southern and western States.
New Orleans, 1853, 3 vol.
Depew, Chauncey M., editor. One hundred years of American commerce.
N. Y., 1895, 2 vol.
Edgar, William C. Story of a grain of wheat. N. Y., Appleton, 1903.
Fairlie, J. A. Economic effects of ship canals. Annals of Amer. Acad.,
Philadelphia, 1898, 11: 54-75.
Fisher, Sydney G. Men, women and manners in colonial times. Phila., 1898,
2 vol.
Fry, Henry. History of North Atlantic steam navigation. N. Y., Scribner,
1896.
Gastrell, W. S. H. Our trade in the world. London, 1897.
Green, Mrs. J. R. Town life in the fifteenth century. N. Y., Macmillan, 1894,
2 vol.
Hadley, Arthur T. Railroad transportation. N. Y., Putnam, 1903.
Hammond, Matthew B. The cotton industry. Pub. Amer. Econ. Assoc.,
1897, 2 series, no. 1. N. Y., Macmillan.
Hatfield, Henry R., editor. Lectures on commerce. Chicago, 1904.
Hewins, W. A. S. English trade and finance. London (N. Y., Scribner), 1892.
Page 622
Hobson, John A. Evolution of modern capitalism. N. Y., Scribner, new ed.,
1916.
Homans, J. Smith, editor. Cyclopedia of commerce. N. Y., Harper, 1858.
Hulbert, Archer B. Historic highways of America. Cleveland, 1902-5, 16
vol.
Hunter, William W. History of British India. London (N. Y., Longmans),
1899, 2 vol.
James, Edmund J. The canal and the railway. Pub. Amer. Econ. Assoc.,
1890, 5:282-329.
Jeans, J. S. Waterways and water transport. London (N. Y., Spon), 1890.
Jessopp, Augustus. Coming of the friars. London, (N. Y., Putnam), 1889.
Jevons, W. S. The coal question. London, 2 ed., 1866.
Johnson, Emory R. American railway transportation. N. Y., Appleton, 1903
and later editions.
Jusserand, J. J. English wayfaring life. N. Y., Putnam, 1890.
Keller, Albert G. Colonization. Boston, 1908.
Lectures on British commerce, with preface by W. P. Reeves. London,
1912.
Levi, Leone. History of British commerce, 1763-1878. 2 ed., London, 1880.
Lindsay, W. S. History of merchant shipping. London, 1876, 4 vol.
Lippincott, Isaac. Economic development of the United States. N. Y., 1921.
Lord, Eleanor L. Industrial experiments in the British colonies. Bryn Mawr
dissertation, 1896.
McCarthy, Justin. History of our own times. N. Y., Harper, 1901, 3 vol. and
various other editions.
M’Culloch, J. R. Dictionary of commerce. Philadelphia, 1847, 2 vol.
Macgregor, John. Commercial statistics. 2 ed., London, 1850, 5 vol.
Macpherson, David. Annals of commerce. London, 1805, 4 vol.
Maginnis, A. J. The Atlantic ferry. N. Y., Macmillan, 1900.
Mahan, A. T. Influence of sea power upon history. Boston, Little, 1893.
Marvin, Winthrop L. The American merchant marine. N. Y., Scribner, 1902.
Mayo-Smith, Richmond, and E. R. A. Seligman. Commercial policy of the
U. S., 1860-90. Leipzig, 1892, Schriften Ver. f. Soc., XLIX.
Mongredien, Augustus. History of the free-trade movement in England.
London, Cassell, no date.
Morley, John. Life of Richard Cobden. London (N. Y., Macmillan), 1881, 2
vol.
1916.
Homans, J. Smith, editor. Cyclopedia of commerce. N. Y., Harper, 1858.
Hulbert, Archer B. Historic highways of America. Cleveland, 1902-5, 16
vol.
Hunter, William W. History of British India. London (N. Y., Longmans),
1899, 2 vol.
James, Edmund J. The canal and the railway. Pub. Amer. Econ. Assoc.,
1890, 5:282-329.
Jeans, J. S. Waterways and water transport. London (N. Y., Spon), 1890.
Jessopp, Augustus. Coming of the friars. London, (N. Y., Putnam), 1889.
Jevons, W. S. The coal question. London, 2 ed., 1866.
Johnson, Emory R. American railway transportation. N. Y., Appleton, 1903
and later editions.
Jusserand, J. J. English wayfaring life. N. Y., Putnam, 1890.
Keller, Albert G. Colonization. Boston, 1908.
Lectures on British commerce, with preface by W. P. Reeves. London,
1912.
Levi, Leone. History of British commerce, 1763-1878. 2 ed., London, 1880.
Lindsay, W. S. History of merchant shipping. London, 1876, 4 vol.
Lippincott, Isaac. Economic development of the United States. N. Y., 1921.
Lord, Eleanor L. Industrial experiments in the British colonies. Bryn Mawr
dissertation, 1896.
McCarthy, Justin. History of our own times. N. Y., Harper, 1901, 3 vol. and
various other editions.
M’Culloch, J. R. Dictionary of commerce. Philadelphia, 1847, 2 vol.
Macgregor, John. Commercial statistics. 2 ed., London, 1850, 5 vol.
Macpherson, David. Annals of commerce. London, 1805, 4 vol.
Maginnis, A. J. The Atlantic ferry. N. Y., Macmillan, 1900.
Mahan, A. T. Influence of sea power upon history. Boston, Little, 1893.
Marvin, Winthrop L. The American merchant marine. N. Y., Scribner, 1902.
Mayo-Smith, Richmond, and E. R. A. Seligman. Commercial policy of the
U. S., 1860-90. Leipzig, 1892, Schriften Ver. f. Soc., XLIX.
Mongredien, Augustus. History of the free-trade movement in England.
London, Cassell, no date.
Morley, John. Life of Richard Cobden. London (N. Y., Macmillan), 1881, 2
vol.
Page 623
Nicholson, J. S. History of the English corn laws. London, 1904.
Nicolls, W. J. Story of American coals. 2 ed., Philadelphia, Lippincott,
1904.
Ocean steamships. N. Y., Scribner, 1891.
Ogg, Frederic A. Economic development of modern Europe. N. Y., 1917.
Oxley, J. M. Romance of commerce. N. Y., Crowell, 1897.
Page, T. W. Earlier commercial policy of the U. S. Journal of Pol. Econ.,
Chicago, 1901-2, 10:161-192.
Palgrave, R. H. I. Dictionary of political economy. London (N. Y.,
Macmillan), 1894-99, 3 vol.
Porter, G. R. Progress of the nation. London, 1836 ff., 3 vol.; new ed.,
London, 1912.
Rand, Benjamin. Selections illustrating economic history, 4 ed., N. Y.,
Macmillan, 1903.
Report of a Committee of the Lords of the Privy Council on the trade of
Great Britain with the U. S., 1791. Reprinted, Washington, 1888.
Ringwalt, J. L. Development of transportation systems in the U. S.
Philadelphia, 1888.
Schmoller, Gustav. The mercantile system. N. Y., Macmillan, 1902.
Schooling, J. H. The British trade book. London, 4th issue, 1911.
Seebohm, Frederic. Era of the Protestant Revolution. N. Y., Longmans,
1903.
Seeley, J. B. Expansion of England. Boston, Little, 1900.
Seignobos, Charles. Political history of Europe since 1814. N. Y., Holt,
1899.
Seybert, Adam. Statistical annals. Philadelphia, 1818.
Shadwell, Arthur. Industrial efficiency. London, 1906, 2 vol.; new edition, 1
vol., 1909.
Social England, ed. by H. D. Traill and J. S. Mann. London (N. Y., Putnam),
1894 ff., 1901 ff., 6 vol.
Spears, John R. The story of the American merchant marine. N. Y., 1910,
new ed., 1917.
Statesman’s Year-Book. London (N. Y., Macmillan), annual.
Stephens, H. M. Story of Portugal. N. Y., Putnam, 1891.
Swank, J. M. History of the manufacture of iron. 2 ed., Philadelphia, 1892.
Taussig, Frank W. Tariff history of the U. S. N. Y., Putnam, 1897.
Vernon-Harcourt, L. F. Achievements in engineering. N. Y., Scribner, 1891.
Nicolls, W. J. Story of American coals. 2 ed., Philadelphia, Lippincott,
1904.
Ocean steamships. N. Y., Scribner, 1891.
Ogg, Frederic A. Economic development of modern Europe. N. Y., 1917.
Oxley, J. M. Romance of commerce. N. Y., Crowell, 1897.
Page, T. W. Earlier commercial policy of the U. S. Journal of Pol. Econ.,
Chicago, 1901-2, 10:161-192.
Palgrave, R. H. I. Dictionary of political economy. London (N. Y.,
Macmillan), 1894-99, 3 vol.
Porter, G. R. Progress of the nation. London, 1836 ff., 3 vol.; new ed.,
London, 1912.
Rand, Benjamin. Selections illustrating economic history, 4 ed., N. Y.,
Macmillan, 1903.
Report of a Committee of the Lords of the Privy Council on the trade of
Great Britain with the U. S., 1791. Reprinted, Washington, 1888.
Ringwalt, J. L. Development of transportation systems in the U. S.
Philadelphia, 1888.
Schmoller, Gustav. The mercantile system. N. Y., Macmillan, 1902.
Schooling, J. H. The British trade book. London, 4th issue, 1911.
Seebohm, Frederic. Era of the Protestant Revolution. N. Y., Longmans,
1903.
Seeley, J. B. Expansion of England. Boston, Little, 1900.
Seignobos, Charles. Political history of Europe since 1814. N. Y., Holt,
1899.
Seybert, Adam. Statistical annals. Philadelphia, 1818.
Shadwell, Arthur. Industrial efficiency. London, 1906, 2 vol.; new edition, 1
vol., 1909.
Social England, ed. by H. D. Traill and J. S. Mann. London (N. Y., Putnam),
1894 ff., 1901 ff., 6 vol.
Spears, John R. The story of the American merchant marine. N. Y., 1910,
new ed., 1917.
Statesman’s Year-Book. London (N. Y., Macmillan), annual.
Stephens, H. M. Story of Portugal. N. Y., Putnam, 1891.
Swank, J. M. History of the manufacture of iron. 2 ed., Philadelphia, 1892.
Taussig, Frank W. Tariff history of the U. S. N. Y., Putnam, 1897.
Vernon-Harcourt, L. F. Achievements in engineering. N. Y., Scribner, 1891.
Page 624
Ward, T. H. editor, Reign of Queen Victoria. London, 1887, 2 vol.
Waterston, William. Cyclopedia of commerce. London, 1847.
Weeden, W. B. Economic and social history of New England. Boston,
Houghton, 1890, 2 vol.
Wells, David A. Our merchant marine. N. Y., Putnam, 1890.
Wells, David A. Recent economic changes. N. Y., Appleton, 1898.
Williams, Ernest E. “Made in Germany,” 5 ed., London, 1897.
Wilson, A. J. Resources of modern countries. London, 1878, 2 vol.
Wright, Carroll D. Industrial evolution of the U.S. N. Y., Scribner, 1895.
Zimmern, Helen. The Hansa towns. N. Y., Putnam, 1889.
FOOTNOTES:
1 Figures are averages for the decade 1900-1909, not 1901-1910.
2 The figures of the table, quoted from Lloyd’s Register in Report U.S.
Department of Commerce, 1920, p. 170, differ slightly from U.S. official
figures. It should be noted that the gross tonnage of American vessels employed
in foreign trade was very much less: 1.0 million in 1914, 9.9 million in 1920,
according to official figures.
3 I do not pretend to recognize technical distinctions in this elementary
exposition.
4 Figures of gold movement for 1917 and 1918 are unofficial; figure for 1919
is lacking.
5 In July, 1917, and thereafter the accounts included merchandise imported
and exported in public as well as private ownership, except exports for the use of
British troops in the field. Before July, 1917, the figures of exports included
property of the allied governments, but omitted a large part of that of the British
government; figures of imports omitted property both of the British and of allied
governments, except that they included all articles of food. Some idea of the
divergence of the figures from the facts may be got by comparing the American
statistics of exports from the United States to the United Kingdom with British
statistics for the same calendar year of imports from the United States.
American figures British figures
$ millions £ millions
1913 591 142
1914 600 139
1915 1,198 238
1916 1,887 292
1917 2,009 376
1918 2,061 515
1919 2,279 542
Waterston, William. Cyclopedia of commerce. London, 1847.
Weeden, W. B. Economic and social history of New England. Boston,
Houghton, 1890, 2 vol.
Wells, David A. Our merchant marine. N. Y., Putnam, 1890.
Wells, David A. Recent economic changes. N. Y., Appleton, 1898.
Williams, Ernest E. “Made in Germany,” 5 ed., London, 1897.
Wilson, A. J. Resources of modern countries. London, 1878, 2 vol.
Wright, Carroll D. Industrial evolution of the U.S. N. Y., Scribner, 1895.
Zimmern, Helen. The Hansa towns. N. Y., Putnam, 1889.
FOOTNOTES:
1 Figures are averages for the decade 1900-1909, not 1901-1910.
2 The figures of the table, quoted from Lloyd’s Register in Report U.S.
Department of Commerce, 1920, p. 170, differ slightly from U.S. official
figures. It should be noted that the gross tonnage of American vessels employed
in foreign trade was very much less: 1.0 million in 1914, 9.9 million in 1920,
according to official figures.
3 I do not pretend to recognize technical distinctions in this elementary
exposition.
4 Figures of gold movement for 1917 and 1918 are unofficial; figure for 1919
is lacking.
5 In July, 1917, and thereafter the accounts included merchandise imported
and exported in public as well as private ownership, except exports for the use of
British troops in the field. Before July, 1917, the figures of exports included
property of the allied governments, but omitted a large part of that of the British
government; figures of imports omitted property both of the British and of allied
governments, except that they included all articles of food. Some idea of the
divergence of the figures from the facts may be got by comparing the American
statistics of exports from the United States to the United Kingdom with British
statistics for the same calendar year of imports from the United States.
American figures British figures
$ millions £ millions
1913 591 142
1914 600 139
1915 1,198 238
1916 1,887 292
1917 2,009 376
1918 2,061 515
1919 2,279 542
Page 625
Normally the British figures of imports, c.i.f., would exceed the American
figures of exports, f.o.b., as they did in 1913. The divergence in the opposite
direction of the two sets of figures in following years is sufficiently striking even
if the pound sterling is rated at $5.
6 War loans on the books of the British government stood as follows, 1920,
(figures in million pounds sterling):
To dominions and colonies 120
To France 515
To Russia 568
To Italy 457
To Belgium 99
To other allied governments 85
1,844
7 In 1915 Egypt was changed in the British classification from the position of
foreign country to that of British Possession. Imports from Egypt were in 1913
£16,000,000 and increased rapidly toward the end of the war, to £5,000,000 in
1918.
8 These figures of exports omitted, before July, 1917, most British
government property, and even after that date government supplies for British
troops in the field. The inclusion of these items would make even more
impressive the concentration in France of the flow of goods from England.
9 The franc, nominally worth $.193, declined rapidly in purchasing power in
the course of the war, but was kept close to par in foreign exchange by the action
of the allied governments in “pegging” the exchange. When the government
ceased to control the rate, in the Spring of 1919, it fell sharply; it was below $.10
in Dec., 1919, was below $.06 in Dec. 1920, and then made a recovery.
10 The table is taken from Report of Comptroller of the Currency, 1920, vol.
1, p. 14, a convenient source because both merchandise and specie are
enumerated by calendar, not fiscal year. I have corrected the table by reducing
by 1 milliard the figure for exports in 1914, to accord with verified commercial
statistics, and have altered the figures of excess of exports in 1914, and for total
exports and total excess to accord with this correction. The student who checks
the figures by reference to U. S. Statistical Abstract, 1920, p. 773, should not be
dismayed by finding there the exports for 1915 listed at 2,555 millions; it is
another example of a milliard dollar error.
11 Calendar years; 1914-1918 fiscal years ending June 30.
12 I have adapted the figures from the report of George Paish to the National
Monetary Commission, 61st Congress, 2d session, Senate Document No. 579,
pp. 153-213.
13 Figures of total tonnage include gas vessels, canal boats and barges, not
separately enumerated in the table.
figures of exports, f.o.b., as they did in 1913. The divergence in the opposite
direction of the two sets of figures in following years is sufficiently striking even
if the pound sterling is rated at $5.
6 War loans on the books of the British government stood as follows, 1920,
(figures in million pounds sterling):
To dominions and colonies 120
To France 515
To Russia 568
To Italy 457
To Belgium 99
To other allied governments 85
1,844
7 In 1915 Egypt was changed in the British classification from the position of
foreign country to that of British Possession. Imports from Egypt were in 1913
£16,000,000 and increased rapidly toward the end of the war, to £5,000,000 in
1918.
8 These figures of exports omitted, before July, 1917, most British
government property, and even after that date government supplies for British
troops in the field. The inclusion of these items would make even more
impressive the concentration in France of the flow of goods from England.
9 The franc, nominally worth $.193, declined rapidly in purchasing power in
the course of the war, but was kept close to par in foreign exchange by the action
of the allied governments in “pegging” the exchange. When the government
ceased to control the rate, in the Spring of 1919, it fell sharply; it was below $.10
in Dec., 1919, was below $.06 in Dec. 1920, and then made a recovery.
10 The table is taken from Report of Comptroller of the Currency, 1920, vol.
1, p. 14, a convenient source because both merchandise and specie are
enumerated by calendar, not fiscal year. I have corrected the table by reducing
by 1 milliard the figure for exports in 1914, to accord with verified commercial
statistics, and have altered the figures of excess of exports in 1914, and for total
exports and total excess to accord with this correction. The student who checks
the figures by reference to U. S. Statistical Abstract, 1920, p. 773, should not be
dismayed by finding there the exports for 1915 listed at 2,555 millions; it is
another example of a milliard dollar error.
11 Calendar years; 1914-1918 fiscal years ending June 30.
12 I have adapted the figures from the report of George Paish to the National
Monetary Commission, 61st Congress, 2d session, Senate Document No. 579,
pp. 153-213.
13 Figures of total tonnage include gas vessels, canal boats and barges, not
separately enumerated in the table.
Page 626
INDEX
Aegina, 19.
Africa, circumnavigation of, 10, 130;
commerce with England, 221;
with the United States, 491, 586, 651.
Agriculture, medieval, 35;
modern, 139;
recent, 280.
Agricultural implements, 569.
Alexander the Great, 10, 11, 21.
Alexandria, 22, 27.
Alum, 82.
Amber, 103.
America, discovery of, 133.
Spanish, 180-184.
Amsterdam, 159, 194.
Antioch, 22, 27.
Antwerp, 74, 109, 154, 434.
Archangel, 267, 456.
Arkwright, 214.
Asia, in Middle Ages, 128. See also China, India, Japan, Levant.
Assize of bread, 51.
Assyria, 11.
Athens, 19 ff.
Australia, commerce with England, 361.
Austria-Hungary, modern, 259;
Aegina, 19.
Africa, circumnavigation of, 10, 130;
commerce with England, 221;
with the United States, 491, 586, 651.
Agriculture, medieval, 35;
modern, 139;
recent, 280.
Agricultural implements, 569.
Alexander the Great, 10, 11, 21.
Alexandria, 22, 27.
Alum, 82.
Amber, 103.
America, discovery of, 133.
Spanish, 180-184.
Amsterdam, 159, 194.
Antioch, 22, 27.
Antwerp, 74, 109, 154, 434.
Archangel, 267, 456.
Arkwright, 214.
Asia, in Middle Ages, 128. See also China, India, Japan, Levant.
Assize of bread, 51.
Assyria, 11.
Athens, 19 ff.
Australia, commerce with England, 361.
Austria-Hungary, modern, 259;
Page 627
recent, 436, 639 ff.;
and Prussia, 396.
Austria, Republic, 641.
Babylon, 11.
Bagdad, 84.
Balboa, 133.
Balkan Peninsula, 465.
Baltic trade, medieval, 102 ff.;
modern, 252;
recent, 350.
Baltimore, 489, 548, 585.
Banking, early, 120, 150;
recent, 339.
Barcelona, 99.
Belgium, 433. See also Flanders, Netherland.
Bessemer, 285.
Bill of exchange, 120.
Bismarck, 406.
Bodeck, John von, 142.
Bolsheviks in Russia, 644.
Bordeaux, 74.
Boston, 489, 490, 548, 585.
Brazil, 185.
Bremen, 257.
British Dyes, limited, 615.
British North America, 221.
British Trade Corporation, 616.
and Prussia, 396.
Austria, Republic, 641.
Babylon, 11.
Bagdad, 84.
Balboa, 133.
Balkan Peninsula, 465.
Baltic trade, medieval, 102 ff.;
modern, 252;
recent, 350.
Baltimore, 489, 548, 585.
Banking, early, 120, 150;
recent, 339.
Barcelona, 99.
Belgium, 433. See also Flanders, Netherland.
Bessemer, 285.
Bill of exchange, 120.
Bismarck, 406.
Bodeck, John von, 142.
Bolsheviks in Russia, 644.
Bordeaux, 74.
Boston, 489, 490, 548, 585.
Brazil, 185.
Bremen, 257.
British Dyes, limited, 615.
British North America, 221.
British Trade Corporation, 616.
Page 628
Bruges, 75, 97, 105, 109, 115.
Bulgaria, 465.
Bullionist policy, 167.
Cable, submarine, 313.
Cadiz, 14.
Cabral, 133.
Canada, commerce with United States, 549, 589, 651.
See also, England, colonists.
Canals, 211, 292 ff. See also United States, waterways.
Ship, 307.
Caprivi, 418.
Carthage, 14, 22, 27.
Cartwright, 214.
Cavour, 443.
“Central Europe,” 419.
Chamberlain, Joseph, 392, 394.
Champagne, Fairs of, 65 ff.
Charlemagne, 29, 57.
Charleston, 489, 548.
Chemical industry, 286.
China, commerce with England, 363;
with Russia, 268;
with United States, 491, 495, 550, 589.
Coal, 274 ff., 319.
and iron, 215, 275.
in England, 359, 386;
in United States, 542, 560.
Cobden, Richard, 372, 425.
Bulgaria, 465.
Bullionist policy, 167.
Cable, submarine, 313.
Cadiz, 14.
Cabral, 133.
Canada, commerce with United States, 549, 589, 651.
See also, England, colonists.
Canals, 211, 292 ff. See also United States, waterways.
Ship, 307.
Caprivi, 418.
Carthage, 14, 22, 27.
Cartwright, 214.
Cavour, 443.
“Central Europe,” 419.
Chamberlain, Joseph, 392, 394.
Champagne, Fairs of, 65 ff.
Charlemagne, 29, 57.
Charleston, 489, 548.
Chemical industry, 286.
China, commerce with England, 363;
with Russia, 268;
with United States, 491, 495, 550, 589.
Coal, 274 ff., 319.
and iron, 215, 275.
in England, 359, 386;
in United States, 542, 560.
Cobden, Richard, 372, 425.
Page 629
Coeur, Jacques, 232.
Colbert, 242, 246.
Colonial policy, modern, 171;
recent, 354.
of England, 226, 395;
of France, 234, 236;
of Spain, 180, 183.
Colonies, see under name of mother country.
Columbus, 133.
Commenda, 116.
Commerce, ancient, 9-29;
early medieval, 36;
late medieval, 44;
modern, 128;
recent, 270;
and World War, 593.
general, 1.
obstacles to, 2.
political conditions, 4, 31, 123, 161.
qualities of contemporary, 329.
risks of, 3.
statistics, recent, 271, 273, 396.
Commercial organization, medieval, 115 ff.;
modern, 141 ff.;
recent, 392 ff.
Commercial policy, manorial, 35;
municipal, 50;
national, 126;
recent, 345 ff;
See also under name of country.
Companies, medieval, 115;
modern, 144;
in England, 202 ff.;
Colbert, 242, 246.
Colonial policy, modern, 171;
recent, 354.
of England, 226, 395;
of France, 234, 236;
of Spain, 180, 183.
Colonies, see under name of mother country.
Columbus, 133.
Commenda, 116.
Commerce, ancient, 9-29;
early medieval, 36;
late medieval, 44;
modern, 128;
recent, 270;
and World War, 593.
general, 1.
obstacles to, 2.
political conditions, 4, 31, 123, 161.
qualities of contemporary, 329.
risks of, 3.
statistics, recent, 271, 273, 396.
Commercial organization, medieval, 115 ff.;
modern, 141 ff.;
recent, 392 ff.
Commercial policy, manorial, 35;
municipal, 50;
national, 126;
recent, 345 ff;
See also under name of country.
Companies, medieval, 115;
modern, 144;
in England, 202 ff.;
Page 630
in France, 234;
joint stock, 146 ff;
regulated, 145.
Compass, mariners’, 73.
Constantinople, 29, 86, 87, 90, 92.
Continental system, 346 ff.
Copper in the United States, 575.
Corinth, 19, 22.
Corn, see grain, wheat.
Corn (maize), in United States, 471, 472, 570.
Corn laws, English, 371, 372.
Cort, Henry, 215.
Cotton, 82, 323.
in United States, 503, 531, 566, 572.
manufacture, in England, 214, 360;
in United States, 543.
Crimean War, 456.
Crises, commercial, modern, 158;
recent, 339 ff.
Crusades, 86 ff.
Cumberland road, 515.
Currency, in Middle Ages, 118.
and prices after 1500, 135.
in World War, 600.
Czecho-Slovakia, 640.
Damascus, 84.
Denmark, 438.
commerce with Germany in World War, 636.
joint stock, 146 ff;
regulated, 145.
Compass, mariners’, 73.
Constantinople, 29, 86, 87, 90, 92.
Continental system, 346 ff.
Copper in the United States, 575.
Corinth, 19, 22.
Corn, see grain, wheat.
Corn (maize), in United States, 471, 472, 570.
Corn laws, English, 371, 372.
Cort, Henry, 215.
Cotton, 82, 323.
in United States, 503, 531, 566, 572.
manufacture, in England, 214, 360;
in United States, 543.
Crimean War, 456.
Crises, commercial, modern, 158;
recent, 339 ff.
Crusades, 86 ff.
Cumberland road, 515.
Currency, in Middle Ages, 118.
and prices after 1500, 135.
in World War, 600.
Czecho-Slovakia, 640.
Damascus, 84.
Denmark, 438.
commerce with Germany in World War, 636.
Page 631
Drugs in Levant trade, 80.
Dyestuffs, 81, 287.
East India Company, Dutch, 192, 196.
English, 204, 220.
Egypt, 9, 85, 612 note.
Embargo in United States, 507.
Engine, internal combustion, 277. See also steam.
England, medieval, 109 ff.;
modern, 199 ff.;
recent, 357 ff.;
in World War, 607 ff.
agriculture, modern, 210;
recent, 371;
in World War, 614.
balance of trade, 380.
colonial policy, modern, 226;
recent, 395.
colonies, modern, 220;
recent, 364.
commercial policy, modern, 224;
recent, 368 ff.;
about 1900, 393 ff.;
in World War, 618 ff.
exports, modern, 209;
recent, 358 ff.;
1850, 378;
1900, 386;
in World War, 611 ff.
imports, modern, 219 ff.;
recent, 361; 1850, 379; 1900, 386;
in World War, 609 ff.
internal trade, 210.
labor in World War, 617.
manufactures, modern, 210;
Dyestuffs, 81, 287.
East India Company, Dutch, 192, 196.
English, 204, 220.
Egypt, 9, 85, 612 note.
Embargo in United States, 507.
Engine, internal combustion, 277. See also steam.
England, medieval, 109 ff.;
modern, 199 ff.;
recent, 357 ff.;
in World War, 607 ff.
agriculture, modern, 210;
recent, 371;
in World War, 614.
balance of trade, 380.
colonial policy, modern, 226;
recent, 395.
colonies, modern, 220;
recent, 364.
commercial policy, modern, 224;
recent, 368 ff.;
about 1900, 393 ff.;
in World War, 618 ff.
exports, modern, 209;
recent, 358 ff.;
1850, 378;
1900, 386;
in World War, 611 ff.
imports, modern, 219 ff.;
recent, 361; 1850, 379; 1900, 386;
in World War, 609 ff.
internal trade, 210.
labor in World War, 617.
manufactures, modern, 210;
Page 632
recent, 359 ff., 389;
in World War, 615.
mercantile organization, 390, 616.
political development, 199, 212, 372.
ports, modern, 202;
recent, 224;
1850, 382.
shipping, medieval, 110;
modern, 222;
recent, 374;
1850, 381;
in World War, 599.
statistics, 1700-1800, 205, 206;
1801-1850, 358;
1850-1913, 377;
1913-1919, 607.
and the United States, 362, 383;
policy, 1789, 499.
Erie canal, 519, 557.
Evans, 295.
Exchange, produce, modern, 154 ff.;
recent, 337.
stock, 156.
Factors, 142.
Fairs, medieval, 163 ff.;
decline, 337.
Feudalism, 32, 56.
decline of, 123, 161.
Fish, in Baltic commerce, 103, 252.
in United States, 471, 476.
Fiume, 261, 640.
Flanders, 97, 109.
in World War, 615.
mercantile organization, 390, 616.
political development, 199, 212, 372.
ports, modern, 202;
recent, 224;
1850, 382.
shipping, medieval, 110;
modern, 222;
recent, 374;
1850, 381;
in World War, 599.
statistics, 1700-1800, 205, 206;
1801-1850, 358;
1850-1913, 377;
1913-1919, 607.
and the United States, 362, 383;
policy, 1789, 499.
Erie canal, 519, 557.
Evans, 295.
Exchange, produce, modern, 154 ff.;
recent, 337.
stock, 156.
Factors, 142.
Fairs, medieval, 163 ff.;
decline, 337.
Feudalism, 32, 56.
decline of, 123, 161.
Fish, in Baltic commerce, 103, 252.
in United States, 471, 476.
Fiume, 261, 640.
Flanders, 97, 109.
Page 633
Flanders galleys, 97.
Florence, 98 ff., 265.
Fondaco dei Tedeschi, 95.
Foreign exchange, 603 ff., 651.
France, modern, 229 ff.;
in Napoleonic wars, 348;
recent, 422 ff.;
in World War, 622 ff.
colonies, modern, 236;
recent, 429.
commercial policy, modern, 242;
recent, 423;
to United States, 501.
finances in World War, 625.
manufactures, modern, 244;
recent, 423, 426, 428.
political development, medieval, 123;
modern, 255;
recent, 422, 427.
shipping, modern, 234;
about 1800, 346;
recent, 429, 599.
statistics, modern, 238;
recent, 429;
in World War, 623.
Frankfort on the Main, 45, 156, 257.
Free trade period, 351.
Fugger family, 151 ff.
Fulton, Robert, 518.
Furs, in Baltic trade, 103-252;
from America, 477.
Galveston, 585.
Florence, 98 ff., 265.
Fondaco dei Tedeschi, 95.
Foreign exchange, 603 ff., 651.
France, modern, 229 ff.;
in Napoleonic wars, 348;
recent, 422 ff.;
in World War, 622 ff.
colonies, modern, 236;
recent, 429.
commercial policy, modern, 242;
recent, 423;
to United States, 501.
finances in World War, 625.
manufactures, modern, 244;
recent, 423, 426, 428.
political development, medieval, 123;
modern, 255;
recent, 422, 427.
shipping, modern, 234;
about 1800, 346;
recent, 429, 599.
statistics, modern, 238;
recent, 429;
in World War, 623.
Frankfort on the Main, 45, 156, 257.
Free trade period, 351.
Fugger family, 151 ff.
Fulton, Robert, 518.
Furs, in Baltic trade, 103-252;
from America, 477.
Galveston, 585.
Page 634
Genoa, 90, 98.
Germany, medieval, 95, 104;
modern, 250;
recent, 400;
in World War, 636 ff.
commercial policy, 401, 404 ff., 416 ff.
manufactures, modern, 256;
recent, 401, 410 ff.
mercantile organization, 413.
political development, medieval, 124;
modern, 255;
recent, 400, 637.
and Reparations, 627 ff.
shipping, 414, 599.
statistics, 409.
and the World War, 593, 597.
Gilds, craft, 49, 140;
in England, 211;
in France, 244;
in Germany, 256;
merchant, 47 ff.
Gladstone, W. E., 371.
Gold, in Australia, 342, 364;
in California, 537.
and prices, about 1900, 341.
in the World War, 600.
Grain trade, recent, 320.
Greece, ancient, 17;
recent, 465.
Hamburg, 74, 156, 257, 335.
Handicrafts, 36, 43, 48.
Hanseatic League, 104 ff.;
decline, 252.
Germany, medieval, 95, 104;
modern, 250;
recent, 400;
in World War, 636 ff.
commercial policy, 401, 404 ff., 416 ff.
manufactures, modern, 256;
recent, 401, 410 ff.
mercantile organization, 413.
political development, medieval, 124;
modern, 255;
recent, 400, 637.
and Reparations, 627 ff.
shipping, 414, 599.
statistics, 409.
and the World War, 593, 597.
Gilds, craft, 49, 140;
in England, 211;
in France, 244;
in Germany, 256;
merchant, 47 ff.
Gladstone, W. E., 371.
Gold, in Australia, 342, 364;
in California, 537.
and prices, about 1900, 341.
in the World War, 600.
Grain trade, recent, 320.
Greece, ancient, 17;
recent, 465.
Hamburg, 74, 156, 257, 335.
Handicrafts, 36, 43, 48.
Hanseatic League, 104 ff.;
decline, 252.
Page 635
Hargreaves, 214.
Havana, 183.
Hawkins, John, 202.
Henry IV of France, 234.
Henry the Navigator of Portugal, 130.
Huguenots, in England, 212;
in Netherland, 194;
in Prussia, 258.
Hungary, Magyar, 641.
Huskisson, 370.
India, British, 363.
Indigo, 81;
in United States, 471, 474, 535.
Industrial Revolution, 214.
Insurance, 159, 335.
Iron, medieval, 37;
modern, 215;
recent, 283 ff.;
as a ware, 319.
in England, 359, 379;
in Germany, 411;
in the United States, 542, 573.
Italy, medieval, 84;
modern, 263 ff.;
recent, 442 ff.
agriculture, 446, 449.
colonies, 448.
commercial policy, 443.
manufactures, 445, 447, 449.
political development, 124, 263, 442 ff.
shipping, 448.
Havana, 183.
Hawkins, John, 202.
Henry IV of France, 234.
Henry the Navigator of Portugal, 130.
Huguenots, in England, 212;
in Netherland, 194;
in Prussia, 258.
Hungary, Magyar, 641.
Huskisson, 370.
India, British, 363.
Indigo, 81;
in United States, 471, 474, 535.
Industrial Revolution, 214.
Insurance, 159, 335.
Iron, medieval, 37;
modern, 215;
recent, 283 ff.;
as a ware, 319.
in England, 359, 379;
in Germany, 411;
in the United States, 542, 573.
Italy, medieval, 84;
modern, 263 ff.;
recent, 442 ff.
agriculture, 446, 449.
colonies, 448.
commercial policy, 443.
manufactures, 445, 447, 449.
political development, 124, 263, 442 ff.
shipping, 448.
Page 636
Japan, recent commerce, 387.
conflict with Russia, 462.
and the United States, 550, 589, 651.
Jews, ancient, 12;
medieval, 84, 117;
in Poland, 643.
Jugo-Slavia, 639.
Kay, 214.
Law, John, 159.
Leghorn, 265, 443.
Leipzig, 257.
Levant trade, 79 ff.
Linen, 83, 323.
Liverpool, 224, 383.
Loire, 58, 61.
London, 38, 41, 74, 156, 202, 224, 382.
Louis XIV of France, 235.
Lubeck, 105, 253.
Machine tools, 284.
Machinery, 281 ff.;
in England, 360;
in France, 423;
in Germany, 403, 410;
in United States, 481, 561, 574.
Manor, medieval, 34, 41 ff.
Manufactures, medieval, 42;
town, 48;
modern, 140;
conflict with Russia, 462.
and the United States, 550, 589, 651.
Jews, ancient, 12;
medieval, 84, 117;
in Poland, 643.
Jugo-Slavia, 639.
Kay, 214.
Law, John, 159.
Leghorn, 265, 443.
Leipzig, 257.
Levant trade, 79 ff.
Linen, 83, 323.
Liverpool, 224, 383.
Loire, 58, 61.
London, 38, 41, 74, 156, 202, 224, 382.
Louis XIV of France, 235.
Lubeck, 105, 253.
Machine tools, 284.
Machinery, 281 ff.;
in England, 360;
in France, 423;
in Germany, 403, 410;
in United States, 481, 561, 574.
Manor, medieval, 34, 41 ff.
Manufactures, medieval, 42;
town, 48;
modern, 140;
Page 637
recent, 281.
See also names of chief countries.
domestic system, 211.
local distribution, 287.
Magellan, 134.
Marco Polo, 129.
Market, medieval, 33;
town, 51;
decline, 337.
Marseilles, 18, 99.
Mercantile system, 167.
Merchant, early, 39;
medieval, 113;
modern, 141;
recent, 334.
commission, 142.
wholesale, 142.
Merchants Adventurers, 201.
Staplers, 110.
Mesta, 179.
Mesopotamia, 10.
Miletos, 18.
Mobile, 548.
Money, medieval, 118;
modern, 136;
in World War, 600.
Napoleon I, 345.
III, 424, 427.
Nasmyth, James, 283.
Navigation, early, 13;
See also names of chief countries.
domestic system, 211.
local distribution, 287.
Magellan, 134.
Marco Polo, 129.
Market, medieval, 33;
town, 51;
decline, 337.
Marseilles, 18, 99.
Mercantile system, 167.
Merchant, early, 39;
medieval, 113;
modern, 141;
recent, 334.
commission, 142.
wholesale, 142.
Merchants Adventurers, 201.
Staplers, 110.
Mesta, 179.
Mesopotamia, 10.
Miletos, 18.
Mobile, 548.
Money, medieval, 118;
modern, 136;
in World War, 600.
Napoleon I, 345.
III, 424, 427.
Nasmyth, James, 283.
Navigation, early, 13;
Page 638
medieval, 38, 72, 129;
modern, 136;
recent, 302.
Navigation Acts, English, 223, 226;
reform, 373.
Necho, 10.
Netherlands, modern, 190 ff.;
recent, 431 ff.
colonial and commercial policy, 432.
manufacturers, 433.
Neutral trade, 347.
New Orleans, 548, 585.
New York, 489, 490, 547, 584.
Newspaper, 143.
Nineveh, 11.
Norway, 439.
Nuremberg, 45.
Odessa, 456.
Orders in Council, 347.
Panama Canal, 309.
Partnership, 116 ff.
Pedler, 113.
Peel, Sir Robert, 370.
Persia, 11.
Peter the Great, 267.
Petroleum, 320;
in United States, 575.
Philadelphia, 489, 490, 548, 585.
modern, 136;
recent, 302.
Navigation Acts, English, 223, 226;
reform, 373.
Necho, 10.
Netherlands, modern, 190 ff.;
recent, 431 ff.
colonial and commercial policy, 432.
manufacturers, 433.
Neutral trade, 347.
New Orleans, 548, 585.
New York, 489, 490, 547, 584.
Newspaper, 143.
Nineveh, 11.
Norway, 439.
Nuremberg, 45.
Odessa, 456.
Orders in Council, 347.
Panama Canal, 309.
Partnership, 116 ff.
Pedler, 113.
Peel, Sir Robert, 370.
Persia, 11.
Peter the Great, 267.
Petroleum, 320;
in United States, 575.
Philadelphia, 489, 490, 548, 585.
Page 639
Phoenicia, 12.
Piracy, 75, 136.
Pisa, 90, 98.
Pittsburgh, 51, 61, 518.
Poland, 639, 642.
Pombal, 186.
Ports, medieval, 74;
modern, 137.
Portugal, modern, 184 ff.;
recent, 451.
Post, modern, 143;
recent, 310 ff.
Potash in United States, 471, 476, 535.
Prices, modern, 136;
recent, 341;
in World War, 602.
Privateers, medieval, 76;
modern, 144;
recent, 345.
Provisions, 322;
in United States, 473, 536, 566, 571.
Prussia, rise of, 257;
and Austria, 405;
and Germany, 417.
Railroad, 295 ff.;
in England, 360;
in Russia, 461;
in United States, 522, 553.
Reparation and the World War, 627.
Rhine, 58, 61, 255, 347.
Piracy, 75, 136.
Pisa, 90, 98.
Pittsburgh, 51, 61, 518.
Poland, 639, 642.
Pombal, 186.
Ports, medieval, 74;
modern, 137.
Portugal, modern, 184 ff.;
recent, 451.
Post, modern, 143;
recent, 310 ff.
Potash in United States, 471, 476, 535.
Prices, modern, 136;
recent, 341;
in World War, 602.
Privateers, medieval, 76;
modern, 144;
recent, 345.
Provisions, 322;
in United States, 473, 536, 566, 571.
Prussia, rise of, 257;
and Austria, 405;
and Germany, 417.
Railroad, 295 ff.;
in England, 360;
in Russia, 461;
in United States, 522, 553.
Reparation and the World War, 627.
Rhine, 58, 61, 255, 347.
Page 640
Rhodes, 23.
Rice in United States, 471, 474, 535.
Richelieu, 234.
River trade, medieval, 55;
in Russia, 455;
in the United States, 486, 520.
Roads, Roman, 28;
medieval, 33, 54;
recent, 290 ff.
in American colonies, 485;
in Russia, 455;
in United States, 514.
Rome, 26 ff.;
provinces, 27.
Roumania, 465, 639.
Rubber, 324.
Russia, modern, 267;
recent, 454 ff.;
in World War, 643 ff.
agriculture, 460.
commercial policy, 456, 459.
manufactures, 458, 460.
ports, 456.
transportation, 455, 457, 461.
Saint Mary’s Falls Canal, 557.
Saint Petersburg, 267, 456.
San Francisco, 585.
Savannah, 548.
Seleukia, 22.
Servia, 465.
Rice in United States, 471, 474, 535.
Richelieu, 234.
River trade, medieval, 55;
in Russia, 455;
in the United States, 486, 520.
Roads, Roman, 28;
medieval, 33, 54;
recent, 290 ff.
in American colonies, 485;
in Russia, 455;
in United States, 514.
Rome, 26 ff.;
provinces, 27.
Roumania, 465, 639.
Rubber, 324.
Russia, modern, 267;
recent, 454 ff.;
in World War, 643 ff.
agriculture, 460.
commercial policy, 456, 459.
manufactures, 458, 460.
ports, 456.
transportation, 455, 457, 461.
Saint Mary’s Falls Canal, 557.
Saint Petersburg, 267, 456.
San Francisco, 585.
Savannah, 548.
Seleukia, 22.
Servia, 465.
Page 641
Shipping, ancient, 13;
Scandinavian, 70;
Mediterranean, 71;
modern, 137;
recent, 302;
in World War, 599.
See also names of countries.
Siberia, 462.
Sidon, 13.
Siemens-Martin steel, 286.
Silk, 82, 323.
Silver, 135, 182.
Slave trade, medieval, 37, 79;
modern, 222;
recent, 318.
Smuggling, on the Continent, 348;
in England, 225, 369;
in France, 242, 424;
in Spain, 178, 182.
South America, 349.
commerce with United States, 550, 589, 651.
South Sea Bubble, 158.
Soviets in Russia, 644.
Spain, medieval, 99;
modern, 174;
recent, 499 ff.
colonies, modern, 180;
recent, 450.
Speculation, modern, 156;
recent, 335 ff.
Spices, ancient, 38;
Scandinavian, 70;
Mediterranean, 71;
modern, 137;
recent, 302;
in World War, 599.
See also names of countries.
Siberia, 462.
Sidon, 13.
Siemens-Martin steel, 286.
Silk, 82, 323.
Silver, 135, 182.
Slave trade, medieval, 37, 79;
modern, 222;
recent, 318.
Smuggling, on the Continent, 348;
in England, 225, 369;
in France, 242, 424;
in Spain, 178, 182.
South America, 349.
commerce with United States, 550, 589, 651.
South Sea Bubble, 158.
Soviets in Russia, 644.
Spain, medieval, 99;
modern, 174;
recent, 499 ff.
colonies, modern, 180;
recent, 450.
Speculation, modern, 156;
recent, 335 ff.
Spices, ancient, 38;
Page 642
in Levant trade, 79.
Staple, 110, 127;
in Germany, 225;
abolition of the, 350.
Steamboat in United States, 516.
Steam engine, 275 ff.
Steamships, 304 ff.
Steam turbine, 276.
Steel, recent, 285 ff.;
in railroads, 297.
Stephenson, 295.
Store, country, in United States, 487.
Stourbridge Fair, 67.
Strassburg, 45.
Suez Canal, 10, 308.
Sugar, medieval, 80;
modern, 136, 239.
beet, 325.
in United States, 494, 579.
Sweden, 266;
recent, 438.
Switzerland, 435.
Syracuse, 22.
Telegraph, 311 ff.;
in recent commerce, 332;
wireless, 313.
Telephone, 312.
Textiles, medieval, 83;
recent, 322.
Staple, 110, 127;
in Germany, 225;
abolition of the, 350.
Steamboat in United States, 516.
Steam engine, 275 ff.
Steamships, 304 ff.
Steam turbine, 276.
Steel, recent, 285 ff.;
in railroads, 297.
Stephenson, 295.
Store, country, in United States, 487.
Stourbridge Fair, 67.
Strassburg, 45.
Suez Canal, 10, 308.
Sugar, medieval, 80;
modern, 136, 239.
beet, 325.
in United States, 494, 579.
Sweden, 266;
recent, 438.
Switzerland, 435.
Syracuse, 22.
Telegraph, 311 ff.;
in recent commerce, 332;
wireless, 313.
Telephone, 312.
Textiles, medieval, 83;
recent, 322.
Page 643
Tin, ancient, 13;
medieval, 109.
Tobacco, from America, 136;
in United States, 471, 473, 535.
Tolls, medieval, 57 ff.;
in France, 243;
in Germany, 255, 258;
abolition, 350.
Triest, 261.
Turnpikes, in Europe, 291;
in United States, 514.
Tyre, 13.
United States, recent, 469 ff.;
in World War, 648 ff.
and Africa, 491, 586, 651.
and Asia, 491, 586, 651.
and China, 491, 495, 550, 589.
and England, 362, 383, 492, 499, 548, 586, 608, 613.
and West Indies, 491, 493, 499, 501, 549.
agriculture, 472, 475, 567.
balance of trade, 653.
canals, 519, 556.
commercial policy, 498, 508, 545, 582.
exports, 471, 502, 530, 566, 650.
fisheries, 476.
imports, 477, 540, 578, 652.
manufactures, 476, 507, 541, 560, 580, 653.
ports, 489, 547, 584.
railroads, 521, 553.
roads, 489, 514.
shipping, 495, 501, 505, 523, 558, 599, 659.
statistics, 471, 477, 502, 511, 530, 549, 552, 566, 567, 578, 585,
591, 648, 651, 654.
waterways, 486, 516, 556.
medieval, 109.
Tobacco, from America, 136;
in United States, 471, 473, 535.
Tolls, medieval, 57 ff.;
in France, 243;
in Germany, 255, 258;
abolition, 350.
Triest, 261.
Turnpikes, in Europe, 291;
in United States, 514.
Tyre, 13.
United States, recent, 469 ff.;
in World War, 648 ff.
and Africa, 491, 586, 651.
and Asia, 491, 586, 651.
and China, 491, 495, 550, 589.
and England, 362, 383, 492, 499, 548, 586, 608, 613.
and West Indies, 491, 493, 499, 501, 549.
agriculture, 472, 475, 567.
balance of trade, 653.
canals, 519, 556.
commercial policy, 498, 508, 545, 582.
exports, 471, 502, 530, 566, 650.
fisheries, 476.
imports, 477, 540, 578, 652.
manufactures, 476, 507, 541, 560, 580, 653.
ports, 489, 547, 584.
railroads, 521, 553.
roads, 489, 514.
shipping, 495, 501, 505, 523, 558, 599, 659.
statistics, 471, 477, 502, 511, 530, 549, 552, 566, 567, 578, 585,
591, 648, 651, 654.
waterways, 486, 516, 556.
Page 644
Vasco da Gama, 132.
Venice, 72, 75, 79, 84, 87, 90 ff.;
modern, 263 ff.
Vicko von Geldersen, 115.
Wares, ancient, 9, 12, 19;
medieval, 37;
modern, 135;
recent, 317 ff.
Wars, modern, 165;
Thirty Years’, 255;
recent, 345;
World War, 593 ff.
Watt, James, 276.
Wax, 103, 252.
Wheat, in United States, 471, 473, 536, 570.
Whitney, Eli, 533.
Winchester Fair, 68.
Wool, medieval, 110;
recent, 323.
Woolen manufacture, in England, 215;
in United States, 543.
Zollverein, 403.
Venice, 72, 75, 79, 84, 87, 90 ff.;
modern, 263 ff.
Vicko von Geldersen, 115.
Wares, ancient, 9, 12, 19;
medieval, 37;
modern, 135;
recent, 317 ff.
Wars, modern, 165;
Thirty Years’, 255;
recent, 345;
World War, 593 ff.
Watt, James, 276.
Wax, 103, 252.
Wheat, in United States, 471, 473, 536, 570.
Whitney, Eli, 533.
Winchester Fair, 68.
Wool, medieval, 110;
recent, 323.
Woolen manufacture, in England, 215;
in United States, 543.
Zollverein, 403.
Page 645
*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK A HISTORY OF
COMMERCE ***
Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will
be renamed.
Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
States without permission and without paying copyright royalties.
Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license,
apply to copying and distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic
works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ concept and
trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not
be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following the terms of
the trademark license, including paying royalties for use of the Project
Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
eBook, complying with the trademark license is very easy. You may
use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative
works, reports, performances and research. Project Gutenberg eBooks
may be modified and printed and given away—you may do practically
ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected by U.S.
copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license,
especially commercial redistribution.
START: FULL LICENSE
COMMERCE ***
Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will
be renamed.
Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
States without permission and without paying copyright royalties.
Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license,
apply to copying and distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic
works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ concept and
trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not
be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following the terms of
the trademark license, including paying royalties for use of the Project
Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
eBook, complying with the trademark license is very easy. You may
use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative
works, reports, performances and research. Project Gutenberg eBooks
may be modified and printed and given away—you may do practically
ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected by U.S.
copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license,
especially commercial redistribution.
START: FULL LICENSE
Page 646
THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG™ LICENSE
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or
any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
Gutenberg License available with this file or online at
www.gutenberg.org/license.
Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing
Project Gutenberg electronic works
1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg electronic
work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept
all the terms of this license and intellectual property
(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
all copies of Project Gutenberg electronic works in your possession. If
you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project Gutenberg
electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the terms of this
agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or entity to whom
you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people
who agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg electronic works
even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
Gutenberg electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg electronic
works. See paragraph 1.E below.
1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the
Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or
any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project
Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
Gutenberg License available with this file or online at
www.gutenberg.org/license.
Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing
Project Gutenberg electronic works
1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg electronic
work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept
all the terms of this license and intellectual property
(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
all copies of Project Gutenberg electronic works in your possession. If
you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project Gutenberg
electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the terms of this
agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or entity to whom
you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be
used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people
who agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg electronic works
even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
Gutenberg electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg electronic
works. See paragraph 1.E below.
1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the
Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the
Page 647
collection of Project Gutenberg electronic works. Nearly all the
individual works in the collection are in the public domain in the
United States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in
the United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
that you will support the Project Gutenberg mission of promoting free
access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg works
in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the Project
Gutenberg name associated with the work. You can easily comply with
the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the same format
with its attached full Project Gutenberg License when you share it
without charge with others.
1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
other Project Gutenberg work. The Foundation makes no
representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
country other than the United States.
1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
access to, the full Project Gutenberg License must appear prominently
whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg work (any work on which
the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase
“Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed,
viewed, copied or distributed:
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States
and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
under the terms of the Project Gutenberg™ License included with
individual works in the collection are in the public domain in the
United States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in
the United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
that you will support the Project Gutenberg mission of promoting free
access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg works
in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the Project
Gutenberg name associated with the work. You can easily comply with
the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the same format
with its attached full Project Gutenberg License when you share it
without charge with others.
1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
other Project Gutenberg work. The Foundation makes no
representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
country other than the United States.
1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
access to, the full Project Gutenberg License must appear prominently
whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg work (any work on which
the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase
“Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed,
viewed, copied or distributed:
This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States
and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
under the terms of the Project Gutenberg™ License included with
Page 648
this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located
in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the
country where you are located before using this eBook.
1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is derived
from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not contain a
notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright
holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United
States without paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or
providing access to a work with the phrase “Project Gutenberg”
associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply either with
the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain
permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg
trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is posted
with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
will be linked to the Project Gutenberg License for all works posted
with the permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of
this work.
1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg
License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg.
1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
Gutenberg License.
1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide
access to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg work in a format
other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official
in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the
country where you are located before using this eBook.
1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is derived
from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not contain a
notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright
holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United
States without paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or
providing access to a work with the phrase “Project Gutenberg”
associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply either with
the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain
permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg
trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is posted
with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
will be linked to the Project Gutenberg License for all works posted
with the permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of
this work.
1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg
License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg.
1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
Gutenberg License.
1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide
access to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg work in a format
other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official
Page 649
version posted on the official Project Gutenberg website
(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of
obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain
Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the
full Project Gutenberg License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg works
unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
access to or distributing Project Gutenberg electronic works provided
that:
• You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the
use of Project Gutenberg works calculated using the method you
already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the
owner of the Project Gutenberg trademark, but he has agreed to donate
royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days
following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to
prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly
marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, “Information about
donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”
• You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does
not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ License. You
must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works
possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all
access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ works.
• You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
receipt of the work.
(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of
obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain
Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the
full Project Gutenberg License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg works
unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
access to or distributing Project Gutenberg electronic works provided
that:
• You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the
use of Project Gutenberg works calculated using the method you
already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the
owner of the Project Gutenberg trademark, but he has agreed to donate
royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days
following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to
prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly
marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, “Information about
donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”
• You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does
not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ License. You
must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works
possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all
access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ works.
• You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
receipt of the work.
Page 650
• You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ works.
1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg™
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth
in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from the
Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of the
Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in
Section 3 below.
1.F.
1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend
considerable effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and
proofread works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the
Project Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project
Gutenberg™ electronic works, and the medium on which they may be
stored, may contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete,
inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
cannot be read by your equipment.
1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES -
Except for the “Right of Replacement or Refund” described in
paragraph 1.F.3, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation,
the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party
distributing a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work under this
agreement, disclaim all liability to you for damages, costs and
expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO
REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH
OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE
FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY
DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT,
CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES
of Project Gutenberg™ works.
1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg™
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth
in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from the
Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of the
Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in
Section 3 below.
1.F.
1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend
considerable effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and
proofread works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the
Project Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project
Gutenberg™ electronic works, and the medium on which they may be
stored, may contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete,
inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
cannot be read by your equipment.
1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES -
Except for the “Right of Replacement or Refund” described in
paragraph 1.F.3, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation,
the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party
distributing a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work under this
agreement, disclaim all liability to you for damages, costs and
expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO
REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH
OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE
FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY
DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT,
CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES
Page 651
EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.
1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you
discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it,
you can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by
sending a written explanation to the person you received the work
from. If you received the work on a physical medium, you must return
the medium with your written explanation. The person or entity that
provided you with the defective work may elect to provide a
replacement copy in lieu of a refund. If you received the work
electronically, the person or entity providing it to you may choose to
give you a second opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu
of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you may demand a
refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the problem.
1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in
paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO
OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If
any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law
of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the
Foundation, the trademark owner, any agent or employee of the
Foundation, anyone providing copies of Project Gutenberg™
electronic works in accordance with this agreement, and any
volunteers associated with the production, promotion and distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, harmless from all liability,
costs and expenses, including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly
from any of the following which you do or cause to occur: (a)
DAMAGE.
1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you
discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it,
you can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by
sending a written explanation to the person you received the work
from. If you received the work on a physical medium, you must return
the medium with your written explanation. The person or entity that
provided you with the defective work may elect to provide a
replacement copy in lieu of a refund. If you received the work
electronically, the person or entity providing it to you may choose to
give you a second opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu
of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you may demand a
refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the problem.
1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in
paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO
OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If
any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law
of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the
Foundation, the trademark owner, any agent or employee of the
Foundation, anyone providing copies of Project Gutenberg™
electronic works in accordance with this agreement, and any
volunteers associated with the production, promotion and distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, harmless from all liability,
costs and expenses, including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly
from any of the following which you do or cause to occur: (a)
Page 652
distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg work, (b) alteration,
modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg work,
and (c) any Defect you cause.
Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project
Gutenberg
Project Gutenberg is synonymous with the free distribution of
electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
from people in all walks of life.
Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg’s goals
and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg collection will remain freely
available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure and
permanent future for Project Gutenberg and future generations. To
learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and
the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation
The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state
of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue
Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification number is
64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S.
federal laws and your state’s laws.
The Foundation’s business office is located at 41 Watchung Plaza
#516, Montclair NJ 07042, USA, +1 (862) 621-9288. Email contact
modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg work,
and (c) any Defect you cause.
Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project
Gutenberg
Project Gutenberg is synonymous with the free distribution of
electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
from people in all walks of life.
Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg’s goals
and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg collection will remain freely
available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure and
permanent future for Project Gutenberg and future generations. To
learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and
the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation
The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state
of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue
Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification number is
64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S.
federal laws and your state’s laws.
The Foundation’s business office is located at 41 Watchung Plaza
#516, Montclair NJ 07042, USA, +1 (862) 621-9288. Email contact
Page 653
links and up to date contact information can be found at the
Foundation’s website and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without
widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small
donations ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax
exempt status with the IRS.
The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States.
Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable
effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these
requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have
not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate.
While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
approach us with offers to donate.
International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate.
Foundation’s website and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without
widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small
donations ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax
exempt status with the IRS.
The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States.
Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable
effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these
requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have
not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate.
While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
approach us with offers to donate.
International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate.
Page 654
Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg
electronic works
Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
Gutenberg eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
edition.
Most people start at our website which has the main PG search facility:
www.gutenberg.org.
This website includes information about Project Gutenberg, including
how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
electronic works
Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
Gutenberg eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
edition.
Most people start at our website which has the main PG search facility:
www.gutenberg.org.
This website includes information about Project Gutenberg, including
how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.